Full text of "Anabasis; seven books"

See other formats



Google 





This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world’s books discoverable online. 


It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover. 


Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 


Usage guidelines 


Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work 15 expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 


We also ask that you: 


+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 


+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 


+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 


+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book 15 still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 


About Google Book Search 


Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 


atthtto://books.google.com/ 





sreT IAI, TFA. Fal 


Tee ὧν 8 4 ee, ae 





| harvard College Library 


FROM THE LIBRARY OF 


JaMES Harpy Ropes 
Class of 1889 


Hout Ῥβοσπββος or Diviuity 
1910-1988 














Phy da ea dt 
3 2044 102 851 490 
He a wh Ree ~ 





eee ee re 


XENOPHONS ANABASIS 


SEVEN BOOKS 


9 μὲν γὰρ εὐταξία σώζειν δοκεῖ, 7 δὲ ἁταξία πολλοὺς ἤδη 
ἀπολώλεκεν. ---ΑΝΑΒΑΒΙΒ III. 1. 38 


BY 


WILLIAM RAINEY HARPER, ΡΗ.Ρ., D.D. 


Late PRESIDENT, UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO 


AND 


JAMES WALLACE, Pu.D. 


MacaLEstER COLLEGE 


NEW YORK -:- CINCINNATI - : - CHICAGO 
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 


E gun T lags, 442.9 a/ 
L—_ 


HARVARD COLLEGE LIBRARY 
FROM THE LIBRARY OF 
PROF, JAMES HARDY ROPES 
MARCH 14, 1934 


s . 


Copyright, 1898, by 
American Βοοκ (ΟΜΡΑΝΤ. 


Copyright, 1921, by 
JAMES WALLACE. 





All rights reserved. 
Η. & W. Anabasis. 
ερ 7 





PREFACE. 


ΠΕ taxt of this edition of the Anabasis is that of the recension of 

Arnold Hug, which is based on the Parisian codex known as C.. 

This text is preferred on its own merits, being regarded by most textual 

critics as well-nigh final. No deviations have been admitted except 

such as have been stated in the Notes; nor has it seemed worth while 

to perplex the student at this stage of his course with various 
readings. 

The Notes are brief and elementary ; but, supplemented by the refer- 
' ences to the grammars and the historical introduction, it is believed that 
they will be found sufficient. They do not at all affect originality, but 
are drawn freely from all sources. Much help has been derived from 
the standard English and American editions, especially from Pretor, 
Macmichael, and Crosby ; while Krueger, Rehdantz, Vollbrecht, and the 
recent edition of Bachof, have contributed not a little to the Notes and 
the Introduction. We wish to acknowledge especially our obligation to 
the first volume of Works of Xenophon by H. G. Dakyns, who is doing 
for this author what Jowett has so admirably done for Plato. 

The first occurrence of words in the text is indicated by full-faced 
upright type; and words occurring more than four times have been 
arranged in the Lists of Words in the order of frequency, except the 
prepositions, which are presented in a tabular view. 

The Vocabulary, though concise, has been prepared with great pains,, 
and in connection with careful readings of the text. The more impor» 
tant etymologies, English cognates and derivatives, synonyms, inter- 
pretations of proper names, and various constructions after verbs, have 
received attention, — enough, it is hoped, to make it clear that a Greek 
lexicon is an interesting and fruitful field of study. Where the ety- 
mology is evident from the rules of word formation, as in the case of 
abstracts in -ia from adjectives in -os, it is often purposely omitted. 

To encourage the study of word-building and the mastery of words 
by etymological groups, cross-references are given under some impor- 
tant member of each group, so that all words of a common origin found 
in the Anabasis may be readily traced. Thus, under ἔχω are references 


(3) 





4 PREFACE. 


not only to its ‘compounds, but also to ἐχυρός, ὀχυρός, ἐν-έχυρον, εὖ-ωχία, 
σχολή, ἀ-σχολία, ὑπ-ισχνέομαι. See, also, under βαίνω, βάλλω, é ἵστημι, and 
other important words. Where the cognate words are in alphabetical 
order, such references are, of course, omitted. 

Books V.—VII. have been edited for sight-reading. The text has 
been paragraphed, new and rare words translated at the bottom of the 
‘page, and various hints given for the rendering of the more difficult 
sentences. 

Thus edited, these books furnish admirable material for practice in sight- 
reading. It is recommended that before this is made a distinctive feature 
of the recitation, not less than three books be read, and the Lists of 
Words thoroughly mastered. Other suggestions are made elsewhere. 

If the time allotted for preparation in Greek for college is short, 
there is no good reason why the latter books of the Anabasis may not be 
read at sight in the Freshman year. Xenophon’s style is so charming, 
that the student cannot do better than familiarize himself with it before 
other authors are taken up. 

Besides the map showing the route of the Anabasis and of the Retreat 
we have added a map of Greece, — singularly omitted from other edi- 
tions when it is remembered that the Greeks were levied from nearly all 
parts of Greece, and that when individuals are first mentioned their 
place of residence is usually given. | 

In order to save the time usually lost in searching through many 
pages of the grammar, we have added several pages of compactly 
printed paradigms of nouns, pronouns, adjectives, participles, and the 
more difficult verb-forms, for ready reference. 

The bibliography: essays to give only the more important editions 
and helps. | 

To Professor Leotsakos of N ew York, a graduate of the University 
of Athens, Greece, and to Professor C. F. Castle, of Chicago, we are 
large debtors for valuable assistance. | 

The preparation of this edition of the Anabasis has been a labor of 
love; but daily duties of a very exacting nature have beset it with many 
difficulties and rendered long delays unavoidable. We bespeak indul- 
gent criticism, and shall be thankful to have our attention called to any 
mistakes, whether due to ignorance or oversight. 


WILLIAM Rainey Harper. 
JAMES’ WALLACE. 





INTRODUCTION 
Persia . 


Persian Art of War . ὃς 
Origin of Expedition of Cyrus... . . 


CONTENTS. 


Greek Army of Cyrus 


Greek Art of War 


Xenophon. 
Bibliography . 


Itinerary 


Inductive Exercises 
Themes for Investigation 


Book I. . 
Boox II. . 
Ῥοοκ III. . 
Book IV. . 


SUGGESTIONS FoR Sicut Reapine: 


Book V.. 
Boox VI.. 
Boox VII.. 
Notes 
Book iI. 
Book Ἡ. 
Book III. 
Book IV. 


΄ 


PAGES 


9-65 
1} 
15 
18 
9] 
29 
38 
45 
47 
50 
64 
67-125 
126-163 
164-202) 
203-246 
248 
249-293 
994-330 
331-387 
389-427 
389 
406 
414 
421 

(9) 


6 


wists OF Words. ... . 
Noums. . . . « ο ο 
Pronoums. .  . «« 
Adjectives «. . : 


Adverbs and Conjunctions . 


Prepositions. . . .. 


Verbs . . 


IpIomMs μας ph 
For Reapy REFERENCE . 
Nouns. 
Adjectives . . « 
Pronouns. . ο . « ο 
Participles . . « 
Verbs . 


Participles of -ω Verbs . 
VocaBULARY ... ο 
Abbreviations 


Vocabulary . . « . « 


CONTENTS. 


PAGES 
429—45 4 
429 

433 

434. 

437 

439 

44] 

455, 456 
457-468 
457 

459 

461 

463 

465 

466 
469-575 
476 

47) 


LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, 





ΡΕΒΒΙΑΝ Foot-SOLDIER (from Persepolis) . . . ο © ο 
ARCHER OF RoyaL Bopy-Guarp (from palace at. 9188) 

ASSYRIAN ARCHER AND ATTENDANT (from Kuytnjik) . . 
War CHarioT WHEELS (no original) . .... ο 

SOLDIER IN χιτών (from Attic urn). . « . 
HORSEMAN IN χλαμύς (from fictile vase) . . 
SHiELDs (from Dodona) . ... .+- «9 ο 
θώραξ (from Greek vage) .. « : 
alxpat (from Dodona) ... ο . 
ξίφη (from fictile vase) . . «. . ; 
ἀκόντιον (from ancient vase) . 


e ϱ e e 
9 9 
ο ο ο 6 


τόξα (from vases) . . . | a : 
DIAGRAMS ILLUSTRATING wipes and derrypss . és 
σκηναί (from columns of Antoninus) . . ο ὁ ο « ο ο 
τροπαῖον (from Boeotian sain): — ee er ee : 
τριήρης (according to Lemaitre and Graser) bP κό 


XENOPHON (from cut of uncertain origin in the Bohn series) 
XENOPHON (from Raphael’s “School of Athens’) . 
ὀπλίτης (from fictile vase) a % ο 4 ee ον 
Gop Daric (original in British Museum) oa 
πελταστής With Amazonian Shield (from vase painting) 
PHRYGIAN αὖὐλός (from Roman bas-relief) . . ο , 
στλεγγίδες (from various sources), . «ο. . . + © + ο ο 
SOLDIER IN χιτών (from Attic urn). . . ο 
DIANA IN χιτών (from statue of Diana, Villa ‘Pamfili) a Me 


ο ο 9 e e 
e 


° ο ϱ ο ο 6 o 9 


ο ο 9» ο e ε 


e > ¢ oe 


Forms OF GRECIAN HeELMets (1 and 2 from temple of Aegina ; 


3 found in river Alpheus, near Olympia; 4 and 5 from gems) 


Perst1an War Cuarrot (from Persepolis) ‘ 
GREEK War ΟΠΑΕΙΟΤ (from vase found at Saticola, Italy) 


Map or MEnon’s RouTE., .......-s +s ο 
ἀκινάκης (from Persepolis) « . . . , «© - + 9 © ο ο 
Map or VICINITY oF Issus , . «. ο ο» « ο» 8 «© « » 


Ostrica (Khorsébéd) . . . 


MILL AND SECTION OF UPPER Srown, ὄνος ἀλέτης, (from Pompeii) . 


(7) 


Roya NeckLaceE (from Persepolis) 





8 | LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, 


Royat Braceret (from Khorsfbad) . . 2. . ο ο ο 
σκηπτοῦχοφ (from Persepolis) . . ο . οϱ « ο ὁ ο ο 
θώραξ (from Greek vase). . . « ο «ο ο ο ο 
µάχαιρα. (1 from engraved gem, 2 from vase ο painting) ° 
Persian ΕΟΟΤ-ΒΟΙΡΙΕΗΘ (from Persepolis). . « 
DiaGRam. — Position of Troops before the Battle of Cunaxa 
Diacram. — The King and his Army . ...... . 
πέλται (from ancient monuments) . . . ο ....« ο 
THRONE OF SENACHERIB (from Kuytinjik) . . 
INSPECTING THE ENTRAILS (from bas-relief Villa Borghest) 
SUOVETAURILIA (from Roman bas-relief). . . ο « ο ο 
ξίφη (from original found at ο. ος 


κρυ; . . ο. ο A o ο 8 ee ο 
Map or MEDIAN WALL, CANArA, eT0. . oe ee ee ee 
σχεδία διφθερίνη (from Kuydnjik) A ee ae ee ee ae ee ον 
᾿Αθηνᾶ (from gem) . . 9 © + 9 ο © ὁ ο ο 
δεκάδραχµον (Syracuse about 40 B. ο) os 9 ὁ 4 ο ο ο ο 
ἵνγός (from-bas-relief) . . ο ον ‘ eo ο « ο 
DraGram. — Xenophon’s Order of March . errs. 8 a, 4 
ASSYRIAN SLINGER (from column of Trajan) .... . 
GREEK SLINGER (from column of Trajan) . ο . ο «© ο 
DIAGRAM. — Position of Soldiers in battle array ο ο ο ο 
ἁσκοὶ φυσηθέντεο (from Kuytinjik) . « « «© « « «© ο ο 
Royat BRACELET (from Khors#bad) . . . Minar 
D1aGram. — Route through narrow pass . . ο « ο ο ο 
DraGRam. — Crossing of the Centrites River . κει) ay - 
σαλπικτἸ  « « « 6? -ᾱ- SO BO USE IGS cee oe 
PERSIAN ARCHER (from. palace at Susa) . « ο ο © ο « 
GREEK ARCHER (from temple of Aegina) . Berek ee δν 


καρβάτιναι (from modern Italian.— Rich). . . 


- ϐὁ © 0ὁ ο -8© © @ © © @ © ο 8 


ὑποδήμάτα, tudvres (1 from statue, Vatican; 2 from Apollo Belvidere) 


Caxrstus (from ancient statues) . « ὁ  « . 


πηδάλιον (from bas-relief) . . ο « ο. 
ῬιλαβΑΜ. — The stronghold of the Drilae ου 
OLYMPIA RESTORED (after Reinhard). . .. +. ο ο 


AMAZON IN Χιτωνίσκος (from bas-relief) . . 
DraGRAM. — Position of Greek ει ο. the citadel 
Gudopets . . ° ο ° 0 9 
ἁσκόςφ (from painting at Pompeii) ° ee 
Greek Drinking Horns (from various sources) . 5 
δίφροι (from Greek vases) . ὁ «© + ὁ + © «© ο ο 
xAapvs (from Panathenaic frieze) : ο» ae 
GREEK SOLDIER IN ἱμάτιον (from fictile vase) ο 
ARISTIDES IN ἱμάτιον (statue from Farnese collection) . 


‘ ea ο ο 


> e ο υ e ΄ 


105 
109 
109 
110 
111 
123 
124 
126 
132 
134 
134 
137 
146 
149 
165 
180 
181 
183 
187 
187 
193 
200 
203 
207 
219 
220 
224 
224 
227 
227 
246 
252 
254 
261 © 
265 
266 
267 
815 
34% 
851 
856 
861 
86) 








INTRODUCTION. 





“No more graphic and stirring narrative than that in which Xenophon traces ths 
fortune of the Ten Thousand, was ever written.” — Sirk ALEXANDER GRANT. 
“One of the most valuable documents of antiquity.” — Curtius. 


1. The Anabasis. — The student is now to take up a story of singular: 
interest. The Anabasis is one of the world’s great classics, and the 
expedition of which it is the history, in some respects, the greatest mili- 
tary exploit of ancient times. The main facts are soon told. Thirteen 
thousand Greeks march two thousand miles and defeat an enemy seventy 
times their own number. Then, after their cause is lost, and their gen- 
erals are treacherously seized, they retreat a thousand miles through a 
strange country along mere beaten tracks, without map, compass, or 
trusty guides, across unbridged rivers, over high mountains, through the 
winds and snows of an Armenian winter, harassed by enemies in the 
rear, opposed at every strategic point by brave and warlike tribes, yet 
overcoming all obstacles they reach the shores of the Euxine with military 
organization intact, and are able still to muster eight thousand six hun- 
dred men. — 

To this, history furnishes no parallel. It was a wonderful. triumph 
of heroism, fertile-mindedness, buoyancy of spirit, and good discipline. 
So long as men have admiration for the brave, sympathy for those in 
misfortune, and applause for the victurious, the story of this expedition 
will not lack readers. The interest it elicits is manifold. 


2. Political. — One reads here an impressive lesson on the value 
of political education and the superiority of popular institutions. This 
Greek army has been: aptly compared to a “roving commonwealth,” a 
marching democracy, “ deliberating and acting, fighting and voting; an 
epitome of Athens set adrift in the center of Asia.’ What. a striking 

: (9) 


10 INTRODUCTION. . 


. contrast is here presented between the slaves of despotism and the citizens 
of the free soil of Greece ! 


3. -Historical. — Of what interest the Anabasis has been to the 
historian, the foot-notes and appendices of the standard histories of Greece 
are sufficient indication. Besides its pictures of life and character among 
the Persians and those little-known mountain tribes to the north, it fur- 
nishes an important chapter in the history of that long and irrepressible 
conflict between the Greeks and the Persians. Nor is the historian at 
fault who traces to the achievements of the Ten. Thousand a change from 
the defensive to the offensive policy of the Greeks, which culminated two 
generations later in the overthrow of the Persian empire by Alexander 
and his thirty-five thousand Greeks. So Francis Bacon writes: 

‘This young scholar (Xenophon) conducted these Ten Thousand foot 
through the heart of all the king’s high countries . . . to the astonish- 
ment of the worid and the encouragement of the Grecians, in time suc- 
ceeding to make invasion upon the kings of Persia, as was afterwards 
purposed by Jason, the Thessalian, attempted by Agesilaus, the Spar- 
tan, and achieved by Alexander, the Macedonian.” (Advancement of 
Learning, 1.7”.) 

That a martial race like the Romans, too, derived from the Anabasis 
great encouragement in all their schemes and wars of oriental conquest 
may safely be presumed. ‘There is a hint of this in the fact that Mark 
Antony, hard pressed by the Parthians, was heard to exclaim repeatedly, 
“Oh, the Ten Thousand !” in admiration, adds Plutarch, of the retreat of 
the Greeks with Xenophon, who, though they had a longer journey to 
make from Babylon and enemies much more numerous to fight, yet 
reached their home in safety. 


4. Military. — As a contribution to military science, the Anabasis 
holds a high place, On offensive and defensive warfare and the flexi- 
bility of Greek tactics, the Anabasis is an invaluable commentary and 
illustration. An English army officer has recently written on “The 
Retreat of the Ten Thousand, A Military Study for all Time,” and an 
American student of military science has put on record the opinion that 
“the soldier of greatest use to us preceding Alexander was unquestionably 
Xenophon. .. . It is he who has shown the world what should be the 
tactics of retreat, how to command a rear guard. More tactical originality 





PERSIA. 11 
& 


has come from the Anabasis than from any dozen other books. For in- 
stance, Xenophon describes accurately (4.80) a charge over bad ground, 
in which, so to speak, he broke forth by the right of companies, one of 
the most useful minor maneuvers. He established a reserve in rear of 
the phalanx, from which to feed weak parts of the line, a superb first 
conception. After the lapse of twenty-three centuries, there is no better 
military text-book than the Anabasis.” (Great Captains, by Lieut.-Col. 
Dodge.) 


5. Literary. —If we inquire what are the elements that go to make 
books interesting to the general reader, it will appear that most of these 
are found in the Anahasis. Here are history, biography, travel, incident, 
adventure, and issues, save the death of Cyrus, accordant with the sym- 
pathies of the reader. Nor has the tale lost anything in the telling. 
Indeed, in the judgment of no less a critic than Taine, “the beauty of 
the style transcends the interest of the story.” At any rate, the style is 
remarkably chaste, lucid, and pleasing. So, to the Anabasis has been 
conceded a high place in letters as all in all the best specimen of easy, 
graceful Attic prose in extant Greek literature. 


6. Hducational.— We now understand why the Anabasis has long 
held an undisputed place in the college curriculum, as the best of all books 
to introduce the student to the language and literature of Greece. 

But to be appreciated, the Anabasis, like other literature, must be read 
in the light of its time, in its historical setting. As the expedition had 
its origin in ae East, we begin with Persia. 


PERSIA. 


7. Early Empires. — The temperate climate and great fertility of the 
‘ligro-Euphrates valley naturally made it at an early time the seat of 
great empires. Here Chaldaea rose, and flourished for centuries, till over- 
shadowed and finally subjugated by Assyria (710 B.¢.). This empire, with 
better political and military organization, held imperial sway over Western 
Asia till 625 3. c., when Nineveh, its capital, fell before the allied powers 
of Media and Babylonia. 


8. Persian Conquest.— Under Cyrus the Great, the Persians, a 
brave and hardy race, went forth from the highlands east and north of 


12 INTRODUCTION. : 


the Persian Gulf in an irresistible tide of conquest. Media and its de- 
. pendencies, the Lydian monarchy under Croesus (554 Β. o.), the Greek 
cities of Asia Minor, and finally Babylon itself (538 B. σ.), all fell before 
these mountain warriors. 


9. Oambyses. — Killed in an expedition against the Massagetae, a 
tribe on the Caspian, Cyrus was succeeded by his son Cambyses. His 
reign (529-522 B.c.) was chiefly distinguished for the conquest of Phoe- 
nicia and Egypt, whence returning, he died in Syria. 


10. Darius I.— A pretender, Smerdis, being put out of the way, 
Darius f., son of Hystaspes, of a younger branch of the royal race 
(Achaemenidae), succeeded to the throne (521 B.o.). He suppressed 
rebellions among the Greek cities of Asia Minor, in Babylon, and else- 
where, and pushed the boundaries of his empire as far as India, into 
Arabia and Thrace, and still farther in Northern Africa. His vast em- 
pire was four times as large as Assyria, had an area of about two million 
square miles and contained a population variously estimated at fifty to 
eighty millions. 


11. Administration. — But it is chiefly as an organizer that Darius 
distinguished himself. He made Susa his principal residence, but passed 
his summers at Ecbatana, in Media. He also built a palace in Persepolis, 
where, as at Susa, valuable sculptures and inscriptions have been found. 
He minted gold and silver coins of a fine quality, called darzcs. 


12, Satrapies. —The empire was divided into not less than twenty 
provinces, each governed by a satrap appointed by the king and holding 
office at his pleasure. These satraps had courts, palaces, gardens, and 
lived in royal fashion. They collected the revenues, exercised the power 
of life and death, and were veritable tyrants, subject only to the great 
tyrant himself, called the great king. To secure their loyalty, he sent 
down to each province a commander of the royal forces and a secretary 
who was “ eyes and ears” to the king, keeping him informed on all im- 
portant matters. Later, the command of these troops was transferred to 
the satraps, and thus their power was greatly augmented. 


13. Local Government. — Subject tribes and nations were permitted 
to enjoy their own local laws, customs, and religion. Sometimes subject 
kings retained their own title. as in the case of the king of Cilicia. 





PERSIA, | 19 


/ 


14. Revenues. — A somewhat uniform system of taxation was intro- 
duced. Besides a fixed sum of money, each province had to make a 
payment tn kind, furnishing those products wherein it excelled. Thus 
on Armenia was imposed a tribute of horses (4.5%). These taxes were 
not intolerable, but what with water tax, fish tax, and the exactions of 
the satraps themselves, the burdens of citizenship (except in Persia proper, 
which was exempt from taxation) must have been most oppressive. 


15. Couriers. — Along the royal roads, connecting the capital and 
distant provinces, at regular intervals postal stations were built, at which 
couriers and relays of horses were kept by the government. Messages to 
and from the king were conveyed from post to post on horseback with 
all possible speed. 


16. Roads. — By “royal roads” we are not to suppose that well 
made military roads are meant; for it is one of the strange facts of his- 
tory, that no nation prior to the Romans learned the simple art of road- 
making. The Jews never built so much as a good road from Joppa <0 
Jerusalem, and the Greeks, though they excelled in almost everything 
else, could boast of no good roads except perhaps that from Athens to 
Eleusis, while of other ancient roads in Greece as, for example, the one 
from Tripolis to Sparta, the most that can be said is that they were 
passable. ‘The feet of camels and horses,” says Tristram, “are the 
only road-makers in the East,” and Rawlinson writes: ‘ Roads in our 
sense of the term are still scarcely existent in Western Asia, where lines 
of route marked merely by the foot-prints of traffic take their place. No 
material has been laid down along these routes, nor has even the spade 
or pick-ax been used except where routes cross the mountains.” 


17. Origin of the Graeco—Persian War.—In 500 B.0., a formi- 
dable revolt breaking out among the Asiatic Greeks, Athens and Eretria 
sent troops to their assistance. Joining the insurgents they captured and 
burnt Sardis. Darius, greatly incensed, resolved to invade Greece, and 
thus began what is known in history as the Persian war. 


18. The First Expedition under Mardonius was rendered fruitless, 
—at sea by storms, on land by the wild tribes of Thrace. The second 
ander Datis and Artaphernes was defeated in the ever memorable baitle 


14 INTRODUCTION. 


of Marathon (490 B.c.). After three years’ preparation for a third inva 
sion, Darius died and was succeeded by his son. 


19. Xerxes I.— Continuing the preparation for six years longer, 
Xerxes led an army of a million men and a vast fleet against Greece. 
He won a victory at Thermopylae (July, 480 B.c.), but suffered a crush- 
ing defeat at Salamis (September, 480), as did his general, Mardonius, 
at Plataea the next year. Thus Europe was saved from the blight of 
oriental despotism. 


20. Decline of the Empire. — From this time on, the empire rapidly 
declined. The trend of the history of oriental nations was ever the 
same, — conquest, wealth, luxury, decay. ‘In all ages of the world’s 
history, Eastern empires have been great only so long as they have been 
aggressive. In every instance the lust of conquest has been followed by 
satiety, and the result of luxurious inaction has been speedy decay. No 
other result seems possible where there is, in strictness of speech, no 
national life, no growth of intellect, no spirit of personal independence 
in the individual citizen. A society of rude and hardy warriors banded 
together under a fearless leader must crush the subjects of a despot who 
can look back only to the conquest of his forefathers as a pledge for the 
continuance of his prosperity; but this infusion of new blood brings 
with it no change in the essential condition of things so long as the 
dominion of one irresponsible ruler merely gives way to that of another.” 
(The Greeks and the Persians, Cox, ch. i.) 


21. Artaxerxes I. — After his return in disgrace, Xerxes gave him- 
self up to the pleasures and corruption of his court, and being murdered, 
in 465, was succeeded by his third son, Artaxerxes [, called ‘ Long- 
hand.” Though an amiable prince, he showed little force of character, 
and his reign is memorable chiefly for the suppression of the second 
revolt of Egypt by Megabyzus, satrap of Syria, and the recognition 
of the independence of the Greek colonies of Asia Minor, just fifty years 
after their revolt. Of his eighteen sons, his only legitimate one suc- 
ceeded him. 7 

22. Xerxes IL, after a reign of forty-five days, was murdered by 


his half-brother Sogdianus, who, after a reign of six months and a half, 
met a like fate at the bands of his brother, Darius II. See § 39. 


THE PERSIAN ART OF WAR. 16 


‘ THE PERSIAN ART OF WAR. 


23. The Old Persians and their method of warfare are often mis- 
understuod. They were Aryans like ourselves, and under the earlier 
kings they were the best soldiers Asia had yet 
produced, strong, active, full of courage and 
energy, and of excellent powers of endurance. 
They had, too, a real inilitary system, borrowed, 
no doubt, in part from the Medes and Assyrians, 
but still carefully elaborated. 


24. The Army, when complete, was made 
up of infantry, cavalry, chariots. 


95. The Infantry was divided decimally, 
i.e. into (1) tens, (2) hundreds or companies, 
(3) thousands or regiments, (4) tens of thou- 
sands or brigades, (5) ethnic or tribal divisions. 


(6) corps. 


26. It was Officered by: (1) a commander- 
in-chief, the king or some one appointed by 
him ; (2) corps commanders; (3) division com- 
manders or generals, usually the satraps of the provinces. The corps 
and division commanders were appointed by the king, the others by 
their immediate superiors. 





PERSIAN FOOT-SOLDIER 
(showing double belt and sword) 


27. The Footmen usually wore: (1) a pair of rather loose-fitting 
leather trousers, reaching to the ankle ; (2) a long-sleeved leathern tunic, 
reaching to the knee ; (3) a soft tiara, somewhat like the modern Turkish 
fez, but bent forward ; (4) leather shoes or half-boots, tied securely around 
the ankle; (5) a double girdle or belt from which the ἀκινάκης hung. 
Men of rank or distinction wore over the tunic (6) a wide-sleeved woolen 
robe of purple or other bright color; (7) jewelry, as bracelets, necklaces, 
ear-rings, etc. 


28 Offensive Armor.—(1) a short straight sword or large dag. 
ger (ἀκινάκης) suspended in a sheath from the belt; (2) a spear with 


16 INTRODUCTION. 


tapering shaft comparatively short (six to seven feet), made, according to 
Xenophon, of dogwood. It was tipped with a short ridged metal head 
and terminated at the base in a carved ball; (3) a bow, about four feet 





ARCHER OF ROYAL ; ASSYRIAN ARCHER AND 
BODY-GUAKb. ATTENDANT. 


long, carried swung over the right shoulder or in a case. The arrows 
were two and one half feet long, of reed, tipped with bronze or iron. 
The Persians were good archers; (4) battle-ax, knife, and sling, were 
occasionally carried. In the last stones were used. 


29. Defensive Armor. —(1) A large wicker shield which rested on 
the ground and was supported with a Jarge spike at the bottom or perhaps 
by a prop or an attendant, as with the Assyrians. They also made use 
of a small shield after a pattern common among the Greeks. Compare 
first cut § 61 with third cut 1.8% (2) Coat of mail, which is of great 
antiquity, as Egyptian and Assyrian monuments show, was occasionally 
worn. It was made of scale armor or heavy quilted linen. 


30. Cavalry. — The cavalry-men wore: (1) a helmet, (2) coat of mail, 
(3) greaves, and carried (4) a knife, (5) two short, stout, iron-pointed 


- πο ---- ee eek ei | tee 
or 


THE PERSIAN ART OF WAR. 17 


javelins, (6) a short sword, The Persians set a high value on cavalry, 
reared fine horses, and protected them with (1) frontlets, (2) breastplates, 
(3) side armor. It seems probable, as Rawlinson suggests that there 
was also a light cavalry without armor for rapid maneuvers, such as out- 
flanking, pursuing, etc. 


31. Chariots.— The war chariot had two wheels about four feet 
| in diameter, a heavy axle, 
a curved board box open 
behind, and a pole. From 
its wheels and axle scythes 
projected for the purpose 
of mowing down the en- 
emy. The charioteer and 
warrior were the only oc- 
cupauts, the latter armed 
with spears. Terrible as a scythed chariot looks, it did not prove a very 
effective weapon in war. 





WAR CHARIOT WHEELS. 


32. The Camp. — The Persians, always fearful of a night attack, en- 
camped a distance of five to eight miles from the enemy. The camp was 
pitched in the vicinity of water and on level ground, if possible. The 
king or commander-in-chief occupied the center and around him were 
ranged his attendants and advisers (οἱ πιστοί), horsemen and chario- 
teers. If the enemy was near, the camp was fortified with a ditch 
or bags of sand, sometimes also with a stockade. Around and within 
this were stationed the γερροφόροι. Tents were pitched and faced the/ 
rising sun. The horses were both tethered and hobbled (5.435) to pre- 
vent escape. 


33. The King’s Retinue.— When the Persian king went forth to 
war, he acted apparently on the principle of “the more the merrier” 
as well as the safer, and he seemed to think that a fine display of regal 
pomp would contribute magniticently to the desired result. Hence he 
was accompanied by a vast retinue of non-combatants, — wives and female 
companions carried in litters, eunuchs, waiters. —in short, by almost his 
entire court. - 


18 INTRODUCTION. 


34. The Baggage Train was a most cumbrous affair, consisting of oxen, 
asses, mules, etc. The marohes were therefore tedious and all the more 
so as the roads were bad. The train moved in front of the army unless 
there was danger, when it was remanded to the rear. The army fol- 
lowed in two divisions separated by the king and his “ immortals,” the 
choicest infantry and cavalry of the empire. Rivers were forded or 
crossed on rafts or bridges made of boats. 


35. The Commissariat received careful attention. Food was usually 
cheap and abundant, and ample supplies were transported with the army. 
When a long expedition was projected, stores were laid up at suitable 
places along the line of march. Besides, requisition was made upon the 
people of the district traversed to furnish supplies. 


36. Entering Battle. — Ordinarily the Persians displayed little mili- 
tary skill in attacking an enemy, as they relied mainly on numbers, The 
army was drawn up in a solid square, each nation forming a separate 
division. The king or commander occupied the center, surrounded by 
his immortals or body-guard. The chariots were stationed in front, the 
cavalry on the wings. Thus the army moved to battle with the simple 
aim of crushing the enemy by the sheer weight of its charge, though to 
outflank and surround them was a common maneuver. 


37. Military Engines, such as battering rams, catapults, and siege 
towers were probably in use among the Persians, though this is not cer- 
tain. As they were much employed by the Assyrians and Babylonians, 
_ we should expect to find them among their conquerors. Such, too, is the 
testimony of Xenophon, though it is not supported by other evidence. 


38. The Persian War-ships were furnished by subject nations, as the 
Phoenicians, Egyptians, and Greeks of the maritime provinces. They 
were chiefly the trireme and penteconter. See § 105. 


ORIGIN OF THE EXPEDITION OF CYRUS. 


39. Darius II. was surnamed Nothos or Bastard, because his mother 
was a Babylonian concubine. He married Parysatis, his half sister, or 
according to others, his aunt, daughter of Xerxes I. She was in many 
respects a typical oriental queen, — proud, cruel, vindictive, — and 
exercised a potent influence over the king. 


ORIGIN OF THE EXPEDITION OF CYRUS. 19 


40. Persian Court. — It may be added, in passing, that the Persian 
court of this time was all that is usually implied in the term “ Oriental 
Court,’ — magnificent palaces, untold wealth, abounding luxury, an 
imperious queen, an indefinite number of concubines, eunuchs, and 
slaves, a hot-bed of jealousy, intrigue, and crime. 


41. The Queen's Girdle-money.— To the queen were assigned the 
revenues of certain towns or districts as girdle-money or pin-money. 
“He passed through a large tract of excellent land (in Persia) which the 
people called the queen’s girdle, and another which they called her veil, 
and several other fair and fertile districts which were reserved for the 
adornment of the queen and are named after her several habiliments.” 
(Plato in Ale. i.) 


42. The Reign of Darius Nothos was a succession of crimes, insur- 
rections, and revolts, the most notable of which was that of Egypt, in 
which it threw off the Persian yoke. It then remained independent for 
sixty years. Weak as the king was, he took an active interest in the 
war then waging between Sparta and Athens, and appointed able men 
to the western satrapies. Pharnabazus, later his son-in-law, was made 
satrap of Bithynia and Lesser Phrygia, Tissaphernes, of Caria. The 
latter, suppressing the revolt of Pissuthnes, satrap of Lydia, succeeded 
to that satrapy as also to the command of the royal forces of the maritime 
provinces. Wily and unscrupulous, he admirably prosecuted the king’s 
Grecian policy of “divide and conquer.’ In 407 he was superseded by 
Cyrus, second son of Darius, and his command was limited to Caria and 
the cities of the coast. Incensed at this, he became jealous of Cyrus 
and watched his movements with sleepless suspicion. 


43. Cyrus, called the younger, though then a mere youth of seventeen, 
displayed splendid talents for administration, and his entire satrapy svon 
felt the pulse of his energy. Abandoning the policy of Tissaphernes, he 
sided zealously with Sparta and contributed not a little to the overthrow 
of Athens, the ancient enemy of his country. 


44. His Ambition. — Summoned to the bedside of his father, who lay 
ill at Babylon, Cyrus went up escorted by three hundred Greek hoplites 
(404 B. ο.) and accompanied by Tissaphernes, ostensibly his friend. As 
Cyrus was the son first born after his father ascended the thrcne, he 


90 INTRODUCTION.. 


aspired to the succession, and his pretensions were strongly supported 
by Parysatis, his mother, who had a strong predilection for him. But 
despite her influence, which was usually decisive, the throne fell to his 
elder brother Arsicas, known in history as Artaxerxes II. 


45. Artaxerxes II. was called Mnemon or Mindful. According to 
an ancient custom, the Persian king was inaugurated in a time-honored 
sanctuary at Pasargadae. Here he donned a robe worn by Cyrus the 
First, and ate a frugal meal of figs, sour milk, and turpentine. When 
about to enter upon this ceremony, Tissaphernes coming to him charged 
that Cyrus was about to lie in wait and assassinate him. His testimony 
being supported by a priest, Cyrus was seized, and was on the point of 
being put to death, when his mother, throwing her arms about him, en- 
twining him in the tresses of her hair, pressing his neck to her own, with 
tears and entreaty, begged him off and sent him back to his province. 
(Plutarch, Artarzerzes, ch. iii.) 


46. Preparation for War.— With what spirit and resolve he re- 
turned, we are told in the first sections of the Anabasis, Having 
learned the superiority of Greek over Persian soldiers, he at once set at 
work to levy a Greek army. He made open war on Tissaphernes, and 
won over to himself all the. Ionian cities except Miletus. 


47. Condition of Greece. — For the further prosecution of his plans 
the times were most favorable. The year after the return of Cyrus wit- 
nessed the close of the Peloponnesian war. It had lasted twenty-seven 
years, and involved nearly all the Grecian states and islands. Greece 
was now full of soldiers. To many of these, accustomed to the excite- 
ments of war, agricultural or mercantile life now seemed tame, For 
years past, service as mercenary soldiers had been growing more popular. 
Then Sparta, in setting up oligarchies in cities that had supported 
Athens, had exiled many of the popular party. 


48, Influence of Cyrus.— Besides, Cyrus had made many friends 
among the Greeks by the aid he had rendered Sparta, by the partiality 
shown in his employment of them in his garrisons (cf. 1.15), and by his 
personal friendships, generosity, and general trustworthiness (cf. 6.45]. 


THE GREEK ARMY OF CYRUS. 21 


THE GREEK ARMY OF CYRUS. 


49. The Forces.— By various pretexts, stated in the first chapter 
of the Anabasis, Cyrus raised an army of thirteen thousand Greeks, 
mostly heavy armed, and one hundred thousand barbarians under the 
command of Ariaeus. By the assistance of Sparta he also collected a 
small fleet, by the aid of which he hoped to force the gates of Cilicia. 


50. Greek Contingents. — Sardis was the place of rendezvous, and 
here, early in March of 401 B. σ., the forces assembled. The contingents 
were as follows: — 


Xenias, of Arcadia. . . . « 4000 hoplites. 
Agias “© “ , ο». 1000 “ 
Sophaenetus “© . .. . . 1000 “* 
Socrates, of Achaea. . . . . 500 4 
Clearchus, of Sparta . . . . 1000 ‘ a ο... 
Pasion, of Megara. . . . . 3800 ‘* «. . 800 peltasts. 
Proxenus, of Boeotia. . . . 1500 -* . . 500 gymnetes. 
Menon, of Thessaly .  . . 1000 3 . . 6500 peltasts. 

Sosis, of Syracuse . . 1. . . 3800 “ 


Total heavy-armed, 10,600; light-armed, 2,300. 


51. Whence Mustered.—It is interesting to notice, as they are’ 


about to set out, what a pan-hellenic body these Greeks were. The 
ο majority were men from central Peloponnesus who found mercenary 
service more lucrative than farming or herding on their native hills. 
But there were also representatives from Sparta, Argos, Sicyon, Megara, 
Athens, Boeotia, Locris, Acarnania, Thessaly, Thrace, (Amphipolis, Olyn- 
thus), Ambracia, Syracuse, Crete, Rhodes, Chios, Samos, Thurii (in Italy), 
Miletus, Dardania, and doubtless from many other places. 


52. Means of Diversion. — As they sat around their tents or whiled 
away their time at those places where Xenophon says, “ἐνταῦθα έµειναν 
ἡμέρας τρεῖς, πέντε, Or érrd,” the scene must often have been quite like that 
of a Grand Army camp-fire. Some probably had sat in the theater of 
Dionysus and heard the plays of Sophocles or Euripides. Some may 
have stood on the street corners ‘and heard the homely Socrates plying 


an opponeut with his merciless logic. Most of them, no doubt, had been 


i, - 





22 . INTRODUCTION. 


soldiers in the Peloponnesian war, which had lasted twenty-seven years 
What scenes they could depict, what experiences relate! Some had wit. 
nessed that appalling disaster that overtook the Athenians at Syracuse. 
Others recounted the horrors of the plague at Athens; others, how com: 
pletely Lysander “scooped” the Athenians at Aegos Potamoi. Pylos, 
Arginusae, Decelea, the fall of Athens, Alcibiades, Pericles, aristocracy 
versus democracy, —all would furnish interesting themes for the passing 
hours, and all the more, as most of these Greeks had been on the win- 
ning side. Some few would read from Herodotus, others would recite 
passages from Homer; while to the Peloponnesians — little interested in 
letters — quoits, wrestling, and boxing would furnish amusement of a 
different kind. 


THE GREEK ART OF WAR. | 


53. Model of Organization. — To appreciate the Anabasis the βία. 
dent must know something of the Greek method of warfare. Most of 
these Greeks were from states that had been allies to Sparta; as such 
they had special Spartan commanders assigned them. Besides, Clear- 
chus, the lieutenant of Cyrus, was a Spartan and a rigid disciplinarian. 
Hence, we infer that the Greek army of Cyrus was organized largely on 
the Spartan model. 


54. Classes of Spartan Citizens. — The Spartans were the first of 
the Greeks to reduce warfare to a science, to teach how important a 
factor is thorough discipline. The inhabitants of Laconia were divided 
into: (1) Helots.or serfs; (2) Perioikoi (dwelling-round) or provinciala 
who enjoyed civil but not political liberty ; (3) Spartans proper (ὅμοιοι, 
peers). These last were the military and ruling class, and were all 
soldiers by profession. 


55. Education. — Their education began in childhood. From seven 
to twenty the training of Spartan boys — segregated, going barefoot, 
sleeping on reed mats, cooking their own food — was almost wholly 
gymnastic and military. From twenty to sixty they messed in clubs 
of fifteen each, slept together, lived on cheese, figs, barley-meal, and 
black-broth, and underwent a military training similar in severity to 
that of modern European soldiers. Leonidas and his three hundred 
Spartans were but worthy pupils of this system. 





ea. 
THE GREEK ART OF WAR. aa 23 


56. The Governing Principle in the military system of Sparta (as 
indeed of all the Greek states) was the phalanx. ‘The aim was to produce 
a massive phalanx of completely armed infantry, so thoroughly drilled as 
to perform all evolutions with perfect facility and precision. It was not 
enough that soldiers should master the duties, each of his own post; they 
were expected to know the tactics of the company so well that thrown 
together in the confusion of battle they could at once organize, each per- 
forming the duties of the position into which he happened to fall. 


57. Divisions of the Army. — The Spartan Army was divided into 
six divisions (µόραι), perhaps from the six districts of Laconia, each of 
which contained four companies (λόχοι). Each company was divided into 
two pentecostyes (πεντηκοστύες) and each pentecostys into two enomoties 
(ἐνωμοτίαι) of twenty-five men. Thus we have a total of four hundred 
in each division. ‘This seems to have been the normal size; but the 
numbers were variable, and in some instances thirty-two, in others 
thirty-six, are given as the complement of an enomoty. 


58. The Officers were: (1) king and his council (of περὶ δαµοσίαν sc 
σκηνήν, ie. those around the public tent), (a) polemarch, (b) two ephors, 
(ο) three peers (όμοιοι), (d) two πύθιοι to consult the oracle, (e) judges 
of disputes (Ἑλλανοδίκαι), (f) treasurers (ταμίαι), 
(g) superintendents of booty (λαφυροπῶλαι)1 (2) 
captains (λοχαγοί); (3) first lieutenant (πεντη- 
κοστήρ); (4) second lieutenant (ἐνωμόταρχος). 
Besides there were heralds (κήρυκες), trumpeters 
(σαλπικταί), seers (μάντεις). The efficiency of the 
Spartan army was due in no small degree to the 
division of responsibility among carefully graded 
officers ; for, as Thucydides says (5.66), pretty 
nearly all the army, a small portion excepted, were 
officers over officers. 





59. The Phalanx was made up of Spartan 
citizens and Perioikoi, the latter in later times 
being in the majority. The Helots served as attendants or light-armed 
troops. 


SOLDIER IN χιτάγ. 


94 : 


INTRODUCTION. 


60. The Soldiers wore: (1) As the chief article of dress, a short, 
rather closely fitting, woolen tunic or shart (χιτών), sleeved, or amoung the 





HORSEMAN IN χλαμύς. 





Spartans, usually sleeveless and worn 
under the armor 3 (2) The χλαμύς, an 
oblong woolen mantle (shorter than 
the ἑμάτιον), in length about twice its 
breadth, usually thrown over the left 
shoulder and fastened over the right 
with a brooch. It was also much 
worn by horsemen. It was, of course, 
laid aside in battle. These two gar- 
ments were the uniform of a Greek 
soldier and were scarlet; (3) sandals 
(ὑπόδημα, σάνδαλον), shoes or half- 


boots (ὑποδήματα κοῖλα) ; yet Greek soldiers often went barefoot. 


61. Defensive Armor.— The armor of the hoplite was intended only 


for hand to hand encounter. 





Showing how the shield 
was carried. 





OBLONG SHIELD. 


The defensive armor consisted of (1) a 





siaeld, of which there were two Kinds: (a) large oval, oblong, shield 
΄Ἀπλον, σάκος), made of four to seven plies of ox-hide, generally bound 





THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 25 


together by a metal rim (ἄντυξ), carried by a baldric (τελαμών) over the 
shoulder and by two loops on the inside through which the left forearm 
and hand were passed. It was about four feet long, two feet wide, and 
weighed twenty to thirty pounds; (b) asmall, round shteld (ἁσπίς), oval, 
of leather or metal, wielded by two handles or loops within. The best 
were made at Argos. Both shields were covered with a sack, which was 
removed on reviews and before entering battle; (2) coat of mazl (θώραξ), 
consisting of breast, back, and shoulder pieces of leather or cloth covered 
with metal plates. Attached to it at the bottom were strips of leather, 
overlaid with metal, partly for protection, partly for ornament. It was 
fastened tightly around the waist by a girdle (ζωστήρ). In place of the 
θώραξ, a coat of leather (σπολάς) is mentioned in 3.3”, 4.17%; (3) helmet 
(κράνος), originally of leather, later usually of bronze, lined with felt or 
other soft material, of various patterns, the best of which had a crest 
(λόφος), cheek-pieces, and visor. It weighed about three or four pounds ; 
(4) greaves κνημῖδες), extending in two pieces from or above the knee 
to the ankle, usually of metal, lined with felt or leather, joined by bands 


(ἐπισφύρια). 


62. Offensive Armor. — This consisted of (1) spear (δόρυ) or lance, 
consisting of a smooth shaft of ash or other hard wood, seven or more 
feet in length, with a metal point, variously shaped, 
six to eight inches long, and butted with a metal spike; 
(2) sword, either (a) long, straight, and two edged (ξίφος), 
with blade about eighteen inches long, and carried in a 
scabbard (κολεός) ; or, (b) short, slightly curved, single 
edged (µάχαιρα, ξυήλη), sometimes called a Lacedaemo- 
nian sword. 


63. The Total Weight of a hoplite’s armor is esti- 
mated by Vollbrecht at about seventy-five pounds. It 
was usually borne by slaves or in wagons. 





64. The Pay of a hoplite varied from four obols to 

: a drachma a day (twelve to eighteen cents); of a captain, 
αἰχμαί. twice, of a general, four times this amount. Out of this 
they were expected to furnish their own provisions. They drew pay 
from the time they were sworn in till the end of the expedition, . Cyrns 





26 INTRODUCTION. 


paid the Greeks a daric (exchanged for twenty drachmas = about $3.50) 
a month, later one and a half darics, and, what was quite unusual, 
promised full pay till their return to Ionia (cf. 1.3%, 415, 7.2%, 91). 














65. Peltasts.— There were three classes of troops auxiliary to the 
phalanx, the Peltasts, Gymnetes, and Cavalry. The peltasts (πελτασταί), 
came into service during the Peloponnesian war, and ranked in efficiency 
next to the hoplites. They were armed with: (1) a small, light, Thracian 
shield, of various shapes, consisting of a frame of wood or wicker-work 
covered with leather, like the Amazon shields; (2) sword (ξίφος) ; (3) 
darts (ἀκόντια), hurled with the naked hand or with a thong (ἀγκύλη) 
fastened to and wrapped round the shaft for the purpose of giving it 
a rotary motion; (4) sometimes a linen corslet. 








ἁκόντιον. τόξα. . | 


66. Gymnetes (yuprira).— These were without defensive armor, 
and included : (1) bowmen (τοξόται), of which the Cretans were the most 
celebrated. The strings were made of horse-hair or ox-hide; (2) darters 
(ἀκοντισταί); (3) slingers (σφενδονῆται). The Cretans and Rhodians 
excelled as slingers. 


THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 27 


The light-armed troops were used as occasion suggested, either in front, 
rear, or on the wings, to reconnoiter, lie in ambush, secure heights, pursue 
the enemy, etc. They appear to have been divided into divisions (τάξεις), 
commanded by a ταξίαρχος or λοχαγός. 


67. Cavalry.— The Greeks though fond of horses gave cavalry a 
small place in their military system,— in early times, no place at all. 
This is explained by these facts: (1) they staked almost everything 
on the phalanx, and (2) the country was neither fitted for the rearing 
of horses nor for the evolutions of cavalry. The Thessalians, however, 
reared fine horses and mustered a large body of cavalry, and, after the 
Persian war, Athens and Boeotia showed a growing appreciation of this 


force. 
φ 


68. The Greek Cavalryman was equipped much as the Persian: (1) 
The horse, with (a) frontlets (προµετοπίδια), (b) breastplate (προστερνί- 
δια), (ο) stde-pieces (παραπλευρίδια) ; (2) the rider, with (a) helmet, (b) 
coat of mail (θώραξ ἱππικός) longer than that of the hoplite, and usually 
provided with a gorget; (c) greaves extending above the knees; (d) a 
spear (aaArov) ; (e) sword (µάχαιρα).. He wore a tunic (χιτών) and 
mantle (xAapvs), but carried no shield, rode bareback or on a saddle- 
pad, without stirrups and usually without spurs, though they seem to 
have been known. The cavalry improvised on the Retreat (3.3”) could 
hardly have been so fully equipped as above described. 


69. The Spartan Cavalry was divided into two companies (µόραι) of 
fifty to one hundred each, but how drawn up is uncertain ; in later times 
it was usually in a square four to eight men deep. It was employed 
ehiefly to protect the flanks. 


70. The Military System of Athens differed in some particulars 
from that of Sparta. All citizens between eighteen and sixty were divided 
into four classes according to property. Of these the first and second 
served as cavalry or hoplites, the third as hoplites, the fourth (θῆτες) as 
light-armed. 


71. Officers. — Over the army there were: (1) ten generals (στρα- 
τηγοί), one of whom was the war minister (πολέμαρχος). They com- 
manded jointly or in turn, though often only a part of them, commonly 
three, went forth with the army. Under these were (2) ten taxiarchs 


28 INTRODUCTION. 


(ταξίαρχοι), one from each tribe, and under these again captains (λοχα- 
yot), each commanding λόχος of sixty to eighty men. ‘The generals 
and taxiarchs were chosen by the people (χειροτονία), the captains prob- ι 
ably by their superior officers. The τάξις, though varying much in size, 
usually contained from two to six λόχο. In 6.5" it contains two 
hundred men. 


72, The Command of the Cavalry was under two ἵππαρχοι, assisted 
by ten Φύλαρχοι, all chosen annually by the people. In the squadron 
(φυλή, iAn) there were about sixty-four men, while a τάξις, as applied 
to cavalry, is quite indefinite. In 1.83 it contains six hundred. Both 
cavalry and infantry were divided according to tribes, each tribe fur- 
nishing a squadron of cavalry and a division (τάξις) of infantry. During 
and after the Peloponnesian war, Athens maintained a cavalry force of 
one thousand men. Besides a fee fur equipment each cavalryman received 
about two hundred and forty drachmas ($40 to $45) per annum. 


73. The Military Divisions in the Greek Force of Cyrus. — The 
generals having enlisted their own troops, the number in.the divisions was 
unequal, and in the companies indefinite. Each general was assisted by a 
lieutenant (ὑπο-στράτηγος), and each captain by a ὑπο-λόχαγος. 


74. Military Terms. — The Greeks likened their army to an animal. 
calling the van µέτωπον, the rear οὐρά, the sides or wings πλευραί, κέρατα. 
A file (from front to rear) was called a στίχος a line or rank (from 
wing to wing) a ζυγόν. The front and depth were designated by eis, 
or ἐπί (with gen.) ; single file εἰς éva, double file cis δύο, four deep ἐπὶ 


τεττάρων. 


75. The File-leader was called ἠγεμών or ἡγούμενος If an enomoty 
marched single file the enomotarch was leader ; if in double file he led 
the file to the right. Behind the file-leaders stood the ἐπιστάται, who 
were picked soldiers. In the last line stood the file-closers (otpayat), 
and as, in counter-marches, these for the time became ἡγεμόνες, care was 
taken that they should be able-bodied, experienced men. 


7θ. Relative Position in Rank and File. — The phalanx in battle 
array varied in depth, being usually four, eight, or twelve men deep. In 
1.215 the companies are four deep and, if full, twenty-four front. The 
distances between the soldiers from back to back and from right side 








THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 29 


bo right side were equal. If drawn up: (1) in loose or marching order | 
these distances were each six Grecian feet (of eleven and two thirds 
inches each); (2) in close or fighting order, three feet; (3) in com- 
pact order, one and one half feet. The last was called συνασπισμός, 
shield to shield. 


77. Column Order and Battle Array.— The phalanx in marching 
order (i.e. with narrow front) or in column was said to be ἐπὶ κέρως or ἐπὶ 
κέρας; tn line, rank or battle array, ἐπὶ Φάλαγγος, or eis or κατὰ φάλαγγα. 


78. Evolutions. — The evolution from ἐπὶ κέρως to ἐπὶ φάλαγγος was 
called παραγωγή (leading up beside), and began with the rear enomoty (4). 
It moved to the left (παρ ἀσπίδα) and forward 
abreast of the one in front (41, 3); ,these two, to 
the left. and forward abreast of the next in front 
(43 ολ, 2), and so on. The evolution from ἐπὶ 
φάλαγγος to ἐπὶ κέρως was the reverse of the 
foregoing. In the same manner also the depth 
was increased or diminished. Thus 2, facing about 
Li to the left, took the position 21 then 2%, and faced to the 
121 left. 





79. Paragogs.—If while the army wag marching in column 
ard two abreast ) the enemy appeared on the right or left, 

. two maneuvers were executed: (1) the companies 
wheeled round their captains (a, d) as a pivot. 
Thus the enemy appearing on the right, a 6 took the 
position ac and dethat of df. (2) the intervals 
thus made, as between a-c and d-f, were filled by 
παραγωγή, described above. 


60. Ἐξελιγμός.. — It was a principle with the Spar- 
tans that the best soldiers should be in front. If 
then the enemy appeared in the rear, the order was 
reversed by an evolution called ἐξελιγμός. In it the 
file-closer (οὐραγός) 6, (see diagram p. 30) facing about 
toward the enemy B, kept his position while the others (5-1) filed back to 
his (former) rear (i.e. to 5/-1/). By this movement the army advanced | 





er 





80 INTRODUCTION. 


its own length (6-1/) toward the enemy. In the Macedonian ἐξελιγμός the 
captain (1 in the cut) remained stationary ; in the Cretan, the center. 


PoP cnpee cccwne Penge es nccge es ecpensccqar pes i cove cape ys ans 
A<0 0 -9 -ὁ -ὁ «ὃν &- 6 -ὁ- Qe ὁ Ans 
4 , 


81. Words of Command. — The following are some of the words of 
command : ἄγετε eis τὰ ὅπλα OF παράστητε παρὰ τὰ ὅπλα, “ step up,” “ fall 
into line ;” προάγετε, “march ;” ἔχεσθε οὕτως, “halt ;” ἐπ ἀσπίδα κλίνατε, 
“left about” (lit. to the shield, borne on the left hand) ; ἐπὶ δόρυ (ἀσπίδα) 
ἐπιστρέφετε, right (left) turn, march ; ἐπὶ δόρυ µεταβάλλεσθε, right about 
face; ἄνω τὰ δόρατα, spears up (in hand) ; κάθετε τὰ δόρατα, spears down ; 
ἐπ᾽ ὦμον τὰ δύρατα, shoulder spears ; προβάλεσθε τὰ ὅπλα, present arms 
(shield and spears) ; θέσθε τὰ ὅπλα, stack arms, halt under arms. The term 
for wheeling was ἐπιστροφή; quarter-wheel, dvaotpopy ; half-wheel, περι- 
eracpos ; three-quarters, ἐκπερισπασμός ; to original position, ἐπικατάστασις. 


82. Discipline. — (1) In the Spartan army strict discipline was main- 
tained, and the soldiers were much exercised to prevent laziness. 

(2) Among the Athenians discipline was less severe and exemption 
from service more frequent. Punishment for the more serious offences 
against good order, as desertion (λιποτάξιον) or cowardice (δειλία), was 
deferred till the return of the expedition, when offenders were tried be- 
fore a jury of their comrades, and, if found guilty, were excluded from 
the ecclesia and partially disfranchised. 

(3) Among mercenaries, whose chief interest in a campaign was pecu- 
niary rather than patriotic, discipline could not be of a very high order. 
There is ample evidence that among the Cyrean Greeks it was often 
greatly relaxed. In two instances they refuse to go further, and on one 
of these occasions Clearchus nearly loses hig life. At Charmande the 
punishment of a soldier well nigh resulted in an encounter between the 
troops of Menon and those of Clearchus (1.513). Again, two companies 
leave their officers and go over to another (1.91). It must be remem- 
bered, however, that the deception of the soldiers in regard to the des- 
tiny of the expedition and the jealousy (6.219) that would certainly arise 
among officers and divisions drawn from different parts of Greece, would 
render it specially difficult to maintain discipline. Under these circum: 


THE: GREEK ART OF WAR. 31 


stances the officers did the best that could be done. They took the 
soldiers into their confidence, called frequent assemblies (ἐκκλησίαν συνά- 
ye or ἄγειν), and appealed to their judgment. It was in this way that 
the versatile Xenophon gained such a controlling influence over them. 
On the retreat, when their lives were at stake, admirable discipline pre- 
vailed. A curious incidental proof of this is found in the fact that 
Salinos, the Ambracian seer, to whom Cyrus gave $10,000 shortly before 
the battle, was able to keep his money throughout the Retreat till he 
reached the Euxine, where he chartered a vessel and set sail for Greece 
(1.738, 5.615, 6.415). 


83. Religion. — (1) The Greeks were a religious people. They lived 
in close fellowship with their gods, and consulted them on all important 
matters, private as well as public. 

(2) Divine Guidance. — The king of Sparta, before going forth to war, 
took counsel of the gods in the presence of ephors and other officers. If 
the omens were favorable he went forth, accompanied by a herald who 
bore the sacred fire, to the borders of the state, and there again sought 
the will of Zeus and Athena, Assured of their favor he set out preceded 
by the sacred fire, which was never extinguished, and accompanied by 
all kinds of victims. 

(3) The altar was an indispensable part of the furniture of a camp. 
Here sacrifice was offered daily ; solemn oaths were taken (1.61) and im- 
portant negotiations held. 

(4) The Vuctims. — In consulting the gods by sacrifice, the seer noted 
how the victims approached the altar, the color and smoothness of the 
intestines, the appearance of the liver and bile, the appearance and action 
of the flame. Thus did the Greeks seek the will of the gods before enter- 
ing battle, in deciding on routes, etc. (cf. 1.815, 2.139, 28, 4.93). Divina- 
tion was an occult art. 

(5) Other means of divination were dreams (cf. 3.1", 4.38), sounds, as 
sneezing (cf. 3.29), birds (6.5%), lots, magical arts, etc. To the Greeks 
facing the north the omens that appeared on the left were bad, and so 
deep was their conviction of the truth of this that the very word “left” 
(ἀριστερός) was discarded in speaking of the left wing of the army, and 
the euphemistic εὐώνυμος (of good name) used instead. 

(6) The Oath. — The Greeks made much of the oath, held it, especi- 
ally in heroic and classic times, in great sanctity. and regarded perjury 


32 


INTRODUCTION, . 


as a heinous crime, certain to call down the wrath of the gods on the 
offender (cf. 2.51, 3.2%). It was administered to persons assuming solemn 
and important trusts, or making treaties, alliances, etc. It was usually 
solemnized by sacrifices and oblations, the swearer laying his hands on 


the victim or on the altar. 


In 2.29 the oath is confirmed by dipping 


sword and spear into the blood of the victims. The god invoked was 
generally such as the place or occasion suggested. The Spartans swore 
by Castor and Pollux (6.6%), the Corinthians by Poseidon, the Athenians 
often by three deities, Zeus, Athena, and either Poseidon or Apollo. 


| $4, The Number of Non-combatants (éyAos; ἀπύμαχοι) in a Greek 
ariuy was large. It included masters of baggage, armor-bearers (usually 
slaves), traders, sutlers, female companions, prisoners, not to speak of 
physicians, augurs, heralds, musicians, etc. The «mpedimenta, too, were 
numerous, —all manner of cooking utensils, clothing, tents, tent-poles, 
provisions, wagons, sumpter-animals, and animals of sacrifice. 


85. Provisions, carried in wagons and on animals, were exposed for 
sale by the sutlers in the markets of the army. When money failed as 
in the Retreat, the army robbed and plundered the country through 
which it passed. The prisoners and all kinds of booty not needed for 
supplies were sold, as there was opportunity, and the money was divided. 


86. The Camp.— Unless protected on one side by a river or a 
mountain, the Spartan camp was pitched in a circle, for the reason, says 





oxynval. 


of cooking, exercising, etc. 


Xenophon (Xen. Rep. Lac. 21.1), that 
angles were useless. Whether the 
Cyrean Greeks camped thus or in 
a square is uncertain. The site being 
selected, the wagons and animals were 
unloaded, and the tents, covered with 


~. leather and probably resembling those 


of the Romans, were pitched in rows 
with avenues sufficient for purposes 


The commander-in-chief with his aids occu- 


pied the center, and around him was an open space for the arms (τὰ ὅπλα) 
and assemblies. Each general had his own tent, but the number of 
soldiers quartered in each tent is uncertain. 


THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 8S 


87. Sentinels. — After the evening meal (δεῖπνον), officers received 
orders for the following morning, the sentinels, given the watchword, were 
posted at sundown within and around the camp and on the outposts. A 
hymn was sung, and at a’given signal the soldiers retired, laying aside the 
outer garment (χλαμύς). 

88. The Night was divided into three watches: (1) to midnight; 
(2) to early dawn; (3) to camp-breaking. 

89. The Daily Round in Camp. —If the army remained in camp, 
the sentinels were relieved at dawn, and the forenoon, till ἄριστον (10 to 
11 a. M.), was spent in drill, gymnastic exercises, and inspection, After 
breakfast the sentinels were again changed, when the soldiers rested, 
amused themselves with games, festivals, etc., till the afternoon drill, 
which ended with supper. 


90. Camp-breaking. —If the army was to. set out on the march, 
an early start (4 to 5 a.m.) was made. On the first signal the baggage 
was packed, ‘on the second loaded, on the third the army started. 


91. Signals were given by the trumpet (cdAmcyé). The word of 
command passed from the commanding officer down through the 
intermediate officers to the enomotarch, who gave 
it to the soldiers. Or starting on the right, it 
passed along the line from soldier to soldier and 
back again. Standards were not used by the 
Greeks. 


92. The Herald. — A very important and honor- 
able office was that of herald (κηρνυέ). He made all 
announcements, such as the hour for breaking camp, 
called assemblies, bore messages between the enemies. 
He was therefore regarded as under the special pro- 
tection of Zeus and his person was inviolable. When 
the war became truceless, it was said to be ἀκήρυκτος. 
On the Retreat, to prevent the soldiers from being 

κῆρνξ. influenced by the insidious appeals of the Persians, 
the generals proclaimed the war ‘ without a herald’ (3.35). 





93. On the March. — As to the relative position of the heavy-armed, 
light-armed, and cavalry, when on the march, there was no fixed rule; 


84 INTRODUCTION. 


but in night-marches the hoplites led, that they might not be separated 
from those who could journey more rapidly (7.951). (2) The position of 
the baggage train whether in front, rear, middle, or on one side, was 
determined by convenience and safety. (3) The commanders rode on 
horseback or less often in wagons, while the captains marched at the 
head of their companies. 


94. Rivers were crossed by fording or by bridges made of logs 
floated by skins or boats, —a use of skins still common in the East. 
The Cyrean Greeks, unable to cross the Tigris, marched to its source. 


95. A Day's March.— The length of a day’s march was quite 
variable, depending on the nature of the country, on the weather, con- 
dition of the army, etc., but still more on the exigencies of the case. 
The two hundred Spartans, who went to assist Athens against the 
Persians in 490 3.c., arrived there in three days, a distance of one 
hundred and thirty miles. The Greeks with Cyrus averaged a little 
over five parasangs (fifteen miles) daily. In the journey through the 
desert this distance was increased to seven or eight parasangs. 


96. Halts. — Though Cyrus was in haste to take the king as unpre- 
pared as possible, he frequently halted for several days at a time. Thus 
at Peltae, Tyriaeum, Iconium, Thoana, and Issus he remained three days. 
If we deduct the time during which he awaited the arrival of troops, 
it appears that he marched only about two days out of three. 


97. Preparation for Battle. — (1) The Spartan soldiers, like the 
Homeric Greeks, wore long hair, thinking that thus they seemed, as 
Xenophon says (Rep. Lac. XI. 3), µείζους, ἐλευθεριωτέρους καὶ γοργοτέ- 
ρου. (2) Before entering battle they dressed their hair, polished their 
armor, and crowned themselves as for a feast (cf. 4.31), 


98. The Aim in Battle. — While much skill was often displayed in 
planning an attack, yet the Greeks relied mainly on the phalanx and 
. won most victories by superior courage and discipline. The aim was to 
turn the enemy ‘to flight or, breaking through theiy line, throw them 
into confusion. 


99. The Battle-array. — The phalanx entered battle in close order 
(see § 76), drawn up usually four, eight, or twelve men deep. (1) The 





THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 86 


best troops were usually posted on the right wing, because, if outflanked, 
their right or shieldless side was exposed to the shafts of the enemy. This 
was, therefore, the position of honor. The next best were assigned to 
the left wing, others to the center. (2) The position of the commander- 
in-chief was variable, but commonly on the right or center. (3) The 
cavalry and the light infantry were stationed in front, rear, or on either 
side, wherever they were likely to be most serviceable (cf. 1.85, 4.815, 
5.4%, 6.5%), but in a majority of instances on the wings. (4) The cap- 
tains, pentecosters, and enomotarchs stood in the front line. The second 
line held their spears by ‘the right side of those in front ; the rear lines, 
erect or on the shoulders of those before them. 


100. Watchword. — (1) In entering battle some watchword (σύν- 
@nua), indicative of good fortune, was passed and returned. At Cunaxa 
(1.815) it was Ζεὺς σωτὴρ καὶ νίκη, against the Bithynians (6.5%) Ζεὺς 
σωτήρ, Ἡρακλῆς ἡγεμών. (2) The phalanx kept time to the music of 
flutes, rushed on the enemy at the sound of the trumpet, singing the 
war-song and raising the battle-cry. 


101. The Trophy. — Following a victory it was customary to make 
thank-offerings to the gods, and set up a trophy (τρόπαιον) where the 
enemy turned to flight (τρέπω, turn, τροπή). The 
trophy was made of pieces of captured armor hung 
up on a post or the limb of a tree. 


"102. Burial. — As in the theology of the Greeks 
the burial of the body was necessary to the future 
weal of the soul, the dead were buried with scpupu- 
lous care. Even those whose bodies could not be 

- found were tenderly remembered by the erection of 
a cenotaph (κενοτάφιον). 





103. Tactics of the Retreat. —It sometimes happens that finer 
generalship is exhibited in retreat than on the battle-field. This fact 
finds an ‘admirable illustration in the retreat of the Ten Thousand. The 
following are some of the tactics suggested by the varied exigencies 
which they were compelled to face. 

» (1) To repel attacks on their rear they organized a company of 
Rhodian slingers, who excelled the Persians in this kind of warfare, jalso 


86 | INTRODUCTION. 


a squad of cavalry for the same purpose or to keep the enemy at a 
distance. 

(2) On the suggestion of Xenophon, théy drew up the army in the 
form of a square (πλαίσιον) with the baggage train in the center, the 
light-armed next, and the hoplites on the four sides. By this arrange- 
.ment the hoplites could at once present a front for battle on whatever 
side the enemy might appear. Fords, narrow roads, and the like rendered 
this order at times impracticable and exposed them in disorder to the 
attacks of the enemy. 

(3) To remedy this defect, six companies of heavy-armed men were 
organized to serve as a kind of military escort protecting the movements 
of the square, as emergency might require. 

(4) To dislodge an enemy from a height commanding the road, the 
usual method was to despatch companies by circuitous routes to attack 
the enemy unexpectedly or from a more advantageous position. An in- 
novation suggested by Xenophon, and one that found a place in later 
Greek tactics, was to attack a height by company columns (λόχοι ὄρθιοι), 
that is, columns of narrower front than depth. Thus drawn they were 
less liable to become disordered from roughness of the ground, and, while 
able to do pretty effective fighting, exposed a smaller front to the shafts 
of the enemy (cf..4.2%-4, 8119, 5.47%), 


-104. Sieges. — The Greeks were not successful in conducting sieges, 
and engines of war were not used among them till about the time of 
Philip of Macedon, when they were introduced from Sicily. 


105. The War Ships of the Greeks were the penteconter and the 
trireme. The former, as the name suggests, was a fifty-oared vessel, 
twenty-five on a side. Out of this grew the bireme, a vessel of two 
banks of oars, and out of this again, the trireme. Where it originated 
is not known, but it was built at Corinth as early as 700 B.c., and re- 
mained for centuries the model war-ship of the Greeks. On either side 
were three banks (στίχοι) or rows of oars, the upper called θρανίται, the 
middle ζυγῖται, the lower θαλαμῖται. The horizontal space allowed each 
rower was three feet. Those in the middle row sat two feet below and 
one foot behind those above, and those in the third row occupied the 
same relative position with reference to the second. Their position with 
reference to the sides of the vessel is uncertain. The oars of the 


THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 37 
thranites were about thirteen feet in length, of the zygites ten feet, of 
the thalamites seven and one-half feet. The crew numbered ordinarily 





(According to Raoul Lemaitre.) (According to Graser. ) 
one hundred and seventy-four rowers, twenty sea-men (ναῦται), and ten 
marines (ἐπιβάται). The vessel was from one hundred and twenty to 











Sat ena erasscceseoers” 
a -ὔὐθ ο σαασααα ασ νο πα. 


«τριήρης. 
(As restored by Raou! Lemaitre.) 


one hundred and fifty feet long, fourteen to eighteen feet wide, about 
eleven feet above and eight feet below water-line. It was also fitted 
with one or more masts. 


38 INTRODUCTION. 


XENOPHON. 


‘O γοῦν μέγα: Αλέξανδρος οὐκ ἂν ἐγένετο peyas, εἰ ph Eevoper. — EUNAPIUS. 
Καλύε, χαριέστατοε, µουσικώτατος. -υ- ATHENAIUS. 
Xenophontis voce Musas quasi locutas ferunt. — QUINTILIAN. 


106. Time and Place of Birth. —If the Ten Thousand excite our 
admiration by their triumphant retreat, still more does Xenophon as 
-= their animating spirit and delightful his- 
torian. He was born probably about 431 
B.C.,! the first year of the Peloponnesian 
war, and was the son of Gryllus and (prob- 
ably) Diodora, Of his parents unfortu- 
nately we know nothing except that they 
resided in the deme Ercheia about twelve 
miles east of Athens, and that they were 
wont? to sacrifice swine to Zeus the Gra- 
cious (Ζεὺς µειλίχιος), a fact which pos- 
sibly may have had someshing to do with 
the name Gryllus, which means pig. 


107. Education. — Of his education we 
know but little. He wrote a treatise on 
XENOPHON. Hunting and another on Horsemanship, 
ΜΗ from which it appears that he was very 

fond of sports and out-door exercises. Between his eighteenth and twenty- 
seventh year, as the Peloponnesians then occupied Decelea, whence they 
made incursions over Attica, he must have spent considerable time in 
Athens. Here he doubtless studied music or the arts, grammar or letters, 
and gymnastics, —the three branches of Greek education. He would hear 
exciting and eloquent harangues before the Assembly, as well as some 
of the masterpieces of Sophocles and Aristophanes in the theater of 
Dionysus, Perhaps, too, he received special instruction from some of 





1 For the evidence bearing on the date of Xenophon’s birth, the student may com- 
pare : 8.119, 36, 287, 5,31, 7.38, 6%; Diogenes Laertius, ii. 22; Strabo, ix. 2. 
5 7.84, §, 





XENOPHON. 39 


the sophists of the day as Gorgias or Prodicus. Besides, those were 
war-times, and war-times are educators in matters political and military. 
But much of this is conjecture. What is certain is that he was a pupil 
of one of the world’s great masters, — Socrates. 


108. Influence of Socrates.—Of his introduction to the great 
philosopher, Diogenes Laertius writes! (we cannot say how truly): 
“Xenophon was modest and surpassingly beautiful (εὐειδέστατος eis 
ὑπερβολήν). It is said that Socrates, meeting him in a narrow way 
and stretching out his staff to bar his passage, asked him where this 
and that commodity was to be purchased. Receiving answer he again 
asked, ποῦ δὲ καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ γίνονται ἄνθρωποι ; — ‘ where are the fair and 
noble to be fuund?’ Xenophon being perplexed, ‘then,’ said he, ‘follow 
me and learn.’ Thenceforth he was a hearer (ἀκροατής) of Socrates.” 
And being a thoughtful and susceptible pupil he must have been pro- 
foundly influenced by a man of such extraordinary force of character. 
Of this, too, his loving pen has left abundant evidence in the Mem- 
orabilia of his great master. It is often said that Xenophon had no 
mind for the deeper problems of Socratic philosophy, but it must be 
admitted that the very fact that while quite a young man he had such 
an admiration for the wisdom of Socrates and formed such an attachment 
to the ill-clad, homely, and unpopular philosopher, marks him out as far 
ahove the average men of his time in penetration and in love of truth. 


109. Joins Cyrus. —In the spring of 401, his old friend Proxenus 
sent him an urgent invitation to join in an expedition under Cyrus, 
promising that he would introduce him to that popular young prince, a 
thing he professed to believe would be of great advantage. Uncertain 
what to do, Xenophon took counsel of Socrates, who advised him to 
consult the oracle at Delphi. Going thither with his mind already made 
up, he merely inquired to what gods sacrificing he might make a success- 
ful journey. Returning, he set sail and found Proxenus in Sardis. 


110. Motives.—Just what were his motives in accepting this in- 
vitation can only be conjectured. Perhaps it was love of adventure, 
but Proxenus’s promise of advantage suggests that ambition had much 
to do with it. Then, in the four years preceding, Athens had been torn 


1 Diog. Laert., Xenophon, §§ 1, 2. 


40 INTRODUCTION. 


with revolution and dissension as scarcely ever before in her history, and, 
it may be, he was not unwilling to find a pretext for leaving for a time, 
For this he could hardly be blamed. 


111. Position in the Army.— He accompanied the expedition of 
Cyrus, he tells us (0.14), οὔτε στρατηγὸς οὔτε λοχαγὸς οὔτε στρατιώτης, 
but apparently as an attaché of Proxenus. We hear nothing of him till 
just before the battle af Cunaxa, when leaving the ranks he went fore! 
ward to meet Cyrus and asked whether he had any orders to give. 


112. Successful Leadership. — We next find him on the banks of 
the Zab, near the end of October, after the perfidious seizure of the 
Greek generals, when he appears as the chief speaker and actor in the 
reorganization of the Greek army. Henceforth, even if we accept what - 
he says of himself cum grano salvs, he is virtual leader of the Retreat, 
and to him more than to any other is its success due. He was a ready 
and convincing speaker, — thus showing conspicuously the superiority 
of his Athenian training, — patient, intrepid, hopeful, quick to grasp 
difficulties, and fertile in suggesting practical methods of meeting them. 
Indeed, so much strategic skill does he exhibit that one wonders where 
he got his military education 


119. Return to Greece. — After his return to Asia Minor in the 
spring of 399, his movements are uncertain. At Pergamus he handed 
over the Cyrean Greeks to the Spartan general Thibron, who had been 
sent to stay the aggressions of Tissaphernes, successor now to the satrapy 
of Cyrus. Whether Xenophon joined in this expedition or returned to 
Athens is uncertain, but in 396 we find him in. Asia Minor with his 
comrades in the service of Agesilaus, king of Sparta, who was continuing 
the war against the Persians. In 394 he returned with Agesilaus through 
Thrace and Macedonia and was present at, if he did not actually partici- 
pate in, the battle of Coronea against the Thebans and Athenians, 


114. Exile. —Some time between 400 and 394 he was exiled from 
his native city, but for what cause is doubtful. Dio Chrysostom and 
Pausanias say it was because he joined in the expedition with Cyrus, 
According to Diogenes Laertius it was Laconism or sympathy with 
Sparta. 


XENOPHON. 41 


115. Marriage.—- He was married,’ probably soon after the return of 
the expedition to Asia Minor, to a woman named Philesia, of whose resi- 
dence and family we know nothing. Two sons were born to them, named 
after his parents Gryllus and Diodorus ; perhaps twins, since the Spartans 
nicknamed them Διόσκουροι. 


116. At Sparta. — After the battle of Coronea he accompanied 
Agesilaus to Sparta, where he seems to have spent several years, no 
doubt gathering material for such works as the Lacontan State, Hiero, 
and Cyropaedia. Here, too, his sons received their military training. 


117. At Scillus.— About 387 the Spartans sent him as a colonist 
to Scillus, about two and a half miles from Olympia, where, later, they 
presented him with a house and farm. From the money accruing from 
the sale of his share of the spoil and of captives taken in the Retreat, he 
bought here a plot of ground on which he built to Artemis an altar and 
a temple modelled after the great temple of Ephesus. The image of the 
goddess, too, resembled that in the Ephesian sanctuary, but was made of 
cypress wood. In this quiet and delightful retreat he lived for fifteen 
or eighteen years, enjoying his religion, and, as his biographer tells us, 
“ hunting, entertaining his friends, and composing his histories.” 


118. At Corinth. — At an uncertain date, probably just after the 
defeat of the Lacedeemonians at Leuctra 371, the Eleians drove Xen- 
ophon from Scillus, and thence with his family he went to Corinth. 
Some time after this his sentence of banishment was rescinded. Per- 
haps the date is approximately fixed by the fact that his sons served 
in the Athenian cavalry from 369 to 362. 


119. Age at Death. — In 363 while offering sacrifice, presumably in 
Corinth, the news reached him that his son Gryilus had fallen in the 
battle of Mantinea, whereupon he removed the chaplet from his head, 
but on learning that he had died nobly he replaced it, remarking, “I 
knew my child was mortal.” Nothing more is known of him except 
that in the Hellenica 6.4%’, he speaks of Tisiphonus as successor to 
Alexander of Pherae. This is known to have heen in 357 or 359. 
He was then about seventy-five years of age if we are correct in fixing 
431 as the date of his birth. 


’ Cf. 7.6%, 


42 INTRODUCTION. 


120. Works.— The activity and versatility of Xenophon’s mind ap- 
pear from a glance at the number and variety of his works. They are: 

I. Historical: (1) The Hellenica (Ἑλληνικά), in seven books ; a history 
of Greece, from the twenty-first year of the Peloponnesian war (where 
the history of Thucydides ends) to the battle of Mantinea (411-362). 

(2) The Anabaszs, in seven books. It is a curious fact that Xenophon 
himself has furnished the grounds on which the authorship of the Anabasts 
has been questioned; (a) he published it anonymously ; (b) he speaks 
of himself in the third person; (c) he speaks at times as if he had de- 
rived his information from others: Θ. ϱ. he says, λέγεται (1.8°), λέγουσι δέ 
τινες (1.813), ἐλέγοντο (1.101), ἔλεγον of στρατευσάµενοι (5.4%) ; (d) in 
the Hellenica (9.13). he speaks of the history of the Cyrean-Greek ex- 
pedition as having been written by Themistogenes the Syracusan. Of 
this work nothing is known, and Plutarch says that Xenophon thought 
the Anabasis would be more credible if published as the work of a dis- 
interested writer. However this may be, the internal evidence of its 
authenticity is overwhelming, and the ancients unanimously attributed 
it to Xenophon. From 5.3" it appears that it was not composed or, at 
least, not published till some time after he left Scillus. The lateness 
of the publication, twenty or more years after the expedition, together 
with the minute descriptions found in the Anabasis, are proof that he 
must have taken copious notes on the journey. 

(3) Agesilaus: a eulogistic sketch of his friend, the king of Sparta, 
with whom he campaigned in Asia Minor. 

II. Socratic: (1) Recollections of Socrates (Απομνημονεύματα Σωκρά- 
τους), in four books ; a loving vindication of his great master, presenting 
from the philosopher’s dialogues the practical side of his teachings. 

(2) Defence of Socrates (Απολογία Σωκράτους), a tract of doubtful 
genuineness. ή 

(3) Economics (Οἰκονομικός), a dialogue after the Socratic style, on 
the proper management of the household and the farm, with a panegyric 
on farming. 

(4) The Banquet (Συμπόσιον) ; 8 picture of an Athenian supper-party, 
at which there is music, dancing, drinking, and a Socratic discussion on 
the superiority of heavenly love. 

III. Political: (1) Education of Cyrus (Κύρου Παιδεία), in aah books; 
this professes to be an account of the training of Cyrus the Great, and 


XENOPHON. 49 


the early history of the Persian Empire. It is now generally regarded as 
a political romance, embodying Xenophon’s views as drawn from the 
institutions of Sparta and the teachings of Socrates. 

(2) The Constitution of Sparta (Λακεδαιμονίων Πολιτεία), a tract. 

(3) Zhe Constitution of Athens (Αθηναίων Πολιτεία), a tract. 

(4) Htero (Ἱέρων ἢ Τυραννικός), Tyrant of Syracuse ; a tract in which 
be and the poet Simonides contrast the anxieties and dangers of the 
tyrant with the tranquil life of the private citizen. 

(5) Revenues (Πόροι), a tract offering suggestions on how to increase 
the revenues of Athens. 

IV. Miscellaneous: (1) On Hunting (Κυνηγετικός), and the rearing 
and training of dogs. 

(2) On Horsemanship (Περὶ Ἱππικῆς), a tract on how to choose, groom, 
and train a horse. 

(3) The Hipparch (Ἱππαρχικός), a tract on the duties of a saa 
officer. 

121. Style. — xouduhon 
was not a writer of extraordi- 
nary originality. He had little 
imagination, and his diction is 
seldom elevated. He had no 
great command’ of language, 
nor is his vocabulary the purest 
Attic. Hesometimes employs 
Doric and Ionic forms, a fact, 
however, not to be wondered at 
in view of his long residence 
among non-Attic Greeks, Po- 
etic words, too, are not infre- 
quent, and, it must be admitted, 





“ occur often in the least adorned 

XENOPHON. sentences. He makes little 

GFrom Raphael's "' School of Philosophy at use of rhetorical devices, such 
thens.’? — Vatican. ) 


as metaphors, similes, and the 

like, though he is fond of that species of false syntax, quite unpardon- 

able in the compositions of school children, but which, when found in 
4 Of doubtful genuineness. 


44 INTRODUCTION, 


classic authors, is dignified under the term “ figure of syntax,” and called 
anacoluthon (H. 1063). Further, there are unmistakable proofs in some 
of his writings that his judgment is at times strongly biased. 


122. Popularity. — Despite all this, Xenophon was one of the most 
popular writers of antiquity. Though not profound he has “a practical 
inventiveness,” as has been said, a thoughtfulness in the selection of his 
material, and taste in presenting it, that make his works exceedingly 
valuable and interesting. Though not so dispassionate as Thucydides, 

how could he be?) he was yet a man of sound practical judgment, of 
fine culture and versatile mind. And it is quite true, as Freeman has 
remarked, that the profusion of small dialogue and petty personal anec- 
dote in Xenophon, often gives us a more vivid picture of men and things 
than the sober pages of Thucydides. 

Few so well as he have struck the golden mean between the language 
of daily life and the severer style of the schools. Such is his unaffected 
ease, purity, and sweetness, such his graceful and lucid simplicity (as 
Macaulay says), such his transparent candor, that “some goddess of 
persuasion,” remarks Quintilian, ‘‘sat upon his lips.” Among the 
Greeks of to-day, Xenophon’s is esteemed the perfection of style, and 
is cultivated in all the schools. 

ἑκαλεῖτο δὲ καὶ ᾽Αττικὴ μοῦσα γλυκύτητι τῆς éppnvelas. — DIOGENES LAERTIUs. 


123. Character.— A striking trait of Xenophon’s character was his 
religiousness. As his parents were wont to sacrifice to Zeus (7.83), we 
infer that he was piously reared, and he seems to have retained un- 
questioned all through the ups and downs of life the simple faith of 

‘his fathers. He believes not only in sacrifices, but also in signs (3.2°) 
and dreams (6.13, 4.98) and is fully persuaded that in doing the will 
of the gods there is great reward. His child-like trust may not always 
strike us favorably, but it certainly makes him more interesting and a 
truer representative of his age. 


The sage and heroic Xenophon. — GIBBON. 





BIBLIOGRAPHY. 45 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 





EDITIONS OF THE ANABASIS. 


Morus. Leipsig, 1775. JERKAM (Bk. II.). Oxford, 1878. 
HutcHinson. Glasgow, 1817. Hue. Leipsig, 1878. 

ScHNEIDER. (xford, 1821. Taycor (Bks. 1, II.). London, 1879. 
TOWNSEND. London, 1823. Preto (2 vols.). Cambridge, 1881. 
BORNEMANN. Leipsig, 1825. Tay or (Bks. ΠΠ1., IV.). London, 1882. 
DinporF. Leipsig, 1825. WaLpo.e (Bk. J.). London, 1882. 
Kricer (Lat. notes). Halle, 1826. Wuite (Bks. edited separately). Lon 
Porro. Leipsig, 1827. . . don, 1880-7. 

BaLFrour. London, 1834. Mansuauy (Bk. J.). Oxford, 1885. 
Lone. London, 1837. Coset. Leyden, 1886. 

ΗΙοΚΙΕ (Bks. I., Π.). London, 1839. MarsHAa.t (Bk. Π.). Oxford, 1888. 
GraFF. Leipsig, 1842. WE LLs (Bk.I. Chaps. 1-8). London, 1888 
Κπῦσεε (Ger. notes). Berlin, 1845. Bacuor. Osnabriick, 1889. 

Κὔπνεπ. Leipsig, 1852. 

HerTLein. Leipsig, 1854. American Editions.! 
MaTrTaid. Quedlinburg, 1859. Owrn. New York, 1843. 

DisNeR. Paris, 1854. ΑΝΤΗΟΝ. New York, 1847. 

SauprE. Leipsig, 1865. Boise. New York, 1856. 


BREITENBACH (Ger. notes). Halle, 1865. | Kenpricx. New York, 1878. 
BREITENBACH (Lat. notes). Halle, 1867.| Crossy. New York, 1874. 
ScHENKL. Berlin, 1869. Goopwin and Wuirte. Boston, 1877. 
MacmMICHAEL. London, 1878. KELSEY and ZENos. Buston, 1989. 


DICTIONARIES TO THE ANABASIS. 


Sune: Vollsténdiges Schulwérterbuch, Breslau, 1876. 

Strack: Vollstindiges Worterbuch, Leipsig, 1886. 
Vouiitsrecut: Worterbuch fir den Schulgebrauch, Leipsig, 1888. 
MarsHatt: Vocabulary to the Anabasis, Oxford, 1888. 


1 All the American editions except the first two contain lexicons 


46 INTRODUCTION. 


WORKS OF REFERENCE. 


On Xenophon. 


Daxyrns: Works of Xenophon, Vol. I. Introduction, —the most complete and 
scholarly biography of Xenophon in the English Language. 

SmitH: ‘“ Xenophon” in Dictionary of Greek and Roman Biography. 

More: Critical History of the Language and Literature of Ancient Greece, Vol. V. 

Mier: History of the Literature of Ancient Greece, Vol. 11. 

Grant: “Xenophon” in Ancient Classics for English Readers. 

Manarry: History of Classical Greek Literature, Vol. II. 

Mauarry: Problems in Greek History, Chap. V. 

Morris: On the Age of Xenophon at the time of the Anabasis. Transactions of the 
American Philological Association, Vol. V. 1882. 


On the Anabasis and Contemporary History. 


Grote: History of Greece, Vol. IX. Chaps. LXIX-LXXI. 

THIRLWALL: History of Greece, Chap. XX XIII. 

Curtius: History of Greece, Bk, V. Chap. IIL, brief, but well worth reading. 

Duruy: History of Greece, Chap. XX VIIE. 

Rawuinson : “The Fifth Monarchy,” in Seven Great Monarchies. The standard 
history of Persia in English. 

Protarcnu: “Life of Artaxerxes,” found in all the editions of Plutarch’s Lives 
An important side light on the Anabasis. 

AinsworTH: Travels in the Track of the Ten Thousand, 1844. 

ο Geographical Commentary on the Anabasis, bound with the Anabasis, 

Bohn’s Classical Library. 

Κοοη: Der Zug der Zehntausend nach Xenophons Anabasts, 1850. 

HertzBerc: Der Feldung der Zehntausend Griechen. 

HotvanvER: Historisch-kritische Beitrdge zur Erklérung von Xenophons Anabasis, 1893. 


On the Greek Art of War. 


ΟΜΙΤΗ : “Exercitus ” and other articles in Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiqui- 
ties. 1890. 

Votisrecut: Heerwesen der Sdldner bei Xenophon. Introduction (49 pp.) to the 
Anabasis. 

ΒΕΠΕΡΑΝΤΣ: [ntroduction (Einleitung, 36 pp.) to the Anabasis. 

Ristow and Kocu iy: Geschichte des Griechischen Krieqswesens, 1852. 

κ. “ Griechische Kriegsschriftsteller, 1853. 

Briimner: Leben und Sitten der Griechen, 1887. 

Guu and Koner: The Life of the Greeks and Romans. 

Ricn: Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities. 


\ ITINERARY. 


(Based on Kilhner.) 


ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. (Book I.) 





From Sardis to the Maeander . 
οἱ To Colossae . ο... 
Το Celaenae . 

Το Peltae . 

To Ceramon Agora bo SS 

To the | lain of Cajster . 

To Thymbrium . : 

To Tyriiéum 

To Iconium : 

Through Lycaonia . 

Το Thoana . . : 

Inthe Plain. . 

Through the Cilician Pass to 
e| Tarsus ; : 
Stay at Tarsus... st od 
From Tarsus to R. Psarus . . 
To Pyramus . iS ate: yer a 


eer ει 


Το Issus . Ee ‘sat ων 
- To the Gates of Syria. a ἂν 
To Myriandrus. . . .. . 


Tothe river Chalus ... . 
Tothe river Dardas .... 
Το Thapsacus ...... 
Το the river Araxes .... 
Το Corsote ...... 

To Pylae . . ο. a 

Through Babylonia 


fs ey eee 


Day of the battle at Cunaxa 
Sum 


Day after the battle of Cunaxa 
Junction with Ariaeus . . . 


Το the Wall of Media . . . 
To Sitace . . oe 
To the river Physcus ; 


10 

5 
15 

5 

5 
20 
30 
15 
50 
35 
90 
15 





wm σου dD GO ο 


ιν 


μα 
μώσώωοσὴ ον 


νο 


- O ὦ σοι won 


20 


ay 


[eS | 


1 


517| 84 | 97 | 


Β. Ο. 401. 


(Approximate Dates. ) | 


10-17. 


20-Apr. 19. 
. 21-24. 


24-26. 


29-May 4. 


6. 

8-11. 
14-17. 
22. 
26-29. 
30. 


June 3. 


- Sept. 


23. 
25. 
26. 
ee oly % 


40. 
14. 
19. 
22-27. 


. 5-8. 


13-16. 
29. 

2. 

3. 


ΚΑΤΑΒΑΣΙΣ. (Booxs II-V. 5. 8.) 


Sept. 4. 
6-29. 
Oct. 2. 
4. 
8. 





Reference to 
Xenophon. 


mmf rrr es ο ο ο ο ας eee 


μ..ὀ 
> o 9 . 


pate αρ fete pede beds Ie fade fale Ive Ite fle pale 
ψ . CT ν . 9 9 9 e 9 5. 9 


ο ος 49 μα pte 
ο, Os 9 9 


Ρος 
ϱϱ ΟΦ ΦΑΡΜΑ © 
jad 
pos 


dade Indo Indo Inde πώς pute plo pate pte 
e e e e 9 - - 9 . 


li, 2. 2, sqq. 
ii. 2.8.13, 16; 
li. 4. 1. 

ii. 4. 19. 

ii. 4. 13. 

li. 4, 25. 





® It will be observed that in some instances the parasangs and the days’ halt are not given; aleo 
that in a few cases the length of the marches (in days) can only be inferred from the context 


48 INTRODUCTION. 


- KATABASIS. — Continued. 





a oo 
: a g Ξ B.C. 401-400. Reference to 
Z 38 ry (Approximate Dates. ) senophon: 
Through Media. . . . . . | 30] 6 Qct. 14. ii. 4. 97. 
To Caenae and , . 4; 1 “« 15. li, 4. 28. 
To the river Zapatas 16 | 4 “ 19-22. il. 5. Ἱ. 
To some villages not named . |516;| 1] 1 “« 28, 24. iii. 3.11; 4.1. 
To Larissa ee 1 #25: να Fe 
To Mespila ....... 6; 1 “ 26. ili. 4, 10. 
To some villages not named . 4/ 1] 1 “ 27, 28 ili. 4, 13, 18. 
Through the Plain . cae ] €- 29:; iii, 4. 18. 
Το a palace and 5 Nov. 3-6. 111.4.18,24,31. 
Certain villages ο | 1; 8] “ 7%. th. . 
Into the Plain 3 “ 1ο, iii. 4, 97. 
March back . . . . 1 «11 Hii. 5. 13. 
Through the Carduchi 7 “18. iv. 3. 2. 
At the river Centrites. . . . 1 1. iv. 3. 1. 
To the sources of the Tigris . | 15| 8 “22. iv, 4. 1-3. 
Το the river Teleboas. . . . | 15] 8 “25. iv, 4. 3. 
Through the Plain. . ο . . | 15] 3] 227} “ 28-380. iv. 4. 7. : 
Tothe Euphrates . . . . . | 152; 4 Dec. 4. iv. 5. 1-2. - 
To the Armenian villages . . | 107; 4] 7 8-15, iv.5.3,7; 6.1 
When the guide escaped. . . 3 «18. ἵν.6.2. = 
Advance beyond the Phasis. . | 35 | 7 25. iv.6.4. ¢ 
To the mountains of the Taochi | 10: 2 1 327,28 iv. 6. 5, 8, 22. 
Crossing the mountains . ᾿ 4 e529; iv. 6. 23-27. 
Through the Taochi . . . . | 30/ 5 Jan. 3%. 3B.c.400.| iv. 7. 1. 
Through the Chalybes . . . | 50/ 7 se ιο. iv. 7.10. * 
Through the Scythini. . . . | 20; 4] 8 “ 15-18 Iv. 7. 18. 
Το Gymnias . . .... . | 20] 4 ft ee. iv. 7. 19. ° 
To Mount Theches a 5 eae iv. 7. 20, 21.” 
Through the Macrones . . . | 10) 38 “30. iv. 8. 1-8. 
Through the Colchians ‘ 3 Feb. 2. iv. 8. 8. 
| Battle with the Colchians . . 1 “« 3 iv. 8. 9-19. 
| Delay on account of the honey . amy 6. iv. 8. 21. 
(To Trebisond . .... . 7{ 2{|380{ ‘“ S8-Mar. 10. > iv. 8. 29. 
|ToCerasus ....... 3 | 10 | Mar. 19-28. v. 3. 2, 3. 
To the borders of the Mossynoeci 1 “24. v. 4. 1,2. 
Though the Mossynoeci. 8 Apr. 1 v. 5.1. 
Through the Chalybes ] γ.δ.Ι. 
Ίο Cotyora ....... 2 | 45 ο Φ-ΝΑΥ 10. | ν. 5. 3, 5. 





Kihner ends the Itinerary with the arrival of the Greeks at Cotyora, 
where perhaps the Retreat may be said to terminate. Compare v. 5. 4. i 
The subsequent movements of the Greeks are shown in the following 
tabular view. | | 


ao 5 
Zaymbres_. 
Rigs ‘Dorylaium 





SATRAPS AND THEIR PROVINCES. 


CYRUS,. . po ee 
TISSAPHERNES, ea xs 
PHARNABAZUS, . 

_f| SYENNESIS, (“KING’’) . 
ABROCOMAS, . 
BELESYS, . 


| DERNES,. » 2 + + © « 
RHOPARAS,- . « 
ARBACES, . 
ORONTAS, . 
TIRIBAZUS, . 





. ο Lydia. Phrygia and Cappadocia. 


Ionia, Caria, Lycia, Pampbhylia. 


. Bithynia and Lesser Phrygia. 
. Cilicia, 


Phoenicia. 

Syria and Assyria. 
Arabia. 
Babylonia. 


. Media. 


Armenia. 
Western Armenia. 


30 Longitude 


— μι. πμ 


East 








MAP SHOWING THE ROUTE OF XE 









“hy Mazaca 'O 7 & 
ARGAEUS wu, ~~ fomana(y ~ 






o— 
{ Melite 
π ; 4 






es = $ νι... 
μα ο fo” co a 






c STADIA 
hn, 
§ : 0 500 1000 1500 
dl ENGLISH MILES 
4 
eum Loute Of the Ten Thousand 

ee ἁρο πχ, s = . -.. | 
= fone _ Beaman reri ah Pn = a «αφ - 





\t 
Ae 


ον 





2 


“i 


eo 

ο. 

ων 
3.5... 


ITINERARY. 


TABULAR VIEW. 


Movements of the Greeks after leaving Cotyora. 


Cotyora. 


Sinope, 
Heraclea, 


Port of Calpe. 


Chrysopolis, 


Byzantium. 


Perinthus, 


Selybria. 


Lampsacus, 
Pergamus. 


= 


(Books v. 5. 4. — vii.) 


ως thinks of forming a settlement 

ere. 

Is impeached, and defends himself 

The army purified 

Trial of the generals. 

Truce made with Corylas of Paphlagonia 

Embarkation of the ae 

Arrival at : 

Chirisophus returns ‘ 

oe hon offered the sole command, but 

clines it in favor of Chirisophus : 

Wore to . 

The army separates into three divisions . 

Arcadian division in danger; relieved by 
Xenophon . SE es οὖ 

Chirisophus dies of fever . 


Pharnabazus cuts off five hundred of the 


Greeks, through the rashness of Neon. 
Pharnabazus and his party defeated . 
Cleander, harmost of pene comes 

to the Greeks en 
The Greeks proceed to. ‘ 
Anaxibius, the Spartan admiral, "lures 

the Greeks out of Asia by promising 

them employment and pay. . 
They accordingly cross over to Byzantium 
They find themselves deceived, and 

threaten to pillage Byzantium . é 
Four handred of the Greeks sold as slaves 

by Aristarchus the successor of Cleander 
Arrival at Bb. 58 
Xenophon confers with Seuthes. 

The Gack, enter the service of Seuthes, 

(in which they remain two none Vil. 

6. 1) 

Acts of Seuthes and the Greeks in 1 Thrace, 

(pay withheld, vii. 5. 2&9; paid, vii. 

7. 55 


Thibron the Spartan invites them to join 
him in the war in Asia . ee 

Ayrival at. ; 

March through Troas to Pergamus 

Attack upon Asidates . 

Great spoil taken. . τν νι see als 

The Greeks join Thibron. 2... 


H. & We ΔΑ." 


Days’ March 
or Sail 





Dates. ) 


σων. 


49 


Reference to 
(Approx. | Xenophon. 


5? 


5? 


July 1. 


Aug. 7. 


Mid- 
winter, 


Vii. 6, 24. 


Dec. 5. 


B.c. 399. 


Mar. 5. 


Vii. 
vil. 1. 
vii. 2. 


vii. 2. 
Vil. 2. 


| vii. 


μα oe νε tO TB ον 


ad 


-- pet OS et 
τα. ο | 
N° 
Se 


μα pe 

— 

oT > 
> 
-α 


. 1. 18-19. 


i. 2.16. 


1.3. 16-- 
1.4.11. 


1, 4. 24. 
1.5. 7-32. 


1. 6. 38. 


1. 8.14. 


3, 94-- 


| | vii. 5. 15. 
vil. 6. 1. 

vii. 8, 1. 

i vil. 8. 7. 
vii. 8. 12. 
vii. 8. 22. 
vii. 8. 24. 





INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 





- 


In the following exercises, each of the first three chapters of the firs* 
book is made the basis of a general inductive study, in which such sen-. 
tences and parts of sentences are drawn from the text as exemplify the 
more important facts of grammar. In like manner several studies on 
special topics are presented, based on materials drawn from the remain- 
ing chapters of the book. These studies are purposely left incomplete, 
so that while they may serve well enough as specimens of inductive 
study, they can also be used as practical exercises for review. The 
student should be required to translate the exercises and state definitely, 
orally or in writing, the grammatical facts or principles exemplified. 
Following these studies is a list of themes for investigation. 


i 


CHAPTER If. 


1. Βγεᾶιοαίε Noun. ἘἙλέαρχος φυγὰς ἦν, § 9. 

2. Apposition. παῖδε, Αρταξέρξης, Κῦρος, ὃ 1. 624a. 914. 

3. Number. παῖδες δύο, § 1. The plural (as well as dual) may be used 

of two objects. 

. Antithesis. πρεσβύτερος μὲν . . . νεώτερος δέ, § 1. 

5. Comparison. ὡς μάλιστα, § 6; ὅτι ἀπαρασκευότατον, § 6; ὅτι πλεί- 
στους, 98 6, 9. 

6. The Article. a. τελευτήν, πεδίο. See context and 661. 958. 
b. βασιλέως, βασιλεῖ §5; βασιλέως, §6; βασιλέα § 7 et al. 
660, e. 957. ο τοῦ βίου, §1; τὸν ἀδελφόν, § 3; ἡ µήτηρ, 

(50) 


μ». 





INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. δι 


τὴν ἀρχήν, § 3; τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ἡ µήτηρ, § 4. ἆ ὁ Kipos, § 2; 
τὸν Kupov, §§ 3, 10; τῷ Κύρῳ, 6 Kipos, §§ 7, 8, 9, 10. The 
article is often used with Kipos, because he is the hero of the 
story. 6. 6 δέ, § 3 (line 3); 6 δέ § 9 (line 6). f. τοὺς 
μὲν . « « τοὺς δέ, § 7. 
Note six important facts concerning the article here exemplified : 

a. It is sometimes omitted where in English it is expressed. 
b. It may be omitted with βασιλεύς referring to the king of Persia. 
ο. It may be used as a possessive. 
d. It may be used with proper names. 
6. With δέ introducing a sentence it means he, she, they. 
Jf. With μέν, δέ, it means the one, the other, some, others, 

7. Adverbs and Phrases used — how? a. τῶν παρ ἑαυτῷ βαρβάρων, § 5. 


τὴν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιβουλήν, § 8. b. τῶν οἴκοι ἀντιστασιωτῶν. 
8. Position of Pronouns. a. tw παῖδε ἀμφοτέρω, § 1. b. τοῖς 
φρουράρχοις ἑκάστοις, § 6. ὁ ταύτας τὰς πόλεις, § 8. ᾱ. τῇ 


ἑαυτοῦ χώρᾳ, § 11. 
9. Use of ot. — ἠξίου δοθῆναι of τὰς πόλεις, § 8. 
10. Cases. — Accusative. α. αὐτὸν σατράπην ἐποίησε, § 2. στρατηγὸν 


αὐτὸν ἀπέδειξε, § 2. b. airet αὐτὸν µισθόν, § 10. C ἦσαν 
Τισσαφέρνους τὸ ἀρχαῖον, § 6 (end). οὐδὲν ἤχθετο, § 8. dAdo 
oTparevpa συνελέγετο τόνδε τὸν τρόπον, § 9. ᾱ. Τισσαφέρνης 


προαισθόµενος τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα [βουλευομένους, § 7. 

1]. Genztive. a. Δαρείου γίγνονται, § 1. b. τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπεμελεῖτο, 
§ 5. ο ἦσαν Τισσαφέρυους, § 6. ᾱ. Τισσαφέρνην ἄρχειν 
αὐτων, § 8. 6 περιγενόµενος τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν, § 10. 
Jf. δεῖται αὐτοῦ, § 10. 

12. Dative. a. παρήγγειλε φρουράρχοις, § 6. δοθῆναι of, § 8. b. στρά. 
τευµα αὐτῷ συνελέγετο, § 9. χρήματα συνεβάλλοντο αὐτῷ, § 9. 
τρεφόµενον ἐλάνθανεν αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα, § 9. ο. Τισσαφέρνει 
ἐνόμιζε πολεμοῦντα αὐτόν, § δ. ἐπολέμει τοῖς Θρᾳξί, § 9. ἐξένος ὧν 
ἐτύγχανε αὐτῷ, ἃ 10. αὕτη πρόφασις ἦν αὐτῷ, § 7. ᾱ. ἀπέπεμπε 
δασμοὺς βασιλεῖ, § 8 (= Lat. ad regem). 6. ὥστε αὐτῷ φίλους 
εἶναι § 5. Ff. ἐπιβουλεύοντος Τισσαφέρνους ταῖς πόλεσι, § 6. 
ἡ µήτηρ συνέπραττεν αὐτῷ, § δ. τούτῳ συγγενόµενος, ὃ 9. 

19. Prepositions. They are found thirty-five times in this chapter. Note 


especially. a. ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, § 4, b. καὶ κατὸ γῆν καὶ 





52 


14. 


15. 


16. 


17. 


1δ. 
19. 


INTRODUCTION, 


κατὰ θάλλατταν, § 7. ο. κατέστη els τὴν βασίλειαν, § 3; and 
ὅστις ἀφικνοῖτο τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, § 5. Constructio Praegnans, 
788. 1225. d. cis τὴν tpopyy τῶν στρατιωτών, §9; and 
μισθὸν eis δισχιλίους ξένους, § 10. 

Middle Voice. a. ἁθροίζονται, § 2. δ. ἐξαιτησαμένη, § 3. ἅπε- 
πέµπετο, § 5. c. ἐπικρυπτόμενος, § 6. συνεβάλλοντο, § 9. 
συμβουλεύσηται, § 10. a 

Tenses of the Indicative. a. µεταπέµπεται, ἀναβαίνι § 2; δια- 
βάλλει, πείθεται, συλλαμβάνει, ἀποπέμπει, § 3; βουλεύεται, § 4; 
ἔρχεται, aire’, δίδωσιν, δεῖται, § 10. 

b. ἀναβαίνει + ἀνέβη, § 2; ἠγάσθη + δίδωσι, § 10. Historical present 
and aorist combined in same sentence. 

Tenses tn other Modes, a. Compare ἔχοιεν, § 5 (end), with λάβοι, 
§ 6, and συμβουλεύσηται, § 10 (end). 851. 1272. This dis- 
tinction is of great importance. b. ἐνόμιζε αὐτὸν δαπανᾶν, 
§ δ. 852. 1280. 

Modes. a. τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπεμελεῖτο ὡς εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν αὐτῷ, § 5. 
δ. τὴν δύναμιν ἤθροιζεν ὅπως ἀπαρασκευότατον λάβοι, 8 6. 

ο. βουλεύεται ὅπως µήποτε ἔσται ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφφ, § 4. 

Conditional Clause. ἣν δύνηται βασιλεύσει, § 4. 

Relative Clauses. 

1. Definite Antecedent. 909. 1427. a. ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἧς αὐτὸν 


σατράπην ἐποίησε, § 2. δ. πάντων ὅσοι els πεδίον ἀθροί- 
ζονται, ὃ 2. Note that ὅσοι (as well as of) may be used after 
πάντες. ο. ὁπόσας εἶχε φυλακάς, § 6. ᾱ. καὶ ἐκ τῶν 


πόλεων ὧν ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων. § 8 (end). 
2. Indefinite Antecedent. a. ὅστις ἀφικνοῖτο ἁποπέμπετο, § 5. 
b. δεῖται αὐτοῦ μὴ πρόσθεν καταλῦσαι πρὶν ἂν αὐτῷ συµ- 


βουλεύσηται, § 10. 


20. Result Clauses. a. ὥστε (= and 80) βασιλεὺς τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν οὐκ 


noOdvero, § 8. wore οὐδὲν ἤχθετο, § 8. ὥστε χρήµατα συνεβάλ- 


Aovro, § 9. Compare 22 (5). 


21. Indirect Discourse. διαβάλλει τὸν Kipov πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν as ἐπι- 


βουλεύοι αὐτῷ, § 3. 


22. Infinitive. 





(1) In Indirect Discourse. a. Τισσαφέρνει ἐνόμιζε πολεμοῦντα 


αὐτὸν δαπανᾶν, § 8. 





























INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 58 


(2) Not in Indirect Discourse. a. ἐβούλετο τὼ παῖδε παρεῖναι 
§1. 

b, παρήγγειλε τοῖς φρουράρχοις AapBavew ἄνδρας, 8 6. 

ο ἐπειρᾶτο κατάγειν τοὺς ἐκπεπτωκότας, § 7; ἠξίου δοθῆναι of τὰς 
πόλεις, § 7. 

ad, προαισθόµενος τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα [βουλευομένους droorivat πρὸς 
Kipov, § 7. 950 (end). 1517 (end). 

6. ὡς πολεμεῖν ἱκανοὶ εἴησαν, § 5. 

). πάντας οὕτω διατιθεὶς ὥστε αὐτῷ φίλους εἶναι, § 5. 

4. πρόφασις τοῦ ἀθροίζειν στράτευμα, § 7 (end). 

23. Participle. a. τὸν βασιλεύοντα ᾿Αρταξέρξην, § 4; τοὺς γιγνοµένους 
δασμούς, § 8; κατάγειν τοὺς ἐκπεπτωκότας, § 7. δ. ὑπῆρχε τῷ 
Κύρφ φιλοῦσα αὐτόν, § 4. Τισσαφέρνης προαισθόµενος βουλενό- 
µένους ταῦτα, ὃ Τ. c. ἀνέβη ἔχων ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν Βενίαν, ὃ 2 
(end). 4. ὡς ἀπῆλθε κιδυνεύσας, § 4. 6. αὐτῶν πολεμούν- 
των, § 8. Sf. συλλαμβάνει Kipov ὡς ἀποκτενῶν, § 3; ὡς ἐπι- 
βουλεύοντος Τισσαφέρνους ταῖς πόλεσι, § 6; ὡς οὕτως περιγενόµενος 
ἂν τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν, § 10; ὡς βουλόμενος στρατεύεσθαι, § 11; ὡς 
πολεμήσων, § 11. σ. παρὼν ἐτύγχανε, § 2; ξένος dv ἐτύχανε, 
§ 10; τὸ στράτευμα ἐλάνθανε τρεφόµενον, § 10 (end). There are 
forty participles in this chapter, —a sufficient proof of the free- 
dom with which they are used in Greek. They should be carefully 
classified. 

24. Peculiaritres in the use of the Relative. a. ἐκ τῶν πόλεων ὧν ἐτύγχανε 
ἔχων, § 8. b. ὁπόσας εἶχε φυλακὰς παρήγγειλε τοῖς φρουράρχοις, 
§ 6. 

25. Negatives. py (in µήποτε), see 17, ο; and 19, 2, b. 

26. <Asyndeton. Read this chapter again, observing carefully whether 
every sentence is conjoined with the one preceding by some 
connective. Note (1) the connective; (2) its position ; (3) its 
omission. Probably no language equals the Greek in the accuracy 
and delicacy with which it expresses continuity of thought. 

27. Order of Words. Study the order of words in the chapter, and 
establish some facts relative to the position of: (1) subject ; 
(2) verb ; (3) object. 

28. Translating the words (except post-positives) in their original order, 
note how many of the sentences yield intelligible English. 


64 INTRODUCTION. 


I. 


CHAPTER IL. 


ο Subject. ἐσάλπιγξε, § 17. 

Verb with two or more Suljects. εἶχε δὲ τὸ μὲν δεξὼν Μένων καὶ οἱ 
σὺν αὐτῷ, § 15. 

3. Predicate Noun. τούτου τὸ εὖρος δύο πλέθρα, § 5; τὰ δὲ ἆθλα ἦσαν 
στλεγγίδες χρυσαῖ, § 10. 

Attributive. ἀθροίζει τό τε βαρβαρικὸν καὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, ἃ 1; προ- 
ειστήκει τοῦ ζενικοῦ, § 1. 

. Use of πλέον. ὠφείλετο μισθὸς πλέον ἢ τριῶν μηνῶν, § 11. 

ἨΜέσος. διὰ µέσου τοῦ παραδείσου pet ὁ ποταμός, ἃ 7; στήσας τὸ ἅρμα 
πρὸ τῆς Φάλαγγος µέσης, § 17; διὰ µέσου τῆς πόλεως fet 6 ποταμός, 
§ 23. 

. Pronoun of Third Person. λέγεται "Awdd\Awy ἐκδεῖραι Μαρσύαν ἐρέ- 

ζοντά οἱ, § 8 Compare I. 9. ; 

Accusative, a. pet ποταμὸς Κύδνος ὄνομα, εὖρος δύο πλέθρων, § 23. 

b. τὴν Κίλισσαν ἀποπέμπει τὴν ταχίστην ὁδόν, § 20. ο. ἐξ- 
ελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς, ὃ 5; ἐξελαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα, ἃ 6; ἔμεινεν 
ἡμέρως ἑπτά. 
9. Object and Predicate Accusative tn the Passive Construction. 6 ποταμὸς 
καλεῖται Μαρσύας, § 8; δῶρα ἃ νοµίζεται τίµια, § 27. 

10. Genitive. a. ποταμὸς εὖρος δύο πλέθρων, § 23. b. ἔστι δὲ καὶ µεγά- 
λου βασιλέως βασίλεια, § δ. Ce τὸ εὗρός ἐστιν εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε 
ποδῶν, ὃ δ. d. προειστήκει τοῦ ζενικοῦ, § 1. 6. ἤκουσε 
Τισσαφέρνους τὸν στόλον, 5 5; λέγεται δεηθῆναι Κύρου ἐπιδεῖξαι τὸ 
στράτευμα, § 14. f. παράδεισος ἀγρίων θηρίων πλήρης, § 7; 
πεδίον δένδρων σύμπλεων καὶ ἀμπέλων, ὃ 29. g. οὐδενὶ κρείτ- 
τονι ἑαυτοῦ els χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν, § 26. h. τὸ στράτευμα ἦν εἴσω 
τῶν ὀρέων, § 21. 

ll. Dative. a. ἐπίστευον αὐτῷ, § 2. b. οὗτοι αὐτῷ ἀφίκοντο, § 4; 

600s ἀμήχανος εἰσελθεῖν στρατεύµατι, § 21. ο Κύρῳ βασίλεια 

ἦν, 8.75 νόμος (ἦν) αὐτοῖς, § 15 ; δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώταις, 

6 17. d. Μαρσύαν ἐρίζοντά oi, ὃ 8; οὐδενὶ els χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν, 

§ 26. 6. ἐπιθουλεύειν αὐτῷ, § 20; συνεγέναντο ἀλλήλοις, § 26. 


gS = 


a 


οι 


ie 


Ca | 


οο 





INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 68 


J. γέφυρα ἐζευγμένη πλοίοις, § 5; ᾖ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα, § 4; ἠττηθεὶς 
τῇ µάχῃ, § 9. Φ. προτέρα Κύρου πέντε ἡμέραις ἀφίκετο, § 25. 
h. τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ake ἄγγελος, § 21. 

12. Prepositions, τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων λαβὼν παρεγένετο, ὃ 5; αἱ ye 
εἶσιν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων, § 7; ἐθήρευεν ἀπὸ ἵππου, § 7 ; ἦν παρὰ τὴν 
ὁδὸν κρήνη, ὃ 19; of ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς καταλιπόντες τὰ ὤνια ἔφυγον, 
§ 18. 

13. Conditional Sentences, a. ἦν ὁδὸς ἁμήχανος εἰσελθεῖν εἴ τις exwdver, 
§ 21. δ. Kipos ἔδωκε ἐκείνῳ τὰ ἀνδράποδα, ἦν που ἐντυγχάνωσιν, 
ἀπολαμβάνειν, ὃ 217. | 

14. Indirect Discourse. a. τοὺς φυγάδας ἐκέλευσε σὺν αὐτῷ στρατεύεσθαι, 
ὑποσχόμενος αὐτοῖς, el καλῶς καταπράξειεν ἐφ & ἑστρατεύετο, μὴ 
πρόσθεν παύσεσθαι πρὶν αὐτοὺς καταγάγοι οἴκαδε, § 2. 

(a) Convert ef... οἴκαδε into direct discourse. 

(6) Write the same after ὑπισχνεῖται αὐτοῖς, 

(c) State the changes made in construing from direct into indirect 
discourse: (1) after a principal tense; (2) after a past tense. 

(ἆ) What other tense of στρατεύοµαι besides the imperfect would 
be admissible ? 

ὃ. ἧκεν ἄγγελος λέγων λελοιπὼς εἴη Ἓυέννεσις ἐπεὶ ἤσθετο ταῦτα, 

21. Write this sentence after ἦκει aes and note changes. 

6. See examples under 16 ο. 

16. Causal Clause. λέλοιπε Svévveris ὅτι ἤκουε ταῦτα, § 21. 925 © 
1505. 

16. Infinitive. a. Ἐενίᾳ Grew παραγγέλλει λαβόντα (or λαβόντι) τοὺς 
ἄλλους, § 1. b. λέγεται Απόλλων ἐκδεῖραι Μαρσύαν, § 8; λέγεται 
οἰκοδομῆσαι ταῦτα, § 9; ἐλέγετο Κύρῳ δοῦναι χρήµατᾳ, § 12; λέγε 
ται Midas τὸν Σάτυρον θηρεῦσαυ § 13. Are these infinitives 
(under ὃ) in indirect diseourse 1 c. peilova ἠγήσατο εἶναι τὴν 
παρασκευήν, ὃ 43 of μὲν ἔφασαν δύο λόχους κατακοπῆναι, § 25 
ἆ. τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἥκειν παραγγέλλει, § 13 ἐκέλευσε τοὺς Ἕλληνας 
στῆναι § 15: αἰτιασάμενος (αὐτοὺς) ἐπιβουλεύειν αὐτῷ, § 20, 
6. ἐδόκει αὐτῷ πορεύεσθαι ἄνω, § 1. Is the infinitive bere in 
indirect discourse? 9$46,a; 949. 1519, 1525, 1 (end), fi. rv 
χώραν ἐπέτρεψε διαρπάσαι, § 19. 

17. Participle. a. παρῆν ἔχων ὁπλίτας, § 3. b. τὴν πόλιν διήρπασαν 
ὀργιζόμενοι, § 26. 6 Oarrov προιόντων δρόµος ἐγένετο τοῖς 


56 - INTRODUCTION. 


ο. στρατώταις § 17. d. τὴν χώραν διήρπασαν ὥς πολεμέαςρ 
οὖσαν, ὃ 19. 6. ἐλπίδας λέγων διῆγε, § 11 5 δῆλος ἦν ἀνιώμκε- 


vos, ὃ 11; ἤσθη τὸν τῶν βαρβάρων φόβον ἰδών, 8 18; τριήρεις 
ἥκουε Ταμῶν ἔχοντα, § 21. 

18. The Relate. 6 εἶχε στράτευμα, § 1 ; ὅσον ἦν αὐτῷ στράτευμα, § 1. 

19. Negatives, ὑπέσχετ μὴ παύσεσθαι, ὃ 23 ode ἦν πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου 
τρόπου ἔχοντα μὴ ἀποδιδόναι § 11. 

20. Meanings of : Κλέαρχος, Πρόξενος, Σωκράτης, Ἐενίας, Μένων, Σῶσις 4 

Greek proper names furnish an interesting theme for study. 

They present, in many instances, the ideas that were uppermos6 
in the minds of the Greeks. See sub dyopd, εὐρύς, ἵππος, καλός, 
κράτος, Ἐανθικλῆς, φίλος. 


ΠΠ. 
CHAPTER III. 


1. Predicate Adjective. διὰ φιλίας τῆς χώρας, § 14. 

2. Apposition. "Ανδρες στρατιῶται, § 10. 

3. Article. τρία ἡμιδαρεικὰ τοῦ μηνὸς τῷ στρατιώτη, ὃ 21. 

4. Accusative. a. στρατηγήσοντα ταύτην τὴν στρατηγίαν, § 16. b. pe 
κρὸν ἐξέφυγε μὴ καταπετρωθῆναι, § 3; πρῶτον ἐδάκρυε, § 35 τὸ µέγι- 
στον αἰσχυνόμενος, ὃ 10; συντάττεσθαι τὴν ταχίστην, ὃ 14: τά τε 


ἄλλα ἐτίμησε ; πάντα ἐψευσμένος αὐτῷ, § 10. ο. ἐδάκρυε 
πολὺν χρόνον, ὃ 2. ᾱ. βουλοµένους ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας 


ἝἛλληνας τὴν γῆν, § 4; Kipov αἰτεῖν πλοῖα, § 14: ἡγεμόνα atrety 
Kipov, ὃ 14; ἐρωτᾶν ἐκεῖνον τί βούλεται ἡμῖν χρῆσθαι, § 18. 
5. Genitive. a. τῶν ἄλλων τὸν βουλόμενον, ὃ 9; μηδεὶς ὑμῶν λεγέτω, 
§ 16: ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος ἀνθρώπων, § 15. 
b. οὐχ ὥρα ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, § 11. 
c. 6 dvnp πολλοῦ ἄξιος, ὃ 12; ὑμῶν δὲ ἔρημος dy, § 6. 
ᾱ- μὴ κακίους τῶν συναναβάντων, § 18; ἡ πρᾶξις ἐπιπονωτέρα τῆς 
πρόσθεν, § 19; ἡμιόλιον οὗ πρότερον ἔφερον, § 21. 
6. λάθρᾳ τῶν στρατιωτῶν πέµπων ἄγγελον, § 8; οὐδὲ πύρρω αὐτοῦ 
καθῆσθαι, § 12. 
f. ἄνευ τούτων, § 11; ἄνευ τῆς Κύρου γνώμης, § 13. 
Φ. οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω, § Ἱ. 








6. 


10. 


1]. 


INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 57 


Dative. a. ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἐθέλετε πείθεσθαι, § 6. 

b. πέµπων αὑτῷ ἄγγελον, § 83 συναγαγὼν. τοὺς προσελθόντας αὐτῷ 
§ 9. 

6. οὕτω ἂν ἐποίμεθα Φίλοι αὐτῷ, § 19. 

d. ἡγεμόνα αἶτειν παρὰ τούτου ᾧ λυμαινόµεθα, § 16. 

6. ἐμοὶ ξένος Κῦρος ἐγένετο, § 33 ἀνάγκη δή po, § 5; οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔτι 
ἡμῖν µισθοδότης, § 9; Soxet οὐχ wpa εἶναι ἡμῖν καθεύδειν, § 11; 
τοῖς δὲ (cf. 6 δέ) ὑποψία ἦν, § 21. 

Sf. ἐμοὶ τοῦτο ov ποιητέον, § 15. 

4. Φοβούμην ἂν τῷ ἡγεμόνι ἔπεσθαι, § 17 ; οὗ συνεπόµεθα αὐτῷ, § 9) 
σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ, § 10. 

h. τὴν δίκην ἔφη χρῄζειν ἐπιθεῖναι αὐτῷ, § 90. 

ἑ. πείσοµαι ᾗ δυνατὸν μάλιστα, § 15. 

2. τῇ Κύρου Φφιλίᾳ χρῆσθαι, § 5; τί βούλεται ἡμῖν χρῆσθαι, § 18. 
Note use of ri. 

k. χαλεπῶς φέρω τοῖς παροῦσι πράγµασιν, § 3; Kipos δὲ τούτοις 
ἀπορῶνι § 8. 

Imperfect Tense. τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐβιάζετο iévat, § 1. See context. 

Optative. ὀκνοίην ἂν els τὰ πλοῖα ἐμβαίνειν, ὃ 17; Φοβοίμην ἂν ἔπε- 
σθαι, ὃ 17; βουλοίμην ἂν λαθεῖν αὐτόν, § 17; οὕτω ἂν πρόθυμοι 
ἐποίμεθα, § 19. See other exainples under 9, 11 (2), 13. 

Purpose. a ἐπορευόμην ἵνα ὠφελοίην αὐτόν, § 4; εἲς δὴ εἶπε αἰτεῖν 
πλοῖα ὡς ἀποπλέοιεν, § 14. 

b. τῷ ἀνδρὶ πείσοµαι ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι καὶ ἄρχεσθαι ἐπίσταμαι, § 15. 

6. σκεπτέον (ἐστὶν) ὅπως ἀσφαλέστατα μενοῖμεν, § 11. 

d. ὀκνοίην ἂν ἐμβαίνειν μὴ ἡμᾶς καταδύσῃ, § 17; φοβοίμην ἂν ἔπεσθαι 
μὴ ἡμᾶς ἀγάγῃ ὅθεν οὐκ ἔσται ἐξελθεῖν, § 17. Five facts are here 
exemplified. State them. 

Conditional Clauses. a. et Soxet ἀπιέναι σκεπτέον (ἐστὶν) ὅπως τὰ 
ἐπιτήδεια ἔξομεν, ὃ 113; εἶπεν ἑλέσθαι ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς εἰ py 
βούλεται Κλέαρχος ἀπάγειν, ὃ 14. 

b. ἐὰν δὲ μὴ διδῷ ταῦτα ἡγεμόνα αἴτεῖν, ὃ 14. 

ο. el τῷ ἡγεμόνι πιστεύσομεν τί κωλύει τὰ ἄκρα προκαταλαβεῖν, § 16. 

Relative Clauses. 

(1) Definite Antecedent. ἐπεὶ ἔγνω ὅτι od δυνήσεται βιασασθαι συνή- 
γαγεν ἐκκλησίαν, § 2; ἐπειδὴ Ἰ Όρος ἐκάλει ἐπορευόμην, § 4; 
ὥρα λέγειν ὅ τι τις γιγνώσκει, § 12. 


68 INTRODUCTION, 


(2) Indefinite Antecedent. a. ἔβαλλον τὰ ὑποζύγια ἐπεὶ ἄρξαιντι 
προιέναι, § 1. 
b. ὅτι ἂν δέῃ πείσοµαι, § 5; οἶμαι εἶναι ἂν τίµιος ὅπου ἂν ὦ 
86; εἶμι ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (ἴητε), ὃ 6; ἄξιος φίλος ᾧ ἂν φέλος 
ᾖ, ὃ 12, ὅτι ἂν πρὸς ταύτῃ λέγει ἀπαγγεῖλαι δεῦρο, § 19. 

12. ‘Until’ Clauses. éws µένομεν σκεπτέον ὅπως ἀσφαλέστατα μενοῦμεν. 
Cf. ἕως μὲν ἂν παρῇ τις χρῶμαι (αὐτῷ), 4°. 

13. Indirect Discourse. a. ἄλλος ἀνέστη ἐπιδεικνὺς ὡς εὔηθες cin 6ΐς., 
§ 16; ἀπεκρίναο ὅτι ἀκούοι ᾿Αβροκόμαν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἐὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ 
εἶναι, ὃ 20; ὅτι ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἄγοι ἤκουσεν οὐδείς, § 20. 

b. πρὸς τοῦτον ἔφη βούλεσθαι ἐλθεῖν, § 20 ; δίκην ἔφη χρῄζειν ἐπιθεῖναι 
αὐτῷ, § 20. 

ο. τοῖς δὲ ὑποψία ἦν (= ὑπώπτευον) ὅτι ἄγοι πρὸς βασιλέα, § 20. 

d. ὑπισχνεῖται ἡμιόλιον πᾶσι δώσειν, § 20. 

14. Which of the following infinitives are in direct, which in indirect 
discourse? a. ov βούλεσθε συμπορεύεσθαι, § 5. b. ἀνάγκη 
prot μεθ ὑμῶν εἶναι, § 5. c. νομίζω ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ εἶναι καὶ πατρίδα 
καὶ φίλους, 8 6. ᾱ. νομίζει tw ἐμοῦ ἠδικῆσθαι, 8 11. ε. wpa 
᾿(ἐστὶν) ἡμῖν βουλεύεσθαι ὅτι χρὴ ποιεῖν, § 11. f. οὐδὲ πόρρω 
δοκοῦμέν por αὐτοῦ καθῆσθαι, § 12. σ. οὐκ ἔφασαν ἐπὶ τοῦτο 
µισθωθῆναυ, ὃ 1. h. τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐβιάζετο ἰέναι, § 1. 
ἑ οὗ δυνήσεται βιάσασθαι, § 2. 2. ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἐθέλετε πείθε- 
σθαι, ὃ 6. k. οὐκ ἂν ἱκανὸς (εἴην) φίλον ὠφελῆσαι, 8 6. 
ζ. πέµπων δὲ ἄγγελον έλεγε} θαρρεῖν, § 8. πι. µεταπέμπεσθαι 
ὃ ἐκέλευεν αὐτόν, ὃ 8. π. els δὲ εἶπεὶ στρατηγοὺς ἑλέσθαι, 
συσκευάζεσθαι, ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν, ὃ 14. ο. ἄρχεσθαι ἐπίσταμαι, 
§ 15.  p. εὔηθές (ἐστιν) ἡγεμόνα αἶτεῖν, § 16. ϱ. ἐγὼ 
γὰρ ὀκνοίην ἂν ἐμβαίνειν § 17. r. ἄνδρες ἐπιτήδειοι ἐρωτᾶν 
ἐκεῖνον, ὃ 18. 8. τί κωλύει τὰ ἄκρα κελεύειν Kipoy προκατα- 
λαβεῖν, § 16. t. δοκεὶ δέ µοι ἐπεσθαι καὶ ἡμᾶς, § 18. 

15. Infinitive with ἄν. οὐκ ἂν ἱκανὸς οἶμαι εἶναι φίλον ὠφελῆσαι, § 6. 

16. Ραγίισρίθ.. ἁνίσταντο ot μὲν λέξοντες ἃ ἐγίγνωσκον, § 13; πέμψαι 
(ἄνδρας) προκαταληψοµένους τὰ ἄκρα, ὃ 14; ὑμῶν δὲ ἔρημος dv 
οὐκ ἂν ἱκανὸς (εἴην) ἐχθρὸν ἀλέξασθαι, ὃ 6; τούτοις δὲ ἁπηρῶν 


1 Even verbs of saying and thinking, as λέγω, when it signifies command, and δοκεῖ, 
it seems good, may take the pres. or aor. inf., not in indirect discourse. Jf. and 1', 


$ 99; see also § 684. 


a4. ae 








INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 59 


µετεπέµπετο τὸν Ἐλέαρχον, § 8; βουλοίµην ὃ ἂν ἄκοντος Κύρου 
λαθεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελθών, ὃ 1Τ; ὅπως μὴ φΦθάσωσι καταλαβὀντες (τὰ 
ἄκρα), § 14; ὥστε µεταπεμµποµένου αὐτοῦ ἐθέλω ἐλθεῖν, § 10; 
σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ πάντα ἐψευσμένος αὐτόν, § 10. 

State the class (circumstantial or supplementary) and the 
Telation (cause, purpose etc.) expressed by each of the above 
participles. 

17. Relative. δεδιὼς μὴ δίκην ἐπιθῇ ὧν νομίζει ἠδικῆσθαι, § 10; λέξοντες 
ἃ ἐγίγνωσκον, ὃ 15; πρᾶξις παραπλησία οἵαπερ πρόσθεν ἐχρῆτο τοῖς 
ξένοις, § 18. : 

18. Negative py. a. μὴ Oavpdlere, § 3; μηδεὶς λεγέτω, § 15. b. «i 
μὴ βούλεται, § 14; ἐὰν μὴ διδῷ ταῦτα, § 14; ἐὰν μηδὲ ἡγεμόνα 


διδῷ, § 14; ο. ὅπως py φθάσωσι, § 14. ᾱ. ὀκνοίην ἂν 
ἐμβαίνειν μὴ ἡμᾶς καταδύσῃ, § 17. 6. δοκεῖ δέ µοι ἡμᾶς μὴ 


κακίους εἶναι (ἐκείνων), § 1δ. ff. ἐξέφυγε μὴ καταπετρωθῆναι, 8 2. 
Here are six distinct uses of uy exemplified ; state them. 
19. Double Negative. οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἤκουσεν οὐδείς, § 21. 


IV.. 


1. The Article, a. τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, 15;* πρὸς τοὺς οἴκοι, 21; τοὺς ἐκ 
τῶν πόλεων, 95; of σὺν αὐτῷ, 2°; τὰ παρ) ἐμοί, Τὰ; ἀντὶ τῶν οἴκοι, 
Τὰ, τὰ ἐν µέσῳ, T°; τὸ καθ αὗτούς, 8%; ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμφ' αὐτόν, 8”; 
τῶν ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, 83; τῶν περὶ αὐτόν, 83: τῶν ἐφ ἡμῶν, 9%; οἱ 
σὺν αὐτῷ, 101, 3; of per’ ᾿Λριαίου, 101: ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, 
105. τοὺς καθ αὐτούς, 104; τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ, 10°; οἱ ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, 
102; τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λόφου, 10%; of σὺν βασιλεῖ, 1035. 

b. τὰ Κύρου, 3°; ἐπὶ τοὺς Μένωνος, 58; τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ, 9/5, 10°. 

ο τὸ βαρβαρικόν, 91; τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, 21: τοῦ ξενικοῦ; 21. τὸ δεξιόν, 
91. τὸ εὐώνυμον, 25; τὸ µέσον, 2:15 τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ, 2" ; τὰ ἡμέτερα, 
3°; τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, 3%; τὰ βασίλεια, 4°; τὸ πολὺ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ, 
41: ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ, 84; τὸ αὐτόν = ταὐτόν, 5°; ἐν δεξιῷ, ὅδ; οἱ 
πιστοί, 5%; τοῖς οἴκοι, 74; τῇ τρίτῃ, 773 τὰ δεξιά, 8*; τοῦ Ἑλ- 
ληνικοῦ, 85; τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ, 8°; ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ, 8°; ἐν τῷ εὐωνύμῳ, 
85; ἐπὶ τοῦ εὐωνύμου, 8°; ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου, 83. τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, 83; 

τὰ ἄλλα = τἄλλα, 83: τοὺς κακούργους, 913; τοὺς ἀγαθούς, 935: 
5 15 indicates ch. i. § 5. 


60 INTRODUCTION. 


τοὺς κακούς, 975; ἐκ τοῦ ἀδίκού, 915: ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου, 9%; ἐπὶ τῷ 
εὐωνύμῳ, 931; τοῦ ἱππικοῦ, 931. 

@. els τὸ ἴδιον, 3°; eis τὸ δέον, 3°; τὸ µέγιστον, 3%; τὸ ἀρχαῖον, 1°; τὴν 
ταχίστην, 34; τὸ σύμπαν, 5°; τὸ τρίτον, 6°; τὰ µεγάλα, 93» τὸ 
πρῶτον», 1030, 

@ τοῦ πρόσω, 34; «is τὸ πρόσθεν, 105: τὸ ἔσωθεν, 4"; τὸ πρόσθεν, 10”; 

| τὸ ἔέω, 44; τὸ ἔμπαλιν (τοὔμπαλιν), 415: τοῖς οἴκου 74. 

f. τοῦ ἀθροίζειν, 17; τοῦ διαβαίνειν, 435; τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι, 6%; τῷ 
διεσπάσθαι, 5°; τὸ νικᾶν, 9%; τὸ περιεῖναι, 9%; τῷ προθυμεῖσθαι, 
9%; διὰ τὸ ἔχειν, 97; τοῦ Kaew, 6°; τοῦ µάχεσθαι, 7™. 

Ge τὸ ὑπολειπόμενον, 839 ; τὸ ποιούµενον, 1013; τῶν ἀποκρυπτομένων, 913. 


γ. 


1. Position of the Pronouns, τοῖς φρουράρχοις ἑκάστοις, 15; ταύτας τὰς 
πόλεις, 18; τούτου τοῦ πεδίου, 335; τοὺς αὑτοῦ στρατιώτας, ὃ); τὰ 
ὑποζύγια τὰ ἐκείνου, 3); τὸ ἐκείων πλοῖον, 4° (but ἐκεῖνο τὸ 
πλοῖον)} τὸ αὑτοῦ στράτευμα, 435; τούτω τῷ τόπῳ, 51; τὰ κρέα 
αὐτῶν, 5°; τὸ αὑτοῦ πάθος, 53 ride τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ὅ15; eds τὴν ἑαυτοὶ 
σκηνήν, 64; ὃ ἐμὸς πατήρ, 6° (or 6 πατήρ pov); τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, 
6° (or τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ pov) } τὴν σαυτοῦ δύναμιν, 6"; τὴν ἑμὴν χώραν, 
6; τῷ ἐμῷ ἀδελφῷ, 6°; τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον, 6°; τοὺς ἡμετέρους 
φίλους, 77 (or τοὺς φίλους ἡμῶν); αὐτῶν τῶν πολεµίων, 8™. 








(1) Demonstrative Pronoun . (3) Possessive Pronoun . 


(2) Personal Pronoun . (4) Reflexive Pronoun 
VL 


1. Construction uith Adjectives, a. ὑμῶν δὲ ἔρημος dv, 3°; ποταμὸν πλήρη 
ἰχθύων, 4°; κῶμαι μεσταὶ σίτου καὶ οἴνου, 4%; ἐν πλαισίῳ πλήρει 
ἀνθρώπων, 8°; ἅρματα κενὰ ἠνιόχων, δ-; ἁμάξας μεστὰς ἁλεύρων 
Kai: οἴνου, 10%, b. πολλοῦ ἄξιος φίλος, 913; τὰ πλείστου ἄξια, 
4’; dvdpes ἄξιοι τῆς ἐλευθερίας, Τ. ο. τούτων ἐγκρατεῖς, 7". 
d. τοξικῆς τε καὶ ἀκοντίσεως Φιλομαθέστατον εἶναι καὶ µελετηρο 
τατον, 9°, 

(1) Adjectives meaning take the genitive. 
(2) Do they correspond in meaning to verbs that take the genitive ? 








4 








! 


INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 61 


; VIL 


Construction with Adverbs. εἴσω τῶν ὀρέων, 2%; λάθρᾳ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, 
3°; πόρρω αὐτοῦ, 3"; εἴσω καὶ ἔξω τῶν πυλῶν, 44; ἀνωτέρω τῶν 
μαστῶν, 4; πέραν τοῦ Εὐφράτου ποταμοῦ, 619; ὄπισθεν ἑαυτῶν, 
7°, τοῦ εὐωνύμου ew, 8151 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ, 8%; ew τοῦ εὐωνύμου 
κέρατος, 105; αὐτῶν ἑκατέρωθεν, 10"; ἄνευ τούτων, 34; ἄνευ τῆς 
Κύρου γνώμης, 3%; µμεταξὺ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς τάφρου, 74; 
ταύτης ἕνεκα τῆς παρόδου, 4°; τῆς πρόσθεν ἕνεκα ἀρετῆς, 4°; µέχρι 
οὗ, 7°; µέχρι τοῦ τείχους, 7%; πλὴν Μιλήτου, 1°; πλὴν Κύρου, 
8°; χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων, 43; ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Τὰ. ἳ 

(1) Many adverbs take ; especially adverbs of , such as εἴσω, 
ἔέω, πέραν, πρόσθεν, ἔμπροσθεν, ὄπισθεν, πόρρω. 


(2) ἅμα, is followed by the : 











VUL 


Prepositions. — 8d: (1) With genitive. ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυδίας, 251 
διὰ Φρυγίας, 2°; διὰ τῆς Λυκαονίας, 2”; fet διὰ τῆς πόλεως, 27; 
διὰ µέσου τούτων pei, 43; παρετέτατο ἢ τάφρος διὰ τοῦ πεδίου, 7%; 
διὰ τῶν τάξεων, 815, διὰ τοῦ θώρακος, 8* 3 διὰ τοῦ αὑτῶν στρα 
τοπέδου, 101, 

(2) With accusative. διὰ τοῦτο 6 ποταμὸς καλεῖται Μαρσύας, 2°; διὸ 
τὸν ὄλεθρον τῶν συστρατιωτῶν ὀργιζόμενοι, 2%; διὰ καῦμα οὐ δύναν 
ται οἰκεῖν ἄνθρωποι, 1°; ἐτετίμητο ὑπὸ Κύρου διὰ πιστότητα, 8™. 

Meanings of διά: 1. With genitive 2. With accusative 
eis: xpypata συνεβάλλοντο cis τὴν τροφὴν τῶν στρατιωτῶν, 1°; ὡς vdp.09; 








(jv) αὐτοῖς els µάχην οὕτω ταχθῆναι, 215; ἔδωκε χρήματα πολλὰ cis 
τὴν στρατιάν, 931: ai κῶμαι Παρυσάτιδος els ζώνην δεδοµέναι, 4°; 
ὑμῖν χρήσεται cis λοχαγίας, 415; Kipos eis τὴν µάχην καθίστατο, 8°; 
ἐπέκαμπτεν ὡς eis κύκλωσιν, 83; eis τὸ διώκειν ὁρμήσαντες, 8%; τῶν 
els τὸν πόλεμον ἔργων, 95; cis τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἕω ἤξειν βασιλέα, Τὰ. 
1. Usual meaning 
2. Less common meanings 
dri. — With genitive: παρῆν Χειρίσοφος ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν, 4°; ἐπὶ τοὔτων 
διέβαινον, 5°; τῶν ὅπλων πολλὰ ἐπὶ ἁμαξῶν ἤγετο, 7”; γήλοφος 
ἦν dp οὗ ἀνεστράφησαν, 103, 


f 








62 INTRODUCTION. 


With dative: πόλιν οἰκουμένην ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ, 4°; ἐπὶ τοῖς τείχεσεν 
ἀφειστήκεσαν πύλαι, 64; εἰ φυλάττοιεν ἐπὶ ταῖς πύλαις, 65; ἔλαβον 
τῆς ζώνης τὸν ᾿Ὀρόνταν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, 6 ; ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ τάφρῳ οὐκ ἐκώλυε 
βασιλεύς, 5; ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ τοξευθῆναί τις ἐλέγετο, 83; of ἄρι- 
στοι ἔκειντο ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ, 8"; οἱ παῖδες ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως πύλαις παι- 
δεύονται, 9°. 

With accusative: ἐξελαύνει ἐπὶ τὸν Χάλον ποταµόν, 4°; ἐπὶ τὰς 
πηγάς, 4%; ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταµόν, 4%; ἐπὶ µάχην ἰόντων, 4%; 
ἔπεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλέα, 43 ἁἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν Μάσκαν ποταµόν, 
δὲ. ἐπὶ πύλας, 55; ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὴν διάβασιν, 5; ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ 
τοὺς Μένωνος, 5; τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα, 5; ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὸν βωμόν, 
6"; ἐπὶ θάνατον ἤγετο, 6"; παρετέτατο ἡ τάφρος ἐπὶ δώδεκα 
παρασάγγας, 7%; ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον, 8°; ἐφάνη κονιορτὸς ἐπὶ 
πολύ, 85; ἴετο ἐπ) αὐτόν, 8%; οὐκ ἀνεβίβαζεν ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον, 1014, 

From these examples we see that ἐπί means: 
1. With genitive 
2. With dative . 
3. With accusative . 











apos. —1. With genitive: ὅτι δίκαιὀόν ἐστι καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ πρὸς 
ἀνθρώπων, 6°; ὁμολογεῖται πρὸς πάντων κράτιστος Ὑενέσθαι θερα- 
πεύειν, 93. 

2. With dative: τὰ δεξιὰ τοῦ κέρατος ἔχων πρὸς τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμώ, 
δέ; παρελαύνων οὗ πάνυ πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ στρατεύματι, 8", 

3. With accusative : ἀπιόντας πάλιν καὶ οὐ πρὸς βασιλέα, 47: ἀθυμότερος 
ἦν πρὸς τὴν ἀνάβασιν, 4°; ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσται πρὸς βασιλέα, 411: ἀφι- 
κνοῦνται πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αράξην ποταµόν, 4%; ὁπότε ἢ πρὸς ὕδωρ 
βούλοιτο διατελέσαι ἢ πρὸς χιλόν, 5°; ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ 
στράτευµα, 5%; πρὸς ταῦτα Kipos εἶπε, 6°; ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀρχὴ πρὸς 
μὲν µεσηµβρίαν, πρὸς δὲ ἄρκτον, 78; ταῦτα δὲ ἤγγελλον πρὸς 
Kipov, 713; ἦν μέντοι πρὸς τὰ θηρία Φιλοκινδυνότατος, 9°; πρῶτοι 
μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος πρὸς Πισίδας, 91; of πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἔπλευσαν. 

Meanings of πρός: 
1. With genitive : 

2. With dative . 

3. With accusative ——. 








ο —-- ——— 
(ee 











a a A Mgr = 








‘INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 68 


IX. 
Conditional Sentences. ε 

a. εἴπερ ye Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδός ἐστι παῖς ob ἀμαχεὶ ταῦτ ἐγὼ 

λήψομαι, 7°. 
ef μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα, 9.1. 
εἰσῇσαν ἀξιοῦντες εἰδέναι τί σφίσιν ἔσται ἐὰν κρατήσωσιν, 7°. 
. οὐχ dpa ἔτι μαχεῖται el ἐν ταύταις οὗ μαχεῖται ταῖς ἡμέραις, 7. 

6. εἰ αὐτῷ Soin ἵππέας χιλίους ζῶντας πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἂν ἕλοι, 635 οὐὗδ. 
el γενοίµην (πιστός), σοί y ἄν ποτε ἔτι δόξαιµι, 6°; οὐκ ἄν «νοτε 
προοῖτο (φίλους), οὐὸ ef ἔτι κάκιον πράξειαν, 9™, 

f. of δὲ (some) ᾧκτειρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο, 4. 

Draw from the above: 
1. The various forms of conditional clauses. 
2. The construction of each in both condition and conclusion. 


a 


Q ὢ 


X. 
Indirect Discourse. 
1. Simple Sentences tn Indirect Discourse. a. ἀπαγγέλλει ὅτι φέυγον- 

ow, 1015, 

b. γράφει ἐπιστολὴν ὅτι ἥξοι ἔχων ἱππέας, 03. Compare with this 
διαβάλλει . .. ὅτι ἐπιβουλεύοι αὐτῷ, 1.135. 

ο, ἤρετο τίς & θόρυβος etn, 815; ἤρετο ὅτι εἴη τὸ σύνθημα, 815. Com- 
pare with the above the two following found in the same 
section: εἶπεν ὅτι σύνθημα παρέρχεται δεύτερον, 815; καὶ ὃς 
ἐθαύμασε τίς παραγγέλλει, 815. 

Ίδει αὐτὸν ὅτι µέσον Exot τοῦ Περσικοῦ στρατεύματος, 83: ᾖσθοντο 
of Ἕλληνες ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις ely, 105; Ίκουσε 
Τισσαφέρνους ὅτι of Ἕλληνες νικῴεν, 105; ἤρετο ef τι παραγγέλ- 
Aor, 815; ἐβουλεύετο ef πέµποιέν τινας ἢ πάντες ἴοιεν, 105: ἐβου- 
λεύοντο «i τὰ σκευοφόρα ἐνταῦθα ἅγοιντο ἢ ἀπίοιε ἐπὶ τὸ 
στρατόπεδον, 1015; διῆλθε λόγος ὅτι διώκοι αὐτοὺς Kipos, 41; 
ἔλεγε ὅτι ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσοιτο πρὸς βασιλέα, 41: ἔλεγον ὅτι οὑπώποῦ 
οὗτος ὃ ποταμὸς διαβατὸς γένοιτο ef μὴ τότε, 415. 

1. Indirect Discourse follows verbs meaning ——. 


64 INTRODUCTION. 


2. Use of modes: (1) After a primary tense. 
(2) After an historical present. 
(3) After a secondary tense. 

2. Conditional Sentences in Indirect Discourse. a. εἶπεν εἰ αὐτῷ Soin 
ἱτπέας ὅτι ζῶντας πολλοὺς ἂν ἕλοι, 67; Gol dacw ovd εἶ (ούλοιο 
δύνασθαι ἂν ἀποδοῦναι (ταῦτα), 7°, 

, ” 4 ε ο ς A , ” “a 4 
b. µέσον ἔχοντες τὸ αὐτῶν ἡγοῦνται νοµίζοντες εἴ τι παραγγεῖλαι χρή- 
ζοιεν, ἡμίσει ἂν χρόνῳ αἰσθάνεσθαι τὸ στράτευμα, 87". 
/ ” 5 ie ε A / Φ \ 3 2 , 
ο. µέσον ἔχοντες TO αὑτῶν ἡγοῦνται νοµίζοντες οὕτω καὶ ἐν ἀσφαλεστάτῳ 
> A 9 ε 3 ‘ tno ς 0 22 
εἶναι ἦν ῃ ἡ ἰσχυς αὐτων ἑκατέρωθεν, 8™, 
Changes required in Indirect Discourse. 


THEMES FOR INVESTIGATION. 


1. Classification of the verbs in chapter(s) 
405. 567-621. | 
2. Accent of the verbs. Forms in which the accent is irregular. 
3. Word formation. Classify all the words found in sections 
with respect to origin ; i.e. into primitives and derivatives. 
4. Ascertain, as far as possible, the primitives whence the derivative 
verbs in chapter(s) —— are found; e. g. dyAdw from d7Aos. 
5. Collect the abstract nouns of chapter(s) and analyze them into 
their elements. 
6. Omission of the subject nominative. 
7. Neuter plural subject. 
8. What is the position and number of the verb with two or more 
subjects? Cite examples from one book. 
9. Collect examples of predicate adjectives used in an adverbial sense. 
Cf. 619. 926. 
10. Apposition. Various forms. 
11. Adverbs and phrases used as adjectives. 
12. Constructio ad sensum. 
13. The dual. 
14. Comparison. Ways of strengthening the superlative. 





, book Cf. 392 














15. 
16. 
17. 
ter(s) 
18. 





THEMES FOR INVESTIGATION. | 65 


Adjectives of place, — ἄκρος, μέσος, ἔσχατος. 

Position of the pronouns. 

The accusative. Collect and classify all examples found in chap- 
, book , illustrating the use of the accusative. 

Uses of the genitive with: (1) nouns; (2) verbs; (3) adjectives ; 





(4) adverbs. 


19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 
24. 


The dative. Various divisions. 

Various ways of expressing possession. 

Ways of expressing the various notions of time. 

Prepositions. Meaning with different cases. 

Examples of constructio praegnans. 

State the difference in meaning between the present subjunctive, 


optative, imperative, and the aorzst subjunctive, optative, imperative, 
and verify the statement by examples. 


25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 
31. 
32. 
33. 
34, 
35. 
36. 
37. 


book 
38. 


The future optative and infinitive. 
Exemplify the various uses of ἄν. 


‘The subjunctive in simple sentences. 


The optative in simple sentences. 

Final clauses. Various forms. 

Conditional clauses. 

Relative clauses: (1) ordinary; (2) conditional. 

Use of modes in ‘ until ’-clauses. 

Causal clauses. 

Various ways of expressing result, 

Indirect discourse. 

Implied indirect discourse. 

Classify the uses of the infinitive as found in chapter(s) 








State the difference between the aorist infinitives (or present) in 


indirect discourse and not in indirect discourse. Give examples. 
39. The infinitive with neuter article. 
40. The participle. Classify its uses as found in chapter(s) ——, 


book 





41. Genitive absolute. 
42. Attraction, incorporation. 
43, .The negatives οὐ, µή. 


Ἡ, & W. ANAB. — 5 


wal 


« \ 
Oo, 


/ 
γλυκύς ο ο 


f 
A ws 


ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ 


ΚΥΡΟΥ ANABASIS. 


References to the Greek Grammars are indicated by contrasting type. 


Fall.faced Roman (750) = Hadley-Allen. 
Light-faced Roman (1180, 2) =Goodwin. 
Full-faced Italics (365) = Babbitt. . 
LAght-fauced Italics (509, 8) = Goodell, 


ΛΟΓΟΣ A. 


Preliminary Studies. (1) Persia, Introd. 7-12, 17-21. (2) Darius Π., 
Introd. 39, 42. (3) Artaxerxes and Cyrus, Introd, 48-45. (4) The Anaba- 
818, Introd. 1-8. | Xenophon, Introd. 106-123. 

oe of the war between Cyrus and Artaxerxes. 


? καὶ anes: 


* awatdes® δύο, 
πρεσβύτερος μὲν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, 
νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
ἠσθένει ' Δαρεῖος καὶ ὁὑπ- 
ώπτευε” τελευτὴν tod® βίου, 
ἐβούλετο τὼ Taide’ ἀμφοτέρω ὃ 
παρ-εῖναι. ὁ μὲν" οὖν πρε- 
ΓΕ. σβύτερος παρ-ὠν Ὁ ἐτύγχανε: 
ee (cf. Introd. 61). Κῦρον δὲ µετα-πέμπεται!] ἀπὸ 


I. Δαρείου 





1750. 1190, 9. 365. 509,s. 31828. 1252. 525. 454,b. %634. 185. 499, 
890. 1250. 526. 459. 5362, a. 543. 175, 1. 468 b. °658. 949. 447. 
6f3.d. 7939. 895.1. 629 570,d. %673. a. 976. 456. 554. °%666.c. 964. 
452, . 19984. 1586. 660, N. 686,% 828, 818. 1252, 1242,2. 5265, 504. 


45k, b, 606, d. 
a) 


68 ANABASIS. 


τῆς ἀρχῆς is αὐτὸν σατράπην ἐποίησε" καὶ στρα- 
τηγὸν δὲ αὐτὸν ἁπ-έδειξε πάντων ὅσοι εἰς Καστωλοῦ 
πεδίον ἀθροίζονται. ἀνα-βαίνει οὖν 6° Κῦρος λαβὼν' 
Τισσαφέρνην ὡς φίλον, καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔχων  ὁπλί- 
τας ἀν-έβη τριακοσίους, ἄρχονταῦ δὲ αὐτῶν Heviay 
Παρράσιον. 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος καὶ κατ-έστη cis τὴν βα- 
σιλείαν Αρταξέρξης, Τισσαφέρνης δια-βάλλει τὸν Kipov 
πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὡς ἐπι-βουλεύοι' αὐτῷ. 6° δὲ πείθεται 
καὶ συλ-λαµβάνει Κῦρον ὡς ato-ctevav: ἡ δὲ µήτηρ 
ἐξ-αιτησαμένη ”” αὐτὸν ἁπο-πέμπει πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν. 
6° & ὡς ἀπ-ῆλθε mwboeooas καὶ ἀτιμασθείς, βουλεύεται 
ὅπως µήποτε ὸ ἔτι ἔσται ' ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφώ, ἀλλά, Hv» δύνη- 


ται, βασιλεύσει ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνον.- 


Topics for Study. (1) The Dual. (2) Construction with τυγχάνω. 
(3) Historical present. (4) Article as possessive. (5) Uses of aorist indica. 
tive. (6) ὁ δέ (7) μὲν .. . δέ (8) The future participle. 

The references at the foot of each page will readily suggest other tupics. 


Cyrus prepares for war; trains barbarians, collects a Greek force, 
deceives the ws 


(Ππαρόσατιν μὲν δὴ ἡ μήτηρ”. ὑπ-ρχε τῷ Kipo,” 


φιλοῦσα |? αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν βασιλεύοντα ” ᾿Αρταξέρξην. 
Ὅστις 3 8° ἀφ-ικνοῖτο”. τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως ” πρὸς 
9 9 ¥ ς 9 , 94 ο 25 2 Ag 

αὐτὸν πάντας οὕτω δια-τιθεὶς ἁπ-επέμπετο”'' Sate” αὐτῷ 


A ~ 2 A 
μᾶλλον φίλους εἶναι ἢ Barrel. καὶ τῶν map’ éavtg ™ 


1726. 1077. See Introd. 42, 48. 342. 534. 2837. 528,1. 468. 50668. 948. 
See Introd. 7. 446. 551,8. «968, ὺ. 668,κ.δ. 583,8,cnd. 595,b. 916. 320. 
546. 4828. 1252, 525. 45h, b. 17932, 2. 1481, 2. See Introd. 45. 678. 659, a. 
8775. 1179. 394. %654,e. 09) (a). £43.1. 549,b. 1° 969,c, 978. 1568, 4, 1574, 
653, 5, 656, 8. 285, Ὁ, 598. 658. 949. 447. 561,d. 12856. 1258. 8960 Introd. 
45. 545. 681,a. %101 οἱ. 1610. 481,1. 486. 4885. 1372. 593. 658,8 
898. 1409. 604. 650. $1%623.:911. 317. 509. 1 764, 2. 1159. 1160. 376. 
580,8. 39690, b. 1963, 9, 653, 4. 588. 965. 1559. G50. 68%. προ. b. 
1091, (ο). 464,1. %914,5.(2). 1481,2. 625. 616,d. 391... 952.1,2. 424. 
543. %660,c. 446,Nn. ™830. 1258,2. 526,1. 459. 15968. 149 S598 566,b. 
% 765. 1114. 3276.n. 528%  666,a 952,1. 451. 655.8 


[ * \ 
να 
x 4 . η * é mo. ‘Nos ey ? 





BOOK I. CHAP, f. a 


δὲ BapBapav’ ét-epedetto ὡς πολεμεῖν τε ἱκανοὶ εἴησαν ὃ 


καὶ εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν aura.’ 

Τὴν δὲ Ἑλληνικὴν δύναμιν ἤθροιζεν ws® μάλιστα ἐδύ- 
νατο ἐπι-κρυπτόμενος,΄ ὅπως ὅτι ἁπαρασκευότατον λάβοι 
βασιλέα. ὧδε οὖν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν συλλογήν. ὁπόσας εἶχε 
φυλακὰς ἳ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι παρ-ήγγειλε τοῖς φρουράρχοις ἑκά- 

ο, 8 » : , φ 
στοις λαμβάνειν  ἄνδρας Πελοποννησίους οτι πλείστους 
καὶ βελτίστους, ὡς ἐπιρβουλεύοντος ὃ Τισσαφέρνους 

a , li . φ © 5 \ , 

Tats πόλεσι. καὶ γὰρ ynoay at Iwrixat πόλεις Τισ- 
σαφέρνους ἳ τὸ ἀρχαῖον ® ἐκ βασιλέως ὃ δεδοµέναι, τότε 
δὲ ἀφ-ειστήκεσαν πρὸς Κῦρον πᾶσαι πλὴν Μιλήτου. .» 

Topics for Study. (1) Construction with ὥστε, §§ 5, 8. (2) ἔχειν with 


adverbs = what? (3) ὣς and ὅτι with the superlative. (4) Genitive abso- 
lute. (5) Adverbial accusative. 


Ἐν Μιλήτῳ δὲ Τισσαφέρνης προ-αισθόμενος τὰ αὐτὰ '' 


ταῦτα [Ώὀυλενομένους, [άπο-στῆναι πρὸς Κῦρον,]", τοὺς 
16 > , 4 > , ε δὲ “A e 
μεν ἀπ-έκτεινε TOUS ἐξ-έβαλεν. ο O€ Kupos ὑπο- 
λαβὼν τοὺς Φεύγοντας συλ-λέξας στράτευμα ἐπολιόρκει 
Μίλητον καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν καὶ ἐπειρᾶτο 


«κατ-άγειν τοὺς ἐκ-πεπτωκότας. καὶ αύτη ad ἄλλη πρόφασις 


ἦν αὐτῷ 3" τοῦ ἀθροίζειν Ὦ στράτευμα. 
8] 


Πρὸς δὲ βασιλέα ὃ πέµπων ἠξίου ἀδελφὸς Ὦ dy™ αὐτοῦ 


δοθῆναι ' of 3 ταύτας τὰς πόλεις μᾶλλον 4 Τισσαφέρνην 
ἄρχειν αὐτῶν; καὶ ἡ µήτηρ” συν-έπραττεν 3) αὐτῷ ταῦτα: 
ὥστε” βασιλεὺς τὴν μὲν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν Ἔ ἐπιβουλὴν οὐκ 


19742. 1102. S356. 511. 3969. 1526. 642. 565. 5881. 1865. 590. 659,a, 
765. 1174. 376. 522. ‘651,98. 498. 660,c. 957. 446,n. 7995. 1037. #88. 
613, ¢. 8948. 1519. 638. 6570. 8978. 1574. 656.3. 593, ¢. 10970. 1158, 
657. 6589. 11 Cf, 6 αὐτῷ, § 8. 1792. 1094,1. 348,1. 508. 153719, b. 1060, 3. 
836. 540. Rie 716, b. 1054. 334. 536,b. %982. 1588. 661. 586, a. 16 654. 
981. £48, 1.° 549. 11906. 1560. 6δο, 1. 6583. 18768. 1178. 379. 58h, 8. 
9959. 1547. 636. 639. 575. 06, b. 907. 396. 502. 21969, b. 1563, 8, 
653,4. 583. 23948. 1519. 638. 570. %685. 987. 472. 197. 741. 1109. 
856. . 610, «. 36 Cf, τοῦ βίου, §1. See Introd. 44. % 775. 1179. 894. 31 929. 
4449, 1450. 595. 639, 8. 19 Cf. wap’ éauvty, § 5. 

9 Brackets [ ] indicate words supfosed to be interpolations. 


.π 


“J 


70 ANABASIS. 


ἠσθάνετο, Τισσαφέρνει δὲ ἑνόμιζε πολεμοῦντα αὐτὸν 


ἀμφὶ τὰ στρατεύματα δαπανᾶν. Σ ὥστε οὐδὲν ἤχθετο 
αὐτῶν ὃ πολεμούντων. καὶ γὰρ ὁ Kipos ἁπ-έπεμπε τοὺς 
γιγνοµένους κος βασιλεῖ 8 ἐκ τῶν πόλεων av’ 
TT ισσαφέρνους | ἐτύγχανεν αχ a a 


pa © 4 ήν 


Topics for Study. (1) ὁ (4, οἱ δὗο.), » ae (4 etc.), 8 (5) Article 
with the infinitive. (8) Use of pronoun of third person. (4) Case after 
verbs of ruling. (5) Attraction of the relative. 


Under various pretexts he employs Clearchus, Aristippus, and 

others to collect Greek mercenaries. 

AMO δὲ στράτευμα αὐτῷ” συν-ελέγετο ἐν Κερρονήσφ 
7 lat’ ἀντιπέρας ᾿Αβύδου 10 τόνέδ τὸν τρόποῦ. = 
χος Λακεδαιμόνιος φυγὰς ἦν' τού- 
Tw συγ-γενόµενος ὁ Kipos ἠγάσθη ν 


8 Αα 
τε αὐτὸν καὶ δίδωσιν 1ο αὐτῷ 


Κλέαρ- 





ee µυρίους δαρεικού. 6 δὲ λαβὼν 
GOLD panic (actual size). τὸ Χρυσίον στράτευμα συν-έλεξεν 
93 ΔΝ ΄ “~ 8 3 3 

ἀπὸ τούτων τὼν Χρημάτων Kal ἐπολέμι ἐκ Χερ- 
ῥρονήσαυ ὁρμώμενος τοῖς Θραᾳξὶ ὃ τοῖς" ὑπὲρ Ea 
σποντον οἰκοῦσι καὶ ὠφέλέι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ' |aore™ καὶ 
χρήματα συν-εβάλλοντο αὐτῷ εἰς THY τροφῃν τῶν στρα- 
τιωτῶν αἱ Ἑλλησποντιακαὶ πόλεις ἑκοῦσαι. ΄ τοῦτο ὃ 


av οὕτω τρεφόμενον ἐλάνθανεν ”' αὐτῷ τὸ bi aba 


10. - “Apioturros δὲ 6 Θετταλὸς δένος * ὧν * ἐτύγχανεν 


αὐτῷ, καὶ πιεζόμενὸς ὑπὸ τῶν οἴκοι 3 ἀντιστασιωτῶν) ἔρχε- 


11719. 1177. 399.1. 585. Cf. d»Mahove. 5946. 1522. 646. 578. “719,b. 
1060. 3386. 540. 5970. 1152. 657. 589. °764,1. 1158. 375. 520. 7994. 
1081. 484. 618,b. 8750. 1180. 365. 609,6. Cf. 1 παρών, 63. 767. 1165. 
378. 528. 668. 959, 2; 960. 452. 568,b. 2757. 1148. 369,38. 518, b. 
18 Cf. rd ἀρχαῖο», § 6, οὐδέν, § 8. 14 ΣΥ, 775. 1175, 1179. B94. 525. 15 407,a. 444. 
458, ὃ. 394. 19898. 1252,1. 585. 454,b. MCf958e,§3. Ch Τισσαφέρνει, 
$8. WOOP, rMabore. Cf. ὥστε §§5,8. 36109, 0. 926. «Οδ. 646. OBE. 
1886. 660. κ. 585.8. 3706, Ὀ. 907. S96. 502. ™ Cf. 10 παρών, § 3, ἔχων, § 8. 
5 168. 1178. 379. 584,28. *Cf. 8 παρ) ἑαντφ. § 5 


BOOK I. CHAP. i ji 


9 9 α 8 a 9 a | 9 
ται προς τον Kupov και altet epee εἰς δισχιλίους 


ξένους καὶ τριῶν μηνῶν µισθόν/ ὦ ὡς οὕτως περι γενόμενος 
ἂν ὃ ror’ ἀντιστασιωτῶν., ὁ δὲ Kdpos δίδωσιν αὐτῷ eis 
τετρακισχιλίους καὶ EE μηνῶν µισθόν, καὶ δεῖται αὐτοῦ ὅ 
6 7 ἅ ν 4 9 , 
μὴ  πρόσθεν ΄ κατα-λῆσαώ προς τοὺς avTioOTac.LWTas 
πρὶν ἂν αὐτῷ συμ-βουλεύσηται. οὕτω δὲ αὖ τὸ ἐν Θετ. 
ταλίᾳ ἐλάνθανεν αὐτῷ πρεφόµενον στράτευμα. 
Πρόξενον δὲ τὸν Βοιώτιον ξένον ὄντα ἐκέλευσε λαβόντα 
ν 7 9 , ο 10 « 9 ss 
ἄνδρας ὅτι πλείστους παρα-γενέσθαι,. ὡς εἰς Πισίδας 


βουλόμενος ποσα ὡς πράγµατα παρ-εχόντων ) τῶν 


Πισιδῶν τῇ ἑαυχοῦ * χώρᾳ,] 

ο Σοφαΐνετον δὲ τὸν Στυμφάλιον καὶ Σωκράτην τὸν 
Αχαιόν, ξένους ὄντας καὶ τούτους, ἐκέλευσεν ἄνδρας 
λαβόντας ἐλθεῖν ὅτι πλείστους, ὡς πολεμήσων ἜΤισσα- 

, 18 —. A , a 14 , ees, ae ee, 
φέρνει ''' σὺν τοῖς φυγάσι Tous MiAnoiwy. Kal ἐποίουν 

Φ € 
οὕτως /οὗτοι. 


Topics for Study. (1) Position of the article. (2) Omission of the 
conjunction, —asyndeton, Ἡ. 1039. (3) Case after ἐπί and σύν in composition. 
(4) Words or phrases in the attributive position. (5) Verbs with two accusa- 
tives, §§ 3,10. (6) ἹΠρόσθεν .. . πρίν. (7) Idiom for ‘was secretly supported.’ 
(8) Relations expressed by the genitive absolute, §§ 6,11. (9) Construction 
after woAeuéw. (10) Mercenary soldiers, Introd. 47, 48. 


x 


o_o 
ome 


He musters his troops at Sardis; Tissaphernes carries the news to 
the king. 

I Ἐπεὶ ὃ ἑδόκει ὁ αὐτῷ ἤδη πορεύεσθαι ἄνω, τὴν μὲν 
πρόφασιν ἐποιεῖο ws Πισίδας βουλόµενος. ἐκ-βαλεῖν 
παντάπασιν ἐκ τῆς χώρας καὶ ἀθροίζει ὡς ἐπὶ τούτους τό 
τε βαρβαρικὸν καὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικόν. ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρ-αγγέλ- 


Le afl 


2724. 1060. 340 6585. 2Cf.%d,§6. 9987 (a). 1808,1,2. 669. 596. 
$749. 1120. 364. 509,b. ὅ 148.48. 1114. 356. 509, a. 61023. 1611. £82, 1. 
564. 7955, a. 627, N. 8924, a. 1469. G27. 6hh, b. 9 Cf. 5 ὡς, ὅτι, § 6. 10 Cf. 
δλαμµβάνειν, § 6. 11 Cf, 10 ἐπιβουλεύοντος, 8 6. 10756, Ῥ. 977. 457, 0. δ8α 
13712. 1177. ἃθα, Ν. 525. 14 Cf. τῇ -- τῇ, τοῖς ---τοῖς, § 9. 15949. 1517. 685, 1 
δή, 3918 1574. ὁδθ,δ. 593, ο 


.. 2 ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν τὰς ἀκροπόλεις φυλάττειν. 


; ευ | ig te 


fee νι { 
w a 


CEN αι ιο 


uU 


72 σ ANABASIS. - 


“A ‘ , 4 1 εν ο. |. 3. A ΄ 

λει τῷ TE Κλεάρχῳ λαβόντι' ἥκειν ooov ἦν αὐτῷ στράτευ- 

9 \ a? , 2K \ \ 3 ν 4 
pa, καὶ τῷ Αριστίππῳ συν-αλλαγέντι πρὸς τοὺς” oLKoL 
3 / Ν ε Ν a 48 / \ / a 
ἀπο-πέμψαι πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ὃ εἶχε oTpaTevya’} καὶ Ἐενίᾳ τῷ 
> dA ων , “ A 
Αρκάδι, ὃς αὐτῷ ὃ προ-ειστήκει τοῦ ἐν ταις πόλεσι ξενικοῦ, 
9 5 
new παρ-αγγέλλει λαβόντα τοὺς ἄλλους πλὴν ὁπόσοι 
7 ἐκάλεσε δὲ «καὶ 

8 “ : : 
τοὺς Μίλητον πολιορκοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς φυγάδας ἐκέλευσε 
σὺν αὐτῷ στρατεύεσθαι, ὑπο-σχόμενος avrois,© εἰ καλῶς 
κατα-πράξειεν  ἐφ᾽ a" ἐστρατεύετο,. μὴ '' πρόσθεν ® παύ- 
σεσθαι”' πρὶν αὐτοὺς κατ-αγάγοι ὁ οἴκαδε. οἱ δὲ 19 ἡδέως 


\ . e 
" καὶ λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα 


3 ρ κ.ε \ ας | 
ἐπείθοντο ἐπίστευον γὰρ αὐτῷ © 
παρ-ῆσαν εἰς Σάρδεις. 


Topics for Study. (1) Force of és with the participle. (2) Ways of 
expressing possession. (3) Positions of the antecedent. (4) Construction 
with verbs of superiority (ἄρχω, περιγίγνοµαι, xpoiornut). (6) Infinitive with 
adjectives. 


A ; 8 bs a) 
Ἐενίας μὲν δὴ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων λαβὼν ὃ παρ- 
ρ > , ε , 9 , , 
εγένετο εἰς Σάρδεις ὁπλίτας eis τετρακισχιλίους, Ἡρό- 
é Αα » 
ἔενος δὲ παρ-ην exwv™ ὁπλίτας μὲν eis πεντακοσίους 
Δ Ν 
καὶ Χιλίους, γυμνῆτας δὲ πεντακοσίους, Σοφαίνετος δὲ 
ν 
ὁ Στυµφάλιος ὁπλίτας ἔχων Χχιλίους, Σωκράτης δὲ 6 
9 Ν ε ΄ ¥ ε , , 8 ε 
Αχαιὸς ὁπλίτας ἔχων ws πεντακοσίους, Ἡασίων δὲ 6 
Μ νι , πε 7 / δὲ 
εγαρεὺς Τριακοσίους μὲν ὁπλίτας, τριακοσίους δὲ πελ- 
4 dl 4 é 5” 19 de Ν 4. 8 ε 
ταστὰς ἔχων παρ-εγένετο' ἦν” δὲ καὶ οὗτος καὶ ὁ 
, a 32 32 Ν , 4 8 
Σωκράτης τῶν" ἀμφὶ Μίλητον στρατευοµένων. οὗτοι 
μὲν eis Σάρδεις αὐτῷ ἀφ-ίκοντο.  "' 4 
[7 , Se , A ‘ e 
' Τισσαφέρνης δὲ κατα-νοήσας ταῦτα, καὶ μείζονα ἡγησά- 
1Cf. 6 λαβών, 13. 2995. 1087. £85. 619,ο. %621. 952,2. 494. 548. * 666, c. 
952, 429, 1. ὅὔδα. 5767. 1105. B78. 523, © 741. 1109, 1182, 356. 570, ο. 
7952. 1526. G41. 565. 8764. 1158. 376. 520. 9932,2. 1497,2. G73. 669,8, 
10996. 1026. 486. 61h. 11936. 1489. G76. 62h, ¢. 221024. 1611. 449, κ. 
579, 2. Cf. πρόσθεν, 119, 1948, a. 1286. 549, 2. 15024. 1502,8. G22. 
6LL, ο. 16 Cf. 9 ὁ δέ, 15. 17'964, 2. 1159, 1160. 376. 520, 8. 18968. b. 1565. 


668, κ. δ. 6583, 4, end. 19 g07. 901. 496, 1. 498, ¢. 20732. 1094,7. 855,2. 508 
21-967. 1165. 378. 588. 


------ ----- ---- 


- Φου ae -_ ieee ee «ας. LT eG «οι memati σπα, 


. « eS 0 eee 








% πομισουιϐ & σου} 1291 














πα ο C2 snajs v 
“ad ‘ πό μού .. ¢ 
| ; ; 4 2139)ο gf 
ως κ) ΝΛΙΜθο οὁἃ 
09 OF 08 ϱ ~ | were ιο 
9311 HSITON] ο a . 
: viavis N - ν : 









ν΄ © , αποζαιψ 


ΝΟΜ2/α3ουὴ νινάθ 








SVVV& 


παν ὋἽ 6. Ὁὁ 


| ϱοµλλ9 ‘ 
alee rz 
[ πα η ΥΙΝΛΥΊΝΟ aa: x 
ectispicg ?  -} 
λα, ο. 
| μμ 
» “seed! 
onus snopuosng \_ 
ον. 
η ντος 


ως 
4 % i 

» \etuvosa =| ae 
πας να > 


7 o/ ft» ee ee tet ae 








Let et 
σας ee 

Senne Bacar 
"ς a fs 





BOOK I. CHAP. IL 18 


µενος εἶναι] ἢ ὡς ἐπὶ Πισίδας τὴν παρασκευήν, πορεύεται 

ε λ [ 23 25 , , ¥ ε 

ws βασιλέα 7° ἐδύνατο τάχιστα ἱππέας ἔχων ὡς πεντα- 
΄ 8 4 4 Ν 9 8 oo 2 

kogious. καὶ βασιλεὺς μὲν δὴ ἐπεὶ ἤκουσε Τισσαφέρ 

νους. τὸν Κύρου στόλον, ἀντι-παρ-εσκευάζετο. 


Topics for Study. (1) els with numerals. (2) Partitive genitive. 
(3) Dative of interest. (4) Idiom for ‘as quickly as he is able. (5) Source. 
(6) ὁπλῖται, Introd. 56, 60-64. (7) Light-armed troops, Introd. 65-66. 


He marches to Colossae, thence to Celaenae ; its palaces, park ; myth 
‘of Marsyas ; arrival of troops ; review. 


a , »¥ a 6 ε οἱ > AN , a 
Κῦρος δὲ ἔχων ovs” εἴρηκα appara ἀπὸ Σάρδεων καὶ 
, Aa ΄ 4 A 
ἐξ-ελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυδίας otabpots® τρεῖς }παρασάγγας © 
N 5 7. 9 32_N 8 4 5 8 , 

εἴκσι καὶ Ovo’ ἐπὶ τον Μαίανθρον ' ποταµόν. τούτου 
1 8 ge 210 : 1 
ΤΟ πμ. δύο να. γέφυρα δὲ ἐπ-ὴἣν ἑπτὰ ἐζευγμένη 
πλοίοις. | 

Τοῦτον δια-βὰς ἐξ-ελαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας σταθμὸν ἕνα πα- 
ρασάγγας ὀκτὼ εἰς Κολοσσάς, πόλιν ™ οἰκουμένην, εὖδαί- 
µονα καὶ μεγάλην. ἐν-ταῦ- 
θ ry ε 14 4 4, 
a ἔμεινεν ἨἩμέρας ' επτά 
καὶ ἥκε Μένων 6 Θετταλὸς 
ε 4 γ 16 Ni 8 
ὁπλιτας έχων” χιλίους καὶ 
πελταστὰς µπεντακοσίους, 

’ Αα 8 
Δόλοπας καὶ Αἰνιᾶνας καὶ 
Ὀλυνθίους. 

3 A 3 ΄ 8 ~ ΄ ν 

Εντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν 
9 -- A os , 14 ὁ , n 
εἰς Κελαινάς, τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν ” οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην 

ας πμ , 16 217 ηλ 
‘Kat εὐδαίμονα. ἐνταῦθα Kipw™ βασίλεια ἦν] καὶ παρά- 

1946. 1529. 646. 578. 939. 995,1. 629. ὅ70,ὰ. 9116. 1181. 389. 
δ86υ.  4742,c. 1108. 865. 611, α. 5996. 1026. See Introd. 08. 486. 61h. 
6720. 1062. See Introd. 84, 85, 95,96. 338. 538. .7291,b. 882,1. 153. 190, 
8624.0. 911,970. 317, 9611. 891,1. 308. 493,b. 19614. 907. 39Ο. 608. 
1365. 528. 178.1. 289. 13 116. 1181. B87. 526, a. 15 623. 911. B17. 508. 


%720,0. 1062, 338. 588. Cf. «λαβών,13. 1 768, 1178, See Introd. 12. 379. 
έλα. 27604. 899,2. 498. 496. 





πελταστής .WITH AMAZONIAN SHIELD. 


74 ANABASIS. 


Servos µέγας ἁγρίων θηρίων ! πλήρης, a ἐκεῖνος ἐθήρευεν 3 


ἀπὸ ἵππου, ὁπότε γυµνάσαι [βούλοιτο ὃ ἑαυτόν τε καὶ τοὺς 
ἵππους. διὰ µέσου * δὲ τοῦ παραδείσου pet 6 Μαίανδρος ὃ 
, e 4 9 A 3 6 5 A / ο "εκ α 
ποταμός αἱ δὲ πηγαὶ αὐτοῦ εἶσιν" ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων pe 
δὲ 4 δ . Αα A 6 aN 
€ καὶ Ova τῆς Κελαινών " πόλεως. 


Topics for Study. (1) Omission of the antecedent. (2) The length 
of the σταθµός and παρασάγγη». See Grote, vol.ix., Ρ. 14, Ν.Δ. (8) Means — how 
expressed. (4) Extent (of space ortime). (5) Words of fulness. 


/ | 
Ἔστιϊῖ δὲ καὶ μεγάλου βασιλέως) βασίλεια 
3 Α > N a] A “A 
ἐν Κελαιναῖς ἐρυμνὰ ἐπὶ ταῖς mnyats τοῦ Map- 
a 5 A es a 2 / . εδ ϱν 4 
σύουὃ ποταμοῦ ὑπὸ TH ἀκροπόλει' pet δὲ καὶ 
οὗτος διὰ τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐμ-βάλλει εἷς τὸν 
Μαίανδρον τοῦ δὲ Μαρσύου τὸ εὖρός ἐστιν 
εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ποδῶν. 
yuRYGIAN Ἐνταῦθα λέγεται Απόλλων  ἐκ-δεῖραι Μαρσύαν 
αὐλός. j : el] en 
νικήσας ἐρίζοντά οι περὶ σοφίας, καὶ To δέρµα κρε- 
µάσαι ἐν τῷ ἄντρῳ ὅθεν αἱ πηγαί: διὰ δὲ τοῦτο ὁ ποταμὸς 
καλεῖται Μαρσύας. ἐνταῦθα Ἐέρξης, ὅτε ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλά- 
Sos ἠττηθεὶς TH? pdxy * ἁπ-εχώρει, λέγεται οἰκοδομῆσαι 
“A 4 8 ao Ν 8 ~ 3 V4 
ταῦτά τε τὰ βασίλεια καὶ τὴν Κελαινῶν ἀκρόπολιν. 
Ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινε Κῦρος ἡμέρας τριάκοντα καὶ ἧἥκε Κλέαρ- 
ς a 4 ν € ? id A 
χος [6 Λακεδαιμόνιος φυγὰς] ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους καὶ 
πελταστὰς Θρᾷκας »” ὀκτακοσίους καὶ τοξότας Κρῆτας δια- 
κοσίους. dpa δὲ καὶ Σῶσις παρῆν ὁ Συρακούσιος ἔχων 
e ΄ 4 N 4 e 3 4 ν ε ? 
ὁπλίτας τριακοσίους, Kat Σοφαίνετος 0 Apkas έχων ὁπλί- 
τας χιλίους. καὶ ἐνταῦθα Κ Όρος ἐξέτασιν καὶ ἀριθμὸν τῶν 
ε κ 3 , 2 ee 5 ο , 32 84 els 
Ελλήνων ἐποίησεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ 





158,0. 1140. 857. 512. %830. 1258,2. 596,1. 469. %914,8,(2). 1481, 9. 
625. 616, b. 671. 975. 454. 556. 5624, a. 911, 970. 827. 9116. 140. 
70. 7480, 2. 144,5. 9689, Ι. 20,e. 732. 1094,1. 848,1. 608. 9139. 
1094.5. 382,1. 608. %944. 1592,2. 684. δ7 8. 772, 685. 1177, 987. 899, 
479. 525,197. 19196, ὑ. 907. 341,11. 534,>d. %657,0. 444. δὲ. 4776 
1181. 389. 686,b. “%624,a. 011. S17. 50%. “672. 979. 458, 1. 


~— 


BOOK I. CHAP. IL 1 


σύµπαντες Grrdirar! μὲν μύριοι καὶ χίλιοι, πελτασταὶ δὲ 
bd Ν 9 / 
ἀμφὶ τοὺς " δισχιλίους. 

Topics for Study. (1) Meaning of µέσος in predicate position. (3) 


Difference between genitive and dative of possession. See notes. (3) Dersonal 
construction. (4) ἀἁμφί with numerals. 


He marches to Peltae; games; reaches Cayster-field; soldiers de- 
mand pay; arrival of Epyaxa. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο 
παρασάγγας δέκα εἰς Πέλτας, πόλιν 
οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθ ἔμεινε ἡμέρας 
τρεῖς. ἐν als Ἐεγίας 6 ᾽Αρκὰς τὰ 
Λύκαια ἔθυσε καὶ ἀγῶνα ἔθηκε τὰ δὲ 
ἆθλα ἦσαν στλεγγίδε Χρυσαῖ ἐθεώρει 
δὲ τὸν ἀγῶνα καὶ Kipos. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο 
παρασάγγας δώδεκα eis Κεράμων dyopdv, πόλιν οἶκου- 
µένην, ἐσχάτην πρὸς τῇ Μυσίᾳ χώρα. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας τριά- 
κοντα eis Καὔστρου πεδίον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθ 
έµμεινεν gis πέντε καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ὃ ὠφείλετο 
μισθὸς πλέον " ἢ τριῶν μηνῶν» καὶ πολλάκις ἰόντες ἐπὶ 
τὰς θύρας ἁπ-ῄτουν. 6 δὲ ἐλπίδας λέγων ὃ δι-γε καὶ 
"δῆλος ἦν ἀνιώμενος' οὐ γὰρ ἦν πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου 
ἔχοντα” μὴ ὃ ἀπο-διδόναι. 

Ἐνταῦθα ἀφ-ικνεῖται Ἐπύαξα ἡ Συεννέσιος γυνη τοῦ 
Κιλίκων βασιλέως παρὰ Ἰῦρον' καὶ ἐλέγετο ὃ Κύρῳ 
su 


δοῦναι χρήματα πολλά. τῇ δ οὖν Ἡ στρατι τότε 


στρες ο ορ 


ας. 


A 
op 
3 
g 
4 


( 





1624, ἁ. 914. 319. 7664,c. 948, (b). *%764,8. 1158. 375. 590. 647. 
426, κ. 4. 617, cf. ex.2. 89729, d. 1085.5. 352 and Ν. 606,8. 6981. 1573-80, 
660. 585,92. 1941, 969,d. 1563, 5. 631, 1, 658, 6. 671, ο, 588 41098. 1611, 


431, 1. 56h. 9623. 911. See Introd. 12,13. 827. 608. 0944, 1522.2. 634. 


57h, & 131048, 2, 4th line. 


ll 


12 


J 
6 ANABASIS, 


ἀπέδωκε Κῦρος μισθὸν τεττάρων μηνῶν. elye δὲ ἡ 
Κίλισσα [Kat] φυλακὴν περὶ αὐτὴν Ἐίλικας καὶ 
᾿Ασπενδίους' ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ συγ-γενέσθαι Κῦρον τῇ 
Κιλίσσῃ. | 


Topics for Study. (1) Appositive. (2) Cognate accusative. (3) 
πλέον, peculiar use of. (4) Supplementary participle. (5) Participle as sub- 
stitute for a conditional clause. (6) 23 οὖν. 


ee 


Sen er 


| March continued to Tyriaeum; a review of the Greeks to please 
) sss the queen. 


3  Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα 
ες Θύμβριον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθα ἦν παρὰ: 
τὴν ὁδὸν κρήνη 7 Μίδου καλουμένη τοῦ Φρυγῶν 

| βασιλέως, ἐφ ᾗ λέγεται Midas rov* Σάτυρον θηρεῦσαι 










[4 > ιό 
οἴνῳ ὃ κεράσας  αὐτήν. 7 4 
“4 Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει 
έξι | σταθμοὺς δύο Άπαρα- 
ae 
rae σάγγας δέκα ets Τυρι- 
ή | | i 
hah | άειον, πόλιν olKoupe- 
HA 4 NY Hh Τα) > A ν 
ο. Oe. pny. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν 
a fd iy) i) | Ai, i 4, e + \ 
AMI Fe ASP . ἡμέρας ς. καὶ 
ae τι η) ω ηλ Y TOL 1 ην U η 
Ες Ἐ-ἕ-- a , 
ανν BVA .. Ktttooa Κύρου» ἐπι- 
}(2 EN | - VA, ees δεῖξαι τὸ στράτευμἁ 
eS Ες oo ae αυτη βουλόμενος ουν 
| ; ἐπι-δεῖξαι ἐξέτασιν 
SOLDIER IN χιτώὠγ. DIANA IN XéTOV. 


ποιεῖται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 
Ι6 τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων. ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς 
Ἕλληνας ὡς νόμος ) avrots™ eis µάχην οὕτω ταχθῆναι 
1798. 1225, 398,n.3. 598,b. 31διο 14. 3966. 1850. 6δ0. 588, b. 
4657,3. 444. 5712. 1175. 892, 1. 526. 6969, a. 15683,8. 653,2. 688. 


7497. 444. 158,38. 394. %Cf. δεῖται αὐτοῦ, 110, 9948. 1519. 638. 670. 80. ἦν, 
611. 308. 4938,b. 4768 117% 879. 584,06 


BOOK I. CHAP. II. 77 


a 
καὶ στΏναι, συν-τάξαι ὃ ἕκαστον τοὺς] ἑαυτοῦ. éra- 
χύησαν οὖν ἐπὶ τεττάρων elye® δὲ τὸ μὲν δεξιὸν Μένων 





VARIOUS FORMS OF GRECIAN HELMETS. 

‘ e ‘ 3 Αν 8 A 9, | , 8 { 
καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὸ δὲ εὐώνυμον Ἰλέαρχος καὶ οἱ 
». 4 δὲ , e » , 7 
ἐκείνου, τὸ δὲ µέσον οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοί. 


Topics for Study. (1) παρά with accusative. (2) ἐφ ff. (8) Case 
after δέοµαι. (4) ἐπὶ τεττάρω», see Introd. 74,76. (5) of σὺν αὐτῷ, οἱ ἑκείνου. 


Ἐθεώρει οὖν 6 Kipos πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς βαρβάρους οἱ 1€ 
δὲ παρ-ήλαυνον τεταγµένοι κατὰ thas καὶ κατὰ Tages’ 
εἶτα δὲ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, παρ-ελαύνων ed ἅρματος καὶ ἡ 





PERSIAN WAR CHARIOT. GREEK WAR CHARIOT. 


Κίλισσα ἐφ ἁρμαμάξης. elyov δὲ πάντες κράνη χαλκᾶ 
καὶ χιτῶνας φοινικοῦς καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ τὰς ἁσπίδας 
ἐκ-κεκαλυμμένας.' ἐπειδῃ δὲ πάντας παρ-ήλασε, στήσας 1 
τὸ appa πρὸ τῆς φάλαγγος µέσης; πέµψας Πίγρητα 
τὸν ἑρμηνέα παρὰ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐκέ- 
10919. 952,92. 424. 548. 2607. 901. 496.1. θα ο εο. ἐθεώρει. 


«9690, 2. 1568,8. 653,38. 583. § 837, cf. ἐποίησε, 13. 528,1. 468. 6671. 97%. 
459. 6656. 


18 


19 


20 


78 ANABASIS. 


λευσε προ-βαλέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα καὶ ἐπι-χωρῆσαι ὅλην τὴν 
dddayya οἱ δὲ ταῦτα προ-εῖπον τοῖς στρατιώταις᾽ 
9 4 > 3 , . ο a 
καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξε προ-βαλόμενοι τὰ oma én-foav. 
ἐκ δὲ τούτου Oarrov* προ-ϊόντων ὃ σὺν κραυγῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ 
αὐτομάτου δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώταιςὸ ἐπὶ τὰς 
a δὲ , 7 8 , 8 9 
σκηνάς, τῶν οὲ BapBapwv' Φόβος" πολύς, Kat 7 τε 
Κίλισσα ἔφυγεν ἐπὶ τῆς ἁρμαμάξης καὶ ot éx® τῆς 
ἀγορᾶς κατα-λιπόντες τὰ ὤνια epvyov. οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες 
σὺν γέλωτι ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνὰς Ίλθον. ἡ δὲ Κίλισσα ἰδοῦ- 
σα” τὴν λαμπρότητα καὶ τὴν τάξιν τοῦ στρατεύματος 
ἐθαύμασε. Kupos δὲ ἤσθη ™ τὸν ἐκ τῶν 3 Ἑλλήνων εἷς 
τοὺς βαρβάρους φόβον idav.” 
Topics for Study. (1) Armor of a hoplite, see Introd. 61,65. (2) 


προβαλέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα. See Introd. 81. (3) xpoiédyrwy, —a peculiarity in the use 
of the genitive absolute. (4) Manner. 


Cyrus journeys through Lycaonia; queen returns escorted by Menon ; 
march to Thoana; traitors executed; pass into Cilicia ; tts 
plain. ' 


> “A 3 ΄ 8 α a 4 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας εἴκο- 
σιν eis Ἰκόνιον, τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν ἐσχάτην. ἐνταῦθα 
ἔμεινε τρεῖς ἡμέρας. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυκαονίας σταθμοὺς πέντε ᾿ 
παρασάγγας τριάκοντα. το πην τὴν χώραν ἐπ έτροψε 
δι-αρπάσαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ws) * Token lay ᾿ οὖσαν. 

Ἐντεῦθεν Kipos τὴν Κίλισσαν eis τὴν Κιλικίαν ἆπο- 

ρ \ , «όν 15 9 » A Fa 
πέµπει τὴν ταχίστην Gddv.” καὶ συν-έπεμψεν αὐτῇ [τοὺς] 

1939. 806,1. 629. 570,d. 10δ4.9. 088. 448,1. 549,b. 3009.0. 897, 4 
805. 80. 467, 74,b. 84,1; 95,5. 39,1. 181, (end). 597,8. 1568. 657,x.1. 
590,9. ®%68. 11738. 379. 584,a. 7729, b. 1085,2. B49. 506,a. 89ο. ἦν, cf. νόμος, § 15. 
9Ἴββ.α. 1225, 898,x.38. 983. 1580, 660,1. 585,d,(end). | "497. 444. 


158,8. $894. 13666,c. 952. 452,1. 6555, a. 18951. 1582. S592. 5665 snd a. 
4978. 1514. 666, ὃ. 698,0. %719,8. 1060. 386. 540. 





BOOK I. CHAP. IL 79 


Γ “~ 4 4 
στρατιώτας οὓς Μένων εἶχεὶ καὶ αὐτόν. Κῦρος δὲ μετὰ 
τῶν ἄλλων ἐξ-ελαύνει διὰ Καππαδοκίας σταθμοὺς τέτ- 
Tapas παρασάγγας εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε εἰς Θόανα, πόλιν 


.— 


! i πο ra oe 
εστία \ CA PP ASD Of ο 
/ i ο μια ο 
| 7 a.) α , a 7 = Ay i ; 


Ee μαι 





5 9. 2 , ‘ 3 , 3 Αα ¥ 
oikgmuevyny, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ἐνταῦθα έμειναν 
ε A, 3 #2 “ 3 , γ ὃ 8 , 
NLEPRS τρεις ἐν ᾧ' Kupos ἀπ-έκτεινεν ἀνθρα”" Πέρσην 
Μεγαφέρνην, Φοινικιστην βασίλειο, καὶ ἕτερόν τινα 
τῶν ὑπάρχων ΄ δυνάστην, αἰτιασάμενος ἐπι-βουλεύειν ὃ 


aura. ὃ 





Topics for Study. (1) Aorist of liquid verbs. (2) διά with gen., with 
acc. (3) τὴν taxlorny ὁδόν. (4) ἀνήρ as an appositive. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπειρῶντο εἰσ-βάλλειν εἷς τὴν Kidtxiay’ ἡ 
δὲ εἰσβολὴ ἦν ὁδὸς ἁμάξιτος ὀρθία ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ ἁμήχανος 
εἰσ-ελθεῖν' στρατεύµατιᾳ et τις ἐκώλυε. ἐλέγετο δὲ 
καὶ Συέννεσις εἶναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων φυλάττων τὴν εἶσββο- 
λήν᾽ διὸ έμειναν ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ πεδίω. τῇ SO ὑστεραίᾳ 
ἧκεν ἄγγελος λέγων ὅτι λελοιπὼς'' εἴη Συέννεσις τὰ 


1359,c. 589. 172, 2. 267. 3μο. χρόνφ, 996. 1026. 486. 61h. 3 625, a. 
6729, 9. 1085,7. 855. 6506, 8. 5946. 1522. 646. 678. 6 Cf. δ abr@, 18, 7 OB2. 
1326. G42. 565. 8% 767. 1165. 878. 598. 99808. 1890. Seealso 832. 1255. 602. 
Cf. also 527; 647, cf. 459,8. 8c. ἡμέρᾳ, cf. ἐν ᾧ, § 20. See 782. 1192. B85. 587, ο, 
2457. 133. 586,1. 466,d. For opt. see 932, 2. | Ι45τ. 673. 669, 8. 


5 


22 


a 


24 


80 ANABASIS. 


Φ 2 \ » 0 1? + Μέ , ; δη ’ 
ἄκρα, ἐπεὶ ᾖσθετοὶ ὅτι τὸ Μένωνος στράτευμα ἤδη ἐν 
Κιλικία tv εἴ av ὀρέων. καὶ ὅτι ή ἦ 4 
ιλικίᾳ ἦν” εἴσω τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ OTL τριήρεις ἤκουε 
, 2 > 9 , 9 λ , A y 5 
Tepi-wrcovocas ἀπ ἸἹωνίας ets Κιλικίαν Ἔαμων ἐέχοντα 
τὰς Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ αὐτοῦ Κύρου. Kupos δ οὖν 
2 , 3 AN N ” » 6 , ‘ \ 
ἀν-έβη ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη οὐδενὸς κωλύοντος, καὶ εἶδε τὰς 
σκηνὰς od’ οἱ Κίλικες ἐφύλαττον. 

Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ κατ-έβαινεν eis πεδίον µέγα καὶ καλόν, 
ἐπίρρυτον, καὶ δένδρων  παντοδαπῶν σύμπλεων ° καὶ 
ἀμπέλων πολὺ δὲ καὶ σήσαμον καὶ µελίνην καὶ κέγχρον 

‘ 4 9 ρ 2 
καὶ πυροὺς Kat κριθὰς Φέρει. Όρος 8 αὐτὸ περι-έχει 
ὀχυρὸν καὶ ὑψηλὸν πάντῃ ἐκ θαλάττης εἰς θάλατταν. 


Topics for Study. (1) Simple supposition. (2) Time, when. (8) 
Rule for modes in indirect discourse. (4) Origin of the adv. οὗ. (5) Declen- 
sion of σύμπλεων. (6) Compare ἐν ᾧ, § 20, ἐκ τούτου, § 17, ἐν als, § 10. (7) 
Describe the route over which Cyrus has passed. (8) Have the cities been 


Φ 


identified? (9) Structure of the trireme. See Introd. 105. 





arch to Tarsus: two companies lost; interview with Syennesis. 


Κατα-βὰς δὲ διὰ τούτου τοῦ πεδίου ἤλασε σταθμοὺς 
τέτταρας παρασάγγας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν eis Ταρσούς, 
τῆς Κιλικίας πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα, ἔνθα ἦν" 
τὰ Συεννέσιος βασίλεια [τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως]. διὰ 
µέσου Ἡ δὲ τῆς πόλεως fet ποταμὸς Κύδνος ὄνομα; εὖρος 
δύο πλέθρων.” ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον οἱ ἐν-οικοῦν- 
τες] μετὰ Συεννέσιος cis χωρίον ὀχυρὸν ἐπὶ ὁ τὰ ὄρη 
πλὴν οἱ τὰ καπηλεῖα ἔχοντες ἔμειναν δὲ καὶ ol παρὰ 
τὴν θάλατταν οἰκοῦντε ἐν ΧΣόλοις καὶ ἐν ‘loots. 


1935,c. 1499. 675,38. 662. 3 Cf. éorparevero. 23, 8192, 757. 1148. 106, 
860. 124, 518, b. 4933, 935. b. 1497,2, (end). 674, 676, 1. 659. 5982. 1588. 
661. ‘586, 4a. 6970. 1152. 657. 589. Τ 100, a. 1137. B88. 5165. 8 783, c. 

140. B&7. 512. 9226. 8305. 119. 74. 10 004. S99,2. 498. 496. 11 Of. µέσής, 
§ 17. 131198. 1058. 337. 6537. 18 729, d. 1035,5. S52 and Ν. 606, a 14 966 ᾿ 
1560. 660, 1. 688. 16 7968. 1225. 898,N.8. 698, b. 





(5029 ν. ght ὃ 


‘ BOOK I. CHAP. II. 81 


ο. δὲ ἡ Συεννέσιος yur) προτέρα Κύρου” πέντε 
ἡμέραις ὃ eis Ταρσοὺς ἀφ-ίκετο. 

Ἐν δὲ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ὀρέων τῇ" εἰς τὸ πεδίον ὅ δύο 
λόχοι τοῦ Μένωνος στρατεύματος ἁπ-ώλοντο' οἱ μὲν " 
ἔφασαν ἁρπάζοντάς τι κατα-κοπῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν Κιλίκων, 
οἱ δ6ὁ ὑπο-λειφθέντας καὶ οὐ δυναµένους εὑρεῖν ' τὸ ἄλλο” 

, 3 9 ε ‘ = 9 
στράτευμα. οὐδὲ τὰς ὁδοὺς εἶτα πλανωμένους ἁπ-ολέσθαι' 
ἦσαν ὃ) οὖν οὗτοι ἑκατὸν ὁπλῖται. 

Topics for Study. (1) Position of otros. (2) Accusative of specifica- 
tion. (3) Verbs of rest with prepositions (eis, ἐπί, παρά, πρὀς) and the acc. 


(4) Construction after the comparative. (5) Measure of difference. (6) 
Construction after φηµί. 


-- ΄ | 
Οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἐπεὶ ἧκον, τήν τε πόλιν [τοὺς Ταρσοὺς] 

, 9 \ A oe 
δι-ήρπασαν, διὰ τὸν ὄλεθρον τῶν συστρατιωτῶν ὀργιζό- 

19 \ \ ld 8 

pevor, καὶ ta βασίλεια τα 
ἐν αὐτῃ. 

Κῦρος δὲ ἐπεὶ εἰσ-ήλασεν 
εἰς τὴν πόλιν, µετ-επέμπετο 
9 , Νε  . ε 
“+ τὸν Συέννεσιν πρὸς ἑαυτόν' 6 
" # > 
ν΄ δ οὔτ πρότερον ovderi™ πω 
᾿ κρείττονι €avrov™ eis χεῖρας 
3 A 15 » ¥ , , 
ἐλθεῖν'ὁ έφη οὔτε τότε Κύρῳ 
ἰέναι ὁ ἤθελε, πρὶν ἡ γυνὴ 
αὐτὸν ἔπεισε" καὶ πίστεις 
ἔλαβε. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐπεὶ συν- 

: 4 ¥ / 
εγένοντο ἀλλήλοις, Συέννεσις μὲν ἔδωκε Kipw χρήματα 
ΔΝ > 4 ao ο δὲ > 4 A a , 

πολλα εἰς τὴν στρατιάν, Kupos ἐκείνω δῶρα a vopi- 

1619,4. 926. 425. 546. 2755. 1158. 363. 517. 393181. 1184. 388. 646, ο. 
«068. 950,2. 452. 552,b. 566,9. 960. £51,1. 55,0. °654,a. 981. 443, 1. 
549, 8. 7946, b. 1523. 669 and 1. 6658. 8613. 312, 1. 493, b. 9948. 1519. 
638. 570. 39966. 6δ0,1. 688. 118003 ὃ ody, 2. 3,7. 12969, b. 1563, 2. 653, 
4. 583. 9712, ΠΠ. 892, 1. 625. 755. 1158. 363. 517. Cf-nara- 


ῆναι, § 25. 16948. 1519. G38. 570. 17924. 1469. 64937. dhh, 8. 18 772. 
1116. 892,1. 686. 





25° 


26 


27 


89 ANABASIS. 


ζεταιὶ παρὰ βασιλεῖ τίμια” ἵππον Χρυσοχάλινον καὶ 
στρεπτὸν χρυσοῦν καὶ ψέλια καὶ ἀκινάκην χρυσοῦν καὶ 
στολὴν Περσικήν, καὶ τὴν χώραν µηκέτι δι-αρπάζεσθαι 'ὃ 
τὰ δὲ ἡρπασμένα ἀνδράποδα, ἦν που ἐν-τυγχάνωσιν," ἆπο- 


λαμβάνειν. \ ; 


Topics for Study. (1) Idiom for ‘into the power of any οπο (2) Con- 
struction after πρίν. (3) Giving presents among orientals. (4) Construction 
after édy or fv. 


The Greeks suspecting the designs of Cyrus refuse to go farther. 
TIT. Ἐνταῦθα eueve’ Kipos καὶ 9 στρατιὰ ἡμέρας 
εἴκωσιν οἱ yap στρατιῶται οὐκ» ἔφασαν ἰέναι τοῦ 
πρόσωἹ ὑπ-ώπτευον yap ἤδη ἐπὶ λέα ἰέναι ὃ µι- 
yap non ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἰέναι'' µι 
A de > 2_N , .4 “ 9 δὲ 
σθωθῆναι δὲ ovK ἐπὶ τούτω ἐφασαν. πρῶτος" δὲ 
ρ \ ea , 9 10 2, κ ε 
Κλέαρχος τοὺς avrov στρατιώτας ἐβιάζετο”' ἰέναι' οἱ 
8 > La ¥, 8 8 ϱ , A 9 ΄ 3 8 
δὲ αὐτόν τε ἔβαλλον καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια τὰ ἐκείνου, ἐπὶ 
apfawro™ προ-έναι. ἈἸλέαρχος δὲ τότε μὲν μικρὸν '" 
ἑξ-έφυγε pi)? κατα-πετρωθῆναι,' ὕστερον Ὁ 8 ἐπεὶ ἔγνω 3 
ὅτι ov δυνήσεται βιάσασθαι, συν-ήγαγεν ἐκκλησίαν 
τῶν αὑτοῦ στρατιωτῶν. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἐδάκρυε 
πολὺν χρόνον ἑστώς"Ἱ ot δὲ ὁρῶντες ἐθαύμαζον καὶ 
ἐσιώπων εἶτα δὲ ἔλεξε τοιάδε. \ 


Topics for Study. (1) οὔ onus. (2) Simple conditional relative clause. 
(3) Redundant use of µή. (4) Position of the reflexive pronoun. (5) Mean- 
ing of ἵστημι in pf. and plpf. (6) ἐκκλησία. See Introd. 2, 82, and Dictionary 
of Greek and Roman Antiquities. 


. Clearchus addresses them. 

“"Avdpes”™ στρατιῶται, py™ Oavpalere ὅτι χαλε 

πῶς φέρω τοῖς παρ-οῦσι mpaypaci.” ἐμοὶ”. γὰρ 
1Ο. 1οῇνΦ. 3198, Ὀ. 907. 841 απὰ1. 684,b. 9948. 1818. 638. 570. 


«998. 14089. 604. 650. 5607. 901. 496, Ἱ. 498,c. 61098. 431,3. 7 760, a. 
11388. 358. 615. 9940. 805,2. 630. 671. 9619, b. 926. 425. 546. 10 $32. 


= 


1255. 527. 459, 8. 11914, B, (2). 1481,2. 625. 616, b. 13319, b. 1060, 867. 
836. 540. 181029. 1615. 434. 572. 144948. 1519. 638. 570. 15 489, 15. 
199. 99. 367. 16-720. 1062. 838. 538. 17 336, 849. 842, 1269. 258, 5365 


870, 456, Ὁ. 1 696. 1005. £82. 19625,a. %1019. 1610. 432,1. 486. Ἡ 118. 
1181. 894. 586,a "768. 1178) 379. 584,48 


BOOK I. CHAP. III. 88 


a A 9 # id 4 > ~ 
ἑένος Kipos éyévero κα pe Φεύγοτα ἐκ τῆς 
, ν 1 9 , 9 
πατρίδος τά τε adda’ ἐἑτίμησε καὶ pupiovs ἐἔδωκε 
δαρεικούς οὓς ἐγὼ λαβὼν οὐκ es τὸ ἴδιον κατ- 
εθέµην ἐμοὶ οὐδὲ καθ-ηδυπάθησα, ἀλλ eis ὑμᾶς 
ἐδαπάνων. | 
έε κ 8 ~ 8 4 ΔΝ 8 ~ 9 ΄ a 
αἱ πρώτον" µεν προς τοὺς Έρᾷκας ἐπολέμησα, καὶ 4 
ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐτιμωρούμην μεθ ὑμῶν, ἐκ τῆς Χερ- - 
, 9 9 2 , ρ a \ 4 
ρονήσου αὐτοὺς ἐξελαύνων βουλομµένους ἀφ-αιρεῖσθαι τοὺς " 
ἐν-οικοῦντας Ἕλληνας τὴν γῆν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ΚΌρος ἐκάλει, 
λαβὼν ὑμᾶς ἐπορευόμην, ἵνα ef τι δέοιτοῦ ὠφελοίην ὃ 
9 4 9 8 @ 7 δ.- 8 ε 5 5 ld > 4 δὲ ε “A 9 
αὐτὸν av’ ὧν' εὖ ἔπαθον ὃ ὑπ ἐκείνου. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὑμεῖς ov 5 
βούλεσθε συµ-πορεύεσθαι, ἀνάγκη δή μοι 7 ὑμᾶς προ- 
δόντα ” τῇ Κύρου gutta” χρῆσθαι ἦ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ψΨεν- 
σάµενον pel ὑμῶν εἶναι. εἰ μὲν δὴ δίκαια ὁ ποιήῄσω 3 


οὐκ οἶδα, αἱρήσομαι δ οὖν ' ὑμᾶς καὶ σὺν . ὑμῖν 


ὅτι ὁ ἂν δέῃ πείσοµαι. καὶ οὕποτε ἐρεῖ οὐδεὶς Ἱ 
ὡς ἐγὼ Ἕλληνας ἀγαγὰν eis τοὺς βαρβάρους, προ- 
δοὺς τοὺς Ἕλληνας τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων φιλίαν 
εἱλόμην, ἀλλ ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς ὃ ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἐθέλετε πείθε- 6 


σθαι, ἐγὼ σὺν ὑμῖν ἕψομαι καὶ ὅτι ἂν δέῃ πείσομῳν a4 
νομίζω yap ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ”» εἶναι καὶ ο καὶ (. 


Ν A 
φίλους καὶ ouppdxous, καὶ σὺν ὑμῖν μὲν ἂν * otuat ο 
> ¢ . ών A ” - 
εἶναι τίμιος” ὅπου ἂν a, ὑμῶν δὲ ἔρημος ὦν οὐκ ἂν, ’ 
ἱκανὸς [οἶμαι] εἶναι ovr” av™ φίλον ὠφελῆσαι Ἄ our 


13119. 1060. 336. 640. 2621,c. 983. 424. 518. 8 Cf. µικρόν, § 2. 6 74. 
1069. 840. 535. 5937. 1503. 677. 662. 6881. 1865. 890. 659 and a. 
'906,8. 108%. 486. 614. 8820. 1241. 518. 499, a. 9 Cf. ἐμοί, § 3. 10941. 
008,1. 661, 1. δ71.ο. "777. 1183. ὦδο,ν. 2930. 1605. 578. 655. %'716,b. 
1054. 834. 536, b. 16 Ag in 213, 15421,a. 426. 16913, 916. 1429, 1484. 623. 
618, 8. 171030. 1619. 483. 487. Cf. οὐδενί, 239. 1 ΛΑ ἵη δ ὂ,. 677. 985. 467. 
557. 19 64. 2. 1159-60. B76. 520, a. 20768. 1173. 379. 52h, a. 31939. 910. 
629. 570, 4. 33 964, (a), 900. 1808 642. 579. 23940. 927. G31. 571. *913. 
916. 1429, 1484. 623. 620, 616, a. 25-753, g. 1112, 1140, 362, 2. 516, 4. 35 See - 
οὐδείς, above. *7 864. 1312. 439, Nn. 2. 28952. 1526. 641. 565. | : 


οο 


=) 


10 


84 : ' ANABASIS. 


dv’ ἐχθρὸν ἀλέξασθαι. ws? ἐμοῦ οὖν iduros ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ 
ὑμεῖς ὃ οὕτω τὴν γνώµην ἔχετε. | 

Topics for Study.’ (1) Difference between οὗ and uh. (2) Cause after 
verbs of feeling. (3) Verbs of depriving. (4) Purpose. (5) Mode of de- 


pendent clause in indirect discourse. (6) Case after χράοµαι. (7) Double 
negative. (8) ἄν with infinitive. ' 


The soldiers applaud ; secret understanding with Cyrus. 
"Ταῦτα εἶπεν οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται οἵ τε αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου 
3’ A 
καὶ ot ἄλλοι ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες [ὅτι ov dain® παρὰ 
id ΄ > ιά Δ A a 8 
βασιλέα πορεύεσθαι] ἐπ-ῄνεσαν παρὰ δὲ Beviov καὶ 
Πασίωνος πλείους ὃ ἡ δισχίλιοι λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα καὶ 
\ , 9 , q 
τα oKevopépa ἐἑστρατοπεδεύσαντο mapa Κλέαρχον. 
A \ A . ο 
Κῦρος δὲ τούτοις ἁπορῶν τε καὶ λυπούμενος µετέ- 
πέµπετο τὸν Kiéapyov' 6 δὲ ἰέναι μὲν οὐκ ἤθελε, 
λάθρ, δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν πέµπων αὐτῷ ἄγγελον 
¥ A € 10 4 ΄ ο ‘\ ρ 
έλεγε θαρρεῖν ws” κατα-στησομένων τούτων εἰς τὸ δέον. 
, > > , > 7 aN > 9 ν 
[μετα-πέμπεσθαι 8 ἐκέλευεν αὐτόν" αὐτὸς 8 οὐκ ἔφη 
ἰέαι.Ἱ pera δὲ ταῦτα συν-αγαγὼν τούς ϐ) ἑαυτοῦ 
στρατιώτας καὶ τοὺς προσ-ελθόντας αὐτῷ) καὶ τῶν 
ἄλλων ' τὸν βουλόμενον, ἔλεξε τοιάδε. 


Topics for Study. (1) Declension of comparatives in -ω». (2) Case 
after ἀπορέω. (3) Infinitive as object (cf. θαρρεῖ», § 8). (4) Adverbs with genitive. 


Clearchus, adroitly setting forth the gravity of the situation, advises 
them to consult their safety. - 


“"Avdpes στρατιῶται, τὰ" μὲν δὴ Κύρου dyrov™ ὅτι 

9 A ο e ρ ay 
οὕτως ἔχει πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὥσπερ τὰ ἡμέτερα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον 
οὖτε γὰρ ἡμεῖς  ἐκείνου ἔτι στρατιῶται, ἐπεί γε ov συν- 


1964. 1812. 439, Nn. 2. 2978. 1508. 656,38. 698, c. 8 sc. ἵητε, 613. 3192, 1. 
498, b. 4112,c. 149,4. 69,1. 18. 5 Cf. οὐκ ἔφησαν, $1: for opt. see 932; 1487; 
G73; 659, a. 6236. 3858. 1391. 149. 7788. 1225. ἄθδ, κ. 8. 598, b. 8 778. 
1181. 392. 586, a. ° 756. 1148. 362.38. 518,b. 109378, 970. 1574, 1568. 656, 3, 
657. 698,¢; 689. 19965. 1119. 894. 525. 13'729, 6. 1088. 855. 6506, a. 
19 906 anda. 1560. 650, 1 and n.1. 582.8,b. 1694, Ὁ, 2ὰ ex. 958. 424. 543, also 
δ07. ὑ. %1049,1,8 16611. 308. 493, b. 


BOOK I. CHAP. IIL 85 


A @ 
(πόµεθα αὐτῷ, οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔτι Huty' µισθοδότης. art 


μέντοι ἁδικεῖσθαι νομίζει td ἡμῶν οἶδα ὥστε καὶ ὃ 


id 4 > ~ 9 20 έλ IN Α 8 4 ΄ 
µετα-πεμποµένου" αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐθέλω ἐλθεῖν, τὸ μὲν µέγι- 
στον ὃ αἰσχυνόμενος ὅτι σύν-οιδα ἑμαυτῷ πάντα ἐψευσμέ- 
"νος αὐτόν, ἔπειτα καὶ δεδιὼς μὴ. λαβών µε δίκἠν ἐπι-θῇ 
ὧν ) νομίζει ὑπ ἐμοῦ ἠδικῆσθαι. ἐμοὶ οὖν δοκεῖ οὐχ dpa 1 
εἶναι ἡμῖν καθ-εύδειν) οὐδ ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν Ἡ αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ 
βουλεύεσθαι ὅτι xph ποιεῖν ἐκ τούτων. καὶ ἕως TE µένο- 
μεν αὐτοῦ 13 σκεπτέον por δοκεῖ εἶναι ὅπως [ώς] ἀσφαλέ- 
στατα μενοῦμεν, el - ἤδη δοκεῖ ἀπιέναι, ὅπως [ως]. 
ἀσφαλέστατα a ἄπιμεν,'' καὶ os τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐξομεν] ἄνε 
γὰρ τούτων οὔτε στρατηγοῦ ὃ ouvre ἰδιώτου ὄφελος οὐδέν. 

ὁ δ ἀνὴρ πολλοῦ ὃ per ἄξιως φίλος ᾧ ἂν Ἱ φίλος ᾖ, 18 
2 > 3 κ ea id κά ad \ 4 
χαλεπώτατος 8 ἐχθρὸς ᾧ ἂν πολέμιος ᾖ, ἔχει δὲ δύναμιν 
καὶ πετην καὶ ἱππικὴν καὶ ναυτικὴν yy πάντες ὁμοίως 
ε Αα / ‘ ‘ ‘ Ν 3 a “ , 
ὁρώμέν τε καὶ ἐπιστάμεθα ' καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ πόρρω δοκοῦμέν 
> 9 18 © me an 9 \dvery 2 , 
μοι avrov™ καθ-ῆσθαι. wore wpa” λέγειν Οτι τις γιγνώ- 
σκει ἄριστον εἶναι. | 


Topics for Study. (1) δῆλον ὅτι. (2) Construction after verbs of 
fearing. (83) €ws-clauses. § (4) Verbals in -réos. (5) Superlative as adv. 
(6) Case with &os. (7) The force of ἄν in a relative clause. (8) Case 
after tw, λάθρᾳ, πόρρω. 


General discussion; return under Clearchus proposed; he refuses 
to lead. 


A 9 4 : 
Tatra εἴπων ἐπαύσατο. ἐκ δὲ τούτου dvl-ctavto οἱ 15 
ν ο) 5 A 9 , 
μεν ἐκ του αὐτομάτου, λέξοντες"ὶ ad ἐγίγνωσκον, οἱ δὲ 


11768. 1178. 379. 584, a. #940. 895,2. 630. 671. 5919. 1578. 656, 3, 
598, b. «930, 969, ο. 1563, 6, 1568. 657, 653, 7. 589, 590. 5719, b. 1060. 336. 
«B40. 982, a. 1590. 661,N.2. 587. Τ 949 andb. 1968. 5385. 456, c. ® 887. 
1878. 594. 474. 9996, a, (2). 1082. 486. 614. For case, see 745 and a, 1121, 367, 
514. OBR. 1521. 641. 566. "Jae. 1102. 856. 511. 12°460,a. 1187. 358. 615. 
3990. 1507. G65. 596, b. 4477, a. 808, 8. 261, 2. 885, b. 15 732. 1085, 8. 
348,1. 508. 1° 753,f. 1185, 358,1. 518,a, 7912, 914,n,(1). 1428, 1481. 620, 
625. 616,2. For case of ᾧ see 765, 1174, 8376, 522. 19 157. 1148. 362,8. 518, bd. 
9611,.. 308. 654. 981. «άδ,]. 649. "969,c. 1568, 4 653, 5. 588, b. 


15 


16 


88 ANABASIS. 


καὶ ὑπ ἐκείνου ἐγκέλευστοι, ἐπωδεικνύντες ola etn” 7 
one ἄνευ Τῆς Κύρου γνώμης καὶ µένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι. 
els δὲ δὴ εἶπε προσ-ποιούµενος σπείδειν ὡς τάχιστα 
πορεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, στρατηγοὺς μὲν: ἑλέσθαι” 
ἄλλους ὡς τάχιστα, εἰδ μὴ" βούλελαὶ Κλέαρχος at- 
άγειν᾽ τὰ O° ἐπιτήδει ἀγοράζεσθαι -- ἡ 8’ ἀγορὰ ἦν ἐν 
τῷ βαρβαρικῷᾠ στρατεύματι-- καὶ συ-σκευάζεσθαι ἑλ- 
θόντας δὲ Kipov® αἰτεν πλοῖα, ὡς ἁπο-πλέοεν ἐὰν 
δὲ μὴ did@° ταῦτα, ἡγεμόνα αἰτεν Kipov doris διὰ : 
φιλίας᾽ τῆς χώρας ἁπ-άξει. ἐὰν δὲ μηδὲ ἡγεμόνα διδῷ, 
συν-τάττεσθαι τὴν ταχίστην, πέµψαι δὲ καὶ προ-κατα- 
ληψοµένουςὃ τὰ ἄκρα, ὅπως μὴ φθάσωσι µήτε Kupos 
µήτε οἱ Κίλικες κατα-λαβόντες, ὧν.) πολλοὺς καὶ πολλὰ 
χρήματα ἔχομεν  ἀν-ηρπακότε. οὗτος μὲν τοιαῦτα 
ele’ μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Κλέαρχος εἶπε τοσοῦτον. 

Ὡς μὲν στρατηγήσοντα | ἐμὲ ταύτην τὴν ππρνα, 
μηδεὶς © ὑμῶν Neyer" πολλὰ γὰρ ἐν-ορῶ δι ad ἐμοὶ ὃ τοῦτο 


οὐ ποιητέον ὡς δὲ τῷ ἀνδρὶ 5 ὃν Ἱ ἂν ἔλησθε πείσοµαι 


7° δυνατὸν μάλιστα, ἵνα εἰδῆτεῖ ὅτι καὶ ἄρχεσθαι 


ἐπίσταμαι ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων. 


Topics for Study. (1) Meaning of εἶπον with infinitive. (2) Supposi- 
tion of the third or more vivid form. (8) Partitive genitive. (4) Case after 
πείθυµαι. (5) Agent after -τέο». (6) Inflection of οἶδα. 


18 


Another shows the folly of asking ships or guide, and suggests that 
a committee wait on Cyrus and learn his intentions. 


A a 8 
Μετὰ τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη, ἐπι-δεικνὺς μὲν τὴν εὖ 
A 8 α > Αα , ιό ο) , 8 
θειαν τοῦ τὰ πλοῖα αἰτειν κελεύοντος, ὠσπερ” πάλιν τὸν 


1932,2. 1487. 6738. 659, 4. On εἶπον w. inf., see 946, b, 669, N., 658, end. 
5808. 1390. 6059. 647. £1021. 1388. 432.1. 488. 5724. 1069. 340. 535. 
6508. 1408. 604. 650. 7670 anda. 971. 483 and1. 652, d. 8966. 1560, 1, 2. 
650, 1. 582. 9984. 1586. 660, N. 585, 8, 10 129, e, a. 1085, Ί. 855, 848. 
δ06, &. 111262. S386, 2. 12982. 15398, 1598. 6671. 586, a. 1339715. 1051. 882. 
536. 41019. 1610. 432, 1. 486. 15991. 1188. 666. 596. 16 164, 2. 1159 
276. 520, a. 17913, 916. 1484. 620, 698. 616, a. 18 G22, 776. 982, 2, 
an 424, 389. 548.586,¢t. %491. 820. 259. $86. 90.978, a. 1576) ( 666, ν 
"93. 


BOOK I. CHAP. πι. 97 


στόλον Κύρου ποιουµένου ἐπι-δεικνὺς δὲ ὡς εὔηθες ein? 
ἡγεμόνα αἴτεῖν παρὰ τούτου ᾧ  λυμαινόμεθα τὴν πρᾶξιν. 
3 \ t Αα ε , 4 4 ὅὃ λ a 5 pe , 
εἰ δὲ καὶ τῷ ἡγεμόνι πιστεύσομεν ὃν ' ἂν Kipos dq, τί 
κωλύει καὶ τὰ ἄκρα ἡμῖν ὃ κελεύεν Ἰῦρον προ-κατα- 
λαβεῖν; ἐγὼ] γὰρ ὀκνοίηνὶ μὲν ἂν eis τὰ πλοῖα ἐμ- 
A Αα 4 ΄ 

βαίνεν ἆ ἡμῖν Soin,” μὴ ἡμᾶς ταῖς τριήρεσι” κατα- 
1 φοβοίμην ὃ ἂν τῷ ἡγεμόνι' @™ doin ἔπεσθαι, μὴ 

ἱ 9 ο 0 9 
ἡμᾶς ἀγάγῃ ὅθεν οὐκ έσται ἐξ-ελθεῖν ''" Bovdoiuny ὃ ἂν 
ἄκοντος © ἀπιὼν Κύρου λαθεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπ-ελθών. ὃ οὐ 
δυνατόν ἐστιν. ἀλλ᾽ ἐγώ dns ταῦτα μὲν φλυαρίας εἶναι 
δοκεῖ δέ µοι avd ἐλθό os Ku ἵτινες ἐπιτή 
µοι ἄνδρας ἐλθόντας πρὸς Kupov, οἵτινες ἐπιτή- 
δειοι, σὺν Κλεάρχῳ ἐρωτᾶν  ἐκεῖνον τί” βούλεται ἡμῖν 
χρῆσθαι' καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἡ πρᾶξις 4 παραπλησία οἵᾳπερ” 
καὶ πρόσθεν ἐχρῆτο τοῖς ξένοις, ἐπεσθαι καὶ ἡμᾶς καὶ μὴ 
κακίους ” εἶναι τῶν πρόσθεν τούτῳ συν-ανα-βάντων ἐὰν .δὲ 
µείζων ἡ πρᾶξις τῆς” πρόσθεν  φαίνηται καὶ ἐπιπονω- 
, N 3 a 908 ΑΔ , e a 
tépa καὶ ἐπικινδυνοτέα, afiour™ 7 πεΐίσαντα ἡμᾶς 
ν a θ , Ν , ρ - κά 4 a 
adyev 4 πεισθέντα πρὸς Φφιλίαν dp-tévar’ οὕτω yap Kat 
© 4 Ἂ ο > 8 ε ϱ a 
evopevor™ ἂν φίλοι αὐτῷ καὶ πρόθυμοι ἐποίμεθα καὶ 
ἁπ-ιόντες ἀσφαλῶς ἂν ἁπ-ίουμεν ὅτι ὃ ἂν πρὸς ταῦτα 
λέγῃ ἀπ-αγγεῖλαι δεθρο΄ ἡμᾶς 6 ἀκούσαντας πρὸς ταῦτα 

βουλεύεσθαι. 

for Study. (1) How do ἔστην and ἕστησα differ in meaning? 


loptative. (3) Accompaniment. (4) Meaning of ἔστι with the 
5) Adjectives of likeness. (6) Circumstantial participle. 






657. 680. 2932, 9. 1487. 678. 659, a. 8767. 1165. 878. 
8, ο. 1891. 602,N.2. 6h1,a. 5916. 1429, 1484. 623. 616,8. * 767. 
1165. 878. 528. 7677. 985. 467. 657. *%872anda. 1827. 563. 476. °919,a 
1489. 6494. 616,b. 93106. 1181. 387. 696,0. 887. 1878. 594. 610, 611, db. 
194172, 1175. 392, 1. 586. 19904. 1031. 484. 613, b. 144949. 1517. 687, 1. 
57h. 15910, 972, b. 1568. 657. 589 and a. 16984. 1586. 660, κ. 685, α. 
11946,8. 1517. So ἔπεσθαι, ἀξιοῦν, awayy., βουλεύεσθαι. G37,1. 678,a. 27797 anda 
1189. 834. 586, b. 19996, a, (2). 1082. 484, Ι. 618, Ὀ. For case, see 73. 1178, 
409,0. 649. Cf. πλείου,δΊἹ. 1755. 1158. 863. 517. %666,c. 952. £82, 1, 
429,1. 655,8. %410,b. 499. 29. 8$16,b. “968. 1568,1. 653. 688. 


Γ-ς 


19 


20 


2) 


88 AN ABASIS. 


Cyrus answering that he wished to punish Abrocomas the soldiers 
resolve to follow, but ask additional pay. 


Ἔδοξε ταῦτα, καὶ dvdpas ἑλόμενοι σὺν Κλεάρχῳ 

Ld A 5». 2 1 aA 4 , a A ς 
πέµπουσιν ob ἠρώτων * Κὔρον τὰ δόξαντα τῇ στρατιᾳ. 6 

3 ΔΝ 

δ) ἀπ-εκρίνατο ὅτι ἀκούοι” ᾿Αβροκόμαν ἐχθρὸν ἄνδρα ἐπὶ 
τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῴ εἶναι) ἁπ-έχοντα δώδεκα σταθμούς! 
πρὸς τοῦτον οὖν ἔφη βούλεσθαι» ἐλθεῖν' κἂν μὲν ᾖ exel, 
τὴν δίκην ἔφη χρῄδειν ἐπι-θεῖναι αὐτῷ, ἦν δὲ φύγῃ, ἡμεῖς 
ἐκεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλευσόμεθα. ἀκούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα ot 
αἱρετοὶ ἀπ-αγγέλλουσι τοῖς στρατιώταις' τοῖς δὲδ ὑποψία 

\ F 9 ¥ 6 9 2 δὲ 25 , φ 
µεν nv ore αγοι προς βασιλέα, ὅμως ἐδόκει ἐπεσθαι. 
προσ-αιτοῦσι δὲ μισθὀν 6 δὲ Κῦρος ὑπ-ισχνεῖται 
ε ὃ , τ 8 8 , ¥ 3 λ 
ἡμιόλον mace δώσειν' ov " πρότερν ἐέφερον, ἀντὶ 
δαρεικοῦ τρία ἡμιδαρεικὰ τοῦ) μηνὸς" τῷ στρατιώτῃ΄ 
σ \ 5 N ΄ ¥ sQ A 3 ~ ¥ > 8 
ὅτι δὲ ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἆγοι οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἤκουσεν ovdels 
ἔν γε τῷ davepo. 

2 
Topics for Study. (1) Constructions admissible after ἁκούω. (2) The 


optative in indirect discourse. (3) Constructions with ὑπισχνέομαι (4) What 
were the usual wages of a Greek soldier ? 


March to Issus; arrival of Tamos and Chirisophus with troops. 


IV. ᾿ἘΕντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέ 
κα ἐπὶ τὸν Ψάρον ποταµόν, οὗ ἦν τὸ εὖρος τρία π = 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας 
τὸν Πύραμον ποταµόν, ov ἦν τὸ εὖρος στάδιον. 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας πεντε- 
καίδεκα εἷς Ἰσσούς, τῆς Κιλικίας ἐσχάτην πόλιν ἐπὶ τῇ 






λ 
b 


1724. 1069. 340. 535. %2932,2. 1487. 678. 669.8. *%946. 1822. 646. 
578. *898. 1409. 604. 650. 5654,¢; 768. 953, 1178. 248,1; 879. 549,b; 58h,a. 
6932,2. 1487. 673. 659,a. 7948,8. 1286. 549,292. 755. 1154. 868. 517. 
$657, ο. 951. 10 759. 1186. See Introd. 64. 8859. 516. 11 @621,b. 988. 49d. 
6438. %706,b. Οἱ. 32. 907. 996. 50%. 394914. 288. 114,9. 1. 





ie ω 
ναυς VWES 


αν νΈ νυν 
ο > νο Ss, BOOK I. CHAP. IV. 89 
~  νῶ Όν ος απ 


ναυ θαλάττῃ οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ἐνταῦθα 
ao La) 8 A 
ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς' Kat Κύρῳ παρῆσαν ai ἐκ Πελοπον- 
νήσου vies τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς ναύαρχος 
Πυθαγόρας Λακεδαιμόνιο.. ἡγεῖτο δ αὐταῖςὶ Tapas 
3 ΄ 9 3 , y 2 “A ce , a ΄ 
Αἰγύπτιος ἐξ Εφέσου, ἔχων" vais ἑτέρας Κύρου πέντε 
καὶ εἶκοσιν, ais ἐπολιόρκει Μίλητον [ore Τισσαφέρνει 
, εκ Ν , 4 9 ο) 
φίλη Hv, καὶ συνεπολέει Κύρῳ πρὸς αὐτόν]. παρῆν 
δὲ καὶ Χειρίσοφος Λακεδαιµόνιος ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν, µετά- 
8 e Ns , ¥ ε ρ 5 4 
πέμπτος" ὑπὸ Κύρου, ἑπτακοσίους έχων ὁπλίτας, wv 
ἐστρατήγει παρὰ Κύὐρῳ. αἱ δὲ vies ὥρμουν παρὰ τὴν 
, , 2 A ‘ e ν 5 s6 
Κύρου σκηνήν. ἐνταῦθα Kat ot παρὰ ᾿Αβροκόμα. 
μισθοφόροι Ἕλληνες ἀποστάντες ᾖλθον παρὰ Κῦρον 
τετρακόσιοι ὁπλῖται καὶ συνεστρατεύοντο ἐπὶ βασιλέα. 


ο μή 
Topics for Study. (1) Two ways of expressing measure. (2) Meaning of 


ἡγέομαι with gen.? with dat.? (3) Dative after adjectives. (4) Verbal in -τᾶς, 


Pass through the Cilician Gates ; retreat of Abrocomas. 


.Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταύ- 
pov ἕνα παρασάγγας πέντε 


Amanides 2 
- — ri 
i 


ME Pylibages 4 ee r ται ἐπὶ πύλας τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ 


τῆς Συρίας. ἦσαν δὲ ταῦτα ὃ 


δύο τείχη, καὶ τὸ μὲν ἔσωθεν Ἰ 
τὸ) πρὸ τῆς Κιλικίας Συέν- 
νεσις εἶχε καὶ Κιλίκων φυλακή, 
«| τὸ δὲ ἔξω τὸ πρὸ τῆς Συρίας 
Ss.) βασιλέως ἐλέγετο φυλακὴ dv- 
; λάττειν. διὰ µέσου δὲ pet τού- 
——- των ποταμὸς Κάρσος ὄνομα, 

εὖρος πλέθρρυὶ ἅπαν δὲ τὸ µέσον τῶν τειχῶν ᾖσαν” 
1767. 1165. 4783 614. 2968,b. 1505. 6δ8, ν.δ. 488,a,(end). 475. 776, 
235. 352. $741. 1109. 856. 510, ο. 5146, vp. 188, 8. 72, e 6052. 466. 


618, a. 1041,Α. 952. £29, 1. 568, d. Cf τῇ, 23. 95318. 1058. S37. 6587. 
010. 904. δ01. 498, 4. 





90 ANABASIS. 


στάδιοι τρεῖς' καὶ παρελθεῖνὶ οὐκ ἦν Blat* ἦν yap 7 
πάροδος στενη καὶ τὰ τείχη εἰς τὴν θάλατταν καθήκοντα, 
ὕπερθεν δ ἦσαν πέτραι ἠλίβατοι ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς τείχεσιν 
ἀμφοτέροις ἐφειστήκεσαν ὃ πύλαι. ταύτης ἕνεκα τῆς 
παρόδου Kipos τὰς vais µετεπέµψατο, ὅπως ὁπλίτας 
ἀποβιβάσειεν εἴσω καὶ ἔζω τῶν πυλῶν βιασοµένους τοὺς 
a he 

πολεμίους eb φυλάττοιενὃ ἐπὶ ταῖς Συρίαις πύλαις, ὅπερ) 
» 4 θε ce) 8 > , ¥ Ν 
ῴετο ποιήσειν ὁ Kupos τὸν ᾿Αβροκόμαν, έχοντα πολυ 
, 9 , \ 9 A > 9» , 9 2 
στράτευµα.. ᾿Αβροκόμας δὲ ov τοῦτ ἐποίησεν, add 
2 \ » nA 9 so” 7 ρ 9 
evel ὖκουσε Kupov ἐν Κιλικίᾷᾳ ovra' ἀναστρέψας ἐκ 
Φοινίκης παρὰ βασιλέα ἀπήλαυνεν, ἔχω», ὡς ἐλέγετο, 
Τριάκοντα µυριάδας στρατιᾶς 7) a 
Topics for Study. (1) Repetition of the article./ (2) Agreement of the 


verb with the predicate. (3) Position of ἁμφότερι. (4) Genitive after ad- 
verbs. (5) Future infinitive. 


March to Myriandus; Xenias and Pasion desert. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ Συρίας σταθµον eva παρα- 
σάγγας πέντε eis Μυρίανδον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην ὑπὸ 
Φοινίκων ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ ᾿ ἐμπόριον" δ ἦν τὸ χωρίον καὶ 
φ . i , 9 ap ν e »- 
ὥρμουν αὐτόθι ὀλκάδες πολλαί. evravd έμειναν ἡμέρας 
ἑπτά' καὶ Ἐενίας 6 ᾿Αρκὰς [στρατηγὸς] καὶ Πασίων 
6 Μεγαρεὺς ης els πλοῖον καὶ τὰ πλείστου” 


ἄξια ἐνθέμενοι" ἀπέπλευσαν, ws μὲν τοῖς πλείστοις 


ἐδόκουν 3 Φιλοτιμηθέντες ὅτι τοὺς στρατιώτας αὐτῶν 


. τοὺς παρὰ Κλέαρχον ἀπελθόντας Ὁ ὡς ἀπιόνταξ εἰς τὴν 
Ἑλλάδα πάλιν καὶ. οὐ «πρὸς βασιλέα εἴα 


1 Kupos τὸν 


Κλέαρχον ἔχειν.’ ἐπεὶ 5 ἦσαν ἀφανεῖ, διῆλθε λόγος 


1949. 1517. 637. 57). 2776. 1181. 387. 586,98. *%358,8. 509. 258. 
$68. 4758. 1220,6. 362,3; 418. 518,c; 599.  5Cf. déorr0, 84, ° 855, a. 1916, 
548. 677 anda. 17982. 1588. 661. 586,9. 9799,.9. 1085,7. 355. 506,a. % 669. 
956. 449. 6551,g. °753,f. 1185. 353,1. δα. "813. 12428. 504. 
600,b 944, 8; of. Απόλλων, 39. Gd. δω 3906. 1560. 650. 579. 
%359. 6587. 172, 2. | ° 


BOOK I. CHAP. IV. 91 


ὅτι διώκοι' αὐτοὺς Kdpos τριήρεσι' καὶ of μὲν ηὔχοντο 
ὡς δειλοὺς ὄντας αὐτοὺς ληφθῆναι, οἱ ὃ ὤκτειρο εἰ 
ἁλώσοιντο” _Kipos δὲ συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 8 
. εἶπεν. 
(᾿Απολελοίπασιν ἡμᾶς Ἐενίας καὶ Πασίων. ἀλλ εὖ 
γε peta ἐπιστάσθων ὅτι οὔτε ἁἀποδεδράκασιν olda 
γὰρ ὅπῃ οἴχονται' οὔτε ἀποπεφεύγασιν exw γὰρ τριή- 
pes ὥστε ἐλεῖν τὸ ἐκείνων  πλοῖον ἀλλὰ pa* τοὺς 
θεοὺς οὐκ ' ἔγωγε ον διώξω, οὐδ ἐρεῦ ovdeis® ὡς -- 
ἐγὼ ἕως μὲν ἂν παρῇ τις χρῶμαι, ἐπειδὰν δὲ dim phe. be pe 
έναι βούληται, cv\d\aBov gi αὐτοὺς κακῶς ποιῶ Kal) 
τὰ χρήματα ἀποσμλᾶῶ: λλὰ ἐόντων, "εἶδότες ὅτι 
κακίους εἰσὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς ἢ ἡμεῖς περὶ ἐκείνου.. καίτοι 
ἔχω ye αὐτῶν καὶ τέκνα καὶ yuvaixas ἐν Τράλλεσι 
φρουρούμενα᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τούτων ὃ στερήσονται, ἀλλ ἀπο- 
λήψονται τῆς πρόσθεν Ὦ ἕνεκα περὶ ἐμὲ ἀρετῆς.᾽ 
Καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα εἶπεν οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες, εἴ τις. καὶ ν 
ἀθυμότερος ἦν πρὸς τὴν ἀνάβασιν, ἀκούοντες τὴν Κύρου 
ἀρετὴν ἵἥδιον καὶ προθυµότερον ™ συνεπορεύοντο. 


«πας 


λ 


Topics for Study. (1) The article and predicate nominative. (2) Com- 
pare the aorist and present participles. (3) Classes of deponent verbs. (4) 
Conjugate the imperfect of ἑάω. (5) ἀποδιδράσκω and ἀποφεύγω as synonyms. 
(6) Verbs of depriving. 


Reaching the Euphrates, Cyrus informs the Greeks that he is march- 
tng against the king; they are angry and demand a bounty. 


4 a a 
Mera ταῦτα Kupos ἐξελαύνε σταθμοὺς τέτταρας 
΄ 
παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Χάλον ποταµόν, ὄντα 
4 ρ 
τὸ εὖρος πλέθρου, πλήρη δ ἰχθύωνῖὸ μεγάλων καὶ 


1982,0. 1487. 673. 659,84. 2907. 1490; also 855, a. 1287. 548, 677. 658. 
SCf. 6744. 977%. 457,2. 554 ff. 4723. 1066. S44. 632. 51030. 1619. 
433. 1487. 6914,8,(1). 1481. 625. 616,a. 1724. 1069. 340. 525. 8 748,80 
1071. 862, π. 609, 4. 9496. 1248. δ1δ6δ, 1. $98. 10 666, ο. 952. 4δ14, 1. 6656, a. 
11 $93; 804,c. 1890, 1895. GO2. 647. %649,b. €26,1. %758. 1112, S687. 


612. 


94 ANABASIS. 


rn Ae ῦτα ἐπεί ὶ t 


σαντες ταῦτα ἐπείθοντο καὶ διέβησαν πρὶν τοὺς 
y a 
ἄλλους ἀποκρίνασθαι. Kupos 8 ἐπεὶ ᾖσθετρ διαβε- 
, ι ο \ A A 
βηκότας, ὔσθη τε καὶ τῷ oTparedpate πέµψας Τλοῦν 
4 3 Ν ld > » / = 5 > . 
εἶπεν, “΄ Εγὼ µέν. ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐπαινῶ' ὅπως δὲ 
Ν ο) .. 3 Ul 
Kal ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ ἐπαυμάσετε" ἐμοὶ µελήσει, ἢ µηκέτιὃ µε 
“~ ? 1. 22 e 8 Ν Α 3 3 
17 Κῦρον νομίζετε. ol μὲν δὲ στρατιῶται ἐν ἐλπίσι 
μεγάλαις ὄντες NUXOVTO αὐτὸν εὐτυχῆσαι, Μένωνι dé, 
καὶ δῶρα édéyero* πέµψαι µμεγαλοπρεπῶς. ταῦτα δὲ 
ὃ , δὲ Ν Ν ¥ Vd 
ποιήσας διέβαινε συνείπετο δὲ καὶ τὸ ἄλλο oTpdrevpa 
ο σ “~ 
αὐτῷ ἅπαν. καὶ τῶν διαβαινόντων τὸν ποταμὸν οὐδεὶς 
9 , A - ε 9 A a e 
18 ἐβρέχθη ἀνωτέρω τῶν μαστῶν [vd τοῦ ποταμοῦ]. οἱ 
\ ‘ ω 
δὲ Θαψακηνοὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐπώποθ ὃ οὗτος 6 ποταμὸς 
διαβατὸς γένοιτο πεζῃ ei μὴ ὁ τότε, ἀλλὰ πλοίοις, a τότε 
9 , ee 4 , ; ο 4 ~ ων 
Αβροκόµας προϊὼν κατέκαυσεν, ἵνα μὴ Kipos διαβῇ 
ἐδόκει δὴ θεῖον εἶναι καὶ σαφῶς ὑποχωρῆσαι τὸν ποτα- 
. 7 ε , 
pov Κύρῳ' ws βασιλεύσοντι. 


“ 


7 


Topics for Study. (1) Constructions after πρίν. . (2) Original form of 
ἤσθη. (3) Construction after verbs of attention, care, effort. (4) Accent of 
dea Bj. Z 


March along the left bank of the Euphrates, through a desert 


country abounding in game. 


19 Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Συρίας σταθμοὺς ae 
παρασάγγας πεντήκοντα' καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται πρὸς. τὸν 
᾿Αράξην ποταµόν. ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν κῶμαι πολλαὶ μεσταὶ ὃ 
σίτου καὶ ὀΐνου. ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ 
ἐπεσιτίσαντο. | 


10Ο, 982. 1588. 661. 5686, 8: ος, βουλευομένους, 17. 2885. 1872. 593. 638. a. 
$1018, 1019. 1610. 441, 1. 486. 4944. 634. 57h, a. 51022. 1608. 670, 3. 
"905, 8,1. 1414. 626,1. 666, α. 1162. 1160. 378. 523. § 953,60. 1112, 1140. 
857. 618. 


BOOK I. CHAP. V 95 






V. Ἐντεῦθεν ἐζελαύνει διὰ τῆς ᾿Αραβίας τὸν Εὐφράτην } 
᾿ ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχων σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους πέντε παρα- 
σάγγας τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ 
nw > 8 ε , 9 
τῷ τόπῳφ ἦν μὲν ἡ γῆ πεδίον ἅπαν ὁμαλὲς 
| ὥσπερ θάλαττα, ἀψινθίου δὲ πλῆρες 3 εἰ 
soos δέ τι καὶ ἄλλο éviv ὕλης" 7 καλάμου, 
ας ο 5 sy 9 ; .. 82 
ἅπαντα ἦσαν ev ὥσπερ ἀρώματα' dé 2 
3 SQA 2 A nd Ν aA 
Spov ὃδ οὐδὲν ἐνῆν, θηρία δὲ παντοῖα, 
a ¥ ‘ Q ε / 
πλεῖστοι ὄνοι ἄγριοι, πολλαὶ δὲ στρουθὶ ai peya- 
λαι ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ ὠτίδε καὶ δορκάδε ᾽ ταῦτα δὲ 
8 2 e ε a 3Q 7 NX 6 ὴ 
τὰ θΘηρία οἱ ἱππεῖς ἐἑνίοτε ἐδίωκον. καὶ οἱ μὲν 
5 προδραµόντες ἑστασαν. πολὺ 
γὰρ τῶν ἵππων .érpexov θᾶττον καὶ πάλιν, ἐπεὶ 
ε φ ον 7 
πλησιάζοιεν ου (ιπποι, ταύτον 
λαβεῖν εἰ μὴ διαστάντε οἱ ἱππεῖ θηρῷεν διαδεχό- 
4 A “~ e A F ? 
µενο. Ta δὲ κρέ τῶν ἁλισκομένων ἦν παραπλήσια 
τοῖς ἐλαφείοις, ἁπαλώτερα δέ. στρουθὸν δὲ οὐδεὶς 
ἔλαβεν. | 


Οἱ δὲ διώξαντες τῶν ἱππέων 






OSTRICH. 


3 9 νὰ F 
ὄνοι, ἐπεί τις διώκοι, 


9 , 8 3 is 
εποιονν, και ουκ ην 


10 


ο» 


9 , : 4 
ταχυ ἐπαύοντο᾽ πολυ 
ΝΔ QA 4 
γὰρ ἀπέσπα φεύγουσα, τοῖς μὲν oot" δρόμῳ,' ταῖς 
δὲ πτέρυξιν αἴ ὦ ἰστίῳ © i ὰς δὲ 
πτέρυξιν αἴρουσα, ὥσπερ ἰστίφ χρωµένη. τὰς δὲ 
9 3 4 
ὠτίδας ἄν τις ταχὺ ἀνιστῇ ἔστι λαμβάνειν' πέτονται 
4 9 ρ λ 8 , λ 
γὰρ Bpaxd ὠσπερ πέρδικες καὶ ταχὺ ἁπαγορεύουσι. τὰ 
‘ A 9 
δὲ κρέα αὐτῶν ἤδιστα Hp. 
4 4 Αα 
Πορευόμενοι δὲ διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας ἀφικνοῦνται 4 
9 4 9 , _ 4 , ΑΦ A 2 A 
emt τὸν Mackay ποταμὀν, τὸ evpos πλεθριαῖον. ἐνταῦθα 
3 , 2 7 , » > a 
qv πόλις ἐρήμη, µεγάλη, ὄνομα 8° αὐτῇ Kopowry: 
16291, ο: αἰπο 661. 982. 494. 649. 2758,c. 11191140. 857. 512. ο 
εἴτις 4ο. «9,9. 1085,7. 355. 506,a. 5894,2; 914, η, (2). 1499, 1431. 608, 
625. 660, 629. 6 849, ο. 1269. 535. 456, b; 467. 136. 42. 43. 35. 5949. 
1511. 6827. 574. 9773. 1175. &892,2. 522. 19 129, ϱ. 1085,7. 855. 606,48. 


nyy7. 1188. 887,x. 316. 1181. 887. 586,a %777,8. 916. 820 (cf. last 
ο} 547 (of. Inst ος.) 


& 


ό 


a 


96 - ANABASIS. 


A ὃ 9 € 8 “A 4 Ὠ a 9 υθ' 
περιερρεῖτο αυτη ὑπὸ του Μάσκα κύκλφ.' ένταυ 
ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τρισκαίδεκα 
παρασάγγας ἐνενήκοντα τὸν Ἑὐφράτην ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ 
ν ὰ 9 A 9 4 , ; 
έχων, καὶ ἀφικνειται ἐπὶ Πύλα 


Topics for Study. (1) µεστός λήρης. (2) Extent of the Arabian 
desert. (3) Omission of the articlé (with βασιλεύς, δεξιός etc.), H. 660, 661. 
(4) Declension of xpéas. (5) Explain accent of ἐνῆν, ἐνῆσαν. (6) w in ἅπα- 
λώτερα. (7) ppin wepteppetro. (8) Μάσκα. 


Scarcity and price of provisions ; an instance of good discipline. 


a α Α 8 ~ ε 4 9 ΄ 
Ἐν τούτοις τοῖς σταθμοῖς πολλὰ τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἀπώ- 
Aero? ὑπὸ λιμοῦ' ov γὰρ ἦν χόρτος οὐδὲ ὃ ἄλλο" οὐδὲν 
δένδρον, ἀλλὰ ψιλὴ Fv 
9 ε | ε \ 
ἅπασα ἡ χώρα οἱ δὲ 
ἐνοικουντες Όνους ἁλέτας 
παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν ὁρύτ- 
τοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες εἰς 
Βαβυλῶνα Fyov καὶ ἐπό- 
| λουν καὶ ἁἀνταγοράζοντες 
. A ν 4 , 
MILL AND SECTION OF UPPER (ὄνος σιτον ἔζων. TO δὲ στρα” 
ἀλ STONE. A ‘ 
ome) Tevpa ὁ otros ἐπέλιπε, Kat 
ο ΄ 9 9 “A η) 
πρίασθαι ” οὐκ ἦν εἶ μὴ ἐν τῇ Λυδίᾳ ayopa ἐν τῷ Κύρου 
A 6 3X. , 
BapBapixa, τὴν καπίθην ddetpov” 7 ἀλφίτων τετταρων, 
: ‘ , λ ; 
clyhov.? 6 δὲ σίγλος δύναται ἑπτὰ ὀβολοὺς καὶ ἡμιωβό- 
3 8 
λιον ᾽Αττικούς ἡ δὲ καπίθη δύο χοίνικας ᾿Αττικὰς ἐχώρει. 
“ α΄ 11 9) 
κρέα οὖν eaOlovtes of στρατιῶται Breylyvovto. av" δὲ 
“A a ad , a 14 ¥ 
τούτων τῶν otabpov™ ovs™ πάνυ μακροὺς ” ὔλαυνεν, 
, ΑΔ 
ὁπότε ἢ πρὸς ὕδωρ βούλοιτοὁ διατελέσαι 7 πρὸς χιλόν. 
116. 1181. 389. 526, b. Cf. ἔπαθον ὑπ' 8. 31080. 1619. 488. 487. 
4705, 966, 2. 492, N.2 SCL. οὐκ ἦν λαβεῖν, § 2. 9199, f. 1085, 4. 352 and κ. 
606,b. 7746. 1199. 353. 618. 93190. 1062. 338. 538. 39616. 924,(b). 491. 
30 Cf. Aéyr Sve, 2%, 3998. 1029. 486,Ν. θα. 732. 1094,7. 85%,1. 608. 


18715. 1037. S32. 686. «694, band Σα. 919. 302. 647. %914, ο. 1481, % 
625. 616. . . 





--. = 


(ο rl mone : 
BOOK I. CHAP. τ. Wn 97 


_— 


νε 

Καὶ δη ποτε στενὀχωρίας καὶ πηλοθ φανέντος ταῖς 
ε 4 1 > 7 ε A Ν A Ν 
ἁμάξαις  δυσπορεύτου ἐπέστη ὁ Κῦρος σὺν τοῖς περὶ 
> A > 2 N 9 ιό A 4 a“ 
αὐτὸν ἀρίστοις καὶ εὐδαιμονεστάτοις καὶ ἔταξε Τλοῦν 
8 id / A en ο 2 
καὶ Πίγρητα λαβόντας τοῦ BapBapixov στρατοῦ” συν- 


ρ \ « 3 \ 3 36 7 
εκβιβάζειν τὰς ἁμάξας. ἐπεὶ ὃ ἐδό- 

ῃπ.κκστν κε πι ο a φ 
names Κουν αυτῷ σχολαίως πο κκ ασπερ 

A ld 9 8 
ὀργῇ ἐκέλευσε Τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν Πέρ- 
ROYAL NECKLACE. : 
σας τους κρατίστους συνεπισπεῦσαι 
τὰς ἁμάξας. vba δὴ µέρος τι τῆς εὐταξίας ἦν θεάσα- 
α 9 \ a , 4 9 ν 
σθαι." ῥίψαντες γαρ τους πορφυροῦς κάνδυς᾽ οπου ἐτυ- 
xe © ἑκαστος ἑστηκώς, ἵεντο ὥσπερ ἂν δράμοιῖ τις 
περὶ νίκης καὶ pada κατὰ πρανοῦς 
¥ [ή A 
γηλόφου, έχοντες τοὺς τε πολυτελεῖς 
; la \ [LA 

χιτώνας καὶ ‘Tas ποικίλας ἀναξυρί- 
Sas, ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ στρεπτοὺς περὶ 
τοῖς τραχήλοις καὶ ψέλια περὶ ταῖς 
ως χερσίν' εὐθὺς δὲ σὺν τούτοις εἰσπη- 
, > ‘ ‘ aN a 9 a ¥ 8 
δήσαντες εἰς τὸν πηλὸν θᾶττον Hy ws Tis ἂν qero 
µετεώρους ὃ ἐξεκόμισαν τὰς ἁμάξας. 





9 9 


Topics for Study. (1) Ancient mills. (2) Relations expressed by the 
circumstantial participle. (3) Material. (4) Price. (5) ἔστιν (ἦν) of. 
(6) Verbs that admit a supplementary participle. (7) περί with acc., dat., gen. 
(8) Formation of the adverb. 


hy Cyrus marched so rapidly; traffic across the river. 


To de σύμπαν ” δῆλος Ἡ ἣν Kipos ὡς Ὀπεδων πᾶσαν 
A e 


12 ~e 


\ 
τὴν ὁδὸν. καὶ οὗ διατρίβων ὅπον μὴ salad ch liga 


- 


τινος ἄλλου ἀναγκαίου ἐκαθέζετο, νοµίζων, ὅσῳ Ὁ μὲν 


1 163. 1165. 378: 625. 2736. 1097. 356. 508. 3949. 1517. 637. 57h. 
6 904. 257. See Introd. 27. 110,1. 132. 5984. 1586. 660,N. 585, a. 6 $49. 
1°63. 635. 456, υ. 18679 απᾶ a. 13827. S63. 476. § $95, 903. 1397, 1418. S668. 
649: cf. 633,%. 9 Cf. µακρούς, §7. 1919, b. 1060. 336. 540. 981. 1589. 634, 
660, N.; cf. last ex. 585, a. Cf. ἀνιώμενος, 211, 2720. 1062. 838, Nn. 688. 
B%81,s. 118. 888. 526, c. 
Ἡ. & We ANAB am 7 





Or 


ul 


12 


98 ANABASIS. 


θᾶττον ἔλθοι, τοσούτῳ ἀπαρασκευοτέρῳ βασιλεῖ μαχεῖ- 
σθαι᾽ cow δὲ σχολαίτερον, τοσούτῳ πλέον συναγείρε- 
σθαι βασιλεῖ' στράτευμα. καὶ συνιδεῖν" ὃ ἦν τῷ προσ- 
έχοντιὃ τὸν νοῦν ἡ βασιλέως ἀρχὴ πλήθει 5 μὲν χώρας 

ν΄ 5 6 , Φ 7 A δὲ 3 6 
και ἀνθρώπων ἰσχυρὰ οὖσα, Tors O€ µήκεσι 

8 ων 8 8 ὃ , ρ 3 ὃ Ν 
καὶ Τῷ διεσπάσθαι ' tas ὀυμάμεις ἁσθενής, εἰ τις δια 
ταχέων τὸν πόλεμον ποιοῖτο. 


τῶν ὁδῶν 


Πέραν δὲ τοῦ Εὐφράτου ποταμοῦ κατὰ τοὺς ἐρήμους 
σταθμοὺς ἦν πόλις εὐδαίμων καὶ µεγάλη, ὄνομα δὲ Χαρ- 
µάνδη' ἐκ ταύτης οἱ στρατιῶται ἠγόραζον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, 
σχεδίαις διαβαίνοντες ὧδε. διφθέρας ds εἶχον στεγά- 
σµατα” ἐπίμπλασαν χόρτου κούφου, εἶτα συνῆγον καὶ 

, ε ν ο 10 .* , his. ο . 2k 
συνέσπων, ὡς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι τῆς κάρφης τὸ ύδωρ ἐπὶ 

, , Ν δν 7 κ 3 4 a + 
τούτων διέβαινον καὶ ἐλάμβανον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, οἶνόν τε 
ἐκ τῆς βαλάνου πεποιηµένον τῆς" ἀπὸ τοῦ Φοίνικος καὶ 
σῖτον µελίνης' τοῦτο. γὰρ ἦν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ πλεῖστον. 

Topics for Study. (1) ὅσφ... τοσούτφ. (2) Dative in looser rela- 


tions. (3) Respect (4) Analysis of διεσπάσθαι and συνέσπων. (5) ὡς with 
infinitive. (6) Verbs of touching. 


Clearchus punishes one of Menon’s soldiers, is assaulted ; calls to 
arms; Cyrus, coming up, averts bloodshed. 


᾽Αμϕιλεξάντων δέτι ἐνταῦθα τῶν τε Μένωνός του στρα- 
”~ A ~ ~ a ε ιό 3 A 
τιωτῶν καὶ τῶν τοῦ Κλεάρχου, 6 Κλέαρχος κρίνας ἀδικεῖν' 
τὸν τοῦ Μένωνος πληγάς ἐνέβαλεν 6 δὲ ἐλθὼν πρὸς 
τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα ἔλεγεν' ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ στρα- 
τιῶται ἐχαλέπαινον καὶ ὠργίζοντο ἰσχυρῶς τῷ Κλεά 
X PY σχυρω» Tq ρ 
a 4 ~A ε - , 4 4 

xo» τῇ δὲ airy ἡμέρᾳ ὃ Κλέαρχος ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὴν 
1989, α. 1497, 3. See Introd. 93, 95. 673. 604. 3946. 1599. 646. 578. 
767. 1165. 378. 523. 4949. 151%. 637, 1. δι.  *771,a,b. 1884. 382. 
528, a. 6780. 1182. 890. 6527, b. 1982. 1558. 661. 686, 4a. ® 958, 959. 
1547. 640. 575. ϱ 726. 1080. B42. 53k. 10953; 1054, {. 1456. 898. 666, b. 


3 88. 1099. B56. 6510, b. 1008. 959,2. 452. 552, b. 15 Cf. 630. 464. 
%650,b. 497,1. %764,2. 1160. 376. δβ0,8. 782. 1192. 885. 587, 6. 





BOOK L CHAP. V. 99 


διάβασιν τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ éxet κατασκεψάµενος τὴν ἆγο- 
κ , > ἃ 8 « “A 8 5 X . “A 4 
pay ἀφιππεύει ἐπι THY έαυτου σκηνην O1a του Μένωνος 

, ‘\ 2\ 7 al Ν 3. A Se 
στρατεύματος συν ὀλίγοις τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν Kupos 
οὕπω Ίκεν, GAN ἔτι προσήλαυνε᾽ τῶν δὲ Μένωνος 
στρατιωτῶν ξύλα σχίζων τις ὡς εἶδε Κλέαρχον διελαί- 

4 a 32 . ϕ 4 > ABQ wo 2 
νοντα, ἴησι τῇ ἀξίνῃ' καὶ οὗτος µεν αυτου" ἥμαρτεν 
ἄλλος δὲ λίθῳ καὶ ἄλλος, εἶτα πολλοί, κραυγῆς Ύενο- 
µένης. 6 δὲ καταφεύγει eis τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα, καὶ 13 

3 8 la 9 8 σ 8 8 4 € ΄ 
εὐθὺς παραγγέλλει εἰς τὰ Oma’ καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας 
αὐτοῦ ἐκέλευσε μεῖναι τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ Ὑόνατα 
θέντας, αὐτὸς δὲ λαβὼν τοὺς Θρᾷκας καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας 
ot ἦσαν αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ στρατεύµατι πλείους ἢ τετταρά- 

4 b | e A a“ ¥ > oN 8 
κοντα, τούτων δὲ of πλεῖστοι Θρᾷκες, ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ τοὺς 
Μένωνος, wor’ ἐκείνους, ἐκπεπλῆχθαι ' καὶ αὐτὸν Μένωνα, 

‘ , Se ee Se \ 9 5 2 A 

καὶ τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα ' οἱ δὲ καὶ έστασαν ὃ ἀποροῦντες 

~ 0 
τῷ πράγματι. a 
- 7 las vu 6 4 ree. © ‘ . 

Topics for Study. (1) Time, when, how long. (2) Future of verbs in 


άζω, (ζω. (2) Declension of πλείονε. (8) Force of perfect, infinitive, and 
participle. (4) ο. of perfect and pluperfect act. of ἵστημι. 


Ba. oh, San 
ο οὐ Se δ 2 , ν 4 φ 6 ἃ 
ο Πρόξενος --- ἔτυχε yap ὕστερος ὃ προσιὼν καὶ 14 
a, 9 «A e ld A e ~ Cw ah) > > 8 
τάξις αὐτῷ ἑπομένη τῶν ὁπλιτῶν --- εὐθὺς οὖν εἰς τὸ 
ὶ , 9 2 Ν ¥ . ¢ ν σος ο a 
µέσον ἀμφοτέρων ἄγων ero τὰ ὅπλα καὶ ἐδεῖτο τοῦ 
Κλεάρχου: μὴ ποιεν ταῦτα. 6 ὃ ᾿ἐχαλέπαινεν ὅτι 
αὐτοῦ ὀλίγου ὃ δεήσαντος» καταλευσθῆναι πρως λέγοι ” 
τὸ αὑτοῦ πάθος, ἐκέλευσέ τε αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ µέσου ἐξίστα- 
9 , \ 5 8 A 4 3 9 
σθαι, εν «τουτῳ.. δὲ έπ]ει καὶ Kupos καὶ ἐπύθετο τὸ 15 
πρᾶγμα  εὐθὺς & ἔλαβε τὰ παλτὰ eis γὰς χεῖρας καὶ 
σὺν τοῖς παροῦσι τῶν πιστῶν heey ἐλαύνων εἰς τὸ 
1068... 9ὔ9,3. 452. 658,b. 3116. 1181. 387. δᾳδ,α. 9748. 1099. 369, 1. 
600,9. $1975. 534; cf. 851, b. 663,475. 53886. 505. 258. 870. ο Οἱ. προτέρα, 2™. 


3Cf. δεῦται αὐτοῦ, 110. 743,b. 1112. S56. 61%. 970. 1568. G57. 589. ®*925,b. 
1506. 5908,n. 683. 


a /. i 
κ σον 


17 


100 ANABASIS. 


µέσον, καὶ λέγει τάδε. “Kdéapye καὶ Πρόξενε καὶ οἱ 
¥ e - 3 σ 9 ¥ 9 ‘a > 
ἄλλοι οἱ παβόντες Ἓλληνες, οὐκ ἰστε OTL ποιειτε. et 
γάρ τινα ἀλλήλοις µάχην συνάψετε) Ῥρμίζετε ἐν τῇδε 
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐμέ τε κατακεκόψεσθαι” καὶ ὑμᾶς ov πολὺ 
ἐμοῦ» ὕστερον κακῶς yap τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐχόντων 
πάντες οὗτοι οὓς ὁρᾶτε βάρβαροι πολεμιώτεροι ἡμῖν 
ἔσονται τῶν ὃ παρὰ βασιλεῖι ὄντων.͵ 

3 ιο ο) ε ΄ 3 e ων 3 x 

Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Ἐλέαρχος ἐν έαυτῷ ἐγένετο" Kat 
παυσάµενοι ἀμφότεροι κατὰ χώραν ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Greek use of ὕστερος, πρότερος, πρῶτος. (2) 
Meanings of τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα. (3) Inflection of indicative of οἶδα. (4) Mean- 
ings of παύω, παύομαι. 


First traces of the enemy; Orontas, his treachery and arrest. 

VI ᾿Εντεῦθεν mpotdvrwv® ἐφαίνετο ἴχνη ἵππων καὶ 
κόπρος΄ εἰκάζετοῦ 3° εἶναι 6 στίβος ὡς δισχιλίων ἵππων.' 
οὗτοι προϊόντες ἔκαον καὶ χιυλὸν καὶ. εἴ τι ἄλλο χρή- 
σιµον ἦν. ἐνν αι |- ο ie 

Ὀρόντας δὲ Πέρσης ἀν]ὴρ γένει" τε προσήκων βασιλεῖ 
καὶ τὰ πολέμια” λεγόμενος ἐν τοῖς ἀρίστοις Περσῶν 
ἐπιβουλεύει Kipw καὶ πρόσθεν πολεμήσας, καταλλαγεὶς 
δέ. οὗτος Κύρῳ εἶπεν, ei αὐτῷ Soin" ἱππέας χιλίους, 
ὅτι τοὺς προκατακάοντας ἱππέας ἢ κατακάνοι ἂν ἑνεδρεύ- 
σας ᾖ ζώντας πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἂν edo.” καὶ κωλύσειε τοῦ 


κάειν 1 


3 / ‘ / 9 , 4 
ἐπιόντας, καὶ ποιήῄσειεν ὥστε µήποτε δύνασθαι 
4 A A 
αὐτοὺς ἰδόντας Ta Κύρου orpdrevpa βασιλεῖ διαγγεῖλαι. 
A N , 93 , aA 99 7 9 αλ κ 
τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ ἀκούσαντι ταῦτα ἐδόκει ὠφέλιμα εἶναι, καὶ 


3 [ή 3 ἃ / ld 2 € 4 ων 
ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν λαμβᾶνειν µέρος παρ ἑκάστου τῶν 


:ἡγεμόνων. 


1899. 1405. 609. 648. 2850, α. 1266. δ8δ. ν. 4&8. 9648. 1158. «96, 2. 
δ17. 4Cf. δεήσαντος,Β 14. 5Ο. 211. 99,4. 1565. 657,N.1. 590,a. %357,a. 519. 
178,1. 265,b. 7732. 1094. 348,1. 506. 93116. 118). 390. 527,b. © 764,2. 
1159 (end). 376. 520,08. 718. 1058. 337. 687. 900. 1408. G08. 661. 
"$748. 1117. 862,1. 608, 8. 


BOOK I. CHAP. VI. 101 


1 Ν 
τους 3 


‘O & Ὀρόντας νοµίσας ἑτοίμους εἶναι αὑτῷ 
ἱππέας γράφει ἐπιστολῆν παρὰ βασιλέα ὅτι ἠξοι” ἔχων 
ε , ε A | eee ρ 9 8 ‘, a 
ἱππέας ὡς ἂν δύνηται πλείστους ἀλλὰ φράσαι τοῖς 
ε mA ε > 2 ε , oN e 
ἑαυτοῦ ἱππεῦσιν ἐκέλευεν ws Φφίλιον αὐτὸν ὑποδέχεσθαι. 
9 A νΝ 9 5» al N ~ : , 4 e ρ 
ἑνῆν δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ καὶ τῆς πρόσθεν φιλίας ὑπομνή- 
µατα καὶ πίστεως. ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν δίδωσι πιστῷ 
ἀνδρί, ws eto’ ὁἱδὲ λαβὼν Κύρῳ δίδωσιν. 

A 

Topics for Study. (1) Formation of the second aorist passive. (2) 
Condition of the fourth or less vivid form in indirect discourse. (3) Con- 
structions after verbs of hindering. (4) Synopsis of εἶδον. (5) Accent of the 


active infinitives. 
6 


᾿᾽Αναγνοὺς δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ Ktpos συλλαμβάνει Ὀρόνταν, 4 
καὶ συ καλε els τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν Πέρσας τοὺς 
3. A ὃ N | e 4 \ ‘ a“ ε / 
ἀρίστους τῶν" περὶ αὐτὸν ἑπτά, καὶ τους των Ἑλλήνων 
στρατηγοὺς ἐκέλευσεν ὁπλίτας ἀγαγεῖν, τούτους δὲ 
θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα περὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ σκηνήν. οἱ δὲ ταῦτα 
3 ΄ 3 ό ε 6 4 ιό 
ἐποίησαν, ἀγαγόντες ὡς τρισχιλίους ὁπλίτας. Κλέαρχον 5 
δὲ , oy ὦ 4 9 9A \ 

και εἴσω παρεκάλεσε σύμβουλον; ος γε Kal αὐτῷ και 
τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐδόκει προτιµηθῆναι μάλιστα τῶν Ἑλλήνων.» 
ἐπεὶ © ἐξῆλθεν, ἐξήγγειλε τοῖς φίλοις τὴν Kplow® τοῦ 


᾿Ορόντα᾽ ws ἐγένετο" οὐ γὰρ ἀπόρρητον ee 


Trial and execution. 


¥ » a Φ 

Edy δὲ Kipov ἄρχειν τοῦ λόγου  ὧδε. “ Παρεκάλεσα 6 
ε. 3 / 9 ‘ ε A 4 σ 
ὑμᾶς, avdpes φίλοι, ὅπως σὺν ὑμῖν βουλευόμενος ὅτι 
δίκαιόν ἐστι καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων, τοῦτο 
πράξω᾽ περὶ Ὀρόντα τουτουί. τοῦτον γὰρ πρῶτον μὲν 6 
épds™ πατὴρ ἔδωκεν ὑπήκοον εἶναι" ἐμοί: ἐπεὶ δὲ ταχθείς, 

1767. 1174. 378. 523. 19399. 1487. 673. 600,0. 3Ἴ9θ,ο. 1085,7. 3δδ. 
506,09. 4726. 916. 320. 534.° 5 729,c. 1095. 355,1. 566,3, 6878. 717,18. 


‘Cf. ᾽Αβροκόμα, 43, 8738. 1099. B56. 510,b. %881. 1369. 590. 638,c. 274. 
412. 147. 210. “689. 998. 1951. 1582. 592. 565 anda. 


“A 4 σ 
Y pera ταῦτα, ἔφη, “w Ὀρόντα, ἔστιν ὅτι 


8 


9 


102 ANABASIS. 


A A e 
as ἔφη ards, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ οὗτος ἐπολέ- 
9 \ » \ > <7 3 ( ene \ 39 A 
µησεν ἐμοὶ ἔχων τὴν ἐν Σάρδεσιν aKpdTody, καὶ ἐγὼ 
9 ἃ i 9 9 4, 0 “ “ 
αὐτὸν προσπολεμῶν ἐποίησα ὥστε δόξαι τούτῳ τοῦ πρὸς 
b 
ἐμὲ πολέμου] παύσασθαι, καὶ δεξιὰν ἔλαβον καὶ €dwKa, 
? 
2 σε ἠδίκησα ;; 
ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι" “ov.” πάλιν δὲ ὁ ΚΌρος ἠρώτα, “OvKodv 
φ ε 28 Ν « A δὲ 4 ες» 9 A 5 5 , 
VOTEPOV, WS AUTOS συ ὁμολογεῖς, οὐὸεν" UT ἐμου ἀθικου- 
µενος ἀποστὰς εἰς .Μυσοὺς κακῶς ἐποίες τὴν ἐμὴν 
99 a 99 
χώραν ὅτι ἐδύνω;᾽ ἔφη 6 Ὀρόντας. “Οὐκοῦν)) ἔφη 
ὁ Κῦρος, “ὁπότ ad ἔγνως τὴν σαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἐλθὼν 
> 4 9 A 9 , ; ρ ν 
ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος βωμὸν µεταμµέλειν τέ σοι ἔφησθα 
\ , > A \ , ν , . ¥» κ 
καὶ πείσας ἐμὲ πιστὰ πάλιν ἐδωκάς µοι καὶ ἔλαβες παρ 
9 α 994 4 A e , ε 5 , 
ἐμοῦ; ‘Kat ταῦθ ὡὠμολόγει 6 ᾿Ορόντας. 
Topics for Study. (1) Synopsis οί ἂν-έγνων. (2) Prolepsis. (3) Doric 


genitive. (4) Case after verbs of beginning. (5) Formation and position of 
the possessive pronouns. 


4 3 ¥ “~ 
“Ti? ov,” ἔφη 6 Kipos, “ ἀδικηθεὶς ὑπ) ἐμοῦ viv τὸ 
4 > , 6 9 , 2) » 
τρίτον” ἐπιβουλεύων ΄ por φανερὸς γέγονας; εἰπόντος 
δὲ > ’Ood φ δὲν ὃ ἀδικηθεί » 2 ε A 
ε tov Όροντα ort ovdev” αθικηὔεἰς, ἠρώτησεν ο Kupos 
αὐτόν, “΄ Ὁμολογεῖς οὖν περὶ ἐμὲ ἄδικοςἸ γεγενῆσθαι ;”” 
. | 
“"H γὰρ ἀνάγκη, ἔφη 6 ᾿Ορόντας. ἐκ τούτου πάλιν 
ἠρώτησεν ὁ Kipos, “"Ert οὖν ἂν γένοιο 
ή 2 Q δὲ , N 4 99 ε δὲ > . A 
πολέμιος, ἐμοὶ d€ φίλος καὶ πιστός;  ὃ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο 
> “A » 
ὅτι” “ovd’ εἰ yevoipny,” ὦ Kipe, σοί y' ἄν ποτε ἔτι 
δόξαιμµ» 
α Αα ε 4΄ 
Πρὸς ταῦτα Κῦρος εἶπε τοῖς παροῦσιν, “ Ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ 
τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε, τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει ὑμῶν δὲ σὺ 
α “ad 
πρῶτος, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἀπόφηναι yrounv ὅτι σ9ι δοκεῖ. 


τῷ ἐμῷ ἀδελφῷ 


1148. 1117. 369, 1. 509,9. 31196. 1076. 340. 586,0; ο). last ex. 39928, b. 
1477. 693. 4719, b. 1060. 336. 540. 5716, b,or 725. 1061. 334 or 386. 
636, ¢, or 540. %@81. 1588. 660. 585. 17940. 927. 681. 571. &872. 182%. 
563. 476. Of ὅτιοῦ,ἡἸ. 900. 1408. 606. 661. 





BOOK I. CHAP. VI. 108 


» 
Κλέαρχος δὲ εἶπε τάδε. “Συμβουλεύω ἐγὼ τὸν ἄνδρα 
τοῦτον ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖσθαι ὡς τάχιστα, ὡς µηκέτι' δέῃ 
A a be ο) α 
τοῦτον φυλάττεσθαι, ἀλλὰ σχολὴ ᾖ ἡμῖνμτὸ” κατὰ τοῦτον 
4. ο 99 
εἶναι) τοὺς ἐθελοντὰς” φίλους ed ποιεῖν. 
τη δὲ τῇ γνώμῃ" ἔφη καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους προσθέσθαι. 
μετὰ ταῦτα, ἔφη, κελεύοντος Κύρου έλαβον τῆς ζώνης” 
ὃν , , 2 \ 9 > , : λ ε 
τὸν Ὀρόνταν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ απαντες ἄνασταντες καὶ οἱ 
συγγενεῖς' εἶτα 8 ἐξῆγον αὐτὸν 
οἷςὃ προσετάχθη.. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον 
αὐτὸν aimep πρόσθεν προσεκύνουν, 
καὶ Τότε προσεκύνησαν, καίπερ 
2Q 7 9 2 A a ¥ 1 
εἰδότες ὅτι ἐπὶ θάνατον ἆγοιτο. 
> 4 @A DD . 5 , 9 
ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν ᾿Αρταπάτου σκηνὴν 
A a “~ a 
εἰσήχθη του πιστοτάτου των Kv- 
, ~ Ν 
_ pou σκηπτούχων, μετὰ ταῦτα ουτε 
Ὁ ζῶντα Ὀρόνταν οὔτε τεθνηκότα 
3 A , 93 A 9 
οὐδεὶς εἶδε πώποτε οὐδὲ ὅπως 
ἀπέθανεν οὐδεὶς ὃ εἰδὼς ἔλεγεν 
3 » , ο. 
εἴκαζον δὲ ἄλλοι ἄλλως” τάφος δὲ οὐδεὶς πώποτε αὐτοῦ 
ἐφάνη. 
Topics for Study. (1) Neuter adjective = eal csotive. (2) 


ὅτι introducing direct discourse. (3) Omission of the subject of the infinitive. 
(4) Predicate adjective after infinitive with subject omitted. (5) Infinitive in 
loose constructions. (6) Part affected.&, (7) Modes of punishment among 
the Persians. See Rawlinson’s Persia. 





σκηπτοῦχος. 


March continued; review ; deserters from the king; council of war; 
Cyrus appeals to the Greeks. 


Vil. Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τὴς Βαβυλωνίας σταθ- 
Hous τρεῖς παρασάγγας δώδεκα. ἐν δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ σταθμῷ 
A 4 “A a A 
Kupos ἐζέτασιν ποιεῖται τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων 


11021. 1610. 481,1. 486. 2956anda, 15845. 64%. 569. *%624,0. 4775. 
1. 894. 525. 5738 anda. 1100. 856,N.1. 510, b. 90096. 1040 486. 61h. 
"G82, 2. 160. 673. 659, 1050. 1619. 433. 487. 


te 


te 


“Diane othe E phe ai 


104 . ANABASIS. . 


ANAnR| asc 


ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ an µέσας νύκτας ἐδόκει yap els! τὴν 
ἐπιοῦσαν to” ἦξειν βασιλέα σὺν τῷ στρατεύµατι μαχού- 
µενον ὃ καὶ ἐκέλευε Ἰλέαρχον μὲν τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρως΄ 
ἡγεῖσθαι, Μένωνα δὲ [τὸν Θετταλὸν] τοῦ εὐωνύμου, 
αὐτὸς δὲ τοὺς έαυτοῦ διέταξε, 1 a d αιι!. κο κ. | 
2 Mera δὲ την ἐξέτασιν apa TH ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρα NKOVTES 
θα τῆς παρὰ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀπήγγελλον Κύρῳ 
wie -περὶ τῆς βασιλέως στρατιᾶς. Κὔρος δὲ συγκαλέσας 
κώτοὺς ου. at λοχαγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων. συνεβον- 
λεύετό τε πῶς ὃ ἂν ὃ τὴν µάχην ποιοῖτο καὶ αὐτὸς παρῄνει 
θαρρύνων τοιάδε. 
‘70, ἄνδρες "Ελληνές, οὐκ ἀνθρώπων Ἰ ἀπορῶν ὃ βαρ- 





+ 


βάρων συμμάχους ὑμᾶς ἄγω, ἀλλὰ )ομίζων ἀμείνους 
καὶ κρείττους πο ον βαρβάρων ᾿ 
προσέλαβον. ὅπως Ὁ οὖν ἔσεσθε ἄνδρες ἄξιοι τῆς ἐέλευ- 
θείας ᾗ ns κέκτησθε καὶ ns” ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ Φδαιμονίζω. εὖ 
γὰρ ἴστε ὅτι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἑλοίμην ἂν ἀντὶ ὧν ἔχω 


πάντων ® καὶ ἄλλων πολλαπλασίων: 


ὑμᾶς εἶναι, διὰ T ovre 


Topics for Study. 1) Declension of ἕως. (2) Indirect questions. 
(3) Omission of principal verb befoie ὅπως. (4) Meaning of κτάοµαι, of κέκτη- 
pa. (5) Adjectives followed by a genitive. 


« “Ὅπως δὲ καὶ εἰδῆτε eis οἷον ἔρχεσθε ἀγῶνα, ὑμᾶς 
εἰδὼς διδάξω. ae μὲν γὰρ πλήθος mone καὶ κραυγῇ 
AN δὲ ἆ θ x adda” καὶ 
πολλῇ ἐπίασιν ὁ ἂν δὲ ταῦτα νάσχησ ε, τὰ adda” καὶ 
αἰσχυνεϊσθαί pe Sox olovs nyuty’® γνώσεσθε τοὺς ἐν 


: ν 9 A »” 
τῇ χώρα ovtas”™ ἀνθρώπους. [ὑμῶν δὲ ἀνδρῶν ὄντων ] 
8 > A A A A ν 
καὶ εὖ τῶν ἐμῶν γενοµένων, ἐγὼ ὑμῶν Ἄ τὸν μὲν οἶκαδε 
1798». 3161. 199. 92,8. 95.  °969,c. 1508,4. 6δ8,δ. 583,b. $741. 
1109. 856. 510, ¢. 5700. 1600. £90. 223. 6 Cf. ἂν γένοιο, 68, 7943. 1112, 
862,1. 512. 8969, b. 1563,2. 653,4. 582%. 9156. 1153. 863. 517. 10 $86. .. 
1352. ὅδᾶ, κ. 9. 638, ὑ. 11994. 1031. 484. ο”. Ὀ. 12744. 1126. 8366. 509,¢ 
15 994, 905. 1088. £84-5. 613, b, ἆ. 4611. 891.1. 808. 493, b. 15009. 900. 
500. 458,a. %898,c. 519, κ. 1. cf. first sent. 7 119, ὑ. 1060. 336. 540. 1 110 
Ἡτι, 884. 686. 9982. 1588, 661. 686,a, ™729,0. 108.7. BSS. 506s. 


BOOK I. cuar. rn.) | 105 


a ν 
βουλόμενον ἀπιέναι τοῖς. οἴἶκοι ἵηλωτὸν ποιήσω ἀπελ- 
“A 8 8 ιό 8 > . 8 ε ΄ 
θεῖν, πολλοὺς δὲ οἶμαι ποιήσειν τὰ παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ ἑλέσθαι 
ἀντὶ τῶν οἴκοι.᾽ 
Ἐνταῦθα Ταυλίτης παρὼν φυγὰς Σάμιος, πιστὸς δὲ 5 
εκ “A 
Κύρῳ, elie, “ Kat µήν, ὦ Κῦρε, λέγουσί τινες ὅτι πολλὰ 
ὑπισχνεῖ νῦν διὰ τὸ" ἐν τοιούτῳ εἶναι τοῦ κινδύνου 
, a κ. Φ / - 9 , , 
προσιόντος, ἂν δὲ εὖ γένηταί Τι, ov µεμνήσεσθαί σέ 
- €or δέ, ovd ei μεμνῃό”" τε καὶ βούλοιοι δύνα- 
φασιν  ἐένιοι οέ, οὐ µεμνῃό”' τε καὶ βούλοιοι ὀύνα 
A σ α 22 A 
σθαι ἂν ἀποδοῦναι ὅσα ὑπισχνε.᾽ ἁἀκούσας ταῦτα 6 
ἔλεξεν ὁ Kipos, “᾽Αλλ' ἐστι μὲν ἡμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἡ 
> 8 « A b ιά 4 ὃ a 
ἀρχη 7 πατρφα πρὸς µεν peonpBplav µέχρι ov dua 
> | > “A ¥ i ΔΝ A 
καῦμα οὗ δύνανται οἰκεῖν ἀνθρώποι, πρὸς δὲ ἄρκτον 
, Φ N ‘ Ν ὃ 3 , , , 
µέχρι οὗ διὰ χειμῶνα τὰ ὃδ ἐν µέσῳ τούτων πάντα 
estos ε A 3. A 35 \Aas aN a δ᾽ e A 
σατραπεύουσιν οἱ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀθελφοῦ φίλοι vO ἡμεῖς 7 
νικήσωµεν, ἡμᾶς δεῖ τοὺς ἡμετέρους Φίλους τούτων δ 
ἐγκρατεῖς ποιῆσαι. wore οὐ τοῦτο δέδοικα μὴ οὐκ Exo 
ς, {ο A6 ε 0 A , a = , 9 \ a ° 
sult’ ὅτι 60° ἑκάστῳ τῶν φίλων, ἂν ev Ὑγένηται, ἀλλὰ μὴ 
9 ¥ e 4 4. Sa ε a“ δὲ a Ἑλλ. / 8 
οὑκ ἔχω ἱκανοὺς ois ὁῶ. ὑμῶν δὲ τῶν ἤνων καὶ 
ε ο - οἱ , 9) 
στέφανον ἑκάστῳ χρυσοῦν δώσῳ.Α 
Topics ‘for Study. (1) Present purpose. (2) Construction after verbs 


of tetehing. (3) Synopsis of ἀνεσχόμην. (4) Meaning of verbalsin-rés. (5) 
µιμνήσκω,τ- class and meaning of present, of perfect middle. 


Cyrus questioned ; urged not to take part in the battle ; number of 


a soldiers and scythe-chariots on each side. 
Οἱ δὲ ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες αὗτοί τε ἦσαν πολὺ προθυ- 8 
8 Αα A 
µότεροι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐξήγγελλον. εἰσῇσαν δὲ παρ᾽ 
> A 9 8 ‘ 4 “A » e , 4 
αὐτὸν Ol TE στρατηγοὶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων τινὲς 
9 aA 20 7 ρ , ιν 2N , ε 
ἀξιοῦντες εἰδέναι τί σφίσινῖ ἔσται, ἐὰν κρατήσωσιν. 6 


1Cf. 991. 1188. 666. 4596. 2958, 959. 1546. 636, 638, last ex. Cf. 575. 
3730, c. 1088. 8858. 507, c¢. 1465, 8. 722. 227,N. 5753, b. 1140. 887. 
516, a. 9866, 8. 1858. 3577. 471, a. 7768. 1178. Also 685. 987. 8379, 472. 
524, a> 197. 


106 ANABASIS. 


8 ε id 8 a 9 
9 δὲ ἐμπιμπλὰς ἁπάντων τὴν γνώµην ἀπέπεμπε. Άπαρεκε- 
λεύοντο δὲ αὐτῷ, πάντες ὅσοιπερ διελέ } µάχε- 
Ds p διελέγοντο, μὴ µάχε 
σθαι” ἀλλ᾽ ὄπισθεν ἑαυτῶν τάττεσθαι. ἐν δὲ τῷ καιρῷ 
τούτῳ Κλέαρχος ὧδέ πως ἤρετο τὸν Kipov’ “Οἴει γάρ 
σοι μµαχεῖσθαι, ὦ Kupe, τὸν ἀδελφόν;” “Nyt Δί᾽, 
ἔφη ὁ Kipos, “etwep® ye Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδός 
3 ”“ 2 8 de 3 ὃ λ 9 αν 9% 9 A 
ἐστι Tats, ἐμὸς δὲ ἀδελφός, οὐκ ἁμαχεὶ ταῦτ ἐγὼ 


λήψομαυ., 
jo 4 Ἐν αῦθα δὴ ἐν τῇ ἐξοπλισίᾳ ἀριθμὸς ἐγένετο τῶν 
μὲν Ἑλλήνων ἀσπὶςὃ µυρία καὶ τετρακοσία, πελτασταὶ 
δὲ δισχίλιοι καὶ πεντακόσιοι, τῶν δὲ μετὰ Κύρου βαρ- 
4 4 4 8 9 > 8 8 
βάρων δέκα μυριάδες καὶ appara δρεπανηφόρα audi τὰ 
ο ¥ in δὲ / 3. / > ε Ν \ 9» 
| εἶκοσι. [τῶν δὲ πολεμίων ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ἑκατὸν καὶ εἶκοσι 
μυριάδες καὶ appara δρεπανηφόρα διακόσια. ἄλλοιῖ δὲ 
ἦσαν ἑξακισχίλιοι ἱππεῖς, ὧν ᾿Αρταγέρσης ἦρχεν οὗτοι 
ὃ av πρὸ αὐτοῦ βασιλέως τεταγµένοι ἦσαν. 
= A ‘ , , - > ¥ 4 
12 Tov δὲ βασιλέως στρατεύματος ἦσαν ἄρχοντες [καὶ 
στρατηγοὶ καὶ ἡγεμόνες] τέτταρες, τριάκοντα µυριάδων 
ἕκαστος, ᾽᾿Αβροκόμας, Τισσαφέρνης, Γωβρύας, Αρβάκης. 
τούτων δὲ παρεγένοντο ἐν τῇ µάχῃ ἐνενήκοντα μυριάδες 
καὶ appara δρεπανηφόρα ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα ΄ ᾿Αβρο- 
κόµας δὲ ὑστέρηῃσε τῆς μάχης, ἡμέραις πέντε, ἐκ 
#3 Φοινίκης ἐλαύνων. ταῦτα δὲ ἤγγελλον πρὸς Kupov οἱ 
αὐτομολήσαντες [ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων] παρὰ μεγάλου βασι- 
λέως πρὸ τῆς µάχης, καὶ μετὰ τὴν µάχην ot ὕστερον 
ἐλήφθησαν τῶν πολεμίων”! ταὐτὰ ' ἠγγελλον. 
Topics for Study. (1) Use of σφεῖε. (2) Some uses of uf. (8) Con- 
struction after verbs of thinking. (4) wh. (5) Simple supposition. 


1 164, Ἱ. 1160. 875. 520. 2948. 1519. 638. 570. $1050, 4,b. «41, κ. 2. 
673,8. 147923. 1000. 344. 532. 5893. 1390. 609. 647. 6609. 321. 7705. 
966, ο. 492, ν. 2. 8624, d. 914. 329. 9749. 1120. B64. 509, b. 10 781. 
1164. 888. 6%6,0 "4329,e 108 855. 606,a. 43396; 71, Ὀ. 48,2. 43. 36. 


Pa 


Ενταῦθα Kitpos Σιλανὸν καλέσας τὸν ᾽Αμπρακιώτην is 


\ 


BOOK I. CHAP VIL 7 107 


March tn array; reach a ditch made for defence; traces of the 
enemy ; less caution. 


Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγ- 
yas τρεῖς συντεταγµένῳ τῷ στρατεύματι' παντὶ καὶ τῷ 
Ἑλληνικῷ καὶ τῷ βαρβαρικῷφ ΄ wero ya TN TH ἡμέ 

ηνικῷ καὶ τῷ βαρβαρικῷ ' ῴετο γὰρ ταύτῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ 

ο) 8 A ΄ 8 ΔΝ ~ 
μαχεῖσθαι βασιλέα" κατὰ γὰρ µέσον τὸν σταθμὸν τοῦ- 
ῃ 4. 8 A Ν 4 4 «9. 

τον τάφρος ny ὀρυκτὴ βαθεῖα, Τὸ µεν εὖρος ὀργυιαὶ 

/ Ν 8 ρ > ‘N a“ ρ δὲ ε 
πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάθος ὀργυιαὶ τρεῖς. Ἠπαρετέττο δὲ ἡ 

4 ιά 8 “~ a > A 4 4 
τάφρος ἄνω διὰ τοῦ πεδίου ἐπὶ δώδεκα παρασάγγας 
µέχρι τοῦ Μηδίας τείχου 

ν e , > 8 [ο ΄ *~ 

[Ἔνθα ai διώρυχες, ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ 
ερ ὃ > A de ? A 8 > θ ~ 
ῥέουσαι  εἰσι Οὲ TéTTAapEs, TO prev eEvpos πλεθριαιαι, 
βαθεῖαι δὲ ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ πλοῖα πλεῖ ἐν αὐταῖς σιταγωγά ° 
εἰσβάλλουσι δὲ eis τὸν ἘΕὐφράτην, διαλείπουσε, ὃ 
ἑκάστη ὃ παρασάγγην, γέφυραι O° ἔπεισιν. 

"Hy δὲ παρὰ τὸν Εὐφράτην πάροδος ΄στενὴ μεταξὺ 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς τάφρου ὡς εἴκοσι ποδῶν " τὸ εὗρος ' 

4 δὲ 4 , 8 A 4 3 4 
Ταύτην oe τὴν τάφρον βασιλευς ποιε [μέγας] ἀντὶ 
ἐρύματος, ἐπειδὴ πυνθάνεται Kipov προσελαύνοντα. 

4 \ A , 5 “A , 4 ε A 
ταύτην δὴ τὴν πάροδον ΚΌρός τε καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ παρ- 
ἢλθε καὶ ἐγένοντο εἴσω τῆς τάφρου. ταύτῃ μὲν οὖν 

“a e ΄ 3 9 ‘4 4 3 3 ε 4 
Τῃ NEPA οὐκ ἐμαχέσατο βασιλεύς, ἆλλ ὑποχωρούντων 

, 48 6 . σ \ 9 4 ν , 
φανερὰ ἦσαν) καὶ ἵππων καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἴχνη πολλα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Tigro-Euphrates canals. (2) Partitive apposi- 
tion. (3) Time when, within which. 


µάντιν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δαρεικοὺς τρισχιλίους, ὅτι TH ἑν- 
> 9 ΄ 6 lA 

δεκάτῃ am ἐκείνης ἡμέρᾳ προθυόµενος εἶπεν αὐτῷ ore® 

1774, 1189. 392. 525. 31614. 97. 39Ο. 502. *624,d. 914. 319. «199, ᾶ, 


1065, 5. g5@and Ν. 506. °604,b. 899, 2, fine print. 498 and π. 496 (end) 69968, by 
147%. 688 


/ 


20 


1 


108. ANABASIS. ‘ 


α “A 9 “~ Φ 5 
“ Bacideds οὐ μαχεῖται δέκα Hpepwr,'’’ Κῦρος δ εἶπεν, 
««Οὐκ ἄρα ere μαχεῖται, εἰ ἐν ταύταις οὐ" μαχεῖται ταῖς 
ἡμέραις ' ἐὰν δ᾽ ἀληθεύσῃς,' ὑπισχνοῦμαί σοι δέκα τά- 
>? ~ 8 4 4 3 , 9 8 Α 

λαντα.͵᾽ τοῦτο τὸ χρυσίον τότε ἀπέδωκεν, ἐπεὶ παρῆλθον 
ε ὃ id ε , 2 Δ > 3 A “ , 3 3 4 4 
αἱ O€Ka Ἠμέραι. ἐπεὶ ἐπὶ τῃ ταφρῳ οὐκ ἐκώλυε 
βασιλεὺς τὸ Κύρου στράτευμα διαβαίνειν, ἔδοξε καὶ 

“ 9 ο γ , Ab Ud é 
Kupw καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπεγνωκέναι tov’ µάχεσθαι 
σ ~ ~ 9 ~ / 
ώστε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ Kupos ἐπορεύετο ἡμελημένως μᾶλλον. 
τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ἐπί τε τοῦ ἅρματος καθήµενος τὴν πορείαν 
3 A YS 9) 9 , ¥ 9 ε oa 96 
ἐποιεῖτο καὶ ὀλίγους ἐν τάξει ἔχων πρὸ αὑτοῦ, τὸ 
δὲ πολὺ αὐτῷ ἀνατεταραγμένον ἐπορεύεο καὶ τῶν 
9 A , Δ 2 ἃ e. A ¥ ‘ 
ὅπλων τοῖς στρατιώταις πολλα ἐπὶ ἁμαξῶν myer καὶ 

| | 
ε 4 
ὑποζυγίων. 
Ce 
Topics for Study. (1) Art of divination, Introd. 88, (4), (5). (2) Accent 


of perfect middle infinitive and participle. (3) Instances of adverbs formed 
from the perfect middle participle. 


Alarm given that the king is coming; line of battle formed. 


N 2 

VIII. Kai ἤδη τε ἦν ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν καὶ 

πλησίον ἦν ὁ σταθμὸς ἔνθα ἔμελλεῖ καταλύειν, Ηἡνίκα 
4 3 8 id οἱ 3 QA A . ο) 
Πατηγύας ἀνὴρ Πέρσης tov audi Kupov πιστῶν προ- 
> 4 3 ρ a σ 9 8 
φαίνεται ἐλαύνων dvd κράτος ἱδροῦντι Tw ιππῳ, καὶ 
sf ων 4 9 ΄ A α 9 
εὐθὺς πᾶσιν ots ἐνετύγχανεν ἐβόα καὶ βαρβαρικῶς καὶ 
ἑλληνικῶς ὅτι “βασιλεὺς σὺν στρατεύµατι πολλῷ προσ- 
99 

έρχεται ὡς els µάχην taperkevacpévos. 

ν on; A ρ 3 ος 2 8 93 ld 

Ενθα δὴ πολὺς τάραχος ἐγένετο αὐτίκα yap ἐδόκουν 

. 9 
οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ πάντες δὲ ἀτάκτοις σφίσιν  ἐπιπεσεῖ- 
σθαι ΚΌρός τε καταπηδήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ”. ἅρματος τὸν 

1759. 1186. 359. 515. 31098. 1388,2. 431,9. 808.90, ὅ44, ος first ox. 
1963. 1549. 643. 572, Ὁ. 5958, 969. 748. 1546, 1117. 639; 362, 1. 675; 
509,8. °665. 967. 556. 7767. 1165. 378. 523. *S846anda. 124. 533, 1. 


570, b. 9774. 1189. B92. 585. 10775, 685. 1179, 987. ὧθά, 472. 525, 197. 
Ἡ ϱὔ8. 919. 447. 561,d. 





- BOOK I. CHAP. VIII. 109 


θώρακα ἐνέδυ καὶ ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον τὰ παλτὰ els 
4 ο) » A ¥ “A ld 
τὰς χεῖρας έλαβε, τοῖς te ἄλλοις πᾶσι παρήγγελλεν 
ἐξοπλίζεσθαι καὶ καθίστασθαι εἷς τὴν 
ἑαυτοῦ τάξιν ἑκαστον. 
"EvOa δὴ σὺν πολλῇ σπουδῇῃ καθί- 4 
, κ Ν Ν 1 Αα 
σταντο, ἘΚλέαρχος μὲν τὰ deta’ τοῦ 
, ¥ 8 “~ 3 4 
κέρατος έχων πρὸς tm Βὐφράτῃ πο- - 
“A , de > 7 € 9 
ταµῴ, Ἡρόξενος δὲ ἐχόμενος, ot ὃ 
ἄλλοι μετὰ τοῦτον, Μένων δὲ [καὶ τὸ 
στράτευμα ] τὸ εὐώνυμον κέρας ἐσχε τοῦ. 
ie Ἑλληνικοῦ. τοῦ δὲ βαρβαρικοῦ ἰππεῖς 5 
are μὲν Παφλαγόνες εἰς χιλίους παρὰ Κλέ- 
αρχον ἔστησαν ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ καὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν πελτα- 
9 4 9 ΄ 9 αρ ε ΄ σ 4 
στικόν, ἐν δὲ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ ᾿ΛΑριαϊός τε ὁ Κύρου ὕπαρχος καὶ 
τὸ ἄλλο βαρβαρικόν, Κ Όρος δὲ καὶ οἱ ἱππεις τούτου ὅσον 6 
ἑξακόσιοι [xara τὸ μέσον] ; ἁπλισμένοι 
θώραξι μὲν αὐτοὶ καὶ παραµηριδίοις καὶ 
, , "y , A 4 
κράνεσι “πάντες πλὴν Κύρου Κὂρος δὲ 
A 2 ¥ 8 4 9 4 0 
Ψψιλην” έχων την Kedar εἰς τὴν µάχην 
καθίστατο [λέγεται δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους 
Πέρσας ψιλαῖς ταῖς κεφαλαῖςξ ἐν τῷ 
ε »σὁ , 
% πολέμφ δακινδυνεύεινΊ. οἱ ὃ immo. πάντες 7 
μάχαιρ,  Γοὶ μετὰ Κύρου] εἶχον καὶ προµετωτίδια 
καὶ προστερνίδια᾽ εἶχον δὲ καὶ µαχαίρας οἱ ἰππείὶς 
e id 
Ἑλληνικάς. 








Topics for Study. (1) Constructions after µέλλω. (2) Formation of pure 
verbs. (3) The Snug είδιος. (4) εὐώνυμος, Εὔξεινος. (5) Persian armor, 
Introd. 28, 29. 


isc. µέρη 691,0. 953. 424. 548. %6790,a. 919. 453,1. 558,c. * 776, 670,58, 
1181. 889; 453,1. 686, b; 568, ἆ, 


110 AN ABASIS. 
The enemy appear ; how drawn up; scythe-chariot described ; orders 
to Clearchus. 


Καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν µέσον ἡμέρας καὶ οὕπω καταφανεῖς 
ε 0 ε * A > A 3 ΄:- 
ἦσαν οἱ πολέμιοι' ἠἡνίκα δὲ δείη ἐγίγνετ, ἐφάνη 





PERSIAN FOOT SOLDIERS. 


9 ρ φ 
κονιορτὸς ὥσπερ νεφέλη λευκή, χρόνῳ' δὲ συχνῷ ὕστερον 
9 9 “~ / > ἃ 4 9 QA 9 
ὥσπερ µελανία τις ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἐπὶ πολύ. Gre δὲ ἐγ- 
, η ‘ ρ 
γύτερον ἐγίγνοντο, τάχα δὴ καὶ Χαλκός τις ἤστραπτε 

A ε A ε a ο) > 4 8 
καὶ αἱ λόγχαι καὶ αἱ τάξεις καταφανεῖς ἐγίγνοντο. καὶ 
ἦσαν ἰππεῖς μὲν λευκοθώρακες ἐπὶ τοῦ εὐωνύμου τῶν 

, , 2 7 , ¥ ο 22 

πολεμίων ' Τισσαφέρνης ἐλέγετο τούτων αρχειν ᾽ ἐχό- 
\ > 2 ν ε A N 2 

µενοι δὲ Ὑερροφόροι, ἐχόμενοι δὲ ὁπλῖται σὺν ποδήρεσι 

. , » Ss’ ® 2» 5 A 
ξυλίναις ἀσπίσιν. Αἰγύπτιοι οὕτοι ἐλέγοντο εἶναι 
ἄλλοι ὃ ἱππεῖς, ἄλλοι τοξόται. πάντες δ᾽ οὗτοι κατὰ 
ἔθνη ἐν πλαισίῳ πλήρει ἀνθρώπων" ἕκαστον τὸ ἔθνος ἓ 
ἐπαρεύετο." 


1781. 1184. 388. 586,6. 3753,¢. 1140. 357. 518. §624,d. 914. 8179. 
£607 201. 496,1. Cf. 498, b. 


BOOK I, CHAP. VIIL πο πι 


Πρὸ δὲ αὐτῶν ἅρματα} διαλείποντα συχνὸν 3 dn’ ἀλ- ιο 
λήλων τὰ δὴ δρεπανηφόρα καλούμενα) elyov® δὲ τὰ 
δρέπανα ἐκ τῶν ἀξόνων eis 
πλάγιον ἀποτεταμένα καὶ 
ὑπὸ τοῖς δίφροις εἰς γῆν 
βλέποντα, ὡς" διακόπτειν η; Pe aul ae 


ὅτῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν.' ἡ δὲ 7 ae 


γνώµη. ἦν ὡς eis τὰς τά- αι .. 
δεις τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλῶντα ὃ |i 

ὴ ὃ , aq , 
1, Paphlagontan cavalry. kat διακὀψοντα. O° µέντοι 11 
2, Greek peltasta Kd 4 9 λ , 
3, Greek hoplites under: (1) Olearchus, (2) υρος εἶπεν OTE Κκαλεσας 


Proxenus, (8) Menon. , A Y 
4, Probable position of Cyrus and his six Tap εκελεύετο τοις Ελλησι 





hundred cavalry. \ \ A 
5, Barbarians onder Artashe. THY κραυγην των Bap- 
a, Artaxerxes with the six thousand cavalry, 4 κο 2) 7 
ο. - ως, βάρων ἀνέχεσθαι, ἐψεύσθη 


τοῦτο :ὃ οὗ γὰρ κραυγῇ 


a A ‘ 

ἀλλὰ ory, ὡς ἀνυστὸν καὶ ἡσυχῆ ἐν ἴσῳ καὶ βραδέως 

a rl 
προσῃσαν. νο 

Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ) Κῦρος παρελαύνων αὐτὸς σύν Πίγρητι 13 

ma ε a \ TAX Ν a Ld ~ KX / 
.ιτῷ ἑρμηνεῖ καὶ ἄλλοις τρισὶν ἢ τέταρσι τῷ Κλεάρχῳ 
ἐβόα ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα κατὰ μέσον τὸ τῶν πολεµίων, 
ὅτι ἐκεῖ βασιλεὺς ein’ Kay τοῦτ', έφη, νικῶμεν, πάνθ᾽ 18 
e a ll - 12 € ~ de e λ “ 8 ld A 
ἥμιν tTemointar. opwy de o Ἑλέαρχος Τὸ µέσον στῖφος 
καὶ ἀκούων Κύρου ὃ ἔξω ὄντα τοῦ [Ἑλληνικοῦ] εὐωνύ- 
µου βασιλέα --- τοσοῦτον' γὰρ πλήθει περιῆν βασιλεὺς 
ὥστε µέσον τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἔχων τοῦ Κύρου εὐωνύμου έξω 
yp ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὁ Κλέαρχος οὑκ ἤθελεν ἀἁποσπάσαι 
ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὸ δεξιὸν κέρας, φοβούμενος μὴ κυκλω- 


Isc. ἦν, 611. 408. 498,b. 2720. 1062. 338. 5388. δ604 and b. 899, 3, fine 
print. 498, N. 41054, { 1456. 595. 566, b. 7937. 1502. 677. 618, b. 6974. 
1570. G58,N. 591, a. 71009. 10380. 83278. 491, d. 8718. 1058. 837. 587. 
9782,0. 1195. 385. 527,c. 1925,b. 1506. 598,N. 625,b. 12769. 1235. 380. 
624, b. 12848. 1264; also 898, a; 1403. 537; 604,ν. 4750; 742,06. 1108. 865. 
509, %. 4719, b. 1060. 886. 540. 


~ 


14 


15 


16 


\3? 


is 


112 ANABASIS, =. 


θείη ἑκατέρωθεν, τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι αὐτῷ µέλοι” 
ὅπως καλῶς ἔχοιὰ | 

Topics for Study. (1) Κατά in composition. (2) Material. (8) Scythe- 
chariots, Introd. 31. (4) Accusative absolute. (5) Modes in relative clauses 


with definite antecedent, with indefinite. (6) Anacoluthon. (7) Translation 
of ‘to be’ with adverbs. (8) Persian mode of attack. Introd. 36. 


Omens favorable; watchword passed; charge of the Greeks; flight 
of the barbarians ; pursuit. 


4 a a \ 

Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ τὸ μὲν βαρβαρικὸν στράτευµα 

e ra , 8 δὲ “BAX 8 . 9 “A 2 ο , 
ὁμαλῶς προῄει, τὸ de ηνικὸν ἔτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ὃ µένον 
συνετάττετο ἐκ τῶν ETL προσιόντων. καὶ 6 Κῦρος παρε- 
λαύνων ov πάνυ πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ στρατεύµατι κατεθεᾶτο 
ἑκατέρωσε ἀποβλέπων εἷς τε τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τοὺς 
φίλους. ᾖἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ Ἐενοφῶν 

A ¥ ¥ 

᾿Αθηναῖος, πελάσας ws* συναντῆσαι Ίρετο εἴ τι παραγ- 

aw κε 5° 9 , 4 9 λ , > » ο 
γέλλοι' 6 8 ἐπιστήσας ele καὶ λέγειν ἐκέλευε πᾶσιν 
ο 4 \ é 9 9 9 , A \ 
ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ Kala καὶ τὰ σφάγια καλά. ταῦτα δὲ 
λέγων θορύβου ἤκουσε διὰ τῶν τάξεων ἰόντος, καὶ ἤρετο 
τίςὃ ὁ θόρυβος etn. 6 δὲ [Κλέαρχος] εἶπεν ὅτι σύνθηµα 
παρέρχεται ὃ δεύτερον ἤδη. καὶ ὃς' ἐθαύμασε τίς παρ- 
4 , »¥ 9 5 ¥ “ , 0 ε ὃ 3 ” 
αγγέλλει καὶ Ίρετο OTL” Ein τὸ σύνθημα. ὁ ὃ ἀπεκρί- 

ές 8 4 8 ? 22 ε δὲ A 9 ΄ 
νατο '' Ζευς σωτὴῇρ και νίκη. ο 0€ Kupos ἀκούσας 

A ‘ 9 ο 
«63 Αλλὰ ὃ δέχοµαί τε, ἔφη, “Kai τοῦτο ἐστω. ταῦτα 

ὃ εἰπὼν eis τὴν αὑτοῦ χώραν ἀπήλαυνε. Qual’ 
Kai οὐκέτι τρία ἢ τέτταρα στάδια” διειχέτην] τὼ 

φ 

φΦάλαγγε am ἀλλήλων ἠνίκα ἐπαιάνιζόν τε οἱ Ἑλληνες 
‘\ ¥ 9 10 5», A λ , 11 ε δὲ 
και Ίρχοντο ἀντίοι Leva τοις πολεµίοις. ως O€ 


4 


1932. 1487. 673. 659,a. | + ϱ8ὔ anab. 1874. 593,1. 688 . 8 so. τόπῳ, G21, ο. 
958. 494. 543. | ἰ4 ΟΕ ὡς, δ 10. 5700. 1012. «90. 99. ἱ 9988. 1487. See 
Introd. 100, 674. 662. 17655, a. 1098, 2. 443, 3. 660. 71046, 2, b. ϱ 720. 
1062. 338. 638. %g19. 926. 425. 546. “4765. 1174. S¥Gandn. 688. 


BOOK 1. CHAP. VII. ΄ 118 


πορευοµένων } ἐξεκύμαινέ tu? τῆς φάλαγγος, τὸ ὕπολει- 
, ¥ «το a ., σ ‘ , 
πόµενον ἠρξατο δρόµῳ θεῖν' καὶ ἅμα ἐφθέγξαντο πάντες 
a, οἷον τῷ ᾿Ενυαλίῳ ἑλελίζουσι, καὶ πάντες δὲ εθεον. 
we 2 ὃ , ε ‘ a 9 , 9 ‘ 
7? [λέγουσι δέ τινες ὡς καὶ ταῖς ἁἀσπίσι πρὸς τὰ δόρατα 
ἐδούπησαν ΦφΦόβον ποιοῦντε τοῖς ἵπποις"] πρὶν δὲ 
Εν όξευμα ἐξικνεῖσθαι ἐκκλίνουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι καὶ φεύ- 
γουσι. καὶ ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐδίωκον μὲν κατὰ .κράτας οἱ 
Ἕλληνες, ἐβόων δὲ ἀλλήλοις μὴ θεῖν δρόµῳ, ἀλλ ἐν 
τάξει ἔπεσθαι. τὰ ὃ ἅρματα ἐφέροντο τὰ μὲν δι 
αὐτῶν τῶν πολεµίων, Ta* δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων κενὰ 
ἡνιόχων. οἱ 3 ἐπεὶ προϊδοιεν, διίσταντο᾽ ἐστι ὃ ὅστις 
καὶ κατελήφθη ὥσπερ ἐν ἱπποδρόμῳ ἐκπλαγείς' καὶ 
οὐδὲν  µέντοι οὐδὲ τοῦτον παθεῖν ἔφασαν, ovd ἄλλος 
‘ A ε ρ > , A , ψ γα 8 
δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ µάχῃ ἔπαθεν οὐδεὶς 
9 4 N 3 ἃ ών 9 4 ῤ 9 , 
οὐδέν, πλὴν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ TokevOfval τις ἐλέγετο. 
Topics for Study. (1) Xenophon, Introd. 111. (2) Relatives intro- 
ducing indirect questions. (3) Account for the superiority of the Greek over 
the Persian soldiers, Introd. 20, 53-56. (4) Case after ἀντίος, after κενός. (5) 


State when an infinitive is in indirect discourse. 945, a.« 1495. 632. 577-8. (6) 
Omens, Introd. 83, (1), (5). (7) Battle array, watchword etc., Introd. 99, 100. 


Cyrus with his six hundred cavalry attacks and routs the king’s 
center ; personal encounter with the king. 


Kipos 8 ὁρῶν τοὺς Ἕλληνας vKavtas® 7b” καθ 
αὐτὸυς καὶ διώκοντας, ἠἡδόμενος 1 καὶ προσκυνούµενος 
ἤδη ὑπὸ τῶν aud’ αὐτόν, οὐδ ὣς 5 ἐξήχθη διώκειν, ἀλλὰ 
συνεσπειραµένην ἔχων τὴν τῶν σὺν ἑαυτῷ ἑξακοσίων ἵπ- 
πέων τάξιν ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅτι ποιήσει βασιλεύ.. καὶ γὰρ 

"δει αὐτὸν 3 ὅτι µέσον ἔχοι τοῦ Περσικοῦ- στρατεύματος. 

192,9. 1568. 667, ν.Ι. 590,a. 39ο. µέρος: cf. δεξιά, § 4. 2767. 1165. 378. 
625. $624,d. 914. 319. 5753, κ. 1140. 362,2. 516, a4. 6914, B, (2). 1481, 2. 
G25. 616. b. 7716,.b. 1054. S334. 436, b. 31030. 1619. 433. 487. 998. 


1655. 661. 256,8. 10 sc, µέρος, 021,9, 958. 44. 543. 1 909,9. 1568,6. G63, 7. 
583. 12120; 138, 8. 632. 15 878. 717-18. 


H. & W. 4NabB —& 


αν. ποιον εαν 
... “he eo we ahs Sake 


8 Ud 3 ε A id ¥ 2? » 
22 καὶ πάντες ὃ of τῶν βαρβάρων ἄρχοντες µέσον ἔχοντες 


μα 
Lies wut 
nity, 


“A zt ο 8 : 
τὸ αὐτῶν ἡγοῦνται, νοµίζοντες οὕτω καὶ ἐν ἀσφαλεστάτῳ' 
x > “ N 
oo ἦν 7 ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν bia ie aad καὶ εἶ τι παραγ- 


tAae χρήζοιεν ἡμίσει ἂνὃ χρόνφ᾽ αἰσθάνεσθαι τὸ 


σος στράτευμα. καὶ βασιλεὺς ς δὴ τότε µέσον ἔχων τῆς 


A 9 » 9 ο a 9 , 
ὑτοῦ στρατιᾶς OWS έξω ἐγένετο του Κύρου εὐωνύμου 


( ve 9 \ 3 9 8 9 οι 9 ΄ 9 α 9 , 
golwah ερατο». Εεπει ὃ οὐδεὶς αυτ εµαχετο εκ Του αντιον 


Dpto ate a ese) 


οὐδὲ τοῖς αὐτοῦ τεταγµένοις ἔμπροσθεν, ἐπέκαμπτεν ὡς 


24 eis κύκλωσιν. ἔνθα δὴ Kipos δείσας μὴ ὄπισθεν γενό- 


20 


26 


27 


µενος κατακόψῃ; τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν ἐλαύνει ἀντίος'ὃ καὶ 
3 N ‘ a € ΄ ~ 8 “ ΄ 
ἐμβαλὼν σὺν τοῖς ἑξακοσίοις νικᾷ τοὺς πρὸ βασιλέως 
τεταγµένους καὶ eis φυγὴν ἔτρεψε τοὺς ἑξακισχιλίους, 
καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι λέγεται αὐτὸς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χειρὶ ᾿Λρτα- 
γέρσην τὸν ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν. 

Topics for Study. (1) Τὸ καθ αὑτού. (2) Cf. ds, &s:~ (3) Fourth 


or less vivid form of conditional sentence in indirect discourse. (4) Force of 
adverbial ending -θεν. — 


‘As 8 ἡ δι ἐγένετο; πε καὶ ot Κύρου 
ἑξακόσιοι cis’ τὸ διώκειν ὁρμήσαντες, πλὴν πάνυ ὀλίγοι 
apd αὐτὸν κατελείφθησαν, σχεδὸν οἱ ὁμοτράπείοι καλού- 

9 , δὲ a - , YN 9 2, 
µενοι. σὺν τούτοις δὲ wv καθορᾷ βασιλέα καὶ τὸ apd 
> A A ‘ Δ > As 5) > 8 3 2 3 ‘ 
ἐκεινον oTipos’ καὶ εὐθυς οὐκ ἠνέσχετο, GAA εἰπων 
“Toy ἄνδρα po” ἵετο én’ αὐτὸν καὶ παίει κατὰ τὸ στέρ- 

8 , 8 “A ΄ 9 , e 
νον καὶ τιτρώσκει διὰ τοῦ θώρακος, ὥς φησι Ἐτησίας 6 

Δ a ῤ > 

ἰατρός, καὶ lacOar avros® τὸ tpadpd φηῆσι. παίοντα ὃ 

a 5 8 
αὐτὸν ἀκοντίζει τις παλτῷ ὑπὸ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν βιαίως ᾽ καὶ 
3 4 , 8 8 8 α 8 e 3 9 
ἐνταῦθα μαχόμενοι καὶ βασιλεὺς καὶ Κῦρος καὶ οἱ apd 
αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ exatépov, — ὁπόσοι μὲν τῶν ἀμφὶ βασιλέα 

1(Ο{. ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ, § 14. 3900. 1408. GOS. 661. 3964, (a). 1494. 647. 579. 
9182. 1194. 385. 527,64. 5887. 1878. 594. 474. 6619. 926. 425. 546. 


7958, 959. 1546. 636. Cf. 575. 6461, a. 546. 175,N. 268,c. ° 940, b, and lat 
ex. 681. 671. 01063. 727, 1. 


BOOK L CHAP, IX. . 116 


ἀπέβνησκον Κτησίας λέγεὶ : rap! ἐκείνφ γὰρ ἦν Kipos 
δὲ αὐτός τε ἀπέθανε καὶ ὀκτὼ οἱ ἄριστοι τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν 
ἔκεντο ἐπ αὐτῷ. ᾿Αρταπάτης ὃ ὁ πιστότατος αὐτῷ 98 
τών σκηπτούχων [θεράπων | λέγεται, ἐπειδὴ πεπτωκότα 
εἶδε Κῦρον, καταπηδήδας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου περιπεσεῖν 
αὐτῷ... καὶ οἱ μέν pane βασιλέα κελεῦσαί τινα ἐπι- 59 
σφάξαι αὐτὸν Κύρῳ, οἱ δὲ αὐτὸν ἐπισφάξασθαι σπασά- 
µενον τὸν ἀκινάκην ' εἶχε γὰρ χρυσοῦν καὶ στρεπτὸν 
8 ἑφόρει καὶ ψέλια καὶ τἆᾶλλα ὥσπερ οἱ ἄριστοι 
Περσῶν  ἐτετίμητο γὰρ ὑπὸ “ύρου δι εὔνοιάν τε καὶ 
πιστότητα. - 


Topics for Study. (1) The ὁμοτράπείο. (3) Augment of ἀνέχομαι 
(8) στρεπτόν. See Introd. 37. 


Hulagyan_ Cyrus, early training; boyhood tratts. 


IX. Kipos μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἐτελεύτησεν, ἀνὴρ av Περ. , 
σῶν" τῶν μετὰ Kipoy τὸν ἀρχαῖον γενοµένων βασιλι 
κώτατός τε καὶ ἄρχειν ἀξιώτατος, ὡς παρὰ πάντων 
ὁμολογεῖται τῶν Κύρου δοκούντων ἐν πείρᾳ γενέσθαι, 
πρώτον μὲν yap ἔτι mais dv Gr’ ἐπαιδεύετο καὶ σὺν 3 
τῷ ἀδελφῷ καὶ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις παισί, πάντων πάντα} 
βάτιστος ἐνομίζετο. ᾗπάντες γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἀρίστων Περ- 8 
σῶν παῖδες ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως pas παιδεύονται ’ 
ἐνθᾶ πολλὴν μὲν σωφροσύνην΄ καταµάθοι” ἄν τις, αἰσχρὸν aie 
ὃ οὐδὲν ovr’ ἀκοῦσαι ovr’ ἰδεῖν ἔστιὸ θεῶνται ὃ οἱ —— 
Tawes καὶ τυµωµένους ὑπὸ βασιλέως καὶ ἀκούουσι, 
καὶ ἄλλους ἀτιμαζομένους ° ὥστε εὐθὺς παῖδες ὄντες 
µανθάνουσιν © κ. τε καὶ ἄρχεσθαι. ἔνθα Kipos ¢ 
αἰδημονέστατος μὲν πρῶτον τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν ἐδόκει eElvat, 

1975. 1119. ἃθά 525. 31199.9. 1088. 855. 506, a. 3718. 1958. 887.. 


587. 4872. 1827. S563. 476. 5949. 1517. G87, 1. 57h. 6 986. 1502, 2 
661,ν.8. 688,¢. 940. 927. 631. 671. 


ii. ο 


wl Ele be bee 


4 


δ 


9 


116 - ANABASIS, . 


a 4 1 ειν “ e A e | 3 
τοῖς τε πρεσβυτέροις καὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ὑποδεεστέρων 
μᾶλλον πείθεσθαι, ἔπειτα δὲ Φιλιππότατος καὶ τοῖς ἵπ- 

“4 8 να 9 4 y 5 δ᾽ 9 ἃ 8 9 
ποις ἄριστα ξ χρῆσθαι ' ἔκρινον αὐτὸν καὶ τών εἷς 
| 0 9, 6 * a. fF 9 > : 
τον πόλεμον ἔργων, τοξικῆς' τε Kal ἁκοντίσεως, Φιλο- 
µαθέστατον εἶναι καὶ µελετηρότατον. emer δὲ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ 
9, . ρ 53 “ ΔΝ “ ΄ id 
ἔπρεπε, Kat Φιλοθηβότατος ἦν καὶ πρὸς τὰ θηρία µέν- 

| ¥ ὦ 

τοι Φιλοκινδυνότατος. Kal @pKTov ποτὲ ἐπιφερομένην 
οὐκ ἔτρεσεν, ἀλλὰ συμπεσὼν κατεσπάσθη ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου, 
4 18 \ ν ff 8 ν 9 . ‘ > 5 Se 
καὶ τὰ ὃ μὲν ἔπαθεν, ὧν καὶ τὰς ὠτειλὰς εἶχε, τέλος δὲ 


ιν)” ‘ \ \ A , , ο” 9 
ἑατέκανε᾽ καὶ τὸν πρώτον µέντοι βοηθήσαντα πολλοις 


μακαριστὸν ἐποίησεν. 


Topics for Study. (1) Cyrus the Great, Introd. 7-9. (9) Education 
among the Persians. Rawlinson, Fifth Monarchy, ch. iii. (3) Catalogue the 
virtues of Cyrus as presented in this chapter. (4) Zeugma. 


True to his word ; aimed to outdo both friend and enemy ; severely 
punished evil-doers ; liberally rewarded the just. 


‘ A 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατεπέµφθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς σατράπης Λυδίας 
τε καὶ Φρυγίας τῆς μεγάλης καὶ Καππαδοκίας, στρα- 
ν 10 δὲ οι , 9 5 , ® Wi bx 9 
τηγὸς Ὁ δὲ καὶ πάντων ἀπεδείχθη οἷς  καθήκει eis 
Καστωλοῦ πεδίον ἀθροίζεσθαι, πρὠτον μὲν ἐπέδειξεν 
ern 19 9 ‘ ) 18 ¥ 
avrov™ ὅτι περὶ πλείστου movoiro,” [et tw σπείσαιτο] 
8 ν A e , , α , 
καὶ el τῷ συνθοῖτο καὶ εἰ τῷ ὑπόσχοιτό TL, μηδαμώς 
50 κ η 8 49 > 2 8 >” ε sr \ 
ψεὐδεσῦαι. Kal yap οὖν ἐπιστευον µεν αὐτῷ at πὀλεις 
9 » δ) ε x 5 ο : »14 
ἐπιτρεπόμεναι, ἐπίστευον of ἄνδρες' καὶ εἰ τις 
ρ » 2 ρ , 27 δὲ 16 
πολέμιος ἐγένετο; σπεισαµένου Κύρου ἐπίστεμε μηδὲν 


8 
ἂν παρὰ τὰς σπονδὰς παθεῖν. τοιγαροῦν ἐπεὶ Τισσα- 
--”-”- Θεοραιοκασοειώνεν 


φέρνει ἐπολέμησε, πᾶσαι at πόλεις ἐκοῦσαι Kupov 


13164, 2. 1159. 376. 520, a. 39643. 1158. 496, 9. 517. %259. 869. 238. 
23). 4412. 496. 299, 3. 320. 5602, ο. 897, 2. 305. 493, a. 6753, d. 1142. 
851. 516, b. 7624, d. 914. 319. 86716, b. 1054. B84. 536, b. 9Cf. τοῖς 
oixot, 74. 101196, b. 1078. 320.1. 534,b. 1 164 2. 1159. B76. 520, a. 1978. ᾿ 
812,b. 717-18. 18 $94, 1; 932, 2. 1093; 1497,2. 609, 673. 647; 659,8. 1 89094. 
Zo. 1895. GOS. 647. WCfi. τὰ µέν, ὃ 6. 1022, 1024. 16011 (επἀ). 4232 (first sent.) S04. 





BOOK I. CHAP. x 117 


φ 

έἑλοντο ἀντὶ Τισσαφέρνους πλὴν Μιλησίων' οὗτοι δὲ 
σ 9 ¥ “ 4 2 > ” 3 4 
ὅτι οὐκ ἠθελε τοὺς φεύγοντας πτρρίαθαι, ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν. 
καὶ γὰρ ἔργῳ ἐπεδείκνυτο καὶ ἔλεγεν ὅτι οὐκ ἂν ποτε 


. , A Ne A 4 
+ ey mpooiro, ἐπεὶ ἅπαξ φίλος αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο. ovd εἰ ἔτι μὲν 


µείοὺς γένοιντο, ἔτι δὲ κάκιον πράξειαν. 

( Φανερὸς δ' ἦν καὶ ef τίς τι ἀγαθὸν" ἡ κακὸν ποιήσειεν 
αὐτόν, νικᾶν ΄ πειρώµενος ** Kat εὐχὴν δέ τινες oe 
Sébepov ὡς εὔχοιτο τοσοῦτον χρόνον (nv tote vixen’ 
καὶ τοὺς εὖ καὶ τοὺς κακῶς ποιοῦντας ἀλεξόμενος. καὶ 
γὰρ οὖν πλεῖστοι δὴ αὐτῷ évi' γε ἀνδρὶ τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν 
ἐπεθύμησαν καὶ χρήματα Kat πόλεις καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν 
σώματα προέσθαι. ese 


’ 


Προς for Study. (1) Verbs admitting two nominatives. 7?) Con- 
tion of the third or more vivid form πως... past tense. ‘ (3yTiep) πλείστου 


οιεῖρθαι. (4) Short formas of gen. and dat.of τὶς. (5) Synopsis of ἵημι in 
.act. and mid.' (6 Object-aud cognate accusative. (7) Construction after 
" φανερὸς ἦν (or ἐστι). ) The form (jy. (9) efs or efs γε with superlatives. 


9 \ \ 29.8 A> # ¥ ε 4 ; 
Οὐ μὲν δὴ οὐδὲ» τοῦτ ἄν τις εἴποι ὡς τοὺς κακούργους 
΄ ιό A 9 8 , 4 
Kal ἀδίκους εἶα καταγελᾶν, ἀλλὰ ἀφειδέστατα πάντων 
ἐτιμωρεῖτο᾽ πολλάκις ὃ ἦν ἰδεῖν παρὰ τὰς στειβοµένας 
00 \ N δῶ 9 \ a \ 93 A ~ , 
ους Kal TOOWY” Kal χειρὼν καὶ ὀφθαλμῶν στεροµένους 
> 0 [ὰ - σ > 9 co ΄ : 3 ~ 3 7 ‘\ σ 
ανθρώπους ' wot ἐν-τῃη Κύρου ἀρχῃ ἐγένετο καὶ Ἑλληνι 


12 


18 


καὶ βαρβάρῳ μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντι”» ας, πορεύεσθαι ὅπῃ 


τις ήθελεν, έχοντι ὅτι προχωροίη." eee 7 

ο Τούς γε μέντοι ἀγαθοὺς εἷς πύλεμον ὠμολόγητο. δια- 
φερόντως τιμᾶν. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος πρὸς 
Πισίδας καὶ Μυσούς' στρατευόµενος οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς ets 


, Ν A 
TavTas τὰς χώρας οὓς ἑώρα ἐθέλοντας κινδυνεύειν, 
, 8 3 , 4 I 
τούτους καὶ ἄρχοντας ἐποίει YS κατεστρέφετο χώρας," 
1900. 1408. 606. ὅσι. 1996, ο. 1499. 675, 3. 662. 3725, a. 1018. 340. 
636,c. 4981. 1539. 660. 585. 5937%,a. 1502,3. 677. 631. 69609, a. 1563, 8. 
653,38. 583. 652,b. ©1030. 1619 4383. 487. %748,a. 1117. 362,N 
969, d. 1563,5. G53, 6. 588. 4914, 2, (2). 1481, 2. 625. 616,b. 2998, κ. 
1088. 485. 619, d. | 


14 


15 


16 


17 


ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἄλλοις δώροις ἐτίμα Ἰ ὥστε φαίνεσθαι 
τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς εὐδαιμονεστάτους, τοὺς δὲ κακοὺς 
δούλρυς τούτων ἀξιῶν εἶναι. µτοιγαροῦν πολλὴ ἦν 
ἀφθονία αὐτῷ τῶν ἐθελόντων κινδυνεύειν, ὅπου τις 
» a) 8 , 
οἵοιτο Kipov αἰσθήσεσθαι. ets γε μὴν δικαιοσύνην ef 
Ν ig 1 > la 4 8 
TUS Pavepos evote ἐπιδείκνυσθαι βουλόµενος, περὶ 
παντὸς ἐποιεῖτο τούτους πλουσιωτέρως” ζῆν ποιεῖν τῶν ἐκ 
τοῦ ἀδίκου ὃ φιλοκερδούντων. καὶ γὰρ οὖν ἄλλα τε πι'λλὰ 
δικαίως αὐτῷ * διεχειρίζέετο καὶ στρατεύµατι ἀληθινῷ ἐχρή- 
σατο. καὶ γὰρ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοί, ot χρημάτων 
ἕνεκα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἔπλευσαν, ἔγνωσαν κερδαλεώτερον εἶναι 
K: , : λ ‘al ε , “A 9 \ 6 α , : 
ύρῳ καλως υπαρχειν ἡ TO Kata” µηνα κέρδος. 


118 ANABASIS. i 


Topics for Study. (1) Optative in simple sentences. (2) Parts of ἑάω. 
(3) Verbs of depriving. (4) Augment of dpdw. (5) Cf. ἀληθήε and ἀληθιόε, 
(6) Persian criminal code. Rawlinson, Fifth Monarchy, ch. iii. 


Grateful, free from envy, helpful, of marked liberality. 


᾽Αλλὰ μὴν εἴ τίς ve, τι αὐτῷ] προστ ας καλῶς 


ὑπηρετήσειεν, ovdevi® πώποτε ἀχλάριστον, εἴασε᾽ τὴν τρο- 


θυµίαν. τοιγαροῦν κράτιστοι δὲ ὑπηρέται παντὸς épyou™ 
Κύρῳ ἐλέχθησαν γενέσθαι. ei δέ τινα ὀρφη δεινὸν ὄντα 
οἰκονόμον ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου καὶ κατασκευάζοντά τε 7S 
ἄρχοι '' χώρας καὶ προσόδος ποιοῦντα, οὐδένα ἂν'' 
πώποτε AGENTS, GAN? ἀεὶ πλείω το. ὥστε καὶ 
ἡδέως ἐπόνουν καὶ θαρραλέως ἐκτῶντο καὶ ὕσα ἐπέπατό 
τις ἥκιστα Κῦρον ὃ ἔκρυπτεν οὗ γὰρ φθονῶν]. τοῖς 
φανερῶς πλουτοῦσιν » ἐφαίνετο, ἀλλὰ πειρώμενος χρῆσθαι 
τοῖς τῶν ἁἀποκρυπτομένων χρήµασι. 


1904, 9. 1908.9. 610. 651,2. 32ὔ69,4. 310,9. %621,5. 988. 494. 548. 
6 767. 1165. 378. 523. 5 666,¢. 9ὔ2,1. 4δ1, 1. 555,98. 63116, Ὀ. 1054. B84. 
686, Ὀ. 17764,2. 1159. 376. 520,8. &767. 1165. 378. 523. ° 894, 2, a, end. 
1898, 2. 620,n.1. 465. °7929,c. 1085,8. 850. 506,a. "4919.8. 1489. 3126. 
616,b. 13894, 2,9. 1398, 1296. 610, κ. 1. 467,a. 4324. 1060. S40. 535. 981. 
1588. 660. 586 63164, 5. 1159. 876. 520.8 


\ 


4 








BOOK 1. CHAP. IX. 119 


Φίλους γε μὴν ὅσους ποιήσαιτοὶ καὶ εὔνους γνοίη 
ὄντας καὶ ἱκανοὺς κρίνειε συνεργοὺς εἶναι 6 Τι τυγχάνοι” 
βουλόμενος Κατεργάζεσθαι, ὁμολογείται πρὸς πάντων 
κράτιστος δὴ γενέσθαι θεραπεύεν. καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸ 
τοῦτοῦ οὗπερ ιαὐτὸς ἕνεκα φίλων" ῴετο δεῖσθαι, ὡς our 
᾿εργοὺς ἔχοι, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπειρᾶτο συνεργὸς τοῖς Φίλοιςδ 
κράτιστος εἶναι τούτου» ὅτου αἰσθάνοιτο] ἑἕκαστον 
ἐπιθυμοῦντα. 

Topics for Study. (1) What pure verbs make the future in dow? (32) 


Verbs of concealing. (3) Some verbs and adjectives that take the supplemen- 
tary participle. (4) Case after ἐπιθυμέω, δέοµαι. 


Mddpa δὲ πλεῖστα μὲν, οἶμαι, εἷς γε avip ἐλάμβανε 
διὰ πολλά᾿ ταῦτα δὲ πάντων ἡ δὴ µάλιστα τοῖς Φίλοις 
διεδίδου, πρὸς τοὺς τρόπους ἑκάστου σκοπῶν καὶ adie 
Μάλιστα ὀρῴη ἑκαστον δεόµενον. ᾿ καὶ ὅσα τῷ σώματι 
αὐτοῦ πέμποι τις ; ὡς eis πόλεμον 7 Wows 46 αλλοι 
καὶ περὶ τούτων λέγειν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν Ts τὸ μὲν ἑαυτοῦ 
σῶμα οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο τούτοις Tact κοσμηθῆναι, φίλους 
A α 
δὲ καλῶς κεκοσµηµένους µέγιστον κόσμυν ἀνδρὶ vopi- 
ζοι καὶ τὸ Ὁ μὲν τὰ” μεγάλα νικᾶν τοὺς φίλους εὖ 
Α δὲ 3 5 ΄ ἃ ὃ , 
ιουντα ovdey θαυμαστόν ἐπειὸή ye Kal ὀυνατώτερος 
ty “A A α α 
qv: τὸ δὲ τῇ" ἐπιμελείᾳ περιεῖναι τῶν φίλων καὶ τῷ 
προθυμεῖσθαι ἉΧαρίζεσθαι, ταῦτα ἔμοιγε μᾶλλον δοκεῖ 
ἀγαστὰ εἶναι. Kipos γὰρ ἔπεμπε βίκους οἴνου ἡμιδεεῖς 
πολλάκις ὁπότε πάνυ ἡδὺν λάβοι,» λέγων ὅτι οὕπω δὴ 
πολλοῦ χρόνου τούτου ἡδίονι οἴνῳ ἐπιτύχοι ' ὁ τοῦτον 
οὖν σοὶ 1 ἔπεμψε καὶ δεῖταί σου τήµέρον τοῦτον ἐκπιεῖν 
1914,» (2). 1481,% 625. 616,b,and620. 31θ1θ,α. 149. 625. 616, b; 618. 
9626. 1815, 318. 491, d. $743. 1112. 356. 512. 5772, b. 1175. 8392, 2, 
525. 6©7929,c. 1085,8. 350. 506, a. 7 Cf. ποιήσαιτο, § 20. 8 129,9. 1088. 38858. 
δα. 9967. 1165. 378. 523. 959. 166. 637. 52. 719, b. 1060. 
336. 540. 3780. 1152. 390. 527, b. 15914, », (2). 1431,2. G25. 616,b; 687. 


a 1186 369. 516. %9032,2 148%. G78. 659,a %119,b. 14 72,2 
αι 


20 


28 


25 


120 . ANABASIS. 


26 σὺν ols μάλιστα φιλεῖς. πω δὲ χῆνας ἡμιβρώτους 
ἔπεμπε καὶ ἄρτων ἡμίσεα καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, ἐπιλέγειν 
9 aA 
κελεύων τὸν φέροντα, Τούτοιςὶ ἠσθη Κῦρος' βούλεται 
27 οὖν καὶ σὲ τούτων” γεύσασθαι. ὅπου δὲ yids σπάνιος 
¥ 9 ἃ A ΄ , ΔΝ 8 
πάνν εἴη, αὐτὸς δὲ δύναιτο παρασκευάσασθαι διὰ τὸ 
4 » 4 ή Ν Δ Δ 3 ΄ 

πολλοὺς ἔχειν ὑπηρέτας καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, δια- 
πέμπων ἐκέλευε τοὺς φίλους τοῖς τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα 
ἄγουσιν ἵπποις ἐμβάλλειν τοῦτον τὸν Χιλόν, ὡς μὴ 

πεινῶντες τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ φίλους ἄγωσιν. 
Topics for Study. (1) Uses of the optative mode. (2) Three uses of 


ἄν. 3) Adverbs made from µέγας. (4) Mode in conditional relative clause 
after a past tense. 


Publicly honors his friends; proof of popularity and good 
judgment. 


28 Ei δὲ δή ποτε πορεύοιτοὸ καὶ πλεῖστοι µέλλοιεν 


ὄψεσθαι,' προσκαλῶν τοὺς φίλους ἐσπουδαιολογεῖτο, ws 
δ λ ί a ~ σ 9 \ , ta a 9 , δέ 
Πλοίη οὓς Tina. wore ἐγὼ µέν γε ἐξ ὧν ἀκούω οὐδένα 
κρίνω ὑπὸ πλειόνων πεφιλῆσθαι οὔτε Ἑλλήνων οὔτε 
, , λ , ‘ re N 4 
29 θαρβάρων. Ἁτεκμήριον δὲ τούτου καὶ τόὀδε. παρὰ μὲν 
Κύρου δούλου ὄντοςὃ οὐδεὶς ἀπῄει πρὸς βᾳσιλέα, πλὴν 
> , 9 - Δ @ \ 4 ¥ / εθ 
Ὀρόντας ἐπεχείρησε καὶ οὗτος δὴ ὃν ῴετο πιστόν οἱ 
εἶναι ταχὺ αὐτὸν ηὑρε Κύρῳ φίλτερὀν 7 ἑαυτῷ' παρὰ 
δὲ βασιλέως πολλοὶ πρὸς Κῦρον ἀπῆλθον, ἐπειδὴ πολέ- 
μιοι ἀλλήλοις ἐγένοντο, καὶ οὗτοι μόντοι οἱ μάλιστα 
UT αὐτοῦ ἀγαπώμενοι, νομίζοντες αν Κύρῳ ὄντες ! 
ἀγαθοὶ ἀξιωτέρας & ἂν πως τυγχάνειν᾿ ἦ παρὰ βασιλεῖ. 
aly semen 
30 μέγα δὲ τεκμήριον καὶ τὸ”. ἐν τῇ τελευτῇ τοῦ βίον ait αἰπῳ 
γενόμενον") ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀγαθὸς καὶ Kpivgy ὀρθῶς 
1778, 1161. 891. 596.0. 3142. 1102, 356. 511. *804,5,2. 19999. 610. 
651, 2. 4846. 1254. 533. 570, b. 5969. ¢. 1563, 6. 653,7. 583. 6 685. 987. 


479. 197. Tei εἴησαν, 902. 1413, 614. Ss. 8739. 1099. 356. 610,4. 
¥ 964. 900. 1494, 1408. 647. 579. 19966. 1560. 650,1. 688. 


BOOK I. CHAP. X. 121 


IQR 2 8 - 8 A ” 8 9 
ἐδύνατο τοὺς πἰστοὺς καὶ εὔνους καὶ βεβαίους. Ἅἀπο- a1 


ἠνήσκοντος γὰρ αὐτοῦ πάντες οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν φίλοι καὶ 

, 9» , ε ν yrs 4 
συντρἀπεζοι ἀπέθανον μαχόμενοι [ὑπὲρ Κύρου] πλὴν 
Δριαίου ' οὗτος οδὲ τεταγµένος 1 ἐτύγχανεν ἐπὶ τῷ 
Savon τοῦ ἱππικοῦ ἄρχων ᾿ ὡς 8 ΄σθετο κ... 
πεπτωκότα,' ἔφυγεν ἔχων καὶ τὸ στρά Τευμα πᾶν οὗ 
ἡγεῖτο. 


x 


Topics for Study. (1) Position and force of γέ. (2) Origin of the 
name ‘EAAds. (3) Difference between τέλος and τελευτή. (4) Origin of 
βέβαιο». 


The king falls upon and plunders the camp of Cyrus; while the 
Greeks halting deliberate, Tissaphernes and the king joining 


forees return to the attack 

Χ *Evravda δὴ Κύρου ἀποτέμνετι ἡ κεφαλὴ καὶ ἡ 
χεὶρ ἡ δεξιά. βασιλεὺς δὲ [καὶ of σὺν αὐτῷ] διώκων ὃ 
9 ν ο 
εἰσπίτπτει εἰς τὸ Κύρειον στρατόπεδον: καὶ οὗ μὲν μετὰ 
3 , ; 9 , 9 3 Ν 2 Ν ~ ¢ A 
Αριαίου οὐκέτι ἵστανται ἀλλὰ φεύγουσι διὰ τοῦ avTav 
στρατοπέδου εἰς τὸν σταθμὸν ἔνθεν ὥρμηντο: τέτταρες 


δὃ ἐλέγοντο παρασάγγαι εἶναι τῆς ὁδοῦ. βασιλεὺς δὲ 2 


καὶ ol σὺν αὐτῷ τά τε ἄλλα πολλὰ διαρπάζουσι, καὶ 
τὴν Φωκαΐδα τὴν Κύρου παλλακίδα τὴν σοφὴν καὶ καλὴν 
λεγοµένην εἶναι λαμβάνει. ἡ δὲ Μιλησία [ἦν νεωτέρα 
7 | ληφθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν audi βασιλέα ἐκφεύγει γυμνὴ 
πρὸς τῶν Ἑλλήνων,. οἱ έτυχον ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις ὅπλα 
ἔχοντες καὶ ἀντιταχθέντες πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν ἁρπαζόντων 
ἀπέκτειναν, οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν ἀπέθανον' οὗ μὴν ἐφυγόν 
γε, ἀλλὰ καὶ΄ ταύτην ἔσωσαν καὶ τἆλλα ὁπόσα ἐντὸς 
αὐτῶν καὶ χρήματα” καὶ ἄνθρωποι) ἐγένοντο πάντα 
ἔσωσαν. | 


1984. 1586. 660, κ. 585,98. 3985, 1588. 661. 586,98. 956907. 901. 496, 1. 
49o,v. £932. 352,1. 608. 624,a. 911. 819. 608. 


ome 


A 
OL 





4 


125 AN ABASIS. 


Ἐνταῦθα διέσχον dddj\wv! βασιλεύς te καὶ ol 


Ἕλληνες ὡς Τριάκοντα στάδια, οἱ μὲν διώκοντες τοὺς 


καθ αὑτοὺς [ώς πάντα νικῶντες"], οἱ δ' ἁρπάζοντες ὡς 
ἤδη πάντα νικῶντες. 


Topics for Study. (1) Verbs of the iota class. (2) Inflection of im 
perfect and aorist indicative of κτείνω. 


Ἐπεὶ O ἤσθοντο οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες ὅτι pean: σὺν 
τῷ στρατεύµατι ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις εἴη βασιλεὺς δ᾽ 
αὖ ήκουσε 'Τισσαφέρνους ὅ ὅτι οἱ Ἕλληνες νικῴεν ὃ τὸ καθ’ 
αὑτοὺς καὶ εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν οἴχονται ὃ διώκόρτεν ἔνθα 
δὴ βασιλεὺς μὲν ἀθροίζει τε τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ συντάτ- 
Ττεται, 6 δὲ Κλέαρχος ἐβουλεύεο Ἡρόξενον καλέσας, 
πλησιαίτατος γὰρ ἦν, εἶ πέμποιέν Ά τινας ἢ πάντες ἴοιεν 
ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον ἀρήξοντες. 

Ἐν τούτῳ καὶ βασιλεὺς δῆλος ἦν προσιὼν πάλιν 
ὡς ἐδόκει ὀπίσθεν. καὶ ot μὲν Ἕλληνες στραφέντες ® 


, ε , 7 , 8 \ 5 , 
_maperxevalovro ws ταύτῃ᾽ προαιόντος καὶ de€dpevor, 


4. “A 
[βασιλεὺς] ταύτῃ μὲν οὐκ ᾖἦγεν, 7 δὲ παρῆλθεν 
΄ ~ 9 ΄ , 4 8 > a 9 
ἔζω τοῦ εὐωνύμου κέρατος ταύτῃ καὶ ἀπῆγεν, ἀναλαβὼν 
Ν 8 9 ~ a ‘ 4 φ : 9 , 
καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ µάχῃ [κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας] αὐτομολή- 
σαντας καὶ Τισσαφέρνην καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ., ὁ γὰρ 
Τισσαφέρνης ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ συνόδῳ ovK ἐἔφυγεν, ἀλλὰ 
, 4 Ν \ 4 ‘\ σ 
διῄλασε παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν κατὰ τοὺς “EAAnvas πελ- 
, 2 “Qa , t 29 7 a 
ταστάς ' διελαύνων δὲ κατέκανε pev οὐδένα, διαστάντες 
ὃ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔπαιον καὶ ἠκόντιζον αὐτούς' Ἐπισθένης 
δὲ ᾽Αμϕιπολίτης ἦρχε τῶν πελταστῶν καὶ ἐλέγετο Φρό- 
νιµος γενέσθαι. Τὸ ὃ οὖν Τισσαφέρνης ὡς μεῖον ἔχων 
η , οκ Ν 9 9 ο » δὲ 9 , 
ἀπηλλάγη, πάλιν μὲν οὐκ ἀναστρέφει, εἰς δὲ TO στρατό- 
1748. 1117. 969, 1. 609, α. 191. Cf. 1950. 522. 454,f. 35988, 2. 933, last 
ex. 1498. 673-4. 659, a. 4932, 2 and b (2). 1490. 673 (end). 661. 5 969, ο. 


1568, 4. 653, 5. 588, b. 6 Introd. 81. 7622. 1181. 424. 648. 8972, a. 1568. 
6G897.N 1. 590. % 


BOOK 1. CHAP. &. 128 


medor ἀφικόμενος τὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐκεῖ συντυγχάνε 
βασιλεῖ, καὶ ὁμοῦ δὴ πάλιν συνταξάµενοι ἐπορεύοντο. 


Topics for Study. (1) Comparison of φίλος, πλησίον. (2) Analysis of 
στραφέντες, διαστάντες, ἀπηλλάγη. (3) Deliberative subjunctive in indirect dis- 


course. 


The Greeks putting the river in the rear, charge, rout, and pursue 
the enemy ; returning they find their camp plundered. 


Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦσαν κατὰ τὸ εὐώνυμον τῶν Ἑλλήνων κέρας, 





; ὡς ἐδόκει, ὄπισθεν. 
6, ᾗ ᾗ παρῇῆλθεν ἐξωβτοῦ εὐωνύμον κέρατος. 
9, ἐπει δ ἦσαν κατὰ τὸ εὐώνυμον τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων κέρας. 
10, Παραμειψάμενος εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ σχῆμα. 
10, κατέστησεν ἀντίαν Thy φάλαγγα. 
Ae 6, οἱ Ἕλληνες στραφέντες. 
9, ἐδόκει ἀναπτύσσειν τὸ κέρας καὶ dre 
obey ποιήσασθαι τὸν ποταμµόν. 


: 


He 6, βασιλεὺς δῆλος ἦν φροσιώγ, 


αὖθις παιανίσαντες ἐπῇσαν πολὺ ἔτι προθυµότερον 7 τὸ 


ἔδεισαν οἱ Ἕλληνες μὴ προσ- 
άγοιε πρὺς τὸ κέρας καὶ 


περιπτύξαντες  ἀμφοτέρωθεν 


αὐτοὺς κατακόψειαν᾽ καὶ 
ἐδόκει αὐτοῖς ἀνάπτύσσειν 
τὸ κέρας καὶ ποιήσασθαι 
ὄπισθεν τὸν ποταµόν. ἐν 


ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἐβουλεύοντο, 


καὶ δὴ βασιλεὺς παραμειψά- 


µενος εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ σχῆμα΄ 


κατέστησεν ἁγτίαν τὴν φά- 
λαγγα ὥσπερ τὸ πρῶτον 
μαχούμενοςἲ cuvje. ὡς δὲ 
εἶδον οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐγγύς τε 
ὄντας καὶ παρατεταγµένους, 


(a a 
J 


10 


πρόσθεν. οἱ 8 αὖ βάρβαροι οὐκ ἐδέχοντο, ἀλλὰ ἐκ 1 
πλείονος ᾖ τὸ πρόσθεν ἔφευγον οἱ ὃ ἐπεδίωκον µέχρι 


κώµης τινός. 


Ἐνταῦθα 8° ἔστησαν ot 


"Ἕλληνες ' ὑπὲρ γὰρ τῆς 


κώµης γήλοφος ἦν, ἐφ οὗ en οἱ ἀμφὶ 


1ρ0609,0. 16068. 4. 653,5. 58 


12 


ως wesc lewe Ame 

σένα, > ree Y 
124 κ, ANABASSS. 

was. 
βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μὲν } οὐκέτι, τῶν δὲ ἱππέωνὶ ὁ λόφος 

ο ἃ : 
ἐνεπλήσθη, ὥστε(τὸ ποιούµενον pi) γιγνώσκειν. καὶ τὸ 
, A ε A ¥; 2 A 
βασίλειον σημεῖον ὁρᾶν έφασαν ἀετόν τινα χρυσοῦν ἐπὶ 
: ae 





πέλταν. 


is πέλτῃ [ἐπὶ ξύλου] ἀνατεταμένον. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθ 
ἐχώρουν οἱ Ἕλληνες, λείπουσι δὴ καὶ τὸν λόφον οἱ 
ἱππεῖς' οὗ μὴν ἔτι ἀθρόοι ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν '' ἐψιλοῦτο 
> ε , a ε , | ) \ 4 , 9 
ὃ 6 λόφος τῶν ἱππέων 'ὶ τέλος δὲ καὶ πάντες ἀπε- 


χώρησ “ | 
Topics Tor Study. (1) Modes after verbs οἵ fearing. (2) ἔστησα, ἕστην, 
difference in meaning. (3) Did the Persians use military standards ? 


_, + : 
14 ‘O οὖν Κλέαρχος οὐκ ἀνεβίβαζεν ἐπὶ τὸν λόφο», GAA 
ur αὐτὸν στήσας τὸ στράτευμα πέµπει Λύκιον τὸν 

, 8 κά 9 Ἡἃ 8 4 ‘ 4 
Συρακόσιον καὶ ἄλλον ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον καὶ κελεύει κατι- 


ή Ν € ἡ ο) 4 ΄ 3 3 ~ Νε 
15 δόντας τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λόφου τί ἐστιν ἀπαγγεῖλαι. καὶ ὁ 
A 


Λύκιος ἤλασέ τε καὶ ἰδὼν ἀπαγγέλλει OTL φεύγουσιν ava. 


) “A Ne ρ - 
κράτος. σχεδὸν ὃ ὅτε ταῦτα ἦν καὶ ἥλιος ἐδύετο. Po. τ΄ 


A φ 

ιδ ἘΕνταῦθα ὃ ἔστησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ θέμενοι. τὰ 
9 ’ ; . ο 4 > , 9 acs 
ὅπλα ἀνεπαύοντο καὶ apa μὲν ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι. οὐδαμοῦ 
ΚΌρος φαίνοιτο” οὐδ ἄλλος am αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς παρείη᾿ 
9 Ν no  ἃ 0 a, INA »¥ a ὃ ’ 
ov γὰρ ᾖδεσαν αὐτὸν τεθνηκότα, ἀλλ εἴκαζον ἢ διώ- 

Ι7 κοντα οἶχεσθαι ἢ καταληψόμενόν τι προεληλακέναν καὶ 
αὐτοὶ ἐβουλεύοντο | εἰ αὐτοῦ µείναντες τὰ σκευοφόρα 


1943. 1112. 856. 618. / 1926, b. 1506. 598,N. 684. B. 
a " Foi ye 


. 


- t 


\ 
ν ay 


a, 


I 
BOOK I. CHAP. X.° "198 


- » “a 
ἐνταῦθα ἅγοιντο ἢ ἀπίοιεν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. ἔδοξεν 
> α 9 , . a 5 A 9 ον » 8 A 
αὐτοῖς ‘aTrLevaL® καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἀμφι δορπηστὸν ἐπὶ τὰς 
σκηνάς. ταύτης μὲν τῆς ἡμέρας τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγένετο. 18 
΄ 4 ~ » 4 4 α 
καταλαμβάνουσι δὲ τῶν τε ἄλλων χρημάτων τὰ πλεῖστα 
5 , \ ¥ a og 9 . ε » 
ιηρπασμένα καὶ εἴ τι σιτίον ᾖ ποτὸν ἦν, καὶ τὰς ἁμάξας 
8 A 
μεστὰς ἀλεύρων καὶ οἴνου, as παρεσκευάσατο Kipos, 
ἵνα εἶ ποτε σφοδρὰ τὸ στράτευμα λάβοι ἔνδεια, διαδοίη᾽ 
φ 9 e ΄ 
τος Ἕλλησιν — ἦσαν 8 αὗται τετρακόσιαι [ὡς ἐλέ- 
9 8 ΄ , ε 8 
γοντο | ἅμαξαι --- καὶ ταύτας τότε. οἳ σὺν βασιλεῖ 
5 , νά 4. ε λ A Ae λλ 
ιήρπασαν. wore ἄδειπνοι σαν οἱ πλειστοι των Ελλή-ι9 
Ps > de ‘ 9 ρ ‘ \. 3 ‘\ ‘\ dy ’ 
νων ἦσαν δὲ καὶ ἀνάριστοι πρὶν” γὰρ δὴ καταλῦσαι |. 
‘ , \ ¥ 4 9 , 
τὸ στράτευμα πρὸς αριστον βασιλεὺς ἐφάνη. ταύτην 
9 
μὲν οὖν τὴν viKra® οὕτω διεγένοντο. 


‘Topics for Study. (1) Class of ἐλαύνω. (2) Attic reduplication. (5) 
Idiom for ‘they know that he is dead.’ (4) Greek meals. 


2937. 1508: 677. 668. °%Cf. κ. δῆλον εἶναι, 1.43, %712,c. 493,2. 580, be 


ΛΟΓΟΣ B. 





; KATABASIS, 


Recapitulation ; the Greeks learn of the death of Cyrus; offer the 
throne to Ariaeus; kill their oxen for food. 


1 1. [Ὡς μὲν οὖν ἠθρρίσθη Κύρῳ τὸ 
3 Ἑλληνικὸν ὅτε ἐπὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ᾿Αρτα- 
ξέρξην ἐστρατεύετο, καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ ἀνόδῳ 
ἐπράχθη καὶ ὡς ἡ µάχη ἐγένετο καὶ ὡς 
ΚΌρος ἐτελεύτησε καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ στρατό- 
πεδον ἐλθόντες οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐκοιμήθησαν 
οἱόμενοι τὰ πάντα! viKav? καὶ Kdpov 
ζῆν, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται.] 
“Apa δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνελθόντες οἱ 
στρατηγοὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι Kitpos οὔτε 





¥ , 8 Φ ‘ 
αλλον πέμποι ανοΌντα οτι χρη 

a ¥ 98 , ¥ » 2 A 
ποιέν οὔτε αὐτὸς Pepoire: Soke οὖν αὐτοῖς συ- 
σκευα ις ἆ εἶχον -Kal ἐξοπλισαμένοις προϊέναι 


8 εἰς τὸ προ έως Κύρῳ συμμίξειαν ἤδη δὲ ἐν 
ὁρμῇ ὄντων ὃ apa ἡλίῳ ἀνέχοντι ἦλθε ΠἩροκλῆς ὁ Tev- 
Ὀρανίας ἄρχων, γεγονὼς ἀπὸ Δαμαράτου τοῦ Λάκω- 
8 A « a ς ¥ hg “a 8 
vos, καὶ TAovs ὁ Tayo. οὗτοι έλεγον οτι Kupos µεν 
0 62 ος Se νο 9 A Divert \ 
τέθνηκεν, Αριαιος δὲ mepevyws ἐν τῷ σταύµῳ etn’ peta 
A 3 4 9 “ 9 Y 
τῶν ἄλλων βαρβάρων ὅθεν TH προτεραίᾳ wpunvTo, καὶ 
1719, b. 1060. 336. 540. 31946940. 1522, β99,9. G30. 571. * 925, b. 
1006. 598,n. 624,b. ‘937,98. 1502,3. 677. 6381. 5972,0. 1568. 657,45. 1. 

690,8. 033, lastex. 1498 674. 659. '982,2 1487. 678. 669,» 

(126) 


πρ Ας παο ο 20 





Yo 2U0 7 bo y 
=p se BOOK IL Guar. _-°© 127 
a νο 


λέγοι ἅτι ταύτην μὲν τὴν ἡμέραν περιμενοῖεν αὐτούς, él 
µέλλοιεν } ἥκειν, τῇ δὲ ἄλλῃ ἀπιέναι dain” ἐπὶ Ιωνίας, 
ὄθενπερ HAGE. 


Topics for Study. (1) Mode in causal clauses in indirect discourse. 
(2) At daybreak, at sunset, on the next day, how expressed ? 


Tatra ἀκούσαντες of στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες 4 
πυνθανόµενοι βαρέως ἔφερον. ἈἘλέαρχος δὲ τάδε εἶπεν. 
««ἸΑλλ᾽ Shere? μὲν Kipos ζῆν' ἐπεὶ δὲ τετελεύτηκεν. 

9 ιά 3 v4 9 e οί ~ ld id Ν 
ἀπαγγέλλετε Αριαίῳ Οτι μεις νικὠμέν τε βασιλέα καὶ 

5 ε ο > ‘ » ean , \ (94 XN ε« α ν 

ὡς Spare οὐδεὶς ere ἡμῖν μάχεται, καὶ εἶ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, 
ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα., ἐπαγγελλόμεθα δὲ ᾿Αριαίῳ, 

ἐὰν ἐνθάδε ἔλθῃ, cis τὸν θρόνον τὸν βασίλειον καθιεῖνῖ | heer 
αὐτόν τῶν” γὰρ µάχῃ νικώντων καὶ τὸ! apyew ἐστί fe yu: 

Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἀποστέλλει τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς 6..." 
Χειρίσοφον τὸν Λάκωνα καὶ .Μένωνᾳ τὸν Θετταλόν" καὶ δὲ a 

\ 2 8 , 2 aN κ Δ \ ‘ , Las {6 
γὰρ αὐτὸς Μένων ἐβούλετο' ἦν γὰρ φίλος καὶ ξένος 
: ρ ε \ ν , \ , ee 
Αριαίου. οἱ μὲν mxovro, Κλέαρχος δὲ περιέµενε᾽ ‘7d 6 
δὲ στράτευμα ἐπορίζετο σῖτον ὅπως ἐδύνατο ἐκ τῶν 
ὑποζυγίων κόπτοντες τοὺς Bods καὶ ὄνους ξύλοις δὲ 
9 “” .. 9 aad 3 AN A , 810 ε 
έχρωντο μικρὸν” προϊιὀντε ἀπὸ τῆς φάλαγγος οὗ" 7 
µάχη ἐγένετο τοῖς τε olotots™ πολλοῖς οὖσιν, οὓς 
ἠνάγκαζον οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς αὐτομολοῦντας 
παρὰ βασιλέως, καὶ τοῖς γέρροις' καὶ ταῖς ἀσπίσι ταῖς 
"Κυλίναις ταῖς Αἰγυπτίαις ° πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ πέλται καὶ 
ἅμαξαι σαν ῥέρεσθαι”" ἔρημοι οὖσαι' ols πᾶσι χρώ- 
µενοι kpéa™ ἔψοντες  ἠσθιον ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν..- 


Topics for Study. (1) Unattainable wish. (2) Supposition contrary 
to fact. (8) Appositive with χράοµαι (4) Infinitive denoting purpose. 


1808, 932, 2. 1890, 1497,2. GO4. 650. 2946, b. 15238. 669, 658. § $71, a. 
1512. 588. 470,b. *895. 1897. 606. 649. 5425. 665,38. 275. 846. £732, c. 
4004, 1. 3848.1. 608. 7959. 1542. 636-7. 574. 8623, 595, b. 916. 3820 
(cf. last ex.). 547 (cf. last οχ.). °° 720. 1062. 338. 538. 1 760,8. 1187. 8&8 (end). 
616 (end). 1 777. 1188. 887,N. 13951. 1532. 592. 566 anda. 151091. 237. 
106 (cf. γέρας). 124. 4969, a. 1568,8. G&53,2. 658 (note second paragraph). 


10 


128 AN ABASIS. 


The king demands the surrender of the Greeks; they reply with 


courage and moderation. 


Καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν περὶ πλήθουσαν ἀγορὰν καὶ épyovrar 
8 , 8 , ? e Δ ¥ 

παρὰ βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους κήρυκες οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι 
βάρβαροι, ἦν ὃ αὐτῶν Φαλῖνος εἷς Ἕλλην, ὃς ἐτύγχανε 
παρὰ Τισσαφέρνει dv καὶ ἐντίμως ἔχων ' Kal γὰρ 
προσεποιεῖτο ἐπιστήμων εἶναι τῶν) ἀμφὶ τάξεις τε 

‘ ¢ 48 \ /. ‘N , 
καὶ ὁπλομαχίαν. οὗτοι δὲ προσελθόντε καὶ καλέ- 

‘ A ε / ¥ ig σ 
σαντες τοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων αρχοντας λέγουσιν ort 
8 a “ y 9 A la) ld 

βασιλεὺς κελεύει τοὺς Ἓλληνας, ἐπεὶ νικῶν τυγχάνει 

8 ~ 3 , 8 σ 37 > ἃ 
καὶ Κῦρον ἀπέκτονε, παραδόντας τὰ ὅπλα ἰόντας ἐπὶ 
‘ , , ε ν 9 , 
τὰς ᾖβασιλέως θύρας εὑρίσκεσθαι ἂν" τι ὀδύνωνται 
ἀγαθόν. 

Tatra μὲν εἶπον «οἱ βασιλέως κήρυκες' οἱ δὲ Ελ- 

, 8 ¥ 9 Δ ld a 

ληνες βαρέως μὲν ἠκουσαν, ὅμως δὲ Κλέαρχος τοσοῦτον 


> 9 9 A , 8 
ειπεν οτι OV Των γνικωνγτων 


ν ‘ σ , 
εἴη τὰ ὅπλα παραδιδόναυ ° 
ές rr’ > » κε ὃὁ A > » 5 / , 
ἀλλ, edn, “vets µεν, ὢ αἄνθρες στρατηγοί, τού- 
τοις ἀποκρίνασθε ὅτι κάλλιστόν τε καὶ ἀἄριστον 
¥ : > AN δὲ 27 φ Σ2 2 Xv , > NX 
éyere’ ἐγὼ δὲ αὐτίκα ἠξζω.᾽ ἐκάλεσε γάρ τις αὐτὸν 
τῶν ὑπηρετῶν, ὅπως ἴδοι τὰ ἱερὰ ἐξῃρημένα ' έτυχε γὰρ 
θυόµενος. 
Ἔνθα δὴ ἀπεκρίνατο Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς πρεσβύτατος 
a 9 , 4 4 9 , a . ο a 
ὦν ὅτι πρόσθεν" ἂν ἀποθάνοιεν ἢ τὰ ὅπλα παραδοῖεν ᾿ 
4. 
Πρόξενος δὲ 6 Θηβαΐος, “᾽Αλλ' ἐγώ, έφη, “a Φαλῖνε, 
4 4 ε οἱ ΔΝ 3 ” 8 9 Λ 
θαυμάζω πότερα ὡς κρατῶν βασιλεὺς aires τὰ ὅπλα 7 
ε 9 , “A 5 3 \ 9 ε a , A 
ὡς διὰ φιλίαν Sapa” ei μὲν γὰρ ws κρατῶν, τί δεῖ 
3 N > A Ν > a 2 , 3 Q / 6 
αὐτὸν αἰτεν καὶ οὗ AaBew ἐλθόντα; εἰ δὲ πείσας 
1154, d; 621, b. 1142. 351.424. 516,b: 42h, cf. 507,b. 31898. 1408. 604. 


650. δ Cf. same, § 4 end. 6 - πριν, 921,b; 994. 1474, 14386. G27 and Ν. 6hh, ο. 
5623; 505, b. 916. 38290. 547. °969,a 15683,3. G653,2. 583. 


BOOK Il. CHAP. L 129 


Bovderar* λαβεῖν, λεγέτω τί ἔσται τοῖς στρατιώταις, 
ἐὰν αὐτῷ ταῦτα” χαρίσωνται.᾽ 
Topics for Study. (1) The office of herald, Introd. 92. (2) Which 


participles in this passage express the causal and which the conditional relation 3 
(3) The imperative in the conclusion of conditional sentences. 


Πρὸς ταῦτα PaNivos elie, “ Baciteds νικᾶν ἡγεῖται, : 
ἔτι τῆς ἀρχῆς 


9 x α 3 4 4 ‘ > “83 
EMEL Κυρον απέκτονε. τίς γαρ αὐτῳ 


4 


A \ N “A A 4 
ἀντιποιεῖται; νομίζει δὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἑαυτοῦ" εἶναι, 


ἔχων ὃ ἐν µέσῃ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χώρᾳ καὶ ποταμῶν ἐντὸς 
ἁδιαβάτων καὶ πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς δυνάµενος 
> ο) 9 > 26 , 6 e a ov dy 
ἀγαγεῖν ὁσον ovd εἰ) παρέχοι' ὑμιν Ούναισθε ἂν 
ἀποκτεῖναι. 
“ ? α 
Mera τοῦτον Θεόπομπος ᾿Αθηναῖος εἶπεν, “Ω Φαλῖνε, 
- ε ΔΝ ε ”~ e ο) 3 A yy > ΔΝ »” 3 Ν 
viv, ὡς σὺ ὁρᾷς, ἡμῖν οὐδὲν ἔστιν ἀγαθὸν ἄλλο Et μὴ 
9 ν΄ 2 , 9 9 > » 7 97 a 
ὅπλα καὶ ἀρετή. oma μὲν οὖν ἔχοντες' οἰόμεθα ἂν 
καὶ τῇ ἀρετῇ χρῆσθαι, παραδόντες 8° ἂν ταῦτα καὶ 
τῶν σωμάτων στερηθῆναι. μὴ οὖν οἵου τὰ pova 
9 Δ e ας »” e 6A ΄ 3 8 Δ 4 
ἀγαθὰ ἡμῖν ὄντα ὑμῖν παραδώσειν, ἀλλὰ σὺν τού- 
τοις καὶ περὶ τῶν ὑμετέρων ἀγαθῶν μαχούμεθα. ἀκού- 
σας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Φαλίνος ἐγέλασε καὶ εἶπεν, “᾽Αλλὰ 
> 
φιλοσόφῳ prev ἔοικας, ὦ νεανίσκε, καὶ λέγεις οὐκ ἀχά- 
. 3 , ¥ it 
pita’ toft μέντοι ἀἁνόητος ap, 
9 4 , 122 4 A , , 1) 
ἀρετὴν περιγενέσθαι '' ἂν τῆς βασιλέως δυνάµεῳς. 
¥ e 
ἄλλους δέ τινας ἔφασαν λέγειν ὑπομαλακιζομένους ws 
N vad α 
καὶ Κύρῳ morot ἐγένοντο καὶ βασιλεῖ ἂν πολλοῦ ἄξιοι 
γένοιντο͵, et βούλοιτο ' φίλος γενέσθαι" καὶ εἴτε ἄλλο 


> ψ \ ε , 
ει οτε; Την υµετεραν 
18 


1993. 1890. 609. 847. 33716, ὑ. 1054. 334. 536,d. ϐ 7ο. 1115. 899 1. 
6346. 732,a8. 1094, 1. 348, 1. δ08.8. 5969,b. 1563,2. 668,4. 683. οφοῦ. 
1408. 605. 651. (17902. 14138. 614. 588. 9964, 900. 1308, 1408. 647, 605 
579,651. 91019. 1610. £32,1. 486. 773. 1175. 392,1. 525. 982, 986. 
1558. 661. Cf. 660,N. 586-7. 12964 (4). 1494, 1827. 647. 579. 3749. 1120. 
oS. 509, b. 44900. 1408, GO8. 661. %316,b. 1188. Of τί, 1.89 19 834. 
536, Ὀ. 


BH. & We ANAB, -- 


8 ‘ 


14 


180 ANABASIS. 


tu θέλοι χρῆσθαι cir er Αἴγυπτον στρατεύειν, συγκατα- 
στρέψαιντ᾽ ἂν αὐτῷ. 


Topics for Study. (1) Construction after ἀντιποιέομαι. (2) Meaning of 
Θεόπομπος. (3) Modes of abridging conditional clauses. (4) How translate 
‘what’ in the sentence, ‘ For what will he use us?’ 


Clearchus consults with Phalinus. 


β ? Φ \ » 
's "Ev" rovrm Κλέαρχος ἧκε, καὶ ἠρώτησεν el? ἤδη 
ἀποκεκριμένοι elev.® «Φαλῖνος δὲ ὑπολαβὼν εἶπεν, “ Οὗτοι 
> a 
µέν, ὦ Κλέαρχε, addos* ἄλλα λέγει 'ὃ σὺ ὃ ἡμῖν εἰπὲ ri 
22 4. “a 9 
16 λέγει. ὁ SD εἶπε, “ Ἐγώ σε, ὦ Φαλῖνε  ἄσμενος ὃ 
ἑώρακα, οἶμαι δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες ' σύ τε γὰρ Ἕλλην 
el καὶ ἡμεῖς τοσοῦτοι ὄντες ὅσους σὺ ὁρᾷς ' ἐν τοιούτοις 
δὲ ὄντες πράγµασι συμβουλευόμεθά σοι τί χρὴ ποιεῖν 
8 4. , 8 > Ν Αα , en 
17 περὶ ὧν λέγει. σὺ οὖν πρὸς θεῶν συμβούλευσον ἡμιν 
9 A , . » > . 9 
ὅτι σοι δοκεῖ κάλλιστον καὶ ἄριστον εἶναι, καὶ 6 σοι 
Δ 3 “ 3 7 4 9 4 ιό 9 
,τιμὴν οἴσει εἷς τὸν ereta’ χρόνον ἀεὶ λεγόμενον, ὅτι 
Φαλῖνός ποτε πεμφθεὶς παρὰ βασιλέως κελεύσων ὃ τοὺς 
gy. 8 4 “A ΄ 
Έλληνας τὰ ὅπλα παραδοῦναι συμβουλευομένοις συνε- 
4 9 A“ Oo 9 4 θ δὲ 9 > Ud λ id Q 
βούλευσεν avtois τάδε. οἶσύα δὲ Οτι ἀνάγκη λἐγεσύαι 
ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἃ ἂν συμβουλεύσῃς.᾽ 
1 Ὅ δὲ Κλέαρχος ταῦτα ὑπήγετο βουλόμενος καὶ αὐτὸν 
Ν ΔΝ ΄ , ο A 
τὸν παρὰ βασιλέως πρεσβεύοντα συμβουλεῦσαι py 
παραδοῦναι τὰ Oma, ὅπως εὐέλπιδες μᾶλλον Ὦ elev οἱ 
gy “A e aA 
Ελληνες. Φαλῖνος δὲ ὑποστρέψας παρὰ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 
19 εἶπεν, “Ἐγώ, εἰ μὲν τῶν. µυρίων ἐλπίδων pia τις" 
ὑμῖν ἐστι σωθῆναι ὃ πολεμοῦντας' βασιλει συµβου- 
4 ΔΝ 4 Δ 9 3 V4 ΄ 
λεύω μὴ παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα ' εἶ δέ τοι pydepia 
10f 1.538, 3980: 982, 2 1605, 1487. 578. 655. 3465. 783. 227. 500, Ὀ. 
¢624,d. 914. 829. ‘607. 901. 496,1. 598,c. 6619. 926. 425. 546. 17666,c. 
952. 451.1. ὅδδω. °969,c. 15634. 653.5. 588. 716, b. 1054. B34. 586, b. 


10256. 371. 135. 180. %664,c. 948. 445. 551,c. 1 8c. ἐλπίς, G21, d. 982, 2. 
424. 543. 952. 1526. 641. 566. “941. 928,1. 681,1. δ71,ο, 


BOOK II. CHAP. I. 181 


σωτηρίας ἐστὶν éAmis ἄκοντοςὶ βασιλέως, συμβουλεύω 
΄ ε a σ , 23 

σώζεσθαι ὑμῖν ὅπῃ δυνατόν. 
Topics for Study. (1) ὑπό ἵπ composition. (2) Imperatives that accent 


the final-é. (3) Use of ἄσμενο. (4) Comparison by μᾶλλον. (5) Nouns 
followed by infinitive. (6) ἄκων, ἑκών in genitive absolute. 


Κλέαρχος δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα εἶπεν, “AAG? ταῦτα μὲν 90 

A 8 , ν > ¢ ~ A > Ud ” σ ε ”~ 
δὴ σὺ λέγχεις' παρ) ἡμῶν δὲ ἀπάγγελλε τάδε ὅτι ἡμεῖς 

α , 4 
οἰόμεθα, ci μὲν δέοι βασιλεῖ φίλους εἶναι, πλείονος ἂν 
a ιά 

ἄξιοι εἶναι φίλοι ἔχοντες τὰ ὅπλα ᾖ παραδόντες ἄλλῳ, 
εἰδ δὲ δέοι πολεμεν, ἄμεινον ἂν πολεμεῖν ἔχοντες' 
τὰ ὅπλα ἢ ἄλλῳ παραδόντες. ΄ ὁ δὲ Φαλῖνος elie, αἱ 
“Tatra μὲν δὴ ἀπαγγελοῦμεν ' ἀλλὰ καὶ τάδε ὑμῖν 

» A 2 + ‘ 9 , 4 .. ε α > A 
εἰπεῖν ἐκέλευσε βασιλευς Οτι pevovaor” µεν vty αυτου 
σπονδαὶ εἴησαν, προϊοῦσι δὲ καὶ ἀπιοῦσι πόλεμος. 
εἴπατε οὖν καὶ περὶ τούτου πότερα μενεῖτε καὶ σπονδαί 

> r ε λ ΄ 5 ¥” 9 e ~ 3 Ne 22 
εἶσιν ἢ ὡς πολέμουὃ ὄντος παρ ὑμῶν ἀπαγγελῶ. 
Κλέαρχος δ᾽ ἔλεξεν, “᾿Απάγγελλε τοίνυν καὶ περὶ τούτου 33 
4 ‘ e aA 9 ἃ ὃ na ο 8 α 29 «έ , 4. 
OTL καὶ Ἠμιν ταῦτα OoKEL απερ καὶ βασιλεῖ. Τι οὖν 

a Ff 9 9 » € α 3 a iq 
TaUTa ἐστιν; ἔφη ὁ Φαλινος. ἀπεκρίνατο Κλέαρχος, 
(a4 *Hy ΔΝ f 5 , 3 “A δὲ \ Te 

μὲν pévapev, σπονδαί, ἀπιοῦσι δὲ καὶ προϊοῦσι 

πόλεμος. ὁ δὲ πάλιν ἠρώτησε, “Σπονδὰς 7 πόλεμον 
ἀπαγγελῶ ; Κλέαρχος δὲ ταὐτὰ πάλιν ἀπεκρίνατο, 
ο Σπονδαὶ μὲν σα ἀπιοῦσι δὲ καὶ προϊοῦσι πόλε- 
pos.” ὅτι δὲ ποιήσοι» οὐ διεσήµηνε. 


Topics for Study. (1) Theforme?ware. (2) Difference between ταῦτα 
and ταῦτά. (3) Future optative. 


1972, b. 1152. 657. 6589 and a. 2 Cf. 1.817, § 4, $900. 1408. 608. 651. 
4902. 1418; so µένουσι (dat. pl.), προϊοῦσι, ἀπιοῦσι. 6164. 5970,978. 1598,2. 657, 
661, κ. 4. 6589, 98,6 6$55,a. 1287. 548. 659, 4. 


3 


we 


182 ANABASIS. 


Ariaeus refuses the crown; by order of Clearchus, who by tacit con- 
sent assumes command, the Greeks join Ariaeus and exchange 
pled. 


IfPadivos μὲν δὴ ὤχετο καὶ of σὺν αὐτῷ. οἱ δὲ 
mapa ᾿Αριαίου ἧκον Ἡροκλῆς καὶ Χειρίσοφος Μένων 
δὲ 9 Al » ν 9 ος 8 \ » ο 
ὲ αὐτοῦ ἔμενε παρὰ ᾿Αριαίῳ' οὗτοι δὲ ἔλεγον ore 
πολλοὺς dain” ᾿Αριαῖος εἶναι Πέρσας. ἑαυτοῦ βελτίους,. 
οὓς οὐκ ἂν ἀνασχέσύαι ° αὐτοῦ βασιλεύοντος᾽ ἀλλ ον 
βούλεσθε ος, pew ἤδη Kedever τῆς vuKTds® 

Ve .. 
et δὲ py, αὗριον πρῷ ἀπιέναι φησί. 6 δὲ Κλέαρχος 
εἶπεν, “AN οὕτω χρὴ ποιεῖν ' ἐὰν μὲν ἧκωμεν, ὦσπερ 
λέγετε εἰ ὃ δὲ µή, πράττετε 
ὁποῖον ay τι ὑμῖνἳ οἴησθε 

, 22 ο 
µάλιστα cupdéperv. οτι 
δὸ / 8 οὐδὸ , | 

€ ποιήσοι" οὐδὲ τούτοις 
εἶπε. 

α Ν 
Mera ταῦτα ἤδη Ἁἡλίου 
. 

δύνοντος συγκαλέσας τοὺς 

στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς 


ἔλεξε τοιάδε “’Epoi, ὦ 


ν , 9, 9 5 8 
ἄνδρες, θυοµένῳ idvar® ἐπὶ 





INSPECTING ΤΗΕ ENTRAILS. 


, 3 3 8 
βασιλέα οὐκ ἐγίγνετο Ta 
ε , 8 ¥ 9 2 2 5 « ὶ 3 AN A 
tepa. καὶ εἰκόως αρα οὐκ ἐγίγνετο᾽ ws yap ἐγω νυν 

, 3 ΄ € ~ Δ 4 e ΄ 
πυνθάνοµαι, ἐν µέσῳ ἡμῶν καὶ βασιλέως ὁ Τίγρης 
ν 
ποταµός ἐστι ναυσίπορος, ὃν οὐκ ἂν δυναίµεθα ἄνευ 
, A A \ ε A 9 ¥ 9 \ 
πλοίων μαι πλοῖα δὲ ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἔχομεν. οὗ μὲν 


Ν 12 3 N ‘N 3 9 > 
δὴ αὐτοῦ) γε peeve οἷόν ' τε τὰ yap ἐπιτήδεια οὖκ 


1760,8. 1187. 368. 515. 3946, ὺ. 1909. 673. 9 αηᾶδ %947. 1594 
671 κ. 4742. 1102. G57. 51. 5759. 1190. 3δθ. 515. %906.0. 616.3. 
656,c 76%. 1165. 378. 623. Cf same,§23. °951. 1532. 640. 565 anda 
© 872, a. 1327. 605. 479. Cf. same,§1. %1041. 1024, (a), (b). 441, a, ond. 








/ 


BOOK II. CHAP. II. 188 


. at; ; 
(Aor ἔχειν -tévar! δὲ παρὰ τοὺς Κύρου φίλους πάνν 
, 9 ε -m λ ες \ α΄ 4 > 8 ος 3 , 

| καλὰ ἡμῖν τὰ ἱερὰ ἦν. woe οὖν χρὴ ποιειν  ἀπιόντας 


| 


δειπνεῖν ὅτι τις ἔχει ἐπειδὰν δὲ σηµήνῃ τῷ κέρατι 
ε > , 8 , A 9 3 δὰ δὲ Ν ὃ ΄ 
ὡς ἀναπαύεσθαιὸ συσκευάζεσθε' ἐπειδὰν δὲ τὸ OEv- 
| ο. 
τερον ἀνατίθεσθε ἐπὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια" ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ 


« 






9 “A e ρ 8 8 

έπεσθε τῷ ἡγουμένῳ, τὰ μὲν 
“A α 8 4 σ ... 9 

τοῦ ποταμοῦ, τὰ δὲ ὅπλα ἐ 


; ATopics for Study. (1) Posiffn of the verb in the sentence. (2) Con- 
strucfion after λέγω and φηµί. (3) Synopsis of ἔσχον in active voice. 


8 α 
Tair ἀκούσαντες οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἀπῆλθον 
‘ \ 2 , φ ν 9 ε \ > ε de 
καὶ ἐποίουν ουτω. Kal TO λοιπὸν O µεν Ίρχεν, οι OE 


᾿ἐπείθοντο, οὐχ ἑλόμενοι, ἀλλὰ ὁρῶντες OTL µόνος ἐφρό- 


νει- ofa δεῖ τὸν ἄρχοντα, οἱ ὃ ἄλλοι ἄπειροι ἦσαν. 


[᾿Αριθμὸς τῆς ὁδοῦ Hv! ἦλθον ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου τῆς Ιωνίας 
A ‘ ‘ 

µέχρι τῆς paxns σταθμοὶ τρεῖς καὶ ἐνενήκοντα, παρα- 

σάγγαι πέντε καὶ Τριάκοντα καὶ πεντακόσιοι, στάδιοι 

πεντήκοντα καὶ ἑζακισχίλιοι καὶ μύριοι' ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς 
a \ 7 > 3 A , , 

μάχης ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ets BaBviwva στάδιοι ἑξήκοντα 

καὶ τριακόσιοι.] .. 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπεὶ σκότος ἐγένετο ᾗΜιλτοκύθης μὲν 6 
“ 3 9 

Θθρᾷξ ἔχων τούς τε ἱππέας τοὺς pel’ ἑαυτοῦ eis τετταρά- 

8 A A “A 
κοντα καὶ τῶν πεζῶν @paxav ws τριακοσίους :ηὖτο- 
3 

µόλησε πρὸς βασιλέ. ἈἘΚλέαρχος δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὃ 

e a ‘ \ , ew ο . ν 5 

ἡγειτο κατὰ τὰ παρηγγελµένα, οἱ 8 εἴποντο' καὶ ἀφι- 

κνοῦνται εἷς τὸν πρῶτον σταθμὸν Tap ᾿Αριαῖον καὶ τὴν 
΄ 

ἐκείνυ στρατιὰν ἀμφὶ µέσας νύκτας καὶ ἐν taker 
΄ ή ο 

θέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα συνῆλθον οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ 
1952. 1526, See Introd. 88 (4). 641. 565. 3916. 1434. 623. 616, * 951. 

1582. 692. 565 anda.. 4 Cf. τὸ τρίτον, 1.68; 80 τὸ λοιπόν. See Introd. 99. 5 969, b. 


1568,2. 668,4. 588. 6936. 148% 676. 684,06 1715,b. 1007. 338. 686. 
161. 1164. 378. 623. 


΄ ¥ “ 2 
οζύγια έχοντες πρὸς 


4 


/ 


184 ANABASIS. 


α 9 φ 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων παρ᾽ ᾿Αριαῖον καὶ ὤμοσαν ot τε ἙἘλλη- 
ves καὶ ὁ ᾿Αριαῖος καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ κράτιστοι μήτε 


[στι ΠΠ παππππππητη! ΠΠΠΠΠΙΠΠΠΠ ΙΝΜΗΗΝΛΙΙΝΗΗΗΙΜΙΗΙ ο πι MUD yeu § GEE) ee ie 


μοι 


| | is 5 





τι 
HUE WUE LL UC ULL Lo 


SUOVETAURILIA. 


1 


mpoowoev’ ἀλλήλους σύμμαχοί” τε ἔσεσθαι' οἱ δὲ 


9 βάρβαροι προσώμοσαν καὶ ἡγήσεσθαι ἀδόλως. ταῦτα ᾗ 





δ ὤμοσαν, σφάξαντες ταΏΌρον καὶ κάπρον καὶ κριὸν eis 
ἀσπίδα, οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες βάπτοντες ἔίφος, οἱ δὲ Bap- 
βαροι λόγχην. 


Topics for Study. (1) The imperfect and pluperfect in clauses in indi- 
rect discourse. (2) Compare µάχαιρα and ξίφος. (3) πρός in composition. 
(4) Oriental modes of confirming a covenant. Cf. Jeremiah xxxiv. 18. 


} 8355. 1276. 549,2and ym. 678. $940. 927. G30. 671. 8716, b, 1654, 
334. 6386, b. 





BOOK II. CHAP. IL 185 


Ariaeus’s plans; proceeding northeastward they approach the 
king’s camp. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ mora ἐγένετο, εἶπεν 6 Ἐλέαρχος, “"Aye 
δή, ὦ ᾿Αριαῖε, ἐπείπερ ὁ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν στόλος ἐστὶ καὶ ἡμῖν, 
εἰπὲ τίνα γνώμην ἔχεις περὶ τῆς πορείας, πότερον ἄπιμεν 
ἤἦνπερὶ ἠλθομεν ἢ ἄλλην τινὰ ἐννενοηκέναι δοκεῖς ὁδὸν 
κρείττω."᾽ 3 

Ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν, “ Ἡν μὲν ᾖλθομεν ἀπιόντες ὃ παντελῶς ἂν 


11 


ὑπὸ λυμοῦ ἀπολοίμεθα" ὑπάρχει γὰρ νῦν ἡμῖν" οὐδὲν ' 


τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. ἑπτακαίδεκα yap σταθμῶν ὃ τῶν” ἐγ- 


, ΝΑ 5 a. 27 2 A , δὲ 7 ν 
γυτάτω οὐδὲ Sevpo ἰόντες ἐκ τῆς χώρας οὐδὲν ' εἴχομεν 
λαμβάνειν ' ἔνθα δέ τι ἦν, ἡμεῖς διαπορευόµενοι κατεδα- 
πανήσαµεν. νῦν ὃ ἐπινοοῦμεν πορεύεσθαι μακροτέραν ὃ 
° οὐκ ἀπορήσομεν. πορευτέον 
ὃ ἡμῖν Ὦ τοὺς πρώτους σταθμοὺς ὡς ἂν δυνώµεθα 
µακροτάτους, ἵνα ws πλεῖστον ἀποσπάσωμεν τοῦ 
βασιλικοῦ στρατεύματος ἦν yap ἅπαξ δύο ἢ τριῶν 
ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν  ἀπόσχωμεν, οὐκέτι μὴ δύνηται 3 βα- 

ν ε A a 2\ 7 LI N , 16 
σιλεὺς ἡμᾶς καταλαβεϊν. ὁὀλίγῳ μὲν γὰρ στρατεύματι 
οὗ τολμήσει ἐφέπεσθαι' πολὺν «δ ἔχων στόλον οὗ δυνή- 


4 
σεται ταχέως πορεύεσθαι' tows δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων * 
α 1 


σπανιεῖ.' ταύτην, ἔφη, “τὴν γνώµην exw ἔγωγε.] 

"Hy δὲ αὕτη ἡ στρατηγία οὐδὲν 3 ἄλλο δυναµένη ἢ 
ἀποδρᾶναι » ἀποφυγεῖν' ἡ δὲ τύχη ἐστρατήγησε κάλ- 
Mov. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, ἐπορεφοντο ἐν δεξιᾷ 
έχοντες τὸν ᾖἤλιον, λογιζόµενοι Ίξεν dua ἡλίῳ δύ- 


µέν, τῶν ὃδ) ἐπιτηδείων 


1Cf. fv ἤλθομαεν, § 6. 2236. 858. 191. 149. $902. 1418. 614. «108. 
11. 879. δἱ9. ὃἼδθ, 760. 1186. 358. 616. 6068. 960. 452. 658, b. 
11030. 1619. 483. 487. 8 Cf, ἤνπερ, 6 10. %743. 1112. 362, 1. 612. %991 
1091. 666. 596. "720. 1062. 338. 538. 3134908,ο. 519,N.1. 660,8. %1032. 
1360. δ69, 0. 489, 8. 1 998, a. 1408. 604, N. 15774. 1189. See Introd. 88, 84, 
892. 925. 46 Cf. same, § 11 end. 17425. 665,38. 215. 3846. %% Of. divara... 
ὀθολούς. 1. 5S. 


13 


16 


17 


18 


186 ANABASIS. 


9 a. A Nears , ‘ ‘ a 4 
νοντι εἰς κώμας τῆς Ἑαβυλωνίας χώρας καὶ τοῦτο 
μὲν οὐκ ἐφεύσθησαν. er. δὲ audi δείλην ἔδοξαν πο 

, ε A ε 4 Z Ν Α ε 4 Qg2 Aa \3 ν 
λεμίους ὁρᾶν imméas’ καὶ τῶν τε Ἑλλήνων" οἳ μη” ἔτυχον 
9 A 4 »” > b' / ¥ V3 A 
ἐν ταῖς τάξεσιν ὄντες els τὰς τάξεις ἔθεον, καὶ ᾿Αριαῖος, 
> + 8 949 ε 4 / 4 
ἐτύγχανε γὰρ ἐφ ἁμάξης πορευόµενος διότι ἐτέτρωτο, 

Δ ΔΝ e ‘ 3 “A 3 4 A e , 
καταβὰς ἐθωρακίζετο καὶ ol σὺν αὐτῷ. ἐν ᾧ δὲ ὠπλί- 
ζοντο ἧκον λέγοντες οἱ προπεµφθέντες σκοποὶ ὅτι οὐχ 
ε Α > 3 3 € , ρ \ 7) » 
ἱππεῖς εἷεν GAN’ ὑποζύγια νέµοιτο. καὶ εὐθὺς ἔγνωσαν 
πάντες ὅτι ἐγγύς που ἐστρατοπεδεύετο βασιλεύς" καὶ 
γὰρ καπνὸς ἐφαίνετο ἐν κώμαις οὗ πρόσω. 

| 
Topics for Study. (1) οὗ µή with subjunctive. (2) Rare meanings 


of δύναμαι, cf. § 13, 1.58, (3) Case after ἀπορέω, σπανί(ω. (4) Difference 
between οὗ od and of µή. 


Bivouac in villages ; terrify the enemy ; are panic-stricken. 


4 ) ¥ 
Κλέαρχος δὲ ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πολεμίους οὐκ ᾖἦγεν' ᾖδει 
γὰρ καὶ ἀπειρηκότας τοὺς στρατιώτας καὶ ἁσίτους ὄντας' 
ἤδη δὲ καὶ ὀψὲ ἦν ov µέντοι οὐδὲ” ἀπέκλινε, φυλατ- 
, ν ὄ δ , , λλλ᾽ 50% ¥ 9 
τόµενος pn” SoKoin Φφεύγειν, ἀλλ εὐθύωρον aywy aya 
4 , 
τῷ ἡλίῳ δυοµένῳ εἰς τὰς ἐγγυτάτω κώµας τοὺς πρώτους 
x ‘ 4 "oA re) 
ἔχων κατεσκήνωσεν, ἐξ ὧν. διήρπαστο ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ 
, λ ον ν 3. A A = e 
στρατεύματος καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν Eva. οἱ 
μὲν οὖν πρῶτοι ὅμως τρόπῳ τινὶ ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο, 
5 προσιόντες ὡς ἐτύγχανον ἕκαστοι 


ηὐλίζοντο, καὶ κραυγὴν πολλὴν ἐποίουν καλοῦντες ἆλ- 
7 


ε ον 9 
ου δὲ νσ7τερον σκοταιοι 


9 ε 

WOTE οἱ 
Ν 9 2 ν Αα / . » ε, A 

μὲν ἐγγύτατα τῶν πολεμµίων καὶ έφυγον ἐκ τῶν σκηνω- 

µάτων. δῆλον δὲ τοῦτο τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐγένετο' οὔτε γὰρ 
ε ΄ ¥ 9 3 δὲ 8 Σι ¥ , ὃ ν 

ὑποζύγιον ἐτ ovdev” ἐφάνη ουτε στρατόπεὃον ουτε 


1Αβ11 1.91, 2720,e. 1085, Τ. 355. 606,8. %1021,b. 1428. 6491. 615. Οἱ 
οὐδέν, § 11. 5887. 1878. δ94. 610,611. 9619, 4. 926. 495. 546. O27. 1449. 
"95. 666,d. *® Asin 811. 


4 9 8 ΝΔ 4 3 
λήλους, wore καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἁἀκούειν 





BOOK II. CHAP. IIL 187 


καπνὸς οὐδαμοῦ πλησίον. ἐξεπλάγη δέ, ὡς ἔοικε, καὶ 
βασιλεὺς τῇ ἐφόδφ᾽ τοῦ στρατεύματος. ἐδήλωσε δὲ 
τοῦτο οἷς ” τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐπραττε. 
— Προϊούσης ὃ µέντοι τῆς νυκτὸς ταύτης 
καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησι φόβος ἐμπίπτει, καὶ 
θόρυβος Kat δοῦπος ἦν οἷον elkds 
φόβου ἐμπεσόντος γίγνεσθαι. Κλέαρ- 
χος δὲ Τολμίδην ᾿Ἠλεῖον, ὃν - ἐτύγ- 
χανεν ἔχων παρ ἑαυτῷ κήρυκα apt- 
στον τῶν" τότε, ἀνειπεῖν ἐκέλευσε σιγὴν 
ρ , ¥ 
κηρύξαντα ὅτι προαγἀρεύουσιν οἱ ἄρχου- 
4 6 4 κ >» 343° κ » 9 
τες, ὃς" ἂν τον ἀφέντα τὸν ὄνον εἰς 
\ ο . . σ 9 
τὰ ὅπλα μηνύσῃ, ὅτι λήψεται μισθὸν 


Τάλαντον .ὁ 





9 Δ 4 “~ 3 4 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ἐκηρύχθη, 
. ε a 9 ν € 
epee: οσον “Ob; -Orpanonat οτι κενο τα 
φόβος ein καὶ ot ἄρχοντε σῷ. apa 
δὲ ὄρθρ παρήγγειλε ὁ ᾖἈἘλέαρχος eis τάζιν τὰ 
ὅπλα τίθεσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ᾖπερ εἶχον ὅτε ἣν ἡ 
΄ 
μαχη: | 
Topics for Study. (1) Cause after verbs of feeling. (9) Synopsis of 


the 2 a. of ἵημι, active and middle. (3) Idiom for ‘at day-break.’ (4) Panice 
in Greek and Oriental armies. Cf. 2 Kings vii. 6-15. 


Heralds propose a truce ; the Greeks accept on condition of receiving 
, provisions. 


& 4 
TIT Ὁ δὲ δὴ ἔγραψα ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἐζεπλάγη τῇ 
ἐφόδῳ, rede" δῆλον ἦν. τῇ μὲν γὰρ πρόσθεν ἡμέρᾳ 
πέµπων τὰ ὅπλα παραδιδόναι ἐκέλευε, τότε δὲ apa 
1778. 1181. 891. 586,a, 3116. 181. 887. 526,a, 35910. 1568. So ἆμαο- 


σόντος. 669. 589. 4sc. κηρύκων. 666,06. 952. «61, Ι. δ6δ, 8, 5916. 1498, 
623. 616.08. 505,726. 1080. 820. 547. ᾖὗ1χ8. 1181. ὅθᾖ1. 696, 8, 


20 


21 





188 AN ABASIS. 


2 ἡλίῳ ἀνατέλλοντι κήρυκας ἔπεμψε περὶ σπονδῶν. οἱ ὃ 
3 A 8 8 , , 4 » 
ἐπεὶ ᾖλθον πρὸς τοὺς προφύλακας, ἐζήτουν τοὺς ἄρχοντας. 
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀπήγγελλον οἱ προφύλακες, Κλέαρχος τυχὼν 
τότε τὰς τάξεις ἐπισκοπῶν else’ τοῖς προφύλαξι κελεύειν 
‘ , 4 9 4 , 3 AN 4 
8 τοὺς κήρυκας περιµένειν ἄχρι΄ ἂν σχολάσῃ. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
κατέστησε τὸ στράτευμα ὥστε καλῶς ἔχειν ὁρᾶσθαιὸ 
πάντῃ φάλαγγα” πυκνήν, ἐκτὸς δὲ τῶν ὅπλων µηδένα 
ἱκαταφανῆ εἶναι, ἐκάλεσε τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ αὖτός τε 
4 9 yy 8 > , “A 
προῆλθε τούς Τε εὐοπλοτάτους έχων καὶ εὐειδεστάτους τωνλ 
αὐτοῦ στρατιωτῶν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις στρατηγοῖς ταὐτὰ 
ν 9 A ν 4 ν a 9 , x , 
« ἔφρασεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦν πρὸς τοῖς ἀγγέλοις, ἀνηρώτα τί 
, | ew ν 9 λ a φ » 
βούλοιντο. οἱ ὃ ἔλεγον ὅτι περὶ σπονδῶν ἤκοιεν ἄν- 
ὃ τά τε παρὰ βασιλέως τοῖς 
Ἕλλησιν ἀπαγγεῖλαι καὶ τὰ παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων Ba- 


δρες οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται 


δ σιλε. 6 δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο, “᾿Απαγγέλλετε τοίνυν αὐτῷ 
9 , 6 5 a) A αμ... ‘\ 9 ¥ > δ ες 
ὅτι μάχης ὃ det πρῶτον ἄριστον γὰρ οὐκ ἐστιν οὐδ ὁ 

λ / ‘ δῶ λ rd a. \7 
τολµήσων περὶ oTovowy λέγειν τοῖς Ἑλλησι py‘ πορί- 
σας αριστον., - 

aA 2 , e ν 3 ρ ὃὰ 4 

6 Tavra ἀκούσαντες ot ἄγγελοι ἀπήλαυνον, καὶ ἢκον 
ταχύ ᾧ καὶ δῆλον ἦν ὅτι ἐγγύς που βασιλεὺς ἦν 7 
ἄλλος τις ᾧὸ ἐπετέτακτο 'ταῦτα πράττειν' ἔλεγον δὲ 
9 3 , Αι V4 A a 9 e a 
ὅτι εἰκότα δοκοῖεν λέγειν βασιλει καὶ ὔκοιε ἡγεμό- 
vas ἔχοντες οἳ αὐτούς, ἐὰν σπονδαὶ γένωνται, ἄξουσιν ® 
ad σ A > 4 ε 4 9 0 3 > Αα “A 

7 ἔνθεν ἔξουσι Ta ἐπιτήδεια. 6 δὲ ἠρώτα εἶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς 
ἀνδράσι 

9 
ἄλλοις ἐσοιντο σπονδαί. οἱ δέ,  “Απασιν, έφασαν, 
έε , a iil A ‘ »ε A 5 An 22 

έχρι av” βασιλει τὰ παρ ὑμῶν διαγγελύῃ. 

ασ 4 QA β Φ P - κά η, 1 o 

8 ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ταῦτα εἶπον, μεταστησάµενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Κλέαρ- 


ld Α 3 A 8 3 “A ΔΑ . α 
σπένδοιτο τοις LOVOL και απιουσιν, και TOLS 


1049. Ὁ end. G69,N. 658. $921. 1465. G23. 631. $952. 1528. 6641. 
S65. %6805,b. 916. 320. 647. 5933 and lastex. 1498. G74. 659. %743. 1112. 
862,1. 512. 171025. 1612. 4«δ1 1. Cf. 68%, ¢. 8 Cf. ols προσετάχθη, 1.610 9911. 
‘442, 691. 615. ©7792. 1175. 392, 1. 685. UC. ἄχρι, § 2. 


BUOK If. CHAP. ITIL 189 


χος ἐβουλεύετο' καὶ ἐδόκει τὰς σπονδὰς ποιεῖσθαι 
[ταχύ τε] καὶ καθ ἡσυχίαν ἐλθεῖν τε ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 


καὶ λαβεῖν. 6 δὲ Κλέαρχος elie, “«Δοκεῖ μὲν κἀμοὶ 9 


ταῦτα". οὗ µέντοι ταχύ γε ἀπαγγελῶ, ἀλλὰ διατρίψω 
νΝ sa 9 , ε ν λ 1 «a 4 
εστ ἂν ὀκνήσωσιν οἱ ἄγγελοι µη ἀποδόξῃ Huw Tas 
crovdas ποιήσασθαι ᾽ “οἶμαί γε µέντοι, έφη, “καὶ τοῖς 
ἡμετέροις στρατιώταις τὸν αὐτὸν φόβον παρέσεσθαι.᾽ 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόκει καιρὸς εἶναι, ἀπήγγελλεν ὅτι σπένδοιτο, 
λ 3 As ε a > 4 8 9 9 
καὶ εὐθὺς ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευε πρὸς τἀπιτήδεια. 
6 


Topics for Study. (1) µή with participles. (2) µετά in composition. 5 


(3) was, ἅπας, ovpwas. (4) Force of ἀπό in ἀποδόξρ. 
They are conducted to villages well supplied with grain. 


8 ε 4 ε “A i 4 ? ΄ 4 
Και οἱ μὲν ἡγοῦντο, Κλέαρχος µέντοι ἐπορεύετο τὰς 
μὲν σπονδὰς ποιῃσάμενος, τὸ δὲ στράτευμα ἔχων ἐν 
, . : 7 : 
Taker, καὶ αὐτὸς ὠπισθοφυλάκει.. καὶ ἐνετύγχανον τάφροις 
ὶ αὐλῶ yO ; Is? μὴ δύνασθαι ὃ 
καὶ αὐλῶσιν υόατος πλήρεσιν ὡς" py ὀύνασύαι ὅια- 
βαίνειν ἄνευ γεφυρῶν ' ἀλλ' ἐποιοῦντο ἐκ τῶν φοινίκων 
ης « 
οὓς εὕρισκον ἐκπεπτωκότας, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐξέκοπτον. 
Καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἦνΣ Κλέαρχον καταμαθεῖν ὡς ἐπεστάτει, 
3 Ne ο οσα : a 8 9 ὃ , ΄ 9 δὲ “A δ α 
ἐν μὲν τῇ ἀριστερ χειρὶ τὸ δόρυ ἔχων, ἐν δὲ τῇ δεζιᾷ 
βακτηρίαν ΄ καὶ et τις αὐτῷ δοκοίη τῶν πρὸς τοῦτο τεταγ- 
iA : ¥ 
µένων βλακεύειν, ἐκλεγόμενος τὸν ἐπιτήδειον ἔπαισεν " ἄν, 
\ 9 9 N , > ‘ κ 9 , 
‘Kal apa αὐτὸς προσελάμβανεν εἰς τὸν πηλον ἐμβαίνων 
φ α 8 
ωστε πᾶσιν αἰσχύνην εἶναι μὴ οὐ συσπουδάζειν. καὶ 
” 4 
ἐτάχθησαν πρὸς adrd® οἱ [εἰς] τριάκοντα ἔτη γεγονότες᾽ 
2 4 y - 
ἐπεὶ- δὲ καὶ Κλέαρχον ἑώρων σπουδάζοντα, προσελάµβα- 
νον καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτερο. πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ὁ Κλέαρχος 
¥ 5 e , 9 x.@ 3 λ / > \ , 
εσπευδεν, ὑποπτεύων AUTO" τὸ πλήρεις εἶναι τὰς τάφρους 
1887. 1878. 594. 610,61. 31068, 1458. 595. 56,8. ο 80ἱ οὐκὴν, 1.03. 


*994,2,8. 1898,2. G10,N.1. 467, 5 Cf. αρὸς τοῦτο, § 11. 6 959 and acc. lst ex. 
1541. 688. 677. 


10 


18 


14 


15 


16 


140 ANABASIS. 


@ ‘9 | 9 9 
ὕδατος ' οὗ γὰρ ἦν wpa οἵα τὸ πεδίον UpSev'* ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα 
“ 9 
ἤδη πολλὰ προφαίνοιτο τοῖς Ἓλλησι Seva eis τὴν 
a ΄ 9 ΄ ε ΄ > AN “ 4 
πορείαν, τούτου ἕνεκα βασιλέα ὑπώπτευεν ἐπὶ τὸ πεδίον 
σ 
τὸ ὕδωρ ἀφεικέναι. 
Πορευόμενοι δὲ ἀφίκοντο eis κώµας ὅθεν ἀπέδειξαν 
ε ε , ο ν 9 8 2 A δὲ A 
οἱ ηγεμόνες λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεα. eEvnVY δὲ σῖτος 
πολὺς καὶ οἶνος Φοινίκων καὶ ὄξος ἑψητὸν ἀπὸ τῶν 
2 Αα 9 \ \ ε a κ , ο A 9 
αὐτῶν. αὐταὶ δὲ αἱ βάλανοι τῶν Φοινίκων οἷας μὲν ἐν 
“A 9 ων A , 
τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἔστιν  ἰδεῖν τοῖς otkérats® ἀπέκειντο, at 
A e 
δὲ τοῖς δεσπόταις ἀποκείμεναι ἦσαν ἀπόλεκτοι, θαυμάσιαι 
τοῦ κάλλους” καὶ μεγέθους, ἡ δὲ ὄψις ἠλέκτρουδ οὐδὲν 
διέφερε τὰς δέ τινας ἕηραίνοντες τραγήµατα ὃ ἀπετίθεσαν. 
καὶ ἦν καὶ παρὰ πότον NOU µέν, κεφαλαλγὲς δέ. ἐνταῦθα 
καὶ τὸν ἐγκέφαλον τοῦ Φοίνικος πρῶτον ἔφαγον οἱ στρα- 
“A \ ε ‘ 3 ΄ / XN Ν 
τιῶται, καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ ἐθαύμασαν τό τε εἶδο καὶ τὴν 
: lo! 4 Αα 
ἰδιότητα τῆς Hovis. Hv δὲ σφόδρα καὶ τοῦτο κεφα- 
λαλγέ. 6 δὲ φοῖνιξ ὅθεν ἐξαιρεθείη: 6 ἐγκέφαλος 
ὅλος αὐαίνετο. | 


Topics for Study. (1) Imperfect and aorist with ἄν. (2) μὴ οὐ. (98) 
Force of παρά in παρὰ πὀτον. 


Tissaphernes, arriving, proposes to lead them back to Greece, and asks 
why they made war against the king; Clearchus’s reply. 
3 ο 4 ε , a) 8 8 Ud 
Ενταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ παρὰ μεγάλου 
βασιλέως ἧκε Τισσαφέρνης καὶ 6 τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς 
ἀδελφὸς καὶ ἄλλοι Πέρσαι τρεῖς δοῦλοι δὲ .πολλοὶ 
4 3 Δ \ , > a 8 ε A ε , 
εἴποντο. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπήντησαν αὐτοῖς οἱ τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
στρατηγοί, ἔλεγε πρῶτος Τισσαφέρνης δι ἑρμηνέως 
” 
τοιάδε. 


11000. 1528. G42. 665,4. 2 Cf. ἦν καταμαθεῖν, § 11. 8767. 1165. 3878. 
623. 4753, 744. 1140, 1126. 866. 516, b. 5748. 111%. 862,1. 509, a. 
6 126. 916. B42. 53h. 7914, υ. (2). 14381, 2. 628. 616, b. 83772. 1175. 892, 
1. 685. 





BOOK II. CHAP. IIL 141 


“'Eyd, ὦ avdpes Ἕλληνες, yeltov' οἰκῶ τῇ Ἑλλάδιὴ 
\ 3 Νε Aa 3 N \ 5 , , 
καὶ ἐπεὶ ὑμᾶς εἶδον εἰς πολλὰ καὶ ἀμήχανα πεπτωκότας, 
εὕρημα ἐποιησάμην εἴ πως δυναίµηνἳ παρὰ βασιλέως 
αἰτήόασθαι δοῦναι ἐμοὶ ἀποσῶσαι ὑμᾶς eis τὴν Ἑλλάδα. 
οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως µοι ἔχειν οὔτε πρὸς ὑμῶν 
ν ‘ A , ε , A 4 9 . , 
οὔτε πρὸς τῆς πάσης Ἑλλάδος. ταῦτα δὲ γνοὺς ᾖτού- 
7 4 , » A 9 , ¥ , 5 
µην βασιλέα, λέγων αὐτῷ ὅτι δικαίως ἄν pot χαρίζοιτο, 
9 A A , A XN 
ὅτι αὐτῷ Kupov τε ἐπιστρατεύοντα πρῶτος ἤγγειλα καὶ 

’ ν σ 3 / ‘ rd 
βοήθεαν ἔχων apa τῇ ἀγγελίᾳ ἀφικόμην, καὶ povos 
τῶν κατὰ τοὺς “EAAnvas τεταγµένων οὐκ ἔφυγον, ἀλλὰ 
διήλασα καὶ συνέμιξα βασιλεῖ ἐν τῷ ὑμετέρῳ στρατο- 
πέδῳ [ἔνθα βασιλεὺς ἀφίκετο, ἐπεὶ Kvpov ἀπέκτεινε 
καὶ τοὺς σὺν Κύρῳ βαρβάρους ἐδίωξε σὺν τοῖσδε τοῖς 
παροῦσι νῦν per ἐμοῦ, οἵπερ αὐτῷ εἶσι πιστότατοι]. 


καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων ὑπέσχετό por βουλεύσεσθαι ' ἐρέ- 20 


4 e Α 3 4 3 , , 9 3 

σθαι δέ pe ὑμᾶς ἐκέλευεν ἐλθόντα τίνος ἕνεκεν ἐστρα- 
τεύσατε ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν. καὶ συμβουλεύω ὑμῖν µετρίως ἀπο- 

, / ο eS 37 6 5 ιά 
κρινασύαι, ινα µοι ἐυπρακτότερον 7 έαν TL ὀύνωμαι 
3 8 ea 9 9 ο 99 
ἀγαθὸν ὑμῖν map αὐτοῦ διαπράξασθαι. 

Topics for Study. (1) Predicate appositive. (2) Ἔυρημα τοιεῖσθαι. 
(3) Synopsis of ἔδωκα. (4) Formation of adverbs. 


Κ Πρὸς ταῦτα µεταστάντες of Ἕλληνες ἐβουλεύοντο" καὶ 
h 
ἀπεκρίναντο, Ἑλέαρχος 8° ἔλεγεν. “ Ἡμεῖς οὔτε συνήλ- 
Oouev ὡς βασιλεῖῖ πολεμήσοντες οὔτε ἐπορευόμεθα ἐπὶ 
βασιλέα, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς προφάσεις Kipos εὑρισκεν, ὡς 
\ Ν 4 > σ ε A 9 , 4 XN 
καὶ ov εὖ οἶσθα, iva ὑμᾶς τε ἀπαρασκεύους λάβοι καὶ 
. 3 , 3 , 2 ΔΝ , ¥ 28 ε A 
ἡμᾶς ἐνθάδε ἀγάγοι. ἐπεὶ µέντοι ἤδη αὐτὸν ἑωρῶμεν 
ἐν 5 nd 9 4 A ΔΝ θ \ 8 Ν 3 A , 
εινῷ ὄντα, ἠσχύνθημεν καὶ θεοὺς " καὶ ἀνθρώπους 
1595, b.z. 907. S20. 546. *772,b. 1175. 392.9. 646. 35907. 1420. 618 


652, 4964,a. 1494. G47. 679. §8$72. 1827. 6563. 479. 6 Cf. ἄν tt, etc., 18 
1772. 1177. ἆθδ. 1 Επά Ν. 625. 53119. 1049. ὅρθ, Ι. 530. 


18 


19 


21 


22 


a) 


LW 


> 


26 


142. | ANABASIS. 


1 2»? 9 A , 6 , ; 
αυτὀν, ἐν τῳ πρὸσύεν χρὀνῳ παρέχοντες 


ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ev ποιεν" ἐπεὶ δὲ Kupos τέθνηκεν, ovre 
βασιλεῖ ὃ ἀντιποιούμεθα τῆς ἀρχῆς our ἔστιν ὅτου ένεκα 
λ , rf) 4 3 8 , cd ae α 6b 
βουλοίμεθα” ἂν τὴν βασιλέως χώραν κακῶς ποιεῖν, 
bd > ον > a 5 24 rv , 0 5” a 
ovd αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι ἂν ἐθέλοιμεν, πορευοίµεθα δ᾽ ἂν 
y A A 
οἴκαδε, εἴ τις ἡμᾶς μὴ λυποίη ' ἀδικοῦντα μέντοι πειρα- 
σόμεύα σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς ἀμύνασθαι ἐὰν µέντοι τις ἡμᾶν 
καὶ εὖ ποιῶν ὑπάρχῃ, καὶ τούτου 
ἠττησόμεθα ev ποιοῦντες." ἳ 
Ὅ μὲν οὕτως cite ἀκούσας δὲ 6 Τισσαφέρνης 
“Tavra, έφη, “΄ ἐγὼ ἀπαγγελῶ βασιλεῖ καὶ ὑμῖν πάλιν 
9 > os 2 : , δ 2 2. ο ε Sad 
τὰ παρ ἐκείνου ᾽ µέχρι ἂν ἐγὼ nkw αἱ σπονδαὶ 
µενόντων  ἀγορὰν δὲ ἡμεῖς παρέξομεν.’ 


προδοῦναι 


eis γε δύναμιν οὐχ 


Topics for Study. (1). (389 after αἰσχύνω, ed or κακῶς ποιέω. (3) 
Derivative verbs. (8) Class of θνήσκω, of κτείνω, of εὑρίσκω. 


The Greeks allowed to return under Tissaphernes ; pledges 
exchanged, 


Καὶ eis® μὲν τὴν ὑστεραίαν οὐχ jee’ ὧὡσθ οἱ 
Ἕλληνες ἑφρόντιζον' τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ nov ἔλεγεν ὅτι δια- 
πεπραγµένος nko. παρὰ βασιλέως δοθῆναι αὐτῷ 
σώζειν Ὦ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, xaimep™ πολλῶν ἀντιλεγόντων 
ὡς οὐκ ἄξιον ein Baorret™ ἀφεῖναι τοὺς ἐφ ἑαυτὸν 
στρατευσαµένους. τέλος δὲ εἶπε, “Kat νῦν ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν 
πιστὰ λαβεῖν παρ ἡμῶν 7 μὴν Φιλίαν παρέξειν ὑμιν 
τὴν χώραν καὶ ἀδόλως ἀπάξειν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἀγορὰν 
παρέχοντας ' ὅπου ὃ δ ἂν μὴ. ᾖ πρίασθαι, λαμβάνειν 


1986. 1581. 660,1,N. ὄδδ8, ο. 3951. 1582. 592. 565anda. Cf. same, § 21. 
«82,98. 1827, S563. 479. 5712. 1074. B3O(end). 530,8. 6749. 1120. 364 
609,b. 1'969,8. Ι503,5. 6δᾶ, ὃ. 583. Cf. εἰς ἕω, 1.7% 0994686. 1519. 638. 570, 
30939, 8. 1517. 637. 574. 1979. 15738. 656, 2. 598, b. 3765. 1174. 876 
692. 916. 1434. G23. 616,8. 1019. 1610. 432,1. 480. 





BOOK IL CHAP. IV. 148 


ε α 9 ” 4 97 \ 3 ῤ | e a 4. 
das ἐκ γῆς χώρας ἐάσομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ὑμᾶς δὲ av 
ea 5 , 2 2 ‘ , 6 1 ε 5 ‘ , 
ἡμῖν δεήσει ὁμόσαι ἡ μὴν πορεύσεσθαι' ὡς διὰ φιλίας 
μα A Ν ‘ , Ν 9 ‘ 

ἀσινῶς oiTa καὶ ποτὰ λαμβάνοντας ὁπόταν μὴ ἀγορὰν 
παρέχωµεν' ἦν δὲ παρέχωµεν ἀγοράν, ὠνουμένους  ἕξειν 
\ 9 , 33 “~ y 8 ¥ N 4 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.᾽ ταῦτα ἔδοξε, καὶ ὤμοσαν καὶ δεξιὰς 
¥ 4 8 ε ~ 4 ΔΝ 
ἔνοσαν Τισσαφέρνης καὶ 6 τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς 
Ιάδελφὸς τοῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων στρατηγοῖς καὶ λοχαγοῖς 
καὶ ἔλαβον παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων. pera δὲ ταῦτα Τισ- 

a > «6 A 4 ὃ 8 ¥ ε λ 4. 
σαφέρνης ειπε, Νυν pev 07 ἄπειμι «ὡς βασι εα 
) N \ , 8 Aa Qe φ , 
ἐπειδὰν δὲ διαπράξωµαι ὃ ad δέοµαι, ἦξω συσκευασάµενος 
ε 2? ε A 3 8 ε 4 N > _N 3 Ν 9 4 
ὡς ἀπάξων ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ 
τὴν ἐμαντοῦ ἀρχήν., 

Topics for Study. (1) els in expressions of time. (2) ὥστε with in- 
dicative. (3) Adjuncts of the participle. (4) viv, ἤδη. 


Suspicious of Ariaeus and weary of delay they protest; Clear- 
chus’s reply. 


: 9 y. 
IV. Mera ταῦτα G tieies Τισσαφέρνην ot τε “EX- 
ληνες καὶ 6 ᾿Αριαῖος ἐγγὺς ἀλλήλων ἐστρατοπεδευμένοι 
ε A A 
μέρας πλείους ἢ εἴκοσιν. ἐν δὲ ταύταις ἀφικνοῦνται 
πρὸς ᾿Αριαῖον καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ of ἄλλοι ἀναγκαῖοι 
‘ N 4 8 3 v4 II “A a ν θά, 
καὶ πρὸς τοὺς σὺν ἐκείνῳ Περσῶν τινες, [οἳ] παρεθάρ- 
\ ο > 7 4 \ , ¥ . ‘\ 
ρυνόν τε καὶ δεξιὰς ἐνίοις" παρὰ βασιλέως ἔφερον μὴ 
, 9 A 5 ~ 8 4 
µνησικακήσειν [βασιλέα αὐτοις ' τῆς σὺν Κύρῳ ἐπιστρα- 
¥ A κ 
telas® μηδὲ ἄλλου μηδενὸς Ἰ τῶν παροιχοµένων. τούτων 
δὲ , ε ν 9 A Ά 
γιγνοµένων ἔνδηλοι ἦσαν οἱ περὶ ᾿Αριαῖον ἧττον 
? A Fg 8 x α. σ Ν ὃ \ 
προσέχοντες τοις Ἑλλησι” τον νουν ὠστε καὶ dua 
τοῦτο τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς ' τῶν Ἑλλήνων οὐκ ἤρεσκον, ἀλλὰ 
18$55,a. 1276. 549,2. 568.4. 2969, Αα. 1568,8. 653.2. 588. 2916. 1484. 
623. 616, a. Cf. also 898, ο. 544. 4 104, 1. 1158. 375. 520. 58767. 1165. 


378. 528. 6 44. 1126. 366. 509,e. 71030. 1019. 433. 487. 8 04. 1158. 
375. 520. 665. 967. 444. 555, b. 


28 


29 


= 


αν 


144 ANABASIS. 


ῤ οι id ¥ 8 a »¥ 

προσιὀντες τῷ Κλεάρχῳ έλεγον καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις στρα- 

A ςέ 4 Ud λ 9 > , La & 
τηγοῖς, “Ti µένοµεν; 4 οὐκ ἐπιστάμεθα ὁτι βασιλεὺς 
ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι ἂν περὶ παντὸς ποιήσαιτο, ἵνα καὶ τοῖς 
¥ 9 , 
ἄλλοις Ελλησι φόβος εἴη ἐπὶ βασιλέα µέγαν στρα- 
τεύειν; καὶ νῦν μὲν ἡμᾶς ὑπάγεται µένειν διὰ τὸ” 


ὃ τὸ στράτευμα ' ἐπὴν δὲ πάλιν ἁλισθῇ 


διεσπάρθαι αὐτῷ 
3 ~ e€ ιά 3 y 9 3 3 θ 4 e “A 
avT@,% στρατιά, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ ἐπιθήσεται. ἡμιν. 
¥ , ολ Δ ε », 
ἴσως δέ που ἢ ἁποσκάπτει τι ᾖ ἀποτειχίζει, ὡς ἄπορος 
ε ε a, 3 4 € ΄ 4 e ~ 
εἴη ἡ ὁδός. οὐ γάρ ποτε ἑκών ye βουλήσεται ἡμᾶς 
ἐλθόντας εἷς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἀπάγγεῖλαι ὡς ἡμεῖς τοσοίδε 
»” 3 ~ ΔΝ ΄ > 3 ~ a, 3 ο) 
ὄντες ἐνικῶμεν [τὸν] βασιλέα ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις αὐτοῦ 
22 
καὶ καταγελάσαντες ἀπήλθομεν. 


Topics for Study. (1) The ς in ἐγγύς, εὐθύς, (adv.). (2) Compare δῆλος, 
ἔνδηλος. (3) Protases of first and third form. 


Κλέαρχος δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο τοῖς τἀῦτα λέγουσιν, “ Ἐγὼ 
6 


8 8 A ΄ 9 A ~ 
ἐνθυμοῦμαι μὲν καὶ ταῦτα πάντα  ἐννοῶ δ ὅτι εἰδ νῦν 


oY) 
admipev, δόξοµεν émi® πολέμῳ. ἀπφναι καὶ παρὰ τὰς 


σπονδὰς ποιεῖν. ἔπειτα πρῶτον μὲν ἀγορὰν οὐδεὶς 
παρέξει ἡμῖν οὐδὲ ὅθεν] ἐπισιτιούμεθα " ὃ αὖθις δὲ 6 


ὃ ταῦτα ποιούντων 


ε , 9 Ν 3 8 9 
ἡγησόμενος οὐδεὶς ἔσται' Kal apa 
e A Ov aA 3 A 3 ae 9 , ε a 
ἡμῶν εὐθὺς [Gv] ᾿Αριαῖος ἀποσταίη. ὥστε φίλος ἡμιν 
A »” 
οὐδεὶς edettberar,” ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ πρόσθεν ὄντες πολέμιοι 
e A ¥ Ν 3 / ‘ ¥ »” 
ἡμῖν ἔσονται. ποταμὸς 8 εἶ µέν τις καὶ ἄλλος apa 
ean , > , 
npiv™ ἐστι διαβατέος οὐκ οἶδα ' τὸν 8 oby™ Εὐφράτην 3 
ν j A 
ἴσμεν ὅτι ἀδύνατον διαβῆναυ κωλυόντων πολεμίων. ov 
8 Ἆ , ; A > ca 
μὲν δὴ, ἂν µάχεσθαί ye δέῃ, ἵππεῖς εἶσιν ἡμῖν σύμ- 
µαχοι τῶν δὲ πολεμίων ἵππεῖς εἶσιν οἱ πλεῖστοι καὶ 
1952. 1521. 641. 565. 2959. 1510, 636. Οἱ. 676. 3161. 1165. 378. 523. 
4 Ο/ διαπράξωµαι, 2.329, §893,c. 1890,1. 609. 647. SCf. ἐπὶθανάτῳ, 1.010. 7996, 
997, 8. 1026. #86 (end). 614, 620. 8425. 665,383. 215. 346. 9976. 1572. 658. 


592. %850,a. 1266. S38. 458. “991. 1188. 666. 596. *8 Of. samo, 1.23% 
4878. 717.12 “4623. 916. B17. 608. . 





BOOK II. CHAP. IV. 145 


πλείστου ἄξιοι ὥστε νικῶντεςὶ μὲν τίνα ἂν ἀποκτεί- 
ε rd de 3 5 , ϱ An > AN 

ναιµεν; ἠττωμένων δὲ οὐδένα οἷόν τε σωθήῆναι. ἐγὼ 

σ ΄ Δ 

μὲν οὖν βασιλέα, ᾧ οὕτω πολλά ἐστι τὰ σύμμαχα, εἴπερ 

προθυμεῖται. ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι, οὐκ οἶδα ὅτι” δεῖ αὐτὸν 

3 ’ 8 ὃ 8 ὃ A 8 θ 4 8 ἐ wn 8 

ὀὑμόσαι καὶ δεξιὰν δοῦναι καὶ θεοὺς ὃ ἐπιορκῆσαι καὶ 

9 ο σ 8 
τὰ ἑαυτοῦ πιστὰ ἄπιστα ποιῆσαι Ελλησί τε καὶ βαρ- 
Ld 99 nw 8 ’ 
Bapos.’ τοιαῦτα πολλα έλεγεν. 


Topics for Study. (1) The future perfect. (2) Origin and meaning οί 
ré in οἷόν τε. 


Led by Tissaphernes, they begin the retreat; suspicions arise. 


Ἐν δὲ τούτῳ nKe Τισσαφέρνης ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύνα- 
μιν ὡς eis οἶκον ἀπιὼν καὶ Ὀρόντας . . . τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 
δύ - tye δὲ καὶ τὴν θυγατέ nv βασιλέως ἐπὶ 

ναμιν᾽ nye uy) Ύατερα τη 5 
γάμῳ. 

3 : A , Ld € 4 4 > 8 

Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἤδη Τισσαφέρνους ἠγουμένου καὶ ἀγορὰν 
παρέχοντος ἐπορεύοντο ἐπορεύετο δὲ καὶ “Apiatos τὸ 
Κύρου βαρβαρικὸν ἔχων στράτευμα apa Τισσαφέρνει 
καὶ ᾿Ὀρόντα καὶ συνεστρατοπεδεύετο σὺν ἐκείνοις. οἱ 
δὲ Ἕλληνες ὑφορῶντες τούτους αὐτοὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑαντῶν ἐχώ- 
poy ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες. ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο δὲ ἑκάστοτε 
3 , 8 ~ 
ἀπέχοντες ἀλλήλων παρασάγγην καὶ πλειν ἐφυλάτ- 
Τοντο δὲ ἀμφότεροι ὥσπερ πολεμίους ἀλλήλους, καὶ εὐθὺς 
τοῦτο ὑποψίαν παρεῖχεν. éviote δὲ καὶ ξυλιζόμενοι ἐκ 
τοῦ αὐτοῦ καὶ χόρτον καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα συλλέγοντες 
πληγὰς ἐνέτεινον ἀλλήλοις ὥστε καὶ τοῦτο ἔχθραν 
παρεῖχε. διελθόντες δὲ τρεῖς σταθμοὺς ἀφίκοντο πρὸς τὸ 
M δύ λ 4 A N A A ν 9 A 4 

ἠδίας καλούμενον τειχος, καὶ παρήηλύον εισω αὐτοῦ. ἦν 

\ 9 aA 
δὲ ᾠκοδομημένον πλίνθοις ὁπταῖς ἐν ἀσφάλτῳ κειµέναις, 


1902. 1419. 614. %719,c. 1060-1. 336. 540. 53119. 1049. 399 1. δο0. 
‘se. τόπον, 631, ο. 958. 494. 543. 


ο. 


4 


146 ANABASIS. 


εὖρος εἴκοσι ποδῶν, ὕψος δὲ ἑκατόν µῆκος ὃ ἐλέγετο 

> ΄ A 3 id 4 “~ 3 [ή 

εἶναι εἴκοσι παρασαγγῶν' ἀπέχει δὲ Βαβυλῶνος οὐ πολύ. 
Ey A » 0 , \ , , 

15  ἈΕντεῦθεν 8 ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας 
2 a, λ ὃ ρ ὃ , ὃ , ν΄ 1 4 » N 
ὀκτώ' καὶ διέβησαν διώρυχας OVO, τὴν" µεν ἐπὶ γεφύ: 

ν 1 δὲ . 2 , ε a. a δ᾽ > 
pas, τὴν δὲ ἐζευγμένην πλοίοις entra’ αὗται ὃ ἦσαν 


9 
Qe 


ad elujah 
9 


9 


MAP SHOWING 
Median Wall, Canals, Etchex: 


(Based on surveys.) 


SCALE OF ENGLISH MILES 
0ο 6 10 3 


Mounds or Ruine Ὁ 
The Route of the Ten Thousand sone 





3 8 x 4 ~ ρ A > | oe 
ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ ' κατετέτµηντο δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν 
καὶ τάφροι ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν, at μὲν πρῶται µεγάλαι, 
ν 4 9 , - / 8 4 8 σ ; x 
ἔπειτα δὲ ἐλάττους ' τέλος δὲ καὶ μικροὶ ὀχετοί, ὥσπερ 
ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἐπὶ τὰς pedivas’ καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ 
Ν , στο. 8 Ά , , 4 
τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν πρὸς ᾧ πόλις ἦν µεγάλη καὶ 
πολυάνθρωπος 7) ὄνομα Σιττάκη, ἀπέχουσα τοῦ ποταμοῦ 

, ρ ε 4 5 ο 3 9 4 

14 σταδίους πεντεκαίδεκα.ν οἱ μὲν οὖν Ἕλληνες Tap αὐτὴν 
ἐσκήνησαν ἐγγὺς ποραδείσου μεγάλου καὶ καλοῦ καὶ 
δασέος παντοίων δένδρων; οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι ξ διαβεβη- 

κότες τὸν Τίγρητα ' οὐ µέντοι καταφανεῖς ἧσαν. 

Topics for Study. (1) The idiom for ‘by themselves,’ ‘a parasang or 


more.’ (2) The wall of Media. (3) The three uses of the middle voice. 
(4) Verbs that reduplicate with ei. 


1064, 624,d. 981,914. €43,1, 319. δ,α.. 2953.0. 1140; cf. θηρίων, 1.3%. 
857. 512. 8c. ἐσκήνησαν, 618. 319,1. £98. b 





BOOK YI. CHAP. IV. 147 


The Persians fearing lest the Greeks destroy the bridge over the Tigris 


resort to stratagem. 


8 QA 8 A 4 9 ν a “A 

Mera δὲ τὸ δεῖπνον ετυχον ἐν περιπάτῳ ὄντες πρὸ τῶν 
ὕπλων Πρόξενος καὶ Ἐενοφῶν' καὶ προσελθὼν ἄνθρωπός 
τις ἠρώτησε] τοὺς προφύλακας ποῦ dy" ἴδοι Πρόξενον 
a , . κα. Se 2 277 4 A 8 > 
7 Κλέαρχον ᾽ Μένωνα οὲ οὐκ ἐζήτει, καὶ ταῦτα” παρ 
Αριαίου ὦν τοῦ Μένωνος ξένου. ἐπεὶ δὲ Πρόξενος 
4 > ? 9 a “A > e ¥ θ ιὃ 

αὐτός εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖις, εἶπεν ὁ ανθρωπος τάδε. 
«Ἐπεμψέῦ µε Αριαῖος καὶ ᾽Αρτάοζος, πιστοὶ ὄντες Κύρῳ 

νε ο ϐ 4 4 2 , 0 ν ε-. 
καὶ ὑμιν» εὖνοι, καὶ κελεύουσι Φφυλάττεσθαι poy vpiv 
2 ca) aA V7 e , . ὃν de Ud 
ἐπιθῶνται τῆς vuKTos’ οἱ βάρβαροι ἐστι δὲ στράτευμα 
πολὺ ἐν τῷ πλησίον παραδείσῳ. καὶ παρὰ τὴν γέφυραν 
τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ πέµψαι κελεύουσι φυλακήν, ὡς 
διανοεῖται αὐτὴν Moar Τισσαφέρνης τῆς νυκτός, ἐὰν 
δύνηται, ὡς μὴ διαβῆτε add’ ἐν µέσῳ απονηνόητς τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς διώρυχος.” 

᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν παρὰ τὸν Κλέαρ- 

N a a 4 e de ” : > ΄ 
χον καὶ φράζουσιν a λέγε. ὁ de Κλέαρχος ἀκούσας 
ἐταράχθη σφόδρα καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο. κνεανίσκος δέ τις τῶν 
, 3 , 4 ε 9 ¥ 78 

TapovTwy ἐννοήσας εἶπεν ws οὐκ ἁκόλουθα εἴη το” τε 
ἐπιθήσεσθαι καὶ λύσειν τὴν γέφυραν. “ δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι 
9 , a A , A ε HA oN \ Φ 
ἐπιτιθεμένους ἢ νικᾶν δεήσει ἢ ἠττᾶσθαι. ἐὰν μὲν οὖν 
νικῶσι, τί δεῖ λύειν αὐτοὺς τὴν γέφυραν; οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν 
πολλαὶ γέφυραι ὥσιν. ἔχοιμεν ' ἂν ὅποι φυγόντες ἡμεῖς 

Ao 10 aN δὲ ε ~ ο. λ A ο) ΄ 
σωθῶμεν.' ἐὰν δὲ ἡμεῖς νικῶμεν, λελυμένης τῆς γεφύ- 
pas οὐχ efovow ἐκεῖνοι ὅποι φύγωσιν οὐδὲ μὴν βοη- 


4 
εἶπεν ὅτι 


1724. 1069. 340. 585. 2872, 909. 1327. S563. 479. 3 Cf. saine, 1.423, 
4928. b. 1477. 623. 5837. 528,11. 463. * 765, 764 9. 1174, 1160. 376. 529. 
1750. 1186. 859. 5165. 8855, a, end. 1276-7. 549. 6574. 9901, a. 1421, 2. 
619,1. 656,a. 1° 866,38. 1858. 577. 471,a. 


18 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


148 AN ABASIS. 


θῆσαι, πολλῶν ἲ ὄντων πέραν, ovdels avrots® δυνησετα: 
λελυμένης τῆς yedupas.” 


Topics for Study. (1) The Greek camp. Ιπίτοάα. 86. (2) καὶ ταῦτα. 
(3) Translate νυκτός, νυκτί, νύκτα. (4) Case after βοηθέω, after ὠφελέω. 


᾽᾿Ακούσας δὲ 6 Ἐλέαρχος ταῦτα ἤρετο τὸν ἄγγελον 
πόση τις εἴη χώρα ἡ ἐν µέσῳ τοῦ Τίγρητος καὶ τῆς 
διώρυχος. ὃ δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι πολλὴ καὶ κῶμαι ἔνεισι καὶ 
πόλεις πολλαὶ καὶ µεγάλαι. τότε δὴ καὶ ἐγνώσθη ὅτι 
ε Ud Ν ¥ e ρ 3 α 4 
οἱ βάρβαροι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑποπέμψειαν, ὀκνοῦντες μὴ 
ευ a , 4 8 5 A Pi 
ot Ἕλληνες διελόντες τὴν γέφυραν peiveray” ἐν TH νήσῳ 
9 ΄ y ΄ e A N a ” 4 4 
ἐρύματα ἔχοντες ἐνθεν μὲν τὸν Τίγρητα, ἔνθεν δὲ τὴν 
΄ . Δ bf 3 / 4 3 ου 3 4 4 
Sudpvya* τὰ 8 ἐπιτήδεια ἔχοιεν ἐκ τῆς ἐν µέσῳ χώρας 
a \ A 9 A - 
πολλῆς καὶ ἀγαθῆς οὐσης καὶ τῶν ἐργασομένων ἐνόντων" 
εἶτα δὲ καὶ ἀποστροφῃ γένοιτο et τις βούλοιτο βασιλέα 
κακῶς ποιεῖν. 
Mera δὲ ταῦτα ἀνεπαύοντο ἐπὶ µέντοι τὴν γέφυραν 
9 ‘ ¥ Β \ y ~ > » 298 > 
ὅμως φυλακὴν έπεμψαν καὶ οὔτε ἐπέθετο οὐδεὶς οὖδα- 
ιό 8 8 4 70 ‘ % θ Αν ΄ 
µόθεν ουτε πρὸς τὴν γέφυραν ovdets HAGE τῶν πολεμίων, 
ε ε 3 - 3 8 Δ 9 > ld 
ὡς οἱ φυλάττοντες ἀπήγγελλον. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἕως ἐγένετο, 
διέβαινον τὴν γέφυραν ἐζευγμένην πλοίοις τριάκοντα 
Ve 9 ε 8 , . . 26/7 
καὶ ἑπτὰ ὡς οἷόν τε μάλιστα πεφυλαγμένως * ἐξήγγελλον 
, “A “ 4 e λλ. ῤ ε ὃ 
γάρ τινες τῶν παρὰ Τισσαφέρνους Ἑλλήνων, ὡς ὃια- 
, 5 AWN 9 0 , β λλὰ A 9 
βαινόντων, µέλλοιεν ἐπιθήσεσῦαι. adda ταῦτα μὲν 
ψευδῆ ἦν διαβαινόντων μέντοι 6 Trovs [αὐτῶν] ἐπεφάνη 
5 Ὑ 3 4 8 ὅσα > 8 
per ἄλλων σκοπῶν εἰ διαβαίνοιεν τὸν ποταμόν ' ἐπειδὴ 
δὲ εἶδεν, ᾧχετο ἀπελαύνων. 
Topics for Study.. (1) Apodoses of the four forms of condition. (9) 


Verbs that reduplicate with e. (3) Natural resources of Persia. (4) οἴχομαι, 
how used. . 

1971, c. 1568, 1568, 6. 683.7%. 590. 2764, 2. 1160 S876 (end). 680, 9. 
3887. 13878. 594. 610, 611. 4969, b. 1568,2. 653,4. 683, §972,8. 1008 
657,N. 590, a. 





BOOK II. CHAP. IV. . 149 


Orossing the Tigris they follow it northward to Caenae. 


᾽Απὸ δὲ τοῦ Tiypynros ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τέτ- 25 
tapas παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Φύσκον ποταμµόν, 
. 4 , 9 Αα A , ον ο A 2 A 

τὸ εὖρος πλέθρου ' ἐπῆν δὲ γέφυρα. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ᾠκεῖτο 
Πόλις µεγάλη ὄνομα ὋὨπις πρὸς ἦν ἀπήντησε τοῖς 
Ἕλλησινὶ ὁ Κύρου καὶ ᾽᾿Αρταξέρξζου νόθος ἀδελφὸς ἀπὸ 
Σούσων καὶ ᾿Εκβατάνων στρατιὰν πολλὴν ἄγων as 
βοηθήσων ᾖβασιλεῖ' καὶ ἐπιστήσας" τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στρά- 






“s ακομα 
2 κε ο 






Γ 1 i aa =. τοι Se = 
f. es La Ti i= J αμ ο η 
1 κκ. ως πε 


να ο μπει ώς 
στ) nil 


σχεδία διφθερίνη. 


Tey, παρερχοµένους τοὺς ἝἛλληνας ἐθεώρει. | ὁ δὲ 2 
, A 

Κλέαρχος ἡγεῖτο μὲν eis δύο, ἐπορεύετο δὲ ἄλλοτε καὶ 

Ν . 

ἄλλοτε ἐφιστάμενος' ὅσον δὲ [av] yxpdvov® τὸ ἡγού- 

µενον τοῦ στρατεύματος ἐπιστήσειε, τοσοῦτον ἦν ἀνάγκη 
/ ὃ 3 ολ, ~ ΄ , Ν 

χρόνον du ὅλου Tov στρατεύματος γίγνεσθαι τὴν ἐπίστα- 

9 ; α 
σι’ wore τὸ στράτευμα καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἛἝλλησι Sofas 
Ἱάμπολυ εἶναι, καὶ τὸν Πέρσην ἐκπεπλῆχθαιδ θεωροῦντα. 


1772. 1110. 392.1. 585. αὔδ00. 494. 866. %920. 1062. 388. 538. 
‘914, B, (2). 1481,2. 625. 616,b. Cf. same, 1.52%. 


27 


28 


| 


3 


150 ANABASIS, 


Ἐντεῦθεν 8 ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ τῆς Μηδίας σταθμοὺς 
ἐρήμους ἐξ παρασάγγας τριάκοντα eis τὰς Παρυσάτιδος 
Kaas τῆς Κύρου καὶ βασιλέως μητρός. ταύτας Τισ- 
σαφέρνης Κύρῳ ἐπεγγελῶν ὶ διαρπάσαι᾽ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν 
3 8 9 ή 3 A 4 Α “ N 
ἐπέτρεψε πλὴν ἀνδραπόδων. évnv δὲ σῖτος πολὺς καὶ 

8 ¥ 4 9 ια) 3 3 , 
πρόβατα καὶ ἄλλα χρήματα. ἐντεῦθεν ὃ ἐπορεύθησαν 
σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τέτταρας παρασάγγας εἴκοσι τὸν 

a ΔΝ 3 3 ”~ ad > 8 ων , 
Τίγρητα ποταμὸν ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔχοντες. ἐν δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ 

α A ο / 3 Α 
σταθμῷ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ πόλις ᾠκεῖτο µεγάλη καὶ 
εὐδαίμων ὄνομα Καιναί, ἐξ ἧς οἱ βάρβαροι διῆγον ἐπὶ 
σχεδίαις διφθερίναις ἄρτους, τυρούς, οἶνον. 


Topics for Study. (1) Meaning of ending -μα(τ), -uo(s), -rn{s). (3) 
παρὰ in composition. (3) ὁ Φύσκος ποταµός or 6 ποταμὸς Stones, — which ? 


To remove mutual suspicions, Clearchus holds an interview with 
Tissaphernes. 


V. Mera ταῦτα ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν Ζαπάταν ποτα- 

4 ΔΝ > id id 8 3 Α 4 
pov, τὸ εὖρος τεττάρων πλέθρων. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν 
ε id a > 8 ιά « , 4 9 
ἡμέρας τρεῖς' ἐν δὲ ταύταις ὑποψίαι μὲν ἦσαν, φανερὰ 
δὲ οὐδεμία ἐφαίνετο ἐπιβουλή. ἔδοξεν οὖν τῷ Κλεάρχῳ 

/ ~ 4 N ¥ 4 8 
συγγενέσθαι τῷ Τισσαφέρνει [καὶ] εἴ πως δύναιτο 
παῦσαι τὰς ὑποψίας πρὶν ἐξ αὐτῶν πόλεμον γενέσθαι ' 
ὅτι συγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ χρῄζει. 
ὁ δὲ ἑτοίμως ἐκέλευεν ἤκειν. 

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ συνῆλθον, λέγει ὁ Κλέαρχος τάδε. “Ἐγώ, 
ὦ Τισσαφέρνη, οἶδα μὲν ἡμῖν ὃ ὅρκους γεγενηµένους 
καὶ δεξιὰς δεδοµένας μὴ ἀδικήσειν ὃ ἀλλήλους ' φυλατ- 
τόµενον δὲ σέ τε GPW ὡς πολεμίους ἡμᾶς καὶ ἡμεῖς 


\ » / 3 ο 
καὶ επεµψε τινα έρουντα 


17798. 1179. 394. δᾳῦ,δ. *Cf.same,1.2% 5907. 1420. 613. 65%. ο 
κελεύσων, 2.12% 8769. 1186. 380. δειιὈ. Of. κ. on δεξιὰς. . . ἄφερον, 9.43, 





BOOK II: CHAP. V. 151 


ὁρῶντες ταῦτα ἀντιφυλαττόμεθα. ἐπεὶ δὲ σκοπῶν οὗ 4 


ἂν y 4 ‘ 9 θ fa) , ea A 
ύναμαι ovte’ σὲ αἰσθέσθαι πειρώμενον ἡμᾶς κακῶς 
ο 2 ” ~ 9 « 908 9 “~ 
Toei ἐγώ TE σαφῶς olda ὅτι ἡμεῖς γε οὐδὲ ἐπινοοῦμεν 
τοιοῦτον οὐδέν. ἐδοξέ µοι εἷς λόγους σοι" ἐλθεῖν, ὅπως 


ε δυναίμεθαξ ἐξέλοιμεν ἀλλήλων τὴν ἀπιστίαν. καὶ 6 


γὰρ οἶδα  ἀνθρώπους ἤδη, Tovs® μὲν ἐκ διαβολῆς, τοὺς 

δὲ καὶ ἐξ ὑποψίας, ot φοβηθέντε ἀλλήλους, φΦθάσαι 
η 7) 

βουλόμενοι πρὶν παθεῖν, ἐποίησαν ἀνήκεστα κακὰ τοὺς; 

’ , ¥y 9 a 7 , Α 5 ὃ / 

ovre µέλλοντας ovr ἂν βουλομένους τοιούῦτον οὐδέν. 


τὰς οὖν τοιαύτας ἁγνωμοσύνας νοµίζων συνουσίαις µά- 6 


λιστα ἂν παύεσθαι new καὶ διδάσκειν σε βούλομαι ὡς 
σὺ ἡμῖνξ οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἀπιστεῖ. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ καὶ 
µέγιστον οἱ Dewy ἡμᾶς ὃρκοι κωλύουσι πολεμίους εἶναι 
> , σ \ v4 9 
ἀλλήλοις  ὅστις δὲ τούτων 

, “”~ 9 4 ¥ >, «<A > 4 ‘N “ 
ληκώς, τοῦτον ἐγὼ οὔποτ ἂν εὐδαιμονίσαιμι. τὸν yap 
θεῶν πόλεμόν οὐκ οἶδα ovr’ ἀπὸ ποίου ἂν τάχους φεύγων 

µ 

9 , 1 δν 3 a a , ae aa 0) 
τις ἀποφύγοι  ουτ εἰς ποιον ἂν σκότος ἀποθραίη οὗ 
: 
Όπως ἂν els ἐχυρὸν χωρίον ἀποσταίη. πάντῃ γὰρ 
πάντα τοῖς θεοῖς 3 ὑποχείρια καὶ πανταχῇ πάντων Ἡ' ἴσον 
οἱ θεοὶ κρατοῦσι. 


Topics for Study. (1) Protases in which ef or édy = if perchance, in case 
that. Cf. εἰ ἁλώσοιντο, 1.48, εἰ δυναίµη», 2.318, (2) The agent after the perfect 
and pluperfect passive. (3) Object and cognate accusative. (4) The idiom 
tis λόγους σοι ἐλθεῖν. (5) Construction after σύνοιδα. 


8 4 Αα A 8 φ y 
“Περὶ μὲν δὴ τῶν θεῶν τε καὶ τῶν ὅρκων οὕτω γιγνό- 
> a ε α \ λέ 6 / θ , 0 . 
σκω, παρ οὓς ἡμεις τὴν diriay συνθέµενοι κατεθέµεθα 
A 9 A ρ 
tov δ ἀνθρωπίνων σὲ ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ παρόντι νοµίζω µέ- 
3 4. ” 9 8 ‘ ~ 4 
γιστον εἶναι ἡμῖν ἀἆγαθόν. σὺν μὲν γὰρ σοὶ πᾶσα μὲν 
11044, 4. οὔτε. . . τε, cf. 441. 608. 111. 1177. 392, 1, B24, ι. 586. 
2051. 1508. G77. 662. «8606. 1258 522. {δή ἀ. 5624,d. 914. 319. Cf. 
19,8. $725,8. 1078. 340. 536,b. "987, b. 1808. 669. 595. * 64,2. 1160. 


876. 520,a. %742. 1102. 356. 511. 1982, a. 1590. G61,N.2. 587. 4872. 
1841. 563. 479. 765, 164, 2. 1174. 876. 528 3341. 1109. 356. 610, 6, 


οι δεν ος 
σύνοιὸεν  -QUT@ παρηµε-. 


9 


i 
t 
f 


10 


11 


12 


13 


152 ANABASIS. 


eQa a 9 | 9 , a 
600s εὔπορος, πᾶς δὲ ποταμὸς διαβατός, τῶν τε ἐπιτη- 
δείων οὐκ ἀπορία' ἄνευ δὲ cov πᾶσα μὲν διὰ σκότους ἡ 
ς 4 9 Ν “ > A > , Α 8 ΔΝ 
ὁδός' οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτῆς ἐπιστάμεθα' mas δὲ ποταμὸς 
δύσπορος, was δὲ ὄχλος φοβερός, φοβερώτατον ὃ ἑἐρημία ' 
Δ Ν ~ > ‘4 3 9 A “ 8 ρ 
μεστὴ γὰρ πολλῆς ἀπορίας ἐστίν. εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ µανέν- 
τες σε κατακτείναιµεν, ἄλλο3 τι ἂν ἢ τὸν εὐεργέτην 
κατακτείναντες πρὸς βασιλέα τὸν µέγιστον ἔφεδρον ἆγω- 
σ δὲ o7, 8 9 <A 2X. ὃ 3 “ 

νιζοίµεθα; oowy O€ On καὶ οιων ἂν EATLOWY έμαντον 
στερήσαιµι, εἶ σέ τι κακὸν ὃ 
ταῦτα λέξω. 

“°Eyo γὰρ Kupov ἐπεθύμησά po Φφίλον γενέσθαι, 
νοµίζων τῶν τότε" ἱκανώτατον εἶναι ev" ποιεν ὃν 

, ‘ \ 4 A wee , , , 9 
Βούλοιτο σὲ δὲ νῦν ὁρῶ τήν τε Κύρου δύναμιν καὶ 
χώραν ἔχοντα καὶ τὴν σαυτοῦ [χώραν ] σώζοντα, 
τὴν δὲ βασιλέως δύναμιν, 7 Kipos πολεμίᾳ ἐχρῆτο, 


ἐπιχειρήσαιμι ποιεῖν, 


σοὶ ταύτην σύμμαχον οὗσαν. τούτων δὲ τοιούτων 
»” 4 φ , 9 q 9 2 Ν 
ὄντων Tis ουτω paiverat Όστις ov ᾖβούλεται Gor 
/ ‘ %\\ A ‘\ 2 A \ N A 9 8 ” 

φίλος εἶναι; ἀλλὰ μὴν ἐρώ γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα ἐξ ὧν exw 
ἐλπίδας καὶ σὲ βουλήσεσθαι Φφίλον ἡμῖν εἶναι. οἶδα 
8 
9 


A Ν ε A Ν 9 ” a , a 
μὲν γὰρ ὑμῖν Μυσοὺς λυπηροὺς ὄντας, οὓς νομίζω ἂν 
σὺν τῇ παρούσῃ δυνάµει ταπεινοὺς ὑμῖν παρασχεῖν ᾿ 
οἶδα δὲ καὶ Πισίδας  ἀκούω δὲ καὶ ἄλλα έθνη πολλὰ 


A a A 3 
τοιαῦτα εἶναι, d@ οἶμαι ἂν παῦσαι ἐνοχλοῦντα ne 


Q “ 
ἀεὶ TH 
9 3 4 a α 
ὑμετέρᾳ εὐδαιμονίᾳ. Αἰγυπτίους δέ, οἷς' µάλιστα ὑμᾶς 
“A “A 4 
νῦν οἶδα TeOvpopévous, οὐχ ὁρῶ ποίᾳ δυνάµει συµ- 
μάχῳ” χρησάµενοι μᾶλλον ἂν κολάσαισθε THs” νῦν σὺν 
> 8 ¥ 9 \ ‘ ¥ Α 3 A 8 
ἐμοὶ ovons. ἄλλα μὴν ev ye τοις πέριξ οἰκούσι συ 
2841 and a, 1260. 529. 464 and a. 21015, b. 1604. 5738, ν. 3 725, a. 
1078. 340. 586,0. ‘Cf. τῶν ἐγγντάτω, 2.21. Cf. κακόν, ἃ 10. °8777, 8. 916. 320, 


387,N. Cf. 547, last ex. 7910. 1445. 597. 615. 8964 (a). 1494. G47. 6579. 
5040. 895, 2. 630. 571. 10 764, 2; 712, b. 1159, 1160. 8376. 520,a. 4964, 2 


@ 1158, 1160. 376. 620. 13 Cf. moAcpig, § 11. 18 755. 1153. 863. 617. 


BOOK II. CHAP. V. 158 


d μὲν βούλοιό te φίλος εἶναι, ws μέγιστος ἂν eins, 
εἰ δέ τίς σε λυποίη, ὡς δεσπότης [av] ἀναστρέφοιο 
έχων ἡμᾶς ὑπηρέτας, ob σοι οὐκ ἂν τοῦ μισθοῦ ἕνεκα 
µόνον ὑπηρετοῖμεν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς χάριτος ἣν σωθέν- 
τε ὑπὸ σοῦ σοὶ ἂν ἔχοιμεν δικαίως. ἐμοὶ μὲν ταῦτα 
πάντα ἐνθυμουμένῳ οὕτω δοκεῖὶ θαυμαστὸν εἶναι τὸ ὃ 
σὲ ἡμῖν ἀπιστεν ὥστε καὶ Πδιστ ἂν ἀκούσαιμι τὸ 
ὄνομα 3 
λέγων ὃ ὡς ἡμεῖς σοι ἐπιβουλεύομεν. 

Κλέαρχος μὲν οὖν τοσαῦτα ele’ Τισσαφέρνης δὲ 


ὧδε ἀπημείφθη. 


Topics for Study. (1) The idioms for ‘this being so, under these circum- 
stances,,§ 12. (2) Idiom for ‘who is so mad as not to wish?’ (3) Case after 
ὀοχλέω, θυµόοµαι, ἀπιστέω. 


, 9 2 8 5 κ ρ ὅ ϱ A 
τις οντως εστι εινος λέγειν ωστε σε πεισαι 


Tissaphernes replies with consummate duplicity. 


“"A\N’ ἧδομαι µέν, @ Κλέαρχε, ἀκούων σου] dpo- 
vinous λόγους ταῦτα γὰρ γιγνώσκων εἴ τι ἐμοὶ κακὸν 
βουλεύοις, ἅμα ἄν pou δοκεῖς καὶ σαυτῷ κακόνους εἶναι. 
ὡς 8 ἂν ὃ µάθῃς ὅτι οὐδ ἂν ὑμεῖς δικαίως οὔτε βασιλεῖ 
9 9 \ 5 ‘4 9 9 bY e a 9 
OUT ἐμοὶ ἀπιστοίητε, ἀντάκουσον. εἰ yap ὑμᾶς ἐβουλό- 

θα1ο ἆ , , , 5 A ε , 0 
pela” ἀπολέσαι, πὀτερά σοι ὀοκουμεν ἱππέων πλήθους 
ἀπορεῖν ἢ πεζῶν ἢ ὁπλίσεως ἐν ᾗ ὑμᾶς μὲν βλάπτειν 
ε 
ἱκανοὶ εἴημεν ἄν, ἀντιπάσχειν dé οὐδεὶς κίνδυνος ;™ 
3 8 ‘4 9 4 A 3 4 3 “A ¥ 
ἀλλὰ χωρίων ἐπιτηδείων ἡμῖν ἐπιτίθεσθαι ἀπορεῖν ἂν 
σοι δοκοῦμεν ; ov τοσαῦτα μὲν πεδία ad ὑμεῖς φίλια 
» a ~ α 
ora συν πολλῷ πόνῳ διαπορεύεσθε, τοσαῦτα δὲ ὄρη 


1277. 416. 148. 319. 3 Cf. στεγάσµατα, 1.519, $959,949. 1516, 156490. 637. 
87h. 4 8c. éxeivov. S952. 1526. G42. 565. 6969, a. 1563,38. 688, 9. 583. 


'742,c. 1108. 865, 6511, a. 88692. 1367. 590,y.2. 638, ¢. 9872. 1827,. 


563. 479. 895. 1397. 606. 649. “909, 872. 1427. 619, δ68. 616, ο 


"952. 1521. 641. 565. %611 308. 498, ο. 


20 


21 


\ 


154 ANABASIS. 


ea e a} ν a e a » λ 
ὁρᾶτε ὑμῖν Σ ὄντα πορευτέα., d ἡμιν ἔξεστι προκαταλα- 
βοῦσιν ἄπορα ὑμῖν παρέχειν, τοσοῦτοι 8 εἰσὶ ποταμοὶ 
279 @ », ea , ε , A ὃ ε ο. 
ἐφ᾽ ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι ὁπόσοις ἂν ὑμῶν Bov- 
λ ΄ θ , 0 r > 18 5’ 3 A a 9 5 a ΄ 
ώμεθα µάχεσθαι; εἰσὶ αὐτῶν οὓς ovd ἂν παντά- 
πασι διαβαίητε, εἰ μὴ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς διαπορεύοιµεν. eb 
>’ > “A ΄ e ΄ θ ὶλλὰ 6 ΄ 

ἐν πασι τούτοις Ἠἠττωμεύῦα, ἆλλα tO” ye τοι Op 

A A 3 ὃ a e a 5 , 0) A 6) 
κρειττον του καρποῦ έστιν᾽ OV ΌΊμεις ὀυναὶμεύ ἂν 

4 Q ean 2 , e ε A. 999 > 

κατακαύσαντες λιμὸν ὑμῖν ἀντιτάξαι, ᾧ ὑμεῖς' ovd et 
΄ 3 Ν ¥ 4 A , 4 A 
πάνυ ἀγαθοὶ εἴητε µάχεσθαι ἂν δύναισθε πῶς ἂν 
οὖν ἔχοντες τοσούτους πόρους πρὸς τὸ ὑμῖν πολεμεῖν, 
καὶ τούτων µηδένα ἡμῖν ἐπικίνδυνον, ἔπειτα ἐκ τούτων 
πάντων τοῦτον ay τὸν τρόπον ἐξελοίμεθα ὃς µόνος μὲν 

ΔΝ ρ ή 8 ΔΝ 3 2 > , 
πρὸς θεῶν ἀσεβής,' μόνος δὲ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων αἰσχρός ; 
πἀαντάπασι δὲ ἀπόρων  ἐστὶ καὶ ἁμηχάνων καὶ ἐν 
ἀνάγκ]ῃ ἐχομένων, καὶ τούτων πονηρῶν, οἵτινες ἐθέλουσι 
δι ἐπιορκίας τε πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ ἀπιστίας πρὸς ἀνθρώπους 
αλ ο τι. οὐχ οὕτως ἡμεῖς, ὦ Κλέαρχε, οὔτε ἁλό- 
γιστοι οὔτε ἡλίθιοί ἐσμεν. 


Topics for Study. (1) ἄν in purpose clauses. (2) Classify the con- 
ditional clauses. (3) Personal and impersonal constructivn with verbals. (4) 


εἶσεαὐτών οὔε = what? 


“’AN\NG τί δὴ, ὑμᾶς ἐξὸν ὃ ἀπολέσαι, οὑκ ἐπὶ τοῦτο 
ἠλύθομεν; εὖ ἴσθι ore ὁ ἐμὸς ἔρως τούτου" αἴτιος τὸ Ὁ 
τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐμὲ moro: γενέσθαι, καὶ ᾧ' Kipos 
ἀνέβη ξενικῷ Ἱ] διὰ µισθοδὀσίας πιστεύων τούτῳ ἐμὲ 
καταβῆναι δι εὐεργσίας ἰσχυρὸν. ὅσα” 8 ἐμοὶ χρή- 
σιµοι ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὰ μὲν καὶ σὺ εἶπας, τὸ δὲ µέγιστον 
ἐγὼ οἶδα' τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῇ κεφαλῃ τιάραν βασιλεῖ 

1991. 1597. 666. 596. 1916. 14384. G23. 616, a. 3998. 1029. «686. κ. 
61h, a. 4900. 1408 6085. 651. 5659. 448. Cf. 561, b. 6672. 1827. S563. 
479. 1732,c. 1094,1. 348.1. 508. 89913. 1569. 658. 591. °753,e. 1140, 


851. 516.8. %950,end. 636,641. 57%4,end. "774. 1189. 89%. 686. : 9 118. 
1058. 837. 587. 





BOOK Il. CHAP. Y. 155 


µόνῳ ἔξεστιν ὀρθὴν ἔχειν, τὴν ὃ ἐπὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ tows 
ἄν, ὑμῶν παρόντων, καὶ ἕτερος εὐπετῶς ἔχοι. 

Tatra εἰπὼν ἔδοξε τῷ 'Κλεάρχῳ ἀληθῆ λέγειν καὶ 
ἶπεν, “ Οὐκοῦν,'' ἔφη, “ οἵτινες, τοιούτων ἡμῖν eis φιλίαν 
ὑπαρχόντων, πειρῶνται διαβάλλοντες ποιῆσαι πολεµίους 
ἡμᾶς ἄξιοί εἶσι τὰ ἔσχατα᾽ παθεῖν ;” 

“Kal ἐγὼ pe γε, ἔφη 6 Τισσαφέρνης, “ei βούλεσύέ 
μοι, οἱ τε στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ λοχαγού, ἐλθεν ἐν τῷ 
ἐμφανεῖ, λέζω τοὺς πρὸς ἐμὲ λέγοντας ws σὺ ἐμοὶ ἐπι- 
βουλεύεις καὶ τῇ σὺν ἐμοὶ στρατιᾷ’ “᾿Ἑγὼ δέ” έφη 
ὁ Κλέαρχος, “ ἄξω πάντας, καὶ σοὶ av δηλώσω όθεν 
ἐγὼ περὶ σοῦ ἀκούω., 

Topics for Study. (1) Accusative absolute. (2) Infinitive in appo- 
sition, (3) Οὐκοῦν and οὕκουν. 


Clearchus and other generals going to Tissaphernes’ headquarters 
for conference, are treacherously put to death. 


9 a 
Ex τούτων δὴ τῶν λόγων 6 Τισσαφέρνης Φιλοφρονού- 
, λ ρ 9 > + 9 ; 
µενος τότε μὲν µένειν τε αὐτὸν ἐκέλευε καὶ σύνδειπνον 
3 4 Αν Ν ε a € ? 3 8 > A 
ἐποιήσατο. τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Κλέαρχος ἀπελθὼν ἐπὶ 
τὸ στρατόπεδον δῆλός τ) ἦν πάνυ φιλικῶς οἰόμενος ὃ 
διακεῖσθαι τῷ Τισσαφέρνει καὶ ἆ ἔλεγεν ἐκεῖνος ἀπήγ- 
λλ ¥ A 27 4 , a 4 
yelhey, έφη TE χρῆναι ἰέναι παρὰ Τισσαφέρνην οὓς 
ἐκέλευσε, καὶ οἳ ἂν ἐλεγχθῶσι διαβάλλοντες τῶν Ἑλλή- 
var, ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς καὶ κακόνους τοῖς Ἕλλησιν 
ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι. ὑπώπτευε δὲ εἶναι τὸν διαβάλλοντα 
Μένωνα, εἰδὼς αὐτὸν καὶ λάθρᾳ συγγεγενηµένον Τισ- 
a) 

σαφέρνει per ᾿Αριαίου καὶ otacidtovta αὐτῷ ὃ καὶ 
3 
ἐπιβουλεύοντα, ὅπως τὸ στράτευμα ἅπαν πρὸς αὑτὸν 


1716, b. 1084. 884. 586, b. 1638. 911. 817. 50%. 3998Ι. 159. 669, 8 
585. $906. 1026. «66. 61. ογήρ. 1175. ἄθθ,ι. 686. 


2 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


o 


ή 


158 ANABASIS. 


λαβὼν φίλος 7 Τισσαφέρνε. éBovdero δὲ καὶ 6 Κλέ 


σ Ν id 8 
αρχος ἅπαν τὸ στράτευµα . πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔχειν τὴν γνώ- 


A a 9 a > “~ 8 
µην καὶ τοὺς παραλυποΌντας ἐκποδὼν εἶναι. τῶν δὲ 
στρατιωτῶν ἀντέλεγόν τινες αὐτῷ μὴ ἰέναι πάντας τοὺς 

8 
λοχαγοὺς καὶ στρατηγοὺς μηδὲ πιστεύειν Τισσαφέρνει. 
ε 8 , 9 “~ yy 4 
6 δὲ Κλέαρχος ἰσχυρῶς κατέτεινεν, ἐστε διεπράξατο 
πέντε μὲν στρατηγοὺς ἰέναι, εἴκοσι δὲ λοχαγούς' συν- 
ρ A € 3 9 8 Ν A y 
ηκολούθησαν δὲ ws εἷς ἀγορὰν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων στρατιω- 
τῶν WS διακόοσιοι. 
> 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις ταῖς Τισσαφέρνους, 
ε 8 9 , _ » , ? 
οἱ μὲν στρατηγοὶ παρεκλήθησαν εἴσω, ΠἩρόξενος Βοιώ- 
τιος, Μένων Θετταλός, ᾽Αγίας ᾽Αρκάς, Κλέαρχος Λάκων, 
, ’ / ο ε \ ne a A , 
Σωκράτης ᾿Αχαιός οἱ δὲ λοχαγοὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις 
¥ 9 A1Q.\ ο 9 ον A 2 A , 
έµενον. ov πολλῳ δὲ VOTEPOY ἀπὸ TOV αὐτου σημείου 
9 9 ιά N ε κά , 
ot 7 ἔνδον συνελαμβάνοντο καὶ ot e€w κατεκόπησαν. 
4 4 α "A , \ e , 5 Ν wn 
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τῶν βαρβάρων tives ἱππέων διὰ τοῦ 
η. 3 , 4. 9 ο 9 A , 
πεδίου ἐλαύνοντες Tie ἐντυγχάνοιεν Ἕλληνι 4 δούλῳ 
aA 9 ρ , 4 ε δὲ 9 λλ a 
ή ἐλευθέρῳ πάντας ἔκτεινον. οἱ ὁε EAAnves τὴν τε ἱπ- 
πασίαν ἐθαύμαζον ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου ὁρῶντες καὶ 
σ 9 ΄ 9 “ a 2 8 Ά 
OTL ἐποίουν ἠἡμφεγνόουν, πριν Νίκαρχος Άρκας ήκε 
, N ” 
φεύγων τετρωµένος Els τὴν Ὑαστέρα καὶ τὰ ἔντερα ἐν 
ταῖς χερσὶν ἔχων, καὶ εἶπε πάντα τὰ γεγενηµένα/ 


Topics for Study. (1) Account for the accent on ἐλεγχθῶσι. (2) Aug- 
ment of ἀμφιγνοέω. (3) The seven great classes of verbs. 


Ariaeus and others announce to the Greeks the death of Clearchus 
and that the king demands their arms. 


"Ex τούτου δὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔθεον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα πάντες 
3 , 8 , 3 eed 9 9 “ 3 ἃ 
ἐκπεπληγμένοι καὶ νοµίζοντες αὐτίκα Ίξειν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ 


35 Τὸ στρατόπεδον. οἱ δὲ πάντες μὲν οὐκ ᾖλθον, ᾿Αριαῖος 


178landa. 11864, 888. δ46, ο. 


Ν 





μμ 


BOOK II. CHAP. V. | 157 


δὲ καὶ ᾽Αρτάοζος καὶ Μιθραδάτης, ot ἦσαν Κύρῳ πιστό- 
τατοι" 6 δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἑρμηνεὺς ἔφη καὶ τὸν Τισσα- 
φέρνους ἀδελφὸν σὺν αὐτοῖς ὁρᾶν καὶ γιγνώσκειν: 
συνηκολούθουν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι Περσῶν τεθωρακισμένοι 
eis τριακοσίου. οὗτοι ἐπεὶ ἐγγὺς Yoav, προσελθεῖν 
ἐκέλενον εἴ τις εἴη τῶν Ἑλλήνων στρατηγὸς ᾖ λοχαγός, 
1 τὰ παρὰ βασιλέω. pera ταῦτα 
ἐξῆλθον Φυλαττόμενοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων στρατηγοὶ μὲν 
Κλεάνωρ Ὀρχομένιος καὶ Σοφαίνετος Στυμφάλιος, σὺν 
αὐτοῖς δὲ Ἐενοφῶν” ᾿Αθηναῖος, ὅπως palo. τὰ περὶ 
Προξένου' Χειρίσοφος δὲ ἐτύγχανεν ἁπὼν ἐν κώμῃ τινὶ 
σὺν ἄλλοις ἐπισιτιζόμενς. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔστησαν εἰς ὃ 
ἐπήκοον, εἶπεν ᾿Αριαῖος τάδε. 

«Ἐλέαρχος μέν, & ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ ἐπιορκῶν 
τε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς λύων, ἔχει τὴν δίκην καὶ 
τέβνηκε, Ἡρόξενος δὲ καὶ Μένων, ὅτι κατήγγειλαν αὐτοῦ 
τὴν ἐπιβουλήν, ἐν µεγάλῃ τιμῇ εἶσιν. ὑμᾶς δὲ βασιλεὺς 
τὰ ὅπλα ἀπαιτεῖ" ἑαυτοῦ. γὰρ εἶναι φησιν, ἐπείπερ 
Κύρου ἦσαν τοῦ ἐκείνου δούλου. 


9 9 , 
wa ἀπαγγεί λωσι 


Topics for Study. (1) Meaning of the proper nouns in § 97. (2) Prep- 
ositions of motion with verbs of rest.. (3) Position of éxetvos, of ἐκείνου. 


A“ 9 Ed 

Πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίναντο ot Ἕλληνες, ἔλεγε δὲ Κλεά- 

ϱ » “ 8 

νωρ 0 Ορχομένιος ᾽ “Ὢ κάκιστε ἀνθρώπων “Aptaie καὶ 
ε 3 σ , di 9 3 , Φ 

οἱ ἄλλοι όν ἦτε Κύρου Φίλο, οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθε οὖτα 

3 ” 93 ε “~ 

θεοὺς ὃ ovr’ ἀνθρώπους, οἴἵτινς ὁὀμόσαντες ἡμῖν τοὺς 
3 8 “~ ~ 

αὐτοὺς φίλους ὃ καὶ ἐχθροὺς vometv,’ προδόντες ἡμᾶς 
Δ “A Q , 

σὺν Τισσαφέρνει τῷ ἀθεωτάτῳ τε καὶ πανουργοτάτῳ TOUS 
= > AN ο ¥ 9 , \ ‘\ 

τε ἄνδρας αὐτοὺς οἷς ὤμνυτε ἀἁπολωλέκατε καὶ τοὺς 

181,4. 1860, 674. 669. 3900 Introd. 106-198. 5788, mid. 1295. 898, κ.θ. 


598d. 4789, 10941. 348,1. 508. 5712. 1049. 399, 1. 580. 931726. 1077. 
841. 534. %425. 665,38. 215. $46. 


36 


97 


38 


40 


ει 


42 


158 ANABASIS. 


ἄλλους ἡμᾶς προδεδωκότες σὺν τοῖς πολεµίοις ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς 
ἔρχεσθε;΄ ὁ δὲ ᾿Αριαῖος εἶπε, “ Κλέαρχος γὰρ πρόσθεν 
3 ” 8 3 ΄ , Q 
ἐπιβουλεύων Φανερὸς ἐγένετο Τισσαφέρνει τε καὶ 
Ὀρόντᾳ, καὶ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν τοῖς σὺν τούτοις. 

Ἐπὶ τούτοις Ἐενοφῶν τάδε εἶπε «Κλέαρχος μὲν 
΄ > 8 8 9 3 “ ιά 8 ΄ 
τοίνυν εἰ παρὰ τοὺς OpKous ἔλυε τὰς σπονδάς, τὴν δίκην 
ν / , N 3. λ 3 A / 
ἔχει δίκαιον γὰρ ἀπόλλυσθαι τοὺς ἐπιορκοῦντας  Ἡρό- 
ἔενος δὲ καὶ Μένων ἐπείπερ εἰσὶν ὑμέτεροι μὲν εὐεργέται, 
ἡμέτεροι δὲ στρατηγοί, πέµψατε αὐτοὺς δεῦρο' δῆλον 
γὰρ ὅτι φίλοι ye ὄντε ἀμφοτέροις πειράσονται καὶ 
ea 9 ε ο \ , 1 A 93 ν 
ὑμιν καὶ nui τὰ βέλτιστα" συμβουλεῦσαι. πρὸς 
ταῦτα οἱ βάρβαροι πολὺν χρόνον διαλεχθέντες ἀλλή- 

Lots? ἀπῆλθον οὐδὲν ἀποκρινάμενοι. 
Topics for Study. (1) Comparison of κακὀ. (2) Synopsis of present, 


system of ὄμνυμι. (3) Why not wéumere,§ 41% (4) Of the two imperatives, 
present and aorist, which is used oftener ? 


Character sketches; Clearchus, fond of war, fitted to command. 


VI. Οἱ μὲν δὴ στρατηγοὶ οὕτω ληφθέντες ἀνήχθησαν 
ὡς βασιλέα καὶ ἀποτμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλὰς ὃ ἐτελεύτη- 
σαν, els μὲν αὐτῶν Khéapyos ὁμολογουμένως ἐκ πάντων 
τῶν ἐμπείρως ' αὐτοῦ ἐχόντων δόξας γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ καὶ 
πολεμικὸς καὶ Φιλοπόλεμος ἐσχάτως. καὶ yap δὴ έως 
μὲν πόλεμος ἦν τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αθη- 
ναΐους παρέμενεν, ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰρήνη ἐγένετο, ἀναπείσας 
τὴν αὑτοῦ πόλιν ὡς οἱ Θρᾷκες ἀδικοῦσι” 
καὶ διαπραξάµενος ὡς ἐδύνατο παρὰ τῶν ἑφόρων ἐξέπλει 
ὡς πολεμήσων τοῖς ὑπὲρ Χερρονήσου καὶ ἩΠερίνθου 
Θρᾳξίν. ἀἐπεὶ δὲ µεταγνόντε πως οἱ ἔφοροι, ἤδη ἔξω 


τοὺς Ἕλληνας 


1316, Ὀ. 19584. 834. ᾖ256, Ὀ. S972. 1115. 892,1. 586. 3724.9. 1239. 
6129. Cf. Rawlinson’s Persia, ch. iit. <end)  * 756. 1147. 88%. 618,9. Οἱ. Κύρον ἐν 
φοίρο. 191. ὁ 327. S21. 48h, f. 


BOOK Il. CHAP. VI. 159 


ovros, ἀποστρέφειν αὐτὸν ἐπειρῶντο ἐξ Ἰσθμοῦ, ἐνταῦθα 

3 2 a, 3 9 » ΄ 3 ε id 
οὐκέτι πείθεται, GAN @yero πλέων εἰς Ἑλλήσποντον. 
bd ΄ 8 9 ρ ε a 4 > id 4 
ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἐθανατώθη ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Σπάρτῃ τελῶν ὡς 

” 4 N A 5d Ν A N 
ἀπειθῶν. ἤδη δὲ φυγὰς wy ἔρχεται πρὸς Κῦρον, καὶ 
€ / A ‘4 ¥ Α id a 
ὁποίοις μὲν λόγοις ἔπεισε Κῦρον ἄλλῃ γέγραπται, δίδωσι 

A > «A A / , e A A > > ON 
δὲ αὐτῷ Κῦρος µυρίους δαρεικούς ' 6 δὲ λαβθὼν οὐκ ἐπὶ 
ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐτράπετο, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν χρημάτων συλ- 
λέξας στράτευμα ἐπολέμει τοῖς Θραξί, καὶ µάχΊῃ τε ἐνίκησε 

νΝ 9 9 , QQr ν . 4 , \ A 
καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου” δὴ ἔφερε καὶ ἦγε τούτους καὶ πολεμῶν 
διεγένετο µέχρι Kipos ἐδεήθη τοῦ στρατεύματος ' τότε δὲ 
ἀπῆλθεν ὡς σὺν ἐκείνῳ ad πολεμήσων. 

Ταῦτα οὖν φιλοπολέμου por δοκεῖ ἀνδρὸς ἔργα εἶναι, 
doris, ἐξὸνῖ μὲν εἰρήνην ἔχειν ἄνευ αἰσχύνης καὶ 
βλάβης, αἱρεῖται πολεμεῖν, ἐξὸν δὲ ῥᾳθυμεῖν ᾖβούλεται 

A 9 La) ρ 
Tovey ὥστε πολεμεῖν, ἐξὸν δὲ χρήματα ἔχειν ἀκινδύνως 
αἱρεῖται πολεμῶν ' µείονα ταῦτα ποιεν ' ἐκεῖνος δὲ 
9 
ὥσπερ eis παιδικὰ YF eis ἄλλην τινὰ ἡδονὴν ἤθελε 
δαπανᾶν eis πόλεμον. 

Οὕτω μὲν Φφιλοπόλεμος ἦν' πολεμικὸς δὲ ad ταύτῃ 
86 4. 9 ‘4 5 4 ; > 4 ε ld 8 A 
ἐδόκει εἶναι ore Φιλοκίνδυνός τε HY Kal NuEepas” καὶ 
νυκτὸς ἄγων ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς 
φρόνιµος, ὡς οἱ παρόντες πανταχοῦ πάντες ὠὡμολόγουν. 

Q > 3) 2 > ε 9 3 ~ 4 
καὶ ἀρχικὸς 6° ἐλέγετο εἶναι ὡς δυνατὸν ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτου 

e a φ 
τρόπου olov κἀκεῖνος εἶχεν. Ἱἱκανὸς μὲν γὰρ ws® τις 

8 » ? = σ .ό 7 ε 8 > ee 
καὶ ἄλλος Φφροντίζειν ἦν ὅπως ἔχοι' ἡ στρατιὰ αὐτῷ 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ παρασκευάζειν ταῦτα, ἱκανὸς δὲ καὶ 
ἐμποιῆσαι τοῖς .παροῦσιν ὡς πειστέον ὃ ein Κλεάρχφ. 


Topics for Study. (1) ‘Zo be acquainted with one,’ how translated 3 
(2) The force and position of δή. (3) Φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν. (4) Comparison of 
puxpos. (5) The ending -ixds. 

1972, a. 1568. G57,N.1. 590, 8. 2621, b. 958. 494. 548. 5078. 1560. 
688. 591. 4969, a. 1563,38. 653,22. 683. 5'759. 1186. 389. 515. ους 


same, 1.8 15. 7885,b. 1874. ὅθᾶ, 1. 688, ο. 5.090, 164, 2. 1597, 1159, 1160. 665. 
376. 596, Ὁ: 580, & 


10 


1 


12 


19 


14 


160 ANABASIS. 


Severe in discipline. 
Τοῦτο 8 ἐποίι ἐκ τοῦ χαλεπὸς" εἶναι' καὶ γὰρ 
A > λ ον a ρ 
ὁρᾶν ὃ στυγνὸς ἦν: καὶ TH φωνῇ τραχύς, ἐκόλαζέ τε 
“A QX, - 4 α ᾿ 
ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ ὀργῇ éviore, ws* καὶ αὐτῷ µεταμέλειν 
Ν 
ἐσθ ὃὅ ὅτε καὶ γνώμῃ 8 ἐκόλαζεν' ἁκολάστου γὰρ 
a δὲ ε ο) »” λ 4 9 9 4 
στρατεύματος οὐδὲν ἡγειτο ὄφελος εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ 
λέγειν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν ὡς δέοι τὸν στρατιώτην φοβεῖσθαι 
ω- 8 γ a 4 ΄ 3 a xa 
μᾶλλον τὸν ἄρχοντα 7 τοὺς πολεμίους, εἰ µέλλοι ἢ 
“A 
φυλακὰς φυλάξειν 7 dirwv® ἀφέξεσθαι ἢ ἀπροφασίστως 
ἱέναι πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίου. ἐν μὲν οὖν τοῖς δεινοῖς 
¥ 9 “ 9 a , 8 3 4 e A 
ἦθελον αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν σφόδρα καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον Προῦντο 
οἱ στρατιῶται καὶ γὰρ τὸ στυγνὸν τότε φαιδρὸν αὐτοῦ 
3 ο) κά , ¥ 4 8 ‘ 
ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις προσώποις ἔφασαν Φαίνεσθαι καὶ τὸ 
χαλεπὸν ἐρρωμένον πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἐδόκει εἶναι, 
φ μ > » Ν 9 , ο 9 δ᾽ ν 
ὥστε σωτήριον, οὐκέτι χαλεπὸν ἐφαίνετο' ὅτε ὃ ἔξω 
A A , 7 \ 5 , N » 9 , 8 
τοῦ δεινοῦ yévowro" καὶ ἐξείῃ πρὸς ἄλλον ἀρξομένους 
> + \ 28 >» . Ν N 9 
ἀπιέναι, πολλοὶ αὐτὸν ἀπέλειπον ᾽ τὸ yap ἐπίχαρι οὖκ 
σ 
εἶχεν, GAN ἀεὶ χαλεπὸς ἦν καὶ ὠμός ὥστε διέκειντο 
“A 9 va 
πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ στρατιῶται ὥσπερ παῖδες πρὸς διδά- 
λ ν΄ oA . Vv? \ ν΄ 5. 9 ε , 10 
σκαλον. καὶ yap ovr φιλίᾳ µεν καὶ εὐνοίᾳ' ἐπομένους 
ρα 4 φ νὰ 5 ΔΝ / , a 
οὐδέποτε elyev’ οἵτινες δὲ ᾖ ὑπὸ πόλεως τεταγµένοι 7 
e a α A A ¥ N 3 , ’ 
ὑπὸ τοῦ δεῖσθαι ἡ ἄλλη τινὶ ἀνάγκῃ κατεχόµενοι παρεί- 
11 43 5 boud 2 A Ser” 58 
ησαν aira, σφόδρα πειθοµένοις ἐχρήῆτο. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
» A ‘ 3 Ν 2 ¥ 4 
ἄρξαιντο νικᾶν σὺν αὐτῷ τοὺς πολεμίους, ἤδη μεγάλα 
ἦν τὰ χρησίµους ποιοῦντα εἶναι τοὺς abv αὐτῷ στρα- 
τιῴτας' τό” τε «γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους-.θαρραλέως 
¥ A ν ‘ > 2 4 "pa 
ἔχει) παρῆν καὶ τὸ τὴν Tap ἐκείνου τιµωρίαν φοβεῖσθαι 
1959. 1546. 639. 575. 1940, end. 927, 631. 6571. 3952. 1528. 641. 
665. 1054,f. 1456. 595. 566,b. °5998,b. 1029. 486,N. 614,98. © 748. 
1117. 3862, 1. 509, 8. 1914. η, (2). 1481,2. G25. 616,b. ®969,c. 1563, 4. 


653.5. ὁδδ, Ὀ. °%°776. 1181. 392. 526,a. °966. G50,1. 588. 4 CT. γένοιντο, 
“12, 32060. 1516,2. 637. 57h. 


BOOK II. CHAP. VI. 161 


εὐτάκτους ἐποίει. Tovovros μὲν δὴ ἄρχων ἦν' ἄρχε- 35 


σθαι δὲ ὑπὸ ἄλλων οὗ para ἐθέλειν ἐλέγενο. Fv δὲ 
Ψ 3 a 3 a ΔΝ , ¥ 
οτε ἐτελεύτα APPL τα πεντήκοντα ετη. 

Topics for Study. (1) The idiom ὥς ris καὶ BAAos. (2) Constructions 


admissible after verbs of care, effort. (3) The idiom for ‘ Clearchus must be 
obeyed.’ (4) τό with neuter adjective. 


Prozxenus, ambitious, honorable, a poor disciplinarian. 


Πρόξενος δὲ 6 Bowdrios εὐθὺς μὲν µειράκιον ὦν ἐπε- 
θύμει γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ τὰ μεγάλα πράττειν ἱκανός ' καὶ 
διὰ ταύτην τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔδωκε Γοργίᾳ ἀργύριον τῷ Λεον- 


12.7 e .. 2 4 5 
ἐκείνῳ, ικανος΄ νοµίσας NOH 


4 ? N A , 
τίῳ. ἐπεὶ δὲ συνεγένετο 
3 κ” ΄ a, a “~ ΄ Ν ε ~ 
εἶναι καὶ apye καί, φίλος ὦν τοῖς πρώτοις, μὴ ἠττᾶσθαι 
ῃ A iy 3 « 3 Q 8 ΄ , ‘ 
εὐεργετῶν, ᾖλθεν eis τἀύτας τὰς σὺν Kipw πράξεις 
καὶ wero κτήσεσθαι ἐκ τούτων ὄνομα µέγα καὶ δύναμιν 
6 Ν , 4, ΄ 8 5 9 6 ο 
μεγάλην καὶ χρήματα πολλά’ τοσούτων ἐπιθυμων 
σφόδρα ἔνδηλον" ab καὶ τοῦτο εἶχεν ὅτι τούτων οὐδὲν 
A A ο Αα 
av θέλοι κτᾶσθαι μετὰ ἀἁδικίας, ἀλλὰ σὺν τῷ SiKaiw® 


A “~ »¥ A 
καὶ καλῷ q@ero δεῖν τούτων ὃ 


, ο ά 8 
τυγχάνειν, ἄνευ δὲ τούτων 
4 ¥ 4 A 8 8 ~ e 
µή. ἀἄρχειν δὲ καλῶν μὲν καὶ ἀγαθῶν δυνατὸς ἦν 
᾿ , ν 5 - A A ¥ 
οὐ µέντοι ovt αἰδῶ' τοῖς στρατιώταις éavrov® οὖτε 
id 8 A 
φόβον ἱκανὸς ἐμποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἰσχύνετο μᾶλλον 
λ , A e 93 / > A 7 Ν , 
τοὺς στρατιώτας ἢ οἱ ἀρχόμενοι ἐκεινον καὶ φοβού- 
- 5 α 
µενος μᾶλλον ἦν Φφανερὸς τὸ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι τοῖς στρα- 
, 9 KA e A. Ν 3 A 9 , » 
Τιωταις 4 οἱ στρατιῶται TO ἀπιστειν ἐκείνῳ.  WETO 
δὲ a Ν ν > 9 > 9 A 9 N 
€ ἀρκεῖν πρὸς τὸ ἀρχικὸν εἶναι καὶ δοκεῖν τὸν μὲν 
καλώς ποιοῦντα ἐπαινεῖν, τὸν δὲ ἀδικοῦντα μὴ ἐπαινεῖν. 
ο) > “A 8 N XN ~ 
τοιγαροὺν αὐτῳ οἱ μὲν καλοί τε καὶ ἀγαθοὶ τῶν 
1837, ὅ98, 1. 468. 7940. 927. G31. ὅτ. 314. 1102 856. 611. 
‘726. 1078 (end). 841. 547. 5621,bandx. 935. £24. 543. 6739. 1099. 356. 


510,d. 7196. 288. 109. 129. %929,c. 1085,38. 350. 606.8 %7R4& IS 
160. 376. 520, a. 


H. & W. ANAB, — 1) 


16 


17 


18 


26 


22 


25 


26 


162. — AN ABASIS. 


συνόντων εὖνοι ἦσαν, οἱ δὲ ἀἄδικοι ἐπεβούλευον «ὡς 
ψ α . 
εὐμεταχειρίστῳ ὄντι. ὅτε δὲ ἀπέθνησκεν ἦν ἐτῶν ὡς 
τριάκοντα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Gorgias. (2) Substantives that admit an ob- 
jective genitive. (3) Various renderings for #s with participles. 


Menon, avaricions and utterly unscrupulous. 


Μένων δὲ 6 Θετταλὸς δῆλος ἦν ἐπιθυμῶν μὲν πλὀυτεϊῖν 
3 a 9 ~ \ ¥ 9 / 4 
ἰσχυρῶς, ἐπιθυμῶν δὲ ἄρχειν, ὅπως πλείω λαμβάνοι, 
ἐπιθυμῶν δὲ τιμᾶσθαι, ἵνα πλείω κερδαίνοι' φίλος τε 
9 , 9 a 4 ὃ , 9 9 A 
ἐβούλετο εἶναι τοῖς µέγιστον ὀυναµένοις, ἵνα ἀδικῶν 
‘\ 5 5 , δί μα δὲ κ , 0 e 9 θ 
py Οιδοίη ὀἰκην. ἐπὶ O€ τὸ κατεργάζεσθαι ὧν ἐπιθυ- 
¥ “A ” 
µοίη συντοµωτάτην Φετο ὁδὸν εἶναι διὰ τοῦ ἐπιορκεῖν 
τε καὶ ψεύδεσθαι καὶ ἐξαπατᾶν, 'τὸ 8 ἁπλοθν καὶ ἀληθὲς 
9 9 AN 9 λ bi 1 2 de Ν A 
τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ ἠλιθίῳ" εἶναι. στέργων δὲ φανερὸς μὲν ἦν 
yO ΄ σ δὲ 4 φίλ Φ a » 5 λ > 
οὐδένα, OT@ δὲ hain φίλος εἶναι, τούτω ἐνδηλος ἐγίγνετο. 
, ο ο \ > \ , 
ἐπιβουλεύων. Kat πολεμίου” μὲν οὐδενὸς κατεγέλα, 
τῶν δὲ συνόντων πάντων ὡς καταγελῶν det διελέγετο. 
καὶ τοῖς μὲν τῶν πολεμίων κτήµασιν οὐκ ἐπεβούλευε' 
>| 8 ¥ Φϕ Δ “A id ΄ 
χαλεπὸν yap mero εἶναι Ta τῶν φυλαττομένων λαμβα- 
ΝΔ A ο. Vd , ¥ 93 id n ~ aA 
vey’ τὰ δὲ τῶν φίλων µόνος wero εἰδέναι ῥᾷστον ὂν | 
, Ud \ σ 4 > Q , 
ἀφύλακτα λαμβάνειν. καὶ ὅσους μὲν αἰσθάνοιτο ἐπιόρ- 
4 297 ε > ε , > a a 
κους Kal ἀδίκους ὡς εὖ ὠπλισμένους ἐφοβειτο, τοῖς 
ρ e “A 
δὲ ὁσίοις καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἁἀσκοῦσιν ws ἀνάνδροις ἐπειρᾶτο 
A ‘ Q 
χρῆσθαι. ὥσπερ δέ τις ἀγάλλεται ἐπὶ θεοσεβείᾳ Kat 
ἀληθείᾳ καὶ δικαιότητι, οὕτω Μένων ἠγάλλετο τῷ» 
α [ a A “ ° 
ἐξαπατᾶν δύνασθαι τῷ πλάσασθαι ψευδῆ, τῷ φίλους 
A 9 9 .4 a “A > ρ 6 35 
διαγελᾶἂν τὸν δὲ μὴ. πανοῦργον τῶν ἀπαιδεύτων ἀεὶ 
ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι. καὶ παρ οἷς μὲν ἐπεχείρει πρωτεύειν 


1118,α6. 1175. 8929,2. 522. 3752. 1129. 870. 509, a. 3950. σε. G40, 
876. «10396. 1613. @32,1. Cf. 68%,0. 5732. 1094,7. 355,2. 608. 





BOOK I. CHAP. VI. 168 


φιλίᾳ, διαβάλλων τοὺς πρώτους τοῦτο Φετο δεῖν 
κτήσασύθαι. 


Topics for Study. (1) Case following ὁ abrés. (2) Comparison of 
ῥάδιο. (3) Constructions after verbs of feeling; cf. 778 and a 391 and Ν. 
(4) Distinguish the denominative verbs. 


Τὸ δὲ πειθοµένους τοὺς στρατιώτας παρέχεσθαι ἐκ τοῦ 
συναδικεῖν αὐτοῖς ἐμηχανᾶτο. τιμᾶσθαι δὲ καὶ θεραπεύ- 
3°? > a 9 ο) 0 XN 3 
εσθαι ἠξίου ἐπιδεικνύμενος ὅτι πλεῖστα δύναιτο καὶ ἐθέλοι 
ἂν ἀδικεῖν. εὐεργεσίαν δὲ κατέλεγεν, ὁπότε τις αὐτοῦ 

ἀφίσταιτο, ὅτι χρώμενος αὐτῷ οὐκ ἀπώλεσεν αὐτόν. 
Καὶ τὰ” μὲν δὴ ἀφανῆ ἔξεστι περὶ αὐτοῦ ψεύδεσθαι, 
a 8 ld »¥ 9» 3 ΄ \ 9 ΄ 4 
ἆ δὲ πάντες ἴσασι Tadd ἐστί. παρὰ ᾿Αριστίππου μὲν 
y A A ~ 4 Α ΄ 3 
er. ὡραῖος ὦν στρατηγεῖϊν διεπράξατο τῶν Κξένων, 
Αριαίῳ" δὲ βαρβάρῳ ovr, ate µειρακίοις» καλοῖς 
+ 3” ε A “A 9 ΄ 9 8 6 δὲ 
Ἴδετο, οἰκειότατος [ἔτι ὡραῖος av] ἐγένετο, αὐτὸς δὲ 
Sica ct , 2 Φ . 
παιδικὰ εἶχε Θαρύπαν ἀγένειος av Ὑενειῶντα. ἀποθνη- 
σκόντων δὲ τῶν συστρατήγων ὅτι ἐστράτευσαν ἐπὶ βασι- 
λέα σὺν Κύρῳ, ταὐτὰ πεποιηκὼς οὐκ ἀπέθανε, μετὰ δὲ 
λ A » , “A Ν e A 
τὸν τῶν ἄλλων θάνατον [στρατηγῶν] τιμωρηθεὶς ὑπὸ 
, > 4 3 9 4 N e » 
βασιλέως ἀπέθανεν, οὐχ ὥσπερ Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι 
QA 3 ΄ ΔΝ , 9 ΄ 
στρατγγοὶ ἀποτμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλάς, ὅσπερ τάχιστος 
, a) “A 
θάνατος δοκεῖ εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ζῶν αἰκισθεὶς ἐνιαυτὸν ὡς 
πονηρὺς λέγεται τῆς τελευτῆς τυχεῖν. 
, 8 ε 3 bs 8 , e 9 8 4 a 
Αγίας δὲ 6 ᾽᾿Αρκὰς καὶ Σωκράτης 6 ᾽Αχαιὸς καὶ τούτω 
3 A 
ἀπεθανέτην. τούτων δὲ of ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ κακῶν ovdeis 
κατεγέλα our eis φιλίαν αὐτοὺς ἐμέμφετο. Ίἤστην δὲ 
wo > 8 Δ ΄ Ν ΄ γ Φ Δ 
ἄμφω audi τὰ πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα ETH ἀπὸ γενεᾶς. 
Topics for Study. (1) ἄν withthe infinitive. (2) Compare ἀξιόω, αἰτέα, 
(ητέω. (8) Did Greek soldiers wear beards? (4) Constructions after τυγχάνω. 


1969, 8. 1568,8. 653,2 583. 2718. 1058. 337. 6537. 8-741. 1109. 856. 
§10,c. 4972,b. 1175. 8392,2. 686. 5778. 1159,1160. B92. 56,4. 


27 


29 


30 








| ΛΟΓΟΣ ΓΡ. 





Recapitulation ; the Greeks much discouraged. 


9 A 1 

L [Όσα μὲν δὴ ἐν rH Κύρου ἀναβάσει οἱ Ἕλληνες 
¥ , A , , 9g 9 ν A 2 eet 4 
ἔπραξαν µέχρι τῆς µάχης, καὶ ὅσα ἐπεὶ Kipos ἐτελεύ- 

3 ‘4 > , ~ ε 4 ‘N 
τησεν «ντα ἀπιόντων τὼν Ἑλλήνων συν ΊΤισσα- 
φέρνει ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδή᾽ 
λωται.] 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ στρατηγοὶ συνειληµµένοι ἦσαν καὶ τῶν 
λοχαγῶν καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἱ συνεπισπόµενοι ἁπω- 
λώλεσαν, ἐν πολλῇῃ δὴ ἀπορίᾳ ἦσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἐν- 

, ‘ ο 9 4 A , , 4 
νοούµενοι μὲν ὅτι ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως θύραις ἦσαν, 

, : 8 9 αἱ ΄ bs Ν ¥, 8 
κύκλῳ δὲ αὐτοῖς πάντῃ πολλὰ καὶ evn καὶ πόλεις 

λ , > > Δ δὲ 10 Ν »¥ , ' ¥ λλ 3 
πολέμιαι ἦσαν, ἀγορὰν δὲ οὐδεὶς ο παρέξειν ἔμελλεν, 
ἀπεῖχον δὲ τῆς Ἑλλάδος οὐ μεῖον ὃ q μύρια στάδια, 
ἡγεμὼν 8 οὐδεὶς τῆς ὁδοῦ ἦν, ποταμοὶ δὲ διεῖργον ἀδιάᾶ- 
βατοι ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ, προυδεδώκεσαν δὲ 
αὐτοὺς καὶ οἱ σὺν Κύρῳ ἀναβάντες βάρβαροι, μόνοι 

4 , σον ε / 99 ῥ. , 

δὲ καταλελειμμένοι ἦσαν οὐδὲ ἱππέα οὐδένα σύμμαχον 
»¥ 9 > 9 aA 4 N δέ bo 

έχοντες, wore εὔδηλον ἠν Οτι νικωντες µεν οὐδενα ar 
κατακάνοιεν, ἠττηθέντων δὲ αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς ἂν λειφθείη. 

Ταῦτ ἐννοούμενοι καὶ ἀθύμως ἔχοντες ὀλίγοι μὲν 
αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν ἑσπέραν σίτου ὅ ἐγεύσαντο, ὀλίγοι δὲ πρ 
ὠνέκαυσαν, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰ ὅπλα πολλοὶ οὐκ ᾖλθον ταύτην 


1936. 1489. 676. 62h, ο. $846, 855, 8. 1254,1278. 533, 549.1. 570, ο. 
8647, ond. 426,N.4. Cf. 617,ex.2  ‘*908. 1418. 614. 6742. lluz. ὦδθ. S1L 


(164) 


1 


BOOK III. CHAP. L 165 


) , 9 , δὲ 9 2 2 1 φ 9 
την VUKTQ, ανεπαυοντο OE οπου ετυγχαγνεν εκαστος. ου 


5 , A 19 e oN , Ν , (ὃ 9 
υναμενοι καθεύδειν υπο λύπης καὶ πόθου πατρίθων, 
, “A . ¥ ¥ 
γονέων, γυναικῶν, παίδων, οὓς ‘oumor ἐνόμιζον ert 

» 9 8 8 id , 3 ΄ 
ὀψεσθαι. οὕτω μὲν δὴ διακείµενοι πάντες ἀνεπαύοντο. 
Topics for Study. (1) μεῖον, peculiar use of. (2) Plural of στάδιον. 


(3) Ways of abridging the conditional clause. (4) Case after γεύὔω. (5) 
Class of καίω. 


Xenophon,® how he came to join the expedition. 


"Hy δέ τις ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷῷ Ξενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος, ὃς 
οὖτε στρατηγὸς οὔτε λοχαγὸς οὔτε στρατιώτης ὦν συνη- 
κολούθει, ἀλλὰ Πρόξενος αὐτὸν μετεπέμψατο οἴκοθεν 

ξένος dy ἀρχαῖος ὑπισχνεῖτο δὲ 


νο 


ι , 4 a 9 6 ¥ ΄ 
TMHTEV, ὃν αὐτὸς έφη µκρεΐτω 
be 6 / al (ὃ ς / 

υτῷ ΄ νοµίζειν τῆς πατρίδος. 6 µέν- 
TO ᾿Ξενοφῶν ἀναγνοὺς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 
9. κ τὰ , 7 > , 
ἀφανοινοῦται Σωκρᾶτει τῷ ᾿Αθηναίῳ 
τερὶ τῆς πορείας. καὶ ὁ Σωκράτης 
ψ-οπτεύσας µή τι πρὸς τῆς πόλεως 
ὑπαίτιον ein Κύρῳ Φίλον γενέσθαι; 


~ 


7 
tt 


oa 
fae ie 
ὗ 
ff 
| + 
Ir eirek oS 
; s 
; 
’ 


or 





9 ede εῶς ne 4 
ότι ἐδόκει ὁ Κύρος προθύµως τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις ἐπὶ 
΄ ~ * 4 “A ~ 
‘tas ᾿Αθήνας συμπολεµῆσαι, συμβουλεύει τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι 
3 8 “~ ο ~ A 
ἐλθόντα Ὁ eis Δελφοὺς ἀνακοινῶσαι τῷ Dea" περὶ τῆς 
> A ; 
πορείας. .ἐλθὼν 8 6 Ἐενοφῶν ἐπήρετο τὸν ᾿Απόλλω 
, a A 4 N 9 / 4 ὃν 
ti ἂν θεῶν θύων καὶ εὐχόμενος κάλλιστα καὶ ἄριστα 
a a ‘ A 
έλβοι τὴν ὁδὸν 1 ἣν ἐπινοεὶ καὶ καλῶς πράξας σωθείη. 
A 'y A nw 9 .. a , 
καὶ ἀνεῖλεν αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Απόλλων Geois® οἷς ἔδει θύειν. 
19845. 7729, c. 1085, 3. 350. 8 See Introd. 109, 110. «948, ο. 1286, 
649, 2and N. δ77, 8. 5940, b, parenthesis. 63767. 1165. 8378. 523. 7972. 
115. 892,1. 525. See Introd. 108. 8657,0. 444. 551, 4. 9945. 1517. 636. 


"7h. 10941. 008, 1. 631, 1. 571, ο. 11 172. 1175. 392, 1. 626. 1716, b. 
106]. S33. 536. %1003. 1085. 4δά,2. 618,60. 


αὐτῷ, εἰ ἔλθοι, φίλον αὐτὸν Κύρῳ. 
5 CALE 


Gwatc * 


re Peer τ 


: AN ABASIS. 


ἐπεὶ δὲ πάλιν ἦλθε, λέγει τὴν µαντείαν τῷ Σωκράτει. 
ὁ 8 ἀκούσας ᾖτιᾶτο αὐτὸν ὅτι ov τοῦτο πρῶτον ἠρώτα 
‘4 A »¥ 3 Αν ΄ a , > | 9 A 
πότερον λφον εἴη αὐτῷ πορεύεσθαι 7 µένειν, GAN’ αὐτὸς 
κρίνας ἱτέον εἶναι tour ἐπυνθάνετο ὅπως ἂν κάλλιστα 
A , ές 2 A 4 9 ¥ a +99 » (έ Ν 
πορευθείη. «' evel μέντοι οὕτως ηρου, ταῦτ, έφη, “χρὴ 
ποιεῖν ὅσα ὁ θεὸς ἐκέλευσεν.᾽ 
A 9 A 
s ‘O μὲν δὴ Ἐενοφῶν οὕτω θυσάµενος οἷς ἀνεῖλεν 6 
θεὸς ἐξέπλει, καὶ καταλαμβάνει ἐν Σάρδεσι. Πρόξενον 
καὶ Κῦρον µέλλοντας ἤδη ὁρμᾶν τὴν ἄνω ὁδόν, καὶ 
9 συνεστάθη Κύρῳ. προθυµουµένου δὲ τοῦ Προξένου καὶ 
ε A A “A 9 , > , 9 > bs’ 
6 Κῦρος συμπρουθυμεῖτο μεῖναι αὐτόν, εἶπε δὲ ὅτι ἐπειδὰν 
, e , 9 2Q% 9 , » 2 
τάχιστα ἡ στρατεία λήξῃ" εὐθὺς ἀποπέμψει αὐτόν. 
2», 2 Qa ε« , Φ 9 , . 2 4 
.0 ἐλέγετο δὲ 6 στόλος εἶναι eis Πισίδας. ' ἐστρατεύετο 
σ 3 
Ἡ μὲν δὴ οὕτως ἐξαπατηθείς Ἑ----οὐχ ὑπὸ Προξένου οὗ 
λ 70 \ 3 N 4 ε a 9 δὲ ¥ 9 5 κ “ 
yap Ίδει τὴν ἐπὶ βασιλέα ὁρμὴν οὐδὲ ἄλλος ovdels τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων πλὴν Κλεάρχου ' ἐπεὶ µέντοι eis Κιλικίαν 
ᾖλθον, σαφὲς πᾶσιν ἤδη ἐδόκει εἶναι ὅτι ὁ στόλος εἴη 
3 A rd ΄ 4 8 ες Ν ¥ 
ἐπὶ βασιλέ.. «φοβούμενοι δὲ τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ akovTes 
o td 
churys ὁμώς οἱ πολλοὶ δι αἰσχύνην καὶ ἀλλήλων καὶ Κύρου 


γ 


. a /reteyynnodovOnoay’ ὧν ds καὶ Ἐενοφῶν Fv. 
ο κ τα. Ls : 
κών Topics for Study. (1) The two constructions after verbs of promising. 
(2) The influence of the oracle of Delphi. (3) The accusative after ἔρχομαι, 
ὁρμᾶν. (4) Trace meaning of ἀν-αιρέω to ‘reply. (5) The authorship of the 
Anabasis. Introd. 120, L, (2). ‘ 


Xenophon, roused by a dream, calls together the captains of Proxenus 
and addresses them. 


tt "Enel δὲ ἀπορία ἦν, ἐλυπεῖτὸ μὲν σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ 
οὐκ ἐδύνατο καθεύδειν᾽ μικρὸνἳ & ὕπνουὁ λαχὼν εἶδεν 
ὄναρ. ἐδοξεν αὐτῷ βροντὴς γενομένης σκηπτὸξ πεσεῖν 


2Asin§6. 2916. 1434. 6498. 616,4. 3900, Ὁ. 156089, 2. 668, 4. 588. 4720,0. 
100,8. 850. 506,a 90. 100. 838. 688. 780. 100. 356.'510,d. ος 
τα 


Quy 


Taare 


\ 





ue 


BOOK III. CHAP. I. 167 


ds τὴν πατρῴαν οἰκίαν, καὶ éx τούτου λάμπεσθαι πᾶσα. 
πείφοβος ὃ εὐθὺς ἀνηγέρθη, καὶ τὸ ὄναρ τῇ᾽ μὲν ἔκρινεν 
3 , φ 9 4 “A 8 ὃ 4 , 3 
ἀγαθόν, ὅτι ἐν πόνοις ὧν καὶ κινδύνοις φῶς µέγα ἐκ 
Διὸς ἰδεῖν ἔδοξε' τῇ: δὲ καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο, ὅτι ἀπὸ Διὸς μὲν 
βασιλέως τὸ ὄναρ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ εἶναι, κύκλῳ δὲ ἐδόκει 
λάμπεσθαι τὸ πρ, μὴ” οὗ δύναιτο ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἐξ- 
ελθεν τῆς βασιλέως, add’ εἴργοιτο πάντοθεν ὑπό τινων 
ἀποριῶν. 

Ὁποῖόν τι μὲν δή ἐστι τὸ τοιοῦτον ὄναρ ἰἴδεῖν ἔξεστι 
σκοπεῖν ἐκ τῶν συμβάντων μετὰ τὸ ὀναρ. γίγνεται yap 
ιδ 2s 2 ν΄ 3 , A 4 2A 
τάδε εὐθὺς ἐπειδὴ ἀνηγέρθη πρῶτον μὲν ἔννοια αὐτῷ 
ἐμπίπτει τί κατάκειµαι; ἡ δὲ νὺξ προβαίνει apa δὲ 
ae ld 3 8 Ν λ vd 9 > δὲ ΄ θ 
Tl) ἡμέρᾳ εἰκὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἠξειν. εἰ δὲ γενησόμεθα 

9 a , 8 /.. \ , 4 \ 
emt βασιλεῖν, Ti ἐμποδὼν " (µὴ οὐκὶ πάντα μὲν τὰ χαλε- 
πώτατα ἐπιδόντας, πάντα δὲ τὰ δεινότάτα παθόντας 
9 4 
ὑβρζομένους ἀποθανεῖν; ὅπως δ ἀμυνούμεθα" οὐδεὶς 
παρασκευάζεται. οὐδὲ ἐπιμελεῦται, ἀλλὰ κατακείµεθα 
ὥσπερ ἐξὸν ® ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν. ἐγὼ οὖν τὸν ἐκ ποίας 
πόλεως στρατηγὸν προσδοκῶ ταῦτα πράξει; ποίαν 
ὃ ἡλικίαν ἐμαντῷ ἐλθεῖν ἀναμένω; οὗ γὰρ ἔγωγ ἔτι 
ν A a 
πρεσβύτερος ἔσομαι, ἐὰν τήµερον προδῶ ἐμαντὸν τοῖς 
τολεμίοις. ) | 
Topics for Study. (1) The influence of dreams among the Greeks. 


Introd. 83, (5). (2) Evidences of Xenophon’s piety. Introd.123. (3) Classify 
λαγχάνω, ἐγείρω, βαίνω, πάσχω, Ovhoies. : 


Ἐκ. rotrov® ἀνίσταται καὶ συγκαλεῖ τοὺς Προξένον 15 


πρῶτον λὀχαγούς. ΄ ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον, ἔλεξεν, “Ἐγώ, ὦ 
ἄνδρες λοχαγού, ovre καθεύδειν δύναμαι, ὥσπερ οἶμαι 
2909 ε Αν ¥ a ν ε ο 9 9 3 

οὐδ ὑμεῖς, οὔτε κατακεῖσθαι ἔτι, ὁρῶν ἐν οἷοις ἐσμέν. 


1780. 1182. 890. 527,b. 356981. 1878. 594. 611,c. 951084, Αα Ὀ. 1617. £85. 
δα «8866. 1872. 598. 638,a. 973. 1569. 658. 591. 91059. 727, 3. 


oud 


3 


14 








16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


168 . ANABASIS. 


e 4 4 λ , : Syd 9 9 , - 1 9 ε a 
οι µεν γαρ πολέμιοι, ONAOY OTL, OV πρὀτερον προς Ίμας 
\ , , ος > ρ. \ ς a 
Tov πόλεμον ἐξέφηναν πρὶν ἐνόμισαν καλῶς τὰ ἑαυτῶν 

, 0 ε Αα δ᾽ 5 δ ‘ 9 δὲ 2 a 
παρισκου τας αι, Ίμων O OVOELS 'ουὸεν Αντεπιμενίται 
ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἀγωνιούμεθα. καὶ μὴν εἰ ca 


Kat ἐπὶ βασιλεῦ γενησόµεθα, τί οἰόμεθα πείσεσθαι ; ; ὃς ra 


καὶ τοῦ ὁμομητρίου ἀδελφοῦ καὶ τεθνηκότος. no οτε- 
μὼν την κεφαλὴν καὶ τὴν χείρα ἀνεσταύρωσε pas 
δέ, ots κηδεμὼν μὲν οὐδεὶς πάρεστιν, ἐστρατεύσαμεν δὲ 
9 9 3 ἃ « Α > 8 / ΄ Ν 
ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ὡς δοῦλον ἀντὶ βασιλέως ποιήσοντες καὶ 
3 A 9 5 ο. A on 8 27 α 9 
ἀποκτενοῦντες εἰ θυναίµεθα, τί ἂν ὃ οἰόμεθα παθεῖν; ap 
> ἀ »ν ο ν e eon . ν 4 .? , 

οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔλθοι ὡς ἡμᾶς τὰ πχατα αἰκισάμενος 
πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις φόβον παράσχοι τοῦ) στρατεῦσαί ποτε 
én’ αὐτόν; ἀλλ ὅπως τοι μὴ ἐπ ἐκείνῳ γενησόµεθα 


T άντα e π οιητέον. 


Topics for Study. (1) Cf. ἐκ τούτου, év ᾧ, μετὰ ταῦτα, (3) Position of 
the reflexive pronoun. (3) Cf. ἐπὶ Κύρου, ἐπὶ Kipy. 


War preferable to their oath-bound treaty. 


Ν 
««'Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἔστεἹ μὲν αἱ σπονδαὶ ἦσαν οὕποτε 
9 ιά « οὴ 4 ° 9 ΄ ΄ δὲ Δ 8 “ 
ἐπαυόμην ἡμᾶς μὲν οἰκτείρων, βασιλέα δὲ καὶ τοὺς σὺν 
A , ~ 9 \ 
αὐτῷ µακαρίζων, διαθεώµενος αὐτῶν oonv μὲν χώραν 
καὶ olay ἔχοιεν, ὡς δὲ ἄφθονα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ὅσους δὲ 
θεράποντας, ὅσα δὲ κτήνη, Χρυσὸν δέ, ἐσθῆτα δέ᾽ τὰ ὃ, 
A A 9 A 
8 αὖ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὁπότε ἐνθυμοίμην, ὅτι τῶν μὲν 
9 AO 4 ν 9 ε A 3 Ν , ϱ 
ἀγαθῶν τούτων οὐδενὸς ἡμῖν µετείη, εἰ μὴ πριαίµεθα, 
¥ ν ’ 
ὅτου Ὦ 8 ὠνησόμεθα ᾖδειν ἔτι ὀλίγους ἔχοντας, ἄλλως ™ 
ρ , θ Ν 3 10 A 9 id 12 ο 
δέ πως πορίζεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 7 ὠνουμένους"' ὄρκους 
A m~ 93 
non κατέχοντας ἡμᾶς' ταῦτ οὖν λογιζόμενος ἐνίοτε 
A A ο (4 
τὰς σπονδὰς μᾶλλον ἐφοβούμην ἢ νῦν τὸν πόλεμον. 
1955, 9. G27,N. 2719. 1060. 336. 540. 39968,α. 144. 655. ὅτο. 
4716, b. 1076. B34. 586, b. 5969. 1516,2. 639. 6576. 6990. 1597. G6S. 


696,b. 199. 1464. 619. 681. Cf. raéavrov,§16. 737. 1097. 856. 6190, ἆ, 
1046. 1188. 853. 6138. %1045,b. %969,a 1563,8. G53, 2.” 588. 


ae 
‘iT 


~ 





BOOK IIL CHAP. I. 169 


ἐπεὶ μέντοι ἐκεῖνοι ἔλυσαν τὰς σπονδάς, λελύσθαι por 21 
a Ne 3 2 * e Ν ε ε , 9 
δοκε καὶ ἡ ἐκείνων UBpis καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα ἀσάφεια. ἐν 
µέσῳ γὰρ ἤδη κεῖται ταῦτα τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἆθλα ὁπότεροι 
ἂν ἡμῶν ἄνδρες ἀμείνονες ώσιν, ἀγωνοθέται δ οἱ θεοί 
εσιν, Of σὺν ἡμῖν, ὡς τὸ εἰκός, ἐἔσονται. οὗτοι μὲν 29 
\ > x 3 3 / ‘ ε A de αλλὰ e a 
γὰρ αὐτοὺς” ἐπιωρκήκασιν ἡμεῖς δὲ πολλὰ ὁρῶντες 
) Ν 9 A » , 6 5 Δ ‘ aA 6 a 8 
ἀγαθὰ στερρῶς αὐτῶν ἀπειχόμεθα διὰ τοὺς τῶν θεῶν 
όρκους ὥστε ἐξεῖναί µου. δοκεῖ ἰέναι ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα 
8 Ν ΄ a A 4 ¥ ? 3 . 
πολὺ σὺν dpovypare peiLove ᾖ τούτοις. ere 8 ἔχομεν 58 
σώματα ucavernene τούτων καὶ Wixn καὶ θάλπη καὶ 
πόνους pepe -* ἔχομεν δὲ καὶ ψυχὰς σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς 
3 4 
ἀμείνονας ᾿ οἱ de avdpes Kat τρωτοὶ καὶ θνητοὶ μᾶλ» 
λον ἡμῶν, ἣν οἱ θεοὶ ὥσπερ τὸ πρόσθεν νίκην ἡμῖν 
διδῶσιν. | | 
“ANN tows γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοι ταὐτὰ ἐνθυμοῦνται, πρὸς 2% 
Αν 6 “A .§ 2 , » 24,2 e€ A 9 θ A 
των θεῶν pn”? ἀναμένωμεν ἄλλους ἐφ ἡμᾶς ἐλθεῖν παρα- 
“A 3 4 ΔΝ , 4 9 3 ε ~ ¥ 
καλοῦντας ἐπὶ τὰ κάλλιστα ἔργα, GAN ἡμεῖς αρξωμεν 
Αθ 9 A 9 ¥ > 4 ον 9 Pe. ΄ 
τοῦ” ἐξορμῆσαι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους om τὴν ἀρετήν φάνητε 
τῶν λοχαγῶν ἄριστοι καὶ τῶν” στρατηγῶν ἄξιοστρατη: . 
ey, 
Ἱότεροι. κἀγὼ δέ, et μὲν ὑμεῖς ἐθέλετε ἐξορμᾶν ἐπὶ 
ταῦτα, ἐπεσθαι ὑμῖν βούλομαι, εἰ ὃ ὑμεῖς τάττετ᾽ 
A ιω 
µε ἡγεῖσθαι, οὐδὲν ® προφασίζομαι τὴν ἡλικίαν, 
3 “A 
ἀλλὰ καὶ dxpdtev” ἡγοῦμαι ἑρύκεν dam ἐμαυτοῦ τὰ 
22 
κακά. 


A hy: ee 


iow 


Topics for Study. (1) Construction after µέτειμι. (2) Synopsis of 
éxpidunv. (3) The oath among the Greeks. Introd. 88, (6). (4) What infer- 
ence is to be drawn from the last sentence in regard to the age οἱ Yenophon at 
thistime? (5) Compare βούλομαι and ἐθέλω. 


1906. 1026. «4486. 614. 19. 1049. 329,1. 5980. 8729, c. 1085,%. 850. 
606,9. 4952. 1526. 641. 665. 5866,1. 1344. 585. 479. °® 738. 1099. 356. 
510,b. 177955. 1158. 363. 517. *687. €75,2. 699, ο, 6 119, b. 1060. 336. 
540. WQ46. 1522. 646. 578. 


| 170 ANABASIS, 





Xenophon asked to take command; answers an opponent. 


- a | 
6 ὍὉ μὲν ταῦτ ἔλεζεν, of δὲ λοχαγοὶ ἀκούσαντες 
Αα ; 9 
ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον πάντες, πλὴν ᾽᾿Απολλωνίδης τις ἣν 
“A “A 4 9 

βοιωτιάζων τῇ Φφωνῇ ὶ οὗτος ὃ εἶπεν ὅτι Φἀλυαροίη 

9 2 ... a a nk a” 

ὅστις” λέγοι ἄλλως πως σωτηρίας ἂν τυχειν ἢ βασιλέα 

πείσας εἰ δύναιτ καὶ ἅμα Ίρχετο λέγειν τὰς 
ἀπορίας. 

27 ~ Ὁ µέντοι Ἐενοφῶν μεταξὺ ὑπολαβὼν ἔλεξεν ὧδε. “"Ὢ. 

θαυμασιώτατε ἄνθρωπε, σύγε οὐδὲ ὁρῶν γιγνώσκεις 

9 δὲ 3 4 f 4 9 > Ag rd 4 , 

οὐδὲ ἀκούων µέμνησαι. ἐν ταὐτῷ” ye µέντοι ᾖσθῃᾳ τού- 

5 9 , > 4 a 9 ‘9 aa , 

τοις ὃ ὅτε βασιλεύς, ἐπεὶ Kupos ἀπέθανε, καταφρονήσας 

2 N , 4 πα. 5 5 /  σ 3 ‘ 

28 ἐπὶ τούτῳ πέµπων ἐκέλευε παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα. ἐπεὶ 

δὲ ἡμεῖς οὗ παραδόντες, ἀλλ ἐξοπλισάμενοι ἐλθόντες 

παρεσκηνήσαµεν αὐτῷ, τί οὐκ ἐποίησε πρέσβεις πέµπων 


~ 


N ΔΝ 3 8 id bs) 9 ΄ ¥ 
καὶ σπονδὰς αἰτῶν καὶ παρέχων τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἔστε ο. 
A Τι 
29 σπονδῶν ἔτυχεν)Ἠέπεὶ δ av οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοί, ” 
σ | 8 4 9 / 9 Αα » 4 
ὥσπερ δὴ σὺ κελεύεις, εἰς λόγους αὐτοῖςὃ ἄνευ ὅπλων 
ἦλθον πιστεύσαντες ταῖς σπονδαῖς, οὗ νῦν ἐκεῖνοι 
, , ε / δὲ 9 “A ο 
παιόµενοι, κεντούµενοι, ὑβριζόμενοι οὐδὲ ἀποθανεῖν, οἱ 
τλήμονες, δύνανται, καὶ par’, οἶμαι, ἑρῶντες τούτου ; 
aA 8 id 3 8 4 νι) 9 ΄ θ ΄ 
. ἆ σὺ πάντα εἰδὼς τοὺς μὲν ἀμύνεσθαι κελεύοντας 
ϱ φΦλυαρεῖν dys, πείθειν δὲ πάλιν κελεύεις ἰόντας; ἐμοί, 
ν 4. ιά “A 9 ’ “A , : 
@ ἄνδρες, Soxel τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον µήτε προσίεσθαι 
> 9 _N ε ο σ 9 a 3 λ / ‘ λ A: 
εἰς ταὐτὸν ἡμῖν αὐτοις ἀφελομένους τε τὴν λοχαγίαν 
A Άν . : 
σκεύη ἀναθέντας ὡς τοιούτῳ χρῆσθαι. οὗτος γὰρ καὶ. 
9 , 8 A 4 ε , 9 ' | 
τὴν πατρίδα καταισχύνει καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα, ὅτι | 
7 4 αρ ae ae 
Έλλην ὧν τοιοῦτός ἐστιν. 


6 


11860. 1182. 890. 587,b. 3910. 1461. 629,n. 598. 626. $969, a. 
1568, 8. G53, 2. 583. 4m τῷ aity. $773, 9. 1175, of 4th ας. S99, 2. 522. 
©992,a. 1177. 39%,1. ἃφδά, 1. 586. "Cf τούτοις, § 27. πα 


; 
BOOK III. CHAP. I. 171 
} ’ 


Ἐντεῦθεν $ ᾧπολαβὼν ᾿Αγασίας Στυµφάλιος εἶπεν, 5) 


”᾽λλλὰ τούτῳ γε οὔτε τῆς Βοιωτίας προσήκει οὖδεν . 


οὔτε τῆς Ἑλλάδος παντάπασιν, ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν εἶδον 


ὥσπερ Λυδὸν ἀμφότερα. τὰ ὦτα] τετρυπηµένον.΄ «καὶ s2 


εἶχεν οὕτως. τοῦτον μὲν οὖν ἀπήλασαν. 
Οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι παρὰ τὰς τάξεις ἰόντες ὅπου μὲν στρα- 
τηγὸς σῶς εἴη᾽ τὸν στρατηγὸν παρεκάλουν, ὁπόθεν δὲ 
ὄἶχοιτο, τὸν ὑποστράτηγον, ὅπου ὃ av λοχαγὸς ows εἴη, 
τὸν λοχαγόν. 
opics for Study. (1) The idiom for ‘interrupting.’ (2) Forms of the 


present optative in verbs ἵπ -έω. (3) Theending-wey. (4) Case after épde. 
(6) dwoorpdrayos. See Introd. 73. 


ρω addressing the assembled officers, exhorts them to set an 
>} example of bravery and elect new generals. 


Ἐπὰ δὲ πάντες συνῆλθον, eis? τὸ πρόσθεν τῶν ὅπλων 
ἐκαθέζοντο. καὶ ἐγένοντο of συνελθόντες στρατηγοὶ 
καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἀμφὶ τοὺς ἑκατόν. ὅτε δὲ ταῦτα ἦν σχεδὸν 
µέσαι ἦσαν νύκτες. ἐνταῦθα Ἱερώνυμος Ἠλεῖος πρεσ- 
βύτατος dv τῶν Ἡροξένου λοχαγῶν ἤρχετο λέγειν ὧδε. 
“'Ἡμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοί  ὁρῶσι τὰ 
παρόντα ἔδοξε καὶ αὐτοῖς συνελθεῖν καὶ ὑμᾶς παρακα- 
λέσαι, ὅπως βουλευσαίμεθα et τι δυναίµεθα ἀγαθόν. 
λέξον δρ” ἔφη, “καὶ σύ, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, ἅπερ" καὶ πρὸς 
ἡμᾶς” - 

"Ἐκ τούτου λέγει τάδε Ἐενοφῶν. “ ᾽Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν 
. δὴ πάντες ἐπιστάμεθα ort βασιλεὺς καὶ Τισσαφέρνης 
οὓς μὲν ἐδυνήθησαν συνειλήφασιν" ἡμῶν, τοῖς δ᾽ ἄλλοις 
ὃῆλον ὅτι ἐπιβουλεύουσιν, ὡς ἦν δύνωνται ἀπολέσωσιν. 
ἡμινἳ δέ γε οἶμαι πάντα ποιητέα ὡς µήποτε ἐπὶ τοῖς 
1116. 1058. 835, 512. 537. 32914, 5, (2). 1481,2. 625. 616,9. 95788. 


12%, 898, κ. 8. 6598, b. 4c, ἔλεξας. 5366. 522. 478,2. 291,b. 6199, ο. 
1085, Ί. Φδδ. 606, & ' 901. 1188. 2 666. 596. 





38 


172 | , ANABASIS. 


βαρβάροις γενώμεθα, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐκεῖνοι 3 ep ἡμῶν. 


26 εὖ τοίνυν ἐπίστασθε ὁ οτι ὑμεῖς, τοσοῦτοι ὄντες σοι νῦν 


37 


38 


CLA .. 
συνεληλύθατε, μέγιστον έχετε καιρόν. οἱ γὰρ, στρα- 


τιῶται οὗτοι πάντες πρὸς ὑμᾶς βλέπουσι, κἂν μὲν ὑμᾶς 
ὁρώσιν ἀθυμοῦντας, πάντες κακοὶ έσονται, ἦν δὲ ὑμεῖς 
αὐτοί τε παρἀσκευαζόμενοι” φανεροὶ ἦτε ἐπὶ τοὺς πολε- 

 . 8 8 γ “A 3S » 9 9 
µίους Kat Tous adAous παρακαλῆτε, ev tore Οτι έψονται 
ὑμῖν καὶ πειράσονται μιμεῖσθὰι. tows δέ rou καὶ δίκαιόν 
ἐστιν ὑμᾶς διαφέρειν τι» τούτων. ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε 
στρατηγοί, ὑμεῖς ταξίαρχοι καὶ λοχαγοί' καὶ ὅτε εἰρήνη 
ἦν ὑμεῖς καὶ χρήµασι» καὶ τιμαῖς τούτων * ἐπλεονεκτεῖτε΄ 
καὶ νῦν τοίνυν ἐπεὶ.πόλεμός ἐστιν ἀξιοῦν δεῖ ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς 
ἀμείνους τε τοῦ πλήθους εἶναι καὶ προβουλεύειν τού- 
Των καὶ προπονεῖν, ἦν που δέῃ. καὶ νῦν πρῶτον μὲν 

9 “A 6 ε A , 9 α 8 , 9 3 
οἶμαι ἂν ὑμᾶς µέγα ὠφελῆσαι τὸ στράτευμα, εἰ ἐπι- 
µεληθείητε ὅπως ἀντὶ τῶν ἀἁπολωλότων ὡς τάχιστα 
Q ” ” ν 

στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἀντικατασταθῶσιν.', /ἄνευ γὰρ 
2 / > δὲ Λ ¥ ‘ κά 9 AG , 
ἀρχόντων οὐδὲν ἂν οὔτε καλὸν ούτε ἀγαθὸν γένοιτο, 
ε 3 \ ~ 9 A 9 δ Ag 5. - δὲ > A λ 
ως” µεν συνελόντὶ εἶπειν, οὐόαμου, έν OE ON τοις πολε- 

A η ε 9 9 9 , 190 , 5 ΄ 
μικοῖς παντάπασιν.  pev yap εὐταξία” σώζειν δοκεῖ, 
ἡ δὲ ἀταξία πολλοὺς ἤδη ἀπολώλεκεν. 

Topics for Study. (1) The Greek for midday, midnight. (2) The 
idiom for ‘in the power of.’ (3) ὧς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν. (4) Greek military dis- 
cipline. Introd. 82. (5) What opportunities had Xenophon had to study 
Greek tactics ? (6) Formation of Attic reduplication. Cf. ἐλήλυθα, ὅλωλα. 
(7) Of the three classes of pure verbs (-dw, -έω, -όω), which is most common ? 
(8) Difference between the restrictive and generic article. (9) Compare the 


ethical dative and the dative in looser relations. (10) Compare ἐπίσταμαι and 
ἑφίσταμαι. 


2 sc. γένωντα». 2981. 1589. 661. 585,8. °%719,b. 1060. 336. 5h0. 5 '749. 
1120, 864. 209. Ὁ. 5780. 1182. 890. 527,». 6 964, (a). 1494. G47. 579. 
7885, b. 13874 6593,1. 638, ο. 8956. 1534. G42,1. 569. 91030. 1619. 433. 
478. 851,1. 88. 279,38. 406. 


a 





BOOK III. CHAP. L ος 118 


He advises them to assemble and encourage the soldiers; Chirisophus 
seconds these proposals and new officers are chosen. 


{ ae υ L uU\o ; ἎἊ 
3 ο δ , , 9 ν φ 5 A 
Ἐπειδὰν δὲ κ τοὺς ἄρχοντας ὅσους δεῖ, 


a 8 4 ¥ ΄ id ΔΝ 6 
ἦν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιώτας συλλέγητε καὶ παραθαρ- 
ρύνητε, οἶμαι ἂνὶ ὑμᾶς πάνυ ἐν καιρῷ ποιῆσαι. νῦν γὰρ 
¥ λε a 3 , A 2 ¢ iO , δν] 4. A 2 N \ 
ίσως καὶ ὑμεις αἰσθάνεσθε” ὡς ἀθύμως μὲν ἠλύον ἐπὶ τὰ 
Φὸ} 2η, 4 ν \ ... ο Φ >> 2 
λα, ἀθύμως δὲ πρὸς τὰς φυλακάς' ὥστε, οὕτω Υ ἐχόν- 
4 3 α . 
των οὐκ οἶδα ὅτι” ἄν τις χρήσαιτο αὐτοῖς εἴτε νυκτοςῦ 
δέ ¥ ᾿Ν ε ρ φλ ὃ » > A / b , 
έοι ELITE KAL ημέρας. YY δέ TLS aUTwY τρέψῃ τας γνω- 
Has, ὡς μὴ τοῦτο µόνον ἐννοῶνται τί πείσονται ἀλλὰ 
4 , , ; 4 ; ν 9 2 
καὶ τί ποιήσουσι, πολὺ εὐθυμότεροι ἐἔσόνται. ἐπίστασθε 
‘ δν 9 ¥ ne , 9 ν 9 9 e 9 a 
yap On ore opre πλῆθός ἐστιν ούτε ἰσχὺς ἡ ἐν τῷ 
πολέμῳ τὰς Vikas ποιοῦσα, GAN ὁπότεροι ἂν σὺν τοῖς 
iH A A ” 6 5 , : yy - > ἃ 8 
εοῖς sais ψυχαις ὃ ἐρβῳμενέστεροι ἵωσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολε- 
4 . 
µίους, τούτους ws ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ οὗ ἀντίοι οὐ δέχονται. 
’ , >»  ' > ν ‘ A 9° ε » 
ἐντεθύμημαι 8 ἔγωγε, ὢ ἄνδρες, καὶ τοῦτο ὅτι ὁπόσοι 
4 : aA 7 . ; ag : 
μὲν μάστεῦδυσι ζῆν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοὶς, 
® A a 
οὗτοι μὲν κακῶς TE καὶ αἰσχρῶς ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ ἀπο- 
; e A 
θνήσκουσιν, ὁπόσοι δὲ τὸν μὲν θάνατον ἐγνώκασι πᾶσι 
: > 8 9 a > , ‘ A “A 
kowdv εἶναι καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἀνθρώποις, περὶ δὲ τοῦ 
ho > 6 ΄ 9 4 4 > ϱ ~ 
Καλώς ἀποθνήσκειν daywrvilovra, τούτους [8 ] dpa 
μαλλόν πως eis τὸ Ὑῆρας ἀφικνουμένου Kai, ἕως 
4 “A 9 , rs) Q ~ 
av ζῶσιν, εὐδαιμονέστερν διάγοντας. ἃ καὶ ἡμᾶς 
δε νῦν καταµαθόντας, ἐν τοιούτῳ yap καιρῷ ἐσμεν, 
3 ¥ 
αὐτύς τε ἀἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους 
παρακαλεῖν. |, 
Topics for Study. (1) οὕτω ἐχόντων. (2) ὃς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ. (3) Όοπι. 
parison of ἐρρωμένος, εὐδαίμων. ; 


19019. 1421,2. 619,1. 2Cf. 826. 1258. S522. 45h, d. 3972, Αα. 1568 
657, κ. 1. 590, a. « 716, b, end. 1354. B34. 536, b. 5759. 1186. 359.. 515 
$380. 1182. 390. 587. 


33 


40 


4l 


42 


43 


174 ANABASIS. 


« ‘O μὲν ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. : pera δὲ τοῦτον εἶπε 
Χειρίσοφος, “᾽Αλλὰ πρόσθεν µέν, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, τοσοῦ- 
tov’ µόνον σε ἐγίγνωσκον ὅσον ἤκουον ᾿Αθηναῖον εἶναι, 

A ‘ Ν A 27) ΑΔ , 8 , 9 
νῦν δὲ καὶ ἐπαινῶ σε ἐφ ols λέγεις τε καὶ πράττεις καὶ 
βουλοίμην ἂν ὅτι πλείστους εἶναι τοιούτους! κοινὸν 

‘ a ν ν΄ οἱ , ν A ν Ν , 

asyap ἂν ein τὸ ἆγαθόν. καὶ νῦν, έφη, μὴ µέλλωμεν, 

+ a ¥ 3 9 9 4 ¥ e ο) 4 4 
ὦ avdpes, add’ ἀπελθόντες ἤδη αἱρεῖσθε οἱ δεόµενοι 
ἄρχοντας, καὶ ἑλόμενοι Ὄκετε εἰς τὸ µέσον τοῦ στρατο- 
πέδου καὶ τοὺς αἱρεθέντας ayere’ emer’ ἐκει συγκα- 
λοῦμεν τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιώτας. παρέστω 8 ἡμιν,᾽ 
ἔφη, “Kat Τολμίδης 6 κῆρυξ.᾽ 

‘ 9 “a 9d > ‘ 3 ῤ ε 8 ῤ 3 Δ 

47 Καὶ apa ταῦτ εἰπὼν ἀνέστη, ws py µέλλοιτο adda 

: 9 ὃ , 3 , ε «ϱ ¥ 2 

qrepalvoiro τὰ δέοντα. ἐκ τούτου ᾖρέθησαν ἄρχοντες 

3 ΔΝ 8 ΄ , ΄ 3 N \ 4 

ἀντὶ μὲν Κλεάρχου Tipaciwy Δαρδανεύς, ἀντὶ δὲ Σωκρά- 

τους Ἐανθικλῆς ᾽Αχαιός, ἀντὶ δὲ ᾽Αγίου Κλεάνωρ ᾿Αρκάς, 
ἃ 
ἀντὶ δὲ Μένωνος Φιλήσιος ᾿Αχαιός, ἀντὶ δὲ Ἡροξένου 
~ “A : . 
Ἐενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος 


Topics for Study. .... of παύω, παύομαι, of αἱρέω, αἱροῦμαι, of 
~ ἔχειν, ἔχεσθαι. (2) Meaning of the proper names in § 47. 


Chirisophus exhorts the soldiers to bravery; Cleanor warns 
against deception. 

1 ID Ἐπεὶ δὲ ᾖρηντο, ἡμέρα τε σχεδὸν ὑπέφαινε καὶ 
eis τὸ µέσον ἧκον οἱ ἄρχοντες, καὶ ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς προ- 
φυλακὰς καταστήσαντας συγκαλεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας. 
9 Ν κ 8 εν “a aA > & ο 
ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται συνηλύον, ἀνέστη πρῶ- 

σ 
τος μὲν Χειρίσοφος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος καὶ ἔλεξεν woe. 
ές” 5 8 A λ λ 4 Ν “4 , 

4 Αγθρες" στρατιωται, χαλεπα µεν τα παροντα, 

ὁπότε ἀνδρῶν ξ στρατηγῶν µτοιούτων στερόµεθα καὶ 
- “A 8 “ 
λοχαγῶν καὶ στρατιωτῶν, τρὸς 8 ἔτι καὶ οἱ ἀμφὶ 


1719, b. 1060. 836. 540. 13120, Ὁ. 908. 8326, 841,1. 51h, b. 3625, a 
4 ρο. dori. 7 


‘BOOK III. CHAP. IL 175 


9 Α a e 4 ο] , » 5 5 4 

ριαῖον, of πρόσθεν σύμμαχοι ὄντες  προδεδώκασιν 
ἡμᾶς .ὅμως δὲ δεῖ ἐκ τῶν παρόντων ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς 

, 8 Ν 6 / > AQ Α 9 Δ 4 
τελέειν καὶ μὴ ὑφίεσθαι, ἀλλὰ πειρᾶσθαι ὅπως ἦν μὲν 
δυνώμεθα καλῶς γνικῶντες σωζώμεθα εἰ δὲ pj, ἀλλὰ 
καλῶς γε ἀποθνήσκωμεν, ὑποχείριοι δὲ µηδέποτε γενώ- 
µεβα ζῶντες τοῖς πολεμίοις. οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν ἡμᾶς τοιαῦτα 
παθεῖν ofa." τοὺς ἐχθροὺς οἱ θεοὶ ποιήσειαν.’ 3) 
i ae 


Topics for Study. (1) πρὸς δ ἔτι. (2) Mode in relatiw clause with 
definite antecedent. (3) Case after ὑποχείριοι. 


Ἐπὶ τούτῳ Κλεάνωρ 6 ΟὈρχομένιος ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξεν 
ade. “«Αλλ’ ὁρᾶτε µέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, τὴν βασιλέως ἐπιορ- 
κίαν καὶ ἀσέβειαν, ὁρᾶτε δὲ τὴν Τισσαφέρνους ἀπιστίαν, 
ὅστις λέγων ὡς γείτων τε εἴη τῆς Ἑλλάδος καὶ περὶ 
πλείστου ἂν ποιήσαιτο σῶσαι ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις 

> AN > 4 e ” 9 AN Δ ΄ oN 3 4 
αὐτὸς ὀμόσας ἡμῖν, αὐτὸς δεξιὰς Sovs, αὐτὸς ἐξαπατήσας 
συνέλαβε τοὺς στρατηγούς, καὶ οὐδὲ Δία ξένιον [/δέσδη, 
ἱλλὰ 4 4 Νε Ud ta 9 α 6 ao 
άλλα Κλεάρχῳ' καὶ. ὁμοτράπεζος γενόμενος avrots” τού- 

9 , ‘ ¥ > , > aA ῤ 
τοις ἐξαπατήσας τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπολώλεκεν. ᾿Αριαῖος δέ, 
ὃν ἡμεῖς ἠθέλομεν βασιλέα καθιστάναι, καὶ ἐδώκαμεν ὃ 
καὶ ἐλάβομεν πιστὰ μὴ προδώσειν ἀλλήλους, καὶ οὗτος 
οὖτε τοὺς θεοὺς δείσας οὔτε Κῦρον τεθνηκότα αἰδεσθείς, 
τιµώµενος μάλιστα ὑπὸ Κύρου ζῶντος νῦν πρὸς τοὺς 
3 a 3 ΄ 3 8 ε ~ 8 4 , 
ἐκενου ἐχθίστους ἀποστὰς ἡμᾶς τοὺς Κύρου ¢idous 
κακῶς ποιεῖν πειρᾶται. ἀλλὰ τούτους μὲν οἱ θεοὶ ἀποτί- 
σαιντο"Ἱ ἡμᾶς δὲ δεῖ ταῦτα ὁρῶντας µήποτε ἐξαπατη- 
Onvas ἔτι ὑπὸ τούτων, ἀλλὰ µαχοµένους ὡς ἂν δυνώµεθα 
κράτιστα τοῦτο ὅτι ἂν δοκῇ τοῖς θεοῖς mace.” 


Topics for Study.. (1) The form ἑδώκαμεν. (2) The two uses of the 
optative in simple sentences. (3) Position of &» in indefinite relative sentences. 


1165. 1174. S76. 529. °%725,a. 1078. 340. 585. 59009, 8, mid., 870. 1427, 
1507. 619, 587. 615,476. *772,b. 1175. 392,2. 5285. 5776. 1181. 387. 
526, a. 6432, end, 1006. 670, 1041. 905,487. 878, 615, a. 7870. 150%. S87 
476. 


lee WTKR t & σοωτώο Sam 
6 LIT 
NABASI : 
176 er # SIS. burner o safely 
| ‘ Ow uw) Ko cas 8 αι 
Xenophon derives hope of deliverance from the favor of the gods, 
victories of their ancestors, recent success and experience, 


Ἐκ τούτου Ἐενοφῶν ἀνίσταται ἐσταλμένος ἐπὶ πόλε- 
e 250 ιά id 4 ¥ ‘4 A 

μον ws ἐδύνατο κάλλιστα, νοµίζων, etre νίκήν διδοῖεν 
οἱ θεοί, τὸν κάλλιστον κόσῄον τῷ; νικᾶν πρέβειν, εἴτε 

λ A δέι 93 AG ν ο) λλί Qe N 3 , 
τελευτᾶν δέοι, ὀρθῶς ἔχειν τῶν καλλίστων” ἑαυτὸν ἀξιώ- 
σαντα ἐν τούτοις τῆς τελευτῆς τυγχάνειν ' τοῦ λόγου 
δὲ ἤρχετο ὧδε. | 

(6 , 3 ό ΔΝ Lee , 

Τὴν μὲν τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπιορκίαν τε καὶ ἀπὶστίαν 
λέγει μὲν Κλεάνωρ, ἐπίστασθε δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς οἶμαι. el. 
μὲν οὖν βουλόμεθα πάλιν αὐτοῖς' διὰ Φιλίας teva, 
ἀνάγκη πο. τολλην ἀθυμίαν έχει», ὁρῶντας καὶ τοὺς 
Tapani yous, ot διὰ πίστεως αὐτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς ἐνεχείρισαν, 
ota πεπόνθασιν ' el µέντοι διανοούμεθα. σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις 
5 6 , 57 9 θεῖ > A - .7 
av’ τε πεποιήκασι Οίκην ἐπιθειναι avrois καὶ τὸ 
λοιπὸν διὰ παντὸς πολέμου αὐτοῖς ἰέναι, σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς 
νὰ ες ο ‘ ν΄ δν _ 2 > 8 , 2 

πολλαὶ ἡμῖν καὶ καλαὶ ἐλπίδες εἶσὶ σωτηρίας. 

Τοῦτο δὲ λέγοντος αὐτοῦ πτάρνυταί τις ἀκούσαντες 
ὃ οἱ στρατιῶται πάντες pia Opn προσεκύνησαν τὸν 
, Ve a > «6 A Ss 5; . , 
θεόν, καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν εἶπε, “ Δοκει µοι, @ avdpes, ἐπεί, 
περὶ σωτηρίας ἡμῶν λεγόντων, olwvds τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ 
~ 3 ιά ¥ ~ ων ., a ld 
σωτῆρος ἐφάνη, εὔξασθαι τῷ Dew τούτῳ θύσειν σωτήρια 
ὅπου ἂν πρὠτον eis φιλίαν χώραν ἀφικώμεθα, συνεπεύ- 
faba δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεοῖς θύσειν κατὰ δύναμιν. 

A 99 8 
καὶ ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτ᾽ > Spm, | “ ἀνατεινάτω τὴν. Xetpa. καὶ 
ἀνέτειναν ἅπαντες. ἐκ τούτου ηνξαντο καὶ ἐπαιάνισαν. 
ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ τῶν θεῶν καλῶς εἶχεν, ἤρχετο πάλιν woe. 


Topics for Study. (1) αὐτοῖς διὰ φιλίας ἰέναι, διὰ παντὸς πολέμου αὐτοῖς 
ἰέναι. (2) πτάρνυται. See Introd. 83, (5). 
1959. 1516,2. G40. 575. 2746. 1185. 863. 513. %738. 1099. B56. 510.hb. 


“O9%2,a, ITT. 892, 1, BA4.1. 525. 66186. 717, 1s. 9 729.. 108,83. 850. 
506, a. 1119, b. 1060. 834. 686, b. 


BOOK II. CHAP. IL 177 


«Ἐτύγχανον λέγων ὅτι πολλαὶ καὶ καλαὶ ἐλπίδες 10 
ἡμῖν εἷεν σωτηρίας. πρώτον μὲν γὰρ ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐμπε- 
ον a: A 9 e Ν 4 9 , , 
Bod pev τοὺς τῶν θεῶν ὅρκους, οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐπιωρκήκασί 
σ 
τε καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους λελύκασιν. οὕτω 
ὃ ἐχόντων» εἰκὸς” τοῖς μὲν πολεμίοις 8 ἐναντίους εἶναι 
τοὺς θεούς, ἡμῖν δὲ συµµάχους, οἵπερ ἱκανοί εἶσι καὶ 
: “A \ 
ies μεγάλους ταχὺ μικροὺς ποιεῖν ‘Kal τοὺς μικροὺς } 
Kav‘ ἐν δεινοῖς dou σώζειν εὐπετῶς, ὅταν βούλωνται. 
««Ἔπειτα δὲ ᾿ἀναμνήσω ὃ γὰρ ἡμᾶς καὶ τοὺς τῶν προγό- 11 
νων τῶν ἡμετέρων κινδύνους, ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὡς ἀγαθοῖς τε 
ὑμῖν προσήκει εἶναι σώζονταί τε σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ ἐκ 
Τάνυ δεινῶν οἱ ἀγαθοί. ἐλθόντων μὲν γὰρ Περσῶν καὶ 
τῶν σὺν αὐτοῖς ποπ στόλῳὃ ὡς ἀφανιούντων ἶ τὰς 
Αθήνας, ὑποστῆναι αὐτοὶ ᾿Αθηναῖοι τολμήσαντες ἐνίκη- 
σαν αὐτούς. καὶ εὐξάμενοι τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι ὁπόσους κατα- 12 
αν / | 
κάνοιεν τῶν πολεμίων τοσαύτας χιµαίρας καταθύσειν τῇ 
θ ae 2 NN 9 4 ε Νε A 5 of 3 a 2° 
εῷ, ἐπεὶ οὐκ εἶχον ἱκανὰς εὑρεῖν, Eedokey αὐτοῖς κατ 
8 ο ΄ 9 , 
ἐνιαντὸν πεντακοσίας Ovew; καὶ ert. νῦν ἀποθύουσιν. 
ν 9 . a ween 
έπειτα ὅτε Ἐέρξης ᾿ὕστερον ἁἀγείρς τὴν ἀναρίθμητον 13 
στρατιὰν ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, καὶ τότε ἐνίκων οἱ 
ε , : la) 
Ἠμέτεροι πρόγονοι τοὺς τούτων προγόνους καὶ κατὰ γῆν 
N 8 θ ΄ Φ » een | , δε aA 0 ὃν 
καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. wy ἐστι μὲν τεκμήρια" Opay” τὰ 
τρόπαια, µέγιστον δὲ μνημεῖον ἡ ἐλευθερία τῶν πόλεων. 
2 8 ε A > 2 \ 9 Ud νο 7° δν ν 
ἐν ais vets ἐγένεσθε, καὶ ἐτράφητε᾽ οὐδένα γὰρ ἄνθρω- 
5 / 9 4 8 Ν A , 
tov. θδεσπότην ἀλλὰ τοὺς θεοὺς.  προσκυνεῖτε. τοιούτων 
Ld 
Hey ἐστε προγόνων. 
(6 3 4 4 α α @ 
Ov μὲν δὴ τοῦτό γε ἐρῶ ὡς ὑμεῖς καταισχύνετε 14 
9 ΄ 9 
αὐτούς' ἀλλ’ οὕπω πολλαὶ ἡμέραι"' ἀφ' οὗ ἀντιταξάμενοι 
10f same, 8.10. Ἅμα, ἀστί. 3119 b. 1175. 892.2. 585. «894,1. 1998, 1. 
609. 650. 5742,b. 1069. ἄδ6. ν.Ι. 511. 6774. 1189. ἄθφ. 525. 1969,¢. 


1568, 4. 653, 5. 5838, b. 8 Cf. 595, Ὁ, ΕΣ. 916. B2O. 546. 9949. 1517. 637, 1. 
8%. We. εισί. ge 8 


Ἡ. & W. ANAB, — 13 





15 


16 


17 


18 


17186 ANABASIS. 


τούτοις, τοῖς ἐκείνων ἐκγόνος, πολλαπλασίους ὑμῶν } 
9 A 4 A “A 8 8 A 8 A , 
ἐνικᾶτε σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς. καὶ τότε μὲν δὴ περὶ τῆς Κύρου 
ρ ¥ 9 . A > e } 4 A 
βασιλείας avdpes Are ἆγαθοί' viv 8 ὁπότε περὶ τῆς 
ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὁ ἀγών ἐστι πολὺ δήπου ὑμᾶς προσ- 
ke καὶ ἀμείνονας καὶ προθυµοτέρους εἶναι. ἀλλὰ 
μὴν καὶ θαρραλεωτέρους viv πρέπει εἶναι πρὸς τοὺς 
πολεμίους. τότε μὲν γὰρ ἄπειροι ὄντες αὐτῶν Td τε 
A 9 ϱ a) 4 3 ό 8 α 
πλῆθος ἄμετρον ὁρῶντες, ὅμως ἐτολμήσατε σὺν τῷ 
ρ id > 9 , A A ε , 9 
πατρίῳ Φρονήματι ἰέναι els αὐτούς νῦν δὲ ὁπότε καὶ 
ο ¥ y - + re 9 9 , N ld 
πεῖραν non ἔχετε αὐτῶν ὅτι ov θέλουσι καὶ πολλαπλά- 
» 1 δέ ς A 78» en , 
σιοι ὄντες [μὴ] δέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς, τίὸ ἔτι ὑμῖν προσήκει 
τούτους φοβεῖσθαι ; 
Topics for Study. (1) Verbs of reminding. (9) Were there any in 
Xenophon’s audience that had witnessed the invasion of Xerxes? (2) Con- 


struction after words in -rAdows. (4) How did Greece (its climate, physical 
features, etc.) tend to develop the individuality of its people ? 


Objections answered: desertion of the barbarians ; want of cavalry, 
guide, market ; impassable rivers. A last resource. 


“Mynde µέντοι τοῦτο μεῖον Sdénre* ἔχειν ὅτι ot 
᾿Αριαίου πρόσθεν σὺν ἡμῖν ταττόµενοι νῦν ἀφεστήκασι. 
ἔτι γὰρ οὗτοι κακίονές εἶσι τῶν Up ἡμῶν ἠττημένων ' 
¥ ΔΝ > 4 , e ”~ ‘N 
ἔφυγον γοῦν [πρὸς] ἐκείνους καταλιπόντες ἡμᾶς. τοὺς 
> 3 4 ~ ¥ 8 “A 6 Ν Α 
ὃ ἐθέλοντας φυγῆς apyew πολὺ κρεῖττον σὺν τοῖς 

4 4 a 3 fia ε 4, Ud e a 
πολεμίοις Ταττοµένους ἢ ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρῃ τάξει ὁρᾶν. 
A a e on 9 ἃ ε α 
εἶδ δέ τις ὑμών ἀθυμεῖ ὅτι ἡμῖν μὲν οὐκ εἶσὶν ἱππεῖς, 
; ~ 4 , 8 ιά 3 ΄ φ ε 
τοῖς δὲ πολεµίοις πολλοὶ πάρεισιν, ἐνθυμήθητε ὅτι οἱ 

4 € ~ SQA ¥ ο , , > ¥ ‘ e ΔΝ 
µύριοι ἐππεῖς οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ µύριοί εἶσιν ἄνθρωποι ' ὑπὸ 

A g 3 4 9 ‘\ ΄ ¥ » 
μὲν γὰρ ἵππου ἐν µάχῃ οὐδεὶς πώποτε οὔτε δηχθεὶς οὔτε 


166,8. 1154. 863. 517. 3158, ο, οπᾶ. 1140. 357. 616, Ὀ. 3 19,ο. 1060. 336. 


640. *874. 1846. ὅδά. 485. 5(doriv) ὁρᾶν, etc. ϐ 598 andb. 1890. 609 and κ. 1. 





BOOK IIT. CHAP. II. . 179 


λακτισθεὶς ἀπέθανεν, of δὲ avdpes εἶσὶν of ποιοῦντες 
ὅτι ἂν ἐν ταῖς µάχαις γίγνηται. οὐκοῦν τῶν ἱππέων 1 
πολὺ ἡμεῖς ἐπ᾽ ἀσφαλεστέρυ ὀχήματός ἐσμεν ' οἱ μὲν 
γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἵππων κρέµανται φοβούμενοι οὐχ ἡμᾶς µόνον 
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ καταπεσεῖν' ἡμεῖς δ ἐπὶ γῆς βεβηκότες 
πολὺ μὲν ἰσχυρότερον παίσοµεν, ἣν τις προσίῃ, πολὺ 
δὲ μᾶλλον ὅτου ἂν βουλώμεθα τευξόµεθα. ei δὲ 
µόνῳ προέχουσιν οἱ ἰππεῖς [ἡμᾶς]. φεύγεν αὐτοῖς 
ἀσφαλέστερόν ἐστιν ἢ ἡμῖν. 

Topics for Study. (1) Cavalry in the military system of the Greeks. 


Introd. 67-69, 72. (2) What Greek states attached most importance to cav- 
alry? Cf, Introd. 67. 


“Bi δὲ δὴ τὰς μὲν µάχας Oappetre,” cru*® δὲ οὐκέτι 
A A 8 9 8 
ἡμῖν Τισσαφέρνης ἡγήσεται οὐδὲ βασιλεὺς ἀγορὰν 

ld α ιά 4 ld ~ 4 
παρέξει, τοῦτο ἄχθεσθε, σκέψασθε πότερον κρεῖττον 
Τισσαφέρνην ἡγεμόνα ἔχειν, ὃς ἐπιβουλεύων ἡμῖν pave- 

oe 9 A a a ε A ¥ 5 λ ϕ € a θ 
pos ἐστιν, ἢ οὓς ἂν ἡμεις ἄνδρας λαβόντες Ἠἡγεισθαι 

gy 8 A 

κελεύωμεν, οἳ εἴσονται OTL, ἦν TL περὶ ἡμᾶς ἁμαρτά- 
νωσι, περὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς καὶ σώματα ἁμαρτήσονται. 
τὰ δὲ ἐπιτήδεια πότερον ὠνεῖσθαι κρεῖττον ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς 
5 5 ϱ A Ν aA 9 , 6 δὲ 
ῆς" οὗτοι παρειχον µικρα µέτρα πολλοῦυ ἀργυρίου, µηδε 

A ¥ » “A 9 9 , ” 
TOUTO ETL έχοντας, ἢ αὐτοὺς λαμβάνειν, ἤνπερ KpaTwper, 

, , « , A κά , 
µέτρῳ χρωµένους ὁπόσῳ ἂν έκαστος βούληται. 

ές τι δὲ A \ , φ , 4 N Se 

Et 0€ TavTa µεν γιγνώσκετε OTL KPELTTOVA, TOUS OE 
ποταμοὺς ἄπορον] νομίζετε εἶναι Kat µεγάλως ἡγεῖσθε 
9 ~ ~ 
ἐξαπατηθῆναι StaBavres,® σκέψασθε εἰ dpa τοῦτο καὶ 
μωρότατον  πεποιήκασιν οἱ βάρβαροι. Ἠπάντε yap 
ποταμοί, εἰ καὶ πρόσω τῶν πηγών ἄποροί εἶσι, προὶ- 

1755. 1158. 863. 517. 3112. 1049. 829,1. 680. *®rotro δὲ ἄχθεσθε ὅτι 
οὐκέτι, ete. 4ο, ἐστί. 5994. 1081. 484. 618, b. 6746. 1188. 383. 513. 


1611. 925. 428. 6562, ο. 8969, 8. 1568,8. 653,2. 588. %670,a. 971. £53, 1. 
558, ο. 


20 


21 


22 





23 


24 


25 


180 ANABASIS., 


A ι 9 8 4 ὃ ἃ ρ 3 ρ 
ovo. πρὸς τὰς πηγας διαβατοὶ γίγνονται ουοὲ τὸ γόνυ 


βρέχοντες. 


Topics for Study. (1) µάχας θαρρεῖτε. (2) What forms of condition 
are found in this passage? (3) Name the denominative verbs found in it. 

“Ei δὲ μήθ οἱ ποταμοὶ ο. ἡγεμών τε μηδεὶς 
ἡμῖν φανεῖται, οὐδ ὡς ἡμῖν" γε ἀθυμητέον. ἐπιστά- 
pela μὲν γὰρ Μυσούς, οὓς οὐκ ἂν ἡμῶν φαίηµεν: 

4 > ο A in / , , 
βελτίους εἶναι, ὅτι ἐν τῇ βασιλέως χώρᾳ πολλάς τε και 
εὐδαίμονας καὶ µεγάλας πόλεις οἰκοῦσιν, ἐπιστάμεθα 
δὲ Πισίδας ὡσαύτως, Λυκάονα: δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν 
σ 9 Α ΄ ΔΝ 3 ΔΝ , “ ιο 
ὅτι ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις τὰ ἐρυμνὰ καταλαβόντες τὴν τούτων 
χώραν καρποῦνται' καὶ ἡμᾶς O° ἂν ἔφην ἔγωγέ χρῆναι 
µήπω φανεροὺς εἶναι οἴκαδε ὠρμη- 

3 ‘ , e 
µένους, ἀλλὰ κατασκευάζεσθαι os 
αὐτοῦ ὃ που οἰκήσοντας. οἶδα γὰρ 
ὅτι καὶ Μυσοῖς βασιλεὺς πολλοὺς 
μὲν ἠἡγεμόνας ἂν doin, πολλοὺς 
ὃ ἂν ὁμήρους τοῦ ἀδόλως ἐκπέμ- 

8 3 “A 9 
κος και ssbomprngets y ἄν av 
τοῖς καὶ εἶ σὺν τεθρίπποις βού- 
λοιντο ἀπιέναι.. καὶ ἡμῖν y ἄν, 
ofS’ ὅτι, Τρισάσµενος ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίει, εἰ ἑώρα ὃ ἡμᾶς µένειν 

ow 3 a “ δέὸ ΄ A σ 
κατασκευαζοµένου.. ἀλλὰ yap δέδοικα µή, ἂν ἅπαξ 
μάθωμεν ἀργοὶ ζῆν καὶ ἐν ἀφθόνοις βιοτεύείν, καὶ Μήδων 
δὲ καὶ Περσῶν καλαῖς καὶ μεγάλαις γυναιξὶ ΄ καὶ παρθέ- 
vous ὁμιλεῖν, µή, ὥσπερ οἱ αποφάγου —_— τῆς 
οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ 


Topics for Study. (1) Conditions of second and fourth rorm after οἶδα 
ὅτι, after φημί. (9) Case after ὁμιλέω, after émaAavOdvoum. (8) Origin of 
φέθριπποι. (4) The lotus-eaters. See Classical Dictionary. 

1771, b. 158. 382. 523,8. 3899. 1405. 602. 648. 9991. 1188. 666. 


596. «906, 9098. 1397, 1418. 565. 649. §760.a, 1197. 358. 515. 9506. 
1897. 606. 649. 173972. 1110. 392,1. 525. ©9742. 1102. B56, 511. 





ο αν 


BOOK III. CHAP. IL 181 


“To journey safely we must get rid of superfluous baggage and 


maintain discipline.” 


“AoKxet οὖν μοι εἰκὸς καὶ δίκαιον εἶναι πρῶτον εἰς τὴν 
Ἑλλάδα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους πειρᾶσύαι ἀφικνεῖσθαι 
καὶ ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὅτι ἑκόντες πένονται, ἐξὸν 
αὐτοῖς τοὺς νῦν σκληρῶς ἐκεῖ βιοτεύοντας ἐνθάδε κομι- 
σαµένους΄ πλουσίως ὁρᾶν. ἀλλὰ γάρ, ὦ άνδρες, πάντα 
ταῦτα τἀγαθὰ δήλονν OTL τῶν κρατούντων ἐστί, τοῦτο 
δεῖ λέγειν Grays ἂν πορευο[μεθά ᾿ τε WS ἀσφαλέστατα Kal, 
εἰ µάχεσθαι δέοι, ὡς κράτιστα 
μαχοίμεθα. 

«6 Πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη, 
“Soxet pot κατακἀῦσαι τὰς 
ἁμάξας ds ἔχομεν, ἵνα μὴ τὰ 
tevyn ἡμῶν στρατηγῇ, ἀλλὰ 
πορευώµεθα San ἂν τῇ στρατιᾷ 
συµφέρῃ ' ἔπειτα καὶ τὰς σκη- 
vas συγκατακαῦσαι. αὗται γὰρ αὖ ὄχλον μὲν tape 
χουσιν ἄγειν, συνωφελοῦσι δ᾽ οὐδὲν οὔτε εἰς τὸ µάχεσθαι 
our εἰς τὸ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχειν. ere δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων 
σκευῶν τὰ περιττὰ ἁπαλλάξωμεν ὃ πλὴν ὅσα πολέμου 
ένεκεν 9 σίτων ἡ ποτῶν EX OPED, ἵνα ὡς πλεῖστοι μὲν 
ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις wow, ὡς ἐλάχιστοι δὲ σκευοφορῶσι. 
κρατουμένων. μὲν γὰρ ᾿ἐπίστασθε ὅτι πάντα ἀλλότρια᾽ 
ἦν δὲ κρατῶμεν, καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους δεῖ σκευοφόρους 
ἡμετέρους νοµίζειν. 





tvyés. 


Topics for Study. (1) Verbs admitting the accusative absolute. (2) The 
idiom for ‘these things belong to those who conguer.’ (3) The accent of com 
Pounds. 582, 885. 294, 300, N. 439, a. 


1973. 1569. G58. 591. 3 δῇλον ὅτι δήλως 956606, 1. 1844. 585. 479. 


27 


28 


29 


31 


32 


83 


182 ANABASIS. 


“Aordy? pow εἰπεῖν ὅπερ καὶ µέγιστον νομίζω εἶναι. 

a“ ‘ 8 ~ 

ὁρᾶτε yap καὶ τοὺς πολεμµίους ὅτι οὐ πρόσθεν ἐξενεγκεῖν 

e ~ 

ἐτόλμησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς πόὀλεμον πρὶν τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 

ἡμῶν συνέλαβον, νοµίζοντες, ὄντων μὲν τῶν ἀρχόντων 

καὶ ἡμῶν πειθοµένων, ἱκανοὺς εἶναι ἡμᾶς περιγενέσθαι 

“ λ' , 2 λ / δὲ 8 » 9 8 a 

τῷ πολέμῳ;' λαβόντες δὲ τοὺς ἄρχοντας dvapxla® ἂν καὶ 

9 a 2 2 ea 9 , A > 9 \ 

ἀταξίᾳ ἐνόμιζον ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσθαι. δεῖ οὖν πολὺ μὲν 

ιά A ~ 

τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐπιμελεστέρυς γενέσθαι τοὺς νῦν τῶν 

‘ 

πρόσθεν, πολὺ δὲ τοὺς ἀρχομένους εὐτακτοτέρους καὶ 

πειθοµένους μᾶλλον τοῖς ἄρχουσι νῦν ἢ πρόσθεν ἦν 
ὃ , 3 An ιό 6 4 8 2 ε Φ 3 , 

é tis ἀπειύῃ, ψηφίσασθαι" τὸν ἀεὶ ὑμῶν ἐντυγχάνοντα 
“~ » A 
σὺν τῷ ἄρχοντι κολάζειν' οὕτως οἳ πολέμιοι. πλεῖστον 
ἐψευσμένοι ἐσονται' τῇδε γὰρ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ µυρίους ὄψον- 

9 0) ε oN λ Ud 8 3 ὃ \ 3 , 6 
ται ἀνῦ ενος KAeapyous τοὺς ovdevt ἐπιτρέψοντας κακῳ 
9 9 λὰ 8 Δ ΄ nO 9 a 1 } 9 ϱ 
εἶναι. adda yap καὶ περαίνειν ηδη ωρα " Lows γὰρ οἱ 
πολέμιοι αὐτίκα παρέσονται. ὅτῳ οὖν ταῦτα δοκεῖ καλώς 

ο 

ἔχειν, ἐπικυρωσάτω ws τάχιστα, ἵνα ἔργῳ περαίνηται. 
3 a ¥ , a 4 4 \N ¢ 3 A 
εἰ δέ τι ἄλλο βέλτιον ᾖ ταύτῃ, τολµάτω Kai 6 ἰδιώτης 
διδάσκειν πάντες γὰρ κοινῆς σωτηρίας δεόµεθα.᾽ 


Topics for Study. (1) The endings, -tos, -etos, -fa,-ns. (2) πρίν with 
indicative. (3) Accent of second aorist infinitive and participle of w-verbs. 
(4) Two forms of genitive and dative of ὅστια. 


MWhese proposals being adopted, Xenophon submits an order of march. 


Mera ταῦτα Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν. 
ἐ«Αλλ᾽ εἰ µέν τινος ἄλλου δεῖ πρὸς τούτοις οἷς λέγει 
~ 8 9 4 3 4 ~ a 4 A td 
Ἐενοφών, καὶ αὐτίκα ἐξέσται ποιεν a δὲ νῦν εἴρηκε 
A ε , ρ ¥ > . 9 
δοκεῖ por ὡς τάχιστα ψηφίσασθαι ἄριστον εἶναι' καὶ 
ὅτῳ δοκεῖὶ ταῦτα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα. ἀνέτειναν 
πάντες. 


sc. ἐστί. 3180. 118%. 390. 597,b. 9116. 1181. 887. 686,0. 420, δεῖ, 
5941. 008,1. 684. 571,c. 





BOOK III. CHAP. IL : 183 


᾽Αναστὰς δὲ πάλιν εἶπε Ἐενοφών, “70, dvdpes, ἀκού- 34 


σατε ὧν προσδοκεῖ prot. δῆλον ὅτι πορεύεφθαι ἡμᾶς δεῖ 
φ φ ν 3 / . 2 , 9 , 4 ‘ 
ὅπου έξομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια' ἀκούω δὲ Kamas εἶναι καλὰς 
? , ν ρ 9 , 9 a > / 
ov πλέον εἴκοσι σταδίων ἀπεχούσας ' ovK ἂν οὖν θαυμά- 
κά LA 

ζοιμι εἰ οἱ πολέμιοι, ὥσπερ οἱ δειλοὶ Κύνες τοὺς μὲν 
παριόντας διώκοντες καὶ δάκνου- 
a ὃ , 8 de 5 , 

aw, nv δύνωνται, τοὺς δὲ διώ- 
‘ 4 

κοντας φεύγουσιν, εἰ καὶ αὐτοὶ 


++tt++ ἡμῖν ἀπιοῦσιν ἐπακολουθοῖεν. tows 
μμ ο , 1. , 

+ttttt οὖν aopahéorepoy Ἠημιν πορεύε- 
ΕΦ σθαι πλαίσιον ποιησαµένους τῶν 


+4 
ὅπλων, ἵνα τὰ σκεὐοφόρα καὶ ὁ 
πολὺς ὄχλος ἐν ἀσφαλεστέρφ a. 





αὐοά,πλαίσιν,ἰσαλωρν EL οὖν νῦν ἀποδειχθείη τίνας χρὴ 
ο, στόμα» τὰ πρόσθεν, Τὸ ee sak ; 5 ‘ 
ἠγούμενον, ἡγεισύαι του πλαισίου Kal Ta 
S, obpa, τὰ ὄπισθεν, Μο ο δαν 

aL πλευραί. 
b af ο το. πρόσθεν κοσμεῖν καὶ τίνας ἐπὶ 


0 “a 
+, σκενοφόρα, 5x χῶν πλ ρῶν ἑκατέρων εἶναι, τί- 


vas ὃ ὀπισθοφύλακεῖν, οὐκ ‘av, ὁπότε οἱ πολέμιοι 
ἔλθοιεν, βουλεύεσθαι ἡμᾶς δέοι, ἀλλὰ χρῴµεθα ἂν ος 
τοῖς τεταγµένοις. 


Topics for Study. (1) πλαίσιο», Introd. 108, (2), 98. (2) ὄχλοε, Introd. 
84. (3) πλευραί, Introd. 74. 


“Ei μὲν οὖν ἄλλο τις βέλτιον Spa, ἄλλως ἐχέτω' εἰ” 
δέ , 4 ε A 8 2 Sr, 8 ὃ ρ 4 
ἑ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγοῖτοι ἐπειδὴ καὶ Λακεδαιµόνιός 
πο le \ aA 4 ε , , . - , 
€or.’ τῶν δὲ πλευρών " ἑκατέρων δύο τὼ πρεσβυτάτω 
στρατηγὼ ἐπιμελοίσθην᾽ ὀπισθοφυλακοῖμεν δ᾽ ἡμεῖς ot 

, 9 4 9 , VBA Φ ‘ Se λ 9 
νεώτατοι ἐγὼ καὶ Τιμµασίων 76° νῦν εἶναι. τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν 
πειρώµενοι Ταύτης τῆς τάξεως ὃ βουλευσόμεθα ὅτι ἂν 
oN 
del κράτιστον δοκῇ εἶναι. εἰ δέ τις ἄλλο ὁρᾷ βέλτιον, 

10, ἔσται,. 2 = ei δὲ µή, 906, b, end. 1411. 616,8. 656,c. 2810. 1807. 587. 


Μθ. 864942, 1102. 886. 611. 5956, a8. 1585, 644, 1. 569,end. 6738. 1099. 
856. 510,b, 


35 


36 


37 


38 


39 


184 ANABASIS. 


ιά > φ 
λεξζάτω.᾽ ἐπεὶ 8 οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν, εἶπεν “ Ὅτῳ δοκεῖ 
A A 7 ζ A 
ταῦτα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα.᾽ ἔδοξε ταῦτα. 
ές NO , 2 »ν ἐς 5 4 a“ ὃ oy . ὃ ὃ 
uy τοίνυν, έφη, “΄ ἀπιόντας ποιεῖν δε τὰ δεδογ- 
, \ σ ε: rs > 2 2 A IQA 
µένα. καὶ ὅστις τε ὑμῶν τοὺς οἰκείους ἐπιθυμεῖ ἰδεῖν, 
µεμνήσθω ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι"! 
τούτου τυχεῖν ' ὅστις τε ζῆν ἐπιθυμεῖ, πειράσθω νικᾶν ' 
τῶν μὲν γὰρ νικώντων τὸ κατακαίνειν, Tov δὲ ἠττωμέ- 


οὗ γὰρ ἐστιν  ἄλλως 


8 3 4 3 ” N ¥ A , 
νων τὸ ἀποθνήσκειν ἐστί' καὶ e τις δὲ χρημάτων. 
“A , Φ ΔΝ Ν 
ἐπιθυμεῖ, κρατεῖν πειράσθω ' τῶν γὰρ νικώντων ἐστὶ καὶ 

ιο Ν α 7 

τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώζειν καὶ τὰ τῶν ἠττωμένων λαμβάνειν.} 


Topics for Study. (1) τὸ νῦν εἶναι. (2) ef δέ. (3) The difference 
in meaning between infinitive and participle with µέμνημαι. (4) Case after 
πειράοµαι, ἐπιθυμέω. 


Deceived by the enemy, they resolve to admit no more heralds. 


Ill. Τούτων λεχθέντων ἀνέστησαν καὶ ἀπελθόντες 

: € , 4 
κατέκαον Tas ἁμάξας καὶ τὰς σκηνάς, Tov δὲ περιττών ὃ 
ὅτου μὲν δέοιτό τις µετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα 
eis τὸ πὺρ ἐρρίπτουν. ταῦτα ποιήσαντες ἠριστοποιοῦντο. 
9 ld Δ > ων y ιά 8 
ἀριστοποιουμένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἔρχεται Μιθραδάτης σὺν 
ἱππεῦσιν WS τριάκοντα, καὶ καλεσάμενος τοὺς στρατη- 

: φ 

yous εἰς ἐπήκοον λέγει ὧδε. “Εγώ, ὦ avdpes Ἕλληνες, 

9 , ΝΑ ε ε A > 2 8 A ea 
καὶ Κύρῳ πιστὸς ἦν, ws ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε, καὶ νῦν ὑμῖν 
εὔνους' καὶ ἐνθάδε δ' εἰμὶ σὺν πολλῷ φόβῳ διάγων. 
> 4 ε , ea , + , 
εἰ οὖν ὀρφην ὑμᾶς σωτήριόν τι βουλευομένους, ἐλθοιμι 
ἂν πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ τοὺς θεράποντας πάντας ἔχων. λέξατε 
> , aA 3 ε , . ν “ 
οὖν πρός µε τί ἐν νῷ ἔχετε ὡς φίλον τε καὶ εὔνουν καὶ 
βουλόμενον κοινῇ σὺν ὑμῖν τὸν στόλον ποιεῖσθαι. 

4 “A ο) κά 3 ao 

Βουλευομένοις τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἔδοξεν ἀποκρίνασθαι 
τάδε καὶ ἔλεγε Χειρίσοφος' ““Hyiv δοκεῖ, εἰ µέν τις 
ἐᾷ ἡμᾶς ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε, διαπορεύεσθαι τὴν χώραν ὡς 


1986 and last ex. 1592. 661 απἆ κ. 5. 588,c. 3949. 1517. 637,1. 574. 5173Υ. 
1097, 2. 356. 510, a. 





BOOK III. CHAP. III. 186 


A A ε A 
ἂν δυνώµεθα ἀσινέστατα" nv δέ τις ἡμᾶς τῆς ὁδοῦλ 
η , " , 9 ε 3 5 μεθ , 99 
ἀποκωλύῃ, διαπολεμεῖν τούτῳ΄ ὡς ἂν ὀυνώμεύῦα κρατιστα. 
3 4 3 “A ΄ , e » 
ἐκ τούτου ἐπειρᾶτο Μιθραδάτης διδάσκειν ὡς ἄπορον 

¥ , γ Α ν ΝΔ 9 ΄ 

ey βασιλέως ἄκοντος σωθῆναι. ἐνθα δὴ ἐγιγνώσκετο 
ὅτι ὑπόπεμπτος εἴη᾽ καὶ γὰρ τῶν Τισσαφέρνους τις oi- 
κεων παρηκολουθήκει πίστεως ἑνεκα. καὶ ἐκ τούτου 
λα A A , 4 ρ θ 
ἐδόκει τοῖς στρατηγοῖς βέλτιον εἶναι δόγµα ποιήσασθαι 
τὸν πόλεμον ἀκήρυκτον ὃ 
διέφθειρον γὰρ προσιόντες τοὺς στρατιώτας, καὶ ἕνα γε 
λοχαγὸν διέφθειραν Νίκαρχον ᾽᾿Αρκάδα, καὶ ᾧχετο ἀπιὼν 
νυκτὸς σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι. 


> ν 93 9 a η 4 ο, 
εἶναι εστ ἐν TH πολεμίᾳ elev 


Topics for Study. (1) Points of difference between the Greek genitive 
absolute and Latin ablative absolute. (2) Position of the augment in verbs 
made from compounds. (3) Verbs in -έω that retain the e in the future. 


Beginning the march, they are grievously harassed in the rear. 


N A 9 2 N ιά . , 

Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀριστήσαντες καὶ διαβάντες τὸν Ζαπάταν 
ποταμὸν ἐπορεύοντο τεταγµένοι τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν 
9 
ὄχλον ἐν µέσῳ ἔχοντε. οὗ πολὺ δὲ προεληλυθότων 
σος 2 ρ / ε 4 e 4 4 | 
αὐτῶν ἐπιφαίνεται πάλιν 6 Μιθραδάτης, ἱππέας ἔχων 
ε Δ ρ 
ws διακοσίους καὶ τοξότας καὶ σφενδονήτας els Τετρα- 
κοσίους pada ἐλαφροὺς καὶ εὐζώνους. καὶ προσῄει μὲν 
ὡς φίλος ὦν πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ' ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἐγένοντο, 
ἐξαπίνης οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν ἐτόξευον καὶ ἱππεις καὶ πεζοί, 
οἱ δ' ἐσφενδόνων καὶ ἐτίτρωσκον. οἱ δὲ ὀπισθοφύλακες 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔπασχον μὲν κακώς, ἀντεποίουν 8° οὐδέν 
φ Ν A , an ” > 7 8 
οἱ τε γὰρ Kpnres βραχύτερα τῶν Περσών ἐτόξευον καὶ 
hd N »” ¥ ὧν σ | φ 
dua ψιλοι ὄντες εἴσω τών ὅπλων κατεκέκλειντο, OL τε 
ἀκονισταὶ βραχύτερα ἡκόντιζον ἢ ὡς ἐξικνεῖσθαι τῶν 
σφενδονητών.» 


1148. 1117. 362,1. 609,8. 27792. 1177. 3θ9,Ι. 685. 98ου Introd. 99. 
‘O54. 1456, G45,N. 566,a, 6739. 1099. 356. 510, ἆ. 


10 


1] 


12 


18 


14 


186 ANABASIS. 


"Ex τούτου Ἐενοφῶντι ἐδόκει διωκτέον εἶναι καὶ ἐδίω- 
κον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν 
αὐτῷ ὀπισθοφυλακοῦντες' διώκοντες δὲ οὐδένα κατελάμ- 
βανον τῶν πολεμίων. οὔτε yap ἵππες ἧἦσαν τοῖς 
Ἕλλησιν οὔτε οἱ πεζοὶ τοὺς πεζοὺς ἐκ πολλοῦ Φφεύγον- 

ος , . 9\ 7 9 
τας ἐδύναντο καταλαμβάνειν ἐν ὁλίγῳ χωρίῳ' πολὺ 


8 “A A 
καὶ τῶν πελταστῶν OL ἔτυχον σὺν 


Δ 3 as oN a ὃν ? , 
γὰρ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἦν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄλλου στρατεύματος διώ- 
ε 8 4 ε “A ‘ 2 9 > 2 
Kew οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι ἱππεῖς καὶ φεύγοντες apa ἐτίτρω- 
σκον eis τοὔπισθεν τοξεύοντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων, ὁπόσον " 
δὲ διώξειαν ὃ οἱ Ἕλληνες, τοσοῦτον πάλιν ἐπαναχωρεῖν 
4) nd A ε , 4 5X ὃ ηλύ 9 
µαχομένους ede. ὥστε τῆς ἡμέρας ὅλης διῆλύον οὐ 
πλέον πέντε καὶ εἶκοσι σταδίων,’ ἀλλὰ δείλης ἀφίκοντο 
εἰς τὰς κώμας. 


Topics for Study. (1) Stems of: βαίνω, galvw, ἱκνέομαι, Φεύγω. (2) 
Class of : udxouat, δοκέω, βούλομαι, µέλω. (3) Words that admit a partitive 
genitive. 


Taught by experience, they equip a body of cavalry and slingers. 


"Ev0a δὴ πάλιν ἀθυμία ἦν. καὶ Χειρίσοφος καὶ 
οἱ πρεσβύτατοι τῶν στρατηγῶν Ἐενοφῶντα ᾖτιῶντο 
9 2sQ 7 > “ ο 4 8 9 4 3 a 
ὅτι ἐδίωκεν ἀπὸ τῆς φάλαγγος καὶ αὐτός τε ἐκινδύνευε 
καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐδύνατο βλάπτειν. 
9 ΄ A ιν] γ φ 9 Α > ~ 8 
ἀκούσας δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἔλεγεν ὅτι Spies αἴτιώντο καὶ 
> ἃ A ad 9 > 4993 4 
αὐτὸ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῖς µαρτυροίη. “ἀλλ ἐγώ, edn, 
«ἠναγκάσθην διώκειν, ἐπειδὴ ἑώρων ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ µένειν 
κακῶς μὲν πάσχοντας, ἀντιποιεῖν δὲ οὐδὲν δυναµένους. 
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐδιώκομεν, ἀληθῆ,᾽ ἔφη, “ὑμες λέγετε' 

“A 3 Ν Αα 94 A 3 , 8 
κακῶς μὲν γὰρ ποιεῖν οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐδυνάμεθα τοὺς 
πολεμίους, ἀνεχωροῦμεν δὲ πάνυ χαλεπῶς. τοῖς οὖν 
θεοῖς χάρις ὁ ὅτι ov σὺν πολλῇ ῥώμῃ ἀλλὰ σὺν ὀλίγοις 


10f, τῶν Ἑλλήνων, 9.91. 2920. 1062. 338. 538. 35914, 5, (2). 1481,2. 636. 
616,b. * 259. 1186, 859. 616. 9899 Introd. 95,96. 490, ἔστω. 


BOOK IIL CHAP. IIL 187 


ᾖλθον, ὥστε βλάψαι μὲν μὴ μεγάλα, δηλῶσαι δὲ ὧν 


4 -~ \ e 8 id ΄ 8 
δεόµεθα. νῦν γὰρ οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι τοξεύουσι καὶ σφεν- 15 


δονῶσιν ὅσον" οὔτε οἱ Ἱζρῆτες ἀντιτοξεύεν δύνανται 





ASSYRIAN SLINGER. GREEK SLINGER. 


οὔτε οἱ ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλοντες ἐξικνεῖσθαι ' ὅταν δὲ αὐτοὺς 
διώκωµεν, πολὺ μὲν οὐχ οἷόν τε χωρίον ἀπὸ τοῦ στρα- 
τεύµατος διώκειν, ἐν ὀλίγῳ δὲ οὐδ' εἰ ταχὺς etn πεζὸς 
telov ἂν διώκων καταλαμβάνοι ἐκ τόξου ῥύματος. 


Topics for Study. (1) Name the postpositives. (2) What kind of a 
clause is introduced by ὅταρ, éwdy? by Hv or ddy? (3) How is the parenthetic 
‘said he’ expressed? (4) How is the infinitive affected by the article ? 


ε A 9 
“Ἠμεῖς οὖν et µέλλοιμεν τούτους εἴργειν ὥστε μὴ 
Oy. 6 λ , ε α ρ ὃ A 
ὑνασθαι βλάπτειν ἡμᾶς πορευοµένους, σφενδονητὠν 
‘ 4 a Ne 4 2 , ) > > ος 
Την Ταχιστην δε καὶ ἱἵππέων. ἀκούω ὃ εἶναι ἐν TO 
στρατεύµατι ἡμῶν Ῥοδίους, ὧν τοὺς πολλούς acu 
3 
ἐπίστασθαι σφενδονᾶν, καὶ τὸ βέλος αὐτῶν καὶ διπλά- 
suv φέρεσθαι τῶν Περσικῶν σφενδονῶνὸ ἐκεῖναι γὰρ 


1719, b. 1060. S36. 640. 33920. 1062. 338. 688. %'755,a. 1154. See Introd. 
6-7, Of 868. 617. . 


18 


19 


20 


188 ANABASIS. 


διὰ τὸ χειροπληθέσι τοῖς λίθοις σφενδονᾶν ἐπὶ βραχὺ 
ἐξικνοῦνται, οἱ δὲ Ῥόδιοι καὶ ταῖς µολυβδίσιν ἐπίσταν- 
“A ύ a Φ. | 4 1 3 [ή ΄ 
ται χρῆσθαι. ἡἦν οὖν αὐτῶν ὶ ἐπισκεψώμεθα ives 
πέπανται σφενδόνας, καὶ τούτων” μὲν δῶμεν ἀργύριον, 
τῷ δὲ ἄλλας πλέκειν ἐθέλοντι ἄλλο ἀργύριον τελῶμεν, 
καὶ τῷ σφενδονᾶν ἐν τῷ τεταγµένῳω ἐθέλ dX 
ζ ᾧ τεταγµένῳ ἐθέλοντι ἄλλην 
Ν e 7 » 8 αν ε 
Tia ἀτέλειαν εὑρίσκωμεν, tows tives φανοῦνται ixa- 
νοὶ ἡμᾶς ὠφελεῖν. ὁρῶ δὲ ἵππους ὄντας ἐν τῷ στρα- 
τεύµατι, τοὺς µέν τινας wap ἐμοί, τοὺς δὲ τῶν ὃ 
Κλεάρχου καταλελειμμένους, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ ἄλλους 
αἰχμαλώτους σκευοφοροῦντας. ἂν οὖν τούτους πάντας 
3 4 4 8 8 9 
ἐκλέξαντες σκευοφόρα μὲν ἀντιδῶμεν, τοὺς δε ἵππους 
eis ἱππέας κατασκευάσωµεν, tows καὶ οὗτοί τι" τοὺς 
φεύγοντας ἀνιάσουσιν.͵ 
"ES 9 A . , A κ ὃ 
οξε καὶ ταῦτα. καὶ ταύτης τῆς νυκτὸς σφενδο- 
νῆται μὲν eis διακοσίους ἐγένοντο, ἵπποι δὲ καὶ ἰππεῖς 
~ e€ ΄ 3 λ 
ἐδοκιμάσθησαν TH υστεραίᾳ εἰς πεντήκοντα, καὶ σπολάδες 
καὶ θώρακες αὐτοῖς ἐπορίσθησαν, καὶ ἵππαρχος ἐπε- 
στάθη Λύκιος 6 Πολυστράτου 5 ο 


Topics for Study. (1) The character of the Rhodians. (2) Price. 
(3) The thing bargained for,—case of. (4) Armor of cavalry, Introd. 68. 
(5) Idiom for ‘the son of.’ 


κος next day, they charge and put the enemy to flight. 
1 


¥ 
IV. Μείναντες δὲ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν τῇ. ἄλλῃ ἐπο- 
νὰ 

pevovto πρῳαίτερον: ἀναστάντες ' χαράδραν γὰρ ede. ai- 
τοὺς διαβῆναι ἐφ᾽ ᾗ ἐφοβοῦντο μὴ ἐπιθοῖντο 
διαβαίνουσιν οἱ πολέμιοι. διαβεβηκόσι δὲ αὐτοῖς πάλιν 

΄ ε ῤ .ό ε 4 td 
φαίνεται ὁ Μιθραδάτης, ἔχων ἱππέας χιλίους, τοξότας 
δὲ καὶ σφενδονήτας eis τετρακισχιλίους τοσούτους γὰρ 

L After τίνες. Cf. 733 and a, 356. 5U8,a, 31Ἴ4θ.ο. 1183. 35S. 513. 86. 
ἵππων. 4319, ὑ. 1060. 336. 540. 5'730,8. 958. 348,N. 607, 8. δει τῇ ὑστε- 


ραίᾳ. 7 649, a. 496, 1. 566, a. 8 887. 1878. 594. 610, 611. 9 778. 1179. 
“94. 586. 


9 a 9 
αντοις 


BOOK III. CHAP. IV. 189 


ymoe! Τισσαφέρνην, καὶ ἔλαβεν ὑποσχόμενος ἂν 
4 ῤ [ή 9 ~ 4 9 : 
τοίους AdBy, παραδώσειν αὐτῷ τοὺς Ἓλληνας, κατα- 
ρ ο 3 Αν ra 0 a ὁλί Φ 

φρονῄήσας, ὅτι ἐν τῇ πρόσθεν προσβολὴ ὀλίγους έχων 
έπαθε μὲν οὐδέν, πολλὰ δὲ Kaka ἐνόμιζε ποιῆσαι. ἐπεὶ 
δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες διαβεβηκότες ἀπεῖχον τῆς χαράδρας 
σον ὀκτὼ σταδίους, διέβαινε καὶ ὁ Μιθραδάτης ἔχων 
4 5 4 ? λ δὲ ο. λ. “a 6 a $5) 
τὴν δύναμιν. . παρήγγελτο δὲ τῶν πελταστών ὃ οὓς ἔδει 
διώκειν καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, καὶ τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν εἴρητο 
θαρροῦσι 5 διώκειν ὡς ἐφεψομένης ἵκανῆς δυνάµεως.ῖ 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ Μιθραδάτης κατειλήφει, καὶ ἤδη σφενδόναι 
\ , > a > aA ο a 
καὶ τοξεύµατα ἐξικνοῦντο, ἐσήμηνε τοῖς Ἓλλησι τῇ 
σάλπιγγι, καὶ εὐθὺς ἔθεον ὁμόσε οἷς εἴρητοὶ καὶ οἱ 
ἱππεῖς ἤλαυνον οἱ δὲ οὐκ ἐδέζαντο, ἀλλ ἔφευγον ἐπὶ 
τὴν χαράδραν. ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ διώξει τοῖς βαρβάροις Ὁ 
Tov τε πεζῶν ἀπέθανον πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν ἱππέων ἐν τῇ 
χαράδρᾳ Ἰωοὶ ἐλήφθησαν eis ὀκτωκαίδεκα. τοὺς δὲ 
3 , 9 , ey > 2 ε φ 
ἀποθανόντας αὐτοκέλευστοι of Ἕλληνες ᾖκίσαντο, ὡς ὅτι 
φοβερώτατον τοῖς πολεμίοις εἴη ὁρᾶν. καὶ οἱ μὲν 
πολέμιοι οὕτω πράξαντες ἀπῆλθον, οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἆσφα- 
λώς πορευόµενοι τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ 
τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν. 

Topics for Study. <1) The Greek for ‘the next day.’ (2) Comparison 


of τρφ. (8) Words meaning ‘about’ with numerals. (4) First aorist of φαίνω, 
σηµαίϊνω (5) Treatment of the dead among the Greeks, Introd. 102. 


They pass the ruins of ancient Calah and Nineveh. 
A 4. 
Ἐνταῦθα πόλις ἦν ἐρήμη µεγάλη, ὄνομα δ αὐτῇ ἦν 
, yy 9 A α 
Λάρισσα ᾧκουν 8 αὐτὴν τὸ παλαιὸν Μήῆδοι. τοῦ δὲ 
/ : > 
Τείχους αὐτῆς ἦν τὸ εὖρος πέντε Kal εἴκοσι πόδες, ὕψος 
19724. 1069. 340. 585. 31948,.4. 1286. 549,2. δ77,α. 35Α0, αὐτῶν. as in 
186 89729, e. 1085,7. B55. 506, 8. 6969, 8. 1569, δ. 653.3. 583. 7971, a. 


1909, 2: 1568. 687,1. 590. 8 Cf. οἷς προσετάχθη, 1.619, 9 Ι.9. οἱ πολέµιοι. 10 -Yg7. 
1165. 378. 523. 2952. 1526. G42. 565. 


3 


10 


11 


190 ANABASIS. 


δ ἑκατόν' τοῦ δὲ κύκλου ἡ περίοδος δύο mapacdyyac" 
ᾠκοδόμητο δὲ πλίνθοις κεραμεαῖς ' κρηπὶς δ᾽ ὑπῆν λιθίνη} 
. ¢ ¥ a 9 , \ ε A 9 
τὸ ὕψος εἴκοσι ποδῶν. ταύτην βασιλεὺς 6 Περσῶν ὅτε 

\ 5 \ 9 ς δν 7 : , a 8 
παρὰ Μήδων τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐλάμβανον Πέρσαι πολιορκῶν 
οὐδενὶ τρόπῳ ἐδύνατο ἑλεῖν' ἡλιον " δὲ νεφέλη προκαλύ- 

| 2 ρ ὅ οἑ/ « ν . \ φ 

paca ἠφάνισε μέχριὸ ἐξέλιπον ot ἄνθρωποι, καὶ οὕτως 
ε ) 6 \7 , oN / > ρ 9 
ἑάλω. παρὰ” ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἦν πυραμὶς λιθίνη, τὸ 
μὲν εὖρος ἑνὸς πλέθρου, τὸ δὲ ὕψος δύο πλέθρων. ἐπὶ 

, 8 ο) ΄ ; 9 ~ ΄ 
ταύτης πολλοὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν πλησίον 
κωμῶν πεφευγότες. 

3 Αα 9 3 4 ΔΝ bd Ud 

Εντεῦθεν 8 ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμὸν eva παρασάγγας 
a 9 a .4 2 ο “1, Ὁ 5 4 
ἓξ πρὸς τεῖχος ἔρημον µέγα [κείμενον] ὄνομα δὲ ἦν 
τῇ πόλει Μέσπιλα Μῆδοι 8 αὐτήν ποτε ᾧκουν. ἣν 
δὲ ἡ μὲν κρηπὶς λίθου» ξεστοῦ κογχυλιάτου, τὸ Epos 

V4 α 8 XN. 9 4 > N 8 
πεντήκοντα ποδῶν καὶ τὸ whos πεντήκοντα. ἐπὶ δὲ 
, 9 » 10 A 8 8 , Φ 
ταύτῃ ᾿ ἐπφκοδόμητο ΄ πλίνθινον τΤειχος, TO µεν εὖὔρος 

a) 8 A σ ε a oe αν A a 
πεντήκοντα ποδῶν, τὸ δὲ ὕψος ExaTdv' Tov δὲ τείχους 
ε ῤ a , 9 A , , 

ἡ περίοδος ἐξ παρασάγγαι. ἐνταῦθα λέγεται Μήδεια 

8 ΄ α 4 9 ΄ 8 3 “ 
γυνη βασιλέως καταφυγειν ore ἀπώλλυσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν 
4 ~ ~ e 4 Ν , ~ 
ὑπὸ Περσῶν 'Μῆδοι. ταύτην δὲ τὴν πόλιν πολιορκῶν 
ὁ Περσών βασιλεὺς οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὔτε χρόνῳ Ἠ ἑλεῖν Ἡ 
οὔτε Bia’ Ζεὺς δὲ βροντῇ κατέπληξε τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας,, 
καὶ οὕτως ἑάλω. | 

Topics for Study. (1) Larissa. (2) Two ways of translating ‘in 
width.’ (3) Order of numerals connected by ‘and,’ 291, b. 382. 153. 190. 
(4) The ending «ινος. (5) Cf. parts of ἁλίσκομαι and ἀναλίσκω. (6) Synopsis 


of Frwy. (7) Mespila. (8) Material. (9) κεῖμαι, ἁλίσκομαι, used as pass. 
to what verbs? (10) Is ἐλεῖν (§ 12) in direct or indirect discourse? 


1566. 852. 9688, 2. 426. 3720, ἆ. 1085,5. 882. 6506, a. 8969, a. 1568, 8. 
653,2. 688. 4 659, a. 5922. 14644. 619. 6381. 64509 and 13. 7991. 2790. 
869,0. "Cf. ἦν παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν κρήνη, 1.215, ϐ 825, 1094,4. B52n. 9 ΟΙ. ἐπὶ ταύτης, 
§ 9. 10581. 882.2. 998, ν. 487-8. 11976. 1181. B87. 686, a. 3 851, 048 
1213, 1519. 589,638. 5638. %966. 1560. 650.1. 688. 


BOOK ΗΠΙΠ., CHAP. IV. 191 


Protected by Rhodian slingers, they reach certain villages. 


9 A > 5 ΄ 8 Ld , 
Εντεῦθεν 8 ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας 
4 3 A 8 8 κ a 
rerrapas. εἰς τοῦτον δὲ τὸν sonar ney Ἐσσοβερνην 
ἐπεφάνη, οὓς τὲ αὐτὸς ἱππέαςὶ ἦλθεν ἔχων”". καὶ oP 
Ὀρόντα δύναμιν τοῦ αν ᾿ Βασιλέως ος ἐχοντος” 
καὶ L οὓς Kdpos ἔχων" ἀνέβη βαρβάρους” καὶ οὓς ὁ 
βασιλέως ἀδελφὸς exw" Ῥασιλεῖ ἐβοήθει, καὶ πρὸς 
τούτοις ὅσους βασιλεὺς ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ, ὥστε" τὸ στρά- 
τευµα πάµπολυ ἑφάνη. met ὃ ἐγγὺς ἐγένετν, τὰς 
μὲν τῶν τᾶξεων ὄπισθεν καταστήσας, τὰς δὲ εἰς τὰ 
, “ON > A 9 > 2 7 999 
πλάγια παραγαγὼν ἐμβαλεῖν μὲν οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν ovd 
ἐβούλετο διακινδυνεύειν, σφενδονᾶν δὲ παρήγγειλε καὶ 
τοζεύειν.  ἐπεὶ δὲ.διαταχθέντες οἱ Ῥόδιοι ἐσφενδόνησαν 
Νε , , > 7 oe. 29 \ ε 
καὶ οἱ [Σκύθαι] τοξόται ἐτόξευσαν καὶ οὐδεὶς ἡμάρτανεν 
ἱνδρός ὃ Se \ »΄ is 6 A fs 
ἀνδρός; οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ πάνυ προυθυμεῖτο pddiov ἦν, 
Νε , Αν , ¥ A > , 
καὶ ὁ. Τισσαφέρνης µάλα ταχέως έξω βελῶν ἀπεχώρει 
A ε ¥ ΄ > ? 8 Δ 8 ο 
καὶ [ai] ἄλλαι τάξεις ἀπεχώρησαν. καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς 
ἡμέρας οἱ μὲν ἐπορεύοντο, ot 8 εἴποντο' καὶ οὐκέτι 
μα ε , a id ‘ 4 
: ἐσίνοντο OL βάρβαροι τῃ τότε ἀκροβολίσει μακβότερον 
yap ot τε “Posto. τῶν Περσῶν ἐσφενδόνων καὶ τῶν 
τοξοτῶν ... 
Μεγάλα δὲ καὶ τὰ τόξα τὰ Περσικά ἐστιν ὥστε 
i ta e ey 7 A , A 
χρήσιμα ἣν, ὁπόσα ἁλίσκοιτο τῶν τοξευµάτων, τοῖς 
Κρησύ καὶ διετέλουν χρώµενοι τοῖς τῶν πολεμίων 
τοξεύµασι, καὶ ἐμελέτων τοξεύειν ἄνω ἵέντες μακράν.’ 
εὑρίσκετο δὲ καὶ νεῦρα πολλὰ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καὶ 
μόλυβδος, ὥστε χρῆσθαι» eis τὰς σφενδόνας. 
1995, 1087. 485. 619. 3988.ὺ. 1565, G53,x.8. 588.a(end). 9146, 9. 


188,8. 72, ο. 4927. 1450. 8965. 639.4. 5739. 1099. 856. δ610, ἆ. 6 767. 
1165, 1114. 878. 688. 1720. 1062. 338. 688.  * ρο. τούτοις. 


19 


20 


21 


192 ANABASIS. ' 


4 ΄ 4 “A 
Καὶ ταύτῃ μὲν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἐπεὶ κατεστρατοπεδεύοντο οἱ 


Ἕλληνες κώμαις ἐπιτυχόντε, ἀπῆλθον οἱ βάρβαροι 


A » “A 9 , π Ν + | 3 ~ e id 

μεῖον ἔχοντες τῇ ἀκροβολίσει' τὴν 8 ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέ- 
4 εσυ 8 9 Αρ Φ 8 

ραν έμειναν οἱ Έλληνες καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο' ἦν γὰρ 

πολὺς σῖτος ἐν ταῖς κώμαις. τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ. ἐπορεύ- 

οντο διὰ τοῦ πεδίου, καὶ Τισσαφέρνης. εἴπετο ἀκροβολι- 


ζόμενος.. 


Topics for Study. (1) How is the second aorist known? (9) Of what 
were Greek bows and arrows made? See Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiqui: 
ties. (8) Position of Crete and character of its civilization. (4) Ancient 
slingers. See Dictionary of Bible, Layard’s Nineveh ; Wilkinson’s works op 


Egypt. 


To serve in emergencies, they form an escort of six companies. 


9 
"Eva δὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔγνωσαν πλαίσιον ἰσόπλευρον 
ὅτι πονηρὰ τάξις εἴη πολεμίων ἑπομένων. ἀνάγκη yap 
ἐστιν, nv? μὲν συγκύπτῃ τὰ κέρατα» τοῦ πλαισίου 7 
eQia ρ ν 42 2 2 9 / a , 
ὁδοῦ στενοτέρας ovons* 4» ὀρέων ἀναγκαζόντων ᾖ γεφύ- 
‘ ε , ‘ 4 2 
pas, ἐκθλίβεσθαι τοὺς ὁπλίτας καὶ πορεύεσθαι πονήρως 
9 
dua μὲν πιεζοµένους, ἅμα δὲ καὶ ταραττοµένους, ὥστε 
δυσχρήστους εἶναι [ἀνάγκη ὃ] ἀτάκτους ὄντας ὅταν ὃ 
αὖ διάσχῃ τὰ κέρατα, ἀνάγκη διασπᾶσθαι τοὺς τότε 
> id N « ΄ N , ~ ΄ 
ἐκθλιβομένους καὶ κενὸν γίγνεσθαι τὸ µέσον τῶν κερά- 
των, καὶ ἀθυμεῖν τοὺς ταῦτα πάσχοντας πολεμίων ἐπομέ- 
N 6 (4 ιά ΄ ΄ A ¥ “ 
νων. Kal ὁπότε δέοι γέφυραν διαβαίνειν 4 ἄλλην τινὰ 
, ν φ 7 , , A 
διάβασιν, ἔσπευδεν ἕκαστος βουλόμενος φθάσαι πρῶ- 
τος" καὶ εὐεπίθετον ἦν ἐνταῦθα τοῖς πολεμίοις. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτ) ἔγνωσαν οἱ στρατηγού  ἐποίησαν ἓξ 
λόχους ἀνὰ ἑκατὸν ἄνδρας, καὶ λοχαγοὺς ἐπέστησαν — 
γ΄ . 
καὶ ἄλλους πεντηκοντῆρας καὶ ἄλλους evopoTdpxovs. 
οὗτοι δὲ πορευόµενοι ὁπότε μὲν συγκύπτοι τὰ . κέρατα 


«841. 1260. 529. 46h. 3894, 5.1. 1908,1. 609. 650. ὅτι ai wAevpai, cf. § 98, 
Bee Introd. 108. «971,4. 1669, 2; 1568. 657,1. 570. ῥ κο, ἦν. 


BOOK ΤΠ. CHAP. IV. 193 


ereecvov ὕστεροι [ot λοχαγοί], ὥστε μὴ ἐνοχλεῖν. τοῖς 
κέρασι, τότε δὲ παρῆγον ἔξωθεν τῶν κεράτων. ὁπότε ο) 
δὲ διάσχοιεν αἱ πλευραὶ τοῦ πλαισίου, τὸ µέσον ἂν 
ἐεπίμπλασαν, εἶ μὲν στενότερον etn . διέχον, κατὰ 


ο ππα ο 


εἶ .. . στενότερο», κατὰ λόχουφ. 


f . πλατύτερον, κατὰ πεντγηκοντῦς. 


ee ο ΠΙ - 
6,6, κέρατα, πλευραί, | 


SJ, τό μέσον, τὸ διέχον. εἱ .. . wavy πλατύ, κατ ἐνωμοτίας. 


, > \ 
λόχους, εἰ δὲ πλατύτερον, κατὰ πεντηκοστΏς, et δὲ πάνυ 
hee? . . 9 »ν » Φ 9 , 
πλατὺ, κατ ἐνωμοτίας᾽ ὠστε ἀεὶ ἔκπλεων εἶναι TO µέσον. 23 
3 A 8 
εἰ δὲ καὶ διαβαίνειν tia δέοι διάβασιν 7 γέφυραν, οὖκ 
> , 9 α 
ἐταράττοντο, ἀλλ ἐν τῷ. µέρει οἱ λοχαγοὶ διέβαινον ᾿ 
N ’ ~ A 
καὶ εἰ που”. δέοι τι» τῆς φάλαγγος, ἐπιπαρῆσαν οὗτοι. 
| . “A 
τούτῳ τῷ τρόπωῳω ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τέτταρας. 
Topics for Study. (1) The Anabasis as a contribution to military his- 
tory. Introd. 11, 103, (3). (2) The organization of a Greek military company. 


Introd. 56, 57,75. (3) The relative positions‘of soldiers when in battle array. 
Introd. 76. (4) Marching order. Introd. 77. 


1164, 9. 1159. 376. 520,a. %757. 1148. 360. 518,b. *%'719,b. 1060. 886 


H. & W. ANAB, ~— 18 


104 AN ABASIS. 


Reaching the hills, they find them occupied by the enemy. 


e 3 ν 4 
24 Ἠνίκα δὲ τὸν πέμπτον ἐπορεύοντο, εἶδον βασίλειόρ 


25 


λ 8  ἃ Αρ 4 8 4 €Qa Δ κ 
τι καὶ περὶ αὐτὸ κώµας πολλάς, τὴν δὲ ὁδὸν πρὸς τὸ 
χωρίον τοῦτο διὰ γηλόφων ὑψηλῶν γιγνοµένην, ot καθῆ: 

> A ~ »* e779 δ ΑΦ ε , 4 \ 
κον ἀπὸ τοῦ Opous vd @ ἦν ἡ κώμη. καὶ εἶδον μὲν 

8 xn / ιά ευ ε . 9 ρ α 
τους λόφους ἄσμενοι οἱ Ἓλληνες, ὡς εἰκός, τῶν πολε- 
µίων ὄντων ἱππέων ' ἐπεὶ δὲ πορευόµενοι ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου 
3 ? 7 9 N “ ον id 8 , 
ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πρὠτον Ύγήλοφον καὶ κατέβαινον; 
ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀναβαίνειν, ἐνταῦθα ἐπιγίγνονται οἱ 
βάρβαροι καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ eis τὸ πρανὲς ἐβαλλον, 


3 id Μας, ε a N ὃν > ϱ 
26 ἐσφενδόνων, ἐτόξευον ὑπὸ µαστίγων, καὶ πολλους ἐτί- 


27 


28 


29 


8 9 ιό ~ ε ” la 1 8 
τρωσκον καὶ ἐκράτησαν των Ἑλλήνων γυμνήτων" καὶ 


, 9 ΔΝ ¥ ὧν 9 “ 9 4, 
κατέκλεισαν αὐτοὺς εἰσω των oTAWY’ WOTE πωντάπασι 
ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν ἄχρηστοι ἦσαν ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ὄντες 

λ ε αν N ε 4 > αν) A 4 
καὶ οἱ σφενδονῆται καὶ οἱ τοξόται. ἐπεὶ δὲ πιεζόµενοι 
ε Ἑλλ 3 , 5 4 λΏ A 9 A 8 
οἱ nves ἐπεχείρησαν διώκειν, σχολῇ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ 
ke »” > Α ε ~ ιά ε 4 ῤ Ἆ 
ἄκρον ἀφικνοῦνται ὁπλῖται ὄντες, of δὲ πολέμιοι ταχὺ 
ἀπεπήδων. 
ν , 
Ἠάλιν δὲ ὁπότε ἁἀπίοιεν πρὸς TO ἄλλο στράτευμα 
> A ¥ ‘ 9_N ο) ὃ 4 , μα... 
ταὐτὰ ἔπασχον, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ δευτέρου γηλόφου ταὐτὰ 
» 9 > A Α ΄ 4 $5) > ~ 
ἐγίγνετο, ὥστε ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίτυ γηλόφου ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς 
μὴ κινεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας πρὶν ἀπὸ τῆς δεζιᾶς πλευρᾶς 
» XN 
τοῦ πλαισίου ἀνήγαγον πελταστὰς πρὸς τὸ ὄρος. ἐπεὶ 
ων rd ΄ 
δ οὗτοι ἐγένοντο ὑπὲρ τῶν ἑπομένων πολεµίων,  οὐκέτι 
9 Ai] e λ ο) rd 5 5 , 
ἐπετίθεντο οἱ πολέμιρι τοῖς καταβαίνουσι, δεθδοικότες 
“A ? 
μὴ ἀποτμηθείησαν καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν αὐτῶν3 γένοιντο 


« , 8 4 Ν \ A e , 4 
30 OL πολέμιοι" ούτω TO λοιπὸν τῆς NMEPAs TOPEvopeEvoL, 


” . , 4 8 4 
οἱ μὲν τῇ ὁδῷὶ κατὰ τοὺς γηλύφους, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸ 


341. 1109. 886. 610,0. 351. 1149. 360 518,b. δαοἱ Ἕλληνες. 4776. 
1181, 389. 586, b. 


BOOK III. CHAP. IV. 195 


ν 2 4 9 93 8 4 = . 9 4 
ὄρος ἐπιπαριόντες, ἀφίκοντο eis τὰς κώμας' καὶ ἰατροὺς 
κατέστησαν ὀκτώ πολλοὶ γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ τετρωµένοι. 


Topics for Study. (1) Compare ἠνίκα and ἐπεί. (2) Result: how ex- 
Y pressed 2 (3) Translate ταὐτά, ταῦτα, αὐτά. (4) Verbs of ruling. (5) 
Practice of medicine among the Greeks, Dictionary of Greek and Roman Ar 


a subject Medicina. ας. 


Ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ τῶν τετρωµένων 81 
ἕνεκα καὶ ἅμα ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ εἶχον, ἄλευρα, οἶνον,; 
κριθὰς ἵπποιςὶ συµβεβλημένας πολλάς. ταῦτα δὲ συν- 
ενηνεγµένα ἣν τῷ σατραπεύοντι’ τῆς χώρας. τετάρτῃ 
ὃ ἡμέρᾳ καταβαίνουσιν eis τὸ πεδίον. ἳ 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατέλαβεν αὐτοὺς Τισσαφέρνης σὺν 0 32 
δυνάμει, ἐδίδαξεν. αὐτοὺς ἡ ἀνάγκη κατασκηνῆσαι. οὗ 
πρῶτον εἶδον κώμην καὶ μὴ πορεὔεσθαι ἔτι μαχομένους" 
πολλοὶ γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ ἀπόμαχοι, [ot τε] Τετρωµένοι καὶ οἱ 
ἐκείνους Φέροντες καὶ οἱ τῶν φερόντων τὰ ᾿ὅπλα δεξά- 
µενο. ἐπεὶ δὲ κατεσκήνησαν καὶ ἐπεχείρησαν αὐτοῖςὃ 33 
ἀκροβολίζεσθαι οἱ βάρβαροι πρὸς τὴν κώμην προσιόν- 
τε, OND περιῆσαν οἱ Ἓλληνες πολὺ γὰρ διέφερεν 
ἐκ χώρας ὁρμῶντας ἀλέξασθαι ῆ πορευοµένους ἐπιοῦσι 
TOUS νο ας μάχεσθαι. « | 

‘Hvixa δ ἦν ἤδη δείλη, ὥρα ἦν ἀπιέναι τοῖς πολε- 84 
µίις' οὕποτε γὰρ μεῖον' ἀπεστρατοπεδεύοντο οἱ βάρ- 
Bapou τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ ἑξήκοντα σταδίων, φοβούμενοι 
μὴ τῆς νυκτὸς οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐπιθῶνται αὐτοῖς. πονηρὸν 80 
γὰρ νυκτός ἐστι στράτευμα Περσικόν  οἵ τε γὰρ ἵπποι. 
αὐτοῖς ὃ δέδενται καί, ὡς ὃ ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, πεποδισµένοι εἶσὶ 
τοῦ] μὴ φεύγειν ἕνεκα εἰ λυθείησαν, ἐάν τέ τις θόρυβος 
γίγνηται, δεῖ ἐπισάξαι τὸν ἵππον Πέρσῃ ἀνδρὶ καὶ 

1161. #1165. 8378. 523. 2767, 1165 or 769, 1186. 380. 524, Ὁ, or 378. 6589, 


*772. 1175. 892.1. 526. 4755. 1158. See Introd. 32. 8363. 517. δ 167. 1110, 
978. 528. ©Cf.8.1%. 959. 1646. See Introd. 90. G39. 576. 


36 | 


37 


' 38 


39 


196 AN ABASIS. 


χαλινῶσαι, δεῖ καὶ θωρακισθέντα ἀναβῆναι ἐπὶ τὸν 
9 va) δὲ 4 «j , XN , 
ἵππον. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα χαλεπὰ᾽ νὐκτωρ καὶ θορύβου 
ὄντος. τούτου ἕνεκα πόρρω ἀπεσκήνουν τῶν Ἑλλήνων. 
Topics for Study. (1) Case of subject of infinitive following δεῖ, χρή, - 


ἀνάγκη. (2) Position of and case after ἕνεκα. (3) Did the Greeks and Per- 
sians use saddles? Introd. 68. (4) The ending -wp in yuxrwp. See Lexicon. 


Overtaken by Tissaphernes ; Xenophon volunteers to lead a force 
against the enemy who are commanding the road. 


"Emel δὲ ἐγίγνωσκον αὐτοὺς οἱ Ἕλληνες βουλομένους 
3 ι ‘ [ > -/ A φ 
ἀπιένι καὶ διαγγελλοµένους, ἐκήρυξε τοῖς 'Ἓλλησι 
συσκευάζεσθαι ἁκουόντων τῶν πολεμίων. καὶ χρόνον 
pe τινα ἐπέσχον τῆς πορείας οἱ βάρβαροι, ἐπειδὴ δὲ 
27\ 2 2 7 9 A : > \ 2ο) , 9 
ὀψὲ ἐγίγνετο, ἀπῇσαν οὗ γὰρ ἐδόκει λύειν αὐτοὺς 
νυκτὸς πορεύεσθαι καὶ κατάγεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 

A 9 
ἐπειδὴ δὲ σαφῶς ἀπιόντας non ἑώρων οἱ Έλληνες, 
2 ρ \ 9 N , ν A 9 
ἐπορεύοντο καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀναζεύξαντες καὶ διῆλθον ὅσον 
ἑξήκοντα σταδίου. καὶ γίγνεται τοσοῦτον μεταξὺ τῶν 
στρατευμάτων ὥστε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ οὐκ ἐφάνησαν οἱ 
πολέμιοι οὐδὲ τῇ τρίτῃ, τῇ δὲ τετάρτῃ νυκτὸς προελ» 
θόντες καταλαμβάνουσι χωρίον ὑπερδέξιον οἱ βάρβαροι, 
ᾗ ἔμελλον οἱ Ἕλληνες παριέναι, ἀκρωνυχίαν” ὄρους, vd’ 
a ε > 9 A δί 3 OT; δὲ es 
nv n κατάβασις ἢἠν εἰς TO πεοἰον. ἐπειοη OE εώρα 
Χειρίσοφος προκατειλημμένην τὴν ἀκρωνυχίαν, καλεῖ΄ 
Ἐενοφῶντα ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρᾶς καὶ κελεύει λαβόντα τοὺς 
8 4 > Ν 4 0 € δὲ 

πελταστὰς παραγενέσθαι eis τὸ πρόσύεν. ὁ ὃε Ἐενο- 
φῶν τοὺς μὲν πελταστὰς οὐκ ἠγεν ἐπιφαινόμενον 
γὰρ ἑώρα Τισσαφέρνην καὶ τὸ στράτευμα wav’ αὐτὸς 
δὲ προσελάσας ἠρώτα “Ti Kadeis;” ὁ δὲ λέγει αὐτῷ, 


««Ἔξέεστιν ὁρᾶν  προκατείληπται γὰρ ἡμῖνὶ ὁ ὑπὲρ τῆς 


1βο0. ἐστίν. 3698. 911. B17. 502. #767. 1165. 378. 588. 





BOOK II. CHAP. IV. Dm sa 


‘ 9 8 U4 
καταβάσεως λόφος, καὶ οὐκ ἐστι παρελθεῖν, εἶ py τού- 
| , 2 
τους ἀποκόψομεν. ἀλλὰ τί οὐκ ἦγες τοὺς πελταστάς; Ww 
A Α 4 
ὁ δὲ λέγει ὅτι οὐκ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ ἔρημα καταλιπειν τὰ 
4 9 
ὄπισθενὶ πολεμίων ἐπιφαινομένων. “AAA μὴν wpa 
A » “~ 
7,” ἔφη, “ BovrederOar πῶς τις τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπελᾷ ἀπὸ 
A / 22 | 
τοῦ λόφου. 


Topics for Study. (1) When is ὥστε followed by the indicative? (2) 
What infinitive usually follows uéAAw? (3) Reduplication of λαμβάνω. (4) 
‘It is possible,’ — translate in two ways. (5) Inflect future indicative of ἐλαύνω 


Ῥ A A = A ε a, ~ » 8 9 € ὲ 
νταυῦύα Ἐενοφῶν opa tov ὄρους τὴν κορυφὴν ὕπερ 41 

A “A a) ‘\ 3° 
αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἑαυτῶν στρατεύματος οὖσαν, καὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης 

r 

ἔφοδον ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον ἔνθα ἦσαν οἱ πολέμιοι, καὶ λέγει, 
“Κράτιστον, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἡμῖν ἴεσθαι ὡς τάχιστα ἐπὶ 
τὸ ἆκρον ' ἦν γὰρ τοῦτο λάβωμµεν, ov δυνῄσονται µένειν 
ee \ A eQ ia > , > , , 9 N a 
οἱ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁδοῦ., ἀλλά, εἰ βούλει, µένε ἐπὶ τῷ στρα- 
τεύματι, ἐγὼ ὃ ἐθέλω πορεύεσθαι  εἳ δὲ χρῄζεις, πο- 
ῥεύου ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, ἐγὼ δὲ μενῶ αὐτοῦ.) “᾽Αλλὰ δίδωµί 42 
go, ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, “ ὁπότερον βούλει ἑλέσθαι. 
> A ε = a ο , / 9 ε a a 
εἰπὼν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ὅτι νεώτερός ἐστιν αἱρεῖαι πορεύ- 
εσθαι, κελεύει δέ οἱ" συµπέµψαι ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος 
3 A A 
avdpas* paxpov® γὰρ ἦν ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρᾶς λαβεῖν. καὶ 43 
ε ο) 
0 Χειρίσοφος συµπέµπει τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ στόµάτος πελ- 
ταστάς, ἔλαβε δὲ τοὺς κατὰ µέσον τοῦ πλαισίου 

, > 3 > A 8 “ 4 
συνέπεσθαι ὃ ἐκέλευσεν αὐτῷ καὶ τοὺς τριακοσίους 
a aA 
οὓς αὐτὸς εἶχε τῶν ἐπιλέκτων" ἐπὶ τῷ στόµατι τοῦ 
πλαισίου. 


Topics for Study. (1) Conclusions admissible after a condition of the 
first form. (2) ἀλλά in replies. (3) αὐτοῦ, ποῦ, ὅπου, ὁμοῦ, ov. (4) Meaning 
Of αἱρέω, αἱροῦμαι; πείθω, πείθοµαι; παύω, παύοµαι; ἔχω, ἔχομαι. (5) Is the in- 
finitive after δοκεῖ, seems good, in indirect discourse? (6) στόµα, οὐρά. See 
Introd. 74. 


soe, tt om 2685. 987. 479. 197. «64  ‘720,e 100. 886 
» & 


45 σθαι ἐπὶ τὸ axpow. καὶ ἐνταῦθα πολλὴ μὲν 


46 


47 


49 


198 ANABASIS. 


Xenophon dislodges the enemy. 


9 ϱ > ΄ ε σα, 4 @ ) 

Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο ὡς ἐδύναντο τάχιστα. oF ὃ 
ἐπὶ τοῦ λόφου πολέμιοι ws ἐνόησαν αὐτῶν τὴν πορείαν 
> A 4 ¥ Ov 8 9 8 φ e a 
ἐπὶ TO akpov, evlus και αὐτοὶ ὠρμησαν ἁμιλλᾶ- 
Δ 
ἦν τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ στρατεύματος διακελευοµένων } τοῖς 3 
ἑαυτῶν, πολλὴ δὲ κραυγὴ τῶν ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην 
τοῖς ἑαυτῶν διακελευοµένων. ἈἘενοφῶν δὲ παρελαύνων 
ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου παρεκελεύετο, “Ανδρες, νῦν ἐπὶ τὴν 
Ἑλλάδα νομίζετε ἁμιλλᾶσθαι, νῦν πρὸς τοὺς παῖδας 
καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, νῦν: ὀλίγον πονήσαντες ἀμαχεὶ τὴν 

ν 38 , 9 , 1 ε , 
λοιπὴν ® πορευσόμεθα.᾽ Σωτηρίδας δὲ 6 Σικυώνιος 
> “cam? 1 ν > A 9 ος ‘ \ \ 
εἶπεν, “ Οὐκ ἐξ ἴσου, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, ἐσμέν' σὺ μὲν yap 
ἐφ᾽ ἵππου ὀχεῖ, ἐγὼ δὲ χαλεπῶς κάµνω τὴν ἀσπίδα 
φέρων.͵ καὶ ὃς" ἀκούσας ταῦτα καταπηδήσας ἀπὸ 
τοῦ ἵππου ὠθεῖται αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς τάξεως καὶ τὴν ἀσπίδα 
ἀφελόμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο τάχιστα ἔχων ἐπορεύετο ἐτύγ- 
9 
χανε δὲ καὶ θώρακα ἔχων τὸν ἱππικόν wor ἐπιέζετο. 
καὶ τοῖςὃ μὲν ἔμπροσθεν ὑπάγειν παρεκελεύετο, τοῖς δὲ 
. ¥ 
ὄπισθεν παριέναι μόλις ἑπόμενος. οἱ δ' ἄλλοι στρα- 
τιῶται παίουσι καὶ βάλλουσι καὶ λοιδοροῦσι τὸν Σωτη- 
ρίδαν, ἐστε ἠνάγκασαν [ἀἆνα-]λαβόντα τὴν ἀσπίδα 
πορεύεσθαι. ὁ δὲ ἀναβάς, ἕως μὲν βάσιμα ἦν, ἐπὶ τοῦ 
ἵππου ἠγεν, ewer δὲ ἅβατα Hv, καταλιπὼν τὸν ἵππον 
~ ¥ 

ἔσπευδε πεζῃ. καὶ φθάνουσιν ἐπὶ τῷ ἄκρῳ γενόµενοι ὃ 
τοὺς πολεµίους. 


Topics for Study. (1) The Greek shield, Introd.61. (2) Weight ofa 
hoplite’s armor, Introd. 63. (3) Constructions after φθάνω. (4) Constructio 
adsensum. (5) Meaning of Σωτηρίδας, of Z:nvdy? 


€ 683 anda. 920. Cf. cowrorres, 2.16, «91. 618,a. *764,1. 1160. 875. 580,a 
$915,b. 1057. 833. £36. 14655,8. 1023,2. 144,1, 560. 5 Οἱ, τοῖς, § 45. ϐ61.9. ἐπὶ 
τὸν ἵππον. ‘O22. 146. G19. 681. *O84. 1 G60,N. 586, αι, 


BOOK III. CHAP. V. | 199 


Encamp in the plain; the enemy try to fire the villages; a plan for 
) bridging the Tigris. 


V. Ἔνθα δὴ οἱ μὲν βάρβαροι στραφότες ἔφευγον 
ᾗ έκαστος ἐδύνατο, οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες εἶχον τὸ ἀἆκρον. οἱ 
δὲ ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην καὶ ᾿Αριαῖον ἁποτραπόμενοι ἄλλην 
ὁδὸν gyovro. οἱ δὲ audit Χειρίοφον καταβάντες 
ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἐν κώμῃ µεστῇ πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν. 
ἦσαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι κῶμαι πολλαὶ πλήρεις πολλῶν 
ἀγαθῶν ἐν τούτω τῷ πεδίῳ παρὰ τὸν Τίγρητα ποταµόν. 
ε > 4 ρ 9 , ε , 9 , 
ἠνίκα ὃ ἦν δείλη ἐξαπίνης ot πολέμιοι ἐπιφαίνονται 
3 A ΄ 8 ε , ig , ~ 
ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέκοψάν τινας τῶν 
> ρ 9 Lal ΄ ? ε , ‘ 8 8 
ἐσκεδασμένων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ καθ ἁρπαγήν ᾽ καὶ γὰρ νομαὶ 
πολλαὶ βοσκηµάτων διαβιβαζόµεναι eis τὸ πέραν τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ κατελήφθησαν. 

Ἐνταῦθα Τισσαφέρνης καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ κάειν ἐπεχεί- 

ρνη f εχ 
8 ~ ε Ud ῤ 
ρῃησαν τὰς Κώμας. καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων µάλα ἠθύμησάν 
TIVES, ἐννοούμενοι μὴ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, εἶ κάοιεν οὐκ 
ἔχοιεν" ὁπόθεν λαμβάνοιεν. καὶ οἱ μὲν audi Χειρίσο- 
gov ἀπῇσαν ἐκ τῆς βοηθείας ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἐπεὶ 
t 

4 ΄ ΔΝ ή ε, > N ~ 
κατέβη, παρελαύνων τὰς τάξεις ἠνίκα ἀπὸ τῆς Bor- 
θείας ἀπήντησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔλεγεν, “΄ Ὁρᾶτε, ὦ ἄνδρες 
[Ἐλλ e , 8 _N , nO ε , > . ρὰ 
nves |, ὑφιέντας" τὴν χώραν ἤδη ἡμετέραν εἶναι; a 
γὰρ, ὅτε ἐσπένδοντο, διεπράττοντο, μὴ κάειν " τὴν βασι- 
λέως χώραν, νῦν αὐτοὶ κάουσιν ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν. ἀλλ 

27 , , € Αα Δ 3 / » 
ἐν που καταλίπωσί ye αὑτοῖς Ta ἐπιτήδεια, ὄψονται 
καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐνταῦθα πορευοµένους. add’, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, 
D4 (6 5 A A ~ 2 N “ , ε ε 4 a 
έφη, “Soxet por βοηθεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς κάοντας ὡς ὑπὲρ τῆς 
nuerépas. 6 δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν, “Οὔκουν ἔμοιγε 

--Ύ- 


1Cf, shy λοιπήν, 4%, 3987. 1878. ὅθ4. 610. Όρο, αὑτος. 4nd (ἡμᾶς) ade, 


200 ANABASIS. 


8 39 , 8 9 
Soxet* ἀλλὰ καὶ yuets,” ἔφη, “«κάωµεν; καὶ οὕτω Oar 
τον παύσονται. 


Topics for Study. (1) ὁδόν after verbs of going. (2) The idiom for 
‘ Tissaphernes and those with him,’ §§ 1,3. (3) Cf. the present and aorist parti- 
ciples of ἵημι. 


: 4 

7 HE ος Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰς σκη- 
παν παν ο q 2 A e \ ¥ 
vas ἀπῆλθον, οἱ μὲν ἆλ- 
λοι περὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
ἦσαν, στρατηγοὶ δὲ καὶ 
λοχαγοὶ συνῇσαν. «καὶ 

> “~ ‘ > ΄ 
ἐνταῦθα πολλὴ ἀπορία 

ι > ¥ 4 Ν ν 
av. ἔνθεν μὲν γὰρ ὄρη 
- ἦν ὑπερύψηλα, ένθεν δὲ 6 
ποταμὸς τοσοῦτος τὸ Ba- 





θος” ὡςὃ μηδὲ τὰ δόρατα 

8 ὑπερέχειν πειρωμένοις" τοῦ βάθουςὸ ἀπορουμένοις δ' 
αὐτοῖς προσελθών 

> 8 .ε 0 

τις ἀνὴρ ᾿ Ῥόδιος 
εἶπεν, “ Ἐγὼ θέλω, 

ὦ avdpes, διαβι- 

βάσαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ 
τετρακισχιλίους 
ε / Δ > \ @ 
ὁπλίτας, ἂν ἐμοι ὧν 
δέοµαι ὑπηρετήση- 


8 0 
τε καὶ τάλαντον 





Thi | 


\ OM 


μισθὸν ropionrte.” 
9 ἐρωτώμενος δὲ ὅτου = 

δέοιτο “᾿Ασκῶν, ἀσκοὶ φυσηθέντες. 

έφη, “«δισχιλίων δεήσοµαι πολλὰ δ' ὁρῶ πρόβατα 


1906, 1. 1844. δ8δ. 472. 31118. 1058. 337. 687. %1054,f 1456. δ0δ. 
666,b. 63171, Ὀ. 1172,2. B82. 528,a. ° 738. 1099. 356, 610, ὅ. 


BOOK III. CHAP. V. 201 


καὶ αἶγας καὶ Bovs καὶ ὄνους, ἆ ἁἀποδαρέντα καὶ φυση- 
θέντα ῥᾳδίως ἂν παρέχοι τὴν διάβασιν. δεήσοµαι δὲ 
A A αν) ~ ο 8 ε 2 4 
καὶ τῶν δεσμῶν ols χρῆσθε περὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια ' τούτοις 
, 4 9 8 9 9 , y 
ζεύζας τοὺς ἀσκοὺς πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὁρμίσας ἕκαστον 
» 9 , , ne φ 2 > 9 
ἀσκὸν λίθους ἀρτήσας καὶ ἀφεὶς ὥσπερ ἀγκύρας eis τὸ 
ὕδωρ, διαγαγὼν καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν δήσας ἐπιβαλῶ ὕλην 
καὶ γῆν ἐπιφορήσω ore μὲν οὖν ov καταδύσεσθε αὐτίκα 
4 »” A b) 9 “ ὃ , »” ὃ bid al 
µάλα εἴσεσθε' πᾶς yap ἀσκὸς δύο ἄνδρας ἕξει τοῦ 
μὴ” καταδῦναι. .wore δὲ μὴ ὁλισθάνειν ἡ VAN καὶ ἡ γῆ 
σχήσει.ὃ ἀκούσασι ταῦτα τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τὸ μὲν 
ἐνθύμημα Χαρίεν ἐδόκει εἶναι, τὸ ὃ ἔργον ἀδύνατον ' 
> ‘\ ε 2 Νε A a ΜΗΝ 
ἦσαν γὰρ οἱ κωλύσοντες πέραν πολλοὶ ἰππεῖς, ot εὐθὺς 
τοῖς πρώτοις οὐδὲν ἂν ἐπέτρεπον τούτων ποιεῖν. 


Topics for Study. (1) Cf. βαίω and βιβάζω. (2\ The uses of skins 
in the Orient. (3) Analysis of ἀποδαρέντα, φυσηθέντα.  (4' Οἱ. φέρω and 
popéw. 

Return to the villages ; question prisoners as to possible routes. 

’ a \ λν ε 4 4 , 9 

Ενταῦθα τὴν μὲν ὑστεραίαν ἐπανεχώρουν εἰς Toup- 
παλιν [4° πρὸς Βαβυλῶνα] eis τὰς ἁκαύστους κώμας, 
κατακαύσαντες ἔνθεν ἐξῇῆσαν ᾽ ὥστε οἱ πολέμιοι ov 
προσήλαυνον, ἀλλὰ ἐθεῶντο καὶ Spo. ἦσαν θαυμά- 

6 9 Ν , ε 9 ν΄ 9 a 
ζουσιν ὃ ὅποι ποτὲ τρέψονται of Ἕλληνες καὶ τί ἐν νῷ 
y 3 A e 9 ” A 9 3 . 9 , 
έχοιε. ἐνταῦθα οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι στρατιῶται ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτή- 
daa ᾖσαν' οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ πάλιν συνῆλθον, καὶ συν- 
αγαγόντες τοὺς ἑαλωκότας ἤλεγχον τὴν κύκλῳ πᾶσαν 

4 ΄ « id ¥ ε \, » ιό 8 Δ 
χώραν τίς ἑκάστη εἴη. οἱ δὲ ἔλεγον ὅτι τὰ μὲν πρὸς 
µεσημβρίαν τῆς: ἐπὶ Βαβυλῶνα ein καὶ Μήηδίαν, δι 
8 σ εδ \ Ν φ μα A / \ 2 , 
ἤσπερ ἤκοιεν, 7° δὲ πρὸς ἕω ἐπὶ Σοῦσά τε καὶ ᾿Εκβά- 
tava φέροι, ἔνθα θερίζειν λέγεται βασιλεύς, ἡ δὲ δια- 


19748. 1117. 869, 1. 6098. 31099. 1615. 434. 572,c. 5 (ids) ὥστεμή... 
‘sc, ἡμέραν. 5 sc, ὁδὸς dye. 6793. 1175. 892,2. 5682. 7932. 1004,1. 856, 2. 
508. 


11 


13 





17 


18 


202 AN ABASIS. 


| | . 
Bavri' τὸν ποταμὸν πρὸς ἑσπέραν ert+Avotay καὶ ᾿Ἰωνίαν 


φέροι, 7 δὲ διὰ τῶν ὀρέων καὶ πρὸς ἄρκτον τετραμµένη 
φ 9 οὐ ¥ , 2 δὲ ὁ 2 oA 
ὅτι eis Καρδούχους ayo. τούτους" δὲ έφασαν οἰκεῖν 
9 4 . 5 9 9 5 \ , 9 
ava τα opn καὶ πολεµικους εἶναι, καὶ βασιλέως οὐκ 
ἀκούειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμβαλεῖν ποτε eis αὐτοὺς" βασιλικὴν 
9 , , 4 , > ο 
στρατιὰν δώδεκα μµυριάδας' τούτων 8 οὐδένα ἀπονο- 
στῆσαι διὰ τὴν δυσχωρίαν. ὁπότε µέντοι πρὸς τὸν σα- 
, ~ Ν > iA 

τράπην τὸν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ σπείσαιντο, καὶ» ἐπιμιγνύναι 
σφῶν τε πρὸς ἐκείνους καὶ ἐκείνων πρὸς ἑαυτούς. 


They decide to cross the Carduchian mountains. 


3 , ο ε λ 2? 8 
Ακούσαντες ταῦτα ot στρατηγοὶ ἐκάθισαν χωρὶς 
τοὺς ἑκασταχόσε φάσκοντας εἰδέναι, οὐδὲν δῆλον ποιή- 
9 a γ 3Q 7 A “A 
σαντες ὅποι πορεύεσθαι ἔμελλον. ἐδόκει δὲ τοῖς στρα- 
τηγοῖς ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι διὰ τῶν ὀρέων εἰς Καρδούχους 
ἐμβάλλειν ' τούτους γὰρ διελθόντας ἔφασαν εἰς ᾿Αρμε- 
γίαν néev, ἧς ᾿Ορόντας ἦρχε πολλῆς" καὶ εὐδαίμονος. 
9 ~ 9 » 3 Φ. σ 9 ” 
ἐντεῦθεν ὃ εὔπορον ἔφασαν εἶναι ὅποι tis ἐθέλοι πο- 
, > A 4 3 ΄ 9 ε 4 5 Q- 
ρεύεσθαι. ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐθύσαντο, ὅπως ἡἠνίκα" καὶ 
δοκοίη τῆς ὥρας" τὴν πορείαν ποιοῖντο τὴν γὰρ ὑπερ- 
\ “A 3 , 3 ? \ Fo 
βολὴν τῶν ὀρέων ἐδεδοίκεσαν μὴ προκαταληφθείη 
καὶ παρήγγειλαν, ἐπειδὴ δειπνήσειαν, συσκευασαµένους 
πάντας ἀναπαύεσθαι, καὶ ἔπεσθαι ἡνίκ ἄν τις παραγ- 
γέλλῃ. 
Topics for Study. (1) The formation of µεσηµβρία. (2) Construction 
after φηµί, εἶπον, λέγω. (3) κάθηµαι, καθί(ω. (4) The ending -ce. 


1Cf. πειρωμµένοις, 57, 11.9. Καρδούχους. 8 καὶ (algo), 69. ἔφασαν. «10086. 919. 
Οἱ 416. 5757. 1148. 360. 618, b. 


ΛΟΓΟΣ A. 





Recapttulation; they cross a ridge to villages whence the 
Carduchi flee. 


1. [ Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει 1 
ἐγένετο µέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ doa 
μετὰ τὴν µάχην ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς 
aA Ν 8 ε ‘\ , 9 
as βασιλεὺς «καὶ οἱ σὺν Κύρῳ ava- 

, 9 93 , Ν 
βάντες Ἓλληνες ἐποιήσαντο, καὶ 





doa,” παραβάντος τὰς σπονδὰς βασιλέως καὶ Τισ- 


σαφέρνους, ἐπολεμήθη πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπακολου- 
θοῦντος τοῦ Ἡερσικοῦ στρατεύματος, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν 


λόγῳ δεδήλωταυ.] 


* Ered δὲ ἀφίκοντο ἔνθα 6 μὲν Τίγρης ποταμὸς παντάπασιν ἄπορος 2 
ἦν διὰ τὸ βάθος καὶ µέγεθος, πάροδος δὲ οὐκ ἦν, ἀλλὰ τὰ Καρδούχεια 
ὄρη ἁπότομα ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐκρέματο, ἐδόκει δὴ τοῖς στρα- 
τηγοῖς διὰ τῶν ὀρέων πορευτέον εἶνι. ἤκουον γὰρ τῶν ἁλισκομένων 8 
ὅτι εἰ διέλθοιεν τὰ ἘΚαρδούχεια ὄρη, ἐν τῇ Αρμενίᾳ τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Τίγοη- 
τος ποταμοῦ, ἣν μὲν βούλωνται, διαβήσονται, ἣν δὲ uy βούλωνται, περι- 
tact. καὶ τοῦ Εὐφράτου δὲ τὰς πηγὰς ἑλέγετο οὗ πρόσω τοῦ Τίγρητος 
εἶναι, καὶ ἔστιν οὕτως ἔχον. τὴν ὃ εἷς τοὺς Καρδούχους ἐμβολὴν ὧδε 4 
ποιοῦνται, ἅμα μὲν λαθεῖν πειρώμενοι ἅμα δὲ φθάσαι πρὶν τοὺς πολε- 
µίους καταλαβεῖν τὰ ἄκρα. 


ε > 
Ἠνίκα δ ἦν ἀμφὶ τὴν τελευταίαν φυλακὴν καὶ ἐλεί- 5 
πετο τῆς vuKTos® ὅσον σκοταίους διελθεῖν " τὸ πεδίον, 


Use. ἐγέειν. 33116, b; 819,9. 1064, 1240. 833; δ1δ, 2. 686. 880. τασοῦτο. 
“O52. 1526. 641. 566. 


(203) 


ay 


10 


ll 


204 ANABASIS. 


τηνικαῦτα ἀναστάντες ἀπὸ παραγγέλσεως πορευόµενοι 


ἀφικ οὗ α σ ο ε κ κ 3 ¥ A δ) 
νοῦνται ἅμα τῇ Ἠἡμέρᾳ πρὸς τὸ ὄρος. ἔνθα δὴ 
e a“ ~ 
Χειρίσοφος μὲν Ἠἡγεῖτο τοῦ στρατεύματος λαβὼν τὸ 
9 ’ ε 4 ‘ 8 A , esr] A 8 
app αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς γυµνῆτας πάντας, Ἐενοφῶν de 
Δ ~ 3 [ή ε , σ 9 ld y 
σὺν τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξιν ὁπλίταις εἴπετο οὐδένα ἔχων Ύγν- 
µνῆτα  οὐδεὶς γὰρ κίνδυνος ἐδόκει εἶναι py τις, ἄνω 
πορευοµένων, ἐκ τοῦ ὄπισθεν ἐπίσποιτο. καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν 
“ 3 3 ΄ ιό ld i > ιό 
τὸ axpov ἀναβαίνει Χειρίσοφος πρίν τινας αἰσθέσθαι 
aA ) . ον 9 κε ος ο δι, ν δν Aa 
τῶν πολεμίων' ἔπειτα O° ὑφηγεῖτο' ἐφείπετο δὲ det τὸ 
ὑπερβάλλον τοῦ στρατεύματος εἰς τὰς κώμας τὰς ἐν 
τοῖς ἄγκεσί τε καὶ μυχοῖς τῶν ὀρέων. 
Ἔνθα δὴ οἱ μὲν Kapdovyou ἐκλιπόντε τὰς οἰκίας 
A A ν 
ἔχοντες καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ παῖδας ἔφευγον ἐπὶ τὰ Opn. 
τὰ δὲ ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ ἦν λαμβάνειν, ἦσαν δὲ καὶ χαλ- 
κώµασι παμπόλλοις κατεσκευασµέναι ai οἰκίαι, ὧν οὐδὲν 
Y e 9 9ο : bY 3 , sQ 7 ε 
ἔφερον of Ἕλληνες, οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐδίωκον, ὑπο- 
φειδόµενοι, εἴ πως ἐθελήσειαν οἱ Καρδοῦχοι διιέναι 
3 “\ « \ ΄ ~ ΄ 3 4 Α ΄ 
αὐτοὺς ὡς διὰ φιλίας τῆς χώρας, ἐπείπερ βασιλεῖ πολέ- 
µιοι ἦσαν τὰ μέντοι ἐπιτήδεια ὅπου τις ἐπιτυγχάνοι 
ον » 9 4 ε ‘ “A ν 
ἐλάμβανον ' ἀνάγκη γὰρ ἦν. οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι οὔτε 
4 ε ιό y ¥ “ 3 N 3 4 
καλούντων ὑπήκουον οὔτε ἄλλο Φφιλικὸν οὐδὲν ἐποίουν. 
3 8 A ε α α ε ΄ ΄ > 8 
ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ τελευταῖοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέβαινον εἰς τὰς 
κώμας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου ἤδη σκοταῖοι --- διὰ γὰρ τὸ στε- 
Ἆ > λ eQa 9 ‘N e 7 e 2. 7 9 a 
νὴν εἶναι τὴν ὁδὸν ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἡ ἀνάβασις αὐτοῖς 
3 , 8 ? , ΔΝ ? 8 
ἐγένετο καὶ κατάβασις --- τότε δὴ συλλεγένες τινὲς 
Αα A 8 
τῶν Καρδούχων τοῖς τελευταίοις ἐπετίθεντο, καὶ ἀπέκτει- 
, \ , \ ρ , 2\ 7 
vay τινας Kat λίθοις καὶ τοξεύμασι κατέτρωσαν, ὁλί- 
you ovres'* ἐξ ἁπροσδοκήτου yap αὐτοῖς ἐπέπεσε τὸ 
Ἑλληνικόν. κεἶδ µέντοι τότε πλείουςὃ συνελέγησαν, 


1972,a. 15681. 657,N.1. 690,28. 3 τὸ (μέρος) ὑπερβάλλον. 8907. 1420. 623. 
652. #969, ο. 1563,6. 653,7. 608. 5895. 1897. 606. 649. 6 = πλείονες. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. L 205 


ἰ 
ἐκινδύνευσεν ἂν διαφθαρῆναι͵ πολὺ τοῦ στρατεύματος. 
καὶ ταύτην μὲν τὴν νύκτα οὕτως ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ηὐλί- 
σθησαν' οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι πυρὰ πολλὰ . ἔκαον κύκλῳ 
3 Αν >. ‘ ? 9 0 
ἐπι τῶν ὀρέων καὶ συνεώρων ἀλλήλους. 
Topics for Study. (1) Peculiarity in the use of σκοταῖος, τελευταως, xpa- ' 


tosete. (2) Difference between διὰ φιλίας τῆς χώρας and διὰ τῆς φιλίας χώρα». 
(9) Idiom for ‘unexpectedly.’ (4) The class of: κτείνω, Φθείρω, τιτρώσκω. 


Leaving all things dispensable they journey through storm, hard 
pressed by the enemy. 


9 A δὲ ο ε , λθ “A aA a 4 

pa δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνελθοῦσι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ 1. 
λοχαγοῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔδοξε τῶν τε ὑποζυγίων τὰ 
ἀναγκαῖα καὶ δυνατώτατα ἔχοντας πορεύεσθαι, κατα- 
λιπόντας τἆλλα, καὶ ὅσα ἦν νεωστὶ αἰχμάλωτα ἀνδρά- ΄ 
toa ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷῷ πάντα ἀφεῖνα.. σχολαίαν yap 13 
3 ld ΔΝ 4 “ 3 Δ ε 2 \ ἑ 
ἐποίουν τὴν πορείαν πολλὰ Όντα τα υποζύγια καὶ τὰ 

3 , ‘ 4 ε » 3 , ad 9 fess 
αἰχμάλωτα, πολλοὶ. δὲ οἱ ἐπὶ τούτοις ὄντες ἀπόμᾶχοι 

? , , 2 / ψ / \ , 
ἦσαν, διπλάσιά τε ἐπιτήδεια ede. πορίζεσθαι καὶ φέρε- 
σθαι πολλῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὀντων. δόξανὶ δὲ ταῦτα 
ἐκήρυξαν οὕτω ποιεῖν. 

9 8 8 9 ό > o e ῤ > 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀριστήσαντες ἐπορεύοντο, ὑποστήσαντες ἐν 14 
τῷ στενῷ οἱ στρατηγού, εὖ τι εὑρίσκοιεν τῶν εἰρημένων - 
A 9 4 9 “A ε 3 9... # ΔΝ yy ΄ 
μὴ ἀφειμένον, adypovvro, ot ὃ ἐπείθοντο, πλὴν Et τίς 
τν Φ 4 ν 4 59 , 4 ν A 
τι ἔκλεψεν, οἷον 7 παιδὸς”" ἐπιθυμήσας ἢ γυναικὸς τῶν 
εὐπρεπῶνξ καὶ ταύτην μὲν τὴν ἡμέραν οὕτως ἐπορεύ- 
ῥησαν, τὰ’ μέν τι μαχόμενοι τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπανόμενοι. 
εἰς δὲ τὴν ὑστεραίαν τα χειμὼν πολύς, ἀναγκαῖον 15 
ny ἦν πορεύεσθαι ° οὗ γὰρ ἦν ἱκανὰ τἀπιτήδεια. καὶ 
ἡγετο μὲν Χειρίσοφος, ὠπισθοφυλάκει δὲ Ἐενοφῶν. 
καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι ἰσχυρῶς ἐπετίθεντο, καὶ, στενῶν ὄντων 


1974 and a. 1569, 665, κ. (end). 591. 2742. 1102. 886. 511. 3 729, e 
1085,7. 855. 506,a. %*719,b. 1060, 448, 1. 549, 8. 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


206 . ANABASIS, 


\ . 
τῶν χωριων, ἐγγὺς προσιόντες ἐτόξενον καὶ ἐσφενδό- 
σ 3 Ld e 9 4 Ν 
νων ὥστε ἠναγκάζοντο οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐπιδιώκοντες καὶ 
πάλιν ἀναχάζοντες σχολῇ πορεύεσθαι καὶ θαμινὰ 
‘4 € ο) € vd φ ε ΄ 

παρήγγελλεν ὁ ἈἘενοφῶν ὑπομένειν, ὅτε οἱ πολέμιου 

ἰσχυρῶς ἐπικέοιντο. 
Topics for Study. (1) Adverbial ending «τι. 860,5. (2) How early 
in the morning did the Greeks set out on the march? See Introd. 90. (3) In 


what latitude were the Greeks at this time? (4) Character of the Kurds. See, 
Encyclopedia Britannica. . 


Ἐνταῦθα 6 Χειρίσοφος ἄλλοτε μὲν ὅτε παρεγγυῴτο 
: - , δὲ 9 ε - 1.1) 4 , 9 
ὑπέμενε, τότε δὲ οὐχ ὑπέμενεν, ἀλλ) Hye ταχέως καὶ 
σ A ο 
παρηγγύα ἐπεσθαι, ὥστε δῆλον ἦν ὅτι πρᾶγμά τι εἴη 
λὴ 5’ 9 4 1 rR) ο) λύ , Ν ν α 
σχολὴ οὐκ Hv ev παρελθόντι τὸ αἴτιον τῆς 
σπουδῆς' ὥστε ἡ πορεία ὁμοία φυγῇ ἐγίγνετ Tots 
> 4 8 > v0 9 A ΄ 9 4 9 0ὃ 
ὀπισθοφύλαξι. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀποθνήσκει ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς 
Ν ΄ \ 8 ~ 3 ld 8 
Λακωνικὸς Κλεώνυμος τοξευθεὶς διὰ τῆς ἀσπίδος καὶ 
a , > \ , ‘AN / 2 κ 
τῆς σπολάδος εἰς τὰς πλευράς, καὶ Βασίας ᾽Αρκὰς διαµ- 
4 4 
περὲς τὴν κεφαλήν. 
9 
Bret δὲ ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ σταθµόν, εὐθὺς ὥσπερ εἶχεν 
ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσοφον ᾖτιᾶτο αὐτὸν 
φ 93 e ϱ > λ , 9 , , 9 
ὅτι οὐχ ὑπέμενε, ἀλλ ἠναγκάζοντο φεύγοντε apa 
µάχεσθαι. “καὶ νῦν δύο καλώ τε καὶ ἀγαθὼ ἄνδρε 
τέθνατον ὃ καὶ οὔτε ἀνελέσθαι οὔτε θάψαι ἐδυνάμεθα.... 
ἀποκρίνεται ὁ Χειρίσοφος, “ῬἙλέψον, ἔφη, “πρὸς τὰ 
8 ioe ε ¥ , 3 a , δ) φ ε δὲ a 
ὄρη καὶ ἰδὲ ws ἅβατα πάντα ἐστί' µία ὃ αυτη ὁδὸς HY 
«ρᾶς ὁρθία-" ν 9 , > Ope ean» να. 
ὁρᾷς opbia,™ καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ ἀνθρώπων ὁρᾶν ἐξεστί σοι 
ὄχλον τοσοῦτον, ot κατειληφότες" φυλάττουσι τὴν ἔκβα- 
[ α 25 23 AX »¥ 5 λ ὃ ΔΝ α 9 e 2 
ow. ταῦτ ὃ ἐγὼ ἔσπευδον καὶ διὰ τοῦτό σε οὐχ ὑπέ- 
8 α 
µενον, εἴ tas® δυναΐίµην φθάσαι πρὶν κατειλῆφθαι τὴν 
(ryt) παρελθόν. 3718. 1058. 335. 637. %490.4. 8014. 399 (θνῄσκω). 


870, (4). «306. 622. 178,2. 891,b. 5316, ὺ. 1054. 334. 586,b SCL ei wag 
ο 90 § 8. . 


BOOK IV. CHAP. L 207 


Pity. 





J (2) tobe Φήλακας, 
a, (1) depow; (21%) aepory (21) χωρίον; 
(25,19) µας. (2) τρίτος μαστὺς ¢ 
ὑπέρ της duAaes; (215, 16) axpov. 
A, (2°) η arevy ὑδάς. 
4, (29) ἔφιοδας, 
&, (29) arpefets abot. 
ἐ, (2%) χωρίον. 
m, (210) λόφος: (211. 18) λόφος. 
@, (130) ὁδὸς ὁρθία} (13) ἡ φανερὰ ὁδός; ΄ 3, (211) ὁρθίοις τοῖς λόχοις. 
A (26, 8) ἡ φανερὰ ὁδός. ο, (211) ἄφοδος. 
) (12) ἔκβασις; (131) ὑπερβολή:; (21,2) φανε- 2, (213) Erepos λόφος 3 (318) δεύτερος λόφος. 
‘ pa ἔκβασις ; (25) τὸ ὄρθιον. T, (218) τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ. 
16, (1%) δυνατὴ καὶ ὑποζυγίοις πορεύεσθαι ὁδός. 8. (215) ἐχώρουν (from σ to m) 
d, (28) χαράδρα. t, (218) τὸ ὁμαλον. 
4, (2°) «ἴσοδος (to 2}. ut, (218) ἀντίπορος λόφος. 


Digitized by Google 


22 


23 


25 


26 


27 


208 ANABASIS. ; 


ε  ὃ e νε , a 4 : ¥ 4, 
ὑπερβολήν ' οἱ 8 ἡγεμόνες οὓς ἔχομεν ov φασιν εἶναι 
¥ eQ- 99 
ἄλλην ὅὁδον. 

Topics for Study. (1) Distinguish between εἶναι, εἶναι, ἰέναι. (2) Words 
admitting the dative of likeness. (98) ἀποθνήσκω and κεῖμαι serve as passives to 


what verbs? (4) Βλέψο», ἰδέ (§ 20); why not*present imperative? (5) Is 
the perfect of ἀποθνήσκω, ἀποτέθνηκα or τέθνηκα { 


They learn of another way commanded by a hill. 


‘O δὲ Ἐενοφῶν λέγει, “’ANN ἐγὼ ἔχω δύο dvdpas.\ 
ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡμῖν πράγµατα παρεῖχον, ἐνηδρεύσαμεν, ὅπερ 
καὶ ἡμᾶς ἀναπνεῦσαι ἐποίησε, καὶ ἀπεκτείναμέν τινας 
αὐτῶν, καὶ ζῶντας προὐθυμήθημεν λαβεῖν αὐτοῦ τούτου 
ἕνεκα ὅπως ἡγεμόσιν} εἰδόσι τὴν χώραν χρησαίμεθα." 

Καὶ εὐθὺς ἀγαγόντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἤλεγχον διαλα- 

Γ.Ν 9ο A ¥\ κ. eQa a \ , αἱ e 
βόντες εἶ τινα εἰδεῖεν ἄλλην ὁδὸν ᾖ THY φανεράν.'' 6 
μὲν οὖν ἕτερος οὐκ ἔφη” µάλα πολλῶν φόβων προσ- 

΄ 9 A N 3 A ? ld ¥ € ” “~~ 
αγοµένων ' ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδὲν ὠφέλιμον ἔλεγεν, ὁρῶντος τοῦ 
ε ρ ε \ ‘N y 9 8 κ] 2 
ἑτέρου κατεσφάγη. 6 δὲ λοιπὸς ἔλεξεν ὅτι οὗτος μὲν οὗ 

, b! α δν, 9 > A 3 7 3 , 
dain [διὰ ταῦτα] εἰδέναι ὅτι αὐτῷ ervyyave® θυγάτηρ 
2 A » 3 δ ‘ Piso. > \ 4 5’ ¥ e 7 θ 
ἐκε; παρ ἀνοδρὶ ἐκδεδομένη αὐτὸς έφη ἠγήσεσθαι 

\ 56 \ «ε , , « δ , 6ο 2 , 
δυνατὴν » καὶ ὑποζυγίοις πορεύεσθαι oddv.°° ἐρωτώμε- 

> 3 ¥ 3 ο}. , , Y» > 
vos ὃ eé ein τι ἐν abry δυσπάριτον χωρίον, έφη εἶναι 
dxpov! ὃ εἰ py τις προκαταλήψοιτο, ἀδύνατον ἐσεσθαιί 
παρελθεῖν. 

Ἐνταῦθα 8 ἐδόκει συγκαλέσαντας λοχαγοὺς καὶ 
πελταστὰς καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν λέγειν τε τὰ παρόντα καὶ 
ἐρωτᾶν εἴ τις αὐτῶν ἔστιν ὅστις ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς ἐθέλοι ἂν 

ld 8 ε \ 9 Δ 4 ε , 
γενέσθαι καὶ ὑποστὰς ἐθελοντῆς πορεύεσθαι. ὑφίσταται 
τῶν μὲν ὁπλιτῶν ᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεθυδριεὺς [ ᾿Αρκὰς] 

ὶ ᾽Αγασίας Στυµφάλιος [Αρκάς], ἀντιστασιάζων δὲ 


1 (αὐτοῖς) ἡγεμόσι. 3 sc. εἰδέναι. δρο. οὖσα. 984,8. . 4940,b,(—). 927. 632, 
475,N. 548,(1). 5952. 1526. 641. 566. ϐ 316, υ. 1057. 383. 586. 


- BOOK IV. CHAP. II. 209 


αὐτοῖς Καλλίμαχος Tlappaotos [’Apxas καὶ οὗτος] ἔφη 
ἐβέλειν πορεύεσθαι προσλαβὼν ἐθελοντὰς ἐκ παντὸς 
τοῦ στρατεύματος, “ἐγὼ yap,’ έφη, “oda ὅτι ἕψονται 
πολλοὶ τῶν νέων ἐμοῦ ἡγουμένου. ἐκ τούτου ἐρωτῶσιν 
εἴ τις καὶ τῶν γυµνήτων ταξιάρχων ἐθέλοι συμπορεύ- 
εσθαι. ὑφίσταταιὶ ᾿Αριστέας Χῖος, ὃς πολλαχοῦ πολ- 
hob? ἄξιος τῇ στρατιῷ εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐγένετ 

Topics for Study. (1) Cf. ἐνέδρα, L. insidiae. (2) ἄν with the opta- 


tive. (3) What forms of οἶδα begin with oi-? withel-? withi-? (4) Origin 
of ἄξιος. 


While the army diverts the attention of the enemy, volunteers make 
a détour and capture the height. 


Π. Καὶ ἦν μὲν δείλη, of & ἐκέλευον αὐτοὺς ἐμφα- 


γόντας πορεύεσθαι. καὶ τὸν ἡγεμόνα δήσαντες παρα- 
διδόασιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ συντίθενται τὴν μὲν νύκτα, ἣν 
: | 
λάβωσι τὸ ἄκρον” τὸ χωρίον” φυλάττειν, dua δὲ τῇ 
ἡμέρᾳ τῇ σάλπιγχι σημαίνεν καὶ τοὺς μὲν avo 
3 . 
ovras ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς κατέχοντας τὴν φανερὰν éxBa- 
ow,’ αὐτοὶ δὲ συµβοηθήσειν ἐκβαίνοντες ὡς ἂν δύνων- 
, “A bd εά A 3 , 
Tah Ταχιστα. ΊΤαντα συνύεμενοι OL” µεν ἐπορευοντο 
πλῆθος ὃ ὡς δισχίλιοι καὶ ὕδωρ πολὺ ἦν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. 
“A de κ ‘\ 9 ΄ ε ~ ΔΝ 

Ἐενοφών δὲ ἔχων τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας ἡγεῖτο πρὺς 
‘ \ ν ο , A «Qa e , 
την pavepay ἔκβασιν, ὅπως. ταύτῃ τῇ ὁδφῷ οἱ πολέμιοι 
προσέχοιεν τὸν νοῦν καὶ ὡς μάλιστα λάθοιεν ot περι- 
lovres®. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ χαράδρα οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες 
a α 
ἦν έδει διαβάντας πρὸς τὸ ὄρθιον 5 ἐκβαίνειν, τηνικαῦτα 
ἐκύλινδον οἱ βάρβαροι ὁλοιτρόχους ἁμαξιαίους καὶ µείζους 
\ x, 7 a / Ν \ , , 
καὶ ἐλάττους, Ol φερόμενοι πρὸς τὰς πέτρας TraiovTes διε- 
σφενδονῶντο ' καὶ παντάπασιν οὐδὲ πελάσαι οἷόν T ἦν τῇ 


By Cf. ὑποστάς, §25. 2758, f. 1185. B53, 1. 618. 8 Cf, εἰς τὴν τροφήν, 1.1% #1. 
“dedovrai, 5718. 1058. 387, 587. 


28 


i) 


210 ANABASIS. 


« εἰσόδφ.΄ ἐνιοι δὲ τῶν λοχαγῶν, εἰ μὴ ταύτῃ δύναιντο 
“A 8 “~ 
ἄλλῃ ἐπειρῶντο' καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίουν µέχρι σκότος 
2 2 . 2..% . 3 9 a 5 > + , 
ἐγένετο" ἐπεὶ δὲ ᾧοντο ἀφανεῖς εἶναι ἀπιόντες, τότε 
9 αν 9 UN ΔΝ “ ry > ὁϱ 8 \ 3 , 
ἀπῆλθον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον' ἐτύγχανον δὲ καὶ ἀνάριστοι 
¥ >; A e 3 ό ε ιά id 
ὄντες αὐτῶν οἱ ὀπισθοφυλακήσαντες of µέντοι πολέ- 
δὲ 3 ΄ ὃ > ὀλ Α Ν 4 ὃ 
µιοι ovdev ἐπαύσαντο Ot Όλης τῆς νυκτὸς κυλίνὸδοντες 
τοὺς λίθους" τεκµαίρεσθαι δ ἦν τῷ Wddo. 
Topics for Study. (1) The ending -tafos. (2) Stem and declension 
of adjectives in -ns,-es. (3) α- 88 8 ρτεβχ. (4) What prepositions in compo- 


sition with verbs have an intensive force 2 


5 Οἱ & ἔχοντες τὸν ἡγεμόνα κύκλῳ περιιόντες κατα- 
C4 
» , ‘ ; S 2 ‘ A θ , : 4 
αμβάνουσι τοὺς φύλακας” ἀμφὶ πὺρ καθηµένους' καὶ 
τοὺς μὲν κατακανόντες τοὺς δὲ καταδιώξαντες αὐτοὶ 
> v0’ yy « 9 »¥ g Vd e 5 9 
6 ἐνταῦθ ἔμενον ws τὸ ἀἄκρονῦ κατέχοντε. οἱ οὐ 
~ 9 8 N g > e 8 > ”“« 3 & + ε 
κατειχον, ἀλλὰ μαστὸςὁ ἦν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν παρ ὃν ἦν ἢ 
στενὴ avtn® ὁδὸς ἐφ᾽ ᾗ ἐκάθηντο οἱ φύλακες. ἐφο- 
é , : 4 2s 9 ) > a 9 4 a 
Sos’ µέντοι αὐτόθεν ' ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἦν ot ἐπὶ τῇ 
A εο ορ 2 2 ‘ \ \ , 9 50 
φΦανερᾷ 609° ἐκάθηντο. καὶ τὴν μὲν νύκτα ἐνταῦθα 
7 διήγαγον ἐπεὶ ὃ ἡμέρα ὑπέφαινεν, ἐπορεύοντο σιγῇ 
συντεταγµένοι ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους'” καὶ γὰρ ὁμίχλη 
ἐγένετο, wot” ἔλαθον ἐγγὺς προσελθόντε.. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
εἶδον ἀλλήλους, 4 τε σἀάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο καὶ ἀλαλά- 
Eavres ἵεντο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους' οἱ δὲ οὐκ ἐδέζαντο, 
ἀλλὰ λιπόντες τὴν ὁδὸν >! φεύγοντες ὀλίγοι ἀπέθνησκον' 
εὔζωνοι γὰρ ἦσαν. — 
Topics for Study. (1) Formation of ἀλλήλοιν. (2) ἁλαλάζω, ἐλελί(ω. 
ὁλολύ(ω, how formed? (8) Force of endings -6:, -θε», -δεῖ (4) Meaning of 


éxt,with gen.? with dat.? with acc.? (5) Construction after τυγχάνω, Aay 
χάνω, Φθάνω. (6) Formation of adjectives in -os, -ov. 


1772. #1175. B92. 520, 8. 2904, 2. 1398. G10. 6651, 2. 50148, ο. 
975. «6ὔδ. 6658, 8. 4217. 990, 2. 237,2. 288. 5927. 1450. S596. 
689, a. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. IL. 211 


1 


ο”. The Greeks advance, Xenophon following the volunteers. 


Οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον ἀκούσαντες τῆς σάλπιγγος 
εὐθὺς ἵεντο ἄνω κατὰ τὴν φανερὰν ' ὁδόν' ἄλλοι” δὲ 
a A 4 A ε ὃ \ 5 , ο ν 
τῶν στρατηγῶν κατὰ ἀτριβεῖς ὁδοὺς”' ἐπορεύοντο 7 ἐτυ- 
χον ἕκαστοι ὄντες, καὶ ἀναβάντες ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀνίμων 
, a δό λ * k a 4 
ἀλλήλους τοῖς δόρασι. καὶ οὗτοι" πρῶτοι συνέµιξαν 
τοῖ προκαταλαβοῦσι τὸ χωρίον. 

Ἐενοφῶν δὲ ἔχων τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάκων τοὺς pices 
ἐπορεύετο ᾖΊπερὶ of τὸν ἠγεμόνα ἔχοντες' εὐοδωτάτη 
γὰρ ἦν τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις' τοὺς δὲ ἡμίσεις ὄπισθεν τῶν 
ὑποζυγίων ἔταξε. πορευόµενοι δ ἐντυγχάνουσι” λόφῳ» 
ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁδοῦ κατειλημμένῳ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων, οὓς 7 
ἀποκόψαι ἦν ἀνάγκη 7 διεζεΌχθαιὸ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλη- 

8 9 ᾿ 4 A 3 46 4. ε TAX Ν 
νων. καὶ αὐτοὶ μὲν ἂν ἐπορεύθησαν Ίπερ ot ἄλλοι, τὰ 
δὲ ὑποζύγια οὐκ ἦν ἀἄλλῃὶ ἢ ταύτῃ ἐκβῆναι. ἔνθα δὴ 
παρακελευσάµενοι ἀλλήλοις προσβάλλουσι πρὸς τὸν λό- 
gov ὀρθίοις τοῖς λόχοις;' οὗ κύκλῳ ἀλλὰ καταλιπόν- 
τες ἄφοδον” τοῖς πολεμίοις, εἰ βούλοιντο φεύγειν. καὶ 
τέως μὲν αὐτοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας orp ἐδύνατο ἕκαστος οἱ 
β ά > 7 ν » dr 3 “ ὃν 9 ρ 

ρβαροι ἐτόξευον καὶ ἔβαλλον, ἐγγὺς δ᾽ οὗ προσίεντο, 
3 α “A 
ἀλλὰ φυγῇ λείπουσι τὸ χωρίον. καὶ τοῦτόν τε παρ- 
εληλύθεσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ ἕτερον ὁρῶσιν " ἔμπροσθεν 
hopov? κατεχόµενον ἐπὶ τοῦτον αὖθις ἐδόκει πορεύε- 
σθαι. ἐννοήσας 8 6 Ἐενοφῶν py, εἰ ἔρημον καταλίποι 

νε , , m ‘ , , e , 
τὸν ἠλωκότα λόφον;" [καὶ] πάλιν λαβόντες of πολέμιοι 
3 6 α aA e , ον 2 36 8 δ᾽ + 
ἐπιθοῖντο τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις παριοῦσιν — ἐπὶδ πολὺ δ᾽ ἦν 
λε 2 9, ὃ \ A a ε 5 ah | , 
τὰ υποζύγια ἅτε διὰ στενῆς τῆς ὁδοῦ" πορευόµενα --- 
καταλείπει ἐπὶ τοῦ λόφου"  λοχαγοὺς Κηφισόδωρον 


1219,.0. 1181. 889. 6586, b. 3°7'792. 1175. 892,1. 596. ‘$1275. Cf. 851. ο, 
eid. ὁ(αὐτοῖς) ὁρῶσι, dat. pl 5Cf. same, 1.88, 


10 


14 


15 


16 


7 


212 ANABASIS, © 


Κηφισοφῶντος ᾿Αθηναῖον: καὶ ᾽Αμϕικράτην ᾽Αμϕιδήμου 
Α6 A 8 Α ld "A “A iO > ἃ δὲ 
nvatov καὶ ᾿Αρχαγόραν Αργειον φυγάδα, αὐτὸς οὲ 
4 A A 9 , 8 8 , ld p a 
σὺν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐπορεύετο ἐπὶ τὸν δεύτερον Addor,? καὶ 
τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ' καὶ τοῦτον αἱροῦσιν. 
Topics for Study. (1) Stem of ἵημι. (2) Adverbs ending in wo. 
(3) Omission of substantives. 621. 953. 643. (4) ω in εὐοδωτάτη. 
(5) Formation of the perfect middle. (6) Most common ®-verbs with 2a. 


of the -inflection. 489. 799. (6) Meaning of ὄρθιος λόχος. Introd. 103, (4). 
(7) Attic reduplication. 


As Xenophon occupies the third hill, the enemy, retreating to the 
rear, cut off the Greeks left to guard the first hill. 


Ἔτι 0 αὐτοῖς τρίτος μαστὸς{ λοιπὸς ἦν πολὺ ὀρθιώ- 
€ « 8 ~ 3 oN “~ N λ. A , λ “A 
τατος O ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ πυρὶ καταληφθείσης φυλακής 
τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθελοντῶν. ἐπεὶ 8 ἐγγὺς ἐγένοντο 
ot Ἕλληνες, λείπουσιν of βάρβαροι ἁμαχητὶ τὸν 
9 “~ 8 
µαστόν, ὥστε θαυμαστὸν mac.’ γενέσθαι καὶ ὑπώ- 
πτευον δείσαντας αὐτοὺς μὴ κυκλωθέντες πολιορκοῖντο 
ἀπολιπεῖν. οἱ δ᾽ dpa ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου καθορῶντες τὰ 
» ῤ 4 3 6A Ay: 3 ΄ 
ὄπισθεν γιγνόµενα πάντες ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας 
ἐχώρουν. καὶ Ἐενοφῶν μὲν σὺν τοῖς νεωτάτοις ἀνέ- 
β 9 AN 8 ν g 8 δὲ TAX 3 rv 
αινεν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρονῦ τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἐκέλευσεν 
ὑπάγειν, ὅπως ot τελευταῖοι λόχοι προσμίξεαν, καὶ 
, 9 ‘ Sa 9 A ε λ At 0 , 0 9 
προελθόντας κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐν τῷ ὁμαλφ' θέσθαι τὰ 
A ελ 
ὅπλα [εἶπε]. καὶ ἐν τούτω τῷ χρόνῳ ἠλθεν ᾿Αρχαγό- 
ε 6° Αα 8 8 4 ε 3 ό > Ν 
pas ὁ ’Apyetos πεφευγὼς καὶ λέγει ὡς ἀπεκόπησαν ἀπὸ 
“A [ων Ν 
τοῦ λόφου καὶ ὅτι- τεθνᾶσι Κηφισόδωρος καὶ ᾽Αμϕι- 
κράτης καὶ ἄλλοι ὅσοι μὴ ἁλάμενοι κατὰ τῆς πέτρας 
“ 8 9 ΄ 9 ΄ 
πρὸς τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας ἀφίκοντο. 
Topics for Study. (1) Cf. µαστός, λόφος, πέτρα, and wérpos. (2) Can 
the exact relative location of the hills mentioned in this passage be fixed ? 


11ο. τοῖς Ἓλλησι. 3946, b, end, cf.1.3% G69,N. 658 (end), 





BOOK IV. CHAP. ILI. 213 


They continue the march harassed by the enemy. 


Tatra δὲ διαπραξάµενοι οἱ βάρβαροι yKov ἐπ ἀντί- 
πορον λόφον" τῷ µαστῷ') καὶ Ξενοφῶν διελέγετο αὐτοῖς 
: ἑρμηνέως περὶ σπονδῶν καὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς ἀπῄτει. οἱ 

δὲ έφασαν ἀποδώσειν ἐφ᾽ O° μὴ κάεν τὰς οἰκίας. 

) 

συνωµολόγει ταῦτα ὁ Βενοφῶν. ἐν ᾧ δὲ τὸ μὲν ἄλλο 

στράτευμα παρῄευ οἱ δὲ ταῦτα διελέγοντο, πάντες ot 

ἐκ τούτου τοῦ τόπου συνερρύησαν ἐνταῦθα" πολέµιοι. 

καὶ ἐπεὶ ἤρξαντο καταβαίνειν ἀπὸ τοῦ μαστοῦ’ πρὸς 

τοὺς ἄλλους ἔνθα τὰ ὅπλα ἔκειτο, ἵεντο δὴ οὗ πολέμιοι 

πολλφ πλήθει καὶ θορύβῳ: καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τῆς 

κορυφῆς τοῦ μαστοῦ ad οὗ Ἐενοφῶν κατέβαινε», ἐκύ- 

2 ° ὰ 6 ΑΔ 

λινδον πέτρους" καὶ ἑνὸς μὲν κατέφξαν τὸ σκέλος, Elevo- 

φῶντα δὲ ὁ ὑπασπιστῆς ἔχων Thy ἀσπίδα ἀπέλιπεν 

Εὐρύλοχος δὲ Λουσιεὺς [᾿Αρκὰς] προσέδραµεν αὐτῷ 

? % 3 4 » 

omhirns, Kat πρὸ ἄμφοιν προβεβληµένοξ ἀπεχώρει, καὶ 
οἱ ἄλλσοι πρὸς τοὺς συντετὰγμένους ἀπῆλθον. 

> \ 4 A ε α 9 2 ν th ρ 8 

Ex δὲ τούτου πᾶν ὁμοῦ ἐγένετο τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, καὶ 
2 ῤ 3 9 A 9 aA Ν A ρ 8 
ἐσκήνησαν ὶ αὐτου ἐν πολλαις καὶ καλαῖς οἰκίαις καὶ 
9 , . 8 Ν > 8 4ν σ 
ἐπιτηδείοις Sab " καὶ yap olvos πολὺς ἦν, ὠστε 
’ a α 
ἐν λάκκοις κονιατοῖς εἶχον. ἈἘενοφῶν δὲ καὶ Χειρίσοφος 
5 , 9 λ / ‘ \ 9 (δὃ 9 
ιεπράξαντο ὥστε λαβόντες τοὺς νεκροὺς ἀπέδοσαν τὸν 
ηγεμόνα καὶ πάντα ἐποίησαν τοῖς. ἀποθανοῦσιν ἐκ 
τῶν δυνατῶν ὅσαπερ νοµίζεται ἀνδράσιν ἀγαθοῖς. 

Topics for Study. (1) Accompaniment, —how expressed? (2) Verbs 
iN -AA@, -ττω, -(ω. (3) Primary sense of voul(w. (4) The endings: -ικός, -ιος, 
and -ειος, -pos. 564. 850-1, 855. 987,6. 4265. 

A ¥ 

Ty δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄνευ ἡγεμόνος ἐπορεύοντο μαχόμενοι 
9 
ὃ of πολέμιοι καὶ ὁπῃ εἴη στενὸν χωρίον προκαταλαμ- 


1972. 1175. 392,1. 5285. 2999 anda. 1460. 596. 667. 5 609 (a collective 
— etc.). 900. 500. 498,a. *767. 1165. 378. 523. 


20 


21 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


214 ANABASIS. 


βάνοντες ἐκώλυον τὰς παρόδους. ὁπότε μὲν οὖν τοὺς 
a , fant οφ) »¥ 9 2 ΔΝ 4 
πρώτους κωλύοιεν, Ἐενοφῶν ὀπισθεν ἐκβαίνων πρὸς τὰ 
ὄρη ἔλυε τὴν ἀπόφραξιν τῆς παρόδου τοῖς πρώτοις 
9 4 4 xs Lae A ‘4 6 4 
ἀνωτέρω πειρώμενος έγνεσθαι τῶν κωλυόντων, ὁπότε 
\ A » 3 a / ] ρ Ν 
δὲ τοῖς ὄπισθεν ἐπιθοῖντο, Χειρίσοφος ἐκβαίνων καὶ 
πειρώμενος ἀνωτέρω γίγνεσθαι τῶν κωλυόντων ἔλυε 
8 3 / “~ , ~ »” 8 3 3 
τὴν ἀπόφραξιν τῆς παρόδου τοῖς ὄπισθεν' καὶ det 
οὕτως ἐβοήθουν ἀλλήλοις καὶ ἰσχυρῶς ἀλλήλων" ἐπεμέ- 
λοντο. ἦνὃ δὲ καὶ ὁπότε αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀναβᾶσι πολλὰ 
πράγματα παρεῖχον οἱ βάρβαροι πάλιν καταβαίνου- 
. 2? \ N 4 φ 9 o>, , 
σιν ἐλαφροὶ yap ἦσαν wore καὶ ἐγγύθεν φεύγοντες 
9 , : ον \ 4 ¥ aA ‘ 
ἀποφεύγειν' οὐδὲν yap εἶχον ἄλλο ἢ τόξα καὶ σφεν- 
4 .ά A ‘4 4. = 8 / 3 “ 
δόνας. ἄριστοι δὲ τοξόται ἦσαν  εἶχον δὲ τόξα ἐγγὺς 
τριπήχη, τὰ δὲ τοξεύματα πλέον ᾖ διπήχη εἷλκον δὲ 
\ e +» : 4 \ Ν 4 , A , A 
τὰς νευράς, ὁπότε τοξεύοιεν, πρὸς τὸ” κάτω τοῦ τόξου τῷ 
ἀριστερῷ ποδὶ προσβαίνοντε. τὰ δὲ τοξεύµατα ἐχώρει 
9 ο 9 ρο ° \ ‘ a , 2 A \ 
διὰ τῶν ἀσπίδων καὶ διὰ τῶν θωράκων. éxypavTo δὲ 
αὐτοῖς ot Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ λάβοιεν, ἀκοντίοιςὃ ἔναγκν- 
λῶντες. ἐν τούτοις τοῖς χωρίοις ot Kpnres χρησιµάό- 
> 0 > ο δν A“ , 
τατοι ἐγένοντο. Ίρχε δὲ αὐτῶν Στρατοκλῆς Κρής. 


Topics for Study. (1) Ancient archery. Dictionary of Greek and 
Roman Antiquities, sub arcus, (2) Conditional relative clause of the first class. 


Reaching the Centrites, they find a force ready to dispute thetr 
passage. 


TIL Ταύτην ὃ αὖ τὴν ἡμέραν ηὐλίσθησαν ἐν ταῖς 
κώμαις ταῖς ὃ ὑπὲρ τοῦ πεδίου τοῦ. παρὰ τὸν Κεντρίτην 
ποταµόν, eupos ws δίπλεθρο, ὃς ὁρίζει τὴν ᾽Αρμενίαν 

8 8 A 4 4 8 e 9 3 
καὶ τὴν τῶν Καρδούχων χώραν. καὶ ot Ἕλληνες ἐν- 

276%. 1165. 378. 523. 2742. 1102. 356. 611. 5098, b. 1029. 486, π. 


61h, a. 4 τὸ κάτω (µέρος). 5595, b. 916. 820. 547 (cf. last ex.). 5068. 959,23; 
960. 459. 6562, Ὁ. 





BOOK IV. CHAP. IIL 215 


ἵαῦθα ἀνέπνευσαν ἄσμενοι iSovres mediov’ ἀπεῖχε δὲ 
A 9 ΄ ε 8 Aa <A ε 8 Fd ~*~ η, 
τῶν ὀρέων ὁ ποταμὸς ἐξ 4 ἑπτὰ στάδια [τῶν Καρδού- 
ια 8 > 9 ΄ ΄ ο v4 4 9 
χωγ]. τότε μὲν οὖν ηὐλίσθησαν pada ἡἠδέως καὶ τᾶπι- 
‘5 ν 9 1] La , , 
Τῄδεια ἔχοντες καὶ πολλὰ” τῶν παρεληλυθότων πόνων 
μνημονεύοντε. ἑπτὰ γὰρ ἡμέρας, ὅσασπερ ἐπορεύ- 
θησαν διὰ τῶν Καρδούχων, πάσας μαχόμενοι διετέ- 
4 Yy 4 ο 3 8 4 4 e 8 
λεσαν, καὶ ἐἔπαθον κακὰ ὅσα οὐδὲ τὰ σύμπαντα ὑπὸ 
Α΄ 4 , ε > 9 , 
βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνου.. ws οὖν ἀπηλλαγμένοι 
τούτων ἡδέως ἐκοιμήθησαν." 
"A δὲ A e a e “~ ε 4 oe a’ 
pa τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὁρῶσιν ἵππέας που πέραν τοῦ 
A 9 [ ε 4 8 rd 
ποταμοῦ ἐξωπλισμένους ὡς Kwrvcovras® διαβαίνειν, 
πεζοὺς ὃ) ἐπὶ ταῖς ὄχθαις παρατεταγµένους ἄνω τῶν 
ε id e 0 93 a 9 eo 9 [ο 
ἱππέων ws κωλύσοντας εἰς τὴν Αρμενίαν ἐκβαίνειν. 
ἦσαν 8 οὗτοι Ὀρόντα καὶ ᾿Αρτούχα ᾽Αρμένιοι καὶ 
Μάρδοι καὶ Χαλδαῖοι μισθοφόροι. ἐλέγοντο δὲ οἱ Χαλ- 
δαῖοι ἐλεύθεροί τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι εἶναι ὅπλα 8° εἶχον 
Ὑέρρα μακρὰ καὶ λόγχας. ai δὲ ὄχθαι αὗται ἐφ ὧν 
ταρατεταγµένοι οὗτοι «ἦσαν τρία ἢ τέτταρα πλέθρα 
ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἀπεῖχον  ὁδὸς δὲ µία ἡ ὁρωμένη ἦν 
¥ “A 
ἄγουσα ἄνω ὥσπερ Χειροποίητος ° ταύτῃ ἐπειρῶντο δια- 
βαίνεν ot Ἕλληνες.  ἐπεὶ δὲ πειρωµένοις" τό τε ὕδωρ 
ε “~ ~ 
ὑπὲρ τῶν μαστῶν ἐφαίνετο, καὶ τραχὺς ἦν 6 ποταμὸς 
µεγάλοις λίθοις καὶ ὁλισθηροῖς, καὶ our ἐν τῷ ὕδατι 
 -ψΨ λ 4. ν . 96 δὲ ,. ο ε Σ.- ο ὦ 
Ta οπλα nv ἔχειν ' εἰ δὲ pn, ηρπαζεν O ποταμός ' ἐπί 
τε τῆς κεφαλῆς τὰ ὅπλα εἴ τις φέροι, γυμνοὶ ἐγίγνοντο 
πρὸς τὰ τοξεύματα καὶ τἆλλα βέλη: ἀνεχώρησαν καὶ 
αὐτοῦ ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο παρὰ τὸν τοταμόν, 3 
Topics for Study. (1) Stems of πνέω, πλέω,ῥέω. (9) Verbs of separa- 


tion, (8) Cf. dorwls, ὅπλον, πέλτη, yéppov. (4) Οἱ. the parts of λέγω, say, and 
συλλέγω, collect. 


1719, b. 1060. 8334. 586,b. 2497. 444. 158,83. 394. 3968. 159. G48. 
Sande. 971, db. 889. 588,8. 5906,b. 616, 8. 666, ο. 





fio 


ll 


216 ANABASIS. 


ν A δὲ 9 8 4 , 0 ΄ Φ 3 8 68 

Ἐνύα δὲ avrot τὴν πρὀσύὔεν νύκτα σαν emt του 
md ε, “ 5 4 Δ , 
ὄρους ἑώρων τους Καρδούχους πολλους συνειλεγμένους 
ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις. ἐνταῦθα δὴ πολλὴ ἀθυμία ἦν τοῖς “E)- 
λησιν, ὁρῶσι μὲν τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὴν δυσπορίαν, ὁρῶσι δὲ 

8 4 , e “A Q A 4 
τοὺς διαβαίνειν κωλύσοντας, ὁρῶσι δὲ τοῖς διαβαίνουσιν 
ἐπικεισομένους τοὺς Καρδούχους ὄπισθεν. ταύτην μὲν 
οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα ἔμειναν ἐν πολλῇ ἀπορίᾳ 
ὄντε. ἈἘενοφῶν δὲ ὀναρὶ εἶδεν ἔδοξεν ἐν 
δεδέσθαι, αὗται" δὲ αὐτῷ  αὐτόμαται περιρρυῆναν 








λυθῆναι καὶ διαβαίνειν ὁπόσον ἐβούλετι. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
”’ = ν 9 4 , 9 , 9 
ὄρθρος nv, ἔρχεται. πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσοφον καὶ λέγει ὅτι 
3 ‘4 ν “A » N A > ον 8 
ἐλπίδας ἔχει καλῶς ἐσεσθαι, καὶρ διηγεῖται αὐτῷ τὸ 
»” ς AQ 9 4 a .ε ΄ σ « ΄ 
ὄναρ. ὁ δὲ δετ τε καὶ ὡς τάχιστα ἕως ὑπέφαινεν 
ἐθύοντο πάντες παρόντες of στρατηγοί καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ 
8 > 3 8 3 A Ν ΄ Ν 3 ΄ 3 “ “A 
kaha ἦν εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τοὺ πρώτου. καὶ ἀπιόντες ἀπὸ τῶν 
ἱερῶν οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ παρήγγελλον τῇ 
στρατιᾷ ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι. 


Topics for Study. (1) Declension οἱ ὄναρ, of gus. (2) Meaning of 
µα ἵπ αὐτόματος. (8) Cf. ἱερά, σφάγια, θῦμα. 


They discover another ford ; prepare to cross; while a feint ts 
| made below, Chirisophus crosses above. 


8 93 ων “A ῤ 4 4 a 
Kal ἀριστῶντι τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι mpocérpexov* δύο veavi 
/ ων 8 9 α 
σκω᾽ ἤδεσαν γὰρ πάντες ὅτι ἐξείη αὐτῷ καὶ ἀριστῶντι 
. 9 
καὶ δειπνοῦντι προσελθεῖν καὶ εἶ καθεύδοι ἐπεγείραντα 
α “~ ‘ , 
εἰπεῖν, εἶ τίς TL ἔχοι τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον. καὶ TOTE 
φ , 9 , λ 0 ε os ἃ 
ἔλεγον ὅτι τυγχάνοιεν Φρύγανα συλλέγοντε ws ἐπι 
α ~ , 4 
πρ, kamera κατίδοιεν ἐν τῷ πέραν ἐν πέτραις καθη- 
8 A 
κούσαις ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν ποταμὸν Ὑέροντά TE καὶ γυναικα 
9 a id 
καὶ. παιδίσκας ὥσπερ µαρσίπους ἱματίων κατατιθεµένους 


1 Introd. 88, (5), 123. 380. ἔδοξαν.  ὃ 763. 1165 878. 588. 634. Cf. yiyvor 
ται παϊδες δύο, 1.11. 499. 497. 





BOOK IV. CHAP. III. 217 


& πέτρᾳ ἀντρώδει. cs δὲ σφίσι δόξα, ἀσφαλὲς 

εἶναι διαβῆναι οὖδε “yep τοῖς πολεμίοις ἱππεῦσι προσ- 

βατὸν εἶναι κατὰ τοῦτο. ἑκδύντε ὃ ἐἔφασαν ἔχοντες 

τὰ ἐγχειρίδια γυμνοὶ ὡς νευσόµενοι ' διαβαίνειν πορευό- 

µενοι δὲ πρόσθεν διαβῆναι πρὶν βρέξαι τὰ αἰδοῖα' καὶ 
id 4 4 ε / ιά 9 

διαβάντες, λαβόντες τὰ ἱμάτια πάλιν ἥκειν. 

Εὐθὺς οὖν 6 Ἐενοφῶν αὐτός τε ἔσπενδε καὶ τοῖς 
νεανίσκοις ἐγχεῖν ἐκέλευε καὶ εὐχεσθαι τοῖς φήνασι 
θεος τά τε ὀνείρατα καὶ τὸν πόρον καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ 
ἀγαθὰ ἐπιτελέσαι. σπείσας ὃ) εὐθὺς ἦγε τοὺς νεανί- 
σκους παρὰ τὸν Χειρίσοφον, καὶ διηγοῦνται ταῦτά. 
3 [4 8 8 € ? ΔΝ 3 4 4 
ἀκούσας δὲ καὶ 6 Χειρίσοφος σπονδὰς ἐποίε. σπεί- 
σαντες δὲ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις παρήγγελλον συσκευάζεσθαι, 
αὐτο δὲ συγκαλέσαντες τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἐβουλεύοντο 
Ψ A 4 5 A 9 A , » A 
ὅπως ἂν κάλλιστα ὃδιαβαιεν”" καὶ τούς TE ἐμπροσύεν 

τρ. \ € AN “A Δ , , 
vikwey καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ὄπισθεν μηδὲν πάσχοιεν κακὀν. 


Topics for Study. (1) When did the Greeks take ἄριστο2 (2) The 
ing -@8ys. (3) The use of pronoun of third person in Attic Greek. (4) 
Force of the ending -σι (s). 


; | 
Καὶ ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς Χειρίσοφον μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ δια- 
βαΐίνειν ἔχοντα τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος, τὸ 8’ ἥμισυ 
¥ ε 4 ‘ A 4 νε , κ Ν 
ετι ὑπομένειν συν Ἐενοφῶντι, τὰ δὲ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν 
4 “A 
᾿οχλον ἐν µέσῳ τούτων διαβαίνει.. ἐπεὶ δὲ [ταῦτα] 
ho > 3 ιό . ε - > ε ΄ > 
καλῶς εἶχεν ἐπορεύοντο ἡγοῦντο ὃ ot νεανίσκοι ἐν 
3 α : 
αριστερᾷ ἔχοντες τὸν ποταµόν ' ὁδὸς δὲ ἦν ἐπὶ τὴν διά- 
βασιν ὡς τέτταρες στάδιο. πορευοµένιων ὃ αὐτῶν 
ἀντιπαρῆσαν αἱ τάξεις τῶν ἱππέων. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἦσαν 
4 “ α 
κατα τὴν διάβασιν καὶ τὰς ὄχθας τοῦ ποταμοῦ, ἔθεντο 
\ 9g 8 ‘ 
Τα ὅπλα, καὶ αὐτὸς πρῶτος Χειρίσοφος στεφανωσάµενος ® 


1394, 574. 969, ο: 1568,4. 193,N.; 653,5. 467, Ὀ.] 588,b. 3819. 1897. 
563. 479. 809 Introd. 97, (9). 





19 


20 


οἱ 


22 


218 ANABASIS. 


¥ 
καὶ ἀποδὺς ἐλάμβανε τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσι 
4 XN 8 a 2 «6? » “ 

παρήγγελλε, καὶ Tous Aoxayous ἐκέλευεν ayew τοὺς 
λ , 3 /ί A) Q 3 3 = \ > 3 ὃ ἕ ~ 

όχους ὀρθίους, τοὺς μὲν ἐν ἀριστερά τοὺς δ᾽ ἐν δεξιᾷ 
ἑαυτοῦ. καὶ οἱ μὲν μάντεις ἐσφαγιάζοντο eis τὸν ποτα- 
pov’ οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐτόξευον καὶ ἐσφενδόνων ' ἀλλ᾽ 

¥ 3 an 2 ἃ 4 4 δν , 9 , 
οὕπω ἐξικνοῦντο ἐπεὶ δὲ kala ἦν τὰ σφάγια, ἐπαιάνιζον 
πάντες οἱ στρατιώται καὶ ἀνηλάλαίον, συνωλόλυζον de 
καὶ αἱ γυναῖκε ἅπασαι. πολλαὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ἑταῖραι 
ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι. | 

N , 

Καὶ Χειρίσοφος-Πὲν ἐνέβαινε καὶ of σὺν ἐκείνῳ' 6 
δὲ Ἐενοφῶν τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάκων λαβὼν τοὺς εὐζωνοτά- 
τους eeu ἀνὰ κράτος πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν πόρον τὸν κατὰ 
τὴν exBaow τὴν eis τὰ τῶν ᾽Αρμενίων ὄρη, προσποιού- 
µενος ταύτῃ διαβὰς ἀποκλείσειν τοὺς παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν 
ε ΄ ε \ ? e a 8 8 3 8 a 
ἱππέας. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ὁρῶντες μὲν τοὺς ἀμφὶ Χειρί- 

9 “~ ΔΝ 9 A ε -~ ΔΝ 8 > 4 
σοφον εὐπετῶς τὸ ὕδωρ περῶντας, ὁρώντες δὲ τοὺς ἀμφὶ 
, 9 ¥ ? 8 3 
Ἐενοφῶντα θέοντας εἰς τοὔμπαλιν, δείσαντες μὴ ἀπολη- 
Φθείησαν Φεύγουσιν ἀνὰ κράτος ὡς πρὸς τὴν τοῦ 
α ¥ 6 3 Ν A 8 8 ει > 4 
ποταμοῦ ἄνω exBaow. ἐπεὶ δὲ κατὰ THY ὁδὸν ἐγένοντο, 

ν ¥ 8 8 ” 4 23 'ε 8 Ud » 
ἔτεινον ἄνω πρὸς τὸ ὄρος. Λύκιος ὃ 6 τὴν τάξιν ἔχων 
τῶν ἱππέων καὶ Αἰσχίνης 6 τὴν τάξιν τῶν πελταστῶν 
ον 3 8 id > 8 εν, > 8 4 4 
τῶν ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον ἐπεὶ ἑώρων ava κράτος φεύγοντας, 
σ ώ ε δὲ ο 9 , ‘ 3 λ ? ϱ 
εἴποντο ot δὲ στρατιῶται ἐβόων µη ἀπολείϊπεσύαι, 
; 9 
ἀλλὰ συνεκβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος. Χειρίσοφος 9 av ἐπεὶ 
ὃ , κ 4 ε , 9 280 Or δὲ DS Ν 
ιέβη, τοὺς μὲν ἱππέας οὐκ ἐδίωκεν, εὖθὺς δὲ κατὰ τὰς 
a, ” 9 A 4 “ 3 o 3 A 
προσηκούσας ὄχθας ἐπὶ τόν ποταμὸν ἐξέβαινεν ἐπὶ 
τοὺς ἄνω πολεμίου. of δὲ ἄνω, ὁρῶντες μὲν τοὺς 
ε ο) ε a 4 ε ~ b] ε ῤ 
ἑαυτῶν ἱππέας φεύγοντας, ὁρῶντες δ᾽ ὁπλίτας σφίσιν 
ἐπιόντας, ἐκλείπουσι τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἄκρα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Greek for ‘on the right,’ ‘on the left’? (2) Dif 
ference between ἀνὰ κράτος and κατὰ xpdros. (3) Declension of γυνή. 





BOOK IV. CHAP. III. 219 


The others cross protected from the rear enemy by Xenophon. 


Ἐενοφῶν δ ἐπεὶ τὰ πέραν ἑώρα Kaos yryvdueva, 94 
ἀπεχώρει τὴν ταχίστην πρὸς τὸ διαβαῖνον στράτευµα᾿ 
καὶ γὰρ ot Καρδοῦχοι φανεροὶ ἤδη ἦσαν εἰς τὸ πεδίον 
καταβαίνοντες ὡς ἐπιθησόμενοι τοῖς τελευταίοι. καὶ 25 


= (I, | 
cE Ἰ 


bh, f = ἵππι Gy Bs 


= κώμα, 3 1. 


i _ c= rego κ. 
d- = Kapdoryot, 
τν 
 ε 


e-/) = Greeks under 
Xenophon, 
ς 16. 





Χειρίσοφος μὲν τὰ ava κατεῖχε  Λύκιος δὲ σὺν ὁλί 
γοις ἐπιχειρήσας ἐπιδιῶξαι ἔλαβε τῶν σκευοφόρων τὰ 
. / 8 Δ ο 9 ο ε 8 4 
ὑπολειπόμενα καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἐσθῆτά τε καλὴν καὶ 
3 ρ 8 8 8 4 ο ε ῤ A e 
ἐκπώματα. Kal Ta μεν σκευοφόρα τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ ὁ 26 
» 9 ~ 

ὄχλος ἀκμὴῆν διέβαινε, Ξενοφῶν δὲ στρέψας πρὸς τοὺς 
Καρδούχους ἀντία τὰ ὅπλα ἔθετο, καὶ παρήγγειλε τοῖς 
λοχαγοῖς Kar’ ἐνωμοτίας ποιήσασθαι ἕκαστον τὸν έαυ- 
τοῦ λόχον, παρ ἀσπίδα παραγαγόντας τὴν ἐνωμοτίαν 
2S , 8 8 \ ‘N 8 ‘ 2 
emt φάλαγγος' καὶ τοὺς μὲν λοχαγοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἐνω- 
µοτάρχους πρὸς τῶν Καρδούχων idva, οὐραγοὺς δὲ 
καταστήσασθαι πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ. 

Οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι ὡς ἑώρων τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας τοῦ 97 
nd “A 
ὄχλου ψιλουμένους καὶ ὀλίγους ἤδη Φαινοµένους, θᾶτ- 
τον δὴ ἐπῇσαν ᾠδάς τινας ἄδοντε. ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος, 


28 


29 


30 


81 


920 ANABASIS. 


3 a 4 9 9 4 > “ > 4 8 
ἐπεὶ τὰ παρ αὐτῷ ἀσφαλῶς εἶχε, πέµπει παρὰ Bevo 
φῶντα τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ τοξότας 
4 , a 9 a , 29 A 2 9 A 
καὶ κελεύει ποιεῖν OTL ἂν παραγγέλλῃ. idav δ αὐτοὺς 
διαβαίνοντας 6 Ἐενοφῶν πέµψας ἄγγελον κελεύει αὐτοῦ 
μεῖναι ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ μὴ διαβάντας ' ὅταν δ ἄρξων- 
9 Ν 4 3 ΄ ¥ N ν A 
ται αὐτοὶ διαβαίνειν, ἐναντίους ἔνθεν καὶ ἐνθεν σφῶν 
3 iA ε ιά ? 8 3 
ἐμβαίνειν ὡς διαβήησοµένους, διηγκυλωµένους τοὺς ἀκουν- 
ν ν΄ 9 , S , . ‘ , \ 
τιστὰς καὶ ἐπιβεβλημένους τοὺς τοξότας' μὴ πρόσω δὲ 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ προβαίνειν. 


Topics for Study. (1) τό with adverbs as τοὔῦπισθε», τοὔμπαλι». (2) 
ἀκμήν. (3) wap’ ἀσπίδα, ἐπὶ δόρυ, ἐπὶ φάλαγγος as military terms. (4) Deriva- 
tives from g@3h. (5) διηγκυλωµένοι, ἐπιβεβλημένοι. 


Tots δὲ wap ἑαυτῷ παρήγγειλεν, ἐπειδὰν σφενδόνη 
ἐξικνῆται καὶ ἀσπὶς Wop], παιανίσαντας θεῖν eis τοὺς 
? 3 Δ > > ῤ 
πολεμίους ἐπειδὰν 8 ἀναστρέ- 
Ψψωσιν οἱ πολέμιοι καὶ ἐκ τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ ὁ σαλπικτὴς σηµήνῃ 
ΔΝ ιό > ld : 
τὸ πολεμικόν, ἀναστρέψαντας 
3 ἃ , ε “A 4 8 
ἐπὶ δόρυ ἡγεῖσθαι μὲν τοὺς 
3 ΄ ο) A ΄ 8 
οὐραγούς, θεῖν δὲ πάντας καὶ 
4 9 / 4 9 
διαβαίνειν ὅτι τάχιστα ᾗ €ka- 
_ στος τὴν τάξιν εἶχεν ὡς μὴ 
ἐμποδίζειν ἀλλήλους ' ὅτι οὗτος 
ἄριστος ἔσοιτο ὃς ἂν πρῶτος 
ἐν τῷ πέραν γένηται. 
α “A ¥ Ve: “ 
Οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι ὁρῶντες ὀλίγους ἤδη τοὺς λοιποὺς 
A ν 
---πολλοὶ γὰρ καὶ τῶν µένειν τεταγµένων ᾠχοντο ἐπι- 
/ ε Δ ε / ε δὲ “A ε ὃ) « “A 
µελόμενοι οἱ μὲν ὑποζυγίων, οἱ ὃε σκευών, οἱ O ETALPwY 
A ρ ιά ο) 
---ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐπέκειντο θρασέως καὶ ἤρχοντο σφενδονᾶν 
| 9 
καὶ rofevev. οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες παιανίσαντες᾽ ὠώρμησαν 
1 Introd. 100, 





σαλπικτής. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. IV. 221 


ὃ / ο) 9 a. e δὲ . 25 re * : 9 4 
ρόμῳ em’ αὐτούς' οἱ δὲ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο. καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν 
ωπλισμένοι ὡς μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς πρὸς τὸ ἐπι- 
ον 4 , 9 4 9 9 a , 
δραμεῖν καὶ φεύγειν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ eis χεῖρας δέχεσθαι 
οὐχ ἱκανῶς. ἐν τούτῳ σηµαίνει ὁ σαλπικτής' καὶ οἱ 
μὲν πολέμιοι ehevyov πολὺ ἔτι θᾶττον, οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες 
9 ρ 1 , ¥ 5 \ A A bg 
τἀναντία” στρέψαντες edevyov διὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ore 
τάχιστα. τῶν δὲ πολεμίων of µέν τινες αἰσθόμενοι 
> AN 8 8 8 ΄ 3 ΄ 
πάλιν ἕδραμον ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν καὶ τοξεύοντες ὀλίγους 
¥ ε 4 κ N , »” A ε , 
έτρωσαν, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ καὶ πέραν ὄντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
φ 4 > ΄ e A e ρ 
ἔτι φανεροὶ ἦσαν φεύγοντε.. οἱ δὲ ὑπαντήσαντες ἀνδρι- 
α eo 9 
[όμεοι καὶ προσωτέρω Tov KaLpov προϊόντες ὕστερον 
τῶν μετὰ Ἐενοφῶντος διέβησαν πάλιν καὶ ἐτρώθησάν 
τινες καὶ τούτων. 


Proceed through Armenia hindered only by storms. 


IV. Ἐπεὶ δὲ διέβησαν, συνταξάµενοι ἀμφὶ µέσον 
ε -* 3 , BS a 9 4 / ο ο 
ημέρας ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ τῆς ᾽Αρμενίας πεδίον” ἅπαν 
καὶ λείους γηλόφους οὐ μεῖον 4 πέντε παρασάγγας' οὗ 
γὰρ ἦσαν ἐγγὺς τοῦ ποταμοῦ κῶμαι διὰ τοὺς πολέμους 

\ ‘ ‘ 5 , 9 YA oye , 8 
τοὺς πρὸς τοὺς Καρδούχους. eis δὲ Hv ἀφίκοντο Kany 

4 4 Ἆ , 4 ae , ν 9 A 
µεγάλη τε nv καὶ βασίλειον εἶχε τῷ σατράπ]ῃ καὶ ἐπὶ 
ταῖς πλείσταις οἰκίαις τύρσεις ἐπῆσαν ' ἐπιτήδεια 8 ἦν 
δαψιλῆ. 

? ο 

Εντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγ- 

5 , ΄ ο 4 4 4 α , 
yas ὀέκα µέχρι ὑπερῆλθον τας πηγας του Τίγρητος 
ποταμοῦ. 

aA » 9 , 4 a , 

Εντεῦθεν δ' ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγ- 

2 Χ Ν , / 8 
yas πεντεκαίδεκα ἐπὶ τὸν Τηλεβόαν ποταµόν. οὗτος 
ὸ > λὸ / , δ᾽ » A δὲ λ 4 Ν 

nv καλος μέν, µέγας ὃ ου Kw@pat ὃε πολλαὶ περὶ 


:Ἴ109,ᾳα. 1060. 336. δΙ0. 2715,b. 105%. 883. 6386. 3995. 108%. 4885. 
618.0. *3901,b. 188,1. 284,1. 268,a. 


33 








Ly 


ay 


222 ANABASIS. 


τὸν ποταμὸν ἦσαν. 6 δὲ τόπος οὗτος ᾽Αρμενία ἐκαλεῖτο 
ε 9 ε , φ > er 2 A , ε 
ἡ πρὸς εσπέραν. υπαρχος nv αυτης Τιρίβαζος, ὁ 
4 β λει φίλο , Νε ῤ 4 1) 8 
καὶ βασιλεῖ ς γενόμενος, καὶ ὁπότε παρείη, obdels 
¥ ρ 
ἄλλος βασιλέα ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον ἀνέβαλλεν. οὗτος προσ- 
ἤλασεν ἱππέας ἔχων, καὶ προπέµψας ἑρμηνέα εἶπεν ὅτι 
βούλοιτο διαλεχθῆναι τοῖς ἄρχουσι. τοῖς δὲ στρατη- 
yous ἔδοξεν ἀκοῦσαι' καὶ προσελθόντες eis ἐπήκοον 
Ἴροπων τί θέλοι. : δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι σπείσασθαι βούλοιτο 
σ α 
ἐφ @? pire αὐτὸς” τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀδικεῖν pyre ἐκεί- 
νους κάειν τὰς οἰκίας, λαμβάνειν τε τἀπιτήδεια ὅσων 
δέοιντο. ἐἔδοξε ταῦτα τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ ἐσπείσαντο 
ἐπὶ τούτοις. 


Topics for Study. (1) Armenia: division, extent, products etc. (9) 
The idiom for ‘ within hearing,’ 


Ἐντεῦθεν 8 ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τρεῖς διὰ πεδίου 

, (ὃ . 8 ΄ , 
παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα ᾽ καὶ Τιρίβαζος παρηκολούθει 
ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν ἀπέχων ὡς δέκα σταδίους ' 

4 3 Α 9 ΄ 8 , o> Q 
καὶ ἀφίκοντο eis βασίλεια καὶ Kopas πέριξ πολλὰς 
πολλών ὃ τῶν ἐπιτήδείων µεστάς. 

Στρατοπεδευοµένων 8 αὐτῶν γίγνεται τῆς νυκτὸς χιὼν 
πολλή’ καὶ ἕωθεν έδοξε διασκηνῆσαι τὰς τάξεις καὶ τοὺς 
στρατηγοὺς κατὰ τὰς κώμας' οὐ γὰρ ἑώρων πολέμιον 
οὐδένα καὶ ἀσφαλὲς ἐδόκει εἶναι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς 

, 9 Φ 8 9 rd 9 9 Ν 9 id 
χιόνος. ἐνταῦθα εἶχον [τὰ ἐπιτήδεια] ὅσα ἐστὶν ἀγαθά, 
ἱερεῖα, σῖτον, οἴνους παλαιοὺς εὐώδεις, ἀσταφίδας, ὄσπρια 
παντοδαπά. τῶν δὲ ἁποσκεδαννυμένων τινὲς ἀπὸ τοῦ 

, ν 9g ΄ ΄ 8 Δ 
στρατοπέδου ἔλεγον ὅτι κατίδοιεν νύκτωρ πολλα πυρα 

ο 3 8 A A 3 3 8 
φαίνοντα. ἐδόκει δὴ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς 
εἶναι διασκηνοῦν, ἀλλὰ συναγαγεῖν τὸ στράτευμα πάλιν. 


1090606 ἐπί, cf. 4.919, 2940, (b). 927. G31, 475, N. 5438, (1). Srioy ἐπιτηδείων 
(ὄντων) πολλῶν. 594, b. 919. £53,1. 4552. c¢. 








BOOK IV. CHAP. IV. ; 293 


ὀτεῦθεν συνῆλθον ' καὶ γὰρ ἐδόκει διαιθριάζεινλ νυκτε- 
aA A 9 

ρευόντων 8 αὐτῶν ἐνταῦθα ἐπιπίπτει χιὼν ἄπλετος, ὥστε 
9 rd η 4 σ Q 4 9 [ο 
ἀποκρύψαι καὶ τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους κατακει- 
/ Sve , ε a. \ ‘ 
µένους ' καὶ τὰ ᾿ὑποζύγια συνεπόδισεν ἡ χιών᾽ καὶ πολὺς 
ὄκος ἦν ἀνίστασθαι' κατακειµένωνὶ γὰρ ἀλεεινὸν” ἦν 
ἡ χιὼν ἐπιπεπτωκυῖα ὅτῳ μὴ παραρρυείη. ret δὲ 
[παν ή ο > ϱ aq 3 8 ΄ 4 ια.) 
Ἐενοφῶν ἐτόλμησε γυμνὸς ἀναστὰς σχίζειν ξύλα, Tax 
’ , . 3 > 2 9 8 ν 
ἀναστάς τις καὶ ἄλλος ἐκείνυ ἀφελόμενος" ἐσχιζεν. 
3 \ 2 a ¥ 3 4 “A » \ 93 ιό 
ἐκ δὲ τούτου καὶ ἄλλοι ἀναστάντες πὂρ ἔκαον καὶ ἐχρί- 
οντο πολὺ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα εὑρίσκετο χρῖμα, ᾧ ἐχρῶντο 
2 9 gy , ρ 4 4 9 2 
avr ἐλαίου, σύειον καὶ σησάμινον" καὶ ἁμυγδάλινον ἐκ 
τῶν πικρῶν καὶ τερµίνθινον. ἐκ δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων 

\ ρ 
Καὶ µύρον εὑρίσκετο. γ 

Topics for Study. (1) Greek for ‘muck snow falls,’ §§ 8,11. (2) The 
endings denoting material. 


Anticipating an attack from Tiribazus, they disperse his troops. 


Mera ταῦτα ἐδόκει πάλιν διασκηνητέον εἶναι [eis τὰς 
/ 9 ¥ Q\ ε ~ 8 ο 
κώµας] εἰς στέγας. ἔνθα δὴ οἱ στρατιῶται σὺν πολλῇ 
~ α 4. 

κραυγῇ καὶ ἤδονῃ ᾖσαν ἐπὶ τὰς στέγας καὶ τὰ ἐπιτή- 
baa’ ὅσοι δὲ ὅτε τὸ πρότερον ἀπῇσαν τὰς οἰκίας 
ἐνέπρησαν ὑπὸ ἀτασθαλίας δίκην ἐδίδοσαν κακῶς σκη- 
νοῦντες. 

3 A 

Εντεῦθεν ἔπεμψαν µνυκτὸς Δημοκράτην Τημνίτην 
¥ 
ἄνδρας δόντες ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη ἔνθα ἔφασαν οἱ ἀποσκεδαν- 
΄ α 4 Lar 4 4 306 7 Ἆ 4 
νύµενοι καθορᾶν τὰ πυρά οὗτος yap ἐδόκει καὶ πρό- 
τερον πολλὰ ἤδη ἀληθεῦσαι τοιαῦτα, τὰ ὄντα τε ὡς 
bd 9 \ 5 , » ε 3 sd 8 δὲ λ 
οντα καὶ τὰ δ μὴ ὄντα ὡς οὐκ ὄντα. πορευθεὶς δὲ τὰ 
] A 
μεν πυρὰ οὐκ έφη ἰδεῖν, ἄνδρα δὲ συλλαβὼν ἥκεν 


1ρο. αὐτῶν. 3613. 925. «98. 544. 880. τὴν ἀξίνην. * 566, b. 852. 288, 2 
48é(end). 51025,a. 1612. 432,1. 689, ο. 


It 


on 


4 


15 


18 


19 


20 


21 


224 


AN ABASIS. 


¥ 

Gywy ἔχοντα τόξον Περσικὸν καὶ φαρέτραν καὶ σάγαριν 
σ Q e >] 4 ¥ 3 ΄ A 

(7 οἴανπερ καὶ at ᾽᾿Αμαζόνε ἔχουσιν. ἐρωτώμενος δὲ 





PERSIAN ARCHER. 


ποδαπὸς ety Πέρσης μὲν ἔφη εἶναι, 
πορεύεσθαι & ἀπὸ τοῦ ὮΤιριβάζου 
΄ σ > la ΄ 
στρατοπέδου, ὅπως ἐπιτήδεια λάβοι. 
οἱ δὲ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν τὸ στράτευμα 
ὁπόσον τε εἴη καὶ ἐπὶ τίνι συν- 
ειλεγμένον. 6 δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι Τιρίβαζος 
εἴη ἔχων τήν τε ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν καὶ 
μισθοφόρους Χάλυβας καὶ Ταόχους ' 
, Ν 3 UN ¥ ε > A 
παρεσκευάσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν ἔφη ὡς ἐπὶ 
τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τοῦ ὄρους ἐν τοῖς στενοῖς 


49 a A . A 
Ίπερ povaxy εἴη πορεία, ἐνταῦθα ἐπιθησόμενόν τοῖς 


Ἕλλησιν. 


3 A α A 
Ακούσασι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ταῦτα ἔδοξε τὸ στράτευμα 





GREEK ARCHER. 


ων = 8 3 ‘\ 4 
συναγαγεῖν καὶ εὐθὺς φύλακας 
καταλιπόντες καὶ στρατηγὸν ἐπὶ 

ο) { 4 ο 
τοῖς µένουσι Σοφαίνετον Στυμµφά- 
λιον ἐπορεύοντο ἔχοντες ἡγεμόνα 

Ν ey s »” 9 Δ ‘ 
τὸν ἁλόντα ἄνθρωπον. ἐπειδὴ δὲ 
ὑπερέβαλλον τὰ Όρη, οἱ πελ- 
τασταὶ προϊόντες καὶ κατιδόντες 
τὸ στρατόπεδον οὐκ έμειναν τοὺς 
ὁπλίτας, ἀλλ' ἀνακραγόντες ἔθεον 
3 4 8 ‘4 ε Ν ΄ 
ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. οἱ δὲ βάρ- 


> a N ῤ 3 e 4 3 ᾿ 
βαροι ἀκούσαντες τὸν θόρυβον οὐχ ὑπέμειναν, ἀλλ 
4 9 Ν 8 3 id , ~ ΄ 
ἔφευγον ὅμως δὲ καὶ ἀπέθανόν τινες τῶν βαρβάρων 
κου 9 > ¥ N ε Δ ε a, 1 
καὶ ἵπποι ἠλωσαν Eis Elkoo καὶ ἡ σκηνὴ ἡ Τιριβάζου 
ἑάλω καὶ ἐν αὐτῇῃ κλῖναι ἀργυρόποδες καὶ ἐκπώματα 
> 
22 καὶ οἱ ἀρτοκόποι καὶ οἱ οἰνοχόοι φάσκοντες εἶναι. ἐπειδὴ 


2 Introd. 19. 





BOOK IV. CHAP. V. 225 


δὲ ἐπύθοντο ταῦτα of τῶν ὁπλιτῶν στρατηγοί, ἐδόκει 
αὐτοῖς ἀπιέναι τὴν ταχίστην ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, μή’ 
τις ἐπίθεσις  γένοιτο τοῖς καταλελειμµένοι.. καὶ εὐθὺς 
ἀνακαλεσάμενοι τῇ σάλπιγγι ἀπῇσαν, καὶ ἀφίκοντο αὐθη- 
μερὸν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 


Topics for Study. (1) Plurals of wip. (2) Cf. ξένοι and μισθοφόροι. 
(3) The ending -χῇ. (4) Nouns derived from βάλλω, ἕδραμο», λέγω, στέλλω. 
(5) To ods (pres. pt. of φημί) Xenophon prefers what participle 4 


They march on through deep snow, facing a cold wind. 


ων > ε vd - 2 , > σ a 
V. Tp & ὑστεραίᾳ ἐδόκει πορευτέον εἶναι ὅπῃ δύ- 
΄ Ν ~ , , 
ναιντο τάχιστα πρὶν συλλεγῆναι τὸ στράτευμα πάλιν 
καὶ καταλαβεῖν τὰ στενά. συσκευασάµενοι ὃ εὐθὺς ἔπο- 
, 9 ο A e , ν a, 
ρεύοντο διὰ χιόνος πολλῆς ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες πολλούς 
καὶ αὐθημερὸν ὑπερβαλόντες τὸ ἄκρον ἐφ @ ἔμελλεν 
3 , rd ΄ 
ἐπιτίθεσθαι Τιρίβαζος κατεστρατοπεδεύσαντο. 
3 A 3 9 v4 “ > la “A 
Εντεῦθεν 8 ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τρεῖς 
παρασάγγας πεντεκαΐδεκα ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταµόν, 
καὶ διέβαινον αὐτὸν βρεχόµενοι πρὸς τὸν ὀμφαλόν. ἐἑλέ- 
yovro ὃ οὐδ αἱ πηγαὶ πρόσω εἶναι. 
3 A 3 ι Ν ῤ ~ 8 ΄ 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ χιόνος πολλῆς καὶ πεδίου 
σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας δέκα. 6 δὲ τρίτοςὃ ἐγέ- 
vero χαλεπὸς καὶ ἄνεμος βορρᾶς ἐναντίος ἔπνει παντά- 
πασιν ἀποκάων πάντα καὶ πηγνὺς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. ἔνθα 
δὴ τῶν µάντεών τις εἶπε' σφαγιάσασθαι τῷ ἀνέμῳ, καὶ 
σφαγιάζεται καὶ πᾶσι δὴ περιφανῶς ἔδοξεν ἀνεῖναι τὸ 
8 “A , A Α 4 8 4 
χαλεπὸν τοῦ πνεύματος. Av δὲ τῆς χιόνος τὸ βάθος 
ὀργυιά. ὥστε καὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων καὶ τῶν ἀνδραπόδων 
πολλὰ ἁἀπώλετο καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὡς τριάκοντα. 


1881. 1862. 590. 611.ο. 31066, a. 1174 (‘* With Nouns’’). 8938. 642. 5ο, 
σταθµόι, «946, Ὁ (end). 6669, κ. 668 (end). ; 


wf 


5 


my 


10 


226 ANABASIS. 


διεγένοντο δὲ τὴν νύκτα Tup Kdovres: ξύλα ὃ ἦν ἐν 
τῷ σταθμῷ πολλά. οἱ δὲ ὀψὲ προσιόντε ξύλα οὐκ 
εἶχον. οἱ οὖν πάλαι ἥκοντες καὶ πρ κάοντες οὗ προσ- 
ίεσαν πρὸς τὸ πρ τοὺς ὀψίζοντας, εἰ μὴ µμεταδοῖεν 
αὐτοῖς πυροὺς 7 ἄλλο [τι] εἴ τι ἔχοιεν βρωτόν. ἐἔνθα 
δὴ µετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις ὧν] εἶχον ἑκαστοι. ἐἔνθα δὲ 
τὸ πῦρ ἐκάετο, διατηκοµένης THS χιόνος βόθροι ἐγίγνοντο 
μεγάλοι ἔστε ἐπὶ τὸ δάπεδον οὗ δὴ παρῆν μετρεῖν τὸ 
βάθος τῆς χιόνος. 


Topics for Study. (1) εἶνι and εἶναι (2) Force of µετά in compo- 
sition. (3) ἔστε and ἐστέ, ds and ὥς. 


‘9 A θ δὲ 4 9 Αα e 9 3 ΄ 

EvrevVev ὃε τὴν ἐπιούσαν Ἠμέραν ολην ἐπορεύοντο 
8 a, ‘N N “A 3 vA 
διὰ xudvos, καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἑβουλιμίασαν. 
Ἐενοφῶν ὃ ὀπισθοφυλακῶν καὶ καταλαμβάνων τοὺς 
πίπτοντας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἠγνόει ὅτι τὸ πάθος ein. 
> XN 8 > 4 9 Αα “~ σ ~ 
ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἶπέ τις αὐτῷ τῶν ἐμπείρων ὅτι σαφῶς Bov- 
λιμιῶσι Kav τι φάγωσιν ἀναστήσονται, περιιὼν περὶ 
Δ e€ , ¥ ΄ ε 4 ό 8 
τὰ ὑποζύγια, εἶ πού τι ὀρῴη βρωτόν, διεδίδου καὶ 
διέπεµπε διδόντας τοὺς δυναµένους Ἠπεριτρέχειν τοῖς 

“~ 3 Ν 4 3 4 3» 8 

βουλιμιῶσιν. ἐπειδὴ δέ τι ἐμφάγοιεν, ἀνίσταντο καὶ 
ἐπορεύοντο. | 

Πορευομένων" δὲ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἀμφὶ κνέφας πρὸς 
κώμην ἀφικνεῖται, καὶ ὑδροφορούσας ἐκ τῆς κώµης πρὸς 
τῇ κρήνῃ Ύγυναϊκας καὶ κόρας καταλαμβάνει ἔμπρο- 
σθεν τοῦ ἐρύματος. αὗται ἠρώτων αὐτοὺς τίνες elev. 
ε δ᾽ ε ν > 8 9 \ 2 ΄ 
ὁ ὃ έρμηνευς εἶπε ππρσιστὶ" Οτι παρα βασιλέως πορεύ- 
ονται πρὸς τὸν σατράπην. ai δὲ 'ἀπεκρίναντο ὅτι οὐκ 
3 “A ¥ 3 3 9 A 9 ο PA ε ts 
ἐνταῦθα ein, ἀλλ ἀπέχει ὅσον παρασάγγην. ot 9, 
ἐπεὶ ὀψὲ ἦν, πρὸς τὸν κωμάρλην συνεισέρχονται εἰς τὸ 


3:97. 1007. 356. 510,8. νο, αὐτῶν. 6800, ἃ, 


BOOK IV. CHAP. V. 997 


ἔρυμα σὺν ταῖς ὑδροφόρις. ἉΧειρίσοφος μὲν οὖν καὶ i 


doo ἐδυνήθησαν τοῦ στρατεύματος ἐνταῦθα ἐστρατο- 
πεδεύσαντο, τῶν ὃ ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν οἱ μὴ ἲ δυνάµενοι 
διατελέσαι τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνυκτέρευσαν ᾖἆσιτοι καὶ ἄνευ 
πυρός καὶ ἐνταῦθά τινες ἀπώλοντο τῶν στρατιωτῶν. 
Topics for Study. (1) βοῦς in composition. (2) Pronoung used in 


introducing indirect questions. (3) Accent of ὑδροφόρος, H. 582, ο; G. 885. 
(4) μή with adjectives or participles. 


After much suffering and exhaustion they encamp in the snow. 


> ig de A 4 ld 4 8 

Εφείποντο δὲ τῶν πολεμίων συνειλεγμένοι τινὲς καὶ 
8 8 , “A e ‘4 σ Q > , 
τὰ μὴ δυνάµενα τῶν ὑποζυγίων Μἧρπαζον καὶ ἀλλήλοις 
ἐμάχοντο περὶ αὐτῶν. ἐλείποντο δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἵ 

ὃ 0 0 ε oa A , 4 3 θ λ \ 3 9 
τε διεφύαρµένοι ὑπὸ τῆς χιόνος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς” οἱ τε 
e a “A 4 4 , ϱ . 
υπο του ψύχους τους δακτύλους΄ των 
ποδώὼν ἁποσεσηπότε. Fv δὲ τοῖς μὲν 
2 aA 3 , A , 8 ν 
ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπικούρημα τῆς χιόνος ὃ εἶ 

ρ ” 8 ~ 3 
τις µέλαν τι ἔχων πρὸ τῶν ὀφθαλ- 
μῶν ἐπορεύετο, τῶν δὲ ποδῶν ὃ et τις 
κινοῖτο" καὶ µηδέποτε ἡἠσυχίαν ἔχοι καὶ εἰς τὴν νύκτα 
ὑπολύοιτο ὅσοι δὲ ὑποδεδεμένοι ἐκοιμῶντο, εἰσεδύοντο 
3 4 , ε Ν Ν 
εἷς τοὺς πόδας οἳ ἱμάντες καὶ τὰ 
ὑποδήματα περιεπήγνυντο΄ καὶ yap 
3 8 3 la 8 > “ 
ἦσαν, ἐπειδὴ ἐπέλιπε τὰ ἀρχαῖα 
4 ῤ A 
ὑποδήματα, καρβάτιναι πεποιηµέναι 
9 ~ “A 4 Δ 4 4 3 , 
ἐκ τῶν νεοδάρτων βοῶν. διὰ τὰς τοιαύτας οὖν ἀνάγκας 
α 8 93 
ὑπελείποντό τινες τῶν στρατιωτῶν καὶ ἰδόντες µέλαν 
ο Saree ρα: αγόρι αν ρ ν 
Te χωρίον διὰ τὸ ἐκλελοιπένάι " αὐτόύι τὴν χιόνα εἰκαζον 
ώς 9 , \ , soa , 4 

τετηκέναι ' καὶ ἐτετήκει διὰ κρήνην twa ἡ πλησίον ἦν 









- ee ο στο 


ὑποδήματα, ἱμάντες. 


11025, Α. 1612. 432.1. §&88, 6. 2718. 1058. 835, 512. 587. 5 74990, ο. 
1085, δ. 350. 506,8. «8904, 2. 1898,2. 610. 661.2 959. 1646. G38. Cf 574. 


12 


19 


16 


17 


18 


20 


21 


228 ANABASIS, 


ἀτμίζουσα ἐν νάπῃ. ἐνταῦθ ἐκτραπόμενοι ἐκάθηντο καὶ 
οὐκ ἔφασαν πορεύεσθαι. | 

‘O δὲ Ἐενοφῶν έχων [τοὺς] ὀπισθοφύλακας ὡς 
ᾖσθετο, ἐδεῖτο αὐτῶν ἱπάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ μὴ 
ἀπολείπεσύαι, λέγων ὅτι ἔπόνται πολλοὶ πολέμιοι συνει- 


᾿λεγμένοι, καὶ τελευτῶν  ἐχαλέπαινεν. οἱ δὲ σφάττειν 3 


ἐκέλευον * ὃ γὰρ ἂν δύνασθαι πορευθῆναι. ἐνταῦθα 

Mar > 9 ε , , a 
ἔδοξε κράτιστον εἶναι τοὺς ἑπομένους πολεμίους hoB7- 
σαι, eb τις δύναιτο, μὴ ἐπίοιεν τοῖς κάµνουσι. καὶ ἦν 
μὲν σκότος ἤδη, οἱδ δὲ προσῇῆσαν πολλφ θορύβῳ ἀμφὶ 
ὧν εἶχον διαφερόµενοι. ἐἔνθα δὴ οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες [are 
ὑγιαίνοντες] ἐξαναστάντες «δραμον eis τοὺς πολεµίους ' 
οἱ δὲ κάµνοντες ἀνακραγόντες ὅσον ἐδύναντο µέγιστον 

8 3 a 8 5 ΄ ε 4 ld 

τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ δόρατα ἔκρουσαν. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι 
δείσαντες ἡ ἦκαν ἑαυτοὺς κατὰ τῆς χιόνος εἰς τὴν νάπην, 
καὶ οὐδεὶς ἔτι οὐδαμοῦ ἐφθέγέατο. 


Topics for Study. (1) Participles used adverbially. (2) The form 
fray. 


Καὶ Ἐενοφῶν μὲν καὶ of σὺν αὐτῷ εἰπόντες τοῖς 
A ή ο “A e ? 9 a 9 ) 9 η 
ἀσθενοῦσιν ὅτι τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἠξουσί τινες ἐπ αὐτούς, 
πορευόµενοι πρὶν τέτταρα στάδια διελθεῖν ἐντυγχάν 
ow ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναπαυομένοις ἐπὶ τῆς Χιόνος τοῖς 
, ρ Ν 9 4 8 3 4 
στρατιώταις ἐγκεκαλυμμένοις, καὶ οὐδὲ φυλακὴ οὐδεμία 
΄ . 4 3 [ο 93 e > ν σ 
καθειστήκει καὶ ἀνίστασαν αὐτούς. οἱ ὃ ἔλεγον ὅτι 
ot ἔμπροσθεν οὐχ ὑποχωροῖεν. 6° δὲ παριὼν καὶ πα- 
ῥαπέμπων τῶν πελταστῶν τοὺς ἰσχυροτάτους ἐκέλευε 
ld 4 ¥ 8 “~ e 8 9 rd ο 
σκέψασθαι τί ein τὸ κωλῦον. οἱ δὲ ἀπήγγελλον ὅτι 
ὅλον οὕτως ἀναπαύοιτο τὸ στράτευμα. ἐνταῦθα καὶ 
e A “~ 9 id 9 ρα 4 a 4 
οἱ περὶ Ἐενοφῶντα ηὐλίσθησαν αὐτοῦ ἄνευ πυρὸς καὶ 


1968... 1564. 6δᾷ. κ.Ὀ. ὅδδια. 399. αὐτούς. 980, αὐτόν. sc. ἔφασαν. Sie 
ο Oe. 61.96. Εενοφῶν. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. V. 229 


κά 8 9 29. 7 , μα 
ἄδειπνοι, φυλακὰς olas ἐδύναντο καταστησάµενοι. ἐπεὶ 
δὲ Ν ε ρ ΑΦ ε Q “A , : 9 ‘ 
ε πρὸς ημέραν HV, ὁ μὲν Ἐενοφών πέµψας πρὸς τοὺς 
ἀσθενοῦντας τοὺς νεωτάτους ἀναστήσαντας ἐκέλευεν 
) U4 ορ 3 4 2 , , 
ἀναγκάζειν προϊέναι. ἐν δὲ τούτῳ Χειρίσοφος πέµπει 
Tov’ ἐκ τῆς κώµμης σκεψοµένους, πῶς ἔχοιεν οἱ τελευ- 
a e 4 ¥ 29 / 9 “ Q 3 A 
Taio. οἱ δὲ ἄσμενοι iddvres” τοὺς μὲν ἀσθενοῦντας 
Ν 
τούτοις παρέδοσαν κομίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, αὐτοὶ 
δὲ ἐ j ὶ iy εἰ diva διεληλυθέ 
ἐπορεύοντο, καὶ πρὶν εἶκοσι στάδια διεληλυθέναι 
9 α 
ἦσαν πρὸς τῇ κώμῃ ἔνθα Χειρίσοφος ηὐλίζετο. 


Topics for Study. (1) Cf. ἀνίστασαν, ἀνέστασα», ἀνέστησαν. (2) What 
tenses of ἵστημι are transitive 8 


The troops are. billeted among the villages. Armenian houses. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ συνεγένοντο ἀλλήλοις, ἔδοξε κατὰ τὰς κώµας 
ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι τὰς τάξεις σκηνοθν. καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν 
3 ana ὃν ε δὲ ¥ a ερ ιο 
αὐτοῦ ἔμενεν, ot δὲ ἄλλοι διαλαχόντες aS ἑώρων κώμας 
3 A 9 “ ε “~ ν » ϱ 57, 
ἐπορεύοντο ἕκαστοι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντες. ἔνθα δὴ Ἡο- 

, A 9 2 7 2) 2 ε oe, 

λυκράτης ᾿Αθηναῖος λοχαγὸς ἐκέλευσεν ἀφιέναι ἑαυτόν 

\ λ ‘\ 2 2 ρ | 3 N Ν , a rh ed 
kat λαβὼν τοὺς εὐζώνους, θέων ἐπὶ τὴν κώµην ἣν εἰλή- 
χει Ξενοφῶν καταλαμβάνει πάντας ἔνδον τοὺς κωµήτας 
καὶ τὸν κωµάρχην, καὶ πώλους eis δασμὸν βασιλεῖ τρε- 
φομένους ἑπτακαίδεκα, καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ κωµάρχου 
2 ε 4 3 ’ 4 ε δ᾽ ..Χ 9. 
ἐνάτην ἡμέραν” γεγαμημµένην '' ο ἀνηρ auTyns λαγὼς 
¥ A 
ὤχετο θηράσων καὶ οὐχ ἤλω ἐν τῇ κώμῃ. 

ε 7 > 7 N 4 / 9 
Ai & οἰκίαι ἦσαν κατάγειοι, τὸ μὲν στόμα ὥσπερ 
, 2 » aA, eg. ν A 1. ε 
Φρέατος, κάτω 8 εὑρεῖαι' ai δὲ εἴσοδοι τοῖς μὲν ὑπο- 
΄ 3 ΄ e δὲ ¥ 0 id > N 

ζυγίοις ὀρυκταί, οἱ δὲ ἄνθρωποι κατέβαινον ἐπὶ κλίμα- 
Kos. ἐν δὲ ταῖς οἰκίαις ἦσαν alyes, oles, βόες, ὀρνιθες, 
καὶ τὰ ἔκγονα τούτων τὰ δὲ κτήνη πάντα χιλῷ ἐἔνδον 


1198,8. 1225. 398,Nn.3 3906, αὐτού 5661 (cf. 4.61), 721. 1069. 388. 588. 
«816, δ. 1246. 506. 


22 


23 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


230 ANABASIS. 


9 ρ 4 4 a 8 3 
ἐτρέφοντο.} ἦσαν δὲ καὶ πυροὶ καὶ κριθαὶ καὶ ὄσπρια 
Ἆ > 3 3 4 4 LON 3 = 
καὶ olvos κρίθινος ἐν κρατῆρσιν. ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ αὐταί 
αἱ κριθαὶ ἰσοχειλεῖς, καὶ κάλαµοι το οἱ μὲν μεί- 
ζους οἱ δὲ ἐλάττους, γόνατα οὐκ έχοντες τούτους ἔδει 
ὁπότε τις διψῴη λαβόντα εἷς τὸ στόµα µύζειν. καὶ 
, > 9 , 9 5 4 , eas 
πάνυ ἄκρατος ἦν, εἶ µή τις ύδωρ ἐπιχέοι' καὶ πάνυ ἡδὺ 
συμμµαθόντιὶ τὸ πῶμα av. 
ε 9 A 9 9’ A , , , 
Ο δὲ Ἐενοφῶν τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς κώμης ταύτης σύν- 
δειπνον ἐποιήσατο καὶ Θαρρεῖν αὐτὸν ἐκέλευε λέγων 
ὅτι οὔτε τῶν τέκνων στερήσοιτο τήν τε οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 
, ο 9 δ , 2 9 a » , 
ἀντεμπλήσαντες τῶν ἐπιτηδείων” ἀπίασιν, ἦν ἀγαθόν 
τι τῷ στρατεύματι ἐξηγησάμενος φαίνηται €or ἂν ἐν 


ἄλλῳ Ove γένωνται. 6 δὲ ταῦτα ὑπισχνεῖτο, καὶ φιλο- 


, 8 8 » ν A e ρ 
φρονούμενος olvov’ ἔφρασεν ἐένθα Hv κατορωρυγµένος. 
S 9 
ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν νύκτα διασκηνήσαντες οὕτως ἐκοι- 
ή α 
µήθησαν ἐν πᾶσιν ἀφθόνοις πάντες οἱ στρατιῶται, ἐν 


φυλακῇ ἔχοντες τὸν κωµμάρχην καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ 


30 


9] 


82 


ὁμοῦ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς. 
Topics for Study. (1) The idiom for ‘nine days ago.’ (2) Declension 
of λαγώς, ὕδωρ. (3) Idiom for ‘keep under one’s eye.’ 


τῇ 8 ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ Ἐενοφῶν λαβὼν τὸν κωµάρχην 
πρὸς Χειρίσοφον ἐπορεύετο' ὅπου δὲ παρίοι κώμην, 
ἐτρέπετο πρὸς τοὺς ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καὶ κατελάµβανε 
πανταχοῦ εὐωχουμένους καὶ εὐθυμουμένους, καὶ οὐδαμό- 
θεν ἀφίεσαν " πρὶν παραθεῖναι αὐτοῖς ἄριστον οὐκ ἦν 
δ) ὅπου οὐ παρετίθεσαν ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν τράπεζαν κρέα 
ἄρνεια, ἐρίφεια, Χοίρεια, μόσχεια, ὀρνίθεια, σὺν πολλοῖς 
ἄρτοις τοῖς μὲν πυρίνοις τοῖς δὲ κριθίνοις. ὁπότε δέ 
τις φιλοφρονούμενός τῷ βούλοιτο προπιεῖν, εἷλκενὸ ἐπὶ 


1111. α, Ὁ. 1119, 1,92. 382. ὅδ88. 3349. 1118. 856. 518. %878. 727,18 
4 ac. αὐτούς, i.e. Μενοφῶντα καὶ τὸν κωµάρχη»ν. .. αὐτόμ. 





BOOK IV. CHAP. V. 331 


τὸν κρατῆρα, ἔνθεν ἐπικύψαντα der ῥοφοῦντα πίνειν 
σ α A 
ὥσπερ βοῦν. καὶ τῷ Kopdpyn ἐδίδοσαν λαμβάνειν 
ὅτι βούλοιτο. ὁ δὲ ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν ἐδέχετο, ὅπου δέ 
a a 9 ε Ν 4 3) 2 1 
Twa τὠν συγγενών ἴδοι, πρὸς. ἑαυτὸν ἀεὶ ἐλάμβανεν. 
Ἐπεὶ ὃ ᾖλθον πρὸς Χειρίσοφον, κατελάµβανον κἀ- 
κενους σκηνοῦντας ἐστεφανωμένους τοῦ Enpod χιλοῦ 
στεφάνοις, καὶ διακονοῦντας ᾽Αρμενίους παῖδας σὺν ταῖς 
βαρβαρικαῖς στολαῖς' τοῖς παισὶν ἐδείκνυσαν ὥσπερ 
ἐνεοῖς ὅτι δέοι ποιεῖν. ἐπεὶ 8 ἀλλήλους ἐφιλοφρονή- 
id 8 ~” Α 4 3 > 
σαντο Χειρίσοφος καὶ Βενοφών, κοιν δὴ ἀνηρώτων 
Tov κωμάρχην διὰ τοῦ περσίζοντος ἑρμηνέως τίς εἴη ἡ 
4 ε > » φ 3 , 8 Ud 3 ΄ 
χώρα. ὁ ὃ ἔλεγεν ὅτι ᾽Αρμενία. καὶ πάλιν ἠρώτων 
τώι οὗ ἵπποι τρέφοιντο. ὁ 8 ἔλεγεν ὅτι βασιλε δα- 
σµός' τὴν δὲ πλησίον χώραν ἔφη εἶναι Χάλυβας, καὶ 
A eQAn » Φ. » 8  ἃ 4 A » 
τὴν ὁδὸν ἔφραζεν ᾗ εἴη. καὶ αὐτὸν τότε μὲν @yeETO 
γ A α 
ἄγων Ἐενοφῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ οἰκέτας, καὶ ἵππον 
é 3 “A 
ov εἰλήφει παλαίτερον” δίδωσι τῷ Kwpdpyy ἀναθρέψαντι 
6D 9 ¥ xs. 8g ε ον > a ¢ λί 4 
καταύυσαι;, OTL Όκουεν αὖὐτον" LEepov εἶναι του HAtov, 
5 5 \ 8 9 A 2 . Δ ε a / ‘ 
εθως µη αποὔανῃ᾽ ἑκεκάκωτο yap υπὸ της πορείας 
αὐτὸς δὲ τῶν πώλων ὃ λαμβάνει, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων στρα- 
τηγών [καὶ λοχαγών] ἔδωκεν ἑκάστῳ πώλον. ἦσαν δ᾽ 
οἱ ταύτῃ ἵπποι µείονε μὲν τῶν Περσικῶν, θυµοειδέ- 
στερι δὲ πολύ. ἐνταῦθα δὴ καὶ διδάσκει ὁ κωµάρχης 
περὶ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἵππων καὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων σακία 
πειειλεῖν, ὅταν διὰ τῆς χιόνος ἄγωσιν  ἄνευ γὰρ τών 
σακίων κατεδύοντο µέχρι τῆς γαστρός. 
Topics for Study. (1) Origin of εὐωχέω. (2) The ending -ειο. (8) 


The tribute paid the Persian king, — how assessed ? See Introd. 14. (4) Com- 
parison of παλαιό». 


_ 199 αὐτόν, Le. τὸν σνγγενΏ. 9 250,649, b. 352. 15839, 2: 496, 1. 178. 51.9. τὸν 
πο. 4 δ4,0. 1149. 348,3. 616,bd. 5196. 1097. 356. 508. 


96 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


5] 


230 οσο 
ἐτρέφοντο. } 7 
καὶ οἶνος κρίθ ον 1 σας held by the enemy, 
ai κριθαὶ too ο ος 
ε 4 3\ pe . 
ζους οἱ δὲ ἐ, ian, τὸν” μὲν ἠἡγεμόνα 
ε ‘4 ΝΑ 
οπότε τις δι _, cas δὲ οἰκέας καταλείπει 
΄ 
πανυ ἄκρατος _z ~y ἄρτι ἡἠβάσκοντος ' του- 
1 
συµμµαθόντι ~~) παραδίδωσι φυλάττειν, 
ε 4 A 
Ο οὲ He: . τῶν καὶ τοῦτον ἀπίοι. καὶ 
> 
δειπνον ἐπι _semeray ὡς ἐδύναντο πλεῖστα, 
σ : γ a α A 
ὅτι ouTE τι ουν ἡγεῖτο & αὐτοῖς.ὁ Kor 
, » “A 
ἀντεμπλήσα cus’ καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν ἐν τῷ 
~ ; “A 
Tt τῷ στι οκ οοος αὐτῷ ἐχαλεπάνθη ὅτι 
ν 
ἄλλῳ έθνει ὃ ἔλεγεν ὅτι οὐκ elev* ἐν 
a ΄ 
φρονούμεν; κερίσοφος αὐτὸν ἔπαισε µέν, 
ο λ > ~ α 
ταύτην μὲ _ vu ἐκεῖνος τῆς νυκτὸς ἀποδρὰς 
4 A 
µήθησαν ὧν τοῦτό γε δὴ Χειρισόφῳ καὶ 
φυλακῃ « ν τῇ πορείᾳ ἐγένετο, ἡ τοῦ 
ε A 9 κ 5 ™ Pp . Y ? Ἶ 
π 4 8 93 ld 
οµου ἐν _ooea. ᾿Ἐπισθένης δὲ ἠράσθη ὃ 
_, Toples | metas πιστοτάτῳ ἐχρῆτο. 
of λαγών, vie ἃ 4 θ 4 9 A ο 
= _ eer επτα σταῦµους ava πεντε 
τῇ 8 -“ παρὰ τὸν Φᾶσιν ποταµόν 
πρὸς AE 
3 # - A 9 ὃ , 0 
ἐτρέπετο we σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας 
πανταχοϊ = © πεδίον ὑπερβολῇ ἀπήντησαν 
? #* bs 8 ΄ 4 
fev act Meeyo. καὶ Dacvavot. ἍἉΧειρίσο- 
0° Om weds πολεµίους ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῃ, 










| ’ 

» ἀπέχων εἰς τριάκοντα σταδίους, 

' (γω πλησιάσῃ τοῖς πολεµίοις " 
| 





εν (ὡς) ἡγεμόνα. $767. 116. 878. 5238. 
"750. 1186. 859. 616. On ending cf 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VI. 233 


παρήγγειλε δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις παράγειν τοὺς λόχους, 
ὅπως ἐπὶ φάλαγγος γένοιτο τὸ στράτευμα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Synopsis of ἔδρᾶν. (2) κατὰ κέρας, ἐπὶ φΦάλαγ- 
yos. Introd.77. (3) Ways of expressing purpose. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ᾖλθον οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες, συνεκάλεσε τοὺς 
9 4 , . oo» 5 . ene 4 
στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγούς, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε' “Οἱ μὲν 
πολέμιοι ὡς ὁρᾶτε, κατέχουσι τὰς ὑπερβολὰς τοῦ 
” 9 8 ΄ Ld ε 0 3 
ὄρους wpa δὲ βουλεύεσθαι ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἆγω- 
νιούμεθα.' ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν δοκε παραγγεῖλαι μὲν ἀρι- 
στοποιεῖσθαι τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἡμᾶς δὲ βουλεύεσθαι 
ν , ¥ ¥ ne , . 3 99 
εἴτε τήµερον εἴτε αὗριον δοκεῖὶ ὑπερβάλλειν τὸ ὄρος. 
“*Euot δέ ye,” ἔφη 6 Κλεάνωρ, “done, ἐπὰν τάχιστα 
ἀριστήσωμεν, ἐξοπλισαμένους ws τάχιστα ἰέναι ἐπὶ 
9 ¥ > N , 2 ‘ , e - 
τοὺς ἄνδρας. εἶ yap διατρύμομεν” τὴν τήµερον ἡμέ 
ραν, ov τε νῦν ἡμᾶς ὁρῶντες πολέμιοι θαρραλεώτεροι 
ν . 9 » 2 g , , , 
ἔσονται καὶ ἄλλους εἰκός τούτων θαρρούντων, πλείους 
προσγενέσθαι.᾽ | 
Mera τοῦτον Ἐενοφῶν εἶπεν, “’Eyd δ οὕτω γι- 


2 3 A 3 ῤ 3 ‘ a [ων 4 5 A 
γνώσκω. εἰ μὲν ἀνάγκη ἐστὶ µάχεσθαι, τοῦτο" δεῖ 


παρασκευάσασθαι ὅπως ὡς κράτιστα μαχούμεθα ᾿ él 
δὲ oun a ὡς ῥᾷστα ὑπερβάλλειν, τοῦτό μοι δοκεῖ 
σκεπτέον εἶναι ὅπως [as] ἐλάχιστα μὲν τραύματα λά- 
Bopev,” ὡς ἐλάχιστα δὲ σώματα ἀνδρῶν ἁποβάλωμεν. 
‘ 4 Φ ιά 3 N .6 ε , 2 A δΙ5 Ces 
TO MEV οὖν Ορος ἐστὶ τὸ» ὁρώμενον πλέον ἢ ἐφ᾽ ἑξή- 
Ud ¥ 3 9 lo , ε ο 
κοντα στάδια, avdpes ὃ οὐδαμοῦ Φφυλάττοντε ἡμᾶς 
'  epot εἰσιν ἀλλ ἢ κατ αὐτὴν τὴν ὁδόν πολὺ οὖν 
‘ 8 α >. A ν Δ , 6 ~ 
TTov’ τοῦ ἐρήμου ὅρους καὶ κλέφαι τι πειρᾶσθαι 
ντας καὶ ἁρπάσαι φθάσαντας, εἰ δυναίµεθα, μᾶλ- 
ἢ πρὸς ἰσχυρὰ χωρία καὶ ἀνθρώπους παρεσκενα- 
Βδ. 1872. 593. δα. 3999. 1405. 609 648. 250. dort. 4 1868, 
5885, b. 1874, cf. 8.139, 593,1. 638,28. ‘8c. µερο. 71046, 2,0. -® 80. ἐστί, 


10 


{3 


“ 


16 


934 ANABASIS. 


σµένους μάχεσθαιὶ πολὺ yap ῥᾷον ὄρθιον ἀμαχεὶ ἱέναι 
ἢ ὁμαλὲς ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν πολεμίων ὄντων, καὶ νύκτωρ 
ἀμαχεὶ μᾶλλον ἂν τὰ πρὸ ποδῶν ὀρφη τις ἢ μεθ ἡμέ 
pav μαχόμενος, καὶ ἡ τραχεῖα” τοῖς ποσὶν. ἀμαχὲὶ 


tovow® etpevertépa 7 ἡ ὁμαλὴ τὰς κεφαλὰς" βαλλο- 


8 A 
µένοις. καὶ κλέψαι ὃ) οὐκ ἀδύνατόν por δοκεῖ εἶναι, 
9 1.9 4 9 27 ε 9 A κα 
ἐξὸν μὲν νυκτὸς ἰέναι, ὡς μὴ ὁρᾶσθαι, ἐξὸν δ᾽ ἀπελθεῖν 

A ε py A 
τοσοῦτον ws’ μὴ αἴσθησιν παρέχειν. Soxodper® δ ἄν 
poo. ταύτῃ προσποιούµενοι προσβαλειν ἐρημοτέρῳ ἂν] 
”ν α ο A 
τῷ oper xpjobar* pévorev® γὰρ αὐτοῦ μᾶλλον ἀθρόοι οἱ 
πολέμιοι. 
/ A 
“"Atdp τί ἐγὼ περὶ κλοπῆς συμβάλλομαι; ὑμᾶς) 
8 ¥ s , 2 , 8 
γὰρ ἔγωγε, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἀκούω τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, 
φ 3 Δ A ε , 10 29 3 , 4 
ὅσοι ἐστὲ τῶν Gpoiwy,” εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων κλέπτειν µελε- 
“~ 8 3 3 κ + 9 4 9 , 9 
τᾶν, καὶ οὐκ αἰσχρὸν .εἶναι ἀλλὰ Κκαλὸν κλέπτει ὅσα 
8 , 4 9 A ε 4 | Ν 
μὴ κωλύει νόµος. ὅπως δὲ ὡς κράτιστα κλέπτητε καὶ 
πειρᾶσθε λανθάνειν, νόμιμο παρ ὑμῖν ἐστιν ἐὰν 
ληφθῆτε κλέπτοντες, µαστιγοῦσθαι. νῦν οὖν para σοι 
καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξα- 
4 α , α 3 li ε 4 9 

σθαι μὴ ληφθῶμεν κλέπτοντες τοῦ Opovs, ὡς μὴ πληγὰς 
Ad Bopev.” 


Topics for Study. (1) οἱ ὅμοιοι of Sparta, Introd. 54. (2) Difference 
between ὅσα µή and ὅσα οὗ. 


They send volunteers who dislodge the enemy. 


33 α 
“ANNA μέντοι) ἔφη 6 Χειρίσοφος, “Kayo ὑμᾶς 
4 3 A 4 > a 5 4 + a a, 4 
τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίους akovw Οεινους εἶναι κλέπτειν τα δηµό- 
4 , ¥ 12 5 A n δ , A έ 
Gia, καὶ µάλα ὀντος'' δεινοὺ τοῦ κινούνου τῷ κλέπτοντι, 
14 µάχεσθαι πρός... 2 gc, ὁδός. Son foot; cf. 771,8,b. 1119. 882. 5838, a. 
4718. 1058. 512, 335. 6587. 5 = ὥστε, 6944, Αα. G34. Cf. 57h, 4. 7 864. 


1812. 439, ν. 2. 8 sc. ἄν. ® duds, τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, μελετᾶν κλέπτειν. W732. 


1004, 7. 848,1. 608. 3 86. 1097. 856. 608. “O71, c. 1568, 1568,6. G57,1. 590. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VL 235 


8 A ρ , , ν ea « 
καὶ τοὺς κρατίστους µέντοι μάλιστα, εἴπερ ὑμιν οἱ 
, ¥ 3 ο) “ 4 9 8 ον 3 ῤ 
κράτιστοι ἄρχειν ἀξιοῦνται ὥστε wpa καὶ σοὶ ἐπιδεί- 
99 
κνυσθαι THY παιδείαν. 

«Ἐγὼ μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, “ἐτοιμός εἰμι 
8 3 4 3 3 5 8 5 4 37) 
τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας ἔχων, ἐπειδὰν δειπνήσωµεν, ἰέναι 

ρ 9 » » de A ε κ : e 
καταληψόμενος τὸ Opos. EXW OE καὶ ηγεμόνας οἱ 
γὰρ γυμνῆτες' τῶν ἑπομένων ἡμῖν κλωπῶν ἔλαβόν τινας 

¥ 
éveSpevoayres* τούτων” καὶ πυνθάνοµαι ὅτι οὐκ ἆβα- 
a 
τόν ἐστι TO ὄρος, ἀλλὰ νέµεται αἰξὶ καὶ Bovoiv’ wore 
27 9 id a, A ¥ 8 νν 
ἐάπερ ἅπαξ λάβωμέν τι τοῦ ὄρους, βατὰ καὶ Tots 
ὑποζυγίοις ἔσται. ἐλπίζω δὲ οὐδὲ τοὺς πολεμίους 
A » 3 A ε “A 3 ~ ε . > ἃ ~ 
μενεν ἐτι, ἐπειδὰν ἴδωσιν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ ἐπὶ τῶν 
=f 294 \ A 27 4 9 . 
ἄκρων οὐδὲ γὰρ νῦν ἐθέλουσι καταβαίνειν εἰς τὸ ἴσον 
ἡμῖν. ὃ 
Ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπε, “Kai τί δε σὲ ἰένι καὶ 
A ¥ 
λιπεν τὴν ὀπισθοφυλακίαν; ἀλλὰ ἄλλους πέμψον, ἂν 
, 3 2 3 8 4 2) 3 ΄ 3 
un τινες ἐθέλοντες ἀγαθοὶ φαίνωνται. ἐκ τούτου ᾿Αρι- 
στώνυµος Μεθυδριεὺς ἔρχεται ὁπλίτας ἔχων καὶ ᾿Αρι- 
στέας Χίος γυµνῆτας καὶ Νικόμαχος Οἰταῖος γυµνῆτας 
4 7 
καὶ σύνθημα ἐποιήσαντο, ὁπότε ἔχοιεν τὰ ἆκρα, πυρὰ 
κάειν πολλά. ταῦτα συνθέµενοι ἠρίστων' ἐκ δὲ τοῦ 
3 , [ο 
ἀρίστου προήγαγεν 6 Χειρίσοφος τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν ws 
δέκα σταδίους πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους, ὅπως ws µάλιστα 
δοκοίη ταύτῃ προσάξειν. 


Topics for Study. (1) Source. (2) Construction after ἐλπίζω. (38) 
The form of ὄνομα in compounds. (4) Meaning of ’Apioravupos, *Apioréas, 
Nixépaxos. 


20 


21 


a 
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν καὶ νὺξ ἐγένετο, οἱ μὲν τα- 22 


χθέντες ᾧχοντο, καὶ καταλαμβάνουσι τὸ ὄρος, οἱ δὲ 


1 γυμνῆτες ἐνεδρεύσαντες ἔλαβόν τινας. 2750. 1108. 865. δ09,8. $773. 1175. 
392,2. 6582. 4 as οἱ ἐθελονταί. ΄ 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


236 AN ABASIS. 


| | 
ἄλλοι αὐτοῦ ἀνεπαύοντο. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐπεὶ ᾖσθοντο 
» 9 
τὸ ὄρος ἐχόμενον, ἐγρηγόρεσαν᾽ καὶ ἔκαον πυρὰ πολλὰ 
ὃ Δ , 2 o7, δὲ ε 4 2 f , Ν 
ld νυκτός. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο Χειρίσοφος μὲν 
θ , > Ν Ν ε ὃ , e de 8 » . 
υσάµενος γε κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, οἱ δὲ τὸ ὄρος καταλα- 
βόντες κατὰ τὰ axpa ἐπῇσαν. τῶν 8 av πολεμίων 
ΔΝ Ν Ν y 9 AN Α ε α » ΄ 
TO µεν πολυ έµενεν ἐπὶ TH ὑπερβολῇ τοῦ ὅρους, µέρος 
> “~ “~ a 
δ αὐτῶν ἀἁπήντα τοῖς κατὰ Ta ἄκρα. πρὶν δὲ ὁμοῦ 
ἷ ὺ λλοὺς ἀλλήλ i ὶ 
εἶναι τοὺς πολλοὺς ἀλλήλοις, συμμιγνύασιν οἱ « κατὰ 
8 3 Ἆ ~ e 9 \ 4 > 
τὰ ακρα, καὶ νικῶσιν ot Ἕλληνες καὶ διώκουσιν. ἐν 
\ A “~ 
τούτῳ δὲ καὶ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου οἱ μὲν πελτασταὶ τῶν 
ε ν 
Ἑλλήνων δρόµῳ ἔθεον πρὸς τοὺς παρατεταγµένους, Χει- 
ιό , 3 [ο 
ῥίσοφος δὲ βάδην” ταχὺ ἐφείπετο σὺν τοῖς ὁπλίταις. οἱ 
δὲ λ lq ε 3 N Α 50 ~ > on, “ ¥ ε, ε , 
€ πολέμιοι οἱ ἐπὶ τῇ ὁδῷ ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἄνω ἑώρων ἧττώ- 
, Z ΔΝ 3 ‘0 A 93 N A 
µενον, φεύγουσι' καὶ ἀπέθανον μὲν ov πολλοὶ αὐτῶν, 
9 A 
γέρρα δὲ πάµπολλα ἐλήφθη᾽ ἃ οἱ Ἕλληνες ταῖς pa- 
χαίραις κόπτοντες ἀχρεῖα ἐποίουν. ws ὃ ἀνέβησαν, 
θύσαντες καὶ τρόπαιο στησάµενοι κατέβησαν eis 
τὸ πεδίον, Kaifeis κώµας πολλῶν κἀγαθῶν γεμούσας 


ᾖλθον. 


Topics for Study.’ (1) The ending -δην. (2) Cf. ἁσπίᾳε, πέλτη, γέρρο». 
(3) τρόπάίον. Introd. 101. 







‘They capture a Taochian stronghold. 


VII. Ἐκ δὲ τούτων ἐπορεύθησαν eis Ταόχους σταθ- 
μοὺς πέντε παρασάγγας τριάκοντα" καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
9 aN ‘ , ‘ ν 9 9 ε Td 9 a 
ἐπέλιπε' χωρία yap wKovy ἰσχυρὰ ot Τάοχοι, ἐν ots 
καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πάντα εἶχον ἀνακεκομισμένοι. ἐπεὶ ὃ᾽ 
9 a, 9 , a x. 4 9 > O° > #64 
ἀφίκοντο πρὸς χωρίον ὃ πόλιν μὲν οὐκ εἶχεν οὐὸδ οἰκίας 

, 8 5° 5 . ν δ 4 aA 

----«συνεληλυθότες" 0 ἦσαν αὐτόσε καὶ ἄνδρες καὶ ‘yuvat- 
‘ 4 a 4 Ν > 9 

KES καὶ κτήνη πολλά --- Χειρίσοφος μὲν οὖν πρὸς τοῦτο 


1β49,ο. 1268. 535. 457. %860,2. 990,2. 50. 706, 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VII. 237 


προσέβαλλεν εὐθὺς nKwy* ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ πρώτη τάξις 
ἀπέκαμνεν, ἄλλη προσῄει καὶ αὖθις ἄλλη: οὐ γὰρ ἣν 
ἀθρόοιςὶ περιστῆναι, ἀλλὰ ποταμὸς ἦν κύκλῳ. 

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ᾖλθε σὺν τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξι καὶ 
πελτασταῖς καὶ ὁπλίταις, ἐνταῦθα δὴ λέγει Χειρίσοφος, 
“Bis καλὸν ὔκετε τὸ γὰρ χωρίον αἱρετέον τῇ γὰρ 
στρατιᾷ οὐκ ἐστι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, εἰ μὴ ληψόμεθα τὸ 
χωρίον. ἐνταῦθα δὴ κοινῇ ἐβουλεύοντο' καὶ τοῦ 
Ἐενοφῶντος ἐρωτῶντος τί τὸ κωλῦον εἴη εἰσελθεῖν εἶπεν 
6 Χειρίσοφος, “Mia? αὕτη πάροδός ἐστιν ἦν spas’ 
ὅταν δέ τις ταύτῃ πειρᾶται παριέναι, κυλίνδουσι λί- 
θους ὑπὲρ ταύτης τῆς ὑπερεχούσης πέτρας ὃς ὃ ἂν 
καταληφθῃ, οὕτω διατίθεται.) dpa ὃ ἔδειξε συντετριµ- 
µένους ἀνθρώπους καὶ σκέλη καὶ πλευράς. 

“*Hy δὲ τοὺς λίθους ἀναλώσωσιν,᾽ έφη 6 Ἐενοφῶν, 
“ddro® τι Bf οὐδὲν κωλύει παριένι; οὐ γὰρ 8) ἐκ 
τοῦ ἐναντίου ὁρῶμεν εἰ μὴ ὀλίγους τούτους" ἀνθρώπους, 
Kat τούτων δύο 4 Τρεῖ ὠπλισμένος. τὸ δὲ χωρίον, 
ὡς καὶ σὺ ὁρᾷς, σχεδὸν Τρία ἡμίπλεθρά ἐστιν ὃ δεῖ 
Βαλλομένους διελθεῖν ' τούτου δὲ ὅσον πλέθρονδ δασὺ 
πίτυσι ὃ διαλειπούσαις µεγάλαις, avi? ὧν ἑστηκότες ἄν- 
Spes τί ἂν πάσχοιεν ᾖ ὑπὸ τῶν Φφεροµένων λίθων 7 


e ea on λ ὃ , κ ν΄. 7 
υπο των κυλινδομένων ; τὸ λοιπὸν 


> 3 
οὖν ἤδη γίγνεται 
ὡς ἡμίπλεθρον, ὃ δεῖ ὅταν λωφήσωσιν οἱ λίθοι παραδρα- 
μεῖν. “᾽Αλλὰ εὔθύς, ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, “ἐπειδὰν 
3 ΄ 3 8 8 4 ε - 
ἀρξώμεθα eis τὸ δασὺ προιέναι, φέρονται οἱ λίθοι πολ- 
dot.” « Αὐτὸ ἄν, ἔφη, “τὸ δέον ein’ θᾶττον γὰρ 
ἀναλώσουσι τοὺς λίθους. ἀλλὰ πορευώµεθα ὃ ἔνθενὶ ἡμῖν 
1ρς, αὐτοῖς. 3 µία πἀροδός ἐστιν αὕτη fv... 510165. b. 1604. 873,N. 668. 


$674. 456, ν. 65538, a. 5 se. ἐστί. 6776. 1181. B91. 526, 4. 7 8c. χωρίον. 
«866, 1. 1844. 585. 478. 9 ἔνθεν ἄσται ἥμιν, ete. 


J 


10 


ll 


12 


208 ANABASIS. 


μικρόν τι παραδραμεῖν ἔσται, ἦν δυνώµεθα, καὶ ἀπελ- 
θεῖν ῥάδιον, ἦν βουλώμεθα.” 

Topics for Study. (1) Periphrastic forms of the verb. (2) Of what 
class is kduvw? dvadricnopat? ὁπλί(ωῖ puadrrw? tornu? plrr@? (3) ἄλλο 
τι %. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ἐενοφῶν καὶ 
Καλλίμαχος Ἡαρράσιος λοχαγός: τούτου yap ἡ tye 
µονία ἦν τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάκων λοχαγῶν ἐκείνῃ τῇ 
ε ε . 3 ν ν > A 9 - 
ἡμέρᾳ οἱ δὲ ardor λοχαγοὶ ἐἔμενον ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ. 

N , 5 eon ς ν 9 / ¥  ¢ 
pera τούτους οὖν ὑπῆλθον ὑπὸ τὰ δένδρα ἄνθρωποι ὡς 
ἑβδομήκοντα, οὖκ ἀθρόοι ἀλλὰ καθ ἕνα, ἑκαστος φυλατ- 
| 4 ε 3 4 b 0 8 6 , 8 
Τόµενος ὡς ἐδύνατο. ᾽᾿Αγασίας δὲ ὁ Στυμφάλιος καὶ 
᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεθυδριεὺς καὶ οὗτοι τῶν ὀπισθοφυλά- 

\ 3 8 γ a 3 ld y ~ 
kav λοχαγοὶ ὄντες, καὶ ἄλλοι δέ ἐφέστασαν ew τῶν 
δένδρων ' οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἀσφαλὲς ἐν τοῖς δένδροις ἑστάναι 
πλέον ἡ τὸν ἕνα λόχον. ἔνθα δὴ Καλλίμαχος μηχανᾶ- 
> . ¥ 3 8 ~ ὃ , 5 ς 3 ων iy 9 ON 
Tal τι προυτρεχεν ἀπὸ τοῦὺ ὀένδρου vp ᾧ HY αὐτὸς 
δύο ἢ τρία βήματα ἐπεὶ δὲ οὗ λίθοι φέροιντο, ἀνέχα- 
3 Α 302 ε 4 XN lo 4 A ΄ 
ζεν εὐπετώς' ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστης δὲ προδρομῆς πλέον ἢᾖ δέκα 
σ aA 9 ’ ε δὲ ? , ς ε a 
ἅμαξαι πετρὠν ἀνηλίσκοντο. ὁ δὲ Αγασίας ws ὁρᾷ 
9 ρ aA 9 , 4 9 , α ρ 
τὸν Καλλίμαχον ἃ ἐποίε, καὶ τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν θεώ- 
µενον, δείσας μὴ οὐ TpaTos παραδράµῃ eis τὸ χωρίον, 
οὔτε τὸν ᾿Αριστώνυμον πλησίον ὄντα παρακαλέσας 
ο 9 , 9 , e ” 3’ » 
ούτε Βὐρύλοχον τὸν ΔΛουσιέα étalpovs ovtas ουτε αλ- 
λον οὐδένα χωρεῖ αὗτός, καὶ παρέρχεται πάντας. ὁ δὲ 
΄ ε ε Α  ἃ ό 
Καλλίμαχος ὡς opa αὐτὸν παριὀντα, ἐπιλαμβάνεται 

A A 4 A 5 
αὐτοῦ τῆς ἵτυος' ἐν δὲ τούτῳ παραθεὶ αὐτοὺς ᾿Δρι- 
στώνυµος Μεθυδριεύς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Εὐρύλοχος Λου- 
σιεύς' πάντες yap οὗτοι ἀντεποιοῦντο ἀρετῆς καὶ 
9 , ‘ 9 , , ‘ 9 », 
ἀντηγωνίζοντο πρὺς ἀλλήλους καὶ ουτως ἐρίξζοντες 
αἱροῦσι τὸ χωρίον. ὡς yap ἅπαξ εἰσέδραμον, οὐδεὶς 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIL. 239 


πέτρος ἄνωθεν - ἠνέχθη. ἐνταῦθα δὴ δεινὸν Fv θέαμα. 
ai yap yuvaikes ῥίπτοσαι τὰ παιδία εἶτα ἑαυτὰς 
ἐπικατερρίπτουν, καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες ὡσαύτως. ἐνταῦθα δὴ 
8 3 4 8 3 ιο [ ε 
καὶ Αἰνείας Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς ἰδών τινα θέοντα ὡς 
ερ ε 8 \ 5d ‘ 9 , ε 
pupovra ἑαυτὸν στολην έχοντα καληὴν ἐπιλαμβάνεται ὡς 
4 . ε 4 9 ἃ A 8 93 id γ 
κωλύσων ' 6 δὲ αὐτὸν ἐπισπᾶται, καὶ ἀμφότεροι ᾧχοντο 
κατὰ τῶν πετρῶν Φερόμενοι καὶ ἀπέθανον. ἐντεῦθεν 
ἄνθρωποι μὲν πάνυ ὀλίγοι ἐλήφθησαν, βόες δὲ καὶ 
6 8 A ΄ 
ovo. πολλοὶ καὶ πρόβατα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Passive deponents. (2) Formation of abstract 
nouns in -εια, cf. ἀμέλεια. Cf. 556, 3. 8428. 9849, 2. 429, 1. (8) Special con- 
struction of πλέον, ἔλαττο». ; 


Passing the Chalybes, they reach Gymnias, where they receive a 
guide who conducts them within sight of the Huxine. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ Χαλύβων σταθμοὺς ἑπτὰ 
παρασάγγας πεντήκοντα. οὗτοι ἦσαν ὧν] διῆλθον 
9 , 8 9 A gf 9 4 , 
ἀλκιμώτατοι, καὶ εἰς χεῖρας” ᾖσαν. εἶχον δὲ θώρακας 

Vd α 3 Ν A a) , 
λινοῦς µέχρι τοῦ ἤτρου, ἀντὶ δὲ τῶν πτερύγων σπάρτα 
πυκνὰ ἐστραμμένα. εἶχον δὲ καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ κράνη 
καὶ παρὰ τὴν ζώνην µαχαίριον ὅσον ξυήλην Λακωνικήν, 
ᾧ έἔσφαττον ὧν κρατεῖν δύναιντο, καὶ ἀποτεμόντες ἂν 

N \. » 2 , 8 . 9 9 > 
τὰς κεφαλὰς ἔχοντες ἐπορεύοντοι" καὶ ᾖδον καὶ ἐχόρευον 
ὁπότε οἱ πολέμιοι αὐτοὺς ὄψεσθαι ἐμελλον. εἶχον δὲ 
καὶ δόρυ ὡς πεντεκαίδεκα πήχεων piav λόγχην ἔχον. 
οὗτοι ἐνέμενον ἐν τοῖς πολίσμασιν ἐπεὶ δὲ παρέλθοιεν 
εε 9 3 NA , ¥ ΑΝ 9 “A 
ot Ἕλληνες, εἴποντο ἀεὶ payovpevor. ᾧκουν δὲ ἐν τοῖς 
ὀχυροῖς, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐν τούτοις ἀνακεκομισμένοι 

σ 
ἦσαν ' ὥστε μηδὲν λαμβάνειν αὐτόθεν τοὺς Ἓλληνας, 
A a A 
ἀλλὰ διετράφησαν τοῖς κτήνεσιν a ἐκ τῶν Ταόχων 
έλαβον. 


8069. ἀκείνων. 3900. αὐτοφ. 5 838δ. 1906. 568. 461,% 


14 


15 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


240 ANABASIS. 


φ 

"Ex τούτου οἱ Ἕλληνες ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸν “Apmagov, 
ποταµόν, εὖρος τεττάρων πλέθρων. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ Σκυθηνῶν σταθμοὺς τέτ- 
Tapas Taparayyas εἴκοσι διὰ πεδίου eis κώµας ' ἐν als 
ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 

Ἐντεῦθεν διῆλθον σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρασάγγας 
εἶκοσι πρὸς πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα καὶ οἶκου- 

, a 3 A , 32 a ον a e 
µένην n ἐκαλεῖτο Tupmds. ἐκ ταύτης [τῆς χώρας] 6 
ἄρχων τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἡγεμόνα πέµπει, ὅπως διὰ τῆς 
ε ~ 0 ΄ ¥ 3 ΄ 3 \ ? 3 Α 
ἑαυτῶν πολεμίας χώρας ayou αὐτούς. ἐλθὼν 8 ἐκεῖνος 
λέγει ὅτι ἄξει αὐτοὺς πέντε ἡμερῶν els χωρίον ὅθεν 
» , 9 9 , 9 , 
ὄψονται θάλατταν εἰ δὲ py, τεθνάναι ἐπηγγείλατο. 

ὴ ε , > 8 3 ῤ 3 8 « ο 
καὶ ἡγούμενος ἐπειδὴ ἐνέβαλλεν eis τὴν [ ἑαυτοῦ] πολε- 

. 4 8 0 8 rd et 
µίαν, παρεκελεύετο αἴθειν καὶ φθείρειν τὴν χώραν' ᾧ 

Ν Α 2 9 , id 4 3 A 
καὶ δῆλον ἐγένετο ὅτι τούτου ἕνεκεν συνέλθοι, οὐ τῆς 

A e , 9 / ‘ 3 aA > \ 9 » 

τῶν Ἑλλήνων εὐνοίας. καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπι τὸ ὄρος 
A , e , . 3 | a Ἡν 4 / 3 ΔΝ 
τῇ πέµπτῃ Hepa’ ὄνομα δὲ τῷ ὄρει ἦν Θήχης. Enel 
δὲ οἱ πρῶτοι ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους, κραυγὴ πολλὴ 


ἐγένετο. 
Topics for Study. (1) The idiom for ‘to come into the hands of,’ or ‘ into 
close quarters with.’ (2) Case after κρατέω. (3) Cf. ἐχυρός and dxupds. 


(4) The ending -v(s) in adverbs. Cf. εὐθύς, éyyds. 
“ Sea! seal” 
"Axovaas δὲ 6 Ἐενοφῶν καὶ ot ὀπισβοφύλακες ᾠήθη- 
ν ¥ 9 ρ ρ 9 
σαν ἔμπροσθεν ἄλλους ἐπιτίθεσθαι πολεμίους' εἴποντο 
ι ~ \ “~ 
γὰρ ὄπισθεν of ἐκ τῆς καοµένης χώρας, Kal αὐτῶν οἱ 
2 , >» , , 4 ; 3 
ὀπισθοφύλακες ἀπέκτεινάν τέ τινας καὶ ἐζώγρησαν ἐἑνέ- 
, \ ? ¥ ο “A 
Spav ποιησάµενοι, καὶ yéppa edaBov δασειῶν βοῶν 
ν ‘ > e ᾿ 4 
ὠμοβόεια ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσιν. ἐπειδὴ 8 ἡ Bon πλείων τε 
> #8 Δ 3 a ΔΝ e 3 ἃ 9 ῤ fy 5 4 
ἐγίγνετο καὶ ἐγγύτερον καὶ οἱ ἀεὶ ἐπιόντες εὔεον ὀρόμῳ 
9 AN ‘ 3 ἃ ~ 8 “A ρ 3 #¢ ς ‘ 
ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀεὶ Bowvras καὶ πολλῷ μείζων ἐγίγνετο ἡ βοὴ 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIII. 241 


dow δὴ πλείους ἐγίγνοντο, ἐδόκει δὴ μεῖζόν τι εἶναι τῷ 
ο 4 3 Δ »./) ο Ἆ , 8 4 
Εενοφῶντι, καὶ ἀναβὰς ἐφ ἵππον καὶ Λύκιον καὶ τοὺς 
ε , 3 Δ , N , N 3 , . 
ἱτπέας ἀναλαβὼν apeBoyPer’ καὶ τάχα δὴ ἀκούουσι 
, A A a4 aN 99 174 θ ar 93 8 
βοώντων τῶν στρατιωτων “ Θάλαττα ἅλαττα Kat 
, 3 . Y» 2 No ες» 6 ΄ 
παρεγγυώντων. ἐἔνθα δὴ ἔθεον πάντες καὶ οἱ ὀπισθοφύ- 
\ 
λακες, καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια ἠλαύνετο Kal οἱ ἵπποι. ἐπεὶ δὲ 


ἀφίκοντο πάντες ἐπὶ τὸ ἆκρον, ἐνταῦθα δὴ περιέβαλλον. 


9 , Y 4 N λ ‘ 5 , 
ἀλλήλους καὶ στρατηγους καὶ λοχαγους ὀακρύοντες. 
καὶ ἐξαπίνης ὅτουὶ δὴ παρεγγυήσαντος οἱ στρατιώται 
φέρουσι λίθους καὶ ποιοῦσι κολωνὸν µέγαν. ἐνταῦθα 
9 ιό Α 3 4 8 4 
ἀνετίθεσαν δερμάτων πλήθος ὠμοβοείων καὶ βακτηρίας 
καὶ τὰ αἰχμάλωτα γέρρα, καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν αὐτός τε κατέ- 
τεµνε τὰ γέρρα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις διεκελεύετο. 
Mera: ταῦτα τὸν ἡγεμόνα ot Ἕλληνες ἀποπέμπουσι 
~ 4 > 8 ” οὁ ‘ A Ν 
δῶρα δόντες ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἵππον καὶ φιάλην ἀργυρᾶν καὶ 
9 A 8 8 4 ¥ 4 4 
σκευην Περσικὴν καὶ δαρεικοὺς déka* ᾖτει δὲ μάλιστα 
τοὺς δακτυλίους, καὶ έλαβε πολλοὺς παρὰ τῶν στρατιω- 
τών. κώμην δὲ δείξας αὐτοῖς οὗ σκηνήσουσι καὶ τὴν 
ὁδὸν ἦν πορεύσονται eis Μάκρωνας, ἐπεὶ ἑσπέρα ἐγένετο; 
ᾧχετο [τῆς νυκτὸς] ἀπιών. 


They proceed through the territory of the Macrones. 


VIII. ἘΕντεῦθεν & ἐπορεύθησαν ot Ἕλληνες διὰ 
Μακρώνων σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας δέκα. τῇ 
πρώτῃ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ὃς wpile 
τὴν τῶν Μακρώνων καὶ τὴν τῶν Σκυθηνῶν. εἶχον 9 
e A 5 A ρ 3) 3 , Ν 9 3 
υπερ δεξιῶν χωρίον οἷον χαλεπώτατον καὶ ἐξ ἀριστε 
pas ἄλλον ποταµόν, eis ὃν ἐνέβαλλεν 6 ὁρίζων, δι 
οὗ ἔδει διαβῆναι. Fv δὲ οὗτος δασὺς δένδρεσιξ παχέσι 


1ὅτου Ξ« τινὸς ὅστις δὴ ἣν. 36541 (end). £28. Cf. 688,f. 5116. 1181. Οἱ, δένδρω», 
3.41. 891. 546, a. 


H. & W. ANAB, — 16 


24 


25 


26 


27 


232 AN ABASIS. 


Aftep twelve days’ march they reach a pass held by the enemy, 


council of war. 
νι. ᾿Επεὶ & jydpa’ ἦν ὀὁγδόη, τὸν μὲν ἡγεμόνα 
παραδίδωσι Χειρισόφῳ, τοὺς δὲ οἰκέτας καταλείπει 
τῷ κωµάρχῃ; πλὴν τοῦ viod τοῦ ἄρτι ἡβάσκοντος ' τοῦ- 
τον δὲ ᾿Ἐπισθένει ᾽Αμϕιπολίτῃ παραδίδωσι φυλάττειν; 
ὅπως εἶ καλῶς ἡγήσαιτο, ἔχων καὶ τοῦτον ἀπίοι. καὶ 
3 8 > 2 3 A ε -ς 2 A 
eis τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ εἰσεφόρησαν ws ἐδύναντο πλεῖστα, 
καὶ ἀναζεύξαντες ἐπορεύοντο. ἡγεῖο 8 αὐτοῖς.ὁ κω- 
4 , bs 4 Ν ¥ 4. 9 α 
µάρχης λελυμένος διὰ χιόνος καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν ἐν τῷ 
ων λ ΄ 9 “A 3 4 9 
τρίῳ σταθµώ, καὶ Χειρίσοφος αὐτῷ ἐχαλεπάνθη ὅτι 
9 >. , νο ε 5° 5 9 9 9 4 2 
οὐκ εἰς κώμας Yyayev. ὁ ἔλεγεν Οτι οὐκ elev” ἐν 
A , , ε Qr τ ρ 9 ρ 
τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ. 6 δὲ Χειρίσοφος αὐτὸν ἔπαισε μέν, 
ν > ν 9 ‘ , » A A 9 9 9 
ἔδησε ὃ ov. ἐκ δὲ τούτου ἐκεῖνος τῆς νυκτὸς ἀποδρὰς 
D λιπὼν τὸν υἱόν. τοῦτό ye δὴ Χειρισόφῳ καὶ 
ᾧχετο καταλιπὼν τὸν υἱόν. τοῦτό γε δὴ Χειρισόφῳ κα 
Ἐενοφῶντι µόνον διάφορον ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ ἐγένετο, ἡ τοῦ 
bd Ρ 1). TMOpstersy » η 
8 ΄ 
ἡγεμόνος κάκωσις καὶ ἀμέλεια. ᾿Επισθένης δὲ ἠράσθη ὃ 
τοῦ παιδὸς καὶ οἴκαδε κοµίσας πιστοτάτῳ ἐχρῆτο. 
Μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπορεύθησαν ἑπτὰ σταθμοὺς ἀνὰ πέντε 
παρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέραςὃ παρὰ τὸν Φᾶσιν ποταµόν, 
εὖρος πλεθριαῖον. 
3 ο) 3 ΄ 8 4 Ud 
Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας 
ιό 3 A ΔΝ Α 3 NX a « a > 4 
δέκα ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ eis τὸ πεδίον ὑπερβολῇ ἀπήντησαν 
αὐτοῖς Χάλυβες καὶ Τάοχοι καὶ Φασιανοί. ἉΧειρίσο- 
3 9 8 Α 8 4 9 ἃ ~ € “~ 
gos δ᾽ ἐπεὶ κατεῖδε τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ, 
ἐπαύσατο πορευόµενος, ἀπέχων eis τριάκοντα σταδίους, 
ἵνα μὴ κατὰ κέρας ἄγων πλησιάσῃ τοῖς πολεμίοις 


3 Ο{,. same, 4.5%, 51.9. τὸν κωµάρχην (ὡς) ἡγεμόνα. 5 167. 116. 878. 528. 
4 ge. κῶμαι. 5g41. 1260. 529. 464. 6759. 1186. 859. 616. 1 On ending cf 


ἁμαξ-ιαῖος, 4.28. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. ΤΙ. 233 


παρήγγειλε δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις παράγειν τοὺς λόχους, 
ὅπως ἐπὶ φάλαγγος γένοιτο τὸ στράτευμα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Synopsis of ἕδρᾶν. (2) κατὰ κέρας, ἐπὶ φάλαγ- 
yos. Introd. 77. (3) Ways of expressing purpose. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ᾖλθον ot ὀπισθοφύλακες, συνεκάλεσε τοὺς 
στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγούς, καὶ ἔλεζεν ὧδε' “Οἱ μὲν 
πολέμιοι, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, κατέχουσι τὰς ὑπερβολὰς τοῦ 
¥ 9 XN ΄ bd ε id 9 
ὄρους: wpa δὲ βουλεύεσθαι ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἆγω- 
νιούµεθα. ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν δοκε παραγγεῖλαι μὲν ape 

A θ a“ , ε A de λ a @ 
στοποιεσθαι τοῖς στρατιώταις, ημᾶς οὲ ᾖβουλεύεσύθαυ 

¥ Ἅ ν ¥ ὃ A ε XX Ν ιά 22 
ετε τήµερον εἴτε αὗριον 9οκει ὑπερβάλλειν TO Opos. 
6 Ἐμοὶ δέ ye,” έφη ὁ Κλεάνωρ, “ δοκεῖ, ἐπὰν τάχιστα 
ἀριστήσωμεν, ἐξοπλισαμένους ὡς τάχἰστα ἰέναι ἐπὶ 

\ ¥ 9 9 ρ 9 Ν , e - 
τοὺς ἄνδρας. εἶ yap διατρύψομεν” τὴν τήµερον ἡμέ- 
ραν, οἵ τε νῦν ἡμᾶς ὁρῶντες πολέμιοι θαρραλεώτεροι 
y AY > , 8 , , , 
έσονται Kat ἄλλους εἰκός, τούτων θαρρούντων, πλείους 
προσγενέσθαι. | 

Mera τοῦτον Ἐενοφῶν εἶπεν “Ἑγὼ δ οὕτω yr 


, 9 A > 2 9 4 , A 4 5 A 
γνωσκω. εἰ µεν ἀνάγκη ἐστι µαχεσύαι, τουτο ευ 


σ 
παρασκευάσασθαι ὅπως ws κράτιστα μαχούμεθα' eb 


δὲ βουλόμεθα ὡς ῥᾷστα ὑπερβάλλειν, τοῦτό po Soxet 


σκεπτέον εἶναι ὅπως [ws] ἐλάχιστα μὲν τραύματα λά- 
Bape, ὡς ἐλάχιστα δὲ σώματα ἀνδρῶν ἁποβάλωμεν. 
τὸ μὲν οὖν ὄρος ἐστὶ τὸ» ὁρώμενον πλέον ἢ ἐφ᾽ ἑξή- 
κοντα στάδια, ἄνδρες 8 οὐδαμοῦ Φφυλάττοντε ἡμᾶς 
φανεροί εἶσιν ἀλλ᾽Ἱ ἢ κατ αὐτὴν τὴν ὁδόν πολὺ οὖν 
κρεῖττον τοῦ ἐρήμου ὄρους καὶ κλέφαι τι» πειρᾶσθαι 
λαθόντας καὶ ἁρπάσαι φθάσαντας, εἰ δυναίµεθα, μᾶλ- 
λον ἢ πρὸς ἰσχυρὰ χωρία καὶ ἀνθρώπους παρεσκενα- 

1885. 1872. 593. 438. 3809. 1405. 609 548. 250, donc, 4 1868, 
593. 5885,b. 1874, cf. 8.1%, 593,1. 688,9. 980. µερο. 71046, 2,0. 0988, ἐστί. 


994 ANABASIS. 


, , Aa. Win ce Py) 9 4 9 
Is σµένους μάχεσθαιὶ πολὺ γὰρ ῥᾷον ὅὄρθιον ἁμαχεὶ ἱέναι 
A ε ὶλ. 3 \. » , »” N 4 
nH ὁμαλὲς evOev καὶ ἐνθεν πολεμίων ὄντων, καὶ νύκτωρ 
3 A Α A 8 N ~ ε , “A ε ιά 
ἁμαχεὶ μᾶλλον ἂν τὰ πρὸ ποδῶν ὀρφη τις ἢ μεθ’ ἡμέ- 
pay μαχόμενος, καὶ ἢ τραχεῖα. τοῖς ποσὶν. ἀμαχεὶ 
᾿ἰοῦσιν ὃ εὐμενεστέρα ᾖ ἡ ὁμαλὴ τὰς κεφαλὰς" βαλλο- 
is µένοις. καὶ κλέψαι 8° οὐκ ἀδύνατόν por δοκεῖ εἶναι, 
ἐξὸν μὲν νυκτὸς ἰέναι, ὡς μὴ ὁρᾶσθαι, ἐξὸν δ᾽ ἀπελθεῖν 
τοσοῦτον ws’ μὴ αἴσθησιν παρέχειν. δοκοῦμενὃ 8 ἄν 
µοι ταύτῃ προσποιούμενοι προσβαλεῖν ἐρημοτέρῳ av" 
τῷ ὄρει χρῆσθαι' µένοιεν ὃ γὰρ αὐτοῦ μᾶλλον ἀθρόοι οἱ 
πολέμιοι. | | 
a «᾿Ατὰρ τί ἐγὼ περὶ κλοπῆς συμβάλλομαι; spas? 
8 ¥ κά 2 vd Ν id 
γὰρ éywye, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἀκούω τοὺς Aaxkedatpovious, 
φ > LA e , 10 ση 3 , , 
ὅσοι ἐστὲ τῶν ὁμοίων, εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων κλέπτειν µελε- 
A 8 3 3 8 > 3 \ 8 4 9 
Tay, καὶ οὐκ αἰσχρὸν εἶναι ἀλλὰ καλὸν κλέπτειν ὅσα 
A a ῤ σ \ ε 4 I, N 
15 μὴ κωλύει νόμος. ὅπως δὲ ὡς κράτιστα κλέπτητε καὶ 
πειρᾶσθε λανθάνειν, νόµιμον παρ ὑμῖν ἐστιν ἐὰν 
ληφθῆτε κλέπτοντες, μαστιγοῦσθαι. νῦν οὖν para σοι 
καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξα- 
8 A 4 α ὃν li ce aX 9 
σθαι μὴ ληφθῶμεν κλέπτοντες τοῦ Opous, ws μή πληγας 
λάβωμεν.᾽ 


Topics for Study. (1) of ὅμοιοι of Sparta, Introd. 54. (2) Difference 
between ὅσα µή and ὅσα οὗ. 


They send volunteers who dislodge the enemy. 


16 #“"AN\NA perro,” ἔφη 6 Χειρίσοφος, “Kayo ὑμᾶς 
τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίους ἀκούω δεινοὺς εἶναι κλέπτειν τὰ δηµό- 
σια, καὶ µάλα ovros™ δεινοῦ τοῦ κινδύνου τῷ κλέπτοντι, 


1% µάχεσθαι πρός... 4 a0, ὁδός. 8on foot; cf. 11.4, Ὁ,. 1119. 882. 58,8. 
4318. 1038. 512, 335. 6587. 5 =x ὥστε. 6944, a. 634. Cf. 67h, a. 7 864. 
1812. 439,N. 2. 6 sc. ἄν, ® ὑμᾶς, τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, μελετᾶν κλέπτειν. κ 1989 


1004, 7. δάδ,1. 608. 3 196. 109%. 356. 608. 1931, ο. 1568, 16609, 6. 669, 1. 590. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VL 235 


‘\ 4 ῤ , , ν ε a « 
καὶ τοὺς κρατίστους µέντοι μάλιστα, εἴπερ υμιν οἱ 
wn φ σ 8 
κράτιστοι ἄρχειν ἀξιοῦνται' ὥστε wpa καὶ aot ἐπιδεί- 
κνυσθαι τὴν παιδείαν.͵ 
ο 
Ἐγὼ μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, “ ἐτοιμός εἶἰμι 
‘ 9 0 AN »¥ 9 So 5 ? 9) 
τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας έχων, ἐπειδὸαν δειπνήσωµεν, ἰέναι 
, 9 » » δὲ ΔΝ ε , ‘ e 
καταληψόµενος τὸ Gpos. exw δὲ καὶ ἡγεμόνας' οἱ 
γὰρ γυμνῆτες τῶν ἑπομένων ἡμῖν κλωπῶν ἔλαβόν τινας 
ν 
ἐνεδρεύσαντες ' τούτων” καὶ πυνθάνοµαι ὅτι οὐκ αβα- 
ῤ 3 Ν ” 3 8 ιό | \ ΄ ‘ 4 
τόν ἐστι TO ὄρος, ἀλλὰ νέµεται αἰξὶ καὶ Bovaoiv’ wore 
3/7 9 4 , “~ ¥ 8 νν 
ἐάνπερ ἅπαξ λάβωμέν τι τοῦ ὅρους, βατὰ καὶ τοῖς 
ὑποζυγίοις ἔσται. ἐλπίζω δὲ οὐδὲ τοὺς πολεμίους 
“A 3 9 Ν e “A 3 A 6 ῤ 9 ἃ ~ 
μενεῖν ἔτι, ἐπειδὰν ἴδωσιν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ ἐπὶ τῶν 
7 δώ λ A 227 ο 2 . 9 
ἄκρων ' οὐδὲ γὰρ νῦν ἐθέλουσι καταβαίνειν eis τὸ ἴσον 
ἡμῖν. ὃ 
Ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπε, “Kat τί δε σὲ ἰένι καὶ 
A ¥ 
λιπεν τὴν ὀπισθοφυλακίαν; ἀλλὰ ἄλλους πέμψον, ἂν 
un τινες ἐθέλοντες ἀγαθοὶ φαίνωνται. ἐκ τούτου ᾿Αρι- 
στώνυµος Μεθυδριεὺς ἔρχεται ὁπλίτας ἔχων καὶ “Ape 
ῤ a “A ΔΝ 4 > A ~ 
στέας Χιος yuuvytas καὶ Νικόμαχος Οἰταιος γυµνητας 
4 . 
καὶ σύνθημα ἐποιήσαντο, ὁπότε ἔχοιεν τὰ GKpa, πυρὰ 
, a) 
Κάειν πολλά. ταῦτα συνθέµενοι ἠρίστων ἐκ δὲ τοῦ 
> + ‘ A 
ἀρίστου προήγαγεν ὁ Χειρίσοφος τὸ στράτευμα Tay ὡς 
δέ δί \ ‘ λ ρ 9 ο , 
έκα σταδίους πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους, ὅπως ὡς μάλιστα 
δοκοίη ταύτῃ προσάξειν. 


Topics for Study. (1) Source. (2) Construction after ἑλπίζω. (8) 
The form of ὄνομα in compounds. (4) Meaning of Αριστώνυμος, ᾿Αριστέαι, 
Nixdpaxos. 


Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν καὶ νὺξ ἐγένετο, οἱ" μὲν tar 
χθέντες ὤχοντο, καὶ καταλαµμβάνουσι τὸ ὄρος, οἱ δὲ 


1 γυµνῆτες ἐνεδρεύσαντες ἔλαβόν τινας. 2750. 1108. 8368. δ09, a. $773. 1175. 
399,2. 689. 4s οἱ ἐθελονταί. . 


20 


21 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


236 AN ABASIS. 


ἄλλοι αὐτοῦ ἀνεπαύοντο. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐπεὶ joOovro 
τὸ ὄρος ἐχόμενον, ἐγρηγόρεσαν καὶ ἔκαον πυρὰ πολλὰ 
διὰ νυκτός. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο Χειρίσοφος μὲν 
θυσάμµενος Hye κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, οἱ δὲ τὸ ὄρος καταλα- 
βόντες κατὰ τὰ ἆκρα ἐπῇσαν. τῶν ὃ ad πολεμίων 
τὸ μὲν πολὺ ἔμενεν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τοῦ ὄρους, µέρος 
δ αὐτῶν ἀπήντα τοῖς κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα. πρὶν δὲ ὁμοῦ 
εἶναι τοὺς πολλοὺς ἀλλήλοις,  συμμιγνύασιν οἱ «κατὰ 
τὰ ἄκρα, καὶ νικῶσιν οἱ Ἓλληνες καὶ διώκουσιν. ἐν 
τούτῳ δὲ καὶ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου οἱ μὲν πελτασταὶ τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων δρόµῳ ἔθεον πρὸς τοὺς παρατεταγµένους, Χει- 
ῥίσοφος δὲ βάδην” ταχὺ ἐφείπετο σὺν τοῖς ὁπλίταις. οἳ 
δὲ πολέμιοι of ἐπὶ τῇ ὁδῷ ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἄνω ἑώρων ἠττώ- 
µενον, φεύγουσι καὶ ἀπέθανον μὲν ov πολλοὶ αὐτῶν, 
γέρρα δὲ πάµπολλα ἐλήφθη᾽ ἃ οἱ Ἕλληνες ταῖς µα- 
χαίραις κόπτοντες ἀχρεῖα ἐποίουν. ws 8 ἀνέβησαν, 
θύσαντες καὶ τρόπαιο στησάµενοι κατέβησαν εἰς 
τὸ πεδίον, Kaifeis κώμας πολλῶν κἀγαθῶν γεμούσας 
ᾖλθον. 


Topics f6r Study.’ (1) The ending -δην. (2) Cf. ἁσπίε, πέλτη, γέρρο». 
(3) τρόπάίον. Introd. 101. 






They capture a Taochian stronghold. 


VII. Ἐκ δὲ τούτων ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς Ταόχους σταθ- 
μοὺς πέντε παρασάγγας τριάκοντα᾽ καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
9 y) . , λ ¥ 9 ‘ ε T , 2 @ 
ἐπέλιπε' χωρία yap wKouv ἰσχυρα οἱ Τάοχοι, ἐν ols 

8 8 3 , / » 3 XN 3 
καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πάντα εἶχον ἀνακεκομισμένο.. ἐπεὶ ὃ 
247 Ν , a oN \ 9 9 ry κ, 
ἀφίκοντο πρὸς χωρίον ὁ πόλιν μὲν οὐκ εἶχεν OVD οἰκίας 

, 8 δ᾽ » > 7 . » 5 \ A 

----συνεληλυθότες ὃ δ ἦσαν αὐτόσε καὶ ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖ- 
8 , 4 2 8 4 9 ο 

κες καὶ κτήνη πολλά --- Χειρίσοφος μὲν οὖν πρὸς τοῦτο 


1949, c. 1268. S585. 457. 39603. 990,2. 950: 706 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VII. 237 


προσέβαλλεν εὐθὺς ἦκων ' ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ πρώτη τάξις 
ἀπέκαμνεν, ἄλλη προσῄει καὶ αὖθις ἄλλη οὐ γὰρ ἦν 
3 θ / 1 A 3 λλὰ 8 Φν 4 λ 
ἀθρόοις᾽ περιστῆναι, ἀλλὰ ποταμὸς ἦν κύκλῳ. 
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἦλθε σὺν τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξι καὶ 
“A 8 ε , 3 ο \ / , 
πελτασταῖς καὶ ὁπλίταις, ἐνταῦθα δὴ λέγει Χειρίσοφος, 
“Bis καλὸν ἤκετε τὸ γὰρ χωρίον αἱρετέν' τῇ γὰρ 
aA 9 ν . 5» , 9 N , 9 
στρατιᾷ 'οὑκ ἔστι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, εἶ μὴ ληψόμεθα τὸ 


4 22 9 A 8 ον 9 4 κ Ν a 
χωρίον. ἐνταῦθα δὴ κοινῇ ἐβουλεύοντο' καὶ τοῦ 


Ἐενοφῶντος ἐρωτῶντος τί τὸ κωλῦον εἴη εἰσελθεῖν εἶπεν 
6 Χειρίσοφος, “Μία. αὑτη πἀάροδός ἐστιν ἣν ὁρᾷς' 
ὅταν δέ τις ταύτῃ πειρᾶται παριέναι, κυλίνδουσι λί- 
A a 
θους ὑπὲρ ταύτης τῆς ὑπερεχούσης πέτρας ὃς δ ἂν 
καταληφθῃ, οὕτω διατίθεται.) apa 8 έδειξε συντετριµ- 
µένους ἀνθρώπους καὶ σκέλη καὶ πλευράς. 
“*Hy δὲ τοὺς λίθους ἀναλώσωσιν,᾽ ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, 
ἐ«ἄλλοξ τι ἢ οὐδὲν κωλύει παριέναι; οὗ γὰρ δὴ ἐκ 
- 3 ρ ες Αα > S 9) 7 , 43 , 
τοῦ ἐναντίου ὁρῶμεν εἰ μὴ ὀλίγους τούτους" ἀνθρώπους, 
καὶ τούτων δύο WY Τρεῖς ὠπλισμένυς. τὸ δὲ χωρίον, 
ε 8 8 ε ~ 8 4 « 3 a Α 
ὡς καὶ σὺ ὁρᾷς, σχεδὸν τρία ἡμίπλεθρά ἐστιν ὁ δεῖ 
βΒαλλομένους διελθεῖν ' τούτου δὲ ὅσον πλέθρονῦ δασὺ 
6 ὃ λ 4 / 9 ϱ) ® ε / 3 
πίτυσι’ διαλειπούσαις µεγάλαις, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἑστηκότες ἄν- 
/ A a A ε 8 “A Ld a a 
Όρες τί ἂν πάσχοιεν ᾖ ὑπὸ τῶν φεροµένων λίθων 7 
ε “ ~ 5 i ΔΝ N 7 > ¥ 4 
ὑπὸ τῶν κυλινδομένων; τὸ λοιπὸν: οὖν ἤδη γίγνεται 
ὡς ἡμίπλεθρον, ὃ δεῖ ὅταν λωφήσωσιν of λίθοι παραδρα- 
petv. “᾽Αλλὰ εὐθύς, έφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, “ ἐπειδὰν 
ἀρξώμεθα eis τὸ δασὺ προιέναι, φέρονται ot λίθοι πολ- 
hot.” « Αὐτὸ av,” ἔφη, “τὸ δέον ein’ θᾶττον γὰρ 
ἀναλώσουσι τοὺς λίθους. ἀλλὰ πορευώµεθα ὃ ἔνθεν ἡμῖν 
1 se. αὐτοῖς. Suia πάροδός ἐστιν αὕτη fv... 51015. b. 1604. 873,Nn. 668. 


4674. 456, Nn. 653, 8. 5 gc, ἐστί. 6776. 1181. 892. 526, 8. 7 sc. χωρίον. 
«866, 1. 1844. 585. 472. ° ἔνθεν ἔσται ημιν, eto. 


wn 


10 


11 


12 


238 ANABASIS. 


, α ¥ a a 8 93 
μικρόν τι παραδραμεῖν ἔσται, ἦν δυνώµεθα, καὶ ἆπελ- 
θεῖν ῥᾷδιον, ἦν βουλώμεθα. 

Topics for Study. (1) Periphrastic forms of the verb. (2) Of what 


class is kduvw? dyaAdioxouar? ὁπλί(ωᾷ puadrrw? fornus? plrr@? (3) ἄλλο 
τι ἤ. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ἐενοφῶν καὶ 
Καλλίμαχος Παρράσιος λοχαγός τούτου yap ἡ ἡγε- 
µονία ἦν τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάκων λοχαγῶν ἐκείνῃ τῇ 
e id e 8 ιά 8 3” 9 α 9 - 
ἡμέρᾳ  οἳ δὲ ἄλλοι λοχαγοὶ ἔμενον ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ. 
A , > e A e A 9 id ν δε 
μετὰ τούτους οὖν ὑπῆλθον ὑπὸ τὰ δένδρα ἄνθρωποι ὡς 
ἑβδομήκοντα, οὐκ ἀθρόοι ἀλλὰ καθ ἕνα, ἕκαστος Φφυλατ- 
-- ε ος , ρ 1 © , 4 
τόµενος ὡς ἐδύνατο. ᾿Αγασίας δὲ ὁ Στυµφάλιος καὶ 
᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεθυδριεὺς καὶ οὗτοι τῶν ὀπισθοφυλά- 
8 ” Ν ¥ , 3 / ” A 
κων λοχαγοὶ ὄντες, καὶ ἄλλοι δέ ἐφέστασαν ew τῶν 
δένδρων οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἀσφαλὲς ἐν τοῖς δένδροις ἑστάναι 
πλέον ἢ τὸν ἕνα λόχον. ἔνθα δὴ Καλλίμαχος μηχανᾶ- 
a? 2 ¥ > _sN ve) 5 / ὃ ει» 5 ϱ 9 4 
Tat τι προὔτρεχεν ἀπὸ τοῦ δένδρου vd ᾧ ἦν αὐτὸς 
δύο 7 τρία βήματα ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ λίθοι φέροιντο, ἀνέχα- 
ζεν εὐπετώς' ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστης δὲ προδρομῆς πλέον 7 δέκα 
9 A 3 / ε ν 9 , e ea 
ἅμαξαι πετρῶν ἀνηλίσκοντο ὁ δὲ Αγασίας ὡς ὁρᾷ 
8 / a 3 / “ “‘ , A , 
τὸν Καλλίμαχον ἃ ἐποίε, καὶ τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν θεώ- 
µενον, δείσας μὴ οὐ πρὠτὸς παραδράµῃ εἰς τὸ χωρίον, 
οὔτε τὸν ᾿Αριστώνυμον πλησίον ὄντα παρακαλέσας 
οὔτε Εὐρύλοχον τὸν Λουσιέα ἑταίρος ὄντας οὔτε ἆλ- 
λον οὐδένα χωρεῖ αὐτός, καὶ παρέρχεται πάντας. ὁ δὲ 
/ ε ε ~ > ἃ , 

Καλλίμαχος ws opa αὐτὸν παριοντα, “Ῥικαμράνεται 
A 4 A 

αὐτοῦ τῆς ἴτυος ἐν δὲ τούτῳ παραθεὶ αὐτοὺς Apt- 

, , Ν ΔΝ 9 , 
στώνυµος Μεθυδριεύς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Εὐρύλοχος Aov- 
σιεύς Πάντες yap οὗτοι ἀντεποιοῦντο ἀρετῆς Kat 
3 , κ 9 4 é ‘ κά μας 
ἀντηγωνίζοντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ ούτως ἐρίξοντες 
ε [ο 8 , ε 8 σ 9 45) 0 “ 
αἱροῦσι τὸ χωρίον. ὡς yap ἅπαξ εἰσέδραμον, οὐθεὶς 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIL 239 


πέτρος ἄνωθεν - ἠνέχθη. ἐνταῦθα δὴ δεινὸν ἦν θέαμα. 
ai yap Ὑγυναῖκε ᾖῥίπτουσαι τὰ παιδία εἶτα ἑαυτὰς 
ἐπικατερρίπτουν, καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες ὡσαύτως. ἐνταῦθα δὴ 
καὶ Αἰνείας Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς ἰδών τινα θέοντα ὡς 
esr e N \ ν Δ 3 ΄ ε 
ῥίψοντα ἑαυτὸν στολην ἔχοντα καλὴν ἐπιλαμβάνεται ὡς 
κωλύσων ' ὁ δὲ αὐτὸν ἐπισπᾶται, καὶ ἀμφότεροι ᾧχοντο 
κατὰ τῶν πετρῶν φερόμενοι καὶ ἀπέθανον. ἐντεῦθεν 
ἄνθρωποι μὲν πάνυ ὀλίγοι ἐλήφθησαν, βόες δὲ καὶ 
3 Δ 8 , 

ovot πολλοὶ καὶ πρόβατα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Passive deponents. (2) Formation of abstract 
nouns in -εια, cf. ἀμέλεια. Cf. 556, 3. 8428. 282,2. 429, 1. (3) Special con- 
struction of πλέον, ἔλαττο». . 


Passing the Chalybes, they reach Gymnias, where they receive a 
guide who conducts them within sight of the Huzxine. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ Χαλύβων σταθμοὺς ἑπτὰ 
παρασάγγας πεντήκοντα. οὗτοι ἦσαν ὧν} διηλθον 
2 , \ 3 Αα 2 ν 9 δὲ θ , 
ἀλκιμώτατοι, καὶ εἰς χεῖρας” ᾖσαν. εἶχον δὲ θώρακας 

_ aA 4 A 
λινοῦς µέχρι τοῦ ἤτρου, ἀντὶ δὲ τῶν πτερύγων σπάρτα 
πυκνὰ ἐστραμμένα. εἶχον δὲ καὶ κνηµῖδας καὶ κράνη 
καὶ παρὰ τὴν ζώνην µαχαίριον ὅσον ξυήλην Λακωνικήν, 
ᾧ ἔσφαττον ὧν κρατεῖν δύναιντο, καὶ ἀποτεμόντες ἂν 

ν . » 9 , 8 ‘ 25 \ 
τὰς κεφαλας ExXovTEs ἐπορεύοντο, Kal ᾖὸον καὶ ἐχόρευον 
ὁπότε οἱ πολέμιοι αὐτοὺς ὄψεσθαι ἔμελλον. εἶχον δὲ 
καὶ δόρυ ὡς πεντεκαίδεκα πήχεων μίαν λόγχην ἔχον. 
i 9 2 A x 9 \ \ / 
οὗτοι ἐνέμενον ἐν τοῖς πολίσμασιν ἐπεὶ δὲ παρέλθοιεν 
e ¢ ο 3 N , ¥ δὲ 2 A 
ot EAAnves, el7rovTo ἀεὶ μαχούμενοι. Φκουν O€ ἐν τοις 
ὀχυροῖς, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐν τούτοις ἀνακεκομισμένοι 

σ 
ἦσαν ' ὥστε μηδὲν λαμβάνειν αὐτόθεν τοὺς Ἓλληνας, 
A a A 
ἀλλὰ διετράφησαν τοῖς κτήνεσιν ἆ ἐκ τῶν Ταόχων 
ἔλαβον. 


20. ἑκαίνων. 30. αὐτος. 25685. 1206. 568. 461,% 


14 


15 


16 


aa 
ey 


240 ANABASIS. 


a 

13 "Ex tovrov οἱ Ἕλληνες ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸν Άρπασον. 
ποταµόν, εὗρος τεττάρων πλέθρων. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ Σκυθηνῶν σταθμοὺς τέτ- 
Tapas παρασάγγας εἴκοσι διὰ πεδίου eis κώµας' ἐν ais 
ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. | 

3 Α ο NS ΄ Ud 

19 ᾿Εντεῦθεν διηλθον σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρασάγγας 
εἴκοσι πρὸς πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα Kal οἶκου- 
µένην 4 ἐκαλεῖτο Γυµνιάς. ἐκ ταύτης [τῆς χώρας] 6 
γ A 9 ε , id 9 8 ~ 
ἄρχων τοῖς Ἓλλησιν Μἡγεμόνα πέµπει, ὅπως διὰ τῆς 
ε A / , ¥ 9 , 2 Δ > 3 A 

20 ἑαυτῶν πολεμίας χώρας ayo. αὐτούς. ἐλθὼν δ ἐκεῖνος 
λέγει ὅτι ἄξει αὐτοὺς πέντε ἡμερῶν εἷς χωρίον ὅθεν 
»” , > \ V4 ιό 3 , 
ὄψονται θάλατταν' εἰ δὲ py, τεθνάναι ἐπηγγείλατο. 

\ ε a 3 “ 3 / 3 8 ς α 
καὶ ἡγούμενος ἐπειδὴ ἐνέβαλλεν εἰς τὴν [ ἑαυτοῦ] πολε- 

ρ , ‘ , \ , ο 8 
µίαν, παρεκελεύετο αἴθειν καὶ φθείριν τὴν χώραν' ᾧ 

8 αἱ > ΄ σ ΄ 9 ΄ 3 ας 
καὶ δῆλον ἐγένετο ὅτι τούτου ἕνεκεν συνέλθοι, οὐ τῆς 

a“ ε / 9 / Ν 3 aA 2 Ἀ N ” 

21 τῶν Ἑλλήνων εὐνοίας. καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος 
τῇ πέµπτῃ Hepa’ ὄνομα δὲ τῷ Oper ἦν Θήχης. ἐπεὶ 
δὲ of πρῶτοι ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους, κραυγὴ πολλὴ 
ἐγένετο. | 

Topics for Study. (1) The idiom for ‘to come into the hands of,’ or ‘ into 


close quarters with.’ (2) Case after κρατέω. (3) Cf. éxupds and dxupds. 
(4) The ending -v(s) in adverbs. Cf. εὐθύς, éyyts. 


“ Seal seal” 

2 ᾿Ακούσας δὲ 6 Ἐενοφῶν καὶ οἱ ὀπισβοφύλακες φήθη- 

ν ¥ 9 , , 9 
σαν ἔμπροσθεν ἄλλους ἐπιτίθεσθαι trohepiovs* εἴποντο 

, ~ 8 “A 
γὰρ ὄπισθεν οἱ ἐκ τῆς καοµένης χώρας, καὶ αὐτῶν οἱ 
9 , 9 , , \ Z . 
ὀπισθοφύλακες ἀπέκτεινάν τέ τινας καὶ ἐκώγρησαν ἑνέ- 
Spav ποιησάµενοι, καὶ γέρρα ἔλαβον δασειῶν βοῶν 
23 ὠμοβόεια audi τὰ εἴκοσιν. ἐπειδὴ δ ἡ Boh πλείων τε 
ἐγίγνετο καὶ ἐγγύτερον καὶ οἱ det ἐπιόντες ἔθεον δρόµῳ 
ἐπὶ τοὺς det βοῶντας καὶ πολλφ μείζων ἐγίγνετο ἡ Box 





BOOK IV. CHAP. VIII. 241 


A Hp A 
ὅσῳ δὴ πλείους ἐγίγνοντο, ἐδόκει δὴ μεῖζόν τι εἶναι τῷ 
~ Ν 3 Ν 31) σὁσ N , A 8 
Ἐθενοφῶντι, καὶ avaBas ἐφ ἵππον καὶ Λύκιον καὶ τοὺς 
ἑ id > ‘ 2 ‘ , Δ > , : 
ἱππέας ἀναλαβὼν παρεβοήθει' Kat τάχα δὴ ἀκούουσι 
ρ α ~ ές Xv > (ς θ aN 99 Ν 
Εοώντων τῶν στρατιωτών “ Θάλαττα ἅλαττα Kal 
, κά , » , NU ie 9 , 
παρεγγυώντων. ἐνθα δὴ ἔθεον πάντες καὶ ot ὀπισθοφύ- 
8 8 ε 4 3 , Ν eg > \ Δ 
λακες, καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια ἠλαύνετο καὶ οἱ ἵπποι. ἐπεὶ δὲ 


C4 ~ 
ἀφίκοντο πάντες ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον, ἐνταῦθα δὴ περιέβαλλον 


> 4 8 8 8 8 ὃ , 
ἀλλήλους καὶ στρατηγοὺς Kat λοχαγοὺς ὀακρύοντες. 
καὶ ἐζαπίνης ὅτου. δὴ παρεγγυήσαντος οἱ στρατιῶται 
/ id ‘ α 4 3 a 
φέρουσι λίθους καὶ ποιοῦσι κολωνὸν µέγαν. ἐνταῦθα 
9 ΄ Ud μι) 3 ΄ A / 
ἀνετίθεσαν δερμάτων πλῆθος ὠμοβοείων καὶ βακτηρίας 
καὶ τὰ αἰχμάλωτα γέρρα, καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν αὐτός τε Kate 
τεµνε τὰ γέρρα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις διεκελεύετο. 
| Mera: ταῦτα τὸν ἡγεμόνα οἱ Ἕλληνες ἀποπέμπουσι 
A , 9 9 aA ο 9 - 9 
Sapa δόντες ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἵππον καὶ Φιάλην ἀργυρᾶν καὶ 
9 Ν 8 Ν 4 Ἶ ¥ \ 4 
oxeviv Περσικὴν καὶ δαρεικοὺς δέκα' pre δὲ µάλιστα 
8 \ » 8 8 “A 
τους δακτυλίους, καὶ έλαβε πολλοὺς παρὰ τών στρατιω- 
Tov. κώμην δὲ δείξας αὐτοῖς οὗ σκηνήσουσι καὶ τὴν 
ὁδὸν ἦν πορεύσονται eis Μάκρωνας, ἐπεὶ ἑσπέρα ἐγένετο, 
ᾧχετο [τῆς νυκτὸς] ἀπιών. 


They proceed through the territory of the Macrones. 


VIIL ‘Evrevbev 8 ἐπορεύθησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες διὰ 
Μακρώνων σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας δέκα. τῇ 
a de e 7 947 9 N Ν 9 a κά 
πρώτῃ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ὃς ὥριζε 
8 ~ , ι 8 4 A α S 9 
την τῶν Μακρώνων καὶ τὴν τῶν Σκυθηνῶν. εἶχον ὃ 

e A 5 ~ , ἓ 2 , \ 3 9 

ὑπὲρ δεξιῶν χωρίον olov® χαλεπώτατον καὶ ἐξ ἀριστε: 
pas ἄλλον ποταµόν, eis ὃν ἐνέβαλλεν 6 ὁρίζων, δὺ 
οὗ ἔδει διαβῆναι. ἣν δὲ οὗτος δασὺς δένδρεσι" παχέσι 


1 ὅτου 5« τινὸς ὅστις δὴ ἣν. 3 6561 (end). 498. Cf. 685,1. 5176. 1181. Of. δένδρω», 
2.4%, 891. 646,8. 


H. & W. ANAB, — 16 


24 


25 


27 


uD 


9A2 ANABASIS. 


μὲν ov, πυκνοῖς δέ. ταῦτ ἐπεὶ προσῆλθον οἱ Ἕλληνες 
ἔκοπτον, σπεύδοντες ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου ws τάχιστα ἐξελθεῖν. 
ot δὲ Μάκρωνες ἔχοντες yéppa καὶ λόγχας καὶ τρι- 
Χίνους χιτῶνας κατ ἀντιπέραν τῆς διαβάσεως παρα- 
, > N TAA ηλ bs) X 4 8 , 

τεταγµένοι ἦσαν καὶ ἀλλήλοις διεκελεύοντο καὶ λίθους 
eis τὸν ποταμὸν ἔρριπτον ἐξικνοῦντο yap. οὗ ovd 
3 ο 4 η 
ἔβλαπτον οὐδέν. 

¥ A δὴ id A A A ‘ 

Ῥνθα on προσέρχεται Ἐενοφῶντι τῶν πελταστῶν 
ἀνὴρ ᾿Αθήνησι φάσκων δεδουλευκέναι, λέγων ὅτι γιγνώ- 

8 Ν ~ 3 ύ , έέ 4 29 ¥ 
σκοι τὴν φωνὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ οἶμαι, ἔφη, 
(2. λ , (ὃ ty ‘ Ν 9 , hv én 

ἐμὴν ταύτην πατρίδα εἶναι' Kat et µή τι κωλύει ἐθέλω 
αὐτοῖς διαλεχθῆναι  “᾽Αλλ οὐδὲ κωλύε, ἐἔφη, 
ές λλλὰ 5 4 8 , a ‘4 > fp 99 e δ᾽ 
ἀλλὰ διαλέγου καὶ pale πρῶτον tives εἰσίν. οἱ 

> 9 , 1° , ἐς , , 2 
εἶπον ἐρωτήσαντος Ότι Μαάκρωνες. Ἠρώτα τοίνυν; 
¥ ( 5 ‘ ϱ 3; , 3 Q , e a 
ἔφη, “avrovs τί ἀντιτετάχαται” καὶ χρῄζουσιν ἡμῖν πο- 
λέμιοι εἶναι. οἱ ὃ ἀπεκρίναντο “ Ὅτι καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ 

Ν ε 4 ΄ yy 27 id 3 4 ε 
τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν ἐἔρχεσθε" λέγειν ἐκέλευον οἱ 

8 9 έέ 9 “ / Ἰλλὰ Xr ~ 
στρατηγοὶ ὅτι “ov κακῶς ye ποιήσοντες, ἀλλὰ βασιλεν 
πολεμήσαντες ἀπερχόμεθα els τὴν Ἑλλάδα, καὶ ἐπὶ θά- 
λατταν βουλόμεθα ἀφικέσθαι. ἠρώτων ἐκεῖνοι εἰ δοῖεν 

΄ XN ld e 3 γ A “A “ 
ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά. οἱ ὃ ἔφασαν καὶ Sovva καὶ 
λαβεῖν ἐθέλειν. ἐντεῦθεν διδόασιν οἱ Μάκρωνες βαρ- - 
βαρικὴν λόγχην τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐκείνοις 
Ἑλληνικήν ' ταῦτα yap ἔφασαν mora εἶναι' θεοὺς 3 
ἐπεμαρτύραντο ἀμφότεροι. 

Mera δὲ τὰ mora εὐθὺς of Μάκρωνες τὰ δένδρα 
συνεξέκοπτον τήν τε ὁδὸν ὠὡδοποίουν ὡς διαβιβῶντες ἐν 
µέσοις ὃ ἀναμεμιγμένοι τοῖς Ἓλλησι, καὶ ἀγορὰν οἵαν 
ἐδύναντο παρεῖχον, καὶ παρήγαγον ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις 

a 
ἕως ἐπὶ τὰ Κόλχων ὅρια κατέστησαν τοὺς Ἓλληνας, 

199, αὐτοῦ. 3976, 9. ᾱ, Tl. 163, ἀ. νο. 3611. 978. 4δά. 656. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIIL 948 


By a skillful attack they defeat the Oolchians. 


Ἐνταῦθα ἦν ὄρος μέγα καὶ ἐπὶ τούτου of Κόλχοι 
A 4 
παρατεταγµένοι ἦσαν. καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οἱ Ἕλληνες 
, e 9 ¥ 8 8 
ἀντιπαρετάξαντο φάλαγγα, ws οὕτως ἄξοντες πρὸς τὸ 
ὄρος' ἔπειτα δὲ ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατηγοῖς βουλεύσασθαι 
συλλεγεῖσιν ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἀγωνιοῦνται. 
\ Ἐλεξεν οὖν Ἐενοφῶν ὅτι δοκοίη παύσαντας τὴν φά- 
λαγγα λόχους ὁρθίους" ποιῆσαι' “ἡ μὲν γὰρ φάλαγζ 
διασπασθήσεται εὐθύς' τῇ μὲν γὰρ ἄνοδον τῇ δὲ εὔοδον 
εὑρήσομεν τὸ ὄρος' καὶ εὐθὺς τοῦτο ἀθυμίαν ποιήῄσει 
ταν τεταγµένοι εἷς φάλαγγα ταύτην διεσπασµένην 
ὁρῶσιν. ἔπειτα ἦν μὲν ἐπὶ πολλῶν τεταγµένοι προσ- 
άγωµεν, περιττεύσουσιν ἡμῶνὃ οἱ . πολέμιοι καὶ τοῖς 
A , bd a a . aN > 9 
περιττοῖ χρήσονται o τι ἂν βούλωνται ' ἐὰν δὲ ἐπ 
2\7  ΄ ν 9 δὲ a ¥ A κ 93 
ὀλίγων τεταγµένοι ἵωμεν, ovdey ἂν ein θαυμαστὸν εἰ 
5 , ea ε avo Ἑ 9 006 4 Va 9 
ιακοπείη ἡμῶν ἡ φάλαγξέ ὑπὸ ἀθρόων καὶ βελῶν καὶ 
ἀνθρώπων ἐμπεσόντων εἰ δέ wy τοῦτο ἐσται, τῇ GAY 
, N ¥ 3 Ud “” > 4 4 
φάλαγγι κακὸν ἐἔσται. ἀλλά pot δοκεῖ ὀρθίους τοὺς 
λόχους ποιησαµένους τοσοῦτον χωρίον κατασχεῖν δια- 
λιπόντας τοῖς Adyous® ὅσον ἔξω τοὺς ἐσχάτους Ἰ λόχους 
γεέσθαι τῶν πολεμίων κεράτων καὶ οὕτως ἐσόμεθα 
τῆς τε τῶν πολεμµίων φάλαγγος ἔξω [οἱ ἔσχατοι λόχοι], 
καὶ ὀρθίους ἄγοντες. οἱ κράτιστοι ἡμῶν πρὠτον προσ- 
lacw, ᾗ τε ἂν εὔοδον ᾖ ταύτῃ ἕκαστος ἄξει [6 
λόχος]. καὶ ets τε τὸ διαλεῖπον ov ῥᾷδιον ἐἔσται τοῖς 
πολεμίοις εἰσελθεῖν ἐνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν λόχων ὄντων, δια” 
4 
κόψαι τε οὗ ῥᾷδιον ἔσται λόχον ὄρθιον προσιόντα. ἐάν 
ῤ α ν 
τέ τις πιέζηται τῶν λόχων, 6 πλησίον βοηθήσει. ἣν 
lerparnyois συλλεγεῖσιν. 3869 Introd. 4, 108, (8). Seis φάλαγγα ὁρῶσι ταύτην... 


606 ἐπὶ τεττάρων, 1.2%. 5349. 1120. S64. 509,b. 8776. 1181. 387 586,b 
"Ch 671, οὰ οχ. 978 Wdex. Cf. 451 with 454. 556. * Cf. same, 1.104, 


—- —-=d 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


244 ANABASIS. 


1; 5 Α A , 9 3 . 3 3 A 
τε εἷς πῃ δυνηθῇ τῶν λόχων ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον ἀναβῆναι, 
οὐδεὶς µηκέτι peivy τῶν πολεμίων.᾿ 


Topics for Study. (1) Compounds of ὁδός. (2) Advantages of at- 
tacking over rough ground with ὀρθίους λόχου». 


Tavra ἔδοξε, καὶ ἐποίουν ὀρθίους τοὺς λόχους. Hevo- 
~ de > A 3 ἃ ΔΝ > A > ΔΝ Ν ὃ ~ ¥ 
dav δὲ ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον ἀπὸ Tov δεξιοῦ ἔλεγε 
A a, κ ὃ a , 9 &d e ~ , 
τοῖς στρατιώταις, “Άνδρες, οὗτοί εἶσιν οὓς ὁρᾶτε μόνοι 
¥ ean Q 5 5 ‘ . 8 ‘ AN > ¥ , , 
ἔτι ἡμῖν" ἐμποδὼν τὸ» μὴ ἤδη εἶναι ἔνθα πάλαι σπεύ- 
νά 2 α 
δοµεν' τούτου, nv πως δυνώµεθα, καὶ ὠμοὺς det 
καταφαγεῖν.͵ 
ΤἘ ‘ ὃ᾽ 3 A , σ > 4 N “ 
πεὶ ἐν ταις χώραις ἕκαστοι ἐγένοντο καὶ τοὺς 
λόχους ὀρθίους ἐποιήσαντο, ἐγένοντο μὲν λόχοι τῶν 
A 4 
ὁπλιτῶν' ἀμφὶ τοὺς ὀγδοήκοντα, ὁ δὲ λόχος ἕκαστος 
δὸ 9 9 ε (a ‘ Se λ ‘ ‘ ‘ 
aoXEdov εἰς τοὺς ἑκατόν τοὺς δὲ πελταστὰς καὶ τοὺς 
τοξότας τριχῇ ἐποιήσαντο, τοὺς μὲν τοῦ εὐωνύμου 
ἔξω, τοὺς δὲ τοῦ δεξιοῦ, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ µέσον, σχεδὸν 
ἑξακοσίους ἑκάστου.. ἐκ τούτου παρηγγύησαν οἱ 
στρατηγοὶ εὔχεσθαι' εὐξάμενοι δὲ καὶ παιανίσαντες 
3 ΄ 8 / Δ Δ “A 8 "ς 
ἐπορεύοντο. καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν καὶ Ἐενοφῶν καὶ ot 
8 9 A 4 α “A , , ν 
σὺν αὐτοῖς πελτασταὶ τῆς τῶν πολεμίων φάλαγγος έξω 
γενόµενοι ἐπορεύοντο. 
‘\ 
Οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι, ὡς εἶδον αὐτούς, ἀντιπαραθέοντες οἱ 
4 \ 9 : 
μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον διεσπάσθησαν, 
καὶ πολὺ τῆς αὑτῶν φάλ ἐν τῷ Me ὃν ἐποί- 
τῆς αὑτῶν φάλαγγος ἐν τῷ µέσῳ κενὺν ἐποί 
ε 4 8 9 
ησαν. οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸ ᾽᾿Αρκαδικὸν πελτασταί, ὧν ἦρχεν 
> / 
Αἰσχίνης ὁ ᾿Ακαρνάν, νοµίσαντες φεύγειν ἀνακραγόντες 
΄ : 9 = A 
ἔθεον καὶ οὗτοι πρῶτοι ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος ἀναβαίνουσι' 
α e 4 
συνεφείπετο δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ )Αρκαδικὸν ὁπλιτικόν, ὧν 
> 
npXe Κλεάνωρ 6 ᾿ὈΟρχομένιος. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι, ws 
4 A 
Ἡρξαντο θεῖν, οὐκέτι ἔστησαν, ἀλλὰ φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ 


11032. 1960. ὅ69, 9. 489,a. 2767. 1174. 878. 598. 5.061 anda; 1029. 
642.1. 434. 569. 578. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIIL 245 


ἐτράπετο. ot δὲ Ἕλληνες ἀναβάντες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο 
9 A , \ 9 , Ν 5 , 
ἐν πολλαῖς Kamas καὶ τἀπιτήδεια πολλὰ ἐχούσαις. 
Topics for Study. (1) Cf. duos and dpds. (2) ἄλλος, BAAD. 
They reach the sea, perform their vows, and celebrate games. 
Καὶ ra! μὲν ἄλλα οὐδὲν ὅτι καὶ ἐθαύμασαν' τὰ δὲ 
σμήνη πολλὰ ἦν αὐτόθι, καὶ τῶν κηρίων ὅσοι έφαγον τῶν 
A \ ν 
στρατιωτῶν πάντες ἀφρονές τε ἐγίγνοντο καὶ npovv καὶ 
, A Ν 9 
κάτω διεχώρει αὐτοῖς καὶ ὀρθὸς οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἴστα- 
σθαι, ἀλλ᾽ oi μὲν ὀλίγον ὃ ἐδηδοκότες σφόδρα μµεθύουσιν” 
27 e ‘ / 5 ε Se ν 9 
ἐώκεσαν, οἱ δὲ πολὺ µαινοµένοις» ot δὲ καὶ ἀπο- 
‘ 9 “A 
θνήσκουσιν. ἔκειντο δὲ οὕτω πολλοὶ ὥσπερ τροπῆς 
? 8 λλὴ > 10 , οι >” ε 4 
γεγενηµένης, καὶ πολλὴ ἦν ἀθυμία. τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ 
2 id \ 9 0 9 A 5 8 9 ιό 9 
ἀπέθανε μὲν ovdeis, ἀμφὶ δὲ τὴν αὐτήν πως ὥραν 
> 5 / XN ιά > 4 9 9 
ἀνεφρόνουν  τρίτῃ δὲ καὶ τετάρτῃ ἀνίσταντο ὥσπερ ἐκ 
Φαρµακοποσίας. 
Ἐντεῦθεν 8 ἐπορεύθησαν δύο σταθμοὺς παρασάγ- 
ς / 8. >  ἃ 4 3 A 
yas ἑπτά, καὶ ᾖλθον ἐπὶ θάλατταν eis Τραπεζοῦντα 
΄ ε / > ? 3 A > 4 > 
πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα οἰκουμένην ἐν τῷ Evéeive Πόντῳ 
ld > ας ο 
Σινωπέων ἀποικίαν ἐν τῇ Κόλχων χώρα. ἐνταῦθα 
» e ιό > 8 8 , 9 ~ aA l4 
έμειναν ημέρας ἀμφὶ τας τριάκοντα ἐν ταῖς τῶν Κόλ- 
4 . 3 ο ς ΄ ρ 8 / 
χων Kamas’ κἀντεῦθεν ὁρμώμενοι ἑλῄζοντο τὴν Κολχίδα. 
ἀγορὰν δὲ παρεῖχον τῷ στρατοπέδῳ ἹΤραπεζούντιοι, 
καὶ ἐδέξαντό τε τοὺς “EAAnvas καὶ ξένια ἔδοσαν βοῦς 
. ν 
καὶ ἄλφιτα καὶ οἶνον. συνδιεπράττοντο δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ 
“~ ‘4 l4 ο) 3 ~ a, , 3 4 
τῶν πλησίον Κόλχων τῶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ μάλιστα οἰκούν- 
: \ ξέ ‘ 2 9 , 20 , 
των, Kal ζένια καὶ παρ ἐκείνων ᾖλύθον βόες. 

Mera δὲ τοῦτο τὴν θυσίαν ἣν εὔζαντο παρεσκευά- 
ζοντο ἦλθον δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἱκανοὶ βόες ἀποθῦσαι τῷ Au 
, 9 ae ne 9 A ν 
σωτήρια καὶ τῷ Ἡρακλει ἡγεμόσυνα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις 


1118. 1058. 837. 6387. 3 80, ἦν, 3 a0, κηρίο», «178. 1110. 809,1. 568. 
5 a0, égxecay, 


21 


22 


23 


24 


26 


27 


28 


246 ANABASIS. 


a - 8 
θεοῖς ἃ εὔξαντο. ἐποίησαν δὲ καὶ ἀγῶνα Ὑγυμνικὸν ἐν 
~ » 3 / 9 δὲ , 
τῷ ope. ἔνθαπερ ἐσκήνουν. εἴλοντο dé Δρακόντιον 
Σπαρτιάτην, ὃς ἔφυγε παῖς ὦν οἴκοθεν, maida ἄκων 
κατακανὼν ξυήλῃ πατάξας, δρόμου τ᾽ ἐπιμεληθῆναι καὶ 
τοῦ ἀγῶνος προστατῆσαι. 
3 8 Ν e v4 3 ld 8 3 / 
Ἠπειδὴ δὲ ἡ θυσία ἐγένετο, τὰ δέρµατα παρέδοσαν 
τῷ A f ὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλ ὃ ὃν dpe 
» Δρακοντίῳ, καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον ὅπου τὸν δρόμον 
8 ¥ e Ν 4 @ e / > 3 
πεποιηκὼς εἴη. 6 δὲ δείξας οὗπερ ἑστηκότες ἐτύγχανον 
44 8. ε , > » 
Οὗτος ὁ λόφος, edn, 
ές ΄ ld 9g 
κάλλιστος τρέχειν ὅπου 
΄ ~ 
av τις βούληται. “Πῶς 
οὖν, ἔφασαν, “δυνήσον- 
‘ 1 
Tat παλαίεν ἐν σκληρῷ 
‘4 λ a 9 ”» e © 
Kat δασεῖ οὕτως; 6 8 
εἶπε, “ Μᾶλλόν τι ἀνιάσε- 
ται ὁ καταπεσών. ἠγω- 
la 8 ~ 8 
νίζοντο δὲ παῖδες μὲν 
, 1 a 3 2 
στάδιον τῶν αἰχμαλώ- 
A a 
των οἱ πλεῖστοι, δόλιχον δὲ Κρῆτες πλείους 4 ἑξήκοντα 
ἔθεον, πάλην δὲ καὶ πυγμὴν καὶ παγκράτιον . . . καλὴ 
3 ld Ν 8 0 8 9 4 
θέα ἐγένετο" πολλοὶ yap κατέβησαν καὶ are θεωµένων 
τῶν ἑταίρων πολλὴ Φιλονικία ἐγίγνετο. ἔθεον δὲ καὶ 
ἵπποι καὶ ἔδει αὐτοὺς κατὰ τοῦ πρανοῦς ἐλάσαντας ἐν TH 
/ e / ΄ .ά 8 “ 8 id 
θαλάττ] ὑποστρέψαντας πάλιν ἄνω πρὸς τὸν βωμὸν aye. 
4 , Q e \ 9 5 A . » Se ο ‘ 
καὶ κάτω μὲν οἱ πολλοὶ ExadtvOovVTO*® ἄνω O€ πρὸς τὸ 
A Ψ . 
ἰσχυρῶς ὄρθιον µόλις βάδην ἐπορεύοντο οἱ tra’ ἔνθα 
πολλὴ κραυγὴ καὶ γέλως καὶ παρακέλευσις ἐγίγνετο. 





ΟΛΕΞΤΟΡ. 


Topics for Study. (1) Accusative of kindred meaning. (2) Grecian 
games. See Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities, sub δρόµος, ἀγῶνες, 
πυγµή, παγκράτιο». (3) Subsequent history of Xenophon. Introd. 119-119. 
(4) Style, Introd. 121, 122. 


2716, a. 1052. 8333. 686,4, 


BOOKS V.-VIL. 


EDITED FOR SIGHT-READING. 


SUGGESTIONS FOR SIGHT READING. 
Books V.-VIL 


Tue Anabasis should be studied with a fixed, unalterable determination 
to learn to read it at sight, with only occasional use of the Lexicon. No 
obstacles, however great, should be allowed to cloud this set purpose. Kept 
distinctly before the mind, it will give a keener zest to study, prevent abuse 
of helps and promote a many-sided study of the language. 

To read at sight one must have: 1. A knowledge of the meaning of the 
words; 2. Of their forms (Accidence); 38. Of their relations (Syntax) ; 
4. Of the common idioms; 5d. Practice. These are essential and each must 
receive its due share of attention. The idioms found in the Anabasis are 
not numerous and may be soon mastered. The main facts of Syntax are 
not so many as to offer serious difficulty to the earnest student. They recur 
quite often, and most of them are exemplified in a single book of the Anab- 
asis. ‘The verb-forms require more attention, but each of these has one or 
more characteristics or differentia, and these, all told, including endings, are 
not more than about seventy in number. 

The acquisition of a copious vocabulary is arduous, but the task is 
greatly lightened bv rational methods. Well directed effort here is amply 
rewarded. There are only about 900 primitives in the Anabasis. The 
prepositions and pronouns occur about 8,000 times, while εἰμί and its com- 
pounds are found over 1,300 times. 

Sight-reading should be practiced in the preparation of every lesson, but 
before it is made a distinctive feature of the recitation the student should 
master: (1) the Attic paradigms; (2) the main uses of the Cases, Voices, 
Modes, and Tenses; (3) the principal suffixes ;* (4) the Lists of Words, 

In the practice of sight-reading observe the following : — 

1. Appeal constantly to the ear as well as to the eye; that is, read aloud. 

2. Read an entire paragraph at a time and without stopping. 

3. Do not translate into English nor stop to put the parts of the sentence 
together. Reach the sense, if possible, directly from the original, just as a 
native Greek would do. 

4. For the meanings of the words scrutinize closely the stems and suffixes. 

5. For the relations of the words scrutinize closely the differentia of the 
noun and verb forms. 

6. Do not look up words beyond those given at the foot of the page till 
the passage has been read aloud again and again. 

7. Review previous lessons in the same manner as often as time will 
permit. | 

* See Word Formation. 540-590. 822-889. 268-300. 397-449. 
(248) 


ΛΟΓΟΣ E. 


Recapitulation. 


1 [Όσα μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Kvpov1 
ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἓλληνες, καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ τῇ µέχρι 
ἐπὶ θάλαγταν τὴν ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, καὶ as! eis 
Τραπεζοῦντα πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα ἀφίκοντο, καὶ ws ἀπέθυ- 
σαν” ἃἆ εὔξαντο σωτήρια” θύσειν ἔνθα πρῶτον eis Φφι- 
λίαν γῆν ἀφίκοιντο, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται.] 


lt ts voted’ to send Chirisophus to obtain ships for the convey- 
ance of the Greeks. 


"Ex δὲ τούτου συνελθόντες ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ τῆς 2 
λοιπῆς πορείας ἀν-έστη δὲ πρῶτος Λέων Θούριος καὶ 
ἐλεξεν woe’ 

«6 Ἐγὼ μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη, “ad ἄνδρες, ἀπ-είρηκα" ἤδη 

, ‘ 5 \ , \ . ο 
συσκεναζόµενος καὶ βαδίζωνὃ καὶ τρέχων καὶ τὰ ὅπλα 
΄ 8 > , aA Ν Ν , » 
φέρων καὶ ἐν τάξει ἰὼν καὶ φυλακὰς φυλάττων καὶ 
μαχόμενος, ἐπιθυμῶ δὲ ἠδη παυσάµενος τούτων τῶν 

‘4 > 8 , ¥ a) 8 “N 8 
πόνων, ἐπεὶ Θάλατταν ἔχομεν, πλεῖν τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ 


1 how. 2 paid (in sacrifice). 8 (sc. ἑερὰ), thank-offerings for safety. 
$ Tam tired. § walking. " 


250 ANABASIS. 


ἐκταθεὶς ὥσπερ Ὀδυσσεὺς ἀφικέσθαι eis τὴν Ἑλ- 
ada.” 
A εν] , ε A 2 ee 2 ε 
Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες of στρατιῶται ἀν-εθορύβησαν ὡς 
Φ , κ 9 8 » > ν ‘ , ε 
ev λέγοι" καὶ αλλος" ταυτ έλεγε, καὶ πάντες οἱ παρι- 
dvres.* ἔπειτα δὲ Χειρίσοφος ἀν-έστη καὶ εἶπεν doe’ 
4 
“@idos poi ἐστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ᾿Αναξίβιος, ναυαρχῶν ὅ 
4 Δ κά a > ? , > “A 9 A 
δὲ καὶ τυγχάνει. ἦν οὖν πέµψητέ pe, οἶμαι ἂν ἐλθεῖν 
καὶ τριήρεις ἔχων Kat πλοῖα τὰ ἡμᾶς ἄξοντα" ὑμεῖς 
4 ¥ οἱ 4 9 4 .ά 9 9 \ ΄ ‘ 
δὲ εἶπερ πλεῖν βούλεσθε, περιμένετε ἐστ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ ἔλθω 
ο \ ο» | 
ἥζω δὲ ταχέως. 
9 , A e va) 9 4 6 
Ακούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ στρατιῶται yoOnoay® τε καὶ 
ἐψηφίσαντο] πλεῖν αὐτὸν ὡς τάχιστα. 


Xenophon proposes plans for the maintenance and safety of the 
Greeks in the absence of Chirisophus. 


Mera τοῦτον Ἐενοφῶν ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε' 

έέΧειρίσοφος μὲν δὴ ἐπὶ πλοῖα στέλλεται, ἡμεῖς δὲ 
ἀναμενοῦμεν. ὅσα por οὖν Soxet καιρὸς εἶναι ποιεῖν 
ἐν τῇ µονῇ, ταῦτα ἐρῶᾶ πρῶτον μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια δεῖ 
πορίζεσθαι ἐκ τῆς πολεμίας' οὔτε γὰρ ἀγορὰ ἔστιν 
ε XN ¥ 9 10 > ‘4 θ 9 11 3 A δλί 
ἱκανὴ οὔτε ὅτου. ὠνησόμεθα εὐπορία”. ef μὴ ὀλίγοις 
τισίν' ἡ δὲ χώρα πολεμία᾽ κίνδυνος" οὖν πολλοὺς 
ἀπόλλυσθαι, ἦν ἀμελῶςὁ τε καὶ ἀφυλάκτως πορεύησθε 
ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ἀλλά pot δοκεὶ σὺν προνομαῖς' Aap- 
βάνειν τὰ, ἐπιτήδεια, ἄλλως δὲ μὴ πλανᾶσθαι,, ds 
σώζησθε, ἡμᾶς ἵὃ δὲ τούτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι.. 

1 (ἑκ-τείνω), stretched out (i.e. in the boat), cf. Od. xiii. 74-. 2 applauded 
(cf. θόρυβος), saying. 8 = τὰ abrd. 4 πάρ-ειµι, go by (to the front), 
come forward. 5 yav-apxéw. 6 Cf. ἤδομαι. 7 Cf. ψῆφος, pebble, vote. 
8 fut. of φημί. ® gc. χώρας. 10 of that with which (gen. of price) we shall 


purchase. 1 plenty, sufficiency. 12 8c. ἑστί. 18 carelessly. 1 προνοµή, 
foraging party. 15 οξ. πλάνη, wandering. 36 i.e. the officers. 


BOOK V. CHAP. I. 251 


Ἔδοξε ταῦτα. 


, 8 8 
«Ἔπι τοίνυν ἀκούσατε καὶ τάδε ἐπὶ λείανὶ γὰρ 9 


ea 2 > > X. ty 
ὑμῶν ἐκπορεύσονταί tives. οἶμαι οὖν βέλτιστον εἶναι 

A a 8 
nuiv?* εἰπεῖν ” Tov? μέλλοντα ἐξιέναι;) ppdlew* δὲ καὶ 
ὁποιὸ ἵνα καὶ τὸ πλῆθος εἰδῶμεν τῶν ἐξιόντων καὶ τῶν 

, Δ 
µενόντων καὶ συµ-παρασκευάζωµεν" ἐάν τι δέῃ, κἂν βοη- 
θῆσαί τισι καιρὸς ᾖ εἰδῶμεν ὃ ὅποι δεήσει βοηθεῖν, καὶ 
ἐάν τις τῶν ἀπειροτέρων ὃ ἐγχειρῇ  ποι, συμβουλεύωμεν 

: 9 ¥ ? 
πειρώμενοι εἰδέναι τὴν δύναμιν ἐφ οὓς ἂν two.’ 

Ἔδοξε καὶ ταῦτα. 

«Ἐννοεῖτε δὲ καὶ τόδε,᾽ ἔφη. “ σχολὴ τοῖς πολε- 
, , 8 ‘ , e ο 3 , .» 
µίοις Anleo Oar,” καὶ δικαίως ἡμῖν ἐπιβουλεύουσιν ' ἔχο- 

8 ε Α \ 
μεν γὰρ τὰ éxeivav’ ὑπερ-κάθηνται᾽ δὲ ἡμῶν. Φφυλακὰς 
δή por δοκεῖ δεῖν περὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον εἶναι ἐὰν οὖν 
κατὰ µέρος ” [μερισθέντες”] φυλάττωμεν καὶ σκοπῶμεν, 


19 ε , ¥ , 
οὗ πολέμιοι. ἔτι τοίνυν 


4 a , e a A 
ἧττον ἂν δύναιντο ἡμᾶς θηρᾶν 
ιὸ ς Αα 3 4 9 4 0 A 9 9 λ A 
τάδε ὁρᾶτε. εἰ μὲν ἠπιστάμεθα σαφῶς ὅτι ἠξει πλοῖα 
Χειρίσοφος ἄγων ἱκανά, οὐδὲν ἂν ἔδει ὧν µέλλω λέ 
γειν νῦν © ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ἄ-δηλον, δοκεῖ µοι πειρᾶσθαι 
πλοία συμπαρασκευάζειν καὶ αὐτόθε. ny μὲν γὰρ 
Ey [ἔχων], ὑπαρχόντων Ὁ ἐνθάδε, ἐν ἀφθονωτέροις 
λ , eS . 3 pee Beg μεθ 
πλευσόμεθα' ἦν o€ μὴ ayy, τοῖς ἐνθάδε χρησόµεθα. 

c a . 
ὁρῶ δὲ ἐγὼ πλοῖα πολλάκις παρα-πλέοντα ' εἰ οὖν αἴτη- 
σάµενοι παρὰ Τραπεζουντίων μακρὰ πλοῖα κατάγοιµεν 

κ 

καὶ φυλάττοιμεν αὐτά, τὰ πηδάλια”' παρα-λυόμενοι, ἕως 
aA ε \ . ὃν 6.7 ¥ . 4 > 3 , 

ἂν ἱκανὰ τὰ afovta™ γένηται, tows ἂν οὐκ ἀπορήσαι- 
μεν κομιδῆς © οἵας δεόμεθα.᾽ 


1 booty. 2 state. j§ 8 i.e. μέλλει ἐξιέναι. 4 codperate (in preparing). 
5 8c. ἵνα. 6 ἄπειρος. 7 take in hand (ἐν χείρ), undertake (sc. ἰέναι) mot. 
8 plunder. ® seated, posted above. 10 into parties. 11 µερί(ω, divide. 
8 hunt, i.e. take by surprise. 18 gc, πλοίων. _ 14 πηδάλιο», rudder, 
see cut. 16 ἄγω, carry. 16 κοµιδή, conveyance. 


Σα, ὃ etc., indicate the order of words. 


10 


ll 


252 ANABASIS. : 


12 "Koofe καὶ ταῦτα. 


Cc? , Ιλ. 3 9 
Εννοήσατε 8°,” ἔφη, “el εἶκὸςὶ καὶ τρέφειν ἀπὸ 
2 


οὓς ἂν καταγάγωµεν ὅσον ἂν χρόνον ἡμῶν 
ae EVEKEY µένωσι, καὶ ναῦσ- 
(ey. θλον" συν-θέσθαι ὅπως 
“Sa@  ὠφελοῦντεςὃ καὶ ade 
λῶνται.᾽ 

Ἔδοξε καὶ ταῦτα. 
έέΔοκεῖ ΄ τοίνυν pot,’ 
ἔφη, “ἦν ἄρα καὶ ταῦτα 
ἡμιν μὴ ἐκπεραίνηται 
ὥστε ἁρκεῖν πλοῖα, τὰς 


κοινοῦ 





πηδάλιον. ὁδος as δυσπόρους 
9 , 3 a 9 , > » 1 , 
ἀκούομεν εἶναι ταῖς παρὰ θάλατταν oixovoas’ πόλεσιν 
ἐντείλασθαι  ὁδοποιεῖν ' πείσονται γὰρ καὶ διὰ τὸ 
φοβεῖσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ βούλεσθαι ἡμῶν ἀἁπαλλαγῆναι. 


Xenophon persuades the cities to repair the roads. Defection 
of Dexippus ; death of Cleaenetus. 


14 ᾿Ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἀνέκραγον ὡς οὐ δέοι SSoutopetv.” 6 δέ, 
ε α 9 ΄ A 
ὡς ἔγνω THY ἀφροσύνην ' αὐτῶν, ἐπ-εψήφισε”' μὲν οὐδέν, 
4 de ao e 4 ¥ 50 “A λ o 9 
Tas δὲ πὀλεις εκούσας ἐέπεισεν OOOTOLELY, λέγων οτι 
A 9 , “a ν ρ : ε ε , 
θἄττον ἁπαλλάξονται, ἦν εὔποροι Ὑγένωνται αἱ ὁδοί. 
15 ἔλαβον δὲ καὶ πεντηκόντορον ὃ παρὰ τῶν Τραπεζουντίων, 
® 5 , A fa A , ί 14  ϱ 3 
) ἐπ-έστησαν Δέξιππον Λάκωνα περίοικον. οὗτος ape- 
Xr 4 “A λλ , λ ~ > 5 \. 15 ¥ » ο) 
ήσας τοῦ συλλέγειν πλοῖα ἀποδρὰς Ὁ ᾧχετο έξω τοῦ 
, ν 9 A 4. \ 9 ν 
Πόντου, ἔχων τὴν ναθν. οὗτος μὲν οὖν δίκαια ἔπαθεν 
1 it 1s reasonable. 2 common (fund). 3 1.9. the boatmen. 4 fare. 
5 agree. 6 sc. ἡμᾶς. 7 οἰκέω, dwell, be situated. 8 ἐντέλλομαι, enjoin. 
9 = repair. 10 journey by land. 11 cf. ἄ-φρων, φρή», mind. 12 ἐπιψηφί(ω, 


put to vote, cf. ἆπο-. 15 nenteconter, fifty-oared vessel. 14 provincial. See 
Introd. 54. 16 ἁπρ-διδράσκω, flee or slip away. 


BOOK V. CHAP. I. 253 


ψ 9 , 4 \ 0 a 1 
ὕστερον ἐν Θράκῃ γὰρ παρὰ Σεύθῃ πολυπραγμονών 
τι ἀπέθανεν ὑπὸ Νικάνδρου τοῦ Λάκωνος. ἔλαβον δὲ 
καὶ τριακόντορον, ᾗ ἐπ-εστάθη Πολυκράτης ᾿Αθηναῖος, 
ὃς ὁπόσα λαμβάνοι πλοῖα κατῆγεν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 
8 4 Q , 8 ¥ 4 9 4 , 
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀγώγιμα, εἶ τι ᾖγον, ἐξαιρούμενοι φύλακας 
καθίστασαν, ὅπως oa* ein, τοῖς δὲ πλοίοις ἐχρήσαντο 
> , 5 3 ον δὲ α > 9 UN λ ? badd 
cds παραγωγήν. ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα Hv, ἐπὶ λείαν eEnoav 
οἱ Ἕλληνες, καὶ ot μὲν ἐλάμβανον οἱ δὲ καὶ ov. Κλε- 
/ 3 > A Ν Ν e A A ¥ , 
aieros 8 ἐζαγαγὼν καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἄλλον λόχον 
Δ ‘4 Δ 3 ό > ld A ¥ 
πρὸς χωρίον χαλεπὸν αὐτός τε ἀπέθανε καὶ ἄλλοι πολ- 
λοὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ. 


To get supplies Xenophon leads half the army against the Drilae. 


φ 
Il. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια οὐκέτι ἦν λαμβάνειν ὥστε 
ἀπαυθημερίζειν ὃ ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, ἐκ τούτου λαβὼν 
μή οἱ ε ιό ~ 4 3 , 3 4 
Βενοφώῶν ἡγεμόνας τῶν Τραπεζουντίων ἐξάγει ets Δρί- 
9 “A 
has τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ κατέλιπε 
λα ‘ , 5 re ε N λ σ Ἱ 2 
φυλάττειν τὸ στρατόπεδον ' οἱ γὰρ Κόλχοι, are’ ἐκπε- 
, 8 A > A Ν 4 9 η Ve 
πτωκότες τῶν οἰκιῶν, πολλοὶ ἦσαν ἀθρόοι καὶ ὑπερε 
16 9 3 A ¥ e δὲ , ε 46 
κάύηντο ἐπὶ των ἄκρων. οἱ δὲ Τραπεζούντιοι ὁπόύθεν 
λ aA 
μεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ῥᾷδιον ἦν λαβεῖν οὐκ Fyov'® φίλοι yap 
αὐτοῖς' ἦσαν ' eis δὲ τοὺς Δρίλας προθύµως ᾖγον, bd’ 
Φ a ν 9 , 11 κα. 19 
OV KaKWS Επασχον;, εἰς χωρία τε ὀρεινὰ Kat δύσβατα 
\ Α A 
καὶ ἀνθρώπους πολεμικωτάτους τῶν ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ. 


The light-armed troops attack but fail to capture a stronghold. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐν τῇ ἄνω χώρα οἱ Ἓλληνες, ὁποῖα 
Tov χωρίων τοῖς Δρίλαις ἁλώσιμα ὁ εἶναι ἐδόκει ἐμπιμ- 


‘1 meddling with. 3 thirty-oared vessel. 8 freight, οἳ. ἄγω. “ σῶος, cf. σώ(ω. 
ὁ transport (service). © ἀπ-, αὐτός, ἡμέρα, return on the same day. 7 because 
ὃ ἐκπίπτω, fall out, be expelled. 9 sc. τοὺς “EAAnvas. 19 1. e. to the natives. 
| adj. fr. Bpos. 12 Bards, verbal of βαίνω. 19 easily taken, fr. ἁλίσκομαι 


254 ANABASIS. 


πράντες ἀπῇσαν ' καὶ οὐδὲν ἦν λαμβάνειν et μὴ bs! 7 
Bots ἢ ἄλλο τι κτῆνος” τὸ Tip δια-πεφευγό. ἓν δὲ 
ἦν χωρίον µητρό-πολις αὐτῶν ' eis τοῦτο πάντες συνερ- 
ρυήκεσανΣ περὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἦν χαράδρα ἰσχυρώς βα- 
« θεῖα, καὶ πρόσ-οδοι χαλεπαὶ πρὸς τὸ χωρίον. οἱ δὲ 


σος 
Π stl . ης τν 


ΠΠ 


a 
ay) 
= Eyl 
Pa 
at 
| 


= 

= 

ae. 
. 





α. ἡ χαράδρα. d, 4 ἄκρα. 


b, ἀναβολή, σκόλοπες, Τύρσεις. 6, οἰκίαι. 
6, ai πύλαι. JS, μηνοειδὴς ἡ τάξις. 


g, ἄκρα τινὰ ἰσχυρά, § 16. 


‘ , 4 5 ρ a a Ae 
πελτασταὶ προ-δραμόντες * στάδια πέντε ἢ ἓξ τῶν ὁπλι- 
“~ > 8 4 € Α 4 4 
τών, διαβάντες τὴν χαράδραν, ὁρῶντες πρόβατα πολλὰ 

Σ. » / ΄ 9 Ν 4 

καὶ ἄλλα ypypara προσέβαλλον πρὸς τὸ χωρίον ' συν- 

4 A A N e 9 A \ > , 
είποντο δὲ καὶ Sopu-ddpo. πολλοὶ οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
2 4 5 9 2 2 . ὃ , , ΔΑ 
ἐξωρμημένοι 'ὃ wore ἐγένοντο οἱ διαβάντες [πλείους ἡ] 
3 2 3 ΄ 3 N A / 3 3 2 
seis χιλίους ἀνθρώπους. eet δὲ μαχόμενοι οὐκ ἐδύ- 
A 8 / ‘ Ν ιά N oN 
ναντο λαβεῖν τὸ χωρίον, καὶ γὰρ τάφρος ἦν περὶ αὐτὸ 
εὑρεῖα ἀναβεβλημένη ὃ καὶ σκόλοπες: ἐπὶ τῆς ἀναβολῆς 
καὶ τύρσειςὃ πυκναὶ ξύλιναι πεποιηµέναι, ἀπιέναι δὴ 


1 οφ. animal. 8 σύν,ῥέω. 4 προτρέχω.  ° ét-opudw. © dow 
Βάλλω; ἀνα-βολή,ταπιρατ. 7 palisade. ὃ τρεις, tower. 


BOOK V. CHAP. II. 200 


ἐπεχείρουν ' οἱ δὲ ἐπ-έκειντο αὐτοῖς. ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἐδύ- 6 


ρ 4 λ 1» εν 1 ε , 9 A 
ναντο ἀποτρέχειν, ἦν yap ἐφ ἑνὸς' n κατάβασις ἐκ τοῦ 
χωρίου εἰς τὴν χαράδραν, πέµπουσι πρὸς Ἐενοφώντα 
ὁ δὲ ἡγεῖτο τοῖς ὁπλίταις. ὁ δὲ” ἐλθὼν λέγει ὅτι ἔστι 
χωρίον χρημάτων πολλῶν µεστόν᾿ τοῦτο οὔτε λαβεῖν 

ιό x 3 8 , 3 ὦ . 3 θ ω) ε ιὸ e 
δυνάµεθα" ἰσχυρὸν γάρ éorw* οὔτε ἀπελθειν ῥάᾷδιον 
μάχονται γὰρ ἐπεξεληλυθότεςὃ καὶ ἡ ἄφοδος χαλεπή. 


Xenophon, leading up the hoplites, assaults and captures 
the place. 


9 , A -e A iY 9 9 
Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Ἐενοφῶν προσαγαγὼν πρὸς τὴν 
χαράδραν τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας θέσθαι ἐκέλευσε τὰ ὅπλα, 
> 4 A 4 8 “A “A 9 “A ρ 
αὐτὸς δὲ διαβὰς σὺν τοῖς λοχαγοῖς ἐσκοπεῖτο πότερον 
¥ A 9 Α XN “ ιό “A A 
εἴη κρεῖττον ἀπαγαγεῖν καὶ τοὺς διαβεβηκότας ᾖ καὶ 
τοὺς ὁπλίτας διαβιβάζειν, ὡς ἁλόντος" ἂν τοῦ χωρίου. 
25 N 9 ‘ > A 9 = ¥ A 
ἐδόκει yap τὸ μὲν ἀπαγαγειν οὐκ εἶναι ἄνευ πολλών 
A ει A § ο A ν Xe ν΄ A , 
νεκρῶν, ἑλεῖν ὃ δ ἂν ᾧοντο καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ τὸ χωρίον, 
καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν συνεχώρησε» τοῖς ἱεροῖς πιστεύσας ' οἱ 
γὰρ μάντεις ἀποδεδειγμένοι ἦσαν ὅτι µάχη μὲν ἔσται, 
τὸ δὲ τέλος καλὸν τῆς ἐξόδου. καὶ τοὺς μὲν λοχαγοὺς 
¥ A 4 ε / 9 AN > » 
ἔτεμπε διαβιβῶντας τοὺς ὁπλίτας, αὐτὸς 8 ἔμενεν dva- 
8 ο 4 , 4 9 5 , νο 
χωρίσας ἅπαντας τοὺς πελταστάς, καὶ οὐδένα ela 
ἀκροβολίζεσθαι. ἐπεὶ δ ἦκον οἱ ὁπλῖται, ἐκέλευσε τὸν 
λόχονἆ ἕκαστον" ποιῆσαι; τῶν λοχαγῶνὸ ὡς ἂν κρά- 
τιστα οἴηται ἀγωνιεισθαι' ἦσαν γὰρ ot λοχαγοὶ πλη- 
σίον ἀλλήλων ot πάντα τὸν χρόνον ἀλλήλοις περὶ 
10 5 nA Se ον ο 39 » . 
ἀνδραγαθίας”' ἀντεποιοῦντο. καὶ οἱ µεν ταῦτ ἐποίουν. 
ε α ο) 
ὁ δὲ τοῖς πελτασταῖς πᾶσι παρήγγειλε δι-ηγκυλωμέ 


1 single file. 2 i.e. the messenger. 8 ἐπ-εξ-έρχομαι, sally forth against. 
‘2a. pt. of ἁλίσκομαι, be taken. 5 εἶλον, αἱρέω. 6 συγ-χωρέω, consent. 
= expedition. 8 ἆνα-χωρίζω, separate, draw off, cf. xapls. 9 impf. of 


ἑάω. 10 manly nirtue. 


13 


14 


15 


16 


256 ANABASIS 


1 5», e e 7 , . rg ‘ 8 
νους" ἰέναι, ὡς ὁπόταν σηµήνῃ ἀκοντίζειν, και τοὺς 


τοξότας ἐπιβεβλῆσθαι” ἐπὶ ταῖς νευραῖς, ὡς ὁπόταν ση- 

4 4 5 ~ 8 \ Ν “A ‘4 ¥ 

µήνῃ τοξεύειν [δεῆσον]ὃ καὶ τοὺς γυμνῆτας λίθων ἔχειν 

ΔΝ A 5 θ , ν N ΔΝ > 5 vd ¥ 
µεστας tas διφθέρας καὶ τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους ἔπεμψε 
τούτων ἐπιμεληθῆναι. 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντα παρεσκεύαστο καὶ of λοχαγοὶ καὶ οἱ 
ὑπολόχαγοι καὶ οἱ ἀξιοῦντες" τούτων μὴ ἈΧείρους εἶναι 
πάντες προτεταγµένοι ἦσαν, καὶ ἀλλήλους μὲν δὴ συν- 

΄ Z 4 5 Δ ὃ 8 “ 2 ε 4, 4 A > Δ 
εώρων ' μηνοειδῆς" γὰρ διὰ τὸ χωρίον ἡ Takis ἦν ἐπεὶ 
δ᾽ b] 4 8 ε , 3 id 9 ὧν 

ἐπαιάνισαν καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο, dua τε τῷ 
> A 
Ἐνυαλίῳ ἠλέλιξανὃ καὶ ἔθεον δρόµῳ οἱ ὁπλῖται, καὶ 

Δ A 
τὰ βέλη ὁμοῦ ἐφέρετο, λόγχαι, τοζεύματα, σφενδόναι, 
πλεῖστοι ὃ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν λίθοι, ἦσαν δὲ of καὶ πρ 
προσ-έφερον. ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πλήθους trav βελῶν ἔλιπον oi 

, σ 9. 
πολέμιοι τά TE σταυρώµατα καὶ τὰς τύρσεις ὥστε 
᾿Αγασίας Στυµφάλιος καὶ Φιλόξενος Πελληνεὺς κατα- 
0 id 8 9g 3 ~ , > , \ ¥ 
έµενοι τὰ ὅπλα ἐν χιτῶνι µόνον ἀνέβησαν, καὶ ἄλλος 
ἄλλον εἷλκεῦ καὶ ἄλλος ἀνεβεβήκει) καὶ ἠλώκει τὸ 

4 e 25 , . ‘N e A 8 8 ε ΔΝ 
χωρίον, ὡς ἐδόκει. καὶ οἱ μὲν πελτασταὶ καὶ ot ψιλοὶ 
εἰσ-δραμόντες!' ἧρπαζον ὅτι ἕκαστος ἐδύνατο" 6 δὲ 
Ἐενοφῶν στὰς κατὰ τὰς πύλας ὁπόσους ἐδύνατο κατ- 
εκώλυε τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ew’ πολέμιοι γὰρ ἄλλοι ἐφαίνοντο 
> > »¥ ‘\ 3 α 9 λ “A de , 
ἐπ ἄκροις τισὶν toxupots. ov πολλου χρὀνου pe 

‘ a, 4 > Sf ¥ 5 Q ¥ 

ταξὺ γενοµένου κραυγή τε ἐγένετο ἐνδον καὶ έφευγον 
ε \ 8 ¥ a ν , ὃ , 4 

οἱ μὲν καὶ ἔχοντες a έλαβον, τάχα δέ TIS Kal Ττετρω- 
µένος' καὶ πολὺς ἣν ὠθισμὸς 1 ἀμφὶ τὰ θύρετρα. καὶ 
ἐρωτώμενοι οἱ ἐκπίπτοντες ἔλεγον ὅτι ἄκρα”' τέ ἐστιν 


- = with fingers in the thongs. See Introd. 65. 2 to have put the arrows. 
8 nent. of fut. pt. of δέω, since it would be necessary to etc. 4 ἀξιοῦντες .. . εἶναι, 
claiming that they are not etc.  ὃ crescent-shaped. © ἐλελί(ω, shout the war-cry. 
7 palisades. 8 ἕλκω, draw. 9 = had already climbed up. 10 plipf. of 
ἁλίσκομαι. 11 εἶσ-τρέχω. 18 fr. ὡθί(ω = ὠθέω, push. 18 θύρετρο», 
rate. 14 ἄκρα, citadel. 


BOOK V. CHAP. II. - 257 


ἔδον καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι πολλού  οἳ παίουσιν ἐκδεδραμη- 
1 \ ν 9 , 
kites! τοὺς evdov ἀνθρώπους. 


The Greeks rushing in, find the enemy intrenched in a citadel, 
whence tt was deemed impossible to dislodge them. 


Ἐνταῦθα ἀν-ειπεῖν ἐκέλευσε Τολμίδην τὸν κήρυκα 
8 
ἰέαι εἴσω τὸν βουλόμενόν τι λαμβάνει. καὶ ἴενται 
πολλοὶ εἴσω, καὶ νικῶσι τοὺς ἐκπίπτοντας οἱ εἰσ-ωθού- 
μενοι” καὶ κατακλείουσι τοὺς πολεμίους πάλιν els τὴν 
ἀκραν. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἔξω τῆς ἄκρας πάντα δι-ηρπάσθη, 
9 A 
καὶ ἐζεκομίσαντοξ οἱ Ἕλληνες: οἱ δὲ ὁπλῖται ἔθεντο 
. σ e \ XN ΔΝ , e \ \ 8 
τὰ ὅπλα, οἱ μὲν περὶ τὰ σταυρώµατα, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὴν 
0G N 3 A 8 ¥ 4 ε 4 “~ A 
ὁδὸν τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄκραν φέρουσαν. 6 δὲ Ἐενοφῶν καὶ 
οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἐσκόπουν εἰ οἷόν τε Ein τὴν ἄκραν λαβεῖν ᾿ 
ἦν γὰρ οὕτως σωτηρία ἀσφαλής, ἄλλως δὲ πάνυ 
χαλεπὸν ἐδόκει εἶναι ἀπελθεῖν' σκοπουµένοις δὲ αὖ- 
τος ἔδοξε παντάπασιν ἀν-άλωτον» εἶναι τὸ χωρίον. 
ἐνταῦθα παρεσκευάζοντο τὴν ἆφοδον, καὶ τοὺς . μὲν 
ης κ 
σταυροὺς ὃ ἕκαστοι τοὺς Kal’ αὑτοὺς δι-ῄρουν. καὶ τοὺς 
ρ η ? 
9 “A 
aypeious® Kat φορτία ἔχοντας ἐξεπέμποντο) καὶ τῶν 
aA A 
ὑπλιτῶν τὸ πλῆθος καταλιπόντες") οἱ λοχαγοὶ ols 
: | 
έκαστος ἐπίστευεν. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡρέ iv, ἐπ-εξ-έθεον ἔνδοθεν ᾿' πολ- 
ἠρξαντο ἀποχωρειν, ἐπ-εξ-έθεον ἔνδοθεν ' πο 
hot γέρρα καὶ λόγχας ἔχοντες καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ κράνη 
Παφλαγονικά, καὶ ἄλλοι ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκίας ἀνέβαινον τὰς 
¥ Α ~ 
ve” καὶ ἐνθεν' τῆς eis τὴν ἆκραν φερούσης ὁδοῦ: 
φ 
wore οὐδὲ διώκειν ἀσφαλὲς ἦν κατὰ τὰς πύλας τὰς Eis 
‘ 
τὴν ἄκραν φερούσας. καὶ yap ξύλα peydha ἐπτερρί- 


1 ἑκ-τρέχω. 3 See ὠθέω, ὃ 17, n. 12. 8 sc. abrd, i.e. the booty. 
' = assured. 5 cf. ἁλίσκομαι. 6 palisade. 7 δι-αιρέω. 8 ἆ-χρεῖος, 
useless, ὃ οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἐξ-επέμπορτο. 10 (sc. ἐκείνους) ols.’ 1 from within. 


2 on this side and on that. 
H. & W. ANAB. — 47 


20 


21 


258 AN ABASIS. 


1» 9 ν 49 \ , Αν 2» » 
πτουν  ἄνωθεν, ὥστε χαλεπὸν ἦν καὶ µένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι 


καὶ ἡ νὺξ φοβερὰ ἦν ἐπιοῦσα. µαχοµένων δὲ αὐτῶν 


καὶ ἀπορουμένων, θεῶν τις αὐτοῖς μηχανὴν σωτηρίας 
δίδωσιν. ἐξαπίνης yap ἀν-έλαμψεν οἰκία τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ 
ὅτου ὃ δὴ ἑν-άψαντος. ὡς ὃ αὕτη συν-έπιπτεν, ἔφευγον 


οὅ οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν δεξζιᾷ οἰκιῶν. ws δὲ ἔμαθεν 6 Ἐενοφῶν 


26 


A \ A , 43. 2s 2 2 \ ‘ 9 
τοῦτο παρα τῆς τύχης, ἐν-άπτειν ἐκέλευε καὶ τὰς ἐν 
> a > a , Φ φ 9 “OS 
ἀριστερῷ οἰκίας, at ξύλινα. ἦσαν, ὥστε καὶ ταχὺ 
ἐκάοντο. ἐἔφευγον οὖν καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν οἰκιῶν. 
ot δὲ κατὰδ τὸ στόµα δὴ ἔτι µόνοι ἐλύπουν ὃ καὶ δῆ- 
λοι ὅτι ἐπι-κείσονται ἐν τῇ ἐξόδῳ τε καὶ καταβάσει. 
ἐνταῦθα παραγγέλλει Φφέρειν ξύλα, ὅσοι ἐτύγχανον ew 
A A Αα 4 A 
ὄντες τὠν βελῶν, eis τὸ µέσον ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῶν TONE 
8 ¥ α A 
µίων. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἱκανὰ ἤδη ἦν, ἐν-ῆηψαν' ἐνῆπτον δὲ 
8 8 > 9 fj? 8 7 3 σ ε 4 
καὶ τας παρ αὐτὸ TO Xapdkopa’ οἰκίας, οπως οἱ TOE 


οΊµιοι ἀμφὶ ταῦτα ἔχοιε. οὕτω μόλις ἀπῆλθον ἀπὸ 


28 


29 


α A ο) Δ Αα 

τοῦ χωρίου, πρ ἐν µέσῳ ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῶν πολεμίων 
N “A \ 

ποιησάµενοι. καὶ Kat-exav0n® πᾶσα ἡ πόλις καὶ αἱ 

> 3? 8 ς A \ Ν 4 A » 

οἰκίαι καὶ at τύρσεις καὶ τὰ σταυρώματα καὶ Tada 

΄ A ¥ 

πάντα πλὴν τῆς aKpas. 


Deceiving the enemy by απ ambuscade, the Greeks return to 
| their camp. | 


ma \ e 4 9 A ευ 3 9 
In δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπῇσαν ot Έλληνες έχοντες τὰ 
> 43) 3 8 δὲ A ιό 3 “A 8 3 
ἐπιτήδεια. ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν κατάβασιν ἐφοβοῦντο THY εἰς 
Τραπεζοῦντα, πρανὴς γὰρ ἦν καὶ στενή, ψευδενέδραν "' 
ἐποιήσαντο καὶ ἀνὴρ Μυσὸς καὶ τοὔνομα τοῦτο ἔχων 
τῶν Κρητῶν λαβὼν δέκα ἔμενεν ἐν λασίῳφ”' χωρίῳ καὶ 
1 ἐπερριπτέω, ῥίπτω, throw. 2 means. 3 whoever, indeed, had fired it, 
* Fortune. 5 κατὰ τὸ στόµα, in front. 6 λυπέω, annoy. Ἰ palisading. 


8 ἔχειν ἀμφὶ etc., be busy about. * κατα-κάω, burn down. 1° steep. 1 faise 
ambush. 12 λάσιος, bushy. 


BOOK V. CHAP. III. 259 


tro! row λεμί ἄσθαι λανθάνειν' αἱ 
προσεποιεῖτοὶ τοὺς πολεμίους πειρᾶσθαι λανθανειν at 
δὲ πέλται αὐτῶν ἄλλοτε καὶ ἄλλοτε διεφαίνοντο χαλ- 
καὶ οὖσαι. οἱ ῥὲν οὖν πολέμιοι ταῦτα δι-ορῶντες ἐφο-δο 
βοῦντο ὡς ἐνέδραν οὖσαν' ἡ δὲ στρατιὰ ἐν τούτῳ) 
κατέβαινεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόκει ἤδη ἱκανὸν ὑπ-εληλυθέναι, 
- A σ , ὄ , 9 A , ν oa > 
τῷ Μυσῷῴ ἐσήμηνεδ φεύγειν ava κράτος καὶ ὃς ἐξ- 
8 4 8 ε 8 Δ e b! ¥ 
αναστὰς φεύγει καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ. καὶ ot pev ἄλλοι δι 
“A ων 4 
Κρῆτες, ἁλίσκεσθαι ὃ γὰρ ἔφασαν τῷ δρόµῳ, ἐκπεσόντες 
’ A ε A 3 9 Λ \ , 7 , § 
ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ els ὕλην κατὰ Tas νάπας' καλινδούμµενοι 
9 
ἐσώθησαν, ὁ Μυσὸς δὲ κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν φεύγων ἐβόα σα 
βοηθεῖν. καὶ ἐβοήθησαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνέλαβον τετρω- 
µένον. καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐπὶ πόδα” ἀνεχώρουν βαλλόμενοι οἱ 
βοηθήσαντες καὶ ἀντιτοξεύοντές τινες τῶν Κρητών. 


φ 9 > ἃ 9 , 4 310 ” 
ουτως ἀφίκοντο ἐπι τὸ στρατόπεδον παντες σῳ OVTES. 


Sending the feeblest by ship, the Greeks proceed by land to Oerasus, 
where they hold a review. 


ΠΙ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὔτε Χειρίσοφος ἦκεν οὔτε πλοῖα ἱκανὰ 1 
ἦν οὔτε τὰ ἐπιτήδεια Av λαμβάνειν er, ἐδόκει ἁπ- 
ιτέον' εἶναι. καὶ εἰς μὲν τὰ πλοῖα τούς τε ἀσθενοῦντας 
ἐν-εβίβασαν καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τετταράκοντα ἔτη καὶ παϊ- 
das καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ τῶν σκευῶν ὅσα μὴ ἀνάγκη ἦν 
ἔχει. καὶ Φιλήσιον καὶ Σοφαίνετον τοὺς πρεσβυτά- 
τους τῶν στρατηγῶν εἰσ-βιβάσαντες τούτων ἐκέλευον | 
ἐπιμελεῖσθαι' οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο ἡ δὲ ὁδὸς 3 
ὡδοποιημένη jv. καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται πορευόµενοι eis 
Κερασοῦντα Ἠτριταῖοι πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ 
Σινωπέων ἄποικον '᾽ 


ἐν τῇ Κολχίδι χώρᾳ. 


1 pretended. 2 πέλτη, light shield. ® meanwhile. «4 ὑπ-έρχομαι, withdraw. 
5 the signal was given. 8 are being caught, i.e. that the enemy are overtaking 
them. 7 νάπη, gully. 8 rolling, tumbling. ® retreated backward. 
\) = σάοι. cf. ob(r. 11 verbal of ἄπειμι, go away. 12 colony. 


3 


AN ABASIS. 


> a ν ε ? πα. ν 26, 4 a 
Ενταῦθα ἔµειναν ἡμέρας déka* καὶ ἐξέτασις σὺν τοῖς 
σ --, A > 4 \ 9 ΄ 
ὅπλοις ἐγίγνετο καὶ ἀριθμός, καὶ ἐγένοντο ὀκτακισ-χίλιοι 
καὶ ἐξακόσιοι. οὗτοι ἐσώθησαν. οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι ἀπώλοντο 
ὑπό τε τῶν πολεμίων καὶ χιόνος καὶ eb τις" νόσφὸ 


They sell the prisoners, divide the proceeds, reserving a tithe 
for a thank-offering. 


Ἐνταῦθα καὶ δια-λαμβάνουσι τὸ azo* 


τῶν αἰχμα- 
λώτων ἀργύριον yevopevov. καὶ τὴν δεκάτην; ἣν τῷ 
᾽Απόλλωνι ἐξ-εῖλον καὶ τῇ Ἐφεσίᾳ ΔΑρτέμιδι, διέλαβον 
ol στρατηγοὶ τὸ µέρος ἕκαστος φυλάττειν τοῖς θεοῖς ' 
ἀντὶ δὲ Χειρισόφου Νέων 6 ᾽᾿Ασιναῖος ἔλαβε. 
Ἐενοφῶν οὖν τὸ μὲν τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος ἀνάθημα ὃ ποιησά- 
9 4 3 ΔΝ 3 A ο 3 ‘4 
µενος ἀνατίθησιν eis τὸν ἐν Δελφοῖς τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων 
Ί \ 3 , ε a ν VLA 2 
θησαυρὸν΄ καὶ ἐπ-έγραψε τό τε αὑτοῦ ὄνομα καὶ τὸ Προξέ- 
A 8 , > */ ‘ , ‘ Φ 9 “A 
νου, ὃς σὺν Κλεάρχῳ ἀπέθανε ξένος yap nv αὐτοῦ. 
ey ης ἳ eS A 9 , 5» 3 fA 
τὸ" οὲ τῆς Αρτέμιδος τῆς ᾿Εφεσίας, or am-yer σὺν 
: , 9 A 9 la \ 9 ν 9 ες, 
Αγησιλάῳ ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας τὴν εἰς Bowwrovs” ὁδόν, κατα- 
λείπει παρὰ Μεγαβύζῳ τῷ τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος νεωκόρῳ; ore 
9 AN 4 939 / .ρ \ ll a Ν 
αὐτὸς κινδυνεύσων ἐδόκει ἰέναι, καὶ ἐπ-έστειλεν, ἦν μὲν 
9 ON ~ e a > “A ἁ a , 4 3 
αὐτὸς σωθῇ, αὑτῷ ἀποδοῦναι ἦν δέ τι πάθῃ, ἀνα- 
θεῖναι ποιησάµενον τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι ὅτι οἴοιτο χαριεῖσθαι 
τῇ Geo. 
Xenophon expends his tithe in the erection of a small temple 
tn Scillus near Olympwa. 


Ἐπεὶ 8 ehevyey™ 6 Ἐενοφῶν, κατ-οικοῦντος ἤδη αὐτοῦ 
ἐν Σκιλλοῦντι [ὑπὸ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων οἰκισθέντος”' παρὰ 
τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν] ἀφικνεῖαι Μεγάβυζος ets ᾽Ολυμπίαν 


1 See Introd. 1. 2 here and there one. 8 νόσος, disease. ¢ from (the 
sale of) the etc. 5 tenth, fr: δέκα. 6 votive offering, fr. ἀνατίθημι. 1 treasury. 
8 gc. ἀνάθημα. ® See Introd. 118, 116. 19 keeper of the temple. charge 
‘him). 22 See Introd,114. 38 οἰκίζω, colonize, found. 





οοαυι]αᾳΠ pusin 6a ‘Treq Vv *n ‘uNLIoNINog 3 
‘s.¢ "um ρω “ysoNT 1Ο uoMdecer og ὃ = “eNsouteg‘d = ‘urntseuulAp ο “118 JSOMTPION ‘UL ‘(aojeddtmq 94} JO Ya οἱ} ο) 
ου. Ποό ΤΙ ο. ‘umMoeuszAid */ ‘sulpind Ju ἀοΠΕΧ4ΟΛΑ *, ‘uoyeddyiiud “f  Ἅποιάοι ο 4 ‘uowwey 6 "πο 109Δοἱβ μοους 
‘suyp Ἀαμο[οαθ yum {27 Jo ojdulaL Φ -dajaulaq jo οἰάαο], 10 “togdilk yy “p 'ΒΟΒΠΟΗ Olnsual], ‘9-9  “ΒΠΟΠ}Υ 3ΟΡΟΙΘΗ 1096399 ‘Q = “BNO.” 
(preqaroy Jo3zV) 20 


*(po10jse1) VIdWATO | © 


a st ey ah . - ies . 
i a Ae en a 
a aia 3 acai ene νὰ a 








PST babe -ᾱ, 
im a el 


| ΠΠ, 


“hh . 


ο μα] 


αν ον Γή 


ο 


τιν 7 7, ; Mg = 3 
ε Ἡ a= i a οι, : = 
J F Γ -. τ ο Ἡ τή Ean “μμ : 
x 7 i < [ μα. . 7 = I ay 
43 9 z Β α,β | a = 
i a μή i ‘| t © - ο = —— . - i μαι ο” μα, 
7 Loi aaj : ΕΙ Ε = ne ς : - fs 7 
L = 1 i A i = a ol ι 1 " i - 
κ. 7 a rs - Te - 
: Dh -, 5 3 - - H a z [ 
a άν αν Ἑ- πετ. ter a 3 [ | i ανν μι --- a= ih 
i | ane J J - re! : . κ. +. — ‘abe fil =i | il 
- i i 2 J ] i ολο. ih 1 = 
. 4 ‘s 1 = eae : : 7 ο orale | [ : 
= . 3 Β . Π i 7 i n 
. 4 a ο z ἁ y y - - ι- 
ie ο μα... 5 a tn |. - - = 
tes - 4 yo τν f | 
5 πα ας ‘ 


WW 
a 


10 


11 


12 


13 


262 ANABASIS. 


6 , a 3 Sto 8 ρ 1 > & 
ἑωρήσων Kal αἁἀποθίιθωσι THY παρακαταθήκην auTw. 
με: 7 A ~ A 
*EZevopav δὲ λαβὼν χωρίον ὠνεῖται τῇ θεῷ ὅπου ar- 
TX Qe A , ¥ δὲ ὃ / ὃ \ A , 
εἶλεν ὁ θεός. ervye δὲ ὃια-ρρέων διὰ τοῦ χωρίου 

Δ “A Ν 3 2 , Ν Δ “ Αν 
ποταμὸς Σελινοῦς. καὶ ἐν ᾿Ἠφέσῳ δὲ παρὰ τὸν τῆς 
Αρτέμιδος νεὼν Σελινοὺς ποταμὸς παρα-ρ-ρε. καὶ 
9 , 9 3 | , ¥ λ . 3 4 
ἰχθύες τε ἐν ἀμφοτέροις ἔγν-εσι καὶ κόγχαι ἐν δὲ 

A 3 A , NBA , e + > ON 
τῷ ἐν Σκιλλοῦντι ywpiw καὶ θῆραι πάντων ὁπόσα ἐστὶν 
ἀγρευόμενα θηρία. 
2 2 Ν Δ A Δ 3 8 a ε A > 
Ἠποίησε δὲ καὶ βωμὸν καὶ ναὺν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ apyu- 
, \ 9 9 Se 9 .N 3 \ 9 A - 
piov, και τὸ λοιπὸν δὲ ἀεὶ δεκατεύων τα EK του ἀγροῦ 
ὠραῖα θυσίαν ἐποίει τῇ θεῷ, καὶ πάντες οἱ πολῖται καὶ 
οἱ πρόσχωροι ἄνδρες καὶ yuvaikes μετ-εῖχον τῆς ἑορτῆς. 

ο) ~ α γ ¥ 
παρ-εῖχε δὲ ἡ θεὸς τοῖς σκηνοῦσιν ἄλφιτα, ἄρτους, 
οἶνον, τραγήµατα, καὶ τῶν θυοµένων ἀπὸ τῆς ἵερᾶς 
νομῆς λάχος, καὶ τῶν θηρευοµένων δέ. καὶ γὰρ θήραν 
ἐποιοῦντο εἷς τὴν ἑορτὴν οἱ τε Ἐενοφῶντος παῖδες καὶ 

α ¥ “~ 
ot τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν, οἱ δὲ βουλόμενοι καὶ ἄνδρες 

, . 8 Αα Αα ~ 
συν-εθήρων ᾽ καὶ Ἠἡλίσκετο τὰ μὲν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 

, 4 δὲ 4 9 “A rm) λό ρ 8 ὃ (ὃ 
χώρου, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῆς Φολόης, σύες καὶ δορκάδες 

ΔΝ ἔλ ¥ de ε ΄ 8 9 ὃ , 3 
Kal ἔλαφοι. εστι ὂε η χώρα Ἠ ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος εἰς 
3 4 4 ε ν 4 3 8 A > 
Ολυμπίαν πορεύονται ws εἶκοσι στάδιοι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν 
Ὀλυμπία Διὸς ἱεροῦ. ev ὃ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ yo ὶ λ 

υμπίς ς lepov. ev δ᾽ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ χώρῳ καὶ λει- 
4 \ » , os 
μὼν καὶ ὄρη δένδρων µεστά, ἱκανὰ σῦς καὶ αἶγας καὶ 
βοῦς τρέφειν καὶ ἵππους, ὥστε καὶ τὰ τῶν els τὴν Eop- 
ἃ »./ 4 4 3 A N N 3 ἃ Ἁ 
τὴν ἰόντων ὑποζύγια εὐωχεῖσθαι. περὶ δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν 
vaoyv ἄλσος ἡμέρων δένδρων ἐφυτεύθη ὅσα ἐστὶ τρωκτὰ 
ὠ a ε δὲ 4 ε \ aN A 3 Ἐ 4 
pata. ὁ 0€ ναός, ws μικρὸς µεγάλῳ, τῷ ἐν Εφέσῳ 
¥ 4 ε a 
εἴκασται, καὶ τὸ ξόανον έοικεν ws κυπαρίττινον χρυσῷ 
ὄντι τῷ ἐν Ἐφέσω. καὶ στήλη ἕστηκε παρὰ τὸν ναὸν 

μ. THAN ἕστηκε παρ i 


deposit. 2 ἁγ-αιρέω, answer, indicate. 
* The rest of chap. iii. should be real with the aid of the dexicon. RA 








BOOK V. CHAP. IV. 263 


Ἰράμματα ἔχουσα ““Ἱερὸς ὁ χῶρος" τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος. 
τὸν ἔχοντα καὶ καρπούµενον τὴν μὲν Δεκάτην καταθύειν 
ἑκάστου έτους. ἐκ δὲ τοῦ περιττοῦ τὸν ναὸν ἐπι-σκευά- 
lav. ἂν δέ τις μὴ Ton ταῦτα τῇ θεῷ µελήσει., 


Reaching the Mossynoeci, they are refused passage. 


IV. Ἐκ Kepacovvros δὲ κατὰ θάλατταν μὲν ἐκομί- 
9 4 , 1 ε . ν N A 9 
ζοντο οἶπερ καὶ πρὀσθεν; ot δὲ ἄλλοι κατὰ γῆν ἐπο- 
, 3 λ νΝ 4 3 AN A ld e 7 
pevovro. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ τοῖς Μοσσυνοίκων ὁρίοις, 
4 3 9 8 ΄ N ΄ 
πέμπουσιν εἰς αὐτοὺς ΊΤιμησίθεον τὸν Τραπεζούντιον 
πρόξενον” ὄντα τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων, ἐρωτῶντες πότερον 
@ 5 \ λί aA 5 N λ , , A , 

ς διὰ φιλίας ᾖ διὰ πολεμίας πορεύσονται τῆς χώρας. 
οὐ δὲ εἶπον ὅτι οὐ δι-ήσοιεν.ὃ ἐπίστευον yap τοῖς 
, 9 Α ΄ ε ld 9 ld 
χωρίοι. ἐντεῦθεν λέγει 6 Τιμησίθεος ore πολέμιοι 
, > 4 e 9 4 A ‘ 25 , he 
τούτοις εἰσὶν οἱ ἐκ. τοῦ ἔπ-έκενα. καὶ ἐδόκει καλέ- 

> + 9 , 5 M4 6 ͵ 

σαι ἐκείνους, εἰ βούλοιντ συμ-μαχίαν ποϊιήσασῦύαι 
\ 8 ε 4 Φ ¥ 4 ¥ 

καὶ πεμφθεὶς 6 Τιμησίθεος ῆκεν aywr τοὺς ἄρχοντας. 


The Greeks make an alliance with certain enemies of the 
above Mossynoect. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο, συνῆλθον οἱ τε τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων 
¥ 9 ε Y A ε ρ . . » 
ἄρχοντες καὶ of στρατηγοὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ ἔλεξε 
Ἐενοφῶν, ἡρμήνευεξ de Τιμησίθεος. 

“0, «ἄνδρες Μοσσύνοικοι, ἡμεῖς βονλόμεθα δα-σωθῆ” 5 
vat πρὸς τὴν Ἑλλάδα πεζῇῃῇ᾽ πλοῖα yap ovK ἔχομεν ' 
κωλύουσι δὲ οὗτοι ἡμᾶς οὓς ἀκούομεν ὑμῖν πολεμίους 
εἶναι. εἰ οὖν βούλεσθε, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν ἡμᾶς λαβεῖν συµ- 

1 gc. ἑκομίζοντο, i.e. the sick, women etc., cf. ch. iii. § 1. 2 guest-friend, 
consul, 8 δι-ίημι, let pass, cf. ἀφ-ίημι, § 7. 4 of the (district) beyond, § alli- 
ance. 6 ἑρμηνεύω, to interpret. 


* Hug, strange to say, adopts the reading χορός, which, if correct, must be 
translated, contrary to common usage, znclosure. 


\2 


13 


264 ANABASIS. 


, 4 ρ 6 ι ν , ea @ 25 
µάχους καὶ τιµωρήσασθαι᾽ et τί πὀτε ὑμᾶς οὗτοι ἠδι 
κήκασι, καὶ Τὸ λοιπὸν” ὑμῶν ὑπηκόους εἶναι τούτους. 

A Ss 
εἰ δὲ ἡμᾶς ἀφ-ήσετε, σκέψασθε πόθεν αὖθις ἂν τοσαύ- 
22 
την δύναμιν λάβοιτε σύμμαχον. 
α 3 “ 
Πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίνατο ὁ ἄρχων τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων 
“A a \ 
ὅτι καὶ βούλοιντο ταῦτα καὶ δέχοιντο THY συμμαχίαν. 
~ e α 
“"Ayere δή,᾽ ἔφη 6 Ἐενοφῶν, «τί ἡμῶν δεήσεσθε 
ο A A 
χρήσασθαι, ἂν σύμμαχοι ὑμῶν γενώµεθα, Kat ὑμεῖς τί 
a A ‘ “A 22 
οἷοί" τε ἔσεσθε ἡμῖν συμπρᾶξαι περὶ τῆς διόδου ; 
ε 4 iy 9 cc ¢ id 3 3 ‘ 4 a 

Οἱ δὲ εἶπον ὅτι “ixavot ἐσμεν εἰς THY χώραν 
εἰσβάλλειν ἐκ» τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα τὴν” τῶν” ὑμῖν τε καὶ 
ε a λ ρ d \ 5 “A e a 4 A Ν 
new πολεμµίων, Kal Όευρο Ὁὑμιν πέµψαι ναυς τε Kal 
γ ὃ ο ean 4 4 ον 7 
avopas οιἰτινες Όμιν συμ-μαχοῦνταί τε και την οὓον 
ἡγήσονται.᾽ 


The arrival of the allies; their armor; defeat. 


9 A 4 8 \ 5 , N 4 ¥ 

Emit τούτοις" mota δὀντε Kat λαβόντε w@yovrTo. 
καὶ Hkov τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄγοντες τριακόσια πλοῖα pové- 
3 λ \ 5 ε a ν 5 @ e A 5 4 9 
via καὶ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τρεῖς avdpas, ὧν ot μὲν δύο ἐκ- 

, 2 , “0 Δ 9 λ ε δὲ 8 Μῶ. . A 
βάντες εἰς τάξιν ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα, 6 δὲ els ἐνέμενε. * καὶ 
ε \ α Δ ras > + e \ , 
ot μὲν λαβόντες τὰ Tota ἀπέπλευσαν, οἱ δὲ µένοντες 
ἐξ-ετάξαντο woe. ἔστησαν ava ἑκατὸν μάλιστα οἷον 

3 ΄ ¥ o a? 

Xopol ἀντι-στοιχοῦντες ἀλλήλοις, έχοντες γέρρα πάντες 
λευκῶν βοῶν δασέα, εἰκασμένα κιττοῦ πετάλῳ, ἐν δὲ 
η δεξιᾷ παλτὸν ὡς ἑξά j 6 ty λό 
τῇ δεξιᾷ παλτὸν ws ἑξάπηχυ, ἔµπροσθεν μὲν λόγχην 
ν ν \ a , , 
ἔχον, ἔμπροσθεν δὲ τοῦ ξύλου σφαιροειδές. 

Χιτωνίσκους δὲ ἐνεδεδύκεσαν ὑπὲρ γονάτων, πάχος ὡς 

A ‘ \ A A , 

λινοῦ otpwpatodécpov, ἐπὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ δὲ κράνη σκύτινα 


1 punish. 2 adv. acc. 8 for what? 4 able. 5 to assist our passage. 
3 ἐκ τοῦ (χωρίου) ἐπὶ τὰ ἕτερα (μέρη) = from the other (or farther) side. 1 ον the 
way. 8 on these conditions. 


* Sections 12-15 should be read with the aid of the lexicon. 


BOOK V. CHAP. IV. 265 


olarep τὰ Παφλαγονικά, κρωβύλον ἔχοντα κατὰ µέσον, 
ἐγγύτατα τιαροειδῆ  εἶχον δὲ καὶ σαγάρεις σιδηρᾶς. ἐν- 

τεῦθεν ἐξ-ηρχε μὲν αὐτῶν ets, ot δὲ 
¥ σ 3 v4 ¥ 3 
ἄλλοι απαντες ἐπορεύοντο ἄδοντες ἐν 





Δ “A 
ῥυθμῷ, καὶ διελθόντες διὰ τῶν τάξεων 
καὶ διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
> ΄ > Ν 8 Ν 
ἐπορεύοντο εὐθὺς πρὸς τοὺς πολε- 

ld > ἃ ΄ a 5 , 
µιους ἐπὶ χωριον ο εθόκει ἔἐπι- 
µαχώτατον εἶναι. «ᾠκεῖτ δὲ τοῦτο 

XN Α a “A 4 
προ Τῆς πόλεως τῆς Μητροπόλεως 
καλουμένης αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐχούσης τὸ 
ἀκρότατον τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων. καὶ 
AMAZON IN Χιτωνίσκος. < ; 2 ; rs ; 
περι τούτου ὁ πόλεμος ἠν' οἱ 

A 3 4 a > . 25 / 3 A S λ 
yap ἀεὶ tour έχοντες ἐδόκουν ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι καὶ 

4 
πάντων Μοσσυνοίκων, καὶ épacay τούτους ov δι- 

4 » α 3 8 8 A , 
Kalws ἔχειν τοῦτο, adda Kowov ov καταλαβόντας 
πλεονεκτεῖν. 

Eirovro ὃ αὐτοῖς καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τινές, οὗ ταχθέν- 
τες ὑπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν, ἀλλὰ ἁρπαγῆς ἑνεκεν. οἱ δὲ 
πολέμιοι, προσιόντων, τέως μὲν ἡσύχαζον. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ 
ἐγγὺς ἐγένοντο τοῦ χωρίου, ἐκ-δραμόντες τρέπονται ai- 
τούς, καὶ ἁπ-έκτειναν συχνοὺς τῶν βαρβάρων καὶ τῶν 
συ , ε , , \ aS , ® 

ναναβάντων Ἑλλήνων τινας, καὶ ἐδίωκον μέχρι ov 
εἶδον τοὺς ἛἝλληνας βοηθοῦντας  εἶτα δὲ ἀπο-τραπό- 
µενοι ὥχοντο, καὶ ἀποτεμόντες τὰς κεφαλὰς τῶν νεκρῶν 
2 , A 9 \ A ε A 4 
ἐπεδείκνυσαν τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν πολεμίοις, 

\ ¥ 
καὶ ἅμα ἐχόρευον νόμῳ” τινὶ ἄδοντες. 

Οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες µάλα ἠχθοντο» ὅτι τούς τε πολεμίους 
’ ; 9 
ἐπεποιήκεσαν θρασυτέρους καὶ ὅτι οἱ ἐξελθόντε Ελ- 
ληνες σὺν αὐτοῖς ἐπεφεύγεσαν pada ὄντες συχνοί. ὃ 


1 be quiet. 2 time, strain. 8 ἄχθομαι, be vexed. * Opacts, bold. 


16 


1g 


19 


20 


οἱ 


92 


@ 


266 _ ANABASIS. 


¥ ” 9 ρ 9 “ , “~ 
ov-rw πρόσθεν ἐπεποιήκεσαν ἐν τῇ στρατείᾳ. Ἐενοφῶν 
5 \ , οφ 4 ο 

€ συγκαλέσας τους Ἓλληνας εἶπεν 


The troops encouraged by Xenophon attack the citadel 
successfully. 


{1 Avo ay § \ 1 , φ A 
pes στρατιώται, μηδὲν ἀθυμήσητε ένεκα τῶν 
γεγενηµένων ' tore’ γὰρ ὅτι καὶ ἀγαθὸν οὐ μεῖον τοῦ 
a A 9 7 
κακοῦ γεγένηται. πρῶτον μὲν yap ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ον 
/ e a ε A A » / 73 3 
µέλλοντες ἡμῖν ἡγεῖσθαι τῷ Όὄντι πολέμιοί" εἰσιν 
8 N ε ο. 3 0 ν \ Ν “A e 2 
οἶσπερ καὶ ἡμᾶς ἀνάγκη ' ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων 


e 9 , A AY ε , Νε \3 ε 

ol ἀμελήσαντες τῆς σὺν ἡμῖν τάξεως καὶ ikavol® ἡγη- 
4 “~ , 4 9 

σάµενοι εἶναι σὺν τοῖς βαρβάροις ταὐτὰ πράττειν ἅπερ' 


α 9 α 
σὺν ἡμῖν δίκην δεδώκασιν ὥστε αὖθις FArrov* τῆς 


ἡμετέρας τάξεως ἀπολεύμονται. ἀλλ ὑμᾶς δεῖ παρα- 


, 9 8 
σκευάζεσθαι ὅπως καὶ 
bb a,@,@,a,a 


ο ΙΙΙ] Homolog otolo e τοῖς ὃ Φφίλοις οὖσι τῶν 
βαρβάρων δόξετε κρείτ- 


DOO ΠΠ Π Π Η 1 1 ΠΠ νο. ο να 
τους αὐτων εἶναι Kal τοις 


OOO OOOOOO0O000 πολεμίοις δηλώσετε ῥὅτι 


Oo EGG) GB Eve eal 42. sate 8. 3 , κ 
~ ~ A 9 
6 &, ὁὀρθίους τοὺς λόχους ποιησάµενοι. χουντ αι νυν TE και οτε 


Bb’, τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον κατὰ aA > Pp >? 9 
ο πο τοις ἀτάκτοις ἐμαχοντο. 
» Τοὺς τοξότας μεταξὺ τὼν λόχων ἔχοντες, 4 ‘ s ‘\ 
AA τὸ ὑπολειπόμενον στόµα τῶν ὁπλιτῶν. : ae ae be aa ουν την 
ημέραν ουτως έμειναν TH 
Νε ΄, θ a 9 ΝΔ >» , τ 9 
δὲ voTepaia θὐσαντες έπει ἐκαλλιερήσαντο, ἀριστήσαντες, 
3 bi 8 ‘ λ / ιά N ‘ , 
ὀρθίους " τοὺς λόχους ποιησάµενοι, καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους 
8 8 4 ΄ 
ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον κατὰ ταὐτὰ ταξάµενοι ἐπορεύοντο τοὺς 
A ¥ 8 ~ a > ] a ν ε 
τοξότας μεταξὺ τῶν λόχων [ὀρθίων | ἔχοντες, ὑπολειπο- 
1 οἶδα. 2 (sc. ἑκείνοις) οἶσπερ. 8 ἠγησάμενοι εἶναι ἱκανοί. 4 sc. ἔπραξαν, 


as with us... will be less likely to leave etc. 5 τοῖς τῶν βαρβάρων οὖσι φίλοιν 
6 such. 1 = τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ ἐγένετο.. 8 See Introd. 103, (4). 


BOOK V. CHAP. IV. 207 


µένου δὲ μικρὸν τοῦ στόματος τῶν ὁπλιτῶν. ἦσαν 
"γὰρ τῶν πολεμίων ot εὔζωνοι κατα-τρέχοντες τοῖς λίθοις 
ἔβαλλον. τούτους ἀνέστελλον” οἱ τοξόται καὶ πελτα- 
grat. οἱ δ ἄλλοι βάδην ἐπορεύοντο πρῶτον μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ 
χωρίον ad’ οὗ τῇ προτεραίᾳ οἱ βάρβαροι ἐτρέφθησαν ὃ 
καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς ἐνταῦθα γὰρ οἱ πολέμιοι ἦσαν 
ἀντι-τεταγμένοι. τοὺς μὲν οὖν πελταστὰς ἐδέξαντο οἱ 
βάρβαροι καὶ ἐμάχοντο, ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν οἱ ὁπλῖ- 
Tal, ἐτρέποντο. καὶ οἱ μὲν πελτασταὶ εὐθὺς εἴποντο 
διώκοντες ἄνω πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, οἱ δὲ ὁπλῖται ἐν τάξει 
εἴποντο. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄνω ἦσαν πρὸς ταῖς τῆς Μητροπό- 
λεως οἰκίαις, ἐνταῦθα οἱ πολέμιοι ὁμοῦ δὴ πάντες γενό- 
µεγοι ἐμάχοντο καὶ ἐξ-ηκόντιζον τοῖς παλτοῖς, καὶ ἄλλα 
δόρατα ἔχοντες παχέα μακρά, 
ὅσα ἀνὴρ ἂν depo μόλις, 
τούτοις ἐπειρῶντο ἀμύνεσθαι 
ἐκ χειρός. 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐχ ὑφ-ίεντοῦ οἱ 
Ἕλληνες, ἀλλὰ ὁμόσε ῥἐχάώ- 
ρουν, edevyov οἱ βάρβαροι 


8 9 ~ ΄ σ 
καὶ ἐντεῦθεν λείποντες ἅἄπαντες 





τὸ χωρίο. 6 δὲ βασιλεὺς 


ἀμφορεῖς. 


-' ς 3 “a 6 α 
αύὐτων ο ἐν TM µόσσυνι TH 
3 ¥ 3 id a , / “~ 
‘T ἄκρου ᾠκοδομημένῳ, Ov τρέφουσι πάντες κοινῇ 
3 A , 8 λ / 3 70 λ b λ 
αὐτοῦ µένοντα καὶ Φφυλάττουσιν, οὐκ Ίθελεν ἐξελ- 
A “~ 3 
θεῖν, οὐδὲ 6” ἐν τῷ πρότερον αἱρεθέντι ywpiw, ἀλλ 
A A 
αὐτοῦ σὺν τοῖς µοσσύνοις κατ-εκαύθησαν. *oi Se 
% , ‘ / φ ‘ 
Ελληνες διαρπάζοντες τὰ χωρία εὕρισκον «θησαυροὺς 
the van (i. e. of bow-men), being a little behind that of τῶν ὁπλιτών. 3 held 
in check. 8 τρέπω, turn, rout. 4 ἐκ χειρός, hand to hand. 5 ὑφ-ίημι, give 


way,  ϐ µέσσυν, wooden tower. 7 nor the one. 8 Cf. § 24. 
* Sections 27-29 should be read with the aid of the lexicon. 


23 


24 


25 


26 


2] 


28 


29 


30 


31 


32 


\ 


- 


268 ANABASIS. 


ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις ἅρτων νενηµένων περυσινούς, ws eda- 
σαν οἱ Μοσσύνοικοι, τὸν δὲ νέον σῖτον ἔτι σὺν τῇ 
9 / 9 > κ ε a Ν 
καλάμῃ ἀποκείμενον ἦσαν δὲ Leal αἱ πλεῖσται. καὶ 
a , 
δελφίνων τεµάχη ἐν ἀμφορεῦσιν εὑρίσκετο τεταριχευ- 
ρ iy 4 Ά 
µένα καὶ στέαρ ἐν τεύχεσι τῶν δελφίνων, ᾧ ἐχρῶντο 
σ A 
of Μοσσύνοικοι καθάπερ οἱ Ἓλληνες τῷ ἐλαίῳ' κάρυα 
ν 9 N A >» > SLA , ο) ν 
δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνώγεων ἦν πολλὰ τὰ πλατέα οὐκ ἔχοντα 
8 Ν , 9 A 
Siaduiy οὐδεμίαν. τούτων καὶ πλείστῳ σίτῳ ἐχρῶντο 
ν΄ Ά é a 
ἄμοντες Kal ἄρτους ὁπτῶντε. olvos δὲ εὑρίσκετο ὃς 
ἄκρατος μὲν ὀξὺς ἐφαίνετο εἶναι ὑπὸ τῆς αὐστηρότητος, 
ΔΝ A + ed N e 4 
κερασθεὶς δὲ εὐώδης τε καὶ ἠδύς. 


The country and its inhabitants. 


9 A 
Οἱ μὲν δὴ Ἕλληνες ἀριστήσαντες ἐνταῦθα ἐπορεύ- 
ovto εἰς τὸ πρόσω, παρα-δόντες τὸ χωρίον τοῖς συµ- 
, 1 ee ? ε δὲ N ¥ 
µαχήσασι᾽ τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων. ὁπόσα δὲ καὶ ἄλλα 
παρῇσαν χωρία τῶν σὺν τοῖς πολεμίοις ὄντων, τὰ εὔπροσ- 


Δ 
2 οἱ μὲν ἔλειπον, οἱ δὲ» ἑκόντες προσ-εχώρουν." 


οδώτατα 
λ \ A / 5 3 A / 5 3 ο ε , 
τὰ δὲ πλεῖστα τοιάδεὃ ἦν τῶν χωρίων  ἀπεῖχον αἱ πό- 
has ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων στάδια ὀγδοήκοντα, αἱ δὲ πλέον ai 
δὲ μεῖον  ἀνα-βοώντων ὃ δὲ ἀλλήλων συν-ήκουον eis τὴν 
7 3 ‘al e 7 / Pa 9 e / > 
ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας πόλεως οὕτως υψηλή TE καὶ 

8 ε , ω 

κοίλη” ή χώρα Hv. 


ε #7 
ετεραν 


'Ἐπεὶ δὲ πορευόµενοι ἐν τοῖς φίλοις ἦσαν, ἐπεδεί- 
κνυσαν αὐτοῖς παῖδας τῶν εὐδαιμόνων σιτευτούς, τεθραμ- 
/ , A e N ἂν 9 , 
µένους καρύοις ἑφθοῖς, ἁπαλοὺς καὶ λευκοὺς σφόδρα 
8 > A ‘4 ¥ Ν ο ‘ ΔΝ 
καὶ οὐ πολλοῦ δέοντας ἴσους τὸ µῆκος καὶ τὸ πλάτος 


1 συµ-μαχέα, to be a σύμ-μαχος. 3 εὖ-πρόσ-οδος, easy of access..- 5 some 
(of the inhabitants). # came (over) to, yielded. 5 as follows. ὃ συν-ήκουον 
(-ακούω) ἀλλήλων ἀναβοώντων. 7 into one (city). 8 hollow, i.e. intersected 


with deep ravines. 
* See lexicon for new words in sections 32, 33. 





BOOK V. CHAP. V. 269 


9 

εἶναι, ποικίλους δὲ Ta νῶτα καὶ τὰ ἔμπροσθεν πάντα 
ρ 97 7 4 8 A ε / 6 a 

ἐστιγμένους ἀνθέμια. ἐζήτουν δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἑταίραις as 

> 9 aA ο x 

ἦγον οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐμφανῶς' συγγίγνεσθαι"' νόμος yap 
La ld N de ιό 6 ¥ 5 ‘ ε 

ἦν οὗτος σφίσι. λευκοὶ δὲ πάντες οἱ ἄνδρες καὶ αἱ 

γυναικες. 

Τούτους ἔλεγονὶ of στρατευσάµενοι βαρβαρωτάτους 

ὸ A S Ae A ε A / 

ιελθεῖν καὶ πλείστον τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν νόμων κεχωρι- 

σµέους" ἐν τε yap ὄχλῳ Όὄντες ἐποίουν ἅπερ ἂν 

¥ 

ανθρωποι ἐν ἐρημίᾳ ποιήσειαν, µόνοι τε ὄντες ὅμοια 

ψ φ a > ν ” , , > 

ἔπραττον ἅπερ ἂν μετ ἄλλων ὄντες, διελέγοντό τε αὖ- 

a ο) 9 4 

τοῖς καὶ ἐγέλων -ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ apxotvto® ἐφιστάμενοι 

κ σ ¥ 9 , 

ὅπου τύχοιεν. ὥσπερ ἄλλοις ἐπιδεικνύμενοι. 


The Greeks passing through the country of Chaiybes arrive at 
‘ Cotyora. 


V. Ata ταύτης τῆς χώρας of Ἕλλληνες, διά τε τῆς 
XN ο / 9 , 3 ‘ ΄ 
πολεμίας καὶ τῆς φιλίας, ἐπορεύθησαν ὀκτὼ σταθμούς, 


\ a) 
καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται εἲς Χάλυβας. οὗτοι ὀλίγοι τε ἦσαν 


4 


A e ΄ ο) , 8 ε , 4 wn 
και υπήκοοι των Μοσσυνοίκων, καὶ o βίος Hv τοις 


Πλείστοις αὐτῶν ἀπὸ σιδηρείας. ἐντεῦθεν ἀφικνοῦνται 
3 “A A 
ες TiBapnvo’s. 7 δὲ τῶν Τιβαρηνῶν χώρα πολὺ ἦν 
, ϐ ‘ , > 2 \ , Φ 3 , 
πεδινωτέρα ὃ καὶ χωρία εἶχεν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ ἧττον ἐρυμνά. 
αν Ἔ . » κ \ / / 
Kal οἱ στρατηγοϊὶ ἔχρῃζον πρὸς τὰ χωρία προσβάλλειν 
\ lo’ 7 4 
καὶ τὴν στρατιὰν ὀνηθῆναίἳ τι, καὶ τὰ ξένιαξ a Ke 
παρὰ Τιβαρηνῶν οὐκ ἐδέχοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιμεῖναι κελεύ- 
σαντε ἔστε βουλεύσαιντο ἐθύοντο. καὶ πολλὰ κατα- 


θυσάντων τέλος ἀπ-εδείξαντο”" οἱ µάντεις πάντες γνώμην 


1... said that hey passed through these the most barbarous, i. e. that these were 
the most etc. 2 χωρίζω, separate, remove. 8 ὀρχέομαι, dance. 4 Cf. 
br-axotw, 5 working in iron:  § πεδινός, fr. w:dlov, plain. 7 ὀνίνημι, benefit 
* gifts of hospitality.  % expressed. 


33 


34 


Ne 


a7@ σος ANABASIS. 


9 > A , 1 ε ν΄. 9 / 2 A 
ὅτι οὐδαμῇ προσ-ίοιντο: οἱ θεοὶ τὸν πόλεμον. ἐντεῦθεν 

\ \ 4 290 7 \ ε \ , μι 
δὴ τὰ ζξένια ἐδέξαντο, καὶ ὡς διὰ Φιλίας πορευόµενοι 
δύο ἡμέρας ἀφίκοντο εἷς Κοτύωρα πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα, 
Σινωπέων ἄποικον, οὖσαν δ ἐν τῇ Τιβαρηνῶν χώρᾳ. 

[Μέχρι ἐνταῦθα ἐπέζευσεν” ᾗ στρατιά. πλῆθος τῆς 

a, ~ e ~ > Δ Α 3 ~ 4 ¥ 
καταβάσεως τῆς ὁδοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν Βαβυλῶνι µάχης ἄχρι 
eis Κοτύωρα σταθμοὶ ἑκατὸν εἶκοσι δύο, παρασάγγαι 
ἑξακόσιοι καὶ εἶκοσι, στάδιοι µύριοι καὶ ὀκτακισχίλιοι 
καὶ ἑξακόσιοι, χρόνου πλῆθος ὀκτὼ μῆνες.] 

Ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τετταράκοντα πέντε. ἐν δὲ 
ταύταις πρῶτον μὲν τοῖς θεοῖς ἔθυσαν, καὶ πομπὰς ὁ 
> Αρ A γ 9 “A e ΄ 8 > ~ 
ἐποίησαν κατὰ ἔθνος ἕκαστοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ ἀγῶνας 

? \ δ᾽ 3 3 4 A \ 3 ας 
γυμνικούς. τὰ ὃδ ἐπιτήδεια ἐλάμβανον τὰ μὲν ἐκ τῆς 
Παφλαγονίας, τὰ δ ἐκ τῶν χωρίων τῶν Κοτυωριτῶν ' 
οὗ γὰρ παρεῖχον ἀγοράν, οὐδ eis* τὸ τεῖχος τοὺς 
ἀσθενοῦντας ἐδέχοντο. 


The Sinopeans alarmed send ambassadors to the Greeks. 


9 ° 

Ev τούτω ἐἔρχονται ἐκ Σινώπης πρέσβεις, hoBov- 
µενοι περὶ τῶν Κοτυωριτῶν τῆς τε πόλεως, Av > γὰρ 
3 , ‘ 6 32 / ¥ N ‘N “ , 
ἐκείνων καὶ φόρον ΄ ἐκείνοις έφερον, Kal Γερὶ τῆς χώρας, 
ὅτι ήκουον δῃουµένην-’ καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον 
ἔλεγον * 

Προηγόρει ὃ δὲ Ἑκατώνυμος δεινὸς” νομιζόµενος " εἶναι: 

4 ¥ ε ων = 3 “A « ~ 
λέγειν: “Ἔπεμψεν ἡμᾶς, @ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἡ τῶν 
Σινωπέων πόλις ἐπαινέσοντάς τε ὑμᾶς ὅτι νικᾶτε 


Ἕλληνες ὄντες βαρβάρους, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ συνησθησοµέ- 


9 σ ὃ 4 λ A 8 5 “~ e e α 9 , 
vous” Οτι θιὰ πολλῶν τε καὶ Οεινῶν, WS Ίμεις ἠκούσα- 


1 προσ-ίηµι, approve, cf. 476. 810, 2. 2 πεζεύω, go on foot, fr. πεζός 
8 solemn processions. 4 = within. - 5 for it (Cotyora) belonged to them. 
8 φόρος, tribute. 7 8ndw,/ay waste. 8 προηγορέω, to be an advocate or spokes. 


man. ° συν-ήδομαι, rejoice with (you). 











, BOOK V. CHAP. V. 274 


μεν, πραγµατων σεσωσµένοι πάρεστε. ἀξιοῦμενὶ δὲ 9 
Έλληνες ὄντες καὶ αὐτοὶ td ὑμῶν ὄντων Ἑλλήνων 
3 9 , , ν δὲ 5 PS 3 δὲ λ 
ἀγαθὸν µέν τι πάσχειν, Kakov δὲ μηδέν’ οὐδὲ γὰρ 


2 κακῶς ποιοῦντες. 


ε A e a Oe 4 ε 2 
μες ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν πώποτε ὑπ-ήρξαμεν 
A » Vv cA 
Κοτυωρῖται δὲ οὗτοί εἶσι μὲν ἡμέτεροι ἄποικοι, καὶ τὴν 10 
α a 
χώραν ἡμεῖς αὐτοῖς ταύτην παραδεδώκαµεν βαρβάρους 
A 8 
ἀφελόμενοι 'ὃ διὸ καὶ δασμὸν ἡμῖν Φφέρουσιν οὗτοι 
Scene Z ο 
εταγμένον ἲ καὶ Κερασούντιοι καὶ Τραπεζούντιοι wore 
ο 
ὅτι ἂν τούτους κακὸν ποιήσητε ἡ Σινωπέων πόλις νομί- 
; _ ~ ΔΝ 
ζε πάσχειν. νῦν δὲ ἀκούομεν ὑμᾶς els τε τὴν πόλιν 11 
Bia παρ-εληλυθότας ὃ ἐνίους ὃ by? ἐν ταῖς οἰκί 
% παρ-εληλυθότας" ἐνίους" σκηνοῦν' ἐν ταις οἰκίαις 
8 “ Α 
καὶ ἐκ 'τῶν χωρίων Bia λαμβάνειν av ἂν δέησθε οὐ 
~ “~ aft 
πείθοντας. ταῦτ οὖν οὐκ afvoopev'® εἰ δὲ ταῦτα ποιή-ιιδἰ 


‘ 
cere, ἀνάγκη ἡμῖν καὶ Κορύλαν καὶ Παφλαγόνας καὶ 
¥ α ἱ 
ἄλλον ὄντινα ἂν δυνώµεθα Φφίλον ποιεῖσθαι.᾽ 


Xenophon replies defending the conduct of the Greeks. 


Πρὸς ταῦτα ἀναστὰς Ἐενοφῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν στρατιω- 13 
τῶν εἶπεν ᾿ 

ε ~ 4. ¥ te Αα 

“Ἡμεῖς δέ, ὦ avdpes Σινωπεῖς, ἤκομεν ἀγαπῶντες © 
φ Ν , 5 / β \ . 9 i, 9 \ 
ὅτι τὰ σώματα διεσωσάµεθα καὶ τὰ ὅπλα οὐ γὰρ ἣν 

ν a 

δυνατὸν ἅμα τε χρήματα ἄγειν Kal φέρειν καὶ τοῖς 
πολεμίοις µάχεσθαι. καὶ νῦν ἐπεὶ eis τὰς Ἑλληνίδας 14 
4 ν > ~ / A A 
πόλεις ἤλθομεν, ἐν Τραπεζοῦντι pév, παρεῖχον γὰρ 
έ A 
ἡμιν ἀγοράν, ὠνούμενοι εἴχομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ ἀνθ 
9 ας ε a \ 2 ν aA aA 
ov ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς καὶ ζξένια ἔδωκαν τῇ στρατιᾷ, avTe- 
τιμῶμεν αὐτούς, καὶ εὔ τις αὐτοῖς φίλος ἦν τῶν βαρβά- 
pov, τούτων ἀπ-ειχόμεθα ᾽ τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους αὐτῶν 


1 ἀξιόω, claim (as a right). 2 ῥπ-άρχω. ‘8 ἀφ-αιρέω. 4 appointed. 
ὃ παρ-έρχομαι. 8 some of you. ‘ σκηνόω (σκηνή), pitch tent,quarter. 8 not 
nersuading (them), i. e. forcibly. 9 deem worthy or reasonable. 10 ἁγαπάω, 
love, be content. 


& 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


972 ANABASIS. 


1 


2 ὅσον ἑδυνά- 


.4 


949 a 9 8 ε a“ “A 9 να |. 
ep OVS αὐτοὶ ἡγοιντο" κακως ἐποιοῦμεν 
µεθα. ἐρωτᾶτε δὲ αὐτοὺς ὁποίων τινῶνὸ ἡμῶν ἔτυχον 

΄ 8 3 ΄ A e “A « , A ΄ ε 
πάρ-εισι γὰρ ἐνθάδε οὓς ἡμῖν ἡγεμόνας διὰ φιλίαν ἡ 

/ , 9 > ὁ 3 , > 8 A ¥ 
πόλις συνέπεµψεν. ὅποι ὃ ἂν ἐλθόντες ἀγορὰν μὴ ἔχω- 
µεν, av τε eis βάρβαρον γῆν ἄν τε eis Ἑλληνίδα, οὐχ 
9 3 Ν 3 , , \ 3 , 8 
vBpe ἀλλὰ ἀνάγκῃ λαμβάνομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. καὶ Kap- 
ὃ , ‘ / Ν λὸ , / λέ 

ούχους καὶ Ταόχους καὶ Χαλδαίους καίπερ βασιλέως . 
> ε , ¥ 9 8 , Δ ιό 
οὐχ υπηκόους Όντας Όμως καὶ para Φφοβερους ὄντας 
9 , 6 9 νΝ 5, 3 , 
πολεμίους ἐκτησάμεθα” διὰ τὸ ἀνάγκην εἶναι λαμβάνειν 
Ν 3 0 3 Ν 3 ‘ 3 A , δὲ 
τα ἐπιτήθεια, έπει ἀγοραν ov παρειχον. Μακρωνας oe 

, , ν 3 N 3 8 9 25 , 
kaimep βαρβάρους ὄντας, ἐπεὶ ἀγορὰν olay ἐδύναντο 

A aw 9 ΄ 4. 8 ρ Oe 
παρειχον, φίλους τε ἐνομίζομεν εἶναι Kat βίᾳ ovdev 
3 4 ~ 9 , a ε 7 
ἐλαμβάνομεν τῶν ἐκείνων. ἸΚοτυωρίτας δέ, οὓς ὑμετέ- 

\6 4. ¥ » 3 δν 7 / 9 9 ν lai 

pous gare® εἶναι, εἶ τι αὐτων εἰλήφαμεν, αὐτοὶ αἴτιοί 

εἶσιν' οὐ γὰρ ὡς φίλοι προσεφέροντο ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ κλεί- 

8 8 , ¥ ν 390 7 ¥ ¥y 9 8 

σαντες τὰς πύλας οὔτε εἴσω ἐδέχοντο οὔτε ἔξω ἀγορὰν 

ἔπεμπον ' ᾖτιῶντο δὲ τὸν παρ) ὑμῶν ἁρμοστὴν Ἰ τούτων 
αἴτιον εἶναι. 

Ὅ δὲ λέγες Bia παρ-ελθόντας σκηνοῦν, ἡμεῖς 
ἠξιοῦμεν 3 τοὺς κάµνοντας ὁ eis τὰς στέγας”' δέξασθαι ° 
ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀν-έωγον 'ὃ τὰς πύλας, 7° ἡμᾶς ἐδέχετο αὐτὸ 
τὸ χωρίον 1 ταύτῃ εἰσελθόντες ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν βίαιον 7 

A “~ ιά 
ἐποιήσαμεν, σκηνοῦσι δ) ἐν ταῖς στέγαις οἱ κάμνοντες 
α ͵ “~ 9 

τὰ avtav δαπανῶντες,' καὶ τὰς πύλας φρουροῦμεν, ὅπως 

A ΑΦ ΄ e Αν 
μὴ ἐπὶ τῷ ὑμετέρρ ἁρμοστῇ Wow οἱ κάµνοντες ἡμων, 
GAN’ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν Ὁ 7 κοµίσασθαι ὅταν βουλώμεθα. οἱ δὲ 
¥ e e oan α e 20 9 “ 4 
ἄλλοι, ws opare, σκηνοὺμεν ὑπαίθριοι" έν τῃ τάξει, 


1 sc. ἡμῖν. 2 ποιέω. 8 puts some emphasis on ὁποίω», just what sort of. 
Cf. ὁποῖόν τι, 9.2". * they found us (to be). 5 (κτάοµαι), made enemies. 


8 φημί. 7 to blame. 8 κλείω, shut. 9 αἰτιάομαι, blame. 10 governor. 


11 as to what, (namely) that we. 12 ἀξιόω. 1 weary, exhausted. 4 στέγη, 
roof, house, 16 dy-olyw, open. 16 where the place itself. 11 violent (deed) 
8 δαπανάω, spend. 19 that it may be in our power toetc. 9 ὑπ the oven air. 


BOOK V. CHAP. VI. 273 


παρεσκευασµένοι, ἂν μέν τις εὖ Ton, avr’ εὖ ποιεῖν, ἂν 
δὲ κακῶς, ἀλέξασθαι. ἃἆ δὲ ἠπείλησας ὡς ἦν ὑμῖν δοκῇ 
2 πη η τν τς 
| »ε A 
Κορύλαν καὶ Παφλαγόνας συμμάχους ποιήσεσθε ἐφ ἡμᾶς, 
ἡμεῖς δέ, ἦν μὲν ἀνάγκη ᾖ, πολεμήσομεν καὶ ἀμφοτέροις ° 
ἤδη γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοις πολλαπλασίοις ὑμῶν ἐπολεμήσα- 
μεν ἂν δὲ δοκῇ ἡμῖν καὶ φίλον ποιεῖσθαι τὸν Παφλα- 
γόνα --- ἀκούομεν δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμενν τῆς ὑμετέρας 
/ ‘ , “A ; , 6 
πόλεως καὶ χωρίων τῶν ἐπι-θαλαττίων — πειρασὀμεύα, 
συµπράττοντες αὐτῷ ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖ, φίλοι γίγνεσθαι.᾽ 


Sinopean envoys agree to receive the Greeks hospitably. 
"Ex τούτου µάλα μὲν δῆλοι ἦσαν οἱ συµ-πρέσβεις” 
A ¢ A 3 ? 
τῷ Ἑκατωνύμῳ χαλεπαίνοντες τοῖς eipnpevos,® παρελ- 
θών δ αὐτῶν ἄλλος εἶπεν ὅτι ov πόλεμον ποιησόµενοι 
9 
Ἴκοιε ἀλλὰ ἐπι-δείξοντες ὅτι φίλοι εἰσί. Kat ζενίοις, 
a aA 
ἦν μὲν ἔλθητε πρὸς τὴν Σινωπέων πόλιν, ἐκεῖ δεξό- 
A 4 
pela, νῦν δὲ τοὺς ἐνθάδε κελεύσομεν διδόναι a δύναν- 
. ε a Ν , 3 Αν ¥ a Ld 3 
Ta" ὁρῶμεν yap πάντα ἀληθῆ ὄντα. a λέγετε. ἐκ 
, ¥ ε A YL ε 
τούτου ξένιά τε ἔπεμπον οἱ Κοτυωρῖται καὶ of στρα- 
‘ A ρ 
τηγοὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων eéévitov’ τοὺς τῶν Σινωπέων 
πρέσβεις, καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους πολλά τε καὶ φιλικὰ ὃ 
ὃ λέ , IXX \ 4 A λ A , 
ιελέγοντο τά τε ἄλλα καὶ περὶ τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας 
ἀν-επυνθάνοντο" ὧν ἑκάτεροι ἐδέοντο. 


The Greeks consult the ambassadors from Sinope as to the 
rest of the journey. 


VI Ταύτ ἐν τῃ nue ῦ 6 τέλος ἐγένετο 

η μὲν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγένετο. 

ο δὲ ε , , e 8 8 , 

τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ συν-έλεξαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς στρατιώ- 
8 A an) 

τας. καὶ ἐδόκει αὐτοῖς περὶ τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας παρα- 

1 ἀπειλέω, threaten ;.as to what you threaten that etc. 3 his fellow-ambassadors. 


8 dat. of cause. 4 coming (forward). 5 ἑενίζω, entertain (as guests).  ϐ fr. 
φίλος. Ἱ made inquiries about (such things) as each party desired. 


23 


24 


25 


4 


- 274 ANABASIS. 


2 


3 


4 


5 


καλέσαντας τοὺς Σινωπέας βουλεύεσθαι. εἴτε γὰρ πεζῇ 
δέου πορεύεσθαι, χρήσιμοι ἂν ἐδόκουν εἶναι οἱ Σινω- 
aA. 9 9 3 , ¥ 4 
πεις έμπειροι yap ἦσαν τῆς Παφλαγονίας εἶτε κατὰ 
θ , 5 nl 25 , Po , λ a 
ἅλατταν, προσ-δειν" ἐδόκει ZwWwiréwy' pdvor yap ἂν 
ἐδόκουν ἱκανοὶ εἶναι πλοῖα παρα-σχεῖν” ἁρκοῦντα ἳ τῇ 
A , > 8 0 
στρατιᾷ. καλέσαντες οὖν τοὺς πρέσβεις συνεβουλεύ- 
οντο, καὶ ἠξίουν" Ἕλληνας ὄντας Ἕλλησι τούτῳ πρῶ- 
α ? ~ ν > 8 9 2 
τον καλῶς δέχεσθαι τῷ εὔνους τε εἶναι καὶ τὰ βέλτιστα 
συμβουλεύειν. 


Hecatonymus, pointing out the difficulties of a journey by land, 
advises them to proceed by sea. 

᾿Αναστὰς δὲ “Exaravupos πρῶτον μὲν ἁπ-ελογήσατο ὃ 
περὶ οὗ εἶπεν ws τὸν Παφλαγόνα φίλον ποιῄσοιντο, ὅτι 
οὐχ ὡς τοῖς Ἕλλλησι πολεμησόντων σφῶν εἴποι, GAN 
ὅτι, ἐξὸν ὃ τοῖς βαρβάροις φίλους εἶναι, τοὺς Ἓλληνας 

ε ΄ 9 4 δὲ , 3 , 
αυρήσονται. ἐπεὶ Oe συμβουλεύειν ἐκέλευον, ἐπ-ευξάμενος 
εἶπεν WOE’ | 

“Ki μὲν συμβουλεύοιμι ἃ βέλτιστά pou δοκεῖι εἶναι, 

, % 0 9 , κ > ν , 2 , 

πολλά µοι καὶ ἀγαθὰ Ὑένοιτο' εἰ δὲ µή, τἀναντία. 

φ 4 ee A . 7 , 5 δ a 
αυτη yap 7 ιερὰ cupPovri' λεγομένη εἶναι ὀοκει prot 
παρεῖναι νῦν γὰρ δὴ ἂν μὲν εὖ συμβουλεύσας φανῶ, 

A ¥y ε 3 ~ 4 A \ ~ ΝΔ 

πολλοὶ ἔσονται οἱ ἐπαινοῦντές µε, ἂν δὲ κακῶς, πολλοὶ 
ἔσεσθε οἱ καταρώμενοι.ὸ 

“Tlodypara® μὲν οὖν old ὅτι πολὺ πλείω ἔξομεν, ἐὰν 

\ Ud 4 ε “A A ld 4 “~ 

κατὰ θάλατταν κοµίζησθε' ἡμᾶς yap δεήσει τὰ πλοῖα 
πορίζειν' ἦν δὲ κατὰ γῆν στέλλησθει ὑμᾶς δεήσει τοὺς 

1 still more (πρός) need of etc. 7 παρέχω. 8 sufficient.  * begged them 
as Greeks dealing with Greeks in the first place to receive them well, thus (τούτφ 
dat. of manner) by being well disposed etc., “EAAno: dat. after εὔνους. 5 ἆπο- 
λογέομαι, say in defence. © though it is permitted us toetc. 7 for that counsel 


said to be sacred seems etc. ὃ those (of you) execrating me will be many.. ° dif- 
Jiculties. 19 proceed. 





BOOK V. CHAP. VI. 275 


µαχοµένους εἶναι. ὅμως δὲ λεκτέα” a γιγνώσκω΄ 


ἐἔµπειρος γάρ εἰμι καὶ τῆς χώρας τῆς Παφλαγόνων καὶ 6 


“A ld ν \ 3 4 ‘\ ? 4 
τῆς δυνάµεως. exer yap ἀμφότερα, καὶ πεδία κάλλιστα 

\ ν ε / 8 aA Q 1d Ov 8 ϱ λ 
καὶ ὄρη ὑψηλότατα. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν οἶδα εὐθὺς " ᾗ τὴν 
? \ > 7 “A 2 9 b ψ ¥ a @® 
εἰσβολὴν ἀνάγκη ποιεῖσθαι οὗ yap ἔστιν αλλῃ ἡ 7 
τὰ κέρατα τοῦ opovs τῆς ὁδοῦ καθ" ἑκάτερά ἐστιν 
« / a a 6 ? ‘ , BNC 5 , 3 
ὑψηλά, ἆ κρατεῖν ὃ κατέχοντες καὶ πάνυ ὀλίγοι δύναιντ 
7, , x 2 99> A e , ν 
dv’ τούτων δὲ κατεχοµένων ovd ἂν οἱ πάντες ἄνθρω- 

A a ν 

ro. δύναιντ᾽ ἂν δι-ελθεῖν. ταῦτα δὲ καὶ δείξαιμιξ ἄν, 
εἶ pot τινα βούλεσθε συμπέμψαι. 


” 8 
«Ἔπειτα δὲ οἶδα καὶ πεδία ὄντα καὶ ἱππείαν 


a 

ἦν 

αὐτοὶ οἱ βάρβαροι νοµίζουσι κρείττω εἶναι ἁπάσης τῆς 

βασιλέως ἱππείας. καὶ νῦν οὗτοι οὐ παρ-εγένοντο Ba- 
A a) 9 9 Ag e ¥ 9 «A 

σιλε; καλοῦντι, ἀλλὰ μείζον ppover” ὁ ἄρχων αὐτωγν. 
“Ri δὲ καὶ δυνηθεῖτε τά τε ὄρη κλέψαι ἡ φθάσαι” 

8 ~ “~ 3 

λαβόντες καὶ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳω κρατῆσαι) paydpevor τούς 
ε ld 4 8 “A LO / a 5 >) 

τε ἱππέας τούτων καὶ πεζῶν μυριάδας πλέον ἢ OwdeKa, 

σ : “A 

nfere ἐπὶ τοὺς ποταμούς, πρῶτον μὲν τὸν Θερμώδοντα, 

εὖρος τριῶν πλέθρων, ὃν χαλεπὸν οἶμαι διαβαίνειν ἆλ- 

‘ 8 , α ν ” 

hos τε καὶ πολεμίων πολλῶν ἔμπροσθεν ὄντων, πολ- 
~ κ. 

Lav δὲ ὄπισθεν ἑπομένων ' δεύτερον δὲ Ἶριν, τρίπλεθρον 

. ? ς 7 , 9 9 A a / a 

ὠσαύτως ' τρίτον δὲ “Aduv, ov μεῖον δυοῖν σταδίοιν, ὃν 

οὐκ ἂν δύναισθε ἄνευ πλοίων διαβῆναι ' πλοῖα δὲ τίς 

¥ 

έσται 6 παρέχων ; ὡς 8 αὔτως καὶ 6 Παρθένιος 

¥ 9 

aBaros' ἐφ ὃν ἔλθοιτε ἄν, εἰ τὸν “Advy διαβαίητε. 

> A N > 9 8 ε > , 4 , 

έγω μὲν οὖν ov χαλεπὴν vv εἶναι νομίζω THY πορείαν 

3 

ἀλλὰ παντάπασιν ἀδύνατον. ἂν δὲ πλέητε, €or” 


1 the fighters = to fight your way. 2 must be said, fr. λέγω. 8 εὐθὺς ᾗ, 


just where. 4 on either side of the road. 5 κατέχοντες & πάνυ ὀλίγοι etc. | 


ὃ δε[κνῦμι. 7 cavalry. 8 28 too high spirited. _® steal, i.e. seize by stealth. 


" anticipate (the enemy) in. 1 μαχόμενοι (by fighting) κρατῆσαι ... καὶ π) έον 
ἡ δώδεκα µυριάδα.. 13 in lke manner. 8 it is possible. 


.. a 
«εσεις ACR ewe ES 


al 


12 


13 


14 


276 ANABASIS. 


évOévie* μὲν eis Σινώπην παραπλεῦσαι, ἐκ Σινώπης δὲ 
eis Ἡράκλειαν' ἐξ Ἡρακλείας δὲ οὔτε πεζρ οὔτε κατὰ 
A / 2 α-- νο κ λ a ? ‘\ 2 
ἅλατταν ἀπορία πολλὰ yap Kat πλοῖα ἐστὶν ἐν 
ε 9) 
Ἡρακλείᾳ. 


The Greeks resolve to proceed by sea if they can secure suf- 
ficient boats. 


JN α 9 id 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτ' ἔλεξεν, οἱ μὲν ὑπώπτευον φιλίας ἕἑνεκα 
A , / . \ \ > , 2 A. ε 
της opuaa λέγειν’ καὶ yap ἦν πρόξενος αὐτῷ' οἱ 
\ ~ 4 ' 
δὲ” καὶ ὡς Sapa ληψόμενον διὰ τὴν συμβουλὴν ταύ- 
την ot δὲ ὑπώπτευον καὶ τούτου ἕνεκα λέγειν ὡς 
py, πεζῇ ἰόντες, τὴν Σινωπέων τι χώραν κακὸν ἐργά- 
ζοιντο. οἱ ὃ οὖν Ἕλληνες ἐψηφίσαντο κατὰ θάλατταν 
τὴν πορείαν ποιεῖσθαι. 

Mera ταῦτα Ἐενοφῶν εἶπεν ' 

a ¥ 4 

««Ὢ Σινωπεῖς, of μὲν ἄνδρες ᾖρήνται 
ε a , ‘“ νά δὲ ¥ 3 3 A a ¥ 
Ἠμεις upBovdrevere* ούτω δε έχει εἰ μὲν πλοία eve 
σθαι μέλλει ἱκανὰ ὡς» ἀριθμῷ ὃ ἕνα μὴ καταλείπεσθαι 
ἐνθάδε, ἡμεῖς ἂν πλέοιμεν εἰ δὲ µέλλοιμεν οἱ μὲν 
κατα-λείψεσθαι οἱ δὲ πλεύσεσθαι, οὐκ ἂν ἐμβαίημεν 
els τὰ πλοῖα. Ὑγιγνώσκομεν yap ὅτι ὅπου μὲν ἂν κρα- 
~ ? 9 aA N , 6 Ν Ν 3 0 
τῶμεν, δυναίμεθ ἂν καὶ σώζεσθαι καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
ἔχειν εἰ δέ που ἤττους: τῶν πολεμίων ληφθησόμεθα» 
εὔδηλον δὴ ὅτι ἐν ἀνδραπόδων χώρᾳ ἐσόμεθα.” 

᾽᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα οὗ Σινωπεῖς ἐκέλευον πέµπειν πρέ- 
σβει.. καὶ πέµπουσι Καλλίμαχον ᾿Αρκάδα καὶ ᾿Δρί- 

9 A ν / 9 , 4 ε« 4 

στωνα ᾿Αθηναῖον καὶ ᾿Σαμόλαν ᾿Αχαιόν. καὶ οἱ μὲν 
ᾠχοντο. 


4 ρ a 
πορείαν nv 


1 thence. 2 sc. ὑπώπτευο». 8 λαμβάνω. 4 αἱρέω. 5 = ὥστε. 
© ἀριθμφ ἕνα ph, not one in number = not a single individual. Ἰ ἤττονες (κακός) 
worse than, inferior to.  ὃ λαμβάνω, in the sense of find. 





BOOK V. CHAP. VI. 217 


While the army ts waiting at Cotyora, Xenophon thinks the circum- 
stances opportune for founding a colony; his purpose is thwarted 
by Stlanus. 


> 8 , ο ‘4 ~ ε ~ Ν € - 

Ev δὲ τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ Ἐενοφῶντι, ὁρῶντι μὲν ὁπλί- 
τας πολλοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ὁρῶντι δὲ καὶ πελταστὰς 

Ν 
πολλοὺς καὶ τοξότας καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ ἱππέας δὲ 

\ , 75 8 \ ‘ λα ε , κά >” > ο 
καὶ para non Ova THY τριβὴην ικανούς, ὄντας O ἐν τῷ 
Πόν ν 6 9 a 9 9 δλί ά , 

όντῳ, ἔνθα οὐκ ἂν am ὀλίγων χρημάτων τοσαύτη 
δύ 2 6 9 .. 2 25 / + ‘ 

ύναμις παρ-εσκευάσθη, καλὸν αὐτῷ” ἐδόκει εἶναι καὶ 
χώραν καὶ δύναμιν τῇ Ἑλλάδι προσ-κτήσασθαι ΄ πόλιν 
4 4 / 6 aA 93 ”A 25 4 aN 5 
κατ-οικίσαντας.' καὶ γενέσθαι ἂν αὐτῷ ἐδόκει µεγάλη, 
ῃ a S 
κατα-λογιζομένῳ ὃ τό τε αὑτῶν πλῆθος καὶ τοὺς περι- 
A Ν , ‘ 2 ἃ , q 242 / 
οικοῦντας τὸν Ἠόντον. Kat ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐθύετο πρίν 
3 a) ~ nw 
τινι εἰπεῖν τῶν στρατιωτών Σιλανὸν παρακαλέσας τὸν 
Κύρου µάντιν γενόµενον τὸν ᾽Αμπρακιώτην. 6 δὲ Σιλα- 
Ν ‘ α 
vos δεδιὼς μὴ γένηται ταῦτα καὶ καταμείνῃ που 7 
, 
στρατιά, éxpépe® eis τὸ στράτευμα Adyov® ὅτι Ἐενο- 
gov βούλεται καταμεῖναι τὴν στρατιὰν καὶ πόλιν οἶκί- 
8 ~ , 
σαι καὶ ἑαυτῷ ὄνομα καὶ δύναμιν περι-ποιήσασθαι. 
Ν b 
αὐτὸς 8 ὁ Σιλανὸς ἐβούλετο ὅτι τάχιστα εἰς τὴν 
ε / a 
Ἑλλάδα ἀφικέσθαι' οὓς. yap παρὰ Κύρου ἔλαβε 
ῤ 9 
Τρισχιλίους δαρεικοὺς ὅτε τὰς δέκα ἡμέρας ἠλήθευσε”" 

ή ~ Α 
θυόµενος Κύρῳ, δι-εσεσώκειἽΣ τῶν δὲ στρατιωτών, 
Σολ ν A \ 29 / , > 
ἐπεὶ ἤκουσαν, τοῖς μὲν ἐδόκει βέλτιστον εἶναι κατα- 
| petvat, τοῖς δὲ πολλοῖς ov. 

1 efficient by practice. 2 added because ἑἐδόκει is far removed from Ἐενο- 
Φωντι. § προσ-κτάἆοµαι, acquire additional χώραν etc.  * by founding, fr. κατ- 
οικί(ω, found. 5 agrees with πόλις. 6 reckon. 7 with reference to this. 
ὃ ἐκφέρει λόγον, spreads a report. 9 win for himself. 10 οὓς .. . δαρεικού». 


See Introd. 82 (3), (end). 11 ἀληθεύω, here = tell the truth about, rightly fore- 
tell, 1 διασώ(ω. 


17 


18 


20 


21 


22 


2738 ANABASIS. 


Timasion and Thorax hint to certain Heracleans that tf the Greeks 
are not provided with money, they may settle down there. — 


Tipaciwy δὲ 6 Δαρδανεὺς καὶ Θώραξ 6 ἈΒοιώτιος 
πρὸς ἐμπόρους' τινὰς παρ-όντας τῶν Ἡρακλεωτῶν καὶ 
Σινωπέων λέγουσιν ὅτι εἰ μὴ ἐκποριοῦσι” τῇ στρατιᾷ 

Δ 9 ¥ : ‘ 3 / 2 / ο 
μισθὸν ὥστε ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐκπλέοντας, ὅτι κιγ- 
δυνεύσει μεῖναι τοσαύτη δύναμις ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ' βού- 

νι A \ ea A 
λεται γὰρ Ἐενοφῶν καὶ ἡμᾶς παρακαλεῖ, ἐπειδὰν ἔλθη 
τὰ πλοῖα, τότε εἰπεῖν ἐξαίφνης τῇ σ 1, “ Ανδρε 
᾽ ης τῇῃ στρατιᾳ, νδρες, 
La) 8 ε Αν ε ~ 3 / »” “~ 
νῦν μὲν ὁρῶμεν ἡμᾶς ἀπόρουςὃ ὄντας καὶ ἐν τῷ ἁπό- 

4 ν ‘ > 13 \ ¥ 5 3 06 9 A , 
πλῳ΄ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ oikade ἀπελθόντας ὀνῆσαί 

\ ¥ . 22 Qs , a , , \ 
τι τοὺς otkor* εἰ δὲ βούλεσθε τῆς κύκλῳ χώρας περὶ 
\ ; 9 , 9 / « ρ a , 
τὸν ἨΠόντον οἰκουμένης ἐκλεξζάμενοι ὁποίαν [av] βού- 
λησθε κατα-σχεῖν, καὶ τὸν μὲν ἐθέλοντα ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε, 
8 3 3 , , 9 ο A 9 e a a 
τὸν & ἐθέλοντα µένειν αὐτοῦ, πλοῖα ὃ ὑμῖν πάρεστιν, 
ὥστε ὅπῃ ἂν βούλησθε ἐξαίφνης ἂν ἐπι-πέσοιτε. 


Through Timasion the Greeks are offered money on condition 
of their speedy departure. 


3 A [ο ε ν 3 v4 ~ 

Ακούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ ἔμποροι ἀπήγγελλον Tats 
πόλεσι συνέπεµψε ὃ αὐτοῖς Tipaciwy ὁ Δαρδανεὺς 
Εὐρύμαχόν τε τὸν Δαρδανέα καὶ Θώρακα τὸν Βοιώτιον 
\ s A ~ 9 ο 5 “~ de x ¢ λ ~ 
τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἐροῦντας.: ἍΣινωπεις δὲ καὶ Hpakdew- 
ται ταῦτα ἁἀκούσαντες πέµπουσι πρὸς τὸν Τιµασίωνα 

A 9 

καὶ κελεύουσι προστατῆσαι  λαβόντα: yxpypara ὅπως 
> ere 4 ε 4 € Δ ¥ 3 , 3 
ἐκπλεύσῃ ἡ oTparia. 6 δὲ ἄσμενος ἀκούσας, ἐν συλ- 
λόγῳὃ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὄντων, λέγει τάδε᾽ 


1 merchants. ? ἑκ-πορίζω, provide. 8 unable καὶ... κα. 3 ἀπό-πλους 


return voyage. 5 fut. of pnyul. 6 προστατέω, manage. 7 afier receiving. 
8 assembly. 





BOOK V. CHAP. VL. 279 


“Ob δεῖ apocdyew! µονῇῃ, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐδὲ τῆς Ἑλλά- 
ὃος οὐδὲν περὶ πλείονος ποιεσθαι. ἀκούω δέ τινας 
, 9 A I »Q9> ena id e ο) 
θύεσθαι ἐπὶ τούτω ovd ὑμῖν λέγοντας. ὑπισχνοῦμαι 
δὲ ὑμῖν, ἂν ἐκ-πλέητε ἀπὸ νουµηνίας” μισθοφορὰν ὃ 
παρ-έξειν κυζικηνὸν ' ἑκάστῳ τοῦ µηνός καὶ ἄζω ὑμᾶς 
3 \ , ¥ ‘4 3 8 ε Ud 
cs τὴν Τρωάδα, ἔνθεν καί εἶμι Φφυγάς, καὶ ὑπάρξει 
ὑμῖν ἡ ἐμὴ πόλις' ἑκόντες γάρ µε δέξονται. ἡγήσομαι 
δὲ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἔνθεν πολλὰ χρήματα λήψεσθε. ᾿ ἔμπειρος 
4 3 ~ > 8 ϱ 4 N ~ ΄ 
δέ εἶμι τῆς Αἰολίδος καὶ τῆς Φρυγίας καὶ τῆς Τρῳάδος 
A α , > “~ 4 A 4 6 ὃ Δ 4 
καὶ τῆς Φαρναβάζου ἀρχῆς πάσης, Ta μεν διὰ τὸ 
ἐκεῖ-θεν εἶναι, τὰ δὲὃ διὰ τὸ συνεστρατεῦσθαι ἐν αὐτῇ 
σὺν Κλεάρχῳ τε καὶ Δερκυλίδᾳ.᾽ 

᾿Αναστὰς αὖθις Θώραξ [6 Βοιώτιος], ὃς περὶ στρατη- 
γίας Ἐενοφῶντι ἐμάχετο, ἔφη, et ἐξέλθοιεν ἐκ τοῦ Τόν- 
του, ἔσεσθαι αὐτοῖς Χερρόνησον χώραν καλὴν καὶ 
9 , 9 9 A Αα id 9 α “A 
εὐδαίμονα ὥστε [ἐξεῖναι] τῷ βουλομένῳ ἐν-οικεῖν, τῷ δὲ 
\ 0 3 ld ¥ 5 A 6 de 4. 9 “a 
py βουλομένῳ ἀπιέναι οικαθε. yedotov” δὲ εἶναι ἐν τῇ 
Ἑλλάδι οὕὔσης χώρας πολλῆς καὶ ἀφθόνου ἐν τῇ 
βαρβάρων μαστεύειν. “éore ὃ av,” ἔφη, “ ἐκεῖ γένη- 
abe, kayo καθάπερ Τιµασίων ὑπισχνοῦμαι ὑμῖν τὴν 
μισθοφοράν. ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγεν εἰδὼς ἆ Τιµασίωνι 
οἱ Ἡρακλεῶται καὶ οἱ Σινωπεῖς ὑπισχνοῦντ ὥστε 
ἐκ-πλεῖν. 


The conduct of Xenophon called in question; his answer. 


ε A 9 

Ο δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἐν τούτῳ ἑἐσίγα. ἀναστὰς δὲ Φιλή- 
σιος καὶ Λύκων ot ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἔλεγον ὡς δεινὸν etn idia® 
A ~ / : νά Ν , e A 
μὲν Ἐενοφῶντα πείθειν τε Κατα-μένειν καὶ θύεσθαι ὑπὲρ 


1 set your thoughts on remaining (here) nor esteem anything more highly than 
Hellas, 2new moon.  % pay. ‘4 8 Cyzicene (stater = $5.50) named from 
the town Κύ(ικος, on the Propontis. ὃ partly ... partly. 6 ridiculous, fr. 
γέλω». 7 desire earnestly (to live, sc. ἐνοικεῖν).  ὃ privately. 


27 


26 


29 


90 


31 


28U ANABASIS. 


~ “a ' 4 , 1 ο “A 9 3 Se \ 
τῆς µονῆς [μὴ Kowotpevov’- τῇ στρατιᾷ], els? δὲ τὸ 
. 4 
κοινὸν μηδὲν ἀγορεύειν περὶ τούτων. ὥστε ἠναγκάσθη ἡ 
ὁ Ἐενοφών ἀνα-στῆναι καὶ εἰπεῖν τάδε’ 

“"Eyd, ὦ ἄνδρες, θύομαι μὲν ὡς ὁρᾶτε ὁπόσα δύνα- 
μαι καὶ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ ὅπως ταῦτα τυγ- 
0 4 N 4 8 lo 8 a, e mA 0 
χάνω" καὶ λέγων καὶ νοῶν καὶ πράττων ὁποῖα μέλλει 
ea / | . ν ¥ \ ο ρ 9 
ὑμῖν τε κάλλιστα καὶ ἄριστα ἐέσεσθαι καὶ ἐμοί. καὶ 
νῦν ἐθυόμην περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου εἰ ἄμεινον ein ἄρχε- 
σθαι λέγειν eis ὑμᾶς καὶ πράττειν περὶ τούτων ἢ παντά- 

; 5 δὲ ο 6 A , λ κ 5 , 
maou” μηδὲ ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ πράγματος. Σιλανὸς δέ µοι 
ὁ µάντις ἀπεκρίνατο τὸ μὲν µέγιστον, τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ 

3 yy A 8 > 8 > ¥ ια 8 8 9 8 
εἶναι Ίδει γὰρ καὶ ἐμὲ οὐκ ἄπειρον ὄντα διὰ τὸ del 
A A e A ¥ 4 9 9 A ε a) ΄ 
παρεῖναι τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἔλεξε δὲ ὅτι ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς φαί 
la 7 8 9 8 3 id e 4 [ο 
νοιτό τις δόλος' καὶ ἐπιβουλὴ ἐμοί, ws apa γιγνώσκων 
ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐπεβούλευε διαβάλλειν µε πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἐξ- 
ήνεγκε) γὰρ τὸν λόγον ὡς ἐγὼ πράττειν ταῦτα δια- 
a os) 9 , e [ων > 8 δὲ 9 8 ε, 
νοοίµην ἤδη οὐ πείΐσας ὑμᾶς. ἐγὼ δὲ eb μὲν ἑώρων 
ἀποροῦντας ὑμᾶς, Tour” av ἐσκόπουν ad οὗ ἂν γένοιτο 

σ ιό ε ~ l4 A A ; , 3 

ὠστε λαβόντας ὑμᾶς πόλιν τὸν μὲν ϱβουλόμενον ἀπο- 
A ¥ Ν A \ / 10 5 \ , e 8 
πλεῖν ήδη, τὸν δὲ μὴ βουλόμενον,, ἐπεὶ κτήσαιτο ἱκανὰ 

σ 8 4 e [ο 3 a 9 ~ la > 9 
WOTE καὶ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ οἰκείους ὠφελῆσαί τι. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
cn ε a \ 9 A , ε , \ 
ὁρῶ ὑμῖν καὶ Ta πλοῖα πέµποντας Ἡρακλεώτας καὶ 
Σινωπέας ὥστε ἐκπλεῖν, καὶ μισθὸν ὑπισχνουμένους Ἡ 
ε ¥ 3 4 / , “a > 
ὑμῖν ἄνδρας ἀπὸ voupnvias, καλόν por δοκεῖι εἶναι 


᾿σωζομένους 3 ἔνθα βουλόμεθα μισθὸν τῆς εὐπορίας ® 


λαμβάνειν, καὶ αὐτός τε παύομαι ἐκείνης τῆς διανοίας. 


1 κοινόοµαι. communicate. 3 απᾶ (going) into the public (council or assembly) 
speak (ἀγορεύειν).  ὃ ἀναγκάζω. * = that I may perchance say etc. § not 
even... at all. 6 what was of greatest importance (namely). 7 fraud. 
8 fr. ἐκ-φέρω, as in 617. ® τοῦτο. . . ap’ οὗ etc., this, namely by what means it 
might be brought about that etc. 10 (sc. might sail away) when etc. 11 ἄνδρας 
ὑπισχνουμένους. 12 being carried safely, ἔνθα etc. 18 obj. gen., for the 
journey. 14 purpose, project. 





BOOK V. CHAP. VI. 281 


Νε 8 > A ~ , ε 4 ~ 

καὶ ὁπόσοι πρὸς ἐμὲ προσ-ᾖσαν λέγοντες ὡς KP) ταῦτα 
α 9 

πράττειν, παύεσθαί nyt χρῆναι. ούτω yap yryvacKw’ 

A : 9 aA ¥ \ 
ὁμοῦ μὲν ὄντες πολλοὶ ὥσπερ νυνὶ δοκεῖτε ἄν por καὶ 
ἔντιμοι” εἶναι καὶ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" ἐν γὰρ τῷ Kpa- 
8 2 N S λ 2 8 A € , ss 5 

ἐστι καὶ τὸ λαμβάνειν ta τῶν YTTOVwY" dta- 
ὅ μικρὰ γενομένης τῆς 
δυνάμεως our ἂν τροφὴν δύναισθε λαμβάνειν οὔτε xal- 
povtes® ἂν ἆἁπ-αλλάξαιτε δοκει οὖν por ἅπερ ὑμῖν, 
3 a 3 8 ε ΄ 8 3 , 
ἐκπορεύεσθαι eis τὴν Ἑλλάδα, καὶ ἐάν τις μέντοι 
ἀπολιπὼν AndOn® πρὶν ἐν ἀσφαλεὶ εἶναι may τὸ 


τειν 
8 8 
σπασθέντες” ὃ ἂν καὶ κατὰ 


, 4 9 A ε io α 8 σ 
στράτευμα, κρίνεσθαι αὐτὸν ws ἀδικοῦντα. καὶ ὅτῳ 
ὃ Αα.” » (ς A 9 , 9 
οκε, έφη, ταῦτα, ἀράτω 
φ 
απαντες. 


4 Α 22 3 
τὴν ἆχειρα. ἀν-έτειναν 


Silanus οὐ)εοίίπφ to Xenophon’s proposals is overruled. The prom- 
ised funds are. not forthcoming, and a change of route ts 


proposed. 

Ὁ δὲ Σιλανὸς ἐβόα, καὶ ἐπεχείρει λέγειν ὡς δίκαιον 
ν A 
em ἀπιέναι τὸν Bovr\dpevov. ot δὲ στρατιῶται οὐκ 
ἠν-είχοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἠπείλουν Ἡ αὐτῷ ὅτι εἰ λήψονται ἆπο- 
duo , 9 δί 3 θ , 9 A 6 2 ON 

ράσκοντα, τὴν Οίκην ém-Ojooev. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπεὶ 
ν΄ εε A 9 3 a , . λ 
γνωσαν ot Ἡρακλεῶται ὅτι ἐκπλεῖν δεδογµένον ein καὶ 
Ἐενοφῶν αὐτὸς ἐπ-εψηφικὼς εἴη, τὰ μὲν πλοῖα πέµπουσι, 
\ 
τὰ δὲ χρήματα” ἆ iréoyovto™ Tipaciom καὶ Θώρακι 
3 ~ ~ “~ 
ehevopevo. ἦσαν [τῆς μισθοφορᾶς]. ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἐκ- 

, 14 34 Δ 25 £5 16 \ ‘\ e 4 

πεπληγμένοι' ἦσαν καὶ ἐδέδισαν Ὁ τὴν στρατιὰν οἱ τὴν 

i] Δ ε , λ / > 8 
μισθοφορὰν ὑπ-εσχημένοι. παραλαβόντες οὖν οὗτοι 
καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς ols ἀν-εκεκοίνωντο ἆ 


1 emphatic νῦν. 2 ἓν rit. 8 for in mastery there is also ete. 4 δια- 
σπάω, scatter. 5 into small bodies. 8 rejoice. 7 (ταῦτα) δοκεῖ . . . ἅπερ 
(δοκε). 8 λαμβάνω.  Ὁ αἴρω. 1 ἀγ-έχομαι. 1 ἀπειλέω. 12 qs to the 


money for wages (τῆς μισθοφορᾶς) which etc., or μισθοφορᾶς may depend on ἐψευ- 
σµένοι, 13 Qa. of ὑπισχνέομαι. 14 ἑκ-.πλήττω. 16 3d pl. of δέδια, fr. δείδω 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


282 ΄ ANABASIS. 


, φ , > ΑΦ 4 , a 
πρὀσθεν ἔπραττον, πάντες δ ἦσαν πλὴν Néwvos τοῦ 
9 , aA / ε , 1 4 A 
Ασιναίου, ὃς Χειρισόφῳ ὑπ-εστρατήγει, Χειρίσοφος δὲ 
ν A A Q 
οὕπω Tap-nv, έρχονται πρὸς Ἐενοφῶντα, καὶ λέγουσιν 

A 8 , “A 

ὅτι µετα-μέλοι” αὐτοῖς, καὶ δοκοίη κράτιστον εἶναι πλεῖν 
A . A Ν “A ~ 

eis Φᾶσιν, ἐπεὶ πλοῖα ἐστι, καὶ κατα-σχεῖν τὴν Φασιανῶν 


27 χώραν. Ainrov δὲ ὑιδοῦς ὃ ἐτύγχανε βασιλεύων αὐτῶν. 


pe) 


a“ de 3 / 9 3 δὲ a , ¥ > 
Ἐενοφῶν δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων εἴποι eis 
τὴν στρατιάν' “ὑμες δὲ συλλέξαντες,) ἔφη, “εἰ βον- 

g id 99 3 “A 3 id ο . 
λεσθε, λέγετε. ἐνταῦθα ἀποδείκνυται Τιµασίων ὁ 
Δαρδανεὺς γνώµην οὐκ ἐκκλησιάζειν" ἀλλὰ τοὺς αὑτοῦ 
ἕκαστονὃ λοχαγοὺς πρῶτον πειρᾶσθαι πείθεν. καὶ 
ἁπ-ελθόντες ταῦτ ἐποίουν. 


The ee that Xenophon intends to lead them back to Phasis 
causes discontent. 


VII. Ταῦτα οὖν οἱ στρατιῶται ἀν-επύθοντο ταραττό- 
μενα. καὶ ὁ Νέων λέγει ὡς Ἐενοφῶν ἀνα-πεπεικὼς 
τοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς δια-νοεῖται ἄγειν τοὺς στρα- 

, 3 , 8 aN 9 A 3 4 δ᾽ ε 
τιώτας ἐξαπατήσαςὃ πάλιν eis Φᾶσιν. ἁκούσαντες ὃ οἱ 
στρατιῶται χαλεπῶς έφερον, καὶ σύλλογοι ἐγύγνοντο 


καὶ κύκλος SoU καὶ µάλα φοβεροὶ ” ἦσαν μὴ 


ποιήῄσειαν ola καὶ τοὺς τῶν Κόλχων κήρυκας ἐποίησαν"' 
\ N .12 9 \ 9 9 , 
καὶ τοὺς ἁγορανόμους " [όσοι μὴ eis τὴν θάλατταν 
κατέφυγον κατ-ελεύσθησαν.] ἐπεὶ δὲ ᾖἠσθάνετο Ἐενο- 
pov, ἔδοζεν αὐτῷ ὡς τάχιστα συν-αγαγεν αὐτῶν 
ἀγοράν, καὶ μὴ ἐᾶσαι συλλεγῆναι αὐτομάτους καὶ 
» 2 ἐν) / , 3 , e 9 > “ 
ἐκέλευσε τὸν κήρυκα συλλέξαι ἀγοράν. of ὃ ἐπεὶ 
τοῦ κήρυκος ἤκουσαν, συνέδραμον’' καὶ µάλα ἑτοίμως. 


1 be a lieutenant. 2 it repented (impers.). 8 grandson, fr. vids. 4 call 
an ussembly. 5 ἕκαστον πειρᾶσθαι etc. 6 being agitated. 7 ἆνα-πείθω. 
8 ἑξαπατάω, deceive. 9 = groups (of soldiers). 10 much to be feared lest. 
1 related in § 23. 1» directors of the market. 19 κατα-λεύω, stone to death. 


4 συν-τρέχω. 











BOOK V. CHAP. VII. 258 


ἐνταῦθα Ἐενοφῶν τῶν μὲν στρατηγῶν οὗ κατηγόρει; 
ὅτι ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγει δὲ ὧδε' 


Xenophon, replying, shows how groundless is the report and closes 
with a hint at an evil beginning to mantfest itself in the army. 


9 ο ά 
«Ακούω Ta διαβάλλειν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐμὲ ὡς ἐγὼ apa 
3 4 ε ~ 4 »¥ 9 ~ 3 ΄ 
ἐξαπατήσας ὑμᾶς µέλλω ἆἄγειν εἰς Φᾶσιν. ἀκούσατε 
S κ α XN ON 8 > AN ϱ 19 A 
οὖν µου πρὸς θεών, καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἐγὼ φαίνωμαι ἀδικεῖν, 
A a ~ 5 a 2 
οὗ χρή µε ἐνθένδε ἀπελθεῖν πρὶν ἂν da" δίκην’ ἂν ὃ 
A A σ 
ὑμῖν φαίνωνται ἁἀδικεν οἱ ἐμὲ διαβάλλοντε, οὕτως 
A A 9 α 22 ¥ 4 
abrois χρῆσθε ὥσπερ akiov.® pets dé,’ ἔφη, “ tore* 
on 50 “oN > f \ 9 ov \ # oN 
ήπου ὅθεν ἤλιος ἀνίσχει καὶ ὅπου OvETaL, καὶ ὅτι ἐαν 
μέν τις εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα µέλλῃ ἰέναι, πρὸς ἑσπέραν δεῖ 
πορεύεσθαι ἦν δέ τις βούληται eis τοὺς βαρβάρους, 
ο” 6 . σ ¥ Φ ο ~A ga , 
τούμπαλιν ὃ πρὸς ew. ἐστιν οὖν ὅστις τοῦτο» ἂν δύναιτο 
ec oA 9 A e 9 ¥ 0 q Q > » δύ 
was ἐξαπατῆσαι ws ἥλιος ἐνθενὶ μὲν ἀνίσχει, δύεται 
\ A “~ 
δὲ ἐνταῦθα, ἔνθα δὲ δύεται, ἀνίσχει 8 ἐντεῦθεν ; ἀλλὰ 
\ 8 α 3 σ » A 3 ο 
μὴν καὶ τοῦτό ye ἐπίστασθε ore βορέας μὲν e€w τοῦ 
Πόντου eis τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει, νότος ὃ δὲ εἴσω cis Φᾶσιν, 
‘ A ‘ 
καὶ λέγεται, ὅταν Boppas πνέῃ, ws καλοὶ trot? εἶσιν 
εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. Tour οὖν ἔστι' ὅπως τις ἂν ὑμᾶς 
’ , ° 9 , e , , 9 ν 10 
ἐξαπατήσαι wore ἐμ-βαίνειν ὁπόταν νότος πνέῃ; ἀλλὰ 
\ 9 “A “A 
γὰρ ὁπόταν γαλήνη” 7 ἐμ-βιβῶ.' οὐκοῦν ἐγὼ μὲν ἐν 
σα. , , ε A δὲ 9\ / 18 ο ς , 
ἐνὶ πλοίῳ πλεύσομαι, ὑμεις OE τοὐλάχιστον"' ἐν ἑκατόν. 
ifs a 4 > A OR , ea λ 9 \ a 8 
πως ἂν οὖν ἐγω n βιασαίµην υὑμᾶς συν ἐμοι πλειν μὴ 
λ id aA 3 , ¥ A 14 3 e ~ 
βουλομένους 4 ἐξαπατήσας ἆἄγοιμι; tmow™ 8 ὑμᾶς 
3 ld 8 , 1 ε 2) . A 4 3 
ἐξαπατηθέντας καὶ Ὑοητευθέντας ὃ ὑπ ἐμοῦ yKew eis 


lsneak against. 3 δίδωµι.  ὃ ἄξιόν (ἐστιν). 3 οἶδα. (δεῖ πορεύεσθαι) 


τοὔμπαλι» etc. ὁ τοῦτο, cog. acc. = thus. ᾗἹ Pointing to the west. 8 south 
wind, 9 fr. πλόος, sailing, fr. πλέω, sail. 10 ἀλλὰ, but (you are still suspi- 
cious perhaps) for etc. llacalm. 12 ἐμ-βιβά(ω, cause to embark. 18 = 7d 


ἐλάχιστον. 14 (οἱ me (make it =) assume that you etc. 16 γρητεύα, bewitch. 


10 


tl 


19 


284 ANABASIS. 


Φᾶσιν καὶ δὴ ἁἀπο-βαίνομεν cis τὴν yopav’ γνώσεσθε 
5 ο 9 9 bd aA ¢ λλ ιὃ 3 ,, Χο 3 A 4 ¥ 
nov οτι οὐκ ἐν TH Ἑλλάδι ἐστε' καὶ ἐγω µεν έσοµαι 
ὁ ἐξηπατηκὼςὶ els, ὑμεῖς δὲ οἱ ἐξηπατημένοι ἐγγὺς 
, ι ¥ 9 λ A “a > 9 4 A 2 ἅ 
µυρίων ἐέχοντες Όπλα. πῶς ἂν οὖν ἀνὴρ μᾶλλον 
ὃ / δί aA φ N ε A Νε A , 
oin ὀίκην ἢ ούτω περὶ avTOU τε καὶ ὑμῶν βουλευό- 
µενος ; 
β A 

"ANN οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λόγοι ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἠλιθίωνῦ κἀμοὶ 
φθονούντων, ὅτι ἐγὼ bh ὑμῶν τιμῶμαι. καίτοι οὐ 
ὃ , > » θ A ὦ / λ . 3 AN ΄ 
ικαίως y ἄν por φύονοῖεν ' τίνα γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ κωλύω 
ΔΑ λό ν / 3 Ac 5 , 9 ea “a , 
n λέγειν εἰ τίς τι ἀγαθὸν δύναται ἐν ὑμῖν, ἢ µάχεσθαι 
ν Αα A 
et τις ἐθέλει ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἑαυτοῦ, ἢ ἐγρηγορέ- 

Ν ο , 

ναι" περὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας aodarelas® ἐπιμελόμενον ; ® 

' γάρ, ἄρχοντας αἱρουμένων ὑμῶν, ἐγώ τινι ἐμποδών 
εἰμι; παρίηµι, ἀρχέτω' pdvov ἀγαθόν τι ποιῶν ὑμᾶς 
φαινέσθω. 

“Adda? γὰρ ἐμοὶ μὲν ἀρκεῖ περὶ τούτων τὰ εἱρημένα" 
εἰ δέ τις ὑμῶν Ὁ ἢ αὐτὸς ἐζαπατηθῆναι ἂν οἴεται ταῦτα 

σ 

ἡ ἄλλον πο Ίσαι. ταῦτα]. λέγων διδασκέτω. ὅταν 
δὲ τούτων ἅλις ® έχητε, μὴ ἁπ-έλθητε πρὶν ἂν ἀκού- 
σητε olov” ὁρῶ ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ ἀρχόμενον πραγμα ὁ 
et ἔπ-εισι ὃ καὶ ἔσται οἷον ὑπο δείκνυσιν͵"' ὥρα ἡμῖν 
βουλεύεσθαι ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν μὴ κἀκιστοί τε καὶ 
¥. ¥ 3 4 Δ 9 A A ‘ 
αἴ« χιστοι ἄνδρες ἀποφαινώμεθα καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ 

8 3 4 ‘\ ( 8 4 93 
πρὸς ἀνθρώπων καὶ φίλων καὶ πολεμίων. 

᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα οἱ στρατιῶται ἐθαύμασάν 


9 ¥ 4 , > - 18 9 , ¥ 
τε OTL εἴη καὶ λέγειν ἐκέλευον. ἐκ τούτου ἄρχεται 
πάλιν’ 

1 in app. with ἐγώ. 2 = more surely. 8 foolish. 4 be watchful, fr. 
ἐγείρω. 5 safety. 6 taking thought, agrees with acc., subj. of ἐγρηγορέναι. 
7 wherein do [ stand in the way etc. § yield. 9% but (no more) for. 1 ὑμῶν 
οἵεται ἢ etc. 11 in these matters. 12 could deceive another. 18 enough. 
1 Translate as imperative. 18 ofoy πρᾶγμα. 6 comes upon us. 11 shows 


‘omewhat, 18 ἐκέλενον, sc. αὐτόν, i.e. Xenophon. 





BOOK V. CHAP. VIL 285 


Xenophon sets forth the folly of resorting to violent measures ἔτι 
dealing with the inhabitants. 


” 
«Ἠπίστασθέ που ort χωρία ἦν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι Bap- 
΄ 4 a) , 9 A 
βαρικά, φίλια τοῖς Κερασουντίοις, ὅθεν κατ-ιόντες τινὲς 
καὶ ἱερεῖαὶ ἐπώλουν 3 ἡμῖν καὶ ἄλλα ὧν εἶχον, δοκοῦσυ 
δέ poi καὶ ὑμῶν τινες ὃ eis τὸ ἐγγυτάτω χωρίον τούτων 
ἐλθόντες ἀγοράσαντές τι πάλιν ἀπελθεῖν. τοῦτο κατα- 
A , e 8 9 ‘\ “ »¥ 8 3 4 
μαθὼν Γλεάρετος 6 λοχαγὸς ὅτι καὶ μικρὸν εἴη καὶ ἀφύ- 
8 4 4 η 4 4 > 9 9 4 
λακτον διὰ " τὸ φίλιον vopilew εἶναι, ἔρχεται ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς 
a 4 ε , 5 9 Νε αν 9 , ὃ / 6 
τῆς νυκτὸς ὡς πορθήσων; οὐδενὶ ἡμῶν εἰπών. Οι-ενενόητο 
δέ 3 λ td 50 8 ΄ 3 A 8 ld 
ἐ) εἰ λάβοι Tode τὸ χωρίον, εἰς µεν TO στράτευμα 
, 9 aA de 9 aA 3 Pw 39 6 e 
µηκέτι ἐλθεῖν, εἰσ-βὰς δὲ εἰς πλοῖον ἐν @ ἐτύγχανον οἱ 
, i A 
cioKyvor’ αὐτοῦ παραπλέοντες, καὶ ἐν-θέμενος εἴ τι 
/ “A “A 
λάβοι, ἀποπλέων οἴχεσθαι e€w τοῦ Πόντου. καὶ ταῦτα 
συν-ωμολόγησαν αὐτῷ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου σύσκηνοι, ὡς 
ν αν 
ἐγὼ νῦν αἰσθάνομαι. παρακαλέσας οὖν ὁπόσους ἔπειθεν 
> oN κ , / Ne > \ , 3 
γεν ἐπὶ τὸ χωρίον. πορευόµενον αὐτὸν φθάνει 
e 
ἡμέρα γενοµένη» καὶ ovortavres® οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἀπὸ 
3 Αα 
ἰσχυρῶν τόπων βάλλοντες καὶ παίοντες tov τε Κλεά- 
3 , 4 A ¥ , ell 5 , 
ῥρετον ἀποκτείνουσι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων συχνούς, οἱ O€ 
τινες καὶ εἰς Κερασοῦντα αὐτῶν ἀπο-χωροῖσι. 
(έ A ὃν > 3 ων ε ae e e A 5 a 3 3 A 
Ταῦτα δ ἦν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ ἡμεῖς δεῦρ ἐξ-ωρμῶμεν 
A. a Se Nee ¥ 1 4 9 A 
πεζῃ τῶν δὲ πλεόντων ἐτι τινὲς ἦσαν ἐν Κερασοῦντι, 
3 ο 
οὕπω ἀνηγμένοι" μετὰ τοῦτο ὡς ol Κερασούντιοι 
: a) A α A 
λέγουσιν, ἀφικνοῦνται τῶν ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου τρεῖς ἄνδρες 
‘a ρ 18 sy κ x 14 ν ε 2» , 
TOV γεραιτέρων ὃ πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν ' τὸ ἡμέτερον χρῄζοντες 


1 cattle (originally for sacrifice). 2 used fo sell. 8 some of you also seem 
ate. «4 because (the people) supposed etc. 5 πορθέω, plunder. 8 δια-νοέω, 
intend. 7 σύ-σκηνος, tent-mate, comrade. 8 coming, overtakes. ® assembling. 


” hurling (missiles). 31 some few. 1% ἂν-άγομαι, set sail. 18 (γέρων), rather 
elderly men. 14 public (assembly ).- 


16 


18 


20 


21 


22 


23 


286 | ANABASIS. 


ἐλθεῖν. ἐπεὶ δ' ἡμᾶς ov κατ-έλαβον, πρὸς τοὺς Kepa 
| , ¥ 9 , ρ ε Αα , . A 
σουντίους ἔλεγον ὅτι θαυμάζοιεν τί ἡμῖν δόξειεν ἐλθεῖν 
> 9 9 , | 9 ‘ , “ / ον» 9 3 
ἐπ αὐτούς. ἐπεὶ µέντοι σφεις λέγειν, έφασαν, ὅτι οὐκ 
ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γένοιτο τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἠδεσθαί τε αὐτοὺς καὶ 
µέλλειν ἐνθάδε πλεῖν, ὡς ὃ ἡμῖν λέξαι Τὰ γενόµενα καὶ 
ν AS λ , 4 9 ‘ θ , λ / 
τοὺς νεκροὺς κελεύειν " avrovs θάπτειν λαβόντας. 
“Tav 8 ἀποφυγόντων τινὰς "Ἑλλήνων τυχεῖν ὃ ἔτι 
¥ 2 A 3 > 6 , δὲ ‘ , ϐ 
ὄντας ἐν Κερασοῦντι αἰσθόμενοι δὲ τοὺς βαρβάρους 
σ ¥ 3 , > / aA 4 8 
ὅποι Lovey αὐτοί τε ἐτόλμησαν βάλλειν τοῖς λίθοις καὶ 
A ¥ q , N ε ¥ 3 / 
τοῖς ἄλλοις' παρεκελεύοντο. καὶ οἱ ἄνδρε  ἀποθνή- 
σκουσι τρεῖς ὄντες οἱ πρέσβεις κατα-λευσθέντες. ἐπεὶ 
δὲ τοῦτο ἐγένετο, ἔρχονται πρὸς ἡμᾶς οἱ Κερασούντιοι 
καὶ λέγουσι τὸ πρᾶγμα. καὶ ἡμες οἱ στρατηγοὶ 
ἀκούσαντες ἠχθόμεθά ὃ τε τοῖς γεγενηµένοις καὶ ἐβου- 
λευόμεθα σὺν τοῖς Κερασουντίοις ὅπως ἂν ταφείησαν ' 
οἱ τῶν Ἑλλήνων νεκροί. συγ-καθήµενοι δ ἔξωθεν τῶν 
ὅπλω» ἐξαίφνης ἀκούομεν θορύβου πολλοῦ, ‘late crate, 
βάλλε βάλλε; καὶ τάχα δὴ ὁρῶμεν πολλοὺς προσ- 
θέοντας λίθους ἔχοντας ἐν ταῖς χερσί, τοὺς δὲ καὶ 
9 s 10 Sse ον , ε N ν 
ἀν-αιρουμένους.ὸ καὶ οἱ μὲν Κερασούντιοι, ὡς δὴ καὶ 
ἑωρακότες τὸ παρ) ἑαυτοῖς πρᾶγμα, δείσαντες ἆπο" 
A ‘ ‘ λ a 4 δὲ ‘ Δί ο 8 
χωροῦσι πρὸς τὰ πλοῖα. ἦσαν δὲ vy Δία καὶ ἡμῶν 
8 2 * \ ‘ 2 A a er 
οἳ ἔδεισαν. ἐγώ γε μὴν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ ἠρώτων 
9 3 4 9 A A 19 de 4. 4 a 5 de κ 
ὅτι ἐστὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα. τῶν" Οὲ ἦσαν μὲν ot οὐδὲν 
α , 
ᾖδεσαν, ὅμως δὲ λίθους εἶχον ἐν ταῖς χερσίν. ἐπεὶ 
% σος 18 4 9 2 , 9 e 9 , 
δὲ εἰδότι 1" τινὶ ἐπ-έτυχον, λέγει µοι ὅτι ot ἀγορανόμοι 
lfind. *forinf.see 947. 1594. 671,N. when, however, they (the Cerasuntines) 
assured them that the affair was not by public authority, they (οἱ ἱερασούντιοι) 
reported that etc. %=dare. ‘4 κελεύειν αὐτοὺς λαβόντας θάπτειν τοὺς νεκρούς. 
5 τυχεῖν depends on ἔφασαν above. &= ὅποι οἱ βάρβαροι (= οἱ πρέσβεις) ἴοιε». 


Tac. βάλλειν. ᾖὉἄχθομαι  Ὁ θάπτω, bury. 10 some also taking up (stones) 
U (some) of us who. Wof them there were (some) who. 13 οἶδα. 


BOOK V. CHAP. VIL. 287 


~ e -α 
δινότατα ποιοῦσι τὸ στράτευμα. ἐν τούτῳ τις Opa m% 


Ν 3 
τὸν ἀγορανόμον 3ήλαρχον πρὸς τὴν θάλατταν ἀπο- 
ο Ν ε ¥ 9 
χωροῦντα, καὶ ἀν-έκραγεν οἱ δὲ ὡς ὔκουσαν, ὥσπερ 
3 ΄ 
ἡ συὸς ἀγρίου ἢ ἐλάφου φανέντος ἴενται” ἐπ αὐτόν. 
~ 3 
“Oi & ad Κερασούντιοι ὡς εἶδον ὁρμῶντας καθ 25 
4 A 9 4 
avrovs, σαφῶς vopilovres ἐπὶ σφᾶς ἴεσθαι, φεύγουσι 
ιά 
δρόμῳ καὶ ἐμ-πίπτουσιν εἲς τὴν θάλατταν. συν-εισ- 
, A Α ΔΝ σ 
έπεσον δὲ καὶ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τινες, καὶ ἐπνίγετοῦ ὅστις 
a 8 id 
viv! μὴ ἐτύγχανεν ἐπιστάμενο. Kat τούτους» τί 
Ν 
δοκεῖτε; ἠδίκουν μὲν οὐδέν, ἔδεισαν δὲ μὴ λύττα ὃ τις 96 
σ aA 
ωσπερ κυσὶν ἡμῖν ἐμ-πεπτώκοι. 
A Αα Ld φ ε 
“Ki οὖν ταῦτα τοιαῦτα έσται, θεάσασθεῖ ola ἡ 
A A ~ 8 
κατάστασιςὃ ἡμῖν ἔσται τῆς στρατιᾶς. wets μὲν οἱ 27 
/ 9 5 ν θ ; 10 _» 2 fa) aN 
πάντες” οὐκ ἔσεσθε κύριοι" οὔτε ἀν-ελέσθαι πόλεμον 
Ά KR yi A 
@ ἂν βούλησθε οὔτε κατα-λῦσαι, ἰδίᾳ δὲ 6 BovdAdpevos. 
¥ , 2979 ο a 2 ¥ 9 ε a 
age. στράτευμα ἐφ᾽ ὅτι ἂν θέλῃ. Kav τινες πρὸς ὑμᾶς 
¥ ρ a 9 ‘4 5 4 a 6» 4 
wor πρέσβεις 9 εἰρήνης δεόµενοι 4 ἄλλου τινός, κατα- 
κανόντες τούτους οὗ βουλόμενοι ποιήσουσιν Ἡ ὑμᾶς τῶν 
4 ~ ~ “A 
λόγων μὴ ἀκοῦσαι τῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἰόντων. ἔπειτα 28 
δὲ a A a ee A 9 ολ. r0 123 7 9 
€ οὓς μὲν ἂν ὑμες ἅπαντε ἐλησθε" ἄρχοντας, ἐν 
bg ~ 9 : 
οὐδεμιᾷ yopa™ ἔσονται, ὅστις δὲ ἂν ἑαυτὸν ἕληται 
8 
στρατηγὸν καὶ ἐθέλῃ λέγειν «Βάλλε βάλλε; οὗτος ἔσται 
14 λ 8 , a a 
καὶ ἰδιώτην ὃν ax 
16 


€ \ 4 ν aA 
᾿ικανὸς καὶ ἄρχοντα κατακανεῖν 
ε A 
ὑμών ἐθέλῃ axpitov,” 
νά 8 A > 0 ae \ 
ὠσπερ καὶ νῦν ἐγένετο. ota δὲ ὑμῖν καὶ δια-πεπράχασιν 29 


a κ ε / ὧν 
ἦν ὡὠσιν οἱ πεισόµενοι αὐτῷ, 


οἱ αὐθαίρετοι Ἱ οὗτοι στρατηγοὶ σκέφασθε. ᾖΖήλαρχος 
ι 

1 just then. 2 rush, fr. nus. 3 πνίγω, choke, drown. 4 after ἐπιστά- 

kevos. 5 as to these (men). 8 some madness. 7 behold, consider. 8 con- 

dition, 9 of πάντες, the whole body. 10 ἔσεσθε κύριοι, have authority. 

Ἡ prevent you from hearing the proposals ete. 12 2a. of αἱρέω. 18 1.9. of no 

account. 14 2 a. of καταᾳ-καίνω = -xrelves. 16 without a trial. 16 πείθω. 


7 self-chosen. 


30 


31 


32 


33 


288 ANABASIS. 


A e 9 ῤ 9 4 LO na ¢ A φ 9 ld 
μὲν ὁ ἀγορανόμος εἰ μὲν ἀδικει ὑμας, οἴχεται ἀποπλέων 
9 5 Δ ε a δί ‘ 2 δὲ 4 iO A 2 3 A 
ov δοὺς ὑμῖν δίκην εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀδικει, φεύγει ἐκ τοῦ 
΄ ὃ 8 1 ¥ > 4 e 
στρατεύματος δείσας μὴ ἀδίκως' ἄκριτος ἀπο-θάνῃ. οἱ 
δὲ κατα-λεύσαντες τοὺς πρέσβεις διεπράξαντο" ἡμῖν 
, 4 ε 4 9 ο ‘ 9 A 
µόνοις μὲν τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰς Κερασοῦντα py ἀσφαλὲς 
> Gen ee , A : N \ \ a 
εἶναι μὴ σὺν ἰσχύι ἀφικνεῖσθαι' τοὺς δὲ νεκροὺς οὓς 
πρόσθεν αὐτοὶ οἱ κατα-κανόντεςὃ ἐκέλευον θάπτειν, 
τούτους διεπράξαντο μηδὲ σὺν κηρυκείῳ" ers ἀσφαλὲς 
wy 3 ΄ θ 4 Δ 3 ό Α 5 + rd , 
εἶναι ἀν-ελέσθαι. τίς yap ἐθελήσει Kypv€® ἰέναι κήρυ- 
9 , 6 3 » ε aA ? , 
Kas ἁπ-εκτονώς; ἀλλ ἡμες Κερασουντίων θάψαι 
αὐτοὺς ἐδεήθημεν. | 
“Et μὲν οὖν ταῦτα καλῶς ἔχει, dofarw™ ὑμῖν, ἵνα, 
ε , 9 ρ 9 \ 207 _ oF 
ὡς τοιούτων ἐσομένων, καὶ φυλακὴν ἰδίᾳ ποιήσῃ τις 
καὶ τὰ ἐρυμνὰ” ὑπερδέξια πειρᾶται ἔχων σκηνοῦν. 
9 , eon A , 9 9 x 9 , > 
el μέντοι ὑμῖν Soxet θηρίων ἀλλὰ py ἀνθρώπων εἶναι 
τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα, σκοπεῖτε παθλάν Ὁ τινα αὐτῶν εἶ 
δὲ µή, πρὸς Διὸς πῶς ἢ θεοῖς θύσομεν ἡδέως ποιοῦν- 
ν 3 al aA λ id “A ΄ θ 2) 
τες έργα ἀσεβηι' 1 πολεμίος πῶς μαχούμεύα, nv 
ἀλλήλους κατα-καίνωμεν 3° πόλις δὲ φιλία τίς ἡμᾶς 
δέ φ Δ ea , 2 2 eA 
έξεται, τις ἂν ὁρᾷ τοσαύτην dvoptav™ ἐν ἡμῖν : 
9 9 δὲ , ¥ θ a 13 ἀ 4 4 , 
ἀγορὰν δὲ τίς afer θαρρῶν, ἦν περὶ τὰ μέγιστα 
τοιαῦτα * ἑξ-αμαρτάνοντες φαινώµεθα; ov” δὲ δὴ πάντων 
όμεθ , 6 16 , a ea , 
οἱόμεθα τεύξεσθαι enalvov,® τίς ἂν ἡμᾶς τοιούτους 
ὄντας ἐπαινέσειεν; ἡμεῖς μὲν yap old ὅτι πονηροὺς 
Αα α 3 
ἂν painuev™ εἶναι τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα ποιοῦντας. 


1Cf. ἄ-δικο. 2 effected (brought it about) that it is not safe for you alone ete. 


- 8 Qa. of κατα-καίνω = -κτείνω. 4 a herald’s wand. See Introd. 92. 5 asa 


herald. 6 2 pf. of ἀπο-κτείνῳ. 7 let it seem good to you = 8o resolve. 
8 καὶ (Ίνα) πειρᾶται σκηνοῦν ἔχων etc. ® strongholds high on the right, pointing 
no doubt to hills on the right. 10 means of stopping (it). 1 impious. 
12 lawlessness. 18 = confidently, fr. θαρρέω. 14 cog. acc., 8c. ἁμαρτή: 
µατα. 15 where (meaning in Greece). 16 praise. 11 φαίημεν (dnl) rod: 
χοιοῦντας etc. : 














BOOK Y. CHAP. VIIL 289 


Resolutions are passed ; disobedience ts to be punished ; court of 
inguiry ts instituted. 
e 
στη , 9 , , 4 \ 
Ex τούτου ἀν-ιστάμενοι πάντες ἔλεγον τοὺς µεν 
, ¥ i 5 A δί A de λ AB , 
τούτων ἄρξαντας δοῦναι δίκην, τοῦ δὲ λοιποῦ3 µηκέτι 
3 A 2 κά ‘ SN ὃ , ¥ ¥ θ 
ἐξ-εῖναι ἀνομίας ἀρξαι ἐὰν δέ τις ἄρξῃ, ἄγεσθαι 
νο Ν 24 mre Se: δὲ N ας 8 
αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ θανάτῳ τοὺς δὲ στρατηγοὺς Els Οίκας 
/ A . ‘SF 4.3 »ν ν 
πάντας κατα-στῆσαι εἶναι δὲ δίκας" καὶ et τι ἄλλο 
τις ἠδίκητο ἐξ οὗ Κῦρος ἀπέθανε' δικαστὰς» δὲ τοὺς 
λοχαγοὺς ἐποιήσαντο. παρ-αινοῦντος δὲ Ἐενοφῶντος 
καὶ τῶν µάντεων συμβουλευόντων ἐἔδοξε καθῆραι τὸ 


στράτευμα. καὶ ἐγένετο πωννς μα. 
α Ον νε." 
The generals tried. 


VIII. ᾿Εδοξε δὲ καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς δίκην ὑπο-σχεῖνϊ 
τοῦ παρ-εληλυθότος χρόνου. καὶ διδόντωνὃ Φιλήσιος 
μὲν dobre” καὶ Ἐανθικλῆς τῆς φυλακῆς τῶν γαυλικῶν 
χρημάτων τὸ pelopa εἶκοσι μνᾶς, Σοφαίνετος δέ, ὅτι 
αἱρεθεὶς Ὁ re, δέ a 

ρεθεὶς Ὁ . . . κατηµέλει, δέκα μνᾶς. 

Ἐενοφῶντος δὲ κατηγόρησάν τινες φάσκοντες παίε- 
0 e 9 9 A Ν ε ε / ‘ 2 
σθαι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ καὶ ws ὑβρίζοντο τὴν κατηγορίαν 
ἐποιοῦντο. 


Xenophon, charged with having struck a soldier, makes has 
defence. 


Ve αἱ “ ” 
Kat ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐκέλευσεν εἶπεν τὸν πρῶτον λέξαντα 
Tov καὶ ἐπλήγη.ὃ 


1 the ringleaders in these matters. % for the future = τὸ λοιπόν.  ᾗ = bring 
all (such offenders) to trial. 4'that there be trials in case any oneete. 5 judges. 
© fr. καθαίρω, purify. 1 ὑπ-έχω, undergo a trial. 8 sc. τῶν στρατηγῶν δίκη». 
® fr. ὀφλισκάνω, condemned to pay, for their (careless) custody of the ships’ cargoes, 
the deficiency, (namely) ete. 10 sc. commander of the transporta, cf. 31. 
l κατ-ακελέω, be careless 13 accusation. 25 πλήττω, strike. 


a 


38 





‘ 


290 ANABASIS. 


e 9 
O δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο, ““Omov καὶ plye' ἀπωλλύμεθα 
A 
καὶ χιὼν πλείστη HV.” 
ε 3 “A 
O δὲ εἶπεν, “ Αλλὰ μὴν Χχειμῶνός ye ὄντος οἵου 
id 8 ¥ 
λέγεις, σίτου δὲ ἐπι-λελοιπότος, οἴνου δὲ pnd ὀσφραί- 
΄ ὃ ε δὲ 4 λλῶ 9 , 8 
νεσθαι παρὀν; υπο O€ πὀνων πολλων ἁπαγορευόντων., 
8 ε lA 9 3 ' A 9 
πολεμίων δὲ ἑπομένων, εἶ ἐν τοιούτῳ καιρῷ Όὕβριζον, 
ὁμολογῶ καὶ τῶν ὄνων ὑβριστότερος" εἶναι, ols φασιν 
e 8 4 9 5 9 σ δὲ 8 
υπὸ τῆς νβρεως κόπον οὐκ ἐγ-γίγνεσθαι. ὅμως δὲ και 
, > » “2 / 6 2 , , ¥ 7° 
λέξον, ἔφη, “ ἐκ tivos® ἐπλήγης. µπότερον yrovy' τί 
- A 3 , > 25 ‘5 » i ἀλλ 3 , 8 
σε καὶ ἐπεί µοι οὐκ ἐδίδους ἔπαιον; ἀλλ ἁπ-ῄτουν ; 
ἀλλὰ περὶ παιδικῶν ) μαχόμενος; ἀλλὰ µεθύων” ἐπα- 
ρ 22 
Ρρῴνησα, 
> A 
Ἠπεὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδὲν ἔφησεν, ἐπ-ήρετο αὐτὸν eé 
ὁπλιτεύο.' οὐκ ἔφη πάλιν et πελτάξοι.' οὐδὲ Tour’ 
ἔφη, GAN ἡμί-ονον ® 
, 3 , 3 3 Α 8 3 ιο  ἃ 
σκήνων ἐλεύθερος wv. ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἀνα-γιγνώσκει αὐτὸν 
καὶ ἤρετο, “"H™* σὺ ef 6 τὸν κάµνοντα”. ἀγαγών ;” 
“Nal? ua Ai’,” ἔφη ' “od γὰρ ἠνάγκαζες' τὰ δὲ τῶν 
9 “A , ΄ 22 17 
έµων συσκήνων σκεύη δι-έριψας. 
22 Ν οἱ 
«6Αλλ᾽ ἡ μὲν διάρρψις, έφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, “-τοιαύτη 
3 ΄ ‘4 ¥ » \ 3 ῤ “ 
Τις ἐγένετο. δι-έδωκα ἄλλοις ἄγειν καὶ ἐκέλευσα πρὸς 


9 a 8 ε 4 “A 
ἐλαύνειν ταχθεὶς. ὑπὸ τῶν. σν- 


9 ὃν 29 A \ 3 iN 9 A » 5 , 
ἐμὲ ἁπ-αγαγεῖν, καὶ ἀπολαβων ἅπαντα σα ἀπέδωκά 
3 ‘ ΔΝ ‘ 3 N ? 45) 18 9 ¥ 5 Φ 
σοι, ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐμοὶ ἁπ-έδειξας ὃ τὸν ἄνδρα. οἷον 
δὲ 9 A 2 3 , 29 ” - 66 \. Ἀ 
ὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐγένετο ἀκούσατε  εφη καὶ γὰρ 
ye 19 
ἄξιον. 
“"Aynp κατ-ελείπετο διὰ τὸ µηκέτι δύνασθαι πορεύ- 
εσθαι. καὶ ἐγὼ τὸν μὲν ἄνδρα τοσοῦτον ἐγίγνωσκον 


1 by cold. 2 δὲ... παρόν, when it was possible not even to get a smell of. 
3 worn out. 3 more abusive. 5 futique. 6 from what (cause). 7 αἰτέω. 
8 demand back (something). 9° favorite. 19 drunk did I abuse you? παρ-οινέω. 
11 serve asa hoplite. 2 serveasapeltast. ‘8 mule. 4 indeed. the sick 


(man). 16 yes. 7 8:a-p-platw,scatterabout. 18 = produced.  * worth (while). 








BOOK V. CHAP. VIII. ΄ 291 


φ a a e a yy . νυν 4 de | A ” e 
ort els ἡμῶν ein’ ἠνάγκασα δὲ φὲ τοῦτον ἄγειν, ὡς 
μὴ ἁπ-όλοιτο' καὶ γάρ, ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι, πολέμιοι ἡμῖν 
3 / 22 ρ 1 A € ¥ θ 
ἐφ-είποντο. συνέφη  τουτο ὁ ανύρωπος. 

«Οὐκοῦν,) ἔφη 6 Ἐενοφῶν, “ἐπε προύπεμψά” σε; 
καταλαμβάνω αὖθις σὺν τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξι προσ-ιὼν 


: δ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, 


/ 8 2 , ε , 
βόθρον ὃ ὀρύττοντα" ὡς κατορύξοντα 
καὶ ἐπι-στὰς ἐπ-ῄνουν σε. ἐπεὶ δὲ παρ-εστηκότων ὃ ἡμῶν 

7 ᾿ , e , 8 3 / ε / 
συνέκαμψεῖ τὸ σκέλος αἀνήρ, ἀν-έκραγον ol παρόντες 
ore ‘Ly avyp, σὺ δ εἶπας « Ὁπόσα” γε βούλεται' ὡς 
¥ > 3 9 ¥ b > vO. 4 4 a iX. An 
ἔγωγε αὐτὸν οὐκ ἄξω. ἐνταῦθα ἐπαισά σε’ ἀληθη 
λέγεις' ἔδοξας γάρ μοι” εἰδότι ἐοικέναι ὅτι ἔζη.᾽ 

«Τί οὖν ;” ἔφη, “ ἧττόν Ἰ' τι ἀπέθανεν, ἐπεὶ ἐγώ σοι 
ἀπ-έδειξα αὐτόν ;᾽ “Kat™ γὰρ ἡμεῖ, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, 
πάντες ἀποθανούμεθα ᾽ τούτου οὖν ἕνεκα ζώντας ἡμᾶς 
> 5 


5 aA res 2? A 13 \ > 2 fees 
ει κατορυχύηναι ; TOUTOV μεν αγ-εκραγον WS OAL- 


yas * παίσειεν. 
3 
Άλλους δ᾽ ἐκέλευε λέγειν διὰ τί ἑἕκαστος ἐπλήγη. 
‘ > ὃν 
ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀἂν-ίσταντο, αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν, “΄ Ἐγώ, & ἄνδρες, 
λος A Sh as 9 9 , φ 16 
ὁμολογῶ παῖσαι δὴ ἄνδρας ἕνεκεν ἀταξίας ὅσοις 
, θ 4 ¥ 5 > ε “A 9 4 3 8 
σώζεσθαι μὲν ἤἦρκει δι ὑμῶν ἐν τάξει τε ἰόντων καὶ 
ρ 9 ὃ / 93 8 16 δὲ λ ρ 8 Le 
µαχομένων ὅπου O€ol, αὐτοὶ é€ λιπόντες τας Tages 
ρ ε 4 17 7 \ ean A 18 
προ-θέοντες ἁρπάζειν” ἤθελον καὶ ἡμῶν πλεονεκτεῖν. 
9 ~ ο) 
εἰ δὲ τοῦτο πάντες ἐποιοῦμεν, ἅπαντες ἂν ἀἁπωλόμεθα. 
¥ 8 \ 
ἤδη δὲ καὶ µαλακιζόμενόν) τινα καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλοντα ἀν- 
, 9 4 os en A ’ 8 
ἰστασθαι ἀλλὰ προϊέμενον αὐτὸν τοῖς πολεµίοις καὶ 
¥ ‘\ 93 4 4, 3 8 Aa 3 4 
έπαισα καὶ ἐβιασάμην πορεύεσθαι. ἐν γὰρ τῷ ἰσχυρῷ 
1 αθθεπἰεᾷ to. 2 πρὀ-πέµπω. 8 pit. * dig. 5 bury. © παρ-ίστηµι. 
" συγ-κάµπτω, bend together = drew up. 8 = 6 ἀνήρ. 9 = (he may live) as 
much as he likes, since etc. 10 µοι ἐοικέναι (εἰκά(ω, like) one εἶδότι etc. 1 did 
he theless die etc. 32 (no) forwe. 18 αΐἴθΥ παίσειε. 14 = too few (blows), 
642. 16 ἥρκει (ἀρκέω) ὅσοις, as many as were content to be saved by us (who) 


both etc. 16 while they. 17 to get plunder. 18 get the advantage. 19 be 
softened = show weakness. 


10 


ll 


12 


13 


14 





15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


292 ANABASIS. 


χειμῶνι καὶ αὐτός ποτε ἀναμένων Twas συσκευαζοµέ 
νους καθ-εζόμενος συχνὸν χρόνον κατ-έμαθον ἲ ἆνα-στὰς 
Ν 8 A 
µόλις καὶ τὰ σκέλη Ex-reivas. ἐν ἐμαυτῷ οὖν πεῖραν 
ο 9 
λαβὼν ἐκ τούτου” καὶ ἄλλον, ὁπότε ἴδοιμι καθήµενον 
8 a ¥ 6 A A a 8 > a 
καὶ βλακεύοντα, ἤλαυνον ' τὸ yap κινεῖσθαι καὶ ἀνδρί- 
ζεσθαι παρεῖχε θερμασίανὃ tia καὶ ὑγρότητα,. τὸ δὲ 
καθήσθαι καὶ ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν ἑώρων ὑπουργὸνὃ dv τῷ 
, 6 _. π 9 ο 9 ρ 8 \ 
τε ἀποπήγνυσθαι ΄ τὸ atpa’ καὶ τῷ ἀποσήπεσθαι» τοὺς 
τῶν ποδῶν δακτύλους, ἅπερ πολλοὺς καὶ ὑμεῖ ἴστε 
παθόντας. | 
¥ , 
“"Addov δέ γε tows ἀπολειπόμενόν που διὰ ῥᾳστώνην) 
καὶ κωλύοντα καὶ ὑμᾶς τοὺς πρόσθεν καὶ ἡμᾶς τοὺς 
»” 4 ¥ ρᾷ. 1 9 8 , ε 
ὄπισθεν πορεύεσθαι ἔπαισα wt,” ὅπως μὴ λόγχῃ ὑπὸ 
A 4 ‘\ α 
τῶν πολεμίων παίοιτο. καὶ γὰρ οὖν νῦν ἔξεστιν αὐτοῖς 
σωθεῖσιν, eb τι UT ἐμοῦ ἔπαθον παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον, δίκην 
A 9 » 9 AN aA , 2 sf , , i a 
λαβεῖν. ei δ ἐπὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐγένοντο, τί μέγα. ἂν 
σ ¥ 9 12 δι a 9, ’ 
οὕτως ἐἔπαθον ὅτου'' δίκην ἂν ἠξίουν λαμβάνειν ; 
α 3 
«"Απλοῦς µοι, ἔφη, “ὁ λόγος ὃ εἰ μὲν ἐπ ἀγαθῷ 
A ΔΝ a 
ἐκόλασά τινα, ἀξιῶ ὑπ-έχειν '' δίκην οἵαν καὶ γονεῖς 
υἱοῖς καὶ διδάσκαλοι παισί' καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἰατροὶ κάουσι 
κ \ ὁ 12.9 °°» 0 ο 9 δὲ φ , 
ai τέμνουσιν ὃ ἐπ ἀγαθῷ' et δὲ vBpe νοµίζετέ pe 
ταῦτα πράττειν, ἐνθυμήθητε ὅτι νῦν ἐγὼ θαρρῶ σὺν 
τοῖς θεοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ τότε καὶ θρασύτερός εἰμι νῦν ἢ 
τότε καὶ οἶνον πλείω πίνω, ἀλλ ὅμως οὐδένα παίω * 
> “ αν s 
ἐν εὐδίᾳ γὰρ ὁρῶ ὑμᾶς. ὅταν δὲ χειμὼν ᾖ καὶ 
θάλαττα µεγάλη ἐπιφέρηται, οὐχ ὁρᾶτε ὅτι καὶ νεύ- 
patos’ μόνου ἕνεκα χαλεπαίΐνει μὲν πρφρεὺς τοῖς ἐν 


1 J learned that I rose etc. 2 hereupon. * warmth. 4 moisture, pitancy. 
5 helpful. 6 congeal. 7 blood. 8 mortify. ® love of ease, indolence, 
10 with the fist. 1 οὕτως µέγα = however great. 12 for which. 18 my 


defence. 14 give satisfaction. 15 cut. 16 fine weather, i. e. in security. 
1 nod. 18 (ookoutman. 





BOOK V. CHAP. VIII. 293 


κ ρ 
πρῴρᾳ,, χαλεπαίνει δὲ κυβερνήτης” τοῖς ἐν πρύμνῃ: 
8 
ἱκανὰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ καὶ μικρὰ ἁμαρτηθέντα πάντα 
mn 4 9 δὲ 8 ν ν ον \65 
συν-επι-τρῖψαι., οτι O€ ὀικαίως ἐέπαιον αὕτους Kal 
ὑμεῖς κατ-εδικάσατε᾽ ἔχοντες ξίφη, οὗ ψήφους, παρέ- 
‘ LP da ε aA a..7 3 A 3 9 aN θ ώ 
στατε, καὶ ἐξῆν ὑμῖν ἐπικουρεῖν ' αὐτοῖς, εἰ ἐβούλεσθε 
3 8 8 , ¥ 4 3 A 4 4 . 2 4 
ἀλλὰ pa Δία ούτε τούτοις ἐπεκουρειτε ουτε σὺν ἐμοι 
Δ 8 5 ρ “A 9 2? , 
τὸν ἀτακτοῦντα” ἐπαίετ. Ἅτοιγαρουν ἐξουσίαν” ἐποιή- 
A A 9 « ε , 24 10 9 , + 
σατε τοῖς κακοις αὐτων ὑβρίζειν ἐώντες' αὐτούς. οἶμαι 
a 4 
γάρ, εἶ ἐθέλετε σκοπεῖν, τοὺς αὐτοὺς εὑρήοττε καὶ τότε 
- ” 
κακίστους καὶ νῦν ὑβριστοτάτους. 
, a 
«Ῥοΐσκος γοῦν ὁ πύκτης ' 6 Θετταλὸς τότε μὲν δι- 
ρ ε , 3 +> 4 ΄ [ο ὃ ΄ ε 3 a 
ἐµάχετο ὡς κάµνων ἀσπίδα μή Φφέρειν, νῦν δέ, WS ἀκούω, 
Κοτυωριτῶν πολλοὺς ἤδη ἀπο-δέδυκεν. ἦν οὖν σωφρονῆτε, 


18 / a 8 , A ‘ A) 
TOLNOETE YY TOVS κυνας TOLOVOL τους 
14 


τοῦτον τἀναντία 
\ 8 , 8 8 ‘ A ε ld ρ 
μεν γαρ κύνας τοὺς χαλεποὺς Tas μὲν Ἠὖμέρας διδέασι, 
λ δὲ - 3 “A ~ ὃ ld aA ~ Q 
Tas δὲ νύκτας ἀφ-ιᾶσι, τοῦτον δέ ἦν σωφρονητε τὴν 
99 
νύκτα μὲν δήσετε, τὴν δὲ ἡμέραν ἀφ-ήσετε. 
3 4. 99 

“"AdlX\a γάρ, ἔφη, “ θαυμµάζω ὅτι εἰ μέν τινι ὑμῶν ἁπ- 

/ό 2 A 4 3 A > 5 ld a “A 
ἠχύόμην, µέμνησῦθε καὶ οὗ σιωπᾶτε, et δέ TH ἢ χειμῶνα 

A 
enexovpyoa' ᾖ πολέμιον ἀπήρυξα > 4 ἀσθενοῦντι ἢ ἀπο- 
ροῦντι συνεξεπόρισά ὃ τι, τούτων δὲ οὐδεὶς µέμνηται, οὐδ 
3 . 
€l τινα καλώς TL ποιοῦντα ἐπ-ῄνεσα OVO EL τινα ἄνδρα 
¥ > Ν πα ε 3 , a9QA td 4 
ὄντα ἀγαθὸν ἐτίμησα ὡς ἐδυνάμην, οὐδὲν τούτων µέμνη- 
Δ 

σθε ἀλλὰ μὴν καλόν Ἡ γε καὶ δίκαιον καὶ ὅσιον καὶ 
70 Αα 9 Αα αἱ A aA Α A 2) 
διον τών ἀγαθών μᾶλλον ἡᾖ τῶν κακῶν µεμνῆσθαι. 

? 

‘Ex τούτου μὲν δὴ ἀν-ίσταντο καὶ ἀν-εμίμνησκον. 

A 
καὶ mepu-eyeveto ® 


18 


9 A ” 
ώστε καλως εχειν. 


1 prow. % helmsman. 8% stern. 4 destroy utterly. 5 even you passed 
judgment ete. 6 pebbles, votes. 7 ald. 8 draxréw, be disorderly. 9 you 
gave authority. 19 ἑῶντες (ἐάω) αὑτούς, by letting themalone. ‘borer. 12 be 
wise. 18 things other than = the opposite of what etc. 14 δίδηµι = δέα, bind. 
1 ἁπ-ερύκω, ward off. 16 [συν-εκ-πορί(ζω), helped to furnish. 11 gc. ἐστι 
13 were recalling (his services). 19 came about. 


a 


2] 


22 


23 


25 


26 


AOTO? ΑΕ. 6 





To end hostilities the ruler of Paphlagonia sends deputies to the 
Greeks, who give them a hospitable reception. 


9 “A “A α 
1. Ἔκ τούτου δὲ ἐν τῇ διατριβῇ ΄ οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς dyo- 
aA ¥ e ‘ rd 
pas έζων, οἱ δὲ καὶ λῃζόμενοι ἐκ τῆς Παφλαγονίας. 
2 8 
ἐκλώπευον” δὲ καὶ οἱ Παφλαγόνες eb µάλα τοὺς ἆπο- 
8 ο A 
σκεδαννυµένους, καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς τοὺς πρόσω σκηνοῦντας 
A a? 4 
ἐπειρῶντο κακουργεῖν ὃ καὶ πολεμικώτατα πρὸς ἀλλή- 
λους εἶχον ἐκ τούτων. 6 δὲ Κορύλας, ὃς ἐτύγχανε 
ῤ 4 ¥ / 8 8 φ 
τότε Παφλαγονίας αἄρχων, πέµπει παρὰ τοὺς Ἓλληνας 
, ¥ φ Ν A 4 ‘4 
πρέσβεις έχοντας ἵππους καὶ στολας Kaas, λέγοντας 
σ , 9 ¥ 4 σ λλ , 19 a 
ort Κορύλας ἐἔτοιμος ety τοὺς Ἓλληνας pyre ἀδικειν 
µήτε ἀδικεῖσθαι. οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἀπεκρίναντο ὅτι 
περὶ μὲν τούτων σὺν τῇ στρατιᾷ βουλεύσοιντο, ἐπὶ 
, 453 ese ae ee , Se \ La 
ζένια" δὲ ἐδέχοντο αὐτούς παρεκάλεσαν δὲ καὶ τῶν 
¥ A 
ἄλλων ἀνδρῶν οὓς ἐδόκουν δικαιοτάτους εἶναι. θύσαν- 
A “A ιά α 9 
τες δὲ βοῦς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων ὃ καὶ ἄλλα ἱερεῖα εὐωχίαν ὃ 
μὲν ἁρκοῦσαν παρεῖχον, κατακείµενοι δὲ ἐν σκίµποσιν Ἰ 
* 
ἐδείπνουν, καὶ ἔπινον ἐκ Kepatlvev® ποτηρίων, ofs ἐν- 
“A 
ετύγχανον ἐν TH χώρᾳ. 
1 delay (at Cotyora). 2 steal, kidnap. 8 do harm to, injure. 4 to has- 
pitable gifts (meat and drink) = hospitably. 5 of the things taken in war, 


6 feast. 7 σκίµ-πουε, couch. 8 fr. κέρας, horn. δ cup. 
(294) 


BOOK VI. CHAP. 1. _ 295 


And after the banquet perform national dances for thetw 
entertainment. 


9 . ὃ 5 a > #6 8 9 Ud > 8 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ σπονδαί τε ἐγένοντο καὶ ἐπαιάνισαν, ἀνέστη- 
σαν πρῶτον μὲν Θρᾷκες] καὶ πρὸς αὐλὸν” ὠρχήσαντο 
σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις καὶ ἤλλοντο ὑψηλά τε καὶ κούφως ὃ καὶ 
ταῖς µαχαίραις ἐχρῶντο τέλος δὲ 6 ἕτερος τὸν έτερον 

΄ ε α 25 id λ 4 4 9 »” 5 5 e δ᾽ 
tala, ὡς πᾶσιν ἐδόκει [πεπληγέναι τὸν ἄνδρα]. ὁ 
ἔπεσε τεχνικῶςὃ πως. καὶ ἀν-έκραγον ot Παφλαγόνες. 

Νε a , 6 4 9 λ A ε 2 LT alld ¥ ὃ 
καὶ ὁ μὲν σκυλεύσας ) τὰ oma τοῦ ἑτέρου ἐξῄει ἄδων 
τὸνΣιτάλκαν "3 ἄλλοι δὲ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν τὸν ἕτερον ἐξέφε- 
pov ὡς τεθνηκότα ἦν δὲ οὐδὲν πεπονθώς. 

Mera τοῦτο Αἰνιᾶνες καὶ Μάγνητες ἀν-έστήσαν, ot 
ὠρχοῦντο τὴν καρπαίαν ὃ καλουμένην ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις. ὁ 
δὲ τρόπος τῆς ὀρχήσεως' ἦν, ὁ μὲν παρα-θέμενος τὰ ὅπλα 
σπείρειὮ καὶ ζευγηλατεῖ ! πυκνὰ δὲ στρεφόμενος ὡς φο- 

2 s... 12 δὲ 4 a -e 5° 3 ὃ \ 
Bovpevos, Ἀῃστὴς” δὲ προσέρχεται' o ὃ ἐπειδὰν προ” 
ἴδηται, ἁπαντῷᾷ ἁρπάσας τὰ ὅπλα καὶ μάχεται πρὸ τοῦ 
ζεύγους καὶ οὗτοι ταῦτ ἐποίουν ἐν ῥυθμῷ πρὸς τὸν 
αὐλόν' καὶ τέλος ὁ λῃστῆς δήσας τὸν ἄνδρα [καὶ] τὸ 

A 3 4 . 35 δὲ Νε 18 a. 
ζεύγος ἀπάγει' ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ 6 Levynrdtys ® τὸν λῃστήν 
εἶτα παρὰ τοὺς Bovs ζεύξας ὀπίσω"" rw χεῖρε δεδεµένον 
ἐλαύνει. 
| Mera τοῦτο Μυσὸς εἰσῆλθεν ἐν ἑκατέρᾳῃ τῇ χειρὶ 
ἔχων πέλτην, καὶ τοτὲ ὃ μὲν ὡς δύο ἀντιταττομένων 
μιμούμενος ® ὠρχεῖτο, τοτὲ ὃ δὲ ὡς πρὸς ἕνα ἐχρῆτο ταῖς 
πέλταις, tore ὃ ἐδινεῖτοὶ καὶ ἐξεκυβίστα ὃ ἔχων τὰς 
πέλτας, ὥστε ὄψιν καλὴν φαίνεσθαι. 


1Qfthe Greek army. 2 flute. ὃ nimbly. 4 had struck, i.e. wounded. 
© skilfully. 6 strip. 7 Sitalcas, {.e. a native song. 8 carpaea, a mimic 
dance. ® dance. 10 sows. 11 drives a yoke of oxen. 11 robber. 
driver. 4 behind (his back). 15 at ome time...atanother, 19 Ξς ting 
us if. 7 δινέω, whirl. 18 dx-nuBiorde, turn @ sommerset. 


11 


12 


19 


14 


296 ANABASIS. 


> ο) 4 
Τέλος δὲ τὸ Περσικὸν” ὠρχεῖτο ° κρούων” τὰς πέλτας 
καὶ ὤκλαζε ' καὶ ἐξζ-αν-ίστατο ᾽ καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἐν ῥυόμφ 
ἐποίει πρὸς τὸν αὐλόν. 
aA ν 
Ἐπὶ δὲ τούτῳ" [ἐπ-ιόντες] οἱ Μαντινεῖς καὶ ἄλλοι 
4 A 3 ΄ 9 ΄ 3 ΄ ε 
τινὲς τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων ἆἀνα-στάντε ἐξοπλισάμενοι ὡς 
3Q 7 ΄ κά , > « Α 8 8 9 
ἐδύναντο κάλλιστα ᾖσάν τε ἐν ῥυῦθμῷ πρὸς τὸν ἐἑνό- 
5 ς A 9 , 6 8 3 ΄ 8 3 ΄ 
πλιονὃ ῥυθμὸν αὐλούμενοι ) καὶ ἐπαιάνισαν καὶ ὠρχή- 
σαντο ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς προσόδοις. 
ε δὲ ε λ , δ .7 5 A , ν 
ὁρῶντες δὲ οἱ Παφλαγόνες dewa' ἐποιοῦντο πάσας τὰς 
9 
ὀρχήσεις ἐν ὅπλοις εἶναι. 
> αν ΄ ε “A e N 3 ld 3 4 
Emi τούτοις ὁρῶν 6 Μυσὸς ἐκπεπληγμένους αὐτούς, 
΄ ~ 3 LO \ ΄ 8 9 
πεἰίσας 'των Αρκάδων τινα πεπαμένον ὀρχηστρίδα 
9» 9 , 10 «ε 25 , , \ 32 ίδ 
εἰσάγει ἐν-σκευάσας" ws ἐδύνατο κάλλιστα καὶ ἀσπίδα 
9 , 2 A ε δὲ . 11 
δοὺς κούφην αὐτῃ. ἡ δὲ ὠρχήσατο πυρρίχην éda- 
φρῶς. ἐνταῦθα κρότος ἦν πολύς, καὶ οἱ Παφλαγόνες 
ἤροντο εἰ καὶ yuvatkes συνεμάχοντο αὐτοῖ. οἱ δ᾽ 
8 
ἔλεγον ὅτι αὗται. καὶ αἱ τρεψάµεναι elev βασιλέα ἐκ ™ 
A a Ν Δ le) 
τοῦ στρατοπέδου. τῇ μὲν νυκτὶ ταύτῃ τοῦτο τὸ τέλος 
ἐγένετο. 


A treaty being concluded, the Greeks proceed by sea to Harmene, 
where Chirisophus joins them with one ship. 


A A 9 8 3 8 , 
Tp δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ προσήγον αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ στράτευμα - 
. » A , ρ 9 aA , 
καὶ ἐἔδοξε τοῖς στρατιώταις µήτε ἀδικεῖν Παφλαγόνας 
pyre ἀδικεῖσθαι. pera τοῦτο οἱ μὲν πρέσβεις ὢχοντο 
ot δὲ Ἕλληνες, ἐπειδὴ πλοῖα ἱκανὰ ἐδόκει παρεῖναι, 


1 the Persian (dance). 2 clashing together. 8 fall on one’s knees. 
4 following him. 5 the war measure. 6 mid. = have the flute played to 
one = with the flute playing. 7 made it a strange thing = looked upon 
it as a strange thing that etc. 8 πέπαµαι, possess. ® dancing girl. 


10 dress (in) up. © 4 war-dance. 12 nimbly. 15 clapping. 14 of. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. Ι. . 297 


9 4 . e ΄ 8 a 2 aA 3 
avaBavres έπλεον ημέραν καὶ νύκτα πνεύµατι καλῳ ἐν 
A A ”’ 
ἀριστερᾷ ἔχοντες τὴν Παφλαγονίαν. τῇ ὃ ἄλλῃ ἀφι- 
κνοῦνται εἰς Σινώπην καὶ ὡὠρμίσαντοὶ eis ᾽Αρμήνην 
τῆς Σινώπης. Σινωπεῖς δὲ οἰκοῦσι μὲν ἐν τῇ Παφλα- 
a s de » .” > 8 δὲ [ 
γονικῇ, Μιλησίων δὲ αποικοί εἰσιν. οὗτοι δὲ ζένια 

, ; α σ 9 , Q 3 
πέμπὀυσι τοῖς Ἑλλησιν ἀλφίτων μὲν µεδίµνους” τρισχι- 
λίους, οἴνου δὲ Kepdpia® χίλια καὶ πεντακόσια. 

Καὶ Χειρίσοφος ἐνταῦθα ἦλθε τριήρη ἔχων. καὶ οἱ 
μὲν στρατιῶται προσ-εδόκων ἁγοντά τι σφίσιν kev’ 
ε οὐ 4 ‘ ο 2 » 1 9 3 , > AN 
68 ἦγε μὲν οὐδέν, ἀπήγγελλε δὲ ὅτι ἐπ-αινοίη αὐτοὺς 

‘ 3” 8 9 
καὶ ᾿Αναξίβιος ὁ ναύαρχος καὶ ot ἄλλοι, καὶ ὅτι 
ὑπισχνεῖτο ᾿Αναξίβιος, εἰ ἀφίκοιντο ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου, 

Ν 9 A 3 
μισθοφορὰν αὐτοῖς έσεσθαι, 


While remaining here, the supreme command is offered 
Xenophon. 


Καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ᾽Αρμήνῃ euevay οἱ στρατιῶται 
ἡμέρας πέντε ὡς δὲ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐδόκουν ἐγγὺς 
γίγνεσθαι, ἤδη μᾶλλον 7 πρόσθεν εἰσ-ῄει ' αὐτοὺς ὅπως 


a . » , ν ὃ » aed ε , ὔ ? 
ἂν Kal εχοντές TL οικαδε ἀφίκωνται. ἡγήσαντοῦ οὖν, 


> ο gy » “A A a ν 
εἰ ένα έλοιντο ἄρχοντα, μαλλον ἂν ἢ πολυαρχίας οὔσης 
δύνασθαι τὸν eva® χρῆσθαι τῷ στρατεύματι καὶ νυκτὸς 


8 
καὶ ἡμέρας, καὶ ev τι δέοι λανθάνεινῖ μᾶλλον ἂν 


8 


κρύπτεσθαι, καὶ εἴ τι av δέοι φθάνει, ᾖἧττον ἂν 


ὑστερίζειν ' οὐ γὰρ ἂν λόγων δεῖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, 
ἀλλὰ τὸ δόξαν Ὁ τῷ evi περαίνσθαι av: τὸν ὃ ἐμ- 


1 ὁρμίζω, anchor. 3 µέδιµνος = measure of nearly i} bushels. 8 earthen 
(jars). 4 came into (their minds). 5 thought that etc. 8 τὸν ἕνα δύνασθαι 
ἂν χρῆσθαι τῷ στρατεύµατι μᾶλλον ἢ πολυαρχίας οὔσης (gen. abs.), while there is a 
polyarchy. 7 be kept secret. 8 anticipate (the enemy). 9 be behindhand. 
10 what seemed good. §18 is an admirable summary of the arguments in favor of 
absolute monarchy. 


pm 


5 





20 


22 


23 


298 ANABASIS. 


~ ¥ 
1 τῆς vKdons® ἔπραττον πάντα 


προσθεν χρόνον ἐκ 
οἱ στρατηγοί. 
ε 4 αυ A 9 , 3 ἃ 8 
Ως δὲ ταῦτα δι-ενοοῦντο, ἐτράποντο ἐπὶ τὸν Έενο- 
φῶντα " καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἔλεγον προσιόντες αὐτῷ ὅτι 7 
σ 9 ρ 
στρατιὰ οὕτω γιγνώσκει, καὶ εὔνοιαν ἐν-δεικνύμενος 
ἕκαστος ἔπειθεν αὐτὸν ὑπο-στῆναι" τὴν ἀρχήν. ὁ δὲ 
A Ag 4 9 ΄ , a 8 
Ἐενοφῶν τῇ μεν ἐβούλετο ταῦτα, νομίζων καὶ τὴν 
Ν , φ € A / | ν. 6 \ , 
τιμὴν pEilw οὕτως ἑαυτῷ γίγνεσθαι πρὸς ὃ τοὺς φίλους 
A 9 8 lA 3 α 9 4 e ~ 
καὶ εἰς τὴν πόλιν τοὔνομα μεῖζον ἀφίξεσθαι αὗτοῦ, 
τυχὸνὃ δὲ καὶ ἀγαθοῦ τινς ἂν αἴτις τῇ στρατιᾷ 
γενέσθαι. 


Uncertain what to do, he sacrifices to Zeus, who plainly signiftes 


to him not to accept the command. 


λ \ oF j A 2 A , A 7 3 A 3 
Τὰ μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα ἐνθυμήματα ἐπῇρεν' αὐτὸν ἐπι- 
a] 9 » 
θυμεῖν avto-Kpdtopa® γενέσθαι ἄρχοντα. ὁπότε 8 av 
ἐνθυμοῖτο ὅτι ἆἄ-δηλον μὲν παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ omy τὸ 
μ ηλον µ ρώπῳ ὅπῃ 
A A Ν » Ν 8 
μέλλον ὃ ee, διὰ τοῦτο δὲ [καὶ] κίνδυνος ety καὶ τὴν 
προ-ειργασμένην ° δόξαν ἀποβαλεῖν, ἠπορεῖτο. ἆπορου- 
, δὲ 9 4 A 11 45) , > * A 
µένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ δια-κρῖναι ' ἔδοξε κράτιστον εἶναι τοῖς 
θεοῖς ἀνα-κοινῶσαι ' καὶ παρα-στησάμενος δύο”. ἱερεῖα 
A A a 9 4 
ἐθύετο τῷ Διὶ τῷ βασιλει, ὅσπερ αὐτῷ μαντευτὸς ὃ ἦν 
2 A \ \ ν κ. δν , A ~ 
ἐκ Δελφῶν' καὶ τὸ ὄναρ δὴ ἀπὸ τούτου: τοῦ θεοῦ 


14 


» « 4 & 5 9 ιά 3 ἃ 8 
ἐνόμιζεν ἑωρακέναι 6 εἶδεν OTE NPXETO™ ἐπὶ τὸ συν-επι- 


μελεῖσθαι τῆς στρατιᾶς καθίστασθαι. καὶ ὅτε ἐξ ᾿Εφέ- 


1 from = in obedience to. 2 sc. γνώμης, prevailing opinion. 8 undertake. 
4 on the one hand, answered not by τῇ δέ, but δ᾽ ad, § 21. 5 in the view 
of = among. 6 acc. abs. = perchance. 1 én-aipw, stir up. 8 = supreme. 
9 = what will be the issue of the future. 10 already won. 1 after ἆπο- 
ρουμένφ = being at a loss how. 12 The second to be used if the omens of 
the first were not decisive. 18 nointed out by the oracle, i.e. as the god to 
whom he should sacrifice. 14 began to set himself (καθίστασθαι) for the joint 


are of etc., cf. 9.13. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. I. 299 


σου ὠρμᾶτο Κύρῳ συ-σταθησόμενος, ἀετὸν ἀν-εμιμνή- 
σκετο ἑαυτῷ δεξζιὸν φθεγγόμενον, καθήµενον µέντοι, 
ὄντερ ὁ µάντις [6] προπέµπων αὐτὸν ἔλεγεν ὅτι µέγας 
μὲν οἰωνὸς εἴη καὶ οὐκ ἰδιωτικός” καὶ ἔνδοξος, ἐπίπονος 
, P Ἐν A 4 aN 9 6 θ ~ 3 4 
μέντοι Τὰ yap ὄρνεα μάλιστα ἐπιτιυεσύαι τῷ αετῳ 
“καθηµένῳ' οὗ μέντοι χρηματιστικὸν ὃ εἶναι τὸν οἰωνόν ’ 
‘ ‘ > A , 6 A , ν 39 , 
τὸν γὰρ ἀετὸν πετόµενον ὃ μᾶλλον λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτή- 
ὸ ά 5 \ 6 , 7 A 5 ο τε A \ , 
εια. ούτω ὃη θυομένῳ αὐτῷ διαφανῶς Oo Veos onpatver 
unre προσ-δεῖσθαι τῆς ἀρχῆς µήτε εἰ αἱροϊντο ἀπο- 
δέχεσθαι. τοῦτο μὲν δὴ οὕτως ἐγένετο. 


The assembled army offering Xenophon the command, he states his 
reasons for declining tt. 

Ἡ δὲ στρατιὰ συνήλθε, καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον ἕνα αἱρεῖ- 
σθαι' καὶ ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ἔδοξε, προυβάλλοντοξ αὐτόν. 
2 A δὲ 25 , ond > 9 ε > + ν 
ἐπει δὲ ἐδόκει οῆλον εἶναι OTL αἱρήσονται αὐτόν, EL τις 
ἐπιψηφίζοι, ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε 

> »y 9 A 

«γώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδομαι μὲν ὑφ ὑμῶν τιμµώμενος, 
¥ le) 
εἶπερ ἀνθρωπός εἰμι, καὶ χάριν ἔχω καὶ εὔχομαι δοῦναί 
wot τοὺς θεοὺς αἶτιόν τινος ὑμῖν ἀγαθοῦ γενέσθαι 
‘ , 2 3 9 ει) ε A ¥ 
Τὸ μέντοι ἐμὲ Tpo-KpLOfivar” ὑφ ὑμῶν αρχοντα Λακε- 
δαιμονίου ἀνδρὸς παρόντος οὔτε ὑμῖν pot δοκε συµ- 

, 5 9 dd? e 10 4 5 Q a , ν 
φέρον εἶναι, ἀλλ ἧττον Ὁ ἂν διὰ τοῦτο τυγχάνειν, Et τι 
δέ θ > 2 A | 39 > > , 1 if 
έισθε παρ αὐτῶν ' ἐμοί τε av οὐ πάνυ TL νομίζω 
9 δν] ‘7 A ε A \ 9 \ A / 3 
ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι τοῦτο. ὁρῶ γὰρ ὅτι καὶ τῇ πατρίδι µου οὗ 
πρόσθεν ἐπαύσαντο πολεμοῦντες πρὶν ἐποίησαν πᾶσαν 
Ν , ε A , N 3 4 ε / 
τὴν πόλιν ὁμολογεῖν Λακεδαιμονίους καὶ αὐτῶν ἠἡγεμόνας 


? 3 ‘ 5 Ν A ε , 9 θ Ν 9 , 
εἶναι. eel O€ τοῦτο ωμολόγησαν, εὖθυς ἐπαύσαντο 
\ 
1 συν-ίστημι, introduce. 2 pertaining to a private individual. 8 — indica- 
tive of glory. 4 birds. 5 indicative of gain. 6 = on the wing. 7 very 
plainly. | % propose for election. ° προ-κρίνω, prefer. 10 the less... would 


you receive (itjifetce. 1 od... τι, not at all. 


25 


26 


27 


28 


κ. 


29 


9 Ν ea 8 9 Ν 9 , 93 
_ τινα”. EVpOLTE καὶ ὑμῖν καὶ ἐμοὶ ἀχθόμενον. 


90 


31 


300 ANABASIS. 


πολεμοῦντες και οὐκέτι πέρα ἐπολιόρκησαν την πολιν. 
3 » A ~ “A 
εἰ οὖν ταῦτα ὁρῶν ἐγὼ δοκοίην, ὅπου δυναίµην, ἐνταῦθ᾽ 
Py 2 A \ > / 3 9 9 α 4 4 
ἄ-κυρον ΄ ποιειν το ἐκείνων ἀξίωμα,' ἐκεινο ἐννοω" py 
, a ‘ a A a 
Mav?’ ἂν ταχὺ σωφρονισθείην. ὃ δὲ ὑμεῖς ἐννοεῖτε ὅτι 
@ 2 7 ¥ ς 9 ¥ a A = 
NTITOV ἂν στάσις' εἴη ἐνὸς ἄρχοντος 4 πολλῶν, Ev 
¥ 8 ο ¥ \ εν 2 9 ε » 2 A 
lore” οτι ἄλλον μὲν ἑλόμενοι οὐχ εὑρήσετε ἐμὲ στα- 
, . , ‘ 9 2 , a , 
σιάζοντα νομίζω yap ὅστις ἐν πολέμῳ av στασιάζει 
Ν ¥ a A 
προς ἄρχοντα, τοῦτον πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σωτηρίαν στα- 
, . 9 Se 2 A oy 6 9 a θ , ¥ 
σιάζειν ἐὰν οὲ ἐμὲ ἐλησθε, οὐκ ἂν θαυμάσαιμι et 
9 


/ 


Agasias replying to Xenophon’s objections, the latter falls back on 
the expressed will of the gods; Chirisophus then, being chosen, 
accepts in a short address. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα εἶπε, πολὺ πλείονες ἐξανίσταντο λέ- 

ε ὃ 4 9 Ἱ ¥ 3 ΄ δὲ 4 
γοντες ws δέοι αὐτὸν ἄρχειν. ᾿Αγασίας δὲ Στυμφάλιος 
έ 


Αν σ ” ¥ 9 9 ¥ ‘ aA 3 Α 
ειπεν OTL γελοιον ευη» ει οντως EVOL y OpylouvT at 


Ν 
Λακεδαιμόνιοι καὶ. ἐὰν σύνδειπνοι συνελθόντες μὴ 
A Ν 3 ο 
Δακεδαιμόνιον συμ-ποσίαρχον᾿ αἱρῶνται; ἐπεὶ εἰ ούτω 
A 39 A “A od ε 
γε τοῦτο ἔχει, ἔφη, “΄ οὐδὲ λοχαγεῖν ' ἡμῖν ἔξεστιν, ὡς 
3 σ 9 LO 9 27 3 a4) οΥ ε > > + 
ἔοικεν, ὅτι ᾿Αρκάδες ἐσμέν.᾽ ἐνταῦθα oy ws εὖ εἰπόν- 
Aa 3 4 3 ΄ Δ ε Αα 3 8 
τος τοῦ ᾽Αγασίου ἀν-εθορύβησαν. καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐπεὶ 
9 ρ 4 ο] 9 9 4. 
ἑώρα Ἠπλείονος ῥἐνδέον, παρ-ελθὼν εἶπεν, “Αλλ, ὦ 
κ α “A 8 
ἄνδρες, ἔφη, “os πάνυ εἰδῆτε, ὀμνύω”' ὑμῖν θεοὺς 
‘N e , 
πάντας καὶ πάσας, 7 μὴν ἐγώ, ἐπεὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν γνώ- 
3 / 3 / 3 / ¥ e A 3 ‘ 
µην ἠσθανόμην, ἐθυόμην εἰ βέλτιον εἴη ὑμιν τε ἐμοὶ 
Ν A 

ἐπιτρέψαι ταύτην τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ ἐμοὶ ὑπο-στῆναι καί 


1 beyond = after this. 2 without authority = void. 8 dignity. * take 
thought, be anrious about this lest etc. 5 very. 6 σωφρονίζω, bring to reason. 
7 faction. 8 οἶδα. 9 = Chirisophus. 10 even if. 11 master of ceremo- 
nies. 12 be captain. 18 that there was need of more, i.e. that more be said. 


44 = swear by (acc.). 





BOOK VI. CHAP. IT. 301 


e 4 9 > Α e ων 3 4 9 4 
po. ot θεοὶ οὕτως ἐν τοῖς ἱεροις ἐσήμηναν ώστε καὶ 
ἰδώτηνὶ ἂν γνῶναι ὅτι τῆς μοναρχίας ἀπέχεσθαί pe 
δεῖ.’ 

“A 8 

Οὕτω δὴ Χειρίσοφον αἱροῦνται. Χειρίσοφος ὃ ἐπεὶ 
ἠρέθη, παρελθὼν εἶπεν' “᾽Αλλ', ὦ avdpes, τοῦτο μὲν 
late ὅτι ovO ἂν ἔγωγε ἐστασίαζον εἰ ἄλλον εἶλεσθε" 
μα Αα ΄ ” ¥ (εδ, δ 9 x , “ ε 
Ἐενοφώντα µέντοι, ἔφη, “ ὠνήσατε" οὐχ ἑλόμενοι ' ὡς 
καὶ νῦν Δέξιππος ἤδη διέβαλλεν αὐτὸν πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον 
σ 4 25 4 Ν , 9 A 3A 5 e6 > 
οτι” ἐδύνατο Kat para ἐμοῦ αὐτὸν σιγάζοντος. οὁ 
¥ / ο 9 
ἔφη νοµίζειν αὐτὸν 
εθελῆσαι Δαρδανεῖ ὄντι τοῦ ἆΚλεάρχου στρατεύματος 
a e A 4 »” 3 8 2 > 3 σ 22 ¥ 
7 ἑαυτῷ Λάκωνι ὄντι ἀἐπεὶ µέντοι ἐμὲ εἴλεσθε, edn, 
(a4 \ > N 4 9 λ ὃ 2 ε Α 3 Ag 

καὶ ἐγὼ πειράσοµαι ὅτι ἂν δύνωμαι ὑμας ἀγαθὸν 
ποιεν. καὶ ὑμες οὕτω παρασκευάζεσθε ὡς αὔριον, 
2 A ‘2 3 , ε \ A » 9 e 4 
ἐὰν πλοῦς 7, ἀναξόμενοι 6 δὲ πλοῦς ἔσται εἰς Hpa- 
8 .9 


Τιµασίωνι μᾶλλον ἄρχειν συν- 


Κλειαν' ἅπαντας οὖν δεῖ ἐκεῖσε" πειρᾶσθαι κατα-σχεῖν 


τὰ © ἄλλα, ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖσε ἔλθωμεν, βουλευσόμεθα.᾽ 


The Greeks, after a voyage of two days, arrive at Heracleia and 
are welcomed by the people. 


3 A ~ « ΄ 3 4 ΄ 
IL Εντεῦθεν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀν-αγόμενοι πνεύματι 
Ps λ λ a ε / ou Δ a ‘ [ λ / 
πλεον καλῷ ἡμέρας δύο παρὰ γῆν. καὶ [παραπλέοντες 
tf] 4 , "IT , » 190 »¥ A e 3 Δ λέ 
eVewpouv τήν τε ]ασονίαν ἀκτήν, ενύα η Αργω λεγεται 
ὁρμίσασθαι, καὶ τῶν ποταμών τὰ στόµατα, πρὠτον μὲν 
A 4 4 | na »¥ ¥ 4 le) 
τοῦ Θερμώδοντος, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ “Ipios, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ 
9 9 A α , A \ 
Advos, μετὰ τοῦτον τοῦ Παρθενίου" τοῦτον δὲ] παρα- 
πλεύσαντες ἀφίκοντο eis Ἡράκλειαν πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα 


"Μεγαρέων ἄποικον, οὖσαν ὃ ἐν τῇ Μαριανδυνών χώρᾳ. 


1 α private person = any person, nota µάντι. 2 be factious. 8 ὀνίνημι, 
aid. 4 = as far as. 5 try to silence. 6 ὁ δὲ, i.e. Δέξιππος. κ, 
Xenophon. §& thither. °° hold (our course). 10 beach. The bracketed pas- 
sage is interpolated or Xenophon’s geography is in error. See Map. 


32 


33 


802 ANABASIS. 


2 καὶ ὠρμίσαντο παρὰ τῇ ᾿Αχερουσιάδι Χερρονήσφῳ, ἔνθα 
λό e ε Α 9 A ΔΝ ΄ 4 Α 
έγεται ὁ Ἡρακλῆς ἐπὶ τὸν Κέρβερον κύνα κατα-βήναι 
ᾗ νῦν τὰ σημεῖα δεικνύασι τῆς καταβάσεως τὸ βάθος 
4 Δ 3 NN , , 9 “ σ ε 
9 e 
πλέον ἢ ἐπὶ δύο στάδια. ἐνταῦθα τοῖς "EXAnow οἱ 
ε “A , 4 3 / , 1 
Ἡρακλεῶται ζξένια πέµπουσιν ἀλφίτων µεδίµνους Ἰ τρισ- 
/ ἂν ον , 1 , Ν A » 
χιλίους Kat’ οἰνου κεράµια᾽ δισχίλια καὶ Bovs εἴκοσι 
Δ Λο ε , 3 aA b| A , ea 9 
καὶ ols” ἑκατόν. ἐνταῦθα διὰ τοῦ πεδίου pet ποταμὸς 
Λύκος ὄνομα, εὖρος ὡς δύο πλέθρων. 


The Greeks, after deliberation, send ambassadors to Heracleia to 
demand supplies ; ‘the inhabitants ask time for deliberation, 
and thereupon prepare for a siege. 

4 Ot δὲ στρατιῶται συλλεγέντες ἐβουλεύοντο THY λοιπὴν 
πορείαν πότερον κατὰ γῆν 4 κατὰ θάλατταν χρὴ 
πορευθῆναι ἐκ τοῦ Πόντου. ἀναστὰς δὲ Λύκων ᾽Αχαιὸς 
ς . (6 Θ ld id wo ιά ὃ “A “A 8 9 3 
εἶπε αυμάζω µέν, ὢ ἄνδρες, τῶν στρατηγών ὃ ὅτι οὐ 
πειρῶνται ἡμῖν ἐκπορίζειν σιτηρέσιον ' τὰ μὲν γὰρ ξένια 
οὗ μὴ γένηται τῇ στρατιᾷ τριῶν ἡμερῶν σιτία" ὁπόθεν ὃ 

> 8 a 4 θ 3 ν 2 ν έε 2 9 

& ἐπισιτισάμενοι πορευσόµεθα οὐκ ἐστιν, ἔφη. “ ἐμοὶ 

ro “ > A 8 e 4 8 » ΛΑ 

οὖν δοκεῖ αἰτεῖν τοὺς 'Ἡρακλεώτας μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ τρισ- 

5 χιλίους κυζικηνούς" 5 ἄλλος δ ele μὴ ἔλαττον Ὦἢ 

) . ές Νε / , 9 7 , ε a 8g 
peupious® “Kat ἑλομένους πρέσβεις αὐτίκα pata ἡμῶν 
καθηµένων πέµπειν πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ εἰδέναι ὅτι ἂν 

9 4 8 8 A , 0 39 

ἀπαγγέλλωσι, καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλεύεσύαι. 

6 ἘΕντεῦθεν προυβάλλοντο πρέσβεις πρῶτον μὲν Χειρί- 

φ ¥ 4 é ¥ 9 9᾽ a a] A 

Gopov, OTL ἄρχων Ίρητο  ἔστι ou καὶ Ἐενοφώντα. 

ε δὲ 3 A Z 9 A \ 2 AN 25 / 

οἱ δὲ ἰσχυρώς ἁπ-εμάχοντο ἀμφοιν yap TavTa ἐδόκει 

μὴ ἀναγκάζειν πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα καὶ Φφιλίαν ὅτι μὴ 
9 8 72? 5 αν 9 Ν hy ® 26 ῤ 

Ἰ αὐτοὶ ἐθέλοντες διδοῖεν. ἐπεὶ οὗτοι ἐδόκουν ἆ-πρό- 

1 Cf. 6.115. 2 sheep. ὃ at the generals. * money to buy provisions. 


5 οὖκ ἔστιν ὁπόθεν etc. 6 ΟΙ, 5.63. 7 µάλα αὑτίκα, very quickly. 8 while 
we are sitting here. | _° and some also proposed (προυβάλλοντο) Xenophon. 





BOOK VI. CHAP. II. 303 


3 4 

θυµοι: εἶναι, πέµπουσι Λύκωνα “Ayatov καὶ Καλλί- 
΄ Ν 3 4 , Ά 
µαχον Ἰαρράσιον καὶ ᾿Αγασίαν Στυμφάλιον. οὗτοι 
ἐλθόντες ἔλεγον τὰ δεδογµένα" τὸν δὲ Λύκωνα ἔφασάν 
καὶ ἐπ-απειλεῖν, εἰ μὴ ποιήῄσοιεν ταῦτα. ἁἀκούσαντες 
ὃ' οἱ Ἡρακλεῶται βουλεύσεσθαι ἐἔφασαν ' καὶ εὐθὺς τά 
τε χρήματα ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν συν-ηγον καὶ THY ἀγορὰν 
¥ 9 , 8 κ ε , 3 , 4 \ > 3 
εἶσω av-eokevacav,? καὶ ai πύλαι ἐκ-έκλειντο" καὶ emt 
τῶν τειχῶν ὅπλα ἐφαίνετο. 


The Arcadians and Achaeans feeling slighted, leave Chirisophus 
and Xenophon and choose their own officers. 


9 A 
Ex τούτου οὗ rapagavres® ταῦτα τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 
3 A 6 ? ‘ A Ν 4 ε 
ἠτιῶντο ὃ δια-φθείρειν τὴν πρᾶξιν" καὶ συνίσταντο οἱ 
} , 8 ε 3 4. , ἡ , 
"Αρκάδες καὶ οἱ ᾿Αχαιοί' προ-ειστήκει δὲ μάλιστα 
3 A ΄ , ε , N 4 ε 
αὐτῶν Καλλίμαχός τε o Παρράσιος καὶ Λύκων ὁ 
’ , e ‘ / > 2 α e > \ ν 
Αχαιός. ot δὲ λόγοι ἦσαν avrois ὡς αἰσχρὸν εἴη 
3 A 
dpyev ᾿Αθηναῖον Πελοποννησίων καὶ Λακεδαιµόνιον, 
µηδεµίαν δύναμιν. παρ-εχοµένους εἷς τὴν στρατιάν, καὶ 
‘ Ν 4 Αν 4 \ δὲ ld ὃ 3 Ν 
τοὺς μὲν πόνους σφᾶς ἔχειν, τὰ Oe κέροη ἆλλους, καὶ 
ταῦτα” τὴν σωτηρίαν σφῶν κατ-ειργασμένων' εἶναι 
Δ 8 , > ιό \ 3 , 8 
γὰρ τοὺς κατειργασµένους ᾿Αρκάδας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς, τὸ 
3) rr , δὲ > ; ν 4 δὲ A 3 6 / 
ἄλλο στράτευμα ovdev εἶναι --- καὶ nv οὲ TH ἀληθείᾳ 
t 
ελ κά aA , 3 , \ 3 / 
ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος ᾿Αρκάδες καὶ ᾿Αχαιοί--- 
3 A 
εἰ οὖν σωφρονοῖεν, αὐτοὶ συ-στάντες καὶ στρατηγοὺς 
ἑλόμενοι ἑαυτῶν καθ ἑαυτοὺςὃ ἂν τὴν πορείαν -ποιοῖντο 
Ν Α > , 4 “a > κ . 
καὶ πειρῴντο ἀγαθόν τι λαμβάνει. ταῦτ ἔδοξε' καί, 
9 / , ν 9 4 > 2A 
ἀπολιπόντες Χειρίσοφον el Ties” Yoav παρ avT@ 
"A i a 3 \ Ni a , \ 
pkades 7 Ayatot καὶ Ἐενοφώντα, συνέστησαν καὶ 
1 disinclined. |? add threats.  ὃ pack πρ (and carry) efowetc. * κλείω, 


shut. 5 ταράττω, agitate. 6 αἰτιάομαι, blame. 7 and that too though they 
(σφῶν) etc.  ὃ by themselves. °» ef τινες = of rives. 


10 


11 





B 


14 


15 


16 


304. ANABASIS. 


στρατηγοὺς αἱροῦνται ἑαυτῶν Séka* rovrous' δὲ ἑψη- 

φίσαντο ἐκ τῆς νικώσης” ὅτι δοκοίη τοῦτο ποιεῖν. ἡ 
A 4 A .. 8 9 Ν , 9 A 

μὲν οὖν τοῦ παντὸς» ἀρχὴ Χειρισόφῳ ἐνταῦθα κατ- 
, ε , ἓ a | 942 Ά ε 4 

ελύθη ἡμέρᾳ ἕκτῃ 7 ἑβδόμῃ ad’ ys ᾖρέθη. 


The causes that led to the reorganization of the army into three 
divisions. 

ps , . 4 | A \ an , 

Ἐενοφῶν µέντοι ἐβούλετο κοινῃ μετὰ τῶν [µεινάν- 
5 Ν , ~ , κά 3 

των] τὴν πορείαν ποιεῖσθαι, νοµίζων οὕτως ἀσφαλε- 
στέραν εἶναι 4 ἰδίᾳ ἕκαστον στέλλεσθαι 'ὃ ἀλλὰ Νέων 
ν  ἃ bd ε A 4 9 ΄ - 
ἔπειθεν αὐτὸν καθ αὐτὸν πορεύεσθαι, ἀκούσας τοῦ 
/ σ ΄ ε 3 ΄ ε Ν 
Χειρισόφου ὅτι Ἰλέανδρος 6 ἐν Βυζαντίῳ ἁρμοστὴς 

, , ¥ 9 9 , 2 οἵ 
φαίη τριήρεις ἔχων Ίξειν εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα Ἱ ὅπως 
> ὃ A a TAN 9 8 8 ε 9 A 
οὖν μηδες µετάσχοι, a αὐτοὸ καὶ οἱ αὐτῶν 

Αα Ν Α ‘ ~ 
στρατιῶται ἐκ-πλεύσειαν ἐπὶ τῶν τριήρων, διὰ ταῦτα 
, N 4 . σ Ν 9 ~ A 
συνεβούλευε Kat Χειρίσοφος, ἅμα μὲν ἀθυμῶν τοῖς 
γεγενηµένοις, ἅμα δὲ piodv® ἐκ τούτου τὸ στράτευμα, 
9 4 9 es A 9 4 ο. A ¥ 
ἐπι-τρέπει αὐτῷ ποιεῖν ὅτι βούλετι. ἈἘενοφῶν δὲ ἔτι 
μὲν ἐπ-εχείρησεν ἁπαλλαγεὶς τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐκπλεῦσαι * 
θυοµένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ Ta ἡγεμόνι Ἡρακλεῖ καὶ κοινουµένῳ, 
πότερα λφον' καὶ apevov ein στρατεύεσθαι ἔχοντι 

la) ο A 

TOUS παραµείναντας τῶν στρατιωτών ἢ ἀἁπαλλάττεσθαι, 

A A σ 
ἐσήμηνεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἱεροῖς συ-στρατεύεσθαι οὕτω 
4 8 , ? 3 iO Ν Ν 2 Ν 
γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα τρἰχα, Άρκαθες µεν και Άχαιοι 

Δ A 
πλείους ἢ τετρακισχίλιοι Kal πεντακόσιοι, ὁπλίται 

o , 3 e “A 4 9 : ΄ 
πάντες», Χειρισόφῳ 8 ὁπλίται μὲν εἰς τετρακοσίους 

N ΄ ‘ A 3 ε ΄ ε ΄ 

καὶ χιλίους, πελτασταὶ δὲ εἰς ἑπτακοσίους, οἱ Κλεάρχου 
A A 8 ε A 4 3 e ΄ A 
Θρᾷκες, Ἐενοφώντι δὲ ὁπλῖται μὲν εἲς ἑπτακοσίους καὶ 


1 ἑψηφίσαντο τούτους ποιεῖν τοῦτο ὅ τι etc. 2 sc. γρῶμης. 3 sc. στρατεύ:- 
ματο». 3 αἱρέω. 5 1.9. (if the text be correct) with Chirisophus and his 
division. 6 proceed. 7 haven. 8 µισέν, hate. 3 λφο» καὶ ἄμεινον, for 


emphasis, cf. 7.644, 





BOOK VI. CHAP. III. 805 


4 « “ 
χιλίους, πελτασταὶ δὲ els τριακοσίους" ἱππικὸν δὲ 
, e ΄ 
µόνος οὗτος εἶχεν, ἀμφὶ τετταράκοντα ἵπτέας. 


The three divisions set out for Calpe by different routes. 


Καὶ οἱ μὲν ᾽᾿Αρκάδες διαπραξάµενοι πλοῖα παρὰ τῶν 
ε A A 4 σ 9 4 9 
Ἡρακλεωτῶν πρῶτοι πλέουσιν, ὅπως ἐξαίφνης ἐπι-πε- 

, ~ a ΄ σ A 8 3 
σόντες τοῖς Βιθυνοῖς λάβοιεν ὅτι πλειστα᾽ καὶ ἀπο- 
Baivovow eis Κάλπης λιμένα κατὰ µέσον πως τῆς 

΄ a 3 3 8 3 8 A , A 
Θράκης. Χειρίσοφος 8 εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως τῶν 
ε “A 3 4 “ 93 a 5 Ν ~ ΄ - 
Ἡρακλεωτῶν ἀρξάμενος πεζῇ ἐπορεύετο διὰ τῆς χώρας 
ἐπεὶ δὲ eis τὴν Θράκην ἐνέβαλε, παρὰ τὴν θάλατταν 
ye’ καὶ γὰρ ἠσθένε. ἈἘενοφῶν δὲ πλοῖα λαβὼν ἀπο- 

΄ 9 A b) 9 ~ 4 XN “A Ἡ λ ΄ ὃ 
Baive ἐπὶ τα ὅρια τῆς Θράκης και της Ἡρακλεώτιὸος 
καὶ διὰ µεσογείας ἐπορεύετο. 


The Arcadians after plundering some villages are attacked, suffer 
heavy loss, and are besieged. 


Tir. "Ἔπραξαν 8 αὐτῶν ἑκαστοι τάδεὶ of μὲν ᾿Αρ- 
a e 3 3 N 3 , 4 4 
κάδες ὡς ἀπέβησαν νυκτὸς ets Κάλπης λιμένα, πορεύ- 
ονται εἰς τὰς πρώτας κώμας, στάδια ἀπὸ θαλάττης ὡς 
τριάκοντα. ἐπεὶ δὲ das ἐγένετο, ἦγεν ἕκαστος 6 στρα- 
λ ‘ ε A λό 3 ολ , a ε 3 δὲ / 
τηγὸς TOV αὐτοῦ λόχον ἐπὶ κώμην ᾽ ὁποία” δὲ μείζων 
ἐδόκει εἶναι, σύνδυοῦ λόχους ᾖἦγον οἱ στρατηγοί. συν- 
εβάλλοντο” δὲ καὶ λόφον eis ὃν δέοι πάντας ἀλίζεσθαι | 
N 9 > a 9 4, 3 ιά ld , » 
καὶ are ἐξαίφνης ἐπι-πεσόντες ἀνδράποδά τε πολλὰ ἔλα- 
βον καὶ πρόβατα πολλὰ περιεβάλοντοὺ οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες 
ἠθροίζοντο οἱ δια-φυγόντες' πολλοὶ δὲ δι-έφυγον πελτα- 
oral ὄντες ὁπλίτας ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν χειρῶν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ovr 


1 Contained in ch. iii. 2 Ρο. κώμη. 8 two by two. 4 agreed. 5 sur 
rounded. 


* Section 1, a recapitulation, is rejected as spurious. 


17 


18 


> 


306 ANABASIS. 


ιό 


4 ia) 4 “A 4 4 4 4 “A 
ελέγησαν, πρῶτον μὲν τῷ Σμίκρητος λόχῳ ἑνὸς τῶν 
᾿Αρκάδων στρατηγῶν ἀπιόντι ἤδη els τὸ συγκείµενον 
καὶ πολλὰ χρήματα ἄγοντι ἐπιτίθενται. καὶ τέως μὲν 
3 a 9 , egv 2 AN 4 , 
ἐμάχοντο ἅμα πορευόµενοι οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἐπὶ δὲ διαβάσει 
χαράδρας τρέπονται” 
2 , 3 Ν 8 ν , ‘ cv) \ 
ἀπο-κτιννύασι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας ἆἄλλου οδὲ 
4 δ 


> 4 Ν 3 , A 4 
αὐτούς, καὶ αὐτόν τε τὸν Σμίκρητα 
λό Αα δέ A “A ε , 5 3 κ 

ὀχου των ὀέκα στρατηγων του Ηγησάνορου ὀκτω 

” ν σ ΔΝ 9 ἃ ε 4 3 a 8 
μόνους ἔλιπον καὶ αὐτὸς ᾿Ἡγήσανδρος ἐσώθη. καὶ 


6 οἱ 


οἱ ἄλλοι δὲ λόχοι συνῆλθον οἱ μὲν σὺν πράγµασιν 
δὲ ἄνευ πραγμάτων. 
Οἱ δὲ 8 a 9 3 7 A 9 >» 7 
LU 0€ @pakes ἐπεὶ ηὐτύχησαν ' τοῦτο τὸ εὐτύχημα, 
συν-εβόων ὃ τε ἀλλήλους καὶ συνελέγοντο ἐρρωμένως ' τῆς 
ιό Ν 9 € , , 8 8 , 3 
νυκτός. καὶ apa ἡμέρᾳ κύκλῳ περὶ τὸν λόφον ἔνθα 
ε 9 9 ιό 3 4 N e α 
ot Ἕλληνες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἐτάττοντο καὶ ἵἰππεῖς 
A Ss a 8 3 4 4 a, 
πολλοὶ καὶ πελτασταἰ, καὶ aet πλείονες συν-έρρεον ° 
‘ , \ ‘ee , 9 nA. 3 
: καὶ προσ-έβαλλον πρὸς τοὺς ὁπλίτας ἀσφαλῶς' οἱ 
X A 4 ¥ , Vy ¥ 3 “ 
μὲν γὰρ Ἕλληνες οὔτε τοξότην εἶχον οὔτε ἀκοντιστὴν 
8 
οὔτε ἱππέα οἱ δὲ προσ-θέοντε καὶ προσελαύνοντες 
> 7 3 € , de 3 “ > 4 e δύ > id Z 
nKkovrilov* ὁπότε δὲ αὗτοις ἐπίοιεν, ῥᾳδίως ἀπ-έφευγον 
ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλῃ ἐπ-ετίθεντο. καὶ τῶν μὲν πολλοὶ ἐτιτρώ- 
aA 4 ~ 
σκοντο, τῶν δὲ οὐδείς' ὥστε κινηθῆναι οὐκ ἐδύναντο 
. a , 9 \ A 10 4 9 -\ A 25 : 
ἐκ TOU χωρίου, ἀλλὰ τελευτώντες καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ VOaTOS 
¥ 3 ‘\ ε Φ >. ON de 9 / ve > 
εἴργον αὐτοὺς οἱ Θρᾶκες. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπορία πολλη Hp, 
4 8 Αα Ν Ν A νά ε , 
διελέγοντο περὶ σπονδῶν' καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὠμολόγητο 
3 “~ ε a Δ > 20 ε ο 3 4 
αὐτοῖς, ὁμήρους δὲ οὐκ ἐδίδοσαν οἱ Θρᾷκες αἰτούντων 
11 


A ” 8 A 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τούτῳ ἴσχετο. τὰ μὲν δὴ τῶν 


᾿Αρκάδων οὕτως εἶχε. 


1 to the (place) agreed upon. 2 rout them, i.e. the company of Smicres. 
3 = ἀποκτείνω. 4 sc. λὀχου. 5 sc. ἄνδρα». 6 difficulty. 7 met with this 
good fortune. 8 were calling to one another. 9 strongly. 10 = at last, 


1 there was a hitch. 





» BOOK VL. CHAP. IIL 307 


Chirisophus reaches Calpe; Xenophon, marching through the tp- 
terior of the country, learns of the misfortune of the Arcadians, 
and resolved to relieve them, he addresses the troops. 

Χειρίσοφος δὲ ἀσφαλῶς πορευόµενος παρὰ θάλατταν 
ἀφικνεῖται eis Κάλπης λιμένα. Ἐενοφῶντι δὲ διὰ τῆς 
µεσογείας πορευοµένῳ οἱ ἵππεῖς κατα-θέοντες ἐντυγχά- 

, Ν . ν 

νουσι πρεσβύταις πορευοµένοις ποι. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἠχθησαν ' 
Ν — A 3 ~ 3 8 ν ¥ 6 2 TAA 

παρὰ Ἐενοφώντα, Epwrg αὐτους εἰ που ῃσύηνται” ἆλλου 

, 3 ε A ε δὲ ¥ 4 9 
στρατεύματος ὄντος Ἑλληνικοῦ. οἱ δὲ έλεγον παντα τα 
, Ν A 9 A “94 λ , ε δὲ 
γεγενηµένα, καὶ νῦν ὅτι πολιορκοῦνται ἐπὶ λόφου, οἱ δὲ 

@paxes πάντες περι-κεκυκλωμένοι elev αὐτούς. ἐνταῦθα 

‘ “A σ 
τοὺς μὲν ἀνθρώπους τούτους ἐφύλαττεν ἰσχυρῶς, ὅπως 
ἡγεμόνες elev ὅποι δέοι' σκοποὺς δὲ κατα-στήσας 

, N , . ν 3 

συνέλεξε τοὺς στρατιώτας καὶ ἔλεξεν 
» ο “A 2 8 “ 

“"Avdpes στρατιῶται, τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων οἱ μὲν τεθνᾶσιν, 

4 >) A α 

οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ἐπὶ λόφου τινὸς πολιορκοῦνται. νομίζω δ᾽ 

ν 9 9 ο 9 A 99 ε > 9 a 

ἔγωγε, εἰ ἐκεῖνοι ἁπ-ολοῦνται, οὐδ ἡμῖν εἶναι οὐδεμίαν 

9 aw A 

σωτηρίαν, οὕτω μὲν πολλών ὄντων [τῶν] πολεμίων, οὕτω 

A a 

δὲ τεθαρρηκότων .ὃ κράτιστον οὖν ἡμῖν ὡς τάχιστα Bor- 

θεῖν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ὅπως εἰ ἔτι εἶσὶ oa, σὺν ἐκείνοις 
2» ἃ 

µαχώμεθα καὶ µή, µόνοι λειφθέντες, µόνοι καὶ κινδυ- 


vevopev. ἡμεῖς γὰρ ἀπο-δραίημεν ἂν οὐδαμοῖ ἐνθένδε '«1, 


πολλὴ * μὲν yap,” έφη, “eis 'Ἡράκλειαν πάλιν ἀπιέναι;, 
πολλὴ δὲ εἰς Χρυσόπολιν δι-ελθεῖν" οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι πλη- 
giov’ eis Κάλπης δὲ λιμένα, ἔνθα Χειρίσοφον εἰκάζο- 
μεν εἶναι, εἰ σέσωσται, ἐλαχίστη ὁδός. ἀλλὰ δὴ ἐκεῖ 


14 


11 


12 


18 


\ ¥ 4 8 
μὲν οὔτε πλοῖά ἐστιν ols ἀπο-πλευσόμεθα, μένουσιὸ de. 


αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ μιᾶς ἡμέρας ἐστι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.' τῶν δὲ πο- 


1 byw. 2 αἰσθάνομαι. 8 θαρρέω. 4 sc. ὁδός. 5 sc. ἡμῖν. 
* Most authorities print the text in the order indicated by the numbers in 
parentheses. 


15 


(17) 


908 ο ΑΝΔΒΑΦΙ6. , 


Avopkoupevwy ἀπολομένων, σὺν τοῖς Χειρισόφου µόνοις 
e 

4 A 
κἀάκιόν ἐστι διακινδυνεύεν ἢ τῶνδε σωθέντων πάντας 
3 3 N 3 , ο Α , » 3 8 
εἰς ταὐτὸν ἐλθόντας κοινῃ τῆς σωτηρίας ἔχεσθαι. ἀλλὰ 
χρὴ” παρασκευασαµένους τὴν γνώµην πορεύεσθαι ὡς 


ο) aA 9 “A 
νῦν 7 εὐκλεῶςὃ τελευτῆσαι ἔστιν" ἢ κάλλιστον ἔργον 


φ 
i ἐργάσασθαι Ἓλληνας τοσούτους σώσαντας. καὶ 6 θεὸς 


17 
(14 


18 
(15) 


19 


20 


ν ν φ a. 6 N , 6 ε / 
LOWS AYEL ούτως, OS” TOUS µεγαληγορήσαντας ὡς πλέον 
φρονοῦντας ταπεινῶσαι βούλεται, ἡμᾶς δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν 
A 9 “A 
θεῶν ἀρχομένους ἐντιμοτέρους ἐκείνων κατα-στῆσαι. 
:λλ᾽ φ A 8 8 , 8 A ε aA 9 
ἀλλ έπεσθαι χρῆ καὶ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ws ἂν τὸ 


παραγγελλόμενον δύνησθε ποιεῖν. νῦν μὲν οὖν στρατο- 
) Rd Matha oa η µ ρ 


πεδευσώμεθα προελθόντες ὅσον ἂν δοκῇ καιρὸς εἶναι 

9 9 ος “Ἱ ο Ss a , 

εἰς τὸ δειπνοποιεῖσθαι '΄ ἕως ἂν πορευώµεθα, Τιμα- 

σίων ἔχων τοὺς ἱππέας προελαυνέτω ἐφ-ορῶν ἡμᾶς καὶ 
| 4 . ¥ ε 8 ε “ , 39 

σκοπείτω τὰ ἔμπροσθεν, ὡς μηδὲν ἡμᾶς λάθῃ. 


Burning everything along the march, they reach the place, but find 
tt abandoned. 


“a 3 3 A e a) , \ 8 Φ , 
Ταῦτ' εἰπὼν ἡγεῖτ. παρ-έπεμψε δὲ καὶ τῶν γυµνή- 
3 ΄ 3 a 3 8 ΄ 4 9 A 
των ἀνθρώπους εὐζώνους eis τὰ πλάγια καὶ els τὰ 
¥ 9 ν A 
ἆκρα, ὅπως εἴ πού τί ποθεν καθ-ορῴεν, σηµαίνοιεν * 
> / δὲ 4 σ 9 9 , 9 e 
ἐκέλευε δὲ Κάειν ἅπαντα OT ἐντυγχάνοιεν καυσίμφ.' ob! 
Se ε a / 249 9 es > ¥ af 
€ ππεις σπειροµενου ἐφ οσον καλως ειχεν εκαογ. και 
8 ΔΝ ¥ 4 
ot πελτασταὶ ἐπι-παρ-ιόντες κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα Ekaov πάντα 
ο 
ὅσα καύσιμα ἑώρων, καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ δέ εἴ τινι παρα- 
λ , 9 td ry 9 A e , iO 6 
ειποµένῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν ) woTe πᾶσα ἡ χώῤα αἰθεσύθαι 
256 8 A , 8 > 3 Ν δὲ σ 
€OOKEL και TO στρατευµα πολυ ειναι. ΕΠπει OE ωρα ἦν, 
12a. mid. of ἁπ-ὀλλὺμι. 2 (sc. ἡμᾶς) πορεύεσθαι παρασκευαδαµένουε, 
epared in mind = haring made up our minds that ete. 8 gloriously. * it 
prepared ir 9 ρ σ y 
is (ours) either. 5 βούλεται ταπεινῶσαι τοὺς etc. 6 αρεαᾷ boastfully as i} 


more prudent (than others). 7 for supper. 8 from any quarter. 9 crn: 
hustible. 





BOOK VI. CHAP. III. 809 


a 9 4 ld 9 Ld 8 ῤ 
κατεστρατοπεδεύσαντο ἐπὶ λόφορ ἐκ-βάντες, καὶ τά τε 
τῶν πολεμίων πυρὰ ἑώρων, ἀπεῖχον δὲ ὡς τετταράκοντα 
σταδίους, καὶ αὐτοὶ ws ἐδύναντο πλεῖστα πυρὰ ἐἔκαον. 
3 ὴ 8 3 4 , ιά 8 A 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν τάχιστα, παρ-ηγγέλθη τὰ πυρὰ 
κατα-σβεννύναι' πάντα. καὶ τὴν μὲν νύκτα φυλακὰς 

9 Ud - 9 8 Α ε 4 ΄ 
ποιησάµενοι ἐκάθευδον ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσ-ευξά- 
µενοι τοῖς θεοῖς, συνταξάµενοι ὡς Els µάχην ἐπορεύοντο 
7 ἐδύναντο τάχιστα. Τιμµασίων δὲ καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς ἔχοντες 
τοὺς ἡγεμόνας καὶ προ-ελαύνοντες ἐλάνθανον” αὗτοὺς 

α A 9 
ἐπὶ τῷ λόφῳ γενόµενοι ἔνθα ἐπολιορκοῦντο οἱ Ἕλληνες, 
καὶ οὐχ ὁρῶσιν οὔτε φίλιον στράτευμα οὔτε πολέμιον, 

8 “A 3 Δ 8 A 8 ΔΝ 
[καὶ ταῦτα ἀπαγγέλλουσι πρὸς τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα καὶ τὸ 
στράτευμα] γράδια ὃ δὲ καὶ γερόντια " καὶ πρόβατα ὀλίγα 
Δ a 2 , \ ν 4 A ; 6 
καὶ Bovs καταλελειμμένους. καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον θαΏμα 
ἦν τί εἴη τὸ γεγενηµένον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν καταλε- 

/ 3 , 4 € 8 αἱ sf) > 79 
λειμμένων ἐπυνθάνοντο ὅτι οὗ μὲν Θρᾷκες εὐθὺς ad 
ε 4 ¥ 9 / 4 b | Ν 8 σ 
ἑσπέρας ὢχοντο ἀπιόντες, ἕωθεν δὲ καὶ τοὺς Ἓλληνας 
ν ν . 9 , 9 90 2 
ἔφασαν οἴχεσθαι' ὅποι δέ, οὐκ εἰδέναι. 


They overtake the Arcadians in Calpe; why the latter abandoned 
their stronghold. 


a) 3 ΄ e 3 A ~ > 8 > (A 
Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ ἀμφὶ Ἐενοφώντα, ἐπεὶ ἠρίοτη- 
σαν, συσκευασάµενοι ἐπορεύοντο, βουλόμενοι ws τάχιστα 
΄ “A ιά 3 4 4 8 4 
oup-pi€at τοῖς ἄλλοις ets Κάλπης λιμένα. καὶ πορευό- 
ερ, ΔΝ 4 ον 3 a “ 2 ο 
µενοι ἑώρων τὸν στίβον τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν 
κατὰ τὴν [ἐπὶ Κάλπης] ὁδόν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο eis 

¥ 

ταὐτόν, ἄσμενοί τε εἶδον ἀλλήλους καὶ ἠσπάζοντοὃ 
κά bd , ν 5 , ε 2 , A Ν 
ὥσπερ ἀδελφούς. καὶ ἐπυνθάνοντο οἱ ᾿Αρκάδες τῶν περὶ 
Ἐενοφώντα τί τὰ πυρὰ κατα-σβέσειαν “hues μὲν 


1 quench. ᾖ3 before they were aware came upon etc. 8 old women. 3 old 
wen. 5 wonder. 8 greeted. 


3° 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


510 ANABASIS. 


22 al A 
yap, ἔφασαν, “ ᾧμεθα ὑμᾶς τὸ μὲν πρῶτον, ἐπειδὴ τὰ 
πυρὰ οὐκέθ) ἑωρῶμεν, τῆς νυκτὸς “ev ἐπὶ τοὺς πολε- 
µίους ' καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι δέ, ws ye ἡμῖν ἐδόκουν, τοῦτο 
ὃ 4 2 Ωλθ ~ dc ΔΝ 9 A aA κ 4 
είσαντες ἀπῆλθον σχεδὸν yap ἀμφὶ τοῦτον τὸν χρό- 

3 a. 3 Ν δὲ 3 3 4 θ ε 8 , 
νον ἀπ-ῃσαν. ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀφ-ίκεσθε, 6 δὲ χρόνος é€- 

yy A ε aA θ 0 8 > en ΄ 
ῆκεν, ὦώμεθα ὑμᾶς πυθοµένους τὰ Tap ἡμῖν φοβηθέντας 
3 6 9 ὃ , . 9 8 6 aN a Q 25 , e a 
οἴχεσθαι ἀπο-δράντας ἐπὶ θάλατταν' καὶ ἐδόκει ἡμῖν 
\ 3 , β 1 ea φ Φ 4 ε aA A 
μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι ὑμῶν. οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἡμεις δεῦρο 
ἐπορεύθημεν.᾽ 


Description of the place and tts surroundings. 


IV. Ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν αὐτοῦ ηὐλίζοντο ἐπὶ 
ο) 2 9 , ‘ 4 , ce) &é 
τοῦ αἰγιαλοῦ” πρὸς τῷ λιμέν. τὸ δὲ χωρίον τοῦτο ὃ 
A 4 8 ¥ 8 3 Α 4 ~ > 
καλείται Κάλπης λιμην core pev ἐν TH Θράκῃ τῇ ἐν 
Aa 0 4 3 ΄ 8 ε 4 9 9 N 3 A ~ 
τῇ Agia. ἀρξαμένη δὲ 4 Θράκη αὕτη ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ 
, A / ld € 4 3} N δν 3 
στόματος τοῦ Πόντου µέχρι Ἡρακλείας ἐπὶ δεξιὰ eis 
τὸν Πόντον εἰσ-πλέοντιξ καὶ τριήρε pe ἐστιν eis 
ε , 9 η P 4 e - 5 A 
Ἡράκλειαν ἐκ Βυζαντίου κώπαις nucpas” μακρᾶς 
ας 2 \ A , ¥ \ , 9 , ¥ 
πλοῦς' ἐν δὲ τῷ µέσῳ ἄλλη μὲν πόλις οὐδεμία οὔτε 
φιλία οὖτε Ἑλληνίς, ἀλλὰ Θρᾷκες ἨΒιθυνοί' καὶ οὓς 
ἂν λάβωσι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἐκ-πίπτοντας 7} ἄλλως πως, 
Seva ὑβρίζειν λέγονται τοὺς Ἕλληνας. 
ε A , 8 > , 4 aA € 4 
Ο δὲ Κάλπης λιμὴν ἐν µέσῳ μὲν Keita ἑκατέρωθεν 
πλεόντων ἐξ Ἡρακλείας καὶ Βυζαντίου, ἔστι δ ἐν τῇ 
θαλάττῃ προ-κείµενον χωρίον, τὸ μὲν" eis τὴν θάλατταν 
A 9 A , ‘a 9 9 9 3 ή 
καθ-ῆκον αὐτοῦ πέτρα ἀπορρώξ, ὄψος ὅπῃ ἐλάχιστον 
οὗ μεῖον εἴκοσιν ὀργυιῶν, 6 δὲ avxiv”™ 6 eis τὴν γῆν 
av-ikov τοῦ χωρίου μάλιστα τεττάρων πλέθρων τὸ εὖρος: 
1 fall behind you. 2 beach. 8 to (one) sailing. 4 κώπη, oar. 8 of a 
long day, according to Herodotus (4.86) = 700 stades or about 68 miles. 6 cast 


upon the shore. 7 instead of αὐτούς to emphasize their nationality. 8 τὸ 
uty... αὐτοῦ, the part of it ete.  ° precipitous. 10 neck. 








BOOK VI. CHAP. IV. 811 


4 > 3 8 “A 3 id a, e 8 ‘4 3 θ a 
τὸ 0 ἐντὸς τοῦ αὐχένος χωρίον ἱκανὸν µυρίοις ἀνθρώ- 
Tos οἰκῆσαι. λιμὴνὶ δ ὑπ αὑτῇ τῇ πέτρᾳ τὸ πρὸς 
ἐσπέ ἰγιαλὸν ἐ κρήνη δὲ ἡδέος ὕδατος καὶ 
σπεοαν αιγιαλον εχωγ. ρηνη οε NOEOS 5 
¥ ε 2 2 9 2 A ο , ε on A 
apGovos ῥέουσα ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ τῇ θαλάττῃ ὑπὸ τῇ ἐἔπικρα- 
τείᾳ” τοῦ χωρίου. ξύλα δὲ πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα, πάνυ 
δὲ Xr Ν 8 λὰ , 8 ο} > A A @ λ ΄ 
ἑ πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ ναυπηγήσιµα " ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ τῇ θαλάττῃ. 
τὸ δὲ ὄρος εἷς µεσόγειαν μὲν ἀν-ήκει ὅσον ἐπὶ εἰκοσι 
σταδίους, καὶ τοῦτο γεῶδες' καὶ ἄ-λιθον τὸ δὲ παρὰ 
θάλατταν πλέον ἢ ἐπὶ εἴκοσι σταδίους δασὺ πολλοῖς 
καὶ παντοδαποῖς καὶ µεγάλοις ξύλοις. ἡ δὲ ἄλλη 

΄ Δ ‘A 4 \ - 3 > ” 3 
χώρα πολλή: kat καλή, καὶ κὠώμµαι ἐν αὔτῃ εἰσι πολ- 
5 ‘ Ν 3 4 , Δ ε ~ ‘A 8 ἃ 
λαὶ καὶ οἰκούμεναι φέρει γὰρ ἡ yn καὶ κριθὰς καὶ 
πυροὺς καὶ ὄσπριαῦ πάντα καὶ µελίνας καὶ σήσαμα 

\ .ϱ 3 α Ν 3 , ‘ \ ε 
καὶ ofka” ἁρκοῦντα καὶ ἁἀμπέλους πολλας καὶ Ἰδυ- 
οίνους καὶ τᾶλλα πάντα πλὴν ἐλαῶν .ὃ 

ε 4 4 Αν , 

Ἡ µεν χώρα nv τοιαύτη. 


The army refuse to camp on the promontory, suspecting their 
generals of a plot to colonize tt. 


Ἐσκήνουν 8 ἐν τῷ αἴγιαλῷ πρὸς τῇ Oadatry’ els δὲ 
8 / ϱ / 3 > , 
TO... πόλισμα” ἂν γενόµμενον οὐκ ἐβούλοντο στρα- 
τοπεδεύεσθαι, ἀλλὰ ἐδόκει καὶ τὸ ἐλθεῖν ἐνταῦθα ἐξ 
ἐπιβουλῆς εἶναι, βουλομένων τινῶν κατ-οικίσαι πόλιν. 
τῶν γὰρ στρατιωτῶν οἱ πλεῖστοι ἦσαν ov σπάνει) βίου 
3 4 2 N , ‘ , jl 32 ΔΝ \ 
ἐκ-πεπλευκότες ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν µισθοφοράν, ἀλλὰ τὴν 
Κύρου ἀρετὴν ἀκούοντες, ot μὲν καὶ ἄνδρας ἄγοντες, οἱ 
δὲ καὶ προσ-ανηλωκότες χρήματα, καὶ τούτων ἕτεροι 
ἀπο-δεδρακότες πατέρας καὶ µητέρας, οἱ δὲ καὶ τέκνα 


1 gc. ἐστι. 2 under the command of = commanded by. 8 ship-building. 
* earthy, i.e. has a deep soil. ὅ pulse. 6 figs. 1 producing sweet wine. 
8 olives. 9 els... γενόμενον = els τὸ χωρίον ὃ ἐγένετο ἂν wéAtoua (town). 


” scarcity, want. 1] = service for pay. 12 προσ-αναλίσκω, expend besides, 


10 


11 


919 ANABASIS. 


e A 4. 
καταλιπόντες ὡς χρήματ αὐτοῖς κτησάµενοι ἤξοντες 
΄ 9 ΄ 8 N ¥ 4 8 ? 
πᾶλιν, . ἀκούοντες καὶ τους ἄλλους τους παρὰ Κύρῳ 
Ν ‘ 3 4 ΄ ω > »” 9 
πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ πράττει. τοιοῦτοι οὖν ὄντες ἐπό- 

Bouv! eis τὴν Ἑλλάδα σώζεσθαι. 


After the burial of the dead, it ts decreed that any proposition 
to separate the forces hereafter shall be treated as a capital 
offence; death of Chirisophus. 

3 4 A e , 2 ε id > 2 α 93 

Επειδὴ δὲ ὑστέρα” ἡμέρα ἐγένετο τῆς eis ταὐτὸν 
συνόδου, ἐπ᾽ ἐξόδῳ ἐθύετο Ἐενοφῶν' ἀνάγκη γὰρ ἦν 
> ἃ 8 3 , 3 a 3 , A Nee Ν | “ 
ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐξάγειν' ἐπ-ενόει δὲ καὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς 
, 2 ο} δὲ Noe ν 5 »# 8 ο Ν ε 5 
θάπτειν. ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐγένετο" εἴποντο καὶ οἱ ᾿Αρ- 
κάδες, καὶ τοὺς μὲν νεκροὺς τοὺς πλείστους ἔνθαπερ 

ν ες 2 ff) ‘ 7» ‘\ Φ a, 4 

ἔπεσον ἑκάστους ἐθαψαν ἤδη yap ἦσαν πεμπταῖοι 

Δ 9 es > A ¥ Poe. > 7 \ ‘\ 3 
καὶ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἀν-αιρεῖν ἔτι ἦν' ἐνίους δὲ τοὺς ἐκ 
~ 50a , 5 eG 3 ~ € 4 ' 6 
τῶν ὁδῶν συν-ενεγκόντες» ἔθαψαν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων 

ε 20 7 4 a) 4 8 9 

ws ἐδύναντο κάλλιστα" οὓς δὲ μὴ evpioKov, κενοτά- 

gov’ αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν µέγα, καὶ στεφάνους ἐπ-έθεσαν. 

ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσαντες ἀν-εχώρησαν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 

καὶ τότε μὲν δειπνήσαντες ἐκοιμήθησαν. τῇ δὲ ὑστε- 

paia συνῆλθον οἱ στρατιῶται πάντες συν-ῆγε δὲ µά- 
N 

λιστα ᾿Αγασίας τε Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς καὶ Ἱερώνυμος 

Ἠλεῖος λοχαγὸς καὶ ἄλλοι οἱ πρεσβύτατοι τῶν ᾿Αρ- 

κάδων. καὶ δόγµα ἐποιήσαντο, ἐάν τις τοῦ λοιποῦ ὃ 

θη 9 10 \ , a A is Se 2 A 
µνησθῃ " δίχα” τὸ στράτευμα ποιειν, θανάτῳ αὐτὸν 


2 


11 ‘ \ , 1 3 , _ @ ρ 
ζημιοῦσθαι, καὶ κατὰ χώραν  ἀπιέναι περ πρόσθεν 


εἶχε τὸ στράτευμα καὶ ἄρχειν τοὺς πρόσθεν στρατη- 


1 long to. 3 ὑστέρα τῆς συνόδου, later than = after, the union. 8 sc. καλά. 
4 five days (dead). 5 συµ-φέρω. 6 from thar existing (resources). " ceno- 
taph. 8 in the future. 9 make mention, propose. 10 δίχα ποιεῖν = divide. 


11 (ημιόω, punish. 1 that the army go away (i.e. homeward) in the (military) 
order in which etc. 





BOOK VI. CHAP. IV. 313 


yous. καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἤδη ἐτετελευτήκει φάρµα- 
1 ‘ , 2 \ δ᾽ » , 9 A 
κον .πιων πυρέττων '' τα ἐκείνου Νέων ΆΑσιναιος 


παρ-έλαβε. 


Supplies failing, Xenophon urges their departure, but the omens are 
unfavorable; suspected of corrupting the seer, he invites any 
who will to witness the omens on the morrow. 


[ο] A“ 9 ΄ 

Mera δὲ ταῦτα ἀναστὰς εἶπε Ἐενοφῶν, “"Ω avdpes ry 
στρατιῶται, τὴν μὲν πορείαν, ws ἔοικε, [δῆλον ὅτι] wel 
ποιητέον' οὐ γὰρ ἔστι πλοῖα' ἀνάγκη δὲ πορεύεσθαι 
» 3 Δ ¥ , Ν 3 / ε a DS 99 
ἠδη᾽ οὐ γὰρ ἐστι µένουσι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ἡμεῖς οὖν, 
ἔφη, “θυσόµεθα' ὑμᾶς δὲ Set παρασκευάζεσθαι ὡς 

, ¥ Δ ¥ e 8 ιό 
µαχουµένους εἰ ποτε καὶ ἄλλοτε᾽ οἱ γαρ πολέμιοι dva- . 
τεθαρρήκασιν. ὃ 

9 , 24) , ε , κ δὲ ~ 

Ex τούτου ἐθύοντο ot στρατηγοί µάντις O€ TapHy 13 
᾿Αρηξίων ᾿Αρκάς  ὁ δὲ Σιλανὸς 6 ᾽Αμπρακιώτῆης ἤδη 
ἁπ-εδεδράκει πλοῖον μισθωσάμµενος ἐξ Ἡρακλείας. Ouo- 

? ΔΝ 9 AN ~ 3 , 3 0 \ 6 0 ΄ 
µένοις δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφ-όδῳ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά. ταύτην 
μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν ἐπαύσαντο. καί τινες ἐτόλμων 14 
λέγειν ὡς ὁ Ἐενοφῶν βουλόμενος τὸ χωρίον οἰκίσαι 


4 4 
ITETELKE 


N 4 , ε Ν ε 8 > a, 9 A 
τὸν pavTw λέγειν ὡς τὰ ἱερὰ ov γίγνεται ἐπὶ 
id 9 3 vO ξ ~ ¥ ι α EL 2_N \ 

ἀφόδῳ. evrevfev κηρύξας τῇ αὗριον παρεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν 15 

4 , ν ν 

θυσίαν τὸν βουλόμενον, καὶ µάντις el τις εἴη, παραγ- 
γείλας παρεῖναι ws συν-θεασόµενον τὰ ἱερῥά, ἔθυε' καὶ 
ἐνταῦθα παρῆσαν πολλοί. θυοµένω δὲ πάλιν εἰς τρὶς ὅ 


—_ 


6 

> AN ~ 3 0 3 3 OA N ε ΄ 3 4 

έπι TH ἀφόδῳω οὐκ eytyveTro τὰ ερ ἐκ τούτου 
~ 4. wa 

χαλεπως εἶχον οἱ στρατιώται' καὶ yap Ta ἐπι- 

Τήδεια ἐπ-έλιπεν ἅ ἔχοντες ᾖἦλθον, καὶ ἀγορὰ οὐδεμία 


παρῆν. 


1 drug. 2 have a fever. 8 ἀἄνα-θαρρέω, regain courage. 8 πείθω. 
ὁ for the third time. 


17 


18 


19 


21 


22 


914 ANABASIS. 


The omens being still unfavorable, tt 1s proposed to send out a 
foraging expedition; Xenophon declines the command. 


"Ex τούτου συν-ελθόντων εἶπε πάλιν Ἐενοφῶν, “ Ὢ 
άνδρες, ἐπὶ μὲν τῇ πορεία, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, τὰ ἱερὰ οὕπω 
γίγνεται' τῶν ὃ ἐπιτηδείων ὁρῶ ὑμᾶς δεοµένους ᾽ 
3 , > a ύ , θ -N 9 ο , ΣΣ 
ἀνάγκη οὖν µοι δοκεῖ εἶναι θύεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου. 
ἀναστάς τις εἶπε, “Kat εἰκότως apa ἡμῖν οὐ γίγνεται 

A 9 
τὰ ἱερά" ὡς γὰρ ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου χθὲςὶ ἤκοντος 

λ a ¥ ΄ 9 λ , ὃ ς 3 , 
πλοίου ὐκουσά τινος ὅτι KAéavdpos o ἐκ 'Βυζαντίου 
€ 8 rr Pal : λ Loe Ν , .Α 99 
appoorns μέλλει ἠξειν πλοῖα καὶ τριήρεις ἔχων. 

> , \ 39 , ‘ A 20 7 ο SN Ἀ ν 

Ex τούτου δὲ ἀναμένειν μὲν πᾶσιν ἐδόκει' ἐπὶ δὲ τὰ 
3 9 > ΄ 3 id Ν 3 sN ΄ / 
ἐπιτήδεια ἀνάγκη ἦν ἐξιέναι. καὶ ἐπὶ τούῳ πάλιν 
6 , 3 \ 3 > 0 4 ε Ud ‘ \ nO 8 
ἐθύετο εἰς τρίς, καὶ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά" καὶ ἤδη καὶ 
ἐπὶ σκηνὴν ἰόντε τὴν ἈἘενοφῶντος ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐκ 
ν ν 5 8 δν x ¥» re a \ 
ἔχοιεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 6 8 οὐκ ἂν ἔφη ἐἔξ-αγαγενν μὴ 

a ~ ε “A 
yryvopevev τῶν ἱερῶν. 
ο 4 ~ 

Καὶ πάλιν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐθύετο, καὶ oyeddv® τι πᾶσα 
ἡ στρατιά, διὰ τὸ µέλειν ἅπασιν, ἐκυκλοῦντο περὶ τὰ 
ἱερά. τὰ δὲ θύματα” ἐπ-ελελοίπε. οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ 
ἐξ-ῆγον μὲν ov, συνεκάλεσαν δέ. εἶπεν οὖν Ἐενοφῶν, 

\ 

“"Igws οἱ πολέμιοι συνειλεγμένοι εἰσὶ καὶ ἀνάγκη 
µάχεσθαι' εἰ οὖν καταλιπόντες [τὰ σκεύη] ἐν τῷ 

> n4 , e 9 , , ν 
ἐρυμνῷ ' χωρίφ ὡς eis µάχην παρ-εσκευασµένοι ἴοιμεν; 
ν a \ e \  ὁ € A 9D ἀκούσα τε δ ε 
ἴσως ἂν τὰ ἱερὰ προχωροίη” ἡμιν. ντες ὃ οἱ 
9 8 
στρατιῶται ἀἆν-έκραγον ws οὐδὲν Séov® els τὸ χωρίον 
N 4 Ν 
ἄγειν, ἀλλὰ θύεσθαι ὡς τάχιστα. καὶ πρόβατα µεν 
α Ld 202 3 
οὐκέτι ἦν, Bovs δὲ ὑπὸ ἁμάξης πριάµενοι ἐθύοντο 


1 yesterday. 2 somewhat nearly = pretty nearly. 8 the victims failed. 
6 strong. § go forward = be favorable. 6 acc. abs., or sc. εἴη, there was ne 





BOOK VI. CHAP. IV. 315 


καὶ Ἐενοφών Κλεάνοροςὶ ἐδεήθη τοῦ ᾿Αρκάδος προ" 
θύεσθαι”. ef τι” ἐν τούτῳ Ein. ἀλλ οὐδ ὥς ἐγένετο. 


Neon, leading forth a foraging party, suffers heavy loss, and taking 
refuge on a hill, 1s rescued by Xenophon. 


Νέων δὲ ἦν μὲν στρατηγὸς κατὰ τὸ ο. 


µέρος, ἐπεὶ δέ ἑώρα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ὡς εἶχον δεινῶς ὃ 
τῇ ἐνδείᾳ, βουλόμενος αὗτοις 
χαρίζεσθαι, εὑρών τινα ἄνθρω- 
ε ΄ a ¥ a 
πον Ἡρακλεώτην, ὃς έφη kapas 
3 4 3 id σ 4 “A 8 
ἐγγὺς εἰδέναι ὄθεν etn λαβεῖν τὰ 
3 , 3 4 8 a 
ἐπιτήδεια, ἐκήρυξε τὸν Bovdd- 
µενον ἰέναι ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ὡς 
ἡγεμόνος ἐσομένου. ἐξέρχονται 
δὴ σὺν δορατίοις ΄ καὶ ἀσκοῖς καὶ 
θυλάκοις καὶ ἄλλοις ἀγγείοις ὃ εἷς 
4 3 ΄ 3 A 8 
. δισχιλίυς ἀνθρώπους. ἐπειδὴ δὲ 
εν 9 A ΄ \ , e oN 9 
ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς κώμµαις καὶ δι-εσπείροντο ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ λαμ- 
, 3 , 3 Α ε , € A 
βάνειν, ἐπιπίπτουσιν avrois ot Φαρναβάζου imnmeis 
πρὠτοι βεβοηθηκότες γὰρ ἦσαν τοῖς Βιθυνοῖς, βουλό- 
µενοι σὺν τοῖς Βιθυνοῖς, et δύναιντο, ἁἆπο-κωλῦσαι τοὺς 
y A . A 
Έλληνας μὴ ἐλθεῖν εἷς τὴν Ppvyiav* ὁὗτοι οἱ ἱππεῖς 
ἀποκτείνουσι τῶν ἀνδρῶν ov μεῖον πεντακοσίους' οἱ 
δὲ λοιποὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος ἀν-έφυγον. 
> f_. 3 , A a 3 , 
Ex τούτου ἀπαγγέλλει τις ταῦτα τών ἀποφυγόντων 
3 A 4 Νε ων 3 \ 3 3 ΄ 
els τὸ στρατόπεδον. καὶ 6 Ἐενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐγεγένητο 
Δ ε 8 4 ~ e 0 A ο ει ε , 9 
τὰ ἱερὰ ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, λαβὼν βοῦν vd’ ἁμάξης, οὐ 
by > ¥ e A 2 3 , 8 « 
γὰρ ἦν ἄλλα ἱερῖα, σφαγιασάµενος ἐβοήθει καὶ ot 
¥ A 
ἄλλοι οἱ µέχρι τριάκοντα ἐτῶν ἅπαντες καὶ avada- 





4 gen, 3 direct the sacrifice. 8 i.e. καλόν τι. 4 κατὰ τὸ µέρος, in place 
oY § dsete., in what a terrible condition. © spears. 7 sacks, 8 vessels, 
an 


” 
— 


25 


27 


916 ANABASIS. 


lé 8 8 ¥ 3 8 ΄ 9 
βόντες τοὺς λοιποὺς ἄνδρας εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον adt 
κνοῦνται. καὶ ἦδη μὲν ἀμφὶ ἡλίου δυσμὰς' ἦν καὶ οἱ 
φ ον, OU ν 2 A 9 

Ελληνες pan’ ἀθύμως ἔχοντες ἐδειπνοποιοῦντο, καὶ 


2 rov Βιθυνών τινες ἐπιγενό- 


3 4 8 Α a 
ἐξαπίνης διὰ τών λασίων 
A , ο) A ΄ 8 8 
µενοι τοῖς προφύλαξι τοὺς μὲν κατέκανον τοὺς δὲ 
ἐδίωξαν µέχρι εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον. καὶ κραυγῆς Ύενο- 
a, 3 Ν σ 4 e 9 8 
µένης eis τὰ ὅπλα πάντες ἔδραμον οἱ Ἕλληνες' καὶ 
διώκειν μὲν καὶ κινεν τὸ στρατόπεδον νυκτὸς οὐκ 
ἀσφαλὲς ἐδόκει εἶναι" δασέα γὰρ ἦν τὰ χωρία" ἐν δὲ 
Α σ 3 a? ῤ ε ων , 
τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐνυκτέρευον φυλαττόμενοι ἱκανοῖς φύλαξζι. 


Returning, they fortify the stronghold; the omens being favorable, 
Xenophon leads forth a division. 


ν τν) .ὶ , φ δ , ον. 9 5 . ~ ee -» 
. Τὴν μὲν νύκτα ούτω Οι-ήγαγον apa οὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 
id “A e 
οἱ στρατηγοὶ eis τὸ ἐρυμνὸν χωρίον ἡγοῦντο" οἱ δὲ 
9 3 ΄ 8 σ 8 Ν 4 ‘ δὲ 
εἴποντο ἀναλαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τα σκεύη. πρὶν OE 
2 2 φ 5 aa eS 5 > 
ἀρίστου wpayv εἶναι ἁπ-ετάφρευσαν  ῃ η εισοοος HY εἰς 
τὸ χωρίον, καὶ ἁπ-εσταύρωσαν * 
A a Φ ’ 
τρεῖς πύλας. καὶ πλοῖον ἐξ Ἡρακλείας ἧκεν ἄλφιτα 


σ 
ἄπαν, καταλιπόντες 


» 8 e A 8 Φ 
ἄγον καὶ ἱερεα καὶ οἶνον. 
A 3 ού) 8 ῤ 
Πρ δ᾽ ἀναστὰς Ἐενοφῶν ἐθύετο ἐπ ἐξόδῳ, καὶ γίγνε- 
‘N e 8 5 9 Ἱ 6 α a ε a \ no aN 
Tau τὰ ἱερὰ ὃ ἐπὶ; τοῦ πρώτου tepeiov. καὶ ηδη τέλος 
2» A e A  ε A 9. _ πε , 9 , 
ἐχόντων τῶν ἱερῶν ὁρῷ ἀετὸν αἴσιον ' ὁ µάντις ᾿Αρηξίων 
Παρράσιος, καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι κελεύει τὸν Ἐενοφώντα. καὶ 
A 
διαβάντες τὴν τάφρον τὰ ὅπλα τίθενται, καὶ ἐκήρυξαν 
σ 
ἀριστήσαντας ἐξιέναι τοὺς στρατιώτας σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις, 
τὸν δὲ ὄχλον καὶ τὰ ἀνδράποδα αὐτοῦ κατα-λιπεῖν. οἱ 
μὲν δὴ ἄλλοι πάντες ἐξῇῆσαν, Νέων δὲ οὗ ' ἐδόκει γὰρ 
2 gecting. 2 τὰ λάσια, the thickets. 8 cut off with a trench (the side) 


where etc. 4 fence off with a palisade. ὃ sc. καλά, as in 6.4° 6 upon the 
ate., asin ἐπὶ Κύρο. 7 lucky. 





BOOK VI. CHAP. V. 317 


4 9, A , Αα a Ἱ 3.8 
Kpatiovoy εἶναι τοῦτον φύλακα καταλιπεν τών" ἐπὶ 
στρατοπέδου. eet δ᾽ ot λοχαγοὶ καὶ οὗ στρατιῶται 
2» > 3 , κ. 2) 2 6 A 
ἀπέλειπον αὐτόν, αἰσχυνόμενοιυ μη” ἐφ-έπεσύθαι τών 
3 3 4 ιά 3 ο ‘ e 4 , ‘ 
ἄλλων ἐξιόντων, κατέλιπον αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὑπὲρ πέντε καὶ 

, ¥ ἃ © \ D4 e > » 
τετταράκοντα ETN. καὶ οὗτοι μὲν ἔμενον, οἱ ὃ ἄλλοι 
ἐπορεύοντο. 


Proceeding to the scene of Neon’s defeat, they bury the dead. While 
foraging, the enemy appear; preparation for battle. 


Πρὶν δὲ πεντεκαίδεκα στάδια δι-εληλυθέναι ἐν-έτυχον 
ἤδη νεκροῖς καὶ τὴν οὐρὰν ὃ τοῦ κέρατος ποιησάµενοι 
κατὰ τοὺς πρώτους φανέντας νεκροὺς ἔθαπτον πάντας 
ε Ud 4 3 9 Ld > N δὲ ‘ ιο 
ὁπόσους  ἐπελάμβανε τὸ κέρας. ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὺς πρώτους 
έθαψαν, προαγαγόντες καὶ τὴν οὐρὰν αὖθις ποιησάµενοι 

ΔΝ Ν ή ‘ “A 6 1] \ 3 ἃ 
κατὰ τοὺς πρώτους τῶν ἆἁ-τάφων  ἔθαπτον τὸν αὐτὸν 

‘4 € ιό a J , 6 ε Ud 3 4 8 3 
τρόπον ὁπόσους ἐπελάμβανεν ὁ ἢ στρατιά. ἐπεὶ δὲ eis 

Ν ε δὲ Φ Ν 2 an A 4 0 ν 3 A , 
τὴν ὁδὸν HKOY τὴν ἐκ TaV κωμῶν, ἔνθα ἔκειντο ἀθρόοι, 
συνενεγκόντες Ἰ αὐτοὺς ἔθαψαν. 

σετ δὲ ΄ , 8 ~ e id 4 

Hon ὃε πέρα µεσούσης” τῆς NMEpas προαγαγὀντες 
τὸ στράτευµα ἔζω τῶν κωμῶν ἐλάμβανον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
σ e 4 3 8 ~ , 8 3 ΄ € ο 
OTL τις ὀρφη ἐντὸς τῆς φάλαγγος, καὶ ἐξαίφνης ὁρῶσι 
τοὺς πολεµίους ὑπερβάλλοντας κατὰ λόφους τινὰς ἐκ 
τοῦ ἐναντίου, τεταγµένους ἐπὶ φάλαγγος ἱππέας τε 
πολλοὺς καὶ πεζούς: καὶ γὰρ Σπιθριδάτης καὶ Ῥαθίνης 
4 X 
yKov παρὰ Φαρναβάζου ἔχοντες τὴν δύναμιν. ἐπεὶ δὲ 

tO 8 9 λ ε a 6 3 id 
Kat-eloov τοὺς Ἓλληνας ot πολέμιοι, ἐστησαν ἀπέχον- 
τες αὐτῶν ὁὃσον' πεντεκαίδεκα σταδίου. ἐκ τούτου 

3X 9 ρ ε ΄ Αα 
εὐθὺς ᾿Αρηξίων [6 µάντις τῶν Ἑλλήνων] σφαγιάζεται, 

1 of the (things) in (lit. on) camp. 2 not to follow when the others ete. 

5 bringing the rear of their column beside ete. 4 as many as their line embraced. 


6 unburied. ϐ Thus the dead were strewn over two lengths of the line (κέρας). 
7 fr. cuu-ddor. 8 ueadw, be middle. 


10 


11 


12 


18 


318 AN ABASIS. 


. 2 2 2° a ρ 4 4 , » 9 
καὶ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου Kaha τὰ σφάγια. ἔνθα Sn 
ολα ές a eae tes ρ 3 
Ἐενοφῶν λέγει, “Aoket pot, w avdpes στρατηγού, ἐπι- 
τάξασθαι” τῇ φάλαγγι λόχους φύλακας iv’, av που δέῃ. 
> ε 3 , α , 8 ε 4 
wow ot ἐπιβοηθήσοντες τῇ φάλαγγι καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι 
τεταραγµένοι ἐμπίπτωσιν εἰς τεταγµένους καὶ ἀκεραίους." 
ο] “A “cf A A , ΣΣ» (6 
συνεδόκει ταύτα πασιν. Ὑμείς µεν τοίνυν, έφη, “προ- 
Ἠγεῖσθε τὴνὃ πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους, ὡς μὴ ἑστήκωμεν,' 
ey he 5 Roars ‘ λε. δις δ. 
ἐπεὶ ὠφύθημεν" καὶ Ἐἰδοµεν τοὺς πολεμίους ἐγω dv 
κά “A 
ἤξω τοὺς τελευταίους λόχους Kataxwploas® ᾖπερ ὑμῖν 
α 29 
δοκεῖ. 


Continuing their march they reach a ravine, where, after consulta. 
tion, vt vs decided to eross and engage the enemy. 


Ῥ , ε δ] 7 A e δὲ aA 9 
κ τούτου οἱ µεν ἤσυχοι' προ-ηγον, ὁ δὲ τρεις ἀφ- 
λ Δ ‘ λ , ’ 2 A 5 . , ιά 5 \_& 
ελών τὰς τελευταίας τάξεις ava διακοσίους ἄνδρας τὴν 
‘ 
μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν ἐπέτρεψεν ἐφ-έπεσθαι ἀπολιπόντας 
ὡς πλέθρὸν ' Σαμόλας ᾿Αχαιὸς ταύτης ἦρχε τῆς τάξεως ' 
κ >’ 3 ἃ ~ 4 9 , ο θ ο ? 9 ‘ 
τὴν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ µέσῳ ἐχώρισεν ἔπεσθαι' Πνρρίας ᾿Αρκὰς 
ταύτης ἦρχε᾽ τὴν δὲ µίαν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ' Φρασίας 
᾿Αθηναῖος ταύτῃ ἐφ-ειστήκει. προϊόντες δέ, ἐπεὶ ἐγέ- 
1 η σος. πε ? Y 
‘\ , a 8 
νοντο οἱ ἡγούμενοι ἐπὶ νάπει μεγάλῳ καὶ δυσπόρφ. 
ἔστησαν ἀγνοοῦντες et διαβατέον ein τὸ νάπος. καὶ 
παρεγγυώσι» στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς παριέναι ἐπὶ 
τὸ ἡγούμενον. καὶ 6 Ἐενοφῶν θΘαυμάσας ὅτι τὸ 
ἴσχον εἴη τὴν πορείαν καὶ ταχὺ ἀκούων τὴν παρεγ- 
yinv,” ἐλαύνει 7 τάχιστα. ἐπεὶ δὲ συνηλθον, λέγει 
Σοφαίνετος πρεσβύτατος wy τῶν στρατηγῶν ὅτι βουλῆς ™ 
οὐκ ἄζιον ein «i διαβατέον ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον νάπος. 
1 station companies as reserves (Φύλακας) behind the phalanx. 3 
3 ac. ὁδό», on the road. 3 may not be standing, showing fear thereby. * were 


seen, fr. ὁράω. 6 after arranging separately. 7 quietly. 8 τὴν μὲν τάξω- 
ὃ pass the word, command. VY command. 11 consideration. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. V. 319 


Καὶ 6 Ἐενοφῶν σπουδῇ ὑπολαβώὼν' ἔλεξζεν * 
“*AX\N lore µέν µε, @ ἄνδρες, οὐδένα πω κίνδυνον 
ρ Α , 7 ε A 
προξενήσαντα ! ὑμῖν ἐθελούσιον" ov yap δόξηςΣ ὁρῶ 
2 ea 3 4 3 λλὰ , A 
δεοµένους ὑμᾶς eis ἀνδρειότητα, ἀλλὰ σωτηρίας. νὺν 
4 9 3’ 3 3 \ A 3 6 ὃ 3 } 3 λθ ο. 
δὲ οὕτως ἔχει ἁμαχεὶ μὲν ἐνθένδε οὐκ ἔστιν ἀπελθειν 
a 8 8 ε a ¥ 3 3 νο , @ e a 
ἦν γὰρ μὴ ἡμεῖς ἵωμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεµίους, οὗτοι ἡμιν 
ὁπόταν ἀπίωμεν ἔψονται καὶ ἐπι-πεσοῦνται. ὁρᾶτε δὴ 
πότερον κρεῖττον ὃ ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας προβαλοµένους 
\ σ AG , ” θ € ο 3 a ‘ 
Ta οπλα 7° µετα-βαλομένους οπισύεν ημων ἐπιόντας τους 
? Α »” id σ 8 ἡ 9 id 
πολεμίους θεᾶσθαι. tore μέντοι ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἀπιέναι 
> AN , 10 ΔΝ AaqT ν κ δὲ 23 2 θ 8 
ἀπὸ πολεμίων οὐδενὶ καλῳ ' ἔοικε, TO Οὲ ἐφέπεσύαι καὶ 
ο) ? 8 3 ~ 3 Ν “A ηὸ A Ν 
τοῖς κακίοσι θάρρος ἐμ-ποιε. ἐγὼ your ἤδιον ἂν σὺν 
ἡμίσεσιν ἐπ-ιοίην ἢ σὺν διπλασίοις ἀπο-χωροίην. καὶ 
, 9 to 9 3 , \ e a > 5° e A aN / 
τούτους ᾽ οἳδ OTL, ἐπιόντων μὲν ἡμῶν, OVD vers ἐλπίζετε 
9 ‘ iden e A 3 / \ , 2 , 
αὐτοὺς δέξεσθαι ἡμᾶς, ἀπιόντων δὲ πάντες ἐπιστάμεθα 
ὅτι τολµήσουσιν ἐφ-έπεσθαι. τὸ" δὲ διαβάντας ὅπι- 
6 Ud ΔΝ ιό θ Ld 4 θ 
σύεν νάπος χαλεπὸν ποιἠσασύθαι µέλλοντας µάχεσύαι 
ο 9 > A 4 « , ¥ A 4 Ν ΄ 
ap οὐχὶ καὶ ἁρπάσαι ἄξιον; τοῖς μὲν γὰρ πολεμίοις 
3 4 ΄ Ka ¥ , 4 9 3 
ἐγὼ βουλοίμην ἂν εὔπορα πάντα φαίνεσθαι ὥστε ἀπο- 
πε wae be a 9 9 a , ο Dida θ 
χωρεῖν '' ἡμᾶς δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ χωρίου δεῖ διδάσκεσθαι 
9 3 ¥ ‘\ “A 12 , , > ὃν 
ὅτι οὐκ ἐστι μὴ νικῶσι'' σωτηρία. θαυμάζω ὃδ) ἔγωγε 
Ν Ν , ο ¥ “A 8 / iy 
καὶ TO νάπος τοῦτο εἰ TLS μᾶλλον φοβερὸν νομίζει εἶναι 
ὃν ν ο , , a N \ 
τῶν ἄλλων ὧν δια-πεπορεύμεθα χωρίων. πῶς yap δὴ 
διαβατὸν τὸ πεδίον, εἰ μὴ νικήσοµεν τοὺς ἱππέας ;, πῶς 
a 
δὲ a δι-εληλύθαμεν Όρη, nv πελτασταὶ τοσοίδε ἐφ- 


a “λ a 

έπωνται; nv δὲ δὴ καὶ σωθῶμεν ἐπὶ θάλατταν, πόσον» 
1 introduce. 2 willingly. 8 reputation. 4 valor. 5 (sc. ἡμᾶς) προ- 

βαλομένουε iévas etc. 6 sc. ἡμᾶς, that we reversing (our arms) see etc. T re 

sembles nothing noble. 8 courage. 9 Prolepsis. 10 τὸ δὲ µέλλοντας 


µάχεσθαι διαβάντας ποιῄσασθαι etc., for those who intend to fight after crossing, to 
put a difficult ravine in their rear is not (this an advantage) worth while to grasp? 


i ο that they would withdraw. 12 {0 such as do not congue". 18 how great 
@ sort of. 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 





¥1 


22 


23 


820 ος ANABASIS. 


a ’ 
τι νάπος ὁ Πόντος ;, ἔνθα οὔτε mote ἐστι τὰ ἁπ-άξοντα 


οὔτε otros ᾧ θρεψόμεθα”3 µένοντες, δεήσει δέ, ἦν θᾶττον 


9 A a : Α , 3 , 3 AN Q 2 4 
éxet γενώµεθα, Oarrov πάλιν ἐξιέναι ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 
οὐκοῦν νῦν κρεῖττον ἠριστηκότας µάχεσθαι ἢ αὔριον 
ἀν-αρίστους. ἄνδρες, τά τε ἱερὰ ἡμῖν καλὰ οἵ τε οἷω- 

. ν , , , . * 24 \ 
vot αἶσιοι τά τε σφάγια κάλλιστα ἴωμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς 
»¥ 9 ” 3 , 9 4 e a κ 
ἄνδρας. οὗ δεῖ ἔτι τούτους, ἐπεὶ ἡμᾶς πάντως εἶδον, 
ε 0 “A 382» σὁ a ιά Α 99 
ἡδέως δειπνῆσαι ovd ὅπου ἂν θέλωσι σκηνῆσαι. 


After crossing the ravine, cheered on by Xenophon, the Greeks join 
with and defeat the enemy. 


Ἐντεῦθεν οὗ λοχαγοὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον, καὶ οὐδεὶς 
9 , ν oa ε oA , , 8 8 
ἀντ-έλεγε. καὶ ὃς ἡγεῖτ, παραγγείλας διαβαίνειν ᾗ 
ἕκαστος ἐτύγχανε τοῦ νάπους ὤν' θᾶττον γὰρ ἀθρόον 
ἐδόκει' ἂν οὕτω πέραν γενέσθαι τὸ στράτευμα ἢ εἰ 

4 ‘ , A oA A , a . > AN 
κατὰ τὴν γέφυραν ἡ ἐπὶ τῷ νάπει ἦν ἐξεμηρύοντο. ἐπεὶ 
Δ ΄ A Ἐν 8 / 
δὲ δι-έβησαν, παριὼν παρὰ τὴν φάλαγγα ἔλεγεν ° 

“"Avdpes, ἀνα-μιμνήσκεσθε ὅσας δὴ µάχας σὺν τοῖς 


Αα Δ 
θεοῖς ὁμόσε ἰόντες νενικήκατε καὶ ola πάσχουσιν οἱ 


24 


a ΄ Ν Αα 3 4 9 > N ~ 
πολεμίους φεύγοντες, καὶ τοῦτο ἐν-νοήσατε ὅτι ἐπὶ ταῖς 
2 A ε , 9 , 9\\>2 9 e , a 
θύραις τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐσμέ. ἀλλ ἔπεσθε ἡγεμόνι τό 
Ἡρακλεῖ καὶ ἀλλήλους παρα-καλεῖτε ὀνομαστίὸ ἡδύ 
Του ἀνδρεῖόν τυ καὶ καλὸν νῦν εἰπόντα καὶ ποιήσαντα 

UA > 4 9 ιά id ε ο 99 
μνήμην ἐν ots ἐθέλει παρέχειν ἑαντοῦ. 

Ταῦτα παρελαύνων ἔλεγε καὶ apa ὑφηγειτοῖ ἐπὶ 
φάλαγγος, καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς ἑκατέρωθεν ποιησάµενοι 
ἐπορεύοντο ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεµίους. παρήγγελτο δὲ τὰ μὲν 

1 fr. τρέφω, 2 certainly. 8 wherever (of) in the ravine. € ἑδόκει (he 
thought) γὰρ τὸ στράτευμα ἂν οὕτω θᾶττον γενέσθαι πέραν ἀθρόον Ἰ el ἐξεμηρύοντο 
(defile) etc. 5 by name. 6 ἡδύ τοι it is pleasant, you know, (by) saying 


etc., to secure α remembrance (μνήμην) of himself among etc. 7 lead on 
tn battle array. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. V. 321 


5 , > 8 8 ὃ Ν Φ 1» 9 3? “~ 
όρατα ἐπὶ τὸν δεξζιὸν apov’ ἔχειν, ἕως onpaivor τῇ 
Xx x ¥ de 3 a 3 ρ 8 9 6 
σάλπιγγι᾽ ἔπειτα δὲ εἰς προβολὴν” καθ-έντας ὃ ἐπεσύαι 
, 8 ὃ ld 5 / ὃ ΄ 9 , , θ 
βάδην καὶ µηδένα δρόµῳ διώκειν. ἐκ τούτου σύνθημα 
, 14 ‘ 7 « “ e 99 ε δὲ , 
παρ-ᾖει “Ζευς σωτήρ. Ἡρακλης ἠγεμών. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι 
ὑπ-έμενον, νοµίζοντες καλὸν ἔχειν τὸ χωρίον. ἐπεὶ ὃ 

9 

ἐπλησίαζον, ἁλαλάξζαντες οἱ Ἕλληνες πελτασταὶ ἔθεον 
3 ἃ 8 , ΄ ° a e Q id 
ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους πρίν τινα κελεύειν' οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι 
9 id 9 9 ο a 4 9 A - “A 
ἀντίοι ώρμησαν, οἱ ϐ᾽ ἱππεῖς καὶ τὸ στίῖφος τῶν Βιθυνῶν 

“ , \ a 3 - 3 ‘\ € , ε 
καὶ τρέπονται τοὺς πελταστᾶς.' GAN ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαζεν 7 
φάλαγξ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ταχὺ πορευοµένη καὶ apa 7 
, 2 2 ‘ 3 , 9 A “A 
σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο Kat ἐπαιάνιζον καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 
ἠλάλαζον καὶ ἅμα τὰ δόρατα καθ-ίεσαν, ἐνταῦθα οὐκέτι 
ἐδέξαντο οἱ πολέμιοι ἀλλὰ ἔφευγον. καὶ Τιμασίων 
μὲν ἔχων τοὺς ἱππέας ἐφ-είπετο, καὶ ἀπ-εκτίννυσαν 
σ 3 , ε 3 »” ~ A , 
ὅσουσπερ ἐδύναντο ws ὀλίγοι ὄντε. τῶν δὲ πολεμίων 
τὸ μὲν εὐώνυμον εὐθὺς δι-εσπάρη, καθ 6 οἱ Ἕλληνες 
ε ~ Φ. Ν δὲ ὃ ΔΝ 9 9 90) 5 4 
ἱππεῖς ἦσαν, τὸ δὲ δεξιὸν are οὐ σφόδρα διωκόµενον 
ἐπὶ λόφου συν-έστη. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον οἱ Ἕλληνες ὑπομέ- 

3 , 3 , em ΄ \ 
νοντας αὐτούς, ἐδόκει ῥᾷστόν τε καὶ ἆἁ-κινδυνότατον 
5 2°? aN > 3 9 , , a As 
εἶναι ἱέναι ἤδη ἐπ avrovs. µπαιανίσαντες οὖν εὐθὺς 
2 7 e 9 9 e + Ν΄ 3 A ε 
ἐπέκειντο οἱ δ οὐχ ὑπέμειναν. καὶ ἐνταῦθα οἱ πελ- 
ν 907 , Ν 9 Φ , > 

τασταὶ ἐδίωκον µέχρι τὸ δεξιὸν av Si-eomdpn’ ἀπέ- 
6 δὲ PVE é Ν λ ε x. 4 / A κ 
ανον δὲ ὀλίγοι' τὸ yap ἰππικὸν" φόβον παρεῖχε τὸ 
τῶν πολεμίων πολὺ op. 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ νά οἱ Ἕλληνες τό τε Φαρναβάζον f ους 
ἔτι συν-εστηκὸς ὃ καὶ τοὺς Βιθυνοὺς ἱππέας πρὸς τοῦτο 


27 


28 


29 


30 


συναθροιζοµένους καὶ ἀπὸ λόφου Twos κατα-θεωµένους - 


bs) ιά 3 V4 7 id ο δὲ 25 ιά 8 
Τα γιγνόμενα, ἀπ-ειρήκεσαν ΄ μέν, ὅµως OE ἐθόκει καὶ 


1 ἆμοε, shoulder. 2 foracharge. ᾽ 8 καθ-ίηµι, let down, lower. 4 τὸ 
Ἠπικὸν (sc. µέρος) τὸ τῶν etc. 5 standing in a body. 6 gc. τὸ ἱππικόν 
 (ΜίΠοιρ]) they were tired. 

H. & W. ANAB. — 


81 


32 


322 ANABASIS. 


24 , 9 2 5 9 1 ο δ , . ε 
ἐπὶ τούτους ἰτέον εἶναι οὕτως ὅπως δύναιντο, ws 
μὴ τεθαρρηκότες” ἀναπαύσαιντο. συνταξάµενοι δὴ 
πορεύονται. ἐντεῦθεν οἱ πολέμιοι ἱππεῖς φεύγουσι κατὰ 
τοῦ πρανοῦς ὁμοίως ὥσπερ ὑπὸ ἱππέων διωκόµενοι 
, ‘ 3 ‘ ε 5 , a 3 nO eg 
νάπος yap αὐτοὺς ὑπεδέχετο, ὃ οὐκ ᾖδεσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες, 
ἀλλὰ προ-απ-ετράποντο» διώκοντες' ὀψὲ γὰρ Hv. ἐπ-αν- 
δὲ 4 0 ε ΄ 4 4 3 a ιό 
ελθόντες 0€ ενὔα η πρώτη συμβολὴ ΄ ἐγένετο, στησάµενοι 
τρόπαιον ἀπῇσαν ἐπὶ θάλατταν περὶ ἡλίου δυσμάς ' 
, » 4 ε ee? 9 4 \ , 
στάδιοι ὃ ἦσαν ὡς ἑξήκοντα ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 


While awaiting Cleander, the Spartan harmost, they plunder the 
surrounding country. . 

VL  Ἐντεῦθεν oft μὲν πολέμιοι εἶχον ὃ ἀμφὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν 
καὶ ἁπ-ήγοντο καὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας καὶ τὰ χρήματα ὅποι 
254 fone ο SS Ἡλλ 9 
ἐδύναντο προσωτάτω᾽ οι O€ EAAnves προσ-έμενον µεν 

id Ν 4 _ Sf \ 8 A e 9 
Κλέανδρον καὶ τὰς τριήρεις καὶ τὰ πλοῖα ws H€ovTa, 
3 ? > ε , ε ΄ Ν Α ε , >" 
ἐξιόντες 8 ἑκάστης ἡμέρας σὺν τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις καὶ 

“A 9 9 3 7 3 ὃ a 7 ‘ 8 , 
τοῖς ἀνδραπόδοις ἐφέροντο ἀδεῶς' πυροὺς Kat κριθάς, 
οἶνον, ὄσπρια, µελίνας, σΌκα ' ἅπαντα γὰρ ἀγαθὰ εἶχεν 
ἡ χώρα πλὴν ἐλαίου καὶ ὁπότε μὲν κατα-μένοι τὸ 

, 3 , 249 3 ἃ , 27 8 
στράτευμα ἀναπαυόμενον, ἐξῆν ἐπὶ λείαν ἰέναι, καὶ 
3ὰ 2 ε 3 , ε / N σύ ~ Ν a 
ἐλάμβανον [oi] ἐξιόντες' ὁπότε δὲ ἐξ-ίοι πᾶν τὸ στρά- 
TEVA, EL τις χωρὶς ἀπελθὼν λάβοι τι, δηµόσιον ἔδοζεν ὃ 
εἶναι. ἤδη δὲ ἦν πολλὴ πάντων ἀφθονία' καὶ γὰρ 
ἀγοραὶ  πάντοθεν ἀφ-ικνοῦντο ἐκ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πό- 
λεων καὶ οἱ παρα-πλέοντες ἄσμενοι κατῆγον, ἀκούοντες 
ε > 2 , \ ‘ ¥ ¥ \ \ ε 
ὡς οἰκίζοιτο πόλις καὶ λιμὴν εἴη. ἔπεμπον δὲ καὶ οἱ 
πολέμιοι ἤδη ot πλησίον ᾧκουν πρὸς ἈἘενοφῶντ 

µιοι ἤδη of πλησίον ὧᾧκουν πρὸς νο α, 


1 thus, Ἱ. ϱ. tired as they were. 2 taking courage, refresh themselves. 8 turned 
back before (reaching it, νάπος). 4 engagement. 5 εἶχον ἀἁμφί, were busy 
about. 6 farthest. 7 fearlessly. 8 seemed good = it was adjudged. 


9 provisions (for sale). 10 put in (to port). 











- 


BOOK VI. CHAP. VI. 823 


9 4 9 @ 1 Ν , 9 A 9 
ἀκούοντες ὅτι οὗτος TroAlLeL τὸ χωρίον, έρωτωντες OTL 
/ A 4 4. ς % 3 4 3 ‘ 
δέι ποιοῦντας φίλους εἶναι. 6 8 ἀπεδείκνυεν αὐτοὺς 


TOUS στρατιώταις. 


Trouble arising over the division of booty, Cleander threatens to sail 
away and proclaim the Greeks public enemies. 


Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ Κλέανδρος ἀφικνεῖται δύο τριήρεις i 
ν A 3 5 , 3 2 δὲ 9 4 ¥ 3 
ἔχων, πλοῖον 8 οὐδέν. ἐτύγχανε δὲ τὸ oTparevpa ἔξω 
dv ὅτε ἀφίκετο καὶ ἐπὶ λείαν ὃ τινὲς οἰχόμενοι addoce * 
εἰς τὸ ὄρος εἰλήφεσαν πρόβατα πολλά ὀκνοῦντες ὃ δὲ 
μὴ ἀφ-αιρεθεῖεν τῷ Δεξίππῳ λέγουσιν, ὃς ἁπ-έδρα 5 τὴν 
πεντηκόντορον ἔχων ἐκ ἹΤραπεζοῦντος, καὶ κελεύουσι 
5 , 2 A Δ , ν 9 9 λ A 
ια-σώσαντα αὐτοῖς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ μὲν αὐτὸν λαβείν, 
Ν A ie 3 ~ 3X 3 9 “ 3 , 
τὰ δὲ σφίσιν ἀπο-δοῦναι. εὐθὺς 8 ἐκεῖνος ἀπελαύνει 

A A A 9 
τοὺς περι-εστῶτας τῶν στρατιωτῶν καὶ λέγοντας ὅτι 
5 , ¥ ‘\ “A , ὃ 4 Ni] Δ bg ε , 
ηµόσια ein, καὶ τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ λέγει ἐλθὼν Οτι αρπά- 
lav ἐπιχειροῦσιν. 6 δὲ κελεύει τὸν ἁρπάζοντα aye 

9 ε Νε 4 Ν Φ Ρ .. 7 
πρὸς αὑτόν. καὶ ὁ μὲν AaBav Hye τινα” περι-τυχὼν 
§° > A , 9 A .8 \ \ Φ ον ος δι κ. 

γασίας ἀφαιρεῖται καὶ γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ ὁ ayo 

9 eo ν ε , A 
µενος dox{tys.2 οἱ & ἄλλοι οἱ παρόντες τῶν στρατιω- 

A 9 ο td 9 td 3 Α 
τῶν ἐπιχειροῦσι βάλλειν τὸν Δέξιππον, ἀνακαλοῦντες 


10 


Ν y' N 8 ~ A 
τὸν προδότην. ἐδεισαν δὲ καὶ τῶν τριηριτῶν" πολ- 


hot καὶ ἔφευγον eis τὴν θάλατταν, καὶ Ἐλέανδρος 8 
ν =| A Se 4 ε ν ‘ , 
έφευγε. Ἐενοφῶν δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοι κατ-εκώ- 
λυόν τε καὶ τῷ Ἐλεάνδρῳ ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴη πρᾶγμα 
: ρα Ύον οτι OUCEM εη πραγμα, 
ΣΥ ν 9 δ , 11 ¥ 2 ν ‘ A , 
ἄλλα τὸ ὀόγμα”  αιἴτιον'' Ein τὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος 


1 is making a city of the place. 2 out, i.e. after booty. 8 for booty. 
4 elsewhither, i. e. in a direction different from that of the mainarmy.  ὃ appre 
hensive. 8 fr. ἀπο-διδράσκω. 7 happening to be (around) near. 8 rescues 
the man. ° member of his company. 10 of his (Dexippus’) oarsmen. i τὸ 
δόγμα τὸ τοῦ etc., i.e. that plunder should be public property. 12 αἴτιον τωῦτο 
γενέσθαι, the cause of the occurrence of these things. 


9 


10 


12 


16 


824 ANABASIS. 


ταῦτα γενέσθαι. ὁ δὲ Kdéavdpos ὑπὸ τοῦ Δεξίππου 
τε ἀν-ερεθιζόμενος' καὶ αὐτὸς ἀχθεσθεὶς ὅτι ἐφοβήθη, 
3 κ ν \ ιά 4 , ΄ 
ἀπο-πλεύσεσθαι έφη καὶ κηρύξειν µηδεμίαν πόλιν δέ- 
χεσθαι αὐτούς, ὡς πολεμίου. ᾖρχον δὲ τότε πάντων 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων ot Λακεδαιμόνιου. 

᾿Ενταῦθα πονηρὸν τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐδόκει εἶναι τοῖς Ἔλ- 
λησι, καὶ ἐδέοντο μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα. 6 ὃ οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως 
ἔφη γενέσθαι, et µή τις ἐκ-δώσει τὸν ἄρξαντα βάλλειν 
καὶ τὸν ἀφ-ελόμενον" Fv δὲ ov ἐξ-ῄτει ᾿Αγασίας διὰ 
τέλους ὃ φίλος τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι' ἐξ” οὗ καὶ διέβαλεν av- 
XN ε Ld XN 3 - 3 ΔΝ 3 4 
τὸν ὁ Δέζιππος. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπειδὴ. ἀπορία ἦν, συν- 
ήγαγον τὸ στράτευμα οἱ ἄρχοντες καὶ ἔνιοι μὲν αὐτῶν 

? A “A ~ 
παρ ὀλίγον ὃ ἐποιοῦντο τὸν Κλέανδρον, τῷ δὲ Ἐενοφῶντι 
οὐκ ἐδόκει φαΏλον ὃ εἶναι, GAN ἀναστὰς έλεξεν ᾿ 


Xenophon makes a conciliatory address, in which he offers himself 
for trial as any one accused should do. 


“70, ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἐμοὶ δὲ οὐδὲν φαῦλον δοκεῖ 
εἶναι τὸ πρᾶγμα, εἰ ἡμῖν οὕτως ἔχων τὴν γνώµην 
Κλέανδρος ἄπ-εισιν ὥσπερ λέγε. εἶσὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐγγὺς 
αἱ Ἑλληνίδες πόλεις τῆς δὲ "Ελλάδος Λακεδαιμόνιοι 
προεστήκασιν  ἱκανοὶ δέ εἶσι καὶ» εἷς έκαστος Λακε- 

, 3 A 4 9 a ιά 
δαιµονίων ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ὅτι βούλονται διαπράττεσθαι. 
εἰ οὖν οὗτος πρῶτον μὲν ἡμᾶς Βυζαντίου ἀποκλείσει, 
ἔπειτα δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἁρμοσταῖς παραγγελεῖὶ εἰς τὰς 

4 8 δ , ε 3 ο ὃ , 8 
πόλεις μὴ δέχεσθαι ὡς ἀπιστοῦντας Λακεδαιμονίοις καὶ 
ἁ-νόμους  ὄντας, ἔτι δὲ πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον τὸν ναύαρχον 
Φ « ρ κ ε aA 9 9 κ rd 
οὗτος 6 λόγος περὶ ἡμῶν nea, χαλεπὸν έσται Kal µέ- 

1 stirred up. 3 who rescued (the man), cf.§ 7. 5 throughout, i.e. constant. 


6 on which account. 5 made (beside) little of ete. 6 trifling. ᾗἹ towards va 
© even each one (emphatic). 9 lawless. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. VI. 325 


x. 93 α 4 ν 9 να a“ ¥ 
vey καὶ ἀποπλειν' καὶ yap ἐν TH yy ἄρχουσι Λακε- 
δαιµόνιοι καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ τὸν νῦν χρόνον. οὔκουν 
α ¥ ea 9 ὃ Ἆ Y νά δ α ε a “ λ 
Set οὔτε ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἕνεκα οὔτε Ουοὶν ἡμᾶς τοὺς αλ- 
λους τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἁπ-έχεσθαι, ἀλλὰ πειστέον ὅτι ἂν 
a 8 8 ε 4 ε ον 9 3 Ν 4 
κελεύωσι" καὶ γὰρ at πόλεις ἡμῶν ὁθεν ἐσμὲν πείθον- 


> ” 3 8 8 > 4 ‘\ 3 , ld ΄ 
Tat αὐτοῖ. ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν, καὶ γὰρ ἀκούω Δέξιππον 


λέγειν πρὸς Ἑλέανδρον ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἐποίησεν ᾿Αγασίας 

~ 9 4 9 4 9 4 ΡΜ. ‘9 4 4 4. , 
ταῦτα, εἰ μὴ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσα, Eyw µεν οὖν ἀπο-λύω 

ν ea A 1 Νν , a 2 \ 9 , 
καὶ μας τῆς αἰτίας καὶ Αγασίαν, ἂν avros Αγασίας 
φήσῃ ἐμέ τ, τούτων αἴτιον εἶναι, καὶ κατα-δικάζω ἐμαν- 

A > 3 A a Υ 8 / 360 3 
τοῦ, εἰ ἐγὼ πετρο-βολίας 7% ἄλλου τινὸς βιαίου ἐξζάρχω, 
τῆς ἐσχάτης δίκης ἄξιος εἶναι" καὶ ὑφ-έέω τὴν δίκην. 
φημὶ δὲ καὶ ei τινα ἄλλον αἰτιᾶται, χρῆναι ἑαυτὸν 
παρα-σχεῖν Κλεάνδρῳ κρῖναι οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ὑμεις ἆπο- 
μοι τῆς αἰτίας εἴητε. ws δὲ νῦν EXEL, Χαλεπὸν 
él οἰόμενοι ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι καὶ ἐπαίνου καὶ τιµῆς τεύ- 
ζεσθαι ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδ ὅμοιοι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐσόμεθα, 
GAN’ εἰρξόμεθα ἐκ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων.᾽ 


Agasias defends himself ably, and asks to be sent to Cleander for 
trial ; he 1s sent attended by the officers. 


Mera ταῦτα ἀναστὰς εἶπεν ᾿Αγασίας : 

«Εγώ, ὢ ἄνδρες, ὄμνυμι θεοὺς καὶ Oeds® F μὴν 
pyre pe Ἐενοφῶντα κελεῦσαι ἀφ-ελέσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα 
pyre ἄλλον ὑμῶν µηδένα. ἱδόντι δέ µοι ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν 
ἀγόμενον τῶν ἐμῶν λοχιτῶν ὑπὸ Δεξίππου, ὃν ὑμεῖς 
ἐπίστασθε ὑμᾶς προ δόντα, δεινὸν ἔδοξεν εἶναι καὶ 
ἀφ-ειλόμην,. ὁμολογῶ. καὶ ὑμεῖς μὲν μὴ ἐκ-δῶτέ με 
ἐγὼ δὲ ἐμαυτόν, ὥσπερ Ἐενοφῶν λέγει, παρα-σχήσω 


1 accusation. 2 began, took the lead in. 8 after καταδικάζω. . * sc. 
ἵσναι, it will be hard if etc. 5 goddesses. 


17 


20 


21 


82 


28 


326 ANABASIS. 


κρίαντι Κλεάνδρῳ ὅτι ἂν βούληται ποιῆσαι τούτου 
σ ΄ λ ~ , ὃ Α΄ ” 4i 
evexa pyre πολεμεῖτέ Λακεδαιµονίοις σώζοισθέὶ τε 
9 ~ σ A \ 9 4 9 ΄ 
ἀσφαλῶς ὅποι θέλει έκαστος. συμ-πέμψατε"” μέντοι 
e ο 9 A ελ , 9 λ ὃ ο 
por ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἑλόμενοι πρὸς Κλέανδρον οἴἶτινες, 
¥ . 3 4 4 8 4 e 8 9 “A Q 
ἄν τι ἐγὼ παρα-λίπω, καὶ λέξουσιν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ καὶ 
99 
πράξουσιν. 
9 ΄ 45) 8 e 4 σ ΄ 
Ex τούτου έθωκεν" ἡ στρατιὰ οὐστινας βούλοιτο προ- 
ἐλόμενον ἰέναι. ὁ δὲ προ-είλετο τοὺς στρατηγούς. μετὰ 
“A > fd 8 , ὃ > Fd 4 ε 
ταῦτα ἐπορεύοντο πρὸς Ἐλέανδρον Αγασίας καὶ οἱ 
. 8 e J A 9 8 ε 8 > ’ 
στρατηγοὶ καὶ ὁ ἀφ-αιρεθεὶς ἀνὴρ ὑπὸ ᾿Αγασίου. 
8 ¥ e ae 14 aad e ων e 8 
Και ἔλεγον οι στρατηγοί Έπεμψεν ημας η στρατια 
9 4 iy Α΄ 4 > »P 4 ¥ , 
πρὸς σέ, ὦ Ἐλέανδρε, καὶ ἐκέλευσέ σε, εἴτε πάντας 
» Ag ld 5 \ > XN A A y a λ 
αἰτιᾳ” κρίναντα" σε αὐτὸν χρῆησύαι Ότι ἂν βού η; 
3 σ N aA ΄ “A N [ 3 ο ΄ 
εἴτε eva τινὰ ἢἡ δύο ἢ καὶ πλείου αἰτιᾷ, τούτους 
ἀξιοῦσιὸ παρα-σχεῖν σοι ἑαυτοὺς εἰς κρίσιν. εἴτε οὖν 
ἡμῶν τινα alitia, πάρεσµέν σοι ἡμεῖς  εἴτε καὶ ἄλλον 
΄ “ 9 8 8 9 ΄ : 9 A e α 9 ΄ 
τινά, φράσον ' οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἁπ-έσται στις ἂν ἡμῖν ἐθέλῃ 
99 hs 
πείθεσθαι. 


Agasias addresses Cleander. 


Mera ταῦτα παρ-ελθὼν 6 ᾿Αγασίας εἶπεν' “Eye εἰμι, 
@ Κλέανδρε, ὁ ἀφελόμενος Δεξίππου ἄγοντος τοῦτον τὸν 
3 + v4 ao a ~ 4 Q 
ἄνδρα καὶ παίειν κελεύσας Δέξιππον. τοῦτον μὲν yap 
οἶδα ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν ὄντα, Δέξιππον δὲ οἶδα αἱρεθέντα 
ὑπὸ τῆς στρατιᾶς ἄρχειν τῆς πεντηκοντόρου HS ᾖτησά- 

> 
µεθα παρὰ Τραπεζουντίων ἐφ dte’ πλοῖα συλλέγειν ὡς 
΄ A 3 ld ΄ A , 

σωζοίµεθα, καὶ ἀπο-δράντα [Δέξιππον] καὶ προ-δόντα 
τοὺς στρατιώτας μεθ ὧν ἐσώθη. καὶ τούς τε Τραπε- 


1 may you come safely ete. 2 (sc. τίνας) ὑμῶν αὐτῶν etc. 5 granted 
(him) iéva: προ-ελόμενον. 4 pres. mid.2 sing. - 5 that you yourself try- 
iny us deal with us. 6 they (the army) deem it proper that etc. 7 for the 


aurpose. 





BOOK VIL CHAP. VL 827 


ρ ‘ a ° A A 
ζουντίους ἁπ-εστερήκαμεν τὴν πεντηκόντορον καὶ κακο 
A “A a 8 8 V4 3 
δοκοῦμεν εἶναι διὰ τοῦτον, αὐτοί τε τὸ: ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἆἁπ- 
3 ¥ , 9 A ε ¥ ¥ 
ὁλώλαμεν. NKOVE γάρ, ὠσπερ NMELS, WS ἄπορον Ely 

A ᾿ A 
mel(y ἀπιόντας τοὺς ποταμούς τε διαβῆναι καὶ σωθῆναι 
“A ~ ιά 
ες τὴν Ἑλλάδα. τοῦτον" οὖν τοιοῦτον ὄντα ἀφ- 
ν A 4 A 
ειλόµην. εἳ δὲ σὺ ἦγεςὃ ἢ ἄλλος τις τῶν παρὰ od, 
\ A A 3 ε a 2 5 , > νυν A 9 
[καὶ μὴ τῶν παρ ἡμῶν ἀπο-δράντων], eb ἴσθι ὅτι 
SQN A 4 3 4 , > 3A > A ~ 
οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων ἐποίησα. νόμιζε ὃ, ἐὰν ἐμὲ νῦν 
> id 3 ¥ 5 λ , Ν 8 ¥ 5 
ἀπο-κτείνῃς, δι ἄνδρα Serdy τε Kal πογηρὸν ανδρα 


9 Os 9 , 4 
aya OV αποκτεινωγν. 


Oleander replies, asking that Agasias and his accomplice be left 
for trial. 


9 
᾽Ακούσας ταῦτα 6 Kddavdpos εἶπεν ὅτι Δέξιππον 
μὲν οὐκ ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ταῦτα πεποιηκὼς Ein’ Ov µέντοι 
3 ῦ / 399 3 ϐ Ld , 
ἔφη νομίζειν ovo εἶ παμπόνηρος ἦν Δέξιππος βίᾳ 
~ 9 ιό > ε “A 
χρῆναι πάσχειν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ κριθέντα, ὥσπερ καὶ ὑμεῖς 
A A A ι ο » 
νῦν ἀξιοῦτε, τῆς δίκης τυχεῖν. νῦν οὖν ἅπ-ιτε κατα- 
λ ό , 5 9 ¥ 5 Το > 3 A λ UA - Ud 
ιπόντες TOVvdE τὸν ἄνδρα.” ὅταν ὃ ἐγὼ κελεύσώ, πάρ- 
εστε πρὸς τὴν κρίσιν. αἴτιῶμαι δὲ οὔτε τὴν στρατιὰν 
» ζλλ 9 ὃ / ¥ 9 8 καὶ 9 9 ε λ A 9 
ουτε ἄλλον οὐδένα ετι, ἐπεὶ οὗτος αὐτὸς ὁμολογει ἀφ- 
¥ 
ελέσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα. 6 δὲ ἀφ-αιρεθεὶς εἶπεν, “’Eyd, ὦ 
Κλ , ὃ 3 \ ν 8 19 A 4 ¥ A ¥ 
éavdpe, εἶ Kat οἴε με; ἀδικοῦντά τυ ἄγεσθαι, οὔτε 
y . 
ἔπαιον οὐδένα οὔτε ἔβαλλον, ἀλλ᾽ εἶπον ὅτι δηµόσία 
ν A A 
ein τὰ πρόβατα ἦν yap τῶν στρατιωτῶν δόγµα, εὖ 
e se L287 25 / , 5 4 9 
τις ὁπότε ἡ στρατιὰ ἐξ-ίοι ἰδίᾳ λῄζοιτο, δηµόσια εἶναι 
τὰ ληφθέντα. ταῦτα εἶπον' ἐκ τούτου µε λαβὼν οὗτος 
1 τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ, so far as in his power. 2 1. ο. the λοχίτης of § 7. 8 had 
been leading him away, we should expect #yayes here. * pt. for the usual inf. 


construction. 5 ἔφη µέντοι οὗ νοµίζειν etc. 6 wholly depraved. 7 1.0. 
‘Ayaolas. 8 was being led away. 


25 


26 


29 


90 


31 


32 


33 


998  ANABASIS. 


ᾖγεν, wa μὴ φθέγγοιτοὶ µηδείς, ἀλλ αὐτὸς λαβὼν τὸ 
µέρος δια-σώσειε τοῖς λησταῖς παρὰ τὴν ῥήτραν” τὰ 
χρήµατα.᾽ πρὸς ταῦτα ὁ Κλέανδρος εἶπεν, “ Ἐπὲὶ 
τοίνυν ovv-attios® ef, κατά-μενε, ἵνα καὶ περὶ cov βου- 


λευσώμεθα. 


A deputation sent by the army secures their release; supreme com- 
mand offered to Cleander. 


3 
Ex τούτου οἱ μὲν ἀμφὶ Ἐλέανδρον ἠρίστων' τὴν 
δὲ 8 ΄ ~ Δ A id 
€ στρατιὰν συνήγαγε Βενοφῶν καὶ συνεβούλευε πέµ- 
5 9 λαο ? 4 4 
ψαι [άνδρας] πρὸς Ἰλέανδρον παραιτησοµένους" περὶ 
τῶν ἀνδρῶν. ἐκ τούτου ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς πέµψαντας στρα- 
τηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς καὶ Δρακόντιον τὸν Σπαρτιάτην 
καὶ τῶν ἄλλων οἳ ἐδόκουν ἐπιτήδειοι εἶναι δεῖσθαι 
a A ιά a 3 Α ‘ κό 
Κλεάνδρου κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀφ-εῖναι τὼ ἄνδρε. 
a κκ 
᾿Ελθὼν οὖν ὁ Ξενοφῶν λέγει “Ἔχεις µέν, ὦ Κλέανδρε, 
8 ¥ ὃ Νε , ε ων 6 ο 9 , 
τοὺς ἄνδρας, καὶ 7 στρατιά σοι ὑφ-ετο"” OTL ἐβούλου 
ποιῆσαι καὶ περὶ τούτων καὶ περὶ αὑτῶν ἁπάντων νῦν 
a 3 “~ 8 , ~ , A ¥ 3 
δέ σε αἰτοῦνται καὶ δέονται δοῦναι σφίσι τὼ ἄνδρε καὶ 
μὴ κατα-καίΐνειν ᾽ πολλὰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ ἐμπροσθεν χρόνῳ 
4 8 Δ 6 aA 5 , ., 
περι τὴν στρατιαν ἐμοχθησάτην. TavTa O€ σου τυχὸὀν- 
τες ὑπισχνοῦνταί σοι ἀντὶ τούτων, ἦν βούλῃ ἡγεῖσθαι 
a 5 
αὐτῶν καὶ ἦν οἱ θεοὶ thew! wow, ἐπιδείξειν σοι καὶ 
ε 8 3 \ e ε .9 a ὃν A , 
WS κόσμιοί  εἰσι Kal WS ικανοι τῷ αρχοντι TELVOMEVOL 
τοὺς πολεμίους σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς μὴ Φφοβεῖσθαι. δέονται 
“A ” α 
δέ σου καὶ τοῦτο, παραγενόµενον καὶ apfavTa ἑαυτῶν 
A A A » 
πεῖραν λαβεῖν καὶ Δεξίππου καὶ σφῶν τῶν ἄλλων οἷος 
φ 3 . ον 10 ε A 99 
εκαστος έστι, Kal THY ἀξίαν εκάστοις νειµαι. 
1 might utter (a word about the matter). 2 ordinance = δόγμα of 6.63 
8 jointly causing = particeps criminis 4 make intercession. 5 submitted. 


6 pox Géw, endure hardship. 7 ἴλεως, propitious. 8 orderly. °° ixavol μὴ = 
incapable. 3 deserts. 








BOOK VI. CHAP. VI. 829 


᾽Ακούσας ταῦτα 6 Κλέανδρος, “᾽Αλλὰ vat ta! Σιώ,᾽ 
έφη, “ταχύ τοι ὑμῖν ἀποκρινοῦμαι. καὶ TH τε ἄνδρε 
en “N 9 oN ΄ ὃ 8 A e 4 
ὑμῖν δίδωµι καὶ αὐτὸς παρέσοµαι καὶ ἦν οἱ θεοὶ 
παρα-διδῶσιν; ἐξηγήσομαι eis τὴν Ἑλλάδα. καὶ πολὺ 
ὃ εἰσὶν WF οὓς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 
27 4 ν ε ν , μα 5 ο. 
ἐνίων ήκουον ws τὸ στράτευμα ἀφ-ίστατε ἀπὸ Λακε- 
δαιµονίων. 


ε [ο Ά 3 a 
ou λόγοι οὗτοι ἀντίου 


The omens being unfavorable, Cleander leaves the army, which, after 
siz days, arrives at Chrysopolis. 


> 2 ε A 9 A ο 93 “A » 4 
Ex τούτου ot μὲν ἐπαινοῦντες ἀπῆλθον, ἔχοντες TO 
νο ος , . 297 δν _A , 9 A 
ἄνδρε᾽ Ἐλέανδρος δὲ ἐθύετο ἐπὶ τῇ πορείᾳ καὶ συν-ῆν 
Ἐενοφῶντ' φιλικῶς καὶ ξενίαν ὃ συνεβάλλοντο. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
καὶ ἑώρα αὐτοὺς τὸ παραγγελλόμενον εὖ-τάκτως ποιοῦν- 
A AY: ¥ > ή e 8 , 3» ϱ 
τας, καὶ μᾶλλον ere ἐπ-εθύμει ἡγεμὼν γενέσθαι αὐτῶν. 
| ρα, 
ἐπεὶ µέντοι θυοµένῳ αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας οὐκ ἐγίγνετο 
8 ε , λ ΄ 4 8 > . 6? \7 
Τα ιερᾶ, συγκαλέσας τους στρατηγους εἶπεν Ειμοι 
4 9 «β 8 ν € NO 2ο», ο. ε A , . 9 
μὲν οὗ τελέθει τὰ ἱερὰ ἐξάγειν ὑμεῖς µέντοι μὴ abv- 
μεῖτε τούτου ἕνεκα ὑμῖν γάρ, ὡς ἔοικε, δέδοται ἐκκο- 
, Δ » 5 ‘ 9 8 , A e α δὲ ea 
µίσαι τοὺς avdpas*® ἆλλα πορεύεσθε Ἠἡμεις δὲ vas, 
a σ e / 
ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖσε ἤκητε, δεξόµεθα ὡς av δυνώμεθα κάλ. 
λιστα. 
Ἐκ τούτου ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατιώταις δοῦναι αὐτῷ τὰ 
/ 9 4 ‘ ς δὲ ὃ , , 9 A 9 
δημόσια. πρόβατα 6 δὲ δεξάµενος πάλιν αὐτοῖς ἁπ- 
8 4 8 3 ε 4 A 
έδωκε. καὶ οὗτος μὲν ἁπ-έπλει. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται δια- 
θέµενοι τὸν σῖτον ὃν ἦσαν συγκεκοµισµένοι") καὶ τἆλλα 
a A α 
a εἱλήφεσαν ἐξεπορεύοντο διὰ τῶν Βιθυνῶν. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
10 4 > ϱ 4 8 3 8 ε , 9 
οὐδενὶ ἐνέτυχον πορευόµενοι τὴν ὀρθὴν ὁδόν, -woTeE 
1 γὰ Σιώ, the twin gods = Castor and Pollux. 2 grant (it), 8 πολὺ ἀντίοι 


4, quite the reverse of. * ἔνιοι. some. © alienating. ° contracted a friendship. 
* emphatic. 8 = γίγνετα. ® that were public property. 10 fr. συγ-κοµί(ω. 


34 


35 


36 


38 


330 ANABASIS. 


ἔχοντές τι eis τὴν φιλίαν ἐλθεῖν, ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς rovp- 
ε 4 3 a , 5ς id ‘ ΄ 

παλιν ὑπο-στρέψαντας ἐλθεῖν µίαν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα. 
τοῦτο δὲ ποιήσαντε ἔλαβον πολλὰ καὶ ἀνδράποδα 

9 4 Μη. α. 1 9 ο 
καὶ πρόβατα" καὶ ἀφίκοντο ἑκταῖοι' εἰς Χρυσόπολιν 
A , ν 5 aA ν e 4. ες ον 
τῆς Καλχηδονίας, καὶ ἐκεῖ έμειναν μέρας ἑπτὰ λαφυ- 
ροπωλοῦντες.3 

1 on the sixth aay. ο seiling booty. 


ΔΟΓΟΣ ἆ 





Recapitulation. 


1. [Όσα μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου 1 
. eg? 4 A Ud A 9 9 Δ 
ἐπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες µέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ ὅσα ἐπεὶ 
~ 3 4 3 ~ 4 ? 9 8 ιό 
Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησεν ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ µέχρι εἰς τὸν Ἠόντον 
> ΄ Δ σ 3 “A / d ~ > , A 
ἀφίκοντο, καὶ ὅσα ἐκ τοῦ Πόντου πεζῃ ἐξιόντες καὶ 
ἐκ-πλέοντες ἐποίουν µέχρι ἔξω τοῦ στόματος ἐγένοντο 
ἐν Χρυσοπόλει τῆς ᾿Ασίας, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδή- 
λωται. | 


Encouraged by the promises of Anaxibius, the Spartan admiral, the 
Greeks cross over to Byzantium. 


Ἔκ τούτου δὲ Φαρνάβαζος φοβούμενος τὸ στράτευμα 
μὴ ἐπὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ [χώραν] στρατεύηται, πέµψας πρὸς 
3 Αν ξί ‘ 4 ε δ᾽ ¥ 2 Β , ¥ 
.Αναξίβιον τὸν ναύαρχον, ὁ 0 ετυχεν ἐν Βυζαντίῳ wr, 
1) A ιό 9 , ~ 2 ? A 
édeiro δια-βιβάσαι τὸ στράτευμα ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας, καὶ 
ὑπ-ισχνεῖτο πάντα ποιήσειν αὐτῷ ὅσα δέο. καὶ 6 
2 , , Δ ‘N 8 Ν 
Αναξίβιος µετεπέµψατο τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς 
3 , Νε α 3 A Δ 
εἰς Βυζάντιον, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖτο, ei δια-βαῖεν, μισθοφορὰν 
ν A 
έσεσθαι τοῖς στρατιώταις. οἱ μὲν δὴ ἄλλοι ἔφασαν 
βουλευσάμενοι ἀπαγγελεῖν, Ἐενοφῶν δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὅτι 
> “A A 
ἁπαλλάξοιτο Ίδη ἀπὸ τῆς στρατιᾶς καὶ βούλοιτο 
3 
ἀπο-πλεῖν. ὁ δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν συν-δια- 

(951) 


332 AN ABASIS. 


βάντα ἔπειτα οὕτως ἁπαλλάττεσθαι. ἔφη οὖν ταῦτα 
ποιήῄσειν. 

Σεύθης δὲ 6 Θρᾷξ πέµπει Μηδοσάδην καὶ κελεύει 
Ἐενοφῶντα συμ-προθυμεῖσθαι ὅπως δια-βῇ τὸ στρά- 
τευµα, καὶ ἔφη αὐτῷ ταῦτα συμπροθυµηθέντι: ὅτι οὐ 
µετα-μελήσει. ὁ 8 εἶπεν ' “᾽ΑλλὰΣ τὸ μὲν στράτευμα 
8 pyre ἐμοὶ 
µήτε ἄλλῳ µηδενί' ἐπειδὰν δὲ δια-βῇ, ἐγὼ μὲν ἀπ-αλ- 


διαβήσεται ' τούτου ἕνεκα μηδὲν τελείτω 


ιό 9 
λάξομαι, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς δια-μένοντας καὶ ἐπι-καιρίους * 
» a 6 ε A 9 A ” 93 
ὄντας προσφερέσθωδ ὡς ἂν αὐτῷ Sox. 
3 
Ex τούτου διαβαίνουσι πάντες eis τὸ Βυζάντιον οἱ 
N 
στρατιώται. Kat μισθὸν μὲν οὐκ ἐδίδου 6 ᾿Αναξίβιος, 
9 , 8 , 9 9 Δ NX - ΄ 8 
ἐκήρυξε δὲ λαβόντας τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σκεύη τοὺς στρα- 
, 9 2 ε 6 5 , φ ν΄ 5 ‘ 
τιώτας ἐξιέναι, ws® ἀποπέμψων Te ἅμα καὶ ἀριθμὸν 
A A ¥ 
ποιήσων. ἐνταῦθα οἱ στρατιῶται ὔχθοντο, ὅτι οὐκ 
> \ 
εἶχον ἀργύριον ἐπισιτίζεσθαι εἷς τὴν πορείαν, καὶ ὀκνη- 
pas’ συνεσκευάζοντο. 


Cleander, the harmost of Byzantium, and Anaxibius, aided by 
Xenophon, secure the withdrawal of the Greeks from the city, 
whereupon the gates are closed. 


8 ε [ο] , A e α ρ 

Καὶ 6 Ἐενοφῶν Κλεάνδρῳ τῷ ἁρμοστῇ ξένος γεγενη- 
ε 

µάνος προσ-ελθὼν ἠσπάζετοἳ αὐτὸν ὡς ἀπο-πλευσόμενος 
ἤδη. 6 δὲ αὐτῷ λέγει" “Μὴ ποιήσῃς ταῦτα” εἰ δὲ 
2 3} ἐς 2», φ > 3 ‘\ “A λ] ¥ Q 
pn,” ἔφη, “airiay ἕξεις, ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν τινὲς ἤδη σὲ 
3 A 9 9 8 Ε. / 10 9 4 99 ε 3” 

αἰτιῶνται ὅτι οὐ ταχὺ ἐξ-έρπει τὸ στράτευμα. ὁ 
> ο ές» λ > ¥ ‘ ¥ 9 5 , ε δὲ 
εἶπεν ' ΄' Αλλ αιτιος µεν έγωγε οὔκ εἶμι τούτου, οἱ δε 
στρατιῶται αὐτοὶ ἐπισιτισμοῦ δεόµενοι διὰ τοῦτο ἀθυ- 


1 join zealously in effecting. %= well. 8 ραγ.  * opportune = available 
(for his purpose). 5 address himself. 6 (saying) that he would both conduct 
them forth and take their number. _.* reluctantly. 8 took leave of. 9 εἰ δὲ 


Mh, otherwise. 10 = ἑκ-πορεύεται. 





BOOK VIL CHAP. I. 833 


A 22 
μοῦσι πρὸς τὴν ἐἔξοδον.  “Αλλ' ὅμως, ἔφη, “ἐγώ 
, 9 A ‘ e ‘ 
σοι συμβουλεύω ἐξελθεῖν μὲν ὡς [συμ-]πορευσόμενον, 
ἐπειδὰν ὃ ew γέ ὸ LTE τε ἁπ-αλλά 
πειδὰν ὃ ew γένηται τὸ στράτευμα, τότε ἁπ-αλλάττε- 
σθαι.᾽ “Tatra τοίνυν, έφη 6 Ἐενοφῶν, “«ἐλθόντες 
9 
πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον δια-πραξόμεθα.᾽ οὕτως ἑλθόντες ἔλε- 
« ς 4 2 4 σ Α A 3 ? 8 
γον ταῦτα. ὁ δὲ ἐκέλευεν οὕτω ποιεῖν καὶ ἐξιέναι τὴν 
Ταχίστην συσκευασαµένους, καὶ προσ-αν-ειπεῖν, ὃς ἂν 
μὴ παρῇ eis τὴν ἐξέτασιν καὶ eis τὸν ἀριθμόν, ὅτι av- 


ΔΝ e A 3 4 > A LY ada 9 Ν 
TOS αὐτὸν αἰτιάσεται. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξῆσαν οἵ τε στρατηγοὶ, 


πρῶτοι καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι. καὶ ἄρδην πάντες πλὴν ὀλίγων 
3 ἐν \ 9 , e 4 Ν Ν ΄ ε 
ἔξω ἦσαν, καὶ ᾿Ἑτεόνικος εἰστήκει παρὰ τὰς πύλας ὡς 
ὁπότε ἔξω γένοιντο πάντες συγ-κλείσων τὰς πύλας καὶ 
τὸν μοχλὸν” ἐμβαλῶν. 
Ὅ δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ 
τοὺς λοχαγοὺς ἔλεξε' “Ta μὲν ἐπιτήδεια, ἔφη, “λαμ- 
ud 3 ~ ΄ ~ 6 3 A δὲ > - 8 
βάνετε ἐκ τῶν Θρᾳκίων κωµων ᾽ εἰσὶ δὲ αὐτόθι πολλαὶ 
κριθαὶ καὶ πυροὶ καὶ tadd\a ἐπιτήδεια' λαβόντες δὲ 
vd 6 3 4 > a) δὲ , ean 
mopeveoVe εἰς Xeppovnoov, exes O€ ἸΚυνίσκος υμιν 
µισθοδοτήσει. ὃ ἑπ-ακούσαντες ' δέ τινες τῶν στρατιωτῶν 
“A ΛΑ ‘ ~ “A ὃ / 2 9 [ιά 
ταῦτα, ἢ καὶ τῶν λοχαγών τις διαγγέλλει εἰς τὸ στρά- 
τευµα. Kal οἱ μὲν στρατηγοὶ ἐπυνθάνοντο περὶ τοῦ 
40 , , Ν΄ 4 , ν \ 
Σεύθου πότερα πολέμιος εἴη H Φίλος, καὶ πότερα διὰ 
τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὄρους 5 δέ Ίεσθαι 4 κύκλῳ διὰ µέ 
pov ὀρους ὃ δέοι πορεύεσθαι 4 κύκλῳ διὰ µέσης 


τῆς Θρῴκης. 


The soldiers, enraged, break down the gates and reénter the city. 
Xenophon urged to take possession of the town. 


> 4ν 4 “A vd e A 9 , 
Ev ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα διελέγοντο OL στρατιώται ἀν-αρπά- 

8 σ ΄ [ο Q Q , e 

σαντες τὰ ὅπλα θΘέουσι Spdum πρὸς τὰς πύλας, ws 


1 quite. 2 cross-bar, * pay wages. 4 overhear. ὃ sacred mountain, 
weet of the Propontis. 


10 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


᾿σχίσειν 


834 ANABASIS. 


ιά 9 a A > 4 ς \ 3 4 8 ϱ 
πάλιν els τὸ τεῖχος εἰσιόντε. 6 δὲ ᾿Ἑτεόνικος καὶ οἱ 
A) 9 4 ε 4 [ 8 ε , , 
σὺν αὐτῷ ὡς εἶδον προσθέοντας τοὺς ὁπλίτας, συγκλεί- 
ουσι τὰς πύλας καὶ τὸν μοχλὸν ἐμβάλλουσιν. οἱ δὲ 
A ¥ 8 ΄ . » φ 9 , 
στρατιῶται ἔκοπτον Tas πύλας καὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι ἀδικώ- 
Tata πάσχοιεν ἐκβαλλόμενοι εἷς τοὺς πολεμίους  κατα- 
1 ν , ν > «δν ε ¢s 9 , 

τε τὰς πύλας ἔφασαν, εἶ μὴ ἑκόντες ἀν-οίξουσιν. 
ἄλλοι δὲ ἔθεον ἐπὶ θάλατταν καὶ παρὰ τὴν χηλὴν | 
[τὸ τεῖχος] ὑπερ-βαίνουσιν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἄλλοι δὲ ct 
ἐτύγχανον ἔνδον ὄντες τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ὡς ὁρῶσι τὰ 
ἐπὶ ταῖς πύλαις πράγματα, δια-κόπτοντες ταῖς ἀξίναις 

A A 9 ρ 4 A aX, ε ὃ 3 
τα κλεῖθρα  ἆνα-πεταννύασι ' Tas πύλας, οι εἰσ-' 
πίπτουσιν. 

‘O δὲ Ἐενοφῶν, ὡς εἶδε τὰ γιγνόµενα, δείσας μὴ ἐφ᾽ 
ἁρπαγὴν τράποιτο τὸ στράτευμα καὶ ἀνήκεστα κακὰ 
γένοιτο τῇ πόλει καὶ ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἔθει 

N , ¥ A “A 4 3 e 
καὶ συν-εισ-πίπτει εἰσω τῶν πυλῶν σὺν τῷ οχλῳ. οἱ 

4 , e 9 ο ΄ > a 
δὲ Βυζάντιοι, ὡς εἶδον τὸ στράτευμα Bia εἰσπίπτον, 
φεύγουσιν ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς, οἱ μὲν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα, οἳ δὲ 

pe ae ο ο 2 7 ” ze © δὲ θ- 
οἴκαδε, ὅσοι δὲ ἐνδον ἐτύγχανον «ὄντες, ἔζω, οἱ δὲ κα 
εἴλκονὃ τὰς τριήρεις ὡς ἐν ταῖς τριήρεσι σώζοιντο. 

, δὲ ¥ 3 A e . ε o 6 A 
πάντες O€ @ovTo ἁπ-ολωλέναι, ὡς ἑαλωκυίΐας" τῆς 
πόλεως. 6 δὲ Ἐτεόνικος eis τὴν ἄκραν Ἰ ἀπο-φεύγει. § 
δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος κατα-δραμὼν ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἐν ἁλιευτικῷ' 

λοίῳ -περι-έπλει els τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, καὶ εὐθὺς µεταπέ 
πλοίῳ -περι-έπ ς τὴν ἀκρ : ὖθυς µ μ. 

3 ὃ / oD 9 λ ε Δ 25 ,. 
πεται ἐκ Καλχηδόνος dpovpots*” οὐ yap ικανοὶ ἐθόκουν 


© τοὺς ἄνδρας. 


4 ε 5 a 3 , A 
εἶναι οἱ ἐν TH ἀκροπόλει σχειν 
Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ὡς εἶδον Ἐενοφῶντα, προσ-πίπτον' 
A A ‘ a » 
ow" πολλοὶ αὐτῷ καὶ λέγουσι" “Nov σοι ἔξεστιν, ὦ 
1 κατα-σχί(ω, cut down. 2 breakwater. ὃ bars 4 throw open. » haut 


down. ° ἁλίσκομαι. 7 = ἀκρόπολιν. 8 fishing. 9 guards. 0 ἔχω 
hold in check. 11 run to 








BOOK ΥΠ. CHAP. Ι. 335 


Ἐενοφῶν, ἀνδρὶ γενέσθαι. ἔχεις πόλιν, ἔχεις τριήρεις, 
ἔχεις χρήματα, ἔχεις ἄνδρας τοσούτου. νῦν ἄν, εἶ 
βούλοιο, σύ τε ἡμᾶς ὀνήσαις καὶ ἡμεῖς σὲ µέγαν ποιή- 
99 « δ᾽ > ΄ έέ 3 dr’ be a 9 
σαιµμε O ἀπεκρίνατο, ““ Αλλ ev γε λέγετε καὶ 
ο A ‘ > de , 2 aA 4  σ 
ποιήσω ταῦτα  εἶ δὲ τούτων ἐπιθυμεῖτε, θέσθε τὰ ὅπλα 
3 Ud e a 4 > 8 
ἐν τάξει ὡς τάχιστα. [βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς κατ-ηρεµί- 
σαι] καὶ αὐτός τε παρηγγύα ταῦτα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους 
α 4 6 0 ‘ 9 λ ε δὲ 
ἐκέλευε παρεγγυᾶν [καὶ τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα]. οἱ δὲ 
9 \ ει» ε A , 9 e a 3 3χ 7 
αὐτοὶ Up ἑαυτῶν ταττόµενοι ot Te ὁπλιται ἐν ὀλίγῳ 
χρόνῳ εἷς ὀκτὼ ἐγένοντο καὶ οἱ πελτασταὶ ἐπὶ τὸ 
os e - 5 5 , 9 δὲ , ἆ 9 
κέράς ἑκάτερον παρ-εδεδραµήκεσαν. TO δὲ χωρίον οἷον 
κάλλιστον ἐἑκτάξασθαί ἐστι τὸ Θράκιονὃ καλούμενον, 
3 3 A Δ 4 3 A 4 ¥ 8 9 
ἔρημον οἰκιῶν καὶ πεδινόν. ἀἐπεὶ δὲ ἔκειτο τὰ ὅπλα 
καὶ κατηρεµίσθησαν, συγκαλεῖ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν τὴν στρατιὰν 
καὶ λέγει τάδε 
Xenophon, addressing the army, counsels moderation, and recommends 
that a committee wait on Anazxibius. 
8 ys ν va) 4 
««Ὅτι μὲν ὀργίζεσθε, @ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, καὶ νοµί- 
A Ud 9 ΄ 9 , aA A 
ζετε δεινὰ πάσχειν ἐξαπατώμενοι οὗ θαυμάζω. yy δὲ 
τῷ θυμῶ 4 ζώ θ ao 5 , 9 
@ Ovpd* Χχαριζώμεθα καὶ Λακεδαιµονίους τε τοὺς 
παρόντας τῆς ἑξαπάτης, τιμωρησώμεθα καὶ τὴν πόλιν 
4 δὲ 6 > ὃ , 9 6 a ο » 
τὴν οὐδὲν ὃ αἰτίαν δι-αρπάσωμεν, ἐνθυμεῖσθε a ἔσται 
> A 2? 4 3 , 3 , 
ἐντεῦθεν. πολέμιοι μὲν ἐσόμεθα ἀποδεδειγμένοι Λακε- 
δαιµονίοις καὶ τοῖς συμµάχοις.. οἷος: 8 ὁ πόλεμος 
ἂν γένοιτο εἰκάζειν δὴ πάρεστιν, ἑωρακότας καὶ ava- 
µνησθέντας τὰ νῦν δὴ γεγενηµένα" ἡμεῖς yap οἱ 
> Aa ιό > 8 4 “ 8 
Αθηναῖοι ἤλθομεν eis τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς Λακεδαι- 
µονίους καὶ τοὺς συµµάχους ἔχοντες τριήρεις τὰς μὲν 
1 quiet. 3 οἷον (ἐστιν) xdAAtoroy ἐκτάξασθαι, draw out in battle array. 


8 the Thracian quarter. 4 resentment. 5 deceit. 6 in no degree to blame. 
7 of what nature.  ὃ Referring to the Peloponnesian war. 


- 


22 


23 


25 


26 


27 


29 


30 


836 ANABASIS. 


ἐν θαλάττῃ τὰς δ ἐν τοῖς vewplois! οὐκ ἐλάττους τρια" 
κοσίων, ὑπαρχόντων δὲ πολλῶν χρημάτων ἐν τῇ πόλει 
καὶ προσ-όδου” οὔσης κατ ἐνιαυτὸν ἀπό τε τῶν ἐνδή- 
pov® καὶ τῆς ὑπερορας” οὗ μεῖον χιλίων ταλάντων " 
ἄρχοντες δὲ τῶν νήσων ἁπασῶν καὶ & τε τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ 
πολλὰς ἔχοντες ' πόλεις καὶ ἐν τῇ Βὐρώπῃ ἄλλας 
τε πολλὰς καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ ἈΒυζάντιον, ὅπου νῦν 
ἐσμεν, ἔχοντες κατ-επολεμήθημεν οὕτως ὡς πάντες ὑμεῖς 
ἐπίστασθε. | . 

“Nov δὲ δὴ τί ἂν oiducOa παθεῖν, Λακεδαιμονίοις μὲν 
καὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων συμμάχων ὑπαρχόντωνὴ 
δὲ καὶ ὁ 


᾿Αθηναίων 
a 3 , , 4 , 
Ol ἐκείνοις τότε ἦσαν σύμμαχοι πάντων προσ- 
ld , ‘ “A 3 A , 
γεγενηµένων, Τισσαφέρνους δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ 
¥ , , Vd e a » 
ἄλλων βαρβάρων πάντων πολεμίων yuty ὄντων, πολε- 
, δὲ 9 “A α ¥ λ / 7 ὁ Ἴλθ 
µιωτάτου o€ αὐτοῦ τοῦ avw βασιλέως, ὃν ΊΜἠλύθομεν 
ἀφ-αιρησόμενοι τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ ἀπο-κτενοῦντες, εἶ δυναί- 
µεθα; τούτων δὴ πάντων ὁμοῦ ὄντων ἐστι τις οὕτως 
ν 9 ¥ a ε α , \ 9 
ἄφρων ὅστις οἴεται ἂν ἡμᾶς περι-γενέσθαι; μὴ πρὸς 
θεῶν µαινώµεθα pnd αἰσχρῶς ἀπολώμεθα πολέμιοι 
ὄντες καὶ ταῖς πατρίσι καὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροςὃ αὐτῶν 
φίλοις τε καὶ οἰκεοι. ἐν yap ταῖς πόλεσίν εἶσι 
, 9 α 905 ε A 3 Δ ὃ 10 
πάντες" ταῖς ἐφ ὑμᾶς στρατευσοµέναις, καὶ δικαίως, 
3 , Q 4 9 5 , >A , 
εἰ βάρβαρον μὲν πόλιν οὐδεμίαν ὐθελήσαμεν κατα-. 
A Ν A 11 wn ε λλ ‘iS δὲ > a 
σχειν, καὶ Ταυτα KpaTtourvTes, Ἑλληνίὸδα O€ εἰς ἠν 
πρώτην πόλιν ἤλθομεν, ταύτην ἐξ-αλαπάξομεν. ἐγὼ 
μὲν τοίνυν εὔχομαι πρὶν ταῦτα ἐπ-ιδεῖν ὑφ ὑμῶν γενό- 
µενα pupias ἐμέ γε κατὰ τῆς γῆς ὀργυιὰς γενέσθαυ. 
1 dock-yards. 2 income. 8 home revenues. 4 foreign possessions. 
5 belonging to the Lacedaemonians. 6 καὶ πάντων ot etc. 7 = king of 
Persia. 8 ἡμετέροις αὐτῶν» = ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, 691. 1003. 477,N. 5659. 9 all 


(our friends). 10 καὶ (στρατευσόµεθα) Sixalws, ef etc. Uyand thai, too, though 
masters (of it), 2% sack. 





BOOK VII. CHAP. L 837 


καὶ ὑμῖνὶ δὲ. συμβουλεύω Ἕλληνας ὄντας τοῖς τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων Ἠπρο-εστηκόσι πειθοµένους πειρᾶσθαι τῶν 
δικαίων τυγχάνει. ἐὰν δὲ μὴ δύνησθεὃ ταῦτα, ἡμᾶς 
δε ἀδικουμένους" τῆς γοῦν Ἑλλάδος μὴ στέρεσθαι. 

A ο “ ΄ 3 4 9 A 9 e Α 
καὶ νῦν µοι δοκεῖὶ πέµψαντας ᾽Αναξιβίῳω εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἡμεῖς 
94 ΄ / a 9 8 , 
οὐδὲν βίαιον ποιήσοντες παρ-εληλύθαμεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, 
3 > oN \ [ή λε ~ 3 , € ΄ 
ἀλλ᾽ ἦν μὲν δυνώμεθα παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀγαθόν τι εὑρίσκεσθαι, 
εἰ δὲ µή, ἀλλὰ δηλώσοντες ὅτι οὐκ ἐζαπατώμενοι ἀλλὰ 
πειθόµενοι ἐξερχόμεθα. 

Ταῦτα ἔδοξε, καὶ πέµπουσιν Ἱερώνυμόν τε ᾿Ηλεῖον 
ἐροῦντα” ταῦτα καὶ Εὐρύλοχον ᾽᾿Αρκάδα καὶ Φιλήσιον 
᾿Αχαιόν. οἱ μὲν ταῦτα ὢχοντο ἐροῦντες. 


Moved by the proposals of Coeratadas, an adventurer, the Greeks 
go out of the city. 


¥ 4 , A A , 

Ετι δὲ καθηµένων τῶν στρατιωτῶν προσέρχεται Κοι- 
ρατάδας Θηβαΐος, ὃς οὐ φεύγων τὴν Ἑλλάδα περι-ῄει 
3 ‘ a. 6 \ 2 , ¥ a / 
ἀλλὰ στρατηγιῶν ' καὶ ἐπ-αγγελλόμενος, εἰ τις 7 πόλις 
ΔΑ 4 “A ΄ a A , 8 3 
ἢ ἔθνος στρατηγοῦ δέοιτο᾽ καὶ τότε προσελθὼν ἔλεγεν 
9 9 3 ε A 9 A 2 ΔΝ , 4 
ὅτι έτοιμος εἴη ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ Δέλτα καλού- 
µενον τῆς Θράκης, ἔνθα πολλὰ κἀγαθὰ λήψοιντο' έστε 
δ ἂν µόλωσιν eis ἀφθονίαν παρ-έξειν ἔφη καὶ σιτία 
καὶ ποτά. ἀκούουσι ταῦτα τοῖς στρατιώταις καὶ τὰ 

8 > , ο 93 , 3 4 
παρὰ ᾿Αναξιβίου apa ἀπαγγελλόμενα — ἀπεκρίνατο 

8 9 id 9 a 3 ? 9 Ν A 
yap ὅτι πειθοµένοις αὐτοῖς οὗ µετα-μελήσει, ἀλλα τοις 
¥ 4 “A 9 A ΝΔ 3 ἃ , 
τε OlKOL τέλεσι ταῦτα ἀπαγγελει καὶ αὐτὸς βουλεύσοιτο 


32 


33 


34 


A > ~ 9 , > , > ιο ε 
περι αυτων οτι δύναιτο ἀγαθόν ---- ἐκ τοντου οι στρα” 35 


~ , , ΄ > Ν 
τιῶται τόν τε Κοιρατάδαν δέχονται στρατηγὸν καὶ 


1 ὑμῖν . . . ὄντας, cf. Ἠενίᾳ λαβόντα, 121. 2 by obeying τοῖς etc. ὃ sc. τυχεῖγ. 
4 though wronged. 5 fut. of pnul. 6 στρατηγιάω, desire to command, 
1 until they should arrive (there). 
H. & W. ΑΝΛΕΒ. — 22 


86 


87 


38 


39 


388 ANABASIS. 


ἔξω τοῦ Τείχους ἀπῆλθον. 6 δὲ Κοιρατάδας συντίθεται 
αὐτοῖς eis τὴν ὑστεραίαν παρ-έσεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευµα 
ἔχων καὶ ἱερεῖα καὶ µάντιν καὶ σιτία καὶ ποτὰ τῇ στρα- 
Tig. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐξῆλθον, ὁ ᾿Αναξίβιος' ἔκλεισε τὰς πύλας 
\ 3 *£ a A ε 1 » 5 a A a 
καὶ ἐκήρυξεν ὃς ἂν aw’ ἔνδον wy τῶν στρατιωτῶν 
ng 3 δν 5 « va OK 5 .  ν 
OTL πεπράσεται- TH νστεραιᾳ Κοιρατάὸας pev έχων 
8 e A Δ 8 4 κ Ν ¥ V4 
τα ἱερεα καὶ τὸν µάντιν Ίκε καὶ ἄλφιτα Φέροντες 
φ » aA ν ¥ . ϕ ¥ ν 4 
εἴποντο αὐτῷ εἴκοσιν ἄνδρες καὶ οἶνον ἄλλοι εἴκοσι καὶ 
2) “A A 9 8 > AN 4 25 4 , 
ἐλαών τρεῖς καὶ σκορόδων ὃ ἀνὴρ ὅσον ἐδύνατο µέγιστον 
φορτίον καὶ ἄλλος κρομµύων. ταῦτα δὲ καταθέµενος 
ε » A 6 2 
ὡς ἐπὶ δάσµευσιν ' ἐθύετο. 


Xenophon returns to the city; Coeratadas, failing to keep his 
promises, resigns his command. 


Ἐενοφων δὲ µεταπεμψάµενος Kiéavdpov ἐκέλευε δια- 

“A σ 3 8 ο) 9 0 Δ 3 a 3 
πρᾶξαι ὅπως εἷς τὸ τεῖχος εἰσέλθοι καὶ ἀποπλεύσαι ἐκ 
Βυζαντίου. ἐλθὼν 8 6 Κλέανδρος µάλα μόλις έφη 

, σ , Ν 3 , σ 3 
δια-πραξάµενος nev’ λέγειν γὰρ ᾿Αναξίβιον ὅτι οὐκ 
ἐπιτήδειον εἴη τοὺς μὲν στρατιώτας πλησίον εἶναι τοῦ 
τείχους, Ἐενοφῶντα δὲ ἔνδον' τοὺς Βυζαντίους δὲ στα- 
σιάζειν καὶ πονηροὺς εἶναι πρὸς ἀλλήλους' « ὅμως δὲ 
εἰσιέναι, ἔφη, “΄ ἐκέλευεν, εἰ µελλοις σὺν αὐτῷ ἐκ-πλεῖν. 
ὁ μὲν δὴ Ἐενοφῶν ἀσπασάμενος τοὺς στρατιώτας εἶσω 

aA 4 3 , 8 4 / 
τοῦ τείχους ἀπῄῃει σὺν Κλεάνδρῳ. 

‘O δὲ Κοιρατάδας τῇ μὲν πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ οὐκ ἐκαλ- 
λιέρει " οὐδὲ δι-εμέτρησεν΄ οὐδὲν τοῖς στρατιώταις᾽ τῇ 
δ ὑστεραίᾳ τὰ μὲν ἱερεέα εἰστήκει παρὰ τὸν βωμὸν 

8 ή 3 ΄ ε a, ο 8 
καὶ Κοιρατάδας ἐστεφανωμένος ὡς θύσων  προσελθὼν 
δὲ Τιµασίων o Δαρδανεὺς καὶ Νέων 6 ᾿Ασιναῖος καὶ 


1 2a. of ἁλίσκομαι. 3 πιπράσκω, sell. 8 garlic. 4 onions. © ὧς dm 
λάσμευσι», as tf for distribution. 6 obtain good omens 7 distribute 





BOOK VII. CHAP. IL 339 


Κλεάνωρ 6 ᾿Ορχομένιος ἔλεγον Κοιρατάδᾳ μὴ θύειν, ws 
οὐχ ἠγησόμενον τῇ στρατιᾷ, εἰ μὴ δώσει τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 
6 δὲ κελεύει δια-μετρεσθαι. ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλῶν ἐν-έδει 
αὐτῷ ὥστε ἡμέρας σῖτον ἑκάστῳ γενέσθαι τῶν στρα- 
τιωτῶν, ἀναλαβὼν τὰ ἱερεα ἀπῄει | καὶ] τὴν στρατηγίαν 
ἀπ-ειπών. 


The Greek generals differ as to whether the army should go to 
Seuthes, to the Chersonese, or back to Asia Minor. 


It. Νέων δὲ 6 ᾽Ασιναῖος" καὶ Φρυνίσκος 6 ᾽Αχαιὸς καὶ 
Φιλήσιος ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ Ἐανθικλῆς ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ Τιμα- 
id ε Δ > Ἱ ων Α 8 3 
σίων 6 Δαρδανεὺς ἐπ-έμενον ἐπὶ τῇ στρατιᾷ, καὶ εἰς 
, A -~ , Δ Δ , 
κώµας τῶν Θρᾳκῶν προ-ελθόντες τὰς κατὰ Βυζάντιον 
3 ὃ ΄ A ε ΔΝ 9 ΄ 9 4 
ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο. καὶ OL OTpaTHYyol ἐστασίαζον; K)ea- 
\ \ , ν , , ¥ : 
νωρ μὲν καὶ Φρυνίσκος πρὸς Σεύθην βουλόμενοι ἆγειν 
ν θ 4 9 » 4 *5 A ΑΔ ο A Se 
επειθε γὰρ αὐτούς, καὶ ἔδωκε τῷ μὲν ἵππον, τῷ δὲ 
a, , 86 Seg , we > ε 9 
γυναῖκα Néwy® δὲ eis Χερρόνησον, οἰόμενος, εἰ ὑπὸ 
Λακεδαιμονίοις Ὑγένοιντο, παντὸς ἂν προ-εστάναιὃ τοῦ 
στρατεύματος" Τιμασίων δὲ προυθυμεῖτο πέραν εἰς τὴν 
Ασίαν πάλιν διαβῆναι, οἴόμενος ἂν οἴκαδε κατ-ελθεῖν. 
Δ ε “ 9 ἃ 3 4 , b | 
καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ταὐτὰ ἐβούλοντο. διατριβοµένου Se 


4] 


“A , Ν ~ ~ e b | Ν 9 
τοῦ χρόνου πολλοὶ τῶν στρατιωτών, OL μὲν τὰ ὅπλα - 


ε 
Τ ἀπέπλεον ὡς ἐδύναντο, 


οἱ δὲ καὶ eis τὰς πόλεις κατ-εμίγνυντοῦ ᾿Αναξίβιος δ᾽ 

ἔχαιρε ταῦτα ἀκούων, διαφθειρόµενον τὸ στράτευμα 

τούτων γὰρ γιγνοµένων mero μάλιστα χαρίζεσθαι Φαρ- 
ld 

vaBaly. 


1 renouncing. 4 of Asine,aSpartan town, between Gythium and Taenarum. 
8 differed in opinion. 4 conative, was trying to persuade. 5 gc, βουλόμενος 
ἄγειν. © subject Λο, ].θ. Neon. 7 κατὰ τοὺς χώρους, throughout the districts, i. e. 
up and down the country. ‘The words are omitted by most editors. 8 (going) 
into the ceties mingled with the people. 9% ταῦτα. namely διαφθειρόµενων orpdrevua: 


3 , 8 8 4 
ἀποδιδόμενοι κατὰ τοὺς χώρους 


Ν 


6 


e 


7 


8 


δ40 . ANABASIS. 


Aristarchus, successor to Cleander, sells four hundred of the Greeks 
into slavery; Anaxibius urges Xenophon to lead the army back 
to Asia. 


᾽Αποπλέοντι δὲ ᾿Αναξιβίῳ ἐκ Βυζαντίου συν-αντᾷ 
᾿Αρίσταρχος ἐν Κυζίκῳ διάδοχος Κλεάνδρῳ Βυζαντίου 
ε ο > ‘4 2 de gy Δ td ὃ 45) 3 
αρμοστής  ἐλέγετο" O€ OTL καὶ ναύαρχος διάδοχος 
A 9 24 
Πῶώλος οσον ov 
᾿Αναξίβιος τῷ μὲν ᾿Αριστάρχῳ ἐπιστέλλει ὁπόσους ἂν 
9 3 , “A , a ε 
εὐρῃ ἐν Βυζαντίῳ τῶν Κύρου στρατιωτών ὕὑπολελειμ- 
µένους ἀπο-δόσθαι' 6 δὲ Ἰλέανδρος οὐδένα ἐπεπρά- 

3 Δ A 8 id 9 ao > 4 

κει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς κάµνοντας ἐθεράπευεν οἰκτείρων 

A 3 , > ?- 5 ά . 3 a 3 3 “ 
καὶ ἀναγκάζων oixia® δέχεσθαι' ᾿Αρίσταρχος 8 ἐπεὶ 
> θ , 9 aN 4 ΄ 3 {5 
ἦλθε τάχιστα, οὐκ ἐλάττους τετρακοσίων ἁπ-έδοτο. 
᾿Αναξίβιος δὲ παραπλεύσας εἰς Πάριον πέµπει παρὰ 

, κ. οκ ρ 6 ε > 2 NN YY 

Φαρνάβαζον κατὰ τὰ συγκείµενα. 6 8° ἐπε ἠσθετο 
3 ΄ ρ σ 3 , e Δ A 
Αρίσταρχόν τε Μὔκοντα εἰς Βυζάντιο ἁρμοστὴν καὶ 
᾽Αναξίβιον οὐκέτι ναυαρχοῦντα, ᾿Αναξιβίου μὲν ἡμέ- 
λησε, πρὸς ᾿Αρίσταρχον δὲ διεπράττετοῖ τὰ αὐτὰ περὶ 
“ 4 4 9 9 9 , 
τοῦ Κυρείου στρατεύματος ἅπερ πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον. 

Ἐκ τούτου ὁ ᾿Αναξίβιος καλέσας Βενοφῶντα κελεύει 
, 2 \ a A 2A \ , ε 
πάσῃ τέχνη καὶ µηχανῇ πλεῦσαι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ὡς 

Δ ~ 

ὃ τε αὐτὸ καὶ συναθροίζειν τῶν 


παρ-είη ἤδη eis Ἑλλήσποντον. καὶ 


Τάχιστα, καὶ συνέχειν 
δι-εσπαρµένων ws ἂν πλείΐστους δύνηται, καὶ παραγα- 
γόντα eis τὴν Πέρινθον διαβ.βάζειν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ὅτι 
τάχιστα᾽ καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτῷ τριακόντορον καὶ ἐπιστο- 
λὴν καὶ ἄνδρα συµπέµπει κελεύσοντα τοὺς Περινθίους 
ws τάχιστα Ἐενοφῶντα προπέµψαι τοῖς ἵπποις ἐπὶ τὸ 


A , 3 ο) 
9 στράτευμα. καὶ ὁ μὲν «Ξενοφῶν διαπλεύσας ἀφικνεῖται 


1 successor. 2 it was said that Polus etc. 8 to Anaxibius. 4 ὅσον ob, 
almost. 5 in (the) house, i. e. into their houses. 8 according to the agreement, 
“f.12. 7 effected the same agreement with.  §& keep together. 





BOOK ΥΠ. CHAP. IL 341 


ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἐδέξαντο ἡδέως 
καὶ εὐθὺς εἴποντο ἄσμενοι ὡς διαβησόµενοι ἐκ τῆς 
Θράκης εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. 


Seuthes seeks to enlist Xenophon and the army in his service ; 
Neon and eight hundred followers pitch their camp apart 
from the rest; Aristarchus dissuades Xenophon from going 
tnto Asia, 

9 

‘O δὲ Σεύθης ἀκούσας yneovra πάλιν πέµψας πρὸς 

> ἃ 4 4 , 3 “a 4 Δ 
αὐτὸν κατὰ θάλατταν Μηδοσάδην ἐδεῖτο τὴν στρατιὰν 
ἆγειν πρὸς ἑαυτόν, ὑπισχνούμενος αὐτῷ OTL wero λέ- 
1 ‘4 ε > 3 , 9 3 δὲ ο ν 
yov" πείσει. ὁ 8 ἀπεκρίνατο ore οὐδὲν οἷόν τε εἴη 
τούτων γενέσθαι. καὶ 6 μὲν ταῦτα ἀκούσας ᾧχετο. οἱ 
δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐπεὶ ἀφίκοντο eis Πέρινθον, Νέων μὲν ἀπο- 
σπάσας ἐστρατοπεδεύσατο χωρὶς ἔχων ὡς ὀκτακοσίους 

3 a ‘ 9 3 ¥ , Αα 3 ον 3. 

ἀνθρώπους τὸ 8 ἄλλο στράτευμα πᾶν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ 
QA “ “A 8 , 

παρὰ τὸ τεῖχος τὸ Περινθίων ἦν. 

Μετὰ ταῦτα Ἐενοφῶν μὲν ἔπραττε 
σ ΄ A 3 A 4 > 4 3 id 
ὅτι τάχιστα διαβαῖεν. ἐν δὲ τούτῳ ἀφικόμενος ᾿Αρί- 
ε 3 a e 4 4 ΄ a 
σταρχος [ὸ] ἐκ Βυζαντίου ἁρμοστής, ἔχων δύο τριήρεις, 
πεπεισμένος ὑπὸ Φαρναβάζου τοῖς τε ναυκλήροις» ἆπ- 
εἶπε μὴ” διάγειν ἐλθών τε ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα τοῖς στρα- 
, 4 \ 6 3 . 5» , ε 9 
τιώταις εἶπε μὴ περαιοῦσθαι" εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. 6 δὲ 

Ἐενοφῶν ἔλεγεν ὅτι ᾿Αναξίβιος ἐκέλευσε καὶ ἐμὲ πρὸς 

τοῦτο ἔπεμψεν ἐνθάδε. πάλιν 8 ᾿Αρίσταρχος ἔλεξεν, 

“"Ava€iBios μὲν τοίνυν οὐκέτι ναύαρχος, ἐγὼ δὲ τῇδε 

ε | , > , ea 2 9 A , 

ἁρμοστής ' εἰ δέ τινα ὑμῶν λήψομαι ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ, 
ὃ Vd 99 α 9 > A » 9 9 A “ δ᾽ 

καταδύσω. ταῦτ' εἰπὼν ὤὢχετο εἰς τὸ τεῖχος. τῇ 
ὑστεραίᾳ µεταπέµπεται τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς 
τοῦ στρατεύματος. ἤδη δὲ ὄντων πρὸς τῷ τείΐχει ἐξαγ- 


9 9 ρ re 
περὶ πλοίων, ὅπως 


1 by mentioning (it). 3 negotiated. 8 ship-masters. 41029. 1615. 
434. 572. 5 pass over. 


10 


12 


15 


16 


17 


18 


342 -ANABASIS. 


γέλλει τις τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι ὅτι εἰ εἴσεισι, συλληφθήσεται 
νὰ 59 _ A , 1 ἃ . , 5 θή 
καὶ ἢ αὐτοῦ τι πείσεται᾽ ἢ καὶ Φαρναβάζῳ παρα-δοθή- 
σετα.. 6 δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα τοὺς μὲν προπέµπεται, 
αὐτὸς δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι θῦσαί τι βούλοιτ. καὶ ἀπελθὼν 
227 > a 9 » A e 4 A | Ν , 
ἐθύετο εἰ παρ-εῖεν" αὐτῷ ot θεοὶ πειρᾶσθαι πρὸς Σεύ 
θην ayev τὸ στράτευμα. ἑώρα γὰρ οὔτε διαβαίνειν 
3 \ a , ¥ Αα 4 ¥ 3 2 NS 
ἀσφαλές Ov τριήρεις ἔχοντος τοῦ κωλύσοντος, OUT ἐπὶ 
Χερρόνησον ἐλθὼν κατακλεισθῆναι ἐβούλετο καὶ τὸ 
στράτευμα ἐν πολλῇ σπάνει πάντων γενέσθαι ἔνθα 
πείθεσθαι μὲν ἀνάγκη τῷ ἐκε; ἁρμοστῃ, τῶν δὲ ἐπιτη- 
a 20.4 ¥ σ Ν , 
δείων οὐδὲν ἔμελλεν ἕξειν τὸ oTparevpa. 


Xenophon and other officers visit Seuthes by night. 

Kat 6 μὲν ἀμφὶ ταῦτ' εἶχεν' of δὲ στρατηγοὶ Kal: 
λοχαγοὶ ἥκοντες παρὰ τοῦ ᾿Αριστάρχου ἀπήγγελλον ὅτι 
α A 3 a Α Ua ο ὃ 4 de 9 
νῦν μὲν ἀπιέναι σφας Kedever, τῆς δείλης οὲ Ίκειν΄’ 
ἔνθα καὶ δήλη μᾶλλον ἐδόκει ἡ ἐπιβουλή. 6 οὖν 
jo “A 3 4 39 8 ε Δ 8 Φ. > Α . ων 
Ἐενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ ἐδόκει τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ τῷ 

0 > ο) 8 ’ 37 8 

στρατεύµατι ἀσφαλῶς πρὸς Σεύθην ἰέναι, παραλαβὼν 
Πολυκράτην τὸν ᾿Αθηναιον λοχαγὸν καὶ παρὰ τῶν 
στρατηγῶν ἑκάστου ἄνδρα πλὴν παρὰ Neéwvos ᾧ 
ἕκαστος ἐπίστευεν ὢχετο τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τὸ Σεύθου 
στράτευμα ἑξήκοντα στάδια. 

9 ὃν 9 9 4 4 9 “A 9 , α 9 ld 

Ἐπεὶ 8 ἐγγὺς ἦσαν avrov, ἐπιτυγχάνει πυροῖς €p7- 

~ ¥ 
pos. καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον wero peTa-KEeXwopykévat” ποι 
8 

τὸν Σεύθην᾽ ἐπεὶ δὲ θορύβου τε ᾖσθετο καὶ σηµαινόντων 
9 , ~ 8 4 4 9 4 9 
ἀλλήλοις τῶν περὶ Σεύθην, κατ-έμαθεν ὅτι τούτου ένεκα 
τὰ πυρὰ κεκαυµένα ein τῷ Σεύθῃ πρὸ τῶν νυκτοφυλά- 
kov* ὅπως οἱ μὲν φύλακες μὴ ὁρώντο ἐν τῷ σκότει 
ὄντες pyre ὁπόσοι pyre ὅπου elev, οἱ δὲ προσ-ιόντες 


1 πάσχω. 3 28. Οἱ παρίηµι * goelsewhere. ϐ nightguards. 





BOCK VII. CHAP. II. 949 


μὴ λανθάνοιεν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ φῶς καταφανεῖς εἶεν' ἐπεὶ 
a 
δὲ ᾖσθετο, προπέµπει τὸν ἑρμηνέα ὃν ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων, 
καὶ εἰπεῖν κελεύει Σεύθῃ ὅτι Ξενοφῶν πάρεστι βουλό- 
΄ 9 ~ e 4 3 9 3 α 
µενος συγ-γενέσθαι αὐτῷ., οἱ δὲ npovro et ᾿Αθηναῖος 
9 A , 9 9 δὲ ” ea > 
ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔφη οὗτος εἶναι, dva- 
ρ y ~ 
πηδήσαντες ἐδίωκον ' καὶ ὀλίγον ὕστερον παρῆσαν 
\ ο , ον yy? A 
πελτασταὶ ὅσον διακόσιοι, καὶ παραλαβόντες Ἐενοφῶντα 
καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ ᾖἦγον 
πρὸς Σεύθην. ὁ ὃ Hv ἐν 
a a a 
τύρσει para φυλαττόμενος, 
καὶ ἵπποι περὶ αὐτὴν κύκλῳ 
ἐγκεχαλινωμένοι ' διὰ γὰρ 
τὸν φΦόβον τὰς μὲν ἡμέρας 
βον τὰς μὲν ἡμέρα 
ἐχίλου" τους (ιππους, Tas 





δὲ νύκτας ἐγκεχαλινωμένοις 
3 ό 3 ld ΔΝ 4 
ἐφυλάττετο. ἐλέγετο γὰρ καὶ 
πρόσθεν Τήρης ὁ τούτου πρόγονος ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χώρα 
πολὺ ἔχων στράτευµα ὑπὸ τούτων τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολλοὺς 
2 / N \ , > ~ ey 3 
ἀπολέσαι καὶ τὰ σκευοφόρα ἀφαιρεθῆναι ἦσαν ὃ 
Φ 

οὗτοι Θυνοί, πάντων λεγόμενοι εἶναι μάλιστα νυκτὸς 
πολεμικώτατοι. 


GREEK DRINKING HORNS. 


Xenophon, admitted to the presence of Seuthes, opens the 
negotiations. 


Ἐπεὶ δ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν, ἐκέλευσεν εἰσελθεῖν Ἐενοφῶντα 
¥ , A , 9 \ > » = 9 , 
ἔχοντα δύο οὓς ούλοιτο. ἐπειδὴ 8 ἔνδον ἦσαν, ἠσπά- 
A “A 3 , 4 8 Ν 4 
ζοντο μὲν πρῶτον ἀλλήλους καὶ κατὰ τὸν Θράκιον 
/ , ¥, , 4 ο δὲ 8 
νόμον κέρατα οἴνου προύπινον'' παρῆν δὲ καὶ Μήηδο- 
” ω) σ a 
σάδης τῷ Σεύθῃ, ὅσπερ ἐπρέσβευεν αὐτῷ πάντοσεῦ 


1 hastened cf. 2 ἐγ-χαλυόω, bridle 8 χιλόω, fodder. 4 προ-πίνω. 
5 everywhere. 


20 


21 


22 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


90 


344 ANABASIS. 


¥ A 
Erera δὲ Ἐενοφῶν npxero λέγειν “Ἔπεμψας πρὸς 
= A 
ἐμέ @ Σεύθη, «is Καλχηδόνα πρῶτον Μηδοσάδην 
τουτονί, δεόµενός µου συμ-προθυμηθῆναι διαβῆναι τὸ 
Αα > ‘ 
στράτευμα ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας, καὶ ὑπισχνούμενός pol, εἶ 
ταῦτα πράξαιµι, EV ποιήσειν, ὡς ἔφη Μηδοσάδης οὗτος. 
[ο] 3 4 3 4 N 4 3 3 Α ο 
ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπήρετο τὸν Μηδοσάδην εἰ ἀληθῆ ταῦτα 
S 
εἴη. 6 ὃ ἔφη" “Avis ἦλθε Μηδοσάδης οὗτος ἐπεὶ 
3 8 ιό Α.  ἃ 4 4 3 4 ε 
ἐγὼ διέβην πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἐκ Παρίου, ὑπισ- 
χνούµενος, εἰ ἀγάγοιμι τὸ στράτευμα πρὸς σέ, τἆλλα 
> Xr U4 6 8 iO λ ων 8 Δ Ν 
TE σοι φίλῳ µε χρήσεσθαι καὶ adehd@ καὶ τὰ παρὰ 
θαλάττῃ por χωρία ὧν σὺ κρατεῖς ἔσεσθαι παρὰ cov.” 
9 4 , ¥ 9 , 9 ν A 
ἐπὶ τούτοις πάλιν ἤρετο τὸν Μηδοσάδην εἰ ἔλεγε ταῦτα. 
ε \ 4 8 “A 
6 δὲ συν-έφη καὶ ταῦτα. 
2 
««Ἴθι νυν, ἔφη, “ἀφ-ήγησαι: τούτῳ τί σοι ἀπε 
4, 3 λ δό “A 22 é > ? 9 N 
κρινάµην ev Καλχηδόνι πρώτον. Απεκρίνω Οτι TO 
0 , 3 ? A aQA , 
στράτευμα διαβήσοιτο eis Βυζάντιον καὶ οὐδὲν τούτου: 
φ , a 38 »ν . ν ν . 5 v2 4 
ἕνεκα δέοι τελεῖνὃ οὔτε Got οὔτε ἄλλῳ' αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεὶ 
0 3 ld ¥ 5 8 3 ld 9 9 
διαβαίης, ἀπιέναι ἔφησθα᾽ καὶ ἐγένεο οὕτως ὥσπερ 
σὺ édeyes.” “Ti γὰρ" ἔλεγον;᾽ ἔφη, “dre κατὰ Σηλυ- 
βρίαν ἀφίκου;” “Οὐκ ἔφησθα” οἷόν τε εἶναι ἀλλ) eis 
Πέρινθον ἐλθόντας διαβαίνειν eis τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. 
A A 
“Nov τοίνυν, ἔφη 6 Ἐενοφῶν, “πάρειµι καὶ ἐγὼ 
8 4 ΄ a “A ~ 4 , 
καὶ οὗτος Φρυνίσκος εἷς τῶν στρατηγων καὶ Πολυκρα- 
της οὗτος els τῶν λοχαγῶν, καὶ e€w εἰσὶν ἀπὸ τῶν 
στρατηγῶν 6 πιστότατος ἑκάστῳὶ πλὴν Νέωνος τοῦ 
3 4. , ΄ > 8 “A 
ΔΛακωνικοῦ. εἰ οὖν βούλει πιστοτέραν εἶναι τὴν πρᾶ- 
8 3 4 , Δ A 9 Δ 3 4 3 ld 
Ew, καὶ ἐκείνους κάλεσαι. τὰ δὲ ὅπλα σὺ ἐλθὼν εἰπέ, 
5 α 9 2 ON , a ΔΝ 9 4 
@ ἨΠολύκρατες, ὅτι ἐγὼ κελεύω κατα-λιπειν, καὶ αὐτὸς 
3 [ο 8 4 , ¥ 22 
ἐκεῖ καταλιπὼν τὴν µάχαιραν εἴσ-ιθι. 


1 said yes. relate. ὃ pay. 4 well. 5 sc. Xenophon. §& οὐκ ἔφησθα 
, + GAA’, you said that it was not practicable, but that. 1 = most trusted by each 











BOOK VII. CHAP. IL 845 


Seuthes receives them hospitably ; conditions on which the Greeks 
are to serve him arranged. 
᾽᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα 6 Σεύθης εἶπεν ὅτι οὐδενὶ ἂν anv 
, 9 ρ : 9 Q 9 a 4 9ο 
στήσειεν ᾿Αθηναίων' καὶ γὰρ ὅτι συγγενεῖς elev εἰδέ- 
8 a ¥ ¥ 4 4 α 3 Ν 
ναι καὶ φίλους εὔνους ἔφη νοµίζειν. μετὰ ταῦτα ὃ ἐπεὶ 
) A a ν aA A 9 , 9 
ἐἰσῆλθον οὓς eda, πρῶτον Ἐενοφῶν ἐπήρετο Σεύθην ὅτι 
δέ Ἴσθαι τῇ 1. ὁ δὲ εἶπεν woe. “ Ἵ 
έοιτο χρῆσθαι τῇ στρατιά. 6 δὲ εἶπεν ὧδε. “ Μαισά- 
> 4 3 4 de > 3 4 λ oe 8 
δης ἦν πατήρ µοι, ἐκείνου δὲ ἦν ἀρχὴ Μελανδίται καὶ 
‘ \ , > a 4 a , 9 4 
θυνοι Kat Τρανίψαι. ἐκ Ταύτης οὖν της χωρας, ἐπεὶ 
τὰ Ὀδρυσῶν πράγματα ἐνόσησεν, ἐκπεσὼν ὁ πατὴρ 
αὐτὸς μὲν ἀποθνήσκει νόσῳ, ἐγὼ 8 ἑξ-ετράφην ὀρφανὸς 
λ , A A a > ‘ δν] , 2 
παρὰ Μηδόκω τῷ νῦν βασιλε. ἐπεὶ δὲ νεανίσκος éye 
/ 3 3 , ~ 3 3 a ΄ 3 
νόµην, οὐκ ἐδυνάμην ζῆν eis ἀλλοτρίαν τράπεζαν ἀπο- 
A 4 
βλέπων ' καὶ ἐκαθεζόμην ἑνδίφριος ὃ αὐτῷ ἱκέτης ' δοῦναί 
ε , N ¥ κά 9 8 4 3 
por ὁπόσους δυνατὸς ein ἄνδρας, ὅπως καὶ τοὺς ἐκβα- 
/ “eA ν , Ν , Δ , ν 
λόντας ἡμᾶς el τι δυναίµην κακὸν ποιοίην καὶ Conv py 
3 4 > a ΄ > 4 9 4 3 
εἰς τὴν ἐκείνου τράπεζαν ἀποβλέπων ὠσπερ κύων. ἐκ 
τούτου pot δίδωσι τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ τοὺς ἵππους οὓς 
ε α » 3 κ « 4 a, ‘ “~ 3 8 ~ 
ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε ἐπειδὰν ἡμέρα γένηται. καὶ νῦν ἐγὼ Co 
η] γ΄ , 8 3 α a > 
τούτους ἔχων, λῃζόμενος τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ πατρῴαν χώραν. 
3 id e Αα ΄ κ Αα “A 
εἰ δέ µοι ὑμεῖς παρα-γένοισθε, οἶμαι ἂν σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς 
4 ? 3 ~ 4 3 ΄ a > 3 8 a 3 8 ε ~ 
ῥᾳδίως ἀπολαβεῖν τὴν ἀρχήν. Tair ἐστὶν ἆ ἐγὼ ὑμῶν 
δέοµαι.᾽ 
“Ti ἂν οὖν, ἔφη 6 Ἐενοφῶν, “avd δύναιο, εἶ ἔλθοι- 
μεν, τῇ τε στρατιᾷ διδόναι καὶ τοῖς λοχαγοῖς καὶ τοῖς 
στρατηγοῖς ; :λέξον, ἵνα οὗτοι ἀπαγγέλλωσιν. 6 ὃ 
« α aA 
ὑπέσχετο τῷ μὲν στρατιώτῃ κυζικηνόὀν, τῷ δὲ λοχαγῷ 
“A - Αα 
δι-μοιρίαν, τῷ δὲ στρατηγῷ τετρα-μοιρίαν, καὶ γῆν ὁπό- 
a 4 \ 4 N , 3 AN , 
σην ἂν βούλωνται καὶ ζεύγη καὶ χωρίον ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ 


1 fell sick, i. Θ. into a demoralized state. 3 ἐκ-τρέφω, to rear up, 5 table. 
Companion,  * suppliant. § twice as much. Seo Introd. 64. 


3] 


33 


34 


35 


36 


87 


38 


346 ANABASIS. 


τετειχισµένον. “Edy δέ ἔφη 6 ἈἘενοφῶν, “ταῦτα 
πειρώμενοι μὴ διαπράζωµεν, ἀλλά τις φόβος ἀπὸ Λακε- 
δαυµονίων 7, δέξει eis τὴν σεαυτοῦ, ἐάν τις ἀπιέναι 
βούληται παρὰ σέ; ὁ ὃ εἶπε “Kai ἀδελφούς γε 
, 4 9 ὃ rd 8 . 2 ε , 4ν 
ποιήσοµαι καὶ ἐνδιφρίους καὶ κοινωνοὺς” ἁπάντων ὧν 
ἂν δυνώµεθα κτᾶσθαι. col δέ, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, καὶ θυγα- 
ιό ΄ 8 ν 8 3” a > ΄ 
τέρα δώσω καὶ Eb τις σοὶ ἔστι θυγάτηρ, ὠνήσομ 
, , ‘ , 8 , φ ον 
Θρακίῳ vou, καὶ Βισάνθην οἴκησιν ξ δώσω, ὅπερ ἐμοὶ 
, 4 9 8 “A > AN ιά 22 
κάλλιστον χωρίον ἐστὶ τῶν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ. 


Xenophon returning calls the army together, and after some discus- 
ston advises the Greeks to go in search of provisions. 


111. ᾽Ακούσαντες ταῦτα καὶ δεξιὰς δόντες καὶ λαβόν- 
τες ἀπήλαυνον καὶ πρὸ ἡμέρας ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ στρα- 


5 N 3 , λ σ a) ? 3 ‘\ 
τοπέὀῳ Kal atnyyeAay εκαστοι Τοις πέµψασιν. ἐπει 


δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, ὁ μὲν ᾿Αρίσταρχος πάλιν ἐκάλει τοὺς 
9 4 , a δ᾽ x5 . 4 ο 9 
στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγούς' τοῖς ὃ έδοξε τὴν" μὲν πρὸς 
3 la eQqn 34 |. Ν ιό 4 
Αρίσταρχον ὁδὸν ἐᾶσαι, τὸ δὲ στράτευμα συγκαλέσαι. 
4 Αι ld 8 ε , ® \ 3 va) 
καὶ ovvy\Oov πάντες πλὴν οἱ Νέωνος' οὗτοι δὲ ἀπεῖχον 
ὡς δέκα στάδια. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον, ἀναστὰς Ἐενοφῶν εἶπε τάδε. 
Άνδρες, διαπλεῖν μὲν ἔνθα βουλόμεθα ᾿Αρίσταρχος 
, ¥ a, 9 ? a 9 > b 
τριήρεις έχων Kwrver* ωστε εἰς TAOla οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς 
. , : ® 4 ex ὅ , 9 , 
ἐμβαίνειν' οὗτος δὲ αὑτὸς ὃ κελεύε eis Χερρόνησον 
, \ a e A »¥ , é Δ \ , 
Bia διὰ τοῦ ἱερο ὄρους πορεύεσθαι' ἦν δὲ κρατή- 


κκ 


2 3 α ¥ ν 4 ¥ e ~ 
σαντες τούτου ἐκεῖσε ἔλθωμεν, ovTE πωλήσειν ETL ὑμᾶς 
ς 9 , »¥ 3 2 » 
φησιν ὥστερ ἐν Bulavriw, οὔτε ἐξαπατήσεσθαι ἔτι 
Φ 
ὑμᾶς, ἀλλὰ λήψεσθαι µισθόν, οὔτε περι-όψεσθαιὃ ἔτι 
σ 8 ~ 
ὥσπερ νυνὶ δεοµένους τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. 


1 γειχίζω, to wall, fortify. 2 sharers. ὅ residence. 4 thy ὁδὲν ἑᾶσαι, 
decline gowng. 5 = 6 αὐτόε. 8 περι-οράω, over-look, neglect. 





BOOK VII. CHAP. IIL 347 


“Otros μὲν ταῦτα Adyar’ Σεύθης δέ φησιν, ἂν πρὸς 4 
9 Αα ν = , ε 3 A = , 0 
ἐκεινον ἴητε, EU ποιήσειν μας. νυν οὖν σκἐέψασύε 

/ 3 / ρ 1 a , θ a 9 9 
πότερον ἐνθάδε µένοντες' τοῦτο βουλεύσεσθε 7 εἰς τὰ 
3 9 3 9 Q ιό 3 8 4 Φ ὃ Α 3 8 
ἐπιτήδεια ἐπ-αν-ελύόντε. ἐμοι μὲν οὖν OoKel, Emel 5 
9 , ν 9 , ¥ 9 9 η ν » 
ἐνθάδε οὔτε ἀργύριον ἔχομεν ὥστε ayopalew οὔτε ἄνευ 
ἀργυρίου ἐῶσι λαμβάνειν, ἐπανελθόντας εἰς τὰς Kapas 
ε σσ _. Q 2» , 9 ο 3 4 3 , 
ὀθεν οἱ nrrous* ἐῶσι λαμβάνειν, ἐκεῖ ἔχοντας τὰ ἐπιτή- 
θεια ἁκούοντας ὅτι τις ἡμῶν δεῖται, αἱρεῖσθαι ὅτι ἂν 
Ας A 5 ο y 8 9 39 ” ές “A 
ἡμῖν δοκῇ κράτιστον εἶναι. καὶ ὅτῳ, έφη, “ταῦτα 6 
δοκεῖ, ἁράτω τὴν χεῖρα.᾽ ἀνέτειναν ἅπαντες. ''Απιόν- 

id .»Ὑυ ; (6 , A 8 > oa e 
τες τοίνυν, έφη, “aovoKevaterGe, Kat ἐπειοᾶν “Tapay- 
9 Αα ε ld 99 

γέλλῃ τις, ἔπεσθε τῷ ἡγουμένῳ. 


After setting out, they are met by Seuthes, who supplies them with 


provisions and persuades them to enter his service. 


4 vA A 4 ε Αα “6 | 9 

Mera ταῦτα Ἐενοφῶν μὲν ἡγεῖτο, ot 8 εἴποντο. Άπρο- 7 
ορ δὲ κ > 5 , » ” 6 3 
όντων ὃε καὶ παρ Αριστάρχου ayyedou ἐέπειθον 
> ΄ e 3 9 ε ό 3 8 3 9 
ἀπο-τρέπεσθαι ' οἱ 8 οὐχ ὑπήκουο. ἐπεὶ 8 ὅσον 
Τριάκοντα σταδίους προ-εληλύθεδαν, ἁπαντῷᾷ Σεύθης. 

\ ε A 306. 4 3 oN ΄ 2 σ 
καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἰδὼν αὐτὸν προσελάσαι ἐκέλευσεν, ὅπως 
9 ld > ‘4 ¥ 3 Αα a 3 4 id 
ὅτι πλείστων ἀἁκουόντων εἴποι αὐτῷ a ἐδόκει συµφέρειν. 
ἐπεὶ δέ προσῆλθεν, εἶπε Ἐενοφῶν ' “ Ἡμεῖς πορευόµεθα 8 
9 ld ο 8 ιό ΄ 3 “~ 3 3 4 
ὅπου μέλλει έξειν τὸ στράτευμα τροφήν ' ἐκεῖ 8 ἀκού- 
οντες καὶ gov καὶ τῶν τοῦ Λακωνικοῦ αἱρησόμεθα a 
A , = 4 a > ε A ε , 9 
ἂν κράτιστα Soxy εἶνι. qv οὖν ἡμῖν ἡγήσῃ ὅπου 

A , 2 2 9 een a A 4 / 

πλεϊῖστά ἐστιν ἐπιτήδεια, ὑπὸ Gov νομιοῦμεν” ζενίζε- 
wba.” καὶ ὁ Σεύθης ἔφη' “᾽Αλλὰ οἶδα κώµας πολλὰς 9 
ἀθρόαςὃ καὶ πάντα ἐχούσας τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀπ-εχούσας 

1 ἀνθάδε µένοντες f els (for = {ο φεί). % = ἤττονες, where the villagers being 


weaker. 8 trying to persuade. 4 ὑπὸ σοῦ νομιοῦμεν ξενίζεσθαι, will consider 


ourselves your guests. © close together. 


ι0 


12 


19 


848 AN ABASIS. 


ἡμῶν ooov' διελθόντες ἂν ἡδέως" dpiorgyte.” “‘Hyob 
- .»ν e A 3 ‘ 3 3 , > 9 A 
τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν. ἐπεὶ ὃ ἀφίκοντο eis αὐτὰς 
τῆς δείλης, συνῆλθον οἱ στρατιῶται, καὶ εἶπε Σεύθης 
Oo Fs ές 2 , » ¥ 5 5 , ean , ϱ 
TOLAOE Eyo, @ ανδρες, ὀέοµμαι ύμων στρατεὐεσύαι 
σὺν ἐμοί, καὶ ὑπισχνοῦμαι ὑμῖν δώσειν τοῖς στρατιώταις 
κυζικηνόν,ὃ λοχαγοῖς δὲ καὶ στρατηγοῖς τὰ νομιζόµενα”" 
¥ 4 , ν ¥ ., , 4 4 9 
e€w δὲ τούτων τὸν ἄξιον τυµήσω. :σιτία δὲ καὶ ποτὰ 
4 8 ο 3 ~ , , σ e 4 
ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν ἐκ τῆς χώρας λαμβάνοντες ἔξετε' ὁπόσα 
3 a ey 2 9 , 5 > _N ¥ 9 “A 5 A , 
ἂν ἁλίσκηται ἀξιώσωδ αὐτὸς ἔχειν, ἵνα ταῦτα διατιθέ- 
' ε ο ν Ν , \ 4 9 , 
µενος ὑμῖν τὸν μισθὸν πορίζω. καὶ τὰ μὲν φεύγοντα 
ν 3 , ε α ε Re ο ος , . 
καὶ ἀἡοδιδράσκοντα ἡμεῖς ἱκανοὶ ἐσόμεθα διώκειν καὶ 
4 .«6ϐ 8k 5 l4 4 ean , 
µαστευειν' ἂν Οέ Tis ἀνθ-ιστῆται, συν Όὑμιν πειρασό- 
µεθα Χχειροῦσθαι. ἐπήρετο 6 Ἐενοφῶν' ““Πόσον δὲ 
> “ 4 3 a, id 2 , “ Ud +b 
ἀπὸ θαλάττης ἀξιώσεις συνέπεόθαί σοι τὸ oTparevpa ; 
ε 5 93 / 6 2 5 ” A ε 8 ε Αα a 8 
ὁ ὃ ἀπεκρίνατο' “Ovdapyn πλειον ἑπτα ημερῶν, µειον 
δὲ πολλαχῇ. 
Mera ταῦτα ἐδίδοτοὃ λέγειν τῷ βουλομένῳ' καὶ ἕλε- 
γον πολλοὶ κατὰ ταὐτὰ ὅτι παντὸς Ἡ ἄξια λέγοι Σεύθης" 
8 Δ ¥ 8 ¥ ¥ 5 9 A ~ α 
χειμὼν γὰρ Ein καὶ οὔτε οἶκαδε ἀποπλεῖν τῷ τοῦτο Bov- 
> 9 ν ῤ > 4 3 ο) 
λομένῳ δυνατὸν ein, διαγενέσθαι τε ἐν Φφιλίᾳ οὐχ οἷόν 
τε, εἰ δέοι ὠνουμένους ζῆν, ἐν δὲ τῇ πολεμίᾳ διατρίβειν 
? νά, η μις ρ 
\ / 3 , : N 0 a / 
καὶ τρέφεσθαι ἀσφαλέστερον μετὰ Σεύθου 7 µόνους. 
ν > 3 A , 3 > 4 
ὄντων ὃ ἀγαθῶν τοσούτων, et μισθὸν προσ-λήψοιντο, 


φ 4 > a 
_eupypa™ ἐδόκει εἶναι. ἐπὶ τούτοις εἶπεν 6 Ἐενοφῶν ' 


“Bi τις ἀντι-λέγει, λεγέτω " εἰ δὲ py, ἐπιψηφιῶ Ὁ ταῦτα.” 
ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν, ἐπεψήφισε, καὶ ἔδοξε ταῦτα. 
0) δὲ , > ο , 3 

εὐθὺς δὲ Σεύθῃ εἶπεν, ὅτι συστρατεύσοιντο αὐτῷ. 


1 ὅσον διελθόντεε, only so far that after you travel (it). 3 comfortably = 
witha relish, ὃ sc. orarijpa. 4 what is customary, see Introd. 64 and cf. 236, 
€ shall ask to keep it myself. 6 search out. 7 χειρόω, subdue. 6 less. 
® often. 10 it was given = permission was given. 11 worth everything, Le. 
very important. 12 piece ef good fortune. 15 shall put this to vote. 











BOOK VII. CHAP. III. 349 


Seuthe. invites the Greek officers to a banquet ; presente solicited. 


“A a 

Mera τοῦτο -οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι κατὰ τάξεις ἐσκήνησαν, 

a) ld 
στρατηγοὺς δὲ καὶ λοχαγοὺς ἐπὶ δεῖπνον Σεύθης ἐκά- 
Φ 
λεσε, πλησίον κώµην ἔχων. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ θύραις ἦσαν 
ὡς ἐπὶ δεῖπνον παριόντες, ἦν τις Ἡρακλείδης Μαρω- 
φ ¥ ν 
νείτης ' οὗτος προσιὼν ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ οὕστινας ᾧετο ἔχειν 
τι δοῦναι Σεύθῃ, πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς Παριανούς τινας. 
4 “ 4 4 Y 8 9 N 
ol παρῆσαν Φφιλίαν διαπραξόµενοι πρὸς ἩΜήδοκον τὸν 
Ὀδρυσῶν βασιλέα καὶ δῶρα ἄγοντες qit@ τε καὶ τῇ 
Πα 
a ¥ 9 19 8 ν ¥ 5 0 «ε 
γυναικί, ἔλεγεν Οτι Μήόδοκος µεν avw εἴη ὀώδεκα Ίμε- 

a > 8 4 eg s 2 > 9 Δ Ν 4 
pov ἀπὸ θαλάττης ὁδόν, Σεύθης 8 ἐπεὶ τὸ στράτευμα 

Α » 3 > A 2 ΄ > 
τοῦτο εἴληφεν, ἄρχων ἔσοιτο ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ. γείτων οὖν 
ὦν ἱκανώτατος ἔσται ὑμᾶς καὶ εὖ καὶ κακῶς ποιεῖν. 
a = A , , 9 a » - 8 
ἦν οὖν σωφρονῆτε, τούτῳ δώσετε OTL ἂν ἄγητε" καὶ 
¥ ea 5 / ΑΔ ON ὃ / Ἀ / 1 
ἄμεινον ὑμῖν δια-κείσεται 4 ἐὰν Μηδόκῳ τῷ πρόσω 

A “A 9 
οἰκοῦντι O@TE. τούτους μὲν οὕτως ἐἔπειθεν. 

Αὖθις δὲ Τιμµασίωνι τῷ Δαρδανεῖὶ προσελθών, ἐπεὶ 
» κ. > α 4. 8 9 ή N 3 
NKovoevy αὐτῷ εἶναι Kal ἐκπώματα καὶ τάπιδας" βαρ- 

Ud ¥ 9g v4 ε / > AN a) ϱ 
βαρικάς, ἔλεγεν ὅτι νοµίζοιτο ὁπότε ἐπὶ δεῖπνον καλέσαι 
Σεύθης δωρεῖσθαιξ αὐτῷ τοὺς κληθέντας. “οὗτος ὃ ἦν 

ιά 3 4, , ε ΔΝ ν 8 ¥ 
µέγας ἐνθάδε γένηται, ἱκανὸς ἔσται σε καὶ οἴκαδε 

A 22 A 
καταγαγεῖν Kat ἐνθάδε πλούσιον ποιῆσαι. ToLvavTa 


4 ε - , 
εκάστῳ προσιών. 


προυμνᾶτο 
Προσελθὼν δὲ καὶ Ἐενοφῶντι ἔλεγε᾽ “2d καὶ πόλεως 

4 y 8 4 4 Δ ΔΝ »” ld 4 
µεγίστης εἶ καὶ παρὰ Σεύθῃ τὸ Tov ὄνομα µέγιστόν 
2 2 A A , ν οὗ 5 ‘ s 6 
ἐστι, και ἐν THOE TH χώρᾳ tows ἀξιώσειςὃ καὶ τείχη 
σ . » αν y 4 

λαμβάνειν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἄλλοι τῶν ὑμετέρων έἔλαβον, Kat 
χώραν  ἄξιον οὖν σοι καὶ µεγαλοπρεπέστατα τιµῆσαι 


1 far away. 2 carpets. 8 to make presents. * προ-μνάοµαι, sue for, 
solicit. ὃ claim, ask. 6 walled towns. 


πιό 


6 


850 ANABASIS. 


20 Σεύθην. εὔνους δέ σοι ὦν rapa"! eb οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι 


91 


22 


9 Δ κ iL , 8 , .. 23 iL eos ” 
οσῳ av µείζω τούτῳ δωρήσ]ῃ, τοσούτῳ' µείζω ὑπὸ τού- 
9 A a 22 3 A aA > 4 
του ἀγαθὰ πείσει ἀκοδων ταῦτα Ἐενοφῶν ἠπόρει ᾽ 
>, 4 ρ ¥ 9 9 4 A \ 
οὐ γὰρ διεβεβήκει ἔχων ἐκ Ἡαρίου ef μὴ maida καὶ 

ὅσον ὃ ἐφόδιον. 


Description of the banquet. 


3 A 4 3 ο 4 A α | 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰσῆλθον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον τῶν τε Θρᾳκῶν οἱ 
4 “~ 
κράτιστοι τῶν παρόντων καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ot λοχα- 
‘ Ae ρ  ν 4 A 2 9 
you tov Ἑλλήνων καὶ εἰ τις πρεσβεέα παρην ἀπὸ 
aN κ 5 Al ‘ » 6 ld , . » 
πόλεως, TO Οειπνον μὲν ἦν καθηµένοις κύκλῳ' ἔπειτα 
δὲ bus , θ A Ν @ 5° ΑΦ . A 
€ τρίποδες " εισ-ηνέχύησαν πασιν᾿ οὗτοι ὃ σαν κρεων 
4 . 9 ae 
peorot νενεµηµένων, καὶ ἄρτοι Lupita.’ μεγάλοι προσ- 
πεπερονημένοιὃ ἦσαν πρὸς τοῖς κρέασι. μάλιστα ὃ ai 
, 4 4 , 2. 9 4 , ‘ 4. 
τράπεζαι κατὰ τοὺς ξένους ἀεὶ ἐτίθεντο νόµος γὰρ ἦν 
8 A 4 ‘ 
— καὶ πρῶτος τοῦτο ἐποίει Σεύθης, καὶ ἀγ-ελόμενος 
9 ε a ¥ 9 9 10 
TOUS έαυτῳ παρακειµένους apTous δι-έκλα ” κατα µικρον 
8 α 
καὶ ἐρρίπτει οἷς αὐτῷ ἐδόκει, καὶ τὰ κρέα ὡσαύτως, ὅσον 
µόνον γεύσασθαι ἑαυτῷ κατα-λιπών. 
8 ε ¥ 4 Δ > A 2 4 a ε ιό 
Καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι δὲ κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἐποίουν καθ οὓς αἱ τρά- 
¥ 3 \ ld 3 ΄ » ~~ 
πεζαι ἔκειντο. ᾿Αρκὰς δέ τις ᾿Αρύστας ὄνομα, φαγεῖν 
ὃ 4 11 \ 4 ὃ A ν 12 , \ δὲ 3 
ενός, τὸ μὲν διαρριπτειν ela” χαἰρειν, λαβων δὲ εἰς 
Cad κά 8 4 
τὴν χεῖρα ὅσον Tpixolvikov™ ἄρτον καὶ κρέα θέμενος 
¥ ρ 
ἐπὶ τὰ γόνατα ἐδείπνε. κέρατα δὲ οἴνου περι-έφερον, 
> 3Q 7 ς > 3 2 3 8 9 2 AN 
καὶ πάντες €d€yovro* 6 8 ᾿Αρύστας, ἐπεὶ παρ αὐτὸν 
ῤ 8 Ld e > , 4 > ὸ 4 ΔΝ 
φΦέρων τὸ κέρας ὁ οἰνοχόος KEV, εἶπεν LOWY τὸν Ἐενο- 
“ 9 4 5 A ές 3 , 2 ¥ ές ὃ ή. 
φῶντα οὐκέτι δειπνοῦντα, “΄ Ἐκείω, ey, ὃς σχο- 
1 exhort. 2 ποσούτφ µείζω ἀγαθὰ πείσει (πάσχω) etc., the greater benefits 
you will receive etc. 8 (sc. εἶναι), as much money as to serve for travelling 
expenses. 4 whatever embassy. 5 three-footed tables, 6 divided into por- 
tions.  ' οαυεπεᾶ. 8 προσ-περονάω, pin or fasten to. 9 διακλάω, break up. 


 anto smail pieces. 1 fearful eater. 12 fa χαίρει», let himself say farewell 
to= neglected. 18 three choenizes in size. 


BOOK VIL CHAP. ΙΠ. 351 
λάζει γὰρ ἤδη, ἐγὼ δὲ οὐδέπω.' ἁἀκούσας Σεύθης τὴν 
φωνὴν ἠρώτα τὸν οἰνοχόον τί λέγει. 6 δὲ οἰνοχόος 
εἶπεν. ἑλληνίζενὶ γὰρ ἠπίστατο ἐνταῦθα μὲν δὴ 


γέλως ἐγένετο. 


They drink to Seuthes’ health. 


"Harel δὲ mpovyape.® 6 πότος, εἰσῆλθεν ἀνὴρ Θρᾷξ 26 


σ ν ρ 4 \ , 9 > 
ἵππον ἔχων λευκόν, καὶ λαβὼν κέρας μεστὸν εἶπε᾽ 
9 A re) 
««Π]ρο-πίνω σοι, ὢ Σεύθη, καὶ τὸν ἵππον τοῦτον δωροῦ- 
249 8 Ν ὃ , a 5 a) 20 , ε 8 
pat, ἐφ οὗ καὶ διώκων ov ἂν ἐθέλῃς αἱρήσεις καὶ 
> “~ 9 8 , Ν 4 99 » α 
ἁποχωρῶν οὗ μὴ δείσῃς τὸν πολέμιον. ἄλλος παῖδα 
εἰσαγαγὼν οὕτως ἐδωρήσατο προ-πίνων, καὶ ἄλλος ἵἱμά- 
τια τῇ Ὑγυναικίι καὶ Τιµασίων 
id 3 “ ιό 
προπίνων ἐδωρήσατο Φφιάλην τε 
9 α A a 9) id 
ἀργυρᾶν καὶ τάπιδα ἀξίαν δέκα 
μνῶν. Γνήσιππος δέ τις ᾿Αθη- 
ναῖος ἀναστὰς εἶπεν OTL ἀρχαῖος 
Ν so , 4 A 
εἴη νόμος κάλλιστος τοὺς μὲν 
3 ld -~ “A ~ 
ἔχοντας διδόναι τῷ βασιλεῖ τιµῆς 
9 Α δὲ 8 .4 ὃ ὃ ιά 
ἕνεκα, τοῖς δὲ μὴ ἔχουσι διδόναι 
τὸν βασιλέα, ἵνα καὶ ἐγώ, ἔφη, ἔχω σοι δωρεῖσθαι καὶ 
= ® 
τιµαν. 
Ὅ δὲ Εενοφῶν ἠπορεῖτο τί ποιήσει' καὶ γὰρ ἐτύγχα- 
ε ad 3 ' ~ Ud ῤ 4 
vey ὡς τιμµώμενος ἐν τῷ πλησιαιτάτῳ δίφρω Σεύθῃ 
, e Νε 4 3 2 3 ων Ν 4 
καθήµενος. 6 δὲ Ἡρακλείδης ἐκέλευεν αὐτῷ τὸ κέρας 
4 9 3 ρ ε 4 A ¥ 4 e 
ὀρέξαι τὸν οἰνοχόον. 6 δὲ Ἐενοφῶν, ἤδη yap ὑπο- 
. 4 32, > & θ , 5 , 8 
πεπωκὼς ' ἐτύγχανεν, ἀνέστη θαρραλέως δεζάµενος τὸ 
s 
κέρας καὶ εἶπεν ' “’Eya δέ σοι, a Σεύθη, δίδωµμι ἐμαν- 
A 8 8 3 8 2 e ῤ 4. 
τὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς τούτους ἑταίρους «φίλους εἶναι 





1 speak Greek. 2 προ-χωρέω. © ὀρέγαω, γεαοΛ. * had already drunk a 
hittle (ὑποπίνω), {. 6. a little ton rauch. 


27 


28 


29 


30 


9] 


92 


35 


352 ANABASIS. 


πιστούς, καὶ οὐδένα. ἄκοντα, ἀλλὰ πάντας μᾶλλον ἔτι 


"9 “A Αρ . > 8 “A ’ 
ἐμοὺ σοι βουλομένους φίλους εἶναι. καὶ νῦν. πάρεισιν 


3 la ~ 3 4 8 ec J 8 ϱ 

οὐδέν σε προσαιτοῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ προἰέμενοι καὶ πονεῖν 
? i 

ὑπὲρ σοῦ καὶ προ-κινδυνεύειν ἐθέλοντες' μεθ ὧν, ἂν οἳ 
θεοὶ θέλωσι, πολλὴν χώραν τὴν μὲν ἀπο-λήψει πατρῴαν 
οὖσαν, τὴν δὲ κτήσει, πολλοὺς δὲ ἵππους, πολλοὺς δὲ ἂἄν- 
Spas καὶ γυναῖκας κατα-κτήσει, οὓς οὗ λῄζεσθαί σε 
δεήσει, add’ αὐτοὶ φέροντες παρέσονται πρὸς σὲ Sapa.” 

᾿Αναστὰς ὁ Σεύθης συν-εξ-έπιε καὶ συγ-κατ-εσκεδάσατο 
per αὐτοῦ τὸ κέρας. μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσῆλθον κέρασί τε 
οἵοις σηµαίνουσιν αὐλοῦντες καὶ σάλπιγξιν ὠμοβοείαις ® 
ῥυθμούς τε καὶ οἷον paydb.* σαλπίζοντε. καὶ αὐτὸς 
Σ 16 9 Δ 9 4 , λ ν΄ 6 κ ρ 6 
ev0ns ἀναστας ἀν-έκραγέ τε πολεµικον’ και ἑξ-ήλατο 

σ α A 
ὥσπερ βέλος φυλαττόμενος para ἐλαφρῶς. εἰσῇσαν 
δὲ καὶ γελωτο-ποιοί." 


They plan an attack upon the Thractans. 


Ὡς ὃ ἦν ynrytos ἐπὶ δυσμαῖς, ἀνέστησαν of Ἕλλη- 
ves καὶ εἶπον ὅτι. wpa νυκτοφύλακας καθιστάναι καὶ 
4 4 8 ΄ 3 , 
σύνθημα παρα-διδόνα.. Kat Σεύθην ἐκέλευον παραγ- 
~ 9 >  ε 4 a 5 5 ‘ A 
γειλαυ ὅπως els Ta Ἑλληνικὰ στρατόπεδα µηδεις τῶν 
A 9 ~ ‘ 
Θρᾳκῶν εἴσ-εισι νυκτός ot τε yap πολέμιοι Θρᾷκες 
[ὑμῖν] καὶ ὑμεῖς οἱ φίλοι. ὡς 8 ἐξῇῆσαν, συν-αν-έστη 
ὁ Σεύθης οὐδέν τι µεθύοντι ἐοικώς. ἐξελθὼν ὃ εἶπεν 
αὐτοὺς τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἀπο-καλέσας' “Ὢ avdpes, oF 
πολέμιοι ἡμῶν οὐκ ἴσασί πω τὴν ἡμετέραν συμμαχίαν - 
d 
ἦν οὖν ἔλθωμεν em αὐτοὺς πρὶν φυλάξασθαι ὥστε μὴ 


1 at the same time (συγ-) with him (Xenophon) sprinkled (what was left in) the 


horn upon himself. 2 playing upon horns such as they make signals with etc. 
8 of raw ox-hide. 4 οἷον (sc. σαλπί(ουσι) µαγάδι, magadis, kind of harp. 
ὅ war-cry. 6 ἐξ-άλλομαι, leap forth (out of his place). 7 buffoons. 


8 for your enemies are Thracians and you are our friends. 


1. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. IIL 853 


α 9 

ληφθῆναι 7 παρασκευάσασθαι ὥστε ἀμύνασθαι, µά- 
liar’! ἂν λάβοιμεν καὶ ἀνθρώπους καὶ χρήματα. συν- 
επῄνουν ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον. 6 

5° > 7; , > , ----- δὲ ε 
εἶπε' “Ἡαρασκευασάμενοι ἀναμενετε᾽ ἐγω O€ ὁοπόταν 
8 ὃν κ 5 A \ ‘\ δν Χ 6 Aa 
καιρὸς 7) ἠζξω πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ ὑμᾶς 
9 \ e - . s aA ο 92 ν ε A 
ἀναλαβὼν ἡγήσομαι σὺν τοῖς ἵπποις. καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν 
eo | ¢ Σ , , ¥ ‘ , θ νε 
εἶπε κέψαι τοίνυν, εἶπερ νυκτος πορευσόµεύα, εἰ ὁ 
ε Ν 4 ῤ ¥ > ε \ AQ 
Ἑλληνικὸς νόμος κάλλιον eye’ μεθ ἡμέραν μὲν yap 
ἐν ταις πορείαις ἡγειται τοῦ στρατεύματος ὁποῖον 
A 9 A 9 4 ..-. ld 3 9? ε 8 
ἂν ael πρὸς τὴν χώραν συμφέρῃ, ἐάν τε ὁπλιτικὸν 
ἐάν τε πελταστικὸν ἐάν τε ἱππικόν ᾽ νύκτωρ δὲ νόμος 
ὃ οὕτω 

Δ 9 a ΔΝ , Ν σ 

γὰρ ἠἤκιστα δια-σπᾶται τὰ στρατεύματα καὶ ἤκιστα 
λανθάνουσιν ἀπο-διδράσκοντες ἀλλήλους ' οἱ δὲ δια- 
, , 8 4 > 4 8 
σπασθέντες πολλάκις καὶ περιπίπτουσιν ἀλλήλοις καὶ 


τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἡγεῖσθαί ἐστι τὸ βραδύτατον ° 


~ α 8 a 99 
ἀγνοοῦντες κακῶς ποιοῦσι καὶ πάσχουσιν.᾽ εἶπεν οὖν 
Σ 10 Ξ “°C Aa λέ ν΄ 3 A κ 4 A ie , 

εύθης ρθῶς λέγετε καὶ ἐγὼ τῷ νόµμῳ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ 
ε a a ο) 
πείσοµαι. καὶ ὑμῖν μὲν ἡγεμόνας δώσω τῶν πρεσβυ- 


36 


37 


39 


4 Δ 3 , ~ a 9 ἃ 32 3 / 
τάτων τοὺς ἐμπειροτάτους τῆς χώρας, αὐτὸς 8 ἐφ-έψο- 


µαι τελευταῖος τοὺς ἵππους ἔχων  ταχὺ γὰρ πρῶτος, 
ἂν δέῃ, παρ-έσοµαι.᾽ σύνθημα ὃ εἶπον “᾿Αθηναίαν 


κατὰ τὴν συγγένειαν.' ταῦτα εἰπόντες ἀνεπαύοντο. 


Setting out about midnight with the heavy-armed in the van, they 
surprise the villages the next day, and capture much booty. 


Ἡνίκα 8 ἦν ἀμφὶ µέσας νύκτας, παρῆν Σεύθης ἔχων 
τοὺς ἱππέας τεθωρακισµένους καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς σὺν 
τοῖς ὅπλοις. καὶ ἐπεὶ παρ-έδωκε τοὺς ἡγεμόνας, οἱ μὲν 
ε aA ε a ε \ ο | ε go ε A 
ὁπλῖται ἡγοῦντο, οἱ δὲ πελτασταὶ εἴποντο, οἱ 8 ἱππεῖς 

1 most certainly. 2 be suitable. Cf. Introd., 93. 8 the slowest (part). 


4 kinship, cf. 251. 
H. & W. ANAB. — 23 


40 


4] 


“ 
7 
J/ 49 


45 


46 


854 - ANABASIS. 


3 , a 3 8 > « ῤ > ε , = 
ὠπισθοφυλάκουν' ἐπεὶ δ ἡμέρα ἦν, 6 Σεύθης παρ 
2 > 4 ν κ > , 5 e 9 
ἤλαυνεν εἷς τὸ πρὀσθεν καὶ ἐπ-ῄνεσε τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν 
4 (6 4 4. 99 » (έ , 9 AN N 8 
νόµον. “πολλάκις yap, ἔφη, “viKTwp αὐτὸς καὶ σὺν 
ὀλίγοις πορευόµενος ἀπο-σπασθήναι σὺν τοῖς ἵπποις 
9 9 ο) α +) 9 “A 9 o , 9 
ἀπὸ τῶν πεζῶν' νῦν 8 ὥσπερ δεῖ ἀθρόοι πάντες ἅμα 
~ ε / > νε a fe A , 3 κ 
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ φαινόµεθα. ἀλλὰ ὑμεις μὲν περι-μένετε αὐτοῦ 
ν 9 , 2 A 4 , , φ 2 3 
καὶ ἀνα-παύεσθε, ἐγὼ δὲ σκεψάµενός τι Ew. 
Tavr’ εἰχὼν ἤλαυνε δι ὄρους ὁδόν τινα λαβών. ἐπεὶ 
(tac, Leen | . 
3 3 ΄ 3 , ό 3 ld > ¥ ¥ 
8 ddixero cis χιόνα πολλήν, ἐσκέψατο εἰ εἴη ἴχνη 
9 , a , ε -» » 2 , 9 \ 
ἀνθρώπων ἡἢ πρόσω ynyovpeva ἢ ἐναντία. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
9 Al ε, \ ες ® 4 , ‘ : 
atpiBn* ἑώρα τὴν ὁδόν, ἥκε ταχὺ πάλιν καὶ ἔλεγεν 
“"Avdpes, καλῶς έσται, ἦν θεὸς θέλῃ' τοὺς γὰρ ἀνθρώ- 
4 2 3 , 9 > 3 AN \ ε , 
mous Anoopev” ἐπι-πεσόντε. GAN ἐγὼ μὲν ἡγήσομαι 
τοῖς ἵπποις, ὅπως ἄν τινα ἴδωμεν, μὴ δια-φυγὼν σηµήνῃ 
Α 4 « “A 3 9 “A ~ 
τοῖς πολεμµίοις' ὑμεῖς 8 ἔπεσθε' Kav λειφθῆτε τῷ 
’ ~ 9 9 € Ud A Q Ν 9 
στίβωῳ τῶν ἵππων ἔπεσθε' ὑπερβάντες δὲ τὰ Opn ἤξομεν 
> a , Δ 3 ? 22 
els κώµας πολλάς τε καὶ εὐδαίμονας. 
Ἡνίκα ὃ ἦν µέ μέ 70 ἐπὶ τοῖς ἆ 
µέσον ἡμέρας, ἤδη τε ἦν ἐπὶ τοις ἄκροις 
4 8 ΔΝ 2 8 3 , ΔΝ 4 ε , 
καὶ κατ-ιδὼν τὰς Kapas ἦκεν ἐλαύνων πρὸς τοὺς ὁπλέζ 
τας καὶ ἔλεγεν' “’Ad-yow® ἤδη κατα-θεν τοὺς μὲν 
e , 3 Ν 4 “\ 4 8 3 A 8 a 
imméas εἷς TO πεδίον,.τοὺς δὲ πελταστὰς ἐπὶ τὰς κώμας. 
ἀλλ ἔπεσθε ὡς ἂν δύνησθε τάχιστα, ὅπως ἐάν Tis 
ὑφ-ιστῆται, ἀλέξησθε"᾽ ἀκούσας ταῦτα 6 ἈἘενοφῶν 
, > oN na ο . ὁ ¥ . «6 cd / 
κατ-έβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου. καὶ ὃς ἤρετο᾽ “Ti καταβαίνεις 


8 a 399 > 9> » 9 3 “A , 
ἐπεὶ σπεύδειν Set;” “Olda,” ἔφη, “ore οὐκ ἐμοῦ µόνου 3 


a ο A 8 9 
δέει' οἱ δὲ ὁπλῖται θᾶττον ὁραμοῦνταιὃ καὶ ydvov, ἐὰν 
“A 2 
καὶ ἐγὼ πεζὸς ἡγῶμαι.᾽ 
a “A » 8 3 9 “A ¥ 
Μετα TavTa wyeTo, και Tiaciwy per avrou έχων 
ἱππέας ws τετταράκοντα τῶν Ἑλλήνων. ἈἘενοφῶν δὲ 


1 untrodden. 2 λανθάνω. 8 ἀφ-ήσω (ἀφ-ἵημι) τοὺς μὲν ἱππέας κατα θεῖν, 
will send off the etc. to rundown etc. * only. 5 fut. of τρέχω. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. IV. 350 


4 4 9 , ¥ , 2 8 A 
παρ-ηγγυησε Τους εἰς TPLAKOVTG ετη παργτιεναιυ απο TWV 


4 





ους ἔχων, 
9 4 3 > 
ἐπεὶ ο ἐν 


λόχων εὐζώνους. - καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἑτρόχαζε” το 
Κλεάνωρ 8 ἡγεῖτο τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων. 
ταῖς κώμαις ἦσαν, Σεύθης ἔχων ὅσον τρῖάκοντα ἱππέας 
προσ-ελάσας εἶπε' “ Τάδεξ δή, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, ad σὺ ἔλε- 
~ ¥ 4 ε ¥ A] ; ἀλλὰ 5 N ¥ ε 
yes’ ἔχονται οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἀλλὰδ γὰρ ἐἔρημοι ot 
ἱππεῖς οἴχονταί pot ἄλλος ἄλλῃ διώκων, καὶ δέδοικα 
μὴ συ-στάντες ἀθρόοι που κακόν τι ἐργάσωνται οἱ 
πολέμιο.. δεῖ δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις κατα-μένειν Twas 
ean. ‘ , > 9 , » (5 2 > 8 ρ 2) 
ἡμῶν ' μεσταὶ γάρ εἶσιν ἀνθρώπων. AMA έγα μέν, 
ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, “σὺν ols ἔχω τὰ ἄκρα κατα-λήψομαι | 
8 4 4 4 5 8 “A di ο) 4 
σὺ δὲ Κλεάνορα κέλευε διὰ τοῦ πεδίου παρα-τεῖναι τὴν 
φάλαγγα παρὰ τὰς κώµας. eel δὲ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν, 
συνηλίσθησαν ὃ ἀνδράποδα μὲν ὡς χίλια, βόες δὲ δισ- 
χίλιοι, πρόβατα ἄλλα μύρια. τότε μὲν δὴ αὐτοῦ 
ηὐλίσθησαν. 
The villages are burned and the booty sent to Perinthus to be sold; 
severity of the weather. 
τν. Ty 8 wtorepaia κατα-καύσας 6 Σεύθης τὰς 
΄ A 8 2 7 3 , 4 σ / 
κώµας παντελῶς καὶ οἰκίαν οὐδεμίαν λιπών, ὅπως φόβον 
3 0 , 8 “A » Άι , 7 4 4 , 
ἐνθείῃ καὶ τοῖς αἄλλοις ofa meioovrat,’ ἂν μὴ πείθων- 
3 4 , \ 8 A , 3 ij 
ται, ἆπ-ῄει πάλιν. καὶ τὴν μὲν λείαν ἀπέπεμψε ὃδια- 
τίθεσθαι Ἡρακλείδην cis Πέρινθον, ὅπως ἂν μισθὸς 
, Ἀ , . 9 δὲ Ν e Y 
γένοιτο τοις στρατιώταις αυτος οὲ καὶ οἱ EAAnves 
3 4 > ‘ N ~ 4 
ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ava τὸ Θυνῶν πεδίον. 
Οἱ δ ἐκλιπόντες ἔφευγον εἰς τὰ ὄρη. Fv δὲ χιὼν 
8 Δ A y 9 ‘ κά A δι) 2 
πολλὴ καὶ ψῦχος οὕτως ὥστε τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ ἐφέροντο ἐπὶ 
δεῖπνον ἐπήγνυτο καὶ ὁ olvos 6 ἐν τοῖς ἀγγείοις, καὶ τῶν 
1 well-girt -- active. 3 run along. 8 this (18 just) what you said. 3 are 


caught. 5 but (of what avail is it?) for etc. 6 συν-αλί(ω, gather together, 
capture. 7 πάσχω. 


47 


48 


4 


» 


306 . ANABASIS. 


Ἑλλήνων πολλῶν καὶ ῥῖνεςὶ ἁπ-εκάοντο3 καὶ ὧτα. καὶ 
Τότε δῆλον ἐγένετο οὗ ἕνεκα οἱ @paxes τὰς ἁλωπεκᾶς ® 
ἐπὶ ταῖς κεφαλαῖς φοροῦσι καὶ τοῖς wai, καὶ χιτῶνας 
οὗ µόνον περὶ τοῖς στέρνοις 
ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῖς μηροῖς." 
καὶ ζειρὰς ® μέχρι τῶν ποδῶν 
ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὃ ἔχουσιν, 
ἀλλ οὐ χλαμίύδαςῖ ἀφιιεὶς 


ὃ αἰχμαλώτων ὁ Σεύ- 


δὲ Tov 
Ons εἰς τὰ ὄρη ἔλεγεν ὅτι Et 
μὴ καταβήσονται οἰκήσοντες 


8 σ 
καὶ πείσονται, ὅτι κατα- 





SHOWING ΤΗΕ χλαμύς. 


‘ 
καύσει καὶ τούτων τὰς κώµας 
‘ A α a) va) 
καὶ τὸν σῖτον, Kat ἁπ-ολοῦνται τῷ yw. ἐκ τούτου 
A Ἆ 
κατέβαινον καὶ yuvaikes καὶ παῖδες καὶ πρεσβύτεροι ° 
ε δὲ , 9 aA ε v.10 _\ ¥» , AL 
οἱ δὲ νεώτεροι ἐν ταῖς ὑπὸ TO Ορος Kwpats ηὐλίζοντο. 
Ν e ΄ ; Δ 30 8 ~ 
καὶ ὁ Σεύθης κατα-μαθὼν ἐκέλευσε τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα τῶν 
ε A Ν , , , θ 11 Ν 
ὁπλιτῶν τοὺς νεωτάτους λαβόντα συν-επι-σπέσύαι.' καὶ 
σ ~ “A 3 
ἀνα-στάντες τῆς νυκτὸς ἅμα, τῇ ἡμέρᾳ παρῆσαν εἰς τὰς 
” 8 ε A A + Palla Ε N > 
Kamas. καὶ οἱ μὲν πλεῖστοι ἐξέφυγον' πλησίον yap ἦν 
» 3 “ 4 
τὸ ὄρος' ὅσους δὲ έλαβε κατ-ηκόντισεν  ἀφειδῶς Σεύθης. 


Episthenes intercedes for a handsome boy. 
Ἐπισθένης δ ἦν τις ᾿Ολύνθιος παιδεραστής, ὃς ἰδὼν 
“A 8 ε td 14 » , ¥ a, 
mata καλὸν ἠβάσκοντα ”' apts πέλτην ἔχοντα μέλλοντα 
ἀποθνήσκειν, προσ-δραμὼν ἘΞενοφῶντι ἱκέτευεὃ βοηθη- 
‘ Α ΝΔ al Ν ~ , “A 
σαι παιδὶ καλώ. καὶ ὃς προσ-ελθὼν τῷ Σεύθῃ δεῖται 


ο 4 3 ο) 9 to 8 “a > ῤέ ὃ α 
LY) αποκτειναι τον παιοα., και του Επισ ενους ι ηγειται 


1 ῥίς, nose. 2 freeze off. 8 fox-skin cap. 4 thigh. ὅ wrapper, 
ὁ on horseback. 7 short cloak, worn by Greek horsemen. 8 sc. turds. 
9 πείθοµα:, submit. 10 at the foot of. 11 συν-εφ-έποµαι. 12 κατ-ακορτίζα, 


shoot down. 38 lover-of-boys. 1 in the bloom of youth. 18 gupnlicate. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. IV. oot 


1 4 9 , A ld “A 
καὶ ὅτι λόχον ποτὲ συνελέξατο σκοπῶν 


τὸν τρόπον, 
οὐδὲν ado ἢ εὖ τινες Eley καλοί, καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἣν 
ἀνὴρ ἀγαθός” 6 δὲ Σεύθης ἤρετο' “"H καὶ ἐθέλοις 
¥ 3 9 , ε 9 , > θ ~ 3) ε 5° a 
av, ὦ ᾿Επίσθενες, ὑπὲρ τούτου ἀποθανεῖν; ὁ O ὑπερ- 
ανα-τείνας ὃ τὸν τράχηλον, “late,” ἔφη, “ei κελεύει 6 

~ 8 ιό 3 Ld 93 3 , e€ ΄ 8 
mais καὶ µέλλει χάριν εἰδέναι.᾽ ἐπήρετο ὁ Σεύθης τὸν 
παϊδα εἰ παίΐσειεν αὐτὸν ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνου. οὐκ Ela ὁ παῖς, 
GAN’ ἱκέτευε µηδέτερον " κατα-καίνειν. ἐνταῦθα ὁ “Env 

σ > 

σθένης περι-λαβὼν τὸν παῖδα εἶπεν' “ Ὥρα σοι, ὦ Σεύθη, 

Ν vO , , 0 3 3 Δ 6 , 6 9 
περὶ τοῦδέ por δια-μάχεσθαι οὗ γὰρ µεθ-ήσωδ τὸν 
παῖδα. ὁ δὲ Σεύθης γελῶν ταῦτα μὲν Ela. 


Seuthes goes down into the plain, while the Greeks hold in check 
the Thracians in the mountains. 


Ἔδοξε δὲ αὐτῷ αὐτοῦ αὐλισθῆναι, ἵνα pnd ἐκ τούτων 
τῶν κωμῶν οἱ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους τρέφοιντο. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν 
9 A - 9 , ε δὲ  ν 
ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ὑπο-κατα-βὰς ἐσκήνου, ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἔχων 
τοὺς ἐπι-λέκτους ἐν τῇ ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος ἀνωτάτω κώμῃ, καὶ 
ot ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες ἐν τοῖς ὀρείοις καλουμένοις Θρᾳξὶ 
πλησίον κατ-εσκήνησαν. 

7 ή ε 4 > 3 4 ὃ ‘4 A ε 

Ex τούτου ἡμέραι τ οὗ πολλαὶ Οι-ετγρίβοντο καὶ οἱ 
) a » A , 9 9 , 
ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους Θράκες κατα-βαίνοντες πρὸς τὸν Σεύθην 


4 δῶ Ne » δ , 6 9 ε 
περυ σπονοων και ομήρων ι"επραττοντο. Kat ο Elevo- 


φῶν ἐλθὼν ἔλεγε τῷ Σεύθῃ ὅτι ἐν wovynpots’ σκηνοῖεν 
καὶ πλησίον elev οἱ πολέμιοι ἠδιόν τ ἂν ἔζω αὐλί- 
¥ 3 3 a , ο a 3 a 
ζεσθαι ἔφη ἐν ἐχυροῖς χωρίοις μᾶλλον 4 ἐν τοῖς στε- 
A 8 9 3 ιά ε δὲ Q ~ 3 4 ‘ 
γνοῖς, wore ἀπολέσθαι. 6 δὲ θαρρεῖν ἐκέλευε καὶ 
« 4 4 + oe 3 4 8 Δ 9 ο: 
ἔδειζξεν ὁμήρους παρόντας αὐτῶν. ἐδέοντο δὲ καὶ αὐτοῦ 
Ἐενοφῶντος καταβαίνοντές τινες τῶν ἐκ τοῦ ὅρους συµ- 


1 character. 2 brave. 8 stretch out * neither. § µεθίηµι, let go 
6 were trying to negotiate. ' in bad quarters.  ὃ in sheltered (places). 


10 


1 


12 


i4 


ιδ 


ι6 


17 


358 AN ABASIS, 


πρᾶξαι σφίσι τὰς σπονδάς. 6 8 ὠμολόγει καὶ θαρρεῖν 
ἐκέλευε καὶ ἠγγυᾶτο) μηδὲν αὐτοὺς κακὸν πείσεσθαι 3 
, , e > ¥ α 9% ¥ 
πειθοµένους Σεύθῃ. οἱ 8 ρα ταῦτ ἔλεγον κατα- 
σκοπῆς ὃ ένεκα. 
The enemy make a night attack upon the Greeks. 
Tatra μὲν τῆς ἡμέρας ἐγένετο" εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπ-ιοῦσαν 
, 9 id 3 4 ; 9 ~ »” ε , 4 
νύκτα ἐπι-τίθενται ἐλθόντες ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους οἱ Θυνοί. καὶ 
ἡγεμὼν μὲν ἦν ὁ δεσπότης ἑκάστης τῆς οἰκίας' χαλεπὸν 
‘ ¥ 9 2 2 , 4” 9 
γὰρ ἦν ἄλλως τὰς οἰκίας σκότους " ὄντος ἀν-ευρίσκειν ἐν 
ταῖς κώμαις ' καὶ ‘yap at οἰκίαι κύκλῳ περι-εσταύρωντο © 
µεγάλοις σταυροῖς τῶν προβάτων ἕνεκα. ἐπεὶ ὃ eye 
νοντο κατὰ τὰς θύρας ἑκάστου τοῦ οἰκήματος, οἱ μὲν 
εἰσ-ηκόντιζον, οἱ δὲ τοῖς σκυτάλοιςῖ ἔβαλλον, ἆ ἔχειν 
¥ ε 3 4 8 A ὃ , δν ρ ε 
epacay ὡς ἀπυ-κόψοντες" τῶν ὁοράτων τὰς λόγχας, ot 
~ QX α 
δ ἐν-επίμπρασαν, καὶ Ἐενοφῶντα ὀνομαστὶ καλοῦντες 
> (4 9 4 9 , a 9 A ¥ 
ἐξιόντα ἐκέλευον ἀποθνήσκειν, 4 αὐτοῦ ἔφασαν κατα- 
καυθήσεσθαι αὐτόν. 
Καὶ ἤδη τε διὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου ' ἐφαίνετο up, καὶ ἐν-τεθω- 
ε ὰ «9 A ¥ 5 Αν 9 ss 
ρακισµένοι οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα ἐνὸον ἦσαν ἀσπίδας 
8 a ‘ , ¥ Ν ; 8 
καὶ paxaipas καὶ κράνη ἔχοντες, καὶ Σιλανὸς Μακί 
στιος ἐτῶν ὡς ὀκτωκαίδέεκα σηµαίνει τῇ σάλπιγγι' καὶ 
‘ ~ 
εὐθὺς ἐκ-πηδῶσιν ἐσπασμένοι τὰ ξίφη καὶ of ἐκ τῶν 
ἆλλ trav.” οἱ δὲ Θρᾶκες φεύγουσιν, ὥσπε 
ων σκηνωµάτων. οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες φεύγουσιν, ρ 
8 0 4ν 9 aA » , Δ ΄ 
δὴ τρόπος ἣν αὐτοῖς, ὄπισθεν περιβαλόμενοι τὰς πέλ- 


. : 2” 1 es , Ν ‘ Se 
τας" καὶ αὐτων  ὑπεραλλομένων τοὺς σταυρους ἐλή- 


φθησάν τινες κρεµασθέντες, ἐνεχομένων' τῶν πελτῶν τοῖς 
σταυροῖς ' οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀπέθανον ἁμαρτόντες τῶν ἐξόδων - 
οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐδίωκον ἔξω τῆς κώμης. 

1 pledge himself. 3 πάσχω. 8 spying out (the camp). «ϐ it being dare. 


6 περι-σταυρόω, to palisade. 6 dwelling, ‘club. £8 toknockoff, °° roof 
tents, quarters. 1 i,e. ofthe Thracians. ° sticking fast. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. IV. 359 


r a 
Tov δὲ Θυνῶν ὑποστραφέντες τινὲς ἐν TH σκότει τοὺς 18 
/ 
παρα-τρέχοντας παρ οἰκίαν καοµένην ἠκόντιζον eis τὸ 
das ἐκ τοῦ σκότους ' καὶ ἔτρωσαν Ἱερώνυμόν τε Evodéa 
a 8 4 8 id 9 ΄, A 
λοχαγὸν καὶ Θεογένην Λοκρὸν λοχαγόν ἀπέθανε δὲ 
9 a > V4 N 9 a N a 
ovecis* κατ-εκαύθη µέντοι καὶ ἐσθής τινων καὶ σκεύη. 
Σεύθης δὲ yee βοηθῶν σὺν ἑπτὰ ἱππεῦσι τοῖς πρώτοις . 19 
καὶ τὸν σαλπικτὴν ἔχων τὸν Θράκιον. καὶ ἐπείπερ 
» 3 9 a 3 l4 “A 3 a 
Ἰσθετοῦ ὅὄσονπερ xpovov ἐβοήθει, τοσοῦτον καὶ τὸ 
, 2 , > ο 84 ο , ‘ia , 
κέρας ἐφθέγγετο αὐτῷ ' wore καὶ τοῦτο φόβον cup- 
παρ-έσχε τοῖς πολεµίοι. ἐπεὶ S ᾖλθεν, ἐδεξιοῦτό τε 
. ν 9 ¥ A \ e » 
καὶ ἔλεγεν ὅτι οἴοιτο τεθνεῶτας πολλοὺς εὑρήσειν. 


Seuthes’ forces increasing rapidly, the enemy offer submisston. 


Ἐκ τούτου 6 Ἐενοφῶν δεῖται τοὺς ὁμήρους τε αὐτῷ 20 
παραδοῦναι καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, εἰ βούλεται, συστρατεύε- 
aba’ ei δὲ µή, αὐτὸν ἐᾶσαι. τῇ οὖν ὑστεραίᾳ παρα 3ἱ 

1 ΄ ‘N ε , , ¥ 
δίδωσιν ὁ Σεύθης τοὺς ὀμήρους, πρεσβυτέρους ἄνδρας 
ἤδη, τοὺς κρατίστους, ὡς ἔφασαν, τῶν ὀρείων, καὶ αὐτὸς 
ἔρχεται σὺν τῇ Suvdpe. ἤδη δὲ εἶχε καὶ τριπλασίαν ὃ 

, € ΄ a 3 4 ~” 3 ο 3 0 a 
δύναμιν 6 Σεύθης' ἐκ yap τῶν Ὀδρυσῶν ἀκούοντες ἆ 

ε , ‘ , , 
πράττοι ὁ Σεύθης πολλοὶ κατέβαινον συστρατευσόµενοι. 
οἱ δὲ Θυνοὶ ἐπεὶ εἶδον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους πολλοὺς μὲν 22 
ὁπλίτας, πολλοὺς δὲ πελταστάς, πολλοὺς δὲ ἱππέας, 
κατα-βάντες ἱκέτευον σπείσασθαι, καὶ πάντα ὡμολόγουν 
ποιήσειν καὶ πιστὰ λαμβάνειν ἳ ἐκέλευον. ὁ δὲ Σεύθης 23 

, ΔΝ ~ 3 , A ΄ 8 3 
καλέσας τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα ἐπεδείκνυεν ἆ λέγοιεν, καὶ οὐκ. 
ἂν ἔφη σπείσασθαι, εἰ Ἐενοφῶν βούλοιτο τυµωρήσα- 
σθαι αὐτοὺς τῆς ἐπιθέσεωςὸ ὁ ὃ εἶπεν “᾽Αλλ' ἔγωγε 34, 

1 the first (he met). 2 perceived the situation. *° forhkim. 4 δεξιόοµαι, 


greet. 5 of the mountaineers. © treble his former force. « to receive pledges 
fromthem.  ὃ attack. 


σι 


360 ANABASIS. 


ε 4 ρ Y ο δύ ¥ 9 8 δ Dr » 
ἱκανὴν νομίζω καὶ νῦν δίκην ἔχειν, eb οὗτοι δοῦλοι ἐσον. 
ται avr ἐλευθέρων.᾽ συμβουλεύειν µέντοι ἔφη αὐτῷ τὸ 
λοιπὸν ὁμήρους λαμβάνειν τοὺς δυνατωτάτους κακόν τι 
πὀιεῖν, τοὺς δὲ γέροντας οἴκοι ἐὰν. οἱ μὲν οὖν ταύτῃ 
πάντες δὴ προσ-ωμολόγουν. 


Crossing over to the Delta, the Greeks meet Heraclides, who, having 
an insufficient sum from the sale of booty to pay the Greeks, 
ts censured by Xenophon. 


V. Ὑπερβάλλουσι δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ὑπὲρ Βυζαντίου Θρᾷ- 
3 Δ ρ , ‘ 9 » ΑΦ 9» 9 Ν 
κας eis τὸ Δέλτα καλούμενον  αὕτη ὃ ἦν οὐκέτι ἀρχὴ 
4 3 “N , α > , 3 , 4 

Μαισάδου, ἀλλὰ Τήρους τοῦ ᾿ΟὈδρύσου [ἀρχαίου τινός]. 

νε ε 2 A ¥ ‘N . 3 A 4 
καὶ 6 Ἡρακλείδης ἐνταῦθα ἔχων τὴν τιμὴν”" τῆς λείας 
παρῆν. καὶ Σεύθης ἐζαγαγὼν ζεύγη ἡμιονικὰ ὃ τρία, ov 
γὰρ ἦν πλείω, τὰ δ ἄλλα βοεικἀ, καλέσας Ἐενοφῶντα 
ἐκέλευε λαβεῖν, τὰ ὃ ἄλλα δια-νεῖμαι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 
καὶ λοχαγοῖς. Ἐενοφῶν δὲ εἶπεν “ Ἐμοὶ μὲν τοίνυν 
ἀρκει καὶ αὖθις λαβεῖν' τούτοις δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 
δωροῦ ot σὺν ἐμοὶ ἠκολούθησαν ὃ καὶ λοχαγοῖς. καὶ 
A A , a » , « ΄ ἂ 
τῶν ζευγῶν λαμβάνει Ev μὲν Τιμασίων 6 Δαρδανεύς, Ev 
δὲ Κλεάνωρ 6 Ὀρχομένιος, ἓν δὲ Φρυνίσκος ὁ ᾿Αχαιός ' 
τὰ δὲ βοεικὰ ζεύγη τοῖς λοχαγοῖς κατ-εμερίσθη. τὸν 
δὲ μισθὸν ἀποδίδωσιν ἐξεληλυθότος ἤδη τοῦ μηνὸς 
ν , ε aA. ε \ ε , ¥ ¢ 
εἶκοσι µόνον ἡμερῶν' ὁ yap Ἡρακλείδης ἔλεγεν ὅτι 
ov πλεῖον ἐμπολήσαι." | 

‘O οὖν Ἐενοφῶν ἀχθεσθεὶς εἶπεν ἑπ-ομόσας 'ὃ “ Δοκεῖς 
pot, ὦ Ἡρακλείδη, οὐχ ὡς δεῖ κήδεσθαι» Σεύθου"' ci γὰρ 
> fe) & A ΄ ή 9 A 4 
ἐκήδου, ἧκες ἂν φέρων πλήρη τὸν μισθὸν καὶ προσ- 

1 most able to do ete. 2 price. 5 of mules. 9 of oxen. 5 re. 


ceive, i.e. for himself. 6 follow. 1 distribute. 8 sell. ϱ with an 
% 4 care for. 





BOOK VII. CHAP. V. 361 


» 
δανεισάµενος, ef μὴ ἄλλως ἐδύνω, καὶ ἀπο-δόμενος τὰ 
σαυτοῦ ἱμάτια.” 





GREEK SOLDIER IN ARISTIDES IN ἱμάτιον. 


ἱμάτιον. 


Blame falling on Xenophon, Heraclides seeks to have him displaced ; 
others refuse to march. without Xenophon. 


Ἐντεῦθεν 6 Ἡρακλείδης ἠχθέσθη” τε καὶ ἔδεισε pr) 6 
ἐκ τῆς Σεύθου φιλίας ἐκβληθείη, καὶ ὅτι ἐδύνατο ἀπὸ 
ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας Ἐενοφῶντα διέβαλλε πρὸς Σεύβην. 
οἱ μὲν δὴ στρατιώται Ἐενοφώντι ἑν-εκάλουν" ὅτι οὐκ 7 
εἶχον τὸν µισθόν' Σεύθης δὲ ἤχθετο αὐτῷ ὅτι ἐντόνως ὃ 
τοῖς στρατιώταις ἁπ-ῄτει τὸν µισθόν. καὶ Téws® μὲν 8 
3 ἃ 3 4 ε 3 8 3 ἃ , 3 ό 
ἀεὶ ἐμέμνητο ὡς, ἐπειδὰν ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἀπέλθῃ, παρα- 
δώσει αὐτῷ ἈΒισάνθην καὶ Γάνον καὶ Νέον Τεῖχος ' 
3 Q 8 4 ~ ιά 9 Δ ¥ 2 9 ιά 
ἀπὸ δὲ τούτου τοῦ χρόνου οὐδενὸς ert τούτων ἐμέ- 
µνητο. ὁ γὰρ Ἡρακλείδης καὶ τοῦτο" δι-εβεβλήκει 
ε 9 3 XQ ν 4 8 ὃ ὃ ‘4 3 8 ὃ , 
ὡς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ein τείχη” παραδιδόναι ἀνδρὶ δύνα- 
µιν ἔχοντι. 


1 borrow in addition. 3 ἄχθομαι. ὃ even as much as. 4 bring a charge 
against. ὅ strenuously. 6 till then. 7 cog. acc. 8 = walled towers. 
9 J δ 


10 


il 


12 


13 


14 


362 ANABASIS, 


‘Ex τούτου 6 μὲν Ἐενοφών ἐβουλεύετο τί χρὴ ποιεῖν 
Δ Αα ν 3 , ‘ ε »ε , 3 
περὶ τοῦ ἔτι ἄνω στρατεύεσθαι ὁ 5 Ἡρακλείδης εἶσα- 
λ 8 LAX 8 8 160 , 

γαγὼν τοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς πρὸς Σεύθην λέγειν τε 
3 aN 9 Ν 9 > de A 8 Ἀ 3 , 8 
ἐκέλευεν αὐτοὺς ὅτι οὐδὲν ἂν ἧττον σφεὶῖς ἀγάγοιεν τὴν 
A [ο α ~ 
στρατιὰν ἢ Ξενοφών, tov τε μισθὸν ὑπισχνεῖτο αὐτοῖς 
ἐντὸς ὀλίγων ἡμερών ἐκπλεων παρ-έσεσθαι δυοῖν µηνοϊν, 
καὶ συ-στρατεύεσθαι ἐκέλευε. καὶ 6 Tipaciwy εἶπεν ' 
“"Eyo μὲν τοίνυν οὐδ ἂν πέντε μηνών μισθὸς µέλλῃ 
€ 


» , A 3 ων 22 Δ 

εἶναι στρατευσαίµην ἂν ἄνευ Ξενοφώντος. Kal ὁ 
4 4 ε , , Α 

Φρυνίσκος καὶ ὁ Κλεάνωρ συνωµολόγουν τῷ Τιµασίωνι. 


Seuthes and the Greeks marching to Salmydessus, subdue the 
Thracians of that region and return to Selybria. 


Ἐντεῦθεν 6 XevOns ἐλοιδόρειὶ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην ὅτι 
> 4 ΔΝ “~ > N a 
οὗ παρ-εκάλει καὶ Ἐενοφώντα. ἐκ δὲ τούτου παρακα- 
λοῦσιν αὐτὸν µόνον. ὁ δὲ γνοὺς τοῦ Ἡρακλείδου τὴν 
πανουργίαν” ὅτι βούλοιτο, αὐτὸν διαβάλλειν πρὸς τοὺς 
ἄλλους στρατηγούς, παρέρχεται λαᾳβὼν τούς τε στρατη- 
yous πάντας καὶ τοὺς λοχαγούς. καὶ ἐπεὶ πάντες 
ἐπείσθησαν, συνεστρατεύοντο καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐν δεξιᾷ 
ἔχοντες τὸν Πόντον διὰ τῶν Μελινοφάγων καλουμένων ἃ 
Θρακῶν eis τὸν Σαλμυδησσόν. ἔνθα τῶν eis τὸν Πόν- 
τον πλεουσών ΄ νεῶν πολλαὶ ὀκέλλουσι ὁ καὶ ἐκ-πίπτουσι "5 
, q ld 3 > N 4 “~ θ 4 8 e 
τέναγος ' γάρ ἐστιν ἐπὶ πάµπολυ τῆς θαλάττης. Kat οἳ 
Θρᾷκες οἱ κατὰ ταῦτα οἰκοῦντες στήλας ὁρισάμενοιὶ τὰ 
ϱ) ε Ν > 4 9 λ 4 Ps 4 9 de eX 
καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς ἐκπίπτοντα ἕκαστοι λῄζονται΄ τέως" δὲ ἔλεγον 
Ν « 4 e κά Ν ε 9 3 ή > 
πρὶν ὁρίσασθαι ἁρπάζοντας πολλοὺς ὑπ' ἀλλήλων ἀπο- 
4 3 A ε 4 Ν 8 “A “ 
θνήσκειν. ἐνταῦθα εὑρίσκοντο πολλαὶ μὲν κλιναι, πολλὰ 
δὲ κιβώτια, πολλαὶ δὲ βίβλοι γεγραμµέναι,. καὶ τἆλλα 


1 λοιδορέω, revile. 2 villainy. 8 so-called. 4 pres. pt. of πλέω, sail. 
5 run aground. 6 are wrecked. 7 shoal. 8 set up as a boundary, 9 τέωε 
δὲ πρὶν etc., but for some time before they erected etc. 19 boxes, 1 γράφω,ιογιίοι 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VL 363 


πολλὰ ὅσα ἐν Κξυλίνοις τεύχεσι ναύκληροι ἄγουσιν. 
ἐντεῦθεν ταῦτα καταστρεψάµενοι ἀπῄῇσαν πάλιν. ἔνθα 
δὴ Σεύθης εἶχε στράτευμα ἤδη Πλέον τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ 
γ A 3 “Pe 4 4 ΄ ρ 
ἔκ τε γὰρ Οδρυσών πολὺ ἔτι πλείους κατεβεβήκεσαν 
καὶ οἱ ἀεὶὶ πειθόµενοι συνεστρατεύοντο. κατ-ηυλίσθη- 
4 ϱ 9» A ρ ε 9 , φ , 
σαν” δ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ὑπὲρ Σηλυβρίας ὅσον τριάκοντα 
a 3 ld ~ Ud a b 8 
σταδίους ἀπέχοντες τῆς θαλάττης. καὶ μισθὸς μὲν 
9 4 9 A b “A 9 
οὐδες πω ἐφαίΐνεο᾽ πρὸς δὲ τὸν Ἐενοφώντα ot τε 
στρατιῶται παγχαλέπως εἶχον 6 τε Σεύθης οὐκέτι olkelws* 
διέκειτο, ἀλλ ὁπότε συγχενέσθαι αὐτῷ βουλόμενος 
ἔλθοι, πολλαὶ ἤδη doxodlar® ἐφαίνοντο. 


Messengers from Thibron invite the Greeks to join in α campaign 
against Tissaphernes. 


3 ΄ ~ 4 A ¥ ΄ αἱ 
VI Ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ σχεδὸν ἤδη δύο μηνῶν 
»¥ 9 “~ “Aa ε , a 4 
ὄντων ἀφικνειται Xapytvos τε ὁ Λάκων καὶ Πολύνικος 
4 ‘4 : 8 , 9 4 Cad 
παρὰ Θίβρωνος, καὶ λέγουσιν ὅτι Λακεδαιμονίοις δοκεῖ 
στρατεύεσθαι ἐπὶ Τισσαφέρνην, καὶ Θίβρων ἐκπέπλευκεν 
ὡς πολεμήσων, καὶ δεῖται ταύτης τῆς στρατιᾶς καὶ λέγει 
ὅτι δαρεικὸς ἑκάστῳ ἔσται μισθὸς τοῦ µηνός, καὶ τοῖς 
λοχαγοῖς διµοιρία, τοῖς δὲ στρατηγοῖς τετραµοιρία. 
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ᾖλθον οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, εὐθὺς ὁ Ἡρακλείδης 
4 σ 3 4 Ν ΄ σ 2 ῳ 4 
πυθόµενος ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸ OTPAaTEevpa ὔκουσι λέγει τῷ Σεύθῃ 
9 AYN rd , . 6 « 8 4 5 , 
ὅτι κάλλιστόν τι γεγένηται' “Oi μὲν γὰρ Λακεδαιμόνιοι 
δέονται τοῦ στρατεύματος, σὺ δὲ οὐκέτι δέει' ἀποδιδοὺς 
δὲ τὸ στράτευμα χαριεὶ αὗτοῖς, σὲ δὲ οὐκέτ ἀπαιτή- 
ΔΝ 4 9 3 3 4 3 “A A 22 
σουσι τὸν µισθόν, ἀλλ ἁπάλλάξονται ἐκ τῆς χώρας. 
9 , a ε , , , .6 4 
Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Σεύθης κελεύε παράγειν " καὶ 
9 Δ > σ > A 8 , 9 ¥ φ 
ἐπεὶ εἶπον ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα yKovow, ἔλεγεν ὅτι 
1 ded πειθόµενοι, who from time to time submitted themselves. 2 κατ-αυλί(ω, 


encamp. 8 had very hard feelings.  * kindly. 5 engagements. 6 bring 
(them) to him. 


15 


16 


864 ANABASIS. 


, y 
τὸ oTparevpa ἀποδίδωσι, φίλος τε καὶ σύμμαχος εἶναι 
βούλεται, καλεῖ τε αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ Evia’ καὶ ἐξένιζε µεγαλο- 
πρεπῶς. ἈἘενοφῶντα δὲ οὐκ ἐκάλει, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων 
στρατηγῶν οὐδένα. ἐρωτώντων δὲ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων 
τίς ἀνὴρ ein Ἐενοφῶν ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα εἴη 
οὐ κακός, Φιλοστρατιώτης” δέ' καὶ διὰ τοῦτο χεῖρόν 
ἐστιν αὐτῷ. καὶ ot εἶπον' “*AXN’ 7 δηµαγωγεῖ 5 ὁ ἀνὴρ 
¥ 
τοὺς avdpas;” καὶ 6 Ἡρακλείδης: “avy μὲν οὖν," 
κ α 

ἔφη. “Ap οὖν, ἔφασαν, “μὴ καὶ ἡμῖν ἑναντιώσεται 
~ lo’ 99 5 “ 

τῆς ataywyis;” ὃ “αλλ ἦν ὑμεῖς, ἔφη 6 Ἡρακλείδης, 
έἐσυλλέξαντες αὐτοὺς ὑπό-σχησθε τὸν µισθόν, ὀλίγον 
ἐκείνῳω προ-σχόντες ἀποδραμοῦνται σὺν ὑμῖν “ΠἩῶς 
> » 2 ἃὃ (ς ε 3 a) 9? «ς ¥ e a 99 
οὖν av, έφασαν, “nuty συλλεγεῖεν ; Αυριον ὑμᾶς, 
ἔφη 6 Ἡρακλείδης, ““πρῷ ἄξομεν πρὸς αὐτούς καὶ 
oda,” έφη, “dre ἐπειδὰν ὑμᾶς ἴδωσιν, ἄσμενοι συνδρα- 
μοῦνται avin μὲν ἡ ἡμέρα οὕτως έληξε. 


They address the assembled army; Xenophon accused of misleading 
the Greeks and enriching himself. 
- 


Α 3 @ a y 9 A 4 Ud “ 
Ty δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ayovow ἐπὶ πὸ στράτευμα τοὺς 
Λάκωνας Σεύθης τε καὶ Ἡρακλείδης, καὶ συλλέγεται 
ε A> ον Se , 2 , 9 5 ld 
ἡ oTparia. Tw δὲ Λάκωνε ἐλεγέτην ore Λακεδαιμονίοις 
δοκεῖ πολεμεῖν Τισσαφέρνει τῷ ὑμᾶς ἀδικήσαντι qv 
οὖν ἴητε σὺν ἡμῖν, τὀν τε ἐχθρὸν τιµωρήσεσθε καὶ 
δαρεικὸν ἕκαστος ole’ τοῦ μηνὸς ὑμῶν, λοχαγὸς δὲ 
8 8 8 δὲ 8 : 4 ε 
το διπλοθν, στρατηγος O€ TO τετρα-πλοῦν. καὶ οι 
στρατιῶται ἄσμενοί τε ἤκουσαν καὶ εὐθὺς ἀν-ίσταταί 
τις τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων τοῦ ἈἘενοφώντος κατηγορήσων. 
1 = ποῖο». 2 soldiers’ friend, i. e. curries favor. 3 play the demagogue 


with. 4 most certainly. § oppose. ϐ gen. of cause, because of or respecting 
Ἅ removal (of the army). 7 φέρω.  § twice as much. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VL 865 


παρῆν δὲ καὶ Σεύθης βουλόμενος εἰδέναι τί πραχθή- 
σεται, καὶ ἐν ἐπηκόφ εἰστήκει ἔχων ἑρμηνέα ' συν-ίει} 9 
δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἑλληνιστὶ” τὰ πλεῖστα. eva δὴ λέγει ὁ 
Αρκάς, “AN ἡμεῖ µέν, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, καὶ mada” 
a = > ε a 9 4 A ε α aA , 
ἂν ἦμεν παρ ὑμῖν, eb μὴ Ἐενοφῶν ἡμᾶς δεῦρο πείσας 
ἀπήγαγεν, ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μὲν τὸν δεινὸν χειμῶνα στρα- 
τευόµενοι καὶ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐδὲν πεπαύµεθα" ὁ δὲ >» 

4 ε , , 8 » : N 4 2 A 4 \ 
τοὺς ἡμετέρους πόνους ἔχει' καὶ Σεύθης ἐκεῖνον pev *¢ 
2Q7 , 4 ε A \ 35 A κ se, Ὁ 
ἰδίᾳ πεπλούτικεν, ἡμᾶς δὲ ἀποστερεῖ τὸν µισθόν ' ὥστε 10 
[6 γε πρῶτοςὃ λέγων] ἐγὼ μὲν εἰ τοῦτον ἴδοιμι κατα- 
“λευσθέντα καὶ δόντα δίκην ὧν ἡμᾶς περι-εῖλκε, καὶ τὸν 
μισθὸν av por δοκῶ ἔχειν καὶ οὐδὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπονη- 

, ν 22 Ί N A ¥ > 2 e 
µένοις ἀχθεσθαι. μετὰ τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη ὁμοίως 
καὶ ἄλλος. ἐκ δὲ τούτου Ἐενοφῶν ἔλεξεν ὧδε᾽ 


Xenophon makes his defence: “I came back to the army to aid 
you, and was not responsible for your taking service under 
Seuthes.”’ : 


«"Αλλὰδ πάντα μὲν dpa ἄνθρωπον ὄντα προσδοκᾶν 


5 a e “ ss AN A eyo e A μα, 4 2 #9 
εἰ, ὁπότε γε Kal ἐγὼ νυν Up ὑμῶν αἰτίας έχω ἐν ᾧ' Il 
΄ ΄ 3 ο ~ id 8 
πλείστην προθυµίαν ἐμαυτῷ ye δοκῶ συνειδέναι περὶ 

ea , 9 , ν ¥ 
'ὑμᾶς tap-eryynpevos.” ἀπ-ετραπόμην µέν ye ἤδη οἴκαδε 
ε , > \ \ , 11 , ea 
ωρμηµένος, ov pa τὸν Δία otro.” πυνθανόµενος ὑμᾶς 
= , > 9 A 9 , 9 ας, 4 ε 
ev πράττειν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀκούων ἐν ἀπόροις εἶναι ὡς 

» 

ὠφελήσων ev Te δυναίµην. ἐπεὶ δὲ ᾖλθον, Σεύθου του- 12 

8 8 9 , “ 3 Δ , 8 8 
Tout πολλοὺς ἀγγέλους πρὸς ἐμὲ πέµποντος καὶ πολλὰ 
eo A A 
ὑπισχνουμένου µοι, EL TET ALLL ὑμᾶς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν, 
τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἐπεχείρησα ποιεῖν, ὡς αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπί- 

1 συν-ίηµι, understand. 2 in Greek. 3 = the fruits of our toils. 4 πλου- 
τί(ω, enrich, 5 ὥστε ἐγὼ ὅ ye πρῶτος λέγων etc., so that I whoam the first 
speaker. §® for the way he has dragged us around. 7 sc. ἄν. 8 well, reatly, 


a mortal (ἄνθρωπον ὄντα) must expect everything, when etc. ® while I seem (to 
myself) to be conscious of. 10 παρέχω. 1 no indeed. 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


900 ANABASIS. 


στασθε. ἦγον δὲ ev ὤμην tayior ἂν ὑμᾶς eis τὴν 
᾿Ασίαν διαβῆναι. ταῦτα yap καὶ βέλτιστα ἐνόμιζον 
6 A > Νε ΛΑ ¥ , 

ὑμῖν εἶναι καὶ ὑμᾶς ᾖδειν Bovdopevous. 

“Ere δ' ᾿Αρίσταρχος ἐλθὼν σὺν τριήρεσιν ἐκώλυε 
διαπλεῖν ἡμᾶς, ἐκ τούτου, ὅπερ εἰκὸς δήπου Hv, our 
, € “A 9 , 9 8 Α 
έλεξα ὑμᾶς, ὅπως βουλευσαίμεθα ὅτι χρὴ ποιεῖν. 
οὐκοῦν  ὑμεῖς ἀκούοντες μὲν ᾿Αριστάρχου ἐπιτάττοντος 
ε a 3 ” 2 3 2 8 ΄ 
ὑμῖν εἷς Χερρόνησον πορεύεσθαι, ἀκούοντες δὲ Σεύθου 
πείθοντος ἑαυτῷ συστρατεύεσθαι, πάντες μὲν ἐλέγετε 
σὺν Σεύθῃ ἰέναι, πάντες δ ἐψηφίσασθε ταῦτα. τί οὖν 
ἐγὼ ἐνταῦθα ἠδίκησα ἀγαγὼν ὑμᾶς ἔνθα πᾶσιν ὑμῖν 
ἐδόκει ;? 


“I should not be censured for the very conduct that has brought 
the enmity of Seuthes upon me.” 


¥ N a 
“"Emee ye μὴν ψεύδεσθαι ἠρξέατο Σεύθης περὶ τοῦ 
μισθοῦ, εἰ μὲν ἐπαινῶ αὐτόν, δικαίως av pe καὶ αἶτι- 
ῴσθε καὶ μισοῖτε' εἰ δὲ πρόσθεν αὐτῷ πάντων μάλιστα 
aN A A 4 5 , , ἃ 9 A A 4 
φίλος ὦν vuv πάντων διαφορώτατός" εἰμι, TAS ἂν ETL 
4 ε ~ ε ΄ 3 8 a e 9 e ~ > ? 
δικαίως ὑμᾶς αἱρούμενος ἀντὶ Σεύθου ὑφ ὑμῶν αἴτίαν 
¥ \ Ά 8 A 5 , 9 »’ 3” 9 Α 
ἔχοιμι περὶ WY πρὸς τοῦτον ὁια-φέρομαι; GAN εἴποιτ ἂν 
σ ad N Δ e 2 ¥ 4 8 4 
Gru ἔξεστι καὶ τὰ ὑμέτερα ἔχοντα" παρὰ Σεύθου τεχνά- 
5 3 Sr) a 7, 93 ¥ 9 \ 5 όλ 6 
few.” οὐκοῦν ὁῆλον τοὺτό ye ἐστιν, εἴπερ ἐμοὶ ἐτέλει 
Ss 
τι Σεύθης, οὐχ οὕτως ἐτέλει δήπου ὡς] ὧν τε ἐμοὶ Soin 
, ‘N 3 8 ε a 3 ρ Ιλλ᾽ > > 
στέροιτο Kat adda” Ὁὑμιν ἀποτίσειν, ἆ οἶμαι, εἰ 
ἐδίδου, ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἂν ἐδίδου ὅπως ἐμοὶ Sods μεῖον gy 
3 ὃ , ε 9 Αα 93 , σ ¥ ¥ 6 
ἀποδοίη ὑμῖν τὸ πλεῖον. εἰ Τοίνυν ούτως έχειν οιεσύε, 
ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν αὐτίκα µάλα µαταίαν ' ταύτην τὴν πρᾶξιν 


1 then. 2 gc. Ἰέναι. 8 διά-φορος, at variance. 4 ac. ἐμὲ, that I having 
your pay etc. 5 (ο use artifice (with you). 6 pay. Ἱ ὡς τε στέροιτο 
ὧν... . καὶ. 8 other sums = an additional amount. ® upon this condition. 


’ fruitless. 1 ¢ransaction. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VL 367 


9 , ea A 28 , 1 5 9 ρ 
ἀμφοτέροις ημιν ποιῆσαι, ἐαν πράττητε᾽ αὐτὸν τα χρη- 
para. δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι Σεύθης, εἰ ἔχω τι παρ) αὐτοῦ, 
erence µε, καὶ ἀπαιτήσει µότοι δικαίως, ἐὰν μὴ 


βεβαιῶ” τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτῷ ἐφ᾽ ᾖ ἐδωροδόκουν.’ 


“© Not only have I not kept back your pay, but I have not received 
what Seuthes promised for myself.” 

“AAG πολλοῦ pot δοκῶ δεῖν τὰ ὑμέτερα ἔχειν ὀμνύω 

9 ea N 9 ‘ , > A > ν 907 
γὰρ ὑμῖν θεοὺς ἅπαντας καὶ πάσας pnd a ἐμοὶ ἰδίᾳ 
ε , , » ο ή ν] 9 28 λ 
ὑπέσχετο Σεύθης ἔχειν πάρεστι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ 
9 4 4 5 74 > 9 eer 9 de on θ 
ακούων σύν-οιδέ µοι εἰ ἐπιορκώὼ Wa δὲ μᾶλλον ὕαν- 

, ‘\ a ε ¥ \ 3 
µάσητε, συν-επόµνυµι μηδὲ ἆ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ ἔλα- 
βον εἰληφέναι, μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ ὅσα τῶν λοχαγών enor. 

‘ ρ A A > 5 , ¥ ¥ Y a 
καὶ τί δὴ ταῦτ ἐποίουν; @pynv, ἄνδρες, ὅσῳ μᾶλλον 

, 6 , 4 , 6 , A 
συμφέροιμι” τούτῳ THY τότε πενίαν, τοσούτῳ μαλλον 

> A Xr , θ ε ό ὃ ϱ a 9 “N de 9 
αὐτὸν φίλον ποιήσεσύαι, ὁπότε δυνασθείη. ἐγὼ δὲ apa 
τε αὐτὸν ὁρῶ εὖ πράττοντα καὶ γιγνώσκω δὴ αὐτοῦ τὴν 
γνώμην." 

“Eizo. δή τις ἄν, οὔκουν αἰσχύνει οὕτω µώρως ὃ ἐξα- 
πατώµενος ; καὶ pa Δία ᾖσχυνόμην μέντοι, εἰ ὑπὸ 
πολεμίου γε ὄντος ἐξηπατήθην  φίλῳ” δὲ ὄντι ἐξαπατᾶν 

ιό id 5 ~ > nA > “A iL 3 A ν 
αἴἰσχιόν por δοκεῖ εἶναι ἡ ἐξαπατᾶσθαι. ἐπεὶ et γε 
πρὸς φίλους éori™ φυλακή, πᾶσαν οἶδα ἡμᾶς φυλαξα- 
µένους ὡς μὴ παρα-σχεῖν τούτῳ πρόφασιν δικαίαν μὴ 
ἀποδιδόναι ἡμιν ad ὑπέσχετο' οὔτε γὰρ ἠδικήσαμεν 

A Se | ν , 12 \ , δὸ 
τουτον OUVOEY ουτε το τα. τα τούτου οὗ 

XDA 9429 ο e a 8 
μὴν κατεδειλιάσαμεν" οὐδὲν ἐφ OTL HAS οὗτος παρ- 
εκάλεσεν. 


leract. 2 make φοο. §&8 tooka bribe. ‘4 knows with me = as well as I. 
5 would share with this man, i. e. Seuthes. 6 poverty. 7 his (ungrateful) 
disposition. 8 foolishly. 9% ἄν omitted. 19 in the case of one who is a friend. 
Ὦ if precaution toward friends is (needful). 13 be slothful about. 15 shrink 
through fear. 


18. 


20 


21 


22 


25 


20 


27 


368 ‘ANABASIS 


“ You should have taken pledges, you say; remember under wha 
circumstances I conducted you to Seuthes.”’ 


“°AXAd, φαίητε av, ἔδει τὰ evexvpa’ τότε λαβεῖν, ὡς 


pnd εἶ ἐβούλετ ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν, πρὸς ταῦτα δὴ 
ἀκούσατε ἆ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἄν ποτε εἶπον τούτου ἐναντίον, εἰ 
/ , , 9 25 A > a , 9 
µή po. παντάπασιν ἁγνώμονες" ἐδοκεῖτε εἶναι ᾖ λίαν eis 
ἐμὲ ἀχάριστοι. ἀνα-μνήσθητε γὰρ ἐν ποίοις τισὶ πράγ- 
µασιν ὄντες ἐτυγχάνετε ἐξ ὧν ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ ἀν-ήγαγον 
8 46 9 3 8 , ας ‘N 4 
πρὸς Σεύθην. οὐκ eis μὲν Πέρινθον προσῃτε τὴν πὀ- 
lu, ᾿Αρίσταρχος 8 ὑμᾶς ὁ Λακεδαιµόνιος οὐκ ela 
3 ιό 3 8 ΄ {4 > » > 
εἰσιέναι ἀποκλείσας τὰς πύλας ; ὑπαίθριοι δ᾽ ew ἑστρα- 
τοπεδεύετε, µέσος δὲ χειμὼν Av, ayopa δὲ ἐχρῆσθε 
σπάνια μὲν ὁρῶντες τὰ ὤνια, σπάνια ὃ ἔχοντες ὅτων 
2 A θ 2 » δὲ ἧ ρ 9 \8 Θρά 7 , 
ὠνοῖσθε, ἀνάγκη δὲ ἦν µένειν émi® Θράκης" τριήρεις 
γὰρ ἐφ-ορμοῦσαι ΄ ἐκώλυον διαπλεῖν' εἶ δὲ µένοι τις, ἐν 
, > 5 ν 4 4 ε A 2 ρ 
πολεμίᾳ εἶναι» ἔνθα πολλοὶ μὲν ἱππεῖς ἦσαν ἐναντίου, 
πολλοὶ δὲ πελτασταί, ἡμῖν δὲ ὁπλιτικὲὸν μὲν ἦν ᾧ 
i0 id 8 3ρ > A “ , » A 25 4 θ 
ἀθρόοι μὲν ἰόντε ἐπὶ τὰς κώµμας tows ἂν ἐδυνάμεθα 
σῖτον λαμβάνειν οὐδέν τι ἄφθονον, ὅτω δὲ διώκοντες 
ἂν ἢ ἀνδράποδα 4 πρόβατα κατελαμβάνοµεν οὐκ Hy 
ἡμῖν ' οὔτε γὰρ ἱππικὸν οὔτε πελταστικὸν ἔτι ἐγὼ συν- 
6 aN 7 > € A 
εστηκὸς ΄ κατέλαβον' παρ vw. 
“Ei οὖν ἐν τοιαύτῃ ἀνάγκῃ ὄντων ὑμῶν pnd ὁντι- 
8 Ac ΄ Σ 16 lA e ~ 
ναοῦν” puclov προσαιτησας Φεὐύην συμμαχον υμιν 
προσέλαβον, ἔχοντα καὶ ἱππέας καὶ πελταστὰς ὧν 
e ο A = A a ο / ea 
ὑμεῖς προσ-εδεῖσθε, 7 κακῶς ἂν ἐδόκουν ὑμῖν BeBov- 
λεῦσθαι πρὸ ὑμῶν : τούτων γὰρ δήπου κοινωνήσαντες ' 
 ρεὧσεα. 2 thoughtless. 8 in Thrace. 4 2p-opude, moored over 


against we. §sc.dvdyxn ἦν. ° oryanized. ‘tdidl sind. § not even any 
way whatsoever. ° share in (gen.). 


BOOK VIL CHAP. VL 36Y 


. ον 3 4 3 αἱ ΄ ε ο 5 8 
καὶ σῖτον ἀφθονώτερον ἐν ταῖς κώμαις εὑρίσκετε διὰ 
a 9 4 8 ~ 8 4 ~ 
τὸ ἀναγκάζεσθαι τοὺς Θρᾷκας κατὰ σπουδὴν μᾶλλον 
φεύγειν, καὶ προβάτων καὶ ἀνδραπόδων µετ-έσχετε. 

A , 3 , 3 Ld e “A 3 8 A e ‘ 
καὶ πολέμιον οὐκέτι οὐδένα ἑωρῶμεν ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἱππικὸν 
ε ο , ; , 4 , ea 2) 7 
ἡμῖν mpooeyevero’ τέως δὲ θαρραλέως ὑμῖν ἐφείποντο 
οἱ πολέμιοι καὶ ἱππικῷ καὶ πελταστικφ [κωλύοντες 

al 9 9\ 7 9 5 0 4 9 1 
μηδαμῇ Kar ὀλίγους ἀποσκεδαννυμένους τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
ἀφθονώτερα ἡμᾶς πορίζεσθαι].. εἰ δὲ δὴ 6 συµ-παρ- 
ιά ε a ΄ A 3 (4 8 ιό 8 ΝΔ 
έχων ὑμῖν ταύτην τὴν ἀσφάλειαν μὴ πάνυ πολὺν μισθὸν 

roe A 9 ρ A 9 λ 2 
προσ-ετέλει τῆς ἀσφαλείας, τοῦτο δὴ τὸ σχέτλιον” πά- 
Gypa καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδαμῇ οἴεσθε χρῆναι ζῶντα ἐμὲ 
ἀν-εῖναι ; ὃ 
He contrasts their present favoring circumstances with his own 
τες 9g 
loss of reputation. 

“Nov δὲ δὴ πῶς ἀπέρχεσθε; οὐ δια-χειμάσαντες' μὲν 
> 9 , ia) 3 4 / > ¥ ~ 
ἐν ἀφθόνοις τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις, περιττόν ὃ ἔχοντες τοῦτο 
¥ δν / \ , LS κ Αα , 
eu τι ἐλάβετε παρὰ Σεύθου; τὰ yap τῶν πολεμίων 
ἐδαπανᾶτε. καὶ ταῦτα πράττοντες οὔτε ἄνδρας ἐπ-είδετε 
ea 9 A 9 , ν A 9 , 9 
ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντας οὖτε ζῶντας ἀπεβάλετε. εἰ 
ὃ Ud λὸ : . ΔΝ 3 ο 3 Ud 9 ΄ 
έ τι καλὸν πρὸς τους ἐν ty Ασίᾳ βαρβάρους ἐπέ- 
πρακτο ἡμῖν, OV κἀκεινο σῶν ἔχετε καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνοις 
A hd 5 , \ Ν 3 Α 
νὺν ἄλλην εὔκλειαν” προσ-ειλήφατε καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ 
Εὐρώπῃ Θρᾶᾷκας ἐφ᾽ οὓς ἐστρατεύσασθε κρατήσαντες ; 

porn Spakas ς ἐστρατεύσα ῥρατήσαντες ; 
> AN N e a , a 4 3 κ id 
ἐγὼ μὲν ὑμᾶς Φηµι δικαίως ἂν ὧν ἐμοὶ χαλεπαίνετε 
τούτων τοῖς θεοῖς χάριν εἰδέναι ὡς ἀγαθῶν. καὶ τὰ 
μὲν δὴ ὑμέτερα τοιαῦτα. 

¥ A 

6 Άγετε δὴ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ τὰ ἐμὰ σκέψασθε ὡς ἔχει. 
9 4 8 σ A , 6 ν 5 3 4 3 
ἐγὼ γὰρ ὅτε μὲν πρότερον ἁπ-ἢρα ὃ οἴκαδε, ἔχων μὲν ἔπαι- 

8 8 ε “A . Ν > e ο 8 
νον πολὺν πρὸς ὑμῶν ἁπ-επορευόμην, ἔχων δὲ δι’ duds καὶ 


1 nowhere. 2 wretched calamity. 3 ἀν-ίημι, permit. 4 pass the winter. 
§ fame. © ἁπ-αίρω, set sail. 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


38 


370 ANABASIS. 


A ¥ ¥ 
ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων εὐκλειαν. ἐπιστευόμην δὲ ὑπὸ 
δ , : 9 ν 1 ν , ‘ 
Λακεδαιμονίων ' ov Ύαρ ἄν pe έπεµπον mahw πρὸς 
ε ~ “~ de 3 ΄ “ 4 ὃ , e s93 
μας. νυν ὃε ἀπέρχομαι προς μεν Λακεθαιμονίους vd 
ὑμῶν διαβεβληµένος, Σεύθῃ δὲ ἀπηχθημένος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, 
a 3 “at > 4 ϱ) ea 3 ΝΑ 8 \ 9 8 
ov” ἤλπιζον ev ποιῄσας μεθ ὑμῶν ἀποστροφὴν ὃ καὶ ἐμοὶ 
‘ A 
καλὴν Kat παισίν, εἰ Ὑγένοιντο, κατα-θήσεσθαι» ὑμεῖς 
> e 3 8 3 4 3 / ϱ / λ a XN ο λὺ 
, UTEP wv ἐγω ἁπ-ήχύθημαί τε πλειστα καὶ ταῦτα πολὺ 
κρείττοσιν ὃ ἐμαυτοῦ, πραγματευόμενός τε οὐδὲ νῦν πω 
πέπαυµαι ὅτι δύναμαι ἀγαθὸν ὑμῖν, τοιαύτην ἔχετε 
, ν 5 aA 9 > 3 , ¥ , 
yvapynv περὶ ἐμοῦ. add ἐἔχετε µέν µε ουτε φεύγοντα 
/ ¥ 9 , " A A 4 a a 
λαβόντες οὔτε ἀπο-διδράσκοντα ἦν δὲ ποιήσητε a AE 
¥ 8 9 ¥ 5 , 9 ¥ θ λλὰ 
γετε, ιστε" OTL ἄνδρα κατα-κεκονότες  έσεσθε πολλα 
Δ Ν Δ e ο. ρ 10 dS de 8 ε aA 
μὲν δὴ πρὸ ὑμῶν ἀγρυπνήσαντα, «πολλὰ δὲ σὺν ὑμῖν 
Q a 
πονήσαντα καὶ κινδυνεύσαντα καὶ ἐν τῷ µέρει καὶ 
ν ον , 11 6 a δ᾽ HN ¥ ‘ Ps 
παρα τὸ µέρος, θεὼν ὃ ἵλεων ὄντων Kal τρόπαια Bap- 
4 Δ Ν 8 e a ee A σ Ld 
βάρων πολλὰ δὴ σὺν ὑμῖν στησάµενον, ὅπως δέ γε 
8 “~ e > ΄ , “A 9 3 4 
μηδενὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων πολέμιοι γένοισθε, πᾶν ὅσον ἐγὼ 
25 , 8 e a : 12 \ 4 5 a 
EOUVaLNY πρὸς Όμας δια-τέινάμενον. και yap οὖν νυν 
A 9 aA 9 
ὑμῖν ἔξεστιν ἀνεπιλήπτως Ὁ πορεύεσθαι ὅπῃ ἂν ἔλησθε 
Ν Ν ~ 4 Ν θ aN 6 a 14 5 4 9 
καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ Oadarray. vpets €, OTE 
“ A 
πολλὴ ὑμιν εὐπορία φαίνεται, καὶ πλεῖτε ἔνθα δὴ ἐπε- 
A € “~ 
θυμεῖτε πάλαι, Séovtai” τε ὑμῶν ot µέγιστον δυνάµενοι, . 
Ac δὲ 4 ε ῤ δὲ 9 A 5 , 
μισθὸς δὲ φαίνεται, ἡγεμόνες δὲ ὖκουσι Λακεδαιμόνιοι 
ε , 4 > ~ ‘ Ν 5 A ὃ a 
οἱ κράτιστοι νομιζόµενοι εἶναι, νῦν δὴ καιρὸς ὑμιν δοκεῖ 
εἶναι ὡς τάχιστα ἐμὲ κατα-κανεῖν; οὗ μὴν ὅτε γε ἐν 
A » » 4 5 , 3 16 2 9 
τοις ἀποροις ὈΌμεν, W πάντων µμνημονικώτατοι, ἀλλὰ 
1 for (otherwise) they etc. 2 εὖ roihoas dy we” ὑμῶν» ete. 8 refuge. 
4 should (yet) be born, see Introd. 115. 5 lay up in store = reserve. 8 and that, 
too, by (persons) much etc. 7 be busy at, try to effect. 8 οἶδα. °° κατακαίνω. 
10 be sleepless. 11 beyond (= more than) his share. 12 having exerted myself. 
18 blamelessly. 14 anacoluthon, repeated in ὑμῖν in last line of section. See 


Introd. 121. 16 (ὅτε) οἱ µέγιστον δυνάµενοι δέονται etc. 16 oh! ye of all 
(men) possessing the best memory. lronical. ' 





‘BOOK VII. CHAP. VL 371 


a 4 3 A 3 ον 8 9 84 ε 9 0 4 
καὶ πατέρα ἐμε ἐκαλειτε καὶ ἀεὶ ws εὐεργέτου µεμνή- 
A Ό ρ 
σεσθαι ὑπισχνεῖσθε. οὐ µέντοι ἀγνώμονες οὐδὲ οὗτοί 
A 9 A ο ε 9 a 
εἶσιν οἱ νῦν Ἡκοντες Eh ὑμᾶς' ὥστε, ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι, 
9 δὲ a 5 nm x , > A » A 
οὐδὲ τούτοις δοκεῖτε βελτίονες εἶναι TovovToL ὄντες περὶ 
a) A 
ee.” ταῦτ εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. 


Charminus defends Xenophon ; Eurylochus suggests that they exact 
pay of Seuthes; Polycrates, that they seize Heraclides. 


Xappivos δὲ 6 Λακεδαιµόνιος ἀναστὰς εἶπεν, “ Od 
τὼ Xue,' GAN? ἐμοὶ µέντοι οὐ δικαίως δοκεῖτε τῷ avdpi 
τούτῳ χαλεπαίνειν' ἔχω γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτῷ µαρτυ- 
ρῇσαι. Σεύθης γὰρ ἐρωτῶντος ἐμοῦ καὶ Πολυνίκου περὶ 
Ἐενοφῶντος τίς” ἀνὴρ etn ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν εἶχε µέμψα- 
σθαι, dyav® δὲ φιλοστρατιώτην ἔφη αὐτὸν εἶναι διὸ 
καὶ χεῖρον αὐτῷ εἶναι πρὸς" ἡμῶν τε τῶν Λακεδαιµο- 
νίων καὶ πρὸς αὐτοῦ. 

᾽᾿Αναστὰς ἐπὶ τούτῳ Ἑὐρύλοχος Λουσιάτης ᾿Αρκὰς 
εἶπε' “Kat δοκεῖ γέ por, avdpes Λακεδαιμόνιοι, τοῦτο 
bas’ πρῶτον ἡμῶν στρατηγῆσαι, παρὰ Σεύθου ἡμῖν 
τὸν μισθὸν ἀνα-πρᾶξαι ὃ ἢ ἑκόντος ἢ ἆἄκοντος, καὶ μὴ 
πρότερον ἡμᾶς ἀπαγαγεῖν. Πολυκράτης δὲ ᾿Αθηναῖος 
εἶπεν ἐνετὸς᾽ ὑπὸ Ἐενοφῶντος, “΄ Ὁρῶ γε pv,” ἔφη, “o@ 
ἄνδρες, καὶ Ἡρακλείδην ἐνταῦθα παρόντα, ὃς παραλα- 
βὼν τὰ χρήματα ἆ jets ἐπονήσαμεν, ταῦτα ἀπο-δό- 
µενος οὔτε Σεύθῃ ἀπέδωκεν οὔτε ἡμῖν τὰ γιγνόµενα, 
ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς κλέψας πέπαται. ἢν οὖν σωφρονῶμεν, ἑξό- 
µεθαδ αὐτοῦ" οὐ γὰρ δὴ οὗτός ye,” ἔφη, “ Θρᾷξ ἐστιν, 
ἀλλ᾽ Ἕλλην dv Ἕλληνας ἀδικεῖ.᾽ 

1 by the twin gods (cf. 6.6%), sc. οὗ δοκεῖτε βελτίονες εἶναι. %= motos. ὃ very, 
5 on our part. 5 Suds στρατηγῆσαι ἡμῶν πρῶτον τοῦτο, be generals of us first 


in this. 6 exact. 7 incited, verbal from ἑνίημωι, 8 we shall lay hold of, 
fr. ἔχω. » 3 


39 


40 


4] 


{2 


372 ANABASIS, 


Heraclides and Seuthes hastily withdraw. 


Ταῦτα ἀκούσας 6 Ἡρακλείδης pada é€-erddyn* καὶ 
προσελθὼν τῷ Σεύθῃ λέγει, “ Ἡμες ἦν σωφρονῶμεν, 
” . A 7” : 
ἄπιμεν ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τῆς τούτων ἐπικρατείας. 1 καὶ ἆνα- 
βάντες ἐπὶ τοὺς ἵππους ᾠχοντο ἀπελαύνοντες eis τὸ 
ἑαυτῶν στρατόπεδον. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν Σεύθης πέμπει 
᾿Αβροζέλμµην τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἑρμηνέα πρὸς ὮἘενοφῶντα 
καὶ κελεύει αὐτὸν κατα-μεῖναι παρ) ἑαυτῷ ἔχοντα χιλί- 
ους ὁπλίτας, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖται αὐτῷ ἀποδώσειν τά τε 

4 X > A 0 λ 4 8 ¥ a e 4 N 9 
χωρία τα ἐπι ὔαλάττῃ καὶ Τάλλα ἆ ὑπέσχετο. καὶ ἐν 
9 , 4 2 / 9 > 4 , e 
ἀπορρήτῳ ποιησάµενος” λέγει ὅτι ἀκήκοε Πολυνίκου ὡς 
εἰ ὑποχείριος ἔσται Λακεδαιμονίοις, σαφῶς ἀποθανοῖτο 
ὑπὸ Θίβρωνος. ἐπ-έστελλον δὲ ταῦτα καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ 
τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι ὡς διαβεβληµένος ein καὶ φυλάττεσθαι 
δέο. 6 δὲ ἀκούων ταῦτα δύο» ἱερεα λαβὼν ἐθύετο τῷ 


4 . 3 ν 
και αμεινον εἴη µένειν 


Δι τῷ βασιλέει πότερά οἱ λφον 
παρὰ Σεύθῃ ἐφ ols’ Σεύθης λέγει ἢ ἀπιέναι σὺν τῷ 


Αα 3 
στρατεύµατι. ἀναιρεῖ αὐτῷ ἀπιέναυ. 


The Greeks getting provisions from certain villages are ordered by 
Medosades and an Odrysian, in the name of Seuthes, to with- 
draw from the country. 


VII. Ἐντεῦθεν Σεύθης μὲν ἀπεστρατοπεδεύσατο προ 

, ε . 9 3 , > 2 9 
σωτέρω᾽ οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐσκήνησαν ets Κώμας ὅθεν 

3 α 9 , 9 AN ιά φ 
ἔμελλον πλεῖστα ἐπισιτισάμενοι ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἠζειν. 
ai δὲ κὠμαὶ αὗται ἦσαν δεδοµέναι ὑπὸ Σεύθου Μήδο: 
, ela = ε , , Ne a 
σάδῃ. ὁρῶν οὖν 6 Μηδοσάδης δαπανώµενα τὰ ἑαυτοῦ 


1 control. 2 making (it a great) secret he etc. 8 cf. 6.1%, ref. 12, and 
see Introd. 123. ‘* cf. 6.2!©and note, 5 upon the conditions. §& (the oracle 


or the god) replies. 








BOOK VII. CHAP. VIL. 378 


ἐν ταῖς Kapats ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων χαλεπῶς ἔφερε' καὶ 
λαβὼν ἄνδρα ᾿Οδρύσην δυνατώτατον τῶν ἄνωθεν κατα” 
βεβηκότων καὶ ἱππέας ὅσον τριάκοντα ἔρχεται καὶ προ- 
καλεῖται Ἐενοφῶντα ἐκ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ στρατεύματος. 
καὶ ὃς λαβών τινας τῶν λοχαγῶν καὶ ἄλλους τῶν 
ἐπιτήδείων προσέρχεται ἆἔνθα δὴ λέγε Μηδοσάδης, 
««'Αδικεῖτε, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, τὰς ἡμετέρας κώμας πορθοῦν- 
1 > ε 3 ΄ e 4 > 10 a 
Πες. προλέγομεν οὖν Όμιν, ἐγω τε υπερ «Χευύῦου καὶ 
ὅδε ἀνὴρ παρὰ Μήδόκου ἧἦκων τοῦ ἄνω βασιλέως, 
> » 2 A , ο , 9 9 , 4 ε A 
ἀπιέναι ἐκ τῆς χώρας ej δὲ py, οὐκ ἐπιτρέψομεν " ὑμιν, 
GAN’ ἑὰν ποιῆτε κακῶς τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν, ὡς Toke 
id 3 ῤ 9, 
pious ἀλεξόμεύθα. 


Xenophon’s reply. 
Ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἀκούσας ταῦτα εἶπεν, “ANNA ool 
μὲν τοιαῦτα λέγοντι καὶ ἀποκρίνασθαι χαλεπόν 'ὃ τού- 


του & ἕνεκα τοῦ νεανίσκουὶ λέξω, ww’ εἰδῇ οἷοίὃ τε 
ε α 9 a Φ ε a e αἱ 4 ιό .» 6 4 
ὑμεῖς ἐστε καὶ οἷοι ἡμεις. Nels pev γάρ, έφη, “ api 
ὑμῖν φίλοι γενέσθαι ἐπορευόμεθα διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας 
ye γ μ ύτης τῆς χώρ 
΄ A 
ὅποι ἐβουλόμεθα, Hv μὲν ἐθέλοιμε»ν πορθοῦντες, ἦν ὃ 
ἐθέλοιμεν κάοντες, καὶ σὺ ὁπότε πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔλθοις 
πρεσβεύων, ηὐλίζου τότε παρ ἡμῖν οὐδένα φοβούμενος 
., “~ | “ 
τῶν πολεμίων  ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ FTE® eis τήνδε τὴν χώραν, 
7 εἶ ποτε ἔλθοιτε, ὡς ἐν κρειττόνων χώρα πηὐλίζεσθε 
η 2 ρ X ρ Ὠ 7) 
ἐγκεχαλινωμένοις τοῖς ἵπποις. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμῖν φίλοι ἐγέ- 
νεσθε καὶ δυ ἡμᾶς σὺν θεοῖς ἔχετε τήνδε τὴν χώραν, 
νῦν δὴ ἐξελαύνετεῦ ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆσδε τῆς χώρας ἣν Tap 
μῶν ἐχόντων ' κατὰ κράτος παρελάβετε ὥς ya 
ημ Xow ρ TOP 
1 = warn 2 gc. πορθεῖν τὰς κώμα. 8 =painful. * = ἄνδρα 'O8ptany 


δυνατώτατον of § 2. 5 of what character. © elu. 1 of people more powerful 
than yourselves. ® conative.  ° holding st by our power. 


9 


374 ANABASIS. 


αὐτὸς οἶσθα, οἱ πολέμιοι οὐχ ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν ἡμᾶς ἐξελαύ- 

8 > 1 οσ Sa 5 4 8 > , > - 

ve, καὶ οὐχ" ὅπως δῶρα δοὺς καὶ ev ποιήσας ἀνθ 

ὧν eb ἔπαθες ἀξιοῖς ἡμᾶς ἀποπέμψασθαι, ἀλλ ἀποπο- 
/ e A > > 9 9 5 4 3 

ῥρευοµένους ἡμᾶς ovd ἐν-αυλισθῆναι ὅσον δύνασαι ἐπι- 

Tpéres. καὶ ταῦτα λέγων οὔτε θεοὺς αἰσχύνει οὔτε 
»¥ a A α “A 

Τόνδε τὸν ἄνδρα, ὃς νῦν pe σε dpa πλουτοῦντα, 

8 A 
πρὶν δὲ ἡμῖν φίλον γενέσθαι ἀπὸ λῃστείας" τὸν βίον 


» e 9 4 » 3 4 ” 8 8 3 UN ΄ 
lo ἔχοντα, ὡς αὐτὸς έφησθα. arap τί καὶ πρὸς ἐμὲ λέγεις 


1 


18 


ταῦτα; ἔφη ᾽ “ov yap ἔγωγ ἔτι ἄρχω, ἀλλὰ Λακεδαι- 
µόνιοι, ols ὑμεῖς παρεδώκατε τὸ στράτευμα ἀπαγαγεῖν 
οὐδὲν ἐμὲ παρακαλέσαντες ὦ θαυμαστότατοι, ὅπως, 
ὥσπερ ἀπηχθανόμην αὐτοῖς ὅτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ᾖγον, οὕτω 
καὶ χαρισαΐµην " νῦν ἀποδιδούς. ὃ 


The Odrysian messenger, after expressing sympathy for the Greeks, 
returns to Medocus; Medosades interviews the messengers of 
Thibron, whereupon tt is decided to send to Seuthes, demand- 
tng the back pay. 

Ἐπεὶ ταῦτα ἤκουσεν 6 ᾿Οδρύσης, εἶπεν, “"Eyo μὲν 
ὦ Myddcades, κατὰ τῆς γῆς καταδύοµαι ὑπὸ τῆς 
αἰσχύνης ἀκούων ταῦτα. καὶ εἰ μὲν πρὀσθεν ἠπιστά- 
µην, οὐδ) ἂν συνηκολούθησά σοι καὶ νῦν ἄπειμι. οὐδὲ 
γὰρ ἂν Μήδοκός µε 6 βασιλεὺς ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύ- 

“a 3 8 > 8 3 Ν 
νοιµι τοὺς εὐεργέτας. ταῦτ εἰπὼν ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν 
ἵππον ἁπήλαυνε καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ of ἄλλοι ἰππες πλὴν 
τεττάρων ἢ πέντε ὁ δὲ Μηδοσάδης, ἐλύπει γὰρ αὐτὸν 

ἡ χώρα πορθουµένη, ἐκέλευε τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα καλέσαι 

T° Λακεδαιμονίω. καὶ ὃς λαβὼν rods ἐπιτηδειοτάτους 

προσῆλθε τῷ Χαρμίνφῳ καὶ Πολυνίκῳ καὶ ἔλεξεν ὅτι 

1 ody ὅπως .. . GAA’, not only πο, . . . butetc. 7 by plunder.  * without 


at all consulting me. 6 gratify. 6 by restoring tt. 6 vis. Charminus and 
*olynicus in § 18, 








BOOK VIL CHAP. VII. 375 


“A ~ 3 ῤ 
καλεῖ αὐτοὺς Μήδοσάδης προερῶν ἅπερὶ αὐτῷ, ame 
3 “A a ές 3, a Α. 33 » ce Ce “A 9 
ναι ἐκ τῆς χώρας. “ola ἂν οὖν, έφη, “ ὑμας ἀπο- 

α Αα a 9 » 9 
λαβεῖν τῇ στρατιᾷ τὸν ὀφειλόμενον µισθόν, el εἴποιτε ὅτι 
~ A Ν 
δεδέηται ὑμῶν ἡ στρατιὰ συν-ανα-πρᾶξαι” τὸν μισθὸν 
‘A > ε A 3 ¥ > 50 8 σ 4 
ἢ παρ᾽ ἑκόντο wap ἄκοντος Σεύθου, καὶ ὅτι τού- 
των τυχόντες προθύµως ἂν συνέπεσθαι ὑμῖν dace’ 
A A 9 e 
καὶ ore δίκαια ὑμῖν δοκοῦσι λέγειν καὶ ὅτι ὑπ- 
έσχεσθε αὐτοῖς τότε ἀπιέναι ὅταν τὰ δίκαια ἔχωσιν 
οἱ στρατιῶται. 
- A a, 
᾽Ακούσαντες of Λάκωνες ταῦτα ἔφασαν ἐρεῖν καὶ 
“A 8 8 : 
ἄλλα ὁποῖα ἂν δύνωνται κράτιστα" καὶ εὐθὺς ἐπορεύ- 
4 
οντο ἔχοντες πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαιρίους. ἐλθὼν δὲ ἔλεξε 
a s 
Xappivos, “Ei μὲν σύ τι ἔχες, @ Μηδόσαδες, πρὸς 
ε a λ / § > δὲ la ε ων 9 Α »¥ 99 e de 
ἡμᾶς λέγειν; εἰ µή, Hels πρὸς σὲ ἔχομεν. ὁ δὲ 
ᾳ ρ 99 
Μηδοσάδης µάλα δὴ ὑφειμένως, “*AAN’ ἐγὼ μὲν λέγω, 
έφη, “Kat Σεύθης ταὐτά, ὅτι ἀξιοῦμεν τοὺς φίλους ἡμῖν 
γεγενηµένους μὴ κακῶς πάσχειν ὑφ ὑμῶν. ὅτι yap 
A ~ A .ά ~ 
ἂν τούτους κακῶς ποιῆτε ἡμᾶς ἤδη ποιεῖτε᾽ ἡμέτεροι 
, 9 39 “ee a a 22 ¥ ε id 
yap κεἰσιν. Ἡμεῖς τοίνυν, ἐφασαν ot Λάκωνες, 
ε5 0 A e , 8 Ae ¥ ε A ea 
ἀπίοιμεν ἂν ὁπότε τὸν μισθὸν ἔχοιεν οἱ ταῦτα ὑμῖν 
4 . o? Se 4 9 , 6 ν] VLA 
καταπράξαντες' eb µή, ἐρχόμεθα μὲν καὶ νῦν βοη- 
θήσοντες τούτοις καὶ τιµωρησόμενοι ἄνδρας ot τού- 
8 4 9 οί, KA δὲ 57, \ e a 
τους παρὰ τοὺς ὄρκους ἠδίκησαν. Hy δὲ δὴ καὶ ὑμεῖις 
τοιοῦτοι Are, ἐνθένδε ἀρξόμεθα τὰ δίκαια λαμβάνειν.᾽ 
ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν εἶπεν, ““᾿Ἠθέλοιτε ἂν τούτοις ὦ Μηδό- 
9 ) η 
σαδες, ἐπιτρέψαι, ἐπειδὴ φίλους ἔφατε εἶναι ὑμῖν, ἐν 
e “A a 9 0 ε , > « , we e wn 
@v τῃ χώρᾳ ἐσμέν, οπότερ ἂν ὑΨηφίσωνται, ef vas 
προσήκει ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἀπιέναι ef ἡμᾶς; 6 δὲ ταῦτα 
1 βο. προ-εῖπε. 3 assist ἐπ οχασἰἰπο. *i.e.their pay. ‘ cf.1®8 5 ο, 
καλῶςφ ἔχει or λέγε; for a like omission of the conclusion, see Iliad A, 302 and 


Exodus xxxii. 32. 8 submissively. 7 γούτοις . . . ἐπιτρέψαι . . . dwédrep’ 
ἂν . . . εἴθ᾽ etc., fo submit it to these men... whatever way they vote, whether etc. 


18 


18 


21 


24 


876 ANABASIS, 


μὲν οὐκ ἔφη ἐκέλευε δὲ μάλιστα μὲν αὐτὼ τὼ Λάκωνε 
9 6 α 4 50 ‘ A A \1 » a 
ἐλθεῖν παρὰ Σεύθην περὶ τοῦ μισθοῦ, καὶ οἴεσθαι ἂν 

, a ο 2 OA , A 4 2 A , 
Σεύθην πεῖσαι  εἶ δὲ µή, Ἐενοφῶντα σὺν αὐτῷ πέμπειν, 
καὶ συµπράξειν ὑπισχνεῖτο. ἐδεῖτο δὲ τὰς κώμας μὴ 
κάειν. 


Aenophon, the mouthpiece of the delegation, addresses Seuthes: 
“ Do not barter away the confidence placed tn you.” 


Ἐντεῦθεν πέµπουσι Ἐενοφῶντα καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ ot 
ἐδόκουν ἐπιτηδειότατοι εἶναι. ὁ δὲ ἐλθὼν λέγει πρὸς 
Σεύθην, “Οὐδὲν ἀπαιτήσων, @ Σεύθη, πάρειµι, ἀλλὰ 

, K , ε 3 / 9 f φ 
διδάξων, ἦν δύνωµαι, ws οὗ δικαίως por ἠχθέσθης ὅτι 

A A a 
ὑπὲρ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἁπ-ῄτουν σε προθύµως a ὑπέ 
σχου αὐτοῖς σοὶ γὰρ ἔγωγε οὐχ ἧττον ἐνόμιζον σύμ- 
φορον εἶναι ἀποδοῦναι 7 ἐκείνοις ἀπολαβεῖν. πρῶτον 

N N 3 Se-(Deor > 4 _\ , , 
μὲν γὰρ οἶδα μετὰ ὃ τοὺς θεοὺς εἰς" τὸ φανερόν σε τού- 
τους κατα-στήσαντας, ἐπεί ye βασιλέα σε ἐποίησαν 

A , 4 A 9 , “ σ 9 a? 
πολλῆς χώρας καὶ πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων ὥστε οὐχ οἷόν 
τέ σοι λανθάνειν ὃ 

Ν 4 4 de 3 3 ὃ ‘ , 4 
χρὸν ποιήσῃς. τοιούῳ δὲ ὄντι ἀνδρὶ µέγα µέν por 
25 rf > 4 ὃ A 3 / 3 4 θ ¥ 
ἐδόκει εἶναι py δοκειν ἀχαρίστως ἀποπέμψασύαι αν- 

9 ρ [ 6 δὲ Φ 3 , δελ) ε rE 
Spas εὐεργέτας, μέγα” δὲ εὖ dxovew' ὑπὸ ἑξακισχιλίων 
9 , λ ΔΝ 8 ὃν Ν 
ἀνθρώπων, τὸ δὲ µέγιστον μηδαμῶς" ἄπιστον σαυτὸν 
καταστῆσαι ὅτι λέγοι. ὁρῶ γὰρ τῶν μὲν ἀπίστων 

8 LO 4 8 8 λ / λ 
µαταίους καὶ ἀδυνάτους καὶ ἆ-τίμους τοὺς λόγους πλα- 
4 A 
νωµένους' ot ὃ ἂν φανεροὶ dow ἀλήθειαν ἀσκοῦντες, 

΄ ε la ¥ 5 , δὲ Α ὃ A 
τούτων οἱ λόγοι, ἦν τι δέωνται, οὐδὲν μεῖον δύνανται 
ἀνύσασθαι” ᾖ ἄλλων ἡ Bia’ ἦν τέ τινας σωφρονίζειν » 


’ »¥ 9 ¥ 5 3 
οὔτε ἦν τι καλὸν ούτε ην τι αἰἴσ- 


1 sc. ἔφη. 2 advantageous. 8 i.e. next to. 4 in α conspicuous position. 

5 to escape notice. 6 gc. ἑδόκει εἶναι, 80 after µέγιστον. 7 hear well of one- 

self = be well spoken of. 8 not at all. 9 ἀνύτω, accomplish. 10 bring to 
as0Nn. 





BOOK VIL CHAP. VIL 877 


Bov\wvra, γιγνώσκω τὰς τούτων ἀπειλὰς οὐχ ἧττον 
σωφρονιζούσας ἢ ἄλλων τὸ ἤδη κολάζειν' qv TE τῷ 
τι ὑπισχνῶνται οἳ τοιοῦτοι ἄνδρες, οὐδὲν μεῖον δια- 
πράττονται ἢ ἄλλοι παραχρῆμα ' διδόντες. 
««᾿Αναμνήσθητι δὲ καὶ σὺ τί προ-τελέσας” ὑμῖν συµ- 
µάχους ἡμᾶς ἔλαβες. οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι οὐδέν' ἀλλὰ πιστευ- 
Geis ἀληθεύσειν d ἔλεγες ἐπ-ῆρας ὃ τοσούτους ἀνθρώπους 
συστρατεύεσθαί τε καὶ κατεργάσασθαί' σοι ἀρχὴν ov 
τριάκοντα µόνον ἀξίαν ταλάντων, ὅσα οἴονται δεῖν οὗτοι 
νῦν ἀπολαβεῖν, ἀλλὰ πολλαπλασίων. οὐκοῦν ὃ τοῦτο 
μὲν πρῶτον τὸ πιστεύεσθαι, τὸ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν σοι 
κατεργασάµενον, τούτων τῶν χρημάτων πιπράσκεται- 


“If you alienate the Greeks, some of their officers may go over to 
the enemy, and you may lose your power.” 


4 4 Τρ 5 , 9 rd θ a rd δε 9) ῤ ad 
ι On, ἀναμνήσύητι TAS Meya” ηγοῦ τότε καταπρᾶ- 
A oA , ν 2 4 9 » 2 σ 
Eat ἆ νῦν καταστρεψάµενος eyes. ἐγὼ μὲν εὖ old ὅτι 
nfo" ἂν τὰ νῦν πεπραγμένα μᾶλλόν σοι καταπρα- 
χθῆναι ἢ πολλαπλάσια τούτων τῶν χρημάτων γενέσθαι. 
> 3 a , 4 ν A 4 9 
ἐμοὶ τοίνυν µεῖζον βλάβος καὶ αἴσχιον δοκεῖ εἶναι τὸ 
A α 8 a aA ΄ 4 A 9 
ταῦτα νυν PN κατα-σχειν 1 τότε py λαβεῖν, ὄσῳωπερ 
A 3 4 2 
χαλεπώτερον ἐκ πλουσίου πένηταξ γενέσθαι ἢ ἀρχὴν 
μὴ πλουτῆσαι, καὶ ὅσῳ λυπηρότερν ἐκ βασιλέως 
io , on a 3 A X A 
ἰδιώτην φανῆναι 4 ἀρχὴν μὴ βασιλεῦσαι. 
Οὐκοῦν ἐπίστασαι μὲν ὅτι οἱ νῦν σοι ὑπήκοοι γενό- 
3 λί 9 A A 3 , θ ε ν ~ »*F 
µενοι ov diria” τῇ of] ἐπείσθησαν ὑπὸ σοῦ ἄρχεσθαι 
3 9 3 ” 8 9 3 Α A ld 3 a 
ἀλλ ἀνάγκγῃ, καὶ ὅτι ἐπιχειροῖεν ἂν πάλιν ἐλεύθεροι 
1 ἐππιεάίαίε]ν. 2 pay beforehand. 8 you induced (ἐἑπ-αίρω). 4 subdue 
for you. 5 first, then, this confidence (τὸ πιστεύεσθαι) which (τὸ) subdued 
(κατεργασάμενο») etc. 6 how you deemed it a great thing etc. Ἰ ηὔξω (εὔχο- 


μαι) ἄν, you would have prayed that the things now done be accomplished for you 
rather etc. 8 poor. δ from friendship to you (σῇ fr. ods). 


27 


29 


878 ANABASIS. 


9 4 
80 γίγνεσθαι, eb µή τις αὐτοὺς φόβος κατέχοι. ποτέρως' 
οὖν ole. μᾶλλον ἂν φοβεῖσθαί τε αὐτοὺς" καὶ σωφρο- 
A αρ 
vew τὰ πρὸς σέ, εἰ ὀρφέν σοι τοὺς στρατιώτας οὕτω 
διακειµένους ws νῦν τε μένοντας" ἄν, εἰ σὺ κελεύοις, 
αὖθίς τ ἂν ταχὺ ἐλθόντας, εἰ δέοι, ἄλλους τε τούτων 
8 α 3 , ‘ 3 ‘ 8 ¥ e 7 
περὶ σοῦ ἀκούοντας πολλὰ ayaa ταχὺ av σοι ὁπότε 
, / 6 aA” 5 ,> 4 
βούλοιο παραγενέσύθαι, ἢ εἰ καταδοξάσειαν" pyr ἂν 
¥ 3 ~ > 9 4 9 ο ο) Vd 
ἄλλους σοι ἐλθεῖν δι ἀπιστίαν ἐκ τῶν νῦν γεγενηµέ- 
A a 
νων tTovrous® τε αὐτοῖς ev-vovorépous’ εἶναι ᾖ coi; 
81 ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδὲν πλήθει γε ἡμῶν λειφθέντες ὑπ-εῖϊξάν ὃ 
σοι, ἀλλὰ προστατῶν  ἀπορίᾳ. οὐκοῦν νῦν καὶ τοῦτο. 
κίνδυνος μὴ λάβωσι προστάτας avrav τινας τούτων 
of νοµίζουσιν ὑπὸ cov ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἡ καὶ τούτων κρείτ- 
τονας τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, ἐὰν οἱ μὲν στρατιῶται ὑπισ- 
χνῶνται προθυµότερον αὐτοῖς συστρατεύσεσθαι, ἂν τὰ 


παρὰ σοῦ νῦν ἀναπράξωσιν, ot δὲ” Λακεδαιμόνιοι διὰ 


τὸ δεῖσθαι τῆς στρατιᾶς συν-αινέσωσιν αὐτοῖς ταῦτα. 

8 ὅτι γε μὴν Ob νῦν ὑπὸ σοὶ Θρᾷκες γενόµενοι πολὺ ἂν 
προθυµότερον ἴοιεν ἐπί σε ἢ σύν σοι OVK ἄδηλον GoD 
μὲν γὰρ κρατοῦντος δουλεία ὑπάρχει αὐτοῖς κρατον- 
µένου δέ σου ἐλευθερία. 


“Tt will be cheaper for you that the Greeks go away as yous 


friends, rather than remain as your enemies.” 


ss “Ei δὲ καὶ τῆς χώρας προ-νοεῖσθαι' ἤδη τι δεῖ os 


ons οὔσης, ποτέρως ἂν ote ἁπαθῆ ὁ κακῶν μᾶλλον — 


lin which case, then. 34 subject of infinitives. 8 as regards your affairs. 
4 ϱ) µένοιεν dv. So... Av... ἑλθόνταε = οἳ ἕλθοιεν Ay, 5 should think te 
your discredit. 61.9. the Greek soldiers. T cf. 251,c. 853. 133. 179, a. 
Syield. %leaders(-drns). sc.éort, Uie.of theGreeks. Wand (if) on the 
other hand the Lacedaemonians assent (συν-αινέσωσιν) to this etc. 18 slavery. 
14 exercise forethought. 1 μᾶλλον ἀπαθῆ κακῶν», more free from suffering injury. 


= 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VII. 319 


αὐτὴν εἶναι, εἶ οὗτοι οἱ στρατιῶται ἀπολαβόννες & 
aA Δ 9 8 vd 
éyxahovow'. εἰρήνην καταλιπόντες οἴχοιντο, ᾖ εἰ οὗτοί 
2 e 9 , a γ A , 
τε µένοιεν ws ἐν πολεμίᾳ σύ τε ἄλλους πειρῴο πλείο- 
vas τούτων ἔχων ἀντι-στρατοπεδεύεσθαι δεοµένους τῶν 
9 , 9 , \ ρ a , 9 
ἐπιτηδείων: ἀργύριον δὲ ποτέρως ἂν πλέον avado- 
Bein? 9 , 9 Ne 9 5 θεί. a 9 
ein, εἶ τούτοις . τὸ ὀφειλόμενον ἀποδοθείη, ἢ εἰ 
α. ay 7 3 ν , , δέ 
ταῦτά τε ὀφείλοιτο" ἄλλους τε κρείττονας τούτων Ο9έοι 
σε μισθοῦσθαι ; 
«ϱ"Αλλὰ" γὰρ Ἡρακλείδῃ, ὡς πρὸς ἐμὲ ἐδήλονυ, πάµ- 
a“ ~ ΔΝ 3 ΄ 4. 8 2 4 
πολυ δοκεῖὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον εἶναι. 7 μὴν πολύ γέ 
ἐστιν ἔλαττον νῦν σοι καὶ λαβεῖν τοῦτο καὶ ἀποδοῦναι 
a Ἆ ε A 2 a κ. 4 Ld § ΄ 4 3 
ἢ πρὶν ἡμᾶς ἐλθεῖν πρὸς σὲ δέκατον ὃ τούτου µέρος. οὐ 
Δ 3 ό 3 ε € 4 Q ὃν A “ 9 a 
yap ἀριθμός ἐστιν 6 ὁρίζων τὸ πολὺ καὶ τὸ ὀλίγον, 
bd 3 ε 4 “A 3 ό 8 A , 
ἀλλ᾽ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ τε ἀποδιδόντος καὶ τοῦ λαμβάνογ- 
τος. σοὶ δὲ νῦν ἡ Kar ἐνιαυτὸν πρόσοδος πλείων ἔσται 
~a 6» 8 , - 3 a 3? 
ἢ ἔμπροσθεν τὰ παρόντα πάντα [ὰ ἐκέκτησο]. 


“ Justice to me demands the payment of what you promised, and there 
{8 no possession more glorious than justice and generosity.” 


> = 
“<"Eyo µέν, ὦ Σεύθη, ταῦτα ὡς φίλου ὄντος σου πρου- 
, 6 ο , ν 5 , Φ κ ε ρ 
νοούµην, ὅπως σύ τε ἄξιος δοκοίης εἶναι ὧν ot θεοί 
¥ 3 “A > + . Ν , 3 iit 
σοι ἔδωκαν ἀγαθῶν ἐγώ τε μὴ διαφθαρείην ἐν τῇ 
a > 8 ¥ 9 α 3 4 ¥ 9 ΔΑ 3 9 
oTpatia. ev yap tof. ὅτι νῦν ἐγὼ ovr ἂν ἐχθρὸν 
βουλόμενος κακῶς ποιῆσαι δυνηθείην σὺν ταύτῃ τῇ 
aA ν 0 « ¥ , , A 
στρατιά ovr ἂν εἴ σοι πάλιν βουλοίμην βοηθῆσαι, 
ἱκανὸς ἂν «γενοίμην. οὕτω yap πρός µε ἡ στρατιὰ 
5 , / >? 7 4 6 A id r¢ 8 
LAKELTQL. KaLTOL αύτον σε pdpTUpa’ συν ὄεοις εἰθόσι 
9 


A ο ψ 3 
ποιοῦμαι ὅτι οὔτε ἔχω παρὰ σοῦ ἐπὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις 


1 they claim. 2 in which way will more money be expended. 8 remain due. 
6 but (you may think as Heraclides), for etc. 5 sc. λαβεῖν καὶ ἀποδοῦναι. 
© προ-νοέω, take thought for. 7 witness. ὃ =whoknow. %® =n the ground of. 


35 


36 


37 


os 


38 


39 


al 


42 


880 ANABASIS. 


οὐδὲν οὔτε ᾖτησα πώποτε εἷς τὸ ἴδιον τὰ ἐκείνων ovTeE 
ἆ ὑπέσχου por ἀπῄτησα ὄμνυμι δέ σοι μηδὲ ἀποδι- 
5 , 1 δέ θ ¥ 9 4 ν ε a ν 
όντος" δέξασθαι ἄν, εἰ μὴ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ἔμελλον 
τὰ ἑαυτῶν συν-απο-λαμβάνειν. αἰσχρὸν γὰρ Av? τὰ μὲν 
AS A Dia 8 an Seer κ re A 
ἐμὰ δια-πεπρᾶχθαι, τὰ ὃ ἐκείνων περι-ιδεῖν ἐμὲ κακῶς 
΄ ¥ 4 8 ΄ ε 3 3 ΄ ΄ 
ἔχοντα ἄλλως τε καὶ τιµώμενον ὑπ ἐκείνων. καίτοι 
Ἡρακλείδῃ γε Mipos® πάντα δοκεῖ εἶναι πρὸς τὸ ἀργύ- 
Ψ 3 \ , ο 2A 4 9 , 294 
ptov ἔχειν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ἐγὼ δέ, ὦ Σεύθη. οὐδὲν 
la 9 . » . 3 , » A 
νομίζω ἀνδρὶ ἄλλως τε καὶ ἄρχοντι κάλλιον εἶναι κτῆμα 
9 Se 6 5 A 9 δ , 9 
Ovoe λαμπρότερον ΄ ἄρετης καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ Ὑενναιό- 
7 ε “ A“ ν ~ Δ » , 
THT. ὁ yap ταῦτα έχων movrel μὲν ovTwv φίλων 
πολλῶν, πλουτεῖ δὲ καὶ ἄλλων βουλομένων γενέσθαι, 
καὶ εὖ μὲν πράττων ἔχει τοὺς συν-ησθησοµένους ἐὰν 


δέ τι chad,’ ov σπανίζει τῶν βοηθησόντων. 
1 A 


44 


“The charge of the soldiers, that I have been more careful of your 
interests than of theirs, 1s proof of my friendship.” 


«6"Αλλὰ γὰρ εἰ µήτε ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν ἔργων κατ-έμαθες 
A A > , A A 
ὅτι σοι ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς φίλος ἦν, µήτε ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν 
λόγων δύνασαι τοῦτο γνῶναι, ἀλλὰ τοὺς τῶν στρατιω- 
Y Y ? 

~ ‘4 οί DS ΔΝ 
τῶν λόγους πάντως κατα-νόησον  παρ-ήσθα γὰρ καὶ 
ἧκουες & ἔλεγον οἱ eye” ἐμὲ βουλόμενοι κατ-ηγό. 
ρουν γάρ µου πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους ws σὲ περὶ πλείονος 
, a 5 , 9 8 > 9 aN 9 4 ε 
ποιοίµην 4 Λακεδαιμονίους, αὐτοὶ ὃ ἐνεκάλουν ἐμοὶ ὡς 
οἱ , φ 8 λ A Peet a 9 ‘ 
μᾶλλον µέλοι µοι ὅπως τὰ oa Καλώς ἔχοι 7 οπως τα 
ἑαυτῶν ' ἔφασαν δέ µε καὶ δῶρα ἔχειν παρὰ gov. καί- 
8 “A , ¥y hth 9 4 14 

τοι ta δῶρα ταῦτα πότερον οἵειἩ αὐτοὺς κακόνοιάν 


1 from (you) paying it. 2 for ἦν ἄν, it would have been disgraceful that etc 


8 arrange. 4 both for other reasons, and because = especially. 5 a trifle 
6 spiendid. 1" generosity. ὃ συν-ήδοµαι, rejoice with. % opddAdw, trip up, pass., 
meet with some (rt) misfortune. 10 censure. 11 Καίτοι πότερον oles αὐτοὺι 


αἰτιᾶσθαί µε ἔχειν τὰ δῶρα ταῦτα παρὰ σοῦ (because) ἑκ-ιδόντας etc. 3 all-wili 





BOOK VII. CHAP. ΥΠ. 881 


> 4 8 8 9 “A a a 
τινα ἐνιδόντας µοι πρὸς σὲ αἰτιᾶσθαί pe ἔχειν παρὰ 
Gov ἢ προθυµίαν πολλὴν περὶ σὲ κατα-νοήσαντας ; 

“? Q a 4. , 9 0 , , ν 

ο Ἔγω pev οἶμαι πάντας ἀνθρώπους νοµίζειν εὔὐνοιαν 
3 α 9 a 6 1 , 3 T ὁ δῶ , λ , 
εἲν ἀπο-κεῖσθαι τούτῳ παρ οὗ ἂν δῶρά τις λαμβάνῃ. 
4 Se . 3 4 ε a , Pp 2 A 25 , ε δ , 
σὺ δὲ πρὶν" μὲν ὑπηρετῆσαί τί σοι ἐμὲ ἐδέξζω ἡδέως 

9 8 ὃν A 4 , ν σ ¥ 4 ε 
καὶ ὄμμασι καὶ φωνῇ καὶ ξενίοις καὶ ὅσα ἐσοιτο" ὑπι- 
σχνούμενος οὐκ ἐνεπίμπλασο *® 
3 , 9 , 9 6 2A 25 , , 
ἐβούλου καὶ γεγένησαι ὅσον ἐγὼ ἐδυνάμην μέγιστος, 
νῦν οὕτω µε ἄτιμον ὄντα ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις τολμᾷς 

“A Ἰλλὰ 7 4 9 5 4 3 ὃ “A , 
περι-ορᾶν ; adda! μὴν ὅτι σοι δόξει ἀποδοῦναι πιστεύω 

8 A , , 8 9 ‘4 ld > 3 
καὶ τὸν χρόνον διδάξειν σε καὶ αὐτόν γέ σε οὐχὶ ἀν- 
έξεσθαιἳ τοὺς cot προεµένους» εὐεργεσίαν ὁρῶντά σοι 
ὃγ-καλοῦ 5 δέ ὗ ὃ LITOOLO@ 6 
ἐγ-καλοῦντας. έοµαι οὖν σου, ὅταν ἀποδιδῷς, προθυ- 
μεῖσθαι ἐμὲ παρὰ τοῖς στρατιώταις τοιοῦτον ποιῆσαι 
er ‘ , 99 & 
olovirep καὶ παρέλαβες. 


Seuthes, moved by this address, pays the Greeks one talent, six hundred 
oxen, four thousand sheep, one hundred and twenty slaves, and 
certain hostages. 

᾽Ακούσας Tatra 6 YevOns κατ-ηράσατο τῷ airiy™ 
ον 8 ή 9 ὃ ὃ 4 θ “ 0 8 > 

τοῦ μὴ πάλαι ἀποδεδόσθαι τὸν μµισθὀν’ καὶ πάντες 

Ἡρακλείδην τοῦτον ὑπώπτευσαν εἶναι" “ ἐγὼ yap,” ἔφη, 

«οὔτε δι-ενοήθην πώποτε ἀπο-στερῆσαι ἀποδώσω Te.” 

ἐντεῦθεν πάλιν εἶπεν 6 Ἐενοφῶν, “΄ Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν διανοεῖ 

9 5 5 , ον > ὁϱ ὃ , 5 > 93 a 3 “A A 

ἀποδιδόναι, νῦν ἐγώ σου δέοµαι δι ἐμοῦ ἀποδοῦναι, καὶ 

μὴ περιιδεῖν µε διὰ σὲ ἀνομοίως 3 ἔχοντα ἐν τῇ στρα- 

1 stored up. 3 πρὶν μὲν (sc. ἐμὲ) ὑπηρετῆσαι. 3 ὅμμα, eye, look. 4 gc. 
ἐμοί. 5 were not satisfied, promising. 6 ὅσον µέγιστος .. . as great as I could 
possibly (make you). 7 ἀλλὰ μὴν πιστεύω τὸν χρόνον διδάξειν Sri etc. 8 en 
dure to see (ὁρῶντα). 9% προ-ίηµι, bestow freely. 19 reproach. 1 the man who 
was the cause of the wages not having been paid over. 13 have a different standing. 

* This (§§ 21-47) is an able address, so able indeed that one would like to 


know how much of it was delivered on this occasion, and how much was elaboe 
tated twenty years after at Scillus. See Introd. 117. 


ἐπεὶ δὲ κατ-έπραξας a 


46 


4? 


50 


31 


52 


55 


56 


382 ANABASIS. 


τιᾷ νῦν τε καὶ ὅτε πρὸς σὲ ἀφικόμεθα.", 6 S εἶπεν, 
(6 3 λ 3 ¥ 3 9 “a 4 ¥y 5 % 9» A 3 , Pe 

Αλλ᾽ ovr’ ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις ἔσει δι ἐμὲ ἀτιμότερος 
ἱ 
ἄν τε µένῃς tap ἐμοὶ χιλίους µόνους ὁπλίτας ἔχων, 
9 , ρ / 9 ὃ , ‘ ¥ a ε , 
ἐγῶ σοι Ta TE χωρία ἀποδώσω καὶ Taha ἆ ὑπεσχό- 

99 e de 4 i «6 A 8 3 9 9 
µην. 0 δε πάλιν etme, ΄΄ Ταυτα μεν ἔχειν ούτως οὐχ 
οἷάν τε ἀπόπεμπε δὲ ἡμᾶς. “Καὶ µήν, ἔφη ὁ Σεύ- 
θ (ε 8 3 λ [η , , tO A 3 3 A 
ης, “Kat ἀσφαλέστερόν yé σοι οἶδα ὃν παρ ἐμοὶ 
µένειν 4 ameéva. 6 δὲ πάλιν εἶπεν, “᾽Αλλὰ τὴν μὲν 

4 3 Φ * 3 8 δὲ 4 3 Lad 3 9 
σην πρό-νοιαν ἐπαινω᾽ ἐμοὶ OE µένειν οὐχ OLOV τε’ οπου 

3 A 3 8 3 ‘4 } , A 8 “~ 3 8 
& ἂν ἐγὼ ἐντιμότερος ὦ, νόμιζε καὶ σοὶ τοῦτο ἀγαθὸν 
ἔσεσθαι. ἐντεῦθεν λέγει Σεύθης, “᾿᾽Αργύριον μὲν οὐκ 
3 3 >] 4 , \ aA / , 
ἔχω ἀλλ" 7 μικρόν τι, καὶ τοῦτό σοι didwpt, τάλαν- 
. “A de e rd 8 4 3 4 
τον Bovs δὲ ἑξακοσίους καὶ πρόβατα eis τετρακισχί- 
λια καὶ ἀνδράποδα eis εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατό. ταῦτα 
λαβὼν καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἀδικησάντων σε ὁὀμήρους προσ- 
λαβὼν am.” γελάσας 6 Ἐενοφῶν εἶπεν, “Ἡν οὖν 

4 9 A 9 ~ 3 9 9 σθό / 3 rv. 
μὴ ἐξικνῆται" ταῦτ els τὸν µισθόὀν, τίνος" τάλαντον 

, Ν s 0 9 3 8 \ 3 4 δι / ” 3 
φήσω ἔχειν; ap’ ovr, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐπικίνδυνόν pol ἐστιν, 
» ¥ 4 Ve θ ρ 5 » δὲ 
ἀπιόντα γε apevov* φυλάττεσθαι πέτρους; Ίκουες 

4 25 , 4 ὃ) 2 A ν 
Tas ἀπειλάς. τότε μεν OF GUTOU εμεινε. 

Tp & ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπέδωκέ τε αὐτοῖς a ὑπέσχετο καὶ 
τοὺς ἐλῶντας ὃ συνέπεµψεν. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται τέως μὲν 
ἔλεγον ὡς ὁ Ἐενοφῶν οἴχοιτο ὡς] Σεύθην οἰκήσων καὶ 
ad ὑπέσχετο αὐτῷ ληψόμενος' ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον, ἠσθησαν ὃ 

a 8 Α 
καὶ προσέθεον. ὨἘενοφῶν δ ἐπεὶ cide Χαρμινόν τε 
καὶ Πολύνικον, “ Tatra,” ἔφη, “ σέσωσται δι ὑμᾶς τῇ 
“A a (ὃ 9 8 3 4 en . ε α 4 
στρατιᾷ καὶ παραδίδωµι αὐτὰ ἐγὼ ὑμῖν ὑμεῖς δὲ 
, 4 Α “A 22 ε A > 

δια-θέμενοι διά-δοτε τῇ orpatia.” οἱ μὲν οὖν παραλα- 

µ Q στρατιᾳ µ ραλς 
1 except. 2 reach to, suffice for. 8 whose ? 4 ἄμεινον (ἐστιν ἐμὲ] 


ἀπιόντα, i. 9. back to camp, or perhaps to Greece. ὅ cf. τὸ καταλευσθῆναι, 61° 
© persons to drive. 7 = πρό». 8 ἤδομαι. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. ΤΙ. 383 


9 

Bovres καὶ λαφυροπώλας κατα-στήσαντες ἐπώλουν, καὶ 

πολλὴν εἶχον αἰτίαν. Ἐενοφῶν δὲ ov προσ-ῄει, ἀλλὰ 

φανερὸς ἦν οἴκαδε παρασκευαζόµενος οὗ yap πω 

ψήφος αὐτῷ ἐπ-ῆκτοξ ᾿Αθήνησι περὶ φυγῆς. προσελ- 
ιό 4 3 ~ ε 3 4 > ~ ιό 3 ΄ 

θόντες δὲ αὐτῷ οἱ ἐπιτήδειοι ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ ἐδέοντο 

Δ 9 “A 8 3 , “ , 8 Α΄ 
μὴ ἀπ-ελθεῖν πρὶν ἀπαγάγοι τὸ στράτευμα καὶ Θίβρωνι 
παρα-δοίη. | 
The Greeks cross over to Lampsacus, Xenophon sacrifices to Zeus 

Meilichius ; he ts presented with his favorite horse. 

VIII ᾿µἘντεῦθεν δι-έπλευσαν cis Λάμψακον, καὶ 
ἁπαντᾷ τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι Εὐκλείδης -μάντις Φλιάσιος ὁ 
Κλεαγόρου vids τοῦ τὰ ἐντοίχια " ἐν Λυκείῳ γεγραφότος. 
οὗτος συν-ήδετο τῷ Εενοφῶντι ὅτι ἐσέσωστο, καὶ ἠρώτα 
αὐτὸν πόσον χρυσίον ἔχοι. ὁ δ᾽ αὐτῷ ἐπ-ομόσας εἶπεν 
κά 4 ¥ 6 δὲ 2 50 e ‘ ¥ 5 9 , 3 
ἡ μὴν ἔσεσθαι μηδὲ ἐφόδιον ἱκανὸν οἴκαδε ἀπιόντι, εἰ 

λ 3 4 Δ 9 8 a 3 3 ε a 4 € 
μὴ ἁπόδοιτο τὸν ἵππον καὶ a apd’ αὑτὸν εἶχεν. 6 
> 3 Αα > 3 4 3 4 > ¥ A 8 

αὐτῷ οὐκ ἐπίστευεν.  ETFEL επεμψαν Λαμψακηνοι 
ἕ , ον =| A 8 “0 α 3 A aN λ ee 
ένια τῷ Ἐενοφῶώντι καὶ eve τῷ Απόλλωνι, παρ-εστή 


σατοῦ 


τὸν Εὐκλείδην' ἰδὼν δὲ τὰ iepa® 6 ΕΒὐκλείδης 
εἶπεν ὅτι πείθοιτο αὐτῷ μὴ εἶναι χρήματα. “Αλλ' 
> 9 A 
ola,” ἔφη, “ore Kav perry’ ποτὲ ἔσεσθαι, φαίνεταί τι 
ἐμπόδιον, ἂν μηδὲν addo, σὺ σαυτῷ.᾽ συνωµολόγει 
ταῦτα ὁ Ἐενοφῶν. ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, “ Ἠμπόδιος γάρ σοι ὁ 
Ζεὺς 6 μειλίχιός) ἐστι, καὶ ἐπ-ήρετο εἰ ἤδη θύσειεν, 
9 , A 
«ὥσπερ οἶκοι, ἔφη, “eldbew" ἐγὼ ὑμῖν θύεσθαι καὶ 
9 A 93 > ρ 
ὁλοκαυτεῖν. =. 6 ὃ οὐκ ἔφη τὸ ἐξ ὅτου ἀπεδήμησε τεθυ- 
΄ ΄ ~ ~ ΄ 3 > 3 “a 4 
κέναι τούτῳ τῷ Dew. συνεβούλευσεν οὖν αὐτῷ θύεσθαι 
1 booty-sellers. 3 ψῆφος περὶ φυγῆς, sentence of banishment. 8 éx-dyw, bring 
forward against. See Introd. 114. 4 painted the wall-paintings. § nlace 
beside (him). 6 i. e. how poor they were. 7 sc. χρήματα. 8 gc. coi. 


9 se. ἔσται ἐμπόδιον (obstacle), i.e. through his liberality. 1° the gracious. 1 was 
wont. 2 offer whole victims (holocausts). 14 said that not since he left home ete- 


57 


50 


31 


52 


55 


06 


382 ANABASIS. 


A A 4 9 “ A 3 ῤ A 393 « δ᾽ Tt 
τιᾷ νῦν τε καὶ ὅτε πρὸς σὲ ἀφικόμεθα. 6 ὃ εἶπεν, 
66 3 3 ¥ 3 9 A“ ΄ ν ὃ > > A 93 a, 

Αλλ' our ἐν τοις στρατιώταις έσει Ou ἐμὲ ἀτιμότερος᾽ 
ἄν τε µένῃς παρ) ἐμοὶ χιλίους µόνους ὁπλίτας ἔχων, 
> A a ΄ 3 ὃ 4 A ¥ a € ή 
ἐγώ σοι Ta TE χωρία ἀποδώσω καὶ TahAa ἆ ὑπεσχό- 

93 ς δὲ aN > (ε A ‘ 3 9 9 
µην. oO O€ πάλιν etme,“ Ταντα µεν ἔχειν ούτως οὐχ 
olay τε ἀπόπεμπε δὲ ἡμᾶς. “Kat µήν, ἔφη ὁ Σεύ- 
θ έέ a 3 Ne 4 ld τὸ a 3 3 A 
ns, “Kal ἀσφαλέστερόν γέ σοι οἶδα ὃν map ἐμοὶ 
µένειν 4 ἀπιέναι.) 6 δὲ πάλιν εἶπεν, “᾽Αλλὰ τὴν μὲν 

4 3 our 3 4 δὲ a 3 ο ‘ σ 
ony πρό-νοιαν ἐπαινώ  ἐμοὶ δὲ µένειν οὐχ οἷόν τε’ ὅπου 
δ᾽ A 3 8 9 4 4» , 8 8 “A 9 9 

ἂν ἐγω ἐντιμότερος ὦ, νόµιζε καὶ σοὶ τοῦτο ἀγαθὸν 
ἔσεσθαι. ἐντεῦθεν λέγει Σεύθης, “΄᾽Αργύριον μὲν οὐκ 
4 ir >] A , 8 ο _s δίδ , 
ἔχω GAA” ἢ piKpov τι, καὶ τουτό σοι δίδωμι, τάλαν- 

‘ A  ε / 8 a 3 ΄ 

τον βοῦς δὲ ἑξακοσίους καὶ πρόβατα eis τετρακισχί- 

λια καὶ ἀνδράποδα eis εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατόν. ταῦτα 

λαβὼν καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἁδικησάντων σε ὁμήρους προσ- 
3 , A 

λαβὼν ami.” γελάσας ὁ Ἐενοφῶν εἶπεν, “Ἡν οὖν 

9 A 9 a> 9 x σθό , 8 , 
μὴ ἐξικνῆται” ταῦτ ets τὸν puobdv, tiwos® τάλαντον 

, ¥ @ > ο 9 δν ΝΑ 9 , 5; , 9 
φήσω ἔχειν; ap οὖκ, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐπικίνδυνόν pot ἐστιν, 
3 , ¥ 4 λ 4 A Ld 5 Ὑ 4 
ἀπιόντα γε ἄμεινον' φυλάττεσθαι πέτρους ;° ἤκουες δὲ 

8 3 ”. 2) 4 4 or, 9 aA 3 
τὰς ἀπειλάς. τότε μὲν δὴ αὐτοῦ έμεινε. 

Tp 8 ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπέδωκέ τε αὐτοῖς a ὑπέσχετο καὶ 
τοὺς ἐλῶντας ὃ συνέπεµψεν. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται τέως μὲν 
ἔλεγον ὡς ὁ Ἐενοφῶν οἴχοιτο ὡς] Σεύθην οἰκήσων καὶ 
ἆ ὑπέσχετο αὐτῷ ληψόμενος  ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον, ἤσθησαν ὃ 
καὶ προσέθεον. Ἐενοφῶν ὃ ἐπεὶ ede Καρμίνόν τε 
καὶ Πολύνικον, “ Tatra, ἔφη, « σέσωσται δι ὑμᾶ. 
στρατιᾷ καὶ παραδίδωµι αὐτὰ ἐγὼ Mens 


α 4) . ος 


δια-θέμενοι διά-δοτε τῇ στρατιᾶ. 










L ercept. 2 rench to, σα y 
ἀπιόντα, i. 6. back to camp, OF} 
6 persons to drive. i=) 





BOOK VII. CHAP. VIIL 383 


Bovres καὶ hadvpotddas! κατα-στήσαντες ἐπώλουν, καὶ 
“A 8 
πολλὴν εἶχον αἴτίαν. Ἐενοφῶν δὲ οὗ προσ-ῄει, ἀλλὰ 
φανερὸς ἦν οἴκαδε παρασκευαζόµενος οὗ γάρ πω 
A A ὁ 4 A 
Unpos* αὐτῷ ἐπ-ῆκτοξ ᾿Αθήνησι περὶ φυγῆς. προσελ- 
4 A 3 “A ε 3 4 > ων ld 3 ΄ 
θόντες δὲ αὐτῷ οἱ ἐπιτήδειοι ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ ἐδέοντο 
‘ 3 A 4 3 2 XN 4 4 4 
μὴ ἀπ-ελθεῖν πρὶν ἀπαγάγοι τὸ στράτευμα καὶ θίβρωνι 
παρα-δοίη. | 
The Greeks cross over to Lampsacus, Xenophon sacrifices to Zeus 
Meilichius ; he ts presented with his favorite horse. 
A 8 
VIL ἠἘντεῦθεν δι-έπλευσαν eis Λάμψακον, καὶ 
ἁπαντᾷ τῷ ἈἘενοφῶντι Εὐκλείδης -μάντις Φλιάσιος ὁ 
Κλεαγόρου vids τοῦ τὰ ἐντοίχια" ἐν Λυκείῳ γεγραφότος. 
οὗτος συν-ήδετο τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι ὅτι ἐσέσωστο, καὶ ἠρώτα 
αὐτὸν πόσον χρυσίον ἔχοι. 6 δ᾽ αὐτῷ ἐπ-ομόσας εἶπεν 
2 Ν ρ 6 δὲ 3 4 ε Ν ¥ 5 9 / 2 
ἡ pny εσεσύαι pnde ἐφόδιον ἱκανὸν ovKade ἀπιόντι, εἰ 
4 3 ΄ Δ φ 8 aA 3 3 ε a κ ε 
μὴ ἀπόδοιτο τὸν ἵππον καὶ ad apd αὐτὸν εἶχεν. 6 
> >. A 9 > A 9 8 5 . Δ t 
αὐτῷ οὐκ ἐπίστευεν. ἐπεὶ έπεμψαν Λαμψακηνο 
ἕ id ων =) p ~ ὴ -) ~ "A SAX ... 
ένια τῷ Εενοφῶντι καὶ Ove τῷ ᾿Απόλλωνι, παρ-εστή 
a 3 
σατοῦ τὸν Βὐκλείδην: ἰδὼν δὲ τὰ iepa® 6 Εὐκλείδης 
εἶπεν Gre πείθοιτο αὐτῷ μὴ εἶναι χρήματα. “Αλλ' 
oda,” ἔφη, “' ὅτι Kav µέλλῃ' ποτὲ ἔσεσθαι; φαίνεταί τι 


9 α 99 λ , 
σαυτῳ. συνωμολόγει 


» 
ἐμπόδιον, ἂν μηδὲν ἄλλο, σὺ 
ταῦτα ὁ Ἐενοφῶν. 6 δὲ εἶπεν, “ Ἠμπόδιος γάρ σοι ὁ 
Ζεὺς 6 μειλίχιός” ἐστι, καὶ ἐπ-ήρετο ei ἤδη θύσειεν, 
ρ “A 8 
ἔ ὥσπερ οἶκοι, ἔφη, “εἰώθεινὶ' ἐγὼ ὑμῖν θύεσθαι καὶ 
e A 99 > , 
ὁλοκαυτεῖν.’ Ἱ. 6 ὃ οὐκ έφη ὃ ἐξ ὅτου ἀπεδήμησε τεθν- 
κέναι τούτῳ τῷ Dew. συνεβούλευσεν οὖν αὐτῷ θύεσθαι 
1 booty-sellers. 3 ψῆφος περὶ φυγῆς, sentence of banishment. 8 éw-dyw, bring 
forward against. See Introd. 114. 4 painted the wall-paintings. § place 
beside (him). 6 i. ϱ. how poor they were. 7 sc. xphuara. 8 sc. coi. 


9 sc. fora: ἐμπόδιον (obstacle), i.e. through his liberality. 1 the gracious. 1 was 
wont. 12 offer whole victims (holocausts). 18 said that not since he left home ete. 


57 


to 


10 


Ah 


884° ANABASIS. 


καθὰ ' εἰώθει, καὶ ἔφη συν-οίσειν ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον. τῇ 
δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Βενοφῶν προελθὼν eis ᾿ΟὈφρύνιον ἐθύετο 
4 ολ , ( 8 αν , , 4 5 λλιέ 
καὶ ὡλοκαύτει χοίρους ὃ τῷ πατρίῳ νόµῳ, καὶ ἐκαλλιέρει. 
8 ΄ Αν € 4 3 ο) ΄ 8 a 
καὶ ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἀφικνεῖται Biwy καὶ Ναυσικλείδης 
χρήματα δώσοντες τῷ στρατεύµατι, καὶ ξενοῦνται ' τῷ 
Ἐενοφῶντι καὶ ἵππον ὃν ἐν Λαμψάκῳ ἀπέδοτο πεντή- 
6 
“~ € ΄ 3 
κοντα δαρεικῶνὸ ὑποπτεύοντες αὐτὸν δι ἔνδειαν πεπρα- 
κέναι, ὅτι ὔκουον αὐτὸν ἤδεσθαι τῷ ἵππῳ, λυσάμενοι 
2 red . 4 . 6 39. » 9 A 
ἀπεδοσαν καὶ THY TYLHY® οὐκ ἤθελον ἀπολαβεῖν. 


The Greeks arrive at Pergamus ; Xenophon entertained by a woman 
named Hellas; attacks Asidates. 

Ῥ vO 3 a 5 ΔΝ ~ LO Νε ή 
ντευύεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ τῆς Ἑρφάδος, καὶ ὑπερβάντες 
. ν > 34 9 “A ~ 3. Δ 
τὴν Ἴδην eis "Αντανδρον ἀφικνοῦνται πρῶτον, εἶτα παρὰ 
θάλατταν πορευόµενοι τῆς Μυσίας εἷς Θήβης πεδίον. 
ἐντεῦθεν δι ᾿Αδραμυττίου καὶ Κυτωνίου eis Καΐκου πεδίον 

ἐλθόντες Πέργαμον καταλαμβάνουσι τῆς Μυσίας. 

Ἐνταῦθα δὴ ξενοῦται Ἐενοφῶν Ἑλλάδι τῇ Γογγύλου τοῦ 
Ἐρετριέως γυναικὶ καὶ Γοργίωνός καὶ Γογγύλου μητρί. 
αὕτη δ αὐτῷ ' προς, ὅτι ᾿Ασιδάτης ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 
ἀνὴρ Πέρσης" τοῦτον ἔφη αὐτόν) εἰ ἔλθοι τῆς νυκτὸς 
σὺν τριακοσίοις ἀνδράσι, λαβεῖν ἂν καὶ αὐτὸν ϊἳ καὶ Ύγνυ- 
ναῖκα καὶ παῖδας καὶ τὰ χρήµατα᾿ εἶναι δὲ πολλά. ταῦτα 
δὲ καθ-ηγησοµένους ᾽ ἔπεμψε Tov τε αὐτῆς ἀνεψιὸν Ὦ καὶ 
Δαφναγόραν, ὃν περὶ πλείστου ἐποιετο. ἔχων οὖν ὁ 
Ἐενοφῶν τούτους᾽ map ἑαυτῷ ἐθύετ. Kat Βασίας 6 
9 A , 4 > 9 , ¥ Ne A 
Ἠλειος µάντις παρὼν εἶπεν ὅτι κάλλιστα etn τα ἱερὰ 
9 “a 8 4 > A ε ΄ ν ὃ 4 > 9 ΄ 
αὐτῷ Kal ὁ ἀνηρ αλώσιμος εἰη. δειπνήσας οὖν ἐπορεύ- 
΄ Ν 8 , ? 8 8 
ero τούς τε λοχαγοὺς τοὺς μάλιστα φίλους λαβὼν καὶ 


1 = καθ’ ἅ, justas. 7 συµ-φέρω, turn out. 8% χοῖρος pig. 3 be entertained. 
§ high price as money went in those days. 6 = price. 7 1.9. Asidates 
Sie. Xenophon. 9 Ξίο guide in this (ταῦτα) enterprise. 10 her own cousin. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VIII 386 


οκ πιστοὺς Ὑγεγενημένους διὰ παντός, ὅπως εὖ ποιή- 

σαι αὐτούς. συν-εξ-έρχονται δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ ἄλλοι βιασά- 
1 3 ε é e 5 ὲ λ ἃ > Xx. 29 

pevou® eis ἑξακοσίους ' οἱ οχαγοὶ ἀπήλαυνον, ἵνα 


μὴ μεταδοῖεν τὸ µέρος, ws® ἑτοίμων δὴ χρημάτων. 


The enterprise failing, the Greeks with their booty retreat pursued 
by the enemy. 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο περὶ µέσας νύκτας, τὰ μὲν πέριξ 
ὄντα ἀνδράποδα τῆς τύρσιος καὶ χρήματα” τὰ πλεῖστα 
ἁπ-έδρα αὐτοὺς παρ-αμελοῦντας, ὡς τὸν ᾽Ασιδάτην αὖ- 

9 , ‘ \ 39» ὄ ν 3. 
τὸν λάβοιεν καὶ τὰ ἐκείνου. απυργομαχοῦντεςὃ δὲ ἐπεὶ 
οὐκ ἐδύναντο λαβεῖν τὴν τύρσιν, ὑψηλὴ γὰρ ἦν καὶ 

, 9 ϐ . 235 λλοὺ \ 
µεγάλη καὶ προμαχεῶνας ΄ καὶ avdpas πολλους καὶ 
paxtpous’ ἔχουσα, δι-ορύττειν” ἐπεχείρησαν τὸν πύρ- 
you.” 6 δὲ τοῖχος ἦν ἐπ ὀκτὼ πλίνθων γηίνων τὸ 
εὗρος. apa δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ διωρώρυκτο) καὶ ὡς τὸ πρῶ- 

, >»? ¥ 12 9 / 
τον διεφάνη, ἐπάταξεν ἔνδοθεν βουπόρφ” τις ὀβελίσκῳ 
A 4 
διαμπερὲς τὸν μηρὸν τοῦ eyyutarw’ τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν ἐκ- 


τοξεύοντες ἐποίουν μηδὲ παριέναι ἔτι ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι. 


κεκραγότων ὃ δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ πυρσευόντων * ᾿ἐκ-βοηθοῦσιν 
Ἱταμένης μὲν ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἐκ Κομανίας 
δὲ ὁπλῖται ᾿Ασσύριοι καὶ Ὑρκάνιοι ἰππεῖς καὶ οὗτοι 


βασιλέως μισθοφόροι ὡς ὀγδοήκοντα, καὶ ἄλλοι πελ- 


τασταὶ eis ὀκτακοσίους, ἄλλοι 8 ἐκ Παρθενίου, ἄλλοι 8 

2 2 rd \ 3 a , a Νε A 

ἐξ ᾿Απολλωνίας καὶ ἐκ τῶν πλησίον χωρίων καὶ ἱππεῖς. 
Ἐνταῦθα δὴ wpa ἡἦν. σκοπεῖν πῶς ἔσται ἡ ἄφοδος ' 
4 , 9 4 , 4 , ¥ 

καὶ λαβόντες ooo. ἦσαν Boes καὶ πρόβατα Ἠὔλαυνον 

καὶ ἀνδράποδα ἐντὸς πλαισίου ποιησάµενοι, ov τοῖς 


frreing themselves in with the rest. 2 i.e. τοὺς βιασαμένου». δ as if 
reely (for distribution). - 4 effects = live stock, § attacking the tower, 
6 dattlements 7 warlike. 8 dig through. 9 tower. 19 wail. 


Dearthen. ™ ox-spit. 3 κράζω, call ™ make signals. 
Π. & W. ANAL. —%d 2 


19 


15. 


μον 


{7 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


386 * ANABASIS.. 


4 ¥ 4 Δ όν 9 ΔΝ Ν 
χρήµασιν ἐτι προσέχοντες τὸν νοῦν, ἀλλὰ μὴ Φυγτ 
ein ἡ ἄφοδος, εἰ καταλιπόντες τὰ χρήματα ἀπίοιεν. 
καὶ οἵ τε πολέμιοι θρασύτεροι εἶεν καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται 
3 , : A 4 3 a e 8 “ , 
ἀθυμότεροι νῦν δὲ ἆπῃσαν ws περὶ τῶν χρημάτων 

4 > \ A ερ ΄ 3\ 7 κ 8 
µαχούμενοι. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἑώρα Γογγύλος ὀλίγους μὲν τοὺς 


Ἓλληνας, πολλοὺς δὲ τοὺς ἐπικειμένους, ἐξέρχεται καὶ 


9 4 S , Ἱ 9 ¥ 4 ε “A 5 , 

αὐτὸς βίᾳ τῆς μητρὸς ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, βου- 
λόμενος µετα-σχεῖν τοῦ ἔργου' συνεβοήθει δὲ καὶ 
Προκλῆς ἐξ "Αλισάρνης καὶ Τευθρανίας 6 ἀπὸ Aapa- 
parov. οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐενοφῶντα ἐπεὶ πάνυ ἤδη ἐπιέζοντο 
ὑπὸ τῶν τοξευµάτων καὶ σφενδονῶν, πορευόµενοι κύκλῳ, 
σ Ν σ ¥ Ν 4 ιά ά 

ὅπως τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοιεν πρὸ τῶν τοξευµάτων, ports δια- 
βαΐνουσι τὸν Κάρκασον ποταµόν, τετρωμένοι” ἐγγὺς 
ε ε ΄ > Αα \ 23 ? , ΔΝ 
οἱ ἡμίσεις. ἐνταῦθα δὲ ᾽Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς 
τιτρώσκεται, TOY πάντα χρόνον μαχόμενος πρὸς τοὺς 

A A , 3 ὃ 4 5 € ὃ rd 

πολεμίου. καὶ διασώζονται ἀνδράποδα ὡς διακόσια 
¥ 8 , 9 8 θ , 

ἔχοντες καὶ πρόβατα οσον" θύματα. 


In a second expedition the Greeks capture Asidates; arrival of 
Thibron. 

Th δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ θυσάµενος 6 Ἐενοφῶν ἐξάγει νύκτωρ 

πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα, ὅπως ὅτι µακροτάτην ἔλύοι τῆς 

Λυδίας, εἷς τὸ μὴ διὰ τὸ ἐγγὺς εἶναι φοβεῖσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ 


A 9 , 
ἀφυλακτεῖνῦ ὁ δὲ ᾿Ασιδάτης ἀκούσας ὅτι πάλιν én 
5 \ 6 , y ε A 4 4 A 
avrov® τεθυµένος ein 6 Ἐενοφῶν καὶ παντὶ τῷ στρα- 


ὃ τὸ Παρθένιον 


9 e A 

τεύµατι n&or, &avr(terar’ eis κώµας ὑπὸ 
lé 3 ΄ > ~ ε 8 μπα αν 

πόλισμα ἐχούσας. ἐνταῦθα ot περὶ Ἐενοφώντα συν- 


τυγχάνουσιν αὐτῷ καὶ λαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν καὶ γυναῖκα 


1 in spite of. 3 γιτρώσκω, wound. *% = enough for. 4 that ( Asidates)} 
might not fear on account of the prorimity (of Xenophon). 5 be off his guard. 
6 1. ο. with a view of marching against him. 7 encamps outside. ὃ ὑπὸ... 


ἐχούσας, lying under the town of ete. 





BOOK VIL CHAP. VILL 887 


om Q 4 σ | ν, ld >; » . 

καὶ παῖδας καὶ τοὺς ἵππους καὶ 'πάντα τὰ ὄντα' καὶ 
° 9 / e ν » 1 ¥ , 9 
οὕτω τὰ πρότερα ἱερὰ ἀπ-έβη.  ἔπειτα πάλιν ἀφ- 

A 9 [ 3 οἱ 6 Ν 0 Ν > , 3 
ικνούνται εἰς Tlépyapov. évravla τον Veov ἠσπασατο 
μα Oo ὁ 4 3 4 Ν ε , 4 e 
Ἐενοφῶν  συνέπραττον" yap καὶ οἱ Λάκωνες καὶ οἱ 
λοχαγοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται 

\ 

wor éalpera* λαβεῖν καὶ ἵππους καὶ ζεύγη καὶ τἆλλα ᾽ 
ὥστε ἱκανὸν ὃ εἶναι καὶ ἄλλον ἤδη ev ποιεῖν. 

> , / , 2 Ν 2 

Ev τούτω Θίβρων παραγενόµενος παρέλαβε TO στρά- 

4 ρ ~ γ΄ ε “A 9 4 8 

τευµα καὶ συµµίξας τῷ ἄλλῳ "Ελληνικῷ ἐπολέμει πρὸς 
Τισσαφέρνην καὶ Φαρνάβαζον. 


A catalogue (of doubtful authenticity) of the governors of the pro- 
vinces and of the independent tribes through which the Greeks 
passed. Total distance covered and time spent in the expedition. 


["Apxovres δὲ οἵδε τῆς Baoitéws yxapas ὀσην 
ἐπ-ήλθομεν. Λυδίας ᾿Αρτίμας, Φρυγίας ᾿Αρτακάμας, 
Λυκαονίας καὶ Καππαδοκίας Μιθραδάτης, Κιλικίας 
Συέννεσις, Φοινίκης καὶ ᾿Αραβίας Δέρνης, Συρίας καὶ 
΄Ασσυρίας ἈἨέλεσυς, Βαβυλῶνος “Ῥωπάρας, Μήδίας 
᾿Αρβάκας, Φασιανῶν καὶ Ἑσπεριτῶν Τιρίβαζος' Kap- 
δοῦχοι δὲ καὶ Χάλυβες καὶ Χαλδαῖοι καὶ Μάκρωνες 
καὶ Κόλχοι καὶ Μοσσύνοικοι καὶ Κοῖτοι καὶ Τιβαρηνοὶ 
αὐτόνομοι °° 
βαζος, τῶν ἐν Ἠὐρώπῃ Θρᾳκῶν Σεύθης. 

᾿Αριθμὸς συµπάσης τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἀναβάσεως καὶ κατα- 
βάσεως σταθμοὶ διακόσιοι δεκα-πέντε, παρασάγγαι χίλιοι 
ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα πέντε, στάδια τρισ-μύρια τετρακισχίλια 
ἑξακόσια πεντήκοντα. Χρόνου πλῆθος τῆς ἀναβάσεως 
καὶ καταβάσεως ἐνιαυτὸς καὶ τρεῖς µῆνες.] 

1 came out (right). 2 took farewell of the god (Zeus), who, as he thought, 


had prospered him in all this pious robbery! 3 jointly brought 1t about. 3 the 
choicest booty. © so that he wasable etc. *° independent. 


23 


25 


Παφλαγονίας Κορύλας, Βιθυνῶν Papva- ΄ 


Digitized by Google 





NOTES. 





BOOK I. 


CHAPTER I. 


§ 1. γίγνονται: are born. 

mats, like child, of common gender. 
According to Ctesias, court physician to 
Darius, they had thirteen children. ‘The 
others either died young or were obscure. 

μὲν .. . δέ: here, as often, best rendered 
by emphasizing the words preceding, or, 
if the article precede (cf. ὁ μὲν πρεσβύτερος, 
§ 2), the words following. 

ἠσθένει (ἀσθενέω) : was sick or fell sick, 
—which? 841. 1260. 

τοῦ βίον: his life. 

παρ-εῖναι: where? See Introd. 44. 

§ 2. ἀρχῆς: province. 

ἐποίησε: made, here=had made. 

καί, also, δέ, and. Note that this is an 
independent clause. 

πάντων — Tay ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ (Hellen. 1.4%), 
i.e. the imperial troops of the maritime 
provinces. Note the use of ὅσοι instead of 
of, after πάντες. 

ἀθροίζονται: are wont to assemble, an- 
nually for review. 

és φίλον: as a friend, i.e. supposing 
him to be a friend. See Introd. 44. 

ἔχων: here as often = with. Note tran- 
sition from hist. pres. (ἀνα-βαίνει) to aor. 
(ἀν-έβη) in the same sentence. So often. 
Observe that ἔβην has the -μι inflection 
like ἕστην. 

Note the chiasmus (χιάζω from letter X) 
in the last sentence. 


ἀναθαίνει . . . λαβών 


ἔχων . . . ἀνέβη. 

So often in Latin: Ratio consensit, — re- 
pugnat oratio. —Cicero. And in Eng.: 
He hath fed the hungry — the rich he hath 
sent empty away.— BIBLE. These to the 
upland —to the valley those. — CowrEr. 

§ 3. ἐτελεύτησε: died =had died ; cf. 
ἐποίησε, § 2. 

κατ-έστη: settled into= was (here=had 
been) established in. 

δια-βάλλει : the use of this word shows 
that Xenophon did not believe the story 
Plutarch has recorded. See Introd. 45. 

πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν : to his brother. CE. 
the use of roi, § 1. 

ὡς: saying (implied in δια-βάλλει), that. 

ἐπι-βουλεύοι: indirect discourse after an 
historical present. So often. 

6 δέ: but he. 

ὡς: see Lex, 

ἡ δέ. . .: but his . . ., cf. τὸν ἀδελφό», 
so in ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν in same sentence. 

§ 4. 6 8, cf. ὁ δέ, above. 

ὡς: as, often = when. 

ἐπὶ τῷ: see Lex. sub ἐπί. 

ὑπ-ἂρχε (ὑπ-άρχω) : see Lex. 

φιλοῦσα (φιλέω), loving = because she 
loved. 

(389) 


390 


βασιλεύοντα-- who was king.. 

§ 5. τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως: lit. of those 
from the king = from the king's court.. See 
Introd. 12 (latter part). 

οὕτω διατιθεὶς ὥστε: so disposing them 
that. 

μᾶλλον φίλους = φιλτέρους. 

τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπεμελεῖτο ὡς = ἐπεμε- 
λεῖτο ὥς οἱ βάρβαροι by prolepsis. Sv in 
Επρ.: “I know thee who thou art,” “Con- 
sider the lilies how they grow.” 

§ 6. Note the use of ὡς and ὅτι with 
superlatives. 

ὑπόσας etc. = παρήγγειλε τοῖς ppoupdp- 
χοις ἑκάστοις (τῶν) φυλακῶν ὁπόσας .. . 

ὡς -- on the ground that. 


καὶ γάρ: and (this seemed plausible) | 


for. Note ellipsis implied. So often. 
ἐκ: see Lex. 
ἀφ-ειστήκεσαν (ἀφ-ιστ.) : had revolted. 
§ 7. τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα = ταῦτα τὰ αὐτά: 
this same thing (namely) to. Note that 
often as here the plural of a neuter pro- 


NOTES. 


§ 8. συνέπραττεν αὐτῷ ταῦτα: did this 
with him = codperated with him in this. 

ἐνόμιζε αὐτὸν (= Κῦρον) πολεμοῦντα 
Πισσαφέρνει. 

οὐδέν : not at all. 

καὶ γάρ: and (all the more) for. 

dv... ἔχων: which, as it happened, he 
was keeping from Tissaphernes. The gen. 
with ἔχω in this sense is rare. Cf. 3.511, 

§ 9. Ἑλέαρχος: note the omission of 


ithe conjunction, called asyndeton (ἀ-σύν- 


Serov, δέω, bind). 

ἀπό: from, here = by means of. 

Θρᾳξί: after ἐπολέμει. 

οἰκοῦσι: dat. pl. pres. pt. 

εἰς: into= for. See Lex. 

τοῦτο: with στράτευμα. 

δ 10. aire? αὐτὸν μισθὸν τριών µηνών 
καὶ εἷς (for)... 

ὡς: on the (alleged) ground that thus he 
would... 

τὸ ἐν θετταλίᾳ: with στράτευμα. 

ξ 11. ds βουλόμενος: as if wishing = 


noun is used where the Eng. prefers the | alleging as a reason that he wished. See 


εἰς Πισίδας; -- into (the country of) the 


singular. See H. 635. Lex. sub ὡς. 
τοῦ ἀθροίζειν : for assembling. 
ἠξίου . . . dv: he asked (thought it| Pisidians. 


proper) on the ground that he was a brother 
of kis that. 


καὶ τούτους: these also. 


σύν: with the aid of. So often. 


CHAPTER II. 


Sl. ἄνω: 
terior. 

τὴν μὲν πρόφασιν: implies a δέ- clause 
stating the real object he had in view. This 
comes out in Τισσαφέρνης δέ, § 4. 

ὧς βουλόμενος: cf. same, 111. 

ὅσον στράτευµα, ὃ στράτευµα: cf. 
“What time I am afraid I will trust in 
thee” (Ps. lvi. 3), for a like incorporation 
of antecedent in the relative clause. 

πρὸς τοὺς οἴκοι: to those at home. 

λαβόντα: for λαβόντι (cf. Κλεάρχῳ λα- 
βόντι), agreeing with-the subject of ἥκει», 
which is omitted because it is the same as 
the object (Ἐενία) of παραγγέλλει. This is 
common when the participle stands near 


upward, i.e. into the in- 


the infinitive and is separated from its 


substantive. 


§ 2. éb’ &: that for which. 
ὑποσχόμενος . . .: promising them that 
if he should accomplish. Note that the 


optatives follow a past tense ἐκέλευσε and 


represent (in dir. disc.): ἐὰν... 
ov... παύσομαι, πρὶν ἄν... 

§ 3. τοὺς ἐκ: 
οἴκοι, 91. 

τῶν ἀμφὶ Ἰίλητον στρατευοµένων : = 
were of those who were serving in the siege 
of Miletus. 

§ 4. ᾖ ἐδύνατο: see Lex. sub δύναμαι. 

μείζονα ws: greater than as (it would 
be) if=too great to be. . 


καταπράξω, 
καταγάγω. 
cf. τοὺς παρά, 15; τοὺς 


BOOK I. 


§ 5. ἀπὸ Σάρδεων : “dard rather than ἐκ, 
s.nce the army was doubtless mainly en- 
camped about the city.” Crosby, Good- 
win, et al. Rather because Sardis is 
viewed merely as the point of departure, 
cf. ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς, 13. 

ὠὥρμᾶτο: When? See Itinerary, Ρ. 47. 

πλέθρα: pred. nom., less common than 
the gen.; cf. ποδῶ», § 8. 

§ 7. ἀπὸ ἵππου: oftener dp’ ἵππου. 

ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων: -- ἵη the palace (and 
flow forth out of it). 

péoov: in predicate position = middle 
of, in attributive position middle. 

βασιλέως: but Κύρφ in § 7. The gen. 
emphasizes the possessor, the dat. the thing 
possessed. Kiihner, 284, (9), r.5. Note 
well the distinction. 

§ 6. ποδῶν: cf. πλέθρα, § 5. 

νικήσας: after vanquishing (him) in a 
contest (lit. contending) with himself. of 
i.e. Apollo. Its accent (on the preceding 
word) distinguishes it from the article 
(οἱ) and the relative (of). 

σοφίας: here = musical skill as we know 
’ from the myth. 

(λέγεται) κρεάσα.. =; 

ὅθεν : for οὗ, where, as in § 7, we have 
ἐκ τῶν for ἐν rois. 

§ 9. ἠττηθεὲς τῃ μάχη: after being 
worsted in the (well-known) batile, i.e. of 
Salamis, 

Note the personal constructions: λέγεται 
Απόλλων», § 8, Hépins λέγεται. 


CHAP. IL oy] 
strange détour has always been a puzzle. 
Perhaps the explanation is that if he 
advanced straight to the east he feared 
lest the object of his march might be- 
come evident to the Greeks, and he was 
as yet very doubtful whether he could 
trust them. He therefore turned right 
away back towards the northwest, and, 
after a long circuit, ventured to lead the 
army eastwards.” — Professor Ramsay 
Hist. Geog. of Asia Minor (1890), p. 41 
Colonel Chesney thinks that it was t¢ 
avoid a difficult route. 

τὰ Λύκαια: to the Lycaean Ζευε, 
though ‘festivals of the same name were 
held in Arcadia to Pan. The Greeks, 
more than any other people, made amuse. 
ment a prominent part of their religious 
festivals. 

orAeyy(Ses: whether /lesh-scrapers, or 
gilt bands for the head are meant is un- 
certain. 

§ 11. πλέον: often used indeclinably 
(cf. L. plus, minus etc.) with words of 
number and measure. Here = πλεόνώ». 
Note the supplementary pts. λέγω», ἀνιό- 
µενος. Cf. παρὼν ἐτύγχανε, 13. 

πρός: see Lex. 

ἔχοντα: we should expect the gen. 
(but cf. λαβόντα Hevlg, 21): = tf he had 
(means). 

§ 12. γυνή: often rendered wife, — 
a word for which the Greeks had no 
exact equivalent. 6, ἡ σύζυγος (yoke- 


ΣῶσιΦ: of whom we hear nothing | fellow) was not much used by the classic 


more. 

2Zopatveros: mentioned in § 3. Why 
he had fallen behind is uncertain. Some 
think the text corrupt. 

ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ: a hint as to the size 
of these royal parks, cf. 410; 9.416, 

ἐγένοντο of σύµπαντες: they all together 
amounted to... round numbers doubtless 
for 10,600 hoplites, and 2,300 light armed. 
CE §§ 3, 6, 9. 

ἀμφὶ τοὺς: Note that ἀμφί with numer- 
alg means about (so eis), but takes the 
article. 


§10. «es Πέλτας: see Map. “This 


writers. 

ἐλέγετο : she was said . . . personal con- 
struction, but below impersonal, it was said 
that Cyrus. 

8’ οὖν: but at any rate. So often. 

τῇ Κιλίσσῃ: “a mere camp-scandal‘we 
may hope.”’— Crossy. But oriental courts 
practiced a loose morality. 

§ 13. Θύμβριο: the exact site is 
doubtfal. 

παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν : = flowing by the road side. 
With things the acc. is preferred in Att. 
prose. Cf. π. τὴν σκηνὴν, 45; παρὰ Κύρῳ, 43. 

ἡ καλουμένη: the so-called, a convenient 





392 


though not always exact rendering. The 
spring has not been certainly identified. 
θηρεῦσαι: see Lex. sub Midas. 

6 14. ἐξέασιν wovetra:: not simply to 
please, but also to impress the queen. 

τῶν Ἑλλήνων, τῶν βαρβάρων : widely 
different divisions, hence repetition of the 
article. 

§15. es µάχην (sc. ταχθῆναι): for 
battle. Cf. eis τὴν τροφή», 1°. 

στῆναι: inceptive, take their stand. Cf. 
ἑστάναι, to stand. See 841, last ex.; 1260. 

ἐπὶ τεττάρων: only four deep, doubtless 
for military effect. 

εἶχε: agreeing with the nearest subject, 
Μένων. So often. See Introd. 76. Note 
that the slight emphasis naturally put on 
right, left, center, neatly renders μέν, δέ, 
δέ. So below πρῶτον μέ», εἶτα δέ, FIRST, 
NEXT. 

§ 16. κατὰ tas καὶ κατὰ τάξεις: by 
troops (of cavalry), and by companies (of 
infantry ). 

(ἐθεώρει) τοὺς “EAAnvas. 

§ 17. στήσας: why not 2 a. pt. στάς ? 

οἱ δέ: as in § 16, and they. 

ἐκ δὲ τούτον: see sub ἐκ. 

δρόμος: see sub γίγνοµαι. 

τῶν δὲ . . .: (subjective gen.), the fright 
of the barbarians was etc. 

Φ 18. καὶ f re . . .: and both the. 

οἱ ἐκ γῆς: rather than of ἐν τῇ, from 
the influence of the verb (%pvyoy), as in 
the case of τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, 15. 

τὸν ἐκ τῶν .. φόβον ἰδών: seeing the 
(lit. out of the Greeks into etc.), terror 
which the Greeks struck into the barbarians. 

§ 19. χώραν: obj. of ἐπέτρεψε. 

διαρπάσαι: ad diripiendum. 

§ 20. καὶ αὐτόν : i.e. Menon. 

ἕτερόν τινα .. .: @ certain other in- 
fluential man of. 

αἰτιασάμενος (αὐτοὺς) ἐπιβουλεύειν : ac- 
cusing them of plotting. 

§ 21. ἰσχυρῶς ὁρθία: cf.‘ mighty’ steep, 
as we say in colloquial English. 

εἰσελθεῖν, why not pres. inf. ? 

καὶ ὅτι . . . ἤκονε . . .: and because 
he heard that Tamos. 


NOTES. 


§ 22. ἀνέβη ari. ..: Of the four prin. 
cipal passes that cross the Taurus range 
into Cilicia, this which Cyrus ascended is 
the most important, “and has been in al! 
ages the great highway from Asia. Minor 
into Syria and the valley of the Eu- 
phrates. It is a narrow gorge or defile 
between two lofty mountain masses, and 
derives great military importance from 
its being easily defensible, while it ab- 
solutely commands the entrance into Asia 
Minor on this side. Hence it is mentioned 
as a point of special interest during the 
march of the younger Cyrus towards the 
Euphrates as well as in the advance of 
Alexander previous to the battle of Issus. 
This celebrated pass which crosses the 
central ridge at an elevation of only about 
3,300 feet, marks the line of separation 
between two of the loftiest masses of the 
mountain chain, the Bulghardagh on the 
west, and the Ala-dagh on the east, both 
of which are estimated to attain to a 
height of from 10,000 to 11,000 feet.” — 
See Encycl. Brit. sub Asia Minor. 

οὗ : see Lex. 

§ 23. αὐτό: i.e. the plain. 

ποταμός . . . δύο πλέθρων ; river of two 
plethra. 

ἐξ-έλιπον . . . (καὶ ἔφυγον) eds: con- 
structio praegnans. 

§ 24. ... δὲ καὶ ο ... 
that dwelt. ι 

§ 25. προτέρα Κύρον . . .: before Cyrus 
(by) five days. 

τῇ ὑπερβολῇ . . τῇ: the article is re- 
peated before the following modifier eis 
τὸ πεδίο». 

οἱ μὲν . . . οἱ δέ: some said that they 
(while) . . . others, that falling behind and 
not being able etc. 

8’ οὖν: as in § 22, but at any rate. 

ἑκατόν. The companies were not full 
or some were absent. 

§ 26. οἱ 8° ἄλλοι: i.e. of the truops of 
Menon. 

καὶ (διήρπασαν) τὰ . . . αὐτῃῇ. 

µετεπέµπετο: note the impf. 

ὁ 8 οὔτε . . . ἔφη . ,.' but he neithe 


and those also 





; BOOK I. 


said that etc. = but he both said that... 
not (see xelpand φηµί). This necessitates 
rendering the second οὔτε, and . . . not. 

(eis χεῖρας) ΕΚύρφῳ: where we should 
expect Kupov. 
dat. of interest where the Eng. requires 
a possessive. Note that ἤθελε is coordi- 
nate with, not dependent on, ἔφη. 

τὰ βασίλεια ra: cf. τῇ ὑπερ.... 
6 25. 


τῇ, 


The Greek often uses the court. 


CHAP. IIL 393 


καὶ πίσταφ ἔλαβε: subject, he, ie. 
Syennesis. , 

§ 27. Kipos δὲ: sc. ἔδωκε, 

παρὰ βασιλεῖ: with the king, i.e. at his 
ob γὰρ 5h ἔξεστιν exet ταῦτα (i.e. 
Urwov, στρεπτόν, ψέλια) ἔχειν ᾧ ἂν μὴ 
βασιλεὺς 3g, Cyrop. 8.28. 

τὰ δὲ ἠἡρπασμένα: to receive back the 
slaves that had been seized if they (the 
Cilicians). 


CHAPTER IIT. 


" od πρόσω: forward, a partit. gen. or 
gen. of place, which .was originally the 
same thing. , 

§ 1. ἐπὶ τούτῳ: for this purpose. 

πρῶτος: i.e. of the generals, not 
πρώτον. 

ἔβαλλον: with what ? cf. καταπετρωθῇ- 
yu. Clearchus was a man of marked 
individuality and a stern disciplinarian, 
bot his soldiers were mercenaries and 
that, too, from Peloponnesus. 
: cf. τῇ ὑπερβολῇ ... 

ἄρξαιντο; note the plural, though the 
subject is neuter. So with δύο τείχη, 44; 
πολλὰ Ίχνη, 711, and wherever the plural- 
ity of the subject is to be emphasized. 

§ 2. ἐδάκρυε: this stern Spartan war- 
rior now about fifty years old, in tears 
because the soldiers would not advance! 
There was design in it of course, but the 
Greeks were true children of nature, not 
hampered by the restraints of modern 
society. So when deprived of the captive 
Briseis : — 

“Then in tears 
Achilles, from his friends withdrawing, sat 
Beside the hoary ocean-marge.” 
In1aD, 1. 948, 349. 
ἑστώς: standing. Eng. prefers a finite 
verb, stood and wept. 

§ 3. χαλεπώς φέρω rois...: am troubled 
at the present (state of) affairs. 

τά τε ἄλλα: both honored me in other 
esvects, and. 


als τὸ . . . ἐμοί: did not lay up for my 
(ἐμοί) private use. 

§ 4. ἐτιμωρούμην: punished them. 

a τι δέοιτο: if he should have any need 
of me. 

ἀνθ) dv: see πάσχω. 

§ 5. µοι . . . προδόντα (προδίδωµι) ... 
ψευσάµενον: see note on ἈῬενίᾳ . . . Aa 
βόντα, 2}, either betraying you. 

πείσοµαι: πάσχω. 

οὕποτε ἐρεῖ: never shall any one (lit. no 
one) say. Note that ἐρεῖ, verb of saying, 
is here followed by ὅτι. 

§ 6. ὑμεῖ, ἐγώ: in ποπ, and hence 
emphatic. 

σὺν ὑμῖν (line 4), ὑμῶν ἔρημος dv: good 
instances of protases abridged; the apo- 
doses are: ἂν . . . εἶναι. 

ἱκανὸς . . . οὔτε ἂν . . .: 
a friend or. ἄν (after οὔτε. .. 
the ἄν of εἶναι repeated. 

Nore. — Without νομίζω and οἶμαι, i.e. 
in dir. disc., this sentence reads: ὑμεῖς ἐμοί 
ἐστε καὶ πατρὶς καὶ φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι etc. 
. «ο ἂν εἴην . . . ἂν εἴην . .. 

as ἐμοῦ οὖν . . . that, then, I shall go 
wheresoever you (may go). «al best ren- 
dered by emphasizing ὑμεῖς. 

§ 7. of τε αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου: both those of 
him himself. 

παρὰ Ελέαρχον : acc. because motion is _ 
implied. 

§ 8. τούτοις ἀπορών : perplexed at these 
things. 

ἔλεγε: told = bade, so εἶπε w-inf., cf.§ 14. 


either to aid 
οὔτε) is 


394 


as καταστησοµένων: since these things 
would be settled. 

δέον: 969 sub δέω. 

µεταπέµπεσθαν: to keep sending for (him.) 

6 9. 0: see ré. 

τοὺς προσελθόντας : i.e. the πλείους ἢ 
δισχίλιοι of § 7. 

τὸν βουλόµενον : the one wishing = who- 
ever wished. 

ἄνδρες: for this use (cf. § 3), the Eng. 
has no exact equivalent. 

τὰ δὴ Εύρον . . .: the affairs of Cyrus, 
you see (δή), clearly hold just the sume 
relation toward us as ours toward him. 
ο « § 10. ἀδικεσθαι νομίζει: that he thinks 
that he is being wronged. 

µεταπεμπομένου: though he keep sending. 

µέγιστον: see sub uéyas. 

πάντα ἑψευσμένος: of having proved 
false (to him) in everything. 

ὧν: for what things = for those things 
in which. 

δ 11. ἐμοὶ .. . dpa: to me, therefore, it 
does not seem to be a time for. 

ἐκ τούτων: in consequence of these things. 

οὔτε στρατηγοῦ: neither in (lit. of) gen- 
eral... any profit. 

§ 14. ὁ 8’ ἀνήρ: i.e. Cyrus. 

ᾧ dv: to whomsoever. Carefully distin- 
guish ἐπίσταμαι from ἐφίσταμαι. 

§ 13. ἐκ δὲ . . .: see ἐκ. 

οἱ μὲν . . . οἱ δέ: some . . . others. 

γνώμης: mind here = consent. 

§ 14. δή: in particular. 

εἶπε: : = commanded, hence the six in- 
finitives following are the direct object, 
not in indirect discourse. Note that the 
εἰ-, ἐάν-, and ὅπως- clauses might take the 
’ optative. 

προσποιούµενος . . .: 
in haste to go. 

τὰ ἄκρα: i. e. the εἰσβολή of 231. 

μὴ φθάσωσι . . . καταλαβόντες: might 
not anticipate (us) in seizing (them). 

ὧν: of whom. 

ἔχομεν ἀνηρπακότες:Ξ- we have plun- 
cered and hold. 

§ 15. ὡς μὲν στρατηγήσοντα: of me as 
intending to exercise this command let no one. 


professing to be 


NOTES. 


ὡς στρατηγήσοντα ἐμέ, accusative absolute 
Kriiger, Rehdantz, et al.; object of λέγω 
Kiihner, Pretor, and (apparently) Good 
win. The latter is preferable. See M. 
and ‘T. 919. 

πολλά: many reasons. 

a@s δέ. . .' sc. λεγέτω τις OF ore 
λέγετε. 

πείσοµαι (πείθω): modified by μάλιστα 

ᾗ δυνατὸν µάλιστα: in what (way) it is 
‘possible most = to the highest degree. 

καὶ ἄρχεσθαι: {ο be governed also κά 
implies that he knows how to govern 
(ἄρχειν). | 

ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος: as even any other man 
(lit. of men) best (knows how). 

§ 16. τοῦ κελεύοντος . . . αἰτεῖν: of the 
person ordering them. 

ὥσπερ . . . ποιουµένον: in some texts 
µή is found, but Hug follows Vollbrecht 
and Kriiger in omitting it; as if Cyrus 
were (actually) making his expedition back, 
and hence would be quite willing to further 
us On our way. 

ᾧ: for whom ; less exactly, whose. 

λυμµαινόμεθα: dir. disc. for indir. λυµαί- 
νοιντο. 

τί κωλύει Kipov κελεύειν . . .: ἡμγΞ 
against us. So Kriiger et al. Or τί κωλύη 
(ἡμᾶς) κελεύειν Κῦρον . . .; ἡμῖν, for us. 
Thus construed the sentence is ironical. 
So Hertlein, Rehdantz, Bachof, et al. 

δ 17. ταῖς τριῄρεσι: with his triremes. 

οὐκ ἔσταν: more vivid than poten. opt, 
οὐκ ἂν εἴη. 

ἄκοντος Κύρου: = αραίπεί the will ο) 
Cyrus. 

λαθεῖν . . .: to elude him in going away. 

§ 18. οἵτινες: sc. εἶσιν. 

ἄνδρας : w. ἐρωτᾶν. ‘This and ἔπεσθα, 
ἀξιοῦν § 19, ἀπαγγεῖλαι, βουλεύεσθαι are 
subject of δοκεῖ. 

olamep (= τοιαύτῃ οἵανπερτς- πρὸς olavrep, 
Kriiger), similar to that for which he for- 
merly; cf. 11. 

ἡμᾶς . . . ἔπεσθαι: depending on δοκέ 
δέ µοι, above. 

τῶν . . . συναναβάντων: 
who... 


than those 











BOOK I. 


§ 19. τῆς πρόσθε: after µεί(ων, and 
referring to 13. Note the use of the adv. 
as adj. So often. 

ἀξιοῦν (inf, cf. ἐρωτᾶν): to demand 
either that he persuading us lead us; or. 
Greek mercenaries were quite amenable 
to reason, provided the argument was 
higher wages. However, their demand was 
very reasonable under the circumstances. 

οὕτω γὰρ: for ‘thus following we should 
Jollow. 

ἑπόμενοι, ἀπιόντεφ: time-clauses rather 
than conditional. 

ἀπαγγεῖλαι: subject ἄνδρας, cf. ἐρωτᾶ», 
ἀξιοῦ». 

§ 20. Woe: note the asyndeton. Is this 
the first instance of it in this chapter ? 

τὰ δόξαντα . . .: the (things) questions 
that seemed good to the army (to ask). 

ἀκούοι . . . εἶναι: the inf. after ἀκούω 
is generally used in stating what is hear- 
say, the part. what is certain. Cf. Kiihner’s 
Gram., § 311, 1. 

ἡμεῖς: note transition to dir. discourse. 

§ 21. τοῖς δέ: to them. 


CHAP. IV. 806 


προσαιτοῦσι: prep. = extra, additional. 

ἡμιόλιον .. . οὗ: that he will give (them) 
a half more than what. 

“This remarkable scene at Tarsus,” 
says Grote (ch. 69), “illustrates the char- 
acter of the Greek citizen-soldiers. What 
is chiefly to be noted is the appeal made 
to their reason and judgment; the habit 
... Of hearing both sides and deciding 
afterwards.” ‘Though justly indignant at 
the fraud practiced upon them they do 
not surrender themselves to impulse, but 
look the facts in the face. 

Speaking of “this and similar occa- 
sions,” Pretor says: “To me they seem 
singularly devoid of the powers he (Grote) 
claims for them, — unreasoning creatures, 
swayed to and fro by every species of ar- 
gument with which the circumstances may 
furnish their leaders.” There is a modi- 
cum of truth in this, but it must be re- 
membered that if the leaders had had 
such “unreasoning creatures” to deal 
with the subsequent extraordinary retreat 
would have been an impossibility. 


CHAPTER IV. 


§1. πλέθρα, στάδιον: note the nom. 
as in 25, 

§ 2. ἐκ Πελοποννήσου: see Introd. 49. 

én’: over. 

ἡγεῖτο: οοπἀισίεᾶ. Note that ἡγεῖσθαι 
in the sense of show the way to, conduct, 
takes the dat.; otherwise the gen. Kiih- 
ner, 275, 1, R. I. 

καὶ (and he, i. e. Tamos) συνεπολέµει. 

§ 3. ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν : upon, in local sense, 
on board, cf. ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς, § 2. 

παρὰ Kip : with, in conjunction with = 
under, as Cyrus was commander-in-chief. 

παρα τὴν σκηνήν : cf. παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, 

218, 


᾿Αβροκόμα: Dor. gen. 

§ 4. ταῦτα: these, referring to πύλαι. 
Note: (1) the attraction of the pron. to 
the gender of the predicate ; (2) the plural 
(ἦσαν) w. neut. subject. 


td μὲν ἔσωθεν : the inner (wall) the one. 

πρὸ τῆς Κιλικίας: in front of =on the 
side of Cilicia. 

µέρον: middle = space between. 

οὐκ ἦν: it was not possible. 

ἐπὶ . . . ἐφειστήκεσαν: had been set on. 

§ 5. Bracopévous : {ο force. 

Step . : which very thing, Cyrus 
thought. 

ἔχοντα: because he had. 

ὄντα: see ἀκούοι, 37. 

§ 6. ὅρμουν: distinguish between ὁρμάῳ 
and ὁρμέω. . 

§ 7. Φιλοτιμηθέντες . . . εἴα KOpos: 
jealous because Cyrus permitted. 

ws ἀπιόντας: (cf. 37), intending to return. 

διῆλθε: went out, was spread. 

of μὲν . . . οἱ δέ: some . . « others. 

ὡς δειλοὺς ὄνταφ.. .΄ on the ground that 
they were cowards. 


396 


el ἁλώσοιντο: apodosis implied, (think- 
ing) what they would suffer in case that. 

§ 8. Note the difference between ἆπο- 
διδράσκω and ἀποφεύγω, as plainly indi- 
cated by the yap-clauses. 

τὸ ἐκείνων πλοῖον: is this the position 
of ἐκεῖνος in the nom. ? 

οὐδ épet otSels: nor shall any one say. 

χρῶμαι: sc. abre. 

αὐτούς: a pron. referring to τὶς, ὅστις 
or &AAos used in a collective sense may 
be plural; cf. ὅστις . . « πάντας, 1%. 

ἱόντων: impv., let them go. 

Φρουρούμενα : guarded, neut., τέκνα καὶ 
γυναῖκας being viewed as things. Order: 
ἕνεκα τῆς πρόσθεν ἀρετῆς. 

§ 9. ἀθυμότερον: somewhat discouraged. 
The comparative alone may be rendered 
by (1) too, very, or (2) rather, somewhat, 
a little. See 649, a, b. 

The Persians punished offenders with 
great severity; but, judging from the 
temper that the Greeks had already ex- 
hibited, the capture and punishment of 
Xenias and Pasion might have proved a 
dangerous exercise of authority. 

ἐξελαύνει;: leaving the Mediterranean, 
Cyrus now sets out for the Euphrates. 

ἰχθύων: “it (the Koweik, supposed to 
be the ancient Chalos) was found to pro- 
duce seventeen species.” — RussE.LL, Nat. 
Hist. of Aleppo, 1794. 

θεούς: Ainsworth quotes Russell to the 
effect that there is a fountain in this 
neighborhood where “fish are still, or 
were till lately, preserved unmolested, 
and therefore more or less reverenced or 
sacred in the eyes of the true believers.” 

. “A remnant,” says Ainsworth, “of 
Syro-Arabian worship of fish-gods.” -The 
Syrian goddess Derceto, according to the 
legend, on losing her chastity threw her- 
self into the sea and was partially trans- 
formed into a fish. Hence to her votaries 
fish were sacred. 

§ 10. πλέθρου : 
(nom.) in 26, 

τοῦ vplas ἄρξαντος : the former gov- 
ernor of Syria. Note the aorist. 


gen., but δύο πλέθρα 


NOTES. 


πάντα ὅσα: 80 πάντων ὅσο., 12. 

Εθρος . . . ἐξέκοψε: on the principle, 
Qui facit per alium facit per se. 

αὐτόν: meaning the park. These royal 
pleasure-grounds, large, walled, stocked 
with game, watered by irrigation, n an 
arid climate like that of Syria, seemed a 
paradise indeed, and the wanton destruc- 
tion of this one may indicate that Cyrus 
was not over-sanguine of success. _ 

§1L. τεττάρων σταδίων: “The river 


jis here 800 yards, or 4 stadia, in width.” 


. . © “ This ford was used for the passage’ 
alike of Persian, Greek, and Roman ar- 
mies, and more lately of Arabs, Tartars, 

and Turks.” ... “The ruins are now 
called Suriyah.” — AINSWORTH. 

εἰς Βαβυλώνα: modifies ἔσοιτο or βασι- 
Ada, — which ? 

ἀνα-πείθειν ἔπεσθαι: persuade up to the 
point of following; ἀἆνα- implies that there 
would be opposition to overcome. 

§ 12. αὐτοὺς . . . εἰδότας: that though 
knowing these things long before they. 

τὶς, Χρήματα: a few days before, at 
Tarsus, the Greeks demanded more pay 
(see note on 32!), now speaking more in- 
definitely, more Attico (as the Latins say), 
but meaning the same thing, they want 
somebody (Cyrus of course) to give them 
money. 

ὥσπερ: sc. ἔδωκε. 

προτέροις: referring to the τριακοσίους 
of 12. 

καὶ ταῦτα. 
did not go. 

§ 13. ἥκωσι, καταστήσῃη: could the 
opt. be used here ? 

ot: why accented ? 

§ 14. πλέον .. . mpo-: pleonastic, so 
in 65 we have προ- µάλιστα. 

. δεῖται τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἔπεσθαι. 

§ 15. δόξετε αἴτιοι εἶναι . you wilt 
seem to be the cause (of it), since you 
began the crossing. 

ἄρξαντες: ἄρχει», begin for others to 
follow, lead off; ἄρχεσθαι, begin for one- 
self or one’s own; cf. ἄρχειν τοῦ λόγον, 6); 
φυγῆς, 8.217; ἄρχεσθαι τοῦ λόγον, 8.27. 


».5 and that, too, though they 


BOOK I. 


ὧε . . . οὖσιν (dat. pl.): thinking that 
you are. 
ὑμῖν δέ, os . . .: but you who alone 
obeyed (him), he will employ in the belief 
(ώς) that you are most trustworthy. 
ἄλλου οὗτινος: whatever else. 
§ 16. διαβεβηκότας: sc. αὐτού». 
ἐγὼ µέν . .. δὲ-- ὑμεῖς: note the contrast. 
6 17. ἐλέγετο: he was said. 
διέβαινε: for time, see Itinerary, Ρ. 48. 
, paoréy: The river is highest in May, 
‘and lowest in November. In the fall of 
4841, two steamers ran aground at this 
ford, the water being only twenty inches 
in depth. 


CHAP. V. 397 


§ 18. εἶ μὴ τότε: except then. Oriental 
flattery, says Crosby. So when Lucullus 
crossed in 68 B.c. the inhabitants made 
obeisance to him “before whom the very 
river was humble and submissive, and 
yielded an easy and swift passage.” — 
Prorarcna, Lucullus, 24. See Grote, 
vol. ix. p. 31. 

ἐδόκει δὴ .. .: it seemed, indeed, that 
it (the lowness of the river) was provi- 
dential, and that the river. 

§ 19. ἐπεσιτίσαντο: They collected 
provisions because they were about to 
enter the Arabian desert, where they could 
not procure the necessary food. 


CHAPTER V. 


6 1. διὰ τῆς Αραβίας: note that Xen- 
ophon makes Arabia extend northward to 
the Araxes. See Map. 

el δέ τι καὶ ἄλλο .. .: and whatever 
else also there was therein (ἐν-) of. 

§ 2. ὄνοι ἄγριοι, though uncommon, 
still inhabit the region where they were 
seen by Xenophon. It is impossible to 
take them when full grown; but the 
Arabs often capture the foals and bring 
them up with milk in their tents. See 
Rawlinson, Second Monarchy, ch. ii. 

ἕστασαν: 2d plpf. = impf. 

ταὐτόν = τὸ αὐτό(ν). ; 
διαδεχόµενοι : succeeding one another, 
‘i.e. with relays of horses. 

§ 3. οἱ δὲ . . . τῶν: those of the horse- 
men that. 

πολύ: for a great distance. 

ἀπέσπα: ἀπο-σπάω. 

ποῖς μὲν . . . xpopévn: using its feet in 
running, its wings, raising (them), like a 
sail. 

ἄν τις ταχὺ ἄνιστῃ: if one start them 
up quickly. 

§ 4. πλεθριαῖον: agrees with woraudy. 
This is a third way of stating the width. 
What are the othertwo? Cf. 25, 28, 

Mdoxa: what kind of a gen. ? 

ἐπεσιτίσαντο; whence we infer that 


Corsote had been so hastily deserted that 
provisions had been left behind. 

§ 5. ἐνενήκοντα: how many miles 8 

ἄλλο: with numerals and in enume- 
rating objects &AAos may often be ren- 
dered, besides, yet, still, also; with a neg., 
at all. So here, nor any tree at all. 
. ἀλέτας: as adj., cf. πελταστὰς Θρᾷκας, 29, 
The lower stone, called µύλος, was fixed ; 
the upper was turned by hand or by an ass, 

§ 6. ἀλεύρων: the sale of wheat and 
barley, as Kiihner suggests at the same 
price proves the severity of the famine. 

καπίθην: obj. of πριασθαι, or in app. 
with σῖτον understood after πριασθαι. 
This is at the rate of about 90 cts. for 
(nearly) 2 quarts, or about $14.00 a bushel, 
The price current about this time at 
Athens was about 25 cts. a bushel. 

ὀβολούς: acc. of extent (see refs.); others 
make it direct obj. taking 6. in sense of 
eguivalent to, contain. 

§ 7. qv... ots: there was of ... 
which = some, 

ταῖς ἁμάξαις δυσπορεύτου: hard for 
wagons to βα588.--- ἐπέστη: halted. 

τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ . . .: (part of) the... 

§ 8. Contrast the pres. inf. ποιεῖν and 
the aor. συνεπισπεῦσαι. 

µέρος TL: some part =a specimen. 





κ 2 

τῆς εὐταξίας of the, discipline, i.e. 
which was practiced in the army of Cyrus. 
So τούς te... τὰς ...: mark those 
garments as parta of the well-known Per- 
sian dress. 

ἔννοι δέ: sc. ἔχοντες. 

περὶ τοῖς: note the force of περί with 
dat., only four instances of which are 
found in the Anabasis. 
θᾶττον 4: more quickly than one etc. 
s, which implies an ellipsis, 4 (οὕτω ταχὺ) 
s . .. is not required in our idiom. 
§ 9. And throughout Cyrus showed that 
he was in haste. ὥς is not required here, 
but it emphasizes the fact that Cyrus 
himself showed haste. See M. and T. 916. 

ὅπου pt: except where. 

ὅσῳ . . . AOor: the more rapidly he 
advanced. 

τοσούτῳ πλέον . . . the larger army is 
being gathered = the larger will be the 
army that is being assembled for the king. 

καὶ 8’: and further. Order: τῷ προσέ- 
χοντι τὸν νοῦν ἡ βασιλέως ἀρχὴ ἦν συνιδεῖν 
οὖσα ἰσχυρὰ πλήθει . . . ἀσθενῆς δὲ τοῖς 
µήκεσι etc.: to one directing his attention 
(to it) the king’s government (was to view 
comprehensively being strong), when 
viewed comprehensively, was strong in the 
extent of its territory, and in the number of 
its people, but weak in the length of its roads 
and in the dispersion of its forces. A pers. 
constr. in which ἦν συνιδεῖν is followed, 
like δῆλος ἦν, 210, by supp. pt. οὖσα, in- 
stead of the impers. : ἦν συνιδεῖν τὴν ἀρχὴν 
ἰσχυρὰν οὖσαν etc. This sentence gives a 
brief but striking description of the char- 
acter of the Persian empire. 

πλήθει, χώρας, ἀνθρώπων, is not an in- 
stance of zeugma, since πλῆθος may mean 
either extent or number. 


Εξ». & 


NOTES. 


This sec. (9) is the hardest in the 
Anabasis. 

§ 10. κατά: opposite. 

στεγάσµατα: for tent-coverings. 

Ths... τῆς: ch τῇ . . . τῇ, 2%. 

ἐκ, ἀπό: how differ here ? 

§ 11. Order: ἐνταῦθα δέ τοῦ (fr. τις) 
τῶν τε Μένωνος στρατιωτῶν καί (τοῦ) τῶν 
(στρατιωτῶν) Κλεάρχου ἀμφιλεξάντων. 

ἀδικεῖν: see Lex. 

On the significance of this incident, see 
Introd. 82. 

§ 12. σὺν ὀλίγοι . . .: with those ' 
about him (being) few = with but few 
attendants. 

ἄλλος δὲ; se. ἴησι. | 

δ 13. καταφεύγεν: note force of prep. 

αὐτοῦ: adv. 

ἐκπεπλῆχθαι : were terror-stricken. The 
pf. inf., like the pf. impv., sometimes ex- 
presses permanence or decisiveness. 

οἱ δὲ Kal: but others also, ἐκείνους being 
viewed as= οἱ δέ. Soin 7.411 οἱ δέ is used 
after revés. 

§ 14. καὶ τάξις . . .: and a division of 
hoplites following him. On the number in 
a Τάξις, see Introd. 71. 

ὅτι αὐτοῦ . . .: because himself lacking 
little of being stoned to death he (Proxenus) 
etc. 
αὐτοῦ: i.e. Κλέαρχος. 

§ 15. ἐν τούτῳ: sc. τῷ xpdvy, mean- 
while. 

σὺν τοῖς . . .: with those of his trusted 
attendants that were present. 

§ 16. ἐν τῇδε τῇ ἡμέρᾳ: cf. with this 
τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ § 12. 

κακῶς yap ...: for if our affairs are 
in a bad condition, these barbarians whom 
you see etc. 

§ 17.. ἐν ἑαντῷ: see sub ylyvopas. 


CHAPTER VI. 


§ 1. ἐντεῦθεν: from what place ? 
épalvero: note force of impf. 

εἴ τι: see sub εἰ. 

τὰ πολέµια: in military affairs reckoned. 


καὶ πρόσθεν: formerly even. Some edi- 
tors put a period after woAeufoas, and 
connect καταλλαγεὶς δέ with what follows. 


§ 2. ὅτι . . . ἐνερεύσας: that (by) 


BOOK I. 


lying in ambush he would either kill, Note 
tne unusual position of ὅτι (not after 
εἶπεν); 8ο in 2 220. " 

κωλύσειε (SC. αὐτοὺς) ἐπιόντας (= Tov 
ἐπιέναι) etc., would hinder them from ad- 
vancing and burning up everything. 

ποιήσειεν: would effect that. 

Note force of prep. in δι-αγγεῖλαι. 

δοίη, κατακάνοι, ἕλοι, κωλύσενε, διαγ- 
γεῖλαι: why aorist ? 

λαμβάνειν: pres., nearly = go and take. 

§ 3. as ἂν . . . πλείστους: as he may 
be able most = as many as possible, fuller 
expression for ὥς wAelorous. Cf. 651, a. 

ἀλλὰ ἐκέλενεν (αὐτὸν) φράσαι: but he 
went on to urge. Note impf. 

ὑποδέχεσθαι: note force of prep. 

§ 4. ἑπτά: perhaps in imitation of Per- 
sian kings, who had seven counsellors. 

τρισχιλίους: a precaution against pos- 
sible attempt to rescue him. 

§ 5. αὐτῷ: i.e. Cyrus, 

προτιµηθῆναι μάλιστα: emphatic pleo- 
nasm. Cf. πλέον προτιµήσεσθε, 414. 

τῶν "Ἑλλήνων: part. gon. after 8s, not 
after μάλιστα. 

ἐξῆλθεν: i.e. out of the tent. 

τὴν κρίσιν ... ὡς: instead of ὥς 7 
xplows. Cf. note on τῶν βαρβάρων, 1°. 

§ 6. ἄρχεν: see note on ἄρξαντες, 415, 

ὅτι: as to what. 

τοῦτο: emphatic. © 

αὐτὸν προσπολεµών: going aguinst him 
in war, I etc. The acc. suggests that Cy- 
tus marched against him. As, however, 
“προσπολεμέω regularly takes dat., αὐτόν 
may be obj. of ἐποίησα, which is followed 
not by παύσασθαι τοῦ etc., as we should 
expect, but loosely by ὥστε etc. The sen- 
tence as thus construed is an instance of 
anacoluthon. 

δόξαι τούτῳ παύσασθαι τοῦ etc. 

§ 7. μετὰ ταῦτα: Cyrus now addresses 
Orontas. 

ἔστιν ὅτι: 
did you? 

ὅτι of: note the use of ὅτι to introduce 
a direct question. 

ἠρώτα : cf. note on ἐκέλευε», § 3. 


is there any wrong that I 


CHAP. VI. 399 
οὐκοῦν ὕστερον: did you not afterward 
etc., connect w. ἐποίεις. 
οὐδὲν . . . ἀδικούμενος : 
respect γή 

ὅτι ἑδύνω: whatever (injury) you were 
able = so far as you were able. 

ἔφη: said yes. 

δύναμιν: i.e. how little it was, as the 
context shows. 

‘ws ᾿Αρτέμιδος: of the’ (well-known) 
Artemis, at Ephesus probably. Altars 
were places of refuge, and here the 
Greeks were wont to take solemn oaths, 
laying their hands on the altar or on the 
statue of the god. 

οὐκοῦν . . . ἔφησθα perapéAay: did you 
not say that you repented (it repented you) 
and etc. 

§ 8. τί οὖν: wherein, then. 

οὐδὲν ἀδικηθείε: sc. ἐπιβουλεύω» . . . 
γέγονας, but render simply: that in »o- 
thing he had been wronged. 

4 γὰρ: in truth (I do) for. 

εἰ γενοίµην: sc. φίλος καὶ πιστός σοι. 

οὔδε εἰ: not even if. 

ἂν . . . δόξαιµι: should I seem (89/. 

§ 9. ἀπόφηναι (impv. mid.) γνώµην : 
declare your opinion. 

τὸ κατὰ: see sub elul. 

ἐθελοντάς: note accent. 

§ 10. ἴἔλαβον τῆς {ovns: a custom 
among the Persiars, according to Dio- 
dorus Siculus. 

καὶ οἱ (cuyyevets): even his relatives. 

ols προσετάχθη : upon whom it had been 
enjoined. 

προσεκύνουν, προσεκύνησαν, happily ex- 
emplify the difference between the impf. 
and aor. 

§ 11. ὅπως ἀπέθανεν : Kiihner, citing 
Hat. vir. 114, suggests that Orontas may 
have been buried alive. 

τεθνηκότα: note that the perfect of 
ἀποθνῄσκω is τέθνηκα not ἁποτέθνηκα. 

οὔτε... ovdSels: when are two negatives 
equal to an affirmative ? 

εἴκαζον ... ἄλλωςφ: some conjectured 
(that he was put to death) in one way, 
others in another. 


althouch in πο 


400 NOTES. 
CHAPTER VIL. 
§ 1. ἐντεῦθεν: whence? Cf. 61, ΄ τοῖς οἴκοι ζηλωτόν : envied by those at 


ἐδόκει: pers.; see Lex. 

els . . . ἕω: accusative according to the 
principle stated in 788, 3d line, 1225, 
(coming) to the following morning the king 
etc. For other examples of this use of 
eis, see sub eis. 

paxoupevoy: why fut. ? 

κέρως: which wing was most danger- 
ous? Why? See Introd. 99. 

τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ: i.e. his barbar‘ans, who 
were posted on the extreme left. 

§ 2. παρῄνει (παραινέω) θαρρύνων: ex- 
horted (encouraging =) and encouraged 
them (speaking) as follows. See 968, 
last example. 

οὐκ .. . ἀπορῶν (pres. pt.) : not because 
Lem in want of. 

Sua τοῦτο: emphatic, on ΤΗΙΒ account. 
Cf. τοῦτο, 68. 

προσέλαβον: on force of prep., cf. προσ- 
αιτέω, 321, 

§ 3. ὅπως οὖν: sc. φροντίζετε or σκο- 
πεῖτε, see to it, then, that etc. 

tore: imperative. It must have sounded 
strange to the Greeks to hear a Persian 
despot congratulating them on their lib- 
erty ! 

ἀντὶ ὧν πάντων .. .:Ξ- dvr) πάντων ὧν. 

§ 4. ὅπως: in order that. 

εἰδῆτε: you may know. 

τὰ ἄλλα: see sub ἄλλος. 

αἰσχύνεσθαν . . . methinks ] am ashamed 
of the sort of men you will know those in our 
country to be. 

ἡμῖν: for us=so far as concerns our 
purpose. 

[ὑμῶν . . . but if τοῦ are men.] Note 
contrast between ὄντας ἀνθρώπους and 
ὄντων dvipay. Hug appends these brack- 
eted words, clumsily as we think, to the 
preceding sentence. 

καὶ εὖ . . .: and if my enterprise proves 
successful. 

ὑμῶν tiv... βονλόμενον: the one of you 
that wishes. 


home or an object of envy to those at home. 
τοῖς may be indr. obj. However, verbals 
in -τός (as well as those in -τέος) admit the 
dat. of the agent. Kiihner, 284, (12). 

τὰ παρ ἐμοί . .. to choose the things 
with me, i.e. in my country. 

§ 5. διὰ τὸ ἐν . . .: on account of your 
being tn such (a crisis) of the danger (that 
is) approaching. 

ἂν δὲ εὖ . . .: but if anything turns out 
well = if you have any success. 

ἕνιοι δέ: sc. Φασί. 

§ 6. ᾽Αλλ: see Lex. 

πρὸς μὲν: (extending) towards. 

µέχρι οὗ : to (the region) where. 

διὰ χειμώνα: sc. οὗ δύνανται... 
θρωποι. 

Order: πάντα δὲ τὰ (sc. µέρη) .. . Note 
the acc. with this verb of ruling instead of 
the gen. (cf. τῆς χώρας, 9.451). 

§ 7. ἂν . . . γένηταν: tf (all) goes well. 
Cf. the words of Gaulites in 6 6, ἂν δὲ εὖ etc. 

Order: ἑκάστῳ δὲ ὑμῶν τῶν Ἑλλήνων: 
Does he mean al] the Greeks, or only the 
στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοί of § 22 

καί: also, i.e. in addition to their reg- 
ular pay. 

This speech has in it a vein of oriental 
extravagance, but it was politic, and it 
shows that Cyrus knew perfectly that his 
fate depended on the Greeks. 

§ 8. do-qoav: kept going in, no doubt - 
to urge personal claims. 

σφίσιν: why not ἑαυτοῖς ? 

§ 9. πάντες ὅσοιπερ: cf. πάντω» ὅσοι, 1%. 

γάρ: see Lex. 

Note emphatic position of ἀδελφό». 

§ 10. The hoplites previously stated 
are: 9,600 (23, 26, 29) -- 700 (4%) + 400 (48, 
deserters from Abrocomas) = 10,700 less 
100 (225, lost in the mountains) = 10,600 
as against 10,400 of the text. So the 2,300 
light-armed previously mentioned now 
number 2,500. The discrepancy has not 
been satisfactorily explained. 


ἄν- 


BOCK 1. CHAP. VIII. 


§ 11. ἑκατὸν . . . pupiddes. Ctesias, 
doubtless more correctly, puts the num- 
ber at 400,000. 

ἄλλοι : besides. 

§ 13. ἐς τῶν πολεµίων: out of = from 
the ranks of, the enemy. 

of . . . τῶν πολεμίων: those of the enemy 
that. 

ταὐτά, not ταῦτα. 

§ 14. ὀργυιαί: could the gen. be used ? 
Cf. πλέθρα 25, ποδῶν 28, 

§ 15. παρετέτατο: had been extended. 

ἐπί: upon = over. 

Μηδίας τείχους: from 2.411 we learn 
that this wall was 20 feet thick, 100 feet 
high, and built of brick. “As our know)- 
edge now stands, there is not a single 
point mentioned by Xenophon in Baby- 
lonia which can be positively verified ex- 
cept Babylon itself, —and Phylae, which 
is known, pretty nearly, as the spot where 
Babylonia proper commences.” —- GROTE. 
See entire note ch. 1ΧΣ., pp. 65-67. 
see small map 2.415, based on governmen- 
tal surveys made since. 

διώρνχες : sc. εἰσί. 

ἀπὸ τοῦ Tlypnros: other writers stata 
that the canals in that region ran from the 
Euphrates into the Tigris. Hence this 
paragraph has been bracketed. 

πλεθριαῖαν: instead of wAdépoy or 
πλέθρου. 

ἑκάστη : they are distant one (lit., each) 
from another. 


But 


401 


πάροδος: various are the conjectures 
why this narrow passage was left. Per- 
haps being left open as long as possible 
for the convenience of trade, the king was 
taken by surprise, and was unable tu con- 
nect the trench with the river. 

§ 16. παρῇῆλθε, éyévovro: note the 
change of number. With two or more 
subjects the verb may be singular, agree- 
ing with the nearest or most important, 
or it may be, and usnally is, plural. 

§ 17. μέν (after ταύτῃ), answered by 
GAA’ 


καὶ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἵππων ὑποχωρούντων. 

ἦσαν: plural because πολλά empha- 
sizes the plurality of %xvn. So with δύο 
τείχη, 44. 

§ 18. ἔτι: further, here after odx = αἱ 
all. 

ἐν ἡμέραις: note that time within which 
is here expressed by ἐν with the dat., in- 
stead of the more usual gen. 

el... οὐ μαχεῖται: µή is used in con- 
ditions, but here Cyrus catches up the 
exact words, “od μαχεῖται of Silanus. 
Hence ob. 

δέκα τάλαντα. With this rash promise, 
cf. that of Herod, Mark vi. 23. Oriental 
rulers were as lavish when pleased as 
cruel when displeased. 

§ 19. Woke: he seemed. 

§ 20. αὐτῷ: for him. Order: πολλὰ 
τῶν ὅπλων Hyeto τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐπὶ 
ἁμαξῶν καὶ ὑποίυγίων». 


' CHAPTER VIII. 


§ 1. ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν: on divis- 
ion of the day, see ἡμέρα. 

ἔνθα ἔμελλε: when he (i. e. Cyrus). 

καταλύειν : i.e. for breakfast. 

as εἰς: as for, apparently for. 

§ 2. Construe αὐτίκα with ἐπιπεσεῖσθαι, 
the subj. of which is he, i. e. the king. 

καὶ πάντες δέ: and indeed all, including 
the barbarians. 

§ 3. Kipés re... τοῖς τε ἄλλοις: note 
the correlation. This sentence admirably 


καθίστασθαι. 


illustrates the use of the article as a pos- 
sessive. 


τὰ παλτά : see Introd. 32. 
ἕκαστον: in part. apposition to subj. of 
Cf. ἑκάστη, 7. 
§ 4. καθίσταντο: note force of the 


impf., as also of the pres. in ἐξοπλίζεσθαι, 
καθίστασθαι above. 


τὰ δεξιά, sc. µέρη : right extremity, used 


instead of τὸ δεξιόν, because all the Greeks 
were on the right wing of the entire army. 


402 


éxdpevos : see ἔχω, 5. 

§ 5. πελταστικόν : see Introd. 64. 

οἱ ἱππκεῖς: sc. ἔστησαν. 

μὲν αὐτοί: themselves, as distinguished 
from of 8 ἵπποι in § 7. 

ψιλήν : i.e. unprotected. According to 
Ctesias, quoted in Plutarch (Artax. II.), 
he wore a tiara. 

ες µάχην: asin § 1. 

[λέγεται . . . διακινδυνεύειν]: probably 
an interpolation. Cf. Introd. 27, 29, 30. 

§ 8. éylyvero was becoming, The impf. 
shows that it was early in the afternoon. 

χρόνῳ δέ . . .: but (by) some time later. 

peAavla tis: sort of blackness, something 
black. 

ἐπὶ πολύ: see Lex. sub πολύ». 

§ 9. ἄλλοι 8’... .: and others, horsemen, 
others, bowmen or and, besides (cf. ἄλλο 55), 
there were horsemen and bowmen. 

Order: ... éwopevero (sing. because fol- 
lowing ἔθνος, which is in part. appos. to 
οὗτοι) κατὰ ἔθνη ἕκαστον τὸ ἔθνος ἐν. 

§ 10. ἀποτεταμένα : ἀποτείνω. 

βλέποντα: so our ‘/ook’ is used in the 
sense of point. 

ἡ δὲ γνώµη .. .: 
apparently to ete. 

The parts. agree with ἅρματα, and are 
explained as accusative absolute, — a rare 
construction with personal verbs. The 
text is uncertain, and some editors with- 
out authority have substituted the genitive 
absolute. 

§ 11. &: not 6. 

ἐψεύσθη τοῦτο: in this he was mistaken. 

ὡς ἀννστόν = ὥς δυνατόν. 

§ 14. πεποίηται: pf. here emphasizes 
the certainty of the result. It must be re- 
membered that the apodosis of the third or 
more vivid form often only implies future 
time. 

§ 13. ὁρῶν: = though he saw. 

ἀκούων ...: though he heard from Cyrus 
that the king etc. 

ὅτι αὐτῷ . . .: that he would take care 
that all (lit. it) should be well. 

Plutarch says of Clearchus: τὸ way διέ- 
Φθειρε». Grote: From fear of being at- 


and the design was 


NOTES. 


tacked on the unshielded side he “ was in- 
duced here to commit the capital mistake - 
of keeping on the right flank.” But we do 
not know how serious might have been the 
results if he had obeyed Cyrus. 

§ 14 ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ: sc. τόπφ. 

µένον: pres. pt. of μένω. 

συνετάττετο: was forming itself. 

οὐ πάνυ πρός: not very near. 

§ 15. Ἐενοφῶν: note how the author of 
the Anabasis here first introduces himself. 

ὡς: here= ὥστε. So often. 

ἐπιστήσας: sc. τὸν ἵππον. 

ἱεά, σφάγια. See Introd. 83, 4. 

§ 16. δεύτερον : see Introd. 91. 

ἤρετο + εἴη, εἶπεν + παρέρχεται: note 
how flexible is the use of Greek modes. 
So in next sentence. 

§ 17. ἐπαιάνιζον : 
paean. 

ἤρχοντο.. : began to go to meet (ἀντίοι). 

δ 18. ὡς δὲ τορενομένων: but when, as 
(they) proceeded. 

TL: SC. µέρος. 

ὁρόµῳ θεῖν: run (in).a race, run fast, 
emphatic pleonasm. So § 19; 4.6%; . 214 

7,116, 

φόβον ποιοΌντες: 
horses. 

§ 19. devyovor: see Introd. 20. 

Note that the Greeks here pursue κατὰ 
κράτος, according to their might, i. e. so as 
to hold out, while Pategyas (§ 1) rides ἀνὰ 
κράτος, i. e. at the top of his speed. 

§ 20. τὰ μὲν ... τὰ δέ: some... others. 

tort 8’ ὅστις = ee δέ τις $= certian one, 
some one, cf. ἦν obs, 57. 

Rehdantz, Bachof, Boise, et al. translate, 
“ mancher,” “ many a one,” “now and then 
one;” but what follows seems clearly 
against this. Cf. Macmichael, “ one 
man;”’ Crosby, “ but there was one at least 
who.” 

ἐκπλαγείς : terror-stricken. 

οὐδεὶς οὐδέν: any one, anything. Em- 
phatic negative. 

τὶς: acertain one. Kriiger, Boise, et al 
take it (less probably we think), in the 
sense of, ‘‘ one here and there,”’ 


began to sing the 


thus frightening the 


BOOK I. 


§ 21. τὸ καθ’: see κατά. 

arpookuvotpevos: i. e. as king. 

οὐδ ὥς: not even thus, i. e. though 
pleased etc. 

ἀλλὰ ἔχων τὴν . . . τάξιν συνεσ"τειρα- 
μένην. 

§ 22. µέσον .. 
center. | 

ἐν ἀσφαλεστάτῳ: 3c. τόπῳ. 

...ἂν... αἰσθάνεσθαι ...: the army 
would learn it in etc. The inf. depends on 
νοµί(οντες. 

§ 29. αὐτοῦ: after ἔμπροσθεν. 

ws εἰς κύκλωσιν : as if to encircle them. 
Aim or purpose is often expressed in 
Greek by eis, cf. eis τὴν τροφήν 19, eis τὸ 
Wrov and eis suas 33, εἰς φρούρια 415, es 
udxny 8}. 

§ 24. μὴ ὄπισθεν . . . lest he (i. e. the 
King), having got in the rear. 

ἀντίος: against him. 

αὐτὸς τῇ . . .: Aimself with his etc. 

§ 25. τροπή: rout, i.e. of the 6,000. 

els τὸ . . .: rushing on in the pursuit. 

πλήν: except that. 

§ 26. cw... dv: and while he (i.¢. 
Cyrus) was etc. 


. τὸ αὐτῶν: their own 


CHAP. IX. 403 


tero (impf. of ἵημι) s rushed. 

αὐτὸς ... φησί: and he: says that he 
himself. We should expect αὐτόν, but see 
ref. to Gram. 

§ 27. αὐτόν: meaning Cyrus. 

τὶς: Mithridates. Read Plutarch’s Ar- 
taxerzes for a very interesting account of 
this. 

καὶ ἐνταῦθα . . .: and there, while fight- 
ing, both the king and Cyrus and their 
attendants in behalf of each,—how many 
etc. The construction is changed by ana- 
coluthon after ἑκατέρου. Others, less ac- 
curately we think, prefer to regard βασι- 
λεύς, Kipos, οἱ, as in partitive apposition 
with ὁπόσοι. 

According to Diodorus, of the king’s 
army 15,000 fell; of Cyrus’s barbarians, 
3,000; of the Greeks, not one. 

6 28. ὁ πιστότατος . . . θεράπων: the 
servant most faithful to him of. 

§ 29. of pév, some. 

αὐτόν: i.e. “Apraxdrns. 

οἱ δέ: others (say) that he. 

ἐπισφάξασθαι, slew himself. 

On the bearing of this defeat on the fu. 
ture of Greece, see Grote, ch. lxix. (end). 


« 


CHAPTER IX. 


§ 1. μὲν οὖν: so then, often, as here, 
without corresponding δέ. 

ἀνὴρ ὤν . . . Ὑενομένων: a man who of 
the Persians that lived . . . was both etc. 

παρὰ πάντων: on the part ofall. παρά 
is sometimes used after pass. verbs in the 
sense of ‘by,’ but it presents the gen. 
rather as the passive source than the active 
agent. 

τῶν . . . γενέσθαι : those who are reputed 
to have made proof of Cyrus, or to have be- 
come personally acquainted with Cyrus. 

§ 2. πάντων πάντα: of all in all things, 
paronomasia. 

“We cannot place much confidence in 
the account which Xenophon gives of his 
education ... It is contradicted by-all the 


realities which we read about the Persian 
court, and is a patch of Grecian rather 
than Persian sentiment better suited to 
the romance of the Cyropaedia than to the 
history of the Anabasis.” — Grote. The 
whole chapter is highly eulogistic, but 
apart from what is said of his education 
the account is probably true enough. 

§ 3. ἰδεῖν tori: cf. ἦν λαβεῖν 52, ἔστι 
λαμβάνειν 53. 

θεῶνται, καὶ ἀκούονσι (hear of) τυµωμέ- 
νους: ΑΟ. τινάς. 

εὐθὺς . . . ὄντες: even from boyhood. 

§ 5. τοῖς τε πρεσβυτέροις .. . πείθεσθαι: 
to be more obedient to his elders than those 
even who were his inferiors in rank. 

ἔπειτα δέ: ac. ἐδόκει εἶναι. 


404 


καὶ (sc. ἐδόκει) xpfioGas etc. 
τῶν . . . ἔργων: ofthe exercises (prepar- 
ing) for war. 
§ 6. τὰ pév: some hurts; followed not 
by the usual τὰ δέ, but τέλος δέ. 
τὸν πρῶτον . . .: the first (man), as- 
suredly, that came to his rescue, — quite 
an unexpected statement after κατέκανε. 
πολλοῖς: by (agent) or to (indr. obj.) = 
in the view of many. Cf. note on (nAwrdy, 
74. 
| § 7. τῆς peydAns : the greater. See Map. 
olg καθήκει : whose duty itis. Cf. 12. 
περὶ πλείστου: see ποιέω. 
tw» (not τῷ) Ξ τινί: with any one= with 
whomsoever. How would the sentence 
read after περὶ wAelorov ποιοῦμαι ? 
§ 8. καὶ γάρ: see γάρ. 
ἐπιτρεπόμεναι: in committing themselves 
(to him). 
σπεισαµένου Κύρου = after Cyrus etc. 
μηδέν: for the usual οὐδέν in direct dis- 
course. See references to the grammars. 
§ 9. τοὺς προέσθαι (προ-ίηµι): to aban- 
don their exiles, whom Cyrus had received. 
§ 10. ἐπεδείκνυτο, ἔλεγεν : note impf., 
repeatedly showed, was wont to say. Note 
the difference between ποτέ and ἅπαξ. 
ἔτι µείους : still fewer. 
ἔτι . . . πράξεαν: should be still less 
fortunate. 
§ 11. davepds 8° ἣν. 
cf. δῆλος Fy, 91. 
Kal... ἐξέφερον: and some also re- 
pried a prayer of his. 
νικῴη : surpass. ἀλεξόμενος, by requiting 
(both), applied by zengma to τοὺς ed ποι- 
ovvras. Sulla’s epitaph was a boast that 


.. πειρώμενος: 


he had lived up to this popular maxim of |- . . 


heathen morality. 

§ 12. δή strengthens the supertiative. 
Cf. 1037, 4. 

αὐτῷ ἑνί γε. .. ἡμῶν : to him the ONE 
man in particular of those of our time, i. Θ. 
more than to any other man of our time. 
See ἐπί w. gen. 

προέσθαι (προ-ίημι) : entrust. 

6 13. οὐ μὲν δή: an emphatic negative 
still further emphasized by οὐδέ, not in- 





NOTES. , 


deed — not even, nor in truth could any ome 

say this either that etc. This is in answer 

to the possible inference that Cyrus won 

popularity by condoning wrong. 
καταγελᾶν: sc. ἑαυτοῦ.) 

ποδῶν καί. ..: Persian history abounds 
in instances of despotic cruelty. 

ἐγένετο καί . . .: it was possible both for 
Greek ete. 

μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντι : = tf he did no wrong. 

§ 14. els πόλεμον: for war. See note 
on 83. 

ὡμολόγητο: plpf. for the impf., on the 
principle stated in 849, a, = he was gene- 
rally acknowledged. 

πρῶτον pév: cited in L. & 5. (μέν A. 
II. 7) as not answered by δέ; but as the 
clause they introduce is logically subordi- 
nate to what follows, it is better, with 
Kiihner and others, to regard them as be- 
longing virtually to ἄρχοντας ἐποίει, and 
so correlated by ἔπειτα δέ. 

καὶ αὐτός: himself also, i.e. in person. 

iis — xopas = τῆς χώρας fs. 

§15. ὥστε Φφαίνεσθαι . . . ἀξιῶν τοὺς 
μέν: so that he showed that he deemed\the 
good etc. ἀξιῶν (pres. pt., 986, 1592, 1, 
660. 1, n.588,c) agrees in case with subject 
of ἐτίμα (according to 940, 927, 687, 571). 
Still, separated so widely from its subject, 
we should have expected ἀξιοῦντα. 

§ 16. els ye μὴν δικανοσύνην : certainly 
as regards UPRIGHTNESS. 

yé = at least, but is best rendered by em- 
phasizing uprightness. 

ἐπιδείκνυσθαι;: distinguish himself. 

τούτους : obj. of ποιεῖν, pl. though refer- 
ring to τὶς according to 609, a Cf. ris 
abrots, 48. 
τῶν ... φιλοκερδούντων : than those etc. 

§ 17. καὶ γὰρ οὖν: and (this he did) for 
then. Cf. same, §§ 8, 12. 

αὐτῷ: for him. 

ἐχρήσατο: employed. 

Kipw καλῶς ὑπάρχειν: to be nobly de- 
voted to Cyrus. Cf. ὑπῆρχε τῷ Κύρφ, ἰ’. 

§ 18. ὑπηρετήσειν καλῶς Τι arty 
προστάξαντι: did him, enjoining (it), OY 
good -service. 


a | 











BOOK I. 


:οὐδενί : see note on Képy, 229, 
ἐλέχθησαν γενέσθαι: were said to belong. 


δ 19. κατασκευάζοντα .. .: furnishing 
(with things needful). 

ἧς — χώρας: as in § 14. 

οὐδένα . . . ἀφείλετο: no (such) one 


would he ever deprive (of anything, as’ 


πλείω (neut. pl.) suggests). 

§ 20. φίλους: emph. both by nostiton 
and by particles (cf. δικαιοσύνη», § 16), obj. 
of θεραπεύει», or Οἱ ποιήσαιτο ὅσους φίλους, 
and put before the τε]. ὅπους to present it 
as the theme of a new paragraph. 

ὅτι: in whatever. 

πρός: with pass. verbs (not common in 
Att.) = by. 

κράτιστος δὴ θεραπεύειν : 
serve. 

§ 21. καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸ rotro...: and (he 
was so) since for this very reason on account 
of which he himself ete.; αὐτὸ τοῦτο may 
be explained also by anacoluthon. 

ὡς : (namely) that. 

Order: ἐπειρᾶτο εἶναι κράτιστος cuvepyds 
τοῖς φίλοις τούτου. τούτου = ἴπ that. 

§ 22. els ye ἀνήρ: cf. same in § 12. 

πάντων Sf: he of aLL (men). Render 
δή by emphasizing all. 

. σκοπῶν: fr. σκοπέω. 

§ 28. αὐτοῦ, i. e. of Cyrus. 

ὡς els: intended for. ὥς marks the 
inténtion as that of τὶς, and not one sug- 
gested by the writer. Cf. ds eis κύκλωσιν, 
- 1.828, 

καὶ τούτων . . «7 even concerning these 
they reported that he was wont to say that. 


very best to 





CHAP. X. 405 
6 24. τὸ . . . wav/ that he greatly 
surpassed. 


ed ποιοῦντα: in doyhg fquvors. πυιοῦντα 
agrees with αὐτόν κ. να of 
νικᾶν. 

ἐπειδή ye καὶ: since, you know (84), (be- 
sides other reas¢ns) he was also. 

τὸ . . . wepretvar: that he should excel 
his friends, \ 

ταῦτα: THESB things, referring to what 
just precedes. ΟΚ. διὰ τοῦτο, 75. 

ἡμιδεεῖς: ο ο. = ouy half-full. 

§ 25. οὕπω δή .\ .: not (yet) indeed 
within a long time. Bree ἡδίονι. 

§ 27. τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν: Ais care, i.e. to 
provide. 

διαπέµπων : sc. αὐτόν», i.e. τὸν χιλόν. 

τοῖς ἵπποις ἄγουσιν τὰ etc. 

ὧς μὴ πεινώντες: that they (the oe 
might not, while hungry etc. 

§ 28. πορεύοιτο: was on a journey. 

πλεῖστοι: very many, 

τιµᾷ: the indic. emphasizes the fact, as 
ἦν for ef in 271, 

§ 29. δούλου Svros: though he was a 
slave. All subjects are so regarded by 
absolute rulers. 

καὶ οὗτος δὴ ταχὺ nope αὐτὸν ὃν . .. 

νοµίζοντες . ο ὄντο : that if they 
were brave men with Cyrus they would re- 
ceive etc. 

§ 30. ... καὶ rd... yevdpevow... 
(ἐστι): even what happened .. . is etc. 

The single τούς views πιστούς, εὔνους, 
and βεβαίους as one class. 

§ 81. reraypévos: to have been posted. 


CHAPTER X. 


§ 1. ἀποτέμνεται: at the instance of the 
king, says Plutarch, and according to Per- 
sian custom. Cf. 8.111. 

ὥρμηντο: on that morning. 

§ 2. Φωκαΐδα: her name Milto was 
changed by Cyrus to Aspasia, after the 
Athenian beauty of that name. 

τὴν (the one) λεγομένην εἶναι . . . 
was said to be etc. 


who 


Plutarch says that she was born of free 
parents, and well educated. She now fell 
into the hands of Artaxerxes, who had in 
his harem 360 concubines. So Persia is 
still ransacked for beautiful women for 
the king and his princes. 

§ 3. νεωτέρα: the younger of the two. 

ἐκφεύγει : cf. ἀπο-φεύγω, κατα-φεύγω. 

γυμνή: not naked. . See Lex. 


406 


πρὸς (sc. éxelyous or τινὰς) τῶν Ἕλ- 
λήνων : to those of the Greeks. 

As this is a rare ellipsis in prose, the 
gen. may be regarded as a partitive after 
the following relative clause. Others 
translate πρός toward (not to). 

ὅπλα ἔχοντες: tu be on guard. 

οἱ δὲ... αὐτῶν: and some also of them- 
selves. 

ταύτην : 1. 6. 7 Μιλησία. 

ἐντὸς αὐτῶν = within their lines. 

καὶ χρήµατα καὶ ἄνθρωποι. . . πάντα: 
both effects and persons . . . all. 

§ 4. Ἕλληνες: i.e. the main army. 

οἱ pév, the latter: ot 8’, the former, the 
king and his army. 

§ 6. ὡς ... προσιόντος καὶ (ds) δεξόµε- 
vot: supposing that he would approach in 
this direction and intending to receive (him). 

qj δὲ... ταύτῃ: in which direction... 
in this direction = but in the same direction 
in which . . . he also ete. 

κατά: down against; against. Cf. 5.7%. 

§ 7. γενέσθαι: to have proved himself, 
i. e. by his tacties on this occasion. 

§ 8. petov: see Lex. 

εὐώνυμον : i.e. the original left wing (cf. 
84) =the right wing of οἱ Ἕλληνες στρα- 
φέντες, § 6. 

§10. ἐν ᾧ: while. 

καὶ δή: even now. 


‘ea 


NOTES. 


εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ oxfipa: i.e. parallel with 
and facing the river. 

§ 11. ἐκ πλείονος: from a greater dis 
tance. ] 

§ 12. πεζοί: in apposition with of ἀμφὶ 
βασιλέα. 

ὥστε — γιγνώσκειν : so that (the Greeks) 


did not know etc. 


καὶ ἔφασαν ὁρᾶν τὸ ... 

twa =a kind of. 

ὃ 13. ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν: a very concise 
idiom = some from one part, others from 
another. See sub ἄλλος For ἄλλοθε», 
ἄλλοσε might have*been used, but Xeno 
phon is thinking of their various starting 
points. 

§ 14. ὑπ αὐτόν: at the foot of it. Note the 
idiom, and cf. 788, 1225; 8θδ, κ. 3, 598, b. 

§ 15. ava Κράτος: why not κατὰ xpdros? 

καὶ ffAvos: καί thus placed often adds a 
slight emphasis to the following word, and 
is best rendered by the tone of the voice. 
Cf. καὶ ἐγώ 68, καὶ τότε 619, καὶ βασιλεύς 
1010, 

§ 16. τεθνηκότα: why not inf.? Why 
not a form of ἀποθνήσκω as in 611, 8548 
See sub θνήσκω. 

§ 18. καταλαµβάνουσι τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν 
τε. . .: find most etc. 

εἴ τι: whatever, cf. same, 51, θ]. 

«καὶ ταύτας: these also. 


BOOK IL 


CHAPTER I. 


§1. Translate the sentence just as it 
stands, rendering ὡς how. 

Kip: dat. of advantage. 

A similar recapitulation prefaces each 
book except thesixth. As 1.10" is closely 
connected (μὲν . . . δέ) with 9.13, it is 
thought probable that §1 was the work 
of a later hand, perhaps of the author of 
the divisions into books and chapters. It 


is introduced by µέν regardless of the né 
in the last sentence of Book I. 

6 2. els τὸ πρόσθεν : i.e. in an easterly 
or southeasterly direction. 

§ 3. ἐν ὁρμῇ: in (the act of) starting. 

γεγονὼς ἀπό: descended from. 

τέθνηκεν : the indicative emphasizes the 
fact. 

ἐν τῷ σταθµφ: goes with efy.| Why! 











BOOK II. 


καὶ λέγοι : and that he (Ariaeus) said. 

τῇ --ἄλλῃ: see ἄλλος. 

ἀπιέναι φαίη: declared that he would 
depart. 

ἐπὶ Ἰωνίας: for, toward. See Lex. 

§ 4. ἀκούσαντες . . . πυνθανόμενοι : 
uote the chiastic order. Cf. note 1.12 (end). 

νικῶμεν: see Lex. on force of pres. 

τών γικώντων: why gen.? See note on 
βασιλέως, 1.91. 

§ 6. στράτευµα — κόπτοντες: construc- 
tio ad sensum. 

ξύλοις : as fuel. 

οἱ "Έλληνες ἠνάγκαζον rots αὐτομο- 
λοῦντας . . . 

φέρεσθαι : to be carried of” 

§ 7. hv 8 αὐτῶν . . 7: but of them there 
was one Greek, Phalinus. 

ἐντίμως Exwv: see ἔχω, 4. 

τών (sc. πραγμάτων) ἀμφὶ τάξει : = 
tactics. 

§ 8. ἄν τι --- ἀγαθόν: whatever advan- 
tage. Note the multiplication of participles 
in this section. 

§ 9. ὅμως: i.e. though indignant. 

τών νικώντων: as in § 4. 

ἔχετε: sc. ἁποκρίνασθαι. 

ἐξῃρημένοι: ἐξαιρέω. 

§ 10. ἄν belongs to both verbs. 

ὡς κρατών: as conqueror. 

καὶ οὐ, ἑλθόντα, λαβεῖν (sc. αὐτά). 

§ 11. ἑαυτοῦ: ροη., but above, στρατιώ- 
ταις, dat. — why ? 

καὶ δννάµενος ἀγαγεῖν πλῆθος ... 

ὅσον οὐδ᾽ : so great (as) that not even. 

§ 12. οἰόμεθα. . . ἂν . .. χρῆσθαι : we 
think that we could use. So ἄν after 3’ 
belongs to στερηθῆναι. 


CHAP. II. 407 


παραδώσεν;: that we will give up to. 
§ 19. οὐκ ἀχάριστα: not unpleasantly. 


Slightly ironical. 

ἴσθι . . . dv: see οἶδα. 

§ 14. ἴφασαν: they reported. This sug- 
gests that Xenophon was not present. See 
Introd. 120. I. (2). 

Atyurrov: how long had Egypt been 
independent? See Lex. 

§ 15. ἄλλος ἄλλα: see Lex. 

§ 16. ἡμεῖς: sc. Ἑλληνές ἑσμεν. 

§ 17. Gel λεγόμενον : whenever it is re 
lated. Lit. it being ever told. ‘The part. 
modifies 8. 

συμβουλευομένοιφ συνεβούλευσεν αὐτοῖς 
τάδε; counselled them when they counselled 
with (him) as follows, i.e. as the narrator 
would in each case go on to state. 

§ 19. εἰ μὲν τών . . . if of ten thousand 
hopes you have a single one of being saved by 
warring. 

§ 20. ἀπάγγελλε: pres. impv., nearly = 
go and announce. 

ov, ἡμεῖς: note the emphasis. 

οἰόμεθα . . . εἶναι ἂν φίλοι ἄξιοι πλείο- 
νο. .. 

(οἴόμεθα) ἄμεινον ἂν (εἶναι) ... 

ἔχοντες, wapadévres: abridged protases. 

§ 21. µένουσι, προ-, ἆπ-ιοῦσν, pres. pts., 
abridged protases, cf. ἣν µένωμε», § 22. 
So in § 23. 

εἴπατε: la.impv. So in 2.5% εἶπας is 
preferred to the 2 a. elves. 

ὡς πολέμου ὄντος (on the supposition) 
that there 18 war. 

§ 22. καὶ .. . ταὐτά: the same thins 
also. 

σπονδαί: sc. εἶσιν. 


CHAPTER II. ' 


§ 1. οἱ δὲ παρὰ ᾿Αριαίου: and these| § 2. ὥσπερ λέγεε: before which un- 


from Ariaeus were come (namely). 
παρὰ βασιλέως, 1.15. See chap. i. §§ 8, 5. 
ἀνασχέσθαι: w. gen., cf. ἕως πότε ἀνέ- 


Cf. | derstand ἐχέτω, let it be, or χρὴ ποιεῖν. 


ὁποῖον --- τι: see zis. 
μάλιστα συµφέρειν: be most advanta- 


ἔομαι ὑμῶ», Matt. xvii. 17; ἀνεχόμενοι ἆλ- | geous. 


λήλαν ἐν ἀγάπῃ, Eph. iv. 3. 
βούλεσθε: note the change to dir. disc. 


§ 3. θυοµένῳ τὰ ἱερὰ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο ἰέναι 
ἐπὶ etc. So in 6.6%, But ἰέναι by its. posi- 


408 


tion may hold a double relation both to 
θυοµένφ and ἐγίγνετο. 

πλοῖα St. . .: note the elegant order, 
and BOATS we etc. 

οἷόν τε: see Lex. 

tory: not ἐστίν. See Lex. 

§ 4. κέρατι: “The only passage in a 
Greek historian where xépas appears to 
be used for a Greek military signal is in 
Xenophon’s Anab. II. 2,4; and there in- 
terpolated from Cyrop. V. 3, 45.” See 
Smith’s Greek and Roman Antiquities, 


sub Z'uba. Nevertheless κέρατι is in all 
thé texts. 
ws: asif. The object was to deceive 


the Persians. 

συσκευάζεσθε: note change from inf. 
(δειπνεῖν) to impv. 

δεύτερον : sc. onuhyp. 

τρίτῳ: 8C. σηµείφ. 

πρὸς ποταμοῦ: from (the standpoint of) 
the river = our towards the river. . The acc. 
might have been used. 

ὅπλα : see Lex. 

§ 5. 6 pév: i.e. Clearchus. 

τὸν ἄρχοντα: sc. ppoveiy. 
52. 

§ 6. As this summary has no connection 
with the context, and does not harmonize 
with the sum total of the distances given 
in Book L., the section has been thought 


See Introd. 


by many to be an interpolation. Fora 
similar section, cf. 7.876. 
§ 7. θέµενοι: see τίθηµι. The part. 


‘agrees with στρατηγοί, λοχαγοί, but in- 
Jeindes, ad sensum, the soldiers. 
§ 8. pre... τέ: both... not... and. 
§ 9. els ἀσπίδα: i.e. so as to catch the 
blood in a shield. With this method of 
solemnizing the covenant, cf. Jer. xxxiv. 
18. See also 2.328; 4.87, 
§ 10. évvevonkévar δοκεῖς: do you think 
that you have devised. 
§ 11. ἀπιόντες ἣν (sc. ὁδὸν) ἤλθομεν ... 
ἑπτακαίδεκα . . . for during (lit. within) 
the last seventeen days’ march not even 
(while) coming hither etc. 
§ 12. ὡς ἂν δυνώµεθα paxpordrovs : cf. 
Φε ἂν Suvnra: πλείστους, 1.68. 


NOTES. 


πορευτέον: in what other ways may 
necessity be expressed ? 

ἅπαξ — how differs from ποτέ ? 

§13. ἦν . . . δυναµένη: nearly = ἑδύ- 
νατο. See note on 1.06 and Lex. 

ἡμέρα ἐγένετο: cf. σκότος ἐγένετο, § 7. 

ἐν δεξι Exovres τὸν ἥλιον: What 
direction is meant, east or north? The 
question has been much discussed. The 
use of the imperfect ἐπορεύοντο, they were 
journeying (i.e. during the entire day) sug- 
gests that they went eastward. This view 
is further supported by the fact that they 
reach (2.412) a point not far from Baby- 
lon. 

§ 14. ἔτι δέ: and besides. 

καὶ τών τε Ἑλλήνων .. .: 
(those) of the Greeks etc. 

§ 15. ἐν ᾧ: see 3s. 


οἱ σκοποὶ προπεμφθέντεν fxov λέγον- 


and both 


τες . 

616. ἀπειρηκόταφ : were weary. See 
ἁπαγορεύω. 

καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ . . . even the very timbers in 


(lit. from) the houses. ἀπό is put for ἐν by 
constructio praegnans (788, 1225; 898, 
ν. 3). Cf. ἐκ for ἐν, 1.2%, παρὰ βασιλέως 
for μαρὰ βασιλεῖ, 1.15, 

6 17. ἐτύγχανον ἕκαστοι : severairy 
chanced (to lodge). 

οἱ μὲν ἐγγύτατα : the nearest of. 

καί: even. 

6 18. οὔτε γὰρ οὐδὲν ὑποζύγιον .. . 

καὶ βασιλεύς: even the king, as well as 
of μὲν ἐγγύτατα. 

§ 19. οἷον εἰκὸς γίγνεσθαι: as is likely 
to arise when. 

§ 20. Κλέαρχος δὲ éx&Aevoe Τολμίδην 
Ἠλεῖον, ὃν . . . τότε, κηρύξαντα σιγὴν 
ἀνειπεῖν. 

τὸν ἀφέντα τὸν ὄνον : the man who had 
let loose the ass. A timely joke to stay the 
panic. 

τὰ ὅπλα : 
end. 
On position of ὅτι, not after προαγο- 
ρεύουσι», cf. first note on 1.67. 

§ 21. o@ = σῶοι. 

ἧπε εἶχον : just as they were. 


see Introd. 86, near the 


BOOK IZ. 


§ L. 8 (not 4) ἔγραψφα: in 2.2!8, 
πέµπων: SC. κήρυκας. 


§ 3. ὥστε καλῶς ἔχειν . 


.: 80 that it 


CHAP. IIL 409 


CHAPTER ΠΠ. 


ἤδη: already, i. 9. at the outset. 
§ 15. αἱ δέ: but those. 


τὰς δέ τινας: but somE. Cf. τοὺς µέν 


was well arranged to be seen (lit., had itself'| τινας --- τοὺς δέ, 9.315. 


well) as on every side a close phalanx (see 


Introd. 76), and except the armed none etc. 
αὐτόφτε. .. 

εὐοπλοτάτους . . . καὶ εὐειδεστάτους. 
§ 4. τά τεπαρὰ .. 

tions) from etc. 

§ 5. οὐδ ὁ τολµήσων: nor (is there) 
the man that will dare ete. Cf. οὐδ) 6 κω- 
λύσων παρῆν. -- ΡΟΡΗ. Antig., 261. 

§ 6. εἰκότα : things reasonable. 

§ 7. αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι : with the men 
themselves only who are going to and return- 
ing from (the king), i.e. with the king’s 


messengers. 
καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις : i. 6. to the rest of the 
Persians. So Kriigeretal. The question 


was thus prompted by fear of some deceit. 
Others understand αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι to 
refer to those of the Greeks who should 
be sent with the guides for supplies. In 
this case τοῖς ἄλλοις must refer to the rest 
of the Greeks. 

§ 8. µεταστησάµενοε : after causing them 
(the messengers) to withdraw. 

§ 9. On the force of ἀπό in ἆπο-δοκέω 
ef. ἀπο-γιγνώσκω, ἀποψηφίζομαι. 

δ 10. οἱ µέν: i.e. the Persian envoys. 

ἐν τάξει: because suspicious of the Per. 
sians. 

ἐποιοῦντο: 8c. ταύτας ΟΥ γεφύρα». 

ἐκπεπτωκότας : fallen. . 

6 11. καταμαθεῖν Ἠλέαρχον . . .: 
lepsis for καταμαθεῖν ds Ἑλέαρχος. 

el τις τῶν τεταγµένων πρὸς τοῦτο. 

μὴ οὐ: on the principle stated in 1034, 
1616, πᾶσιν αἰσχύνην εἶναι being equiva- 

, lent, as Kiihner says, to none were willing. 

§ 12. εἰς τριάκοντα ἔτη, cf. 7.815. 

613. ὑποπτεύων ἁὐτὸ τὸ . . .: his sus- 
picions being aroused by the very fact that 
the ditches were etc. 

αὐτὸ modifies τὸ . . . 


pro- 


εἶναι. 


καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις. τούς τε 


: the (communica- 


καὶ ἦν: and it (the sweetmeat) was ete. 

παρὰ wéroy: see sub παρά, w. acc. 

§ 16. τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἦν . . . 

§ 17. γυναικός: Statira by name. . See 
Plutarch’s Artaxerzes. 

δ 18. γείων οἰκῶ: cf. “quae divom 
incedo regina” (VERGIL, Aen. i. 46) for a 
similar predicate nominative. ; 

ἀμήχανα: inextricable difficulties. 

αἰτήσασθαι δοῦναι . . .: to obtain by 
request that he would grant me etc. 

-.. Qv... ἔχειν . . .: τ{ would not be 
without gratitude, either on your part etc. 

§ 19. ἠτούμην (αἰτέω) βασιλέα: made 
my request of the king. 


Stu. . . πρῶτος: because I was the 
Jirst to. 
αὐτῳ : i. e. to the king. 


§ 20. ἐκέλευεν δέ µε ἐλθόντα ἐρέσθαι... 

ἵνα pou εὐπρακτότερον .. .: in order that 
it may be easier for me to obtain for you etc. 

ἐάν tt... ἆγαθόν = whatever advantage. 

§ 21. µεταστάντες : how differs in mean- 
ing from µεταστησάμµενος, § 8 1 

§ 22. παρέχοντες ἡμᾶς αὐτούς: yielding 
ourselves (to him) to do well by us. 

§ 23. ott’ ἔστιν ὅτου ἕνεκα : nor is there 
any reason why. 

ἀδικοῦντα : sc. τινά. 

ὑπάρχι: takes the lead, is first. 

καὶ τούτου els‘ye δύναμιν ...: even this 
one to the extent, at least, of our ability we 
shall not fall behind. 

§ 24. µενόντων: impv. 

§ 25. els: see note on els ἕω, 1.71. 

διαπεπραγµένος παρὰ βασιλέως . 
having obtained from the king that it be 
granted. 

§ 26. mora λαβεῖν: as implying a 
promise, is followed by fut. inf. (παρέξειν, 
ἀπάξειν), 855, a, 948, a. 1276, 1286. 
649, 2.— μὴ ᾗ; may not be possible, 


410 


§ 27. ὠνουμένου: by purchase. 
wonders that the Greeks consented to this, 


NOTES. 


but perhaps their means were not so lim 
One | ited as one might suppose. 


§ 29. ἀρχήν : ie. in Asia Minor. 


CHAPTER IV. 


6 1. of ἀδελφοὶ καὶ οἳ . . .: Ais brothers 
andhis... 
δεξιὰς — ἔφερον: with fut. inf. (µνησι- 
κάκήσειν), cf. πιστὰ λαβεῖν, 2.3%, 
τών παροιχοµένων : of the things past. 
§ 2. οἱ περὶ ᾿Αριαῖον : see περί, 3. 
προσέχετε τὸν νοῦν: an exhortation 
still often heard in the public schools of 
Greece. 
§ 3. περὶ παντός: see sub ποιέω, and cf. 
περὶ πλείστου, 1.97. 
οὐκ ἔστιν : see sub ὅπως. 
§ 4. βουλήσεται: will consent. 
τοσοίδε; only so many, = so few. 
§ 5. ἐπὶ πολέμφ: for war, cf. ἐπὶ θα- 
νάτῳ, 1.619, 
0688 ὅθεν : nor (any place) whence. 
ἅμα . . . ἡμῶν: at the same time that we 
are doing this. 
ὄντες : sc. Φίλοι. 
§ 6. Note emphatic position of ποταμό». 
But a river — whether there... 
ἂν — δέῃ: if there be need of fighting. 
οἱ ... ἄξιοι: the most mumerous αἱ 
valuable are... 
οἷόν τε: 8c. ἐστι». 
6 7. βασιλέα: repeated in αὐτόν (after 
δεῖ), is subject of ὀμόσαι. 
σύμμαχα : auxiliaries, including the nat- 
ural advantages of the king’s position. 
τὰ ἑαυτοῦ . . . wovfjrat: to render faith- 
less his pledges to... 
§ 8. ds: as if. θυγατέρα, Rhodogune 
by name, according to Plutarch. 
ἐπὶ yaue: in marriage, i.e. as his wife. 
Cf. 3.418, 
§ 10. αὐτοὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν : lit. themselves 
by themselves, emphatic juxtaposition. 
καὶ πλέον : = or more, a8 We Bay. 
§ 11. αὐτοῦ: sc. τόπου. 
§ 14. τὸ . . . τεχος: see note on 
0b, 


παρ-λθον εἴσω αὐτοῦ: passed within it, 
or, more probably, passed along on the in- 
ner (i.e. on the Babylonian) side of it. 
§ 13. ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος: see note on 
ἀπὸ Σάρδεω», 1.25. 
ὀχετοί: sc. κατετέτµηντο. 
ὥσπερ: just as (are dug). 
§ 14. παρ) αὐτήν : cf. παρὰ τὴν σκηνήν͵ 
1.45. 
βάρβαροι: 6ο. ἐσκήνησαν. 
§ 15. πρὸ τών ὅπλων : see Introd. 86. 
6 16. ἐπιθώνται: ἐπιτίθημί. 
δ 17. ὡς: since. ds uh: in order that 
.. » not. Sidpuxos: cf. § 13. 
§ 19. νεανίσκος τις: “ not improbably 
Xenophon.’’ — CrosBy. 
τότε ἐπιθήσεσθαι . . .: that the (being 
about to attack) intention both to make an 
attack, and (to)... 
ὅτι ἐπιτιθεμένους ἢ . . .: that, attack 
ing (us), they must either. 
«τί Se. ..: Note again that the apodosis 
of the third or more vivid condition admits 


nd | any form of expression that IMPLIES Fu- 


TURE time, as a pres. inf. (1.318, 18, 3), pf. 
ind. (1.813), pres. ind. like χρή, δεῖ, -τέο». 

§ 20. πολλῶν. . . πέραν: though there 
are many beyond (the river). 
“541. πόση Tg: about how large. 

§ 22. ὑπο-πέμψειαν: prep.,=with secret 
design. . 

τὰ .. . ἔχοιεν: 80. ὀκνοῦντες μή. 

wold fs — otens: since tt was... 

§ 24. οἷόν τε: sc. hy. 

@s— µέλλοιεν: that while they were 
crossing they (the Persians) intended, etc. 

σκοπῶν: σκοπέω. 

§ 25. πρὸς fv: toward, ος near to, which, 

γόθος ἀδελφός: unknown. 

@s βοηθήσων;: like Abrocomas (1.13 
he was too late for the battle. 

§ 46. als Sto: cf. ἐπὶ rerrd pwr, 1.24 





* BOOK II. CHAP. V. 


411 


ὅσον δέ . . .: as long a time as he halted | citizens were to go unharmed. Kriiger’s 
the van. rendering, “except the right of making 
On the use of pf. in ἐκπεπλῆχθαι, cf. | the inhabitants slaves,” is cpposed to the 


note on 1.515. 
§ 27. ἐπέτρεψε: cf. same, 1.219, 
πλὴν ἀνδραπόδων : except slaves. This 


plain meaning of the Greek as well as to 
the following sentence. 
§ 28. ἐπὶ σχεδίαις: rafts are still used 


zmplies that as a matter of course the | in the east. 


-- 


CHAPTER V. 


§ 3. Τισσαφέρη: for case see Lex. 

ὁρώ oe φυλαττόμενον ἡμᾶς . . . 

§ 4. οὔτε... τε: cf. µήτε . . . re, 2.28. 

els . . . ἐλθεῖν : {ο have an interview with 
you. 
§ 5. οἶδα .. . ἤδηξ- 1 have known. 

ἀνθρώπους . . . Tovs μὲν . . . τοὺς δέ: 
men . « . some... others. 

βουλόμενει φθάσαι πρὶν . . .: wishing 
to anticipute (the suspected) before they 
suffered (anything). 

ἀνθρώπους οἳ ... ἐποίησαν: instead of 
the usual ἀνθρώπους ποιῄσαντας, to avoid, as 
Kiihner suggests, the accumulation of par- 
ticiples. 

§ 6. νοµίζων οὖν τὰς . . 
συνουσίαις .. . 

§ 7. µέγιστον : chiefly. 

τούτων : i.e. the oaths. 

τὸν θεών πόλεµον : the war of (i. ©. waged 
by) the gods, = divine vengeance ; object of 
ἀποφύγοι. Difference between ἀποφεύγω 
and ἀποδιδράσκω ? Cf. 1.48. 

πάντῃ, πάντα, TavTaxy, πάντων: note 
Μο paronomasia. 

§ 8. κατεθέµεθα;: stored (it) up. 

ἄλλο τι ἂν ἢ . . . ἀγωνιζοίμεθα: could 
anything else be than, = should we not cer- 
tainly have to contend. 

§ 11. νοµίζων (αὐτὸν) εἶναι ἱκανώτατον. 

τών τοτε: of the men of his time. 

ὁρῶ σε . . . ἔχοντα . . . σώζοντα. 

τὴν δὲ βασιλέως δύναμιν . . . ταύτην 
(referring with emphasis to δύναμιν) (ὁρῶ) 
οὖσαν. 

ἐχρῆτο: found ; see Lex. 

614. τούτων . . . ὄντων: since this is 
s0, less common than οὕτως ἐχόντω». 


. waver Oar ἂν 


ἀλλὰ µήν . . . γάρ: implies an ellipsis, 
but in truth (this is not all) for. 

§ 13. οὓς νοµίω . . . ἂν παρασχεῖν 
ταπεινούς. 

Πισίδας : sc. ὄντας λυπηρούς. 

μᾶλλον τῆς . . .Ξ- μᾶλλον A τῇ (δυνά 
pet) νῦν οὔσῃ. 

§ 14. χάριτοφ: sc. ἕνεκα. 

σωθέντες ὑπὸ σοῦ: (if) saved by you. 

§ 15. rd... amoreiv: that you should 
distrust us, 

ἀκούσαιμι τὸ ὄνομα τίς: hear by name 
who, or better, the name (of him) who. 

It may be gravely doubted whether a 
stern old Spartan soldier, such as Clear- 
chus is described as being (see next chap- 
ter), could ever have made the speech 
Xenophon here puts into his mouth. It 
presents him as an easy subject for the 
practice of deception. See note, § 30. 

ἀπημείφθη: Homeric for ἀπεκρίνατο. 

§ 16. δοκεῖς . . . ἂν . . . εἶναι: it (lit. 
you) seems to me that you would. With 
what tenses of the indicative is a» never 
used ? 

δ 17. εἶ . . . ἔβουλόμεθα : contrary to 
fact. The apodosis ἀπορεῖν (after δοκοῦμεν) 
omits ἄν to emphasize the fact that they 
were not in want of a sufficient force, and 
this fact for further emphasis is put in the 
form of a question. Goodwin vs. Rehdantz, 
Bachof, et al. regards ef — éBouvAdueda as 
a simple supposition. 

κίνδυνος: sc. εἴη ἄν. 

§ 18. φίλια ὄντα : even though they are 
friendly, 

ταμιεύεσθαι orédcos ἂν ὑμῶν : divide 
off as many of you as. 


— oe 


412 


619. dv.. 
up which. 

§ 20. πῶς ἂν . . . ἔχοντες . . . ἂν (16- 
peated) ἐξελοίμεθα : how then could we who 
have . . . choose. 

§ 21. ἀπόρων ἐστὶ καὶ ἁμηχάνων : it is 
characteristic of those without resources and 
means. 

καὶ τούτων πονηρῶν: and these, too, 
wicked men. 

otrives ἐθέλουσι here = ἐθέλειν, used as 
if following ἄποροί eict. 

§ 22. ἐξόν: when it was possible. 

Order: 6 duds ἔρως, (vin)-7d ἐμὲ γενέ- 
σθαι πιστὸν τοῖς “EAAnoly (ἐστι) αἴτιος τού- 
του, καὶ ᾧ ξενικφ Kipos ἀνέβη πιστεύων 
(αὐτφ) διὰ µισθοδοσίαα, 'τούτφ (with this) 
(ὁ ἐμὸς ἔρως ἐστίν), ἐμὲ . . . ἰσχυρόν. 

§ 23. ὅσα: us to how many ways. 

τὰ µέν: some. 

τιάραν .. . ὀρθήν : the king alone wore 
the upright tiara. See Introd. 27 (3). 

τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ: Kiihner and others 
think that Tissaphernes thus means to hint 
that he aspires to the Persian throne or to 
' become independent. Probably the words 
signify no more than that, aided by the 
Greeks, he would possess a spirit and ex- 
ercise an authority virtually royal. 

§ 24. οὐκοῦν . . . οἵτινες : are not then 
(those) who. 

τοιούτων . . . ὑπαρχόντων : since we 
have such grounds for friendship. 

§ 25. εἰ (ὑμεῖς) of τε στρατηγοὶ ... 
οἱ λοχαγοί, βούλεσθε, 

λέξω: in the sense of name. 

§ 27. σύνδειπνον ἐποιῄσατο: a marked 
token of friendship in the East. 

Φιλικῶς διακεῖσθαν : usually rendered, 
to be friendly disposed toward (dat.), here 
clearly means to be on friendly terms with. 

ἔφη τε (ἄνδρας or ἐκείνους) χρῆναι. 

ot ἂν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλεγχθῶσι: Could 
the opt. be used here ? 

αὐτοὺς Ττιµωρηθῆναι ὧς ὄντας προ- 
δότας.. . 

§ 28. εἰδὼς αὐτὸν wal... καὶ... καὶ: 
knowing both that he, along with ARIAEUS, 

td been secretly etc. 


. κατακαύσαντες : burning 


NOTES. | 


στασιάζοντα αὐτῷ: forming a party 


| against him, i.e.Clearchus. On the rivalry 


and probable grounds of jealousy between 
Clearchus and Menon, compare the part 
played by the former in 15 with the ser- 
vices of the latter in 1.418-!7, and consult 
1 51118. 

§ 29. ἀντέλεγον .. . πάνταφ: were op- 
posing him, saying that all .. . should not 
go. -Aéyw with inf. here like εἶπε in 1.314, 
is nearly equal to κελεύω. 

§ 30. ἰσχυρώς κατέτεινεν. On the other 
hand Ctesias says that Clearchus was com- 


pelled to go against his will, and to our — 


mind, judging from what we know of him, 
this seems much more probable. 

ὡς εἷς ἀγοράν : i. e. unarmed. 

§ 32. ᾧτινι Ἕλληνι ἐντυγχάνοιεν. 

ᾧτινι — πάντας: as ὅστις — πάντας, 
1.15, στράτευµα --- Κόπτοντες, 2.18. 

, § 34. αὐτούς: i.e. the Persians. 

§ 35. ἦσαν : in the sense of a pipf. 

. ὁρᾶν καὶ γιγνώσκειν: that he saw 
and recognized. 

§ 36. & tis = whatever. Note that 
προελθεῖν stands for προελθέτω of dir. 
disc. But cf. Μ. & T. § 684, latter part. 

§ 37. τὰ περὶ: the (fate) of. 

§ 38. ἑαυτοῦ γὰρ εἶναί φησι: for he 
says that they (the arms) are HIS (gen.), 
since they. ἑαυτοῦ emphatic both by case 
and position. 

§ 99. οἱ ἄλλοι: and (ye) others. 

τοὺς αὐτοὺς . . . νομιεῖν : that you will 
regard the same persons (as we)... 

τούφ te... ἁπολωλέκατε: have both 
killed the very men. 

τοὺς ἄλλους ἡμᾶς : = the rest of us. 

§ 40. ἐπὶ rovros: upon this, cf. ἐκ 
τούτου, hereupon. 

§ 41. Πρόξενος δὲ καὶ Mévov — αὐτούς : 
anacoluthon. Cf. the almost exact par- 
allel in Acts vii. 40: 6 γὰρ Μωῦσῆς οὗτος 

. οὐκ οἵδαμεν τί ἐγένετο αὐτφ. So in 
Rev. iii. 12, ὁ νικῶν --- ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦ- 
λον. This construction emphasizes the 
subject. 

§ 42. πρὸε ταῦτα: with reference to 
this. 


BOOK II. 


CHAP. VI. 418 


CHAPTER: VI. 


δ a. μὲν, repeated after εἷς, correl. to δέ 
§§ 16, 21, 30, 

ὡς: see Lex. sub 2. 

ἀποτμήθέντε: Parysatis made every 
effort to save the life of Clearchus; but 
the influence of Statira, the wife of Ar- 
taxerxes, prevailed, and he with the others, 
except Menon, were ‘soon put to death. 
On Menpn’s death, see § 29. 

In translating begin a new sentence 
with els μέν. ΄ 

ὁμολογουμένως: adverbs are sometimes 
made from participles ; cf. πεφυλαγμένως, 
2.424. So in English. ΟΙ. confessed-ly, 
guarded-ly, witting-ly. 

ἐκ . . . ἐχόντων : by all those who were 
acquainted with him. 

On ἐκ, cf. ἐκ βασιλέως, 1.18. 

δόξας γενέσθαι: seemed to have been. 

§ 2. πόλεμος: the Peloponnesian War, 
which ended three years before this ex- 
pedition of Cyrus. 

παρέµενεν: 1.9. at Sparta. 

Ἓλλληνας: i.e. those in the Thracian 
Chersonesus. 

διαπραξάµενος: after gaining (his point); 
cf. διαπραξάµενοι πλοῖα παρὰ τῶν Ἡρακλεω- 
τῶν, 6.217, 

§ 3. tw: outside (the State). 

πλέων ; see sub οἴχομαι. 

§ 4. ἄλλῃ : elsewhere. Where is un- 
known. Not in 1.19, 33, nor in any of 
his extant works. 

'δ 5 οὐκ -- ἐτράπετο: did not betake 
himself. 

ἀπὸ τούτου (γοῦ χρόνου). 

§ 6. ἐξόν: though it is permitted him. 

elg παιδιά: cf. els τὸ ἴδιον, els ὑμᾶς, 
1.98, 

§ 7. ταύτῃ ες herein. 

τέ correl. to καί before ἐν. καὶ ἡμέρας 

. οἱ both by day. 

66. ds δυνατον . . .: as much as (was) 
possible with such a disposition as he had. 

αὐτῷ: nearly equals ‘ his.’ 

§9. ἐκ τοῦ — εἶναι: by being. 


ἔσθ' ὅτε: sometimes. 

§ 10. λέγειν . . . ἔφασαν: it was γε- 
ported (lit. they were asserting) that he was 
wont to say. 

φίλων ἀφέξεσθαι - i. ϱ. from plundering 
or otherwise injuring them. 

§ 11. τὸ στυγνὸν αὐτοῦ ἔφασαν τότε 
φαίνεσθαι φαιδρόν. ΄ 

σωτήριον : indicative of deliverunce. 


“Soon as the ranged battalions came in 
sight =. 
He felt fierce joy and terrible delight, 
And shuddered with his eagerness to _ 
fight.” by 


§ 12. ἀρξομένουε : to be commanded, i.e. 
to serve under another general. &ptoua 
more common than ἀρχθήσομαι. 

§ 13. καὶ γὰρ οὖν: and consequently. 
Lit. and (the result was obvious) for 
moreover. 

ὑπὸ τοῦ δεῖσθαι = δι ἔνδειαν. Connect 
with παρείησα». 

§ 14. ἦν τὰ ποιοῦντα τοὺς .. 
τιώτας . . . μεγάλα. 

Td... Saw: subject of παρῆν. 
Lex. sub ἔχω, 4. 

§ 16. Π]ρόξενος δέ: correl. in form to 
os μὲν στρατηγοί (§ 1), in sense to εἷς μὲν 
(§ 1). 

εὐθὺς — Sv: as εὐθὺςε . .. Ivres, 1.94. 

τὰ μεγάλα: the great things (of State}. 

ἀργύριον: i.e. for tuition. “Topylas ὁ 
ῥήτωρ καὶ réxvas ῥητορικὰς πρῶτος ἐξεῦρε, 
καὶ κατὰ τὴν σοφιστείαν τοὺς ἄλλους ὑπερέ. 
βαλεν ὥστε μισθὸν λαμβάνειν παρὰ τῶν 
μαθητῶν μνᾶς éxardy.”’ — DioporRus Sicvu: 
LUS, XII. 53. 

§ 17. ovveyévero, i. e. had taken his 
course of instruction. 

φίλος dv . . .: since he was a friend ϱ) 
the great (lit. first). 

μὴ ἠττᾶσθαι : not to be outdone. 

πράξεις: enterprises. 

§ 18. τοσούτων... σφόδρα ; but while 
earnestly desiring . . . 


. στρα- 


See 


414 


tvSnAov : evident enough, slightly weaker 
than δῆλος. Or the ἐν may have the same 
force as in 2.43, viz. herein, tn these matters. 

δ 19. αἰδῶ -- ἑαυτοῦ: respect for him- 
self. 

φοβούμενος τὸ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι : afraid of 
being hateful to (or hated by). 

ἀπιστεῖν: in the sense of ἀπειθεῖ». 

§ 20. πρὸς rd... Soxeiv: for being, 
and seeming (to be), fitted to command. 

ἀπέθνησκε: we should expect ἀπέθανε. 
Cf. § 29. 

§ 21. ἀδικῶν: while committing injustice. 

§ 22. ἐπὶ .. . dv: for the gccomplish- 
ment of what. 

§ 23. στέργων: used of natural affec- 
tion. See ἀγαπάω. 

ἕν-δηλος: thereby evident. Cf. note, § 18. 

§ 24. ᾧετο δὲ µόνος εἰδέναι bv ῥᾷστον 

. that it was easiest. 

ἀφύλακτα: because unguarded, 

§ 26. τῷ δύνασθαι ἐξαπατᾶν ... 

τοὺς πρώτους: i.e. in their friendship, 
== their best friends. 

§ 27. ἐμηχανᾶτο τὸ παρέχεσθαι τοὺς... 


NOTES. . 


ἠξίου : he expected. 

ἐπιδεικνύμενος: because he showed. 

ἀδικεῖν πλεῖστα. 

χρώμενος αὐτῷ: that in his dealings with 
him, he (Menon). 

§ 28. καὶ .. . ἀφανῆ: and as regaras, 
indeed, the unapparent, a hint probably at 
the suspicion that Menon had been treach- 
erous. 

διεπράξατο στρατηγεῖν: managed to οἱ» 
tain the command of. 

᾿Αριαίῳ: after οἰκειότατος. 

βαρβόρῳ ὄντι: though a barbarian. 

: because he, i.e. Ariaeus. He 
arse to the vice of mdibepaorla, which 
Menon is represented as both ministering 
to and indulging in. 

αὐτὸς ἀγένειος ὢν .. 
nomasia. 

The. above character-sketches are ad- 
mirably succinct and vivid. 

§ 30. καὶ τούτῳ: these also. 

ὡς κακών: as being cowards. 

els: in the matter of. See Lex. 


ἤστην : εἰμί. 


. Note the paro- 





BOOK IIL 


CHAPTER I. 


§1. ὅσα µέν .. .: cf. note, 2.11. 
§ 2. ἐπεί: causal. 
ἐννοούμενοι μὲν ὅτι ἐπὶ . 

*yeJer for ἐννοούμενοι ὅτι ἐπὶ ν. 

to κύκλφ δέ, ἀγορὰν δέ. . . Οἱ. 2. 59, 

§ 3. ἀθύμως: see ἔχω, 4. 

ὀλίγοι: (but) few. 

ες τὴν ἑσψέραν : see note on εἷς Ty — 
ἕω, 1.71. . 

τὰ Sada: their quarters. See Lex. 

§ 4. ὃν αὐτὸς ἔφη νοµίτεν: whom he 
(Proxenus) said he himself considered. 

Ῥωκράτει: the philosopher. Introd. 108. 

§ 5. Kipw . . . γενέσθαι: 
friend of Cyrus. 


: less exact 
. correl. 


συμπολεμῆσαι rots Aaxedatpoviors 
this was in the latter part of the J’elo- 
ponnesian war. 

§ 6. ἐλθόντα: we should expect ἐλθόντι. 
Cf. λαβόντα, 1.9]. 

§ 7. ἱτέον εἶναι: that he must go. 

τοῦτ) . . . ὅπως: this (namely) hor. 

§ 8. θυσάµενος: in § 6 θύειν; see Lex. 

§ 9. καὶ ὁ Kipos. . .: Cyrus also joined 
in urging. 

§ 10. οὕτως may qualify either verb ο” 
participle. 

οὐ γὰρ ᾖδει: for he (Proxenus) did not 


to become a | know of. 


φοβούμενοι: (though)-/earing. 








BOOK II. 


δν αἰσχύνην: see Lex. 

καὶ ἀλλήλων: both as regarded each 
other. 

ξ 11. ἀπορία: cf. ἐν πολλῇ ἀπορίᾳ, 
§ 2. 

πᾶσα (7 oixla): sc. ἕδοξεν. 

§ 12. τῇ µέν: in one respect. 

βασιλέως: as king, hence protector of 
kings, including that of Persia. 

μὴ οὐ δύναιτο: depends on ἐφοβεῖτο. 

ὑπὸ .. . ἀποριῶν: by some (inextrica- 
ble) difficulties. 

§ 13. ὁποῖόν τι .. .: about (see Lex. 
sub τὶς), what sort of a thing it is now (δή), 
i.e. what it imports. 

αὐτῷ: i.e. to Xenophon. 

ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ: see Lex. sub ἐπί dat. 

τί ἐμποδὼν μὴ: what prevents (that we 
should not be slain), our being slain with 
insult afier ἐπιδόντας . . . 

§ 14. τὸν ἐκ ποίας πόλεως στρατηγόν 
= what state-commissioned general, mean- 
ing perhaps to contrast himself, a mere 
volunteer, with Clearchus, who received 
his commission from Sparta and also from 
Cyrus. Or ἐκ ποίας πόλεως may Mean 
from what (sort of =) possible city. 

ποίαν ἡλικίαν: This seems clearly to 
imply that Xenophon was then a young 
man, probably not more than thirty years 
old. See Introd. 106. 

§ 15. ἐκ τούτον: asyndeton of animated 
discourse. 

ἐν οἵοις : sc. πράγµασι». 

§ 16. δῇλον ὅτι: see Lex. 

πρότερον . πρίν: cf. πρόσθεν . πρίν, 1.22, 

δ 17. ὃς — ἀποτέμνων : since he after 
cutting off. ~ 

τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ — ἀδελφοῦ. 

καὶ — ἤδη: and he already dead. 

ὦς ---ποιῄσοντες: intending to make. 

§ 18. dp’... ἕλθοι: would he not (come 
to) resort to anything. 

(ἡμῖν) πάντα ποιητέον (ἐστιν). 

§ 19. διαθεώµενος αὐτῶν: observing re- 
specting them. αὐτῶν, gen. of the respect 
or source ; Crosby, Macmichael, et al. Cf. 
795,8: or it may depend on the following 
clauses ; Kriiger, Goodwin, et al. 


CHAP, L 414 


ὁπότε ἐνθυμοίμην . . . ἐφοβούμην : iter: 
ative. 

§ 20. τῶν piv... µετείη: that we have 
a share in none etc. 

Order : ῄδειν δὲ ὀλίγους ἔτι Exovras ὅτου 
(wherewith) ὠνησόμεθα, ὅρκους δὲ ἤδη κατε 
χοντας ἡμᾶς πορίζεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἄλλως 
πως (in any other way) } ὠνουνένους. The 
use of ᾖδειν, instead of eidel, makes it 
necessary to regard this sentence as a par- 
enthesis or an instance of anacoluthon. 

viv (φοβοῦμαι). 

§ 21. λελύσθαι: has been broken, i. e. 
has ended. 

ἆθλα: as prizes. 

ὁπότεροι: (for) whichever of us two 
(Greeks and Persians). 

§ 22. οὗτοι: i.e. the Persians. 

αὐτῶν: referring to ἀγαθά. 

ἡ (ἐξεῖναι) τούτοις. 

§ 23. οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες : i.e. the Persians. 

μᾶλλον τρωτοὶ . . . ἡμῶν (= ἡμεῖς) 
Because neither so well armed nor disc: 
plined. 

§ 24. Gdn’... ἄλλοι: but since perhaps 
others also. 

φάνητε: impv. Asyndeton as in § 15. 

τῶν στρατηγών : after the comparative. 
Note the paranomasia. 

$25. ἐξορμᾶν: sc. robs ἄλλους, or the 
verb may be intransftive. 

τὴν ἡλικίαν: If Xenophon was now 
forty years old, as many argue, how silly 
this reference to his youth must have 
seemed! The generals, Agias and Socra- 
tes (2 650), were only about thirty-five, and 
Menon was ἔτι ὥραῖος (2.68). Cf. ἡλικίαν 
§ 14. 

§ 26. πλήν: except that. This sentence 
is quite colloquial in style. Omit ἦν and 
otros 8 for a more classic construction. 

... ἂν τυχεῖν: that he could obtain. 

§ 27. ἐν ταὐτῳῷ (τόπφ). τούτοις: with 
these. 

ἐπὶ τούτῳ: see Lex. sub ἐπί. 

§ 28. τί οὐκ ἐποίησε: an emphatic way 
of saying he did everything. 

§ 29. els Adyous: cf. same, 2.54, 

οὐ viv ἐκεῖνοι . . . o05t — δύνανται ;. are 








‘ 


ON Pe Rae 8” ee! ne Be Ve ee 


416 


they not now, while .. ., unable, the wretched 
(creatures), even to die. 

eldds ys τοὺς μὲν κελεύοντας: all 
which things knowing rou affirm that those 
ste. 
§ 30. phre... τε: doth not... and, 
ef, 2.28, 

εἰς ταὐτόν (= τὸ αὐτὸ) : to the same rank 
with, 

ἀφελομένους te: and that (we) depriv- 
ing (him) ete. 

ὡς τοιούτῳ: i. θ. as a baggage animal. 

§ 31. ΑΛιδόν: whether this is to be 
taken literally, or as a synonym for slave, 
is uncertain. 

τετρυπηµένον : either as being a slave, 
or as a punishment for some crime, or to 
admit of wearing earrings, which was not 
a Greek custom. 

§ 33. es τὸ πρόσθεν : see Lex. and 
Introd. 86. 

ἀμφὶ τοὺς ἑκατόν : so ἀμφὶ τοὺς δισχι- 
λίους, 1.90, ἀμφὶ τὰ πεντήκορτα, 2.615, 

§ 34. ὁρῶσι: participle. 

καὶ αὐτοῖς 1 both ourselves. 

eC ru: whatever, as in 1.49, 51. 

ἅπερ καί: just what you also (said). 

§ 35. ἀλλά: well. See Lex. 

On μὲν ---μεν . . . 8, cf. same, 2.61, 16, 
ἡμῶν obs μὲν... 

§ 36. παρακαλῆτε tots ἄλλους: ο. 
παρασκευάζεσθα.. 


NOTES. 


§ 37. διαφέρειν: fo surpass. 

ἀξιοῦν ὑμᾶς αὐτούφ.: to demand that you 
yourselves both. 

§ 98. ὀφελῆσαι ἂν: would greatly aid. 

ἐν δὲ 82) — πολεμικοῖς: but obvously .. - 
above all, 

§ 39. πάνυ ἐν καιρῷ: quite in season. 

§ 40. οὕτω y’ ἐἑχόντων: while at least 
they are (so=) in this state. 

§ 41. τρέψῃ: divert. αὐτῶν limits γνώ- 
pas. 
§ 42. 4... ποιοῦσα: which (makes =; 
gains. 

ὡς ἐπὶ. ..: see Lex. sub πολύ». 

δέχονται: as in 1.101. 

§ 43. ἐντεθύμημαι (ἐνθυμέομαι) : = have 
observed. 

οὗτοι: THESE, referring with emphasis 
to ὁπόσοι. 

ἐγνώκασι: have judged. 

περὶ .. . ἀποθνήσκειν : fora noble death. 

τούτους: emphatic, like οὗτοι above. 

διάγοντας: going through life. 

6 44. γὰρ: since. εἶναι, after δεῖ. 

αὐτούς : ourselves, after ἀγαθούς. 

§ 45. ae µόνον ... ὅσον : only 
so far... as that. 

§ 46. of δεόµενοι: you who lack (them). 

§ 47. ἀντὶ ᾽Αγίου. i.e. the troops of 
Agias were added to the command of 
Cleanor, who was already a general, 
2.537, 


CHAPTER II. 


§1. ὑπ-έφαινε: note the force of the 
preposition. See ὑπό in composition. 

πρῶτον pév: correl. to ἐπὶ τούτῳ, § 4. 
δέ omitted as often in animated style. 

§ 2. παρόντα (ἐστίν): see sub πάρ-ειµι. 

ὁπότε; causal, πρὸς 3: see Lex. sub 
πρός, 4. 

§ 3. ἀλλὰ . , . ἀποθνήσκωμεν : but let 
us at least (γέ) etc. 

οἷα . . . wowjoeav: note opt., as may 
the gods etc. 

§ 4. ἐπὶ route: cf. ἐπὶ τούτοις, 2.5. 


κ. 


ἐπὶ τούτοις: in addition to this or in 
support of this. 

αὐτοῖς τούτοις: by these very means. 

καὶ (ᾧ) ἐδώκαμεν καὶ (παρ᾽ οὗ) ἐλάβομεν. 

δ 5. καὶ οὗτος: even he. 

66. .. . πάσχειν τοῦτο ὅτι: to suffer 
just whatever. The style of §§ 4-6 is so 
animated that they furnish an interesting 
theme for rhetorical study. Examining 
them sentence by sentence, state just what 
things contribute to make this short speech 
so stirring. 





BOOK IL 


§ 7. doradpévos: equipped. 
etre... εἴτε: if... and if. 
τῷ νικᾶν: victory. 

ὀρθώᾳ ἔχειν ἀξιώσαντα ἑαντόν : 
was right for him ete. 

§ 8. αὐτοῖό διὰ — var: be on friendly 
terms with. 

τοὺς στρατηγούφ. .. οἷα: prolepsis for 
ofa οἱ στρατηγο(. ’ 

ἐπιθεῖναι δίκην αὐτοῖς dv... + 
| διὰ . . . ἰέναι: cf. αὐτοῖς διὰ . . . above. 

§ 9. πτάρννται: cf. Homer’s Odyssey, 
xvii. 541-544, 

τὸν θεόν : i. e. Zeds, as the next sentence 
shows. 

σωτήρια: not σωτηρία. 

δοκεῖ µοι --- εὔξασθαι (that we vow) . 
συνεπεύξασθαι. 

ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ . . . εἶχεν: after the matters 
touching the gods were duly ended. 

§ 10. οὕτω ἐχόντωγ-- ἐπεὶ ταῦτα οὕτως 
ἔχει. 

εἰκὸς τοὺς θεοὺς εἶναι . . . 

ixavol εἰσι καὶ . . . ποιεῖν . 
κἂν) σώζειν. η 

ᾷ 11. ἔπειτα δὲ . , . γάρ (correl. to 
πρῶτον μέ», § 10): and then (the favor of 
the gods is seen in our history) for. 

ὡς προσήκει τε ὑμῖν εἶναι dyalois of τε 
ἀγαθοὶ σώζονται .. » both that it is fitting 
that . 

καὶ ἐκ: even out of. 

τολµήσαντες ὑποστῆναι: i.e. at Mara- 
thon, 490 B c. 

§12. εὐξάμενοι καταθύσειν τοσαύτας 
Xtpalpas ὁπόσους. According to Hero- 
dotus (6.117), “about 6,400 of the barba- 
rians were slain.” 

εὐξάμενοι . . . ἕδοξεν: anacoluthon. 


that it 


/ 
.ο καὶ (in 


ἀποθύονσι: ἀπό-- 38 a thing due, cf. 
ἁποδίδωμι. 

ἔτι viv: though the vow had been paid 
long since. 


§ 19. ἕἔπειτα: correl. to μέν, § 11. 
ἀναρίθμητον: over 2,600,000, according 
to Herodotus. 
ἐνίκων: at Salamis, Plataea, and Mycale. 
§ 14. οὐ μὲν δὴ . . .: moreover, mark 
you (δή), IT do not say THIS (γέ). 
H. & W. ANAB- 22 


Lee 


ΟΗιζΡ. IL 417 


ἀλλ οὕπω . . . nay, it is not yet... 

§ 15. προσήκει ὑμᾶς δήπου (of course) 
εἶναι πολὺ .. . 

§ 16. τότε: at Cunaxa. 

ἄπειροι ὄντες: (although) being ... 

kal... Swres . . . even (though)... 

ob θέλοισι . . . [μὴ] δέχεσθαι : if µή is 
admitted, the words convey a double sense : 
(1) they are not willing to recetve you, and 
(2) they will not to receive you. 

τί: wherein. 

§ 17. δόξητε (think) ἔχειν τοῦτυ petov: 
that you are at this disadvantage. 

ἔτι κακίονες. 

πολὺ δὲ κρεῖττόν (ἐστι) ὁρᾶν τοὺς .᾽.. 

ἄρχειν : cf. note 1.08, 

§ 19. οὐκοῦν: apparently in the sense 
of moreover. Some texts read οὕκου», not 
then? 

πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τευζόμεθα Srov.. . 

It is astonishing to find in a speech ot 
such excellence reasoning so puerile as that 
contained in §§ 18 and 19, and it required 
but little actual experience to show its ab- 
surdity (cf. 811). It can be accounted for 
only on the grounds stated in Introd. § 67. 
Perhaps with troops so unfamiliar with 
cavalry as the Peloponnesians these state- 
ments might have some weight. 

§ 20. τοῦτο δὲ ἄχθεσθε ὅτι οὐκέτι ... 

ἣ (ἔχειν ds ἡγεμόνας) ἄνδρας οὓς ἂν 

WS ο ο 

§ 21. (σκέψασθε) πότερον κρεϊττόν ἐστι, 

αὐτούς. ourselves. 

λαμβάνειν : ac. αὗτά, i.e. ἐπιτήδεια, 

§ 22. Prolepsis for Ὑιγνώσκετε ὅτι 
ταῦτα ... 

ἄπορον = an insuperable difficulty. 

καὶ ἡγεῖσθε (suppose) peyddws ἕξαπα 
τηθῆναι διαβάντες (in crossing), i.e. the 
Tigris. 

el dpa τοῦτο καί; whether after all (in) 
this even. 

§ 23. pire... τέ: as in 9.37, 

ὥς: not ds. 

Μνυσοὺς . . 
Μυσοὶ ... 

ὡσαύτως: i.e. ὅτι ev rH. . 

τούτων: i.e. τῶν Περσῶν. 


. ὅτι .. ο: 


prolepsis for ὅν 


. οἰκοῦσι». 


418 


§ 24. ἡμᾶς δὲ .. . χρῆναι: and as for 
us, I for my part should say that we ought 
not. 

αὐτοῦ: adv. 

dphpovs τοῦ . . . ἐκπέμψειν: hostages 
(as a pledge) of his conducting (them) 
forth. 

καὶ el: even if. 

ἄν, with ἐποίει. 

οδ) ὅτι: parenthetic, like δῆλον ὅτι, 
1.95. 

ὃ 25. ἀλλὰ (of gnu τοῦτο) yap... 

ph: repeated after the long clause fol- 
lowing. 

λωτοφάγοι. See Odyssey, ix. 94-102, 

§ 26. ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς ὁρᾶν τοὺς viv (those 
who) βιοτεύοντας .. . 

κοµισαµένους ἐνθάδε: migrating hither. 
Or it may be acc. for dat. (cf. λαβόντα, 
1.21), and refer to abrois, conveying them 
hither. 

πλονσίως: sc. βιοτεύοντας. 

ἀλλὰ (“de hac το non dicam pluribus.” 
— KUHNER) γάρ: since. 

§ 27. τοῦτο Stas: this, namely, how. 

στρατηγῇ: command us, i.e. direct our 
march. 

ἔπειτα καὶ: sc. δοκεῖ por. 

ὄχλον παρέχουσιν ἄγειν : 
trouble) are troublesome to carry. 

§ 28. ἁπαλλάξωμεν: let us abandon. 

πάντα κρατουμένων ἀλλότριά ἐστιν, 

καί, also. δεῖ (ἡμᾶς) νοµίχειν ... 

§ 29. καὶ τοὺς πολεµίους ὅτι = ὅτι καὶ 
οὗ πρόσθεν. 

ὄντων . . . ἀρχόντων καὶ ἡμῶν: while 
our commanders lived and we etc. 


( furnish 


a 


§ 30. πολύ: w. comparative. 

τοὺς viv tav πρόσθεν: striking juxta 
position, the present than the former ones. 

τοὺς dpxopévous (γενέσθαι) πολὺ par. 
λον: that those commanded be etc. 

§ 51. ψηφίσασθαι: sc. δεῖ from § 30. 

τὸν . . . ἐντυγχάνοντα: whoever o)/ 
you at uny time (lit. always) falls in with 
him. + , 

ow: with the aid of. 

ἐπιτρέψοντας οὐδενὶ εἶναι. 

§ 32. ἀλλὰ (I am done) γάρ. 

ἢ ταύτῃ: than (that we should proceed; 
in this way. 

§ 33. πρός, αὐτίκα: see Lex. 

δοκεῖ pot εἶναι ἄριστον. 

§ 34. ὧν :-- τούτων ἅ. 

§ 35. εἰ (repeating the εἰ before οἱ πο: 
λέμιοι) καὶ αὐτοὶ; if THEY also. 

§ 36. ἀσφαλέστερον : sc. ἔσται. 

πλαίσιον: hollow square. 

ἡμῖν . . . ποιησαµένονς: cf. Βενίᾳ . 
λαβόντα, 1.21. 

eb... ἀποδειχθείη: if it should be deter 
mined. 

οὐκ ἂν δέοι ὁπότε --- ἕλθοιεν ἡμᾶς βον- 
λεύεσθαι. 

§ 37. ef δέ-- εἰ δὲ ph: but {/ not. 

ἐπειδὴ Kal: since indeed (besides other 
reasons) he is also. Cf. 1.9%. 

τὸ — εἶναι: see Lex. sub eiul. 

§ 38. del: from time to time. 

The legal formula introducing a decree 
was: ταῦτα ἔδοξε τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τφ δήμφ. 

The student should not fail to read 
Grote (History of Greece, ch. 1xx.), on 
the events recorded in this chapter. 


CHAPTER IIL 


§ 1. τών περιττών: depends on µετε- 
δίδοσαν. 

§ 3. ἔλεγε: was spokesman. 

ἀποκωλύῃ: attempts to debar. _ 


διέῴθειρον ... Yap προσιόντες»: for they 


(the Persians) coming were trying to corrupt. 
§ 6. διαβάντες τὸν Ζαπάταν: Layard 
is quite sure that the Greeks crossed at a 


§ 4. πίστεως ἕνεκα = to insure his | ford about twenty-five miles from the con- 


fidelity. 
_§ 5. ποιῄσασθαι δόγμα τὸν πόλεµον ... 
“he 


fluence of the Zab and the Tigris. “It ia 
still the principal ford in this part of the 
river, and must, from the nature of the 


(in gma ς 


BOCK IIL 


bed of the stream, have been sc from the 
earliest periods.”- 

§ 7. κατεκέκλειντο: and so had to shoot 
over the heads of the hoplites. 

βραχύτερα ἢ os: (shorter than so as) too 
short to. 

§ 8. τῶν badsrav ... of. 
of the hoplites . . . who. 

§ 9. ἐκ πολλοῦ: from a long distance 
(in advance) ; cf. ἐκ πλείονος: 2.214, 

πολὺ γάρ: for FAR. Note the emphatic 
position. 

§ 12. αὐτὸ τὸ ἔργον: the result itself. 

ἐν τῷ pévaw: while remaining in our 
place. 

§ 13. ἀληθῆ λέγετε: 1.6. in regard to 
what occurred, = τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἐγένετο ἃ 
λέγετε, Hertlein. 

815. οἱ ἐκ yepds βάλλοντες : = οἱ 


ἀκοντισταί. 


. «3 (those) 


CHAP. IV. | 419 


πολὺ . . . χωρίον: MUCH space. Note 
emphatic position of adjective. 

ἐν ὀλίγῳ: sc. xwply. 

διώκων ἐκ τόξου ῥύματος: cf. ἐκ πολλοῦ, 
§ 9. 

§ 16. καὶ διπλάσιον: even twice as far 
as (that) of. 

ores be borne, flies, depen’ on 
as § an διὰ τὸ σφενδονᾶν. 

δ 18. αὐτών: of them, after τίνες, or in 
respect to them, after ἐπισκεψώμεθα. Cf. 
note on αὐτῶν, 3.119, and Η. 733. 

τῷ δὲ ἐθέλοντι πλέκειν. 

τῷ ἐθέλοντι σφενδονᾶν. 

ἀτέλειαν: i.e. exemption from other 
duties. : 

§ 19. τοὺς µέν τινας: some few. Tis 
often used with ὁ μὲν .. 4 δὲ, to increase 
the indefiniteness. 


CHAPTER IV. | 


§ 1. διαβαίνουσιν, pres. pt. 

§ 2. καταφρονήσας: sc. αὐτῶ», Ἱ. 8, the 
Greeks. 

§ 3. παρήγγελτο τών πελταστών καὶ 
τών ὁπλιτών: word had been passed (to 
those) of the peltasts and of the hoplites. 

εἴρητο: orders had been given. 

§ 5. τοῖς βαρβάροις: (for =) on the side 
of the barbarians, 

ὅτι φοβερώτατον: cf. ὅτι κλείστουε, 1.16. 

§ 6. οὕτω πράξαντεφ: thus having fared. 

§ 7. Λάρισσα: see Layard’s Nineveh 
and its Remains. 

Μῆδοι: perhaps used vaguely for As- 
svrians, or he may refer to a time prior to 
558 B.c. when Nineveh was a part of the 
Assyrian empire. Roughly speaking these 
measurements have been verified. 

§ 8. ταύτην: i.e. τὴν πόλιν. 

βασιλεύς: i.e. Cyrus the Great. 

νεφέλη: whether the reference is to a 
dense fog, or to an eclipse, is much dis- 
puted, and history throws no light upon 
the subject. 

ἐέλιπον : sc. τὴν πόλιν. 


§ 9. πυραµίφ: see Lex. 

§ 10. τεῖχος: fortress, castle. 

Μέσπιλα : neither the origin nor mean- 
ing of this name is known. Xenophon 
does not seem to have known that these 
were the ruins of ancient Nineveh. 

κείµενον: lying in ruins. 

6 11. ἀπώλλυσαν... ὑπὸ Περσών: lost 
their government at the hands of the Per- 
sians. 

δ 19. εἷς τοῦτον . . 
1.71. 

(ἔχων τε τοὺς) ἱππέας οὓς αὐτὸς ἦλθε 
(= ἆνῆλθε, i. e. to Babylon, 1.24) ἔχων καὶ 
(ἔχων) τὴν δύναμιν “Opdvra τοῦ ἔχοντος 
τὴν. ..: The first ἔχων is omitted because 
the antecedent is incorporated in the rela- 
tive clause. aoe 

§ 14. es τὰ πλάγια παραγαγών : bring- 
ing up by a side movement against the 
flanks. 

§ 15. Σκύθαι: a doubtful reading. 

§ 16. rére: here, as sometimes = just 
before ; with the skirmishing engaged in just 
before 


o: cf. εἰς rhy — Ew, 


420 


τοξοτών: after the comparative, but 
there is a lacuna in the text. 

§ 17. Konot: after xphoipa. 

ὥστε (αὐτοὺς) χρῆσθαι (αὐτοῖς) els... 

619. ἡ ὁδοῦ . . .: εἴλεν because the 
road... 

ἐκθλίβεσθαι (after ἀνάγκη ἐστιν) τοὺς 
ὁπλίτας: that the hoplites be crowded out. 

ἀνάγκη : sometimes, as here, well trans- 
lated necessarily. 

§ 20. τότε: asin § 16. 

Φφθάσαν: sc. τοὺς ἄλλου». 

πρώτος: pleonastic = ὥστε πρῶτον εἶναι. 

6 21. οὗτοι: i.e. οἱ λόχοι, subject of 
ὑπέμενο», unless οἱ λοχαγοί is the correct 
reading, in which case the sentence is un- 
grammatical (anacoluthon). 

παρἢῆγον: marched along. 

6 22. ἐξεπίμπλασαν: i.e. of 2 λόχοι. 

§ 23. που τῆς φάλαγγος: anywhere in 
the line. 

§ 2%. βασίλεόν τι: sort of a royal 
structure. 

ὁδόν : after εἶδον. 

διά :-- over. eds: sc. ἦν. 

§ 25. ὑπὸ µαστίγων: The Persian sol- 
diers were so little interested in the king’s 
wars that they often fought under the lash. 

§ 26. ὅπλων = ὁπλιτῶ». 

§ 28. ὄρος: i.e. the one ( 24) of which 
the γήλοφοι were spurs, and which appa- 
rently (cf. κατὰ τὸ ὄρος, § 30) ran parallel 
with the ὁδός. 

§ 29. πολέµιοι: subject of γένοιντο re- 
fers to the Greeks. 

§ 30. κατά: along. 

οἱ pty: i.e. the main body. 

ἰατροὺς . . . ὀκτώ: a bit of interesting 
information. This would hardly have heen 
said of regular army physicians. ‘They 
were probably soldiers who had shown 
themselves good nurses. On the Greek 
practice of medicine see the interesting 
article, sub medicus, in Smith’s Dictionary 
of Greek and Roman Antiquities; espe- 
cially as to the Hippocratic oath exacted 
of medical students. 

§ 32. οἱ δεάµενοι τὰ ὅπλα τῶν φερόν- 


NOTES. 


§ 39. πολὺ διέφερεν . . . ἀλίξασθαι 4: 
for it was a very different thing (for them) 
sallying forth from a position to defend 
themselves from (what it was) while on the 
march etc. διέφερεν has the force of a 
comparative, hence 4. 

§ 34. ἀπεστρατοπεδεύοντο τοῦ Ἕλλληνι- 
κοῦ μεῖον ἐξήκοντα . .. 

δ 35. wownpdv: wretched thing. 

ds . . . πολύ: see sub πολύς. 

ἕνεκα τοῦ μὴ φεύγειν :-- {ο prevent them 
Jrom getting away. ~° 

Πέρσῃ ἀνδρί: dat. after 8etisrare. It 
is better with Rhedantz to make it dat. 
after ἐπισάξαι, and understand δοῦλον or 
θεράποντα as subject. 

On the thought, cf. Cyrop., 3.3%. 

§ 96. ἀκουόντων : i.e. in the hearing of. 

ὀψὲ ἐγίγνετο : was growing late. 

λύειν (orig. τέλη λύειν, pay wages) is 
used rarely in the sense of λυσιτελεῖν, to 
pay, be expedient. 

πορεύεσθαι καὶ κατάγεσθαι : be marching 
and arriving. 

§ 37. rocotrov: so great a distance. 

§ 39. ἡμῖν: against us. 

§ 41. ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ... 
their own army. 

Note the difference between βούλομαι, 
wish, and ἐθέλω, am willing, See Lex. 

§ 42. oi: dat. of of. 

§ 43. ἔλαβε: fe (Chirisophus) took, 
i.e. to replace those who went with 
Xenophon. 

αὐτῷ: i.e. with Xenophon. 

ἐπιλέκτων: refers probably to the ἐξ 
λόχοι of § 21, or possibly to a body-guard 
Chirisophus himself had. 

6 45. στρατεύματος διακελενοµένων : 
constructio ad sensum ; cf. στράτευµα . . . 
κόπτοντες, 2.1, 

§ 48. ἔχων (after τάχιστα): with it (1. . 
τὴν ἀσπίδα). 

καὶ θώρακα τὸν ἱππικόν: Compare 
61 (9), Introd., with 68 (2), b. 

§ 49. ὁ δὲ ἀναβάς: and he (Xenophon) 
mounting again. 

βάσιμα: i.e. for horses. ἦγεν: led on. 

καὶ φθάνονσι rods πολεµίονε γενόµενοι. 


.: just above 


BOOK IV. 


CHAP. L 421 


CHAPTER V. 


§ 1. Τισσαφέρην: the last mention 
of him in connection with the Retreat. 
§ 3. ἔχοιεν: refers to the Greeks. 
§ 4. ἀπῇσαν: were returning from the 
rescue, i.e. τῶν ἐσκεδασμένων», § 2. 
Tulcea of Ἕλληνες (returning) ἀπὸ ». 
ἁτεήντησαν (sc. αὗτῷ, i.e. Xenophon). 
6 5. διεπράττοντο: were effecting, i. e. 
by treaty,= stipulated for (namely, μὴ 
κάειν). 
ἐνταῦθα: less exact for ἐνταυθοῖ. So we 
usually say ‘where (not whither) are you 
going ?’ 
§ 6. βοηθεν ἐπὶ: run to the defence 
against. 
ἡμετέρας: sc. χώρα». 
6 7. περί. see Lex. 
πειρωµένοις: when they tried, lit. to (one) 
trying. 
§ 9. ἃ (θηρία or (ῶα) . ... φνσηθέντα: 
a brachylogy in which animals and their 
skins are identified = ὧν ἀποδαρέντων τὰ 
δέρματα φυσηθέντα. 
§ 10. ἀρτήσας λίθους καὶ : 
stones (to them) and by. 
' διαγαγών: having extended (hem) across 
(the river). 


by tying 


Note in this one sentence six circum- 
stantial participles, of which two express 
means. 

δ 11. τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι: from sinking. 

δ 12. οἱ εὐθὺς ἂν ἐπέτρεπον τοῖς πρά- 


.| Tous (i.e. those who would cross first) 


ποιεῖν οὐδὲν τούτων. 

§ 13. κατακαύσαντες: for they had burnt 
(those). 

§ 15. τὰ μὲν: sc. µέρη. 

τῆς (ὁδοῦ) ἐπὶ . . . upon the route toward. 

ἡ δὲ; sc. ὁδός. 

τετραµµένη : see τρέπω. 

ὅτι. repeated, reminding of ἔλεγο». 

§16. καὶ βασιλικὴν στρατιὰν δώδεκα 
µυριάδας ἐμβαλεῖν ποτε. 

(ἔφασα», i.e. of ἑαλωκότες) καὶ σφῶν 
(τινας) . . . that (some) of themselves alse 
have dealings with them (i. e. τοὺς Kap8o0- 
xous) and (some) of them with themselves. 

§ 17. τούτους γὰρ . . . ἤξειν : for pass- 
ing through these (τοὺς Καρδούχους) they 
(the prisoners) sard that they (the Greeks). 

§ 18. ἐπὶ τούτοις: (on =) tn reference to 
this (cf. 5.616, 22). 

ἡνίκα τῆς Spas: at whatever (of) time. 


τὴν ὑπερβολήν : prolepsis. 





BOOK 


IV. 


CHAPTER I. 


§ 1. ἐπολεμήθη: were done in war. 


§ 5. «τὴν τελευταίαν φυλακήν: three to 


§§ 2-4 report in substance §§ 17 and 18 | four a. 1. 


of last chapter. 

§ 3. βούλωνται, διαβήσονται : 
change to dir. disc. 

ἔστιν οὕτως ἔχον: = οὕτως ἔχει, cf. ἦσαν 
ἐκπεπτωκότες, 2.319; but the text is un- 
certain. 

§ 4. ἅμα piv. . Rae ot: both . 
at the same time. 


and 


note | διελθεῖν, so much 
in the dark. 


ὅσον --- διελθεῖν: = τοσοῦτον ... ὥστε 


.« » that they could cross 


§ 6. τὸ ἀμφ αὐτόν: sc. µέρος. 

§ 7. τινάς: any. 

τὸ ὑπερβάλλον : sc. µέρος. 

§ 10. ὀλίγοι Svres: though few in 


number. 


422 


ἐπέτεσε: had fallen upon. 

§13.. 
λωτα ἐποίουν. 

ἐπί: over, in charge of. 

πολλών Tav.. .: 
ing ἀπόμαχοι and αἰχμάλωτα) were many. 

δόξαν ταῦτα: this being resolved upon. 


§ 14. @ τι τῶν εἱἰρημένων : whatever of 


the things (above) named. 
μὴ ἀφειμένον : not abandoned. 
οἱ δ᾽ : i.e, the soldiers. 


οἷον ἢἡ . . . ἐπιθυμήσας: for example, if 


he coveted. 

τὰ μέν . see Lex. sub 6. 

6 16. παρήγγελλεν : i. e. to the van. 

ὑπομένειν : wait a little. 

πρᾶγμά τι: as we say, something the 
matter. 

§17. . . . Av (τινι) παρελθόντι ἰδεῖν. 

ξ 18. διαµπερές. sc. τοξευθείε. 

δ19. ὥσπερ εἶχεν: just as he was. 


since the men (includ- 


θηλ arm ee 


NOTES. 


§20. αὕτη fv ὁρᾷῷς (Ί») µία (only, 


.. τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὰ αἰχμά- | ὁδὸς οὖσα ὁρθία. 


§ 21. ταῦτα ἔσπευδον : made this haste 
=thus I hastened; according to others, 
ταῦτα = διὰ ταῦτα. 

Φφθάσαι: sc. robs πολεμίους. 

§ 22. bre (when they, i.e. the enemy) 
παρεῖχον ἡμῖν ... 

ὅτερ: i.e. lying in ambush. 

αὐτοῦ τούτου ἕνεκα : for this very reason. 

χρησαίµεθα: sc. αὐτοῖς. 

§ 23. µάλα . . . φόβων: although many 
threats. 

§ 24. ὅτι . . . ἐκδεδομένη: because he hap. 
pened to have there a married daughter ; lit. 
with a husband, having been given{to him).. 

ὁδὸν δυγατὴν ὑποζυγίοις πορεύεσθαι. 

§ 26. καὶ (both) πελταστὰς καὶ (τοὺς 
λοχαγοὺς) τῶν ὁπλιτών. 

γενέσθαι: to show himself. 

ὑποστάφ: engaging as a volunteer. 


CHAPTER II. 


§1. of 8°: 1.9. the generals. αὐτούς, 
i.e. τοὺς eOeAovrds. 

τοὺς ἄνω ὄντας: i.e. those on the height 
(ἄκρορ). 

αὐτοὶ δέ’ and themselves would etc. The 
pron. agrees with subject of συντίθενται. 
Cf. αὐτὸς ἰᾷσθαι, 1.8%. 

§ 8. οὗτοι: i.e. the ἄλλοι named above. 

§ 9. οἱ . . . ἔχοντες: sc. ἑ-ορεύοντο. 

δ 10. ἦπερ οἱ ἄλλοι: in the same way as 
the others (did), i. Θ. as stated in § 8. 

§ 12. καὶ ὁρῶσι ἕτερν... and (then) 
= when they see. 

§ 13. ἐπὶ πολύ: extended over a long 
distance. 

τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπφ: i. e. as stated in 
§ 11. 

§ 15. πᾶσι: see note τοῖς οἴκοι, 1.74. 

καὶ (and they, i.e. the Greeks), ὑπό- 
πτευον αὐτοὺς ἀπολιπεῖν δείσαντας. 

οἱ 8’: i.e. the barbarians. 

§ 19. ἰφ ᾧ' see ἐπί. Wa: see Ss. 

πάντες of πολέµιοι. 

όπου ... Le. section of the country. 


§ 20. ἤρξαντο: i.e. Ἡενοφῶν σὺν τοῖς 
νεωτάτοις, ὃ 16. 

ἕκειντο © were grounded, i.e. ἐν τῷ ὅμαλφ, 
§ 16. 

§ 21. προβεβλημένος. sc. τὴν ἀσπίδα. 

πρὸς τοὺς συντεταγµένους: i.e. ἐν τῷ 
όμαλφ. 

§ 22. ἐκ τούτου ' hereupon, now. 

§ 49. ἡγεμόνα: cf. 4.135. 

ἐκ τών δυνατών : from the (things) pos 
sible, = according to their means. 

νοµίζεται: are customary, —® primary 
meaning. 

§ 25. τοῖς πρώτοις: for the van. Sa 
τοῖς ὄπισθεν, for the rear. 

πειρώµενος Ὑίγνεσθαι ἀνωτέρω τών 
κωλυόντωγ. 

§ 27. ἣν -- ὁπότε: sometimes also. 

§ 28. wpocBalvovres τῷ ---ποδί...: by 
advancing the left foot against the lower 
part of the bow. No doubt the strength 
as well as the length of the bow neces 
sitated the use of the foot in drawing it. 

ἀκοντίους: in apposition with αὐτοῖκ. 


tir 


1 
να 
we! 


-α 


ος ο 


BOOK IV. 


ee ee ee ο ον ο ν te i 


CHAP. ΠΠ. ‘ 423 


CHAPTER III. 


§ 1. τῶν ὀρέων τών Καρδούχων. 

§ 2. πολλά: in the sense of πολλάκις. 
Cf. Vergil: “ Forsan haec olim memi- 
nisse iuvabit.” Cicero: “Suavis laboruam 


ο @st praeteritorum memoria.” 


ὅσα (ἔπαθο») ὀνδὲ . . .: as they did not 
sufjer,= more than they had suffered all 
together. 

§ 3. που: at a certain place. 

ἄνω: i.e. on higher ground in the rear 
of the horsemén. 


§ 4. ἦσαν ᾿Ορόντα: were (troops) of 


Orontas. 

§ 5. ἣν pla ὁδὸς ἡ ὁρωμένη (which was 
visible) ἄγουσα. 

§ 6. πειρωμµένοις: to (them) trying = 
on trial. 

el δὲ ph: see ei. 

ἀνεχώρησαν: apodosis to éwel... 
ἐφαίνετο. 

§ 7. τρὺς Καρδούχονο ὄπισθεν ἐἔπικει- 
σοµένουε τοῖς διαβαίνουσι. 

§ 9. ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτον : sc. ἱερείου, which 
is expressed in 6.52. 

§ 10. ἐξέη προσελθεῖν αὐτῷ ... . καὶ 
ἐπεγείραντα . . . εἰπεῖν (αὐτῷ). 

ἔχοι : sc. εἰπεῖν. 

τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεµον : of the (matters) 
relating to the war. 

§ 11. ἔλεγον : i.e. the δύο νεανίσκοι. 

... παιδίσκαφ ὥσπερ (as it were, ap- 
parently) µαρσίπους. 

§ 12. δόξαι: depends on ἔλεγον above. 

οὐδὸ γάρ: and (it seemed safe) for... 
not. “Not even” as a rendering of ob3é 
would imply that the place was still less 
accessible to the πεζοί (8 3). 

κατὰ τοῦτο: at this point. 


ceeded to cross) ὧς (expecting) vevordpevor. 
- There is nothing in the text to indicate 
(as Goodwin thinks) that the young men 
supposed that the man and his family had 
crossed the river at that point, and that 
therefore it must be fordable. They sim- 


_ ply wanted the sacks of clothes, resolved 


own Com 


ἔφασαν ἐκδύντες . . . διαβαίνειν (pro-|. 


to swim the river and get them, and in 
so doing discovered to their surprise that 
they could wade the stream. 

πορευόµενοι (ἔφασαν) SiaBfvat πρόσθεν 
πρίν. 

§ 13. wal... ἐκέλενε: and he ordered 
the young men to fill cups (lit. to pour in 
wine, sc. οἶνον), i.e. for a libation. This 
is the more obvious meaning, but it is 
doubtful if κελεύω ever takes the dative. 
Hence most editors, following Kiihner, 


translate: he ordered (his attendants) to 
Jill cups for the young men, 


ἐπιτελέσαι (depends on εὔξασθαι) καὶ τὰ 


λοιπὰ ἀγαθά: bring to a favorable end also 
the things that remain, i. e. deliverance and 
a safe return. 


§ 17. ἱππέων : those mentioned in § 3. 
παρήγγειλε: i.e. to do the same. 
δ 18. eds τὸν ποταµόν : i.e. so that the 


blood flowed into the river as an offering 
to the river god. Cf. εἰς τὴν ἀσπίδα, 2.29 


§ 20. πόρον: i.e. down the river to the 


crossing implied in §§ 3, 5. 


ἔκβασις: cf. éxBalvew, § 3. 
ταύτῃ διαβάς: crossing at this point. 
ἀποκλείσειν: i.e.s that they could not 


reach the ἔκβασις below. 


§ 21. ὡς: apparently, ἄνω: above= 


leading up from. 


§ 22. ἀπολείπεσθαι : be left behind. 
§ 23. rots ἄνω πολεµίους: i.e. the 


πεζοί of § 3. 


§ 25. τὰ ἄνω: i.e. αἱ ὄχθαι of § 3. 
§ 26. dvrla . . . Wero: took position 


facing them. 


ἕκαστον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόχον : each one his 
ny. 

ἐπὶ Ύγος; see Lex 

πρὸς τών Καρδούχων : from (the stand- 


point of) the Carduchi, = towards the Car- 
duchi, 


Cf. πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ, 2.24. 
§ 48. αὐτοί: Xenophon and his men. 
(κελεύει αὐτοὺς) ἑναντίονς (meeting them) 


ἐμβαίνειν. 


πρόσω: see Lex. (2). 


424 


§ 29. σφενδόνη: i.e. of the Καρδοῦχοι. 

ody: being struck with a missile. 

πολεµικόν : see Lex. 

ἀναστρέψανταφ.. .: that fucing around 
to the right the file-closers should lead and 
all ete. 

ᾗ: where. 

§ Sl. ws... Spear: as among mountains, 


NOTES. 


= for mountaineers. µέν rendered by em 
phasis. 

§ 33. καὶ πέραν: even after the Greeks 
were beyond (the river). 

οἱ δὲ ὑπαντήσαντες : those that came to 
meet (them), i.e. the ἁκοντισταί and τοξό- 
ται of § 28. 

Kkaipod: see Lex. 


CHAPTER IV. 


§2. es.. 
ἀφίκοντο. 

σατράπῃ: i.e. Orontas. 

τύρσεις: object uncertain, perhaps for 
defence. 

§ 4. ᾽Αρμενία ἡ πρὸς ἑσπέραν: western 
Armenia, 

ὕπαρχος: vice-satrap of Orontas. 

ὁ φίλος — odSels ἄλλος: anacoluthon. 

ἀγέβαλλεν : was helping the king to mount. 

§ 6. ἐπὶ τούτοις: upon these terms. 

§ 8. χιών: it was now the latter part of 
November, and the elevation of this region, 
according to Ainsworth, 4,200 feet or more. 

§ 11. ἐπιπεπτωκυνῖα: fallen upon them. 

ὅτῳ . . . παραρρυείη: for whomsoever it 
did not (melt and) flow down his sides. 
Perhaps the verb means no more than fall 
off, drift aside. 

§ 12. γυμνός: i.e. clad in his tunic only. 


. κώµην «Ξ ἡ κώμη els hy 


τὶς καὶ ἄλλος : another one also. 

ἀφελόμενος: sc. Thy ἀξίνη». 

§ 13. σύειον . . .: (made of) lard and 
sesame... 

ἀμυγδάλινον ἐκ τῶν πικρών - ἐκ τῶρ 
πικρῶν ἀμυγδαλῶ». 

δ 14. κακώς σκηνοῦντε»: by camping 
ill. 

δ 15. ἀληθεῦσαι : to have reported truly. 

τὰ ὄντα: the facts; τὰ μὴ ὄντα, οὐκ 
ὄντα: whatever were not facts ete., a fine 
example of the difference between od and 
µή with the participle. 

§ 18. Τιρίβαζος ety: that it was Tiri. 
bazus. 


as . . . ἐπιθησόμενον: apparently to 
attack, 

ᾖπερ povayy: where alone. 

§ 19. στρατηγὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς µένουσι: as 
a general over those that remained. 


CHAPTER V. 


g8 2. Εὐφράτην: the eastern branch, 
modern Murad Su. 

§ 3. τρίτος: refers to σταθµό». 

ἄνεμος Boppas: north wind. 

§ 5. οἱ πάλαι ἥκοντες: those who had 
come some time before and who had kindled 
a fire. 

§ 6. ἔνθα δή: then indeed. tba δέ: 
and where. 

οὗ : at which place. 

§ 7. πίπτοντας : i.e. who had given out 

*aintness. 


§ 8. τοὺς δυναµένουφ περιτρέχειν : (1. ϱ. 
among the soldiers) διδόντας (= δώσονταςε) 
τοῖς βουλιμιώσιν, 

§ 9. γυναῖκας καὶ κόρας ἐκ τῆς κώ- 
µης ὑδροφορούσας: water-carriers from the 
village. 

§ 11. of μὴ δυνάµενοι: such as were not 
able. Cf. note in 415, 

§ 12. ἐλείποντο: fell behind. 

ot re . . .: both those who lost etc. 

§ 13. rots ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπικούρημα τῆς xv 
Ovos : protection for the eyes against the snow. 


BOOK IV. 


τών δὲ ποδών (fy ἐπικούρημα) : protection 
for the feet. 

els τὴν νύκτα: for the night. 

ὑπολύοιτο: should loose (i. θ. take off) 
his (brogues). 

§ 14. ἦσαν — καρβάτιναι: for they (the 

sandals) were etc. 

' §15. τοιαύτας ἀνάγκας: i.e. as men- 
tioned in § 12. 

The route through these regions has not 
been certainly traced. 

§ 16. ᾖσθετο: i.e. what is stated in the 
foregoing sentence. 

σφάττειν : to kill (them). 

§ 17. διαφερόµενοι (quarreling) ἀμφὶ ὧν 
εἶχον. 

δ 18. ἦκαν ἑαυτούς: flung themselves. 

619. ἐπ αὐτούς: unto them, i.e. to 
fetch them. 

éyxexadupptvors: wrapped. up in their 
mantles. 

§ 22. wépre (sc. τινὰς) τών ἐκ τῆς κώ- 
ens: cf. τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, 1.15, 

οἱ δέ: i.e. οἱ τελευταῖοι. 

ἱδοντες: sc. αὐτούς. 

6 23. οἱ ἄλλοι refers to the generals. 

§ 24. ἐκέλευσεν: requested (them). 

ἑπτακαίδεκα: thought to be too few for 
the distribution in § 35, but enough if 
καὶ λοχαγῶ» (§ 35) is an interpolation. 
See Introd. 14. 

ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς: her man, i.e. husband. A 
use of ‘man’ not yet wholly obsolete even 
in English. “1 pronounce that they are 


CHAP. VL 425 


man and wife.”— Church of England 
Liturgy. 

§§ 25, 26. κατάγειοι; ἐν ... αἶγες; 
οἶνος κρίθινος: these statements of Xeno- 
phon are confirmed by Rev. J. N. Wright, 
D. D., missionary to Persia for the past 
fifteen years. He says that subterranean 
houses called in Persian gand du wan, cus 
usually in the hill-sides, are common, and 
that barley beer called in Armenian gére- 
jur, in Persian 66 jo, is still in use. ' 

§ 26. ἰσοχελεῖς: i.e. floating on the 
surface. 

§ 27. συµµαθόντι: to one accustomed 
to it. 

§ 28. οὔτε. . .'ré: both... not... 
and. ἀπίασιν: asa fut. 

qv... φαίνηταν: if he shall appear to 
have given (lit. guided) the army some good 
guidance. 

§ 29. οἶνον ---ἔνθα ἦν: for ἔνθα ἦν 
οἶνος. 

§ 30. ἀφίεσαν : never let (them) go. 

§ Sl. ἄρτοιαφ: loaves. 

§ 35. ἑαυτοῦ. i. e. to the comarch’s 
family in the village where the troops of 
Xenophon were lodging. 

ἀναθρέψαντι: after fattening him. 

ἱερόν: sacred to. The horse was offered 
in sacrifice among the Persians. 

ἀποθάνῃ: and so displease the deity. 
See Introd. 123. 

λαμβάνει : sc. τινά». 

§ 36. διδάσκει (teaches how) περνειλεῖν. 


CHAPTER VI. 


§ 1. ὀγδόη: note the absence of the 
article. So often with ordinals. 
την ἡμέραν, 574, and 7.736, 

ἡγεμόνα: i.e. τὸν κωμάρχην. 

παραδίδωσι: sc. Ἐενοφῶ». 

εἶ . . .: ifhe, i.e. the comarch. 

ἀπίοι : i.e. after he had served as guide. 

§ 2. λελυμένο: unbound, contrary to 
their custom. Cf. τὸν ἡγεμόνα δήσαντες, 
4.2}, 


qv: impers., cf. 1.81; 2.17. So most. 


Cf. évd- | Others understand 6 κωμάρχης. 


§ 3. ἐχρῆτο: found him. . 

§ 4. ἀνά:-- αί the rate of. ris hpépas 
= daily. 

@aow : i.e. (probably) the Araxes, the 
upper part of which is called Pasin-su. 
Some think it the Pison of Gen. ii. 11. 
The Phasis in Colchis certainly cannot 
be meant. See Map. 


426 


§ 9. εἰκός (ἐστιν) ἄλλονο πλείους (more 
in numbers). 

mpoo-yevéoOan : will join (them). 

§ 10. οὕτω: in the sense of ἆδε, 

δ 11. τὸ ὁρώμενον: the part that is 
visible. 

ἐστὶ . . . ἐφ : = extends over. 

ἀλλ᾽ 4: see Lex. 

. «ο κρεῖττον (ἐστι) kal πειρᾶσθαι κλέ- 
Yar τι τοῦ... 

§ 12. ἀμαχεὶ ἰοῦσιν: to those marching 
without fighting. 

§ 13. ἀπελθεῖν τοσοῦτον: to go away 
so far. 

as... ειν: so as not to afford 
(a chance) of being perceived. 

δοκοῦμέν µοι ἂν ταύτῃ προσποιούµενοι 
.. + χρῆσθαι: it seems to me that (by) pre- 
tending to make the assault in this quarter 
we should find. 
' ἐρημοτέρῳ: more deserted. 

§ 14. συµβάλλομαι: sc. λόγους: con- 
verse, make suggestions. 

ipas γὰρ . . .: for τοῦ, 7 hear, the La- 


NOTES. | : 


cedaemonians, as many as belong to (lit. 
are of). 

κλέπτειν μελετᾶν : practice theft. 

δ 15. πειρᾶσθε: subjunctive. 

pada καιρός ἐστιν: is just the time. 

κλέπτοντες: sc. τὶ, Which is expressed 
in § 11. 

We cannot agree with those who see in 
this banter between the generals, albeit 
somewhat pungent, a trace of the διάφορο» 
referred to in § 3. §§ 17, 19 favor the op- 
posite view. Besides Xenophon was (in 
sentiment) more Spartan than Athenian. 

§ 16. καὶ µάλα . . . κλέπτοντι: and 
that, too, though the risk etc. 

τοὺς κρατίστους: your best men espe- 
cially ; sc. δεινοὺς εἶναι . . . δηµόσια. 

§ 17. τινὰς τών . . . κλωπών. 

§ 21. ὡς µάλιστα: as much as possible. 

§ 24. πρὶν . . . ἀλλήλους: but before 
the main bodies . . ., i.e. of the Greeks 
and of the enemy. 

οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα: refer to both Greeks 
and the enemy. 


CHAPTER VII. 


§ 1. τούτων: refers to κώμα». 


§ 7. αὐτὸ . . . ety: that would be the 


§ 2. εὐθὺς ἤκων cf. εὐθὺς µειράκιον ὤ», | very thing we want. 


2.016, εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων», 4.614. 

άθροοις περιστῆναι: to encircle it in a 
body. 

κύκλφ: but leaving a πάροδος, cf. § 4. 

§ 3. els καλόν: see Lex. 

§ 4. αὕτη ... ὁρῷς: this (pointing to 
it) which you see ts the only passage. 

οὕτω διατίθεται : {5 thus served, as stated 
in the next sentence. 

§ 5. ἄλλο τι 4: = nonne = it is true, 
isn’t it, that nothing prevents us from pass- 
ing by ? 

τούτους: -- there, not these, which would 
require the article. 

§ 6. xwplov: space. 

βαλλομένους: being thrown at, agreeing 
with ἡμᾶς understood. — 

v0" ὧν: behind which, lit. in front of 
which, from the Greek standpoint. 


ἔνθεν : = to the place whence. 

τούτου γὰρ ἦν: for to HIM of the... 
captains belonged. 

§ 9. καὶ οὗτοι: these too. 

6 12. ἀντεποιοῦντο: laid claim to. 

§ 15. els χεῖρας: see Lex. 

§ 16. ξυήλην: acc. by attraction. See 
ref. to Grammars. 

ἔχοντες ἐπορεύοντο:-- would carry them 
with them on their march. 

§19. διὰ ris... χώρας: through their 
own enemy’s country. 

§ 20. εἷς . . . wodeplav: into his own 
enemy’s country. 

§ 22. ἄλλους πολεµίουφ ἐπιτίθεσθαι. 

§ 24. μεῖόν τι: something quite im- 


portant. 


§ 25. Srov παρεγγνήσαντος: some one, 
whoever he was, passing the word along. 


BOOK IV. 


CHAP. VIII. 


CHAPTER VIII. 


§ 1. τὴν τῶν Μακρώνων : sc. χώρα». 

§ 2. οἷον: see Lex. 

ὁρίζων: sc. ποταμό». 

οὗτος: i.e. the banks of the river. 

6 7. ἐκεῖνοι: i.e. of Μάκρωνες. 

τούτων: of these things, = to this effect. 

§ 8. ὁδόν: pleonastic. 

§ 9. συλλεγεῖσιν: afler assembling. 

τῃ pév: see Lex. sub 4. 

§ 11. ἐπὶ πολλῶν : see Lex. sub ἐπί. 

ὅτι: for whatever purpose. 

6 12. διαλιπόντας: by leaving intervals. 

κατασχεῖν τοσοῦτον χωρίον ὅσον τοὺς 
ἰσχάτους λόχους γενέσθαι ἔξω. 

ὅσον : = ὥστε. 

(ἡμεῖς), οἱ ἔσχατοι λόχοι : we, i.e. the 
extreme companies. 

ὀρθίους ἄγοντες: leading the company 


columns. 


ὤμουν: cf. Proverbs xxv. 16, 27. 

µεθύουσιν : dat. pl. of pres. pt. 

οἱ δὲ: sc. ἐδηδοκότες. 

µαινοµένοις: Sc. ἐφκεσαν. 

Pliny (N. H. xxi. 13) and Hamilton 
(Researches in Asia Minor, vol. i. p. 160) 
confirm Xenophon’s statement. The in- 
toxicating properties of the honey are 
said to come from the flower Azalea 
Pontica, whence the bees draw much 
honey. 

ἐκ ᾠαρμακοποσίας: from taking physic. 

§ 24. συνδιεπράττοντο: they also nego- 
tiated with (the Greeks). 

Tov... μάλιστα: those especially. 

févia: as presents. : 

§ 25. εὔξαντο: cf. 3.2%. 

ἔφυγε: was banished. 

ἄκων : i.e. accidentally.. Even the in- 


§ 13. τὸ διαλεῖπον : i.e. between τοὺς voluntary homicide among the Greeks 


ὁρθίους λόχου». 

διακόψαν λόχον προσιόντα ὅρθιον. 

δ 14. ἐμποδὼν . 
our being already where. 

§ 15. χώραις: places, 

λόχος: sc. ἐγένετο. 

σχεδὸν els: nearly io. 

τριχῇ: ἔπ three divisions. 

δ 16. εὔξασθαν: cf. § 25, first line. 

§ 20. τὰ ἄλλα οὐδέν: as regards other 
things there was nothing. 


. ο ἔνθα: fn the way of 


was viewed as polluted, and had to quit 
the country for a time at least. 

§ 26. δέρµατα: to be awarded as prizes. 

ἐν (τόπφ) οὕτως σκληρῳ καὶ Sac. 

μᾶλλόν τι: somewhat more. 

§ 27. παῖδες, οἱ πλεῖστοι (= mostly) 
τῶν αἰχμαλώτων. 

καλὴ θέα: α fine sight. Note difference 
of meaning of θέα and θεά. 

§ 28. πρὸς τὸ — ὄρθιον: against the 


exceedingly steep ascent. 


- 


Digitized by Google 


LISTS OF WORDS. 





“NOUNS 


—— ἀνήρ, av8pds, man = Lat. vir. 208. 


———*-2. βασιλεύς, dws, king. 171. 


3. orpdreupa, ατος, τό, army. 163. 


. στρατιώτης, ου, soldier. 155. 
. στρατηγός, od, general. 147. 
. ἡμέρᾶα, ds, day. 195. 

. χώρᾶ, ds, country, place. 108. 
. Ἄόλις, ews, ἡ, city. 102. 

» WoTapos, ov, river, 97. 

. κώμη, ns, village. 90. 


λοχαγός, 00, captain. 89. 


. χωρίον, ov, place, stronghold. 87. 
. ἱππεύς, dws, horseman. 86. 
. Φίλος (η, ov), friend; as adj. 


friendly. 86. 


. θεός, οὔ, 6, 7, god, goddess. 85. 

. ὅπλον, ov, chief. in Ρ]., arms. 82. 

. θάλαττα (or -σσα), ns, sea. 80. 

. ἄνθρωπος, ov, man = Lat. homo. 76. 
. βάρβαρος, ov, barbarian, 74. 

. ἵππος, ov, horse. 69. 

. 886s, 00, 4, road. 69. 

. στρατιά, as, army. 59. 

. ὁπλίτης, ου, heavy-armed soldier, 63. 
. wit, νυκτός, 7, night. 61. 


. πλοῖον, ου, boat. 61. 


λόχος, ου, company (of soldiers). 60. 


σταθµός;, od, station, day’s jour-|: 


ney. 60. 





wapacrdyyns, ov, parasang. 53. 
πελταστής, ov, targeteer. 50. 


. Spos, ους, τό, mountain. 49. 


πεδίον͵, ov, plain. 46. 

χρῆμα, ατος, τό, thing; pl. often 
money. 43. 

ἡγεμών, όνος, leader, 42. 

οἰκίά, ds, house. 39. 


. στρατόπεδον, ov, camp. 39. 


παῖς, παιδός, 6, 7, boy, girl. 37. 


. δύναμις, εως, ἡ, power. 36. 


σπονδή, jis, sing. Libation; pl. 


treaty, 35. 


. paxn, ns, battle. 34. 
. χρόνος, ου, time. 34. 
. ἀγορᾶ, as, market-place. 33. 


πόλεμος, ου, war. 33. 


. ἀνάγκη, ns, necessity, with or with- 


out ἐστίν, it 18 necessary. 32. 


. Κέρας, κέρως, τό, wing. 31. 
. ὑποζύγιον, ov, yoke. 29. 
. πορείᾶ, as, journey. 28. 


φΦάλαγξ, αγγος, ἡ, a phalanr. 28. 


. εὗρος, ους, τό, width. 27. 


. wip, πυρός, τό, fire. 26. 
. χείρ, χειρός, ἡ, hand. 26. 


γυνή, γυναικός, woman, wife. 25. 


. Ἀόφος, ου, Aill. 25. 


olvos, ov, wine. 25. 


1 Nouns ending in -a or «η are feminine, those ending in «ος, gen. -ov, are masculine, those in «ον 


neuter. 


The gender of the few feminines in -os, gen. -ov, is indicated. Where the grammatical and 


natural gender are the same, the article is not used; 6. g. γυνή, woman; φύλαξ, watchman. The ter- 
mination of the gen. sing. is given throughout; and the figures indicate the number of times each 
word occurs in the Anabasis. 


Br on; : 


Ώ 


(429) 


430 


. πρᾶγμα, ατος, τό, deed, thing. 25. 
. Adyos, ov, word, speech. 24. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


98. 


ee 56. πεζοί, ay, foot-men, infantry; πε(ῃ |ι---99. 
(old dat. as adv.), on foot. 24. z, 100. 
{-57. ἀρχή, fs, beginning; rule; pro-| 101. 
vince. 23. 102. 
/ 58. Bots, Bods, 6, 7, ox, cow. 23. L 103. 
VW 59. δίκη, ης, justice. 23. 104. 
p60. τεῖχος, ους, τό, wall, 23. 
bal. πλῆθος, ους, τό, multitude, 22. 105. 
£62. πύλη, ns, gate. 22. 
ϱ 53. ἀδελφός, od, brother. 21. 106. 
g64. yf, γῆς, earth. 21. 107. 
265. λίθος, ου, stone. 21. 108. 
96. ξένος, ου, guest, host ; mercenary. 20. 
- 67. ὀπισθο-φύλαξ, ακος, rear-guard. 20.| 109. 
t68. πούς, ποδός, 6, foot. 20. 110. 
& 69. φιλία, as, friendship. 90. 111. 
= 70. Χιών, dvos, ἡ, snow. 20. 112. 
a 71. πρόβατον, ov, sheep. 19. 113. 
L 12. σῖτος, ov, pl. τὰ otra, grain, food. 19.) 114. 
ε. 13. τριήρης, ους, ἡ, trireme. 19. 115. 
ε. 74. φυλακή, ἢς, watch, guard. 19. 116. 
ε Τὸ. γέφύρα, as, bridge. 18. 
" £16. γνώμη, ns, opinion. 18. 117. 
77. σωτηρία as, safety, deliverance. 18.| 118. 
zp is. φόβος, ov, fear. 18. 
“19. χίλιοι, αι, a, thousand. 18. 119. 
= 80. κύκλος, ov, circle. 17. 120. 
4-81. µάντις, ews, 6, prophet. 17. 121. 
«82. ὄνομα, ατος, τό, παπι. 17. 122. 
£83. πλέθρον, ου, plethron = 101 ft. 17. 129. 
: 84. ἀνδράποδον, ου, slave. 16. 124. 
4-85. ἀσπίς, ίδος, 4, shield. 16. 
7-86. τέλος, ους, τό, οπᾶ; «88 adv. fin-} 125. 
ally. 16. 
oe 87. τρόπος, ov, turn, manner. 16. 126. 
{.88. dpa, ds, season, fitting time. 16. 127. 
” 89. δρόμος, ov, a running, race. 15. 128. 
»90. νόμος, ου, law, 15. 129. 
91. ὕδωρ, ὕδατος, τό, water. 10. 190. 
£92. ἅμαξα, ης, wagon. 14. 
£93. κεφαλή, fis, head. 14. 
2-94. σκηνή, jis, tent. 14. 131. 
295. τοξότης, ου, bowman. 14. 132. 
26. ἄκρα, as (fem. of ἄκρος, ἅ, ov), a 
citadel, 13. 133. 
= / 97. ἀπορίά, ds, want of resource, dif-| 134. 


13. 135. 


Jiculty. 


ἀργύριον, ov, piece of silver, money. 
13 


δῶρον, ov, gift. 18. 

ἔργον, ov, work. 13. 

ἤλιος, ov, sun. 13. — 

λόγχη, ης, spear. 13. 

µήν, µηνός, 6, month. 18. 

νάπη, ns, Or νάπος, ous, τὸ, glen, —~ 
ravine. 13. 

ξύλον, ov, stick of wood; wood ; 
fuel. 13. 

πῦρός, ov, wheat. 18. 

δένδρον, ου, tree. 12. 

ἱερεῖον, ov, animal (for sacrifice, ; 
pl. cattle. 12. 

κήρυξ, υκος, ὁ, herald. 12. 

µέρος, ους, Td, part. 12. 

ὄχλος, ου, crowd ; trouble. 19. 

ἁρμοστής, ov, harmost, governor. 11. 

βίᾶ, as, force. 11. 

δόρν, δόρατος, To, spear. 11. 

ἑρμηνεύς, έως, interpreter. 11. 

κατά-βασις, ews, 7, going down, 
descent. 11. 

κραυγή, ἢς, shout. 11. 

κωμάρχης, ov, ruler of a village, 
mayor. 1]. 

Ἀιμήν, évos, 6, harbor. 

νεκρός, οὔ, dead. 1]. 

πέλτη, ns, a (small) shield. 

τάφρος, ου, ἡ, ditch. 11. 

ἄγγελος, ου, messenger. 10. 

γυµνής, ῆτος (6) or γυµνήτης, ου, a 
light-armed soldier. 10. 

δἀρεικός, ov, daric, Persian coin = 
20 drachmas ($3.60). 10. 

ἔτος, ους, τό, year. 10. 

θόρυβος, ου, noise, tumult. 10. 

πέτρα, as, rock, 10. 

σάλπιγξ, ιγγος, 7, trumpet. 10. 

σκευο-φόρος, ο», baggage-carrying ; 
6 σκ., baggage-carrier ; τὰ ox., 


ay 


11. 


11. 


baggage-animals or baggage. 10. 
στόμα, ατος, τό, mouth. 10. 
φιλο-στρατιώτηθ, ου,  soldier’s 

friend. 10. 
χαράδρᾶ, ds, ravine. 10. 


ἀνάβασις, ews, 7, going up. 9. 
ἀριθμός, οὗ, number. 9. 





136. 
137. 
138. 
139. 
140. 
14]. 
142. 
143. 
144. 
145. 
146. 


147. 
148. 
149. 
150. 
15]. 


152. 
153. 
154. 
155. 
156. 
157. 
158. 
159. 
160. 
16]. 
162. 
163. 
164. 
165. 
166. 
167. 
168. 
169. 
170. 
17]. 
172. 
179. 
174. 


175. 


176. 


177. 
178. 
179. 
180. 


NOUNS. 
ἅρμα, ατος, τό, chariot. 9. 181. 
ἄρτος, ου, loaf, bread. 9. ° 182. 
ἄφ-οδος, ου, ἡ, way-back, retreat. 9.| 183. 
βέλος, ους, τό, dart. 9. » : 184. 
γέρρον, ov, wicker shield. 9. 185. 
ἐλπίς, ίδος, 7, hope. 9. 186. 
θύρα, as, door; Ger. thiir. 9. 187. 
κίνδῦνος, ov, dunger. 9. 188. 
κράτος, ους, τό, power. 9. 
κρέας, κρέως, τό, flesh: 9. 189, 
ὄναρ only in nom. and acc. or as|_ 190. 
adv. ; ὄνειρος or ὄνειρο», pl. dvei-| 191. 
para, τά, dream. 9. 192. 
ὅρκος, ov, oath. 9. 193. 
πάρ-οδος, ου, 7, way by, pass. 9. 194. 
πηγή, iis, fountain. 9. 195. 
πλαίσιον, ου, rectangle. 9. 196. 
σκεῖος, ous, τό, utensil, chiefly in 197. 
pl. baggage. 9. 198. 
σκότος, ους, τό, darkness. 9. 199. 
σῶμα, ατος, τό, body. 9. 200. 
wih, jis, honor. 9. 201. 
τόξευμα, ατος, τό, arrow. 9. 209. 
Χειμών, ὤνος, 5, winter, storm. 9. 
ἀγών, ὤνος, 6, contest. 8. . 203. 
αἰχμ-άλωτος, ov, captured. 8. 204. 
γή-λοφος, ου, hill. 8. "| 205. 
γόνυ, ατος, τό, knee. 8. 906. 
διά-βασις, εως, ἡ, crossing. 8. 207. 
ἵεγος, ους, τό, yoke. 8. 208. 
κράνος, ους, τό, helmet. 8. 209. 
µαστός, ob, breast. 8. 
μύριάς, ddos, ἡ, myriad. 8. 210. 
ναῦς, veds, 7, ship. 8. 211. 
νεάνίσκος, ov, young man. 8. 212. 
ὅμηρος, ov, hostage. 8. 213. 
ὄνος, ου, 6, 7, ass: 8. 214. 
πατήρ, rpds, father. 8. 215. 
πατρίς, i808, 7, fatherland. 8. 216. 
πόνος, ov, foil. 8. 217. 
στόλο, ου, expedition. 8. 218. 
σφενδόνη, ns, sling. 8. 219. 
σφενδονήτης, ου, s/inger. 8. 220. 
ὕπερ-βολή, fis, excess; pussage| 221. 
(over). 8. 222. 
Φυγή, fis, flight. 8. 223. 
Φύλαξ, ακος, guard, watchman, 8. 224, 


airla, as, charge, cause. 7. 
ἄλφιτον, ov, chief. in pl. groats. 7. 


225. 


43] 


ἀρετή, jis, excellence. 7. 

ἄριστον, ου, breakfast. 7. 

βάθος, ους, τό, depth. 7. 

δείλη, ns, afternoon, evening. 7. 

δεῖπνον, ov, supper. 7. 

ἕἔθνος, ους, 70, nation. 7. 

ἔξ-οδος, ov, 7, way out, going out. 7 

ἕσπερος, a, ο», of evening: ἡ ἑσπέρα 
the evening. 7. ; 

θάνατος, ου, death. 7. 

κρῖϊθή, fis, barley. 7. 

µήτηρ, τρός, mother. 7. 

μ,σθο-φορά, as, wages. 7. 

ναύ-αρχος, ov, admiral, 7. 

γόος = νοῦς, of, mind. 7. 

πρᾶξις, ews, ἡ, doing, transaction. 7. 

τάλαντον, ου, talent. 7. 

τόξον, ov, bow. 7. 

τύρσις, tos, 9, tower. 7. 

φυγάς, dios, 5, fugitive. 7. 

χῖλός, 08, grass. 7. 

ἀκρό-πολις, ews, acropolis. ©. 

δηµόσιος, a, ov, public, (δῆμος, 
people). 6. 

δοῦλος, ov, slave. 6. 

ἐξέασις, ews, ἡ, examination. 6. 

ἐπι-βουλή, 7s, plot. 6. 

θυγάτηρ, τράς, daughter. 6. 

θώραξ, ακος, 5, breastplate. 6. 

κύων, κυνός, 6, 4, dog. 6. 

ναός, ov (5) and veds, ved (1), 5, a 
temple. 6. 

ὀφθαλμός, od, eye. 6. 

πλευρά, as, side. 6. 

προ-φύλαξ, axos; outer guard. 6. 

ῥυθμός, οῦ, rhythm. 6. 

σύν-θημα, ατος, τό, watchword. 6 

ὕψος, ους, τό, height. 6. 

φοῖνιξ, ixos, ὃ, Phoenician ; palm. 6 

χάρις, (τος, H, grace, favor. 6. 

Χιτών, ὤνος, 6, tunic. 6. 

ἀθυμίά, as, discouragement. 5. 

ἀπιστίᾶ, as, distrust, faithiessness. 5,' 

Blos, ov, life. 5. 

δι-ῶρυξ, υχος, ἤ, canal. 5. 

εἰρήνη, Άς, peace. 5. 

ἔκ-βασις, ews, ἤ, going out, outlet. 5. 

ἐνναυτός, of, period, especially ¢ 
year. 5. 


432 


226. 
227. 
228. 
229. 
230. 
231. 


232. 
233. 
234. 
235. 


236. 
237. 
238. 


Other important nouns, occurring less than 


250. 
251. 
252.° 
253. 
254. 
255. 
256. 
257. 
258, 
259. 
260. 
261. 
262. 
263. 
264. 
265. 
| 266. 
*' 267. 
268. 
269. 
270. 
271. 
272. 
273. 
974. 
275. 
976. 
977. 
978. 
379. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


ἐπιστολή, fis, letter. 5. 

ἔρυμα, aros, defence. 5. 

εὔνοια, as, good-will. 5. 

ἕως, Ew, ἡ, dawn. 5. 

θηρίον, ου, = θήρ, wild animal. 5. 

κτῆνος, ους, τό, animal (domestic), 
chiefly in pl., flocks or herds. 5. 

paxatpa, ds, (short) sword. 5. 

µελίνη, ns, millet. 5. 

γίκη, ns, victory. 5. 

οἶνο-χόος ου (xéw, to pour), cup- 
bearer. 5. 

ὀργνιά, as, fathom. 5. 

παλτόν, ov, dart. 5. 

παράδεισος, ov, park. 5. 


αἰγιαλός, od, beach. 

αἷμα, aros, τό, blood. 

αἴξ, aiyds, 6, ἡ, goat. 
αἰσχύνη, ns, shame, disgrace. 
ἀκόντιον, ου, dart. 

ἀλήθεια, as, truth. 

ἁρπαγή, ἢς, seizure, robbery. 
ἀσκός, od, skin. 

ἀταξία, as, disorder. 

αὐλός, ob, flute. 

αὐτόμολος, ου, deserter. 
βασιλεία, as, kingdom. 
βοήθεια, as, help, succor. 
Boppas, a, north-wind. 
βωμός, od, altar. 

γάμος, ov, marriage. 

γείτων, ονος, neighbor. 
γέλως, ωτος, ὁ, laughter. 
δασμµός, od, tribute. 

δέρµα, ατος, τό, hide. 
δεσπότης, ov, master. 
δόγµα, aros, τό, opinion. 
δυσµή, Tis, sun-set. 

εἰσβολή, js, irruption, entrance. 
ἑλαία, as, olive. 

ἐλευθερία, as, liberty. 

ἐνέδρα, as, ambush. 

ἑορτή, jis, feast, festival. 


tratvos, ου, praise. 


éraipos, ov, companion. 


239. 
240. 
241. 


242. 
243. 
244. 


245. 
240. 
247. 


248. 
249. 


280. 
281. 
282. 
283. 
284. 
285. 
286. 
287. 
288. 
289. 
290. 
291. 
292. 
293. 
294. 
295. 
296. 
297. 
298. 
299. 
300. 
301. 
302. 
303. 
304. 
305. 
306. 
307. 
308. 
309. 


πόντος, ov, sea. 5. 

πρό-Ύονος, ου, forefather. 5. 

mpdo-o50s, ov, 7, way to, ap 
proach. 5. 

σῖτίον, ov, food. 5. See 72. 

στανρός, ov, stake. 5. 

σχολή, ἢς, ‘leisure ; σχολῇ, leis- 
urely. 5. 

τόπος, ου, place. 5. 

τράπεζα, ns, table. 5. 

ὕλη, ns, wood, (brusk-wood, fire. 
wood, etc.). 5. 

ὑπ-οψίά, ds, suspicion. 5. 

φωνή, fs, voice. 5. 


five times, are the following: 


ἡδονή, is, pleasure. 
θεράπων, οντος, 6, attendant. 
θυσία, as, sacrifice. — 
ἰατρός, οῦ, physician. 
ἱμάτιον, ου, (outer) garment 
ἰσχύς, vos, ἡ, strength. 
ἴχνος, ους, τό, track. 

κρίσις, ews, ἡ, trial, judgment, 
λεία, as, booty. 

λῃστής, ov, robber. 

λιμός, od, famine. 

µῆκος, ους, τό, length. 
μηχανή, Hs, εοπίγἰναποθ. 
µόλνβδος, ου, lead. 

ξίφος, ους, τό, sword. 
οἰωνός, οὔ, bird ; omen. 
ὁρμή, jis, start ; impulse. 
οὐρά, as, fail. 

ots, ὡτός, τό, ear. 

ὄχθη, ης, bank. 

πάθος, ους, τό, suffering. 
πεῖρα, as, trial, experience. 
πίστις͵ ews, 7, faith, fidelity. 
πλοῦς, οῦ, sailing, voyage. 
πνεῦμα, ατος, τό, spirit. 
πόθος, ου, /onging. 
πρό-φασις, ews, 7, pretext, 
πῶλος, ov, colt. 

σατράπης, ου, satrap. 
σκέλος, ους, τό, leg. 








PRONOUNS. 433 
$10. σκοπός, ov, scout. 316. ὑπηρέτης, ov, attendant. 
811. σπονδή, jis, haste. 317. ὕπνος, ου, sleep. 
812. στολή, ἢς, dress, robe. 318. φώς, φωτός, τό, light. 
313. σφάγιον, ου, victim. 319. ψυχή, fis, breath, spirit. 
314. τρόπαιον, ου, trophy. 320. ψῦχος, ous, τό, cold. 
815. tBpis, ews, ἡ insolence. 321. ᾠδή, jis, song 
PRONOUNS. 


1. οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen. τούτου, ταύ- 
rns, τούτου, this. 1011. 

2. αὐτός, abrh, abrd, gen. αὐτοῦ, js, ov: 
1. following the article, same; 2. in an 
oblique case without substantive or article, 
as pronoun of 3d pers., him, her, it, pl. 
them ; 3. alone in the nom. or in the pred. 
position with a substantive = ipse, self 
872. 

3. 8, f, 8, gen. οὗ, fs, οὗ, who, which, 
what. 426. 

4, ἄλλος, ἄλλη, ἄλλο, gen. ἄλλου, 75, 
ου, other. 303. 

5. ὅσ-τις, ἥ-τις, ὅ-τι, οὗ-τινος, or ὅτου, 
ᾗστινος, οὗτινος, or ὅτου, whoever, which- 
ever, whatever, or who, which, what. 119. 

6. ὅσ-περ, ἥ-περ, ὅ-περ, gon. οὗ-περ, ho- 
περ, οὗ-περ, stronger form of 8s, who indeed, 
just who, etc. 28. 

7. τὶς, τὶ, τινός or τοῦ, indef. encl., any 
ome, some one. 422. 

8. ἡμεῖς, ἡμῶ», ἡμῖν, ἡμᾶς, we. 964. 

9. ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ or pod, 7. 353. 


10. ἔγω-γε, I indeed, 1 at least. 15. 
1]. ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶ», ὑμῖν, ὑμᾶς, you. 318. 
12. ἑαντοῦ or αὑτοῦ, ἑαυτῆς or αὑτῆς, 


reflex., of himself, of herself. 150. 
19. ὅσος, Son, ὅσο», as much, great, or 
many as; how much, great, many as; ὅσῳ 
. τοσούτῳ, by how much ... by so much, 
the ...the. 100. 
14. ὅσοσ-περ, ὅση-περ, ὅσον-περ, stronger 
form, just as much, great, or many as. 7. 
15. ot, cov, col, σέ, encl. in oblique 


‘cases, thou. 95. 
16. ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, ἐκεῖνο. that. 76. 
1 1041. 1024. «44, 1. 8. 


H. & Ww. ANAB, — 28. 


17. ἕκαστος, η, ον, each, every, pl. sev- 
eral, 70. 

18. rls, τί, τίνυς or τοῦ, who? which? 
what? 70. 

19. olos, ἅ, ον, of what sort; such as, 
οἷον, adv. as. 56. 

20. ἀλλήλων, ἀλλήλοις, each other. 55. 

21. olds re! (with or without ἐστί), 
able, fit. 56. 

22. τονοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτο(ν), such, 
often followed by οἷος, as. 50. 

23. ὅδε, Fide, τόδε, gen. τοῦδε, τῆσδε, 
τοῦδε, this ; τάδε, often us follows. 48. 

24. τοσοῦτος, τοσαύτη, τοσοῦτο, so much 
or many. 36, 

25. ὁπόσοφ, η, ov, how much, great, or 
many, as manyas, 25. 

26. πόσος, η, ον, how much? how great ? 
or in plural how many? 4. 


27. ἡμέτερος, ἅ, ο», our, ours. 20. 


28. ἐμός, ή, όν, my, mine. 19. 

29. σφεῖς, σφῶ», σφίσι, σφᾶς, they, them- 
selves. 19. 

30. upérepos, a, ον, your, yours. 16. 

31. ἕτερος, a, ov, other (of two). 25. 

32. ἐμαντοῦ, ἢς, of myself. 13. 

33. ὁποῖος, a, ov, of whatever kind, what 
kind of. 10. 


34. ποῖος, a, ov, of what kind? 6. 

35. ἑκάτερος, a, ov, each (of two). 7. 

36. τοιόσδε, d3e, όνδε, such ; τοιάδε, such 
as follows, as follows. 7. 

37. σεαντοῦ, js, or σαυτοῦ, js, of thy 
self. 6. 

38. ods, of, ody, thy, thine. 5. 

39. ob, of (4), €, of him, her, it. 4. 


2685, 987. 472. 193, 


434 LISTS OF WORDS. 


These pronouns are found in the Anabasis more than five thousand times, 
an average of over twenty times to every full page of text. This fact illus- 
trates forcibly what an important part tie pronouns play in the language. 
No pains should be spared to master the list completely. Nos. 1, 2 and 12 
should be written out again and again until there is no possibility of con- 
founding them. . Fix once for all the three meanings of αὐτός as determined 
by its position, — self; same; him, her, i. 


Note that each of the following interrogative pronouns and adverbs has: 


1. Its corresponding indefinite commonly enclitic. 
2. Its corresponding indefinite relative! made by prefixing ὁ- (except 
ὅσ-τις) and used in indirect questions. 


INTERROGATIVE. INDEFINITE. “INDEFINITE REZATIVE. 


πηλίκος, η, ov, how old ? πηλίκος, η, ov, of some ὁ-πηλίκος, η, ov, how 


how large ? age, size. old, how large. 
motos, a, ov, of what sort ? qrouds, & όν, of some sort. ὁ-ποῖος, d, ov, of what 
sort, what sort of. 
πῴσος, η, ov, how much? ποσός, ή, ov, some quan- ὁ-πόσος, η, ον, how much 
how many? tity or number. (many), as much or many 
as. 
πότερος, a, ov, which of πότερος, a, ov, one of ὁ-πότερος, a, ov, which 
two? | two. 4 of two. 
τίς, who? τὶς, some one. ὅσ-τις and ὅς, who. 
πῇ, which way ? πῄ, some way. ὅ-πῃ or ᾖ, which way. 
πόθεν, whence ? ποθέν͵ from some place. ὁ-πόθεν or ὅ-θεν, whence. 
aot, whither ? aol, some whither. ὅ-ποι, whither. 
πότε, when? ποτέ, sometime, ever. ὁ-πότε or ὅ-τε, when. 
ποῦ, where? πού, somewhere. ὅ-που or οὗ, where. 
πῶς, how? πώς, somehow. ὅ-πως, os, how, that, as. 
ADJECTIVES. 
1. πολύς, πολλή, πολύ’ ο. πλείω», s.| 6. ἀγαθός, ή, ov, good. ϐ68.᾽ 
πλεῖστος, much, many. 418. ἀμείνων, 11. ἄριστος, 16. 
2. ἄλλος, η, ο, other. 303. βελτίων, 9. βέλτιστος. 7 
3. πολέμιος, (a, ov, hostile ; of πολέμιοι, κρείττω», 19. κράτιστος, 28. 
the enemy. 231. Agar, 3. λῴστος. 
4. πᾶς, πᾶσα, wav, all, every. 171. better, best. Total, 154. 


5. οὐδείς, -Seula, -δέν, no one. 168. 
1700. 1012-1014. 490. 228. 3 254,1. 361,1. 786. 168. 


ADJECTIVES. 


7. μέγας, µεγάλη, µέγα; μείζων, µέγι- 
στος, great. 98. 

8. ἐπιτήδειος, a, ov, surtable ; τὰ ἐπιτή- 
Seza, necessaries of life; of ἐπιτήδειοι, rela- 
faves. 9]. 

9. καλός, 4, όν, καλλίων, Κάλλιστος, 
beautiful. 79. 

10. κακός, 4,1 όν, bad. 27. 


κακίων, 5 κάκιστος, 3. 
ἤττω», 15. ᾖἤκιστα, 3. 
χείρων, 3.  xelpioros. 
worse, worst. Total, 56. 


- 11. µέσος, η, ov, middle, midst of; µέ- 
σο», ov, the middle. 53. 

12. ἱκανός, ή, dv, enough, sufficient. 52. 

19. tpets,? τρία, three. 50. 

14. els3, ula, έν, one. 49. 

15. ὀλίγος, η, ov, 39; ἑλάσσων, 4; ἑλά- 
xtoros, 3, little, pl. few; ὀλίγο», adv., a 
little. 46. 

16. δύο, two. 49. 

17. εἴκοσι(ν), twenty. 39. 

18. povos, η, ov, alone, only. 37. 

19. ἅπᾶς, aoa, ay, stronger form of was, 
all. 33. σύμ-πᾶς, aca, ἄν, 4, all together. 

20. δεξιός, ᾱ, dv, right; δεξιᾷ, on the 
right. 32. 

21. πέντε, five. 32. 

22. ἄκρος, a, ο», highest, topmost. 

23. πιστός, ή, όν, faithful. 31. 

24. ἀσφαλής, és; -έστερος, -έστατος, 
safe. 29. 

7 eats η, ο», evident ; 
ῥ evident that, evidently. 29. 

26. πρέσβυς, ews, an elder, ambassador ; 
comp. -ύτερος, sup. -ύτατος, older, oldest ; 
elder, eldest. 28. 

27. λοιπός, ή, dy,left, remaining, rest. 27. 

28. τριάκοντα, thirty. 27. 

29. χαλεπός, ή, όν, difficult. 97. 

30. µηδείςὃ, εμίᾶ, έν, no one; see 5. é 

3]. δέκα, ten. 24. 

32. δεινός, ή, όν, fearful, wonderful. 23. 

33. Φανερός, 4, όν, plain, manifest. 23. 

94. ἄξιος,ό (a, ον, worthy. 22. 

35. τέτταρες, a, four. 23. 

1 254,2. 361,2. 786. 182, 2. 


1697. 4 644,ο. 831. 272. 408. 
1195. 868,1. 616,a. 7 753,c. 1140. 


31. 


δῆλον ὅτι, it 


3 671. 978. 464. 556. 
§ 1018. 


435 


26. πότερος, ἅ, ov, which of two? πότε- 
poy or -a, whether. 19. 

37. δίκαιο», ἃ, ov, just. 18. 

38. ἱερός, &, όν, sacred: τὸ ἱερόν, a 
sacred place, temple; τὰ ἱερ, sacred 
rites. 18 

39. ἐνώνυμος (εὖ ὄνομα, of ρυοᾷ name) , 
left, euphemistic for ἀριστερός, 90. 17. 

40. ἔρημος, η (or -os), ov, desert, de- 
serted. 16. 

41. εὐδαίμων, ον, prosperous. 

42, plxpos, ἆ, όν, small. 16. 

. ὄρθιος, a, ov, steep. 16. 

. ἑπτά, seven. 15. 

. κοινός, ή, όν, common, 15. 
. µύριος, a, ο», ten thousand. 15. 
ξένιος, a, ov, hospitadle, friendly. 15. 
Suvards, 4, dv, able, possible. 14. 

. ἑκατόν, ahundred. 14. 

. ὕστερος, 4, ov, sup. ὕστατος, later. 14.. 
. Φίλιος, fa, ο», friendly.” 14. 

. ἀμφότερος, a, ο», both, ch. in pl. 13. 
. 450s, cia, b, ἡδίων, ἥδιστος, sweet, 


pleasant. 13. ® 
e: 
a 


16. 


54. στενόα, ή, dy, 13. 
55. ἀθρόος, a, ον, body, assem- 
bled. 19. 
56. βασίλειος, ον, kingly, royal; τὰ Ba- 
σίλεια, palace. 12. 
57. év-avrlos, a, ον, opposite. 12. 
"58. τρίτος, η, ο», third ; τῇ τρίτῃ, on the 
third day. 12. 
59. αἴτιος, a, ov, culpable; the-cause-of, 
(gen.). 11. 
60. ἄ-πορος, ο», without way through or 
out of, impassable. 11. 
- βαρβαρικός, ή, όν, barbaric, barba- 
τὸ βαρβαρικό», barbarian army. 11. 
. ἑξακόσιοι, αι, a, six hundred. 11. 
peords,’ ή, όν, full of, filled. 11. 
πεντήκοντα, fifty. 11. 
. πρότερος, ἃ, ον, former; τὸ spore 
poy, formerly. 11. 


66. ἄσμενος,ὶ η, ov, glad, gladly. 10. 
' 67. ἄφθονος, ον, abundant. 10. 
68. δισχέλιοι, αι, a, two thousand. 10. 


8 290. 375. 166. 
1607. «461 and4. 486.6 753, fi 


867. 612. 5.619. 926.) $26. 546. 


436 


69. 
see 88, 

70. εὔνοος, ον (= εὔνους, ου»), well-dis- 
ας Sriendly. 


fs 
73. 
. ὀκτώ, eight. 


75. πολεμικός, ή, όν, war-like, skilled in 
war, 10. 

76. ῥάδιος, fa, ον; c. ῥᾷων; 8. ῥᾷστος, 
easy. 10. 

77. τριακόσιοι, σον κόσια, three hun- 
dred. 10. 

78. αἰσχρός, ᾱ, όν, λαο, 9. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


éxdév,! οὔσα, dy, willing, willingly ; 
10. 


10. 

. loxupds, & dy, strong. 10. 
µακρός, &, όν, long. 10. 
νέος, -ώτερος, -ώτατος, young. 
10. 


10. 


. δασύς, εἴα, ύ, thick, dense. 9. 
: διᾶκόσιοι, αι, a, two hundred. 9. 


. εἰκός, dros, τό, perf. part. neut. 


likely 4; τὸ einds, the likelihood. 9. 


82. 
83. 
half. 
84. 


ἔνιοι, αι, a, some. 9. 

ἥμισυς, eca, υ, half; * ως, the 
9. 

ἴδιος, d, ον, own, private ; ἰδίᾳ, pri- 


vately. 9. 


85. 


ἱππικός, ή, όν, of a horse, equestrian. 


τὸ ἱππικόν, cavalry force. 9. 


86. πογηρός, 4, dv, wicked. 9. 

87. redXevraios,! ἅ, ον, final, last. 9. 

88. ἄκων,ὶ ουσα, ον (for ἀ-έκων), unwil- 
ling. 8. 

89. ἀντίος, a, ον, opposite, in front. 8. 

90. ἀριστερός, 4, όν, left. 8. Cf. 39. 

91. ἕξ, siz, 8. 

92. ἔσχατος,2 η, ov, Jast, farthest. 8. 


. &Opds,? ά, dv, ἐχθίων, ἔχθιστος, hos- 


6 ἐχθρός, an enemy (personal). 8. 


. ὅλος, η, ο», whole, all. 8. 

. πεντακόσιοι, αι, a, five hundred. 8. 
. πρόθυμος, ο», zealous. 8. 

. tindros, ή, dv, high, lofty. 8. 

. φοβερός, 4, όν, frightful, fearful. 8. 
. ἑξήκοντα, sixty. 7. 

100. 


εὔζωνος, ov, well-girt (for exercise), 


active, nimble, 7. 


101. ὅμοιος, a, ov, like. 7. 

102. πλήρης,ό es, gen. ους, full. 7. 
1619. 926. 425. 546. 3 671. 978. 

$773. 1175. ὅθ2, 3. 622. 5 753, ¢. 


1140. 867. 


103. συχνόε, 4, dv, considerable, much, 


pl. many. Cf.1. 7. 

104. τετρακισχίλιοι, αι, a, four thou- 
sand. 7. 

105. τετταράκοντα, forty. 7. 


106. 7. 
107. 
108. 
109, 

true. 6. 

110. -ἀναγκαῖος, ᾱ, ον, necessary; τὰ 

ἀναγκαῖα, the necessaries of life; οἱ ἄναγ» 

καῖοι, relatives. 6. 

111. ἀρχαῖος, ᾱ, ον, old, ancient ; rd 

ἀρχαῖον, of old. 6. 

112. δώδεκα, twelve. 6. 
113. ξύλινος, η, ov, wooden, 6. 
114. οἰκεῖος, a, ov, pertaining to the house 

or family, domestic. 6. 

115. πάµπολυς, -πόλλη,-πολυ, very much, 

very many. 6. 

116. wevrexalSexa, fifteen. 6. 
117. πολλαπλάσιος, α, ov, manifold, 

many times more (than, gen.). 6. 

118. words, ή, ov, potable. 6. 

119. πρανής, és, inclined, steep. 6. 

120. τρισχίλιοι, αι, a, three thousand. 6. 
121. χρήσιμος, η, ov, useful. 6. 

122. ἅπ-οικος, ον, from home, subs. a 

colonist. 5. 

123. δεύτερος, a, ον, second ; τὸ δεύτερο», 

the second time. 5. 

124. ἐλεύθερος, a, ον, free. 5. 
125. ἔμπειρος, ov, (ἐν, πεῖρα, trial), ex- 


χρῦσοῦς, 7, οὖν, golden. 

ἄδικον, ον, unjust. 6. 

ἀδύνατος, ο», impossible. 6. 

ἀληθής, és; -έστερος, -έστατος, 
6 


perienced. 5. 


126. épupvds, ή, ov, fortified ; 
strongholds. 5. 

127. ἔτοιμος, η (or os), ον, ready. 5. 

128. λευκός, ή, ov, while. 5. 

129. περιττός, ή, όν, superfluous. 5. 

130. πυκνός, ή, όν, thickgdense. 5. 

19]. τετρακόσιοι, κόσιαι, κόσια, four hun- 
dred. 5. 

132. ὑπήκοος, ov, (ὑπό, ἀκούω), obedient, 
submissive. 5. 

133. ψιλός, ή, όν, bare ; light-armed. 5. 


184, 181 


τὰ ἐρυμνά, 
' 


ὃ 253. 3857. 


612. 


454, 6586. 











ADVERBS AND CONJUNCTIONS. 437 
The following, though used less often, are well worth memorizing :— 
134. ἄ-βατος, ον, impassalle. 142. ἡλίθιος, a, ov, foolish. 
135. ἄγριος, & ov, wild. 143. θανμάσιος, a, ov, wonderful. 
136, ἀλλότριος, a, ο», another's, foreign.| 144. θρασύς, εἴα, ύ, bold. 
137. βαθύς, εἴα, ύ, deep. 145. ἴσος, η, ο», equal. 
198. βίαιος, a, ον, violent. 146. κενός, ή, όν, empty, void. 
139. βραδύς, εἴα, ύ, slow. 147. λεῖος, a, ο», smooth. 
140, Bpaxts, εἴα, v, short. 148. ὀχυρός, 4, yee 
141. Suse 4, ov, naked. 149. ἐχυρόε, d, dy, ον ακοής 
ADVERBS AND CONJUNCTIONS. 
Ἱ. os, as; since; that, so that. 444. 25. ἐπειδή, when, since indeed, stronger 
2. ὅτι, that, because. 280. than no. 11. 465. 
8. ἤ, than. 222. 26. εὖ, well. 40. | 
4. οὖν, accordingly, therefore. 181. 27. πρίν, before, formerly. 39. 
5. οὔτε... οὔτε, neither ...nor. 142.| 28. ὁπότε, whenever, when (πότε, when 2) 
6. ἐνταῦθα, here, there. 133. 38. 
7. viv, now. 119. 29. ἔξω,δ out of, without. τὸ tw, the 
8. µάλα, very, certainly, often intens. | outer. 37 
(29); μᾶλλον (for µαλιον,ὶ more, rather| 30. ὅτε, when. 33. 
(46); μάλιστα, most, especially (30). Total,| 31. tyyvs,-drepoy, -ύτατα, or «τέρω, -τάτω, 
105. near. 82. 
9. ὥστε, so that. 104. 32. pty, indeed, truly. 31. 
10. δή, now, indeed, often best rendered | 33. ὅπου, wherever, where (ποῦ, where? 3) 
by emphasis. 95. 30. 
11. Gel, when, since. 88. 34. τοίνυν, accordingly ; moreover. 30. 


12. ὅπως, how; that, in order that. See 
no. 57. 83. 
19. οὐδέ, and not, but not, not even. 
. ἔτι, still, yet. 72. 
. πάλιν, back, again. 
. ταχέως, quickly. 66. 
. tvOa, there. 64. 
. ἐντεῦθεν, thence, thereupon. 64. 
. ὥσπερ, just as, just as if. 60. 
. pévror, indeed, truly. 56. 
21. τότε, then. οἱ τότε, the men of that 
time. 54. 
22. εὖθύς, straightway, immediately. 52. 
23. ἅμα,2 at the same time, with. 49. 
24. πρόσθεν, before, forward ; πρὀσθεν 
... πρίν, before, until; οἱ πρόσθεν, those in 


82. 


67. 


35. ἔπειτα, then. 28. 
36. ἄνω, -Τέρω, -τάτω, up, upwards. 26. 
37. ὄπισθεν, behind. ἐκ τοῦ ὄπισθεν, 


Jrom behind; els τοὔῦπισθεν (= τὸ ὄπισθεν), 
backwards ; of ὄπισθεν, those behind. 25. 

38. ad, back, again. 25. 

39. KAKGs, -iov, «στα, badly, ill. 25. 

40. καλῶς, κἀλλῖον, κάλλιστα, beauti- 
fully, well. 395. 

41. wavy, wholly, very. 25. 

42. del, always. 24. 

43. οὐκέτι, no longer. 398. 

44. phre... μήτε, neither...nor. Cf. 
5. 23. 
45. 
46. 


23. 
22. 


ὧδε, as follows, thus. 
ἔνθεν, thence ; whence. 


Front ; eis τὸ πρόσθε», to the front, forward.| 47. atrot,* here. 20. 

47. | 48, ἐπειδάν,ὃ whenever, when. . 20. 
166. 84,4. 89,3: 56,0. 2772,c. 1176. 892.3 525. 757. 1148. 

862,3. 6518,b. 4 760,a, 1187. 868 6515 §& 913 428,2. 486μπ. 629. 


438 


49. 

50. 

δ]. 

52. 
no. 13). 19. 

53. ποτέ, once, at some or any time 
(πότε, when?). 19. 

54. tows, perhaps. 16. 

55. ἄλλως, otherwise. 16. 

56. εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether .. . 07. 

57. πῶς, how? 16. 

58. elow,) within. 15. 

59. ὅθεν, whence. 15. 

60. ὅταν, (= ὅτε + ἄν), 
when. 15. 

61. οὔκ-ουν, not therefore? 3; οὐκ-οῦν, 
12; therefore (the neg. lost). 15. 

62. δικαίως, justly. 14. 

63. otxa-Se,2 homeward. 14. 

64. ὅποι, whithersoever (ot, whither ?) 14. 

65. παντά-πασι(ν), wholly. w. neg., at 
all. 14. 

66. πώς, encl. indef., somehow. 

67. αὖθις (length. 
again. 13. 

68. ἕμπροσθεν, in front, before; of ἐμ- 
προσθε», those in front ; 6, ἡ or τὸ ἔμπρο- 
σθεν», the foregoing. 13. Cf. 24. 

69. ἐνθά-δεδ thither, comm. 
ἔνθα. Cf.17. 19. 

70. ἰσχυρῶς, strongly ; exceedingly. 13. 
. πρόσω, -wrépw, -wrdrw, forward, 

εἰς τὸ πρόσω, forward. 13. 
ἔνδον,1 within. 12. 
ἠνίκα, at which time, when. 


ὅμως, nevertheless. 90. 
πλησίον, near (gen.). 
ἐκεῖ, there. 19. 


20. ° 


16. 


whenever, 


14. 
from αὖ), back, 


there, = 


12. 


75. πέρᾶν,ὶ on the other side. 12. 
76. εἶτα, then. 11. 
77. tore, until, 11. 


μηδέ, and or but not, not even (see 


ὅπη or ὅπῃ, in what way, whither. 12. | 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


2 & 
8. Cf. 46. 


. αὐτίκα, immediately. 
. ἐνθένδε, hence. 
. ἕως, until. 8. 
. οἴκοι, at home. 8. 
. ὁμοῦ, together. 8. 
πώ-ποτε, at any time. 8. 


90. ἀσφαλῶς, -έστερο», -έστατα, safe 
ly. 8 
91. δεῦρο, hither. 7. 


. εἴ-περ, if indeed (stronger than 


. pyxér,® no longer. 7. 
. μόλις, with difficulty. 7. 
. ὁπόταν 2 (ὁπότε + ἄν), whenever, 
when. 7, 
. πάλαι, long ago. 7. 
. πολλάκις, many times, often. 7. 
| σαφῶς, clearly. 7. 

. ταύτῃ, dat. of place or manner, 
here, in this way. 7. 

100. τέως, for a time, till then. 1 

101. ἅτε, as, πα ιτ] as. 6. 

102. atptov, to-morrow. 6. 

103. δήπον or δή πον, doubtless. 6. 

104. ἑντόςὶ within (like ἔἕνδον, 72). 
These comm. w. verbs of rest; εἴσω (58) 
with verbs of motion. 

105. νύκτωρ, by night. 6. 

106. πώ, encl., yet. 6. 

107. τοί, encl., truly, often best rer 
dered by emphasis. 6. 

108. ἁμαχεί, without battle. 5. 

109. ἅπαξ, once. 5. 

110. ἔμπαλιν, τὸ ἔμπαλιν, or τοῦμτα 
Aw, backwards, back. 5. 

111. ἐπεί-περ, since indeed, stronger 
form of éwef. 5. Cf. 11, 25. 


112. ἑξαίφνης, suddenly. 5. 
113. ὁπόθεν, whencesoever, whence (xéber, 


78. %, indeed, often strength. by why or | whence ?). 5. 
some other particle. 10. 114. ὀρθῶς, rightly. 5. 
79. οὔ-πω, not yet. 10. 115. οὐδαμοῦ (old gen.), nowhere. 5. 
80. σχεδόν, nearly. 10. οὐδαμῆ or -ᾖ, nowhere, in πο way. 3. δὲ 
81. ἡδέως, Hdiov, ἥδιστα, gladly. 9. δαµόθε», from no (where) place. 2. odds 
82. σφόδρα, exceedingly. 9. μοῖ, no whither. 1. 
83. ἄλλοτε, at another time. ἄλλοτε| 116. οὔ-ποτε, never. 5. 
καὶ ἄλλοτε, now and then. 8. 117. ὀψέ, late. 5. 
1757. 1148. 862,3. 518,b. 2913. 1428,2. 438, ~. 6347. % 217, 208 
187, 3. 228 4220. 296. 76.n. 228 51018, 1607. 481 απά 4. 4%. 





PREPOSITIONS. 429 


118 τοιγαροῦν, stronger form of rofl-| 124. τάχα, quickly. 4. 


yap, therefore. 5. 125. τήµερον, to-day. 4 
119. χαλεπῶς, hardly; harshly. χαλε 126. χωρίς, apart. 4. 

πῶς ἔχει», be harsh orangry. 5. 127. ὡσαύτως, in like manner. 4. 
120. ἄνωθεν, from above. 4. The following were not counted: καὶ, 
121. ἐνίοτε, sometimes. 4. and; δέ and, but; ἀλλά, but; εἰ if; (el 
122. κάτω, down, downwards. 4. + ἄν --) dav, ἄν, or ἤν, {ο with subj. 
123. pd, by, no by (in oaths) 4; ναί (8); Total, 131. 


and νή (2), dy, yes by. 


PREPOSITIONS. 


The Greek uses prepositions more freely than the Latin, being in this as 
in some other respects a more modern language. Besides their use in com- 
pounds, they occur in the Anabasis nearly three thousand times, — an aver- 
age of over twelve to each page. To attain facility in translating, and an 
appreciation of the niceties of the language, a thorough mastery of the pre- 
positions is indispensable. The student must be familiar not only with the 
meaning of the preposition, but also with the office of the case with which it is 
connected. Read 787. 1221,1,2; 1225. 898 (Notes). The genitiveexpresses ΄ 
source, separation, agency, participation. A preposition, therefore, meaning 
from, out of, by, within, without, before, etc., must govern the genitive. Fora 
like reason, a preposition denoting association, location, or nearness, — at, in, 
with = along with, by= near, beside, and the like, — takes the dative; while 
those expressing motion or extent, — to, towards, (going) against, upon, along, 
around, over, — govern the accusative. For example, card means down. With 
the genitive, therefore, it must mean down from; while with the accusative 
it is rendered, as we should expect, down along, down. Then passing from a 
local to a general sense it is used to express extent, conformity etc., — along, 
throughout, according to, etc. So παρά, meaning alongside of, with the geni- 
tive is rendered from (the side of), with the dative, beside, and with the 
accusative, {ο (the side of). Thus we see how the same preposition may 
mean {0 and from or at. Observe, too, that while the English usually locates 
objects from the standpoint of the speaker, the Greek often views them from 
the standpoint of some object referred to. Thus in τὰ ὑποξύγια ἔχοντες πρὸς 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ, 2.2", πρός means ‘FROM’ viewed from the river, but ‘toward’ 
viewed (as we should view it) from the speaker’s standpoint. So πλησίον, 
near, is followed (except in poetry) by the gen., not the dat., as we should 
expect. Thus πλησίον τῆς κώμης Means ‘near’ viewed from the village. 


Cf. meanings in following table. Note that all prepositions meaning ‘from’ or ‘ out of’ may 
be used to denote the agent, and are then translated ‘ by.’ ; 

ἀχρι and µέχρι are followed by the genitive on the same princivle that requires the genitive 
after verbs Ed aiming and reaching. Bo éwi in the sense of ‘toward’ may take the genitive, of 
ἀπιέναι ἐπὶ Ἰωνίας. 


2 


440 LISTS OF WORDS. 





GENITIVE. 
RAaDIOAL Source, separation, 4 pe οτε 
MEANIN ssociation, nearness, ion, extent 
a agency, Perens won means, accompaniment. ee 
dudl, on both sides | about = concerning. 2. (round) about. 43. 
of, about. 
dvd, up. not up from (as we | upon (poetic). up, up along, up through, 
might expect). throughout. 17. 
ἀντί, over against. | instead of. 28. 
ἀπό, from. from; by. 118. | 
διά (cf. L. dis, | through (and out οἳ). | . 1. throughout. 
asunder, be-| 94, 2. through and toward or 
tween), through. in view of, and so comm, 
; on account of. 62. 
els, into. into. 321. 
ἐκ, out of. out of, from; by. 242. 
ἐν, in. in, 427. 
ἐπί, upon. on, upon, (superposi- | on, upon, at, (juxta- | (to and) upon, to, agaiae. 
tion). 60. position). 120. 167. 
κατά, down. - | down from,down. 7. down along, along; accord- 
2 ing top κατὰ νόµο», accord- 
ao ing to law. 120. | 
nerd, with. with = in connection (into) the midst of, in quest 
with, sharing with, of, and so comm., afiz, 
hence gen. Cf. ody. cf. µεταπέµποµαι. 59. 
25. 
παρά, beside, near.| from (the side of), | beside (at, near, | to (the side of), alongside 
from; by. 68. with). 37. of; aside from, whene 
; παρὰ νόµο», contrary to 
the law. 175. 
περί, around, {| about=concernihg. 73.| about, περὶ ταῖς χερ- | about = around, οἱ το 
about. oly, 1.5". 4. ᾿Αριαῖϊον. 4]. 
πρό, L. pro, be- | before; in behalf of 
fore. (cf. ὑπέρ). 18. 
πρός, in front of,|in front of, before, | before, oftener be-| to (the front of), toward, 
be fore. from (before) ; by ; side, (at,on,near).| against. 267. 
towards. 25. 13. 
aby, with. with, in company 
with, with the aid 
) of. 170. 
ὑπέρ, (L. super), ae above, in behalf (going) over, above, beyond. 
over. of. δὲ. : 
ὑπό, under. . os under or be-| under. 9. (to and) under. 6 
neath., 
2. under (the influence 


or agency of), and 
so comm., by. 100. 
ἄνευ, without. - without. 18. 
ἄχρι, 2 : 6 ; 
μέχρι, 27 until, | until, even to. 29. 
ἕνεκα, on account | on account of. 94. 
of. 
μεταξύ, between. | between. 5. 
πλήν prob. fr. rA€-| except. 325. 
ον, more than. 





eo oe αμ εκον ooo 


VERBS. | 441 


VERBS. 


S 7. ἁμί (έοςεσ-μι1), impf. Fy, fut. ἔσομαι, 
be; with gen. (emphasizing possessor) or 
with dat. (emph. fact of possession), belong 
to, have. 3 sing. ἔστι often impers., it is 
possible. 1215. See 22, 73, 215. 

ο — 2. dypl? 34, impf. ἔφην 186, fut. φήσω 
1, ἔφησα 2. The foll. forms are referred 
to λέγω: fut. ἐρῶ 9, 2 a. εἶπον 189, la. εἶπα 
3, pf. εἴρηκα 2, εἴρημαι 5. of φημιδ, say that 
. « not, deny, refuse. Total 431. Instead 
of ods, φάσκω», pres. part. from φάσκα, is 
used. 4. 

_  wes3. ἔχω (for ἔχω, originally σέχω, stem 

~ ἐχ, σεχ, Or oxe),* impf. εἶχον,ὃ fut. Ee or’ 
oxhow, 2 a. ἔσχον, ἔσχηκα, ἔσχημαι, ἐσχέ- 
θην, (1) have, hold ; mid. with gen., hold | λυθα, 2 a. ἦλθον,ϊ go, come. 138. Cf. 
fast to, cling to, be next to: (2) with ad-| 29, 52, 82, 126, 146, 197, 240. 
verbs = be, cf. Καλῶς ἔχειν, be or do well.|— 14. ἀκούω, ἁκούσομαι, ἤκουσα, 2 pf. 
The form ἴσχω (for σισεχ-ω) is found in| ἀκήκοα, ο ἠκούσθην,22 hear. 138. 

| pres. and impf. 2, Cf. 48, 51, 128, 212, +15. κελεύω, ebow, ἐκέλευσα, κεκέλευκα, 

360. KexéAevopa,2 exerevodny,2 order. 123. 

=o 4. λέγω, λέξω, ἔλεξα (εἴρηκα, see 9), λέ-| Cf. 377. 

. λεγμαι, ἐλέχθην, say, tell, 302. Cf. 176,|-«-16. ἄγω, ἄξω, 2a. Hyayov,2 Fya,% ἡγ- 
350. 


2: wopebopas, σομαι, πετόρευµαι, ἐπο- 
ρεύθην,]" proceed, journey. 187. Οἱ. 358. 
“T0. δέω, δεήσω (fr. st. δεε1δ), ἐδέησα, δε- 
δέηκα, δεδέηµαι, ἐδεήθην, need, want ; mid., 
want for oneself, and so often, ask ; 
impers. δεῖ (δέµ, δέοι, etc.), there is need, it 
is necessary, act. 106, mid. 68. Cf. δέω, 
δήσω etc., bind. 
11. βούλομαι, βουλήσομαι,ῖὸ βεβούλημαι 
ἐβουλήθη»,]6 wish. 151. 

12. δύναμαι,]ῖ impf. 2-, or 4-8urvduny,> 
δυνήσοµαι, δεδύνηµαι, é or ᾖ-δυνήθη», be 
able. 151. 

19. ἔρχομαι (fr. sts. ελυθ, ελθ are) fut. 
ἐλεύσομαι, ὃ in Attic prose εἶμι 19 (b), ἑλή- 


















| μαι, ἤχθη», lead. 109. Cf. 138, 187, 216, 
| gq ~—75. ποιέω, how, etc. (reg.), make, do. 268. | 252, 259, 273, 292, 340. 
| Cf. 311. 


17. δίδωμι, δώσω, Zona, δέδωκα, δέδο- 
μαι, ἐδόθην, give. 105. Cf. 49, 70, 186. 

8. of8a% [2 pf. from obs. εἴδω, see 
(whence εἶδο», 8), I have seen, and so as 
pres., =] J know, 42; 2 plupf. as impf. ᾖδειν 
17,- fut. εἴσομαι 3. Some of the forms 
found in the Anab. are: fare 6, εἰδῆτε 7, 
elSeln 1, Ίσθι 2, εἰδέναι 11, εἰδώς 2, εἰδότες 
9. Total, 100. 

—19. fixw,?? fiw, am come. 90. Cf. 
297. 

-20, µένω, fut. neva, ἔμεινα, peudynna, 5 
remain. 89. Cf. 224, 260, 309, 337. 


{οἱ 6. ylyvopas (for γι-γεν-οµαιθ), or ylvo- 
μαι, yerfooua,” yeyévnua™ (2 pf. yé 
yova’), 2 a. ἐγενόμην, become, take place. 
260. Cf. 208, 237, 379. 

} ὃ ο 7, λαμβάνω, λήψομαιῃΟ 2 a. ἔλαβον, 
εἴληφα,1 εἴλημμαι, ἐλήφθην, take, receive. 
- 224, ΟΕ. 68, 918, 938, 241, 242, 943, 274, 
391. 
8. ὁράω, impf. ἑώρω»,Σ fat. ὄψομαι (= 
ὅπ-σομαι), 2 a. εἶδον, ἑώρᾶκα 15 or ἑόρᾶκα, 
ἑώρᾶμαι, ὤφθη»15 (= ὥπ-θην), see. 214. 
Cf. 204, 300. 


1 References to Babbitt’s Grammar will be found in the alphabetical list of Greek verbs found in 
Appendix F pp. 377-421. Goodell’s Grammar also contains pp. 299-313) a list of verbs with refer 
ences to the more important peculiarities. 


1 478. 806,2. 24681, 699, 8. 812, 81028. 4 73,¢. 95,4. 5359. 537, 
6 393, b. 650, (1). 7405. 658, 2. 8 451, a. 643. 9 409,9, 605, b. 
1 32, 611. 11 366. 522. 12 359,b. 588. 1851. τι 14407, 444, 
15 405, 658. 16 355. 517. 17 487, 417, a. 627,729. 18 54. 74,611. 19 539,2, 
1257. 20 368, 599. 21 437, 650, (2). 22 505. 640. 38 436. 535. 
4452. 692. 2 432,334. 802,2; 506. 26491. 820. 27827, 1956. 


mo) 


γι 


142 LISTS OF WORDS. 






















33. pdxopat, µαχέσομαιΞ- oipa, due 
εσάµη», µεμάχημαι, fight. 61. 

. θύω, diow, ἔθὺσα, τέθυκα τέθυµαι 
ἐτύθην,5 sacrifice. 58. 

“35. αἱρέω, αἱρήσω, 2 a. εἶλον, ἥρηκα. 
ἤρημαι, ᾖρέθην; Ἂ act., take; mid., take 
for oneself, chouvse. 53, ch. in pres., impf. 
2a. For pass. see ἁλίσκομαι, 104. Cf 
104, 192, 324. 

~ 36. ἁν-ίστημι, impf. «στην, -στήσω. 
-έστησα, trans. set up, raise up; 38. -έστη», 
«έστηκα (as pres.), plpf. -εστήκη (as impf ), 
intrans., rise or stand up. 56. Cf. 77. 

. ἔπομαι (ἐπ for σεπ, on), impf. cixé- 
pny, ἕψομαι, 2 a. ἑσπόμη»,ὔ follow. 53. 
Cf. 149, 346. 

98. ἐθέλω, ἐθελήσω,Ἱ ἠθέλησα, ἠθέληκα, 
willing, wish. 51. θέλω, θελήσω etc, 
shorter form of foregoing. 10. 

GS. φέρω (pep, οι, ever, ἐνεγκ), fut. οἴσω, 
la. ἤνεγκα, 2a. ἤνεγκον, évhvoxa,” ἐνήνεγ 
pat? ἠνέχθη», bear, carry. 50. Cf. 222, 
359, 361. 

40. dro-OvfioKew® (day, Ava = θνη, fut. 
dwo-Oavovpat,®! 2 a. ἁπ-έθανον, τέθνηκα 
(uncompounded), die; often as pass to” 
ἀποκτείνω, be killed. 48. Cf. 106, 164. 
41. διώκω, διώξω, ἐδίωξα (other parts not 
comm.), pursue. 48. 
2. Καλέω, έσω or "3 ἐκάλεσα, κε 
κληκα, pat, ἐκλήθην, call. 46. Cf. 122, 
136. 

«49. φαίνω (for Φαν-ιω),ὸ pave,® ἔφη 
να,δἹ πέφαγκα)δ) πέφασμαι,Σ 2 a. p. ἐφάνην: 
act., show; mid. and 2 pf. πέφηνα, appear. 
48. Cf. 328. 

44. πειράοµαι, aoouat,*? πεπείρᾶμαι 
ιράθην, 1 try, attempt. 46, chief. in 
pres. and impf. 


ον 
O 21. δια-βαΐνω, fut. -Βήσομαι, -βέβηκα, 
2 a. ἔβη», go through or over, cross, 88. Cf. 
74, 76, 322, 351. 
Ni 2. ρου impf. παρ: ἣν, fut. παρ-έσο- 
μαι, be by or present, arrive. 82. Cf. 1. 

c ο 23. οἴομαι or οἶμαι, impf. φόμην or 
ὤμη», fut. οἱήσομαι φήθην,Σ think, sup- 
pose, be of the opinion; chief. in pres. and 
impf. 78. 

O awd. ἀφ-ικνέομαι,ὃ -ίξομαι, -ἴγμαι, 2 a. -Ind- 
µη», arrive ; chief. in pres., impf., and 2 a. 
"8. Cf. 234, 

CH ene. φεύγω Φφεύξομαι or οὖμαιὸ 2 pf. 
répevya,® 2 a. Epvyoy,' flee, be a fugitive or 
exile. pres. 77, impf. 61, pf. 4, 2 α. 11. 
Cf. 278. 

(C emmmnB6. dpyo,® ὄρξω, Ίρξα, Ίρχα, Ίργμ 
ἤρχθη», be foremost, and so (1) begin, (2) 
comm., rule, 75; pres. part. ἄρχων as 
subst., ruler, leader, 40. Cf. 191. 

—~——27. πέµπω, πέµψω, ἔπεμψα, wérouga,? | 
πέπεµµαι,ὮὈ ἐπέμφθην Ἡ send. 70. Cf. 158, 
183, 265, 296. 

v8. ἠγέομαι, ἠσομαι, ἤγημαι, lea 
think. 68. 

C29. etys,!2 impf. Ja or Jew, go; used 
as fut. to ἔρχομαι. 66. Cf. 88, 150, 232, 
380. 

ρα 30. νομίζω, iow or ιῶμά ἐνόμισα, νενό- 
µικα, ισμαι,]ὸ ἐνομίσθη», consider, suppo 














? 


31. tvyxdve !6 37, τεύξομαι 4, πετύχηκα, 
2 a. ἔτῦχον 22, hit or happen upon, and so 
(1) comm., happen; (2) happen upon, ob- 
tain. 63. Cf. 163, 362. 
προ, πείθω, πείσω 11 (= πειθ-σω), ἔπεισα, 
πέπεικα, ὸ πέπεισµαι,1ὸ ἐπεισθη» : 19 act. per- 
suade, 39 ; mid., persuade oneself, obey, 23 ; 
2 pf. wéxoi8a,” trust. 


στ 


1 400. 519,7: 610. 3 405. 658. 5 402, d. 607. 43904. 572. 5 426. 


666. 6 450. 687. 7 435. 675. 8 739, 741. 809, 1099. 9 451. 643. 
1053, 75. 1151. Τι. 12 477,a0. 808,3. 18 308. 584-5. 1 425, 65,3. 
15 69. 16 402,c. 605,b. 1774. 74. 18 73. 19 69. τι. 82. 31 
21 405, 423. 653, 658, G65. 273 a. 95,1. 28 73,c. 95, 3. αι 503, 1. 
639,(b).  % 359 andc. 537,2. 26 435, a. 675, 677. 27 405, 510. 653, 658 
28 368, 529. 29 δ3 463,b. 75, 490, 2. 80 403. 613. 81 405. 653. 
$273,a. 95, 1. 88 423 504. 665. 84 64-a. 64, 1-2. 85 400, 5M. 
36 422. 663. 87 431, 672. 88 448, b. 648. 29 463, a. 489, 2 


© 30. 29. 41 497. 444. 








VERBS. 


f 
ωτάω, impf. ἠρώτων, ἐρωτήσω, 


443 


60. κατα-λείπω, (λιπ), -λείψω, 3 8. -dde 


σα, or (more comm.) 2 a. ἠρόμη» | πον,]ὸὃ -λέλοιπα,]δ λέλειμμαι,ῖ -ελείφθη», 


(from ἔρομαι), ἠρώτηκα, ask. 45, chief. in 
pres., impf., 2a. Cf. 285. 

— 46. xpdopar, ήσοµαι, ἐχρησάμην, κέχρη- 
μαι, use. 38. xpnras,) inf. χρῆσθαι. 45. 

47. πάσχω (for rad-cx-w,? wad, πενθ), 
fut. πείσοµαι (for πένθσοµαι ὃ), 2 a. ἔκαθον, 
2 pf. πέπονθα, suffer. 43. 

48. ὑπ-ισχνέομαι (see 3, end), ὑπο-σχή- 
coma, 2 a. ὑκ-εσχόμην, ὑπ-έσχημαι, hold 
oneself under (obligation), promise. 43. 

49. ἆπο-δίδωμι (for parts, see 17), give 
away or back; esp. what is due, and so 
pay; mid., to give away for one’s own 
profit, sell. 41, chief. in pres., impf., 2 a. 

50. νϊκάω, hee: éviknoa, νενικηκα, µαι, 
ἐνικήθη», conquer. 41. 

51. παρ-έχω (for parts, see 3), have be- 
side or near, and so furnish, render. 41. 

52. ἀπ-έρχομαι (for parts, see 13), go 
away,come from. 40. 

53. cdfw (for σωδ-ιωδ), σώσω, ἔσωσα, 
σέσωκα, σέσωσµαι” (or ωμαι), ἐσώθην, save. 
40. Cf. 317. 

54. βουλεύω, εύσω, ἐβούλευσα etc., delib- 
erate, counsel. 39. Cf. 81, 147. 

55. Ὑιγνώσκω ὃ (Ύνο), yrdooua, 2 8. 
ἔγνων,, ἔγνωκα, ἔγνωσμαι,Ώ ἐγνώσθην, know. 
39. 

56. οἰκέω, impf. ᾧκου»,]] οἰκήσω, ὤκησα, 
gunna? ᾧκημαι, φκήθη», dwell, inhabit. 38. 
Cf. 323. 

57. ἀδικέω, iow, Ἰἠδίκησα etc., 
wrong; be in the wrong. 37. 

58. δέχομαι, δέξοµαι, ἐδεξάμη», δέδεγµαι, 
receive, accept. 37. 

59. πράττω (= πρᾶγ-ιω15), πράξω, ἔπρᾶξα, 
réxpaya or πέπρᾶχα,]ά πέπρᾶγμαι, ἐπράχθην, 


injure, 


from, announce. 












Téraxa,® 


up (of troops). 


(from -ολέσω), -ώλεσα, -ολώλεκαιδὶ 
mid., fut. -ολοῦμαι, 2 8. -wAduny, perish ; 
2 ρε -dAwaa,®2 am ruined, 
is chiefly poetic. 


leave behind, abandon. 
356. 

61. µέλλω, impf. & or ἤ-μελλονῖθ µελ- 
λήσω,]ὸ é- or ἠ-μέλλησα, be about to, intend ; 
delay. 36. 

62. οἴχομαι, impf. φχόµμη», οἰχήσομαι,Ὁ 
go, have gone.21 36, 

63. dmro-Kptvopat,22 -κρινοῦμαι,Ώ -expivd- 
µην, κέκριµαιῤδ answer. 35. Cf. 166. 

64. wap-ayyé&\Aw,% -αγγελῶ, -ήγγειλα, 
-hyyeAna etc., send a message to; pass the 
word along, command. 35. Cf. 392. 

65. πολεμέω, ήσω etc., be at war, make 
war. 35. 

66. φυλάττω (for φυλακ-ιω 2"), άξω, ἐφύ 
λαξα, reptAaxa,”8 πεφύλαγμαι, ἐφυλάχθῃ», 
guard. 35. Cf. 261. 

67. ἀπ-αγγέλλω, bring word back or 
34. Cf. 64, 395. 

68. κατα-λαμβάνω (see 7), seize; over- 


36. Cf. 117, 139, 


take, find. 34. 


69. τάττω (for ray-tw,2"), τάξω, grata, 
τέταγµαι, ἐτάχθη», arrange, draw 
34. Cf. 209, 312, 336. 

70. παρα-δίδωμι (see 17), give over, de- 


liver up. 83. 


1. ἁπ-όλλδμι (for dA-vi-ue ™), fut. -ολῶ ὃν 
destroy ; 
32. ὅλλῦμι 


72. συλ-λέγω,δὲ συλ-λέξω, συν-έλεξα, συν- 


elAoxa,™ συν-είλεγμαι, 2 a. Ῥ. συνελέγη», 
collect, assemble. 


32. 
78. ἕξ-ευμι (impers. only), ἕξ-εστι, subj. 


ἔξ-ῃ, opt. ἐξ-είη, imper. ἐξ-έστω, inf. ἐξ-εἶναι, 
pt. ἐξ-όν, impf. ἐξ-ἢ», fut. ἕξ-εσται, tt ts pos- 


do,act. 87. Cf. 345, 367. sible, permitted. 30. Cf. 1. 

1412, 496. 2 403,c. 617. 8 56. 79. 4451. 643. 6 396, 398. 584-5. 
654. 74. 763. 74. 8 403, a, b. 613. 615-6. 9 489,15. 7995, 10 461, 
640. 357. 518. 12 367. 526. 18 397. 580. 14 452. 692. 15 320. 481. 
16 451,b. 643. 17 63. 75. 18 355, b. 517. 19 610. 653, 658. 20 610. 
653, 658. 21 827. 1256. 22 400, 594. 25 422. 663. 2: 49]. 672. 
3 448. b. 648. 26 396, 399. 579, 593. 27 306-7. 579-80. 28 452. 692. 
2% 402 e, 528, 8. 612. 80 493. 665. δι 368. 529. 82 501. 1263, 1232 
% 55,c. 78, 2. % 366, 452. 522, 692. 


I 


Am 


σ 


444 


«Π4, -κατα-βαίνω (see 21), go down, 
descend. 80. 

75. κωλύω, tow, ἑκώλῦσα, κεκώλῖκα, 
μαι, ἐκωλύθη», hinder. 30. 

76. dva-Balvw (see 21, 74), go up, 
ascend, 29. 

77. ἵστημι 1 (for σι-στηµι), trans., make 
to stand (set, set up; stop, halt); intrans., 
stand, stop. 29. Cf. 36, 87, 152, 173, 223, 
266, 325, 384. 

“RQ. κάω and καίω (Kav.2), καύσω, ἔκανσα, 
κέκαυκα, κέκαυµαι, ἐκαύθη», burn. 29, chief. 
in pres. and impf. Cf. 180. 

79. παίω, παίσω (oftener παιήσω), 
ἔπαισα, πέπαικα (pass. tenses supplied 
mainly from πλήττω), strike. 28. 

80. érlorapar,? impf. ἠπιστάμη», ἐπι- 
στήσοµαι, ἠπιστήθη», know (how), under- 
stand. 97. 

81. συμ-βουλεύω (see 54), advise, coun- 
sel; mid., consult with. 27. 

82. ovv-pxopar (see 13), go or come 


Cc 
Ng together, assemble. 27. 


CA. 


0.» 


83. αἰσθάνομαι,ὶ αἰσθήσομαι,ὸ ᾖσθημαι, 
2 a. ᾖσθόμη», perceive (by the senses). 26. 

84. ἐπι-τίθημι,ό -θήσω, 1 a. -Onna,’ -τέ- 
θεικα,θ -τέθειμαιᾶ «ετέθη»; put or place 
upon, impose ; mid., to put oneself against, 
attack. 26. Cf. 118. 

85. δείδω, pres. and fut. δείσοµαι (both 
are ep. and rare), 1 a. ἔδεισα 16, δέδοικα 5, 
2 pf. δέδια 5 as pres., fear. 26. 

86. [άω,θ impf. ἔζων, Chow (aor. and pf. 
supplied from βιόω), live. 26. 

87. καθ-ίστηµι (see 36,77), trans., set 
down, settle, establish; intrans., 2 a., pf., 
and plpf. (as pres. and impf.), act. and 
mid., in all tenses, be set, established. 26. 

88. πρόσ-ειμι, impf. προσ-ῄειν, go to, to- 
ward or forward. 26. 

“89. στρατεύω, ow, ἑστράτευσα; oftener 


1 70, 351. 500, 86, 506. 
4402,b. 605. 5405. 653, 658. 


2 396,401. 6579, 601. 
6 73, a. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


as dep., οµαι, σοµαι, ἐστρατευσάμη», ἑστρά. 
Τευµαι, serve in war, go on an expedition. 
26. Cf. 188. 

90. βοηθέω, haw, ἐβοήθησα etc., succor, 
assist. 25. 

91. ἑξ-απατάω, ᾖσω, -ηπάτησα, -ηπά- 
τηκα etc., deceive; stronger and more 
common than the simple form. 25. 

92. é&-eAatvw (prob. for ἐλα-νύ-ω,1 st. 
ελα, fut. -ελῶ from ἐλάσω 12), -ήλασα, -ελή- 
λακαιδ -ελήλαμαι, -ἠλάθην, drive out ; 
intrans., ride or drive forth, march. 25. 
Cf. 111, 194, 262, 263. 

93. εὑρίσκω 14 (εὖὑρ), εὑρήσω,]ὃ 2 a. ηὗρο», 
ηὕρηκα, ηὕρημαι, ηὑρέθην :16 also εὗρο», 
εὕρηκα, µαι, εὑρέθη», find. 25. 

94. θέω1ῖ (θυ), impf. ἔθεον (for other 
tenses, see τρέχώ, 245), run. 25. 

95. παρ-έρχομαι (see 13), go by, past, or 
along, pass by or along. 25. Attic sup- 
plies fut. and impf. from πάρ-ειµι. Cf. 
29. 

96. παρα-σκευάζω,δ dow, -εσκεύασα, 
-εσκεύασμαι, -εσκευάσθην»ν, prepare, make 
ready; like oxevd(w, for which it is com- 
monly used in prose. 25. Cf. 154, 368. 

97. ἁπ-έχω, impf. ἀπ-εῖχον, dp-ew,!® or 
ἀπο-σχήσω, 2 a. ἁπ-έσχον etc. (see 3), (1) 
have oneself from, be distant from ; (2) 
hold oneself from, abstain. 24. 

98. ἕἔξ-ειμι, impf. ἐξ-ῄειν, go out or forth. 
24. Cf, 29. 

99. ἔπ-ειμι, impf. éx-new, go against, 
come upon, advance; ἐπ-ιών, ovoa, dy, 
following. 24. Cf. 29. 

100. προσ-έρχομαι, Attic fut. and impf. 
commonly πρόσειμι 88, and Άπροσ-ῄειν, 
come (or go) to, towards, forward, on ete. 
24. See 13. 

101. δια-πράττω (see 59), work through 
or out, effect, accomplish. 23. 


8 487, 417, a. 
7432. 670. 


729, 742 


95, 1. 8 Neither 


H. nor G. offer any explanation for the change of θε to θει in pf. act. and mid. According 
to Gustav Meyer (Griechishe Grammatik, 71) the form θει was adopted after the analogy of 


εἶκα, εἶμαι. 9 73,c. 95,3. 10412. 496. 1 521,1,a. 612. 12 424. 665 (end). 
18 368. 529. 24 409. 603. 16 405, 653, 658. 16 503, 1. 639, (b). 
17 304, 0. 574. 18 906. 584-5. 19 82. 92. 


_ 


t> 





a. 


Na 





VERBS. 


102. ὁμο-λογέω, -ἠσω, duo-Adynoa etc., 
say the same thing, agree. 23. 

109. παύω, aw, ἕπαυνσα etc.; act., make 
to cease ; mid., cease, cease from. 23, Cf. 151. 


ag 04. ἁλίσκομαι 1 (GA, ἆλο), ἁλώσομαι, 


2a. ἑόλων 2 or ἤλων, ἑδλωκα or ἥλωκα, be 
taken; used as pass. to αἱρέω. 22. 

105. ἀξιόω, dow, ἠξίωσα etc., think 
vorthy, fit, or reasonable ; demand (as rea- 
sonable). 22. 

106. ἀπο-κτείνω (for -κτεν-ιω,ὸ ἀποκτενῶ, 
έκτεινα, 2 pf. -exrova,t 2 a. -έκτανον,ὸ kill. 
Passive supplied from ἀπο-θνήσκω (see 
40). 99. 

107. πλέωδ (πλυ), ἔπλευσα, πέπλευκα, 
τέπλευσμαι,ῖ sail. 22. Cf. 145, 293, 357. 

108. xph,8 subj. xpi, opt. χρείη, inf. 
χρῆναι, part. χρεών, impf. ἐχρῆν or χρῆ», 
it is necessary, one must, ought. 22. 

109. θαυμάζω,) άσοµαι, ἐθαύμασα, τε- 
θαύµμακα, σµαι, ἐθαυμάσθη», wonder at, ad- 
mire. 21. 

110. αρό-ειµι, impf. προ-ῇειν, go before 
or forward, advance. 21. 

111. ἑλαύνω, trans., drive, ride ; intrans., 
ride, march. 20. Cf. 92, 262. 

112. κρατέω, how, ἐκράτησα, have or get 
power over, overpower. 20. 

1143. ἐπι-θῦμέω, ow etc., (set one’s) 
heart upon, desire. 20. Cf. 271, 295. 

114. αἰτέω, flow, ἤτησα etc., ask, de- 


mand. 19. Cf. 193. 
115. ἀφ-αιρέω,ῖὈ take from or away, 
deprive. 19. Cf. 35. 


116. Bad\Aw!! (for βαλ-ιω), fut. Bard, 
2 a. ἔβαλον», BEBAnka,!? βέβλημαι, ἐβλήθη», 
throw, throw at. 19. Cf. 144, 177, 308, 
320, 339. 

117. λείπω 18 (λιπ), λείψω, 2 a. ἕλιπον», 
λέλοιπαμἁ λέλειμμαι,]ὸ ἐλείφθη», leave. 19. 
Cf. 60, 139, 321, 392. 


445 


118. τίθηµι (see 84), put, place ; τίθεσθαι “| 


τὰ ὅπλα, (1) ground arms, (2) stand in 
arms, (3) stack urms. 19. For the paas., 
κεῖµαι (218) is commonly used. Cf. 84, 
301, 318. 

119. τοξεύω, εύσω, ἐτόξευσα etc., shoot 
with the bow. 19. 

120. ἐπ-αινέω, impf. ἐπ-ῄνουν, -έσομαι,]δ 
vera, ἐπ-ῄνεκα, ἐπ-ῄνημαι, ἐπ-ῃνέθη», praise. 
18. ihe simple form is rare in Attic prose. 

121. ἐπι-δείκνὺμι,7 and -δεικνόω, unpt. 
ἐπ-εδεὶκνῦν and voy, -deltw, -έδειξα, -δέ- 
δειχα,15 -δέδειγµαι, -εδείχθη», show forth, 
exhibit, display. 18. Cf. 194, 279. 

122. παρα-καλέω (see 42), call to one’s 
side or along, summon; exhort. 18. 

123. onpaive 1 (for σηµαν-ιω), ave, 
ἐσήμηνα 3) or ἄνα, ceonpacuas,?) ἐσημάν- 
θη», give the sign (σῆμα), signify. 18. 

194. τῖμάω, fow, ἐτίμησα etc., honor. 
18. 

125. τιτρώσκω 2 (τρο), τρώσω, ἔτρωσα, 
τέτρωμαι, ἐτρώθη», wound. 18. 

126. δι-έρχομαι (see 13), go or come 
through, pass through. 17. Attic supplies 
fat. and imp. from δ[-ειµι. 

127. ἑάω, impf. εἴων 5 (ds, a), edo,” 
elaoa, elaxa, pat, εἰάθη», permit. 17. 

128. κατ-έχω, impf. κατ-εῖχον, καθέξω % 
etc. (see 3), hold down, fast or back, restrain; 
occupy. 17. 

129. κατα-καίνω (for -καν-ω, st. καν], 
only in 2 a. κατ-έκανον, except in 7.6% 
(κατα-κεκυνότες) : = κατα-κτείνω, kill. 17. 

130. Adw, λύσω, ZAvoa, λέλυκα, λέλυμαι, 
ἐλύθην, loose, loosen, in various senses, 105 
lease, relax, break. 17. Cf. 366. 

131. λανθάνω 2 (λαθ), Afjow,2” 2 a. ἔλα- 
Bov, λέληθα, A€ANopan,”® (1) escape notice, 
commonly with a part., and often rendered 
unawares,” secretly ; (2) with acc. escape 


2403. 613. 2 489,13. 803, 2. 8 386, 400. 579, 594. 4451. 643. 
6 435, a. 676. 6 304,a. 574. 7461. 640. δ 486. p. 406 9 396, 
388. 579, 584-5. 10 82. 92. 1 3896, 399. 579, 593. 14 448, c. 649, (9). 
18 304. 572: 14 4851, ὈὉ. 643. 453. 75. 16 504, b. 639,b. 17 405,9. 603, 
608. 18 452. 692. 19 396, 400. 579, 594. 20 431. 672. 21 463, a. 489, 2. 
32 403 andb. 613,615. % 359. 537. 2430. 29. 26 82, 92. 26 402,c. 605,(b).. 
27 54. 74. α lengthened to » after the analogy of Class II., 364, 611.. ΄ 1969. 74 


23 984. 1586. 


446 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


the notice of. 17. Cf. ἐπι-λανθάνομαι or | ειπόµη», ἐφ-έψομαι, 2 a. ἐφ-εσπόμη», follow, 


-λήθομαι, forget. 

132. πιστεύω, εύσω, ἐπίστενσα etc., be- 
lieve (in), trust. 17. 

133. ἀπο-διδράσκω 1 (Spa), -δρᾶσομαι, 
2 a. -έδρᾶν ὰ (ds, a), -«δέδρᾶκα, run away, 
escape, esp. by stealth. 16. Cf. 278. The 
simple form is not used. 

194. εὔχομαι, impf. ηὐχόμην, εὔξομαι, 
πὐξάμην, pray,vow. 16. The forms εὖχό- 
pny,® evédunv, are common. 

135. στρατοπεδεύω, εύσω etc. (oftener 
as dep.), encamp. 16. 

136. σνγ-καλέω (see 42), call together. 16. 

197. αἰτιάομαι, impf. ἠ/τιώμη», αἰτιᾶσο- 
pat,* ᾖτιασάμη», [ἱτίᾶμαι, ᾖτιάθην (in pass. 
sense), blame. 15. 

198. ἁπ-άγω (see 16), lead back, bring 


away. 15. 

139. ἀπο-λείπω (see 60), leave behind, 
forsake. 15. 

140. ἆπο-πλέω (see 107), sail away or 
back. 15. 


141. ἀπορέω, impf. ἠπόρου», how etc., 
be at a loss, be perplexed. 15. 

142, ἁρπάῖωδ (for ἁρπαδ-ιω), dow or 
οµαι, ἥρπασα, ἥρπακα, ἤρπασμαι, ἠρπάσθη», 
seize, plunder. 15. 

143. ἀφ-ίημι 6 (€), impf. ἀφ-ίην, ἀφ-ήσω, 
ἀφ-ῆκα" (dual -εἴτον ὃ), ἀφ-εῖκα, ἀφ-εῖμαι, 
ἀφ-είθη», send away or back, let go. 15. 
Cf. 203. 

144. δια-βάλλω (see 116), throw or hurl 
at, then fig., calumniate, slander. 15. 

145. ἐκ-πλέω (see 107), sail out or away. 
15. 

146. &€-€pxopar (see 13), come or go out 
or forth. 15. 

147. ém-BovAebw (see 54), plan against, 
plot against. 15. 

148. ἐπι-χειρέω (χείρ, hand), how, ἐπ- 
εχείρησα etc., take in hand, attempt. 15. 

149. ép-éropar® (see 37), impf. ἐφ- 


(close) upon or after, pursue. 15. 

150. πάρ-ευµι (see 29), impf. wrap-7jecy, 
go by, past, or along. 15. 

151. ἆνα-παύω (see 103), make cease 
again or for a time, mid., halt, rest. 15. 

152. ἑφ-ίστημιιῦ impf. ἐφ-ίστη», ἐπι- 
στήσω, ἐπ-έστησα, set upon, (up, over, or 
near); 2 a. ἐπ-έστην, ἐπ-έσταμαι, éw-eord- 
θην (mid. and pass.), be set over or near, 
stand upon, (by, near, or against); also 
(act.) make to stand, Λα. 14. Cf. 36. 

153. σκοπέω, ἐσκόπουν, 14; other tenses 
made from σκέπτομαι, — viz., σκέψοµαι, 
ἐσκεψάμην, tonenpas,! 10; look carefully, 
observe, consider. 

154. συ-σκευάζω (see 96), dow, συν- 
εσκεύασα etc., prepare (to start by getting 
things) together, pack up. 14. 

155. τρέπω, τρέψω, ἔτρεψα, rérpoda,!! 
τέτραμμαι 12 ἐτράπην 15 turn. 14. Cf. 200. 

156. τρέφω, θρέψω (for τρεφσω 4), ἔθρεψα. 
τέθραµµαι,ὸ ἐτράφη», nourish. 14. 

157. ὠνέομανι, impf. ἑωνούμηνμὸ ὦνησυ 
pa, 3 a. éxpiduny,!” ἑώνημαι, ἐωνήθην (as 


pass.), buy. 14. 
158. ἀπο-πέμπω (see 27), send away or 
back. 13. 


159. ἆπο-χωρέω, How (or ήσομαι), ἁπ- 
εχώρησα etc., withdraw. 13. Οἱ. 349. 

160. ἀριστάω, impf. ἠρίστων, ἀριστήσω, 
ἠρίστησα etc., breakfast. 18. 

161. αὐλίῖομαι, impf. ἠυλιζόμην, αὐλί- 
σοµαι, ηὐλιδόμην or ηὐλίσθη», ηὔλισμαι, 
lodge, (in the αὐλή, open yard), encamp. 
13. 

162. ἓν-νοέω (νόος, mind), how, ἐν-ενό- 
noa etc., have in mind, think, consider. 13. 
Cf. 253. ῥἐπινοέω, how etc., have on one’s 
mind, intend. 4. 

163. éy-rvyydve (see 31), happen upon, 
meet with. 19. . 

164. θνήῄήσκω 18 (Gay, Ova), Cavovpas,!® 


1 403 and b. 613,615. 3489, 8. 7996. 8% 357,a. 519. 430. 39. 5 396, 
398, 579, 584-5.  ¢ 476. 810. 7432, 670. ϐ 359,a. 537,2. 9% 82, 92. 
10 500. 11 451-2. 643,692. 1253. 75. 18 435,a. 676. 1474. 95, 5. 
16 460,02. 646. 16 350. 537. 17 489,98. 506, pp. 121-2. 18 403, 613; 64, 64. 


19 422. 663. 








VERBS. 


2a. ἔθανον, τέθνηκα, die: be killed, pass. 
to ἀποκτείνω. 13 Cf. 40. 

165. κάθ-ημαι,ὶ impf. ἐκαθήµην or καθή- 
µη» (only tenses used ; preferred to ἆμαι), 
be seated, sit still. 13. Cf. 363. 

166. xptvw2 (for xpiv-tw), κρινῶ, ἔκρῖνα, 
néxpixa,® κέκριµαι, ἐκρίθη», judge. 13 Cf. 63. 

167 ὁρμάω, impf. ἅρμων, ὀρμήσω, Sp- 
µησα, ὤὥρμηκα, ὤρμημαι, ὠρμήθη», rush, 
hasten; mid., esp sally forth. 13. Cf. 
ὁρμέω, anchor. 4. 

168. πυνθάνοµαι { (πυθ), redcoua,® 2 a. 
ἐπυθόμην, πέπυσµαι, learn (by inquiry), 
anguire. 13 Cf. 45. 

169. σπένδω, σπείσωδ (for σπενδσω), 
ἔσπεισα, ἔσπεισμαι,' pour a libation; mid., 
make a treaty, by pouring libations one 
with another. 13. 

170 µπτελευτάω, how etc., end, finish: 
end (life), die. 13 

171 ἀναγκάζω, dow, ἠνάγκασα, etc, 
compel. 19. 

172. ἁπ-αλλάττω ὃ (for -αλλαγ-ιω], άξω, 
«Ίλλαξα, -ἤλλαχα, -ἠλλαγμαι, -ηλλάγη», 
change (and put) off or (get) away, set 
free; mid. and pass., be set free, be freed 
from. 12. 

178 ἀφ-ίστημι (see 36), impf. ἀφ-ίστην, 
ἁπο-στήσω, ἁπ-έστησα, trans., make stand 
away or aloof; 2 a. ax-dorny, ἀφ-έστηκα. 
ἀφ-έσταμαι, ἁπ-εστάθην, intrans., stund 
away or aloof, revolt. 12. 

174. δειπνέω, fow, ἐδείπνησα etc., dine. 
12. 

175. δηλόω, dow, ἑδήλωσα ot, make 

evident, show. 12. 

176. Sta-Aéyopat (see 4), -λέξομαι, δι- 
eiAeypau,!? δι-ελέχθην, converse with. 12. 

127. ἐμ-βάλλω (see 116), ἐμ-βαλῶ, 2 a. 
ἐν-έβαλον, ἐμ-βέβληκα, nua, ἐν-εβλήθην, 
throw in or into: often intrans. ΟΥ reflex., 


44, 


178. θαρρέω, how etc., take courage. 19. 

179. θάπτω 1] (for αώτο θάψω, aoays, 
τέθαμµαι,]2 ἐτάφη», bury. 12. 

180. κατα-κάω or -xalw (see 78) a 
down or completely. 12. 

181. κατα-μανθάνω1ὃ (µαθ), -uabhoo- 
μαι," 2a. έμµαθον, -μεμάθηκα, learn thor- 
oughly, understand. 12. Cf. 290. 

182. wAdrra,!5 κλέψω, ἔκλεψα, Κέκλο- 
a, © κέκλεμµαι, 2a. p. ἐκλάπη»,ὶ είεαι. 12. 

183, µετα-πέµπω, oftener οµαι (See 27), 
send for. 12. 

184. µιµνήσκω 18 (µνα), uvhow, ἔμνησα, 
µέμνημαι,ὸ ἐμνήσθην», remind: mid., call 
to mind ; pf. as pres., have called to mind, 
remember ; subj. pepyGuas,” opt μεμνήμη». 
12. Cf. 275. 

185. Jus"! (ou, onc), and ὁμνύω, 
impf. ὤμνύυν and ὤμνυον, fut. opotpa:,™ 
ὤμοσα, oudmona, ὁμώμοσμαι,λὶ ὠὡμόθην and 
ὡμόσθη», swear (to, that, or by). 12. 

186. προ-δίδωμι (see 17), give (forth) 
up, betray. 12. 

187 συν-άγω (see 16), bring together, 
collect, 12. 

188. ov-orparetw, oftener εὖύομαι (see 
89), serve in war with, join in an expedi- 
tion. 12. 

189. σφενδονάω, how etc., sling 

190. τολµάω, tow etc., dare 12. 

191. ὑπ-άρχω (see 26), begin’ (at the 
bottom or very beginning) ; be orzginally ; 
exist. 12. 

192. dv-atpéw (see 35), take up or away ; 
of an oracle, to take up a question sub- 
mitted, reply. 11. 

193. ἁπ-αιτέω (see 114), demand back. 
1]. 

194. ἁπ-ελαύνω (see 92), drive, ride 
away, or march away or back. 11. 

195. ἀπο-δείκνύμι (see 121), show forth, 


12. 


throw oneself into, enter, invade. 12. appoint. 11. 

1 484. 815. 2 396. 400. 574, 579. 8 448, b. 648. 4 402, c. ᾿ 605,(b). 
5 Lengthened after the analogy of Class Π., 994. 611. 6 56. 79. 7 365. 523. 
8 396-6. 579-80. 9 452. 692. 10 366. 522. 11 74, c¢. 95, 5. 12 69. 75. 
18 402, c. 605, (Ὁ). 4 408. 653.658. 15 305. 576. 16451. 643. 17471. 
646. 18 403, b. 613, 616. 19 365, b. 525. 20 465, a. 734, 1. 21 402, 1. 
603, 608. 22 422. 663. 35 368. 529. 2461. 640. 


448 


196. ἄχθομαι, ἀχθέσομαι,] ἠχθέσθη»,; be 
displeased. li. 

197. εἰσ-έρχομαι (see 13), come (or go) 
into, orin. 11 

198. ἐκ-πίπτω ὃ (for πι-πέτ-ω, πετ, TO), 
ἐκ-πεσοῦμαι (= πετ-σοῦμαι 1], 2 a. ἐξ-έπεσον 
(for orig. 'έπετον), ἐκ-πέπτωκα, fall out, be 
driven out, of exiles. 11. Οἱ. 218, 294... 

Ἂ 199, ἐπι-μέλομαι and έομαι, ήσομαι, 
ἐπι-μεμέλημαι, ἐπ-εμελήθη», take care (of 
or that). 11. Cf. 348, 372. 

200. ἐπι-τρέπω (see 155), turn over to; 
permit. 11. 

201. ἤδομαι, ἠσθήσομαιὸ (for ᾖδθ-), ἤσθη», 
be pleased. 11. 

202. ἠττάομαι (ἥττων, inferior), ἠττήῆσο- 
µαι (a8 pass. rarely) or ἠττηθήσομαι, ἡἧτ- 
τήθη», be inferior, worsted, defeated. 11. 

909, ἵημι ο (é), impf. ἵην, How, hea,” εἶκα, 
εἶμαι, εἴθην, send, send forth, hurl; mid., 
send oneself, hasten. 11. Cf. 149, 383, 
886, 393. 

204. καθ-οράω (see 8), impf. καθ-εώρω», 
κατ-όψομαι, 2 a. κατ-εἴδον, καθ-εόρακα, pat, 
κατ.ώφθη», look down or down upon, see 
clearly. 11. 

205. κτάοµαι, κτήσοµαι, ἐκτησάμη», κέ- 
κτηµαι ὃ ἐκτήθην (as pass.), acquire; pf., 
have acquired, possess. 11. 

206. παιανίζω, low or ιῶ, ἐπαιάνισα etc., 
sing the paean (παιάν) or war-song. 11. 

207. πολιορκέω, how, ἐπολιόρκησα etc., 
besiege. 1]. 

908. συγ-γίγνοµαι (see 6), be with, asso- 
ciate with. 11. 

209. συν-τάττω (see 69), draw up to- 
gether, arrange. 11. 

_ 210. ὑπ-οπτεύω, impf. ὑπ-ώπτευο», εὔσω 
etc., suspect. 10. See fut. of 8. 

211. ἆνα-κράζω 10 (for -κραγ-ιω), 2 a. av 
έκραγο», the only tense found in the Anab., 
cry out. 10. 

212. dv-éxw and -ίσχω (see 3), hold up, 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


back, or out ; of the san, rise; impf. mid, 
ἀν-ειχόμην 11 or ἠνειχόμη», 2 8. dy- or ἦν 
εσχόµη»ν. 10. 

213. ἀπο-λαμβάνω (see 7), take (or re- 
ceive) from or buck. 10. 

214. διδάσκω 15 (for διδάχ-σκω), διδάξω 
ἐδίδαξα, δεδίδαχα, Ύμαι, ἐδιδάχθη», teach. 
10. Note that the redup. (δι) is retained 
in all tenses. 

215. ἕν-ειμι (see 1), ἐν-ην, ἑν-έσομαι, be 
in, on, or therein. 10. 

216. ἐξ-άγω (see 16), lead out or forth. 
10. 
217. ἔοικα 15 (2 pf. fr. obs. εἴκω; 2 pl pf. 
ἐφκειν), seem, seem likely ; ἔοικε often 
impers., it is seemly, proper, reasonable. 10 
εἰκός (with or without ἐστι) = ἔοικε. 10. 

218. ἐπι-πίπτω (see 198), fall upon, 
attack. 10. ; 

219. xetpar’* impf. ἐκείμην, κείσοµαι, 
lie (asleep, dead, buried etc.); be lard 
(often as pass. to τίθηµι, 118). 10. See 
257, 281, 287. 

220. κινδύνεύω, evow etc., be in danger, 
incur danger. 10. 

221. πορίζω, law 15 or ιῶ, ἑπόρισα ete., 
Jurnish. 10. 

222. συµ-φέρω (see 39), bring together ; 
to contribute to, hence be profitable (often 
impers.). 10. 

223. συν-ίστηµι (see 36, 77), impf. συ»- 
ίστην, συ-στήσω, συν-έστησα, trans., make 
stand together, and so combine, frame etc. ; 
2a. συν-έστη», συν-έστηκα, and pass. forms, 
stand together, be joined etc. 10. 

224. ὑπο-μένω (see 20), remain behind ; 
wait a little: wait under attack, awaurt, 
stand one’s ground. 10. 

225. χαλεπαίνω 16 (for -αν-ιω), ave, exe 
Aernva,! be angry with. 10. 

226. ψεύδω, yevow,!® ἕψευσα, tpevopan,) 
ἑψεύσθην, comm dep. in Attic, lie, decerve. 
10. 


1405. 653,658. 2461. 640. 5 506, 4. p. 397. 4 4206. 666. 662 71. 
6 404,476. 619, 810. 7432. 670. 8 365, b. 525. 9 425. 665. 3. 19 396, 
398. 579, 584-5. 11 36l,a. 544. 12 403, ο, 533, 8. 617. 18 9669. 451. b. 537,2, 


643. 
18 54. 


14 482, 818. 15 426. 665, ὃ. 
74. 19 §3, 365, 74, δὲ 


16 396,400. &79, 594. 1] 43l-a. 672 





VERBS. 


227. ὠφελέω, ήσω, ὠφέλησα, κα, pas, ήθη». | 


assist, 10. Cf. 90. 

228. aloxtvw,! wa, foxiva,? ᾖσχύνθην 
(pf. rare); act., shume, disgrace; mid., be 
ashamed (of, to, before etc.). 9. 

229. ἁπ-αγορεύω (chief. in pres. and 
impf.) 2, dw-epa@, 2 a. ἀπεῖπον 2, ἁπ-είρηκα 5, 
to speak away or off, forbid; renounce ; 
give up, be weary. 9. Cf. 2. 

230. βοάω, impf. ἐβόων, βοήσοµαι, ἐβόησα 
(other parts rare), shout. 9. 

231. Séw, Show, ἔδησα, Sé8exa® (not 
nna), δέδεµαι, ἐδέθη», bind. 9. Carefully 
distinguish from 10. 

232. εἴσ-ειμι (see 29), impf. εἶσ-ῄει», come 
or go into, enter. 9. 

233. ἐκ-πλήττωϐ (for πληγ-ιώ), -πλήω, 
-έπληξα, “πέπληγα,ὸ -πέπληγµαι, -«επλάγην,ὃ 
less often -επλήχθην, strike out of one’s 
senses, astonish; terrify. 9. 

234. it ικνέοµαι (see 24), to come forth 
to, reach, arrive. 9. 

235. ἔπι-σ'τίζομαι, τν or ιοῦμαι,! ἐπ- 
εσἰτισάμην etc. (otros, grain), provision 
oneself. 9. 

236. xypirtw* (for Κηρυκ-ιω), κηρύξω, 
ἐκήρυξα, κεκηρυχα͵ὃ uvypas, ἐκηρύχθην, pro- 
claim. 9. 

237. παρα-γίγνοµαι (see 6), come to, 
arrive. 9. 

238. παρα-λαμβάνω(εοθ 7), receive aie ; 
succeed lo. 9. 

239. παρ-εγγυάω, pass (παρά) from hand 
to hand (γύαλον), pass the word, command. 
9. Cf. 64. 

240. προ-έρχομαι (see 13), go forward 
or before. 9. 

94]. προ-κατα-λαμβάνω (see 7), take or 
seize beforehand. 9. 

242. προσ-λαμβάνω (see 7), take (or 
receive) beside or in addition, 9. 

243. συλ-λαμβάνω (see 7), seize, bring 
together. 9. 


1 396,400. 579,594. 2431-a. 672. 
5450. 687. 6 47l,a. 713. 
10 405. 653,658,2, 11 402,a. 
998. 579, 584-5. 
18 365. 523. 


603. 


19 357, a. 519. 


7 425, 


16 448,a.b. 645, 647. 
20 448, c, 402, a. 


449 


244. τῖμωρέω, now etc., avenge; mid., 
avenge oneself on, punish. 9. 

245. τρέχω, δραμοῦμαι,) 2 a, ἕδραμο», 
SeSpdunna. 9. Cf. 378. 

246. Φθάνω,]1 POjcoua,!? ἔφθασα, 2 a. 
EpOny,|8 anticipate, be first. 9. 

247. χαρίζομαι 14 (= χαριδιοµαι), ἴσομαι 
Or soba,” ἐχαρισάμη», κεχάρισµαι, favor. 9. 

248. ἀθροίζω,]ά ἀθροίσω, ἤθροισα, ἤθροικα, 
σµαι, ἠθροίσθην, assemble (others); mid., 
assemble. 8. 

249. ἀἆνα-τείνω 1 (for -τεν-ιω), τενῶ 
«έτεινα, -Τέτακα,ὶὸ -τέταμαι, -ετάθην, stretch 
up or out, hold up. 8. 

250. ἁρκέω, dow,!> ἥρκεσα, suffice, be suf- 
Jicient. 8. 

251. ἀσθενέω, now, ἠσθένησα etc., be 
ἀσθενής, sick ; aor., full!” sick. 8. 

252. St-cyw (see 16), curry through, over, 
or across; of time, was lead on, con- 
tinue. 8. 

253. δια-νοέοµαι, ἤσομαι, -vevdnpat, -ενοή- 
θην (νόος, mind), be minded, intend. 8. Cf. 


102. 


254. δια-σπάω, -σπάσω,]Ὀ -έσπασα, -διέ- 
σπακα, -έσπασμαι,!ὸ -εσπάσθην, draw apart, 
Separate. 8. Cf. 352. 

255. εἰκάζω, impf. ἥκαζον or efxaCoy,)¥ 
εἰκάσω, ἤκασα, ἥκασμαι, Ἰκάσθη», conjec- 
ture. δ. 

206. ἐν-θύμέομαι, ήσοµαι, -τεθύμημαι, -εθῦ- 
µήθην, have in mind [θῦμός), consider 
well, 8. Cf. 113. 

257. ἐπί-κειμαι (see 219), lie or be ae 
upon; press upon. 8. 

258. kduvw (for cau, Kua), fut. καμοῦ- 
μαι, 2 a. ἔκαμον, κέκµηκα, labor; be weary, 
sick, 8. 

259. κατ-άγω (see 16), lead down or 
back ; bring down from the high sea, put. 
in, land 8. Cf. 273. 

260. κατα-μένω (see 20), remain behind, 
remain, 8. 


4 396-7. 579-580 
665, 3. 8 452. 692. 9492. 663. 
12611. 18 489,8. 79911. 14 396, 

16 608, 1. 639. 17 841, 1260. 
649, (2), 608, 


8 504,1. 639, b. 


450 


261. ὀπισθο-φυλακέω, ήσω etc., guard 
the rear. 8, 

262. παρ-ελαύνω (see 92), ride (or 
march) along, by or past. 8. 

263. προσ-ελαύνω (see 92), ride (or 
march), toward, forwurd, or against. 8. 

264. σπεύδω, σπεύσω,ὶ ἔσπευσα, ἔσπευκα, 
hasten. 8. 

265. συµ-πέμπω (see 27), send with. &. 

266. ὑφ-ίστημι (see 36), impf. ὑφ-ίστη», 
ὕπο-στήσωα, ὑπ-έστησα, trans. (make stand), 
place under ; mid., post secretly ; 2 a. ὑπ- 
έστην, ὑφ-έστηκα, ana, ὑπ-εστήθην (and all 
pass. tenses), intrans., stund under, in va- 
rious senses; withstand ; undertake, prom- 
ise; submit. 8. 

267. Pbéyyopar, φθέγξομαι, ἐφθεγξάμη», 
ἔφθεγμαι, shout, scream, used of most 
sounds of the human voice, of animals, 
and of many inanimate things. 8. 

268. Φφράζω2 (for Φφραδ-ω), ppdow, 
ἔφρασα, πέφρακα, σµαι, ἐφράσθην, tell, 


declare. 8. 


969. ψηφίζω (ψῆφος, pebble), low or ιῶλδ 


ἐψήφισα, ἐψήφισμαι, ἐψηφίσθην, vote. 8. 

970. ἀγωνίζομαι, (σοµαι or ιοῦμαι, Ίγα- 
νισάµη», Ἰγώνισµαι, ἡγωνίσθη» (as pass.), 
contend. 7. 

271. ἀθύμίω, fow etc., be B-Oupos, dis- 
couraged. 7. Cf. 256, 113. 

272. ἀκοντίζω, low or ιῶδ etc., hurl the 
javelin, hit with a javelin. 7. 

273. ἀν-άγω (see 16), lead or bring up; 
{lead up to the high sea, set sail. 7. 
ο. 274, ἀνα-λαμβάνω (see 7), take up or 
back. 7. 
275. ἄνα-μιμνήσκω (see 184), remind 
of; pass., call to mind. 7. 

276. ἁπ-αντάω, impf. ἁπ-ήντω», how, 
«ντησα, (go) away to meet, meet. 7. 

277. ἀπο-τέμνωά (reu, THE), -τεμῶ, 2 a. 
«έτεµο», -τέτμηκα,ὃ pat, -eruhOny, cut off. 7. 

278. ἆπο-φεύγω (see 25), flee away, 
escape out of reach. 7. 


154, 74, 2896, 398. 579, 584-5. 
6 448,0. 649,  6402,e. 607. 
10 427. 667. 11368. 529. 
14405, 653,658. 15 54. 74 





7 452. 692. 
12 405. 253. 461. 640. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


279. Selxvups,® δείξω, ἔδειξα, δέδειχα. 
δέδειγµαι, ἐδείχθην, show. 7. Cf. 121,195. 

280. δια-βιβάζω, dow or ὢ δ etc., causal 
of δια-βαίνω, make go over, transport. 7. 

281. διά-κειµαι (see 219), lie in order, 
be arranged ; chiefly of the mind, le a/- 
fected. 7. 

282. δύω (oftener Stvw), δύσω, ἔδυσα, | 
2 a. ἔδὺνὃ δέδῦκα, δέδύμαι, ἐδύθη», enter: 
of the sun, set ; of clothes, put on. 7. Mid. 
more common. “Cf. 331. 

283. δωρέοµαι (δῶρον), gift, ήσομαι, ἐδω- 
ρησάµη», δεδώρηµαι, ἐδωρήθην (as pass.), 
present. 7. 

284. ἐμ-πίπτω (see 198, 294), fall into, 
upon, Or among. 7. 

285. ἑπ-ερωτάω (see 45), 2 a. ἐπ-ηρόμην, 
ask further, inquire of. 7, allin 2a. 

286. ἐσθίω ὃ (for ἐδ-θ--ω), fut. opm," 
2a. ἔφαγο», ἐδήδοκα,]] ἐδήδεσμαι, 1 ἠδέσθη,, 
eat. 7. 

287. κατά-κειμαι (see 219), lie down 
recline. 7. 

288. ληΐζομαι, Attic λῄζοµαι (λΠίη, At 
tic λεία, booty), Ἀῄσομαι, ἐλῃσάμη», Ady 
σµαι, plunder. 7. 

289. Avadw (λόπη, pain), how etc., parm. 7. 

290. µανθάνω 15 (µαθ), padhooua, 2a 
ἔμαθο», µεµάθηκα, learn. 7. See 181. 

29]. ὀρχέομαι (ὄρχος, a row), impf 
ὠρχούμη», ὀρχήσομαι, ὠρχησάμη», dance. i. 

292. παρ-άγω (see 16), lead (or bring) 
by, along, or past. 7, 

293. παρα-πλέω (see 107), sail by ot 
along. 7. 

294. πίπτω (see 198), πεσοῦμαι (Ξτετ. 
oéouat!s), ἔπεσον (for ἔπετον), wéxrexa, 
fall. 7. 

295. mpo-Cupéopar, impf. προ-εθ- of 
προὐθὺμούμη», ἠσομαι, προ-τεθύμημαι, εροὺ 
θὐμήθη», be eager (πρὀθῦμος).: 7. Cf. 113, 
256, 271. 

296. προ-πέµπω (see 27), send before οἱ 
forward, 7. 


8 425. 665, 3. 4 402, a. 603 
8 469, 17. 7997, 9 62.71 
18 402 c. 603, 605, (b) 








| VERBS. 


997. προσ-ήκω (see 19), nave come to; 
oftener to pertain to, belong to, be fitting ; 
chiefly impers., part. προσήκω», ουσα, op, 
befitting; of persons, related to, 7. 

298. ῥέω 1 (fu), ῥεύσομαι or ῥυήσομαι (2 
fut. pass. as act.), ἐρρύην (2 8. p. as act.), 
eppinua,? flow. 7. 

29). στασιάζω (στάσις, faction), -dow 
ete., excite a faction, be factious, quarrel 
(with). 7. 

900. ovv-opde, -όψομαι, -εἴδον, see (to- 
gether =) in one view or at a glance, 3; 
συν-οΐδα, απι conscious. 4. 

301. σνν-τίθημι (see 118), put together ; 
mid., join in putting together, agree 
on. 7. 

302. σωφρονέω, fow etc., be prudent. 7. 

303. ὑπερ-βάλλω (see 116), throw beyond, 
overshoot (surpass, exceed etc.) ; intrans., 
cross over. 7, 

304. xprte, chief. in pres. and impf. 
(xpela, need), need, want. 7. 

305. Χωρέω (xapos, place; see 159), 
how, oftener, ήσοµαι, ἐχώρησα etc., give 
vlace for, advance ; (2) contain, of meas- 
ares. 7. 

206. ἁλέξω, fut. ἀλέξομαι (from dAdcw*), 
ἠλεξάμη» (other tenses wanting), (1) ward 
off; mid., ward off from oneself, requzte ; 
(2) ward off for or from another (dat.), 
assist. Cf. 308. 6. 

307. ἁμαρτάνω,ὸὃ auaprhooua,? 2 a. ἥμαρ: 
τον, ἡμάρτηκα,2 miss ; err or fail in conduct, 
sin, 6. 

«308. ἀμύνω, ἀμὺνῶ, Yuiva, like ἁλέξω 
above, ward off; requite in mid.; assist. 6. 

309. dva-pévw (see 20), await, wait 
(for). 6. 

310. ἀνα-στρέφω, -στρέψω, -έστρεψα, 2 pf. 
«έστροφαῦ έστραµµαι,ὸ-εστράφη», turn back, 
round, overcurn ; mid., go back and forth in 
a place, dive, cf. Lat. versari. 6. 

311. dvri-worlw (see 5), -ήσω etc., do in 
return; mid., make counter efforts for, lay 
claim to, contend for. 6. 


. $04, a. 574. 2405. 653. 
5451. 643. 6 365, 460,a. 523, 646. 
‘448. 681. 1° 361. 544. 11 80δ. 576. 


8 402, b. 605. 


Ad) 


312. ἀντιτάττω (see 69), draw wp 
against. 6. 

313. βασιλεύω,ῖ εύσω etc., be king. 6. 

314. βιάῖομαι, άσοµαι, ἐβιασάμην, Be 
βίασμαι, force, compel. 6. 

315. δαπανάω, ήσω etc., expend. 6. 

316. δια-σπείρω ὃ (for σπεριω), -σπερῦ, 
-έσπειρα, -έσπαρκα, pat, -εσπάρη», scatter 
about, scatter. 6. 

317. δια-σώζω (see 53), (1) save through 
(peril), or effectually, bring safe ; mid., come 
safe. 6. 

318. δια-τίθημι (see 118), put sepa- 
rately or in order, arrange, dispose. 6. 

319. δια-τρίβω, -τρίψω, -έτρῖψα, «τέτριφα, 
-τέτρίμμαι, -ετρίβη», rub through, wear or 
waste away, esp. of time, delay. 6. 

320. ἐκ-βάλλω (see 116), drive (throw) 
out. 6, 

321. ἐκ-λείπω (see 117), leave out, off, 
or behind. 6. 

322. ἐμ-βαίνω (see 21), go into, enter. 6. 

323. ἐν-οικέω (see 56), dwell in, inhabit. 6. 

324. ἐξ-αιρέω (see 35), take out (of, 
from), choose. 6. 

325. é-av-lo-rnpe (see 36), trans., razse 
up; intrans., rise or stand up. 6. 

326. ἑξ-οπλίζω, (σω or ιῶ etc., arm com- 
pletely. 6. Cf. 374. 

327. ἔπι-ορκέω (8pxos, oath), ἠσω, ἔπι- 
ώρκησα etc., swear falsely, perjure. 6. 

328. ém-dalyw (see 43), show forth ; 
mid., appear clearly. 6. 

329. θεάοµαι (θέᾶ, a sight) άσοµαι, ἐθεᾶ- 
σάµη», τεθέᾶμαι, behold. 6. 

330. καθ-εύδω, impf. καθηῦδον or ἐἑκά- 
Gevdov,! sleep, 6. 

331. κατα-δύω, intrans., -δύνω or -δόοµαι 
(see 282), sink, set. 6. 

332. κατα-κόπτω 1 (κοπ-), -κόψω, .έκοψα, 
«κέκοφα,12 -κέκομμαι, 2 8. -εκόπην, cut down 
ΟΣ in pieces. 6. Cf. 355. 

333. «κατ-εργάζομαι, άσοµαι, -ειργασά- 
any, -elpyacuat, -ειργάσθην (as pass.), work 
out, accomplish. 6. 


4 996, 400. 579, 594. 
8 380, 400. 579, 584 
18 359. _ 5387. 


7 841. 1260. 
12 451, a, 643. 


452 


384. κολάζω, dow, ἐκόλασα, xexdAacpat, 
ἑκολάσθη», punish. 6. 

335. κοµίζω, iow or ιῶ, ἐκόμισα etc., 
take care of, carry away (for safe-keeping), 
carry. 6. : 

336. παρα-τάττω (see 69), draw (along) 
out orup. 6. 

837. περνµένω (see 20), wait (around), 
wait for. 6. 

338. trovéw, now, ἐκόνησα, πεπόνηκα etc., 
toil; suffer. 6. 

339. προ-βάλλω (see 116), throw (or put) 
forward ; mid., of arms, present. 

340. προσ-άγω (see 16), lead to or to- 
ward, bring forward. 6. 

84] προσ-βάλλω (see 116), throw or 
dash against, assault. 6. 

342. προσ-ποιοῦμαι, ἠσομαι etc. (cf. 
$11), make over or attach to oneself, win ; 
of false claims, pretend. 6. 

343. piwre! (for ῥιφ-τω) and ῥιπτέω, 
ῥίψω, ἔρρῖψα, ἔρρίφα, ἔρρίμμαι, ἐρρίφθην 
and ἐρρίφη», throw. 6. 

844. συμ-μέγνῦμι « or view, -μίξα, -έμίξα, 
µέμίγμαι, -εμίχθην and -εμίγη», mix, mingle, 
or meet with. 6. 

345. συµ-πράττω (see 59), join in doing, 
coBperate with. 6. 

846. συν-έπομαι (see 37), follow with or 
closely. 6. 

347. ταράττω 5 (for ταραχ-ιω], Ταράξω, 
ἑτάραξα, τετάραγµαι, ἐταράχθη», disturb, 
agitate. 6. 

348. ἀμελέω, how, hudanca etc., have no 
care of, neglect. 5. Cf 199. 

349. ἆνα-χωρέω, how etc., withdraw. 5. 
Cf. 305, 159. 

350. ἀντι-λέγω, «λέξω, -έλεξα, more 
comm. ἀντ-ερῶ, 2 a. ἀντ-εῖπον, ἀντ-είρηκα. 
speak against or in opposition, gainsay. 5. 
Cf. 4. 

351. ἀἆπο-βαίνω (see 21), go (down or 
away) from, depart, disembark ; turn out (of 
events). 5. 

302, ἆπο-σπάω (see 254), draw off, sep- 
arate. 5. 


1 3905. 576. 
886. 


2 355, a. 69. 
9 308. 584-5. 


’ 


7 503, 1. 639. 


8 365, 450. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


353. βλάπτω 1 (for βλαβ-τω), βλάψα 
ἔβλαψα, β«βλαφα, βέβλαμμαι, ἐβλάφθην 
and εβλάβη», hurt. 5. 

354. ypadw, Ὑράψω, ἔγραψα, έγραφα, 
γέγραμµαι, ἐγράφη», write. 5. 

355. δια-κόπτω (see 332), cut through. 5. 

356. δνα-λείπω (see 60), leave (be 
tween =) an interval, stand at intervals. 5 

357. δνα-πλέω (see 107), sail through or 
across. 5. 

358. δια-πορεύω (see 9), carry over; 
comm. dep., go over, across, or through. 5. 

359. δια-φέρω (see 39), (1) carry (or 
bear) through, across or in different direc- 
tions ; (2) differ, often impers., διαφέρει, 
it makes a difference ; (3) differ (and be 
better or easier than), surpass. 5. 

360. δι-έχω (see 3), hold apart ; intrans., 
be or stand apart. 5. 

361. ἐκ-φέρω (see 39), carry or bring 
out ; bring forth (to the public), report, 
declare. 5. 

362. ἔπι-τυγχάνω (see 31), hit or hap- 
pen upon, meel. 5. 

363. καθ-έζομαιδ (for -εδ-ιομαι), ἱπιρί 
ἐκαθ-εζόµη», sit down, sit still. 5. Ct 
165. 

364. xara-yedo, άσοµαι,ῖ -εγέλασα, γε 
γέλασμαι,ὃ -εγελάσθη» (laugh down) deride, 
jeerat. 5. Cf. 406. 

365. κατα-λεύω, -λεύσω, -έλευσα, -ελεί- 
σθη», stone (down, i. e.) to death. 5 

366. κατα-λύω (see 130), dessolve (break 
up, bring to an end etc.) ; with or without 
πόλεμος, end the war = make peace ; loose 
from under (the yoke), unyoke. 5. 

367. κατα-πράττω (see 59), achieve. 5. 

868. κατα-σκευάζω (see 96), prepare oF 
equip fully. 5. 

369. κινέω, tow, ἐκίνησα etc., more. 
stir. 5. 

370. κοιµάω ὃ (akin to 219), foe etc. 
put to sleep; mid. and pass., fall asleep, 
sleep. 5. 

371. κὔλινδέω or κυλίνδω, έκύλίσα, «εκύ 
λῖσμαι, roll. 5. 
523, 687. υ 397 
8 461. &40. 


« 402,e. 608. 
9 841... 1900 








VERBS, 


$72. µετα-μέλε (impers.), impf. µετ- 
έµελε, µεταµελήσει, µετ-εμέλησε, it repents 
me (dat.), { repent. 5. See 199, 948. 

373. ὅδο-ποιέω, impf. ὥδο-ποίουν, -ἠσω. 
ὡδο-ποίησα, ὥδο-ποίήκα or -πεποίηκα, make 
a road ; with dat., make way for, guide. 5. 

374. ὁπλίω, iow or ιῶ, ἅπλισα etc., 
arm. 5. See 326. 

375. ὀργίζω, low or ιῶ, ὤργισα, was, 
ίσθην, act., make angry; chief. in mid., 
be angry. 5. 

376. ὁρίζω, low or ιῶ, ὄρισα etc. (Spos, 
boundary), bound, define. 5. 

377. παρα-κελεύομαι (see 15), urge along, 
exhort. 5. 

378. παρα-τρέχω (see 245), run by or 
past. 5. 

379. περι-γίγνοµαι (see 6), be 
(prevail); be left over. 5. 

380. περί-ειμι (see 29), go round or 
about. 5. 


superior 


381. πιέζω, έσω, éxleca, press or op- 
press. 5, 

382. πλουτέω,ὶ how etc., be rich. 5. 

383. 


453 


forth ; ch. in mid., send forth one’s own or 
from oneself, give up. 5. 

384. προ-ίστηµι (see 77), trans., set δε. 
fore; intrans., stand before or over, be 
leader. 5. 

385. προσ-έχω (see 3), hold to; with or 
without νοῦ», bold the mind to, give atten 
tion. 5. 

386. προσ-ίημι (see 203), chief. in mid., 
let come to or near, admit. 5. 

387. προσ-κυνέω, ἠσω etc., salute. 5. 

388. στρατηγέω,ὶ fow etc., be orpari- 
vés, commander, command 5. 

389. σφαγιάζομαι, άσοµαι, ἐσφαγιασά- 
µη», ἐσφαγίασμαι, ἐσφαγιάσθη» (as pass. ), 
sacrifice. 5. 

390. τελέω,2 έσω or ὢ, ἐτέλεσα, τετέ- 
Aexa, σµαι,ὸ σθη», complete. 5. 

391. troeAapBdvw (see 7), take up 
(by getting under); of discourse, enter: 
rupt. 5. 

392. ὑπο-λείπω (see 117), leave behind ; 
pass. be left or lag behind. 5. 

393. ὑφ-ίημι (see 203), like Lat. sub- 


προ-ἴημι (see 203), send before or! mitto, sub-mit, yield. 5. 


Other important verbs occurring less than five times are the following : 


894. ἀγαπάω, how etc., love. 

395. ἀγγέλλω (for ἀγγελ-ιω), ἀγγελῶ, 
ἤγγειλα, ἤγγελκα, µαι, Ἠγγέλθη», announce. 
See 64. 

396. dyelpw (for dyep-iw), ἤγειρα, collect. 

397. ἁγοράζω, dow, hydpaca etc., buy. 

398. ἆδω, ἄσομαι, Joa, ᾖσθην, sing. 

399. αἰκέζομαι (ἀεικής, unseemly), ίσομαι, 
ἠκισάμη», abuse, torture. 

400. αἴρω, ἀρῶ, Ἶρα, Ἴρκα, ἦρμαι, pony, 
raise, lift up. 


406. γελάω (see 364), άσοµαι, ἐγέλασα, 
ἐγελάσθη», laugh. 

407. yevopar, εύσομαι, taste. 

408. εἴργω, εἴρξω, elpta, elpyuat, εἴρχθη», 
shut tin or out. The forms εἷργρύμι and 
εἵργω are also used. 

409. ἐλέγχω, ἐλέγξω, ἤλεγξα, question ; 
convict. 

410. ἑἐλπίζω, low or ιῶ, ἥλπισα, κα, σµαι, 


ίσθη», hope. 
((ὔγ), (εὐξω, 


411. fLevyvupe ἔζευξα, 


401. ἁλαλάζω, άξοµαι, raise the «ωαγ- | ἔζευγμαι, ἐζεύχθη», oftener 2 a. ἐύγη», 


ery. 


say truly. 
403. ἀσπάζομαν, άσοµαι etc., welcome. 
404. βλέπω, ψω, look. 
405. βρέχω, βρέξω, ἔβρεξα, βέβρεγμαι, 
 ἐβρέχθην, wet. 


2 841. 160. 


402. ἀληθεύω, εύσω etc., speak the truth, | 


5 423,503. 665, 699. 


yoke, 
412. Inréw, flow, ἐζήτησα, seek, ask for. 
413 θεραπεύω, εὐσω, serve ; provide for. 
414, θηράω, dow, ἐθήρᾶσα, τεθήρᾶκα, 
τεθήραµαι, ἐθηρᾶθην, hunt. | 
415. θηρεύω, εύσω, ἐθήρευσα, τεθήρενκο 
etc. = foreg. 


$461. 640. 





454 


416. θωρακίζω, low, arm (with breast- 
plate). 

417. ἱκετεύω, ebow, supplicate. 

418. Κλείω, κλείσω, ἔκλεισα, κέκλεικα, 
κέκλειµαι (OF σµαι), ἐκλείσθην, shut. 

419. κόπτω, ψω, ἔκοψα, κέκοφα, κέκομ- 
μαι, ἑκόπη», strike, beat. 

420. κοσµέω, ήσω etc., arrange, adorn. 

421. κρύπτω, κρύψω, ἔκρυψα, κέκρυμμαι, 
ἐκρύφθη», hide. 

422. Κκυκλόω, dow etc., encircle. 

423. palvopar, μανοῦμαι, 2 a. p. ἐμάνην, 
be mad. 

424. µεθύω, dow, be drunk. 

425. µέλει, µελήσει, ἐμέλησε, it ts a care, 
it concerns. 

426. µισθόω, dow, let for hire ; mid. hire. 

427. vépw, νεμῶ, ἕνειμα, distribute. 

428. ὀκνίω, hoe, hesitate, fear. 


187l,a. 1613. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


429. ὀνίνημι (perh. for ὄν-όνη-μι, st. bre) 
ὀνήσω, ὤνησα, 2 a mid. ὠνήμη», ovnder, 
benefit. 

430. ὁρμίζω, ίσω or ιῶ etc., moor, anchor. 

431. ὀφείλω (for ὀφελ-ιω), ὀφειλήσω, 
ὠφείλησα, ὠφείληκα, ὠφειλήθη», owe, be 
obliged ; 2 a. ὤφελο»,ὶ would that. 

452. wdopat, κάσομαι, acquire ; τἐπᾶμαι, 
possess. 

433. πορθέω, how etc., plunder. 

434. πωλέω, how, sell. 

435. στέλλω, στελῶ, ἔστειλα, ἕσταλκα, 
μαι, ἐστάλη», equip, despatch. 

436. ὑπηρετέω, how, ὑπηρέτησα, serve; 
supply. 

437. Φιλέω, hoe etc., love. 

438. yalpw (for χαρ-ιώ), xaiphow,? κεχἁ 


| pnxa, 2 8. p. ἐχάρη», rejoice. 


Total in Lists of Words, 1185 


2405. 656,3 





IDIOMS. 





TIME. 
TT at day-break. ἡμέρας καὶ ιαµονός, by day and night. 
ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνατέλλοντι, ba ee kar ἐνιαντόν, yearly. 
ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνέχοντι, ι ped” ἡμέραν, by day. 
ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντι͵ μέσον ἡμέρας, midday. 


ἅ ἡλίφ δνο μένῳ, bat sunset. 
ἀφ of, since. 


ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν, late in the fore- 


noon. Lit., about full market. 
δέκα ἡμερῶν, within ten days. 
ἐις τούτου, hereupon. 
ἐν τούτῳ, meanwhile. 
ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα, as soon as. 
ἔτι παῖς dy, while yet a boy. 
εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων, even from childhood. 


péra ταῦτα, after this. 

περὶ άν νύκτας, about midnight. 
τῇ ἄλλη, the next day. 

πῇῷ αὐτῇ Anos, 


on the same day. 
τῇ πρόσθεν ἡμέρᾳ, on the day before. 


τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ, on the following day. 
τὸ ἀρχαῖον, anciently, formerly. 


τὸ λοιπόχ, henceforth, hereafter. 
τὸ viv εἶναι, for the present. 


ὧς τάχιστα, a8 800n as possible. 


PLACE. 


αὐτοῦ, here. 
διὰ µέσου τούτων, between these. 


διὰ µέσου τοῦ παραδείσου, through the 


middle of the park. 
εἰς ἐπήκοον, within hearing. 
eds τἀναντία, in the opposite direction. 


els τὸ πρόσθεν, forward, to the front. 
els τοὔμπαλιν, back, to the rear. 


ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου, in front. 

ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίον, over against, opposite. 

ἐν ἀριστερῷ, on the left. 

ἐν δεξιᾷ, on the right. 

ἐπὶ πολύ, over a wide space. 

καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, both 
by land and by sea. 

µέχρι ob, to the place where. 


MANNER. 


ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, of one’s own accord. 


ἀνὰ κράτος, 

κατὰ κράτος, 

ne -- on horseback. 

αὐτοὶ ἐφ ἑαυτῶν, by themselves. 

διὰ ταχέων, quickly. 

ds τὸ ἴδιον, for private use. 

ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου, in every way, by all 
means. 

& τοῦ ἀδίκου, unjustly. 


ἱ with all one’s might. 


ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου, justly. [αἶδίο. 

q δυνατὸν τάχιστα, as quickly as pos- 

ᾖ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα, as quickly as he was 
able. 

kar ἔθνη, nation by nation. 

πρὸς φιλίαν, in a friendly manner. 

τὸ καθ’ ἑαυτοῦς, the (part) opposite them- 
selves. 


τόνδε τὸν τρόπον, in the following 


manner. 


ὧδε, as follows. 
(455) 


456 


IDIOMS. 


MILITARY. 


ἐπὶ δόρυ, to right. 

παρ ἀσπίδα, io left. 

ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, in battle array, in line. 
κατὰ κέρας, in column. 

ἐπὶ τεττάρων, four deep. 

ἐπ᾽ ὀλίγων, few deep. 

προβάλλεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, present arms. 


lobo. τὰ ὅπλα, ground arms, halt 
“~~under arms. 


τὸ δεξιόν (sc. κέρας), the right wing. 

τὸ ἐνώνυμον, the left wing. 

τὸ στόμα, Or τὰ (or οἱ) πρόσθε, the ran. 
ἡ οὐρά, or τὰ (or οἱ) ὄπισθεν, the rear. 
ἡ πλευρά, or τὸ κέρας, the flank, the wing. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


ἀγῶνα τιθέναι͵ {ο institute games. 

dxovros βασιλέως, against the king’s will. 

ἄλλος ἄλλα λέγει, one says one thing ; 
another, another. 

ἀνθ' ὧν εὖ ἔπαθον, in return for the favors 
7 had received. 

Ktpe βασίλεια ἦν, Cyrus had a palace. 

ἔστι δὲ καὶ μεγάλου βασιλέως βασίλεια, 
the great KING also has a palace. 

ἐπὶ Kupov, in the time of Cyrus. 

ἐπὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ, in the power of the king. 

ἀθύμωε ἔχειν, be discouraged. 

ἄλλωα ἔχειν, be otherwise. 

ἐντίμως ἔχειν, be held in honor. 

εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχειν, be kindly disposed. 

οὕτως ἔχειν, be so. 

κακῶς ἔχειν, be ill off, be in bad con- 
dition. 

καλῶς ἔχειν, be well, be in a good con- 
dition. 

κακῶς τινα ποιεῖν, do one wrong. 

a fare ill, 

καχλῶς τινα ποιεῖν, do one good, treat one 
well. 

καλῶς πράττειν, fare well, be successful. 

elg λόγους σοι ἐλθεῖν, hold an interview 
with you, enter into a conference with 
you. 

alg χεῖράς rive ἐλθεῖν, come into close 
quarters with one ; come into one’s power. 

αὐτοῖς διὰ πολέμου ἱέναι, to enter into 
war with. 





αὐτοῖς διὰ φιλίας ἱέναι, enter into friendly 
relations with them, come to friendly 
terms with them. 

(τὴν) δίκην ἔχειν, have one’s deserts = 

ee (2) have satis- 
faction. 

διδόναι δίκην, give satisfaction, suffe 
punishment. 

δίκην ἐπιτιθέναι, inflict punishment. 

δεξιὰν διδόναι,͵ give a pledge. 

ἐμοὶ µεταµέλει, J repent ; σοὶ µεταιέλε, 
you repent; αὐτῷ perapéra, he πε 
pents. 

var τοῦ πρόσω, go forward. 

ἐκ τούτωγ, under the circumstances. 

ἐκ ποδῶν ποιεῖσθαι, put out of the way. 


πιω ανν. consider of the 
ighest importance. 


δῆλος ἦν ἀνιώμενοι, he was evidently 
troubled. 

παρὼν érvyy ave, he happened to be present. 

ἴσθι ἀνόητος dv, know that you orea 
fool, 

τὸ orpdrevpa τρεφόµενον ἐλάνθανεν, the 
army was secretly supported. 


ιν οἶδα, 7 am grateful. 
ἀνάγκη ἡμῖν (ἐστιν) ἰέναι, we must go. 
χρἠῑ ἡμᾶς ἰέναι, we ought to go, w 


must go. 
(ἐστιν), it 1s possible. 
οὐκ ἣν λαβεῖν (αὐτούς), it was not poss? 
ble tc catch (them). 





Pi. 


Pl. 


SPoa2z YP ἹΡσΩΣ 


FOR READY REFERENCE. 


χάρᾶ 
χώρᾶς 
χώρᾳ 
χώρᾶν 
χώρᾶ 


χώρᾶ 
χώραιν 


χῶραι 
χωρῶ» 
χώραις 
χώρᾶς 


. χῶραι 


MASCULINE. 


«959 UP «ΡΡ07 


. ἄνθρωπος 
. ἀνθρώπου 


ἀνθρώπῳ 
ἄνθρωπον 
ἄνθρωπε 


ἀνθρώπω 
ἀνθρώποιν 


ἄνθρωποι 


. ἀνθρώπων 


ἀνθρώποις 


. ἀνθρώπους 
. ἄνθρωποι 


FIRST DECLENSION. 


FEMININE. 


τιμή 


Tihs 


THT , 


τιμήν’ 


τιµή. 


τιμά 
τιμαῖν 


τιµαί 
Tipe 
τιμαῖς 
τιμᾶς 
τιμαί 


Feminine. 


SECOND DECLENSION. 


636s 
ὁδοῦ 
ὁδφ 
ὁδόν 
όδέ 


ὁδώ 
ὁδοιν 


ὁδοί 
ὁδῶν 
ὁδοῖς 
ὁδούς 
ὁδοί 





NOUNS. 


γλῶσσα 
γλώσσης 
yAdoon 
γλῶσσαν 
γλῶσσα 


γλώσσᾶ 
γλώσσαιν 


γλῶσσαι 
γλωσσῶν 
γλώσσαις 
γλώσσας 
γλώσσαι 


NEUTER. 
δῶρον 
δώρου 
Sopp 
δῶρο»ν 
δῶρον 


δώρω 
δώροιν 


δῶρα 
δώρων 
δώροις 
δῶρα 
δῶρα 


Masoutmn. 
veavlas πολίτης 
νεᾶνίου πολίΐτου 
νεᾶνίᾳ πολίτῃ 
veavlay πολίτην 
veavla πολῖτᾶ 
νεᾶνίᾶ woAira 
νεᾶνίαιν πολίταιν 
νεᾶνίαι πολῖται 
νεᾶνιῶν πολϊτῶν 
νεᾶνίαις πολίταις 
veavias πολίτᾶς 
νεᾶνίαι πολίται 
ConrTRacT Αττιο 2p 
Noun. DECcLENBION. 
νόος = νοῦς . εώς 
νόου = vod νεώ 
νόφ = Vo veg 
yéov = νοῦν νεών 
νόε -- νοῦ νεώς 
νόω = ve νεώ 
νόοιν = νοῖν νεφν 
νόοι = vot νεφ 
νόων -- νῶν νεών 
νόοις = νοῖς νεῴς 
νόους -- νοῦς νεώς 
νόοι = vot νεφ 


(457) 


458 FOR READY REFERENCE, 


THIRD DECLENSION. 
1. Sreus or Lasrat on PanataL Mors. 2 Srems us a Ίάποσλι Moms 








S. N. φύλαξ (6). ἡ φάλαγξ 6 Ofs Hears hips rdocpa 
G. Φύλακος φάλαγγοε θητόε ἐλπίδοι ἔριδος σώματα 
D. φύλακι φάλαγγι θητί . ῥἐλπίδι ἔριδι σώματι 
A. Φύλακα φάλαγγα Oita  ῥἐλτίδα ἔρι» σῶμα 
V. φύλαξ φάλαγξ θήι ἑλτί ἔρι σῶμα 
D.N. A. φύλακε φάλαγγε θῆτε ἑληαίδε ἔριδε σώματε 
G. Ὦ. φυλάκοιν «Φαλάγγοιν Oyroy  Ἁἀἐλπίδοι  ῥἐρίδοιν σωμάτου 
Pl. N. φύλακες φάλαγγες θῆτεε ἑλαίδεε ἔριδες σώματα 
G. φυλάκω» «Φαλάγγων _ θητῶν ἐλπίδων ἐρίδων σωμάτων 
D. φύλαξε φάλαγξι θησί ἑλπίσι ἔρισι σώμασι 
A. Φύλακας φάλαγγας θῆτας ἑλκίδας ἔριδας σώματα 
V. φύλακες Φάλαγγε θῆτες ἐλπίδες ἔριδες σώματα 
9. STEMS MENDING IN A LIQUID. SYNOOPATED Liquip STEMs. SrTums ur -¢-. 
S. N. ποιµήν (6) 6 uy 6 θήρ éxarhp 6 ἀνήρ τὸ γένος 
G. ποιμένοξ μηνός θηρός πατρός ἀνδρός γένεος = ους 
D. ποιµένι ᾽ μη»ί θηρί πατρί ἀνδρί γένεῖ-- 6 
A. ποιμένα μῆνα θήρα πατέρα ἄνδρα γένος 
Ῥ. ποιµήν. μήν: θήρ πάτερ ἄνερ γένος 
ΓΡ. Ν. A. ποιµένε μῆνε θῆρε πατέρε gvipe γένεε- γένη 
G. D. ποιµένοι  Ἠµμηνοῖν  θηροῖν πατέροι  ἀνδροῖν -yevéow = γθοῖν 
Pl. N. ποιμένες μῆνες θῆρες πατέρες ἄνδρες γένεα = γέγη 
G. ποιμένων  µμηνῶν θηρῶν πατέρων ἀνδρῶν  γενέων-- γνῶν 
D. ποιµέσι μησί θηρσί πατράσι ἀνδράσι  ἍὙένεσι 
A. ποιμένας μῆνας θῆρας πατέρας ἄνδρας γένεα Ξ- γένη 
V. ποιµένε μῆνες θῆρες πατέρες ἄνδρες γένεα = γένη 
Stems τς CLosz Vows. Stems mv ΓΙΡΗΤΗΟΚΑ. TRREOULAR 
S. N. wdas(n) ὃ πήχυς τὸ ἄστυ ὁ βασιλεύς 4) vais ὁ γυνή 
G. πόλεως  Ἅπήχεως borews, βασιλέώε pews γυναικόι 
D. πόλει WAXES kore βασιλες wnt γυναιχί 
Α. πόλιν πῆχυν ἄστυ © βασιλέᾶ vai γυναῖκα 
V. πόλι πῆχυ ἅστυ βασιλεῦ yas γύναι 
D.N. A. πόλεε whxee ἄστεε βασιλέε νηε γυναῖχε 
G. Ὦ. πολέοιν ἍἨπηχέοι ἀστέοιν βασιλέοιν νεοῦ γυναικοῦ) 
Pl. N. πόλεις whyes korn βασιλεῖς pres γυναῖχε 
G. πόλεω, πήχεων ἄστεων βασιλέων νεῶν γυναικών 
D. πόλεσι πήχεσι ἄστεσι βασιλεῦσι ~—_ vaval γυναιξι 
A. πόλει» πήχεις korn βασιλέας. ναῦς γυναίκαι 
Ῥ, πόλεις πήχεις ἄστη βασιλεῖς vijes ryuvaixts 


FOR READY REFERENCE. = 453 
ADJECTIVES. 
ADJECTIVES OF VOWEL-DECLENSION. 
6. Ν. ἀγαθόε ἁγαθή ἁ γαθόν Φφίλιος φιλίά φίλιο» 
G. ἀγαθοῦ ἀγαθῆι ἀγαθοῦ Φιλίου | Φφιλίᾶς Φιλίου 
D. ἀγαθφ ἁγαθῇ ἀγαθφ Φιλίφ φιλίᾷ φιλίφ 
A. ἁγαθόν ἀγαθήν ἆγαθόν φίλιον iA lay φίλιον 
Ῥ. ἀγαθέ ἀγαθή ἀγαθόν place φιλίᾶ φίλιο» 
D.N. A. ἀγαθό ἀγαθά ἀγαθώ φιλίω pila Φιλί 
G. D. ἀγαθοῖν ἀγαθαῖν ἀγαθοῖν φιλίοιν φιλία.ν φιλίοι» 
201. Ν. . ἆγαθοί ἀγαθαί d-yabd pircos Φφίλιαι Φφίλια 
G. ἀγαθῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀγαθῶν Φφιλίων Φφιλίων φιλίω» 
D. ἁγαθοῖς dyabais ἀγαθοῖς φιλίοις φιλίαις φιλίοις 
A. ἀγαθούς ἁγαθάς ἀγαθά φιλίους φιλίᾶε φίλια 
FIRST AND THIRD 
DECLENSIONS. 
CONTBACT ADJECTIVE. STEMs 1η -U. 
m. f. n. m. f. n. 
9. Ν. χρῦσοῦε χρὺσῆ χρῦσοῦν ὁδύε ἡδεῖα ἡδύ 
G. χρῦσοῦ χρὺσῆς : χρῦσοῦ ἡδέοι ἡδείᾶς  Ἅἡδέος 
D. χρὺσφ χρῦσῇ χρὺσφ ἡδεῖ ἡδείά ἡδεῖ 
A. χρύσοῦν χρῦσῆν χρῦσοῦν ἡδύν ἡδεῖαν 486 
γ. ἡδύ ἡδεία ἡδύ 
3. Ν. A. χρῦσό χρὺσᾶ χρὺσώ ἠδέε ἡδείᾶ Hoe 
G. D. χρῦσοῖν xXpucaiy xXpucow ἡδέοιν ἡδείαιν  Ἅἡδέοιν 
21. Ν. V. χρῦσοῖ «χρῦσας χρῦσᾶ ἡδεῖς ἡδεῖαι ἡδέα 
G. χρύσῶν χρὺσῶν χρῦσῶν ἡδέων ἡδειῶν ἡδέωι 
D. χρῦσοῖς Xpucais χρῦσοῖς ἡδέσι ἡδείαις 7nddor 
A. χρῦσοῦς χρῦὺσᾶς χρὺσᾶ ἡδεῖς ἡδείας ἡδέα 
THIRD DECLENSION. 
STems IN -Ε9. 
true. 
m. {. n. 
S. N. ἀληθήε dandds DLN. A. ἀληθῆ 
G. ἀληθοῦε ἀληθοῦε G. D. ἀληθοῖν 
D. ἆληθες ἀληθεῖ τη. ϐ, n. 
_ AL ἀληθῆ ἀληθέε PILN.V. ἀληθειε dandy 
~ V7. ἀληθέι ἀληθές (. ἁἀληθῶν ἀληθῶν 
Ὦ. ἉἈἀληθέσι ἀληθέσι 
A. ἆληθεις ἀληθῆ 


460 


S 


x 


FOR READY REFERENCK. 


Sraus ur «ν. 
Sortunate. 

N. εὐδαίμων εὔδαιμον Ρ. Ν.Α. εὐδαίμονε 
G. εὐδαίμονος «ὐδαίμονος αὮ εὐδαιμόνοιν 
D. εὐδαίμονι εὐδαίμονι 
Δ. εὐδαίμονα εὔδαιμον Ε). Ν. V. εὐδαίμονει εὐδαίμονα 
V. εὔδαιμον εὔδαιμον G. εὐδαιμόνων εὐδαιμόνων 

D. εὐδαίμοσι εὐδαίμοσι 

A. εὐδαίμονας εὐδαίμονα 

COMPARATIVE ADJECTIVB. 
StTEMs rs “ΟΥ. Sraus x «ντ. 
greater. all. 
m. f. τη, 1. 9. 
Ν. µείζων μεῖ(ον was πᾶσα way 
G. pelCovos μείζονος παντός πάσης πωτόι 
D. µείζονι μείζονι παντί πάσῃ τωτί 
A. µείζονα, µείζω petCov πάντα πᾶσαν τῶν 
V. μείζον μείζον 
A. pelCove πάντε πάσᾶ adyre 
D. μει(όνοιν πάντοιν πάσαιν Ἱτάντοῦ 
V. μείζονες, µείζους μείζονα, µείζω πάντεε πᾶσαι πάντα 
G. µει(όνων μει(όνων πάντων πασῶν πάντων 
D. µείζοσι μεί(οσι πᾶσι πάσαι mac 
A. pelCovas, µεί(ου  µείζονα, µείζω πάντα adods πάντα 
IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 
great. much. 
m. f. n. m. f. a 

N. µέγαε μεγάλη μέγα πολύ πολλή πολύ 
G. μεγάλου μεγάλης μεγάλου πολλοῦ πολλῆς πολλοῦ 
D. µεγάλφ μεγάλῃ μεγάλφ πολλφ πολλῇ πολλφ 
A. µέγαν μεγάλην μέγα πολύν πολλή» πολύ 
V. µέγα μεγάλη μέγα πολύ πολλή πολύ 
A. µεγάλω μεγάλᾶ μεγάλω 
D. µεγάλοιν μεγάλαι» μεγάλοι» 
Ν. μεγάλοι μεγάλαι μεγάλα πολλοί πολλαἰ woAAd 
G. μεγάλων μεγάλων μεγάλων» πολλῶ» πολλῶν τολλῶν 
D. µεγάλοις μεγάλαις μεγάλοι πολλοῖς woAAais πολλοῦ 
A. μεγάλου  Ἅµμεγάλᾶ: μεγάλα πολλυύς πολλάε πολλά 





FOR READY REFERENCE. 


PRONOUNS. 


PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 


ob? 
of 
ἕ 


σφεῖς 
σφῶν 
σφίσι 
σφᾶς 


he. 


αὐτόε } 


αὐτοῦ 
αὐτῷ 
αὐτόν 


αὗτώ 


αὑτοιν 


αὗτοί 

αὐτῶν 
αὐτοῖς 
αὐτούς 


REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. 


thyself. 


σεαυτοῦ -is 
σεαυτφ -f 
σεαυτόν 


-hy 


yourselves. 
ὑμῶν abrav 
ὑμῖν αὑτοῖς -αἲς 
ὑμᾶς αὐτούς -ᾱς 


ἀλλήλοιν 
ἀλλήλω 


ἀλλήλων 
ἀλλήλοις 


1. thou. 
S. N. Υ. éyé σύ 
G. ἐμοῦ, pod cou 
D. ἐµοί, pol col 
A. dud, µέ σέ 
D. Ν.Α. νώ σφώ 
G. D. voy σφφν 
PLN. . ἡμεῖς duets 
G. ἡμῶν ὑμῶν 
D. ἡμῖν ὑμῖν 
Α. ἡμᾶ ὑμᾶν 
myself. 
S. G. ἐμαντοῦ -Ώε 
:. D. ἐμαυτφ -ᾖ 
A. ἐμαυτόν -ήν 
ourselves. 
Pl. G. ἡμῶν αὐτῶν 
D. ἡμιν αὐτοῖς -ats 
A. ἡμᾶς αὐτούᾳ -ds 
RECIPROCAL PRONOUN. 
each other, 
D. G. D. ἀλλήλοιν ἀλλήλαιν 
Δ. ἀλλήλω ᾿ἀλλήλάᾶ 
Pi. G. ἀλλήλων ἀλλήλων 
D. ἀλλήλοις ἀλλήλαις 
Α. ἀλλήλουε ἀλλήλας 


ἄλληλα 


ἑαυτοῦ 
ἑαυτφ 


she. 


νὰ 
αὐτή 
αὐτῆς 
αὐτῇ 
αὐτὴν 


αὗτά 


αὗταιν 


aural 
αὐτῶν 
abrais 
αὐτάς 


461 


i. 

n. 
αὐτό 
αὐτοῦ 
airy 
αὐτό 


1 aura 
αὐτοῖν 
aurd 
αὐτῶν 
αὗτοις 
αὐτά 


himself, herself, itself. 


«ης 


αὑτοῦ 
ϱ αὑτφ 


is 
0 


ἑαυτόν -hy αὑτόν -hy -d 


themselves. 


ἑαυτῶν or σφῶν αὐτών 
ἑαυτοῖς -ais or σφίσιν αὗτοῖις -αἲ 
ἑαυτούς -ds -& or σφᾶς αὐτούς -ds 


THE ARTICLE. 


é 

τοῦ 
τφ 
τόν 


τώ 


Tow 


of 

Tov 
τοις 
τούς 


the. 


η 
THs 
τρ 
τήν 


τώ 


ταιν 


αἱ 
τών 
ταῖς 


τάς 


τό 
τοῦ 
τφ 
τό 
τώ 


Tow 
γά 
τῶν 
τοῖς 
τά 


1 In Attic αὐτός is used as prou. of 8d pers. and of, of, etc., as indirect reflexive. 


462 


ζω 
4 


ο 
PEAS OP Ρως 


2 QA 


u 


RELATIVE PRONOUN. 


. οὗτος 


πούτου 
τούτφ 
ποῦτον 


γούτω 


τούτοιν 


οὗτοι 

. Τούτων 
. τούτοις 
. Τούτους 


“FOR READY REFERENCE, 


DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 


this, 
f. 
airy 


ταύτης . 


ταύτῃ 
ταύτην 


γαύτα 
γαύταιν 


αὗται 

τούτων 
ταύταις 
ταύτᾶς 


who, which, what. 


απ. 
τοῦτο 
τούτου 
τούτφ 
τοῦτο 


τούτω 


τούτοιν 


ταῦτα 
τούτων 
τούτοις 
ταῦτα 


τη. 
éxetvos 
ἐκείνου 
ἑκείνῳ 
ἐκεῖνον 


ἐκείνω 
éxelvouw 


ἐκεῖνοι 
ἑκείνων 
ἐκείνοις 
éxelvous 


that. 

f. 
ἑκείνη 
ἑκείνης 
ἑκείνῃ 
ἐκείνην * 


ἑκείνα 
ἐκείναιν 


ἑκεῖναι 

ἐκείνων 
ἐκείναις 
éxelvas 


2. 
ἐκεῖνο 
ἐκείνον 
ἐκείνφ 
ἐκεῖνο 


ἐκείνω 
ἐκείνοιυ 


ἐκεῖνα 
ἐκείνων 
ἐκείνοις 
ἐκεῖνα 


INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE 
PRONOUNS. 


who? which? what? 


some, any. 
S. N.&8 f% 8 als rf ais τὶ 
G. οὗ  ὃε οὗ ; τίνοε τινόε 
Ῥ. ᾗ ᾧ σίνι owl 
A. & =f ὅ σίνα rt τυά τὶ 
DNA& & & σίνε τοέ 
G. D. οἷν οἷν οἷν φίνοιν τυον 
Pl. N. ο af & vives τίνα τινές τυά 
G. ὦν ὃν ὧν τίνων τινῶν 
D. ofs αἷε ols τίσι - τισί 
A. οὓς &s a τίνας τίνα Twas τωά 
INDEFINITE RELATIVE PRONOUN. 
8. Ν. ὅστις ἥτις ὅτι 
G. οὗτινος, ὅτου ὅστινος οὗτινος, ὅτον 
D. rim, ὅὃτφ Prime erin, Sry 
A.  ὄντινα ἤντινα ὅτι 
ΒΡ. Ν.Α. ὅτυε ὥτινε Strive 
G.D. οἴἶντινοιν οἶντινοιν οἶντινοιν 
Pl. Ν. οἵτινες alrives . ἅτινα 
(. ὠντινῶν, ὅτων ὤντινων ὤντινω», ὅτων 
Ῥ. οἶστισι, bros αἶστισι οἶστισι, ras 
A. οὕστινας ἄστωης ἅτινα 





) 








1st aorist, 2d aorist — passive of both -w and -μι verbs. 


FOR READY REFERENCE. 


PARTICIPLES. 


Participles in «ντ include: present, future, Ist aorist, 2d aorist — active 


Άθον 
Adovros 
λύοντι 
λῦυν 
λῦον 


λύοντε 
λύόντοιν 


λόοντα 
λύόντω»ν 
λόουσι 
λύοντα 


λιπόν 
λιπόντον 
λιπόντι 
λιπόν 
λιπόν 


λιπόντε 
λιπόντοιν 


λιπόντα 
λιπόντων 
λιποῦσι 
λιπόντα 


λύσαν 
λύσαντον 
λύσαντι 
λύσαντα 
λύσαε 


λύσαντε 
λὐσάντοιν 


λύσαντες 
λσάντων 
λύσᾶσι 

λύσαντα» 


Ist Aorrst. 
λὐσᾶσα 
λῦσάσης 
λῦσάσῃ 
λὐσᾶσαν 
λύσᾶσα 


λὐσάσᾶ 
λῦσάσαιν 


λύσᾶσαι 

λὐσασῶν 
λῦσάσαις 
λῦσάσᾶν 


463 


λῦσαν 
λύσαντοφ 
λύῦσαντι 
λῦσα» 
λῦσαν 


λύσαντε 
λσάντοιν 


λύσαντα 
λυσάντων 
λύσασι 
λύσαντα 


ist AonnT Passivzn 


λυθεί 
λυθέντοε 
λυθέντι 
λυθέντα 
λυθεί 


λυθέντε 
λυθέντοιν 


λυθέντες 
λυθέντων 
λυθεῖσι 

λυθέντας 


Present Particretes, ΟΟΝΤΕΛΟΤ Form. 


PRESENT. 
S. Ν. λδων λύουσα 
G. λύορτος Avotons 
D. λύοντι λούσῃ 
A. λίοντα λύουσα» 
VY. λύων λῴουσα 
D.N. A. λύοντο Aiotca — 
G. D. atévrow λούσαιν 
Pi. N. Adorres λόουσαι 
G. Χὐόντων λῦουσῶν 
D. λύουσι λύούσαι 
A. Abovras Avotoas 
2p Aorist. 
S. Ν. λικών1 λιποῦσα 
G. λιπόντος λιπούσης 
D. λιπόντι λιπούσῃ 
A. λιπόντα λιποῦσαν 
V. λιχτών λιποῦσα 
D.N. A. λιπόντε λιπούσᾶ 
G. D. λιπόντοι Ὥλιπούσαι» 
P'. ἉΥΝ. λιπόντε λιποῦσαι 
G. λιπόντων Ὥλιπουσών 
Ὀ. λιποῦσι λιπούσαιε 
A. λιπόντα» λιπούσᾶς 
ὃ. N. ripen? τὶμῶσα 
G. σἱμώντος τ]μώσηε 
D. τῖμώντι τῖμώσῃ 
A. φἰμώντα τίμῶσαν 
V. τὶμών τῖμώσα 
2. Ν. A. τὶμώντε. γῖμώσᾶ 
G. D. τἰμώντου Ἁτῖμώσαιν 
3 λείσω. 


τιμών 
τὶμῶντος 
τὶμώντι 
τίμώ» 
τ]μών 


τὶμώντε 


τὶμµώντοιν 
5 τὶµέω. 


φιλῶν ὃ 
φιλοῦντοφ 
φιλοῦντι 
Φιλοῦντα 
φιλών 


φιλοῦντε 
Φιλούντοι» 


λυθεῖσα 
λυθείσης 
λυθείσῃ 
λυθεῖσαν 
λυθεῖσα 


λυθείσᾶ 
λυθείσαι» 


λυθεῖσαι 

λυθεισών 
λυθείσαις 
λυθείσᾶς 


Φιλοῦσα 
Φιλούσης 
proton 
φιλοῦσα» 
φιλοῦσα 


φιλούσα 
φιλούσαιν 


5 φιλόω. 


λυθέν 
λυθέντον 
λυθέντι 
λυθέν 
λυθέν 


λυθέντε 
λυθέντου 


λυθέντα 
λυθέντω» 
λυθεῖσι 
λυθέντα 


Φφιλοῦν 
Φφιλοῦντος 
Φιλοῦντι 
Φφιλοῦν 
φιλοῦν 


φιλοῦρτε 
Φιλούντου 





464 


Pl. 


Ν. ripewres 


G. τῖμώντων 
D. τῖμώσι 
A. τὶμῶντας 


FOR READY REFERENCE. 


Tinwoas 

τιμωσῶν 
τῖµώσαιε 
τιµώσᾶα 


The present active participle of verbs in «όω and future active 


τῖμώντα 
τιμµώντω» 
τιμῶσι 
τιμῶντα 


of liquid verbs are declined like φιλῶν. 


9. 


9 
A 


5 
OA 
νρωος 55 «ΡΕ 


λελυκώς 
λελυκότος 
λελυκότι 
λελυκότα 
λελυκώςᾳ 


λελυκότο 


λελυκότοι» 


λελυκότεε 


λελυκότων 


λελυκόσι 
λελυκότας 


λελυκυΐα 
λελυκυίᾶς 
λελυκνίᾷ 
λελυκυϊαν 
λελυκνῖα 


λελυκυίᾶ 
λελυκυίαι» 


λελυκυϊῖαι 
λελυκυιῶ»ν 
λελυκυίαις 
λελυκυίᾶς 


λελυκόᾳ 
λελυκότοε 
λἈελυκότι 
λελυκός 
λελυκόφ 


λελυκότε 
λελυκότοι» 


λελυκότα 
λελυκότων 
λελυκόσι 
λελυκότα 


φιλοῦντες 
Φιλούντων 
Φιλοῦσι 
φιλοῦντας 


ἑστώε 
ἑστῶτος 
ἑστῶτι 
ἑστώτα 
ἑστώτ 


ἑστώτε 
ἑστώτοιν 


ἑστώτες 
ἑστώτων 
ἑστώσι 

ἑστώτας 


φιλοῦσαι 


φιλουσώ» 


φιλούσαις 


Φφιλούσᾶς 


ἑστώσα 
ἑστώσης 
ἑστώσῃ 
ἑστῶσαν 
ἑστώσα 


ἑστώσα 
ἑστώσαι»ν 


ἑστώσαι 
ἑστωσών 
ἑστώσαις 
ἑστώσας 


φιλοῦντα 
φιλούντων 
prover 
Φιλοῦντα 


participle 


éaros 
ἑστῶτοι 
ἑστῶτι 
ἑστόε 
éor4s 


ἑστώτε 
ἑστώτου 


ἑστώτα 
ἑστώτως 
ἑστώσι 
ἑστώτα 


Present and second aorist active participles of -μι verbs are declined a 





follows : — 
S. N. iords ἱστᾶσα 
G. ἱστάντοις ἱστᾶσηε 
D. ἱστάντι ἱστᾶσῃ 
A. ἱστάντα ἱστᾶσαν 
V. fards ἰσιᾶσα 
D. Ν. Α. ἱστάντε ᾖ{ἱστάσά 
G. D. ἱστάντοιν ἱστᾶσαιν 
PLN.V. ἱστάντες ἱστᾶσαι 
G. ἱστάντων ἱστᾶσῶν 
D. ἱστᾶσι ἱστᾶσαις 
A. ἱστάντας ἱστάσᾶς 
S. Ν. διδούς διδοῦσα 
G. διδόντος διδούσηε 
D. διδόντι διδούσῃ 
A. διδόντα διδοῦσαρ 
Υ. διδούε διδοῦσα 
D. Ν. A. διδόντε διδοὐσᾶ 
'ᾱ. D. διδόντοι» διδούσαιν 


ἱστάν 
lordyros 
ἱστάντι 
ἱστάν 
ἱστάν 


ἱστάντε 
ἱστάντοιν 


ἱστάντα 
ἱστάντων 
ἱστᾶσι 
ἱστάντα 


διδόν 
διδόντος 
διδόντι 
διδόν 
διδό» 


διδόντε 
διδόντοι» 


τιθείε 
τιθέντοε 
τιθέντι 
γιθέντα 
πιθείς 


φιθέντε 
τιθέντοιν 


πιθέντεε 
γιθέντων 
τιθεῖσι 

γιθέντας 


δεικνύε 


δεικνύντος 


δεικνύντι 
δεικνύντα 


δεικνύε 


δεικνύντε 


δεικνύντοιν 


τιθεῖσα 
τιθείσης 
τιθείσῃ 
γιθεῖσαν» 
πιθεῖσα 


πιθείσᾶ 
γιθείσαιν 


γιθεῖσαι 
τιθεισῶν 
τιθείσαις 
τιθε[σᾶς 


δεικνῦσα 
δεικνύσης 
δεικνύσῃ 


«δεικνῦσαν 


δεικνῦσα 


δεικνύσἁ 
δεικνρύσαιν 


πιθέν 
πιθέντοι 
πιθέντι 
τιθέν 
riley 


τιθέντε 
γιθέντοιν 


γιθέντα 
τιθέντων 
τιθεῖσι 
γιθέντα 


δεικνύν 
δεικνύντο; 
δεικνύντι 
δεικνύν 
δεικνύν 


δεικνύντε 
δεικ»ύντου 





FOR READY REFERENCE, 465 


PIN. V. 8:8dvres διδοῦσαι διδόντα δεικνύντες δεικνῦσαι δεικνύντα 
G. διδόντων διδουσῶν  διδόντων δεικνύντων δεικνυσῶν δεικνύντων 
D. διδοῦσι διδούσαις ὑδιδοῦσι δεικνῦσι δεικνύσαις δεικνῦσι 
A. διδόντας διδοὐύσᾶς  διδόντα δεικνύνται δεικνύὐσᾶς δεικνύντα 
being. going. 
S. N. &y} οὖσα by ἷών 2 ἰοῦσα ἷόν 
G. ὄντος ovons ὄντοφ idvros ἰούσης idyros 
D. ὄνι ᾽ οὕσῃ ὄντι ἰόντι ἰούσῃ Ἱο ἀόντι 
A. ὄντα οὖσαν by idvra ἰοῦσαν ἷόν 
V. ἄν οὖσα by ἷών ἰοῦσα ἷόν 
2). Ν. Α. ὄντε οὔσὰ ὄντε ἰόντε ἰούσᾶ ἰόντε 
G. D. ὄντοιν οὔσαιν ὄντοι» ἰόντοιν ἰούσαιν ἐόντοι» 
Pi. N. ὄντες ' edoat Syra idvres ἰοῦσαι idvra 
G. ὄντων οὐσῶν ὄντω»ρ όντων ἱουσῶν ἰόντων 
D. odor οὔσαις οὖσι ἰοῦσι ἰούσαις ζοῦσι 
Α. ὄντας οὔσᾶς ὄντα idvras ἰούσᾶς ἰόντα 
& Pres. part. of εἰμέ, be. 3 Pres. part. of εἶμι, go. 


THE VERB. 


As the paradigms of the regular verbs are presented consecutively in the 
grammars, they are dmitted here. We add, however, for ready reference, the 
paradigms of: (1) the infinitives, (2) participles, (8) εἰμέ, (4) εἶμι, (5) pypi, 


(6) οἶδα. 
: INFINITIVES. 
-@ VERBS. 
Active. Middle. 
Pres. Adew λύεσθαι 
| Fut. dAdcew λύσεσθαι 
1 Aor. λῦσαι λύσασθαι 
Perf. λελυκέναι λελύσθαι 
Fut. Perf. λελύσεσθαι 
a. Present infinitive of pure verbs: | 
τὶμᾶν 1 τῖμᾶσθαι: 
φιλεῖν 2 φιλεῖσθαι 
δηλοῦν ὃ δηλοῦσθαι 
ῥ. Future infinitive of liquid verbs: 
φανεῖν 4 ᾽Φανεῖσθια 
5. First aorist infinitive of liquid verbs: 
φῆναι 4 φήνασθαι 
μεῖναι ὃ μείνασθαι 
3 ΑοΟγ. λιπενὸ | λιπέσθαι. 
.µι VERBS, 
Pres. ᾖἰστᾶναι ἵστασθαι 
τιθέναι τίθεσθαι 
διδόναι δίδοσθαι 
δεικνύναι δείκνυσθαι 


1φιµάο». 3 Φιλέω. 5 ὀφλόω. 4 φαίνω. 5 μένω, 


Passive. 
λύεσθαι 
λυθήσεσθαι 
λυθῆναι 
αελῦσθαι 


Same as middle. 


σταλῆναι Ἱ 


Same as middle. 
6s 


66 


“ 


6 λείπω. { στέλλω. 





466 


FOR READY REFERENCE 


δα. orice στήσεσθαι σταθήσεσθα, 
θήσειν θήσεσθαι γεθήσεσθαι 
δώσει» δώσεσθαι δοθήσεσθαι 
Belfer δείξεσθαι δειχθήσεσθαι 
1 Aor. στῆσαι στήσασθαι σταθῆναι 
Wanting. Wanting. φεθῆναι 
αἱ sd δοθῆναι 
δεῖξαι δείξασθαι δειχθῆναι 
4 Aor. στῆναι Wanting. Wanting. 
θεῖναι θέσθαι a 
δοῦναι δόσθαι ee 4 
δῦναι 1 Wanting. # 

Perf. ἑστηκέναι, or icrava: Wanting. Wanting. 
Τεθεικέναι Τεθεῖσθαι Same as middle. 
δεδωκέναι δεδόσθαι “ 
δεδειχέναι δεδεῖχθαι . = 

5 δύω. 
PARTICIPLES. 
1. Of -@ Verbs. 
ACTIVE. MIDDLE. PASSIVE. 
γ. π. M. ν. π, 


1. 
Pres. Άθωνα λύουσα λῦον 
Fut. λύσων ὃ λύσουσα λῦσον 


Same as middle, 
AvOnodpevos η ου 


λύόμενος η ον 
λύσόμενος 7 ον 


1 Aor. λύσᾶςό λύσᾶσα λῦσαν λύσάμενο 7 ον λυθείς µλυθεῖσα Avlé 
Perf. λελυκώε λελυκυῖα λελυκόε λελύμένος 17 ον Same as middle. 
Fut. Pf. λελυσόμενος η ov - 
a. Present participle of contract verbs: A 
τιμῶ»]  µτιμῶσα Tinwy Tindpevos 7 ον Same as middke. 
Φιλών2 Φφιλοῦσα «Φιλοῦν Φφιλούμενο τη ον - 
δηλώνδ δηλοῦσα δηλοῦν δηλούμενος η ον . 
6. Future participle of liquid verbs: 
μενώνά µμενοῦσα µμενοῦν µμενούμενο 39 OP 
ο. First aorist participle of liquid verbs: 
με[νᾶς pelvacan µεῖναν pewduevos 1 ον 
ojvas  «Φήνᾶσα «Φῆναν «φΦηνάμενο 7 ον 
Second aorist participle: 
λιπώνδ = Arwotca λιπόν Ὦλιπόμενο η ο» = oraAels® σταλεῖσᾶ orale 


βάεἸ Biaoa βάν 


1 γιµάω. 2 drew. δ δηλόω. 4 pévw, fut. part., declined like φιλῶν and Sper 
® λείπω. The 2 aor. pt. is declined like λύων, but is accented on the variable vowel. 6 στέλλω 
¥ Some -ω verbs have second aorista of the -u inflection. 





lords 


FOR 


ἱστᾶσα 


READY REFERENCE. 


2. Of - Verbs. 


lordy 


467 


ἱστάμενος η ov Same as middle 
πιθεί  Ἅτιθεσα rider τιθέµενο 1 ην ; ων 
bots  διδοῦσα  διδόν διδόµενος η ον sd 
δεικνύε δεικνῦσα δεικνύν δεικνύµενο η ον ad 
ὤν1 οὖσα by 
τών 2 ἰοῦσα ἷόν 
Fut. στήσων στήσουσα στῆσον στησόµενο 4 ov σταθησόµενος η ο) 
Chowy  θήσουσα  θῆσον θησύµενο ον τεθησύµενος η ον 
δώσω» δώσουσα δωσον δωσόµενο 4 ον δοθησόµενο η cv 
Seliwy  δείέουσα δεῖξο» δειξόµενο 9 ον ἠδειχθησόµενοςη cv 
ἐσόμενος τη ον 
1 Aor. στήσᾶε στἠσᾶσα στῆσαν στησάµενο η ον σταθείᾳ 
8elas  δείξᾶσα  δεῖξαν δειξάµενο Ἡη ον 
2 Aor. ards στᾶσα στάν 
Gels θεῖσα θέν θέµενος 3 ον ) 
Sods δοῦσα Sov | δόµενος η ον 
dis 8 δῦσα δύν 
Perf. ἑστηκώς ἑστηκυῖα ἑστηκόε 
τεθεικώς τεθεικυῖα τεθεικός τεθειµένοε η ov Same as middle. 
δεδωκώε δεδωκυῖα δεδωκόςε δεδοµένο Ἡ ον $ 
δεδειχώς δεδειχυῖα δεδειχός δεδειγµένο η ον ἁ 
εἰμέ,  ὃ, 2 εἶμι, go. These two participles are formed after the analogy of -ω verbs. 5% δύω. 
I. Εἰμί (stem ἐσ-, Lat. es-se), be. 
PRESENT. IMPERF. FUTURE. 
Indic. Subj. Opt. Imper. Indic. Indic. Opt. 
S. 1. elu ὦ εἴην ἦν, ἦ ἔσομαι ἐσοίμη» 
2. ef gs  κεἴηε ἴσθι ἦσθα top ΟΙ ἔσει ἔσοιο 
3. ὁἑστί fF εἴη ἕστω ἦν tora ἔσοιτο 
Ὀ. 2. ἡἐἑστύν Frov εἴητον, elroy ἔστον ἧστον, ἦτον ἔσεσθον ἔσοισθορ 
8. " ἑστόν Frov eifrny, εἴτην ἔστων Horny, ὕτην ἔσεσθον  ἐσοίσθη» 
Ρ. Ἱ. ἐσμέν ὦὧμεν εἴημεν, εἶμεν ἦμεν ἐσόμεθα  ἐσοίμεθα 
2. ἁἑστέ Fre εἴἵητε, εἶτε ἔστε ἦτε, Hore ἔσεσθε ἔσοισθε 
3. εἶσί Bor εἴησαν, elev ἔστων, ἕστω- ἦσαν ἔσονται ἔσοιντο 
σαν or ὄντωρ 
Infin. εἶναι Part. ὤν οὖσα by Infin. ἔσεσθαι 
Gen. ὄντος οὕσης ὄντος Part. ἐσόμενος 


s. 1. 
2. ef 
3. eet 


εἶμι 


II. Ele (stem ἕ-, Lat. i-re), go. 
PRESENT. 
Indicative. Subjunctive. 


tw 
tps 
ty 


Optative. Imperative. 
ἰοίην [ἴοιμι) 
Tots ἴθι 
ἴοι tro 


IMPERFECT. 
Indicative. 
flew, ja 
pees, εισθα 
fe, jew 





468 FOR READY REFERENCE. 


D. 2. trom ἔητον ἴοιτον ἴτον ὖτω 
δ. ἴτον ἴητον ζοίτην trp ὕτην 
P. Ἱ. ἴμεν ἴωμεν | ἴοιμεν quer 
2. ἴτε tyre - Youre tre ὖτε 
δ. (ἴᾶσι ἴωσι ἴοιεν ἴτωσα», όντων ὗσαν, ῄεσω 
Infin. l@a. Part. ἰών ἰοῦσα = iby 


Gen. «όντος lovans  lévros 


III. Φημί (stem φα-), say. 


PRESENT. IMPERFECT 
Indicative. Subjunctive. Optative. Imperative. Indicative. 
S. 1. Φφημί φῶ φαίη» ἔφην 
2. Ons, pis οφῆς palns Pall, φάθι ἔφησθα, ἔφη 
δ. φησί OD φαίη φάτω ἔφη 
D. 2. «Φατόν φΦῆτον  «Φαίητον, φαῖτο  Φφάτον ἔφατον 
3. φατόν φῆτον «Φφαιήτη», φαίτην Φφάτων ἐφάτην 
P. Ἱ. day φῶμεν palnuev, φαῖμε» ἔφαμεν 
2. garé φῆτε φαίητε, φαῖτε φάτε ἔφατε 
3. «φᾶσί φῶσι φαῖεν φΦάτωσα», φάντων  ἐφασαν 
Infin. φάναι Part. ods φᾶσα φάν 
Att. φάσκων «φάσκουσα «φάσκορ 
IV. Οἶδα (second perfect of stem ¢8-, οιδ-, ειδ-; see εἶδον), know. 
SECOND PERFECT. SECOND PLUPF 
Indicative. Subjunctive. Optative. Imperative. Indicative. 
S. 1. οἶδα εἰδῶ εἰδείην ἤδη, ᾖδειν 
2. οἶσθα εἰδῇς εἰδείης ἴσθι 2 ἤδησθα, ἴδεισθα 
9. οἶδε εἰδῇ εἶδείη ἵστω ἴδει(ν) 
D. 9. ἴστον εἰδῆτον ο στον ἧστον 
3. ἴστον εἰδῆτον regular. lorwy ὕστην 
P. 1. ἴσμεν εἰδῶμεν | Jouev 
2. lore eldjjre tore "Gore 
3. ἴσᾶσι εἰδῶσι ἵστωσαν ἦσαν», ἤδεσαν 
Infin. εἰδέναι Part. εἶδώς εἰδυα εἰδός 


Gen. εἰδότος κεἰδυίᾶς  elddros 


FUTURE. 
Ind. εἴσομαι Opt. εἰσοίμην Inf. εἴσεσθαι Part, «lodusvos 


1 For ἴδτον. 3 For i860. 








VOCABULARY. 


ABBREVIATIONS, 





a. (1α.,24.). . . aorist. ο tindte.. «ο ο ο ο indicative. 
abs... « « «ο «ο absolute, absolutely. nf. « «9 ο ος ο infinitive. 
00. « «ο ο ee ο ΔΟΟΙΒΒ{ἱΥθ. instr. «ο 9 ο ο ο instrumental. 
ace. to ...... according to. interr, ..... . interrogative, interrogatively 
act. « «ο 9 ο ὁ ο ο active, actively. tuir, ....... intransitive, intransitively. 
Adj.cesseee. adjective, adjectively. Introd. ..... Introduction. 
Ver 9 9 9 ο 9 ο 0 adverb, adverbial, adverbially. Ion. 9 6 5 ο ο 5 0 Ionic. 
Aeol. ο «ο ο Aecolic. 1. or Lat. .... Latin. 
ant. . «« «« ee. autonym. IL. & 8. ..... Liddell and Scott’s Lexicon. 
antec. «ο ο ο ο ο ο antecedent. Cit. 96.90 9 ο ο literal, literally. 
GOT. « «ο 9 ο ο ο ο a0rist. Φ340. ο «ο 9 « ο Masculine. 
αβθᾶ. «ο 9 ο ο ο apodosis. mid. « « «ο ο ο ο middle. 
art. «ο 9 9 9 ο ο ο alticle. MEQ. ο «ο ο ο ο negative. 
All. « ο ο ο ο ο ο ο Attic. meut. « « ο ο ο ο neuter. 
attrib. «ο «ο ο attributive, MOM. « «ο 9 ο ο nominative. 
aug. »ο ο ο ο ο Mugment. Οὔ]. «« « «ου « Object. 
Ch. «εοοοο. ο Confer =compare, Obs... . 22. Obsolete. 
Ch. ««οοο 9 chiefly. ἔ. eee oo « ο Optative. 
COMM. « ο «ο ο ο commonly, Ρατί. 66Ώ.. « .» « partitive genitive. 
C., COMP. « « « «ο COMparative. pass. « « «ο ο ο passive, passively. 
cond. « « «ο ο. condition, conditional. perk. « « « «ο ο ο perhaps. 
conj. «ο «ο conjunction. pers. «ο ο «ο ο ο person, personal, personally. 
const. « ο « «ο ο construe, construction. Ps. «« «ο ο perfect. : 
contr. « «ο . ο ο ο contraction, co pl. «9 9 ο « ο plural 
dat. « « «ο. ο ο Gative. plof. 599 ὁ ο © pluperfect. 
decl. «ο ο 9 «9 ο declension. pred. «ο «ο ο predicate. 
ἆθ]. .« «9 ο. ο definite. prep. « «ο ο. ο ο preposition. 
dem. «ο ο 9 «ο ο demonstrative. pres. «9ο ο ο present. 
dep. «« ο 9 ο ο ο ἀθροπθηῦ, priv. .ο «9 ο privative. 
dim. ο ο ο ο 9 ο ο diminutive. prob. «9 «ο. ο ο probable, probably. 
Gir, « «9 99 ο ο Girect. + + eee ee pronoun, pronominal, 
disc. ο ο 9 ο 9 ο discourse. proth, ...... prothetic. 
Dor. .ο ο ος ο 9 Doric. pt. or part... ο ο participle. 
4.9. «ο 9 9 9 ο ο for example refi. «« «ο 9 ο ο reflexive, reflexively. 
encl. 9ο 9ου 60ο ο enclitic. rel. «ο 96 0ο 9ο relative, relatively. 
end. occee os Onding. 90 9 ο 9 ο 9 remark, 
E. ος Eng. ... English. S$. «cee eee » Superiative. 
Ep. «ο 99 9 ο ο ο Epic. Saz. .. ο 5 ο Saxon. 
CBP. « « «ο 9 ο ο ο ΘΕΡΘΟΙ8], especially. em, «9 9 99 9 ο Semitic. 
ele. « «ου ο 9 ο ο and so forth. Sing. 9ο 9 9 6 ο ο Singular, 
SJ: Ie oe eee. following. ΑΚ. . 9 «99 ο ο ο Sanskrit. 
Jem. « ο ο ο ο ο ο feminine. δέ. «ο 9 96 ο ο ο ο BtOM. 
Jr. «9 ο 9 ο ο ο from, Subj. «« «ο ο. . subjunctive. 
/7εα. .»ο. 9 ος υςφο frequently. subst. 9 606 ο υο ο substantive, substantively. 
Jul... cece future, SUP. « ο «ο 9 9 ο ο Superlative. 
6, :.5 ο ο ο ο Goodwin’s Greek Grammar. η εν εν ~ bot aca 
g- orgen. .... genitive. YT. «99 ο Syriac. 
Goth... «ο ο ο ὁ othic. ο τος stem. 
H. ........ Hadley-Allen’s Greek Gram. 7 9. 0ο 90 9 ο Greek Testament. 
Heb. ««ο.ο.. Hebrew. Teut, « «ο «ο Teutonic. 
id. « «ο ο ο ο ο the same. trans. « « «ο 9 ο ο transitive, transitively. 
4.6. « «ο ο ο 9 ο ο that is, UNC. « 9 9 9 ο ὁ uncertain. 
I.-E. «+... « Indo-European. wl. «9 oo 9 ο 9 ο Varia lectio. 
impers. 9 9 96 ο ος ο impersonal, impersonally. eo 99 6 60 ο ο ο namely. 
impf...+.+e.. imperfect. VOC. « ο eee ο ο  WOCAative, 
imv. «ο « ο « ο imperative. [2] «««« «ο ο ο uncertain derivation. 
indef. oe 5 ο 5 indefinite. V ececcvece . FOO 


Three numbers following the definition refer to the book, chapter, and section. Thus 1.3 means 
the twentieth section of the third chaptgg of the first book. Where a word occurs but once the exact 
reference is given. The single number“at the end of the definition shows how often the word occurs 
in the Anabasis. In a few instances the number of times a word is found in the Greek Testament (7.) 
is indicated. Cognates are printed in sMALL caps; derivatives in fullfaced type. Starred forms [5] 
are theoretical or obsolete. 


(470) 


VOCABULARY. 





A. 


ᾱ-, (1), privative = un-, in-. See ds. 

ᾱ-, (2), euphonic or prothetic, found esp. 
before A, µ, p, F or two consonants ; 

. due to their semi-vocalic sound. Cf. 
ἀμείβω, gdm, ἁμύνω; also ἐλεύθερος, 
ὀλισθάνω for same use of έ-, ὁ-. 

G-, oftener ἆ-, (3), [weak form of dua], 
copulative expressing union, participa- 
tion, cf. ἆ-θρόος, ἅ-πας, ἀδελφός. 

&, ἅ-περ, see ὅς, ὅσ-περ. 

ἄ-βατος, ον, [βαΐνω], impassable. 8. 

)Αβροκόμας, a, Abrocomas, satrap of Phoe- 
nicia, commander of one of the four 
divisions of the army of Artaxerxes. 
He seems to have pursued a doubtful 
course, since he arrived five days after 
the battle. 1.3”, 48, 712. 

"Αβιδος, ov, ἡ, Abydus, a city of Asia 
Minor on the Hellespont. 1.15. 

ἀγαγεῖν, -ών, 2 a. of ἄγω. 

ἀγαθός, ή, όν, [7], good: excellent, noble ; 
brave; of land, fertile: τὸ ἀγαθόν, a 
good, benefit, pl. goods (wealth, property, 
provisions, etc.). 68. Compared vari- 
ously, duelywy, ἄριστος; βελτίων, βέλ- 
τιστος; κρέίττω», κράτιστος; Άλφων, 
Agoros. The corresponding abstract 
noun is ἀρετή, adv. ed. 

ἀγάλλω [1], glorify ; mid. (only in pres. 
and impf.), glory in, delight in; (dat. or 
éx{ + dat.). 2.6%, ο. 

ἄγαμαι [2], ἠγάσθη»ν, pass. dep., admire. 
1.19. 


ἅγᾶν [1], very, very much. 7.6%. 
ἀγαπάω, how, ἡγάπησα etc., love, esteem ; 
be well pleased, be content (ὅτι). 32. Fr. 
(471) 


ἀγάπη [1], love. T.116. In general, the 
love of ἀγαπάω springs from admira- 
tion, of φιλέω from sense or emotion, 
of ἔραμαι from passion, of στέργω from 
natural ties. 

᾿Αγασίας, ου, [ἄγαμαι], Agasias, a cap- 
tain from Arcadia. 38.151, 4.17%. 

ἀγαστός, ή, όν, [ἄγαμαι], admirable. 1.9%. 

ἀγγεῖον, οὐ, [ἄγγος, vessel], vessel, pail, 
jar, 2. 

ἀγγελία, as, [ἄγγελος], message, report. 
2.319, 

ἀγγέλλω [7], ἀγγελῶ, ἤγγειλα etc., an- 


nounce, report, bring news. 3. See ἁπ-, 
δι-, ἑξ-, ἔπ-, παρ-. 
ἄγγελος, ov, messenger. 10. angel, T. 


185. Ev-angeline. 

&ye, impv. of byw, up, come. 

dyelpw, 1 a. ἥγειρα, gather, assemble. 3 218, 
[&-cop.+ 4/yep, cf. L. grex]. See cur; 
ἀγορά. Syns. ἀθροί(ω, συλλέγω. 

ἀ-γένειος, ον, [γένειο», chin, beard], beard- 
less. 2.03, Cf. γενειάω. 

᾿Αγησί-λᾶοε, ου, [= Ἡγησί-λεως, leader of 
the people], Agesilaus, king of Sparta 
898-360 B.c.; sent to Asia Minor to 
conduct a war against Persia, 996; won 
a victory in the battle of Coronéa over 
the Thebans and Athenians, 394. 5.3. 

᾽Αγίας, ov, [&yw], Agias, a general from 
Arcadia. 2.581; 6.3. 

ἄγκος, ου», τό, strictly a bend, hence glen, 
valley, 4.17. From γαγκ, bend [cf. L. 
angulus, E. ANGLE (fish-hook), aNKLE,] 
whence 

ἄγκυρα, as, anchor. 8.510, 


472 


ἁγνοέω [*&-yvoos, see γιγνώσκω], impf. 
ἤγνουν, how, ἠγνόησα, be ignorant of, not 
to know, be in doubt ; (ὅτι, εἰ). 8. 

ἀγνωμοσύνη, ης, want of knowledge or 
sense; misunderstanding. 2.58. 

ἀ-γνώµων, ον, g. ovos, [γνώμη], thoughiless, 
senseless, ignorant. . 2. 

ἀγορά, as, |ἀγείρω], assembly, 5.78; place 
of assembly, forum, comm. market-place. 
&. πλήθουσα, time of full market. 9 a.m. 
to 12 M.; market, provisions, 33; public 
speaking, cf. ἀγορεύω. An element in 
many proper names as ᾿Αναξ-αγόρας, 
Πρωτ-αγόρας, Πειθ-αγόρα.. Cf. Παν- 
ἡγυρις, assembly. panegyric. 

ἀγορόίω, dow, ἡ γόρασα etc., frequent the 
market, buy, purchase. 4. Syn. ὠνέομαι, 
ant. πωλέω. 

Gyopa-vdpos, ου, 5, [νέμω manage], director 
or superintendent of the market; chosen 

_ by lot, inspected things offered for 
sale, punished infractions of the market 
laws. 4. 

ἁγορεύω [ ἆγορά], impf. ἠγόρενο», (for 
other tenses in Att. see λέγω), speak in 
the assembly, speak, declare. 5.677. See 
ἁπ-, tpo-; also xat-, and προ-ηγορέω. 

ἀγρεύω | ἄγρα chase, fr. byw], εύσω, ἤγρευσα, 
hunt, take by hunting. 5.88. Cf. (wypéw. 

ἄγριος, a ον, of the field, wild, fierce, 
cruel, 3. 

ἀγρός, of, 6, [L. ager, E. ΑΟΒΕ, acorn, 
way, drive], field, land. 2. Orig. hunt- 
ing ground (cf. &ypa) or place to which 
cattle are driven. 

ἀγρυπνέω, how, be wakeful, lie awake. 7.6%. 
|&ypurvos, wakeful, ἀγρεύωι ὕπνος]. 

ἄγω {cf. L. ago], ἄξω, 2 a. ἤγαγον, ἦχα, 
ἦγμαι, ἤχθη», lead ; lead on= conduct, 
guide ; lead hither = bring ; lead or drive 
off, & καὶ dépew—L. agere et ferre, 
sweep off all plunder, plunder ; of festi- 
vals hold, keep, celebrate, ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν-- 
᾿ἠσυχάξειν keep quiet, lead a quiet or 
peaceable life; εἱρήνην &. be or live at 
peace; rarely weigh, cf. ἄξιος; consider, 
reckon, cf. duco, ἡγέομαι; Bye, ἄγετε 
come, up. 109. Cf. ἀν-, ἁπ-, δι-, eic-, éf., 
ἐπ., κατ., παρ, προ-, προσ-, συν», ὑπ-. The 


VOCABULARY. 


ἁγνοίω --- Αθηναία 


derived nouns suffer reduplication, cf. 
ἁπ-αγωγή, παραγωγή, συν-αγωγή (syna- 
gogue). 

ἀγώγιμος, ο», [ἀγωγή], portable ; τὰ ἁγώ- 
γιµα, freight. 5.118, 

ἀγών, avos, 5, [ἄγω], assembly, esp. to wit- 
ness games; game or games, contest, strug- 
gle; (8); whence ἁγωνία (agony) and 

ἀγωνίζομαι, ίσοµαι or ιοῦμαι, ἡγωνισάµη», 
contend for a prize, strive, compete; fight. 
7. Cf. ἀντ-. 

ἀγωνο-θέτης, ου, [τίθημι institute], director 
or judg: of α οοπἰεδἰ. 38.12, 

ἄ-δειπνος, ον, [δεῖπνον], supperless. 9. 

ἀδελφός, of, [d-cop. δελφύςε matriz], 
brother. 21. 

ἀδεῶς [ἀ-δεής, δέος fear], fearlessly. 9. 

ἄ-δηλος, ο», not clear, uncertain, obscure. 2. 

ἆ-διάβατος ον, [διαβαίνω], impassable. 2. 

ἀδικέω [-δικος], ήσω, ἠδίκησα etc., δε or 
do wrong ; to wrong; injure (acc., also 
adv. acc. τί, οὐδέν, 1.68); pres. often in 
a pf. sense, have done wrong, am in the 
wrong, 1.511. 37. 

ἀδικία, as, injustice, wrong. 2.618. T. 95. 

ἄ-δικος, ο», [δίκη], unjust, wrong ; τὸ ἄδικον 
injustice. 6. 

ἀδίκως, adv., unjustly. 5.73. 

ἀδόλως [ᾶ-δολοφ, δόλος guile], adv., gutle- 
lessly, without treachery. 8. 

᾿Αδραμύττιον, ου, Adramyttium, a town of 
Mysia. 7.88. 

ἀ-δύνατος, ο», [cf. δύναμαι], unable ; impos- 
sible, impracticable. 6. 

δω, impf. ᾖδον, ἄσομαι, sing. 4. Ion. ἀεί- 
δω, [d-proth. + 4/F:8, (Fed, For8), see B34). 

del, Ion. aief, [for aif-ef (dat.) cf. Ger. 
ewig], for AYE, EVER, a/ways. 24. Cf. 
αἰών (for aiF-wv), L. aev-um, age. 

derés, οὔ, [for ἀξι-ἑ-τός, L. avis], eagle, bird 
of omen, sacred to Zeus, symbol of roy- 
alty among the Assyrians, Persians, and 
Romans. 5. Cf. οἰωνό». 

ἄ-θεος, ov, godless, impious ; c. -ώτερος, 8. 
ώτατος. 32.059. 

᾿Αθῆναι, ay, Athens, capital of Attica and 
most important city of Greece 3.15. 

᾿Αθηναία, as, poet. for ᾿Αθηνᾶ, Athena. L. 
Minerva, goddess of wisdom and warlike 


‘Abqvaios — αἴσιον 


prowess, patron goddess of Athens. 
7.95. 

᾿Αθηναῖος, ἅ, ο», | Αθῆναι], Athenian. 

᾿Αθήνησι [loc. Η. 220; G. 61, n. 2], at 
Athens. 4.84. 

ἆθλον, ov, prize of a contest (ἆθλος). 9. 
[for ἀ-ξεθ-λο», cf. L. va(d)s, E. wep-, 
WAGE.] ἀθλέω contend, ἀθλητής ath- 
lete. 

ἀθροίζω [ἀθρόος], οἴσω, ἤθροισα, ἤθροισμαι, 
ἠθροίσθη», assemble, muster, collect ; mid. 
assemble (intr.). 8. Cf. συν-. 

ἀθρόος, ἅ, ο», [a-cop. + θρόος noise, esp. of 
a crowd], contr. «ροῦς, a, ody, in crowds, 
in a mass, (compnet, thick, collected etc.). 
12. Cf. θόρυβος. 

ἀθυμέω [ᾶ-θομοε], ἠσω, Ἰθύμησα etc., be 
discouraged, αἰκλοεατίεπεᾶ or despondent ; 
dat., πρός, ἕνεκα, fre. 7. Whence 

ἀθυμητέον, to be ur must be discouraged. 
3.228, 

ἀθυμία, as, discouragement, despondency. 5. 
From 

ἄ-θῦμον, ο», [ θῦμό: spirit, courage |, spiritless, 
heartless, despondent, dejected ; πρό» τι. 2. 

ἀθύμως, adv. despondently, without heart ; 
a. ἔχειν be discouraged. 4. 

al, see 6; al, see 8s. 

αἰγιαλός, ov, [2], sea-shore, beach. 3. 

Αἰγύπτιος, a, ov, Egyptian, adj or subs. 

Αἴγυπτος, ου, 4, Egypt, called by the na- 
tives Kem (black). Conquered by the 
Persian Kizg Cambyses in 525 Β.ο., it 
revolted unsuccessfully in the reigns of 
Darius I. and of Artaxerxes I.; again 
in that of Darius II. (Nothus), when it 
maintained its independence for sixty 
years (414-354). It was therefore in- 
dependent while the events recorded in 
the Anabasis were taking place. How 
the Egyptians mentioned in 1.8° came 
to be in the Persian army is uncertain. 

αἰδέομαι [aidds], έσοµαι, ᾖδεσμαι, ᾖδέ- 
σθη», feel shame, comm. in a good sense, 
reverence, respect, acc. ο]. 

aldijpwv, ov, 2. uvos, reverent, respectful, 
1.95, 

alSota, wy, τά, [neut. pl. of aldotos shame- 
ful], private parts, groin. 4.913, 


VOCABULARY. 


473 


alSés, dos = ots, .ἡ, [1], shame, sense ϱ) 
shame ; reverence, respect. 39.98. Cf, 
αἰσχρό». 

Alfrns, ου, Aeetes, mythical King of Col- 
chis and father of Medéa, by whose aid 
Jason obtained the golden fleece; also 
name of a dynasty of Colchian kings. 
5.637, 

αἱθρία, as, [αἰθήρ sky, ether], clear sky. 
4.414 in some texts. See δι-αιθριά(ω. 

αἴθω (cf. aedes, aestus], only in pres. sys., 
kindle, burn. 4.72); 6.919, Poet. for κάω. 

αἰκίζομαι, ίσοµαι or ιοῦμαι, ἠκισάμη», ἥκι- 
σµαι, Ἰ]κίσθην, abuse, maltreat, insult, 
torment. 3. [ἀϊκής, és, for ἀ-εικής, un- 
seemly, see εἰκά(ω.] | 

αἷμα, aros, τό, [1], blood. 5.815. T. 99, 
ἀναιμία anaemia, py-aemia (xioy pus), 
αἷμο-ρραγία (ῥήγνῦμι break) hemor: 
rhage. 

Alvelas, ov, Aeneas, captain from Stym- 
phalus. 4.718, 

Alvcaives, wy, Aenianes, a Thessalian tribe. 
1.28; 6.11, 

até, alyds, 6, 4, [2], goat. 4. 

Αἱολίς, (30s, ἡ, Aeolis, a small district on 
the northwestern coast of Asia Minor. 
αἱρετέος, a, ov, must be taken or chosen. 4.78 
αἱρετός, ή, όν, taken, chosen ; οἱ αἱρετοί, the 

persons chosen, 1.931. fee αὖθ-, ἐξ-. 
αἱρέω [2], impf. Προυν, ᾖσω, 2 a. eProp 
(ἕλω, ἕλοιμι etc.), ἤρηκα, -μαι, Πρέθη», 
take, seize, capture ; mid. take for oneself, 
choose, prefer ; pass. be taken, chosen. 58. 
See ἀν', ἀφ-, δι-, ἐξ-, καθ-, προ-, cur-* 
αἴρεσις, ews, choosing. (heresy. ) 

αἴρω [for ἄριω], ἀρῶ, ρα, ἦρκα, ἦρμαι, 
ἤρθη», raise, lift up. 3. See ἁπ-: µετέα- 
pos. ἄρσις arsis, ἁορ-τή aorta (fr. Ion. 
ἀείρω). 

αἰσθάνομαι [ γαξ akin to L. audire], 
αἰσθήσομαι, ᾖσθημαι, 2 Α. ]σθόμη», perceive 

Ὅ(68Ρ. by the senses, hear, see), observe, 
learn ; acc., ὅτι, acc. + pt. or gen. 26. 
See Άρο-. 

αἴσθησις, ews, ἡ, perception, knowledge. 
4.618, aesthetic. 

αἴσιος, ο», lucky, fortunate. 2. [aloa fate, 
cf. Αἴσ-ωπος auspicious looking.) 


474 


Αἰσχίνης, ου, [aloxos], Aeschines. 4.333, 

αἰσχρός, d, όν, [αἶσχος, cf. αἰδώς], shameful, 
base, disgraceful ; ο. αἰσχέων, 8. αἴσχι- 
στο». 9. 

αἰσχρῶς, adv., shamefully, disgracefully. 2. 

αἰσχύνη, ης, shame, disgrace; sense of 
shame (in presence of, gen. 8.110). 4. 
Stronger and more subjective than 
αἰδώς. 

αἰσχύνω, υνῶ, ἠσχῦνα, to shame, disgrace ; 
mostly in mid., be ashamed (at acc., dat. 
or pt.) ; feel shame before, stand in awe 
of; acc. 9. See κατ». 

αἰτέω |?], impf. ᾖτουν, how, Ίτησα, Ίτηκα 
etc., ask, demand, bey ;- mid. ask or en- 
treat for oneself; τινά τι, τὶ παρά τινος, 
acc. + 1ΠΤ. 19. See ἀπ-, ἐξ-, παρ-, προσ-. 

αἰτία, as, [as if fr. adj. Καΐτος], perh. orig. 
a demand made in court, accusation, 
charge, blame; fault; ground of blame, 
cause. 7. 

αἰτιάομαι, ἄσομαι, ης ἠτίᾶμαι, ac- 

' cuse, charge, blame. 15. 

αἴτιος, ἅ, ον, chargeable (with, gen.), blame- 
worthy, to blame, the cause of; guilty: 6 
af. the accused ; τὸ αἴτιον the cause. 11. 
See συν», ὑπ.. ' 

αἰχμάλωτος, ον, [αἰχμή spear, ἁλίσκομαι], 
taken by the spear, captive, captured ; 
subs. prisoner ; neut. booty. 8. 

’Apxapvdy, avos, 6, Acarnanian, native of 
Acarnania, the most western province 
of central Greece. 

&-xavorros, ov, |xdw burn), un-burnt. 3.518, 

ἁ-κέραιος, ov, [cf. κεραΐ(ω plunder], ‘un- 
harmed ; of troops, fresh. 6.59. 

ἀ-κήρυκτος, ον, [κηρύττω herald], without 
heralds, i.e. of a war, truceless, implaca- 
ble. 3.3%. 

ἀκινάκης, ov, [Pers.]. straight short sword. 2. 

ἆ-κίνδυνος, ov, without danger, safe. 6.5. 

ἁ-κινδύνως, adv., without danger. 2.68. 

ἀκμάζω, dow, ἤκμασα, be at the prime of 
life (ἀκμή), be at one’s best, 3.125, whence 
it is inferred that Xenophon was then 
about thirty years of age. 

ἀκμή, ἢς, [ yan sharpen + µη, cf. τιμή], 
point, summit ; of time as adv. acc., at the 
soint of, just. 43%. acme. 


VOCABULARY. 


Αἰσχίνης — dxpos 


ἁ-κόλαστος, ον, [ κολά(ω punish ], unpun- 
ished, undisciplined. 32.610. 

ἀκολουθέω, ήσω, ἠκολούθησα etc., follow; 
dat.. σύν or µετά. 7.535. T. 92. See 
ἐπ-, παρ-, συν-. 

ἀκόλονθος, ο», [d-cop. Κέλευθος way, cf. L. 
callis path], following, attending, consist- 
ent. 2.419. acolyte, an-acoluthon. 

ἀκοντίζω, iow or ιῶ, ἡκόντισα etc., hurl the 
javelin, shoot, hit, pierce, acc. 7. See 
εἶσ-, ἐξ-, κατ. Fr. ἅκων, οντος, [ 4/ax, 
cf. ἀκμή], javelin. Cf. also ἀκακία (ra 
dupl.) acacia, ἄκανθος acanthus. See 
also ἀκρός, ἀκτή. 

ἀκόντιον, ου, τό, [dim. of ἄκω»], javelin, 
dart, small and lighter than δόρυ or 
ἔγχος. 4.228, 

ἀκόντισις, ews, ἡ, [ἀκορτί(ω], throwing the 
javelin. 1.95, 

ἀκοντιστής, οὔ, [ἀκορτίζω], javelin-thrower. 
2. Often called πελταστής. 

ἀκούω [7], ἀκούσομαι, ἤκουσα, 2 pf. ἀκήκοα, 
ἠκούσθη», hear, hear of; listen, to, obey ; 
constr.: abs., acc., acc. + gen. (source), 
Τισσαφέρνους στόλο», 1.26, gen. of obj., 
θορύβου, σἀάλπιγγος; ὅτι, or ὧς with indic. 
or opt., oftener with acc. + infin. or, if 
what is heard is to be emphasized as a 
Jact, acc.+ pt., as Kipoy ὄντα, Αβροκόμαν 
ἀπέχοντα: εὖ or κακῶς &. to hear well or 
tll of oneself =be well or tll spoken of. 
199. See dvr-, cuv-, ὑπ-; ἐπ-ήκοος, ὑπ- 
ᾖκοος. 

ἄκρα, as, (fem. of ἄκρος], summit, citadel, 
fortress. 13. 

ἄ-κρᾶτος, ον, [κεράννῦμι mix], unmized, 
pure; strong. 2. 

ἄ-κριτος, ο», [κρίνω judge], unjudged, un, 
tried. 

ἀκροβολίζομαι, ίσομαι, ἡκροβολισάμη», fight 
at a distance, skirmish. 3. [ἀκροβόλος 
(βάλλω), throwing from (above) afar.} 

ἀκρο-βόλισις, ews, %, skirmishing, skir- 
mish. 2. 

Gkpo-moAts, ews, ἡ, high-city, citadel, 
acropolis. 6. 

ἄκρος, a, ον, 4/ax cf.dauh ],on the point, top. 
most, highest, extremity-of-the, top of, (671, 
978; 464, 556); τὸ ἄκρον, the height, top, 








ἀκρωνυχία — ἄλλως 


peak, often pl. 
bat, -stic. 

ἀκρωνυχία, as, [dxpos, ὄνυξ, finger-nail], tip 
of the nail; fig. ridye or spur of a moun- 
tain. 2. 

ἀκτή, jis, [ 4/ax, cf. ἀκμή], headland, prom- 
ontory. 6.2}, 

ἄ-κνρος, ο», [xipos authority], not authori- 
tative, invalid. 6.178, 

ἅκων, ουσα, ον, Ρ. οντος, ovens, [d-priv. + 
ἑκών], unwilling. 8. 

ἀλαλάζω, ἀξοµαι, ἠλάλαξα, shout the battle- 
cry, give the war-cry. 3. Fr. ἀλαλή 
{γαλ redupl., of imitat. orig.], war-cry. 
Cf. gy. Of like orig. is ἐλελί(ω (wh. 
see) and ὁλολύζω [ γολ cf. E. HOWL, 
OWL], cry aloud. 

ἀλεεινό, ή, dy, [fr. lost noun = ἁλέα 
warmth|, warm. 4.411. 

ἁλέω [developed fr. 4/adrxn, cf. ἁρκέα], 
ἀλέξω or ἀλεξήσω, ἤλεξα, ward off, 
repel; mid. ward off from oneself, repel, 
defend oneself; requite. 6. Syn. ἀμύνω. 

ἁλέτης [ἁλέω grind], a grinder. 1.55. See 
ὄνο». 

ἄλευρον, ου, ch. in pl. flour, fine flour, as 
opp. to ἆλφιτα. 3. [ἀλέω, whence ἅλως, 
threshing-floor, halo]. 

ἀλήθεια, as, [ἀληθήσ], truth, truthfulness ; 
reality. 4. 

ἀληθείό [ἀληθής], εύσω, "speak the truth, 
say or report truly. 4. 

G-AnOfis, és, g. ods, [λήθω = λανθάνω], un- 
concealed, manifest, hence true, real ; 
truthful, frank. τὸ 4. the true, truth. 6. 

[ἀληθινός, h, όν, true, trusty, genuine. 1.911. 

ἁλιευτικός, 4, dv, of or for fishing. 7.1%. 
[ἀλιεύω to fish, EAs sea; SALT.| 

ἁλίζω [ἁλής thronged, War pack], ἥλισα, 
ἠλίσθη», assemble. 2. See συν. Syn. 
&6pol (cw. 

ἄ-λιθος, ο», [λίθος], free from stones, not 
stony. 6.45. 

ἅλις [cf. ἁλίζω], adv., in crowds, in abun- 
dance, comm. enough. . 5.712, 

Ἁλισάρνη, ης, 8 small town in Mysia. 7.81, 

ἁλίσκομαι Wes akin 4/FeaA in εἷλον], 
ἁλώσομαι, 2 a. ἑάλων or ἥλων», ἑάλωκα, 
used as pass. to αἱρέω be taken, caught. 


See ἄκρᾶ. 44. acro- 


VOCABULARY. 


475 


seized, 21. 
cf. dvdAlone. 

ἄλκιμος, ον, [ἀλκή strength, cf. ἁρκέω], 
brave, during. 9, 

ἀλλά [neut. pl. of ἄλλος oxytoned], conj. 
more adversative than δέ, but, on the other 
hand, on the contrary; yet, still; in replies 
and sudden transitions often rendered, 
well, well now. 1.78, 811, 9.516. ἀλλὰ γάρ 
implies an ellipsis, but (this cannot be 
or the like) for; ἀλλὰ οὐδέ, nay but, nor 
yet; dar’ % (but than) = except. 

ἀλλάττω [ἆλλος], άξω, ἤλλαξα, HAAaxa, 
ἤλλαγμαι, ἠλλάχθην or 2 a. ἠλλάγη» to 
make otherwise, change, exchange. See 
ἀπ., xat-, ouy-. Ders., ἐν-αλλαγή enal- 
lagé, ὑπ-αλλαγή hyp-allagé, παρ-άλλα- 
ἐς par-allax. 

ἄλλῃ [dat. of ἄλλος], in another way, 
place, or manner ; elsewhere, otherwise. 5. 

ἀλλήλωαν, ots, [for ἆλλ-αλλω»] recip. pron. 
one another, each other. 55. παρ-άλλη- 
λος, parallel. 

ἄλλοθεν [ἄλλος], adv., from another place, 
from elsewhere. 1.1013. 

ἄλλομαι [ 4/4A, L. salio], ἁλοῦμαι, ἠλάμη», 
2a. ἠλόμη», leap, jump. 2 Cf. ἐξ-. 
Syn. πηδάω. 

ἄλλος, η, ο, [L. alius], other, another re- 
maining ; rest-of-the, τὸ ἆ. στράτευμα, the 
rest of the army; besides, also, 1.55; τὰ 
ἄλλα or τἆλλα, as to the rest, in other 
respects; τῇῃ ἄλλῃ (ἡμέρᾳ), the next 
day. 2.18, 3.41; ἄλλος ἄλλα λέγει, one 
says one thing, another another; εἴκα(ον 
δὲ ἄλλοι ἄλλως some conjectured in one 
way, others in another; ἄλλο τι Hz ts it 
not so that? 4.75. 303. 

ἄλλο-σε |ἄλλος], adv., elsewhither, in dif- 
ferent directions. 6.65. 

ἄλλο-τε [GAAos], adv., at another time, at 
other times ; d. καὶ &. from time to time, 
now and then. 8. 

ἀλλότριος, a, ov, [ἄλλο + τ(ε)ρ (comp. end.) 
+ tos), of another, another's, foreign. 3. 

ἄλλως [ἆλλος], adv., otherwise, differently, 
in other respects ; otherwise than should 
be, hence, heediess/y, at random, vainly ; 


wv 


ὅ. πως in any other way ;\&..re wal) both 


See ἁλώσιμοε, ἆν-άλωτος; 


Av 


476 ne 
ae 


VOCABULARY. 


Denotes — 'Audurodlrys 


otherwise and = especially ; & ἔχειν be | ἀμέλεια, as, carelessness, neglect. 4.67. Fr. 


otherwise. 15. 

G-Adyurros, ο», [λογίζομαι], unreasoning, 
thoughtless. 2.571, 

ἁλόντες, 2 a. pt. of ἁλίσκομαι. 

ἄλσος, ous, τό, [7], grove, esp. a sacred 
grove. δ.013. 

“Advs, vos, 6, [named fr. the salt (GAs) 
works on its banks. Strabo], Halys, a 
Jarge river in the northeastern part of 
Asia Minor emptying into the Euxine. 
5.6%, 

ἄλφιτα, wy, τά, [prob. akin to L. albus, 
white, cf. wheat fr. white}, coarse meal, 
esp. barley meal. 7. 
ἁλωπεκη, jis, [ἁλώπηξ fox|, fox-skin; by 

*  meton. fox-skin cap. 7.44. 

ἁλώσιμοα, ο», [ἁλίσκομαι], easy to take or 
capture. 2. 

ἁλώσομαι, fut. of ἁλίσκομαι, 

ἅμα [instr. case, {/(σ)αμ, cf. L. simul, 
Β. SAME], adv., at the same time ; at the 
same time with (dat.), together with, with. 
ἅμα τῇ μερα αἱ day-break ; Gua ἡλίφ 
ἀνίσχοντι Or ἀνατέλλοντι, at sunrise. 49. 
Cf. ἆ-οοΡ., ὁμοῦ. 

᾽Αμα[όνες, af, Amazons, fabled tribe of 
female warriors who dwelt in Pontus, 
Asia Minor, and later in Scythia, [pop- 
ularly derived fr. ἀ-πθρ., µα(ός breast]. 

ἅμαξα, ns, [ᾶμα, ἄξων axle =axle-joined 
thing], wagon, of four wheels as the 
etymon suggests, cf. ἅρμα; wagon-load. 
4.710, 14. 

ἁμαξιαῖος, ἅ, oy, [on end. cf. ταλαντ-ιαῖος], 
enough for α wagon, each a wagon-load. 
4.23, 

ἁμάξιτος, ον [-rds verbal of εἶἷμι go], trav- 
ersed by wagons, wagon-. 1.271, 

ἁμαρτάνω [7], ἁμαρτήσομαι, 2a. fuaprov, 
ἡμάρτηκα, -μαι, ἡμαρτήθην, miss the mark, 
miss, gen., αὐτοῦ, dvdpdés; fail, err. 
6. T.43. See ἐξ-. 

Gpaxel [loc. of ἅμαχος], adv., without battle, 
without fighting. 5. 

ἁμαχητέ (loc. of ἀ-μάχητος], adv. = foreg. 
4.215, 

ἀμείνων, ον, g. ovos, [7], better, braver, 
comp. to dya@és. 11. 


ἀ-μελής [μέλωα], negligent, whence 

ἀμελέω, ow, ἠμέλησα etc., be careless, neg- 
ligent of, neglect, gen. 5. See xar-, παρ.. 

ἀμελῶς, adv. carelessly, negligently. 5.19. 

&-perpos, ov, |μέτρον], measureless, im- 
mense. 3.216, 

ἀ-μήχανος, ον, [μηχανή, contrivance), with- 
out resource, at a loss, helpless ; of things, 
impracticable, impossible ; inertricablle. 3. 

ἁμιλλάομαι [usAra, contest], Ίσομαι, 
ἡμίλλημαι, ἡμιλλήθη», compete, vie with 
(dat.); struggle toward, race for. 2. 

ἄμπελος, ου, ἡ, [2], grapevine. 2. 

᾽Αμπρακιώτης, ου, [also ᾽Αμβ:], Ambraciot, 
from Ambracia, capital of Epirus. 

ἀμυγδάλινος, η, ov, of almonds. 4.415. 
[ἀμυγδάλη (Phryg.), almond, orig. of 
the I. unc.]. 

ἁμύνω [d-proth. + 4/puy, cf. L. moenia], 
ἁμννῶ, ἤμῦνα, ward off (acc.), for or from 
(dat.); with dat. only, azd, succor; mid. 
ward~ off from oneself, defend oneself 
against, requite, punish. 6. Syn. ἀλέξῳ. 

ἀμφί [L. ambi-], on both sides, hence 
around, about, cf. περί. 1. With gen. 
(poet.), about. 2. With dat., around, 
about,at, of place. 38. With acc. around, 
about ; of ἀμφὶ Κῦρο», those about Cyrus = 
the attendants of C. or oftener Ο. and 
his followers ; 4. τι ἔχειν or εἶναι, be busy 
about something ; of time, about, & péoas 
νύκτας, about midnight ; of number about 
= eis, but takes art. 45. amphi-, see 
Internat, Dict. 

ἀμφι-γνοέω [as if fr. *dupi-yvoos, cf. ye - 
γνώσκω], impf. ἡμφιγ- or ἠμφεγνόου», 
4ow think on both sides, hence doubt, be 
perplexed. 2.558, 

᾽Αμϕί-δημος, ov, [δῆμος people], Amphi- 
demus. 4.218, 

"Aude-npdrns, eos, Amphicrates. 4.21%. 

ἀμφι-λέγω, «λέξω, -έλεξα, speak on boti: 
sides, dispute about. 1.511, 

᾽Αμϕυνπολίτης, an Amphipolitan, of Am- 
phipolis, an important Athenian city in 
western Thrace on the river Strymon, 
by which it was nearly surrounded, 
whence the name. 1.107. 





apchopeis — ἀναμιμνήσκω VOCABULARY. 477 


apdbopeis, éws, 4, [shortened fr. ἀμφι-φορεύς 
(Hom.), φέρω, bear], jar, two handled. 
5.423, 
ἁ μφ»ώτερος, ἅ, ov, both, ch.in dual and pl. 13. 
&pecboripwlev, adv., from or on both sides. 3. 
Gpcha, g. ow, [1.. ambo], both. 3. Less 
comm. than ἀμφότερος. 
ἅν [72 cf. L. an], a conditional particle for 
which the Eng. furnishes no exact 
equivalent. 1. With the opt., infin., pt., 
aand past tenses of the indic., its force is 
comm. expressed by the auxiliaries, 
might, would. 2. Attached to or follow- 
ing relative words it renders their mean- 
ing more indefinite like the Eng. -ever, 
-soever, and is followed by the subj., ὃς 
ἄν whoever. Itis post-pos., thus differing 
from 
Ὃν [contr. fr. ἑάν], conj. if (with subj.). 
εἲν- (orig. dva-], ᾱ- before consonants, (L. 
in-, E. un-), insep. neg. prefix called alpha 
priv., ill-, without; ἄ-σοφος unwise, dy 
ώδυνος, without pain (anodyne). See 
ἄνευ. 
ἀνά [instr. case? E. on], prep. with acc., 
up, up along, up through, throughout ; ava 
κράτος, up to=with all one’s might, at. 
full speed ; ἀνὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέρα», day by day; 
ava πᾶσαν τὴν ἡμέρα», throughout all the 
day; distributive, ava ἑκατόν, by the hun- 
dred, hundred each. 17. Οἱ ἄνω, ἄγωθεν. 
ἄνα-βαίνω, -Βήσομαι, -βέβηκα, 2 a. -έβην, 
go up, mount, embark. 29. 
ἀνα-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, -βέβληκα, 2 a. -έβαλον, 
throw up, back or off ; throw or put upon ; 
put off, delay, esp. in mid. 2. 
ἀνά-βασις, ews, 7, | ἀνα-βαίνω], a going up, 
expedition, (up = into the interior), up- 
march. 9. Anabasis. 
ἀνα-βιβάζω, dow or ὢ, make go up, lead up. 
1.1014, e 
ἀνα-βοάω, ήσομαι, raise a shout. 5.48}, 
ἀνα-βολή, jis, [βάλλω], what is thrown up, 
rampart. 5.29. 
ἆνα-γιγνώσκω, -Ὑρώσομαι, -έγνῶκα, 2 8. 
-έγνων, know again, recognize; read. 
3; T. 33. 
ἀναγκάζω, dow, Ἰνάγκασα etc., compel, 
force, constrain. 12. 


dvayxatos, @, ο», act. constraining, pass. 
necessary; οἱ ἆ. relatives (by blood), 
kinsmen. 6. 
ἀνάγκη, ns, [7], necessity ; with or without 
ἐστί, it is necessary (for, dat.). $82. 
ἀνα-γνούς, 2 a. pt. of ἆνα-γιγνώσκω. 
ἆν-άγω, -άξω, 2 a. -fryayor, lead (or bring) 
‘up or back; mid. and pass. lead up (to 
the high sea), put to sea, set sail. 7. 
ἆνα-εύγνῦμι, -(εύξω, -έζευξα, yoke up, break 
camp. 2. 
ἀνα-θαρρέω, fow, take courage again, regain 
confidence. 6.412. ; 
ἆνα-θεῖναι, «θέντες, 2a. of dva-rlOnus. 
ἀνά-θημα, aros, τό, [ἆνα-τίθημι], what is 
laid up (in a temple), votive offering. 
5.35, 
ἀνα-θορυβέω, fow, raise a noise, esp. ap- 
plaud. 2. 
ἀνα-θρέψας, seo ἆνα-τρέφω. 
άν-αιρέω, how, 2 a. εἶλον, -ἤρηκα, take up 
\ or away, (abolish, kill, destroy) ; take up 
a question submitted, hence answer ; mid. 
also take upon oneself, undertake. 11. 
dva-Kxadéw, έσω or &, -εκάλεσα, call again 
aloud, or bark. 2. 
dva-Kaw, -καύσω etc., light up, kindle. 3.18. 
άνα-κοινόω, daw, communicate with, con- 
sult (dat.). 3. 
ἀνα-κομίζω, low or ιῶ, carry up, bring back ; 
mid. carry away for oneself, store up. 2. 
ἆνα-κράζω, 2 a. -έκραγο», cry out. 10. 
dv-adadd{e, raise the war-cry. 4.319, 
dva-AapBdvo, -λήψομαι, 2a. -έλαβο», take 
up, back or away, receive back, regain. 7. 
ἀνα-λάμπω, yw, shine forth, blaze up. 
5.2%. κ 
ἀνᾶλίσκω [2 dvd + ἁλίσκομαι οἱ + ὄλλῦμι], 
ἀνᾶλώσω, ἀνήλωσα, ἀνήλωκα, -μαι, -θη», 
use up, spend, squander. 4. See προσ-. 
dv-dXwros, ov, [ἁλίσκομαι], not to be taken, 
impregnable. 2. 
άνα-μένω, μενῶ, -έμεινα, remain behind, stay 
back, wait for. 6. 
ἀνα-μίγνυμµι, -μίξω, mix up, mingle. 4.88. 
ἀνα-μιμνήσκω, -uvhow, :έμνησα, µέμνημαι, 
«εμνήσθην, remind one (acc.) of (acc.), 
3.211; make mention of; mid. and pass., 
call to mind, remember. 6. 


478 


ἄν-ανδρος, ov, [ἀνήρ], unmanly. 2.6%. 

᾿Αναξίβιος, αν, [prince of might, (βία)], 
Anaxibius, Spartan admiral stationed at 

’ Byzantium when the Ten Thousand ar- 
rived at Trapezus. 5.14, 7.12. 

ἀναξνρίδες, ων, ai, [Pers.], trowsers, long, 
wide, and of bright colors. 1.58. 

ἀνα-παύω, παύσω, make to cease (for a time 
ἀνά), stop; mid. rest, pause. 14. 

ἆνα-πείθω, -πείσω, over-persuade, persuade, 
induce. 3. 


VOCABULARY, 


ἄνανδρος — ἀνέχω 


cate. 5. . Cf. ἀνά-θημα. ἀνά-θεμα of 
a thing devoted to evil, curse. T. 6. 
anathema. 

ἀνα-τρέφω, -Opéyw, nourish up, fatten. 4.5%. 

ἀνα-φεύγω, -ἔομαι, 2 a. -έφυγον, flee up, 
escape. 6.4%. 

ava-dpovéw, become rational, come to one’s 
senses. 4.871, 

ἀνα-χάζω, Xen. uses act. in sense of mid., 
draw back, retreat, retire (from, gen.). 
4.119, 7,10, 


ἆνα-πετάννῦμι, -rerdow or -πετῶ, open up, | ἆνα-χωρέω, how, go back, withdraw, retreat. 


open wide. 7.117, 


5. an-chorite. 


άνα-πηδάω, ήσοµαι, leap up, mount. 7.2%. \dva-xwpl{w, ίσω or ιῶ, separate again, with- 


άνα-πνέω, -πγρεύσομαι, breathe 
again, take breath. 2. 

ἆνα-πράττω, -πρᾶξω, esp. of money, exact, 
levy. 2. Cf. συν-. 

ἀνα-πτύσσω, tw, fold back, swing back. 
1.10». 

άνα-πυνθάνομαι, -πεύσομαι, 2a. -επυθόμην, 
inquire again, learn by careful inquiry. 9. 

ἀν-αρίθμητος, ov, [ἀριθμέω], innumerable. 
3.218, 


-émvevoa, 


ἆν-άριστος, ov, without breakfast(apicrov). 3. 

av-aptra{w, dow or άσοµαι, snatch up, carry 
off. 2. 

ἀναρχία, as, [ἄν-αρχος], want of government 
(4px), anarchy. 3.229. 

ἄνα-σκευάζω, dow, make ready by packing 
up, pack up. 6.28. 

iva-ords, 2 a. pt. of ἀν-ίστημι. 

ἀνα-σταυρόω, ώσω, fasten up on a stake, 
impale. 3.117. 

ἂνα- στέλλω, ελῶ, send up or back; keep 
back, restrain. 5.42, 

ἆνα-στρέφω, yw, turn back or round, wheel 
round; pass. turn oneself about (cf. L. 
versari), live, dwell, act; face about. 6. 
ἀνα-στροφή, anastrophe. 

dva-oyéo Oar, 2 a. inf. of ἄν-έχω. 

dva-tapatrw, άξω, stir up, disorder; dvare- 
ταραγµένο», disordered, in confusion. 1 «720. 

dva-redyw, -τενῶ, -έτεινα, -rérauai, stretch 
or lift up, elevate; in 1.10!2= with out- 
stretched (wings). 8. Cf. ὑπερ-. 

ἄνα-τέλλω, rise. 2.31, 

ἀνα-τίθημι, -θήσω, -έθηκα, -τέθεικα, put up, 
lay up; lay or place upon; set up, dedi- 


draw, draw of. 5.91, 

ἀνδραγαθία, as, [Ἴἀνδ-άγαθος], manly vir- 
tue, bravery. 5.210, 

ἀνδράποδον, ου, captive, reduced to slavery, 
slave. 16. ᾖ[ἀνήρ, -ποδον fr. πέδη fetter 
or wots foot, which the victor put on the 
neck of the captive to signify enslave- 
ment]. Syn. δοῦλος. 

ἀνδρεῖος, a, ov, [ ἀνήρ], manly, brave. 
6.5%. Whence 

ἀνδρειότης, ητος, ἡ, manliness, bravery. 
6.514, 


ἀνδρίζομαι, ίσοµαι, show oneselfa man, act 
manfully. 2. 

ἀν-έβην, 2 a. of ἀνα-βαίνω. 

dv-eyelpw, -evepa, -ηὙέρθην, rouse up ; pass. 
be,roused, awake. 3.11%, 38, 

ἀν-εῖλον, 2 a. of ἀν-αιρέω. 

ἀν- εἶναι, 2 a. inf. of ἀν-ίημι. 

ἀγ-εῖπον, 2 a. to ἀναλέγω, proclaim, an- 
nounce. 2.279; §,218, 

ἄνεμος, ov, [Yar breathe, cf. L. animus], 
wind. 2. anemone. 

ἁν-επιλήπτως [ἐπιλαμβάνω lay hold of], 
adv., blamelessly. 7.6%". 

ἀν-ερεθίζω, ίσω or ιῶ, stir up, excite. 6.6%. 
Cf. ἐρί(ω. 

dv-epwrdw, impf. ἀν-ηρώτων, how, ask up 
= speak up and ask, ask. 2. 

dv-éorny, 2 a. of ἆν-ίστημι. 

ἄνευ [3 cf. dy-priv.], prep. with gen., with- 
out, apart from. 18. 

ἀν-ευρίσκω, -ευρήσω, 2 8. -nbpoy, find 
again, discover. 7.414, ~ 

ἀν-έχω or -ίσχω, impf. -εἴχο», -έξω or ἆνα- 


ἀνεψιός --- ἀντιποιέω 


σχήσα, 2 8. -έσχο»; mid. imp. ἠνειχόμην 
(double aug.), 2 8. ἦν-εσχόμην, hold or 
dift up, bear, endure; mid. hold oneself 
up, control oneself, bear. 10. 
ἀνεψιός, of, [d-cop. + νεψιος for verrios, L. 
nepos], cousin, nephew. 7.89. 
ἀν- ηγέρθην, see ἀν-εγείρω. 
ἀν-ήκεστος, ο», [ἀκέομαι, heal, a length. to 
η as in xat-fyopos], incurable, irremedi- 
able. 2. 
ἀν-ήκω, -hiw, come up to, reach, extend. 2. 
ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, [d-proth. + vep, cf. Skt. ndras, 
πιαπ], man as opp. to woman, vir, often 
joined with words denoting nationality 
or profession as a term of respect. 
Ἡ. 625,a. 203. See words beginning 
ἀνδρ-. 
ἀν-ηρώτων, impf. of ἀν-ερωτάω. 
dv’, see ἀντί. 
ἀνθέμιον, ov, [dim. of ἀἆνθεμον = ἄνθος], 
little flower, flower; pattern. 5.453, 
anther. 
dv0-(ornpt, set against ; mid. stand against, 
resist. 7.311, 
ἀνθρώπινον, η, ον, human. 
of things human. 2.58. 
ἄνθρωπος, ου, 6, [? ἀνήρ, ὤψ, face = man- 
faced}, man as opp. to other beings, 
homo, human being ; pl. men, people, man- 
kind; sometimes used contemptuously 
instead of ἀνήρ, cf. 1.74; 3.127, 76. 
anthropo-. See Internat. Dict. 
ἀνιάω [ἀνία, grief], dow, ἠνίασα etc., grieve, 
distress ; pass. and fut. mid., be grieved, 
distressed, or hurt. 3. 
ἁν-ίημι, how, 2 a. inf. ἀν- εἶναι, let go, 7.6%; 
slacken, abate, 4.54. 
ἀν-ιμάω [fuds, strap], impf. ἀν-ἴμων, draw 
4.28, 
ἀν-ίστημι, ἀνα-στήσω, ayv-dornoa, 3 8. dy- 
έστην, ratse up, set up, rouse, stir up; 
pf, 2a. act. and mid. intrans., rise up, 
rise, stand. 56. Cf. é-, συν-. 
ἀν-ίσχω = ἀν-έχω. 
ἄν-οδος, ου, ἡ, way up, up-march. 9.11. 
Gy-o80s, ον, |dy-priv.], wayless, pathless, 
inaccessible. 4.810, 
spa ov, [νοέω, think}, senseless, Soolish. 
2.118 


τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων 


VOCABULARY. 


479 


dy-olyw, impf. -¢gryor, -οίξω, -έψξα, open up, 
open. 2. 

ἀνομία, as, [a-vouos], lawlessness. 2. 

dvopolws [ ἀν-όµοιος, unlike], differently 
7.749, 

ἆ-νομον, ο», lawless. 6.68, 

ἀντ-αγοράζω, dow, buy in return. 1.55. 

dyt-aywvlfopat, ίσοµαι, contend against, 
vie with. 4.713 antagonize. 

ἀντ-ακούω, -ακούσομαι, -ήκουσα, hear in turn. 
2.516, 

"Αντανδρος, ov, ἡ, Antandrus, town of 
Troas. 7.8’. 

ἀντάω [ἄντα, opposite, cf. ἀντί], πα etc., 
meet. See ἀπ-, συν», ὑπ-. 

ἀντ.εμ-πίμπλημι, «πλήσω, fill in return. 
4.5%, | 

ἄντ-επι-µελέοµαι, take heed or care in re- 
turn. 3.146, 

ἀντί [loc. case, L. ante, cf. E. an-swer], 
prep. with gen., opposite, over against, 
comm., instead of, in place of,'in return 
for. 26. Cf. ἀντάω, dyrios. 

ἀντι-δίδωμι, -δώσω, -έδωκα, give in return 
or instead. 3.32%, 

ἀντι-καθ-ίστηµι, a. pass. ἀντι-καθ-εστάθη», 
appoint instead. 3.158, 

ἀντι-λέγω, λέω, speak against, oppose, say 
by way of objection. 5. 

dvrlos, a, ο», [ἀντί], opposite, fronting, in 
front, opposed, contrary ; ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου 
Jr. the opp. side, in front, poet. and Ion 
8. Cf. ἐν-άντιος. 

ἀντι-παρα-θέω, run 
4.817, 

ἀντι-παρα-σκευάζομαι, prepare in turn or 
against. 1.25, 

ἀντι-παρα-τάττομαι, -τάξομαι, -eratduny 
draw up against. 4.89. 

άντι-πάρ-ειμι, impf. -ῄειν, go along opposite. 
4.311, 

ἀντι-πάσχω, suffer in turn. 9.511, 

avri-mépas, or -πέρᾶν, |-πέρᾶς gen.], oppo- 
site, over against, abs. or with gen., also 
written xar’ ἀντιπέρᾶς. 2. 

ἀντι-ποιέω, how etc., doin return, retaliate ; 
mid. act for oneself against another, con- 
tend with (dat.) for (gen.), lay claim to, 
vie with. 6. 


aside to oppose 


480 


dvrl-ropos, ο», strictly, on the opp. way 
(πόρος) or coast; then, over against, op- 
posite to. 4.218. 

ὄντι-στασιάζω, ow, contend (factiously) 
against, vie with. 4.127. 

ἀντι-στασιώτης, ου, 6, [στάσις, faction], 
opponent, adversury. 3. 

ἀντι-στοιχέω [στοῖχος, row, acro-stic], 
how, stand in opp. rows, front. 5.412. 

dvri-orparoredevopat, encamp opposite or 
against. 7.7%, 

ἀντι-τάττω, -τάξω, draw up or array 
against. 6. 

ἀντι-τιμάω, how, honor in return. 5.514, 

ἀντι-τοξεύω, shoot in return or back. 3. 

ἀντι-φυλάττω, άξω, guard in turn, 2.53, 

. ἄντρον, ου, [2], L. antrum (borrowed), 
cave, 1.28, 

ἀντρώδης, es, [εἶδος, appearance], caver- 
nous. 4.91. 

ἀνυστός, ή, όν, practicable, possible, 
Verbal from 

ἀνύτω [1], ἀνύσω, ἤνυσα, effect, accomplish. 
7.73, 

ἄνω [old abl. cf. dvd], adv., ο. ἀνωτέρω, 
ἀνωτάτω, up, upward; after the art., 
upper, above, of ἄνω, those above ; with 
gen., 4.38, 21, 26. 

ἀνώ-γεων, w, τό, [γέα, earth], upper floor. 
5.4%, 


1.811, 


ἄνωθεν [ἄνω], adv., from above, from the 
top, from the interior. 4. 

ἀξία, ας, | ἄξιος], worth, value, desert. 6.68, 

ἀξίνη, ns, [ἀξ (akin to ὀξύς) + ινη], AXE. 2. 

ἄξιος, ίᾶ, ο», [for ἄγσιος, ἄγω, weigh], weigh- 
ing as much, hence, worth, worthy, de- 
serving, worth while, meet, befitting. 2.3%; 
often w. gen. or inf. πολλοῦ ἄ., worthy of 
much, valuable. 22. Cf. ἀξία, and 

ἄξιο-στράτηγος, ο», worthy to be a general 
or tocommand. 38.131. 

ἀξιόω [άξιος], impf. ἠξίουν, dow, htlwoa 
etc., deem worthy, fit, proper, or reason- 
able ; ask (as deserved or reasonable). 
22: CE. αἰτέω, demand, beg; δέοµαι, 
want, beseech. 

ἀξίωμα, ατος, τό, [ἀξιόω], worthiness, honor, 
dignity; 6.135; what is reasonable, 
axiom. 


VOCABULARY. 


ἀντίπορος — ἀπεῖπον 


ἄξω, see ἄγω. 

ἄξων, ονος, ὁ, [perh. akin {ο ἄγω, drive], 1, 
axis, AXLE. 1.810, Cf. ἅμαξα. 

ἀπ', see ἀπό. 

ἀπ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, -ἠγΎγειλα etc., report from 
or back, report, announce. 34. 

ἁπ-αγορεύω, -ηγόρευον, ἆπ-ερῶ, ἁπ-είρηκα, 
-μαι, speak against, forbid ; renounce, give 
up, give out, be tired. 4. 

ἁπ-άγω, -άξω, 2 a. -hyayov, lead (bring, 
carry) away, off, or back. 15. 

ἁπ-αγωγή, fis, [άγω], removal. 7.65, ; 

ἀ-παθής, és, [πάθος], free from suffering. 
7.158, 

ἁ-παίδευτος, ον, 
stupid. 2.6%. 

ἁπ-αίρω, -αρῶ, «Ώρα, raise (and carry) 
away ; intr. depart, set sail. 7.633, 

ἁπ-αιτέω, impf. -rovy, tow, aa Srom, de- 
mand back. 11. 

ἁπ-αλλάττω, diw, -hAAata, 2 a. pass. -ηλ- 
λάγην, change from, set free, release, re- 
move; intr. get free; mid. and pass. be 
set free, depart, withdraw. 12. 


[παιδεύω Ἱ, untrained, 


8.| ἁπαλός, ή, όν, [1], ο. -ώτερος, tender, soft. 2. 


ἁπ-αμείβομαι, ψοµαι, a. p. -ημείφθη», ex- 
change words, reply. 2.515, Cf. wap-. 

ἁπ-αγτάω, how, -ήντησα, (come) from (and) 
meet, meet, encounter. 7. 

ἅπαξ [2], once, once for all. 5. 

G-rapdoKevos, ον, [ παρασκευή |, unpre- 
pared. 3. 

ἄ-πας, ἅ-πασα, ἄ-παν, g.avros, dons, [d-cop.], 
all together, all, the whole, entire. 33. . 

ἁπ-αυθημερίίω {[αὖθ-ήμερο», on the very 
day], come back on the same day. 5.2}, . 

ἁπ-έγνωκα, see ἀπο-γιγνώσκω. 

ἀπ-έδραν, 2 a. of ἀπο-διδράσκω. 

ἁπ-έθανον, 2 a. of ἀπο-θνήσκω, die. 

ἀπειθέω, how, be disobedient, disobey. 2. 
Fr. ἀπειθής [πείθομαι, obey], disobedient. 

ἀπειλέω, how, threaten. 2. ΟΕ. éx-. 

ἀπειλή, js, [1], threat. 2. 

ἅπ-ειμε, -ἢ», be away, be absent. 2. 

ἅπ-ειυμι, -ῄειν, go from, away, or back, depart, 
retreat; pres. comm. as fut., will go back, 
depart. 90. 

ἀπ-εῖπον, ἁπ-είρηκα, renounce, resign, for- 
bid etc. See ἁπ-αγορεύω. 





Grupos — ἀποκρίνομαι 


ἄ-πειρος, ov, [πεῖρα, experience], inexperi- 
enced, unacquainted with. 4. 

ἁπ-έκτονα, 2 pf. of ἀπο-κτείνω. 

ἁπ-ελαύνω, -ελῶ (-ᾷς, -G), -HAaca, drive off; 
intr. ride or march away, retreat. 11. 

ἀπ-ελθών, 2 a. pt. of ἀπ-έρχομαι. 

ἁπ-ερύκω, keep away or ward off. 5.8%, 

ἁπ-έρχομαι, 2 8. -Άλθο», come (or 08) away, 
go back, return, retreat. 40. 

ἁπ-εχθάνομαι [ἔχθος, hate], -εχθήσομαι, 
2 a. -εχθόμη», incur hate, offend. 5. 

ἁπ-έχω, impf. -εἴχο», -έξω or -σχήσω, 2 a. 
-€xxov, hold oneself aloof from ; abstain 
from (ch. in mid.); be distant (from, 
gen.), far from. 25. 

ἁἆπ-ήγαγον, 2 a. of ἀπ-άγω. 

ἁπ-ήλασα, see ἀἁπ-ελαύνω. 

ἁπ-ηλλάγην, 2 a. Ρ. of ἀπ-αλλάττω. 

ἀπιστέω [άπιστος], impf. ἠπίστου», how, 
disbelieve ; distrust; disobey; dat. 5. 
Cf. ἀπειθέαω. 

ἀπιστία, as, unbelief, distrust; faithless- 
ness, treachery. 5. 

ἄ-πιστος,ο», [πείθω, trust], distrusted, fatth- 
less. 3. 


ἀπ-ιτέον [verbal of ἁπ-ειμι], must go away, 


5.3), 

ἄπλετος, ο», [perh. &-priv. + πλε (wAcios, 
full) + ros}, boundless, immense. 4.411. 

ἁ-πλοῦς, ἢ, ody, [a-cop., 4/rAa (πίµμπλημι), 
Jill], single; simple, frank, sincere; τὸ 
ἁπλοῦ», sincerity. 2. See H. 295, b. 

ἀπό [instr. case, cf. L. ab, E. or, OFF, AF- 
ter], prep. from, hence with gen. only, 
away from; of time from, after, since, 
dg’ ov, from which (time) = since; of 
origin (cause, means etc.), from, by 
means of, by. 118. 

ἀπο-βαίνω, -Βήσομαι, -βέβηκα, -έβη», go 
from, away, or back, depart, disembark ; 
of events, fall out, issue. 5. 

ἆπο-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, -βέβληκα, 2 a. -έβαλο», 
throw off or away, lose. ὃ. 

ἀπο-βιβάζω, dow or &, make go from, dis- 
embark. 1.45, 

ἀπο-βλέπω, Yo, look away (fr. all else) at, 
gaze at, watch. 

ἆπο-γιγνώσκω, -γνώσομαι, -έγνωκα, decide 
(from) against, decide not to. 1.719. 


VOCABULARY. 


481 


ἀπο-δέδρακα, see ἆπο-διδράσκω. 
ἀπο-δείκνῦμι, «δείξω, -έδειξα, -δέδειχα, -μαι, 
«εδείχθη», show forth, show, publish, ap- 


point. 11. , 
ἀπο-δέρω, -δερῶ, 2 a. pass. -εδάρη», skin (off), 
flay. 3.5%. 


ἀπο-δέχοµαι, receive from, accept. 6.13". 
ἀκοδημέω, how, ἀπ-εδήμησα, go away from 
one’s people (δῆμος), leave home. 7.8*. 
ἆπο-ὃ δράᾶσκω, -δρᾶσομαι, 2 a. -ddpav, -δέ- 
Spadina, run away, escape (by stealth). 16. 
Cf. ἀποφεύγω. 

ἀπο-δίδωμι, -δώσω, 2 a. -έδωκα, -δέδωκα, 
give back or up, esp. what is due and so, 
pay; mid. give away of one’s own will, 
sell, 41. 

ἀπο-δοκεῖ (impers.), -Sdte:, -έδοξε, it seems 
(far) from good, seems good not to. 2.8°. 

ἀπο-δοῦναι, 2 a. inf. of ἀπο-δίδωμι. 

ἆπο-δρᾶναι, -δράς, 2 a. of ἆπο-διδράσκω. 

ἀπο-δύω, -δύσω, -έδῦσα, -δέδῦκα, strip, de- 
spoil, mid. δύομαι, δύσομαι, 2 a. -έδυ», 
strip oneself. 4.317; 5.835. 

ἀπο-δώσω, fut. of ἆπο-δίδωμι. 

ἆπο-θανεῖν, 2 a. of ἀπο-θνήσκω. 

ἀπο-θνήσκω, -θανοῦμαι, 2 a. -έθανον, τέ- 
θνηκα, die; be slain, often as pass. to 
ἀπο-κτείνω. 48. 

ἀπο-θύω, -θύσω, -έθῦσα, offer back, i.e. in 
payment of a vow, sacrifice, offer up. 
3.212; 4,825, 

ἀποικία, as, colony. 4.83. From 

ἄπ-οικος, ov, 5, [οἶκος, home], colonist ; ἡ ἄ. 
colony. 5. 

ἀπο-καλέω, έσω, -εκάλεσα, call away or 
aside. 7.355, 

ἆπο-κάμνω [κάμνω, toil], shrink from toil, 
be weary. 4.72. 

ἀπο-κάω, burn off, freeze off; blast, 4.5% ; 
7.48, of the effects of intense cold. 

ἀπό-κειμαι, be laid away, laid up. 4. pass. 
to ἁπο-τίθημι. 

ἀπο-κλείω, -xrAelow, shut off or out, ex- 
clude; hinder. 3. 

ἀπο-κλίνω, -:κλινῶ, -ἐκλῖνα, turn aside. 
2.216, 

ἀπο-κόπτω, -κόψω, -έκοψα, 2 a. p. -εκόπη», 
cut off, strike or beat off. 4. apocopé. 

Gtro-xptvopat, -οῦμαι, -expiyduny; -κέκριμαι, 


482 


judge (and give) back an answer, an- 
swer, reply. 35. 

ἀπο-κρύπτω, -xpiyw, -έκρυψα, hide away, 
conceal. 2. apocrypha. 

ἀπο-κτείνω, -κτενῶ, -έκτεινα, 2 p. -έκτονα, 
kill. 22. For pass. see ἀπο-θνήσκω. 

ἆπο-κτίννὺμι, 6.35; 5.28, — foreg. 

ἀπο-κωλύω, dow, (1) hinder (one, acc.) from, 
(2) prevent, debar from. 2. 

ἀπο-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2.8. -έλαβο», -ελή- 
Φθη», take back, retake, recover ; receive 
back ; take or cut off, intercept. 10. 

ἁπο-λείπω, -λείψω, 2 a. -έλιπον, leave be- 
hind, forsake ; fail, fall short; pass. be 
left behind ; be wanting. 15. 

ἀπό-λεκτος, ο», picked out, choice. 2.315, 

ἀπο-ληφθῆτε, a. p. subj. of ἀπολαμβάνω. 

ἁπ-όλλυμν, impf., -Φλλῦν, -oAcow, OF -ολῶ, 
«ώλεσα, -ολώλεκα, destroy ; lose; mid. 
and 2 pf.-dAwAa (as pres.), be destroyed, 
perish, die. 32. Apollyon (pres. 
pt.). 

᾿Απόλλων, wos, acc. ωρα or w, Apollo, son 
of Zeus and Leto, brother of Artemis, 
chief patron of music, poetry, prophecy, 
and archery. His oracle at Delphi 
was the most popular in the Hellenic 
world. 

Απολλωνία, as, Apollonia, town in south- 
ern Mysia. 7.815. 

᾿Απολλωνίδης, ov, [descendant of Apollo], 
Apollonides, a captain, of Lydian birth. 
3.1%, 

ἀπολογέομαι [ἀπό-λογος], ήσομαι, sneak in 
defence, defend oneself. 5.6% Cf. ἆπο- 
λογία, apology. 

ἄπο-λύω, -λύσω, loose or release from, ac- 
quit. 2. 

ἁπ-ολώλεκα, see ἆἁπ-όλλῦμι. : 

ἀπο-μάχομαι, sight off, resist. 6.28, 

ἀπό-μαχος, ov, [μάχη], not fighting, dis- 
abled. 2. 

ἀπο-νοστέω [νόστος, return], how, -ενό- 
στησα, return home. 3.015. 

ἀπο-πέμπω, -πέμψω, send away, off, or 
back. 13. 

ἆπο-πήγνῦμι, make solid, freeze, congeal. 
5.815, ; 

 ~prnSde, πσω, leap off or back. 8.431. 


VOCABULARY. 


ἀποκρύπτω-- ἀποταφρεύω 


ἀπο-πλέω, -πλεύσομαι, -έπλευσα, sail off, 
away, er back. 15. 

ἀπό-πλους, ov, voyage back. 5.6”. 

ἀπο-πορεύομαι, εύσομαι, go away, depart. 
2. 

ἀπορέω [ἄ-πορος], how, be without means 

or resource (πόρος), be at a loss, be per- 

plexed (at, dat.), be in doubt; want, gen. 

15. 


ἀπορία, as, want of means or resource, dif- 
Jiculty, perplexity ; want. 18. 

ἄ-πορος, ο», [πόρος, way out, means], without 
means or resource, at a loss, perplexeds 
of places, impassable ; of actions, imprac- 
ticable, difficult ; (τὸ) &ropov, a difficulty, 
obstacle. 11. 

ἀπό-ρρητος, ov, [ῥέω, speak], not to be told, 
secret. 2. 

ἀπο-ρ-ρώξ, ὤγος, [άπο-ρ-ρήγνὺμι], adj. broken 
off, abrupt, steep. 6.43. 

ἀπο-σήπω, -σήψω, -έσηψα, -σέσηπα (as 
pres.), rot off, mortify. 2. anti-sep-tic. 

ἀπο-σκάπτω, dig off, cut off by a trench. 
2.44, 

ἀπο-σκεδάννῦμι, -σκεδάσω or ὢ, scatter 
abroad ; pass. be scattered, straggle. 3. 

ἀπο-σκηνέω, impf. ἁπ-εσκήνουν, tent or 
encamp at a distance from. 3.455. 

ἀπο-σπάω, -σπάσω etc., a. p. -εσπάσθη», 
draw off or away, withdraw, separ- 
ate. 5. 

ἀπο-στάς, 2 a. pt. of ἀφ-ίστημε. 

ἀπο-σταυρόω σταυρός, stake], dow, ραξὲ- 
sade or fence off. 6.51. 

ἀπο-στέλλω, send back or away. 2.15, 

ἀπο-στερέω, jaw, deprive, rob one (acc.) 
of (gen.). 3. 

ἀπο-στῆναι, 2 a..inf. of ἀφ-ίστημι. 

ἀπο-στρατοπεδεύομαι, encamp away from 
or ata distance. 2. 

ἆπο-στρέφω, yw, turn from or back. 2.68. 

ἆπο-στροφή, fis, α turning back, retreat, 
refuge. 2. apostrophé. 

ἀπο-σύλάω, how, strip off, rob of. 1.48. 

ἀπό-σχωμεν, 2 a. subj. of ἁπ-έχω. 

ἀπο-σώζω, -σώσω, -έσωσα, save (and bring) 
back, = bring back safely. 2.318, 

ἀπο-ταφρεύω [τάφρος], ditch off, fence off 
by trench. 6.54 


ἀποτείνω --- ἀριθμόφ 


ἀπο-τείνω, pf. mid. «τέταμαι, stretch away, 
extend. 1.819, 

ἀπο-τειχίζω [τεῖχος, wall], wall off, shut off 
by a wall. 2.44. 

ἀπο-τέμνω, -τεμῶ, 2 a. -έτερο», -ετμήθη», 
cut off; ἁπο-τμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλάς, be- 
headed. 7. 

ἀπο-τίθημι, impf. ἁπ-ετίθη», put away, lay 
up. 2.316, 

ἀπο-τίνω, -τίσω, -έτῖσα, pay back; mid. 
‘get pay from, requite, punish. 2. 

ἀπο-τμηθείς, see ἀπο-τέμνω. 

ἀπό-τομος, ο», [τέμνω], cut off, precipitous. 
4.12, 

G&rro-tpéra, turn from, back or aside. 3. 
Cf. xpo-. 

ἀπο-τρέχω, -δραμοῦμαι, 2 a. -έδραμον, run 
away or back. 2. 

drro-palvw, -pavd, -έφηνα, show forth ; mid. 
and pass. show oneself, appear. 1.6°; 5.712, 

ἀπο-φεύγω, φεύξοµαι, 2 a. -έφυγο», -πέφεν- 
γα, flee away, escape, beyond reach. 7. 

ἀπό-φηναι, aor. mid. imv. of dwo-palyw. 

ἀπό-φραξις, ews, 7, [φράττω, fence], fencing 
off, blockade. 2. 

ἀπο-χωρέω, ήσω, go away or back, depart, 
retreat. 13. 

ἀπο-ψηφίζομαι, ίσοµαι, vote (from) against. 
1.415, 

ἆ-πρό-θύμος, ον, not eager, reluctant. 6.27. 

ἁ-προσδόκητος, ον, |Τροσ-δοκάω, expect], 
unexpected ; ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτον, unexpect- 
edly. 4.110. 

ἀπροφασίστως [ προφασίζοµαι, make ex- 
cuse], adv. without excuse or hesitation. 
2.619, 

ἅπτω [ap-iscor], ἄψω, fasten ; ; mid. fasten 
oneself to, cling to, touch, engage in, gen. 2. 

ἁπ--ώλοντο, 2 a. of ἀπ-όλλὺμι. 

ἁπ-ών, see ἄπ-ειμι. 

ἄρα [perh. fr. γαρ, jit, cf. ἀρέσκω], post- 
pos. particle of less illative force than 
οὖν, then, so then, accordingly, used in 
inferences that follow naturally from 
what precedes. 11. 

dpa |contr. fr. 4, ἄρα], particle merely in- 
dicating that the sentence is interroga- 
tive= L. -πο; dp. ov=L. nonne; dpa 
ph=num. 4 . 


VOCABULARY. 


483 


Αραβία, as, Arabia, the great peninsula 
lying between the Red Sea and the Per- 
sian Gulf, but, according to Xen. (1.5!) 
extending beyond the Euphrates. 

᾿Αράξης, ου, Araxes, modern Khabir, an 
eastern tributary of the Euphrates. 
1.419, 

᾿Αρβάκης, ου, Arbaces, satrap of Media 
and one of the four commanders of the 
army of Artaxerxes. 1.712. 


*Apyeios, ov, an Argive, from "Αργος, capi- 


tal of Argolis in Peleponnesus. 4.218, 
ἀργός, dv, [ἀ-, Epyov, work], not working, 
idle. 3.2%, 
ἀργύριον, ου, τό, [dim. of ἄργυρις, L. ar- 
gentum, “apy, shine], piece of silver, 
silver-money, money. 13. 


᾽ἀργυρό-πους, g. -ποδος, 5, 7, silver-footed. 


4.421, 

ἀργυροῦς, ἄ, ovy, of silver, silver-. 2. 

᾿Αργώ, dos, = ois, 4, [ἀργός, swift], Argo, 
the ship in which Jason sailed ‘from 
Thessaly to Colchis after the golden 
fleece by order of Pelias, king of Iolcus. 
6.21, 

ἄρδην [ ap (αἴρω, lift) + δη»], adv., taken 
away utterly; quite, wholly. 7.192. 

ἄρδω, in Att. only in pres. sys., to water, 
irrigate. 2.318, 

ἀρέσκω, ἀρέσω, Ίρεσα suit, please, dat. 
2.42. Fr. γαρ, in *kpw, fit, join, cf. L. 
arma, artus ; ἄρα, ἀρείων, ἅρμα, ἀριθμός. 
and 

ἀρετή, fis, [-τη fem. of -τός], what is fitting 
or proper, excellence, goodness, virtue ; 
manliness, valor. 7. 

άρήγω [prob. developed fr. 4/apx, of ἀρκέω]. 
ἀρήξω, ward off (acc.) from (dat.); 
with dat. only, help, aid. 1.105. Cf. 
ἀλέξω. 

᾿Αρηξίων, wvos, [helper], Ατδχἰδπ, sooth- 
sayer from Arcadia. 6.413, 

᾿Αριαῖος, ov, Ariaeus, commander of the 
barbarian army of Cyrus. After the bat- 
tle of Cunaxa he went over to the enemy. 

ἀριθμός, ov, 6, [ 4/ap, fit (see dpérxw), + 
+ Opos, cf. στα-θ-μός], joining in a series, 
numbering, number, enumeration ; whole 
number, extent. 9. Cf. dv-aplOuntos. 


484 


’"Apltor-apxos, ου, [best-ruler], Aristarchus, 
Spartan harmost of Byzantium. 7.25. 
ἀριστάω [ἄριστον], impf. ἠρίστων, how, 

breakfast, dine. 18. 

᾿Αριστέας, ov, [very brave], Aristeas, of 
the island Chius. 4.1%. 

ἀριστερός, ἄ, ov, [2], left (as opp. to δεξιός), 
ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς, on the left. 8. Syn. εὖ- 
ώνυμος. 

)Αρίστ-ιππος, ου, [best horseman], Aristip- 
pus, a Thessalian who for help received 
against his opponents sent Cyrus a con- 
tingent of troops under Menon. 1.110; 
24; 2°. | 

ἄριστον, ου, τό, [? cf. Ἶρι, early], breakfast, 
lunch. The three meals of the Homeric 
age — ἄριστον, δεῖπνον, dinner, δόρπον, 


supper — gave place in later time to- 


ἀκράτισμα, ἄριστον, and δεῖπνον. 7. Οἱ. 
ἆγ-άριστο». 

ἄριστο-ποιέω, prepare breakfast; mid. 
breakfast. 4. 

ἄριστος, η, ο», [see ἀρέσκω], best, noblest, 
bravest ; ἄριστα, adv.,in the best way, 
best. 16. See ἀγαθό». 

᾿Αρίστων, wos, [ἄριστος], Ariston. 5.613. 

᾿Αριστ-ώνυμος, ου, [of excellent name], 
Aristonymus, a captain from Arcadia. 
4.17. | 

)Αρκαδικός, ή, όν, Arcadian ; τὸ *Apra- 
δικόν, the Arcadian contingent. 4.818. 

’Apxds, d8os, 6, an Arcadian, fr. Arcadia, 
the central State of Peloponnesus, some- 
times called the ‘Switzerland of 
Greece.” The people struggling hard 
fora livelihood, and being brave and 
warlike, many of them entered foreign 
service. See Introd. 50, 51. 

dpxéw, έσω, ἥρκεσα, suffice, be enough, suf: 
Jicient ; ἀρκῶ», odaa, οὔν, sufficient. 8. 
The orig. sense is, ward off, aid, cf. L. 
arceo, ἀρήγω, also, ἀλκή, ἀλέξω (p often 
changed to A). 

ἄρκτος, ov, 7, [L. ursus, (= orc-sus)], bear ; 
the Great Bear; north. 2. arctic. - 

ἅρμα, aros, τό, [ 4/ap (fit)+ ma, cf. ἀρέσκω], 
chariot, esp. war-chariot. 9. 

᾽ἁρμάμαξα, ης, [&pua, ἅμαξα], covered car- 
*iage. 2. 


VOCABULARY. 


᾿Αρίσταρχος — ἄρτι 


Αρμενία, as, Armenia, mountainous re- 
gion southwest of the Euxine sea. It 
was annexed to the Persian empire by 
Cyrus the Great, and at the time of the 
retreat of the ‘Ten Thousand Orontas 
was its satrap. 3.517, 

"Appénos, ου, an Armenian. 

᾽Αρμήνη, ns, Harmene, a harbor near 
Sinope. 6.115, 

ἁρμοστής, of, [ἁρμόζω, fit; set in order, fr. 
ἁρμός, joint, cf. ἅρμα], director, governor, 
harmost, sent out by Sparta to govern 
subject cities, islands, and provinces. 11. 

ἄρνειος, a, ov, [ἀρ», sheep, ἀρνίο», lamb, T. 
30], of lamb, lamb’s. 4.531, 

ἁρπαγή, fs, seizure, robbery, plunder. 3. 

ἁρπάζω, dow or άσοµαι, ἥρπασα, ἥρπακα, 
-σμαι, -σθη», snatch, snatch up or away, 
carry off, plunder; capture. 15. From 
ἅρπαξ, rapacious, [ apr, cf. L. rapiol, 
harpy. 

“Apracos, ov, Hurpasus, a river not cer- 
tainly identified, probably the modern 
Tchoruk Su of Armenia. 4.718. 

’Aprayépons, ου, Artagerses, commander 
of the king’s cavalry, killed by Cyrus 
in the battle of Cunaxa. 1.71: 874, 

᾽Αρτακάμας, ov, Artacamas. 7.8%. 

*"Apraofos, ου, Artaozus, a friend of Cyrus 
who with Ariaeus proved false to the 
Greeks after the battle of Cunaxa. 2.416, 

ΣΑρταξέρξηϐ, ov, Artaxerxes II., eighth 
king of Persia, son of Darius IT. 
(Nothus), whom he succeeded, B. ο. 405, 
ruling till 359. Though not a man of 
much force he continued the policy of 
sowing dissensions among the Greek 
states and managed to get the Greek 
cities of Asia Minor completely under 
his sway. 1.11 See Introd. 45. 

᾿Αρταπάτης, ου, Artapatas. 1.611. 

ἀἁρτάω [fr. a lost stem fr. 4/αρ of αἴρω, 
raise, or &pw, join|, how, fasten, suspend. 
3.51, 

"Αρτεμις, ιδος, 7, Artemis, L. Diana, daught- 
er of Zeus and Leto, sister of A pollo, god- 
dess of the chase and of chastity. 1.67. 

ἄρτι [loc. of unc. st. fr. 4/ap, fit, cf. ἀρέσκω], 
ady., exactly, just, just now. 32. 








"Apripas -- ἀσφαλῶς 


᾿Αρτίμας, a. Artimas. 7.8%. 
ἄρτο-κόπος, ov, [-κοπος perh. for -ποπος cf. 
πέπτω, cook, L. coquus], a baker. 4.43. 
ἄρτος, ov, [?], a loaf of bread, bread. 9. 
᾿Αρτούχας, a, Artouchas. 4.34 
"Αρύστας, a, Arustas. 7.3%, 
"Apx-aydpas [ruler of the assembly], Ar- 
chagoras. 4.215. 
ἀρχαῖος, a, ov, of the beginning, old, an- 
> tent; τὸ ἀρχαῖο», adv. acc. = dpxalws 
anciently, formerly ; Κῦρον τὸν 4., Cyrus 
the Elder.e 6. Syn. παλαιός. 
ἀρχή, fis, beginning; being first (in au- 
thority), rule, command ; the province 
(ruled), principality ; ἀρχήν, adv. acc., 
at first, in the first place ; with neg. at 
all, 23. 
ἀρχικός, ή, όν, fitted to command. 2. 
ἄρχω, ἄρξω, Ίρξα, ἦργμαι, ἤρχθη», be first, 
and so; of time, begin, mostly in mid.; of 
rank, be jirst, rule, command, govern, — 
in act. and pass. In both senses with 
gen. 75. [Cf. Skt. sarh, be worth], 
cf. ἐξ-, ὑπ-. Der. arch-, archy. 
ἄρχων, οντος, 6, [ pres. pt. as subs.], ruler, 
commander. 40. 
ἄρωμα, ατος, τό, [? oriental or perh. fr. 
ἀρόω, plough (cf. E. EAR), orig. of the 
smell of newly ploughed ground], any 
spice or sweet herb. 1.51. aroma. 
ἁσάφεια, as, [ἀ-σαφήτ], want of clearness, 
uncertainty. 3.171, 
ἀσέβεια, as, impiety. 3.24. From 
ἆ-σεβής, és, [σέβομαι, reverence], irreverent, 
impious. 2. Opp. to σεµνός (for σεβ-) 
and éuv-ceBhs reverent. 
ἀσθενέω, impf. ἠσθένουν, How, be feeble, sick ; 
aor. fall sick. 8. From 
ἆ- σθενής, és, [σθένος, strength], weak, 
sick, 1.5). Whence ἀσθένεια, infirmity. 
"Ασία, as, Asia, in Homer name of a 
small district in Lydia, later and com- 
monly applied to Asia Minor, also to 
the whole eastern continent. 5.36. 
*Aovdarns, ου, Asidates, a Persian. 7.80. 
)Ασιναῖος, ov, Asinaean, of Asine, a town 
on the west coast of the Laconian gulf. 
doves [ἀ-σινής, see civouct], adv., 8. ἄσι- 
νέστατα, harmlessly. 2. 


VOCABULARY. 


485 


ᾱ-σῖτος, ο», [otros], without food. 2. 

ἀσκέω [fr. lost noun st. 4/2], ow, ἤσκησα, 
work or form by art; in Att., practice, 
cultivate. 2. ascetic. 

dos, od, [2], skin, bag, esp. a wine-skin, 
for storing or transporting wine ; usu- 
ally made of goat-skin with the hairy 
side turned in and the seams covered 
with pitch. It is much used still, in the 
East, for carrying wine on the backs of 
animals, 4. 

ἄσμενος, η, ο», [οξ. ἤδομαι], glad, always 
with adv. force, gladly, cheerfully. 19. 

éomdfopar|?],dcoua:, ἠσπασάμη», welcome, 
greet, salute; take leave of. 4. 

*Aoméy8v0s, a, ov, an Aspendian, of Aspen- 
dus, a city near the σα coast of 
Pamphylia. 1.913. 

ἀσπίς, ίδος, [2], shield, generic term desig- 
nating the small round shield or, oftener, 
the large round or oval shield. See 

- Introd. 68. By meton. as collect. 
noun = ὁπλῖται, ἀσπὶς µυρία-- ἴθπ thou- 
sand shield-men or ᾖορίεθ; én or παρ᾽ 
ἀσπίδα, to the left. 16. Cf. ὑπ-ασπίς. 
Syns. γέρρο», πέλτη. Introd. 61. 

᾿Ασσνρία, as, [Ashur, son of Shem], As- 
syria, the country of varying extent in 
the Tigro-Euphrates valley, of which 
Nineveh was the capital. It was con- 
quered and destroyed by the Medes and 
Babylonians in 625 B.c. 7.8%. 

᾿Ασσύριος, ου, an Assyrian. 

ἀσταφίς, (30s, 4, = σταφίς, [2], dried grapes, 
raisins. 4.45. 

ἀστράπτω, yw, gleam, flash. 1.88. dorparh, 
lightning, T. 9; akin to 

ἀστήρ, έρος, 6, [a proth. s/orep, cf. 
στορέννῦμι, strew], STAR, strewers of 
light or strewn over the sky. astro- 
nomy. 

ta, as, safety, security. 2. From 

ἀ-σφαλής, ές, [σφάλλω, trip], not stumb- 
ling, safe, secure ; c. -έστερος, 8. -έστατος. 
29. adv. ἀσφαλῶς. 

ἄσφαλτος, ου, ἡ, [ Pers. 3], bitumen, as- 
phalt. 39.413, 

ἀσφαλῶς, adv., safely, securely ; ο. dove 
pov, Β. ο. -éovara. 7. 


486 


ἀσχολία, as, [ἄ-σχολος, σχολή, leisure], 
want of leisure, occupation, business, 7.516. 

ἀτακτέω, how, (5.82!.), to be 

ἅ-τακτος, ο», [τάττω, arrange], disarrunged, 
disorderly, out of order. 3. Whence 

ἀταξία, as, [for ἀτακτ-ία], disorder, lack of 
discipline, confusion. 3. Opp. to εὔ- 
Τακτος, εὐταξία. 

ardp [ perh. ar (akin to L. at) + ἄρα], 
conj., but yet, yet, however. 2. 

᾿Αταρνεύς, έως, 6, Atarneus, a town on the 
Aegean in Mysia. 

ἀτασθαλία, as, [ἀτάσθαλος], recklessness, 
presumption. 4.414, 

ἄ-ταφος, ov, [τάφος, burial], unburied. 6.55. 

ἅτε [acc. pl. neut. of ὅστε], adv., just as, 
inasmuch as. 6. 

ἀτέλεια, as, [ἀ-τελής, free from tax (τέλος)]. 
Jreedom from taxation, exemption. 3.318, 

Gripdtw, dow, Arivaca, }rivaxa, -σμαι, 
-σθην, dishonor, disgrace. 2. From 

&-tipos, ov, [τὶμή], dishonored, without 
honor. 8. drinuia, T. 7. 

‘Arpllo [ἀτμόε, vapor], low, %ruica, emit 

vapor, steam. 4.515, 

᾽Ατραμύττειον, see ᾽Αδραμύττιον. 

ἀ-τριβής, έ5, [ τρίβω], unworn, untrod- 
den. 2. 

Αττικός, ή,.όν, Attic, Athenian. 1.58. 

av, adv., post.-pos., back ; again, further, 
moreover ; on the contrary. 25. [Akin 
to L. autem.|] Cf. αὖθις. 

αὐαίνομαι, impf. αὐαινόμη», dry, wither. 
2.316, [ γαυ, σαυ, cf. E. SEAR, SERE.] 
Cf. αὐστηρύτης. 

αὐθ-αίρετος, ον, [alpéw], self-chosen or ap- 
pointed. 5.73. 

αὖθ-ημερόν [ἡμέρα], adv. acc., on the same 
day. 2. Cf. ἆπ-αυθ-. 

αὖθις, length. form of ad. 13. 

αὐλέω [αὐλός], how, ηὔλησα etc., play the 
flute; mid. have the flute played, hear 
music. 2. 

αὐλίζομαι, {ίσοµαι, ηὐλισάμη» (in Anab. 
πὐλίσθην), ηὔλισμαι, lodge for the night 
in the court-yard (αὐλή), lodge, encamp. 
13. See ἐν-, ἐξ κατ Cf. σκηνέω, 
στρατοπεδεύοµαι. 


. od, ὁ, flute, pipe. ἃ. [ av, af, 


~ VOCABULARY. 


ἀσχολία — αὔτωφ 


blow, cf. ἀήρ (== ἀξ-ήρ), E. arr, aero- 
lite-, παπί]. 
αὐλών, ὤνος, ὁ, [αὐλός], water-pipe, canal, 
channel. 2.31, 
αὔριον [old neut. sing., akin to L. aurora], 
_ adv., to-morrow; ἡ αὔ., the morrow. 6. 
αὐστηρότης, nros, 4, harshness; of wine, 
sharpness. 5.42, [abornpds (cf. αὐαίνω), - 
harsh. austere.] 
αὐτίκα [αὗτός, cf. ἦν-(κα], adv., at the very 
moment, immediately ; presently. 3.232, 8. 
αὐτόθεν [αὐτός], adv., from the ery spot, 
thence, hence. 8. 
αὐτόθι [αὐτός], adv., on the very spot, here, 
there. 4. 
αὐτο-κέλευστος, ον, [κελεύω], self-bidden, 
self-prompted. 3.45, 
αὗτο-κράτωρ, opos, 6, [κρατέω, rule], ruling 
of oneself, arbitrary, absolute. 6.131. 
αὐτό-ματος, η, ov, [ 4/na, think, see µάντις], 
self-prompted ; ἀπὸ or ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, 
of oneself, voluntarily ; by chance. 4. 
automatic. 
αὐτομολέω, how, ηὐτομόλησα, desert. 4. 
From 
αὐτό-μολος, ο», [μολεῖν, go, see βλώσκω], 
going of oneself ; as subs. deserter. 1.72. 
atré-vopes, ον, [νόμος, law], self-ruling, in- 
dependent. 2. 
αὐτός, ή, dv, 1. self, L. ipso: (1) in nom. 
without a subs. αὐτὸς ἔφη, he himself 
said. (2) in pred. pos. αὐτὸς ὁ ἀνήρ 
or 6 ἀνήρ αὗτός, the man himself. (3) in 
the reflexive pronouns, ἐμ-αυτόν, my- 
self. 2, In attrib. pos., same, very, é 
αὐτὸς ἀνήρ, the same man; τὰ αὐτὰ 
ταῦτα, these same things; often con- 
tracted with the art. αὗτός, αὑτή, τοὺτό. 
3. Alone in an oblique case, him, her, it, 
pl. them, (instead of οὗ, of, ἕ, wh. in 
Att. are reflexive. 872. Carefully dis- 
tinguish from αὐτοῦ, js, refl. of 3d pers., 
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, and adv. αὐτοῦ. 
αὐτόσε, adv., to the very place, thither. 4.73. 
αὐτοῦ [old gen.], adv., in the very place, 
here, there. 22. 
αὐτοῦ -- ἑαυτοῦ. 
αὕτως [αὐτός], just so, even so, often written 
ὡσαύτως, in 5.69, ds δὲ αὔτως. 





αὐχήν ---βαδίω 


αὐχήν, ένος, 5, [1], neck; neck of land, 
tsthmus. 2. Syn. τράχηλο». 
ad --. = ἀπό. 
ἀφ- αιρέω, ήσω, 2 a. -εἶλον, -ἤρεκα, -Πρέθη», 
take from or away; mid. tuke from (an- 
other) to oneself, deprive, rob, rescue ; 
acc., 2 accs., acc. -+- gen. (source). 19. 
ἁ-φανής, és, [φαίνομαι], not appearing, in- 
wisible, out of sight ; secret, unknown. 3. 
&chavi{o, law or ιῶ, Ἰφάνισα, make invisible, 
destroy utterly. 39. 
ἀφειδῶς [ἀ-φειδής, Φείδοµαι, spare], un- 
sparingly, unmercifully : ο. -έστερο», 8 
«έστατα. 2. 
ἀφ-εικέναι, pf. ; ἀφ-εῖναι, -els, 2 8. of ἀφίημι. 
ἀφ-ειστη-, see ἀφ-ίστημι. 
ἀφ-έξεσθαι, fut. inf. of ἀπ-έχω. 
ἀφ-έστη-, see ἀφ-ίστημι. 
ἀφ-ηγέομµαν, ήσοµαι, lead off; relate, tell. 
7.2%, 
ἀφθονία, as, abundance. 3. From 
ἄ-φθονος, ov, [φθόνος, envy], not grudging, 
liberal, abundant, bounteous ; ἐν ἀφθόνοις, 
in abundance. 10. 
ἀφ-ίημι, ήσω, aor. -Άκα, -εἴκα, -εἴμαι, send 
off or away, let go, set free. 15. 
ἀφ-ικνέομαι, -ίξομαι, 2 a. -ικόµη», -Ίγμαι, 
come from, come, arrive, reach. 78. See 
ἐξ-ικνέοµαι, ἱκανός, ixérns. 
ἀφ-ιππεύω [ἵππος], ride back or away. 
1.522, 
ἀφ-ίστημι, impf. «στην, ἀπο-στήσω, ἆπ- 
έστησα: trans., cause to stand away 
from, put away, withdraw; ἀφ-έστηκα, 
2 a. ἁπ-έστην and mid. tenses: intrans., 
stand off or aloof from, withdraw, revolt. 
12. apostasy. 
ἄφ-οδος, ov, 7, a way back, a going back, 
departure, retreat. 9. 
ἀφροσύνη, ns, want of sense, folly. 
From 
ἄ-φρων, ο», [φρήν mind], senseless, foolish. 
2. Cf. ἀ-νόητος. 
ἀφυλακτέω (7.870), to be off one’s guard. 
ἀ-φύλακτος, ον, [φυλάσσωα], unguarded, off 
one’s guard. 2. 
ἀφυλάκτως, adv., unguardedly. 5.18, 
Αχαιός, of, an Achaean, from Achaea, the 
most northern state of Peloponnesus. 


5.114, 


VOCABULARY. 


487 


Though more fertile than Arcadia, it 
was one of the most unproductive states 
of Greece. See Introd. 50, 51. 

&-Xapis, ι, g. Το», = ἀχάριστοι. 2.118, 

ἀ-χάριστος, ο», [χαρίζοµαι], unthankful, 
unpleasant, graceless ; unthanked, un- 
rewarded. 3. [lessly. 2. 

ἀχαρίστως, adv., ungratefully, thank- 

᾿Αχερουσιάς, ddos, ἡ, [᾿Αχέρω», river of the 
lower world], Acherousian; ’A. Χερσόν- 
νησος, Acherousian Peninsula, a promon- 
tory near Heracléa in Bithynia, in which 
was the cave through which Hercules 
is fabled to have descended to Hades. 
6.22, 

ἄχθομαι [*], ἀχθέσομαι, ἤχθημαι, ἠχθέ- 
σθην, be burdened, troubled (at, ace. 
3.2), vexed, displeased; abs., dat., 
gen. abs. 1.18, ὅτι, ἐπί. 11. 

G-xpetos, ο», [χρεία, use], useless. 3. 

ἄ-χρηστος, ov, [χράομαι], -- {οτθορ. 3.4%, 

ἄχρι [2], conj. or prep. with gen., till, until. 
2. Syn. µέχρι. 

ἀψίνθιον, ov, τό, [ἄψινθος, 4/ 1], wormwood., 


1.51. absinthe. 
B. ry 
B = Lat. b (rarely), cf. βραχύς. 
A= * Fs cf. Bpéuw, sub. βροντή. 


β (for γ F) = Lat. g, cf. βάλανος, βαρύς. 
B. = “ vy, cf. βαίνω, βάλλω, βία. 
B = µ before A, cf. βλώσκω. 


Ἑαβυλών, ὤνος, 4, [Assyrian Babili, Gate 
of Π or God], Babylon, capital of Baby- 
lonia. It was built on both sides of the 
Euphrates, and contained an area of 
about one hundred and fifty square 
mniles. It was destroyed by Senna- 
cherib 690 ΕΒ.ο., rebuilt by Nebuchad- 
nezzar and captured by Cyrus the Great 
538. Its chief ruins are on the left 
bank of the river. 

BaBvAdvios, a, ov, Babylonian. ἡ Βαβυλωνία, 
Babylonia, the country around Babylon. 

βάδην [βαίνω], adv., step by step; B. ταχύ, 
tn quick step. 4. 

βαδίζω |βάδος, walk, βαίνω], ιοῦμαι, ἐβάδισα, 
walk, go. 5.13. 


488 VOCABULARY. βάθοι — βλακεύω 
βάθος, ous, τό, depth. 7. βασιλεύς, έως, 4, [2], king, esp. king of 
βαθύς, εἴα, ύ, [2], deep. 3. Persia. 171. basilisk. 


βαίνω [ γβα, βαν, L. venio], βήσομαι, 2 a. 
ἔβη», βέβηκα, step, walk ; comm. go; pf. 
I have taken firm step = stand firmly. 
3.219. βήσω, ἔβησα, cause to go. Cf. 
ἆνα-, συν-ανα-, ἆπο-, δια-, εἶσ-, ἐκ-, ἐμ-, 
ἔπι-, κατα-, ὕπο-κατα-, παρα», προ-, Tpod-, 
συµ-, dwep-; dyd-, διά, κατά- βασις: 
βατός, 4, όν, passable, cf. &-, δύσ-,. διά-, 
ἆ-διά-, πρόσ-; δια-βατέο. See also 
βάσιµος, βῆμα, βωμός, βέβαιος, βάδη», 
βαδί(ω, βιβά(ω. 

βακτηρία, as, [βαΐνω], staff, cane. 2. 

βάλανος, ov, ἡ, [L. glans], acorn ; any simi- 
lar fruit, β. τοῦ φοίνῖκος, fruit of the palm 
tree, date. 2. 

βάλλω [ 4/Bad, Baa, L. νο]ᾶτε], Bard, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, βέβλη-κα, pat, throw, hurl ; throw 
at (acc.) with (dat.), pelt. 19. Cf. dva-, 
ἆπο-, δια-, εἶσ-, ex-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, µετα-, περι-, 
προ-, προσ-, συµ-, ὑπερ-. Some of these 
have, beside the trans., an intr. sense 
expressed by a verb of motion suggested 
by the prep. or the context, cf. εἰσ-, ἐμ-, 
ὑπερ-. βολή, a throw, cf. ἆνα-, δια-, εἶσ-, 
éu-, προ-, προσ”, συµ-, OwEp-. ς 

βάντες, 2 a. pt. of βαίνω, 

βάπτω [4/Bap], βάψω, dip. 2.2°. bap- 
tize. 

βαρβαρικός, ή, όν, barbaric, barbarian, for- 
eign; τὸ βαρβαρικόν (στράτευμα), the bar- 
barian army. 11. 

βαρβαρικῶς, adv., barbarously, in a bar- 
barian tongue. 1.8}. 

βάρβαρος, ο», [imitative of the chattering 
sound of a foreign tongue], barbarous, 
foreign; as subs. a barbarian, foretgner, 
used of all not Greeks. 74. 

Bapéws, adv., heavily, with difficulty. 2. 
[βαρύς, L. gravis.] 

Bas, 2 a. pt. of Balyw. 

Bactas, ου, Basias. 1. An Arcadian. 4.118, 
2. Soothsayer from Elis. 7.810. 

βασιλεία, as, [βασιλεύω], kingdom, royal 
power, sovereignty. 3. 

βασίλειος, ov, kingly, royal; βασίλειο» or 
Βασίλεια (sc. δώµατα), royal abodes, 

"ace. 12. 


βασιλεύω, εύσω etc., be king, rule, reign. 6. 

βασιλικός, ή, dv, king-like ; = βασίλειος, 
of the king, royal. 3. basilica. 

βάσιµος, ον, [βαίνώ], passable. 3.449, 

Bards, ή, όν, [βαΐνω], passable. 4.611. Cf. 
ἄ-, δύσ-. 

βέβαιος, a, ον, [βέβηκα, βαίνω], steadfast, 
Jirm. 1.950. 

βεβαιόω, dow, make firm, confirm, make 
good. 7.617, 

βεβηκότες, pf. pt. of βαίνω. 

Bé\eovs, vos, 5, Belesys, satrap of Syria. 
1.410, 

βέλος, ους, τό, [βάλλα], missile, dart. 9. 

βελτίων, 9; βέλτιστος, 7, comp. and sup 
of dyads, good, brave. 

βήμα, ατος, τό, [Balyw], step, pace. 4.710. 

βία, as, [cf. L. vis], force ; violence ; Blq, 
perforce; w. gen. in spite of. 11. 

Brdfopar, άσοµαι, ἑβιασάμη», to force, force 
one’s way ; do violence. 6. 

βίαιος, a, ον, forcible, violent. 3. 

βιαίως, adv., forcibly, violently. 1.877. 

βιβάῖω, dow, causal of βαίνω, make go. ΟΕ. 
ἆνα-, ἄπο-, δια-, εἶσ-, συν-εκ». 

βίβλος, ου, ἡ, [Egypt.], the pressed pith 
of the papyrus, used for paper; hence 
paper, book. 7.514. Bible. 

βῖθυνός, ἡ, dv, Bithynian; of B. the Bithy- 
nians, a people of ‘Pbhracian origin, who 
inhabited the region south of the Eux- 
ine, between Mysia and Paphlagonia. 

Btkos, ου, [Semitic for πἰθος], wine-jar. 1.925, 

βίος, ov, 6, [akin to L. vivo, E. quick], 
life; ving, livelihood. 5. bio-logy. 
βίος = duration or manner of life ; (ωή 
= life as opp. to death. 

βιοτεύω [βίοτος, poet. = βίος], to live. 2. 
Less comm. than βιόω. 

Βισάνθη, ης, Bisanthe, town in Thrace on 
the Propontis. 

Ῥίων, wvos, Bion, a Spartan. 7.8°. 

βλάβη, ης, (2.68), BAdBos, ous, τό, (7.738), 
harm, damage, (not wilful, ἀδίκημα). 
[βλάπτω.] 

βλάκεύω [βλόξ, ἃκός, lazy], ὃς lazy, listless. 


2. Cf. κατα-. 





βλάπτω — γάρ 


Βλάπτω [ /βλαβ], ψαω, ἔβλαψα, harm, 


damage. 5. 


βλέπω [7], βλέψομαι, ἔβλεψα, look ; look at, 


see. 3. Cf. dro. ‘ 


βλώσκω [for µλωσκῶ, 4/μολ, Ao], μολοῦ- 
7.155, CE. 


μαι, 2 a. ἔμολο», go, come. 
αὐτό-μολον. 


βοάω [Bor], ήσομαι, ἐβόησα, shout, call. 9. 


Cf. dva-, cup-. 

βοεικός, ή, όν, [Bovs],—the more comm. 
βόειος, of an ox, of oxen, ox-. 2. 

Boh, jis, [= BoFn, L. bov-are], shout, cry. 2. 

βοήθεια, as, [as if fr. *BonOys], aid, help, 
assistance; rescue. 3. 

βοηθέω [βοη-θός, θέω, run], now, ἐβοήθησα, 
run to the rescue (lit. shout) or defence, aid, 
help, succor (one, dat.). 24. Cf. ἐκ-, 
émt-, παρα-, συµ-. Cf. ὠφελέω. 

"βόθρος, ου, ὁ, [cf. L. fodio, dig], pit, hole. 2. 

Botoos, ου, [little ox], Botscus, Thessalian 
boxer. 5.823, 

Ἑοιωτία, as, [cattle-land], Boeotia, the most 
populous and fertile state of central 
Greece, lying northwest of Attica. 

βοιωτιάζω, imitate or speak like the Boeo- 
tians, 3.1%. 

Ἑοιώτιος, or Βοιωτός, of, Boeotian, inhabi- 
tant of Boeotia. 

Bopéas, ου, or βορρᾶς, 6, Boreas, north wind ; 
north, 3. 

βόσκηµα, aros, τό, what is fed, beast; pl. 
cattle. 3.5%. [βόσκω, feed, βοτάνη, grass 
(botany), cf. L. vescor.] 

βουλεύω [βουλή], εύσω etc.,- counsel, plan, 
devise; deliberate on; oftener in mid. 
take counsel (with oneself or together), 
plan etc., as in act. 39. Cf. ἐπι- προ-, 
συμ-. 

βουλή, jis, [βούλομαι], will ; plan, counsel. 
6.518, Cf. ἐπι-, συµ-; σύμ-βουλος. 

βουλῖμιάω, dow, be faint with hunger. 3. 
βουλῖμία [βοῦς, λὶμός], ravenous hunger, 
bulimy. 

βούλομαι [for βολιοµαι, L. volo, E. witx], 
βουλήσομαι, βεβούλημαι, é- or ἡ- βουλή- 
θην, will, wish, be willing, 151. β. ex- 
presses intelligent deliberate choice (cf. 
βουλή, βουλεύω), ἀθέλω, the choice or 
will that proceeds from feeling or in- 


VOCABULARY. 








489 


stinct. So Grimm, Dindorf, Pillon, and 
others, vs. Buttmann, Schmidt, and 
Curtius, who hold the opp. view. 

βου-πόρος, ον, [πείρω, pierce], ox-piercing, 
ox-, 7.814. 

Bots, Bods, 5, ἡ, [L. bos], ox, cow. 38. In 
compounds used to express something 
abnormal in size or degree; cf. Bovai- 
µιάω. Cf. βοεικός. 

βραδέως, slowly. 1.811. 

βραδύς, εἴα, ύ, [2], slow, ο. -ύτερος, 
tos. 7.3.87, 

βραχύς, εἷα, 6, | L. brevis for bregvis], short, 
(little, small, brief etc.) ; βραχύ or ἐπὶ 
βραχύ, for a short distance ; ϱ. -ύτερος, 8. 
-bratos. 3. brachy-logy. 

βρέχω [7], βρέξω, ἕἔβρεξα, ἐβρέχθη», to 
wet. 4. 

βροντή, jis, thunder. 2. [for βρομτή, fr. 
Bpéuw, roar, L. fremo.] 

βρωτός, ή, όν, eatable. 4.55, Verbal of 
βιβρώσκω [ Bop, βρο, L. voro], eat. * 

Ῥνζάντιον, ov, Byzantium, a city of Thrace 
commanding the entrance to the Bos- 
phorus, founded by a colony from 
Megara, 667 B.c., led by a Thracian 
named Βύζας (gen. αντος). The name 
was changed 330 a. D. to Constantinople 
by Constantine the Great. 

Butdvrios, ov, a Byzantine. 

βωμός, οὔ, 6, [βαίνω], a raised place, with 
base or steps, for sacrificing, altar. 4. 


8. -ύτα- 


Τ. 


= Lat. g—Teut. (Eng.) k. 
Cf. γίγνοµαι, γιγνώσκω. 


γαλήνη, ns, [2], calm. 5.78. Galena. 

yopéw, fut. γαμῶ, ἔγημα, γεγάµήκα, -μαι, 
marry ; mid. give oneself in marriage, be 
married. 4.5%, | 

γάμος, ου, ὁ, fakin to 4/γεν of γίγνομαι], 
marriage; ἐπὶ γάμφ, in marriage. 2.4%, 
mono-, poly-gamy. 

Tdvos, ov, 7, Ganus, a town on the west 
coast of the Propontis. 

yap [γέ +&pal, conj. post-pos. causal, for, 
less often since, because ; in introducing 


490 


& promised narration or explanation, 
now, then, 1.7+, 2.541; in questions, 
for emphasis, why, what, cf. L. nam; 
joined elliptically with other words, καὶ 
ydp, etenim, and (ellipsis suggested 
by context) for, e.g. 2.215, and (they 
knew it) for, for indecd, and indeed. 

yaorhp, έρος or yaorpds, ἡ, [for γΕενστήρ, 
L. venter], Lells, abdomen. 3. 

γαυλικός, ή, όν, [Ύαυλος, merchant vessel], 
of or for a vessel, vessel’s, 5.8}. 

Σαυλῖτης, ov, [γαῦλος], Gaulties, a Samian. 
1.75, 


yé, an intensive particle, post-pos. encl., 


used to emphasize or restrict the word | 


preceding, (less often the word follow- 
ing) or the clause in which it is found ; 

- indeed, surely, at least, at any rate, even; 
often best rendered by emphasizing the 
word it limits; much used to strengthen 
other particles, as δή, µέν, why, µεντοι, 
which it often precedes. 

γεγενῆσθαι, γέγονα, see γίγνομαι. 

γείτων, ovos, 6, [γέα-- ij], neighbor. 8. 

γελάω [cf. yéaws], γελάσομαι, ἐγέλασα, 
laugh. 4. Cf. δια-, éx-ey-, κατα-. 

γελοῖος, or γέλοιοε, ἅ, ο», [yéAws|, laugh- 
able, ridiculous. 2. 

Ὑέλως, «τος, 6, laughter. 3. [perh. 4/yeA, 
be bright.) 

Ύελωτο-ποιός, oF, jester. 7.335. 

γέµω [L. gemo], only in pres. sys., be full 
(of, gen.). 4.6.3. 

«Ὑενεά Gs, [γίγνομαι], birth; race. 2.6%. 

(γενειάω [yéveov, L. gena, CHIN], grow or 

1, havea beard. 2.6%, Cf. ἀ-γένειοε. 

γενέσθαι, γενησόµεθα, «Ὑενοίμη», see γί 
yvoua. 

γενναιότης ros, 4, nobleness, nobility. 7.741, 
[γενναῖος of (good) birth, fr. γέννα -- 
vévos.} 

γένος, ous, τό, [ylyvouat], birth, offspring, 
race. 1.61. Cf. συγγενή». 

yepatds, d, όν, [γέρω»], old; 
-alraros. 5.717, 

γερόντιον, ου, [dim. of γέρων], a little old 

man. 6.372, 

έρρον, ου, [1], α wicker-shield, oblong and 
covered with ox-hide. 9. 


c. -alrepos, 


EU 


VOCABULARY. 


Ὑαστήρ — γνώμη 
Yer eer ου, φέρω], wicker-shield bearer 
1.8°. 


Ὑέρων, ovros, 8, {akin to Gray], old man 
2. Cf. yepaids, γερόντιο», γῆρας, γρῴδιον. 

γεύω [akin to L. gus-to, E. cHoosE, K1ss], 
ἔγευσα, give a taste of ; ch. in mid. yes 
σοµαι, ἐγευσάμη», taste, (gen.). 38. 

γέφυρα, as, [1], bridge. 18. 

δε, es, [γέα, εἶδοε], earth-like, earthy 
6.4 


γή, vis, [contr. fr. yéa, perh. fr. 4 ‘ya 
(γίγνοµαι), produce), earth, land, country. 
-21. ge-o-graphy, -o-logy. ΟΕ. γείτων, 
κατά-γειος, µεσό-γεια, and 
γήϊνος, ο», of earth, earthen. 7.814. 
γή-λοφος, ου, [λόφος, crest], crest of earth, 
hill. 8. 
γήρας, aos, τό, [cf. γέρω»], old age. se 
γίγνοµαι [ /Ύεν, Ύν, you, L. gigno, Ε. 
KIN], γενήσοµαι, 2 a. ἐγενόμη», γεγένη- 
μαι, 2 pf. γέγονα, come into being, be born 
(produced, made, done etc.); become, come 
to pass, take place, arise, fall out ; to le. 
Translated in a great variety of ways to 
be inferred from the context; ἐν ἑαντό 
ἐγένετο, he came to himself, 1.5!" ; robs 
«γιγνοµένους δασµούε, the accruing reve. 
nues, 1.18; δρόµοε ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιό- 
ras, the soldiers began to run; ὅρκους 
γεγενηµένουε, oaths taken. 260. Cf. δια. 
éy-, ἐπι-, Wapa-, περι-, Άροσ-, ovy-; alsv 
Ex-yovos, πρὀ-γονος, γονεύς, yévos, γενεά; 
γυνή, γάμο». 
γιγνώσκω [ /3νο, L. ( agian E. Know, 
KEN], γνώσοµαι, 2 a. , ἕννωκα, 
ἔγνωσμαι, ἐγνώσθη», know, fae observe, 
judge etc.). 39. yy. to know by obser. 
vation and experience, οἶδα by reflection 
Cf. ἆνα-, ἆπο-, µετα-; γνώμη, d- and dudr 
yvotw, νόος, ὄνομα. 
Τλοῦς, οὔῦ, Glous, son of ΤΑΠΙΠΒ. After the 
battle at Cunaxa he deserted the Greeks 
and went over to the king. 2.43, 


s.| Γνήσ-ιππος, ov, [γνήσιος, real, true], Gne 


sippus. 7.37, 
γνοίη, γνούς, γνόντες, 2 a. of yryvdone. 
γνώµη, ης, [γιγνώσκο], the knowing fac- 
ulty, — mind, understanding ; the result 
of its operations, opinion, judgment ; 











γνῶναι — Δαφναγόρας 


γνώμῃ, from judgment or principle. 2.69. 
18. See ἆ-γνώμων. 

γνῶναν, γνώσεσθε, 899 γιγνώσκω. 

Τογγύλος, ου, [round, Gongylus]: 1. De- 
scended from one Gongylus banished 
from Greece for abetting Pausanias in 
his treason. 7.88. 2. A son of the pre- 
ceding. 7.88, 17, 

γοητεύω, enchant; cheat. 5.79 (γοητευθέν- 
tes). [yéns, nros, wailer, fr. γοάω 
waul.] 

γονεύς, dws, ὁ, [ylyvoua:], begetter, futher, 
pl. parents. 2. 

Ὑόνν, γόνατος, τό, [1], L. genu, E. KNEE, 
joint. 4. 

Τοργίας, ου, [ fierce], Gorgias, of Leontini, 
Sicily, the most famous sophist and 
rhetorician of his time. 2.66 See 
Class. Dict. 

Τοργίων [son of Γοργός], Gorgion. 7.88. 

γοῦν [-ye+ οὖν], adv., at least then, at any 
rate; certainly. 4. 

γράδιον or γραΐδιον [dim. of ypats, f. of 
γέρων], feeble old woman. 6.3”, 

γράμμα, aros, τό, [γράφω], whatis scratched 
or written, letter; pl. letters, record, in- 
scription. 5.318. ana-, dia-, epi-, pro- 
gram. 

γράφω [prob. for σκράφω, L. scribo, E. 
GRAVE], γράψω, ἔγραψα, γέγραμμαι, é-ypd- 
Φη», scratch, draw, paint; comm. write. 
5. para-graph. Cf. ém.. 

γυμνάζω [γυμνός], dow, to train naked, 
train, exercise. .2". 

γυμνής, ῆτος, and γυμνήτης, ου, [γυμνός 
naked, lightly clad], light-armed foot sol- 
dier, including archers, slingers, and all 
not ὁπλίται. 10. 

Γυμνιάς, ddos, 4, Gymnias. 4.719, 

γυµνικόφ, ή, όν, 2. = γυμναστικόε, gym- 
nastic. ; 

γυμνό», ή, όν, [1], naked; w. gen. stripped 
of ; uncovered, exposed ; often of persons 
clad only in the tunic (χιτώ»), hence 
lightly clad. 4. 

γυνή, αικός, | / γε», yl-yvouas|, woman, wife. 
25. Cf. Sax. cwen, E. QUEEN. 

Γωβρύας, ov ora, Gobryas. 1.713, 


VOCABULARY. : 


491 


A 


& = Lat. d = Teut. (Eng.) 6. 
Cf. δάκρυ, δείκνυµι, δέκα, δέρω. 


δάκνω [ /δακ, δηκ], δήξομαι, 2 a. ἔδακον, 
ἐδήχθη», bite. 2. 

δακρύω, bow, ἑδάκρῦσα, shed tears, weep. 2. 
δάκρυο», L, lacryma (older dac-), E. 
TEAR. [ 4/8ax, hite; cf. “' bitter (= biting) 
tears.” | 

δακτύλιος, ου, finger-ring, seal-ring. 4.777, 

δάκτυλος, ου, [cf. L. digitus], finger; 8. 
τῶν ποδῶν, toe. 2. 

Adpadpdros, ου, [Dor. for Anu-, prayed for 
by the people, Hdt. 6.63], Damaratus, 
saccessor to his father Ariston on the 
throne of Sparta 526 B.c.; deposed 491 
as being illegitimate, he fled to Persia, 
where he was well received by Darius 
Hystaspes, and, for service rendered 
Xerxes, was given a principality in 
Mysia. 2.138, 

δαπανάω, yaw, spend, expend; consume. 6. 
[δακάνη, expense.] Cf. κατα-. 

δάπεδον, ου, [δα = (a (fr. διά), πέδον], floor, 
ground. 4.5%, 

Δαρδανεύς, éws, α Dardanian, inhabitant 
of Ddrdanus, on the east shore of the 
Hellespont. 3.147. Dardanelles. 

Δάρδας, ατος, 6, Dardas, a branch of the 
Euphrates, not certainly identified. 1.410. 
v. 1. Δάρδης, Δαράδαξ. 

δαρεικός, od, (sc. στατήρ], α daric, Persian 
gold coin exchanged for 20 drachme 
or $3.50; intrinsic value about $5.50. 
Whence named is uncertain, — perhaps 
from dara, king. 10. 

Δαρεῖος, ov, [Pers. darj, muintain], Darius 
II., surnamed Nothos (bastard), king 
of Persia, Μ.Ο. 424-405. 1.11,3, See 
Introd. 39, 42. 

Sdopevors, ews, ἡ, (fr. obsol. 8acpedw fr. 
foll.], distribution. 7.187, 

δασµός, of, 6, [δατέομαι, diride}, division, 
share ; tax, tribute. 4. 

δασύς, εἴα, ὐ, [Ἴδενσυς, L. dénsus], thick, 
dense, (hairy, shaggy etc.). 9. 

Δαφν-αγόρας, ου, [laurel (crowned) -speak- 
er], Daphnagoras. 7.8%. 


492 


δαψιλής, ds, [akin to δαπάνη], liberal, 
abundunt, plentiful. 2. | 

δέ [οξ. L. -de, -dem], conj. post-pos. with 
sense intermediate between ἀλλά but, 
and καί and, comm. translated but, less 
often and, further, moreover. When it has 
a distinctly adversative force, the word 
or clause with which it is connected is 
commonly preceded by another, distin- 
guished by µέν. It is then rendered 
but, on the other hand, on the contrary, 
whereas, however ; sometimes it may be 
rendered, then, yet, as in the apodosis, 
5.6%; or or, 5.79, esp. with μᾶλλον; 
connected with καί (Θ. g. καὶ στρατηγὸν δέ 
1.12) it is conjunctive, «af intens. even, 
also. 

«δέ [see foreg.], insep. particle affixed : (1) 
to names of places in the acc. to denote 
whither, -ward, to, οἴκαδε homeward ; (2) 
to demonstrative pronouns for emphasis. 

δέδια, δεδιώς, 2 pf. of δείδω, 

δέδογµαι, see δοκέω. 

δεδοµέναν, see δίδωµι. 

δεηθῆναι, δεήσας, see δέω. 

δεῖ, δέῃ, see δέω, want. 

δείδω, δείσοµαι (both Ep.), ἔδεισα, δέδοικα 
and δέδια (as pres.), fear, be apprehen- 
sive. 26. [ /δΕι (δει, δοι) flee, fear.| 
Syn. φοβέοµαι, of fear more transient 
and exciting. See δειλός, δεινός, ἆ-δεῶς, 
διώκω. 

δείκνυµι [L. dico, E. TEacu], δείξω, ἔδειξα, 
δέδειχα, δέδειγµαι, ἐδείχθη», show, point 
out, indicate. 7. Cf. ἀπο-, év-, ἔπι-, ὑπο-. 

δείλη, ns, [7], afternoon; late in the after- 
noon, eveniny; ἀμφὶ or περὶ δείλη», about, 
1.Θ. early in, the afternoon ; τῆς δείλης, in 
the course of the afternoon. 8. 

δειλός, ή, όν, [δείδω], in pass. sense, timid, 
cowardly. 3. 

δεινός, ή, όν, [δείδω], act. exciting fear, 
Searful, frightful, terrible; wonderful, 
strange ; then powerful, mighty, able, skil- 
Jul, often with inf. ; τὸ δεινὀν, peril, dan- 
ger. 23. 

δεινῶς, adv., fearfully, terribly. 6.4.2, 

δειπνέω, How, etc., dine, sup. 12. 

“starvoy, ου, [for δεπ-ινον, cf. δάπνω, devour], 


VOCABULARY. 


δαψιλής — δεῦρο 


chief meal, in early times dinner, later 
supper. 7. Cf. ἄ-δειπνος, σύν-. 

δευιπνο-ποιέοµαι, ἠσομαι, prepare supper, 
take supper. 2. 

Seloras, see δείδω. 

δεῖται, see δέω. 

δέκα, L. decem, E. TEN. 24. 

δεκα-πέντε, fifteen. 1. 

δεκατεύω, εύσω, exact a tenth, tithe. 5.3%. 

Séxaros, η, ο», tenth ; ἡ δεκάτη, the tenth, 
tithe. 3. 

Δέλτα, τό, indecl., Delta, a delta-shaped 
district in Thrace near Byzantium. 
7.155, 

δελφίς,ἴνος, ὃ, [7 belly-fish, cf. δελφύε, womb], 
dolphin. 2. 

Δελφοί, dy, [2], Delphi, a town of Phocis 
at the south base of Mt. Parnassus, 
about six miles from the gulf of Cor- 
inth, the seat of the celebrated oracle 
and temple of Apollo. 

δένδρον, ου, [ροκ ἀλεία to δρῦς, oak, Goth. 
trin, E. TREE], free, dat. pl. δένδροις or 
δένδρεσι. 19. 

δέξασθαι, seo δέχομαι. 

δεξιόοµαι, ώσοµαι, mid. dep. welcome (with 
the right hand), greet. 7.419. 

δεξιός, 4, όν, [L. dexter, perh. akin to 
δέχομαι], right, on the right; ἡ δεξιά (χείρ) 
the right hand, given as a pledge; hence, 
pledge ; ἐν δεξιᾷ, on the right ; ἐπὶ τὰ δεξιά, 
to or on the right; τὸ δεξιόν (κέρας), the 
right wing. 32. Cf. ὑπερ-. 

A&-vrrros, ου, [derterous horseman], Dexgp- 
pus,a Laconian. 5.1%, 

δέον, pres. pt. of δέω. 

Δερκυλίδας, ov, [son of Δέρκυλος, i. e. keen- 
eyed], Dercylidas, a famous Spartan 
general, under whom the Cyrean Greeks 
after their return served against the 
Persians. 5.6.74. 

δέρµα, aros, Τό, [δέρω, flay, E. TEAR, see 
ἀπο-, ἐκ-], skin, hide. 3. epi-dermis. 

δεσµός, od, [δέω, bind], pl. often Seopd, 
band as halter, yoke-strap, bond. 3.6", 

δεσπότης, ov, [Seo 3 + ποτης, akin to πόσιε, 
husband, L. potis], master, lord; de» 
pot. 4. 

δεῦρο [7], adv., hither, less exactly, here. 7. 


Sevrepos — Siaferyvups VOCABULARY. 493 


Βεύτερος, 3, ο», akin to δύο or perh. δεύοµαι] means of, by. διὰ raxdwy, through quick 
be inferior], second; (τὸ) δεύτερο», secondly,} means, quickly, 1.5.9 94. 2. With acc., 
second time. 5. deuter-. on account of, for the sake of, for, διὰ 

δέχοµαι [7], δέξοµαι, ἐδεξάμη», δέδεγµαι,| πολλά, for many reasons. 62. In comp. 
ἐδέχθη», receive, accept; of friends, re-| through, thoroughly ; apart, abroad. 
ceive, welcome; of an enemy, receive, | Δία, see Zeds. 
await ; eis χεῖρας δ., meet in hand to hand | δια-βαίνω, -βήσομαι, 2 a. -έβη», -BéBnxa, 
conflict. 39. Cf. dwo-, δια-, ὑπο-. go through, over or across, cross: stride. 

δέω, Show, ἔδησα, δέδεκα, -μαι, bind, tie,| 88. - 
fetter. 9. [Skt. 4/da, bind]. Cf. ὑπο-; | δια-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 a. -έβαλο», -BEBAnKa, 
δεσμός, διά- and ὑπό- δηµα. throw across; set (apart) at υατίαποε ; 
δέω [akin to foreg.], δεήσω, ἐδέησα, δεδέηκα,| comm. accuse falsely, slander. 19. 
want, lack, need; πολλοῦ (dAlyou) 8. | Sta-Bds, see δια βαίΐνω. 
with inf., to lack much (little) of, 7.618: | διά-βασις, ews, 7, [βαΐνω], a crossing, pas- 
impers. δεῖ, (3é, δέοι, δέον) there is need,| sage; ferry or bridge. 8. 
one must, ought ; there wanis (gen. as | 8va-Baréos, da, ov, [βαΐνω], to be crossed, 
above or adv. acc. οὐδέν, τί etc.); εἰς τὸ! must be crossed. 38. 
δέον, into what is needful or proper, | δια-βατός, ή, όν, [βαΐνω], that may be 
satisfactorily, 1.38. Mid. (always pers.),| crossed, passable. 4. 
δέοµαι, Sehooua, δεδέηµαι, ἐδεήθη», need, | δια-βῆναι, -βῶ, 2 a. of δια-βαίνω. 
want ; beg, ask, abs., gen., τί, or gen. + | δια-βιβάζω, dow or ὢ, -εβίβασα, carry over 
inf. 174. Cf. év-, ἕν-δεια, ὑπο-δεης. or across, transport. 7. 
δή [akin to δέ or ἤδη shortened], post-pos. Sva-BoA4, ῆς, [δια-βάλλωα], slander, calumny. 
particle used to mark exactness or em- | 2.55, 
phasis, now, indeed, truly, surely; very, δν-αγγέλλω, -ελῶ,-ήγγειλα, report (through, 
even, just, exactly; often best rendered’ i.e. to one at a distance or in diff. direc- 
by emphasis. 95. tions), proclaim, announce ; mid. report 
δῆλος, η, ov, [= δέελος (Ep.), «δι, 8:F,| from one to another, pass the word 
shine, cf. L. divus], clear, plain, evident,| along. 4. 
manifest, with εἰμί and pt. it has the: δια-γελάω, laugh at, mock. 9.639. 
force of an adv., δῆλος ἦν ἀνιώμενος, he | δια-γίγνοµαι, -yerfhooua:, 2 a. -εγενόμη», 
was manifestly troubled, 1.2; δῆλον ὅτι] pass (lit. become) through, pass, continue, 


often parenthetic, evidently. 29. live. 4. 
δηλόω, ώσω, οἵο., make clear, show, deciare. | δι-αγκυλόομαι [ἀγκύλη, loop in a thong, 
12. thong], -ηγκύλωμαι, put the fingers into 


δηµαγωγέω, be or play δηµαγωγός [Sjuos,| the thong of the javelin; pf. pt. with 
ἄγω], or demagogue ; curry favor with.| fingers in the thongs. 4.373; 5.913, Cf. 
7.64. ἐν-αγκυλάω. 
Δημο-κράτης, ου, Democrates. 4.415, δι-άγω, -ἀξω, 2 a. -fryayor, lead (or bring) 
Δημόσιος, a, ov, [δῆμος, people], of the peo-| through, over, or across; of time, spend, 
ple, common, public; τὰ δηµόσια. public: live (w. or without βίον) ; lead on, con- 
money. 6. Gemo-cracy, epi-demic.| tinue. 8. 
Cf. ἔν-δηµος, ἆπο- δηµέω δια-δέχοµαι, receive (through a line) in suc- 
δῃόω [Ion. δᾳηιόω, cf. Sales, burn], dow, etc.,| cession, succeed. 1.5%. 
lay waste, 5.57. δια- δίδωμµι, -δώσω, -έδωκα, give from hand 
δή-που, adv., doubtless, surely, of course. 6. | to hand, distribute. 4. 
δηχθείς, see δάκνα. |διά-δοχος, ου, [δια-δέχομαι], successor. 9. 
διά [instr. case of st. akin to dis, L. dis], | δνα-ζεύγνυμι, pf. -έζευγμαι, unyuke; separ 
prep. through. 1. With gen., through, by | ate. 4.910. 


494 


δια-θεάομαι, look (through) into, consider. 
3.119, 
δι-αιθριάζω [aldpla, clear sky], become clear, 
clear up. 4.410, 
δι-αιρέω, fiow, 2 8. -εἶλον, take apart, pull 
down, destroy. 8. Aigeresis. 
διά-καμαι, κείσοµαι, lie or be laid ἐπ order, 
be arranged or disposed. 7. 
Sta-KeAevopar, urge or cheer on, encourage. 2. 
δια-κινδύγεύω, εύσω, run all risks, hazard 
all. 3. 
δια-κλάω, break in pieces. 7.372, 
διάκονέω [διάκονος, servant, deacon, N. Τ.], 
serve. 4.553, 
δια-κόπτω, -κόψω, 2 a. p. 
through, break through. 5. 
διακόσιοι, αι, a, [διᾶ -- δύο + κοσιοι, Dor. 
'«κάτιοις- -ἑκατόν], two hundred. 9. 
δια-κρίνω, -κρινῶ, -έκρῖνα, judge between, 
decide, 6.1%. 
δια-λαγχάνω, 2 a. -έλαχο», distribute by lot, 
allot. 4.53. 
δια-λαμβάνω, 2 a. -έλαβο», take apart, 
divide, take severally. 3. 
δια-λέγομαι, -λέξομαι, -είλεγμαι, -ελέχθη», 
talk (between) back and forth, converse 
with, (dat.), discuss. 12. dia-lect, logue. 
δια-λείπω, -λείψω, 2 a. -έλιπον, -λέλοιπα, 
leave apart; stand apart ; leave an inter- 
val; be distant. τὸ διαλεῖπον, interval. 5. 
δια-μάχομαν, fight it out, fight earnestly, 
contend. 2. 
δια-μένω, remain (through) firm, still re- 
main. 7.18, 
δια-µετρέω, ήσω, measure out, distribute. 2. 
Si-aprepés [for -άνα-περές, welpw, pierce], 
adv., through and through, clean through. 
4. 118: 7.8.14, 
δια-νέµα, «νεμῶ, -ένειμα, distribute. 7.52. 
δια-νοέοµαι, ήσοµαι, etc., pass. dep. be fully 
minded, intend, purpose. 8 
διάνοια, as, [*did-voos, cf. ἄνοια], intent, 
purpose. 5.6%, 
δια-πέµπω, send round. 2. 
δια-πλέω,πλεύσομαι,-έπλευσα, sail across. 5. 
δια-πολεμέω, war or fight it out. 3.33. 
δια-πορεύω, convey or carry over ; oftener 
pass. dep., εύσομαι, -πεπόρευμαι, -επορεύ- 
θην, pass through or over. 5. 


-exomny, cut 


VOCABULARY. 


διαθεάοµαι — διαφανῶς 


δια-πράττω, -πρᾶξω, -έπρᾶξα, -πέκρᾶγμαι, 
stonger form of πρᾶττω, work out, effect, 
accomplish ; negotiate, setile. 23. 

δι-αρπάζω, dooua, -ήρπασα, -κα, -σμαι, 
stronger form of ἁρπάίω, plunder 
thoroughly, seize, carry off. 1T. 

δια-ρ-ρέω, flow through. 5.38, diarrhaa. 

δια-ρ-ρυπτέω = foll. 7.33, 

δια-ρ-ρίπτω, ψω, -έρριψα, throw about, scat- 
ter. 5.88, 

διάρριψις, ews, 4, scattering. 5.87. 

δια-σηµαίνω, ave,-eohpnva,indicate clearly. 
2.1%, 

δια-σκηνέω |σκηνή, tent], ήσω, tent or en- 
camp apart. 2. -όω. 4.410. 

ὄνα-σκηνητέον, must encamp apart. 4.414. 

δια-σπάω, dow, -έσπασα, -έσπασμαι, -εσπά- 
σθη», draw apart, separate, scatter. 8. 

δια-σπείρω, -σπερῶ, -έσπειρα, -έσπαρκα, -μαι, 
2a. p. -εσπάρη», scatter about, disperse, 
spread. 6. 

δια-στάς, 2 a. pt. of δι-ίστηµι. 

δια-σφενδονάω, sling in all directions ; pass. 
Sly to pieces. 4.28, 

διά-σχοιμι, -σχω, 2a. Οἱ δι-έχω. 

δια-σώῖω, -σώσω, -έσωσα, -εσώθην, save 
through to the end, bring safely; pass. be 
saved through, arrive safely. 6. 

δια-τάττω, -τάξω, -έταξα, draw up or out, 
arrange. 2. : 

δια-τείνω, -τενῶ, -έτεινα, stretch to the ut- 
most ; mid. exert oneself. 7.6%, 

δια-τελέω, -TeAd, -eréAeca, bring quite {ο απ 
end, finish ; sc. ὁδόν = arrive ; absol. go 
on to the end, continue. 4. 

δια-τήκω, melt through. 4.59. 

δια-τίθημι, -θήσω, -έθηκα, put in order, 
arrange, manage, dispose (cf. δια-θήκη, 
testament, T. 83); mid. dispose of one’s 
own, sell. 6. 

δια-τρέφω, 2 a. Ρ. -ετράφη», nourish through, 
sustain. 4.717, 

δια-τριβή, fis, delay. 6.1). dia-tribe. 

δια-τρίβω, τρίψω, rub or wear away ; waste ; 
of time, spend; delay. 6. 

δια-φαίνω, 2a. p. -εφάνη», show through ; τη. 
and p. appear through, show light through. 8. 

διαφανῶς |διαφανής, diaphanous}, adv., 
transparently, clearly. ~ 6.1%. 





διαφερόντως — διφθέρα 


διαφερόντως [fr. pres. pt. of foll.], pre- 
eminently. 1.914. 

δια-φέρω, «οίσω, -Ίνεγκα Ov ov, bear through, 
carry over; intr. differ, be different ; 

_ differ from, esp. for the better, excel, 
surpass; pass. be at variance, quarrel. 
4.517, 5. Cf. διά-φορο». 

δια-φεύγω, ἔομαι, 2 a. -έφυγο»ν, -πέφευγα, 
flee through, escape. 4. 

Sia—pOelpw, -φθερῶ, «έφθειρα, -έφθαρκα, 2 
a. Ῥ. -εφθάρη», destroy utterly, ruin, lay 
waste ; corrupt, bribe. 6. 

διάφορος, ον, [8ia-pépw], differing, at vari- 
ance; τὸ διάφορο», difference, vari- 
ance. 2. 

διαφνή, jis, [δια-φύομαι, grow between|, cleft, 
division. 5.43. 

δια-χειµάζω [χεῖμα, winter], dow, pass the 
winter. 7.631, 

δια-χειρίζω [χείρ], manage carefully. 1.911. 

δια-χωρέω, go through; impers. κάτω δι- 
εχώρει αὐτοῖς, they had a diarrhea. 4.83. 

διδάσκαλος ov, teacher. 2. 

διδάσκω [δι redupl. -+- δα [κ] + σκω, cf. 
L. ἀοοθο], διδάξω, ἐδίδαξα, teach, inform ; 
pass. be taught, learn. 10. [ 4/8ax, akin 
(ο”4/δικ in δείκνῦμι]. 

᾿Φιδέᾶσι, pres. 3d pl. of Syne Ep. = δέω, 
bind. 5.8%, 

δίδωµι [ 4/30, cf. L. dire, dono], δώσω, 
ἔδωκα (38, δοίην, δοῦναι, δούς), δέδωκα, 
δέδοµαι, ἐδόθην, give, grant, present, offer. 
105. Cf. dyri-, dwo-, δια-, ἐκ-, µετα-, 
wapa-, προ-, mpoo-; δωρέοµαι, δανεί(ω. 

δι-είργω, keep apart ; lie between. 3.12. 

δι-εἴχον, see δι-έχω. 

δι-ελαύνω, -ελῶ, -ήλασα, drive through ; ride, 
march, or charge through. 4. 

δι-ελών, 2 8. pt. of δι-αιρέω. 

δι-έρχομαι, -ελήλυθα, 2 a. -HAGov, come or 
gothrough, cross; go abroad, spread. 17. 

δι-εσήμηνε, see δια-σηµαίνω. 

δι-εσπάρθαι, pf. inf. of δια-σπείρω. 

δι-εσπάσθαι, pf. inf. of δια-σπάω. 

δι-έχω, impf. -εἴχο», 2 a. -έσχο», be apart, 
stand apart, be distant ; τὸ διέχο», the in- 
terval. 5. 

δι-ηγέοµαι, set out in detail, relate, nar- 
rate. 3. 


VOCABULARY. 





495 


δι-ήλασα, see δι-ελαύνω. 

δι-ῄλθον, see δι-έρχομαι. 

δι-ἠήσουσι͵ fut. of δι{ηµι. 

Aut, see Zeus. 

δι-ίηµι, -how, -Ώκα, let yo through, let pass. 8. 

δι-ίστηµι, -στήσω, 2a. -έστην, place or stu. 
tion apart; mid., pf. and 2a. act., intr. 
stand apart or at intervals. 3. 

δίκαιος, a, ov, [δίκη], just, right, lawful ; 
upright ; fitting. τὸ δίκαιον, justice ; ἐκ 
τοῦ δικαίου, out of = according to justice, 
justly. 18. 

δικαιοσύνη, ns, justice, uprightness. 2; T. 92. 

δικαιότης, nos, ἡ, = foreg. 2.6%. 

δικαίως, adv., justly, rightly, properly. 14. 

δικαστής, 08, [δικά(ω (δίκη), judge, cf. 
κατα-], α judge. 5.7%, 

δίκη, ns, [ /in, see δείκρῦμι], justice, right; 
legal process, lawsuit, trial; the result of 
such process, penalty, punishment (ior 
the wrong-doer), satisfaction (to the 
one wronged). δίκην διδόναι, give satis- 
faction, suffer punishment ; δίκην ὑπέχει», 
stand trial, render account. 23. syn- 
dic. Cf. ἀδικέω. 

δι-μοιρία, as, [μοῖρα, portion], double por- 
tion. 2. 

δινέω [δένη, a whirling}, whirl. 6.19. 

διό [δι 3], adv., on which account, where- 
fore. 3. 

δί-οδος, ου, ἡ, way through, passage. 5.4%. 

Διός, see Zeds. 

δι-οράω, see through, perceive. 5.250. . 

δι-ορύττω, pf. πι. -ορώρυγμαι, dig through. 
2. Cf. διῶρυξ. 

διότι [= διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι], because. 2.214, 

δί-πηχυς, υ, g. εος, of two cubits in length. 1. 

δι-πλάσιος, a, ο», twice as much ( far, long, 
many) as; διπλάσιο», αἲ far again. 9.919. 
8. Cf. διπλοῦ». 

δί-πλεθρος, ov, two plethra long, wide, ete. 
4.31, 

δι-πλοῦς, 7, ov, [cf. &-wAods], twofold, 
twice as much (long, large, etc.) as. |. 
diploma. 

Sio-ytAror, αι, a, two thousand. 10. 

διφθέρα, as, [cf. δέψω, work till soft], tanned 
skin ; what is made of leather, bag, wal. 


let. 2 diphtheria. 


496 


διφθέρινος, η, ο», leathern. 2.4%, 

δί-φρον, ου, [= -popos (φέρω), what bears 
two, i.e. driver and fighter], chariot- 
board, seat. 2. 

δίχα [8:(s), cf. τρι-χα], in two, apart. δ. 
ποιεῖν, divide. 6.411, 

διψάω [δίψα, thirst], thirst, be thirsty. 4.52". 

διωκτέος, &, ov, be pursued, must pursue. 
3.38, 

διώκω [3 perh. causal to δίω (= δείδω), 
make flee], ἕω or dopa, ἑδίωξα, pursue, 
chase, follow; intr.: speed away. 7.279, 
48. Cf. ἐπι-, xara-. 

δίωξις, ews, 7, pursuit. 3.45, 


' διῶρνξ, υχος,ἤ, [δι-ορύττω], trench, canal. 5.. 


δόγµα, ατος, τό, [δοκέω], what seems good, 
opinion, decree. 4. dogma. 

δοθῆναι, δοίη», see δίδωµι. 

δοκέω [4δοκ, cf. L. dec-et], δόξω, ἕδοξα, 
δέδογµαι, ἐδόχθη», think, fancy, tmagine. 
1.71, 82; 2.210, 14, δοκῶ µοι, methinks; 
oftener of the impression made on the 
mind, seem, esp. seem good, seem best ; 
be of the opinion, be resolved, be approved; 
often impers., δοκεῖ µοι, ἓΐ seems to me, 
seems good to me. τὰ δόξαντα or δεδογ- 
péva, the things thought best or resolved 
upon; δόξαν (acc. abs.), when it seemed 
good. 261. Cf. &wo-, προσ-, cuv-; δόγµα, 
δόξα, and 

δοκιµά(ζω [δόκιμος], a. p. ἐδοκιμάσθη», test, 
approve. 3.3%, 

δολιχός, ή, dv, long: ὃ δόλιχος (sc. δρόμος), 

~ long race, 12, 20, or 24 stades. 4.827, 

δόλος, ov, [7 cf. δέλεαρ, bait, L. ἀο]αβ], 

, bait, hence wile, craft, treachery. 5.6”, 
Cf. ἁδόλως. 

Δόλοπες, wy, Dolopians, a tribe of uncertain 
kin, inhabiting the Pindus mountains 
in southwestern Thessaly. 1.28, 

δόξα, ns, [δοκέω], opinion, esp. good opinion, 
reputation, glory. παρὰ δόξαν, contrary 
to expectation. 3. orthodox. Cf. ἔν- 
δοξος, κατα-δοξά(ω. 

δόξαντα, δόξετε, see δοκέω. 

δοράτιον, ov, [dim. of δόρυ], small or short 
spear. 6.4%, 

δορκάς, ddos, ἡ, [δέρκοµαι ( νδερκ, Spar), 
see clearly, gleam (of the eye)], gazelle, 


VOCABULARY. 


διφθέρινος — δύο 


species of antelope. 2. Dorcas. δρά 
κω», Gragon, Draco. 

δορπηστός, οὗ, [δόρπον, cf. δειπνηστός]. 
supper-time. 1.1017, 

δόρυ, δόρατος, τό, [akin to δρῦς, oak], shaft, 
spear. ἐπὶ δ., to the right, opp. to é or 
wap ἀσπίδα. 11. Cf. 80pdriov, αἰχμή, 
Adyxn. 

δορυ-φόρος, ου, [φέρω], spear-bearer. 5.2*. 

δουλεία, as, slavery, bondage. 1. From 

δουλεύω, εύσω etc., be a slave. 4.84. 

δοῦλας, ον, [1], slave, servant. 6. One born 
in slavery as opp. to ἀνδράποδον, one re- 
duced to slavery. 

δοῦναι, δούς, see δίδωµι. 


“δουπέω, ow, make a dull noise, strike 


heavily. 1.815. 

δοῦπος, ου, [2], dull noise, din. 9.919. 

Spalny, Spava:, see διδράσκω. 

Δρακόντιος, ου, [keen-eyed}, Dracontius. 
4,82, 

δραμεῖν, -οῦμαι, see τρέχα. 

δρεπανη-φόρος, ov, [ φέρω ], scythe-bear 
ing. 4. 

δρέπανον, ου, [δρέπω, pluck], sickle, scythe. 1. 

Δρίλαι, av, Drile, tribe of Pontus. 5.2}, 

δρόμος, ου, [see τρέχω], a running ; race ; 
race-course. Spdup θεῖν, run a race or 
asinarace,runat full speed. 15. drom- 
edary. Cf. ἱππό-δρομος, προ-δροµή. 

δύναµαι [st. Suva, 1], impf. ἐδυνάμη», 
δυνήσοµαι, δεδύνηµαι, ἐδυνήθη», be able, 
w. inf., can; have: power or influence, 
µέγιστον δυνάµενοι, the most powerful ; 
be equal to, mean. 1.5°; 32.21. Often 
with és or ᾗ and adv.in sup. ᾗ ἐδύνατε 
τάχιστα, as quickly as he was able. 151. 

δύναμις, ews, 7, ability, power, force ; force 
or forces, for war. eis or κατὰ δύναμι», 
according to one’s ability, 36. dyna- 
mite. 

δυνάστης, ov, a man of power or influence, 
chief, prince. 1.2% dynasty. 

δυνατός, ή, dv, powerful, able, capable; pass., 
possible, practicable. 14. Cf. ἀ-δύνατος. 

δύνω, only in pres. sys., enter; set, of tha 
sun, ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντι, at sunset. 2. See 
δύω. 

δύο, δυοῖν or indecl., L. duo, Goth. twai, E. 





δυσ- — eyxepfeo 


Two; eis δύο, two abreast. 44. TWAIN, 
TWIN. 

δυσ-, insep. prefix meaning ill, hard, diffi- 
cult, un-, mis-. Gys-pepsia. 

δύσ-βατος, ον, [βαΐνω], hard to go to, inac- 
cessible. 5.22, 

δνσµή, Hs, [δύω], ch. in pl, setting of the 
sun; west. 3. 

ὃνσ-πάρ-ιτοφ [πάρ-ειμι, go past], hard to 
pass. 4.1%, 

ὃνσ-πόρευτος, ov, [πορεύω], = foreg. 1.57. 

δυσπορία, as, hard passage or crossing. 4.3". 

δύσ-ποροε, ο», [xdpos, way through], hard to 
pass or cross. 3. 

δύσ-χρηστος, ο», [χράομαι], hardly usable, 
of little use. 3.419, 

Svoxwpla, as, ["δύσ-χωρος, χώρα, country], 
ruggedness of country. 3.516, 


δύω [1], δύσω, ἔδῦσα, cause to enter; mid. |: 


δύομαι, δύσομαι, 2 a. ἕδὺν, enter, set, of the 
sun. 5. Cf. ἆπο-, εἶσ-, ἐκ-, dv, xara; 
δύνω. 

86, δώσω, see δίδωµι. 

δώδεκα [δύο, δέκα], twelve. 6. 

δωρέοµαι, ήσοµαι, mid. dep., present, give. 7. 

δωρο-δοκέω [δεκ-, δέχοµαι, receive], receive 
a gift, take a bribe. 7.611. 

δῶρον, ου, [δίδωμι], gift, present. 18. Doro- 
thea. 

δώσειν, fut. inf. of 3{8eps. 


KE. 
ἐᾷ, é8s, dav, see ἁάω. 


ἑάλων, see ἁλίσκομαι. 
ἐάν [εἰ + ἄν], or ἄν, less often ἄ», (w. subj.), 


VOCABULARY. 


497 


ἑάω [? for "σεβαω, cf. old L. de-sev-are, 
cease|, impf. efwy (elds, ea), dow, εἴάσα, 
etc., let, permit ; let alone, let go, dismiss ; 
with neg. = forbid, protest. 17. 

ἕβαλον, see βάλλω. 

ἑβδομήκοντα |έβδομ, seventh + η conn. vow. 
+ κοντα = Skt. dacan, ten], seventy. 1. 

ἕβδομος, η, ο», [unexplained change fr. 
*érrouos fr. ἑπτά], seventh. 6.212, 

ἐγ-, before κ, y, x, = ἐν. 

ty-ylyvopat, take place in, arise in. 5.8%. 

ἐγγυάω [ἐγγύη (ἐν, γύαλο», hollow of the 

" hand), pledge put into one’s hand], fo, 
pledge; mid. pledge oneself, promise. 
7.418, Cf. παρ-. 

ἐγγύθεν, adv., from near by; near by. 4.271, 

ἐγγύε | ἐγγυ + s, cf. uéxpr(s), ayx, press], 
near, absol. or w. gen., ο. ἐγγυτέρω, 8 
-τάτω oF -repoy, -rara; after art. as adj. 
2.211, 16, 99, | 

ἐγείρω [ε- of unc. orig., 4/yep, Skt. 4/gar, 
watch], ἐγερῶ, ἤγειρα, waken ; pass. and 
2 pf. ἐγρήγορα, am awake, watch. 2. 
Gregory. Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ. 

ἐγεν-. ἐγιγ-, see γίγνοµαι. 

ἐγ-καλέω, έσω, ἐν-.εκάλεσα, ἐγκέκληκα, call 
in, call on or for, demand, call up (acc.) 
against (dat.), bring a charge against, 
blame. 4. 

ἐγ-καλύπτω, pf. πι, ἐγ-κεκάλυμμαι, cover (in) 
up, wrap up. 4.519, 

ἔγ-κειμαν, lie in, on or therein. 4.53. 

ἐγ-κέλευστος, ο», [κελεύω], urged on, bid- 
den. 1.918, 

ἐγ-κέφαλος, ο», [ κεφαλή, head], brain; 
pith of the palm shoots or perh. the 
large buds that tip the stock. 2. 


if, if perchance, in case that; ἐὰν µή, if| ἐγ-κρατής, és, [κράτος, power], having in 


not, unless, except. éhy τε... édy τε, 
whether .'.. or, be it... or be it. 

ἑάν-περ, stronger form of foreg., if indeed, 
tfonly. 4.617, 

ἑᾶσαι, ἐάσω, seo ἑάω. 

ἑαυτοῦ, ῆς, or αὐτοῦ, js, [, αὐτός], reflex. 
pron. of third pers., of himself, of her- 
self, of itself, his own, her own ; pl. their 
own. οἱ ἑαυτοῦ, his own (men or soldiers); 
τὰ ἑαυτῶν, their own (affairs, goods, etc.); 
dq” ἑαυτῶ», by themselves. 150. 

H. & W. ANAB. — 32 


one’s power, master of. 2. 

ἐγνω-, see γιγνώσκω. 

ἐγρήγορα, see ἐγείρῳ. 

ἐγ-χαλϊνόω [χαλῖνός, bridle], ἐγ-κεχαλᾶνω- 
μαι, bridle. 3. 

*xeete [χείρ], take in hand, undertake. 


αν ου, [ἐν, χείρ], (hand) knife, 
dagger. 4.333. 

ἐγ-χειρίζω [ἐν, χείρ], iow, ἐν-εχείρισα, put 
into one’s hand, entrust. 3.28. 


498 


ἐγ-χέω, pour in. 4.318, 

ἐγώ [L. ego, Sax. ic], gen. ἐμοῦ or μοῦ, J, 
me; pl., ἡμεῖς, we. 717. 

ἔγω-γε, J at least, I for my part. 

ἔδει, eSetro, ἐδεήθην, see δέοµαι. 
ἔδεισαν, see δείδω. 

ἐδηδοκότες, see ἐσθίω. 

ἕδραμον, see τρέχω. 

ἔδωκα, ἔδομε», see δίδωµι. 

ἔζων, see (aw. 

ἐθελοντής, ov, volunteer ; = θέλων, willing, 
voluntary. 4. 

ἐθελούσιος, a, ov, voluntary. 6.514, 

Baw |2], ἐθελήσω, ἠθέλησα, 51, less often 
θέλω, how, 10, be willing, wish, prefer ; 
ἐθέλω», like ἄσμενος, sometimes used ad- 
verbially, willingly. Syn. βούλομαι. Cf. 
συν-. 

ἔθετο, see τίθηµι. 

ἕθνος, ους, τό, [1], nation, tribe; κατ’ ἔθνη, 
nation by nation. 7. ethnic. 

el [loc. of st. akin to é- 5], conj. with indic. 
and opt., if; καὶ εἰ, even if; εἰ καί, αἷ- 
though; ef wh, uf not, unless, except ; 
εἶ δὲ uh, but if not, otherwise, 2.27; 4.38; 
εἴτις, ef τι, whoever, whatever, nearly = 
8ovis, cf. 1.49; 51; 61: in indirect ques- 
tions, whether ; εἴτε . . . εἴτε, whether... 
or. 186: 

ela, εἴᾶσε, see ἑάω. 

εἰδέναι, inf. of οἶδα, I know, 2 pf. of εἴδω 
non-Att., [ {/Ειδ, L. video, E. wit, wor], 
see; mid. appear. idea, idol, idyl. 
Other tenses εἴσομαι, εἶδον. 

εἰδῆτε, εἰδείην, see foreg. 

εἶδον [= εβιδον], subj., Bw, opt. ἴδοιμι, inf. 
ἰδεῖν, pt. ἰδών, saw, 2 a. to dpdw. 59. 

elSos, ους, τό, appearance, form, shape. 
2.316, Whence -ειδής, -¢s (or -ωδής fr. a- 
ειδής), like, ly, see εὐ-ειδής, θῦμο-ειδής. 

εἰδότες, see οἶδα. 

εἶεν, εἴην, see εἰμί. 

εἶκα, see ἵημι. 

εἰκάζω [εἰκόσ], impf. εἴκαίον, dow, εἴκασα, 
liken, compare ; infer from comparison, 
conjecture, guess. 8. 2 pf. ἔοικα [εἴκω], 
and 2 plp. ἐῴκειν as pres. and impf., be 
Vike, resemble; seem ; seems likely, proper, 
atc. 10, 


15. 


VOCABULARY. 


ἐγχέω --- εἴρηκα 


εἰκός, dros, τό, {5 pf. pt. neut. of Φεἴκω], 
likely, probable, :easonable, w. or without 
éoriy; as subs. α likelihood, probabil- 
ity. 9. 

εἴκοσι(ν), twenty. 89. [Dor. Εἴκατι-- Fi 
(perh. for δΕι = δύο) + κατι = κοντα, cf. 
ἑβδομήκοντα]. 

εἰκότως | εἰκός], adv., likely, probably, rea- 
sonably. 9. 

Anda, see AauBdve. 

εἴληχα, see λαγχάνα. 

εἶλον, see αἱρέω. 

εἰμί [= ἐσ-μί, ες, L. 68-89, E. 18, am (for 
as-m), ART for as-t)], impf. ἦν, {. ἔσομαι, 
be, exist : 1. w. gen., (1) be of; belong to, 
— emphasizing the possessor, 1.16 ; 2.14; 
(2) origin, be sprung from ; (3) material, 
be of, consist of; (4) measure, partitive 
relation, etc., be. 2. w. dat., be to, have: 
impers. ἐστί, ἦν, it ts (was) possible, 
2.311; οὐκ ἔστιν, it 18 impossible; ἑστὶν 
or εἰσὶ of = ἔνιοι, some, 1.5"; éc@ ὅτε, 
sometimes, 2.69; used with a pt. instead 
of a finite verb to emphasize the predi- 
cate, 2.218; 2.18; in phrases, τὸ νῦν 
εἶναι, for the present; τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον 
εἶναι, so far as this man its concerned. 
1215. Cf. dw-, dv, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, µετ-, παρ», 
περι-, συ»-. 

εἶμι [ γι, L. i-re], pl. ἵμεν, other modes Ye, 
ἰοίην or ἴοιμι, 161, iévas, ἰών; impf. pew 
or fia, go, less often come ; pres. ind. 
mostly as fut. to ἔρχομαι, am going, will 
go. Ίθιξς 1. age, come. 66. Cf. &x-, 
συν-άπ-, εἴσ-, ἕξ-, ἔπ-, κάτ-, wdp-, ἆντι- 
πάρ-, ἐπι-πάρ-, περί-, πρό,  πρόσ-, σύν-; 
ἰτέον, δυσ-πάρ-ιτος; ἰσθμός. 

εἶπα, see εἶπο». 

εἴ-περ, stronger form of εἰ, if really, if in- 
deed. 7. 

εἴπετο, see ἔπομαι. 5 

εἶπον [= efexov, 4/Femx, cf. Eros, word, 
epic], 2 8. to λέγω; pf. εἴρηκα, -μαι, ἑρ- 

_ ρήθη», say, speak, tell ; command (w. inf., 
cf. 1.314), 189. Cf. a», προσ-αν-, dar-, 

εἴργω [ 4/Fepy, akin to L. urgeo, E.wREax J, 
impf. elpyov, εἴρξω, shut in or out, keep 
away; prevent. 4. Cf. δι-; ὅρκος. 

εἴρηκα, εἴρητο, elpnuéva, see elroy, say. 








ἀρήνη — ἐκβοηθέω 


VOCABULARY. 


499 


εἰρήνη, ys, [2 cf. εἴρω, join; or, εἴρω, say], | εἶτα [pron. st. ε (cf. obreo-f, L. 199), τα cf. 


peace. 5 irenic. 
ds [for és, cf. xpé, xpos], prep. w.acc. only, 


into, unto, to, among, against of number, | εἴ-τεο .. εἴτε, whether. . 


measure, up to, to the number of, to the 


τό], adv., then, thereupon, afterward. 
mext. Il. 
.or, L. si-ve.. 


si-ve, either...or. 16. - 


extent of, eis δύραμίν, eis ὀκτώ; of pur- | εἶχον, see Exes. 


pose, relation, etc., for, in respect to, 1.916; 
of time, unto, until ; on, at (a time when 
it is come to), against, 1.71; 2.325; 4.115. 
See H. 796, b; w. verbs of rest ‘imply- 
ing a previons motion, in, at. 1.19. 321. 
Cf. ἐν, εἴσαω. 

ds, µία, ἕν, gen.- dvds, puas, dvos, [for avs, 
for *ceus, cf. ἅμα, L. sem-el, E. same, 
SOME], one, alone; καθ ἕνα, one by one ; 
els ris, single one. 49. 

dlo-éyo, die, 3 a. -fyayor, lead into, bring 
into. 4. 

εἶσ-ακοντίζω, shoot darts into, in or at. 7.415. 

εἶσ-βαίνω, 2 2. -έβην, go into, embark. 
5.715, 

εἰσ-βάλλω, throw into ; enter into; empty. 3. 

εἰσ-βιβάζω, -εβίβασα, make go sats, put on 
board. 5.3}. 

εἰσβολή, 8:, [βάλλω], λος. pass; in- 
vasion. 3, 

εἰσ-δύομαι, enter into, sink into. 4.51. 

εἴσ-ειμι, impf. -feuw, go or come into, enter ; 
enter one’s mind. 9. 

εἶσ-ελαύνω, -ήλασα, ride or march into. 1.2%. 

εἰσ-ελθεῖν, 2 a. of foll 

εἰσ-έρχομαι, 3 a. -Άλθον, go OF come into, 
enter. 10. 

ἰσ-ήλασα, see εἶσ-ελαύνω. 

εἶσ-ῇσαν, εἴσ-ειμι. 

εἰσ-ήχθην, see εἶσ-άγω. 

εἴσ-οδος, ov; 7), way into, entrance. ὃ. 

εἴσομαι, fut. of οἶδα. 

εἰσ-πηδάω, how, leap into. 1.69. 

εἶσ-πίπτω, fall into, rush into. 3. 

εἶσ-πλέω, sail into. 6.41. 

εἴστήκειν, see ἵστημι. 

εἶσ-τρέχω, 2 8. -έδραμο», run into or in. 5.238, 

εἴσ-φέρω, 2. p. -ηνέχθην, bear or bring 
in. 7.931. 

lo-dopdw, fow, carry or bring in. 4.61. 

εἴσω [for ἔνσω, cf. ἔξω], adv., within, inside 
of (gen.). 15. 

αἰσ-ωθέω, push into ος in. 8.923, 


εἴωθα, 2 pf. as pres., [ἔθω used only in 
pres. Ρύ.], plpf. εἰώθειν as impf., am 
wort, am accustomed. 2. Cf. ἔθος, τό, 
custom, T.12; 400s, τό, disposition, eth. 
ios. See εὖ-ύθης. 

εἴων, 669 daw. 

ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ [1 cf. L. ὅ, ex], prep 
W. gen. only, out of, from, away from, 
of time, from, often, since, é& οὗ, from 
which time, since; ἐκ τούτου, from this 
time = hereupon; of orig., agency (like 
ὑπό), of, ὃν; ἐκ βασιλέωε, by the king, 
in accordance with. In phrases ἐξ ἴσον, 
equally ; ἐκ τοῦ évayrlov, opposite; ἐ 
ἁπροσδοκήτον, unexpectedly; ἐκ τοῦ δι 
walov, justly. 242. Οἱ. Sw, ἔσχατοε 
exotic, exoterio. 

ἑκασταχόσε [cf. ravrayd-ce], adv., to each 
side, in each direction. 3.511. 

ἵκαστος, η. ον [éxds, L. secus], each; pl 
(they) each, several, severally. 70. . 

ἑκάστο-τε [cf. ἄλλο-τε], adv.,each time. 9.418 

ἑκάτερος, ἄ, ο», [éxd(s) + repos], each of two, 
each singly; ph. (they) each, both; καθ 
ἑκάτερα, on each side. 7. 

ἑκατέρωθεν, adv., from each side, on either 
side; on both sides. 4. 

ἑκατέρωσε, adv., to each side. 1.814, 

ἑκατόν [é- of unc. orig. ++ κατο», L. cen 
tum, Goth. hund],a nunp-red. 14. 

"Ἑκατώνυμος, ov, [ἕκατος, epithet of Apollo, 
ὄνομα], Hecatonymus, 5.5". 

ἐκ-βαίνω, -βήσομαι, 3 8. -έβη», -βέβηκα, go 
out or forth; disembark ; sally forth. 9. 

ἐκ-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 8. -έβαλον, -βέβληκα, 
throw out or away; drive out, expel. 6. 

ἔκ-βασις, ews, 7, [Salve], a going out, way 
out, outlet, pass. 5. 

Ἐκβάτανα, wy, [ cf. old Pers. hagmatan, 
place of assemblies|, Ecbatana, capital 
of Media, where the Persian kings passed 
the summer. 3.515, 

ἐκ-βοηθέω, run forth to the rescue. . 7.819, 


500 


VOCABULARY, 


t&xyoves — ἔλαύνω 


ἔκ-γονος, ο», [yl-yvoua], born of s as subs. | ἐκ-πλήττω, -πλήξω, -έπληξα, «πέπληγµμαι, 


offspring, descendant 2. 
ἐκ-δεδραμ-, see ἐκ-τρέχω. 
ἐκ-δέρω, -δερῶ, -έδειρα, skin (off), flay. 1.28. 
ἐκ-δίδωμι, -δώσω, -δέδοµαι, give up, give out 
of one’s house, give in marriuge. 2. 
ἐκ-δύω, strip off; mid. and 2 a. -έδὺν, strip 
oneself, 4.312, 
ἐκεῖ [ε- proth. + κει, fr. pron. st. κι, see 
ποῦ], adv., tnere, in that place. 19. 
ἐκεῖθεν, thence, from that place 5.63. 
ἐκεῖνος, η, ον, | ἐκεῖ], that one, that, opp. to 
οὗτος, this; often rendered he, she, it. 76. 
ἐκεῖσε, thither, to that place, there. 4. 
ἐκ-θλίβω, press out, crowd out. 2 
—Exekaktrre, μη uncover. 1.916. 
ἐκκλησία, as, [ἐκ-καλέω], assembly, regu- 
larly summoned, opp. to σύλ-λογος. 2. 
ἐκκλησιάζω, call an assembly. 5 387. 
ἐκ-κλίνω, bend out or back, yield, give way. 
1.819, 
ἑκ-κομίζω, ίσω, -exdpioa, carry out or off. 8. 
ἐκ-κόπτω, Ww, -έκοψα, cut out, off or down. 9. 
ἐκ-κυβιστάω [κύβη, head], turn a somer- 


set. 6.1%. 
ἐκ-κυμαίνω [κῦμα, wave], swell out, bend 
out. 1.815, 


ἐκ-λέγω, -λέξω, -έλεξα, pick out, select. 3. 
eclectic, eclogue. 

ἐκ-λείπω, -λείψω, 2 a. -έλιπο», -λέλοιπα, 
(go) out of (and) leave, abandon, forsake ; 
disappear. 6. eclipse. 

ἐκ-μηρύομαι, wind out, defile. 6.5%. 

ἐκ-πέμπω, ψω, send out or forth, conduct 
forth. 3. 

ἑκ-πεπτωκώς, see ἐκ-πίπτω. 

ἐκ-περαίνω, finish off, accomplish. 5.115. 

ἐκ-πηδάω, leap out or forth. 7.416, 

ἐκ-πίμπλημι, impf. -exlurany, fill up. 8.433. 

ἐκ-πίνω, 2 8. -έπιο», drink up. 19%, 

ἑκ-πίπτω, -κεσοῦμαι, 2 a. -έπεσον, -πέπτωκα, 
fall out, rush out, fall down; as pass. to 
ἐκβάλλω, be thrown out, driven out, be ex- 
tiled, of ἐκπεπτωκότες, the exiles; of a 
ship, be driven ashore. 11. 

ἐκ-πλαγείς, 2a. p. pt. of ἐκ-πλήττα. 

ἐκ-πλέω, -πλεύσομαι, -έπλευσα, sail out or 
forth. 15. 

ἔκ-πλεως, wv, filled out or up, full. 3. 


2 a. p. -exAdyny, strike out of one’s 
senses, astonish, amaze, confuse, alarm. 9. 

ἐκ-ποδών |ἐκ, πούς], adv., out from the feet, 
out of the way; éx- ποιεῖσθαι, put out of 
the way. 1.65; 2.529. 

ἐκ-πορεύομανι, εύσομαι, proceed, go or march 
forth. 8. 

ἐκ-πορίζω, {ow or ιῶ, stronger form of 
πορίζω, provide, procure. 2. 

ἔκπωμα, aros, τό, [ἐκ-πένω], drinking cup. 3. 

ἑκταῖος, a, ov, [ἕκτος], on the sirthday. 1. 

ἑκ-τάττω, -τάξω, -έταξα, draw out, mar- 
shal. 2. 

ἐκ-τείνω, -τενῶ, -έτεινα, a. Ρ.-ετάθη», stretch 
out, extend. 2. 

ἕκτονα, see κτείνω. 

ἐκ-τοξεύω, shoot out arrows. 7.818, 

ἕκτος, η, ο», | ἔξ], sizth. 6 21%, 

ἐκτόφ [ἐκ], without, beyond, w. gen. 
Ant. to évrds. 

ἐκ-τρέπω, ψω, 2 a. m. «ετραπόµη», turn out, 
off or aside. 4.515. 

ἐκ-τρέφω, «θρέψω, 2 a. p. -ετράφην, nourish 
or rear up. 7.2%. 

ἐκ-τρέχω, -δραμοῦμαι, -δεδράµηκα, 2 @ 
«έδραμον, run out, sally forth. 2. 

ἐκτῶντο, see κτάοµαι. 

ἐκ-φαίνω, show forth, show openly, de- 
clare. 3.16, 

ἐκ-φέρω, -οἴσω, -hveyna, bring out, carry 
forth; give out, report; begin open 
(war). 5. 

ἐκ-φεύγω, -φεύξομαι, 2 a. -έφυγον, -πέφευγα, 
flee forth, escape. 3. 

ἑκών, οὔσα, ὄν, g. όντος, obons, [Fex-, cf. Skt. 
vac, wish], willing, voluntary; comm. 
rendered as adv , willingly. 10. Cf. ἄκων. 

ἔλαβον, see λαλβάρω. 

&da, ας, or éAaia, [1], L. oliva (borrowed*), 
olive tree; olive. 2. 


ἔλαιον, ov, olive-oil. 3. 
oleum, E. OIL. 


2.38. 


Whence prob. 


[ἐλάττων, ov, [for ἐλαχιων], ἑλάχιστος, η, 


ον, irreg. comp. and stp. of μµἰκρός, 
small, little. 7. [ἐλαχύς, obs , e-proth. 
+ λαχυς, cf. L. levis (for leghvis), EB 
LIGHT. | 

QYaive [prob. for dAavie, orig.; '%], ἑλῶ, 








"ἐλάφειος — ἐμποδίζω 


ἥλασα, ἐλήλακα, trans., drive; intr., ride, 
drive, march, row etc. [w. ellipsis of 
horse, chariot, boat etc.); of metals, 
beat out. 20. elastic. Cf. ἁπ-, 3:-, εἶσ-, 
ἐξ-, wap-, προ-, προσ-. 

ἐλάφειος, ον, of deer, deer’s. 1.52. 

ἔλαφος, ου, 6, 7, [1], deer, stag, hind. 9. 

ἐλαφρός, 4, dy, [1], light, quick, agile. 2. 

ἐλαφρῶᾶς, adv., lightly, nimbly. 2. . 

ἐλάχιστος, see ἑλάττω». 

ἐλέγχω, ἐλέγξω, ἤλεγξα, ἐλήλεγμαι, ἠλέγ- 
χθη», question, cross-examine ; prove, con- 
vict. 4. 

ἐλεῖν, ἑλέσθαι, 2 a. of αἱρέω. 

ἑλελίζω, fiw, ἠλέλιξα, shout ἐλελεῦ, raise 
the war-cry, shout. 2. 

ἐλευθερία, as, freedom, liberty. 4. 

ἐλεύθερος, a, ov, [? e-proth. λευθ, akin to 
L. lhver (for leuber)], free, independent. 5 

ἐλήλυθα, see ἔρχομαι. 

ἐλήφθην, see λαμβάνω. 

ἐλθεῖν, -ώ», 2a. of ἔρχομαι. 

ἕλκω [ «Γελκ, akin to L. sulc-o, plough], 
impf. εἷλκο», draw, drag, pull, tow. 3. 
Cf. καθ-, περι-; ὀλκάς. 

Ἑλλάς, άδος, ἡ, Hellas, the country after- 
ward called by the Romanus Graecia, 
after a tribe in Epirus. The name was 
first used to designate a city and dis- 
trict in southern Thessaly, and was 
afterward extended to all Greece. 

Ἑλλλάς, άδος, ἡ, Hellas, wife of the elder 
Gongylos. 7.88. 

ἝἛλλην, nvos, 6, [2], Hellen, the mythical 
son of Deucalion and reputed founder 
of the Greek tribes through his sons 
Aeolus and Dorus and his grandsons 
Achaeus and Jon; α Greek: as adj. 
Greek. 

ἑλληνίζω, ίσω, speak Greek. 7.3%. 

"Ἑλληνικός, 4, όν, Hellenic, Greek, Gre- 
cian; τὸ ἙΕλληνικά (στράτευµα), the 
Greek army. 

Ἑλληνικῶς, adv., in Greek fashion, in 
Greek. 

Ἑλληνίς, ίδος, fem. adj. to Ἑλληνικός. 

Ἑλλληνιστί, in Greek. 
Ἑλλησποντιακός, ή, Te Hellespontian. 
Ἑλλήσποντος, ov, 6, [popularly derived 


ο) 


VOCABULARY. | 601 


fr. “EAAns (g. of Ἕλλη), and πόντος, sea 
of Helle, because she was drowned in 
crossing it], Hellespont, Dardanelles. 
1.19, 
ἕλουμι, ἑλόντες, -quevos, see αἱρέω. 
ἐλπίζω, low or ιῶ, ἤλπισα, hope, acc. +inf. 3. 
ἐλπίς, (30s, ἡ, [ /Εελπ, perh. akin to L. 
voluptas], hope, expectation. 9. Cf. εὔ- 
ελπικ. 
Adv, fut. pt. of ἐλαύνω. 
ἐμ-, before a labial = ἐν. 
ἔμαθον, 2 a. of µανθάνω. 
ἐμ-αντοῦ, jis, reflex. pron., of myseiy. 18. 
ἐμ-βαίνω, -βήσομαι, 2a. -έβην, -BéBnKa, go 
into; embark. 6. 
ἐμ-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 a. -έβαλον, -βέβληκα, 
throw in or into, less often, against ; 
intrans., rush into, dash against, invade, 
enter; of ariver, empty. 12. 
ἐμ-βάς, 2 a. pt. of ἐμ-βαίνω. 
ἐμ-βιβάζω, dow or ὢ, -eBiBaca, make go in 
or embark, put on board. 2. 
ἐμ-βολή, jis, [βάλλω], entrance, invasion. 
4.14, 
ἔμεινα, see µένω. 
ἐμέω [for Feu-, L. νοπι-ο], impf. ἥμουν, fut. 
ἐμῶ, oftener ἐμοῦμαι, vomit. 4.87) ἐμε. 
τικον, emetic. 
ἐμ-μένω, -μενῶ, -έμεινα, remain in, 4.711. 
ἐμός, ή, dv, [ἐμέ, see ἐγώ], my, mine. 19. 
ἐμοῦ, -οί,-έ, see ἐγώ. 
ἔμ-παλιν, adv., in use much like πάλι», 
back, backwards, back again; often with 
the art. as adv. acc., τὸ ἑ. or τοὔμπαλιν. 5. 
ἐμ-πεδόω [ἔμ-πεδος, in the ground], hold 
Jast, ratify. 3.229, 
ἕμ-πειρος, ov, [πεῖρα, trial], experienced, ac- 
quainted with (gen.). 5. empiric. 
ἐμ-πείρως, adv., with experience; ἐμ- ἔχειν 
w. gen., be acquainted with. 2.6), 
ἐμ-πίμπλημι, impf. -επίμπλην, -πλήσω, a. 
Pp. -επλήσθη», fill in or up, fill full: 1.78, 
satisfy. 3. 
ἐμ-πίμπρημι, impf. -επίμπρην, «πρήσω, ἐν- 
έπρησα, set fire (in) to, set on fire. 3. 
ἐμ-πίπτω, -πεσοῦμαι, 2 a. -έπεσον, -πέπτωκα, 
Jall into or among ; fall upon; fall into 
one’s mind, occur. 7. 
ἐμ-ποδίζω [wos], impede. 4.379, 


/ 


002 


ἐμπόδιος, ο», impeding, in the way; τὸ 
ἐμπόδιον, obstacle. 2. 

ἐμποδών [after the analogy of ἐκ-ποδά»], 
adv., among one’s feet, in the way, ἐμ- 
εἶναι, be in the way, hinder. 3. 

ἐμ-ποιέω, How etc., create in, inspire in, im- 
press upon. 3. 

ἐμ-πολάω [ἐμπολή, merchandise, see πωλέω], 
how, gain by sale, 7.54. 

ἐμπόριον, ου, trading-place, emporium. 1.48. 

έμπορος, ου, [πόροε, journey, voyage], mer- 
chant. 

ίμ-προσθεν, adv., in front, before, esp. of 
place (πρόσθε», oftener of time); ὁ éu- 
λόγος, the foregoing narrative. 2.11; τὰ 
é., the fore parts, places in front; of ἐμ-, 
those in front. 13. Ant. ὄπισθεν. 

ἐμφαγεῖν, 2a. inf. of ἐν-έφαγο», [ἐν-εσθίω, 
not in use], eat in; eat moderately or 
hastily. 4.21; 5.9. 

ἐμ-φανής, és, paiva): appearing among, 
visible, clearly seen, open; ἐν τῷ ἐμφανεῖ, 
in public, openly. 2.5%. Cf. ἐν τῷ Φανερφ. 

ἐμφανῶς, adv., openly. 1. 

ἐν [for évl, prob. loc., akin to dvd], L. in, 
IN, prep. w. dat. only ; of place, in, on, at, 
among, ἐν δεξιᾷ, on the right ; of time, in, 
during, ἐν ᾧ {χρόνφ), ἵπ which time, while ; 
of manner, means etc., in, with, by. 427. 
In comp., ἐν = ἐμ- before a labial, = ey- 
before a palatal ; zn, at; a modified de- 
gree, cf. ἐμφαγεῖν; possession, cf. ἔμπειρος, 
ἔντῖμοι. Cf. els, ἔνδον, ἔνθα, ἔνθεν, ἐντός, 
ἕντερο». 

ty, see efs. 

ἐν-αγκυλάω [ἀγκύλη, thong, cf. δι-αγκ-]., sit 
thonys in or to. 4.235. 

ἰν-αντιόομαι, ώσοµαι, oppose. 7.65. 

ty-avrlos, a, ov, — dyrios, wh. is ch. poet. 
tho. comm. in Xen., opposite, opposed to, 
over against, facing, in front, W. gen. or 
dat.; ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου = ἐκ τοῦ dvrilov, on 
the opp. side; οἱ ἐν., the enemy ; τἀναντία 
(= τὰ ἐν), in the opp. direction. 12. 

ἐν-άπτω, άψω, fasten in or on; set on fire, 
kindle. 7. 

ἕνατος, η, ον, [ἐννέα]., ninth. 4.53. 

ἐν-ανλίζομαι, a. p. -«Πυλίσθη», lodge for the 
night. 7.78. 


VOCABULARY. 


ἐμπόδιος — ἔνθαπερ 


Ἔνδεια, as, [ἑν-δεής, δέω, want], want, need. 3 


ἐν- δείκνῦμ., show herein or particularly, 
exhabit. 6.1%. 

ἑνδέκατος, η, ov, [ἔν-δεκα], eleventh. 1.711, 

ἐν- δέω, be wanting, quite like δέω; ἐνδεῖ, 
impf. év-48e:, there is need. 6.181; 7.141. 

ἕν-δηλος, ο», evident in or therein, evident. 
3. On ém, in adjs. cf. ἐμ-φανής, pavepds ; 
éwqvtios, dyrlos ; ἕν-τιμος, τίµιο». 

ἔν-δημος, ov, in or among a people, native, 
home-; τὰ ἕνδημα, home affairs, revenues 
etc. 1. endemic. 

ἐνδίφριος, ο», [δίφρος], ο (same) seat ; 6 ἐν-, 
table-companion. 2. 

ἕνδοθεν, adv., from within. 8. 

tySov, adv., within. 12. [-δορ, acc. of pron. 
st. δα, cf. δέ, L. en-do]. 

ἕν-δοξος, ο», [δόξα], held in honor, konor- 


able. 6.128, 
ἐν-δύω, -δύσω, -δέδὺκα, 2 a. -έδῦν, put on. 
1.88; 5.418, 


ἐν έβαλον, see ἐμ-βάλλω. 


ἐν-έδρα, as, sitting in wait, ambush, ambus- 
cade. 4.72, 

ἐνεδρεύω, lie in wait or in ambush. 8. 

ἕν-ειμι, -ἢν, -έσομαι, be in, on or therein. 10. 

ἕνεκα or ἕνεκεν [2], prep. Ww. gen., comm. 
after its cas8, on account of, for the sake 
of, for. 34. 

ἐνενήκοντα [unexplained modification of 
ἐννέα -ἰ- κοντα, cf. ἑβδυμήκοντα], ninety. 3. 

ἐνεόφ, & όν, [1], dumb. 4.5%, 

ἐν-επλήσθη, seo ἐμπίμπλημι. 1.1022, 

ἐν-έπρησα, see ἐμ-πίµπρημι. 4.414. 

éy-erds, 4, όν, [verbal of ἐνίημι], urged on, 
incited. 7.641. 

ἐν-εχείρισα, see ἐγ-χειρί(ω. 

ἐν-έχυρον, ου, [ἔχω], what is held as secu. 
rity, pledge. 7.63. 

ἑν-έχω, hold fast in, entangle. 7.4%". 

ἐνηδ-, see ἐνεδ-. 

ἐν-ὴν, see ἔν-ειμι. | 

ἕνθα |-θα, akin to L. (in)-de), adv.: 1. dem., 
there, here; less exactly, thither, with 
verbs of motion; of time, thereupon, 
then; 2. rel., where; of time, when. 64. 

ἐνθά-δε [cf. -δέ], adv., Aither, thither; 
oftener = foreg. 18. 

ἔνθαπερ, just there ; just where, where. 2 


ἐνθέμενος — ἐξάλλομαι 


ἐν-θέµενος, 2 a. pt. of ἐν-τίθημι. 

ἔνθεν [cf. ἔνθα], adv.; dem., thence, hence ; 
ἔνθεν μὲν . . . ἔνθεν δέ, on one side... on 
the other, η. . thence ; ἔνθεν καὶ 
ἔνθεν, on this fide and on that: τε]., 
whence. 22. 

ἐνθένδε, stronger form of foreg., from this 
very place, hence. 8. 

ἐν-θυµέομαι, ήσοµαι, -τεθύμημαι, -εθυμήθη», 
lay to heart, consider, ponder. 8. 

ἐνθόμημα, ατος, τό, thought, device, plan. 2. 

ἐν-θωρακίζω, -τεθωράκισμαι, put on the 
corselet, arm fully. 7.418, 

tv, for ἕνεστι. 5.311, 

évl, see efs. 

ἐνιαντός, οὔ, [1], year. 5. 

ἔνιοι, αι, a, [3 perh. for & οἱ = ἔστιν of], 
some. 9. ~ 

ἐνίοτε [= tvs + ὅτε 2], sometimes. 4. 

évvéa [e-proth. + 4/veFa, L. novem, Goth. 
niun], NINE. 1, Cf. ἕνατος. 

évevolw, haw, -ενόησα, have in mind, think 
over, consider ; think out, devise; w. 
µή, be apprehensive. 3.58. 13. ΟΕ. ἓν- 
Ovudopat. 

ἔννοια, as, [formed after the analogy of 
ἄνοια, fr. &voos], thought. 3.118, 

ἐν-οικέω, how, -ῴκησα, dwell in, inhabit; of 
ἑνοικοῦντες, the inhabitants. 6. 

ἐν-όντων, gen. pl. pres. pt. of ἔν-ειμι. 

ἐν-όπλιος, ο», |8rAa, arms], belonging to 
arms, martial. 6.111, 

ἑν-οράω, 2 a. -εἴδον, pt. -ιδών, see in or here- 
in. 1.815; 7.745. 

ἐν-οχλέω [ Scion, crowd ; trouble}, how, 
trouble, interfere with (dat.). 2. 

ἐν-σκευάζω dow, get ready, dress up. 6.113. 

ἐνταῦθα [prob. for ἐνθα-υ-θα], adv., here, 
there ; less exactly, hither ; of time, then, 
thereupon, hereupon. 133. 

ἐν-τείνω, stretch out at, layon. 32.41. Cf. 
evr dyes. 

év-redfs, és, [réAos, end], complete, full. 
1.418, 

ἐν-τέλλομαι, -ετειλάμη», raise (and put) 
upon, enjoin, command. 5.118, Cf. ἆνα-; 
ἐντολή, injunction. T. 71. 

ἔντερον, ου, [ἐν + τερον], the inner part, in- 
testine. 2.533, 


VOCABULARY. ; “603 


ἐντεῦθεν (prob. for ἐνθα-υ-θεν], adv., thence, 
hence ; of time, henceforth, thereupon ; of 
source, thence, therefore. 64. 

ἐν-τίθημι, 2 a. -έθηκα (00, θείην), 2 a.m 
«εθέµη», put in or on. 3. 

ἕν-τῖμος, ον, in honor, honored. 3. 

ἐν-τίμως, adv., in honor. 9.11. 

ἐν-τοίχιος, ov, [τοῖχος, wall], on the wall. 
7.81, 

ἐντόνως [%-rovos, cr alvin|, adv., strenuously, 
75! 

ἐντός [ἐν, cf. L. in-tus], adv., within, abs. 
or w. gen. 6. 

ἐν-τυγχάνω, -τεύξομαι, 2 a. -έτυχον, happen 
upon, fall in with, find, come lo. 13. 

'Ἐνύάλιος, ου, [’Evid, zuddess of war, com. 
panion of Ares], Enyalius, epithet of 
Ares, to whom the Greeks cried on enter- 
ing battle. 1.818. 

ἐνωμότ-αρχος, ου, [évduoros, sworn in 
(ὄμνῦμι, swear)], enomotarch, leader of 
a band of soldiers. 2. 

ἐνωμοτία, as, [évduoros, sworn in (ὄμνῦμι, 
swear )], band of soldiers, bound by oath, 
enomoty, containing twenty-five or, ac 
cord. to Thucydides, thirty-two men. 3. 

ἔς, L. sex, six. 8. Cf. ἐκτός, ἑκταῖος. 

ἐξ, see ἐκ. 

ἐξ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, -ήγγειλα, report without, 
bring out word, report. 4. 

ἐξ-άγω, diw, 2 a. -fyayor, lead out or forth ; 
lead on, induce. 0. 

ἑἐξ-αίρετος, ov, [aipdw], chosen out, Choice. 
7.823, 

ἑξ-αιρέω, ἠσω, 2 a. -εἶλον, apnea, -μαι, 
-npéOny, take out ; set αρατέ; mid., select, 
choose. 6. . 

ἐξ-αιτέω, how, -ῄτησα, ask from, demand 
back; mid., beg off. 2. 

ἐξ-αίφνης [for -αϕνιας, cf. ἄφνω, suddenly} 
adv., suddenly. 5. Cf. ἐξαπίνης. 

ἐξακισ-χέλιοι, αι, a, siz thousand. 4. 

ἐξ-ακοντίζω, shoot out or forth. 5 435. 

ἑξακόσιοι, αι, a, [Dor. -κατιοι = ἕ-κατόν], 
six hundred. 11. 

ἐξ-αλαπάζω, άξω, stronger form of ἆλα' 
πάζω, plunder, desolate. 7.179. 

ἐξ-άλλομαι, -αλοῦμαι, -nAduny, spring out of 
aside. 7.3°3, 


504 


ἐξ-αμαρτάνω, err from, err, do wrong; in 
5.733 w. cognate acc. ο 
ἐξ-αν-ίστημι, -orhow, 2 a. -έστην, raise up ; 
mid., 2. a. and pf. act. intr., rise or stund 
up, start up. 6. 
ἑξ-απατάω, fow, -ηπάτησα, stronger form 
of ἁπατάω, deceive utterly, cheat. 25. 
ἑξ-απάτη, ns, gross deceit. 7.1%, | 
ἐξαπίνης, softer form for ἐξαίφνης. 7. 
ἐξ-άρχω, impf. -ἤρχον, lead off, take the 
lead. 2. 
ἐξ-αυλίζομαι, decamp, change one’s quar- 
ters. 7.821 
ἐξ-εβ-, see ἐκ-β. 
ἕξ-ειμι, only as impers., ἔξ-εστι, -Ἡν, ἐξ- 
- έσται, it is quite possible (cf. ἔστι) ; ἐν 
permitted, allowed ; ἐξόν, as acc. abs., it 
being permitted. 30. Cf. ἐξουσία. 
ἔξ-ευμι, -yew or fia, go forth, march out or 
forth. 24. 
ἐξ-έκοψε, see ἑκ-κόπτω. 
ἑξ-ελαύνω, -ελῶ, -ήλασα, drive out,expel; w 
obj. omitted, ride or ‘march forth, pro- 
ceed. 25. 
ἐξ-έλιπον, 2 a. of ἐκ-λείπω. 
ἑξ-έλοιμν, see ἑξ-αιρέω. 
ἐξ-ενεγκεῖν, see ἐκ-φέρω. 
ἐξ-επλάγην, 2 a. p. of ἐκ-πλήττω. 
ἑξ-επ-, see ἐκ-π. 
ἐξ-έρπω [L. serp-o], creep out or forth. 7.18. 
ἑξ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -Ώλθο», come or go forth, 
depart ; of time, expire. 15. 
ἕξ-εστι, see ἔξ-ειμι. 
ἐξέτασις ews, ἡ, [ἐξ-ετάζω, examine], inspec- 
_tion, review. 6. 
ἐξ-έφηνα, see ἐκ-φαίνω. 
ἐξιέφνγον, see ἐκ-φεύγω. 
ἐξ-ηγέοµαι, -ηγήσομαι, -nynoduny, lead out ; 
relate, tell; disclose. 2. 
ἐξ-ῄ-, see ἔξ-ειμι. 
ἑξήκοντα {-κοντα. cf. Skt. dacan, ten], 
sixty. 7. 
ἐξ-ήκω, -Fov, have come out ; of time, has 
gone by. 6.323, 
ἐξ-ῆλθον, see ἐξ-έρχομαι. 
ἐξ-ήχθην, see ἐξ-άγω. 
ἐξ-ικνέοµαι, -ίξομαι, -ἴγμαι, ἱκόμην, come 
forth to, reach, arrive; come up to, 
amount to. 9. 


VOCABULARY. 


ἐξαμαρτάνω — ἔπεί 


&-lornur, place out; au d., stand out. 
1.514, 

ἔξ-οδος, ου, ἡ, way out; outde*; going out 
or away, departure, expedition. 7. 

ἔξομεν, see ἔχω. 

ἐξ-όν, pres. pt. of ἕξ-ειμι. 

ἑξ-οπλίζω, low or ιῶ,-ώπλισα, -ὤπλικα, -σμαι, 
arm fully. 6. 

ἑξοπλισία, as, armament. 1.710. 

ἐξ-ορμάω, how, -ὤρμησα, urge on; iutr., set 
out or forth. 4. 

ἐξουσία, as, [ἔἒ-ειμι], power, authority, per- 
mission. 1. ‘T. 103. 

ἔξπηχυς, υ, g. eos, of six cubits. 1. 

ἔξω [ἐκ], adv., out, outside of, without ; w. 
gen., outside of, beyond; τὸ tw, the 
outer, 37. 

ἔξω-θεν, adv., from without ; 

ἔοικα, be like ; see εἰκά(ω. 

ἑορτή, jis, [7], feast, festival. 3. 

ἔπ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, -fryye:Aa, announce (and 
enjoin) upon, announce with authority ; 
mid., announce ‘as taken upon oneself, 
promise, profess, offer. 3. ἐπ-αγγελία, 
promise. ‘T. 53. 

ἐπ-άγω, bring against ; ἐπ-ῆκτο. 

ἔπαθον, 2 a. of πάσχα. 

ἐπ-αινέω, impf. «ῄνουν (es, ει), έσοµαι, 
vera, praise, commend, thank. 18. 

ἔπ-αινος, ov, prose word for alvus, praise, 
commendation. 3. 

ἑπ-αίρω, impf. -ppov, -αρῶ, -7pa, raise up, 
stir up, urge on. 2. 

ἐπ-ακολουθέω, follow after or close upon, 
pursue, w. dat. 2. 

ἑπ-ακούω, -ήκουσα, listen to, hear, overhear. 
7.114, 

ἐπάν, see ἑπήν. 2. 

ἔπ-ανα-χωρέω, how, go back, return, re- 
treat. 2. 

ἐπ-αν-έρχομαι, 2 a. pt. ἐπ-αν-ελθόντεα, go 
back, return. 3. 

ἑπ-απειλέω, add a threat, threaten. 6.27. 

ἐτ-εγ-γελάω, laugh, erult over. 2.47". 

ἐπ-εγείρω, ερῶ, -fyepa, rouse up, awaken, 
4.31), 

ἐπεί [ἐπί +- εἰ], con]. ; 
since; of cause, since. 
soon as. 88. 


without. 3. 


7.757, 


of time, when, after, 
ἐπεὶ τάχιστα, as 


ἐπειδάν — ἐπιθαλάττιος 


VOCABULARY. 


505 


ἐπειδάν [ἐπειδή + ἄν], conj. w. subj., when- | ἐπί (ἐπ, ἐφλ, prep. with gen., dat. and ace., 


ever indeed, when indeed, when. 20. 

ἔπει-δή, conj., stronger form of ἐπεί, when 
indeed, when ; since indeed. 45. 

ἔπ-ειμι, -Fjy, -έσομαι, be upon, be over. 4. 

ἔπ-ειμι (pres. as fut. to ἐπ-έρχομαι), -ὔει», 
go upon oF against, advance; come against, 
attack ; come on, succeed; ἐπ-ιών, οὔσα, 
ο», following, succeeding. 24. 

ἐπεί-περ, stronger form of éwel, since at all 
events, since indeed. 5. 

ἔπεισα, see πείθω. 

ἔπειτα [ἐπί + εἶτα], adv., thereupon, then, 
thereafter, hereafter ; in the next place ; 
as adj., after. 2.117, 98, 

ἐπέκεινα [éx’ ἐκεῖνα], adv., upon that (side), 
on yonder side, beyond. 5.43. 

ἐπ-εκ-θέω, impf. ἐπ-εξ-έθεο», run out against, 
sally forth upon. 5.272] 

ἐπ-έλιπον, 2 a. of ἐπι-λείπω. 

ἐπ-εξ-έρχομαι, έπ-εξ-ελήλυθα, go (or come) 
forth against. 5.27, 

ἐπεπάμην, plpf. of πἆομαι. 

ἐπ-έπεσον, 2 8. of ἐπεπίπτω. 

ἐπ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -Ίλθο», go (or come) upon, 
to, over or against. 7.8%, 

ἐπ-ερωτάω, tow, 2 a. -npduny, ask or inquire 
again or further ; ask, question. 7. 

ἔπεσον, 2 a. of πίπτω. 

ἐπ-εστατέω, see ἐπι-στατέω. 

ἐπ-εστ-, see ἑφ-ίστημι. 

ἐπ-έσχον, 2a of ἐπ-έχω. 

ἐπ-ετέτακτο, pipf. of ἐπι-τάττω. 

ἐπ-εύχομαι, -εύξομαι, -ευξάμην, pray to; 
imprecate upon, utter imprecations. 
5.68, 

ἐπ-εφάνη, 2 a. p. of ἐπι-φαίνω. 

ἐπ-έχω, ἐφ-έξω, 2 a. -έσχον, hold on or back, 
restrain: cease from, refrain from. 3.4%, 
Cf. ἐπ-οχή, cessation. epoch. 

ἐπ-ῄειν, ῆσαν, see ἔπ-ειμι, go against. 

ἐπ-ήκοος, ov, [ἐπ-ακούω], hearing ; with eis, 
ἐν or ἐξ = within hearing. 4. 


_ ἑπήν or ἐπάν [ἐπεί + ἄν], conj. only with 


subj., whenever, when ; ἑ. τἆχιστα, a8 800R 
as, 3%. 

ἐπ-ἂν, see ἔπ-ειμι, 26 upon 

ἐπ-ήνεσα, see ἐπ-αινέω. 

ἐπ-ηρόμην, 2 a. of ἐπ-ερωτάα, 


upon, on. 

With gen.: of place, upon, on; also 
of place whither to denote the aim, 
see 2.18; of time, at, in the time of, 
ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν», in our time, 1.912; of depen- 
dence, ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, by themselves (i.e., 
strictly depending on themselves) ; then 
in the same general sense, ἐφ᾽ évds, one 
by one; ἐπὶ τεττάρω», four deep. 60. 

With dat.: of place, on, upon, at, in, 
by; of time (rare), on, at, after; of depen-4, 
dence, upon, dependent upon, in the power 
of, ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφφ, in the power of his 
brother ; of cause, purpose etc., on ac- 
count of, for, on condition that, ἐπὶ τούτῳ, 
on this account, 3.12", or for this purpose, 
1.31; ép’ ᾧ, on condition that. 120. 

With acc.: with verbs of motion, 
upon, up on, up to, to, towards, against, 
over; of time, for, during, until ; of pur- 
pose, for, after. 167. 

In comp., upon, to, towards, against, 
over, besides, but often merely intensive. 

ἐπ-(ᾶσι, see ἔπ-ειμι, go against. 

ἐπι-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 a. -έβαλον, -βέβληκα, 
-μαι, throw or put upon, fall upon ; mid., 
put upon, τοξόται ἐπιβεβλημένοι, archers 
with their arrows on the string 8. 

ἐπι-βοηθέω, fow, run to aid one (dat.) 
against, succor. 6.5%, 

ἐπι-βουλεύω, εύσω, plan against, plot against 
(dat.); scheme to get (dat.). 15. 

ἐπι-βουλή, fs, plan or scheme against, 
plot. 6. 

ἐπι-γίγνοµαι, 2 a. -εγενόµη», come upon, αἲὈ 
tack. 2. 

ἐπι-γράφω, yw, -éypapa, write upon, in- 
scribe. 5.35. 

ἐπι-δείκνῦμι, impf. -εδείκνῦν, «δείξω, -έδειξα, 
show (up) forth, exhibit, display; show, 
prove. 18. 

ἐπ-ιδών, 2 2. of ἐφ-οράω. 

ἐπι-διώκω, fw, pursue after, pursue close- 
ly. 8. 

ἐπι-δραμεῖν, 2 a. of ἔπι-τρέχω. 

ἐπιεζόμην, see πιέζω. | 

ἐπι-θαλάττιος, ο», on the seacoast, mare 
time. 5.5%, 


506 


ἐπν-θεῖναι, -θέσθαι, see ἑπι-τίθημι. 

ἐπί-θεσις, ews, ἡ, [ἐπι-τίθημι], a setting upon, 
attack. 2. 

ἐπι-θύμέω [θθμός, mind], how, set one’s heart 
upon, desire, long for. 20. 

ἐπι-θυμία, as, desire. 9.61 T. 38. 

ἐπι-καίριος, ov, [καιρός, fit time], ἐπ season, 
seasonable ; suitable, important. 2. 

ἐπι-κάμπτω, bend forward, wheel round. 
1.88, 

ἐπι-κατα-ρ-ριπτέω, impf. -ερρίπτου», throw 
down upon. 4.738, 

érl-xeapat, -κείσοµαι, press (lit., lie) upon, 
attack, dat. 8. 

ἐπι-κίνδυνος, ον, in danger, dangerous. 3. 

ἐπι-κουρέω {[ émi-coupos, assisting, κοῦρος, 
Att. κόροε, boy, servant ; see κόρη], how, 
«εκούρησα, assist, protect against, ward 
off (acc.), from (dat.). 3. 

ἐπικούρημα, aros, τό, protection. 4.513, 

ἐπικράτεια, as, [ἐπι-κρατής, having power 
over], power over, mastery. 2. 

ἐπι-κρύπτω, cover over, concaal, disguise. 
1.18, 

ἐπι-κύπτω, ψω, -έκυψα, bend or stoop over. 
4.003, 

ἐπι-κυρόω, daw, -εκύρωσα, confirm, ratify. 
3.282, See κύριος. 

ἐπι-λαμβάνω, 2 a. -έλαβο», seize upon, lay 
hold of ; overtake, reach, find ; mid., hold 
oneself on by (gen.), seize. 4. ἐπί-ληψις, 
epilepsy. 

ἐπι-λανθάνομαι [ AavOdyw, escape one’s 
notice], 2 a. -ελαθόμη», let escape one’s 
notice, forget (gen.). 3.2%, 

ἐπι-λέγω, say also or moreover. 
epi-logue. 

ἐπι-λείπω, -λείψω, 2 a. -έλιπο», «λέλοιπα, 
leave behind, τὸ ἐπιλειπόμενο», the part 
left behind ; fail (one), be wanting. 6. 

ἐπί-λεκτος, ο», [ἐπι-λέγω, pick out], picked, 
select, chosen. 2. Cf. ἀπό-λεκτος, ét- 
alperos. 

- ἐπν-μαρτύρομαι [udprus, witness}, call to 
witness. 4.8'. 

ἐπί-μαχος, ον, that may be fought against, 


1.9%, 


assailable. 5.414. Opp. to &-uaxos. 
ἐπιμέλεια, as, care over, care, atten- 


VOCABULARY. 


ο. érbelvas ---ἔκιστα- 


ἐπι-μελέομαι, and -μέλομαι, impf. ἐκ-εμα- 
λούμη», -μεμέλημαι, -εμελήθη», care for 
(gen.), attend to, give attention to ; observe 
carefully. 11. Cf. ἀντ., συν-. 

ἐπι-μελής, és, ο. -έστερος, careful. 9.30. 

ἔπι-μένω, -μενῶ, -έμεινα, stay on, abide still ; 
remain over or in charge of. 2. 

ἐπι-μίγνῦμι, mingle with, have dealings with. 
3.516, 


ἐπίμπλασαν, see rlumAnue. 
ἐπι-νοέω, how, have in mind, intend. 4. 
ἐπι-ορκέω, haw, -ὤρκησα, swear falsely, per- 
jure oneself; swear falsely by (acc.). 6. 
ἐπιορκία, as, false sweuring, perjury. 2. 
ἐπί-ορκος, ο», [ ἐπί, against, Spxos, oath ] 
perjured, given to perjury. 2.6%. 
ἐπι-πάρ-ειμι, «ῄειν, go to one’s assistance, 
3.4%; go along (parallel with others} 
upon high ground or above. 9.430. 3. 
ἐπι-πίπτω, -πεσοῦμαι, 2 2. -έπεσο», «πέπτωκα, 
fall upon ; attack (dat.). 10. 
ἐπί-πονος, ον, toilsome, laborious. 2. 
ἐπι-ρ-ριπτέω, impf. ἐπερρίπτου», -plije, throw 
upon or down. 5.223, 
ἐπί-ρ-ρντος, ov; [ῥέω, ἐρρύη», flow], over- 


flowed, well-watered. 1.27. 
ἐπι-σάττω, -έσαξα, pack or load on; sad- 
dle. 3.4®, 


*Em-oévys, eos, [strong], Episthenes (1) 
of Amphipolis, 1.107; (2) of Olynthus 
7.41. 

ἐπι-σῖτίζομαι, ιοῦμαι, «εσϊτισάμη», provision 
oneself, lay in provisions ; provide oneself 
with (acc.). 9. 

ἐπισῖτισμός, οὗ, provisioning, getting pro- 
visions ; provisions. 2. 

ἐπι-σκέπτομαι, -σκέψομαι, -εσκεψάμη», ἵπ- 
spect, ascertuin by inspection. 3.3% 
episcopal, bishop. Pres. and Ἱπρί. 
supplied by ἐπισκοπέω. 

ἐπι-σκευάζω, get ready; repair. 5.815. 

ἐπισκοπέω, see ἐπισκέπτομαι. 2.32. 

ἐπι-σπάω, draw on or after one. 4.71. 

ἑπί-σποιτο, 2 a. πι. of ἐφ-έπομαι. 

ἐπίσταμαι [lit. stand upon or over, cf. Ger. 
verstehen], impf. ἠπιστάμη», know, know 
how (with inf.), understand, be acquainted 
with. 27. Cf. ἐπιστήμων. 

ἐπι-στα-, see ἐφ-ίστημι. 


ἐπίστασις — Ἐρετριεύφ 


ἐπί-στασις, εως, ἡ, [ἐφ-ίστημι, stop], a 
stopping, halt. 2.4%, 
ι-στατέω, impf. ἐπεστάτουν, [ἐπιστάτης, 
one who stands over, overseer], oversee, 
take charge, command. 9.911. 

ἔπι-στέλλω, -στελῶ, -έστειλα, send to, (esp. 
by letter, hence ἐπιστολή, see below) ; 
Ww. dat., enjoin upon, charge. 3. 

ἐπιστήμων, ον, g. ovos, [ἐπίσταμαι], know- 
engs acquainted with or skilled in (gen.). 
2.17. 

ἔπι-στήσας, see ἑφ-ίστημι. 

ἐπιστολή, ἢς, [ ἐπιστέλλω], letter, epi- 
stle. 5. 

ἐπιστρατεία, as, expedition against (him). 
2.4}, 


ἔπι-στρατεύω, make war upon, march 


against, 39.915, " 
ἐπι-σφάττω, diw, -έσφαξα, slay upon; mid. 
slay oneself upon. 1.83. 


ἔπι-τάττω, -rdiw, -έταξα, -Τέταγμαι, put 
upon (dat.)as a duty, enjoin upon, charge ; 
ᾧ ἐπετέτακτο (impers.), on whom it had 
been enjoined, 2.55, draw up next or be- 
hind. 3. 

ἐπι-τελέω, έσω, -ετέλεσα, fulfill, accomplish, 
complete, esp. of visions, oracles etc. 
4.318, 

ἐπιτήδειος, a, ov, [ἐπιτηδές, to the purpose, 
enough], suitable, fit, proper ; serviceable, 
necessary. τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, necessaries, 
provisions, supplies. 91. 

ἐπι-τίθημι, impf. -ετίθην, -θήσω, -έθηκα 
(θῶ, θείην͵ θεῖναι, -θείς), -Τέθεικα, put or 
place upon ; of penalties, impose, inflict ; 
mid., set oneself against, fall upon, at- 
tack (dat.). 26. ἐπίθετο», epithet. See 
εὖ-επί-θετο». 

ἔπι-τρέπω, -τρέψω, -έτρεψα, -Τέτροφα, turn 
over to, commit, entrust, leave to; permit, 
allow (dat. and inf,). 1]. 

ἐπι-τρέχω, 2 a. -έδραµο», run or rush upon. 
4.381, 

ἐπι-τυγχάνω, -τεύξομαι, 2 a. -έτυχο», happen 
upon, light upon, find (dat.). 5. 

ἐπι-φαίνω, -φανῶ, έφηνα, 2 a. p. -εφάνην, 
show forth, display (cf. ἐπιδείκνὺμι) ; 
mid., show oneself, come into view, appear 


VOCABULARY. 


507 


ἐπι-φέρω, bring upon or against ; mid., rush 
upon, attack. 1.99; 5.82, 

ἐπι-φορέω, now, carry upon (by frequent 
trips}. 3.519, 

ἐπί-χαρις, «, gen. eros, [χάρις], pleasing ; 
τὸ ἐπίχαρι, pleasantness of manner. 2.613. 

ἐπι-χειρέω [χείρ, hand], how, -εχείρησα, 

put one’s hand to, undertake, attempt, 
try. 15. 

ἐπι-χέω, pour upon orin. 4.527, 

ἐπι-χωρέω, how, -εχώρησα, move on, ad- 
vance, 1.22", 

ἐπι-ψηφίζω, low or ιῶ, -εψήφισα, put to vote, 
put the question ; mid., vole for. 4. 

ἐπ-ιοῦσα, see ἔπ-ειμι, go against. 

ἔπλευσα, See λέω. 

ἑπ-οικοδομέω, how, -φκοδόμηµαι, build upon. 
3.411, 

tropat, impf. εἰπόμην, ἕψομαι, 2 a. ἐσπόμη», 
follow (dat. or συ»); pursue. 53. [ 4/cex, 
cf. L. sequor, orig. sense, “be busy 
with,” whence, ὅπλον, what one works 
with, tool]. Cf. ἐφ-, συν-, συν-εφ-. 

ἐπ-όμνυμι, -ομοῦμαι, «ώμοσα, swear to, 
7.55, 8.9. . 

ἐπράχθην, see xpdrra. 

ἑπτά, L. septem, ΒΕνΕΝ. 15. 

ἑπτα-καί-δεκα, seventeen. 2. 

ἑπτακόσιοι, αι, a, [-κοσιοι, Dor. -κατιοι = 
ἑκατόν], seven hundred. 8. 

Ἐπύαξα) ης, Epyaxa, wife of Syennesis. 
1.212, 

ἐπυθόμην, 2 8. of πυνθάνοµαι. 

ἑράω, in pres and impf.; other tenses 
from ἔραμαι: ἐρασθήσομαι, ἠράσθη», love 
(esp. sexual); long for. 3.1%; 4.65. Cf. 

. Spas. 

épydfopar, άσοµαι, εἱργασάμη», εἴργασμαι, 
work ; work the land, till. 3. Cf. κατ-, 


προ-. 

ἔργον, ου, [ 4/Fepy, Fopy, akin to τεκ-βοπηε], 
WORK, deed, act; action, operation; 
thing, affair (cf. πρᾶγμα). 13. Cf. ἀργός, 
εὐεργεσία, κακουργέω, πανοῦργος, ὑπουρ- 
yés; also surgeon, lit-urgy, orgies, 
en-ergy, organ. 

ἐρεῖν, fut. to λέγω. 

ἐρέφθαι, 2 a. m. of ἑρωτάω, ask. 

Ἐρετριεύα, έως, ὁ, Hretrian, of Eretria, 


508 


VOCABULARY. 


ὁρημία — Era 


[“ oarstown,” ἐρέττω, row], an important | ἐσθής, τος, 4, [ἔννῦμι, for Εέσ-νῦ-μι, 1, 


city in southern Euboea. 7.8%. 

ἐρημία, as, desert, wilderness; solitude. 2. 

ἔρημος, η (or os), ov, [οξ. Goth. arms, poor], 
desolate, desert, deserted ; unprotected ; 
unoccupied, empty ; w. gen., bereft of. 16. 
eremite, hermit. 

ἐρί(ω, ἤριζο», other tenses ch. poet., strive 
or contend (with dat.). 2. Cf. ἁγερε- 
Ol Cw. 

Uplpevos, ον, [ἔριφος, kid], of a kid, kid’s. 
4.581, 


Δἑρμηνεύς, έως, 6, [usually referred to 
Ἑρμῆς, messenger of gods], interpret- 
er. 1]. 

ἑρμηνεύω, interpret. 5.44. hermeneutic. 

ἑροῦντα, fut. pt., see pnul. 

ἐρρωμένος, η, ο», [pf. pt. of ῥώννῦμι, be 
strong], strengthened, strong, resolute. ο. 
«έστερος, 8. -έστατος. 2. 

ἀρρωμένως, adv., resolutely. 6.39. 
formation cf. πεφυλαγµένως. 

ἑρύκω, keep back, restrain, ward off. 3.125. 
Cf. dw. Akin to ὀρύομαι, ward off, 
whence 

ἔρυμα, aros, τό, guard, defence, stockade, 
fortress. 5. 

ἑρυμνός, ή, dv, defensible, strong ; τὰ ἐρυμνά, 
strongholds. 5. 

ἔρχομαι [for ἕρ-σκ-ομαι, 4/ep, later ελ], 
ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 2a. ᾖλθο», come, 
go. 138. In Att. its use is confined 
‘chiefly to the pres. indic., pf. and 2 a., 
‘other parts supplied by forms of εἶμι, 
Viz., tw, ἴοιμι, ἴθι, ἰέναι, ἰών; impf. ᾗα or 
fie, fut. εἶμι, less often ἥξω, ἀφίξομαι. 
Cf. ἂν-, ἐπ-αν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἶσ-, συν-εισ-, ἐξ-, 
ἑπ-εξ-, συν-εξ-, ἑπ-, κατ-, παρα-, προ-, προσ-, 
συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-. 

épa, ἐρεῖ, fut. of λέγω. 

ἐρῶντες, see ἑράω. | 

ἔρως, wros, ὁ, [ἐράω, on forma. cf. yéAws], 
love, desire. 2.5%. erotic. 

ἐρωτάω [2], impf. ἠρώτων, how, ἠρώτησα, 
oftener ἠρόμην (fr. ἔρομαι), ask, ask 
about, inquire, question ; two accs. ΟΥ acc. 
+ clause (ri, πότερο», ὁπόσον, εἰ etc.). 
45. Cf. ἀν-, éx-, 

4g, old Att. form of eis. 


On its 


vestis, E. wEaB], clothing, clothes. 3. Cf. 
iudriov. 

ἑσθίω [= ἐδ-θ--ω, L. ed-o, E. Eat], fut. 
ἔδομαι (old Ep. pres.), 2 8. ἔφαγον, 
ἐδήδοκα, eat. 7. sarco-phagus. ΟΕ. 
ἐμ-φαγεῖν, κατ-εσθίω. ὀδύνη, pain, prob. 
belongs to same rt. (εδ), whence an- 
adyne. 

ἔσομαι, fut. of εἰμί. 

ἑσπέρα, as, [? cf. L. vesper, L-E. 4/vas, 
dwell], evening; west. 7. 

Ἑϊσπερίται, wy, of, Westerners, Hesperitae, 
a tribe in northwestern Armenja. 4.44. 

ἔσται, ἔστω, fut. and imv. of εἰμί. 

ἐσταλμένος, pf. pt. of στέλλω. 

ἔστα-, see ἵστημι. 

torre [for és + ὅτε], adv., even to, up to; 
conj., until, till ; while, as long as. 11. 
Syn. ἕως. 

ἕστηκα, ἔστη», cords, see ἵστημι. 

ἐστραμμένος, pf. pt. of στρέφω. 

tore, imv. of εἰμί. 

ἔσχατος, η, ov, [prob. for ἕξ-ατος, sup. of 
ἐξ], last, farthest, extreme; uttermost ; 
last, severest. 8. eschato-logy. 

ἐσχάτως, adv., extremely. 2.61. 

ἔσχον, 2 a. of ἔχω. 

ἔσωθεν | ἔσω, és], adv., from within; within, 
inside, 1.44. Ant. ἔξωθεν. 

ἔσωσαν, see σώ(ω. 

ἑταῖρα, as, female companion, mistress, cour- 
tesan. 3. hetaira. Fem. of 

ἑταῖρος, ov, [akin to ἔτης, clansman], com- 
panion, comrade. 3. 

ἐτάχθην, see τάττω. 

Ἐγτεό-νῖκος [Zreos, true, νῖκος, victor], Eteo- 
nicus,a Spartan officer under Anaxibins, 
7114-00, 

ἕτερος, a, ον, [unc. st. + repos, cf. E. ΟΤΗΣΕ, 
EITHER], the other (of two), another; 
ὁ ἕ.. .. ὁ €, the one...the other; of 
more than two objects like ἄλλος, but 
= other and different, different, other 
than (w. gen.), τούτων ἕτεροι, other than 
these ; τὸ ἕτερον-- θἄτερον. 15. hetero-, 
see Internat. Dict. 

ἑτέτρωτο, plpf. of τιτρώσκω. 

ἔτι (akir νο L. et], adv.; of time, yet, still, 





- 


ἔτοιμος --- Εοδεύς 


longer ; of degree, yet, besides, moreover, 
ἔτι μᾶλλο», yet more. 72. . 

ἔτοιμος [1], η (or os), ον, ready, prepar- 
ed. 5. 

ἐτοίμως, adv., readily, promptly. 2. 

ros, ους, τό, [for Féros, L. vetus], year. 
10. The Attic year began with the 
summer solstice, and was divided into 
twelve months of twenty-nine and thirty 
days alternately. An intercalary month 
of thirty days was inserted every 
third, fifth, and eighth year in every 
cycle of eight years. ἐτήσιος, annual, 
6 

ἐτράπετο, 2 a. m. of γρέπω. 

ἐτράφην, 2 a. p. of τρέφα. 

ἐτρώθην, see τιτρώσκω. 

ἔτυχον, 2 a. of τυγχάνω, 

εὖ [neut. of Ep. ἐύς, good], adv., (to dyads), 
well ; variously rendered to suit the con- 
text, good, fortunately, prosperously, hap- 
pily ete. 41. In comp., well, good, very, 
much. eu-. See Internat. Dict. 

εὐδαιμονία, as, good fortune, prosperity. 
2.518, 

εὐδαιμονίζω, low or ιῶ, deem (one acc.) 
happy or fortunate, congratulate (one 
acc.) on account of (gen.). 1.78; 2.57. 

εὐδαιμόνως, adv., fortunately, happily: ο. 
«έστερο», 8. -έστατα. 3.148, 

εὖ-δαίμων, ο», g. ovos, [δαίμω», divinity, for- 
tune], fortunate, blest, happy, prosperous, 
well-off, rich; ο. εὐδαιμονέστερος, 8. -έστα- 
ros. 16. 

εὔ-δηλος, ov, very plain or evident. 9. 

εὐδία, as, [εὔ-διος (lit. very divine), calm], 
fair weather,calm ; metaph. tranquillity. 
5.815. 

εὐ-ειδής, ές, [ εἶδος, form], well-formed, 
handsome ; c. -έστερος, 8.-€oraros. 39.35. 

εὔ-ελπις, t, g. ἴδος, of good hope, hopeful. 
2.118, 

εὖ-επί-θετος, ον, [ἐπι-τίθημι, attack], easy 
of attack, easy (for one, dat.) to attack. 
3.4?), 

εὐεργεσία, as, [for -τία], well-doing, benefi- 
cence, kindness. 3. 

εὖ-εργετέω, ᾖσω, do a favor, show kind- 
ness. 2. 


VOCABULARY. 


509 


εὐεργέτης, ου, ["ἔργω, work], well-doer, bene- 
factor, 4. 

εὔ-ζωνος, ov, [(ώνη, girdle], well-girt for 
exercise or walking, active, nimble of 
troops, light-armed. 7. 

εὐήθεια, as, goodness of disposition, sim- 
plicity ; stupidity. 1.31. 

εὖ-ήθης, es, [ἦθοε, disposition], good-hearted, 
simple; stupid. 1.318, 

εὐθυμέω, how, to make cheerful; intr. and 
mid., be cheerful, be in good spirits. 4.5%. , 

εὔὕ-θυμος, ov, cheerful, in good spirits. 3.14), 

εὐθύς, εἴα, 4, [2], straight, direct, whence 

εὐθύφ [neut. εὖθύ + s, cf. ἐγγύ-ε], adv., 
directly, straightway, immediately. 52. 

εὐθύωρον [neut. of εὐθύωρος; on end, -ωρο», 
cf. πληθ-ώρη], adv., in α straight line, 
straight forward. 2.236, 

εὔκλεια, as, [eb-xAehs, κλέος, fame], good 
repute, fame. 2. 

Εὐκλείδης, ov, [son of the famous one], 
Eucleides. 7.8}, 

ebudeds [εὐκλεής], adv., famously, glori- 
ously. 6.317, 

εὖ-μενής, és, [uévos, disposition], well-dis- 
posed, friendly, favorable ; ο. -έστερος, 8. 
-έστατος. 4.612, 

εὖ-μετα-χείριστος, ov, [μετα-χειρίζοµαι, han- 
dle], easy to handle or manage. 2.6%. 

εὔνοια, as, [εὔ-νουε], good-will, kindness ; 
good-will towards (gen.), 4.72. 5. Ant. 
κακόνοια. 

εὐνοϊκῶς [εὐνοϊκόε, fr. εὔ-νοος], adv., kindly; 
eb. ἔχειν, be well-disposed. 1.15, 

εὔ-νους, ου», [ εὖ + vdos, mind ], well-dis- 
posed, kindly, friendly. 10. Cf. εὖ- 
perhe. : 

εὔξασθαι, see εὔχομαι. 

εὔ-ξεινος, ον, [ Att. εὔ-ξενος]. hospitable. 
Πόντος Εὔξεινος, Euxine or Black sea. 
It was originally called ἄ-ξενος, inhospi- 
table, a word of i}l-omen, to avoid which 
the Greeks changed it euphemistically 
to εὔ-ξενος, just as they called the Furies 
the Evpevides, “gracious goddesses.” 
Cf. “ Cape of Good Hope” for Cape of 
Storms, and see εὐώνυμος. 

Et-oSeus, έως, [one who fares well], Huo- 


deus. 7.419. Text prob. corrnpt. 
9 


510 


VOCABULARY. 


εὔοδος --ἔφοδος 


εὔ-οδος, ο», having a good road, easy to| εὐχή, fis, prayer, wish, vow. 1.91. 


travel. 3. 

εὕ-οπλος, ov, well-armed or equipped. 2.33. 

εὐπετῶς [ed-rerhs, falling well (πίπτω, fall), 
esp. of dice, hence easy], easily. 4. 

εὐπορία, as, easy getting through, easy 
means of providing ; abundance, plenty. 3. 

εὔὕ-πορος, ov, easy to pass through, easily 
passed; easy; going easily, well-pro- 
vided, well-off. 4. Ant. ἄ-πορος. 

εὕ-πρακτος, ο», [πράττω, do], easily done, 
practicable. 2.379, 

εὔὐ-πρεπήᾳ, és, [πρέπω, be fitting], comely, 
handsome. 4.113. Cf. εὐ-ειδής. 

εὖ-πρόσ-οδος, ο», easy of access. 5.4, 

eSpnpa, aros, 7d,a find, esp. 8 piece of good 
fortune, godsend. 2. 

εὑρίσκω [7], εὑρήσω, 2 a. nipov, nipnxa, 
«μαι, ηὑρέθη», find, find out, discover, de- 
vise. 25. Cf. ἀν-. 

εὗρο, ους, τό, [εὑρύς], width, breadth. 97. 

Εὐρύ-λοχος, ου, | far-famed inambushing * 
see εὑρύε], Eurylochus, a captain from 
Arcadia. 4.2%; 7.11. 

Ἑρύ-μαχος [wide or farfamed fighter, 
see εὑρύς], Eurymachus, 5.6%, 

εὐρύς, εἴα, ὑ, (Skt. urtis, wide], wide, broad, 
spacious. 2. In many proper names = 
wide, far, far-reaching, far-spread, far- 
and-wide. 

εὑρών, 2 a. pt. of edplone. 

Ἑρώπη, ns, [cf. Heb. ereb, evening, west], 
Europe, the continent. 7.17". 

εὕ-τακτος, ον, [ τάττω], well-arranged, 
orderly, well-disciplined. 2. 

εὐτάκτως, adv., orderly, in good order, 6.6%. 

εὐταξία, as, [for -τακτία], good order, disci- 
pline. 2. 

εὐτυχέω | εὐ-τυχής, fortunate, see τυγχάνω], 
how, ηὐτύχησα, be fortunate, be success- 
ful. 1.411: 6.38. 

εὐτύχημα, ατος, 76, a bit of good fortune, a 
success. 6.36. 

Ἠὐφράτης, ου, [Pers. Hufrat, beautiful 
flowing or good abounding], Euphrates 
river. It is formed by two branches, 
Frat and Murad, which rise in Arme- 
nia, and flow southeasterly into the 
Persian Gulf. 1.930. 


εὔχομαι [2] imp. nixduny, εὔξομαι, ηἰξάμην, 
πὖγμαι, pray (absol. that (acc. + inf.) 
or for (acc.), wish, vow. 16. See éx-, 
συν-επ-, πρόσ-. 

εὖὐ-ώδης, €s, sweet-smelling, fragrant. 3. 
[ὄέω (for 68-1), L. odor]. See ὀσφραί- 
γοµαι. 

εὐ-ώνυμος, ov, [ ὄνομα], of good name; 
euphemistic for ἀριστερός, left, whence 
bad omens came, cf. εὔ-ξεινος; τὸ εὐώ- 
νυµον (κέρας), the left wing of the army. 
17 


εὐωχέω [*el-wxos, ὀχή, support, food, fr. 
ἔχω], ἠσω, feast or feed (one) weil; 
mid., feast, be well fed. 4.5%; 5.34. 

εὐωχία, as, [πεὔ-ωχος, ὀχή, support, food, 
fr. ἔχω], feast, good cheer. 6.14. 

ἐφ᾽, see ἐπί. 

ἔφαγον, 2 a. of ἐσθίω. 

ἐφάνην, 2 a. p. of φαίνω. 

ἔφασαν, impf. of nul. ad 

ἕφ-εδρος, ου, [ἔδρα, seat], a third contestant 
who sits by ready to fight the victor, 
antagonist, avenger. 2.519. 

ἐφ-ειστ-, see ἐφ-ίστηµι. 

ἐφ-έπομαι, impf. -ειπόμην, -έψομαι, 2 ἃ- 
ἐἑκ-εσπόµην, follow after, pursue after, 
press upon; attack. 15. 

᾿Ἐφέσιος, 4, ο», Ephesian. 

Ἔφεσος, ov, 4, Ephesus, a famous eity on 
the coast of Lydia, Asia Minor, cele 
brated for the worship of Artemis. 1.4 

ἔφη, impf. of nul. 

ἕφηνα, 1 a. of φαίνω. 

ἑφθός, ή, όν, [for ἑψτός, verbal of eal, 
boiled, cooked. 5.4%. 

ἐφ-ίστημι, ἐπι-στήσω, ἐπ-έστησα, trans., to 
place or set upon, over, up or near ; slop, 
halt, ἐπι-στήσας (sc. τὸν ἵππον), 1.86; 
ἐφ-έστηκα, 3 a. ἐπ-έστην, ἐφ-έσταμαι 
ἐπ-εστάθην, intr., stand upon or over, be 
set over, command; be set up on, 14: 
halt, stand. 14. See ἐπίσταμαι ἀί 
oracis, ἐπιστατέω. 

ἐφ-όδιον, ov, [ὁδός], ch. in pL, supplies oF 
money for the way. 2. 

ἔφ-οδος, ov, 4, way to or going tos approach 


access. 5. 











ἐφοράω — fav 


ἑφ-οράω [ért, ipdw), 2 2. ἐπ-εῖδον, look upon, 


witness ; oversee, watch over. 4. 
ἐφ-ορµέω, lie at anchor against, blockade. 
7.6%, 


ἕφ-ορος, ov, 5, [ἐφ-οράω], overseer, ruler, 
ephor ; in Sparta the ephors, five in 
number and elected annually, were the 


chief governing body. 2.6% 3. 
ἕφνυγον, 2 a. of φεύγω. 


€x Opa, as, enmity, hatred. 9.413, Old fem. of 


ἐχθρός, a, όν, [ἔχθος, poet. for foreg.], 
hated, hateful, hostile ; comp. irregularly, 
ἐχθίων, ἔχθιστος; as subs. enemy, foe, 
private as disting. fr. πολέμιος, a public 
or political enemy. 8. See ἁπ-εχθάνομαι. 
ἐχυρός, 4, dv, [Exw], tenable and 69, strong, 
secure. 2. Seo dxupds. 
ἔχω [ ex, 7χε, TX, ἐχ, also σχο, ox, in 
some nouns], impf. εἶχο», ἔξω or σχήσω, 
2 a. ἔσχο», ἔσχηκα, ἔσχημαι: 1. have (pos- 
sess, occupy, inhabit etc.); ἔχαω», ουσα, 
ο», hug, often = with, accompanied by. 
1.12; 2.645, 2. hold (hold fast, hold out, 
hold back, restrain, hinder etc.). 3..with 
inf., have power, be able. 2.19; 2.211, 4. 
with advs., be: ed, κακῶς, ἑυνοϊκῶε, ἑντί- 
µως, ἐμπείρως ἔχει», be well, ill, well 
disposed, honored, acquainted with. 1.15; 
2.17; 6.1. &. mid., with gen., hold to, 
cling to, be next to. 428. See dv-, ἆπ-, 
δι», ἐν-, ἕπ-, KaT-, µετ-, WAp-, Ίερι», WP0-, 
προσ-, συν-, περ, ὑπ-; ὑπισχνέομαι; 
ἐχυρός, ἐν-έχυρο», dxupds, εὖ-ωχέω, σχολή, 
ἀσχολία. Note also σχῆμα, scheme, 
éxriucés, hectic, Ἕκτωρ, Hector. 
ἑψητός, ή, όν, [ἔψω, cf. épOds}, boeled ; in 
' 2.314, obtained by boiling. 9.918. 
ἔψομαι, fut. of ἔπομαι. 
tpw, ἑψήσω, boil. 2.15; 5.4% Seo ὅπτόε, 
-άω 


ἕωθεν [Zws], adv., from dawn, at dawn, 
early in the morning. 2. 

ἑώκειν, see sub εἰκά(ω. 

ἑώρων, ἑώρᾶκα, see ὁράω. 

ἕως, ῥ. ἕω, d. Zp, acc. ἕω, ἡ, dawn, daybreak ; 
east. 5. [Aecol αὔως for *atows, 4/us, 
burn, EAST]. 

tos {akin to δε], con, wnt, till ; while, so 

yee as. 


VOCABULARY. 


εύγνυμι [Υ υγ, L. ju(n)go, E 





611 
5 


ση B y, of. ζεύγνὺμι, ζέω (sub ηλωνό). 
¢ = ὃ] (δι), of. vas, ἑλπίζω, wéga, piga, et ab 
$= (71), cf µειζων, σαλπιζω, σφάζω. 


Φαπάτας, ου, [Syr. zaba, wolf], Zapatas or 


Great Zub, oné of the principal eastern 
tributaries of the Tigris. 2.5. 





tdw[?],imp. ἔζω», (how; a.and pf. from Bide, 


live ; contracted irregularly, (des = (fis, 


(dec = Gh, inf. Civ. 26. See (ωός, Bios. 


fad, as, [cf. Skt. yava, barley], a coarse 


grain, prob. spelt. 5.427. 


tepd, as, [foreign], cloak, wrapper, fast- 


ened to the loins and hanging down 
over the feet. 7.48, 


ζευγηλατέω, drive a team. 6.1%. 
Levypdrys, ου, [(εῦγος, ἑλαύνω], driver of 


a yoke of oxen, teamster. 6.18. 
. YORE], 
(εύξω, &Cevta, ἔ(ευγμαι, yoke (foin, bind, 
fasten etc.). 5. See ἆνα-, δια». 


ζεῦγος, ου», τό, yoke, pair, team. 8. (νγό», 


yoke, cross-bar. See ὑπο-ζύγιον. 


Zebs [Skt. dyaus, 4/di, div, shine], Διός, 


Ad, Δία, Ζεῦ, Zeus, son of Rhea and 
Cronus, whom he dethroned, thesupreme 
divinity of the Greeks. He was the 
giver of victory, protector of kings and 
generals, guardian of oaths and of the 
rights of hospitality. Sax. Tiw, whence 
Tues-day. 

Ζήλ-αρχος, ου, [emulous ruler], Zelarchus, 
director of the market. 5.7%. 


tn\wrds, 4, dv, enviable; object of envy. 


1.74, From ζηλόω [ζῆλοε, rivalry, zeal, 
fr. (έω, boil, be fervent, E. rEast], rival, 
envy. T. 12. 


ἵημιόω [ζημία, damage, fine, T. 4], dow, 


fine, punish. 6.44, 


Lhv, inf. of (de. 
ζητέω [1], how, ἐ(φτησα, seek, seek for (acc.) 


or to (inf.), inquire for. 4. ΟΕ. ἑρωτάω, 


αἰτέω. 


ἵυμίτης, ov, adj., leavened. 7.33. [(Sun, 


leaven. T. 13]. 


ζωγρέω [ζωόε, aypéee, catch], “e ἐ(ώγρησα, 


take alive, take captive. 4.7% 


[ῶν, pt. of (de. 


{ 


512 


Ἰώνη, ns, [ζώννῦμι, gird], girdle, belt; eis 
(éynv, for a girdle ; i.e. to supply her 
with girdles; for girdle or pin-money. 2. 

Lads, ή, όν, [(dw], living, alive. 3.45. (wh, 
§s, life. T. 13843 (φον, animal. T. 23. 
ΞΟὔ-ΙΟΡΥ; (ῷδιον (dim.), zodiac. 


Β. 


4 [1]. conj.: 1. or; 4... ¥, εὔλσν .. «ου; 
adrepoy (or -a) ,.. 4, whether... or; el 
«ο ἤ, whether... or. 2. With com- 
paratives or words implying comparison, 
than, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἤ, nothing else than. 
2.218, 222. 

4 [Goth. ja, E. yea], adv., in truth, truly, 
verily ; 4 why, in very truth. 2. Like 
L. -ne, merely marking a sentence as in- 
terrogative. 10. 

ᾖ, subj. of εἰμί. 

% [dat. sing. fem. of 8s], adv., in what way, 
where; how; ᾗ e8bvaro τάχιστα, as 
guickly as possible. 10. 

ἠβάσκω [inceptive of ἠβάω, fr. ἤβη, youth, 
Hebe], come to age or manhood. 4.61; 
7.47, 

ἤγαγον, 2 a. of kya. 

ἠγάσθη, a. p. of ἄγαμαι. 

ἡγεμονία, as, leadership, chief command. 
hegemony. 4.78. 

ἡγεμόσυνα, ων, τά, (sc. ἱερά), thank-offer- 
ings for guidance, 4.8%, Cf. σωτήρια. 

ἡγεμών, dvos, 6, leader, guide, chief, com- 

» mander 42. 

ἡγέομαι [akin to ἄγω], ἡγήσομαι, ἡγησάμη», 
Hynuat, lead the way for (dat.), conduct, 
guide, τὸ ἡγούμενον, the van, 2.24; com- 
mand (gen.); like L. ducére, consider, 
suppose, think (acc. + inf.). 68. See 
ἀφ-, δι-, ἐξ-, καθ-, mpo-, ὑφ-. 

ἠγέρθησαν, see ἐγείρω. 

Ἡγήσανδρος [leader of men], Hegesander, 
6.86. 

ἡγούμενοι, οἱ, those in front, the van, pres. 
pt. of ἡγέομαι. 

ὔδειν, 2 plpf. of οἶδα. 

ἡδέως [ἡδύε], adv., pleasantly, with pleasure, 
gladly ; ο. 480v, 8. Ίδιστα. ϐ. 


VOCABULARY. 


ζώνη — ffAros 


ἤδη [* perh. 4 + δή], adv., of the imme- 
diate past, already, now; of the imme- 
diate fut., at once, forthwith. 95. Syn. 
νῦν, now = at the present moment. 
ἤδομαι, ἠσθήσομαι, ἤσθη», be pleased, glad, 
delight in; w. dat., robros, ἵππῳ or 
pt. ἰδών, rysduevos. 11. [ 4/oFad, L. 
sua(d)vis, E. swEET]. See our. 
ἡδονή, jis, pleasure, delight ; what pleases 
the taste, flavor, taste. 3. hedonism. 
ἠδυνάμην, see δύναμαι. 
ἡδύ-οινοφ, ο», producing sweet wine. 6.49. 
ἡδύς εἴα, ὁ, g. dos, elas, [οἳ. ἤδομαι], sweet, 
pleasant, delicious ; pleasing, agreeable ; 
ο. ἡδίων, 8. ἥδιστος. 18. See &opevos, 
τρισ-άσµενο». 
ὔειν, ἦσαν», impf. of εἶμι. 
ἦκα, aor. of ἵημι. 
ἤκιστα, sup. of Κακό». 
ἥἤκω [akin to ἵκω, see ἀφ-ικνέομαι], impé. 
Fixov, htw, the pres. is comm. used as ΡΕ., 
impf. as plpf., fut. as fut. pf.,am come, 
have come, have arrived, am present; come, 
come back. 90. Cf. οἴχομαι, am gone. 
See dx, éf-, καθ-, προσ-. 
λασα, see ἑλαύνω 
Ἠλεῖος, ου, [ Ηλις, Elis, cf. ἆλοι, low 
ground] an Eleéan, of Elis, a rich and 
populous state of western Peloponnesus. 
ἤλεκτρον, ου, [ cf. Skt. arch, shine], elec- 
tron, amber ; in 2.315 is prob. meant a 
bright yellow metal, containing four 
parts of gold to one of silver. elec- 
tricity, Electra (brilliant). 
ᾖλθον, 2 a. of ἔρχομαι. 
ἠλίβατος, ο», [7], high, steep, precipitous. 
144 


ἠλίθιος, 4, ον, [cf. ἠλεός, crazed], foolish, 
stupid ; τὸ ἠλίθιον, stupidity; τὸ abrd 
τῷ ἡλιθίῳφ, the same thing with stupd- 
ity. 3. 

ἡλικία, as, [ἆλιξ, of the same age], age, esp. 
prime of life, manhood. 3. 

ἠλικιώτης, ου, like Άλιξ, an equal in age, 
comrade. 1. 

ἤλιος, ov, [1], sun; ἀνατέλλω, ἀνίσχω, of 
the sun’s rising ; δύνω, δύοµαι, καταδύνω, 
δυσµή, of its setting. 19. helio-. See 
isternas. Dict. 








ἡλίσθην — ἤχθην 


ἡλίσθην, see ἁλίζω 

ἠλλάγην, 2 a. p. of ἀλλάττα. 

ἤλωκα, ἥλων», see ἁλίσκομαι. 

ἡμεῖς, ὢ», [1], we, pl. of ἐγώ. 364. 

ἡμελημένωα [ἠμελημένος, pf. pt. of ἀμελέα], 
adv., carelessly, unguardedly. 1.719. 

ἡμέρα, as, [2], day; ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρα, at day- 
break; divided into four parts; πρωῖ, 
dyopa Ἀλίήθουσα, µέσο» ἡμέρας, δεἰιλη 
125. ΟΕ. ἀπαυθημερί(ω. 

ἤμερον, ov, [7], ίαπιο; cultivated. 5.312. 

ἡμέτερος, ᾱ, ov, [ἡμεῖς], our, ourss τὰ 
ἡμέτερα, our affairs. 20. 

ἡμι-, L. semi-, ha/f. same, hemi-. 

ἡμί-βρωτος, ov, [ βιβρώσκω, εαἰ ], hal/- 

- eaten. 1.976, 

ἡμι-δαρεικόν, ov, half-daric. 1.931. 

ἡμι- δεής, és, |δέω, want], wanting half, half- 
full. 1.93. 

ἡμι-όλιος, ον, [ὅλος, whole], whole plus a 
half, half as much again; ἡμιόλιον 
οὗ πρότερον», a half more than what (they 
received) formerly. 1.931. 

ἡμιονικός, ή, όν, of mules, mule-. 7.5%. 

ἡμί-ονος, ov, 6, ἡ, half-ass, mule. 5.85. 

ἡμί-πλεθρον, ov, a half plethron = 50} 
ft. 2. 

ᾖμισνυς, esa, υ, 6. €0s, elas, [ἥμι -], half; τὸ 
furor, the half. 9. 


set ae ov, καν, cta.], α hal/| ἡσυχία, as, stillness, quiet, rest ; 
5 


ήμουν, impf. of ἑμέω 

ἠἡμφ-εγνόουν, impf. of ἀμφι-γνυέω 

Ay = ἐάν. 

fv, impf. of εἰμί. 

ἤν, see ds. 

ἤνεγκα, 1 a. of φέρω 

ἡν-ειχόμην, impf. of av-éyar 

ἠνέχθη, a. p. of φέρω. 

ἡνίκα [fy (3s) + ικα, cf. αὐτίκα], rel adv., 
when, more precise than ὅτε. 19. 

ἡνίοχον, ου, [nvia, reins, ἔχω], driver. 
1.920, 

ἤν-περ -- ἑάνπερ. 

ἤξειν, see ἥκω. 

ἠζξίου, see ἀξιόω. 

ὗπερ [ὅσπερ], stronger form of ᾗ, just 
where, just as. 

ἡρα, 1 a. of αἴρω. 

H. & W. ANAB. —38 


VOCABULARY. 


513 


“HpdxAaa, as, [Ἡρακλῆς], Heracleia, a 
city on the coast of Bithynia. 

Ἡρακλείδης, ου, [descendant of Hercules], 
Hreraclides. 7.31%, 

Ἡρακλεώτηςφ, ov, an Heracleot, of Her- 
acleia. 

Ἡρακλεῶτις, ιδος, ἡ, Heracledtis, territory 
of Heracleia. 

Ἡρακλῆς, έους, | Hera’s glory, κλέος], Hera- 
cles or Hercules, son of Zeus and Alc- 
mena, the great national hero of Greece. 

, By the will of Zeus he was subject for 
twelve years to Eurystheus, king of 
Mycenae, who imposed upon him twelve 
labors, the last of which was to bring 
the three-headed dog Cerberus from 
Hades (6.22). After his death he was 
deified and became the patron deity of 
travellers. 4.8%; 6.574. 

ἠράσθην, a. p. of ἐραµαι. 

ἠρέθησαν, Fpnvro, see αἱρέα. e 

ἠρόμην, ἠρώτα», see ἐρωτάω. 

fis, see Ss. 

ᾖσαν, see εἶμι; ἦσαν, see εἰμί. 

ἤσθην, 2. p. of ἥδομαι 

ἤσουσι, fut. of ἵημι. 

fox [fovxos], be stilt, keep quiet. 

Paste [dat. of fovxos], quietly. 1.811. 

Kae? 
jovxlay = ἡσυχῇβ; ἠσυχίαν ἄγειν, be at 
rest, keep quiet. 4. From 

ἤσυχος, ov, [cf. ἡ(σ)μαι, sit], still, quiet. 
6.511, 


fe see εἰμί. 

ἤτησα, see αἰτέω. 

ᾖτρον, ου, [cf. ἧτορ, heart], abdomen. 
4.716, 

ἠττάομαι, ἠττηθήσομαι, less often ἠττήσο: 
μαι, ἠττήθην, be ἤττων, be weaker than, 
inferior to (gen.); be ae defeat- 
ed. 11. 

ἤττων, ον, g. ovos, [for ἡκιων, cf. ἦκα, 
slightly, softly], irreg. comp. of κακός, 
inferior, worse, weaker ; hrrov, adv., less, 
in less danger, the less; Ίκιστα, least, 
least of all. 22. 

ηὺ-, see εὖ-, or αὖ-. 

ἄχθην, a. p. of ἄγω, 


514 


8. 


6—=L, f (init.) = Teut. (Eng.) d, of. θήρ, θυγάτηρ, 
θύρα, θρασύς. 
0 -- L. ἆ (med.), cf, αἴθω, μισθός, τίθηµι, πείθω, 


6’, before a rough vowel = τό. 

θάλαττα, ys, sea. 80. [= ταραχια (by 
transfer of aspira. and comm. change 
of p to A), fr. ταράττω, agitate], syn. 
advros. See ἐπιθαλάττιοφ. 

θάλπος, ους, τό, [θάλπω, warm], heat, esp. 
summer-heat; 3.173 in pl. Cf. θέρός 
(sub θερίζω). 

θαµινά [neut. ϱ].], often, oft-times. 4.118, 

Odvaros, ου, [θνήσκω]., death; ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, 
for death, in token of death. 1.6% 7. 
thanat-opsis. 

θανατόω, a. p. ἐθανατώθη», put to death ; 
condemn to death. 9.64. 

θανεῖν, 2 a. inf. of Ovhonw. 

θάπτω (Kor τάφ-τω], θάψω, ἔθαψα, τέθαµ- 
μαι, ἐτάφη», bury. 12. See τάφος, 
ἄ-ταφος, Κενο-τάφιον. epitaph. 

θαρραλέος, a, ον, [θάρρος], bold, courageous, 
daring. 2. Syn. θρασύ. On end. cf. 
poryad éos. 

θαρραλέως, adv., boldly, courageously ; con- 
Jidently. 4. 

θαρρέω, fam, ἐθάρρησα, be bold, courageous, 
of good courage; be confident; have 
courage for (acc.). 8.93. 19. See dva-. 

θάρρος, ους, τό, courage. 6.517. 

θαρρύνω, encourage. 1.73. See παρα-. 

Θαρύπας, ου, Tharypas. 2.678, 

θἄτερον -- τὸ ἕτερον. 

θάττων, θᾶττον, comp. of ταχύ». 

θαῦμα, ατος, τό, [θά(Ε)ομµαι, gaze at], a 
wonder, marvel. 6.3%. thaumat-urge. 
See θεάοµαι. » 

θαυµμάζω, άσοµαι, ἐθαύμασα, wonder, wonder 
at, admire (acc., ὅτι, el, τί: etc.). 21. 

θαυμάσιος, a, ov, wonderful, admirable. 3. 

θαυμαστός, ή, dv, verbal of θαυµά(ω, won- 
dered at, wonderful, strange. 4. 

Θαψακηνός, of, Thapsacan of 

Θάψακος, ov, 4, [Heb. Tiphsah, ford], 
Thapsacus, city on the west bank of the 
Euphrates. Its site and name were due 
to the ford at that place. 1.411. 


VOCABULARY. 


ϐ)---Θηβαῖος 


θεά, Gs, [fem. of θεός], goddess = ἡ θεός. 1. 

θέᾶ, ας, [cf. θεάοµαι, see θαῦμα], a seeing ; 
sight, spectacle. 4.827, 

θέᾶμα, aros, τό, = θέα. 4.718, 

θεάοµαι, θεάσοµαι, ἐθεᾶσάμη», look on, gaze 
on, behold, view. 6. theatre. See δια-, 
κατα-, cuv-; θεωρέω. 

θεῖν, see θέω. 

θεῖος, a, ον, [θεός], of or from the gods, 
divine, marvelous. 1.418, 

θείο, θέντες, θέµενος, 2 8. pt. of τίθηµι. 

θέλω, wish. 10. Seo ἐθέλω. 

Θεό-πομµπος, ου, [ πέµπω], Theopompus, 
mentioned in 9.113, where some manu- 
scripts have Ἐενοφών. 

θεός, οὗ, ὁ, 4, god, goddess, deity. σὺν 
θεοῖς, with the aid of the gods; πρὸς θεῶν. 

" before or in the sight of the gods. 85. 
[ θες (θέσσασθαι, pray for), or 43F, 
shine, cf. L. deus]. en-thusiasm. See 
θεῖος, ἄ-θεος. 

θεο-σέβεια, ας, [θεο-σεβής], reverence for the 
gods, piety. 9.635. 

θεραπεύω, εύσω, serve, court; provide for 
(acc.). 3. therapeutic. 

θεράπων, οντος, 6, [7%], attendant, servant 
(not servile born, cf. δοῦλος). 3. 

θερίίω [θέρος, summer], pass the summer. 
3.515, 

θερµασία,α»,[θερμάζω, warm), warmth. 5.815. 

Θερμάώδων, οντος, 6, Thermodon, river of 
Pontus. 5.6%. 

θέσθαι, 2 a. inf. of τίθηµι. 

Θετταλία, as, Thessaly, a large territory 
between central Greece and Macedonia. 
It was, roughly speaking, about sixty 
miles square and, with the possible ex- 
ception of Boeotia, the most fertile state 
in Greece. 

Θετταλός, ov, Thessalian, native of Thes- 
saly. 

θέω [ θε], impf. ἔθεο», for other tenses 
see τρέχω, run. 25. Seo ἐπ-εκ, κατα», 
παρα-, ἀντι-παρα-, προ-, προσ-. 

θεωρέω [θεωρός, Dor. θεᾶρός (θεᾶοµαι), spec- 
tator|, how etc., look at, view, behold ; 
inspect (anarmy). 6. theory. 

Θηβαῖος, ου, a Thelan, citizen of Thebes, 
the most important city of Boeotia. 


Θήβη — Ιασόνιος 


Θήβη, ης, Thebe, small town in south- 
western Mysia. 7.87. . 

θήρα, as, |Onpdw]),a hunting, hunt, chase. 2. 

θηράω [θήρι L. fera, E. peer], dow, hunt, 
chase: catch. 3. See συν-. 

Θηρεύω [θήρ], edow, ἐθήρευσα, τεθήρευκα 
etc., = foreg. 3. 

Θηρίον, ov, prose word for θήρ, of which it 
is a dim., wild animal, beast, gume. 5. 
treacle. 

θησανρός, ov, [θησ usu. referred to τίθηµι 
+ αυρος, cf. κέντ-αυρος], store, laid up, 
treasure; treasury. 2. thesaurus. 

Θήχης, ov, Theches, mountain in Pontus. 
4.721, 

@lBpwv, wvos, Thibron, a Spartan general 
who enlisted the returning Greeks 
against Tissaphernes. 7.61. 

Ονήσκω [(θαν, Ova], θανοῦμαι, 2a. ἔθανον, 
die; often as pass. to ἀπο-κτείνω, be 
slain, be killed; τέθνηκα (pl. τέθναµεν, 
inf. τεθνάναι, pt. τεθνεώς), am dead. 13. 
Ch. poet. except in the pf. and plpf. 
Other tenses supplied by ἀπο-θνήσκω. 
See θάνατος, θανατόωα. 

θνητός, 4, dv, subject to death, mortal. 
3.1%, 

Θόανα, wy, Thoana, town in southern 
Cappadocia. V. 1. Δάνα. 

θόρυβος, ου, [cf. θρέοµαι, shriek, dOpdos], 
confused noise, tumult, uproar, clamor ; 
applause. 10. See ἆνα-θορυβέω. 

Θούριος, ov, a Thurian, of Thurii, a Greek 
city on the Gulf of Tarentem, Italy. 

Θράκη, ns, Thrace, a large territory 
bounded on the south by the Aegean 
and Propontis, and on the east by the 
Euxine. The name was also applied 
(6.41) to a small district lying across the 
Bosphorus in Bithynia. The Odrysae 
were the most powerful tribe of Thrace. 

Opdxios, a, ov, Thracian; τὸ Θράκιο», the 
Thracian quarter. 7.124, 

Θρ6ξ, φακός, a Thracian. 

θρασέως, adv., boldly. 4.390, 

Opac vs, εἴα, ύ, |Goth. dars, E. pare], bold, 
daring. 3. θράσος or θάρρος, boldness. 

θρόνος, ov, (Skt. 4/dhra, dhar, support}, 
eeat, throne. 2.14. 


VOCABULARY. 


515 


θυγάτηρ, Avyarpds, 4, {3], Goth. dauhtar, 


DAUGHTER. 6. 

θύλακος, ου, [2], bag, sack. 6.43. 

Odpa, aros, τό, [θύᾳ, sacrifice], victim, sac- 
rifice. 2. 

@upBprov, ου, Thymbrium, a city of Phry- 
gia. 

θύμο-ειδής, ές, | εἶδος], spirited ; ο. -έστερος, 
Β. -έστατος. 4.5.2, 

θύμόομαι, ώσοµαι, τεθύµωμαι, be angry, be 
wroth at (dat.). 2.513. 

θυμός, of, [θύω], spirit, courage; in a bad 
sense, anger, passion ; the seat of these, 
spirit, heart, soul. 7.1%. See &-Ovpos 
(-ως, -/w), εὔ-θῦμο: (-éw), πρό-θῦμος (-ws, 

' -ta,-dopaus), &-epo-; ἐν-θύμέομαι, ἐπι-θῦμέω, 
ῥᾳ-θύμέω. 

Θυνοί, ay, Thyni, a fierce Thracian tribe. 
7.222, 

θύρα, as, [L. foris], poor; αἱ βασιλέως 
θύραι --- the king’s quarters, court. 9. 

θύρετρον, ov, door, gate. 5.21’. [@up+- e+ 
τρο».] 


θυσία, as, offering, sacrifice. 4. 
Ιθῦω [οξ. L. faumus, smoke], θύσω, ἔθῦσα, 


τέθυκα, sacrifice, offer; mid., cause to be 
offered, sacrifice to take the auspices, 
consult ; with inf. (iévas, 2.2%), ἐπί, ὑπέρ, 
περί etc. 58. See ἆπο-, κατα-, προ:; 
θὺμόᾳ, θῦμα. 

θωρακίζω, ίσω or ιῶ, arm with breastplate 
or coat-of-mail, arm; reO@wpaxicpévat, 
clad inarmor. 4. See ἐν». 

θώραξ, ἆκος, 6, [cf. Skt. s/dhar, support], 
breastplate, cuirass, coat-of-mail, made 
of cloth or leather, covered with plates 
of metal. 6. 

Θάραξ, axos, [breastplate], Thorax, Boen- 
tian, enemy of Xenophon. 5.6%. 


L 
ἰάομαι, licopar, [2], heal; dress. 1.8%, 


Ἰασόνιος, ἅ, ον, []Ἰάσων (healer), Jason}, 
. of Jason, Jasonian ; in 6.91 of a promon- 
tory now called Jassoon. where Jason is 
said to have landed when he led the 
Argonautic expedition to Cochis, im 
search of the golden fleece. 


516 


ἰάτρός, of, [ἱάομαι], healer, physician, sur- 
geon. 3. 

ἰδέ, ἰδεῖν, ἰδών, 2 a. of εἶδον, see ὁράω. 

Ἴδη, ns, [ἴδη, timber], a well-wooded moun- 
tain range in the ‘Troad. 

ros, ᾱ, ov, [fur ope-djos, cf. σφεῖς], one’s 
own, private, personal; τὸ ἴδιον, oftener 
vd ἴδια, one’s own (property, interests 
etc.) ; ἰδίᾳ, by oneself, privately, per- 
sonally. 9. idiom. ; 

ἰδιότης, nros, ἡ, peculiarity. 9.918. 

ἰδιώτης, ου, private person (citizen or 
soldier), a private. 4. idiot. 

ἰδιωτικός, ή, όν, of or for a private person, 
private, common. 6.1%, 

ἵδρόω, sweat, perspire. 1.81. [ἱδρώς, /σβιδ 
cf. L. sid-o, SWEAT. | 

Wav, 2 a. pt. of εἶδον, see ὁράᾳ. 

ἱέναι, ἵεντο, see ἵημι. 

lévat, pres. inf. of εἶμι. 

ἱερεῖον, ov, [what pertains to a ἱερεύε], vic- 
tim for sacrifice ; cattle for food (ch. in 
pl.), since a portion of every animal 
killed for food was burned in sacri- 
fice. 12. 

lepds, 4, όν, [2], sacred; τὸ ἱερόν, temple ; 
τὰ lepd, sacred rites, sacrifices, auspices, 
esp. those drawn fr. the inwards of the 
victim, cf. opdyia. iepdy ὅρος, Sacred 
Mountain, in southern Thrace. 44. 

Ἱερώνυμος, ου, [ἱερός, ὕ ὄνομα, E. Jerome], 
Hieronymus, 3.1% 

ἵημι [ /é, cf. γι of alial; fiow, hia, εἶκα, 
εἶμαι, εἴθην, make go, send, send forth ; 
of weapons, hurl, let fly, throw ; mid., 
send oneself, hasten, rush. 11. See ae 
ἀφ-, δι-, καθ», µεθ-, wap-, προ-, προσ-, συν», 
ὑφ; ἀνετος ὑφ-ειμένως. 

ἴθι, impv. of εἶμι. 

ἱκανός, ή, όν, [ίκω, come], strictly, becoming; 
comm. stfficrent, enough; competent, 
able (w. inf.). 52. 

ἱκανῶς, adv., sufficiently, well enough. 2. 

ἱκετεύω |ἱκέτης], supplicate, beg. 3. 

ἱκέτης, ου, [ixw, come], one who comes to the 
altar or hearth for protection, suppli- 
ant. 7.2%, 

"Ἱκόνιον, ov, Jronium, now Koniyeh, a 


city of Phrygia. 1.21, 


VOCABULARY. 


ἰατρόν ---'Ισσοί 


‘Trews, cov, [1], propitious, gracious. 2. Cf. 
L. hilaris, whence hilarity. 

An, ns, | ed (εἰλέω), press,], bane troop, 
esp. of cavalry. 1.219. 

ἱμάς, άντος, 6, (cf. Skt. 4/si, bind], strap, 
thong. 4.54. See ἀν-ιμάω. 

ἵμάτιον, ov, [dim. of [ua or efua for 
ἔσ-μα, see ἐσθής], outer garment, cloak, 
mantle (worn over the χιτών); pl., 
clothes. 4. 

ἵνα [perh. acc. pl. of the rare pron. {], 
final conj., that, in order that, with subj. 
or opt. 30. 

ἴουμι, ἰόντος, see εἶμι. 

ἴππ-αρχος, ου, cavalry-commander, master 
of horse. 3,8”. 

ἱππασία, as, [ἱππάζομαι, nigel; a riding. 
2.588 

ἱππεία, as, [ ἱππεύω |, ασια ; col- 
lect., pad 2. 

ἱππεύς, έως, 6, [Ἱππος], horseman; pl. cav- 
alry. 86. See ἀφ-ιππεύω. 

ἱππικόα, ή, όν, [ἵππος], of a horse or horse- 
man; τὸ ἱππικόν, cavalry. 9. 

ἱππό-θρομὸς; * ον, race -course. 
drome. 1.83. 

ἵππος, ου, 6, horse; ἀπὸ or ἐφ ἵππου, on 
horseback ; ἡ or οἱ ἵ., the horse (collect.). 
7.359. 69. hippo-potamus. |For ixFos, 
L. equus}. In many proper names, 
Ἱππίας, “Iwn- αρχος, ᾿Αρίστ-ιππος, Φίλ- 
ιππος etc., showing that the Greeks 
were very Φφίλ-ιπποι. 

Ἶρις, τος, 6, /ris, river of Pontus, Asia 
Minor. 5.6% 

ἴσθι, ἴσμε», Ἰσᾶσι, see οἶδα. 

ἰσθμός, of, [ γι (εἶμι, go), + σθ + (cf. ᾱ- 
σθ-μα) + µος], neck of land, isthmus, 
esp. the isthmus at Corinth. 2.63. 

ἰσό-πλευρος, ο», [πλευρά, side}, equal-sided, 
equilateral. 3.4%, 

ἴσος, η, ο», [1], equal, equal to; even; ἐν 
Yow or ἐξ ἴσου, equally, on an equality, in 
even line; εἰς τὸ ἴσον, to a level. 4. iso-. 
See Internat. Dict. 

ἰσο-χειλής, ές, | χεῖλος, brim], level with the 
brim. 4.5% 

Ἰσσοί, ay, ol, Issi or Issus, a city ot 
Cilicia on the Gulf of Issos. 


hippo- 


~~ =! 


tore — καθοράω 


torre, see οἶδα. 

ἵστημι, impf. ἵστη», στήσω, ἔστησα, ἑστη- 
σάµη», all trans., cause to stand, place, 
set, and 80 (a) stop, halt, (b) raise, set up, 
erect, establish ; 2 a. ἔστην, ἕστηκα, pipf. 
ἑστήκη and mid. tenses (except 1 a.) 
intrans., stand, make a stand, stop, halt ; 
the pf. and plpf. are used as pres. and 
impf., ἑστηκώς or ἑστώς, standing ; 
écracay, they were standing; ἕἔστησαν, 
they stood. The same division of tenses 
(into trans. and intrans.) runs through 
the compounds of ἵστημι. 29. [ 4/ora, L. 
si-sto, sto, E. ΑΤΑΝΟ, STAY]. See Η. 
331-6, G. 506. See ἀνθ-, dx, ἐξ-αν-, 
avv-ay-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐξ-, ἐφ-, καθ-, ἆντι-καθ-, 
µεθ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, συν-, ὑφ-; στάσις, 
σταθμός, στάδιο», σταυρός, στήλη. 

ἱστίον, ου, sail. 1.53. [What pertains to 
the ἱστός, mast (ἵστημι, set up) |. 

ἰσχυρός, a, ό», strong, powerful ; forcible, 
severe. 10. 

ἰσχῦρῶς, adv., strongly, powerfully ; vio- 
lently ; exceedingly ; ο. -ότερον. 13. 

ἰσχός, vos, ἡ, [1], strength, might, force ; 
force (military). 3. 

ἴσχω [for σίσχω, a form of ἔχω], only in 
pres. and impf., hold, hold back, restrain. 
6.39; 6.15. 

tows [ἴσος, equal], adv., equally, likely ; 
perhaps, probably, often in strong asser- 
tions modestly put forth. 17. 

iréov [verbal of εἶμι], must go. 2. 

ἵτυα, vos, 7, [Fi-rus, 4/vi, entwine, cf. L. 
Vitis}, r7m of a shield. 4.713. 

tx Gus, vos, ὅ, [1], fish. 1.4%. ichthy-. Sce 
Internat. Dict. 

ἴχνος, ους, τό, [cf. γικ, be like, see εἰκά(ω], 
track, footstep, trace. 3. ichno-. See 
Internat. Dict. 

ἰών, pres. pt. of εἶμι. 

Ιωνία, as, [“Iwy, son of Xuthus, see 
ἝἙλλην»], Tonia, on the coast of Asia 
Minor between Lydia and the sea. It 
was about ninety miles in length and 
twenty to thirty milesin width. Its chief 
cities were Miletusand Ephesus. Its peo- 
ple were near kinsmen of the Athenians. 

"Iwvixds, 4, όν, Lonian. 


VOCABULARY. 


517 


K. 


« = Lat. 6, qu —Teut. (Eng.) h, hw (wh). 
Cf. κάλαμος, καλέω, καλός, καλύπτω, καρδία, kapwés, 
κέρας, κεφαλή, κλίνω, κύων, κώπη, πού. 


καθ’, before a rough vowel for κατά. 

καθά [καθ ἅ], adv., according as, as, just 
as. 7.8. 

καθαίρω [καθαρός, clean, cf. L. castus, 
chaste |, αρῶ, ἐκάθηρα, cleanse, purify. 
5.7%, cathartic. . 

καθαρµός οὔ, [καθαίρω], purification. 5.7%, 

καθάπερ, stronger form of καθά, just ας, 
evenas. 2. 

καθ-έζομαι, impf. ἐκαθε(όµη», sit down, sit ; 
halt, encamp. 5. { ¥(o)e8, cf. L. sed-eo, 
SIT, SET, SEAT, SETTLE]. See καθ:ίζω, 
ἑνέδρα (-ebw), ἔφ-εδρος. Cf. καθ-έδρα, 
chair, chaise, ( cath-edral), our 
έδριο», sanhedrim. 

καθ-έλκω, impf. καθ-εῖλκον, draw down; 
launch. 31.119. 

καθ-εύδω [εὔδω, poet.], ἐκάθευδο», lie down 
to sleep, sleep. 6. 

καθ-ηγέοµαι, lead along, conduct. 7.8%. 

καθ-ηδυπαθέω [ἡδύς, παθ of πάσχα], how, 
καθηδυπάθησα, waste in pleasure. 1.95. 

καθ-ήκω, come down to, reach, extend; 
impers., it comes to or belongs to one 
(dat.). 5. 

κάθ-ηµαι |ἆμαι, ch. poet.], ἐκαθήµην or 
καθήµη», sit down, sit, be seated ; be en- 
camped. 13. See συγ-, iwep-; καθ- 
έομαι. | 

καθ-ίζω [ἴζω, ch. poet. for σι-σδ-ω, /σεδ, 
cf. καθ-έζοµαι], low or ιῶ, ἐκάθισα, seat, 
set, place. 2.14; 3.517. 

καθ-ίηµι, impf. 3d pl. -ίεσαν, 2a. pt. -έντες, 
let down, lower. 2. 

καθ-ίστηµι, κατα-στήσω, -έστησα, -εστησά- 
µην, trans., place or set down, settle, sta- 
tion, establish ; arrange, appoint, prepare, 
render; intrans., 2 a. κατ-έστη», καθ- 
έστηκα, and mid. tenses (except | aor.), 
be placed, fired, settled, established etc. 
26. See κατά-στασι». 

καθ-οράω, -όψομαι, -εώρακα, κατ-εῖδον (Bw 
etc.), luok down upon, descry, see, per 
ceive. 1]. | 


518 


καί [loc. of pron. st. κα, cf. L. -que], conj. : 
1. Copulative, and; καὶ .. . καί, τὲ... 
xalor...Téxal...both...and; καίγε, 
and indeed; καὶ γάρ, see ydp; καὶ δή, 
and especially. 2. Ιπϊθηβ. even, also, 
too; καί el, even if; εἰ καί, if even, al- 
though. See καίπερ, καίτοι. 

Κάῑκος, ου, (αἴοις, river of Mysia. 

Katval, dy, Cuenae, a city on the west 
bank of the ‘Tigris. 2.4%. 

Καίνω, 2 a. ἔκανο», kill. See κτείνω. 

καί-περ, adv., even indeed, though, al- 
though. 4. 

καιρός, ov, [1] strictly due measure, comm., 
proper or fit time, critical time, season, 
opportunity ; ἐν καιρῷ, in season, season- 
ably ; προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ, further than 
the occasion (required). 14. See ém- 
xalptos. 

καί-τοι, conj., and certainly, and yet, and 
still. 4. 

καίω, see κάω. 

κἀκεῖνος = καὶ ἐκεῖνο». 

κακόνοια, ας, ἵ]-ιοἰ]]. 7.745, From 

κακό-νους, ουν, [νόος, mind], evil-minded, 
ill-disposed. 2. Ant. εὔ-νους. 

κακός, ή, όν, [1], bad, evil, wicked ; base, 
cowardly ; τὸ κακόν, an evil, mischief, 
harm; ο. κακίων,β. Κάκιστος; also χείρων, 
χείριστος; ἤσσων, ἥκιστα. 35. caco- 
graphy. 

κακουργέω, do evil to, injure, harm. 6.11, 

κακοῦργος, ου, | Ἓξργω, work], evil-doer, 
malefactor. 1.918. 

κακόω [κακός], plpf. ἐκεκάκωτο, ill-treat, 
injure. 4.535. 

κακῶς adv., badly, ill; wretchedly, miser- 
ably ; ο. κἀκῖον, Β. κάκιστα. 25. 


κάκωσις, ews, ἡ, [κακόω], ill-treatment, 


abuse. 4.63, 

καλάμη, ns, [fem. of foll.], stalk, esp. 
straw. 5.427, 

xdAapos, ov, a reed. 2. [L. calamus (perh. 
borrowed), HAULM, 4 1]. 

καλέω, fut. ὢ, ἐκάλεσα, κέκληκα, κέκλημµαι, 
ἐκλήθην, call, summon, invite; καλούμε- 
vos, called, so-called, κρήνη ἡ Μίδου κα- 
λουμένη, the so-called spring of Midas. 
46. [4«ad, κλα, cf. L. cal-o, clamo, E. 


VOCABULARY. 


καὶ — καπηλεῖον 


HAIL, HALE Of HAUL.] See ἆνα- ἐγ-, 
παρα-, προ-, προσ”, συγ-; ἐκ-κλησία. 

καλινδέοµαι [see κυλίνδω Ἱ, roll. 4.835: 
5.231, 

καλλιερέω [καλός, ἱερόρ], how, ἐκαλλιέρησα, 
sacrifice (acc.) with good omens, obtain 
good omens. 3. 

Καλλίμαχος, . [noble fighter], Callima- 
chus. 4.127; 78, 

καλλίων, ο... see καλός. 

κάλλος, ους, τό, [cf. καλός], beauty. 2.315, 

καλλωπισμός, ov, ornament. 1.935. [καλλω- 
πί(ω, beautify the face (&p), adorn] 

καλός, ή, όν, ο. καλλίων, 8. Κάλλιστος, beau- 
tiful, then (so highly did the Greeks 
esteem beauty) noble, honorable ; favor- 
able, auspicious ; "τὸ καλόν, the noble, 
virtue, honor, 2.618; εἰς καλό», in good 
time, seasonably, 4.78, 79. Adv., -@s. | For 
καλ]ος, Skt. kaljas, E. HALE, HOLY, 
WHOLE. ] calo-mel, cali-sthenics. 
Found in many proper names, as, 
Καλλίας, Καλλίμαχος, Κάλλιππο». 

Κάλπης λιµήν, Calpe’s Port, a port in 
Bithynia. 

καλύπτω [ /καλ, cf. L. célo, E. Hart, 
HELL, HULL], ύψω, hide, cover. See éy, 
éx-, xpo-. Apo-calypse, calyx. 

Καλχηδονία, ας, Calchedonia, the country 
around 

Kady dav, dvos, ἡ, Calchédon, a town of 
Bithynia, opp. Byzantium. 7.1%. chal- 
cedony (fr. the form χαλκηδώ»). 

καλῶς, ο. κἀλλῖον, 8. κάλλιστα, adv., beauti- 
fully; ch. ina moral sense, nobly, well, 
rightly ; happily, prosperously ; κ. ἔχει», 
be well; κ. πράττει», be fortunate, 25. — 

κάµνω [2], καμοῦμαι, 2 2. ἔκαμον, κέκµηκα, 
work, toil; be weary; be sick. 8 See 
ἀπο-. 

κἀμοί = καὶ enol. 

κἄν = καὶ ἄν. Ἡ. 76, 77 α; G. 48, 1. 

κάµπτω [1], bend, curve. See ἐπι-, συγ». 

κάνδυς, vos, ὁ, [Pers.], robe, gown, large, 
woolen, loose-sleeved outer garment. 
1.58. 

καπηλεῖον, ου, huckster’s shop. 1.274. From 
κάπηλος, huckster, cf. L. caupo, whence 
cheap, chap. 


καπίθη ---καταισχύνω 


καπίθη, ης, [Pers.], capithe = not quite two 
quarts. 1.589. 

katrvds, ov, [1], smoke. 9. 

Καππαδοκία, as, Cappadocia, province of 
Asia Minor. 

κάπρος, ου, (cf. L. caper, he-goat], boar, 
wild-boar. 32.90. 

καρβάτιναι, wy, [7], coarse shoes of un- 
tanned leather, brogues. 4.514, 

καρδία, as, [L. cor (d)], HEART. 2.5%. T. 
160. cardiac. 

Ἱαρδούχειος, ο», Carduchian. 

Ἐζαρδοῦχοι, wy, [Assyr. Kardu, warrior], 
Carduchi, Carduchians, modern Koords, 
wild lawless inhabitants of the moun- 
tains northeast of Mesopotamia. 

Ἐάρκασος, ov, Carcasus, a river not yet 
identified. 7.818 v. 1. Kdixos, a river 
of Mysia. 

καρπαία, as, [2], carpaea, a mimic dance 
described in 6.17. 

καρπός, ov, [ /xapm, seize, cf. L. carp-o, 
KE. HARVEST], fruit, ch. of the earth, 
crop, produce. 2. Poly-carp. 

καρπόω, bear fruit; mid., reap fruits of, 
(acc.), reap. 2. 

Κάρσος, ov, Carsus, small river of Cilicia. 
1.44, 

κάρυον, ov, [cf. L. carina, nut-shell], nut of 
any kind;  κάρνα τὰ πλατέα, chestnuts. 
5.429, Later and still called κάστανα, 
whence, castanet, chestnut. 

κάρφη, ns, [κάρφω, dry], hay. 1.510. 

Kaoraddés, od, Castdlus, place near Sardis 
where the Persian troops under Cyrus 
were mustered. 1.17. 

κατά (κατ’, καθ), prep. down. 

1. With gen., down from, down, down 
upon. 7. 

2. With acc. down, down along, along, 
over, throughout ; κατὰ γῆ», by land; of 
location, along = over against, against, 
opposite, τὸ Kad αὑτούς, the (part) opp. 
themselves ; also, in, κατὰ χώρα», in place, 
1.517; of purpose, manner etc., according 
to, in respect to, for, κατὰ κράτος, accord- 
ing to one’s might, at full speed (cf. ἀνὰ 
κράτος) or by force; καθ aprayhy, for 
plunder ; distrib., κ. ἔθνος or ἔθνη, nation 


VOCABULARY. 


519 


by nation, καθ ἕνα, one by one, κατὰ 
Adxous, by companies. 120. [Pron. st. 
κα (cf. καί) + pron. st. τα, cf. τό] See 
κάτω. 

κατα-βαίνω, -Βήσομαι, 2 a. -έβη», -Βέβηκα, 
go down, descend, dismount; descend 
into the arena, enter the lists. 4.827. 
30. 

κατά-βασις, ews, ἡ, going down, descent, 
march down (from the interior, opp. to 
ἀνά-βασις). 11. Catabasis. 

κατα-βλάκεύω [βλᾶξ, lazy], εὐσω etc., Le 
listless about, neglect. 7.622. 

κατ.αγάγοι, 2 a. opt. of κατ-άγω. 

κατ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, -ήγγειλα, report against, 
disclose, denounce. 2.908. 

κατά-γειος, ο», [ yéa, γῆ, earth], under- 
ground. 4.5%, 

κατα-γελάω, άσοµαι, -eyéAaca,/augh (down) 
at, ridicule, deride; laugh scornfully, 
mock. 5. 

kat-ayvupi, -άξω, -έαξα, break in pieces, 
crush. 4.23. 

κατ-άγω, -άξω, 2 a. -hyayov, lead down or 
back, restore ; bring down (from the high 
sea, cf. ἀν-άγω), bring into port; mid. 
and pass., /and, arrive. 8. 

κατα-δαπανάω, ow, consume utterly, 
stronger form of δαπανάω, expend. 
2.211, 

κατα-δειλάω, dow, be afraid, be timid, w. 
adv. acc., 7.022. 

κωτα-δικάζω, dow, decide against, con- 
ἄεπιπ. 2. 

κατα-διώκω, όξω, -εδίωξα, pursue closely. 
4,25, 

κατα-δοξάζω, dow, form an opinion against, 
think to one’s discredit. 7.7). 

κατα-δραμεῖν, 2 a. of κατα-τρέχω. 

κατα-δύω, -δύσω, -έδῦσα, sink down, drown; 
mid. and 2 a. -έδῦν, intrans., sink, 
drown, 6. 

κατα-θεάομαι, ἄσομαι, look down upon, sur- 
vey. 1.818: 6.52. 

κατα-θέω, run down. 2. 

κατα-θύω, -θύσω, -έθῦσα, offer (down on the 
altar), sacrifice. 4. 

κατ-αισχύνω, wa, -ᾖἨσχῦνα, shame utterly, 
disgrace. 3.189; 2.14. 


520 


κατα-καίνω [collateral form of -κτείνω], 
-Kav@, 2 a -έκανο», -κέκονα, Kill, put to 
dedth. 17. 

κατα-κάω, -καύσω, -έκαυσα, burn down, 
burn up, destroy, lay wuste. 12. 

κατά-κειμαι, lie down, lie still or idle. 7. 

κατα-κεκόψεσθαι, fut. pf. mid. (as pass.) 
of κατα-κόπτω. 

κατα-κλείω, -κλείσω, -έκλεισα, -κέκλειμαι, 
shut in, enclose. 3. 

κατ-ακοντίζω, {ow or 10, shoot down, shot 
to death. 7.48, 

κατα-κόπτω, «κόψω, -έκοψα, 2 a. p. -εκόπη», 
cut down or in pieces. ϐ. 

κατα-κτάομαι, -κτήσομαι, acquire certainly 
or permanently. 7.331, 

κατα-κτείνω, -κτενῶ, -έκτεινα, 2 8. -έκτανο», 
kill outright, kill, slay. 2. 

κατα-κωλύω, hinder completely, keep back, 
detain, 2. 

κατα-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2 a. -έλαβο», 
-είληφα,-είλημμαι,-ελήφθη» (κατά, intens. 
or = suddenly), seize upon, lay hold 
of, take possession of (acc.); overtake, 
fall upon, surprise, find. 34. cata- 
lepsy. 

κατα-λέγω, set down, reckon, recount. 2.627. 

κατα-λείπω, -λείψω, 2a. -έλιπον, -λέλοιπα, 
«λέλειμαι, -ελείφθη», leave behind, leave, 
forsake, abandon, 36. 

κατα-λεύω [Ἀλεύς = λᾶας, stone], -λεύσω, 
-«ελεύσθη», stone to death. 5. Cf. κατα- 
πετρόω. 

κατα-λήψομαι, fut. of Κατα-λαμβάνω. 

κατα-λιπεῖν, 2 a. inf. of xara-Acirw. 

κατ-αλλάττω, άξω, 2 a. Ρ. -αλλάγην, change 
back, i. e. from enmity to friendship, 
reconcile. 1.6). 

κατα-λογίζομαι, count up, number, reckon. 
5.616, 

κατα-λύω, λύσω, -έλῦσα, loose (and take) 
down, loose utterly, destroy, break down; 
break up, dismiss; bring to an end, w. or 
without πόλεμον = make peace (with, 
xpés); break ranks, unyoke for the night, 
halt, lodge. 5. 

κατα-μανθάνω, -μαθήσομαι, 2 a. -έμαθον, 
learn thoroughly, ascertain fully, under- 
stand, observe or consider well. 12. 


VOCABULARY, 


κατακαίνω---κα ττοω 


κατ-αμελέω, impf. -ημέλου», be very care- 
less or negligent. 5.8}. 

κατα-μένω, -μενῶ, -έμεινα, remain behind, 
stay, settle down. 8. 

κατα-μερίζω, a. p. -εμερίσθη», divide into 
pieces, distribute. 7.5%, 

κατα-μίγνυμι, mingle, settle down. 7.2%. 

κατα-νοέω, ήσω, observe well, perceive, con- 
sider. 8. 

κατ’ ἀντιπέρας, directly opposite, see dyri- 
πέρᾶς. 

κατα-πέμπω, ψω, επέµφθη», send down. 1.97. 

κατα”πεσεῖν, 2 a. inf. of Κκατα-πίπτω. 

κατα-πετρόω, -επετρώθη», stone to deuth. 
1.3%, 

κατα-πηδάω, how, leap down. 8. 

κατα-πίπτω, -πεσοῦμαι, 2 a. -έπεσο», fall 
down, fall off. 2. 

κατα-πλήττω, -πλήξω, -éxAnta, strike down, 
terrify. 3.412, 

κατα-πολεµέω, -επολεμήθη», war down, sub- 
dueinwar. 7.12), 

κατα-πράττω, -rpite,-érpata, do effectively, 
accomplish, achieve. 5. 

κατ-αράοµαι, ἄσομαι, -ηρᾶσάμη», pray 
against, call down curses upon (dat.), 
execrate, 2. 

κατα-σβέννυμι, -σβέσω, -έσβεσα, [σβέννύμι, 
to*quench], quench utterly, extinguish. 
6.321, 25. a-sbestos. 

κατα-σκέπτομαι, -σκέψομαι, -εσκεψάμη», 
view closely, inspect. 1.513. 


| kara-oKevdlw, dow etc., equip fully, pre- 


pare, furnish ; make preparations. 5. 
κατα-σκηνέω, how, pitch tents, encamp. 8. 
κατα-σκηνόω, dow = foreg. 2.216, 
κατασκοπή, fjs, [κατα-σκέπτομαι], spying, 

espionage. 7.418, 
κατα-σπάω, dow, -εσπάσθη», draw or pull 

down. 1.99. 
κατά-στασις, ews, ἡ, [καθ-ίστημι], settled 


order, state, condition. 5.7%. 
κατα-στη-, see καθ-ίστηµι. 
κατα-στρατοπεδεύομαι, εύσομαι, pitch 


camp, εποαπιρ. 3. Cf. κατα-σκηνέω. 
κατα-στρέφω, -στρέψω, -έστρεψα, overturn, 
subdue, conquer. 8. cata-strophé. 
κατα-σφάττω, -σφάξω, 2 a. p. εσφάγη», 
slaughter, put to death. 4.135, 


κατασχεῖν --- κελεύω 


κατα-σχεῖν, 2 a. inf. of κατ-έχω. 

κατα -σχίζω, low, split (and break) down, 
burgt open = 7.118, 

κατα-τείνω, stretch tight; strive earnestly, 
urge. 2,50, 

. KaTa-Ténvo, -τεμῶ, -τέτμημαι, cut in pieces ; 
cut or dig. 2.418; 4.73. 

κατα-τίθημι, -θήσω, 1 a. * dona, «Τέθεικα, 
2 a. mid. -εθέμη», put or lay down; mid., 
lay aside or up, lay up in store; lay up 
a store of (glory, friendship etc.). 2.5%. 
7. See παρακατα-θήκη. 

κατα-τιτρώσκω, -τρώσω, -έτρωσα, wound 
mortally or severely. 4.110. 

gach 2a. -ἑδραμο», run down. 5.4%; 
7.13 

κατ-αυλίζομαι, -ίσομαι, όλο lodge, 
encamp. 7.515, 

κατα-φαγεῖν, 2 a. inf. of nueagale 

κατα-φανής, és, [φαίνω], in plain view, 
clearly seen, visible. 4. Cf. ἐμφανής, 
Φανερόε. 

κατα-φεύγω, 2 a. -έφυγο», flee for refuge, 
escape. 3. 

κατα-φρονέω [pphy, mind], haw, look (lit. 
think) down upon, despise, scorn (absol. 
or gen.). 3.127; 4,2 (sc. αὐτῶν). 

κατα-χωρίζω Γκορ, apart), low or ιῶ, ar- 
range apart, assign to their places. 6.519. 

κατ-έαξα, 1 a. of κατ-ἁγνῦμι. 

κατ-έβη. 2 a. of κατα-βαίνω. 

κατ-εθέμην, 2.a. mid. of κατα-τίθηµι. 

κατ-εῖδον, 2 a. of καθ-οράω. 

κατ-ειληφ-, «ελήφθη, see κατα-λαμβάνω. 

κάτ-ειμι, pt. -τώ», go down, descend. 5.718, 

κατ-εῖχον, impf. of κατ-έχω. 

κατ-εργάζομαι, άσοµαι, -eipyacduny, -elp- 
Ύασμαι, work out, accomplish, achieve. 6. 
Cf. κατα-πρᾶττω. 

κατ-έρχομαι, 2a. -Ίλθο», go down; come 
back, return. 7.22. 

κατ-εσθίω, 2 a. -έφαγο», eat up, devour. 
4.814, 

κατ-εστη-, see καθ-ίστηµι. 

κατ«εσφάγην, 2 a. p. of «σφάττω. 

κατ-ετέτµηντο, pipf. of κατα-τέμνα. 

κατ-έτρωσα, see κατα-τιτρώσκω. 

κατ-έχω, impf. -εἴχον, καθ-έξω OF κατα- 
σχήσω, hold down or back, restrain, con- 


VOCABULARY. 


521 


trol, constrain; hold fast, hold, possess, 
occupy ; hold one’s way down (from the 
high sea), arrive, land, cf. dy-dyw. 17. 

κατηγορέω, how, κατηγόρησα, [κατ-:ήγορος, 
accuser, ἀγορά, speaking in the assembly}. 
speak ugainst, accuse, charge (gen.). 4. 

κατηγορία, as, |«ar-fryopes, accuser, ἀγορά, 
speaking in the assembly], accusation, 
charge. 581 category, all-egory, 
par-egoric. 

κατ-ηρεµίζω [ἠρέμα, quietly], low, -npeul: 
σθη», quiet, calm. 8. 

κατ-ιδ-, 2 a. of καθ-οράω. 

κατ-οικέω, dwell, reside. 5.37. 

κατ-οικίζω, ίσω or ιῶ, -ῴκισα, settle, plant, 
Sound. 5.615; 6.47. 

κατ-ορύττω, bee, -ώρυξα, -ορώρυγμαι, -wpu- 
χθη», dig down, sink in the ο bury 
(ace.). 3. 

κάτω [κατά], down, downwards ; below, be- 
neath; τὸ κάτω τοῦ τόξου, the lower 
(part) ofthe bow. 4.278. 4, 

καῦμα, ατος, τό, [κᾶω], heat. 1.78, 

καύσιμος, ο», | καῦσις fr. caw], combustible. 2 

Καύστρου πεδίον, Plain of Cujjster, 
Cagster-field, city of Phrygia. 1 21. 

κάω, old Att. for xalw, [ /΄καξ, καυ], καύσω, 
ἔκανσα etc., burn, kindle, set on fire ete. ; 
cauterize, 5.818; rarely of the effect of 
extreme cold, blight. 29. See ἆνα-, amo, 
KaTa-, @po-Kata-, συγ-κατα-; καῦμα, et 
seq , ἄ-καυστος, ὁλοκαυτέω. 

κέγχρος, ov, [2], millet, of which there are 
several varieties. It grows four or five 
feet high, bears a small hard seed, is 
very productive and much used in the 
east for food, in the west for fodder, 
bird-seed etc. 1.222, 

κεῖμαι, ἐκείμη», lie; lie asleep, dead, 
buried etc. ; often as pass. to τίθηµι, be 
Jaid, be laid up, be set or placed. 10. 
[ 4/et, κοι, E. atve.] See ἆπο-, δια, 
ἐγ-, ἔπι-, κατα», παρα», προ”, συγ- ; κοιµάω, 
κώμη. 

κέκτησθε, see κτάομαι. 

Κελαιναί, ay, Celaenae, city of Phrygia 
1.27-10, 

Κελεύω, εύσω, ἐκέλευσα, κεκέλευκα, urge, 
request; oftener, order, bid; command 


522 


VOCABULARY. 


xevds — κίνδυνος 


128. [From a lost noun st. fr. κὄλλω, | κερδαλέος, ᾱ, ov, [on end. cf. θαρραλέος], 


urge, 4/xeA, cf. L. cello, celer, CALASH.] 
See δια xapa-; αὐτο-κέλευστος, ἐγ- 
κέλευστο». 

κενός, 4, όν, empty, void, bereft; w. gen., 
devoid of, without ; groundless, vain. 4. 

κενο-τάφιον, ου, [τάφος, tomb], empty tomb, 
cenotaph, erected in memory of one 
whose body was lost or buried else- 
where. 6.45. 

κεντέω [4], now, prick; torture. 
centaur, center. 

ἘΚεντρίτης, ov, Centrites, now Buchtan 
Chai, an eastern tributary of the Tigris. 
4.91. 

κεραμεοῦς, a, ovv, [κέραμος, clay ; wine-jar], 
of clay, earthen. 1. 

κεράµιον, ov, [κέραμος, clay; wine-jar], 
jar, containing about six gallons. 2. 
ceramic. 

Kepdpov ἀγορά, [Tile-market], Ceramon 
Agora. 1.219, ~ 

κεράννυµι [cf. Skt. 4/cri, mix], κεράσω, 
ἑκέρασα, ἐκεράσθη», mix, mingle, ch. of 
water and wine as opp. to μίγνῦμι, mix 
in general. 1.215; 5.429, See above, also 
ἀἁ-κέραιος, ἄ-κρατος, xparhp, Crasis. 

κέρας, κέρᾶτος or κέρως, τό, (cf. L. cornual], 
HORN ; from its use or shape, α drink- 
ing-horn, beaker ; trumpet; of a moun- 
tain, peak ; of an army, wing, τὸ δεξἰὸν 
(κέρας), the right wing; κατὰ κέρας, in 
column. 4.69. 31. fivo(pis, ποςε)-κέρως. 
rhinoceros. See κεράτινος. 

Ἐερασούντιος, ov, a Cerasuntian, resident 
of 

Kepagois, οὔντος, 4, Cerasiis, a Greek city 
of Pontus, on the Euxine, 5.32: sup- 
posed to mean “abounding in cherries ” 
[κέρασος, Cherry], since, according to 
Pliny (bk. 15, ch. 25), the cherry-tree 
was imported from this place into Italy 
by Lucullus, after his war with Mithri- 
dates, a. Ὀ. 68. 

Κεράτινος, η, ov, [κέρας], of horn, horn-. 6.14. 

Κέρβερος, ου, [1], Cerberus, the mythical 
three-headed watch-dog that guarded 
the exit from the lower world. 6.22, 

~--Enlyw [κέρδος], ανῶ, gain. 9.63. 


3.129. 


gainful, profitable. 1.911. 
κέρδος, ους, τό, [1], gain, profit ; in 1.917 = 
pay. 2. 
κεφαλ-αλγής, és, [ἄλγος, pain], causing 
headache. 2.815, 16, 


κεφαλή, fs, [1], L. caput, HEAD. 14, 
cephalic, ephalous. See ἐγ- 
κέφαλο». 


κηδεµών, όνος, 6, [on end. cf. ἡγεμώ»], one 
who cares for others, protector, guardian. 
3.111. From : 

κήδοµαι [2], be concerned for, care, Sor, 
‘(gen.). 7.55. 

κηρίον, ου, [κηρός, bees-war, L. céra], honey- 
comb, 4.83. 

κηρύκειον, ου, herald’s staff, of olive or 
laurel wood, and usually with two ser- 
pents twined about it. 5.7%, 

κἠρνξ, υκος, 6, [akin to καλέω (see sub Λ)], 
herald, messenger (cf. πρέσβυς), an im- 
portant officer among the Greeks. Ha 
was a public crier (2.239), called assem- 
blies, kept order, and bore messages 
between enemies, 2.17. Hence his per- 
son was inviolable. 12. 

κηρύττω [κῆρυξ], te, ἐκήρῦξα, proclaim, 
by a herald; impers. 9.496, proclama- 
tion is made (cf. ἐσάλπιγξε, 1.21"). 9. See 
ἀκήρυκτος. 

Κηφισό-δωρος, ου, [gift of Κηφίσός, small 
river near Athens], Kephisodorus. 4.215. 

Κηφισο-φῶν, ὥντος, [light or joy of K., see 
foreg.], Kephisophon. 4.218, 

κἰβώτιον, ου, [dim. of κἱβωτός, chest], small 
box, chest. 7.514. 

Κιλικία, as, [Assyr. Chilaku], Cilicia, 
province in the southeastern part of 
Asia Minor. ‘The. western part was 
called Τραχεῖα (Rugged). 1.27~24. 

Κάλι, ucos, 6, Cilician. 

Κθισσα, ns, [for Κίλικ]α, cf. ἤσσων for 
Hxjwv), Cilician woman. 

κινδύνεύω, εύσω etc., be in danger, incur 
danger ; endanger oneself, run risk (w. 
inf.). 10. See δια-, προ-. 

κἰνδύνος, ου, [1], danger, peril ; risk ; w. or 
without ἐστί, there ts danger. 9. See 
ἁ-κινδύνως, ἐπι-κίνδυνο». 


κιγέω — κοµίζω 


κινέω, how, sel in motion, move, stir, stir up. 
5. [κίω, go, L. cieo, ex-ci-to, E. HIE, 
HONE.] kinetic. 

κιττός, ov, [2], ivy. 5.412, 

Κλεαγόρας, ov, [famous speaker], Clea- 
goras. 7.8), 

Ἐλεαίνετος, ου, [ ον, y praised}, Cleae- 
πείς. 5.117, 

Κλέανδρος. ου, [man of renown], Cleander, 
Spartan harmost. 6.218; 61. 

Κλεάνωρ, ορος, [man of renbion| Cleanor, 
general from Arcadia. 2.110. 

KAcdperos, ου, [famed for his bravery], 
Clearetus, 5§.714-16. 

Ἐλέαρχος, ov, [famous ruler], Clearchus, 
Spartan general, exile (1.19), joined 
Cyrus at Celaenae with two thousand 
men (1.29), artfully prevailed on his 
soldiers to continue the expedition (1, 
ch. 3), commanded the right wing at 
Cunaxa (2.219), slain (2, ch. 5). 

κλεῖθρον, ου, [κλείω], bar, bolt. 7.117, 

κλείω [γκλεξ, cf. L.clavis, claudo], κλείσω, 
ἔκλεισα, κέκλειμαι, shut, close. 3. See 
ἀπο-, κατα-, συγ». 

κλέος, ους, τό, fame, glory, [cf. κλύω, hear, 
L. in-cli-tus, Sax. hlud, E. toup]. See 
εὔ-κλεια, εὖ-κλεῶς, Κλεαγόρας et seq., 
Κλεώνυμος, Ἄτρατο-κλῆς, Ἐανθι-κλῆ». 

κλέπτω [L. clepo], κλέψω, ἔκλεψα, steal ; 
of various acts done thief-like, cheat, 
conceal, seize secretly, steal past with. 12. 
See κλοπή-κλάψ. klepto-mania. 

ἘΕλεώνυμος, ου, [of fumous name], Cleo- 
nymus, 4.118, 

᾿κλῖμαξ, axos, 4, [κλίνω], ladder. 
climax. 

κλίνη, ης, [κλίνω], couch, bed. 2. clinic. 

κλίνω [ γκλι, L. in-clino, Sax. hlaenan, 
LEAN], κλινῶ, ἔκλῖνα, bend, make lean or 
recline. Olime, en-, pro-clitic. See 
ἀπο-, ἐκ-. 

κλοπή, is, [κλέπω], theft, stealing. 4.614. 
klope-mania. 

κλωπεύω, steal, take by stealth (acc.). 6.11. 

κλώψ, κλωκός, 5, [κλέπω], thief, marauder. 
4.61", 

κνέφας, ους, τό, [1], darkness, 4.59. 

κνηµίς, ios, ἡ, [κνήμη, Jeg, below the 


4.5%, 


VOCABULARY. 


523 | 


knee], leggin, greave, usually of metai 
lined with leather or other material, 
and fastened by bands (ἐπισφύρια). 4. 

κόγχη, ns, [Skt. canhas], muscle, shell-fish. 
5.38. conch, coach. 

κογχυλιάτης, ου, [κογχύλη, dim. of «éyx7], 
adj., shelly, full of shells. 9.410. 

κοῖλος, η, ov, [for xoFiAos, L. cav-us, E. 
HOLE], hollow. 5.4%', Coele-syria. 

κοιµάω [fr. lost st. fr. κεῖµαι], ἠσω etc., put 
to sleep, mid. and aor. p. ἐκοιμήθη», 
sleep, fall asleep. 5. cemetery, 
coma. 

kowvds, ή, όν, [for κοµιος, akin {ο L. cum], 
common, common to all; public; τὸ 
κοινό», the common good, treasury, store, 
authority etc. ; κοινῇ, in common, jointly , 
w. dat., σύν, µετά. 12. 

κοινόω, dow, make common; mid., commu 
nicate with, share with, consult (dat. ) 
5.627; 6.215, See dva-. 

νο. how, have a Hare of ( gen. ), 7.6% 
be a 

κοινωνός, οὔ, [κοινός, on end. cf. oiwrds|, 
sharer, partaker (gen.). 7.258, 

Κοιρατάδας, ov, Coiratadas. 7.1%, 

Κοῖτοι, οἱ, Coetae. 7.82. 

κολάζω |], άσοµαι, ἐκόλασα or ἐκολασάμη», 
chastise, punish. 6. See ἀ-κόλαστος. 

κόλασις, ews, 7, chastisement, punishment. 
v. 1. in 7.73. 

Κολοσσαί, ay, Colossae, city of Phrygia 
where Menon joined Cyrus (1.2%) and to 
the Christians of which Paul acerveeed 
one of his Epistles. 

Koda x(s, (80s, 4, Colchis, a μις on the 
southeast of the Euxine. In 5.32 an 
adj., Colchian. 

Κόλχοι, wy, Colchians, people of Colchis. 
4.88, 

κολωνός, od, [cf. L. collis, E. η], hill, 
mound. 4.7%, 

Κομανία, as,’ Comania, fortified post in 
Mysia. 7.85, 

κοµιδή, js, conveyance. 5.111, 

κοµίζω [cf. κοµέω, take care of]. low or ιῶ, 
ἐκόμισα etc., care for; care for by carry 
ing off for safe-keeping, hence, comm 
carry away, convey, bring; mid) (cofres 


524 


VOCABULARY. 


Koviarés — κρότος 


oneself or one’s own. 6. See dva-, éx-, κρατήρ, ἢ ἥρος, 6, [κεράννῦμι], large bowl for 


συγ-. 
κονιᾶτόφ, ή, όν, [κονιάω, plaster}, plastered, 
cemented. 4.233, 


mixing wine and water; made of clay, 
marble, or precious metals. 2. 
κράτιστος, see κρείτων. 


κονιορτός, ov, [κόνις, dust, ὄρρῦμι], cloud of | κράτος, ους, τό, [cf. L. creo, Cerés], strength, 


dust, dust. 1.89. 

κόπος, ου, [κόπτω], toil; fatigue. 5.88. 

Kompos, ου, -[Cf. καπύω, breathe forth], dung. 
1.61. 

Κόπτω [1], κόψω, ἔκοψα, 2 a. p. ἐκόπη», cut, 
cut off or down; knock, smite, slaughter ; 
knock up, tire out, cf. κόπος. 4. comma, 
syn-cope. See ἀπο-, δια-, éx-, συν-εκ-, 
Κατα». 

κόρη, ns, girl, maid. 4.5%. Cora. Fem. 
of κόροε [1]. See ἐπικουρέω. 

Κορσώτη, ης, Corsdte, city on the east 
bank of the Euphrates, the exact site 
of which is uncertain. See 1.54, and 
ἹΜάσκας. 

Κορύλας, a, Corylas, a ruler of Paphla- 
gonia, who had thrown off his allegiance 
to Persia. 5.512, 

κορυφή, jis, [cf. κάρα, head, Κόρινθος], top, 
peak, summit. 32. 

κοσµέω [κόσμος], how etc., arrange, order ; 
adorn, deck. 3. cosmetic. 

κόσµιος, a, ο», orderly, well-behaved. 6.6%. 

κόσμος, ου, [2], order, good order; orna- 
ment, dress. 2. World, as evidencing 


order. T. 187. Cosmos. 
Koriwpa, wy, Cotydra, coast town of 
Pontus. 5.5%. 


Korvwptrijs, ov, a Cotydrite, citizen of 
Κοτύωρα. 

κοῦφος, η, ον, [7], light; κ. χόρτος, light 
(i.e. dry) grass -- hay. 2. 

κούφως, adv., lightly, nimbly. 6.15. 

κράζω, 2 pf. κέκρᾶγα, cry, shriek, scream. 
7.815, [4/xpay, imitative, like creak, 
crack, croak etc.] See ἆνα-;. κραυγή. 

(εράνος, ous, τό, [? cf. κραναός, hard, rugged 
or κάρα, head], helmet, originally of 
leather, later usually of bronze, lined 
with felt or other soft material. 8. 

κρατέω [κράτος], fiow etc., be powerful ; 
have or get power over, rule, rule over; 
conquer; get power over, hold. Abs., 

9n., less often acc. 20. 


~ 
ν 


might, force; mastery. See sub dvd, 
κατά. 9. aristo-, demo-crat. See ἆγ- 
κρατής, ἐπικράτεια,' παγκράτιον, αὖτο- 
κράτωρ, κρείτω»; Πολυκράτης. Σωκράτης. 

κραυγή, jis, [κράω], cry, shoul, shriek ; 
clamor. 11. 

κρέας, κρέαος or κρέωε, τό, pl. κρέα, flesh, 
meat. Crea-sote. 9. [Cf. L. caro, Sax. 
hreaw, E. Raw.] 

κρείττων, ov, [for κρετ]ω», comp. of xparts, 
strong, see κράτος], stronger, more power- 
ful; comp. to ἀγαθός, better, braver, 
nobler; 8. κράτιστος, strongest ete. ; 
κράτιστα as adv., best, in the best manner, 
most bravely. 47. 

κρέµαµαι, ἐκρεμάμη», hang, be suspended, 
3.219; 4.17; pres. and impf. mid. and 
pass., with shortened stem, to 

κρεμάννύμι, κρεμῶ, ἐκρέμασα, ἐκρεμάσθη», 
hang. 1.28; 7.411, 

κρήνη, 7s, [2 cf. κάρα, head}, fountain, 
spring. 4. Syn. πηγή. 

κρηπίς, ios, ἡ, Ἶα L. crepido], founda- 
tion. . 2. 

Κρής, Κρητόν, pl. Kpijres, Cretan, inhabi- 
tant of Crete, a large island of the 
Mediterranean, situated southeast of 
Greece. The Cretans excelled in arch- 
ery and as light-armed troops. 

κρῖθή, 7s, [1], barley, ch. in pl. 7. Οἱ. 
ἄλφιτα. 

κρίθινος, 7, ο», of barley, barley: ; οἶνος κ. 
= beer. 2. Onend. cf. πύρινος. 

κρίνω [cf. L. cerno, cri-men], κρινῶ, Expiva, 
κέκρικα etc., distinguish ; choose; comm., 
judge, decide; try (one accused). 18. 
critic, criterion, hypo-crite. See 
ἀπο-, δια-, προ-; κρίσις. 

κρῖός, ov, [οἳ. L. cervus, E. HART], ram. 
2.29. 


κρίσις͵ ews, ἡ, judgment ; trial. 3. crisis. 


kpdppvoy, ου, [1], onion. 7.127, 
κρότος, ου, [1], rattling noise, applause. 
6.115, Perh. akin to 











κρούω ---Δακεδαίμων VOCABULARY. 625 
κρούω ας κρούσω etc., strike, knock. 4.518: have authority. 5.727. T. Lord, 749. 
6.110 [κῦρος, authority; see ἄ-κῦρος, ἐπι-κῦρόω.] 


κρύπτῳ, κρύψω, hide, conceal (9 8008. in 
1.9%), keep secret. ὃ. [Prob. akin to 
καλύπτω (A for ϱ)] crypt, grotto. 
See ἁπο-, ἑπι- 

κρωβύλος, ου, [2], tuft of hair. δ.415, 

κτᾶομαι, κτήσοµαι, exrnoduny, acquire ; 

. κέκτηµαι, have acquired = possess; plpf. 

- éxexthunv (as impf.), κεκτήσοµαι (88 
fat.). 11. (Cf. Skt. ykshi, dwell, pos- 
sess.] See κατα», προσ-; κτῆμα, κτῆνος. 

Κτείνω, κτενῶ, ἕκτεινα, kill, 3.533. See 
ἆπο- (the prose word). 

κτῆμα, aros, τό, [κτᾶομαι], possession. 2. 

κτῆνος, ους, τό, [κτάᾶομαι], ch. in pl., flocks 
and herds, cattle; domestic animal. 5. 

κτήσασθαι, see κτᾶομαι. 

Κτησίας, ου, [ possessor], Ctesias, a Greek 
of Cnidus in Caria, physician to Ar- 
taxerxes, and author of a history of 
Persia. 1.8%, . 

κυβερνήτης, ου, [κυβερνάω, steer], helms- 
man, pilot. 5.8%. governor. 

Kdvos, ου, Cydnus, river of Cilicia. 1.228. 

+ κυζικηνός, h, όν, of or from Cyzicus; ὃ κ. 

(σγατήρ), the Cyzicene stater, minted at 
Kié¢ixos and worth twenty-eight drach- 
mas or about $5.50. The stater was the 
standard gold coin among the Greeks, 
the best known being the Δαρεικός, 
Κυζικηνός, and Φωκαΐτης. 5.623, 

Kitxos, ου, Cyzicus, city on an island of 
same name on thecoast of Mysia. 7.25. 

«κύκλος, ov, circle; ibxAq,in a circle, round 

about. 17. cycle,cyclo-. See Internat. 
Dict. [Skt. cakrds, wheel.] 

κυκλόω, dow etc., encircle, surround. 3. 
See περι-. 

κύκλωσις, εως, ἡ, Surrounding. 1.87. 

κυλίνδω, roll, roll along or off. 5. cyl- 
inder. [ γκυλ, καλ (see xarwddopat) = 
κορ, Cf. κορωνίς, L. curvus.] 

κυπαρίττινος, 7, ον, made of cypress 
(κυπάριττος). 5.312, 

κύπτω, bend, stoop [ 4/xu, L. cub-o, cumbo, 
cf. E. hoop, HUMP]. See ἐπι-, συγ-. 

Εόρειος, d, ov, of Cyrus, Cyréan. 


K pos, ον, [“ perh. borrowed from the river 
Cyrus near Pasargadae.” — Sayce]. 
Cyrus. 1. Cyrus the Elder (παλαιός) 
or the Great, son of a Persian nobleman, 
Cambyses, and of Mandane, daughter 
of Astyages, the last king of the Medes; 
founder of the Persian Empire, ruled 
from 558 to 529 B.c. See Introd. 7, 8 

2. Cyrus the Younger, son of Darius 
II., called Nothos (bastard), and of 
Parysatis, daughter of Xerxes II. See 
Introd. 43. 


‘Kvraéveov, ον, ως town in Lydia. 


7.88, 

κύων, κυνός, 6, 4, [cf. L. canis, E. πουνο], 
dog, bitch. 6. cynic. 

κωλύω [1], tow, ἐκώλῦσα, hinder (acc. + 
inf.), prevent; stop, forbid ; τὸ κωλύον, 
the hindrance. 30. See ἆπο-, κατα-. 

κωμ-άρχης, ου, village-ruler, comarch, 
mayor. 1]. 

κώμη, ns, village. 90. com-edy., [E. HOME, 
akin to κεῖµαι.] 

κωµήτης, ov, villager. 4.5%. 

κώπη, ns, handle, esp. of an oar; oar 2, 
[L. capio, E. ΠΑΕτ.] 


A. 


A = lat. l= Eng. 1, cf. λύκος, λύω, καλός, καλέω. 
A interchanged with p, cf. καλύπτω, άρκεω, έρχομαι, 
θαλαττα 


λαβεῖν, 2 a. inf. of λαμβάνω. 
λαγχάνω [ γλαχ], λήξομαι, 2 a. ἔλαχον, 
εἴληχα, obtain by lot or fate, obta’n (acc.); 


get a share of, get (gen.). 3.111; 4.5%. 
See δια-; Adxos. 
Aayés, ώ or @, [1], hare. 4.53. 


λαθεῖν, 2 a. of λανθάνω. 

λάθρᾳ [dat. of *Ad@pos, cf. λανθάνω], 
secretly ; W. gen., without the knowledge 
of. 2. 

AaxcSaipcviocs, ου, a Lacedaemonian 
citizen of 

Δακεδαίμων, ovos, 7, [cf. λάκκος, hollow 


κύριος, d, ov, having authority; κ. εἰμί, | pit], Lacedaemon or Sparta, capital ο 


526 


VOCABULARY. 


λάκκος — Afyyw 


Laconia, most southern state of Pelo- | λαφῦρο-πώλης, ov, seller of booty. 7.75. 


ponnesus. 

λάκκος, ov, [whence L. lacus, lake, Ir. 
loch], pit, cistern. 4.22, 

λακτίζω [οξ. Adi, with the feet], ίσω or ιῶ, 
ἐλακτίσθη», kick. 3.218, 

Λάκων, wos, a Laconian, see Λακεδαίμων. 

Aakwvixos, ή, όν, Laconian. laconic. 

λαμβάνω [ AaB], λήψομαι, 2 a. ἔλαβον, 
εἴληφα, εἴλημμαι, ἐλήφθην. 1. take, ina 
wide sense, seize, capture, catch; over- 
take, detect, find; of the mind, seize, 
apprehend. 2. receive, obtain, get etc. ; 
mid. w. gen., seize, lay hold of. 224. Cf. 
ἀνα-, ἀπο-, συν-απο-, δια-, ἐπι-, κατα-, προ- 
κατα-, παρα-, ΠΤερι-, προσ-, συλ-, ὑπο-; 
λαφυροπώλη». 

λαμπρός, ἄ, όν, bright, brilliant; splendid. 
7.741, 

λαμπρότης, nros, ἡ, brilliancy, splendor. 

1.218, 

ccs [ γλαπ, cf. L. limpidus], λάμψω, 
shine, light up; so in mid. and pass. 
3.111, 12, lamp. See dva.. 

"Λαμψακηνός, of, a Lampsacene, citizen 
of 

Λάμψακος, ον. 4, Lampsacus (modern Lam- 
saki), town of Mysia on the Hellespont, 
famed for its good wine. 7.81. 

λανθάνω [ 4/Aad, cf. L. lat-eo], in compds. 
oftener λήθω, λήσω, 2 a. ἔλαθο», λέληθα, 
escape notice of (acc.), elude; be hid or 
concealed; with pt. often rendered, 
secretly, unawares etc., τρεφόμενον ἑλάν- 
θανεν, 1.19, (the army) while being sup- 
ported escaped notice =the army was 
secretly supported, cf. 1.31. 4.27; 611, 
See H. 984; G. 1586. 17. Lethe, 
lethargic. See ém-, ἀληθής, λάθρα. 

Λάρισσα, ns, [7], Larissa, mod. Nimrud, 
a name used by Xenophon (9.41) to des- 
ignate the ruins of a city identified with 
ancient Calah (or Kalhn), on the left 
bank of the Tigris, about six miles 
above the mouth of the Zapatas (Zab). 

λάσιος, a, ov, [7], hairy, shaggy = δασύς 
(perh. a dialectic form); bushy; τὰ 
λάσεα, thickets. 9. 


λαφνύροπωλέω, sedi ὁοοίψ. 6.6%, From 


λαχών, 2 a. pt. of λαγχάνω. 

λάχος, ους, τό, ]λαγχάνω], one’s lot, share, 
portion. 5.895. 

λέγω (A), [cf. L. lego], ἔλεξα, εἵλοχα, 
εἴλεγμαι, 2 a. Ῥ. ἐλέγη», --- these pts. in 
Att. only in compds.,— gather, pick; 
pick out, count, recount, hence (B). See 
éx-, κατα-, ovA-; ἀπό-λεκτος, έπι-; oun 
λογος, -f. 

λέγω (B), λέξω, ἔλεξα, λέλεγμαι (but δι- 
είλεγµαι), éAéxOny,.in compds. oftener 
ἀγορεύω, f. ἐρῶ etc., see εἶπον, say, speak, 
speak of, tell, mention, express ; propose ; 
reckon ; mean; constr., acc., ὧς or ὅτι 
w. ind. or opt., inf. esp. after pass., 
λέγεται, ἐλέγετο, is said, was said, πρός, 
περί etc. 302. lexicon. See ἀμφι-, 
ἆντι-, δια-, ἐπι-, ™po- ; λεκτέος, Adyos, 
λογίζομµαι, ἀπο-λογέομαι, ὅμο-λογέω. 

λεία, ας, [ λήζομαι ], booty, plunder, esp. 
cattle. 3. 

λειμών, ὤνος, 6, [cf. λείβω, pour], meadow. 
5.311, 

λεῖος, a, ov, [for AeFos, cf. λευρός, smooth, 
L. lévis], smooth ; with smooth sur- 


face. 8. 
λείπω [ {λιπ, λειπ, λοιπ], λείψω, 2 8. 
ἔλιπον, λέλοιπα, λέλειμμαι, ἐλείφθη», 


leave, abandon, forsake ; pass. be left = 
fall behind; be inferior; be left over, 
survive. el-lipse. 19. See ἆπο-, δια-, 
ἕκ-, ἐπι-, kaTa-, παρα-, ὑπο-; λοιπό». 

λεκτέος, a, ov, |λέγω],όο be or must be said. 
5.68, 

λέλοιπα, see λείπω. 

λεξάτω, λέξω, see λέγω. 

Acovrivos, ov, a Leontine, of Λεοντῖνοι 
mod. Lentini, a Sicilian town north of 
Syracuse. 

λευκο-θώραξ, dxos, 6, with white corselet. 
1.8% 7 

λευκός, ή, dv, [L. luceo, lux], bright, clear, 
white. 5. 

Aex Gels, see λέγω. 

Δέων, οντος, [Lion], Leon, from Thurii in 
southern Italy. 5.12. 

λήγω [2], λήξω, Anta, cease, end. 3.19; 
7.68, 











{λοχᾶγία, as, captaincy. 


λῄζομαι — Aveo 


λῄῖομαιν or ληΐζομαι [ants = λεία, 4/Aaf, 
gain], Azooua, plunder, pillage, spoil, 
rob, seize. 7. See rns, λῃστεία. 

λήρος, ου, [2], nonsense, idle talk. 7.74, 

λῃστεία, as, plunder, robbery. 7.79. 

ληστής, of, plunderer, robber. 3. 

ληφθ-, ληψ-, see λαμβάνω. 

λίαν [2], adv., very, exceedingly. 2. Syn. 
ἄγᾶν. 

λίθινος, η, ον, [on end. of ξύλινος], of stone, 
stone-. 2. : 

λίθος, ον, [2], α stone, stone. 21. litho-, 
see Internat. Dict. See ἄ-λιθος, rérpos 
(syn.). 

Asphy, ένος, [3 cf. λείβω, pour], harbor, 
haven, refuge. 11. 

λιμός, ov, [7], hunger, famine. 4. 

λινοῦς, 7, ovv, [λίνον, linen, on end. ef. 
χρυσοῦς], flaxen, linen. 4.716, 

λιπ-; see λείπω. 

λογίζομαι [λόγος], consider, calculate. 
2.218; 3.1%. See κατα-; ἀ-λόγιστος. 

λόγος, ου, [λέγω] : 1. The outward form 
of speech, — word, saying, report (1.41), 
speech, discourse, discussion, interview (eis 
λόγους, 2.5%), account, book etc. 2. The 
thought expressed, — opinion, reason, 
argument etc. 24. logo-, -logy, -logue. 
See Internat. Dict. 

λόγχη, ns, [2], spear-head; spear, lance, 
lancea. 13. Cf. δόρυ, spear-shaft, spear. 

λοιδορέω [λοίδορος, railer], rail at (acc.), 
revile. 3.499; 7.51), 

λοιπός, ή, όν, [λείπω], rest, remainder, rest- 
of-the ; τὸ λοιπόν, thenceforth, henceforth ; 
rest; λοιπόν( ἐστι), it remains. 97. 

Λοκρός, ov, a Locrian, of Locris in cen- 
tral Greece. 

Aovordrys, ov, or Λουσιεύς, έως, a Lusian, 
of Λουσοί, 2a town in Arcadia. 4.221, 

λόφος, ου, [1], neck, crest; hence, ridge, 
hill, height. 25. Cf. yhaodos. 

ox dyéw, be a captain. 6.1%. 

1.415. 3,180, 

Loxayos, 0d, [λόχος, ἅγω], /eader of a com- 

| pany, captain, above the πεντηκοντήρ 
and next to the ταξί-αρχος; his pay 
twice that of a private. 99. See 
ὑπο". 


VOCABULARY, 


527 


λοχίτης, ov, member of a λόχος, com- 
rade. 6.67, 11. 

λόχος, ov, [cf. λέγω, lay, lie, λέχος, bed], 
place or act of lying in wait, ambush ; 
those in ambush, company ; composed 
of about one hundred men, divided into 
two πεντηκοστύες and four ἐνωμοτίαι. 60, 

Av8la, as, Lydia, province-on the west 
coast of Asia Minor, capital Sardis; 
conquered by Cyrus the Great about 
554 B.C. 

Λόδιον, a, ov, Lydian. 

Λυδός, of, a Lydian, inhabitant of Lydia. 

Λύκαιον, ου, Mt. Lycaeus, in Arcadia, 
sacred to Zeus; τὰ Λύκαια (ἱερά), the 
Lycaean festival, in honor of Zeus. 1.2. 

Avxdovila, as, Lycaonia, province of Asia 
Minor, between Galatia and Cilicia. 

Διυκᾶων, ovos, a Lycaonian. 

Λόκειον, ov, the Lycéum, a gymnasium in 
the eastern suburb of Athens near the 
temple of Apollo Λύκειο an epithet 
of uncertain origin. Along its walks 
Aristotle discoursed, whence his school 
was called Lycéum, his followers, pert- 
patetics (περιπατέω, walk about). 

Δόκιος, ου, [λύκος, wolf}, Lucius, a Syra- 
cusan. 1.104, an Athenian, 3.3%; 
4.322, 

λύκος, ου, [for Ελυκος, Goth. vulfs], wour, 
sacred to the Persian god Ahriman. 
v. 1. in 2.29. 

Λύκος, ov, Lycus, i.e. Wolf river, of 
Bithynia, near Heracléa. 6.23. 

Δύκων, wvos, [wolf], Lycon, an Achaean. 
5.627, 


λυύμαίνομαι [λύμη, outrage, Adua, filth, 4/Av, 
AoF, λούω, wash], outrage ; spoil, mar. 
1.916, 

λυπέω, How etc., pain, trouble, annoy. 7. 
See παρα-. From 

λύπη, ns, [cf. Skt. 4/lup, damage], pain, 
grief. 3.13. Whence 

λυπηρός, ἅ, όν, painful, grievous; trouble- 
some. 2.513; 7.728, 

λύττα, ns, [7], rage, madness, . 5.7%, 

λύω [L. luo, solvo (= se-luo)], Avow, ἔλῦσα 
etc., LOOSE, in a wide sense, set loose, 
set free, release, unyoke, undo, break, 


D238 
break down, end, destroy etc. 17 1088, 
“LESS. analysis. See amo-, κατα-, 
παρα-, ὕπο-. 

λωτο-φάγοι, ὧν, [Awrds, φαγεῖρ], lotus- 
eaters. The lotus, now called jujube, 
was a thorny tree, that grew about 
Cyrene, in Africa, and bore a fruit re- 
sembling the olive in size, the date in 
taste, and so delicious, according to the 
legend, that travelers who ate of it 
lost all desire to return home. 3.2%, 

λωφάω [7], how, rest, ceace. 4.78, 

Άφων, Ἀφο», [3 cf. /Aaf, gain, see λῄ(οµαι], 
more desirable, better, ο. to dya0us. 3. 


M. 


uw = Tet. αι = Eng: m; cf. µέγας, µεθύω, µέσος, 

μή», et al. 

pa [7], adv. of swearing, by, w acc., 
always neg. unless ναί precedes. 5. 
Cf. vf. 

µάγαδις, (ος, dat. μαγάδί, 4, [foreign], 
magadis, a three cornered harplike 
instrument of twenty strings. 7.332, 

Μάγνης, nros, a Magnesian, of Magnesia, 
a district on the east coast of Thessaly. 
61°. magnesia, magnet. 

pad-, 2a. of µανθάνω. 

Μαίανδρος, ov, Maeander, a river of 
Phrygia and Caria; very winding, 
hence ‘ meander.’ 

µαίνοµαι [ /µαν, think, be excited, cf. 
μιμνήσκω]., μανοῦμαι. 2 a. p. ἑμάνη», 
rage, be mad. 4. mania. 

µακαρίζω [μάκαρ, blessed, cf. L. mactus, 
adored], bless, deem blessed, count happy. 
3.119, Whence 

µάκαριστός, ή, όν, deemed happy; envi- 
able. 1.9%  . 

Max(lorios, ov, a Macistian, of Macistus, 
an ancient town of Elis. 7.416, 

µακρός 4, dy, (cf. μῆκος], long, of time or 
space; μακρά» (ὁδόν), a long way or 
distance, far ; µακρότερο», farther. 10. 

Μάκρωνες, wy, Macroénes, a powerful tribe 
of Pontus. 4.727, 

µάλα ({π. pl. of st. akin multus], adv., very, 
quite, exceedingly, very much, very well ; 


VOCABULARY. 


λωτοφάγοι — Μάσκας 


exactly, certainly ; οὗ µάλα, not atall: ο. 
μᾶλλον», more, rather; 8. µάλιστα, most. 
in the highest degree, most of all, espe- 
cially ; of number, about. 105. 

porax(fouar, be softened ; show weakness or 
cowardice, 5.814. See ὑπο-. |paraxds, 
soft, cf. L. mulceo, soothe.} 

μᾶλλον, µάλιστα, see µάλα. 

µανέντες, 2a. p. of µαίνοµαι. 

µανθάνω [ /μαθ], µαθήσομαι, 2 a. ἔμαθον, 
µεµάθηκα, learn, ascertain. 7. See κατα-. 
pabnrhs, pupil. T. 268. mathematics. 

μαντεία as, prophesying ; a response. 3.1'. 
From pavredopas [ μµάντις], prophesy, 
whence 

pavreutés, ή, όν, prophesied, directed by 
oracle. 6.172, 

Μαντινεύς, dws, a Muantinéan, of Mantinea, 
a city of Arcadia, memorable for the 
victory of Epaminondas 362 B.c.; now 
a ruin called Paleopoli. 

µάντις, ews, 5, [ 4/pav, be excited, inspired, 
cf. ualvoua:; on end. cf. φά-τις], prophet, 
diviner. 17. necro-mancy. 

ἹἩΜάρδοι, wy, Mardi, Mardians, people of 
southern Armenia. 4.34. 

Μαριανδυνοί, ay, Mariandyni, a Bithy- 
nian tribe, subject to Heracléa. 6.2!. 

µάρσιπος, ου, [2], bag, pouch. 4.34, Dim. 
µαρσίπιον. Marsupial. 

Μαρσύας, ου, Marsyas, a satyr of Phrygia, 
who finding a pipe, challenged Apollo 
‘to a contest on condition that the victor 
might do what he would with the van- 
quished. The Muses were the judges, 
and the outcome is stated in 1.28, 

µαρτυρέω [μάρτυς], how, bear witness, tes- 
tefy. 2. 

µαρτύριον, ου, [udprus], witness, proof. 3.2". 

µάρτυς, upos, 6, ἡ, later µάρτυρ, witness. 


7.75, martyr. [Cf. Skt. 4smar, re 
member, end. -rus = -rnp]. See ἔτι 
μαρτῦρομαι. 


Mapeve(rns, ου, a Maronite, of Maronéa, 
coast-town of Thrace. 

Μάσκας, a, Mascas, though called a river 
(1.54), it was probably a canal forming 
with the Euphrates an island, the sup 
posed site of Corsote. 


pranoreveo — µεμνη- 


pacreta [cf. µάοµαι, desire], seek, search 
after (poet.). 3. 

μ.οιστῖγόω, ώσω, whip, flog. 4.625. 

ψμάστιξ, ἴγοες, ἡ, [cf. ἱμᾶς, thong], whip, 
lask. 3.475, 

µαστός, οὗ, [for pad-ros, cf. µαδάω, be 
moist], breast, esp. of a woman; Aill, 
knoll. 8. 

µάταιος, ἄ, ο», [udrn, fall y], vain ( fruitless, 
idle, empty etc.). 7.617, 738. 

µάχαιρα, as, [μάχομαι], sword, short and 
single-edged battle-knife, knife. 5. Cf. 
ἐίφοε, long and two-edged. 

peaxapioy, ov, [dim.], dagger, knife. 
4.716, | 

μάχη, ns, battle, fight; battle-field. 94. 
See ἁ-μαχεί, d-uaynrl; ἀπό-, ἐπί», and 
σύμ-μαχος; αρομαχεών and 

µάχιμος, η, ο», jit for fighting, warlike. 
7.815, 

µάχομαι [cf. L. de-mic-dre], fut. μαχοῦμαι, 
ἐκαχεσάμη», µεμάχημαι, fight, fight with 


(dat.), fight against (πρός) ; contend. 61.. 


See ἆπο-, δια-, συµ». 

μέ, see ἐγώ. 

Μεγάβυϊος, ου, Megabyzos, warden of the 
temple of Diana in Ephesus. 5.3%. 

µεγαληγορέω [μεγαλ-ήγορος, talking big}, 
how, talk big, ‘boast. 6.318. 

μεγαλο-πρεπῶς [-πρεπής, fitting, πρέπω], 
ο. -έστερο», 8. -έστατα, magnificently, 
on a grand scale. 3. 

µεγάλως [μέγας], adv., greatly. 3.2%, 

Meyapets, έως, a Megarian, of Megara, 
capital of Megaris, west of Attica. 

péyas, µεγάλη, µέγα, g. μεγάλου, -ης, -ου. 9. 
μείζων, 8. μέγιστος, great, large; stately, 
3.225; powerful, important etc.; μέγα, 
peydaa, often adv., greatly, very, very 
much etc., (τὸ) μέγιστο», chiefly, 1.31"; 
2.57. 99. (Cf. L. magnus, E. MICKLE, 
MUCH.] 

μέγεθος, ους. τό, [μέγατ], greatness, size. 2. 

ἹΜεγαφέρνης, ου, \fegaphernes. 1.23. 

µέδιμνος, ου, [cf. L. modius; on end., cf. 
épv-uvds], α medimnus = forty - eight 
quarts. 

ped” = µετά. 


µεθ-ίηµι, -ήσω, let go, give up. 7.418. 


VOCABULARY. 


528 


µεθ-ίστηµι, -εστησάμη», set aside, remove ; 
εέστη», stand aside, withdraw. 2.3%s-1, 

Μεθυδριεύς, έως, a Methydrian, of Μεθ- 
ύδριο» (betwee two streams), 8 town in 
Arcadia. 4.127, 

µεθύω [μέθυ, wine, E. MEAD], be drunk, 3. 
a-methyst. 

μείζων, comp. to μέγα». 

μειλίχιος, ἆ, ov, [on end. cf. δόλιιχοσ], MILD, 
gracious. 7.8%. 

pelvas, 1 a. part. of udvw. 

µειράκιον, ου, [μεῖραξ. /ass], boy, lad, four- 
teen to twenty years old. 2.618, 28, 

µείωµα, aros, τό, [meio lessen], deficiency 3 
Jine. 5.8}, 

µείων, ov, 6. ovos, comp. to μικρός and 
ὀλίγος, less, smaller, weaker; fewer; 
μεῖον as adv., µ. ἔχειν, be worsted ; 
τοῦτο p., this disadvantage, 3.217, 19. 

Μελανδῖται, Melanditae, a Thracian tribe. 
7.282, 

µελανία, as, blackness. 1.88. From 

μέλᾶς, µέλαινα, μέλαν, 6. µέλανος, -αΐνης, 
black, dark. 2. [Akin to L. malus. ] 

µελετάω, ἐμελέτων, how, care for (gen.), 
study, practice (acc.). 2. From µελέτη, 
whence 

pedernpds, & όν, attentive, diligent in prac- 
ticing (gen.). 1.95. 

peAdtyn, ns, [2], L. melium, panic, a species 
of millet, widely cultivated in the 
east for food and fodder; pl. panic- 
fields. 5. 

Μελινο-φάγοι, wy, millet-eaters. 7.532, 

µέλλω, how, éuéAAnoa, ch. in pres. and 
impf., be about to, be going to, intend tos 
be ever going, hence de/ay; comm w. 
pres. or fat. inf. and well rendered, am 
to, must, will, would etc. ; τὸ µέλλον», the 
Suture; µέλλομαι as pass., be delayed. 
3.147, 36. [ γμµελ, think about ; (1) in- 
tend ; (2) care for, cf. µέλω, µελετάω)]. 

µέλω, in the act., impers. in Att. prose, 
µελήσει, ἐμέλησε etc., it 13 a care, it con- 
cerns; µέλει wot, ἶ care; wéAet µοι τούτου, 
I care for this ; also w. ds, ὅπως and fut 
indic. 5. See éwe, ἆντ-επι- and συν-επε 
µελέομαι; µετπ-μέλει, ἁμελέω 

µεμνη-, 866 µιμνήσκῳω. 


530 VOCABULARY. 


µέμφομαι [2], µέμψομαι, ἐμεμφάμη», blame, 
censure (acc.). 2. 

μέν [weak form of μήν], post-pos. particle 
expressing: 1. confirmation, truly, verily, 
indeed, esp. after pronouns, J for my 
part, I indeed, 1.9%; 3.119; 7.619; also 
with other particles, μὲν δή, 1.22; 3.1%, 
now indeed, now, accordingly ; ov μὲν δή, 
2.28; 4.6; μὲν οὖν, stronger form of οὖν, 
sothen; μὲν rolvuy, now then, then indeed. 
2. correlation, marking its word or 
clause as set over against a following 
one with δέ, less often with ἀλλά, ἔπειτα, 
µέντοι, or xal; comm. best rendered by 
emphasis; also, on the one hand, first. 

µέν-τοι, in truth, assuredly ; yet, still, how- 
ever. 56. 

µένω [L. maneo], μενῶ, ἔμεινα, µεµένηκα, 
remain, tarry, wait ; wait for, await. 89. 
See dva-, d:a-, ἐμ-, ἔπι-, κατα-, παρα-, περι", 
προσ-, ὑπο-; μονή. 

Mévav, ὠνος, [uévos, might], Menon, a 
Greek general from Thessaly, who 
joined Cyrus at Colossae with one 
thousand heavy-armed and five hundred 
light-armed troops. For Xenophon’s 
estimate of his character see 2.4. 

µερίζω, ἐμερίσθη», divide, distribute. 5.19. 
See xara-. 

µέρος, ους, τό, part, share; division ; one’s 
turn, ἐν (τῷ) µέρει, in turn; so ἀνὰ or 
κατὰ µέρος; µέρος Tt, @ specimen, 1.58. 
From pelpouat, get one’s share; pass., be 

, aulotted. See δι-μοιρία. 

yeonuBola, as, [μέσος, ἡμέρα, H. 60, G. 66, a, 
ν. 1], mid-day, noon; south. 1,78; 3.515, 8. 

Ίεσό-γεια, as, [yéa = yi], midland, inte- 
rior. 3. 

µέσος, η, ο», [for µεθ]ος, L. medius], MID-, 
MIDDLE, the-middle-of, foll. by same case, 
διὰ µέσου τοῦ παραδείσου, through the mid- 
dle of the park; µέσαι νύκτες, midnight ; 
τὸ µέσο», middle, centre, distance between; 
διὰ µέσου, through the midst, between; ἐν 
µέσῳ, in the midst, between. 53. mes-, 
meso-, see Internat. Dict. 

µεσόω, dow, be in the middle; μεσοῦσα ἡ 
ἡμέρα, mid-day. 6.57. 

Méo-maAa, ns, [orig. unc.], Mespila, modern 


µέμφομαι — µέχρι 


Kuyinjik, the ruins of ancient Nine- 
veh. 3.419, 

µεστός ή, όν, [2], full, full of or filled with 
(gen.). 11. 

pera, [cf. Ger. mit], among. 

1. With gen., with = along with, in 
common with, sharing with (community 
of interest, cf. σύ»); by means of. 25. 

2. With acc., strictly, into the midst 
of (poet.); then, in quest of, after, cf. 
µετα-πέµποµαι; comm. after, next after, 
μετὰ ταῦτα, after this; μεθ ἡμέραρ 


(after day-dawn), by day. 59. In compos. 


participation or change = elsewhere, dif- 
Jerently, cf. µετα-γιγνώσκω, µετα-µέλει, 
µεθ-ίστηµι. See μεταξύ. 

µετα-βάλλω, 2 a. -έβαλο», cast back; mid. 
cast behind oneself. 6.516, 

peTa~ytyveoKw, 2 a. -έγνω», pt. pl. -yvdvres, 
think differently, change one’s mind. 2.6%. 

µετα-δίδωμ., -δώσω, -έδωκα (50, δοίην), give 
(τι) among or {ο (τιν(), distribute; share 
(rivds) with (rivl). 4. 

µετα-μέλει,-μελήσει, inf. -μέλει», it concerns 
one differently, it repents (τινί). 5. 

µεταξύ [μετά, fu], adv.,in the midst, mean- 
while ; between (gen.). 5. 

µετά-πεμτος, ον, sent for. 1.4%, 

µετα-πέµπω, -réupw, -έπεμψα, send for; 
ch. in mid., send for or after one, sum- 
mon to oneself. 12. 

µετα- στάντες, -στησ-, 860 µεθ-ίστηµε. | 

µετα-χωρέω, -κεχώρηκα, change one’s place, 
remove. 7.2}8, 

µέτ-ειµι, impers., one (dat.) has a share in 
(gen.). 3.1%. 

µετ-έχω, -εἶχο», 2 a. -έσχον, hare a share of 
(gen.), partake of. 4. 

µετ-έωρος, ον, [alpw, raise], raised up, in 
mid air, 1.58. 

µετρέω, how, measure. 4.59. See δια-. 

pérptos, &, ov, in due measure, moderate, 
adv. -lws, moderately. 2.32, 

µέτρον, ov, measure. 2. [ me, cf. 1. 
métior, METE], meter, dia-meter, 
metro-. See &-erpos, μήν. 

µέχρι, also μέχρις before a vowel, [1]. |. 
Adv., even to, even, L. usque. 2. Prep. 
Ww. gen., even to,as far as, until: a. ob 


BA — µυμνήσκω 


unto which (time or place), to where or 
when. 3. Conj., until, till, w. indic.; mu. 
ἄν, w. subj. 27. Syn. ἄχρι. 

ph (Skt. ma], adv. and conj., not — mark- 
ing the neg. as subjective (i. e., as willed, 


desired) or conditional (vs. οὐ); εἰ uh, if 


not, except ; ὅπου µή, where not = except 
where ; after verbs of fearing, /est, that 
(cf. L. ne); μὴ οὐ, thut not; often w. 
inf. after verbs of hindering, denying, 


to emphasize the negation, 1.37; 3.51), 


sO uh οὐχί, 3.118, Ἡ. 1018-, G. 1607. 

µηδαµῇ, adv., nowhere, 7.6%; instr. case of 
pndauds, none, whence 

μηδαμῶς, adv., inno way. 7.778, 

µη-δέ, adv. and conj., but not, and not, nor, 
not even. 19. 

ἈΠήδεια, as, Medéa, wife of Astyages, last 
king of Media. 3.41, 

pndels, -εμία, -έν, g. -ενός, -ιᾶι, |µηδέ, εἷς], 
not even one, not one, no one, none; 
μηδέν, adv. acc., in no respect, not at 
all, 26. 

µηδέ-ποτε, never. 2. 

µηδ-έτερος, a, ον, neither of two. 7. 410, 

M78la, as, Media, a mountainous but fer- 
tile country lying between Assyria 
proper and the Caspian Sea; Μηδίας 
retxos, the Median wall, built probably 
for defence against the Medes. It ex- 
tended from river to river, and its site 
is perhaps indicated by the ruins now 
called Sidd (wall) Nimrud. 1.715. 

M501; wy, [Madai,Gen. x. 2], Medes. 3.225. 

p70’, see µήτε. 

µηκέτι [un + κ + ετι, cf. οὐκέτι], adv., not 
again, no longer, no more. 7. 

μήκος, ους, τό, [cf. µακρός], length. 3. 

phy [1], asseverative particle, post-pos., 
very, truly, indeed ; yet, however ; 4 why, 
now verily, assuredly. 31. 

phy, µηνός, 6, MONTH; τοῦ µηνός, by the 
month; κατὰ μῆνα, monthly. 13. The 
Att. month was divided into three de- 
cades, and contained twenty-nine and 
thirty days alternately. [St. µενς, cf. L. 


ménsis, E. MOON, 4/ma, measure, see 
µέτρον.] Cf. νουµηνία; µήνη, moon, 
whence | 


VOCABULARY. 


581 


µηνο-ειδής, ές, [ εἶδοι, form], crescent- 
shaped. 5.218, 


pnvio, iow, make known, disclose. 2.2”. 
[Cf. γ/µαν, μιμνήσκω.] 
µή-ποτε, not αἱ any time, never. 4. Cf. 


µηδέποτε. 

µή-πω, not yet. 3.274, 

µηρός, ov, [1], thigh. 2. See rapaunpldios. 

µή-τε, and not, nor; p.... mw, nether... 
nor; p.... Τέ, nol only not... but 
also. 23. ex 

µήτηρ, μητρός, 7, [L. miter], MOTHER. 7. 

µητρό-πολις, εως, 77, mother city, metropo- 
lis, 5.23. 

pnxavdopat, ήσομαι, contrive, devise. 2.67"; 
4.710, From 

μηχανή, fis, contrivance, machine, device, 
means. 4. [μῆχος. means, akin to mag- 
nus, µέγας, MAY, ΜΑΚΕ.] 

µία, pias, see εἷς. 

μίγνῦμι [L. misceo], µίξω, ΜΙΣ. 
κατα». 

MiSas, ov, Midas, king of Phrygia and 
hero of many legends; caught the satyr 
Silénus, who was wont to frequent his 
garden of roses, by mixing the spring 
with wine. 1.218, 

Μιθραδάτης, ου, Mithridates, satrap of 
Lycaonia and Cappadocia, supporter of 
Cyrus till his death, when he went over 
tothe king. 2.5%; 9.51. 

pixpds, a, dv, [cf. L. mica, morsel], small, 
little; of time or space, short, brief; 
puxpdy, adv., a littie space, short time; 
ο. μικρότερος (or µείων), 8. µϊκρότατος. 
16. micro-. See Internat. Dict. 

Μιλήσιος, ἅ, ov, [for Μιλήτιος], Milesian, 
of Miletus; 6 Μ., α Milesian. 

Μίλητος, ου, 7, Miletus, prior to its con- 
quest by the Persians 500 B.c., the 
Greek metropolis of western Asia 
Minor; later supplanted by Ephesus ; 
now a marsh. 1.1°. 

Μιλτοκύθης, ου, Miltocythes. 2.2". 

pipéopar [μῖμος, mimic], imitate, mimic. 
3.1%; 6.19. 

µιµμνήσκω [ 4/uva, pay, think, cf. palvoua], 
pvhow, ἔμνησα, remind; péuynua (88 
pres. remember; plpf. ἐμεμνήμη», f. pf. 


See dva-, 


532 


µεμνήσομαι (as impf. and fut.), ἐμνήσθη», 
remember aloud = make mention (of) ; 


VOCABULARY. 


| 


-μισέω ---ναυαρχέω 


only, solely. 37. 


Internat. Dict. 


mon-, mono-, see 


absol., gen., inf., pt.,or ds. 12. See dva-;| μόσσῦν, dvos, 6, [foreign], dat. pl. μοσσύ 


μνήµη-μνησικακέω, ὑπό-μνημα; µανθάναω, 
µάντις, εὐμενής. 

μίσέω [μῖσος, hatred], ήσω, hate. 2. mis- 
anthropy. 

μισθοδοσία, as, payment of wages. 2.5%. 


yots, wooden tower. 2. 

ἹἩΜοσσύνοικοι, wy, [οἰκέω], Tower-duwellers, 
from the appearance of their houses, a 
tribe on the southeastern coast of the 
Euxine. 5.42, 


µισθοδοτέω, haw, give pay. 7.1% From | µόσχειος, ον, [udoxos, calf], of calf; u. 


µισθο-δότης, ου, [δίδωμι], paymaster. 1.3° 


μισθός, od, [cf. E. MEED], pay, wages; re- | pox Sw, ἠσω, |[μόχθος, toil], toil. 


ward. 40. The sual monthly pay of 
a soldier was one daric, of a captain 
two, of a general four. 

µισθοφορά, as, receipt of wages, mercenary 
service, pay. 7. 

µισθο-φόρος, ο», [φέρω], pay-receiving, mer- 
cenary ; of µ. mercenaries. 4. 

µισθόῳω, dow, let for hires mid. Aire; pass. 
be hired. 8 

μνᾶ, as, [cf. Heb. maneh], mina = one 
hundred δραχµαί (about $1800). 4. 

μνημεῖον, ov, memorial, monument. ὃ 215. 

- From . 

μνήμη, ns, [μιμνήσκω], remembrance, mem- 

- ory. 6.574, 

μνημονεύω [μνήμω», mindful], call to mind, 
remember (gen.). 4.32. 

µνηµονικός, ή, ον, [μνήμων, mindful], hav- 
ing a good memory. 7.6% mnemon- 
ics. 

Ἡνησι-κακέω [-xaxos], how, remember 
wrongs, bear malice toward (dat.) for 
(gen.). 2.4). 

μόλις, older µόγις, (cf. udyos, toil], with 
difficulty, scarcely. 7. 

µολυβδίς, {3os, ἡ, [dim.|, piece of lead, 
bullet. 3.317, 

μόλυβδος, ου, [cf. L. plumbum (prob. for 
mlu-), plumb], /ead. 3.4!7. 

povapxla, as, [μόν-αρχος, sole ruler], sole 
command; monarchy. 6.131. 

µοναχῇ [μοναχός, solitary, monk], singly, 
only. 4.418, | 

μονή, fis, [μένω], remaining, stay; delay 3. 

µονό-ξυλος, ον, [ξύλορ, wood], made of one 
trunk or log. 5.44. Cf. µονό-λιθος, 
monolith. 

udvos, η, ov, [3], alone, only; µόνο», adv., 


κρέα, veal, 4.551. 

6.61, 
Syn πονέω. 

μοχλός, ov, [1], bar, bolt. 2. 

μύζω, suck. 4.527. [ 4/mu imitative, E. 
MOO, MEW, MUM etc. | 

Μνυρίανδος, ov, 7, M yriandus, Cilician town 
on gulf of Issus. 1.46. 

μῦριάς ddos, 7, myriad, ten thousand. 8. 

µύριοι, αι, a, fen thousand ; also in sing. 
w. collect. nouns, ἀσπὶς μῦρία, 1.7! ; less 
definitely, countless. 15. [Cf L. mille, 
1 for p | 

µύρον, ov, unguent, ointment. 4.415. [Cf 
(σ)μυρί(ω, anoint, SMEAR. ]} 

Μῦσία, as, Mysia, province in north- 
western Asia Minor. 

Miows, ἅ, ον, Mysian. 1.21, 

Mics, of, a Mysian. 1.67. 

Mucés, od, Mysus. 5.2, 

µυχός, ob, nook, recess, 4.17. [μόω, close the 
lips, see µύζω, µυστήριο»]. mystery. 

papos, ἅ, ov, |L. morus, πιοχύβαε], foolish, 
stupid. 3.2%, 

µώρως, adv., foolishly. 7.631. 


N. 


y = Lat. n — Eng. n. 
‘Cf νεος, νεῦρον, vuv, vig, κύων, µήν et al. 


ναί [L. né, nae], adv., yea, verily; val ud 
in oaths, yes by (acc.). 38. Cf. vf. 

νᾶσς, ov, Att. νεώς, [ναίω, dwell], dwelling 
of a god, temple. 6. 

νάπη, ης OF νάπος ous, τό, [1], vale 
(wooded), glen, dell. (3 and 10.) 

ναυαρχέω, how, be admiral, command a ship 
or fleet. 2. 











ναύαρχος — νότο 


ναύ-αρχος, ου, [ἄρχω], admiral, 6. The 
Spartan vs. στρατηγός the Athenian 
name. 

ναύ-κληρος, ov, [κλῆρος, lot, estate], ship 
owner or master. 2. 

ναῦλον, ου, v. L for ναῦσθλον. 5.112, 

ναυπηγήσιµος, ov, [ναυπήγησις, πἡγνῦμι, 
build], fit for ship-building. 6.44. 

wats, veds, ἡ, [L. navis, cf. νέω, swim], 
ship. 8. nausea. Syns. πλοῖο», τριήρη». 

ναῦσθλον, ov, [for ραύστολον 7], passage 
money, fare. 5.11%, 

" Ναυσικλείδης, ov, [son of Ναυσι-κλῆς], 
Nausiclides. 7.8, 

vavol-mopos, ο», traversed by ships, navi- 
gable. 2.28, 

ναυτικός, ή, όν, naval, nautical. 1.913, 

νεάνίσκος, ου, [dim. of da = νέος], young 
man, youth, 8. 

νεκρός, od, [cf. L. nex, ο], dead body, 
corpse. 11. necro-, see Internat. Dict. 

νέµω [cf. L. nemus, numerus], veud, ἕνειμα, 
distribute, divide, apportion; mid. have 
apportioned one, hold, possess, dwell (so 
in act.); as in early times pasturage 
established possession (L. and S.), pas- 
ture (cattle); mid., of cattle, graze. 
4, nemesis. See δια-; νοµή, νόμος, 
προ-νοµή. 

ρου ον, [δέρω, flay], newly-skinned. 
4.514, 

Νέον τεῖχος [new castle], Neontichos, Thra- 
cian town on the Propontis. 

véos, @, ον, [for veFos, L. novus], NEw, 
young, fresh; ο. ψεώτερος, 8. vedraros. 
10. See νεωστί. 

νεῦμα, ατος, τό, [verw, ned], nod, sign. 
5.820, 

veupd, Gs, string (of sinew), bowstring. 2. 

νεῦρον, ου, [L. nervus], sinew; string, cord. 
3.417, neur-algia, neuro-. 

νεφέλη, ης, [dim. (in form) of νέφος, cf. L. 
nebula], cloud. 2. 

νέω [cf. L. nare], νεύσοµαι, ἕνευσα, swim. 
4.312; 5.725, See vais, νῆσος. 

γέω [7], vhow, νένηµαι, heap, pile up. 5.47; 
7.321, 

yew-Kdpos, ου, [ κορέω, sweep], temple 
guardian or warden. 5.39 


VOCABULARY. 


533 


Μέων, wvos, [newman], Neon. 5.34, 6.55, 

νεώριον, ου, [vewpds (vais, ὥρα, care), dock- 
master], dock-yard. 7.12", 

γεώς, νεῶν, SCC vais. 

νεώς, νεώ, 869 vads. 

νεωστί [νέος], adv., newly, lately. 4.113, 

νή [akin to ναί], asseverative particle used 
in oaths, yes by — (acc.), by. 9. 

vies, 6609 vais. 

νῆσος, ov, 7, [νέω, swim], island. 
Pelopon-nesus, poly-nesia. 

Ntx-av5pos, ου, [man of victory], Nicander. 
5.115, 

Ntx-apxos, ov, [leading to victory], Nic- 
archus. 2.53. 

γϊκάω, tow, ἐνίκησα etc., absol., be cone 
gueror, be victorious ; conquer (acc.), sur- 
pass, excel; pres. often = pf. have 
conquered. 41. From 

νίκη, ns, [1], victory. 5. In many proper 
names, Niklas, Nixdvwp, Nixd-Aaos, 
Nicolas, Νϊκό-δημος et al. 

Nixd-paxos, ου, [victorious in battle], Nico- 
machus. 4.63. 

νοέω [vdos], haw, ἐνόησα, perceive, observe ; 
be minded (inf.). 2. See δια-, év- ἐπι-, 
κατα-, προ-} ἀ-νόητος; γινώσκω. 

νόθος, ου, [2], illegitimate, bastard. 9.435, 
Opp. to γνήσιος. 

νοµή, fis, [νέμω], pasture ; a herd grazing. 
2. nomad. 

νομίζω [νόμος], fow or ιῶ, ἐνόμισα, regard 
as α custom (pass., be customary, 4.278), 
consider, suppose, regard, think, deem; 
w. 2 accs., 1.43, 16; acc. + inf., 1.35; 
5.16; inf. + nom. 9.611: sup. pt. 6.63, 
65. 

νόμιμος, 7, ov, customary, lawful, 4.615. From 

νόμος, ου, [νέμω, assign], what is assigned 
or fixed, custom, usage, law; in music, α 
strain. 15. Astro-, ecomomy. See 
ἄ-νφμος, -ία, αὑτό-νομος. 

γόος, see yous. 

νοσέω, how, be sick, be disordered; aor. 
fell sick. 7.282, Syn. ἀσθενέω. 

νόσος, ου, 4, [cf. L. noceo], disease, sick- 
ness; disorder. 2. noso-logy. 

νότος, ov, south wind. 5.77. [Cf£. νότιος, 
wet, νάω, flow.| 


2. 


Do4 


VOCABULARY. 


νουµηνία — & 


νουµηνία, as, [νέοι, µήνη, moon (poet.)], | Ἐενο-φῶν, ὥντος, [-φῶν-- φάων-- dos, light; 
2. 


new moon, first of the month. 

vous, vou, (fr. νόος), mind, sense. 7. [For 
γνόος, see γιγνώσκω.] See εὔ-νους, -νοια, 
εὐνοϊκῶς, κακό-νους, -νοια, ἐν-, Sia-, and 
πρό-νοια. 

νυκτερεύω [νύκτερος], εὖσω, pass the 
night. ὃ. 

νυκτός, see νύξ. 

νυκτο-φύλαξ, ακος, night-watch, sentinel. 2. 

νύκτωρ [νύξ, -wp, only instance of this adv. 
end.], adv., by night, at night. 6. 

viv |L. nunc], adv., Now, at ‘present ; in 
attrib. pos. ὁ νῦν χρόνος, the present time ; 
τὸ νῦν εἶναι, for the present. 119. 

νυν [νῦν less emphasized], encl., row, then, 
of sequence. 7.2%, 

vuvt = viv emphasized, just row, even 
now. 2. 

νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ, 11.. nox, L-E. 4/nak, τος 
fail], NIGHT; νυκτός, by or at night; 
see µέσος. 61. See νυκτερεύω, νύκτωρ.. 

νῶτον, ου, (cf. L. nates, rump], back. 6.453. 


Β. 


Ἐανθικλῆς, οὔε, Xanthicles, 3.147. [ξανθός, 
yellow, κλέος, glory, famed for his golden 
hair, a favorite color among the Greeks, 
cf. Ἐανθίας, Ἐανθείδην.] 

ξενία, as, quest-friendship, hospitality. 6.685. 

Ἐενίας, ov, [hospitable], Xenias, a general. 
He deserted because some of his troops 
went over to Clearchus. 1.12, 2.1, 4.7. 

ξενίζω, fow or ιῶ, receive hospitably, enter- 
tain. 3. 

fevixds, 4, dv, foreign, mercenary; τὸ 
ἑενικόν, the mercenary force. 1.21; 2.522, 

févios, dG, ov, hospitable; τὰ ξένια, rites or 
gifts of hospitality ; Zeds ξ., Zeus, guard- 
tan of the rights of hospitality. 15. 

ξενόομαι, ώσοµαι, become a guest, be enter- 
tained. 7.8°,8, 

ξένος, ov, [1], stranger, foreigner = (1) one 
bound by ties of hospitality, guest-friend, 
guest ; (2) foreign soldier, mercenary, less 
invidioua than picbwrds. 20. See words 
above. 


metaph., delight, cf. Κηφισο-φῶν], Xeno- 
phon, author of the Anabasis. 
Introd. 106-123. 

Ἐέρξης, ov, [Pers. Khshayarsha, fr. Khsha- 
ya, king, mod. Pers. shah], Xerxes Ι., 
king of Persia 485-465 B.c., invaded 
Greece and was defeated in the battle of 
Salamis, 480. 1.29; 3.218. See Introd. 19. 

ξεστός, ή, dv, [ξέω, polish], smoothed, 
polished. 3.419, 

ξηραίνω, -ανῶ, dry. 2.315, 

Enpos, ἄ, όν, [1], dry, withered. 4.5%, 

ξίφος, ous, τό, [1], sword, straight two- 
edged (cf. udyapa), carried in a sheath 
(κολεύς), hung from a baldric (τελα- 
µών). 3. 

ξόανον, ου, [see ξεστόσ]., image, statue, esp. 
of wood. 5.312, 

ξυήλη, 78, [ξύω = ξέω, see Eeords], tool for 
scraping ; Spartan sickle-shaped dagger. 

4.719 8,25, 

Ευλίζομαι [ξύλο»], gather wood, 2.411, 

ξύλινος, η, ov, wooden, of wood. 6. From 

ξύλον, ου, [ξύω, polish 3], wood, in a wide 
sense, piece of wood, fire-wood, timber, 
log, pole. 13. 

ξύν = (though not certainly identical with) 

σύν. 


See 


ο. 


ὁ, ἡ, 76, g. τοῦ, τῆς, τοῦ, the def. art., the. 

1. Demons. pron., — its chief use in 
Homer, —6 péy...6 δέ, this .. « that, 
the one...the other, the former... the 
latter; οἱ pev...of δέ, these... those 
etc.; τὰ μὲν . .. τὰ δέ, partly .. . partly, 
4.14; τῇ μὲν... τῇ δέ, here... there, 
on the one hand ... on the other. 

2. Pers. pron., 6 δέ, ἡ δέ, οἱ δέ, but (or 
and) he, but she, but they. 1.14. 

3. Comm. as the def. art., the. Besides 
its use as the Eug. art., it is also used : 

(1.) With proper names to mark 
them as before mentioned or well 
known. In Bk. 1, often with Κῦρος. 

(2.) With force of a poss. pron., ἡ 
µήτηρ, his mother. 1.15. 








ὀβελίσκος — οἴκοι 


(3.) With distrib. force, τοῦ μηνὸς τῷ 
'.στρατιώτῃ, α month to each soldier. 
1.323, 

(4.) With nouns and pronouns in 
gen., advs., adjs., pts., and phrases, with 
ellipsis of subs.; of ἐκείνου, his (men), 
τὰ ἑαυτῶν, their own (things, property 
etc.) ; τὰ τῶν θεῶ», οἱ ὅσιοι (as in Eng.), 
the pious, 2.6%; τὸ ἀρχαῖον or παλαιόν, 
τὸ πρῶτον»; of τότε, the (men) of that 
time ; τοὺς οἴκοι, τὸ πρόσθεν; τοὺς φεύ- 
γοντας, the exiles; of σὺν αὐτῷ or περὶ 
αὐτόν, those with (around) him = his fol- 
lowers. 

(5.) With inf., to form a verbal noun, 
τοῦ ἀθροίζειν, of assembling. 1.17. 

(6.) With numerals, esp. after ἀμφί, 
duo) τὰ εἴκοσιν. 4.722, 

(7.) With abstract nouns, to disting. 
classes of objects, 7 δικαιοσύνη, ὁ θάνατος, 
death (viewed as universal); so w. adjs., 
τὸ δίκαιον, justice. [6, 4, cf. Sax. se, seo, 
E. ΒΗΕ; τό, τοῦ etc., cf. L. (is)-te, -ta, 
-tud.] : 

ὀβελίσκος, ov,[dim. of ὀβελός], spit. 7.814. 
obelisk. 

SPorAds, oF, [3 cf. ὀβελός, nail, early used for 
money, Plut.], obol, Att. coin = one-sixth 
of a δραχμή or about three cents. 1.55. 

ὀγδοήκοντα [on -κοντα, cf. ἑξήκοντα], 
eighty. 

ὄγδοος, η, ov, eighth, 4.61. [Softened fr. ὄκτο- 
Fos (ὀκτώ), see ἕβδομος, cf. L. octavus]. 

ὅδε, ἤδε, τόδε, g. τοῦδε, τῆσδε etc., dem. 
pron., this, the following ; τάδε, adv. acc., 
as follows. 43. [6 + δέ, cf. L. (qui) -dam]. 

ὁδοιπορέω [όδοί (loc.), πόρος], how, jour- 
ney, travel. 5.114, 

ὁδοποιέω [όδο-ποιός], How, impf. ὡδοποίουν, 
make or repair α τοαᾶ. 5. 

ὁδός, οὔ, 7, [I.-E. 4/sad, go], going, march, 

. journey ; way, road, route ; manner. 69. 
See ἄν-, &» (πορ.), ἄφ-, δί-, εἴσ-, ἔξ-, εὔ-, 
ἔφ-, κάθ-, πάρ-, περί-, πρὀσ-, σύν-. These 
like ὁδός express both act and place. 

Οδρύσης, ov, Odrysian, pl. ᾿Οδρύσαι, a 
_Thracian tribe. 7.232. 


VOCABULARY. 


585. 


Troy. 5.12 refers to his long wander- 
ings homeward by sea. 

ὅθεν [3], adv., whence, from what source. 15. 

ὄθεν-περ, stronger form of foreg., just 
whence, whence indeed. 9.19. 

of, pl. of 6. 

ot, pl. of ὅς. 

of, dat. of οὗ, pron. of third pers. 

οἶδα [ 4/Fid, ειδ, οιδ (see εἶδον), 2 pf. of 
Χεῖδω, see, used as pres. |, have seen, know, 
perceive; χάριν εἰδέναι, recognize grati- 
tude = be grateful, to one (dat.), for 
(gen.). Other modes εἰδῶ, εἰδείην, 
Ἴσθι, εἰδέναι, εἰδώς; 2 ΡΙΡΙ. ᾖδειν (as 
impf.), fut. εἴσομαι; for aor. and pf. see 
γιγνώσκω; constr., acc., ὅτι, εἰ or rel., 
ὅτι, ὅθεν, supl. pt., ἴσθι ἀνόητος ὤ», know 
that you are a fool. 32.11. Η. 982, G. 
1588. 100, See συν-; εἶδος. 

οἴκαδε [for οἴκο-δε, οἶκος], homeward, home. 
14, 

οἰκεῖος, &, ov, [irreg. for οἰκοῖος], of the 
house or family, familiar, intimate, do- 
mestic ; of the same family, related ; οἱ 
οἰκεῖοι, relatives. 6. 

οἰκείως, adv., familiarly, kindly. 7.516. 

οἰκέτης, ου, [οἶκος], one of the household, 
esp., domestic, servant. 4. 

οἰκέω, impf. ὤκουν, how, genoa etc., dwell, 
live ; trans. dwell in (acc.), inhabit ; pass. 
be settled, be situated. 38. See ἐν-, κατ-, 
WEpt-. 

οἴκημα, aros, τό, [οἰκέω], a (single) dwell- 
ing, house. 7.415. ο στ 

οἴκησις, ews, ἡ, [οἰκέω], a dwelling (act ο 
place), habitation, residence. 7.258. Cf. 
δι-οίκησις, Giocese. 

οἰκία, as, [orig. fr. οἶκος, but in use a syn.], 
house, dwelling. 39. See ἁπ-; cf. παρ- 
οίκησις, parish. 

οἰκίζω [οἶκος], fow or 16, ᾧκισα etc., cause 
to dwell, colonize, settle, found. 4. See 
κατ-. 

οἶκο-δομέω ᾖ{[ -δόµος, -builder, δέµω, E. 
dome], ἠσω, ᾠκοδόµησα etc., build, erect. 
4. See éx-. 

οἴκο-θεν, adv., [οἶκος], from home. 2. 


Ὀδυσσεύς, έως, Odysseus, L. Ulysses, king | οἴκοι [loc. of οἶκος], at home ; οἱ οἴκοι, those 


of Ithaca and one of the heroes of 


athome. 8. 


. 586 


οἶκο-νόμος, ου, [νέμω, regulate], steward, 
manager, 1.9"). economy. 

οἶκος, ου, [for Εοικος, L. vicus, E. -wick, 
-wWicH], house, dwelling. 2. See &r-, 
περί; οἴκαδε — οἰκουμένη. 

οἰκουμένη. ns, [pres. pt. of οἰκέω], inhabited, 
opp. to ἔρημος. ecumenical. 

οἰκτείρω |οἶκτος, pity, cf. L. 8εροτ], ερῶ, 
ὤκτειρα, pity. 3. 

οἶμαι, impf. ᾧμη», methinks. 32. See οἴομαι. 

οἶνος, ov, [Εοῖνος, L. vinum], wine. 25. 
See παρ.οινέω. 

olvo-xd0s, ου, [χέω, pour], cup-bearer. 5. 

οἴομαι [7], impf. @ouny, οἰήσομαι, φήθην, 
suppose, think, be of the opinion, acc. + 
inf. ; often parenthetic, methinks. 45. 

olos, a, ov, [6 (5s) + cos], correl. pron. ; 1. 
as, preceded by τοῖος, τοιοσδε or τοιοῦ- 
τος, such; 2. more comm. w. ellipsis of 

' foreg. words, such as, of such a kind as; 
ofoy, adv., as, like as, as if, for erample; 
W. sup. = ws, 4.82; ofos oftener olds τε 
w. inf., such as to= able, (fit, possible, 
οἷόν τε (ἐστίν), it is possible, 2.4%, 4; of 
which sort, kind, or nature, how great. 
56. 

οἶοσ-περ, ofa-rep, οἶον-περ, stronger form 
of foreg , just such as, just as etc., see 
οἷος. δ. 

ols, olds, 6, 7, pl. ofes, acc. pi. οἷας or ols, 
[for 8Fts, L. ovis, Sax. eowu], sheep, 
EWE. 4.5%; 6.95. Less comm. than 
πρόβατον. 

οἶσθα, 2d sing. of ofa. 

οἱστός, οὔ, [? cf. οἴσω, fut. of pepe, arrow. 
9.19. Rare in Att., see τόξευµα. 

οἴσω, fut. of φέρω. 

Οἰταῖος, ov, an Uetaean, man of the re- 
gion about Mt. Oeta (Ofry, cf. ofs, sheep), 
in southern Thessaly. 4 63). 

οἴχομαι [7], gxounv, οἰχήσομαι, pres. as 
pf., impf. as plpf., am gone, have gone or 
departed ; be missing, gone, lost; often 
w. pt. for emph. or to indicate the man- 
ner of going, φχετο ἀπελαύνων», ἁποπλέων 
etc., riding away he was gone, he rode 
off, sailed away 2.4%; 63. 36. Pres. 
sys. supplied fr. ἔρχομαι See παρ-. 

olwvds, ot, |= οΓι-ωνος (as υἱωνός fr. vids), 


VOCABULARY. 


οἰκονόμος — ὁμαλός 


L. avis], bird of prey, as vulture, eagle; 
much observed in augury, hence omer, 
sign. 4. See ἀετός. 

ὀκέλλω [later form of κέλλω, cf. L. per. 
cello], drive on, run ashore. 7.5'2. 

ὀκλάζω [1], squat, crouch down. 6.1. 

ὀκνέω [Sxvos], how, Sxvnoa, hesitate, shrink 
(from, inf.), fear, wh w. subj. or opt. 4. 

ὀκνηρῶς [ὀκνηρος, reluctant], adv., reluc- 
tantly. 7.1'. From 

ὄκνος, ου, [1], hesitation, reluctance. 441. 

ὀκτακισ-χίλιοι, αι, a, eight thousand. 2. 

ὀκτακόσιοι, αι, a, [Dor. -κάτιοι, cf. ἑκατόν], 
eight hundred. 3. 

ὀκτώ, L. octo, EIGHT. 10. See ὄγδοος. 

ὀκτωκαίδεκα, eighteen. 2. 

ὄλεθρος, ου, [on end. cf. πλέ-θρο»], destruc- 
tion, run. 1.2%. See ἀπ-όλλύμι. 

ὀλίγος, η, ov, [*], lettle, small ; of time, short, 
pl. few; ὀλίγο», adv., little ; ὀλίγον (w. 
or without dey), wanting little, almost, 
39. c. éAdoowy, 8. ὀλίγιστος or ἐλάχι- 
oros. Olig-archy.. 

ὁλισθάνω [a-proth., akin to λισσός, smooth], 
slip. 3.51), 

ὁλισθηρός, &, dv, [ὅλισθος], slippery. 4.3°. 

ὀλκάς, άδος, [see ἕλκω, draw], what is 
towed, ship of burden, tradina vessel. 
1.46. hulk. 

ὁλοί-τροχος, ου, [for ForFe: (loc., ef. L. 
volvo), τρέχω], rolting-stone, round stone 
4.23, 

ὁλοκαυτέω [ὁλό-καντος, burnt-whole, καίω], 
burn or offer whole. 7.8*,5, holocaust. 

ὅλος, η, ov, [cf. old L. sollus, solidus}, 
whole (not akin), entire, all. 8. holo-, 
see Internat. Dict., cath-olic. 

Ολυμπία, as, Olympia, small district in 
Elis, in western Peloponnesus, on the 
right bank of the Alphaeus, where the 
Olympic games were celebrated every 
four years in honor of Olympian Zeus 
(i.e. dwelling on Olympus). 53”. 

᾿Ολύνθιος, ου, an Olynthian, of Olynthus, 
a city of southern Macedonia on the 
Toronaic Gulf. 1.28. 

ὁμαλής, és. 2. = foll. 

ὁμαλός ή, όν, [cf. duds, L. similis, E. ΒΑΕ 
on end. cf. ὀμφαλός], ευεπ. level, siooth 








ὁμαλῶς — ὁπλίτης 
3. Cf. ἀν-ώμαλος, uneven, an-omaly. 


See ὅμοιος, ὁμοῦ. 

ὁμαλῶς, adv., evenly, in even line. 1.814. 

ὅμηρος, ου, surety, hostage. 8. [Οἱ. ὁμοῦ, 
ἄρω, fit, what joins together. | 

ὁμῖλέω, how, be in company with, qssociate 
with. 3.2%, [8uiros (cf. ὁμοῦ, ἴλη), a 
company.| homily. 

éplxAn, ns, [6-proth., cf. Skt. mih, mist], 
mist, fog. 4.27. 

ὄμμα, ατος, τό, [for ὅπ-μα, see ὁράω], look ; 
eye. 7.7%, 

ὄμνυμι or duvio, [7], impf. ὤμνῦν or 
ὤμνυον, ὁμοῦμαι, ὤμοσα, ὁμώμοκα, swear, 
swear by (acc.), take oath.-12. See προσ”) 
ἐν-ωμοτία. 

ὅμοιος, a, ov, [fr. duds, as οἷος fr. ὅς], like, 
resembling, similar; of the same rank; 
ἐν τῷ dpole, on the same ( footing), 4.618; 
οἱ ὅμοιοι, equals in rank, peers, 4.614; 
ὅμοιοι ἦσαν θαυμάζουσιν, were like per- 
sons wondering, 3.5. 7. homeo, 
Ἡοπιο-, see Internat. Dict. 

ὁμοίως, adv., alike, likewise, in like manner. 
3. See dv-. 

Opodo yew [όμό-λογος, saying the same thing], 
how, ὠὡμολόγησα, agree, agree to (acc.), 
consent, confess; absol., acc, infin. 23. 
‘See προσ-. 

ὁμολογουμένως [fr. pres. pt. of foreg.], adv., 
confessedly, 2.61. 

ὁμο-μήτριος, a, ον, [μήτηρ], of the same 
mother. 3.117, 

όμο-πάτριος, a, ον, [πατήρ], of the same 
father. 3.127. 

ὀμόσαι, a. inf. of ὄμρῦμι. 

ὁμόσε [duds], adv., to one and the same 
place; to meet. 3.4%. 3. 

ὁμο-τράπείος, ον, [τράπεία], sifting at the 
same table; subs., table-companion, favor- 
ite courtiers among the Persians so 
named. 2. Syn. συν-τράπεζος. 

ὁμοῦ [duds (for couos), L. similis, E. same, 
homo-], in the same place; together. 8. 
See nine words above ; ὁμαλός and ὁμῶς. 

ὀμφαλός, od, [cf. L. umbilicus], navel. 4.52. 

ὅμως [duds], at the same time, nevertheless, 
yet, still; ἀλλ᾽ 6., but yet. 20. 

ὄν, pres. pt. of eiul. 


VOCABULARY. 


587 


ὄναρ, τό, (only in nom. and acc.),. pl. 
ὀνείρατα, [¢], dream, vision. 9. 

ὀνίνημι [prob. for ὀνόνημι, / 3], ὀνήσω, 
ὤνησα, 2a, m. ὠνήμην», ὠνήθη», benefit, 
help, aid (acc. not dat., cf. H. 764, 2; - 
G. 1160). Onesimus (pro/itable), cf. 
Philemon, 10, 11. Syn. ὠφελέφ. 

ὄνομα, ατος, τό, [orig. for o-proth. + Ύνομα, 
cf. L. nomen, co-gnomen], NAME; fame, 
reputation. 17. an-and ep-onymous ; 
hom-, pseud-, syn-onym ; met-onymy ; 
par-onomasia. 

ὀνομαστί [ὀνομά(ω], by name. 6.5%; 7.415, 

ὄνος, ov, (perl. for ὄσνος, cf. L. asinus], 
ass; 8. ἀλέτης, mill-stone, the upper one 
turned by an ass. 8. 

ὄντος, ὄντι etc., pt. of εἰἶμί. 

ὄξος, ους, το, sour wine, vinegar. 3.914. From 

ὀξύς, εἴα, ὐ, g. dos, efas, [akin to L. acer, 
sharp, see ἀκμή], sharp, acid. 5.4%, 
oxy-, see Internat. Dict. 

ὅπερ, see ὕσπερ. 


-| ὅ-πη ος ὅ-πῃ, in indir. ques. (= wy in 


direct), in what way, how, as; of place, 
by which way, whither, where. 12. 

ὄπισθεν [1]. adv., from behind, from the 
rear; behind, οἱ 8., those in the rear, τὸ 
ὅ., the rear; els τοὔῦπισθεν, backward, to 
the rear, ἐκ τοῦ ὅ., from behind. 90. 

ὀπισθο-φυλακέω [-φύλαξ], fow, ὠπισθοφυ- 
λάκησα, be the rear guard, guard or com- 
mand the rear. 8. 


᾿ὀπισθοφνλακία, as, guarding or command: 


ing the rear. 4.61%, 
ὀπισθο-φύλαξ, ακος, 5,a guard of the rear; 
οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες, the rear-guard. 20. 
ὀπίσω (cf. ὄπισθεν], adv., behind. 6.18. 
ὁπλίζω [ὅπλον], ίσοµαι, ὤπλισα, ὤπλικα, 
arm, equip ; mid., arm oneself. 5. See é-. 
ὅπλισις, εως, ἤ, arming, equipment. 9.511. 
ὁπλιτεύω, evow, be or serve as a hoplite. 
5.85, From 
ὁπλίτης, ου, [ὅπλο»ν], heavy armed foot- 
soldier, hoplite; pl. infantry. So named 
from his large shield (ὅπλον), besides 
which as defensive armor he wore a 
helmet (κράνος). coat-of-mail (θώραξ), 
, and greaves (κνηµίδες), and for defen- 
sive warfare the spear (ddpu),, sword 


588 


(ξίφος, udxaipa). 68. Opp. to πελταστής, 
γυµνήτης aud τοξότης. 

ὁπλιτικός, ή, όν, of or for hoplites; τὸ 
ὁπλιτικό», the heavy-armed force, 3. Cf. 
τὸ ἱππικόν, πελταστικό» et al. 

ὁπλομαχία, as, fighting with full armor ; 
tactics, 2.1. 

ὅπλον, ου, [ἔπομαι, be busy with], imple- 
ment, esp. of war, shield (see ὁπλίται) ; 
pl. arms, weapons, armor; by. meton. 
for ὁπλῖται, 2.24; 38; 3.235; place of 
arms, camp, 2.4%; 3.133, 82. pan-oply. 
See six words above; also ἐν-, εὖ-, -όπλιος. 

ὁπόθεν, 1. In indir. questions (= πόθεν, 
whence? in direct), whence. 2. Rel. 
whence, toa place whence ; w. ἄν, whence- 
Soever. 5. 

ὅποι, 1. In indir. questions (= ποῖ, whither? 
in direct), whither. 2. Rel., whither, 
to which place ; w. ἄν, whithersoever. 14. 

ὁποῖος, a, ον, [ποῖος, of what sort ?], rel., 
of what sort or kind, oF whatever sort, 
what. 10. 

ὁπόσος, η, ov, [πόσος, how much or great ?], 
rel, and in indir. questions, how much, 
great, or many; like 8cos,as much, great, 
or many as; “v7. ἄν, how much or many 
Soever, 25. 

ὁπόταν [ὁπότε + &y], w. subj., whenever, 
as often as. 7. 

ordre [πότε, when ?], w. indic. or opt., when, 
whenever ; causal, since, whereas. 3.22, 15, 
38. 

ὁπότερος, a, ον, [πότερος, which of two?], 
which of two; w. ἄν, whichsoever. 4. 

ὅπου [ποῦ, where 2], where, wherever; w. 
ἄν, wherever or -soever; 8. µή, except 
where. 30. 

ὁπτάω, how, roast, bake. 5.43. From 

ὁπτός, 4, όν, [perh. akin to ἕψω, boil], 
roasted, baked. 2 413. 

ὅπως [was, how?], 1. Rel. adv., how, as, 
2.18; 48, 9. In indir. questions, how, 
in what manner, 1.6; w. fut. indic., 
1.14. 31; w. ἄν and opt. 3.17; 231. 
8. Final conj. w. subj. or opt. how that, 
that, in order that ; οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως, tt can- 
not be that, 2.48. 83. 
τν Πχ. lost st. fr. 4/op, Fop, cf. L. vereor,’ 


VOCABULARY. 


ὁπλιτικός — ὁρμάω 


EK. WARD, WARY], impf. ἑώρων, fat. 
ὕψομαι, 2a. εἶδον, ἑώρᾶκα, a. Ῥ. ὤφθη», 
see, see to, perceive. 213. Syns., βλέπω, 
look, θεᾶομαι, behold; θεωρέω, view; 
σκέπτομαι, look into, examine. See δι-, 
ἐν-, ἐφ-, καθ, Ίερι- Άρο- συν, ὑφ-; 
φρουρός, Bupa, ὄψις, ὑπ-οπτεύω, ὑπ-οψία, 
πρόσ-ωπον. 


ὀργή, fis, [cf. Skt. irgd, vigor], anger. 1.58; 
2.69. 


ὀργίζομαι [ὀργή], ίσοµαι οτιοῦμαι, ὠργίσθην, 
be angry (at, dat.). 5. 

ὀργνιά, as, [old 2d pf. pt. of ὀρέγω], length 
of the outstretched arms, fathom. 5. 

ὀρέγω, Ew, Speta, stretch out, reach out, pre- 
sent. 7.329, 

ὀρεινός, 4, όν, [ὅρος], of the mountains, 
mountainous, 5.22, 

ὄρειος, a, ov, [ὅρος], -- foreg.; οἱ ὅ., moun- 
taineers, 7.411, 21, 

ὄρθιος, a, ov, [ὀρθός], straight-up, up-hill, 
steep (opp. to πρανής, steep down); τὸ 
ὄρθιο», the steep, steep ground, 4.95: ὄρθιοι 
λόχοι, companies in column (with narrow 
as opp. to extended front), 4.24; 3.17; 
8.10, 16. 

ὀρθός, ή, όν, [2 cf. L. arduus], upright, 
straight,erect. 4. ortho-. See Internat, 
Dict. 

ὄρθρος, ου, [1], dawn, daybreak. 9. 

ὀρθῶς [ὁὀρθόε], adv., rightly, properly; ὃ. 
ἔχειν, be right. δ. 

ὁρίζω [ὅρος, boundary], low or ιῶ, Spica, 
bound, define, determine ; mid., fix or 
set up asa boundar; y- 5. ὁρίζων (ο κλου, 
horizon. 

ὅριον, ov, [δρος, ae boundary ; pl. 
borders, frontier. 3. 

ὅρκος, ου, [cf. ἕρκος, fence, εἵργω, restrain), 
what restrains, oath. The Greeks took 

_the oath in the name of their favorite 
gods, held it in great sanctity (cf. 2.57; 
3.210), and often accompanied it with 

‘ sacrifices. 9. ex-orcise. See ἐπί- 
opkos, -ia, -έω. 

ὁρμάω [ὁρμή], how, ὥρμησα, set in motion ; 
intr., set out, hurry, hasten, rush ; 6. τν 
ὁδόν, set out on the way, 8.15, ὁρμᾶσθαι 
ἐκ, sally forth. 1.1% 18: See ἐξ-. 








μπρος.» Rane lat ee ee) 


πρ my 


=— a 


. ee od 


Oppéw — οὗ 


ὁρμέω |ὅρμος, anchorage], lie at anchor. 
1.43, 6, See ἐφ-; ὁρμί(ω. 

ὁρμή, 7s, [7], molion, outset, start, impulse, 
onset. 2.13; 3.119; 99 

ὁρμίζω, low or ιῶ, Spuioa, trans. to ὁρμέω, 
bring to anchor, anchor; mid., come to 
anchor. 4. 

ὄρνεον, ου, 6.123 = ὄρνις. 

ὀρνίθειος, a, ον, of a bird, fowl’s, 4.551 (wh. 
ref. see on end. -ειοφ). 

ὄρνις, ἴθος, ὁ, 7, [1], bird, wild or tame, 
oftener the latter, fowl, chicken. 4.5%, 
ornithology. 

ὈΟρόντας, a, Urontas, 1. a Persian of rank, 
tried and put to death for treason, 1.6!-1, 
2. Sou-in-law of Artaxerxes and satrap 
of eastern Armenia, 2.48”. 

ὄρος, ους, τό, [1], mountain. 49. See 
ὄρειο.. Oread. 

ὄροφος, ου, [ἐρέφω, cover], roof. 7.416, 

ὀρυκτός, ή, όν, dug, dug out, artificial. 
1.714; 4.54, From 


ὀρύττω [7]. ύξω, ὄρυξα, dig, quarry. 1.55; : 


5.89. See xar-; διῶρυξ, 

ὀρφανός, ή, όν, [ὀρφός, cf. L. orbus], with- 
out parents, orphan. 7.2%, 

ὀρχέομαι [ὄρχος, row], Ίσομαι, ὠρχησάμη», 
dance. 7. 

ὄρχησις, ews, ἡ, dancing, dance. 6.18, 11. 
orchestra. 

ὀρχηστρίς, ίδος, ἡ, dancing girl. 6.112, 

Ὀρχομένιος, ov, an Orchomenian, of Orcho- 
menus, a town in Arcadia. 2.577, 

8s, %, 8, who, which, what; its antecedent 
often omitted, ἐφ᾽ ἅ for ἐκεῖνα ἐφ᾽ ἅ, 1.21; 

» often attracted to case of its antecedent, 
ἡγεμόνι ᾧ (for by) δοίη, 1.317; οὗ (old 
gen.), where; ἐν ᾧ, ἵπ which (time), while, 
meanwhile; ᾗ (dat. of manner), in what 
way, often = as, ᾗ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα, as 
quickly as possible; δι 8, wherefore ; 
ἔστιν ὅς (of), some one, some; orig. a dem. 
pron.,xal 3s, and he, 1.8ἱ6: 3.4'8, [Skt. 
yas]. 626. See ὅθεν, ὅσπερ, ὅστις, ὅτε, 
ὅτι 

Soros, &, ο», [7], pious, devout. 2.6%; 5.876, 

ὅσος, η, ον, correl. pron. = L. quantus. 
1. With antecedent (τοσόσδε or τοσοῦτος, 
so much or many) expressed, as, τοσοῦτοι 


VOCABULARY. 





589 


ὄντες ὅσους σὺ ὁρᾷς. 2. With antece 
dent omitted, as much us, how much, as 
great (far, long etc.) as; pl.,as many as, 
how many; after was, who; πάντων ὅσοι, 
ofall (as many as), who; dow... τοσούτφ 
= quanto... tanto, by how much... by 
so much, the... the,1.59; 7.3%; ὅσον as 
subs. or adv., as much (fur, long etc.) 
as, as that; with namerals, as much 
us, about, 1.89; 3.43; as, for example, 
4.114; τν. inf., 4.15; 8.131, 100. 

ὅσοσ-περ, ὅση-περ, ὅσον-περ, stronger form 
of foreg., just as much (pl. many) as. 7. 

ὅσ-περ, ἥ-περ, ὅ-περ, stronger form of 3s, 
who indeed, eren who, which or what, just 
who; often the force of -wep cannot be 
neatly expressed. 28. 

ὅσπριον, ου, [2], ch. in pl., pulse, legumes 
(beans, peas etc.). 4. 

ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅτι, gen. οὗτινος or ὅτου, 
horivos, οὗτινος, dat. φτινι or Sry, indef. 
rel., whoever, whichever, whatever, who- 
soever etc.; any one who, anything which ; 
in indirect questions, who, which, what ; 
ὅτι or ὅτι, to be disting. from ὅτι, 
that. 119. 

ὄστισ-ουν, ἥτισ-ουν, ὅτι-ουν, more indef. 
than ὅστις, any whosoever, any whatso- 
ever, 7.627, 

ὀσφραίνομαι, ήσομαι, smell, catch scent of 
(gen.), 5.83. [οσ-, cf. ὀσμή, smell, pphy 
or φέρω]. 

ὅταν [ὅτε, ἄν], conj. w. subj., whenever, 
when. 15. 

ὅτε [ὅ + τέ], 87°, 86’, adv. and conj., when, 
whenever ; w. opt., as often as. 33. 

ὅτι [orig. neut. of ὅστις], conj., that, be- 
cause, cf. L. quod; w. sup. intens. like 
ws, ὅτι πλεῖστοι, as many as possible. 
ὅτι ἁπαρασκευότατον. 280. 

ὅτι ὅτου, ὅτῳ, see ὅστις. 

οὐ, οὐκ before a smooth vowel, οὐχ before 
a rough, [?], no‘, marking the negation 
as objective or absolute ; in questions= 
L. nonne. 

οὗ [old gen. of 3s], where. 7. 

οὗ, of, ἕ, defect. pers. pron. of third pers., 
encl., of him; in Att. displaced in this 
sense by αὗτός, and.used:as.indiri reflex 


N 
Ἀ 


. 


540 


of himself; only in dat. in Anab. 4. [st. 
σΡε, Skt. sva.] For pl. see ogeis. 

οὐδαμῇ or -f [instr. case of ov8auds = 
obdels], adv., nowhere, inno way. 3. 

οὐδαμόθεν [ovBaués], adv., from no place or 
quarter, 2.4%, 5% 

οὐδαμοῖ [loc.], adv., to no place. 6.316. 

οὐδαμοῦ [gen. ], adv., nowhere, 5. 

οὐδέ [οὐ + δέ], conj., but not, and not, nor; 
nol even, nor yel; οὐδὲ .. . οὐδέ, not even 

ΠΟΥ yet; ov... οὐδέ, ποῖ ... πογ. 82. 

οὐδείς, οὐδεμία, οὐδέν, g. obderds, οὐδεμιᾶς, 

not even one, not one, none; οὐδέν, adv. 


acc., in no respect, not at all. 168. 
οὐδέ-ποτε never. 2.613, 
οὐδέ-πω, not even yel, not yet. 7.3%, 
οὐθ᾽ = οὐτέ. 
οὐκ, see οὗ. 
οὐκ-έτι, adv., no longer, Πο more. 23. 


οὔκ-ουν, adv., nol therefore, not then. 3.56. 

οὐκ-οῦν [οὐκ unaccented lost its force ex- 
cept in questions expecting an affirma- 
tive answer], adv., much like οὖν, then, 
accordingly, so then; in questions, so 
then? nol then? 1.67; 2.5%, 14. 

οὖν (cf. ab], post-pos. adv., then, accord- 
ingly, therefore; at all events, at any 
rate, esp. when preceded by daa’ or 3, 
cf 1.212, 22, 25: certainly. 7.64. 181. 

οὗπερ [gen. of ὅσπερ], adv., just where. 
4.8%, 


οὕποτε, adv., not at any time, never. 5. 

οὔ-πω, adv., not yet. 10. 

οὑὐπώ-ποτε, never before. 1.418, 

οὐρά, as, [1], tail; of an army, rear. 4. 

οὐρᾶγός, ov, rear leader or rearmost man 
in acolumn, file-closer. 3. 

οὐρανός, ob, [1], sky, heaven, 4.22, Whence 
L. Uranus. 

ots, ards, τό, [L. auris (for ausis)], EAR. 
3. par-otid. 

οὖσα, οὖσι(»), pt. of εἰμί. 

οὔτε, ovr’, before a rough vowel οὐθ', [οὐ 
+ τέ], conj., and not, nor; comm., οὔτε 

. οὔτε, neither ...nor; οὔτε . . . τέ, 

not only not... but also. 149. 

obrivos, see 8a-Tis. 

οὔ-τοι, indeed not, certainly not. 7.611, 

obtos, αὕτη, τοῦτο, g. τούτον, ταύτηε, dem. 


VOCABULARY. 


οὐδαμῇ — ὄψομαν 


pron., this, pl. these, referring usually to 
what precedes (cf. ὅδε); often rendered 
as pers. pron., he, she, it, they; ταῦτα 
often used where we should expect 
τοῦτο, μετὰ ταῦτα, afler this: καὶ ταῦτα, 
and that too; ἐκ τούτου, see ἐκ; ἐκ τούτων, 
under these ¢ircumstances ; ἐν τούτῳ, mean 
while; ταύτῃ, in this way. 1011. 

οὗτοσί, αὑτηϊ, τουτί, g. τουτουί, ταυτησί, 
stronger form of foreg., this here. 3. 
See H. 274; G. 412. 

οὕτω, before a vowel οὕτως, [οὗτος], thus, 
so, in this manner; to such a degree; 
usually refers to what precedes, cf. ὧδε. 
τάδε. 106. 

οὐχ, οὐχί, = οὗ. 

ὀφείλω [1], ὀφειλήσω etc., owe; pass., be 
owed, be due; 2a Sedov, ought, of ‘a 
wish that cannot be realized, would that! 
O that! 2.14. 4. See H. 871 a; G. 
1512. See ὀφλισκάνα. 

ὄφελος, τό, only in nom. and acc , [ὀφέλλω, 
increase, advance], advantage, profit. 
2. See ὠφελέω. 

ὀφθαλμός, ov, [Boevt. ἀτάλκος, cf. L. 
oculus], eye; ἔχειν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς, keep 
under the eye or in sight. 6. opthal- 
mia et al., see Internat. Dict. 

ὀφλισκάνω, 3 4. ὦφλο», owe or be liable to 
pay, esp. a fine, be adjudged to pay: 
5.81, 

᾿Οφρύνιον, ου, Ophrynium, town of Troas. 
7.85, 

ὀχετός, ob, channel, ditch. 241%. From 

ὀχέω, ch. in pres. sys., carry ; pass., be car- 
ried orride. 3.4*7. [8yos, carriage, 1.-Ε. 
vagh, cf. L. veho, E. WAGON, WAIN.] 

ὄχημα, απο», τό, [dx¢éw], what carries, 
vehicle. 3.219, 

ὄχθη, ης, [1], bank, bluff. 4. 

ὄχλος, ov, [4], crowd, throng; tumult; annoy- 
ance, trouble, (cf. ἑν.οχλέω). 12. 

ὀχυρός, 4, όν, [ἔχω], = exupds, tenable, 
strong ; τὰ ὀχνρά, strongholds. 3. 

ὀψέ [1], adv., date. 5. 

ὀψίχζω [Spe], be /ate, arrive later. 4.55, 

ὄψις, ews, ἡ, [see ὁράω], appearance, sight. 
2.315; 6.19, thanat-opsis. 

ὄψομαν, fut. of dpde. 


παγκράτιον — wéonon 


Π. 


w= L. p= Tent. (BEng.) £. 
Cf. πατήρ, παύω, πέντε, περάω, πλέω, πρό ot αἱ. 


παγκράτιον, ov, [ray-xparfs, all-powerful], 
pancratium ; α contest combining wrest- 
Jing and boxing. Thecontestants fought 
naked, anointed with oil, covered with 
sand, and till one was killed or raised a 
finger, signifying “enough.” 4.827, 

παγχαλέπως [παγ--- παν], adv., very hardly 
or harshly. 7.518, 

παθεῖν, 2 a. of πάσχω. 

πάθηµα, aros, τό, [πάσχα], a suffering, a 
misfortune, 7.6%, 

πάθος, ους, τό, [πάσχα], suffering, misfor- 
tune. 2. pathos, anti-, allo-pathy. 
See d-wadfs. 

παιανίζω, έσω or ιῶ etc., chant the paean, 
sing the war-song. 11. [παιάν, ἄνος, 
choral song of triumph or thanksgiving 
addressed to Apollo, Ares, or other 
god ] 

ταιδεία, as, [παιδεύω], training, educa- 
tion. 4.616, 16, 

παιδ-εραστής, of, [cf. ἔραμαι], lover of 
boys, usu. in bad sense. 7.4’. 

παιδεύω [παῖς], εύσω etc., bring up a child, 
train, educate. 1.93 δ. See ἆ-παίδεντος. 

παιδικός, ή, dy, [παῖς], of or fora boy; τὰ 
παιδικά, favorite, darling, comm. of a 
boy, cf. L. deliciae. 3. 

παιδίον, ov, (dim. of wats], a little child ; 
pl, children, 4.718, 

παιδίσκη, ns, [dim. of wats], young girl, 
maiden, 4.31}, 

Wats, παιδός, 6, 4, child, boy, girl, youth ; 
ἐκ παίδων», from children, from childhood. 
37. ped-agogue. [For waF-s, L. puer, 
akin to πῶλος, FOAL. } 

παίω, walow, ἔπαισα, πέπαικα; for pass. 
see πλήττω, strike, smite, beat, wound. 28. 
ana-paest. [For xaFiw, L. pavio.] Syns. 
πατάσσω, πλήττω. 

πάλαι [1], adv., long ago, long seas for- 
merly. 7. 

παλαιός, 4, όν, [πάλαι], old, ο): τὸ 
φαλαιόν, adv. acc., anciently, 3.47; cf. 


VOCABULARY. 


541 


τὸ ἀρχαῖο»; c. παλαίτερος, 4.555 = rather 
old. Ῥ8]αθο-, see Internat. Dict. 
παλαίω [πάλη], alow, wrestle. 4.8%, pal. 
aestra, 
πάλη, ης, wrestling, 4.827; one part (danc- 
ing the other) of a Greek’s physical 


education. ᾖ[πάλλω, poise, see παλ- 
τός.] 

πάλιν [1], adv., back, back again, again. 
palin-ove. 67. See ἐμ-. 


παλλακίς, (30s, [1], mistress, concubine. 
102 


παλτός, ή, όν, [πάλλω, poise], poised ; τὸ 
παλτό», dart, light spear. 5. 

παµ-πληθής, és, [πλῆθος], multitudinous, 
very numerous, 3.211, 

πάµ-πολυς, -πόλλη, -πολυ, very much or 
great; pl., very many, very numer- 
ous. 6. 

παµ-πόνηρος, ο», wholly bad, thoroughly 
wicked. 6.6%. 

wav, neut. of was. 

πανουργία, as, villainy. 7.54. From 

πανοῦργος, ο», [ἕργορ], doing anything 
however bad, villainous, unprincipled. 
2.5%; 626, 

παντά -πᾶσι(ν) (acc. + dat. pl.], all in all, 
altogether, wholly ; w. neg., at all. 14. 

πανταχῇ ος -χῆ, [instr. case], adv., every- 
where, on every side. 9.51. 

πανταχοῦ, old gen. loc., = foreg. 2. 

παντελῶς [way-reArjs, all complete], adv., 
completely, wholly. 2. 

πάντῃ, better -η, [instr. after anal. of α- 
stems], every way, on every side. 4. 

παντοδαπος, ή, όν, [on end. cf. ποδαπός], 
of every kind = παντοῖοφ. 3. 

πάντοθεν, adv., from every side, on all 
sides. 2. 

παντοῖος, ο», of every kind, ofall sorts. 2. 

πάντοσε, adv., in all directions, everywhere. 
7.938, 

πάντως, adv., altogether, at all events, at 
any rate. 6. 521; 7.748, 

πάνυ [πᾶς, orig. of «ν 1], altogether, quite, 
very; w.neg., atall. 25. 

πάομαι [1], acquire; ch. in pf. πέπᾶμαι, 
pi pf. ἐπεπάμη», = κέκτηµαι, possess, have, 
poet. 4. 


542 


παρά, beside. 1. With gen., from beside, 
Jrom; of παρά τινος, one’s friends or 
dependents, cf. 1.15; rarely, by. 1.91. 
2. With dat., beside, by = near, with. 
3. With acc., to the side of, to; along, 
beside; by = past; hence, aside from, 
contrary to, against, δόξα», ὅρκους, 
σπονδάς; of time, along = during, παρὰ 
πότο», while at wine, with wine. 2.315, 
180. In compos., as abovée. para-dox, 
-graph et al., see Internat, Dict. [Prob. 
instr. case cf. gua; cf. L. per, Ger. ver, 
E. For- (bear, bid et al.)] 
παρα-βαίνω, 2 a. -έβην, pass beside ; trans- 
gress, violate. 4.1}, 
παρα-βοηθέω, hasten along (or past others) 
to give aid. 4.73. 
παρ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, -hryyetAa, announce (com- 
mand, watchword etc., and pass it) along, 
pass . . . along, give the word, direct, 
command ; announce ; κατὰ τὰ παρηγγελ- 
µένα, according to the commands (given). 
2.28, 35. 
παρ-άγγελσις, ews, 7, word of command. 
4.15, 
mapa-ylyvopat, ~yerfoouat, 2 a. -eyerduny, 
become beside, come, arrive. 9. 
παρ-άγω, -άξω, 2 a. -ἠγαγο», lead along by 
or past ; bring forward, bring into line. 7. 
παρ-αγωγή, ἢς, carrying along or across, 
conveyance. 5.116 paragogé. 
παράδεισος, ου, [Pers.], park. 5. para- 
dise. 
παρα-δίδωμι, -idow, -έδωκα (-80, -δοίην, 
«δοῦναι, -Sots), -«δέδωκα, give up or over, 
deliver up, grant. 33. 
‘ rapa-Capptive, υνῶ, cheer on, encourage. 2. 
παρα-θέω, run by or past. 4.712, 
παρ-αιγέω, impf. ῄνου», έσω, -yfvera, exhort, 
advise. 3. parenetic. 
trap-arréopat, Aoouat, beg of or from ; in- 
tercede for (acc.). 6.6%°. 
παρα-καλέω, fut. &, -εκάλεσα, -κέκληκα, call 
to one’s side, summon, urge on, exhort, 
encourage. 18. Paraclete. 
παρα-κατα-θήκη, ns, [-τίθημι], α deposit, 
intrasted to one’s care, 5.37. 
παρά-κειμαι, lie or be placed beside or near 
(dat.). 7.322. 


VOCABULARY. 


παρά — παρασκηνέω 


παρα-κελεύομαι, εύόσοµαι, urge on, exhort, 
encourage. 5. 

παρα-κέλευσις, ews, ἡ, exhortation, cheer- 
ing. 4.878, 

παρ-ακολουθέω, haw, follow beside or close- 
ly, accompany (dat.). 3.34; 4.41. 

παρα-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2 a. -ἐλαβσν, re- 
ceive from another, esp. office, succeed 
‘to; receive, take to oneself, take along. 9. 

παρα-λείπω, -λείψω, 2a. -έλιπον, leave to 
one side, omit. 6.31%; 618, 

παρα-λύπέω, trouble; in 2.5%, by diverting 
attention from Clearchus. 

παρα-λύω, loose from the side, detach. 
5.14, paralysis, cut down to palsy. 

παρ-αμείβομαι, change (cae’s position and 
go) by, pass by. 1.1019. 

παρ-αμελέω, how, -ημέλησα, (pass) by (and) 
neglect, neglect, disregard (gen.). 2.57; 
7.813, 

παρα-μένω, -μενῶ, -έμεινα, stay beside or 
near, remain steadfast. 2.62; 6.215, 

παρα-μηρίδιος [παρά, unpds, thigh], along 
the thigh; τὰ π., thigh-armor, for the 
upper, as xynuls, for the lower, part of 
the leg. 1.88. 


}παρα-πέμπω, Yo, send along, convoy. 4.5” ; 


6.315, 
παρα-πλέω, -πλεύσομαι, -έπλευσα, sail by or 
along. 7. 
παρα-πλήσιος, a, ov, nearly like, similar 
(dat.). 1.318, 52, 
παρα-ρ-ρέω, 2 8. -eppinv, flow beside or 
past; run, or fall, off beside. 4.44; 5.38. 
παρασάγγης, ov, parasang Ξ 30 stades 
or three to three and one-half miles. 
Darius I. connected the satrapies with his 
capital by roads along which at inter- 
vals post-houses were built and supplied 
with couriers and relays of horses. 53. 
παρα-σκευάζω, dow, -εσκεύασα, -εσκεύα- 
σµαι, make ready to hand, prepare, pro- 
vide; mid., prepare oneself or for onesel/, 
make preparation, be ready. 25. “ Παρα- 
to prepare what one has not; κατα- to 
prepare what one has,” I. and S. 
παρα-σκευή, 7s, preparation. 1.24. 
παρα-σκηνέω, how, encamp near (dat.). 
3.1%. 


« 


αταρατάττω — Πατηγύας 


VOCABULARY. 


543 


πεαρα-τάττω, -τάξω, -έταξα, arrange along να, let go by, let pass, yield, allow 


by, draw up or out. 6. 

πεαρα-τείνω, -τενῶ, -έτεινα; -ετέτατο, 
stretch along, extend. 1.715; 7.348, 

ακαρα-τίθηµι, 2 a. inf. -θεῖναι, 2 a. m. 
«εθέµη», place beside, set before (dat.) ; 
mid., put aside. 4.58), 81; 6.18, 

πταρα-τρέχω, -δραμοῦμαι, 2 a. -έδραμο», 
-δεδράµηκα, run along past or by. 5. 

παρα-χρῆμα [παρά = during, at the moment 
of], adv., on the spot, forthwith. 7.7%. 

παρ-εγγνυάω, how, pass along, pass the word 
or -command along; cf. παραγγέλλω, 
command ; exhort. 9. 

παρ-εγγύη, ης, [ἐγγύη, pledge put into the 
hand, γύαλο»], charge, command, exhor- 
tation. 6.533, 

παρ-εγενόµην, 2 a. of παραγίγνοµαι. 

πάρ-ειµι, impf. -ἢν, -έσομαι, be by, near, 
with, be present, arrive; ἐν τῷ παρόντι, 
tn the present crisis; τὰ παρόντα, the 
present affairs; ἐκ τῶν παρόντων, under 
the circumstances ; impers. παρέστι, -ἢν, 
pt. παρ-όν, it is in one’s power, pos- 
sible. 82. 

πάρ-ειμι, impf. -ῄειν, go or come along, pass 
by or along. 15. 

παρ-εῖχον, see παρ-έχω. 

παρ-ελαύνω, -ελῶ, -ήλασα, ride or march 
by, along, or past. 8. 

παρ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -Άλθο», come or go along, 
by, or past, pass by. 25. 

παρ-έσοµαι, fut. of πάρ-ειµι. 

παρ-ετέτατο, pipf. of παρα-τείνω. 

map-€xw, have at hand, furnish, supply, 
provide ; produce, render ; grant. ‘4. 

παρηγγυάων, see αρ ιο. 

παρ-ήλασα, See παρ ελαύνω. 

παρ-ἤλθον, 2 a. of παρ-έρχοµαι. 

map-fv, see πάρ-ειµι, arrive. 

παρ-ῄνει, see παρ-αινέω. 

ἨΠαρθένιον, ου, Parthenium, town of Mysia. 
7.815, 

Π]αρθένιος, ov, Parthenius (i. e. virgin-), a 


river in western Paphlagonia. 5.69. 
παρθένος, ov, 7, [1], virgin, maiden. 3.2%, 
Parthenon. 
Παριανός, οῦ, a Parian, of Πάριον. 7.316, 


παρ-ιέναι, see πάρ-ειµι, go by. 


Τάρο», ου, Parium, Mysian town on the 
Hellespont. 7.27. 

παρ-ίστηµι, -στήσω, -έστησα, -εστησάμη». 
station near, bring forward, present ; 
2a. -έστην, -έστηκα (as pres.), stand 
near or by. 5. 

πάρ-οδος, ov, 7, a way by or past, pass, 
passage. 9. 

παρ-οινέω, how, érapyynoa (double aug.), 
be drunken or abusive. 5.81. [πάροινος, 
drunken, wap’ οἶνον, at wine.] 

παρ-οίχοµαι, have passed by; τὰ παροιχό- 
μενα, the past. 2.41. 

Παρράσιος, ov, a Parrhasian, of Παρρασία, 
a district in Arcadia. 

Παρύσατις, (δος, Parysatis, daughter of 
Xerxes I., half-sister or aunt and wife of 
Darius Π., mother of Artaxerxes and 
of Cyrus. 1.14. See Introd. 23, 24. 

παρ-ών, see πάρ-ειµι. 

was, πᾶσα, wav, g. παντός, πάσης, [1]: 1. 
without the article; in sing. every, pl. 
all; 2. with art.,in pred. pos. all; in 
attrib. pos. to denote totality, whole, 
whole-bod y-of, οἱ πάντες ὁπλῖται, whole 
body of the hoplites; = παντοῖος (not 
often), of every sort, 3.28; 6.46: neut. as 
subs. or adv., πάντα, all things, in all re- 
spects, wholly ; τὸ πᾶν, the whole; περὶ 
παντός, beyond everything, of the utmost 


tmportance. 171. See παγ- wap-, 
παν-. pan-, panto-. dia-pason (διὰ 
πασῶγν). 


Πάσίων, ωνος, [πᾶς], Pasion, general of 
Cyrus; deserted the Greeks. 1.5". 
πάσχω, πείσοµαι (for πένθσομαι), 2 a. 
ἔπαθον, πέπονθα, be affected (by good or 
ill), experience, be treated, comm. suffer 
(from without); κακῶς π., suffer ill, be 
ill off or ill-treated, opp. to ed π., be well 
off, be lucky; ἀνθ ὧν eb ἔπαθον, in re- 
turn for the favors I had received. 48. 
[for παθ-σκω, 4/xa0, πενθ, cf. L. patior.| 
See ἀντι-; πάθος, καθ-ηδυπαθέω. 
πατάσσω [1], érdrata, only in aor., strike, 
smite, thrust, 4.875; 7.814. See wales. 
Πατηγύας, a, Pategyas. 1.81. 





544 


πατήρ, πατρόε, [ 4/pa, protect, L. pater], 
FATHER. 8. 


πάτριος, G, ov, paternal or ancestral. 2. 

πατρίς (Sos, 7, fatherland, native land, 8. 

πατρῴος, &, ο», from one’s father, heredi- 
tary, patrimonial. 4. 

παῦλα, ns, [παυ-, see foll. + Aa, cf. fevy + 
An], stop, means of stopping. 5.78%. 

wave [cf. L. paucus, Sax. feava, E. Few], 
παύσω, ἔπαυσα, πέπαυκα, cause to cease, 
stop, pul an end to; mid. cease, pause, 
rest; cease from (gen.). 23. See 
ἁπο-. 

Παφλαγονία, as, Paphlagonia, most north- 
ern province of Asia Minor. 6.11-. 

Παφλαγονικός, ή, όν, Paphlagonian ; ἡ M1. 
as subs. = foreg. 

Παφλαγών, όνος, Paphlagonian. 1.85. 

πάχος, ous, τό, thickness. 5.418, From 

παχύς͵ efa, ύ, g. dos, elas, thick, stout, 
large. 2. [cf. L. pinguis.] pachy- 
derm. 

πέδη ns, [πούς], fetter (akin to foot). 4.38. 

πεδινόφ, ή, dv, plain-like, leve/, flat. 2. 

πεδίον, ου, plain, 46; kindred form is πέδον 
[πούς], cf. ἐμ-πεδόω, δάπεδον. 

meebo, εύσω etc., go on foot or by land, 
foot it. 5.54 From 

πεζός, ή, dv, [for πεδιος, cf. πέδη], on foot, 
foot- ; 6 π., foot-soldier, pl. infantry ; mech 
δύναμις, infantry; wey, on foot. 24. 

πείθω [ /πιθ, for $18, cf. fido], πείσω, 
ἔπεισα, πέπεικα, πέπεισµαι, ἐπείσθη», per- 
suade (acc.); mid., persuade oneself, 
yield, obey (dat.); pass., be persuaded. 
62. See ἆνα-; πειστέον, πιστεύω», dwet- 
θέω. 

πεινάω, how, hunger, be hungry, 
΄ [weiva, cf. πένοµαι.] 

‘aqretpa, as, [for περια, cf. περάω], a going 
through, trial, experiment, proof; expe- 
rience, acquaintance (with, gen.). 4. 

πειράω, dow, ch. as dep. mid., ἄσομαι etc., 
try, attempt, test, make trial of (gen.) 
46. pirate, empiric. 

meloras, see πείθω. 

πείσοµαι, see πάσχω and πείθω. 

πειστέον. [πείθω], one must persuade ; must 
obey (dat.). 2.68; 6.614. 


1.927, 





VOCABULARY, 


πατήρ --πέπονθα 


πελάζω, ἐπέλασα, draw near, approach. 2 
[πέλας, near, cf. πλησίον.] 

Πελληνεύς, éws, a Pellenian, of Pelléne, a 
city of Achaia. 5.216, 

Πελοποννήσιος, 4, ov, Peloponnesian. 1.18. 

Πελοπόννησος, ου, 7, Peloponnesus, penin- 
sula of southern Greece [popularly de- 
rived from νῆσος, island, and Πέλοψ, 3 
Phrygian, who succeeded his father-in- 
law, Oenomaus, to the throne of Elis]. 

πελτάζω [πέλτη], serve as a targeteer. 5.89. 

Πάλται, ay, Peltae, populous city of 
Phrygia. 1.219, 

πελταστής, oD, [weATd(w], peltast, tar- 
geteer; armed with the πέλτη, sword, 
and spear; ranked below the ὁπλῖται, 
but above the ψιλοί. 50. 

πελταστικός, ή, όν, targeteer-; τὸ πελτα- 
στικό», the ... force. 4. 

πέλτη, ns, [2], target, light shield, usually 
crescent-shaped, made Ὁξ wood or wick&t- 
work, covered with leather. It was in- 
troduced from Thrace. 11. 

πεμπταῖος, da, ov, on the fifth day. 6.49, 
From 

πέμπτος, η, ον, [πέντε], fifth. 2. 

πέµπω [2], πέµψω, ἔπεμψα, πέποµφα, send. 
70. See ἆπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, κατα-, µετα-, 
παρα», προ-, συµ-, ὑπο-; πομπΊ. 

πένης, nros, [πένομαι], poor ; ὅ π., poor-man 
day laborer. 7.778. 

tevla, as, [*revos or πένης], poverty. 7.63. 

πένοµαι [1], only in pres. sys., toil, live in 


poverty. 3.2%, See πόνος. 
πεντακόσιον, αι, α, [ Dor. -κατιοι, cf. ἐκτό]ᾗ 
Jive hundred. 8. | 
πέντε [Goth. finf, Sax. fif], rive. 32. 
penta... 


πεντε-καί-δεκα, jifteen. 6. 

πεντήκοντα [-κοντα, cf. Skt. dacan, ten}, 
Jiffy. ΙΙ. Pentecost. 

πεντηκοντήρ, ἢρος, commander of fifty men. 
3.421, 

πεντηκόντορος, ov, 7), Jiftyoared ship, pen- 
taconter. 4. 

πεντηκοστύς, vos, ‘, company of fifty men 
half a λόχος. 3.47, 

πέπανται, see πᾶομαι. 

πέπονθα, see πάσχα. 











πεσόντες — περιστερά 


πεσόντες, 2 a. Of πίπτω. 

πέπτωκα, see πίπτω. 

“περ [shortened from περί, over, above, 
very], α particle suffixed to pronouns 
and particles for emphasis. 

πέρᾶ, alv., across, beyond. 2. [Old dat. of 
*xépa, the opp. country, opposite, the 
gen. of which appears in ἀντιπέράς, and 
acc. in πέρᾶν. 

περαίνω, ανῶ, ἑπέρᾶνα, carry through, finish, 
accomplish. 4. [mépas, end, akin to 
πέρὰ.] See ἐκ-. 

περαιόω |wepaios, fr. wépa], carry across ; 
pass., pass over, cross. 7.2!2, 

πέρᾶν [see wépa], adv., on the other side, 
across (gen.) ; τὸ π. the other side (gen.). 
19. πέρα looks rather to the destination, 
wépay, to space intervening. 

περάω [πέρᾶ], dow, cross over. 4.321. The 
root of this and the above words is, 
περ, top, go through, cross, whence also 
πεῖρα, -dw, πόρος, -εύω, πιπράσκω; L. 
porta, ex-perior, E. FARE, FAR, FERRY, 
FORD. 

Πέργαμος, ov, ἡ, [akin to πύργος, tower, E. 
-BuRG], Pergamum, town of Mysia, later 
seat of one of the’ “seven churches,” 
referred to by St. John in the Apoca- 
lypse. 7.88. 

πέρδιξ, ixos, 6, 4, partridge. 1.55. [7] 

περί [akin to παρά], prep., around, about. 

1. With gen., about = concerning, for ; 
of value, above, beyond, of, for. 73. 

2. With dat., of location, around, 
about. 4. ; 

3. With acc., of motion, extent, around, 
about, in relation to, of περὶ ’Apiatov, A 
and his men; εἶναι π., be busy aboul. 
3.5‘. 41. In compos. as above, often 
over, above, superior. peri-, see Internat. 
Dict. See πέρ, πέριξ, περιττό». 

περι-βάλλω, 2 a. -έβαλο», throw round, 

embrace, 4.7%; mid. throw (ri) round 
oneself or throw oneself around, sur- 
round, 3. 

περι-γίγνοµαι, -γενήσομαι, 2 a. -εγενόμην, 
be superior, surpass, overcome (gen.) ; 
come round, result. 5. 

περι-ειλέω, wrap round. 4.5%, 


VOCABULARY. 545 


περί-ενμι, -ἢ», -έσομαι, be superior, surpass, 
excel, prevail (yen.). 3. 

wepl-eupt, -ῄειν, go round. 5. 

περι-έλκω, impf. -εἴλκον, drag round or 
about. 7.9». 

περι-έχω, encompass, surround. 1.2%, 

περι-ἣν, see περί-ειμι, surpass. 

περι-ίστηµι, station round; -έστηκα, 2 a. 
-έστην, stand round. 4.7%; 6.6%. 

περι-κυκλόοµαι, ώσομαι, encircle, surround. 
6.311, 

περι-λαμβάνω. 2 a. -έλαβον, seize round, 
embrace. 7.4!" Cf. περιβάλλω. 

περι-μένω, -μενῶ, -έμεινα, stay aboul, wait; 
wait for. 6. 

Περίνθιος, ov, Perinthian. 7.28. 

Πέρινθος, ov, 4, [on end. cf. Κόρινθος], 
Perinthus, a Thracian town on the Pro- 
pontis. 2.62; 7.28. 

πέριξ [περί + ξ], adv., or prep. w. gen., 
round about, around. 3. 

περί-οδος, ου, 7, way round, or going round, 
circuit, 3.47.11. period. 

περι-οικέω, now, dwell around. 5.618, 

aepl-ovxos, ov, dwelling around; οἱ περί- 
οικοι, the provincials of Laconia, a class 
intermediate between the Spartans and 
the helots or serfs; served in the army 
as hoplites and light-armed troops. 
5,115, 

περι-οράω, "ὀψομαι. -εἴδον, overlook, neglect, 
allow. 4. 

περί-πατος,ου͵ ι πάτος, walk, cf. L. pon(t)s], 
a walking about, walk. 2.455, 

περι-πεσεῖν, 2 a. inf. of περι-πίπτω. 

περιυ-πἠγνῦμι, freeze around. 4.911. 

περι-πίπτω, 2 a. -έπεσο», fall upon and 
embrace (dat.). 1.823; 7.338, 

πέρι-πλέω, sail round. 1.221; 7.12, 

περι-ποιέω, make lo remain over and αδουε, 
acquire, gain. 5.61", 

περι πτύσσω, viw, -έπτυξα, fold round, 
enclose, 1.109. 

περι-ρ-ρέω, 2a. -eppint, flow round, sur- 
round ; fall or slip off. 1.5%; 4.95. 

περι-σταυρόω, dow, fence about with palt- 
sade. 7.414, 

περιστερά, as, [1], dove, pigeon. Semir- 
amis, queen of Assyria, daughter of 


546 


Derketo (= Syriun Astarte), was fabled 
to have been changed into a dove. 1.4%. 

περι-τρέχω, run round or about. 4.58. 

περιττεύω, be over and above, reach beyond 
(gen.). 4.811. 

περιττός, ή, dv, [περί -|- τος], over and 
above, superfluous, surplus ; οἱ π., the men 
beyond. 4.811, 5. 

περι-τυγχάνω, 2a. -έτυχον, happen to be 
about, happen upon, meet. 6.67. 

περι-φανῶς [περιφανής], adv., conspicu- 
ously, manifestly. 4.53. 

mept-épw, carry round. 7.3%. periphery. 

ai a ov, very fearful, much terrified. 


ie ου, [anc. Paérsa], a Persian, of 
Persia, orig. @ mountainous district 
boraering on the Persian Gulf, but ex- 
tended by the conquests of Cyrus the 
Great and of Darius, so as to include 
nearly all the territory lying between 
the Mediterranean Sea and the river 
Indus. 

Περσίζω, speak Persian. 4.5%, 

Περσικός, ή, όν, Persian; τὸ Π. ὀρχεῖσθαι, 
dance the Persian dance. 5. 

Περσιστί, adv., in Persian, cf. Ἑλληνιστί. 

περυσινός͵ ή, όν, [πέρυσι, last year], of last 
year. 5.427, 

πεσεῖν, 2 α. inf. of πίπτω. 

πεταλον, ου, leaf. 5.413. petal. Orig. 
neut. of πέταλος, out-spread, from 

πετάννύμι [cf. L. pateo, E. ΕΑΤΗΟΝ J, 
spread out, open. See ava-. 

πέτοµαι, πτήσοµαι, 2 a. ἑπτόμην, fly. 1.53; 
6.13. [ /πετ, wre, wr, cf. L. péto.] Cf. 
πτερόν, FEATHER. See πτέρυξ. 

πέτρα, as, [7], rock, mass or ledge of rock. 
10. petr-. See Internat. Dict. 

πετροβολία, as, [βάλλω], throwing stones, 
stoning. 6.615. 

πέτρος, ov, [cf. πέτρα], stone, bowlder. 
Peter. 3. Ch. poet. for λίθο. See 
κατα-πετρόω. 

πεφνλαγμένως [adv. of pf. pt. of φυλάττωα], 
guardedly, cautiously. 2.4%. On forma. 
cf. ὑφειμένως. 

wy [instr. case of *ros, see πού], adv., encl., 
in some way, in any way. 4.84, 19. 


VOCABULARY. 


περιτρέχω ---πιστότης 


πηγή, ns, [1], orig., a stream; comm. = 
κρήνη, spring, fountain, source. 9. 

whyvupe (cf. L. paciscor, pax], rhtw, make 
fast, solid, or stiff, freeze. 4.58; 7.48. 
See ἆπο-, περι-. 

πηδάλιον, ου, [πηδόν, oar], rudder, large 
and oar-shaped, attached to each side of 
the stern and worked by hand or cross- 
bar (ζεύγλη). 5.111, 

πηλός, ob, [1], mud. 3. 

πῄχυς, ews, 6, forearm ; cubit = 17} inches. 
[Skt. bahtis, arm.] See δί-, rpt.. 

IIlypys, ητος, Pigres. 1.911. ae 

πιέζω [1], έσω, ἐπίεσα, press, press hard or 
tight, oppress. 5. 

πικρός, ά, όν, [ 4/pi, hate, cf. For], bitter, 
pungent. 4.418, 

πίµπληµι [ /πλα, πλε, L. com-plé-re], 
impf. ἐπίμπλην, πλήσω, F 1.510, 
See ἐκ-, ἐμ-, ἁντ-εμ-; ας elie wip 
Gos, πλοῦτος. 

πίνω [ 4/m, πο, L. poto], fut. πίοµαι, 2 a. 
ἔπιον, drink. sym-posium. 3. See 
éx-, συν-εκ-; ὑπο-; πῶμα, ἔκ-κωμα, Fords, 
πότος, συμ-ποσί-αρχο». 

πυπράσκω (ἀπο-δώσομαι, 2 8. απ-εδόµη», 
see ἀπο-δίδωμι), πέπράκα, πεπρᾶσομαι 
as fut. pass.), sell. 4. [ γπερ, περα, 
(see περάω), export for sale] Syn. 
πωλέω, which in Att. supplies the pres. 
sys. 

πίπτω, πεσοῦμαι, 2 a. ἔπεσον, oy ar fall, 
fall down or in battle. sym-ptom, asym- 
ptote. 7. [For πιπέτ-ω, cf. πέτοµαι.] 
See εἶσ-, συν-εισ-, ἐκ-, ἐμ-, ἔπι-, κατα», 
περι-, Άροσ-, συµ:; εὐπετῶς. 

Πισίδης, ου, Pisidian, of Pisidia, a pro- 
vince in southern Asia Minor. 

πιστεύω” εύσω etc., trust, believe, put faith 
in (dat.). 17. 

πίστις, ews, ἡ, [for πιθ.τις, cf. πείθω], faith, 
confidence, good faith, fidelity ; pledge 
of faith = τὰ πιστά. 

πιστός, ή, όν, [for πιθ-τος, cf. relbw]. faith- 
ful, trusty, trusted, trustworthy ; of πιστοί 
= confidential advisers or attendants of 
Persian kings and princes; τὰ πιστά, 
pledges. 30. See ἀπιστέω etc. 

πιστότης, nros, ἡ, fidelity. 1.83. 


πίτνυς — ποιέω 


πίτυς, vos, ἡ, [cf. L. pinus], pine. pine-tree. 
4.75 

πλάγιος, a, ov, [xAdyos, side], sideways, 
oblique ; eis πλάγιο», obliquely ; τὰ πλάγια, 
the flanks. 1.8)’; 3.414; 6.315, 

πλαίσιον, ov, (cf. πλατύς, broad ], rectangle ; 
π. ἰσόπλευρον, square. The Persians 
usually went to battle as at Cunaxa, 
massed nation by nation in solid squares. 
9. See Introd., 38, 111. 

πλανάοµαι [πλάνη], ἠσομαι, wander about. 
1.2%; 5.17; 7.774. 3. planet. 

πλάτος, aus, τό, [πλατύς], breadth. 5.4%. 

πλάττω, πλάσω, ἔπλασα, form, mould ; 
fabricate. 2.6%. plastic, plaster, 
-plasm. Perh. orig. to broaden, akin 
to 

πλατύς, εἴα, 6, g. έος, elas, wide, broad ; 
c. -brepos, 8. braros. 3. plate, place. 

πλεθριαῖος, a, ov, measuring a plethron. 3. 

πλέθρον, ου, [1], α prethron = ninety-seven 
feet. 17. See δί-, τρί-. 

πλεῖστος, πλείω», wAcio = πλείονα, see 
πολύς. 

πλέκω [L. plico], πλέβν, plait, twist. 3.318, 

πλεονεκτέω [xAcov-éxryns (ἔχω), one who 
has or claims more than his due], how, 
have more than, have the advantage over 
(gen.), in (dat.). 3.197; 5.415; 815, 

πλευρά, as, [2], 2b, side, flank. 6. pleu- 
risy. 

πλέω, πλεύσομαι Or πλευσοῦμαι, ἔπλευσα, 
sail, 22. [ wav, πλεξ, cf. L. plu-it, E. 
FLOW, FLOOD, FLEET.] See ἀπο-, δια-, 
εἶσ-, ἑκ-, παρα-, περι-; Ἀλοῖον, πλοῦ». 

πλέων, see πολύς. 

πληγή, jis, [πλήττω], blow, stroke. 3. 
plague. 

πλθῆθος, ous, τό, (cf. κλήθω, L. plébes}, mul- 
titude, crowd, maiu body ; extent. 22. 

πλήθω [intr. to πίµπλημι], ch. in pres. pt., 
be or become full; πλήθουσα ayopd full 
market. 2. plethora. 

πλήν [πλεεν by-form of πλέον, more than], 
prep. w. gen., except; conj., except that, 
only. 25. 

πλήρης, es, g. ους, [πίμπλημι, plénus|], full, 
full of (gen.), filled with. 7. See σύμ- 


πλεως, µεστό». 


VOCABULARY. 


547 


πλησιάζω, dew, come near, 
(dat.). 1.52; 6.5°8; 4.63, 

πλησίος, a, ο», (akin to πέλας, πελά(ω]. 
near; 8. πλησιαίτατος, 1.10°. 

πλησίο», adv., near, close by; asattrib., 

2.416; w. ρεῃ.. 5.211. 18. 

πλήττω [cf. L. plango], act. rare in Att. 
except 2 pf. πέπληγα; 2 a. p. ἐπλήγη», 
strike, smite. apo-plexy. 4. See ἐκ», 
κατα-; walw, πατάσσω. 

πλίνθινος, η, ov, of brick, brick-. 

πλίνθος, ov, ἡ, [1], brick. 
FLINT ? 

πλοῖον [xA dw], boat, any kind, from a canoe 
up; π. paxpéy, long or war boat; ship, 
merchant vessel. 61. Syns. vais, ὀλκάς, 
τριήρης. 

πλοῦς, ob, [πλόος, πλέω], sailing, voyage ; 
π. ἐστι, it is good sailing. 4. 

πλούσιος, a, ov, [πλοῦτος], rich. 4. 

πλουσίως, adv., richly, in wealth. 3.2%, 

πλουτέω [πλοῦτος], how, be rich. 5. 

πλοντίζω [πλοῦτος], iow or ιῶ, enrich. 7.6%. 

πλοῦτος, ov, [akin to πλήρης], riches, 
wealth, Whence πλούσιος  πλουτέῳ, 
~i Cop. 

πνεῦμα, ατος, τό, [xvéw], wind, breeze. 3. 
pneumatic. 

πνέω [ 4/avu, rveF)}, πνεύσομαι, ies breathe. 
3. dys-pnosa. See dva-. 

πνίγω [akin to πνέω], πνέξω, choke, drown. 
5.72, 

ποδαπός, ή, όν, [7], of what country ? 
whence? 4.417, 

wodfipns, ε», [πούε, -npns, of unc. οτἱρ.], 
reaching to the feet. 1.89. 

ποδίῖω [πούς], πεποδισµένοι, fetter. 3.4%, 
See ἐμ-, cup-. 

ποδός, see Tous. 

πόθεν [*xds], whence % 5.47. 

ποθέν [*rds], encl., from some (or any) 
place. 6.915. 

ποθέω, haw, long for (acc.), to (inf.). 6.48. 

πόθος, ov, [akin to rd00s?], longing, yearn: 
ing (for, gen.). 3.18. 

ποί [loc. of Ἀπός], encl., 
somewhere, anywhere. 3. 

ποιέω [7], how etc., make, do, variously 
rendered to suit the context, — produce 


approach 


3.411, 
3. plinth, 


some whither, 


548 


create, form, cause, bring about (often 
with ὥστε + inf.); do (like πράττω), 
effect ; call (an assembly ), cecebrate (a fes~ 
tival), compose (poetry, whence poem); 
εὖ π., do good to (acc.), benefit ; κακώς π., 
do ill to, injure; mid., do etc. for oneself; 
also, hold, deem, περὶ πλείστου (or 
παντὸς) π., deem of the highest impor- 
tance. 268. See dyri-, ἐμ-, περι-, προσ-. 
ποιητέος, Gd, ον, must be made or done. 4. 
ποικίλος, η, ο», [ 4/mix, cf.L pingo], many- 
colored, variegated ; tattooed. 2. 
ποῖος, a, ον, [*rds as οἷος fr. 8s], of what 
kind ? what sort of ? what? 6. 
πολεµέω, how etc., to war, make war, carry 
on war, absol., dat., or ἐπί, πρός w. acc. 
35. See δια-, κατα», προς”, συµ.-. 
πολεμικός, ή, όν, skilled in or fitted for 
war, warlike; like πολέμιος, of or for 
war or battle, τὸ πολεµικόν, war signal 
or shout; τὰ πολεμικά, military affairs, 
science etc. 10. polemic. 
πολεμικῶς, ο. -ώτερο», 8. -ώτατα, hostilely ; 
π. ἔχει», be hostile. 6.11. 
πολέμιος, a, ov, of or pertaining to war, or 
the enemy, hostile; of πολέµιοι, the enemy ; 
τὰ πολέμια, the affairs of the enemy or 
= τὰ πολεμικά; ἡ woAeula, the enemy’s 
country ; ο. -ώτερος, 8. -ώτατος. 231. 
πόλεμος, ου, [πάλλω, brandish, cf. L. Ῥο]]ο], 
war, warfare ; hostility. 38. 
πολίζω, build a city, colonize. 6.64. 
πολι-ορκέω [ἕρκος, fence, or Epyw, hem in], 
how, ἐπολιόρκησα etc., besiege, invest. 11. 
πόλις, ews, 7, [cf. πολύς, πλέως, full], city, 
town; by meton., state; citadel. 7.127. 
police, polity etal. 102. Syn. ἄστυ. 
πόλισμα, ατος, τό, [πολίζω], lit. a building ; 
town. 3. 
πολίτης, ου, [πόλις], citizen. politics. 2. 
πολλάκις [πολύς], adv., many times, often. 7. 
πολλαπλάσιος, a, ον, manifold; manifold 
more (than, gen.) ,; many times as many 
(or as much). 6. 
πολλαχῆ or -7, [instr. case, Ἀπολλαχός], 
adv., im many ways or cases, often. 7.3!2, 
πολλαχοῦ [ Ἀπολλαχός ], = foreg. 4.128. 
Cf. πανταχῇ, -χοῦ. 
πολυ-άνθρωπος, ov, populous. 


2.418, 


VOCABULARY. 


ποιητέος — πορθέα 


πολν-αρχία, as, [-αρχος], command or gow 
ernment vested in many. 6.115. 

Π]ολυ-κράτης, ous, [very mighty], Poly- 
crates. 4.5%, 

Πολύ-νῖκοςφ, ov, [he of many victories), 
Polynicus. 7.6}. 

πολνπραγµονέω [-πράγμω», over busy], busy 
oneself, intrigue, meddle. 5.115, 

πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, β. πολλοῦ, fis. Cc. πλείω», 
Or πλέων, 8. πλεῖστος, much, sometimes 
rendered great, far, long etc., pl. many ; 
οἱ πολλοί, the many, the majority; τὸ 
πολύ, the greater part, the most; πολύ, 
adv. acc., much, very, greatly, far etc. ; 
ἐπὶ π., over or for a long distance; os 
ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, for the most part ; πολλά, in 
many respects, much; ἐκ πλείονος, from 
a greater distance, 1.101» πλέο», often 
as adv.; ὡς πλεῖστοι, as many as possi- 
ble. 418. ΡΟΙΥ- andry, -gamy et al. 
see Internat. Dict. pleonasm. [ /πολ, 
πλε (see wiuwAnu), L. plis.] 

Πολύ-στρατος [he .of many armies], Poly- 
stratus. 3.3”, 

πολν-τελής, és, g. ots, [réAos, expense], 
very expensive or costly. 1.58. 

πομπή, ἢς, [πέμπω], escort, solemn proces- 
sion. 5.55. pomp. 

πονέω, how etc., toil; undergo hardship; 
gain by toil, like ἐκ-. 6. Syn. µοχθέω. 

πονηρός, a, dy, toilsome ; bad, base, wicked 
9. See παµ-. 

πονήρως, adv., laboriously, with difficulty. 
3.419, 

πόνος, ov, [πένομαι], labor, toil, hardship, 
difficulty. 8. See έπι-. 

πόντος, ov, [7], sea. 5. Comm. of the 
smaller seas, esp. the Euxine; θάλαττα, 
sea in general, esp. the Mediterranean. 

πορεία, as, | πορεύω], a going, journey, 
march; way, route. 28, 

Topevopat, εὔσομαι, πεπόρευµαι, ἐπορεύθη», 
proceed, journey; W. cog. acc., 2.231, 518, 
go cross, traverse (acc.), 4.41. 187. See 
ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, cup-; δνσ-πόρευτο». 

πορεντέος, ἅ, ov, must proceed; to be or 
must be passed over. 4. 

πορθέω, collat. and less comm. form of 
πέρθω [whence it is derived through a 





πορίχζω --- πρό 


lost stem], ἠσω, plunder, lay waste, de- 
stroy. 4. 

wopliw, low or ιῶ, ἑπόρισα etc., furnish, 
supply, provide. 10. See éx-, συν-εκ-. 

πόρος, ου, [see sub περάω], way through or 
across, way ; passage; way out, means of 
accomplishing or providing, means ; pro- 
viding (cf. πορίζω). pore. 2. See 
ἄποροε (-έω, -ία), ἀντί-, δύσ-, (-ία), ἔμ-, εὔ-, 

φόρρω, later Att. πρόσω, forwards, farther ; 
far from (gen.). 2. 

“roopupods, &, ov, [πορφύρα, purple [ελ], 
purple. 1.58. porphyry. 

aroat, see πού». 

πόσος, η, ov, |*wds, Ion. κόσος, L. quotus], 
how much? (great, large, far etc.), pl., 
how many? 4, 

ποταμός, ov, [3], river. 
potamia. 

ποτέ ΄[πο, (cf. ποῦ) + τέ], adv. οπε]., at 
some time or other, once; at any time, 
ever ; intens., ὅποι w., where in the world. 
19. Cf. πότε, when? ὁ-πότε, when, τε]. 

πότερος, a, ov, [πο (πός) + τερος], which of 
two? πότερο» (or -a), whether; mw... . ἤ, 
whether ... or. 

ποτέρωφ, adv, in which of two ways? 
how? 3. 

ποτήριον, ov, in form dim. of ποτήρ, 
drinking-cup, goblet. 6.1”. N. T. 88. 

words, ή, dv, [πίνω], drinkable, potable ; 
-7 ποτό», a drink. 6. 

πότος, ου, [πίνω], drinking, a 
banquet. 2. 


97. Meso- 


ποῦ [gen. of Ἀπός, Ion. κοῦ, L. neh where ?- 


3. ὅ-που, where, rel. 

πού [gen. of Ἀπός, Ion. κοῦ, L. quo], encl., 
somewhere, anywhere; in some degree ; 
to qualify an assertion, any wise, perhaps, 
I suppose, cf. δή-που. 17. Note from 
4/πο (Ion. κο, L. quo) are: πόθεν; wot; 
πότε; πῃ; Tov; πότερος; πόσος; ποῖος; 
πῶς; the same oxytoned (except πότε- 
pos) are indef., and with prefix ὁ- are 
indef. relatives. 

mous, ποδός, 6, [1.. pe(d)s, 1.-Β. 4/pad, go], 
FOOT; a8 3 measure = 11% inches. 20. 
anti-podes. See éu-and éxrodéy, πέδη, 
πεζός, ποδ-, τράπεζα, τρί-πους, πέδον. 


VOCABULARY. 


549 


πρᾶγμα, aros, τό, [πράττω], act, deed ; 
thing, affair; pl. affairs, circumstances ; 
troublesome affairs, trouble. 25. Whence 

πραγµατεύοµαι, be busy ut, labor to effect. 
7.6%, 


πραέων, see πραῦς, 

πρᾶνής, és, g. οὔς, [akin to πρό, cf. Ἱ.. 
pronus], inclined forward, prone ; steep ; 
τὸ wpavés, the steep declivity; κατὰ τοῦ 
πρανοῦς, down-hill. 6. 

πρᾶξις, ews, ἡ, [πράττω], action, transaction, 
business, enterprise. 7. 

πραῦς, εἴα, 6, g. dos, elas, dos, Att. sing. 
m. and n., πρᾶος, πρᾶο», (cf. E. FREE], 
mild, tame. 1.40. See πράω». 

πράττω, πράξω, ἔπρᾶξα, πέπρᾶχα, πέπρᾶγ- 
pas, ἐπράχθη», do, perform (effect, achieve, 
manage, transact etc.); of money, exact 
(cf. dva-); with advs., οὕτω, εὖ etc., fare, 
εὖ or καλῶς π., be fortunate, fare well ; 
κακῶς π., fare ill (cf. εὖ, κακῶς ποιέω). 
37. (The prim. sense, pass through, 
makes it prob. that απρᾶγ is akin to 
περάω.] See ἀνα., συν-ανα-, δια-, συν-δια-, 
κατα», συµ-:; πρᾶγμα, πρᾶξις, εὔ-πρακτος». 

πρῴως or πρᾶως [πραῦς], mildly, tamely. 

1.544, 

sr ts [2], ἔπρεπε, it is fitting, becomes 
(dat., ἡλικίᾳ, τῷ νικᾶν). See εὖ- 
πρεπή». 

πρεσβεία, as, embassy. 7.3%, From 

peo Bevo, εύσω, be, or go as, an ambas- 
sadgr. 3. From 

πρέσβυς, ews, old man, pl., elders ; ambas- 
sador ; ο. -brepos, older, elder, 8. -vraros, 
eldest. 28. [πρεσ- (cf I. pris-cus), akin 
to πρό, -ἴ- βυ, Cretan yu=yev.| pres- 
byter, priest. See συµ-. 

πρεσβύτης, ov, old man. 6.319, 

πρίασθαι, see ὠνέομαι. 

πρίν [akin to πρό], adv., before, sooner, 
formerly ; conj., before that, sooner than, 
until, w. indic., opt., inf., or ἄν and subj. 
39. See H. 924; G. 1469. 

πρό [L. pro, E. ΕΠΟ (ward), FoR, FORE], 
prep. with gen., before, in front of; in 
behalf of, for. In compos., as above, also 
forth, forward, publicly. 18. pro-. See 
πόρρω, πρότερος, πρφ, πρῶτος, πρό». 


550 


προ-αγορεύω, fut. προ-ερᾶ, 2 a. -εἴπον, pro- 
claim, declare. 1.217; 2.229; 7,718, 

προ-άγω, άξω, 2 a. μη lead forward, 
advance. “4. 

προ-αιρέω, 2 a. -εἶλο», take before; mid. 
choose beforehand or in preference to. 
6.619, 

προ-αισθάνομαι, 2 2. -ῃσθόμη», perceive be- 
forehand. 1.11. 

προ-απο-τρέπω, 2 a. πι, -erpaxduny, turn 
back beforehand. 6.5%}, 

_ προ-βαίνω, go forward, advance. 
4.3%, 

προ-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 a. -έβαλο», throw 
before or forward ; mid., throw before 
oneself, present (ὅπλα); bring forward, 
propose. 6. problem. 

πρό-βατα,͵ wy, [-Ba, cf. βόσκω, feed, graze], 
cattle ; in Att., sheep. 19. 

προ-βολή, ἢς, [-βάλλω], putting forward, 
presenting (arms). 6.5%. 

προ-βουλεύω, plan for, provide for. 3.137, 

“πρό-Ύονος, ου, [-γίγνομαι], forefather, ances- 
tor. 5. 

προ-δίδωμι, -δώσω, -έδωκα, (86, olny etc.), 
«δέδωκα, give up, betray, abandon, for- 
sake, 12. 

προ-δότης, ου, [-δίδωμι], betrayer, traitor. 2. 

προ-δούς, 2 a. pt. of mpo-Bidwpt. 

προ-δραµών,. 2 a. pt. of προ τρέχω. 

προ-δροµή, ἢς, [see foreg.], running forth, 
sally. 4.710. 

προ-δῶ, 2 a. subj. of προ-δίδωµι. ° 

πρό-ευμι, -Πειν, go forward or before, ad- 
vance, proceed. 21. 

προ-εἴπον, 2 a. to προ-αγορεύω, proclaim. 

προ-ειστη-, 566.προ-ίστηµι. 

προ-ελαύνω, -ελῶ, -ήλασα, drive forward ; 
ride forward, advance. ὃ. 

προ-εληλυθότων, pf. act. pt. of προ-έρχοµαι. 

προ-εργάζομαι, pf. -είργασμαι, work out or 
gain beforehand. 6.171. 

προ-έρχοµμαι, fut. πρό-ειμι, 2 8. 


9.115; 


-Ώλθον, 


ελήλυθα, go before or forward, αᾱ- 


vance. 9. 
προ-έσθαι, 2 a. inf. of προ-ίηµι. 
πρθ-έχω, hold before; be before, 
(gen.). 3.219, 
—ao-nylopat, lead forward. 6.510, 


excel 


VOCABULARY. 


προαγορεύω--- πρόνοια 


προ-ηγορέω [προ-ήγορος, ἁγορά], speak for, 
advocate. 5.5’. 

προ-ῄειν, see πρό-ειµι, go forward. 

προ-ᾖλθον, 2 a of προ-έρχομαι. 

προ-θέω, run before or forward. 5.818, 

προ-θῦμέομαι, ήσοµαι, προὐθὺμήθη», 
eager, zealous, desire earnestly. 8. 

προ-θυύμία, as, eagerness, zeal, good-will. 3. 

πρό-θύμος, ov, eager, zealous, willing. 8. 
See ἆ-. 
προ-θύµως, adv., eagerly, zealously; ο. 
-ότερον. 4. 

προ-θύω, sacrifice for or before. 

προ-ίδοιεν, 2 a. opt. of προ-οράω. 

προ-ιέναι͵ see πρό-ειμι. 

προ-ίηµι, -ήσω, -Ώκα, (-ῶ, -είην, -εἶναι), 2 a. 
m., -είμη», (inf. -έσθαι, pt. -έμενος). send 
forth or forward ; ch. in mid., give up, 
let go, abandon ; give over, entrust. , 5. 

προ-ίστηµι, place before ; -έστηκα, stand 
before, be leader of, command (gen.). 5. 

προ-καλέω, call forth or forward. 7.77. 

προ-καλύπτω, byw, hang before or across, 
conceal. 3.48, 

προ-κατα-κάω, burn or destroy in advance. 
1.62, 

προ-κατα-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2 a. -έλαβο», 
«είληφα, -είλημμαι, seize in advance, pre- 
occupy. 9. 

πρό-κειµαι, lie before or out, project. 
6.45. 

προ-κινδῦνεύω, incur danger in behalf of. 
7.331, 

Προ-κλῆς, έουε, [ far-famed], Procles, gov- 
ernor of Teuthrania. 9.15. 

προ-κρίνω, -κρινῶ, -εκρίθη», judge or select 
before, prefer. 6.178, 

προ-λέγω, say beforehand, proclaim, bid. 
7.73, pro-logue. 

arpo-paxedv, ὤνος, 6, place of defence, ram- 
part. 7.813, On -ώ», cf. H. 561, 2; G. 
129, 6. 

προ-μετωπίδιον, ου, [μέτ-ωπο». forehead], 
head protector, frontlet. 1.8". 

προ-μνάομαι, impf. προὺμνᾶτο, court for, 
solicit, 7.318, _ 

προ-νοέοµαι, fake thought for, provide. 
(Ey es take 

πρό-νοια, as, [πρό-νοος], forethought. 


6.43, 


7.154 


προνοµή — δροσκτάοµαι 


προ-νοµή, fs, [προ-νέμομα., go forth in 
grazing], joraging party. 5.17. 

Ἡρο-ξενέω, how, act as πρόξενος, manage, 
effect ; in bad sense, bring upon. 6.514, 

πρό-ξενος, ου, public guest, friend, or pat- 
ron; consul. 5.42; 611, 

Ἡρόξενος, ov, Proxenus, Boeotian, general 
of Cyrus, friend of Xenophon who de- 
lineates his character in 2.61¢-2, 

apo-oito, 2 a. opt. of προ-ίηµι. 

προ-οράω, «ίδοιεν, -ίδηται, see before or in 
front. 1.8%; 6.15. 

προ-πέµπω, -πέμψω, -επέμφθη», send be- 
fore ος forth ; escort, 7. 

προ-πίνω, fut. -πίομαι, 2 a. -έπιο», πέπωκα, 
drink before or first (for another (dat.) 
to follow), drink to one’s health. 4. 

προ-πονέω, toil for. 3.137. 

πρός [akin to πρό], confronting, in presence 
of, at. 

1. With gen., from in front of, from 
the standpoint of = our towards, 2.931 
before, on the part of ; by ; of what nat- 
urally proceeds from any source, in ac- 
cordance with, towards, 4.376, 1,211, 25. 

2 With dat., before, in the presence of, 
at, near, on, on the border of, besides, x. 
τούτοις, besides this. 18. 

3. With acc., to the front of, to the 
presence of, before, towards, to, against, 
upon; of time, towards, near; in view 
of, with a view to, in relation to, in respect 
to, π. ταῦτα, π. φιλίαν. 217. 

4. As adv., besides, x. ἔτι, and further. 
3.22. pros-elyte, -ody et al. 

προσ-άγω, -άξω, 2 a. -ἠγαγον, lead to or 
against ; bring to, apply ; w. obj. omitted, 
draw near, march. 6. 

προσ-αιτέω, how, -ῄτησα, ask besides or for 
more. 3. 

προσ-αν-αλίσκω, -αλώσω, -hAwka, expend 
in addition. 6.48. 

προσ-αγ-ειπεῖν, 2 a. inf. of προσ-αγορεύω, 
say or proclaim in addition. 7.111, 

προσ-βαίνω, -βήσομαι, step upon ; go toward. 
4.228, 

προσ-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 a. -έβαλον,-βέβληκα, 
throw or dash against, advance against, 


attack. 6. 


VOCABULARY. 


551 


προσ-βατός, ον, [-βαίνω], accessible. 4.913, 
προσ-βολή, fs, [-βάλλω], atiack, charge. 
3.42, 


προσ-γίγνοµαι, -γενήσομαι, 2 a. -εγενόµην, 
become added to, joinasally. 3. 

προσ-δανείζω, είσω, lend in addition; mid., 
borrow in addition. 7.55. 

προσ-δεῖ, inf. εἓν, there is need in addition, 
it is bags besides; mid., -δέοµαι, 
want more. 

προσ-δίδωμε, ο. give in addition. 
] 919, 

προσ-δοκάω, -εδόκω», expect, wait for. 3. 

προσ-δοκέω, seem good besides. 3.2%, 

προσ-έδραμον, 2 a. of προσ-τρέχω. 

πρόσ-ευμι, yew, go or come forward, come 
near, approach (dat.). 26. 

προσ-ελαύνω, -ελῶ, -ήλασα, to ride or march 
to, towards, or against. 8. 

προσ-έρχομαι, 2 8. -λθο», -ελήλυθα, come 
to or towards (dat.), approach, advance. 
24. pros-elyte. 

προσ-ετάχθη, see mpoo-rdrres. 

προσ-εύχομαι, -εύξομαι, pray to. 6.931. 

προσ-έχω, -εἴχο», -έξω, 2 a. -έσχο», hold to; 
w. or without νοῦν, give attention (to, 
dat.), give heed. 6. 

προσ-ῄειν, -Ίσαν, see πρόσ-ειµι. 

προσ-ήκω, -hiw, come to; be related to, be- 
long to (dat.); impers., it belongs to or 
befits, is proper; dat. less often acc. + 
inf. 7. 

προσ-ήλασα, see epastehndve: 

προσ-ῇσαν, see πρόσ-ειµι. 

πρόσθεν [προσ + θεν], before, in front of, 
forward; of time, before, previously ; 
after the art.= the former, foregoing 
etc., τὰ π., the front, van; eis τὸ π., for- 
ward, to the front; w... πρίν, until, be- 
fore; w....%, sooner...than. 47. 

προσ-θέσθαι, 2 a. inf. of πρασ-τίθηµι. 

προσ-θέω, run to or towards. 4. 

awrpoo-lacr, see πρόσ-ειµι. 

προσ-ίηµι, how, let come to; mid., let come 
to oneself, admit, receive, eis ταὐτό», to 
the same rank or place. 3.1%. 5. 

προσ-καλέω, call to, invite. 1.929. 

προσ-κτάοµαι, -κτήσομαι, acquire in addi- 
tion. 5.615, | 


§52 VOCABULARY. 


προσ-κνυνέω [κονέω, kiss), impf. -εκύνουν, 
how, -εκύνησα, kiss (the hand) towards 
in token of homage, do homage to, pros- 
trate oneself before, worship (acc.). 5. 

προσ-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2 Δ.-έλαβο», take 
besides, receive in addition; take hold, 
take part in (a work). 9. 

προσ-μένω, wait or await still, wait expect- 
ing. 6.6). 

προσ-μίγνῦμι, -μίξω, -έμιξα, come up to and 
mingle with, come up to. 4.216, 

πρόσ-οδοβ, ov, way to or going to, approach ; 
income, revenue. 5. See ed-. 

προσ-όμνυμι, -ομοῦμαι, -ώμοσα, swear be- 
sides or also. 2.28. 

προσ-ομολογέω, agree or consent to, sur- 
render, 7.4%, 

προσ-περονάω, how etc., pin to. 7.871, 
[περόνη, pin.| ; 

προσ-πίπτω, fall upon, rush to. 7.11, 

προσ-ποιέοµαι, ήσοµαι, make for oneself, 
win; claim, profess, pretend. 6. 

προσ-πολεµέω, war against. 1.68. ΄ 

προστατέω, how, preside over (gen.), man- 
age. 4.835; 5,621. 

προστάτης, ου, [προίστημι], president, 
manager. 7.731, 

προσ-Κάττω, -τάξω, -έταξα, -ετάχθη», en- 
join (rt) upon (τιν), command; in 1.610 
= it had been enjoined. 1.918, 

προσ-τελέω, pay besides. 7 685). 

προ-στερνίδιον, ου, [orépvov], breastplate. 
1.87. On forma. cf. προµετωπίδιο», 
παρα-μηρίδιο». 

προσ-τίθηµι, 2 a. m. -εθέμη», place to; 
place oneself to, agree to (dat.). 1.619. 

προσ-τρέχω, -δραμοῦμαι, 2 a. -έδραμο», run 
to (dat.). 4. 

προσ-φέρω, bring to; mid., bear onesel;’ 
toward. 3. 

προσ” χωρέω, come to or over to, join. 
5.499, 

πρόσ-χωρος, ο», [w. land (χώρα) adjoining], 
neighboring. 5.39. 

πρόσω, later Att. πόρρω (wh. see), [πρό], 
adv., c. -ωτέρω, 8. -ωτάτω, forwards, far- 
ther, far ; οὗ π., not far, eis τὸ π., forward 
farther, τοῦ x (part. gen.), farther, 1 οἱ. 
With gen.: (1) far from, τῶν πηγῶν 


προσκννέω — πρῶτος 


Tlypnros; 
4.33. 13. 

προσ-ώμοσα, see προσ-ὀμνῦμι. 

πρόσωπον, ου, [ὤψ, ὄψομαι], face, looks, pl. 
comm. for sing. 2.611. 

προ-τάττω, -τέταγμαι, post in front. 5.218. 

προ-τελέω, έσω, pay in advance. 7.7%, 

προτεραῖος, a, ο», preceding. τῇ π. (ἡμέρᾳ), 
on the day-‘before. 2.18. 

πρότερος, a, ov, [πρό], former, earlier ; 
(τὸ) πρότερον, adv. acc., before, previ- 
ously, 11. ! 

προ-τῖμάω, tow, honor above (gen.), prefer 
in honor, 1.65; fut. mid. as pass., 1 44, 

προ-τρέχω, 2 2. -έδραμον, run forward or 
before; outrun. 3. 

πρού- = προε-. 

προὐδεδ- = προ-εδεδ-. 

προ-φαίνω, show before ; mid., appear be- 
fore or in α distance, 1.81: 2.318, 

προφασίἼομαι, make or allege as an ex- 
cuse. 3.1%, See d-xpo-paclorws. 

πρό-φασιε, εως, ἡ, [φημί], what is said in 
one’s defence truly or falsely, pretezt, 
excuse. 4. 

προ-φύλαξ, ακος, out-guard, pl. picket, out- 
post. 6. 

προ-χωρέω, ήσω, go forward, go on, pros- 
per, be favorable; impers., be conven- 
ient. 1.918; 6.421; 7.325, 

aptuva, ns, [fem. of πρυµνός, (πρό), hind- 
most], stern, of a boat. 5.8%. 

πρῳῴ [πρό], early, in the morning ; ο. xpeal- 
τερον, earlier (than usual), very early 
9.41, 4. 

πρφῴρα, ας, [πρό, cf. πρύμνα], prow. δ5.83., 

πρῳρεύα, έως, prow-officer, next to the 
κυβερνήτης in rank. 5.82. 

πρωτεύω, be first, stand first (in, dat.). 
2.6%, 

πρῶτος, η, ov, [for πρό-ατος, sup. of πρό], 
first, foremost, mosteminent ; τοὺς πρώτους, 
the van; π. ἤγγειλε, I first announced = 
I was the first to announce, 2.913: often 
w. force of an adv., (cf. ἑκών», seo H. 
619 and a, G. 926, n.), first, in the first 
place; (τὸ) πρῶτον, first, at first, in the 
first place; π. μὲν . . εἶτα, ἔπειτα, or 
εἶτα δέ. 95. proto-, see-Internat. Dict. 


(2) far into, τοῦ ποταμοῦ. 


ph. 





πτάρνυμαι — ῥέω 


wrépvupas (cf. L. sterniio], sneeze ; omi- 
nous, comm. of good, among both Greeks 
and Romans. 3.2%. 

πτέρυξ, υγος, 7, [πτερό», feather, see πέτο- 
pat], wing; skirt, at the bottom of the 
corselet. It covered the loins, and from 
it hung strips of leather or felt covered 
with plates of metal. 2. 

πυγµή, jis, [πύξ], fist; boring. The con- 
testants dieted and trained for months, 
fought naked, but with hands and 
wrists weighted with the cestus (xeords), 
4.51. pigmy. 

IIv0-aydpas, ov, [Pythian or Delphian 
speaker}, Pythagoras, 1.43. Wv0é (= 
Delphi), a part of many proper names. 

awuxvos, ή, όν, [akin to wut], close, dense, 
thick; πυκνά, adv., often. 5. 

πύκτης, ov, borer, pugilist, L. pugil. 5.878. 
See wit, πυγµή. 

πύλη, ns, [cf. πόλος, axis, E. pole], gate, 
(opp. to θύρα, door), ch. in pl. gates; 
entrance, pass, because barred with gates, 
1.4. 22. pylorus, Pylae. 

Τύλαι, dv, ai, [see foreg.], Pylae or Gates. 
Those of 1.5° known in later geogra- 
phy as αἱ Βαβυλώνιαι, and located 
opp. Charmande. It seems to have 
been a city, cf. οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες in 1.55, 
Some identify it with the descent from 
the hills into the Babylonian plain, 
others make it a pass through the 
Median wall. 

πυνθάνοµαι [ 4/xu0], 2 8. ἐπυθόµη», learn 
by inguiry, ascertain, inquire; acc., acc. 
+ gen. (source ), acc. + pt. προσελαύ- 
νοντα, 1.716, gen. + ὅτι, el, πότερα etc. 
13. See ἆνα-. 

πύξ [prob. dat. pl. shortened, L. pugnus, 
E. Fist], adv., with the fist. 5.816. 

ardp, πυρός, τό, [cf. L. pruna, coals], FIRE; 
pl. πυρά, Gy, ots, fires, watch-fires. 26. 
pyre, pyrite, pyr-, see Internat. Dict. 
See πυρέττω, πυρσεύω. 

πυραµίᾳ, ίδος, ἡ, [1 prob. Egypt.], pyra- 
mid, one of the ruins of Nineveh de- 
scribed 3.49 Its width, as excavations 
show, is one hundred and fifty feet (not 
a plethron as Xen. says), its present 


VOCABULARY. 


558 


height one hundred and forty.* For 
what purpose erected is uncertain. 

Πύραμος, ov, Pyramus, river of Cilicia. 
1.41. 

πυργο-μαχέω [πυργο-μάχος, tower-fighting |, 
storm α tower. 7.818, 

πύργος, ου, [see πέργαμος], tower. 7.818, 

πυρέττω [rip], have a fever. 6.411, 

artpivos, η, ov, of wheat, wheaten. 4.531, 

πυρός, od, [1], wheat, often pl. 13. Its 
flour, ἄλευρα. 

IIvpplas, ov, [Redhead, cf. Rufus], Pyr- 
rhias. 6.51. 

πυρρίχη, ns, [βο. ὄρχησις, dance], the 
Pyrrhic, a mimic war-dance. 6.112, 

πυρσεύω [wupoos, torch, see wip], light 
beacon fires. 7.815, 

πώ [instr. case of *wos], adv., encl., yet, only 
W. neg., οὔ-πω, µή-πω etc., not yet. 6. 

πωλέω, how etc., sell. 4. [Prob. fr. πέλα, 
be in motion, be busy, through a lost noun 
stem.] mono-poly. See ἐμ-πολάω. 

πῶλος, ου, [L. pullus, roar], colt, filly. 3. 

Τ]ῶλος, ov, [calt], Polus, 7.28. 

πῶμα, aros, τό, [πίνω], drink. 4.53. 

πώ-ποτε, ever yet. 8. 

πῶς ["πός], how? 16. 

πώς [*xds], somehow, in some way, in any 
way; ἄλλως πως .. . ἤ, in any other way 
than. 3.1%, 14. 


Ῥ. 


p = Lat. r= Eng. r. 
Of. pew, δάκρυ, θήρ, θυγάτηρ, θύρα. 


4 


ῥάδιος, a, ο», ο. ῥᾷων, 8. ῥᾷστος, easy. 10. 
[ /b¢ or fa, of unc. kin.} 

ῥᾳδίως, adv., ο. ῥᾷο», 8. ῥᾷστα, easily. 3. 

‘PaSlyns, ου, Rathines. 6.57. 

ῥᾳθύμέω [ῤά-θύμοες], how, be of an easy dis- 
position, lead an easy life. 9.68. 

ῥᾳθυμία, as, [ῥά-θῦμος], easiness of disposi- 
tion, life of ease. 2.65. 

ῥᾷον, ῥᾷστος, see ῥάδιος. 

ῥᾳστώνη [ῥᾷστος, cf. ἀνεμώνη fr. ἄνεμος], 
ns, easiness, ease, indolence. 5.816. 

ῥέω, ῥεύσομαι, oftener ῥυήσομαι, 2 8. p. as 


654 
act. ἐρρύην, flow. 7. [ bv, (ῥεΕ, ῥοβ), 


orig. sru, E. sTREAM, cf. Στρυ-μώ», river 
of Macedonia]. See &:a-, παρα-, περι”, 
συρ-, ἐπίρρυτος, ῥυθµμός. rheum, rheu- 
-matism, cata-rrh, dia-rrhoa. 

ῥήτρα as, verbal agreement, bargain. 6.6%. 
[be (see ἐρῶ) + τρα, cf. papé-rpa.] 

ptyos, ους, τό, [for Fpty-os, L. frigidus], 
Jrost, cold. 5.82, 

ῥίπτέω, impf. ἐρρίπτου», 4.718 ; 7.322= foll. 

ῥίπτω [2], ῥίψω, Eppipa, throw, hurl ; throw 
off, away, or down. 4. See δια- (διάρ- 
pies), ἐπι-, ἕπι-κατα». 

pts, pivds, 7, [2], nose. 7.48. 

Ῥόδιος, a, ov, Rhodian; as subs., a Rho- 
dian, of Rhodes, a large island off the 
coast of Asia Minor. The Rhodians 
were famous slingers. 

ῥοφέω, Aoouas, [cf. L. sorbeo], sup greedily, 
gulp down. 4.5%. 

ῥνθμός, ov, [ῤυ- (ῥέω), on end. cf. στα- 
θµός], measured motion, time, rhythm. 


6. 

ῥῦμα, ατος, τό, [ῥύομαι, draw], a draw of 
the bow, ἐκ τόξου ῥύματος, from (the 
distance) of a bow-shot. 3.315, 

ῥώμη, ns, [ῥώννῦμι, make strong], strength, 
force. 3.314. See ἐρρωμένο». 


=. 


o, ¢ = Tat. s (=r between two vowels) -- Eng. s. 

CE. σκηνή, σπάω, σκέπτομαι, ἵστημι. 

σ, «Ξ-', cf. ots, ὖς 1 1.-Β. soften =‘, cf. dua, vids, 
ὕπνος. 


σάγαρις, ews, ἤ, [Pers.], battlear. 9. 
σακίον, ου, [dim. of σάκος, (Heb. 1), sack], 
» small bag. 4.99. Cf. ἐπι-σάττω. 
Σαλμυδησσός, 03, 6, Salmydessus, a town 
and district in Thrace, on the Euxine. 
7.512, 
σάλπιγξ, ιγγος, ἡ, [1], trumpet, a long, 
straight, bronze tube, commonly with 
bell-shaped aperture, opp. to κέρας. 9. 
σαλπίζω, ιῶ, ἐσάλπιγξα, sound the trumpet, 
signal by the trumpet; ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξε, 
when the trumpet sounded, 1.211. 37.355, 
---Ἀπικτής, ov, trumpeter. 8. 


VOCABULARY. 


ῥήτρα--- σήσαμον 


Ῥάμιος, ου, α Samian, of the island Samos, 
off the west coast of Asia Minor. 1.75, 

Ῥαμόλας, a, Samolas. 5.614; 6.511. 

Ῥάρδεις, εω», al, Sardis, capital of Lydia 
and of the satrapy of Cyrus. Under 
Turkish rule it has become a heap of 
ruins called Sart. 

σατραπεύω, εὐσω, be a satrap, rule as 
satrap, gen., τῆς χώρας, 9.451 also acc., 
τὰ ἐν µέσφ πάντα, 1.79. 

σατράπης, ου, [Pers. Kshatrapivan, land- 
rulers], satrap, governor of a Persian 

' province, appointed by the king usually 

‘from one of the noble families, and held 
the office at the king’s pleasure. He 
was despotic, often exacted ruinous 
tribute, and lived in kingly style. 4. 

Ῥάτυρος, ου, [1], satyr, woodland. divinity 
that revelled in wine, music, and danc- 
ing; 1.215 refers to Silénus, a fat, jolly 
tutor and companion of Dionysus. 

σαντοῦ, see σεαυτοῦ. 

σαφής, és, g. ots, [akin to σοφόε, L. sapio}, 
clear, plain. 3.1% See ἀσάφεια. 

σαφῶς, adv., clearly, plainly ; certainly. 7. 

σέ, see σύ. 

σε-αυτοῦ, fs. contr. σαυτοῦ, js, reflex. pron., 
of thyself, of yourself. 6. PL ὑμῶν 
αὐτῶν». 

Σελῖνοῦς, οὔντος, [σέλῖνον, parsley, celery}, 
Selinus, small river, 5.38, πετρο-σέλῖνο», 
rock-parsley. 

Σεύθης, ov, Seuthes, a Thracian prince, 
who, aided by the Greeks under Xen.. 
recovered the dominions whence his 
father Maisadas had been driven oat 
5.115-, 

Σηλυβρία, as, Salubria, a town in Thrace 
on the Propontis. 7.2%. 

σηµαίνω [σῆμσ], ava, ἐσήμηνα, give a sign, 
signal, signify, indicate, point out, de- 
clare ; sometimes impers., σηµαίνει, the 
signal is given, 2.94. 18. See δια. 

σημεῖον, ov, [σῆμα], sign, signal, mark, 4. 
Syn. τεκμήριο». 

σησάµιγος, η, ov, of sesame. 4.418, From 

σήσαμον, ου or σησάµη, [1], sesame, sesame 
seed or plant, a leguminous plant the 
seed of which is used for food, and yields 











σϊγάζω — σκοπέω 


VOCABULARY. | 555 


an oil much used in cookery and other- | σκέλος, ους, τό, [cf. σχί(ω], leg. 4. iso- 


wise. 1.272; 6.46, 

σιγάζω [σιγή], silence, try to silence. 6.152. 

otydo, impf. dofywy, be silent. 5.677. 

otyh, fs, [4], slence. 3. Cf. σιωπή. 

σίγλος, ου, [Heb. shekel]), siglos = 7} Att. 
obols = 25 cis. 2. 

σιδηρεία, as, [σιδηρεύω], working in iron. 
5.51, 

σιδηροῦς, a, ody, contr. fr. -eos, da, εο», [σίδη- 
pos, on], of iron, iron-. 5.415. 

"Ῥικυώνιος, ov, a Sicyonian, of Sicyon, 
[σικυώ», cucumber bed], an ancient and 
important city west of Corinth. 3.447. 

através, ov, Silanus: 1. Soothsayer of 
Ambracia, 1.718 ; 5.616. 2. A trumpeter. 
7.416. 

otvopar [1], harm, hurt. 3.416. Poetic. 
See downs. 

Ῥινωπεύς, έως, a Sinopean, of 

Φινώπη, ns, Sindpé, a large and flourish- 
ing city on the coast of Paphlagonia. 
5.57, 

σιόφ, Dor. for θεός, dual τὼ σιώ, the twin 
gods, i.e. Castor and Pollux, by whom 
the Spartans swore, siuce they were 
twin sons by Zeus of Leda, wife of 
Tyndarus, king of Sparta. 6.654. 

σῖτ-αγωγός, dy, grain-carrying. 1.715, 

Zirddxas, ου, Sitalcas, a brave Thracian 
king, contem. of Cyrus the Great; in 
6.16 α war-song in his praise. 

σῖτευτός, ή, όν, [σϊτεύω], well-fed, fatted. 
5.453, ᾿ 

σϊτηρέσιον, ου, provisions, provision-money. 
6.9ἡ, [σίτηρός, cf. ἀπειρέσιος fr. ἄπειρος | 

σῖτίζω [otros], feed, see ἐπι-. 

σῖτίον, ου, ch. in pl., food, provisions. 5. 

σῖτος, ου, irreg. pl. σῖτα, ων, [*], grain, 
esp. wheat ; food, esp. provisions, — in this 
sense σῖτίον is preferred in prose. 19. 

Σιττάκη, ys, Sittacé, a city on the left 
banl: of the Tigris near Cunaxa, exact 
site uncertain. 2.41%, 

σιωπάω [σιωπή], impf. ἐσιώπων, Ίσομαι, be 
or kecp silent. 1.37; 5.825. 

σκεδάννῦμι [ /σκεδ, E. SHED, SHATTER], 
dew, ἐσιιέδασ::, ἑσιιέδασμιω, scatter. 9.5”. 
See ἁπο», σνγ-κοτο». 


sceles. 

oKxerréog, a, ov, to be considered, must be 
considered, 1.311; 4.610, Verbal from 

σκέπτομαι [cf. L. specio, E. spy], σκέψο- 
pat, ἐσκεψάμη», ἔσκεμμαι, look carefully, 
look at or into, consider; look to, pro- 
vide. sceptic. 10. See ἐπι-; σκοπέω. 

oxevalw, dow, make ready, prepare. See 
dva-, év-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, ἀντι-παρα-, 
συµ-παρα-. From 

σκενή, js, [οἳ. Skt. γεκα, cover, L. ob-scii- 
rus], dress, equipment. 4.727. 

σκεῦος, ous, τό, [cf. Skt. 4/sku, cover, L. 
ob-scii-rus], utensil; pl. baggage, equip- 
ment. 9. 

σκευοφορέω, how, be a baggage, carry bag- 
gage. 3.2%, 319, From 

σκενυο-φόρος, ον, [φέρω], baggage-carrying ; 
as subs., baggage-carrier, τὰ ox., baggage 
animals. 9. 

σκηνέω, impf. ἐσκήνου», how etc., to tent, 
encamp, lodge. 16. See dmo-, δια-, κατα-, 
παρα-. From 

σκηνή, ἢς, tent. 14. [Akin to σκιά, oxdros, 
E. SHADE, SHED.] See σύ-σκηνο». 

σκηνόω, 4.573 = σκηνέω. 

σκήνωµα, aros, τό, [σκηνόω], a tent; pl. 
tents, quarters. 2. 

σκηπτός, od, [σκήπτω, lean, fall], thunder- 
bolt. 3.111 

σκηπτοῦχος, ου, [σκῆπτρο» (σκῆπτω), ἔχα], 
sceptre-bearer, Persian officer of high 
rank. .2. 

Ῥκιλλοῦς, οὔντος, 6, ἵ σκίλλα, squill Ἱ, 
Scillus, a town of Elis, not far from 
Olympia, where Xen. lived after his 
banishment from Athens, and where 
he is believed to have written most of 
his works. 5.91. 

oxlu-rous, ποδος, 6, [σκίμπτομαι, prop], 
litter, low couch. 6.14. 

σκληρός, ἅ, όν, hard, harsh, rough. 4.8%. 
sclerotic. [oxéAAw,dry. skeleton. |] 

σκληρῶς, adv., hardly, with difficulty. 3.2%, 

σκόλοψ, οπος, 6, [cf. L. scalpo], stake; pl 
palisade. 5.25, 

σκοπέω [oxords], ἐσκόπου», pres. and impf. 
to σκέπτομαι, wh. see. 14 


556 


σκοπός, of, [σκέπτομαι], watchman, spy, 
scout. 4. scope. See κατα-σκοπή. 

σκόροδον, ου, [2], gurlic. 7.187. 

σκοταῖος, a, ο», in the dark: w. force of an 
adv., cf. πρῶτος. 3, 

σκότος, ους, τό, [root akin to that of σκηνή], 
darkness. 9. 

Σκυθῖνοί, av, Scythinians, one of the 
numerous mountain tribes of northern 
Armenia. 4.718. 

σκύλεύω [σκῦλο», spoil, σκύλλω, rend ], 
εύσω, strip, despoil. ϐ.18. 

σκύταλον, ον, [2], club, cudgel. 

σκύτινος, η, ον, leathern, leather-, 
[σκῦτος, skin, cf. σκευή.] 

σµῆνος, ους, τό, [2], dee-hive, swarm af 
bees, 4.83. 

Σμίκρης, ητος, Smicres. 6.3%, δ. 

Σόλοι, wy, of, Soli, a Greek city of Cilicia. 
From its people’s incorrect use of Greek, 
the term σολοικισµός (SOlecism) arose. 
1.2%, 

aos, oh, σό», [σύ], thy, thine, your. 5. 

Σοῦσα, wy, τά, [Ὀ. T. Shushan (lily) }, 
Susa, capital of Susiana, and also of 
Persia from the time of Darius I.; 
winter and spring residence of the Per- 
sian kings. 2.475. 

Lod-alveros, ov, [praised for his skill], 
Sophainetus, Cyrean general from Arca- 
dia. 1.111, 98; 2.587, 

σοφία, as, skill, wisdom. 
philosophy. From 

σοφός, ή, όν, (cf. σαφής], skilled, clever, 
wise. 1.102. 

oravitw [σπάνις], ίσω or ιῶ, be scarce of, 
lack (gen.). 2.212; 7.7%. 

σπάνιος, &, ov, [σπάνις], scarce, scanty. 3. 

σπάνις, ews, 7, [1], scarcity, lack. 9. 

Σπάρτη, ns, [ σπείρω, scatter J, Sparta, 
capital of Laconia. In 404 B.c., three 
years before the expedition of Cyrus, 
the Spartans ended the Peloponnesian 
war with the capture of Athens, and 
held undisputed leadership among the 
Greek states till the battle of Leuctra, 
371 B.C. 

Ὑπαρτιάτης, ου, α Spartan. The Spartans 
ποπ the military class or aristocracy 


7.415. 
5.418, 


1.28. sophist. 


VOCABULARY. 


σκοπός --- σταθμός 


(οἱ ὅμοιοι, peers), below whom were (1) 
the provincials (περίοικοι), (2) the Helots 
or serfs (Ἑλῶται). 4.8%5, 

σπάρτον, ov, {σπεῖρα, coil, spire], rope, 
cord. 4.716. See συ-σπειράοµαι. 

σπάω [cf. E. ΒΡΑΝ, SPIN], σπάσω, ἕσπασα, 
ἕσπασμαι, draw, esp. a sword, ch. in 
mid. spasm. 2. Ch. poet. for ἕλκω. 
See ἆπο-, δια-, ἔπι-, κατα-, συ-. 

σπείρω [ //σπερ, grap, of unc. kin], σπερᾶ, 
ἔσπειρα, 2a. Ῥ. éoxdpny, sow, @catter. 
6.18, 319. sperm, Sporades. See &ia-. - 

σπένδω (cf. L. spondeo], σπείσω, ἔσπεισα 
(= ἔσπενδσα), ἔσπεισμαι, pour a libation, 
make a drink-offering ; mid., pour a liba- 
tion one with another (dat.) to ratify a 
treaty, hence, make a treaty or truce 
with (dat.), make peace with. 13. See 
orovdh. 

σπεύδω [cf. L. studeo, E. sPEED], σπεύσω, 
toxevoa, urge or press on, hasten, be in 
haste. 8. See συν-επι-; σπουδή, σπουδά(ω. 

Ἄπιθριδάτης, ου, Spithridates. 6.5". 

σπολάς, ddos, ἡ, Aeol. for στολάς, [στέλλα, 
equip}, leather jacket or corslet, light 
piece of defensive armor worn some- 
times under the θῶραξ; om. καὶ θώρακες, 
leathern and metallic corslets. 3.3) ; 4.119. 

σπονδή, fis, [σπένδω], libation ; pl. treaty, 
or truce, peace, concluded with libations. 
35. spondee. 

σπουδάζω [σπουδή], dow, make haste, be 
busy or earnest. 2.312. 

σπουδαιο-λογέω [-Adyos], speak or con- 
verse earnestly. 1.93. 

σπουδή, js, [σπεύδω], haste; earnestness. 4. 

στάδιον, ov, pl. στάδια and στάδιοι, a stade, 
600 Greek or 582 Eng. ft., furlong (lack- 
ing 78 ft.) ; race-course, foot-race, — one 
stade long at Olympia; dyovl(erbas στ. 
(cog. acc.), conténd in the foot race, 4.831, 
42. ᾖ[ἴστημι, what stands, standard; 
others refer it to σπάω, draw out, cf. Dor. 
σπάδιο», L. spatium ] 

σταθμός, od, [στα (ἵστημι) + σθµόε, cf. io. 
Ouds], station, quarters for the night, 
hence, day’s journey = five parasangs, 
more or less, according to tho nature of 
the road. 60, 








ords — orparnyds 


στάς, 2a. pt. of ἵστημι. 

στασιάζω, dow, be factious (toward, dat.), 
quarrel with, dat.; form a faction, rebel, 
disagree. 7. See dyte. 

στάσις͵ ews, 7, [Ἱστημι], a standing, stand- 
ing against, faction, dissension. 6.1%. 
apo-, ecstasy. See ἐπι-, κατα-; προ- 
στάτης. 

σταυρός, of, [ἴστημι], stake, palisade. 5. 
N. T. cross. 28. 

oraupdp, dow, pale in, palisade. See ἀἆνα», 
ἀπο., περι-. 

σταύρωμα, aros, τό, η palisade. 4. 

στέαρ, στέᾶτος, τό, fat, tallow. 5.4%, 
[? Usu. derived fr. ἵστημι, standing, i.e. 
stiff fat.] 

oréyacpa, aros, τό, [στεγά(ω, cover], cover- 
ing, tent covering. 1.519. 

στέγη, ns, roof, shelter, ‘house. 4.41. 4. 
[στέγω, cover, L. (s)tego, cf. E. DECK, 
THATCH. | 

στἐγνός, ή, dv, [στέγω, cover, L. (s)tego, 
cf. E. DECK, THATCH], covered, roofed. 
7.412, 

στείβω [ 4/o7:8, of unc. kin], ch. in pres. 
sys., tread or walk on; in 1.915 = trod- 
den, i.e. public. See στίβος. 

στέλλω, στελᾶ, ἔστειλα, ἔσταλμαι, ἐστάλη», 
set in order, equip, dispatch ; mid. set 
forth, proceed. 4. See dva-, πο», ém-; 
στολή, στύλος. 

στενός, 4, όν, [1], ο. -ώτερος, 8. ώτατος, 
narrow, strait; τὰ στενά, narrows, straits, 
pass. 13. steno-graph. 

στενο-χωρία, as, | στενό-χωρος ], narrow 
place. 1.57. 

στέργω [2], στέρξω, ἕστερξα, love, be fond 
of. 2.623. See ἀγαπάω. 

στερίσκω, στερήσω, [1τ. στερέω, rare in 
pres.], ἑστέρησα, deprive (one, acc.) of 
(gen.); passiveis . 

στέροµαι, στερήσοµαι, eorephOnv, be de- 
prived of (gen.), be destitute of. 8. See 
άπο-. 

στέρνον, ov, = sternum, breast. 2. [στορέν- 
yout, spread|. Ch. poet. for στῆθος. See 
προ-στερνίδιον. 

στερρῶς, adv., jirmly, steadfastly, 3.1%. 
ἱστερρός = στερεός, firm. stereo-type.| 


VOCABULARY. " BBY 


orépavos, ov, [στέφω, encircle], crown, 
wreqth, chaplet, made of leaves, — olive, 
myrtle, laurel, or oak, of parsley, ivy, or 
roses; used as a festal ornament and 
to crown victors. 3. Stephen. 

στεφανόω, dow etc., crown; mid., crown 
oneself, put on a wreath or garland. 
4. 317, 583 7.140, 

στήλη, ns, [formu], pillar, post. 5 312; 7,518, 

στη-, see ἵστημι. 

στίβος,ου, ὁ[στείβω], path, track. 8. Cf. 
ἴχνος. 

στίζω, στίξω, ἔστιξα, ἔστιγμαι, prick, tatoo. 
5.453, stigma. [γστιγ, L. in-stig-o, 
E. STICK, STITCH, STING.] | 

στῖφος, ους, τό, crowd, mass, column. 3. 
[στέφω in orig. sense, pack close, cf. 
στέφανος]. Syn. ὄχλος. 

στλεγγίς, ίδος, ἡ, [cf. L. strigilis], flesh- 
scraper, used in the bath and after ex- 
ercise for scraping the body; also a sort 
of ornamental comb or tiara. 1.910. 

στολή, is, [στέλλω], equipment, esp. dress, 
robe. 4. stole, dia-, sy-stole. 

στόλος, ου, [στέλλω], equipment, prepara- 
tion ; armament, army ; expedition, jour- 
ney, voyage. 8. 

στόμα, ατος, τό, mouth, opening, front, van. 
10. στόµαχος (dim.), stomach. 

στρατεία͵ as, [στρατεύω], expedition, cam- 
paign. 3.19; 5.415. 

orpatevpa, ατοε, τό, |στρατεύω], army, the 
general term. 163. Syns. στρατιά, 
στρατό». 

στρατεύω [στρατός], εύσω etc., serve in the 
army, do military service, make an exr- 
pedition ; lead an army, march, of officers 


and soldiers, 2.115, 329, 4.3; oftener as | 


mid. dep. and ch. of the soldiers, 26. 
See ἐπι-, συ-, 

στρατηγέω [στρατηγός], how etc., be φεη- 
eral, lead, command (gen.). 7. strata- 
gem. See ὑπο-. 

στρατηγία, as, generalship ; in 1.915 a cog. 
ace., exercise this generalship. 4. 

στρατηγιάω [desid. of στρατηγέω], desire 
to become general, 7.183, 

στρατ-ηγός, od, [ἄγω, cf. dpx-nyés], leader 
ofanarmy, , general, commander; Persian 








558 


military governor, 1.12. 147. See ὑπο, 
συ-. 

στρατιά, as, [στρατός, orig. 8 collect., cf. 
γενεά], the military, soldiery ; = στρα- 
τός. 69. 

στρατιώτης, ov, [στρατιά, cf. Σικελιώτης, 
fr. Σικελία], soldier. 155. See av. 

Στρατο-κλῆς, έους, [army’s glory], Strato- 
cles. 4.228, 

στρατοπεδεύω, evow etc., encamp, 7.6% ; 
comm. mid. encamp, be in camp. 16. See 
ἀντι-, ἆπο-, κατα-, συ.. 

᾿στρατόπεδον, ου, [πέδο», ground], camping- 
ground, camp, encampment ; by meton. 
army in camp, 2.218; 4.49. 39. 

στρατός, οῦ, army in camp, army, host. 
1.51. [= what is spread out, στορέννῦμι, 
sTREW. Cf. sTRAW.] 

στραφ-, see στρέφα. 

στρεπτός, ή, όν, [στρέφω], twisted; as 
subs., necklace, much worn among the 
Persians. 3. 

στρέφω |Ξ], στρέψω, ἕστρεψα, ἔστροφα, 
ἔστραμμαι, ἐστράφην, twist, turn; turn or 
face about. 5. strophe. See dve, 
ἆπο-, κατα-, guy-KaTa-, ὑπο-. 

στρουθός, od, 6, ἡ, [2], sparrow; péyas or 
µεγάλη στ., Ostrich (o- fr. L. avis). 
1.5%, 3, 

στρωµατό-δεσμον [στρώννῦμι-- στορέννῦμι, 
see στρατός], clothes-sack, leathern or 
linen, for tying up clothes. 5.418, 

στυγνός, ή, ov, [Ἀστύγω-- στυγέω, hate j, 
hateful, sullen, opp. to Φαιδρός; τὸ στυ- 
γνόν, sullenness, 2.6°, 11, 

UrvpddAros, a, ον, Stymphalian, of Stym- 
phalus, a town in Arcadia. 1.111. 

σύ, cov, col, σέ, (vb). cases enclitic), [Dor. 
rv, L. tii] THOU, THEE, you. 95. pl. ὑμεῖς, 
you. 318. 

συγ- before a palatal = σύν. 

συγ-γένεια, as, kinship, kin. 7.3°9, From 

συγ-γενής, és, g. οὓς, [συγ-γίγνοµαι], joined 
by birth, akin; of συγγενεῖς, kinsmen, 
relatives. 38. 

συγ-γίγνοµαι, -γενήσομαι, 2 8. -εγενόμη», 
Ὑεγένημαι, be with, associate with, confer 
with; have intercourse with; come to- 
gether, meet. (dat.). 11. See συγ-γεν-. 


VOCABULARY. 


στρατιά--- συμβολή 


συγ-κάθ-ηµαι, sit together. 5.771. 

συγ-καλέω, fut. 6, συν-εκάλεσα, συγ-κέ 
κληκα, call together, assemble. 16. 

συγ-κάµπτω, -κάμψω, bend together. 5.81, 

συγ-κατα-κάω, :Καύσω, -έκαυσα, burn up 
with. 3.27", 

συγ-κατα-σκεδάννῦμι, -εσκεδάσατο, sprinkle 
over or pour out at the same time. 7.3%2, 

συγ-κατα-στρέφω, στρέψω, assist (one, 
dat.) in subduing. 2.1.14. 

σύγ-κειμαν, pass. to συν-τίθημι, be put to- 
gether; be agreed on, τὸ συγκείµενο», 
the (place or thing) agreed on. 6.81; 7.2". 

συγ-κλείω, -κλείσω, shut together, close. 
7.113, 16, 

συγ-κομµίζω, low, pf. -κεκόµισµαι, bring to- 
gether, collect. 6.657. 

συγ-κύπτω, -κύψω, bend or squeeze together, 
converge. 3.419, 21, 

συγ-χωρέω, how, go with, concur, acquiesce. 
5.29, - 

σύειος, a, ov, |σῦς], of swine, hog's. 4.4.38, 

Ῥνέννεσις, sos, [cf. Sem. Shu’a nasi, noble 
prince], Syennesis, k. of Cilicia, prob. an 
official or hereditary title, as it was borne 
by several Cilician kings. 1.9.13, %—. 

σἼκον, ου, |], fig. 2. syco-phant, -more. 

συλ- before A= σύν. 

συλ-λαµβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2 a. -έλαβον, -εί- 
ληφα, seize, lay hold of, apprehend. (acc.). 
9. syllable. 

συλ-λέγω, -έλεξα, -elAoxa, -είλεγμαι, 2 a. Ρ. 
συν-ελέγην, collect, assemble. 32. 

συλ-λογή, fs, |-λέγω], collection, levy. 1.1.8. 

σύλ-λογος, ου, |-λέγω], a gathering, assem- 
blage. 2. Cf. ἐκκλησία. syllogism. 

ovp- before a labial = σύν. 

συµ-βαίνω, 2 a. συν-έβη», pt. συµ-βάς, come 
together, occur, happen. 3.138. 

συµ-βάλλω, -αλῶ, 2 a. -έβαλο», “Βέβληκα, 
throw or bring together, guther, 3.43'; 
mid., contribute ; suggest ; put together, 
agree upon (acc.), contract. 5. 

συµ-βοάω, συν-εβόων, call to or on at once. 
6.9.5. 

συµ-βοηθέω, ἠσω, join in assisting, run to 
aid ina body. 4.21; 7.811. 

συµ-βολή, fis, [-βάλλω], conflict, encoun 
ter. 6.5%, 





συμβουλεύω --- σύνδειπνοφ 


συμ-βουλεύω, εὐσω, plan with, advise (dat.); 
mid., consult, get one’s advice, confer with 
or ask advice of (one, dat.). 37. 

συµ-βουλή, js, counsel, advice. 2. 

σύμ-βουλος, ου, counsellor, adviser. 1.65, 

συμ-μανθάνω, 2 a. -έμαθο», learn with ; be- 
come accustomed to. 4.5.27. 

συµμ-μαχέω |-μαχος], how, be an ally, form 
an alliance with. (dat.). 5.450. 

cup-paxla, as, [-μαχος], alliance. 3. 

συμ-μάχομαι, fight along with (dat.), be an 
ally, 5.410; 6,118, 

σύμ-μαχος, ov, [μάχη], fighting along with, 
in alliance with ; as subs., ally ; τὰ σύμ- 
µαχα, the things that aid, advantages. 21. 

συμ-μίγνυμι or -ύω, -μίξω, -έμιξα, mix or 
mingle with, unite with, join, (dat.); join 
battle with. 6. 

συµ-παρα-σκευάζω, prepare together with, 
aid in preparing. 5.18, 1, 

συµ-παρ-έχω, 2 a. -έσχο», join in furnish- 
ing. 7.418; 689, 

σύμ-πᾶς, -πᾶσα, -πᾶν, ῥ. -παντος, -πάσηε, 
all together, all in a body, entire, the whole ; 
τὸ σύμπα», adv. acc., altogether, on the 
whole. 4. 

συµ-πέµπω, -πέμψα, -έπεμψα, send with. 8. 

συµ-πίπτω, -πεσοῦμαι, 2 a. -έπεσον, fall 
with or together, collapse ; grapple with. 
3. symptom. 

σύμ-πλεως, wy, quite full of, Jilled with. 
(gen.). 1.2%. 

συµ-ποδίζω [rods], low, συν-επόδισα, fetter, 
impede, hinder. 4.41), 

συµ-πολεµέω, How, join (one, dat.) in war, 
assist in war. 1.47; 3.15, 

oUp-Topevouat, eboousi, go OF journey 
with, join in the expedition. 3. 

συμποσί-αρχος, ου, master of a feast or 
symposium. 6.159. 

συµ-πράττω, dw, υόκρατα, do (τὶ) with 
(dat.), codperate with (dat.) in doing 
(acc.), aid. 6. 

συµ-πρέσβεις, εων», fellow-ambassadors or 
envoys. 5.54, 

συμ-προ-θύμέομαι, impf. -προὐθυμούμη», 
ήσομαι, share in eagerness with (dat.) or 
in desire that (ὅπως), join in urging. 4. 

συµ-φέρω, fut. συν-οίσω, -hveyxa OF «ο», 


VOCABULARY, 559 


‘ 


-evhvoxa, -evhveyuat, bring together, gather; 
confer a benefit, be useful or prositable. 
2.23: 3.227, 10. 

σύμ-φημι, συν-έφη», say with one, assent, 
agree. 5.88; 7.226, 

σύμ-φορος, ov, [φέρω], profitable, useful. 2. 

σύν [perh. ident. with ξύρ], prep. with dat., 
with, together with, along with ; with the 
aid of, τοῖς θεοῖς. In compos. as above, 
also = quite, cf. σύμ-πλεως. 170. See 
συγ-, συλ-, συµ-; = συρ- before p; = συ- 
before ¢ or σ foll. by a cons. 

συν-αγείρω, bring together, collect. 1.59. 

συν-άγω, lead or bring together, draw to- 
gether, join. 12. 

συν-αδικέω, join with one (dat.) in wrong 
doing. 2.627. 

συν-αθροίζω, assemble together, collect. 6.5% ; 
7.28, 

συν-αινέω, έσω, join in commending, agree 
to, grant. 7.731, 

συν-αιρέω, 2 a -εἶλο», bring together, or into 
small compass; &s συνελόντι (8ο. τινὶ) 
εἰπεῖν, to speak concisely, 3.1%. See H. 
771,b; G. 184, 5. 

συν-αίτιος, ο», being joint cause of, acces- 
sory. 6.6%, 

συν-ακολουθέω, ήσω, imp. -ηκολούθου», fol- 
low along with, accompany. (dat.) 4. 

συν-ακούω, hear together or mutually. 6.4%, 

συν-ἁλίζω, -nricOn», gather together, collect. 
7.388, 

συν-αλλάττω, 2 8. p. -Πλλάγη», change 
(and bring) together, reconcile. 1.21. 

συν-ανα-βαίνω, 2 a. -έβη», pt. -Bds, go up. 
“with. 1.915: 5.416, 7 

συν-ανα-πράττω, «πρᾶξω, join in exacting. 
7.714, 

συν-αν-ίστημι, raise up with; 2 a. -έστη» 
and mid., rise up with. 7.895. 

συν-αντάω, how, meet with, meet. (dat.) 
1.815; 7.25, 

συν-άπ-ειμι, go away with. 2.21, 

συν-απο-λαμβάνω, receive at the same time, 
what is due (ἀπό). 7.75. 

συν-άπτω, -άψω, join together; join μάχη» 
with (dat.). 1.516. 

σύν-δειπνος, ου, [δεῖπνο»], table-compan 
ion, 3. 


"συγ-ετ 


560 7 VOCABULARY. 


συνδιαβαίνω — συντίθηµ., 


συν-δια-βαίνω, 2 a. -έβη», cross with. 7.11. | συν-έρχομαι, 2 a. -Άλθο», «ελήλυθα, go (or 


συν-δια-πράττω, accomplish with; mid., 
negotiate with or at the same time. 4.874. 

συν-δοκέω, seem good also. 6.5° 

σὐύν-δνο. twn by two. 6.3% Cf. eis δύο. 

σνυν-εγενόμην, 2 a. of συγ-γίγνομαι. 

συν-εθέλω, wish the same thing or at the 
same time, consent. 6.1%2, 

σνυν-εῖδον, see συ»-οράῳ. 

συν-είλεγμαι, 869 συλ-λέγω. 

συγ-ειλη-, Bee συλ-λαμβάνω. 

ισύν-ευµι, -ἢν, be with (one, dat.); οἱ συν- 
όντες the associates. 3. 

σύν-ειμι, ery, go or come together, go in a 
body. 1.101, 3.57. 

συνςεισ-έρχομαν, go in together. 4.519, 

συν-εισ-πίπτω, fall or rush in along. 5.7%; 
7.138, 

συν-εκ-βαίνω, go forth together. 4.37, 

συν-εκ-βιβάζω, join in bringing out. 1.57. 

συν-εκ-κόπτω, join in cutting down. 4.88. 

συν-εκ-πίνω, 2 a. -ef-driov, drink off to- 
gether. 7.3%. 

συν-εκ-πορίζω, low, -εξ-επόρισα, join in fur- 
nishing or supplying. 5.87. 

συν-έλαβον, 2 8. of συλ-λαμβάνω. 

συγ-έλεξα, see συλ-λέγω. 

συν-ελήλυθα, 2 pf. of συ»-έρχομαι. 

συν-ελών, 2 a. pt. of συν-αιρέω. 

συγν-έμιξα, see συμ-μίγνῦμι. 

συν-ενήνεγµαι, 869 συµ-φέρω. 

σύν-εζ-έρχομαι, go out with ᾖ7.δΗ 

συν-επ-αινέω, jor im approving. 7.3%, 

συν-επ-εύχομαι, -εύξομαι, vow also or αἱ the 

same time. 3.2%, 

οµαι, join in caring for (gen.), 

have joint charge of. 6.13”. 

συν-επι-σπεύδω, ebow, assist in hastening 
forward. 1.58. 

συν-επι-σποµ»-, See συν.εφ-έποµαι. 

σνν-επι-τρίβω, -τρίψω, crush together, de- 
stroy utterly. 5.8”. 

συν-έπομαι, -εἰπόμη», -έψομαι, follow along, 
follow. (dat.) 6. 

συν-επ-όμνῦμι, swear at the same time also. 
7.619, 


ν 


συν-εργόᾳ, όν, |ἔργον|, working with ; subs., 
co-worker, helper. 3. 
TVV-Eppv-, 669 συρρέω. 


come) with or together, assemble. 27. 

συν-έσπων, impf. of συ-σπάω. 

συγ-εστ., see συν-ίστηµι. 

συν-εφ-έπομαι, -ειπόμη», -έψομαι, -εσπόμην 
follow closely upon, accompuny. 3. 

συν-έχω, hold or keep together. 7.28. 

συν-εώρων, See συν-οράω. 

συν-ήγαγον, see συν-άγω. 

συν-ήδοµαι, -ησθήσομαι, rejoice with, con- 
gratulate. 3. 

συν-ῄειν, see σύν-ειμι, go with, 

ocvv-AAGoy, 2a of συν-έρχομαι. 

σνν-θεάομαι, ἄσομαι, join in viewing or ex- 
amining. 6.416, 

συν-θέµενος, 2 a. πι. of συν-τίθημι. 

σύν-θημα, aros, τό [-τίθημι], what is agreed 
on, watchword. 6. 

συν-θηράω, -εθήρω», join in hunting. 5.810. 

συν-θοῖτο, 2 a. opt. of συν-τίθηµι. 

συν-ιδεῖν, 2 a. inf. of συν-οράω. 

συν-ίηµι, impf. in», (εις, ει), put together, 
understand. 7.68. 

συν-ίστηµι, συ-στήσω, -έστησα, put οι 
bring together; introduce. 3.18; 6.133. 
2a. -έστην, -έστηκα and mid., stand to 

. gether, assemble ; be composed, organized 
10. sys-tem. 

σύν-οδος, ου, 7, coming together, onset, en- 
counter. 1.101, 6.4%. 

σύν-οιδα, inf. -ειδέναι, know with (one, dat.), 
=know-as well as, 7.618; be conscious. 
1.31 9.51 : 97.61. 

συν-ολολύζω, j join in shouting. 4.519. 

συν-οµολογέω, how, -ωμολόγησα, say the 
same things with, agree with (dat.) ox 
upon (acc). 4. 
συν-όντες see σύν-ειμι, go with. 

συν-οράω, impf. "εώρων, 2 a. -εἴδον, see at 
the same time or in one view, take a 
general view; watch at the same time. 
1.59; 4.11; 5.218, 

ο ὑνονστα, as, [-ειμί], a being together, 
Sriendly intercourse, conference. 2.5°. 
συν-τάττω, -Τάξω, -έταξα, -Τέταγµαι, αγ. 

range together, draw up in order, form ix 

line; soinmid. 11. syn-tax. 
συν-τίθημι, 2 a. m. -εθέμη», -opt. -Bolunp. 

«θέσθαι, -Oduevos, put together, mid., agree 


σύντομος — σώζω 


VOCABULARY. 561 


on, make an agreement, (cf. σύνθημα), | σφάγιον, ου, [σφαγή], victim, offering; 


conclude, φιλίαν. 7. synthetic. 
σύν-τομος, ov, [-τέμνα], cut (and drawn) 
together, cut short, concise, shori. 2.672. 
συν-τράπεζος, ου, [τράπεία], table-compan- 
ion. 1.981, Cf. ὅμο-. 

συν-τρέχω, -δραμοῦμαι, 2 a. -έδραμο», run 
together. 5.74; 7.68, 

συν-τρίβω, συν erpinatvas rub together, 
crush. 4.74, 

συν-τυγχάνω, fall in with, meet. (dat.) 
1.108; 7.822, 

συν-ωφελέω, help at the same time, join in 
helping. 3.27", 

Σνυράκόσιος, or -κούσιος, ου, Syracusan, of 
Syracuse, a flourishing Greek city on 
the east coast of Sicily. 1.29; 1014. 

Ῥνυρία, as, Syria, [abbrev. of Assyria], 
Syria, north of Arabia, between the Eu- 
phrates and the Mediterranean sea. 1.45. 

Σύριος, a, ο», Syrian. 1.45, 

Σύροι, or Σύριοι, Syrians. 1.45. 

συρ-ρέω, συν-έρρεο», -ερρύηκα, 2 Ἀ. -ερρύη», 
flow or flock together. ὃ. 

ots, συόε, 6, ἡ, or és, SWINE, SOW, Loar. 3. 

συ-σκευάζω, make ready (by getting 
things) together; mid., pack up one’s 
baggage, pack up; συσκευασµένοι, all 
packed up. 14. 

σύ-σκηνον, ου, [σκηνή], lent-mate, com- 
rade. 4. 

συ-σπάω, impf. συν-έσπω», draw or sew 
together. 1.510. 

| συ-σπειράω [σπεῖρα, coil], roll together ; 

ο -pass., form in close array, pf. pt. συγ- 
εσπειρᾶμένος. 1.871, 

συ-σπονδάζω, join in making haste, be 
earnest or active also, 2,311, 

συ-στρατεύομαι, εύσομαι, march or cam- 
paign with, join in an expedition. 12. 

σν-στράτηγος, ου, fellow-general. 9.6.3. 

σνυ-στρατιώτης, ου, Sellow-soldier. 1.226, 

συ-στρατοπεδεύομαι, evoouat, encamp | with. 
2.43. 

συχνός, ή, όν, [3], considerable, much, long ; 

pl. many ; συχνό», considerable distance, 
1.88, 10, 7, 
σφαγιάζομαι, άσοµαι, slay a victim, sacri- 


fire, 5§. 


omens, from its motions or appearance. 
4. See σφάττω.. 

σφαιρο-ειδής, ές, [σφαῖρα, hall, εἶδος], ball- 
shaped, of rounded end. 5.413, 

σφάλλω, σφαλᾶ, 2 a. p. ἐσφάλη», trip up, 
throw down ; pass., fall, fail, go wrong. 
7.7%, | Yopad, KE. FALL, FAIL] 

σφάττω [7], σφάξω, ἔσφαξα, slay, esp. by 
cutting the throat, slaughter, kill. 3. 
See ém-, κατα”. 

odes, ay, [st. oFe, cf. οὗ], σφίσι, σφᾶς, 
pron. of 3d pers., they, themselves, in 
Att. indir. reflex. 19. 

σφενδονάω, how, lo sling. 19. 

σφενδόνη, ns, [οξ. cpadd(w, toss about], 
sling; by meton. for what is slung, 
stone, bullet. 8. 

σφενδονήτης, [-dw], slinger. *8. 

σφόδρα [adv. acc. Ρ].], vehemently, exceed- 
ingly, very, very much. 8. 

σφοδρός, ἅ, όν, [2], vehement, excessive. 
1.1018, 

σχεδία, as, raft. 2. (Cf. σκεδάννύµι, spread 
out, or oxédios, sudden, off-hand.] 

σχεδόν [cf. σχέσθαι, ἔχομαι, be close], 
closely, nearly, almost. 10. 

σχεῖν, 2 a. inf., σχήσω, fut. of ἔχω. 

σχέτλιος, a, ov, [σχέτλη (cf. ἐχέ-τλη), 
σχεῖν, ἔχω], holding out, unflinching ; 
cruel, shocking. 7.6%. 

oXfhpa, ατος, τό, [σχεῖν, ἔχω], form, shape, 
cf. L. habitus. 1.10% scheme. 

σχίζω [L. scindo], σχίσω, ἐσχίσθην, spit, 
cleave. 3. schism, zest. See κατα-. 

σχολάζω, dow, be at leisure, have leisure. 
2.32; 7.374. 

σχολαῖος, ᾱ, ο», leisurely, slow. 4.138, 

σχολαίως, adv., leisurely, slowly ; ο. -are- 
pov. 2. 

σχολή, js, [σχεῖν, έχω], leisure ; σχολῇ, 
with leisure, slowly. 5. school, shoal. 
See ἀσχολία. 

σῳ, SCC THOS. 

σώζω [cds], σώσω, ἔσωσα, σέσωκα, σέσω- 
σµαι, ἐσώθη», save, rescue, keep or conduct 
safely ; pass., be saved, rescued etc. ; re- 
turn safely. 40. See ἆπο-, δια-; σῶος — 
σωτῄήριο». 





062 


VOCABULARY, 


Σωκράτης — τάχα 


Ῥωκράτης, ους, [safe ruler], Socrates. 1.| Tapas, &, Tamos, of Memphis in Egypt, 


One of Cyrus’ generals from Achaea, 
1.111: 9.63). 2. The great philosopher 
at Athens, who was now about sixty- 
eight years of age, and who was sen- 
tenced to death in May, 399 Β. c., shortly 


governor of Ionia under Cyrus and 
commander of his fleet ; upon the death 
of Cyrus fled to Egypt with his treasures, 
where he was slain by Psammitichus. 
1.221; 42, 


before Xenophon’s return to Greece. | ταξί-αρχος, ov, commander of a rds, -tari- 


3.15, 


arch. 2. 


σῶμα, ατος, τό, [1], body; τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώ- | τάξις, ews, 4, [τάττω], arrangement, order, 


para, their own bodies or lives. 9. 

σῶος, G, ον, contr. σῶς, σῶν, pl. ag, σᾶ, 
safe and sound, safe. 9. [Rad. form 
odos, cf. L. sinus]. Zw-, Zao-, Swor-, in 
Many proper names, Σῶνυς, Σάων, Σω- 
κράτης, Σωφρονίσκος et al. 

Σῶσις, ews, [deliverer], Sosis, of Syracuse. 
1.20. | 

σωτήρ, ἡρος, 6, [σώζα], savior, deliverer. 3. 

σωτηρία, as, safety, deliverance. 18. 

Σωτηρίδας, ου, [son of Σωτήρ], Soteridas. 
3.447, 

σωτήριος, ον, saving, bringing safety; 
τὰ σωτήρια, thank-offerings for deliver- 
ance. 4. & 

σωφρονέω, how, ἐσωφρόνησα, be prudent, 
discreet, sensible. 7. 

σωφρονίζω, ιῶ, ἐσωφρόνισα, trans. to foreg., 
make prudent, bring to one’s senses, 
chasten, correct. 3. ‘ 

σωφροσύνη, ns, prudence, discretion, self- 
control. 1.93. From 

σώ-φρων, ον, [σῶος, φρή», mind], sound- 
minded, prudent. 


T. 


«= L. t = Teut. (Eng.) th; cf. τείνω, τρεῖς, πετάν- 
νυµι, πατήρ, σύ. 
7 for 1.-E, Κυ --- L. qu ; cf. ré, ris, rérrapes. 


τάδε, see ὅδε. 

τάλαντον, ου, [τλάω, L. ἴο]]ο], balance, 
weight ; talent, sum of silver money, 
=60 minae or 6,000 drachmae, about 
$1,100. 7. 

τἄλλα-- τὰ ἄλλα. 

ταμιεύω [ταμίας, steward, τέµνω, cut], deal 
out; manage, regulate. 2.518, 

ravaytia = τὰ ἐναντία. 


military order, array, line, file, division, 
company ; κατὰ τάξεις in companies of 
infantry. 1.916. 44. 

Τάοχοι, wy, Taochi, tribe of Pontus near 
Armenia. ‘4.418, 

ταπεινός, ή, όν, [7], low, humble, submissive. 
2.518, 

ταπεινόω, dow, humble, abase. 6.318, 

Tams, ios, ἡ, [Ῥοςβ. 1], carpet, rug. 2. 
tape, tapestry. 

τἀπιτήδεια = τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 

ταράττω, άξω, érdpata, τετάραγµαι, ἑταρά- 
χθη», agitate, disturb, throw into confu- 
sion. 6. [rapax, length. fr. rpax, cf. 
τραχύς]. See dva-; θάλασσα, and 

τάραχος, ov, disorder, confusion. 1.83. 

ταρῖχεύω [rdpixos, preserved meat], pre- 
serve, pickle. 5.47, 

ΤῬαρσοί, dv, comm. Ταρσός, Tarsus, chief 
city of Cilicia. 1.23. 

τάττω [ /ταγ], τάξω, trata, τέταγµαι, 
ἐτάχθην, arrange, put in order, esp. in 
military order, draw up, form in line ; 
station, order, appoint ; reraypévet, drawn 
up. 34. tactics. See dia-, ἐκ-, éx-, 
wapa-, ἀντι-παρα-, Άρο-, Άροσ-, συν- ; 
ἄ-τακτος, -έω; εὔ-τακτος, eb-ratia; τάξις. 

ταῦρος, ου, [prob. for σταρυος, Goth. stiur, 
E. sTEER}], dull. %.2°. 

ταῦτα, see οὗτος. 

ταὐτά,-- τὰ αὐτά. 

ταύτῃ [οὗτος], dat. of manner or place, in 
this way or respect, thus; in this place, 
here. 7. 

τάφος, ου, [θάπτω], burial, grave, tomb. 
1.611. 

τάφρος. ου, 4, [1], ditch, trench. 11. See 
ἆπο-ταφρεύω. 

ταχθεί», ταχθῆναι, see τάττω. 

τάχα [ταχύς, cf. ὦκα, ὠκύτ], adv., quickly, 





ταχέως ---τεχνάζω 


soon ; perhaps, may be, — a sense hard to 
derive from ‘quickly.’ 4. 

ταχέως [ταχύς], -- ταχύ. 11. 

τάχος, ους, τό, [ταχύς], swiftness, speed ; 
ἀπὸ ποίου τάχους, with what speed. 2.51. 

ταχύ, C. θᾶσσο», 8 8. τάχιστα, swiftly, quickly, 
speedily ; soon; ὡς (or ὅτι) τάχιστα, as 
quickly as possible 3 ἐπεὶ (or éway) τά- 
χιστα, aS soonas. 62. 

Tax vs, εἴα, ύ, g. dos, elas, ο. θάττων (for τα- 
χίων), 8. τάχιστος, swift, quick, speedy ; 
τὴν taxlorny (ὁδόν), adv. acc., by the 
quickest way, most quickly; see διά. 16. 
opp. to βραδύ». 

τέ (6) before a rough vowel), [akin to 
L. -que, καί], encl. post-pos., conj., and ; 
ve...7é,both.. .and; τὲ... καίοξ...τε 
wal..., both...and; not only... but 
also, sometimes best rendered and, 
the Greek expressing close correlation 
where the Eng. does not, cf. 1.51; 10; 
οὔτε... τέ, not only not... but even; 
rarely without καί or τέ, 1.51. On τέ 
in ὅτε, oldore, ὅτε, ὥστε, seo 1041; 
1024 (a), 447, a. 

τέθνηκα, see θνῄσκω. 

σέθριππος, ο», [τέτταρες, ἵππος], with four 
horses abkeast ; τὸ τέθριππο» (ἅρμα), four- 
horse chariot. 3.2%. 

τείνω [ rev, τα», L. tendo, E. τηιν], 
τενῶ, ἕτεινα, réraxa, τέταµαι, ἐτάθην, 
stretch, strain; intr., extend; exert one- 
self, hasten. 4.321, tone, tune. See 
dva-, dwo-, δια-, ἐκ-, év-, KaTa-, Tapa-. 

τευχίζω, low or ιῶ, ἐτείχισα, τετείχισµαι, 

ῤ wall, fortify. 7.93. See ἄπο-. 

“wetXos, ους, τό, [2], wall, esp. a town wall ; 
walled-town, fortress. 23. See τοῖχός. 
τεκµαίροµαι [τέκμαρ, sign], τεκμαροῦμαι, 
judge from signs, infer. 4.93. 

τεκµήριον, ου, [τεκμηρ (= τέκμαρ) + tov], 
sure sign, proof, opp. to σηµεῖον, a fal- 
lible proof. 3. 

véxvoy, ου, [τίκτω], child. 8. 

τελέθω (cf. τέλλω, arise], only in pres. sys., 
become, be, appear. 3.23; 6.6%8, 

τελευταῖος, a, ον, [τελευτή], last, hindmost, 
rearmost. 9. 


ηδλευτάω, how etc., end, finish ; end life, 


VOCABULARY, | 


563 


die, come to an end ; τελευτῶ», often as 
adv., at last. 18. From 

τελευτή, js, [τελέω or *reAebw], end, ter- 
mination; end of life, death. 4., Cf. 
τέλος. 

τελέω, έσω, ἐτέλεσα, τετέλεκα, -σμαι, ére- 
λέσθη», end, complete; pay (cf. τέλος 19). 
5. See δια-, éwt-, rpoo-. 

τέλος (A), ους, τό, [= τέρμα (A interchanges 
w. p), end, goal, L. terminus], end, cum- 
pletion; often adv. acc., at last, finally ; 
highest station, supreme authority ; ma- 
gistrate, 2.64, of the Spartan ephors. 
telic. 16. 

τέλος (B), ους, τό, [ 4/7aA, bear, cf. τάλαν- 
τον], tar; expense. See τελέω, pay, 
mpoo-; ἀ-τέλεια, πολυ-τελής. 

τέµαχος, ους, τό, [τέμνω, cf. στέλεχος, 
στέλλω], slice of salt fish or meat. 5.478, 

τέµνω [ /Teu, tau, Tha, L. tondeo], rene, 
9 8. ἔτεμο», Att. ἔταμον, τέτµηκα, cut. 
5.81, atom, tome, anatomy, epi- 
tome, litho-tomy. See ἄπο-, κατα». 

τέναγοβ, ous, τό, [? ef. τείνω, αλ, shoal. 
7 512, 

τερµίνθινος, η, ον, ἱέρνθο], of tere- 
binth or turpentine. 4.415. 

τέταρτος, η, ο», [τέτταρες], fourth. 4. 

τετρακισ-χίλιοι, αι, a, four thousand. 7, 

τετρα-κόσιον, wy, [cf. διᾶ-κόσιοι], four 
hundred; in sing. with a collect. noun, 
1.7. 5. 

τετρα-μοιρία, as, [μοῖρα, share), fourfold 
share, four times as much. 2. 

τετρα-πλοῦς, ἢ, οὔῦ», [cf. ἆ-κλοῦς], fourfold. 
7.61. 

τετταράκοντα (cf. ἑξήκοντα], forty. 7. 

τέτταρες, a, g. wy, [for τετβαρες, L. quat- 
tuor, Goth. fidvor], FouR. 22. 

Τευθρανία, as, Teuthrania, district and 
town in the southwestern part of Mysia. 
2.18; 7.8%", 

τεύξομαι, fut. of τυγχάνω. 

τεῦχος, ους, τό, [τεύχω, make, 4/rvx, akin 
to τίκτω], tool, piece of armor ; vessel 
(pot, jar etc.). 2. book (late). penta: 
teuch. 

τεχνάζω [τέχνη]. dow, use art or cunning. 
deal subtly. 7.616 


564 


τέχνη, ns, [τεχ, akin to 4/rex, τίκτω], art, 
skill, craft, device. 3. 

γεχνικῶς [τοχνικόσ], adv., artfully, skilfully. 
6. Bis 

τέως [to τό 88 ἕως to 8s], adv., meanwhile ; 
Sor a while, until now, hitherto. 7. 

τῃ pév.. . τῇ δέ, 8.113; 4.88; 6.120, See 
ὁ, ἡ, τό. , 

τήκω [Skt. s/tak, flow], rite, ἔτηξα, τότηκα 
(intr.), 2 a. p. ἑτάκη», melt. 2. 899 
δια-. 

Τηλεβόας, ου, [if a Gk. word =roaring 
afar], Teleboas, small river of Armenia 
flowing into the eastern branch of the 
Euphrates. 4.48. 

rfpepov, less Att. σήµερο», [τ., ἡ; ἡμέρα], 
adv., to-day ; ἡ τ. ἡμέρα, this day. 4. 

Τημνίτης, ov, 1 επιπῖίες, of Temnos in 
western Lydia. 4.415, 

γηνικαῦτα, stronger form of τηνίκα, at that 
time, then. 2. 

Τήρης, ους, 6, Teres, founder of the king- 
dom of the Odrysae in Thrace, and 
father of Sitalcas 7.2%. 

rf, see rls. “ 

τιάρα, as, [ Pers.], oriental head-dress, tiara ; 
that of the Persian king was erect or 
cone-shaped, that of his σα soft 
like a turban. 2.5%, 

τιᾶρο-ειδής, ές, [εἶδος], ο η 5.418, 

Πιβαρηνοί, ὢ», Tibareni, people of Pontus 
on the coast of the-Euxine. δ.δἱ, 3, 

Tlypyns, nros, [swift as an arrow (Tigra, 
Pers.)], Tigris ; formed like the Euphra- 
tes by two main branches which rise in 
the mountains of Armenia, it flows south 
about eight hundred miles, and unites 
with the Euphrates some seventy miles 
above the Persian Gulf. 4 

γίθηµι [ γθε, L. facio, E. Do], impf. ἐτίθη», 
θήσώ, ἔθηκα (dual, ἔθετο», subj. 0a, opt. 
Oelny, inf. θεῖναι, pt. els), τέθεικα, 2 a. Τη. 
ἐθέμην; for pass. κεῖμαι is comm. used ; 
put, place, set, set up, institute, establish ; 
mid., esp. in the phrase, τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, 
place one’s arms=1. ground arms, stand 
under arms, ready for action, 1.514; 
place oneself in battle array, 2.28, 21, 9, 
stack or lay down one’s arms, 1.916, §1, 


VOCABULARY. 


τέχνη-- Γισσαφέρνηι 


19. thesis, theme. See dea, dre, 
δια-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, προσ-, Tur. 
τίκτω [for τί-τκ-ω, {/τεκ, re], τέξοµαι, 
2 a. ἕτεκο», beget, produce. See τέκνου; 

τέχνη; τόξον. 

Ἱϊμασίων, wos, [bestowing honor], Tima- 
sion, a Dardanian from Troas, successor 
to Clearchus, and afterward leader of 
the cavalry. 3.147, 

τῖμάω [Trinh], impf. ἐτίμων, how, ἐτέμησα 
etc., honor, esteem, value. 18. See ἀντι-, 
προ-. Note: τῖμ (a, ο) is found in many 
proper names ; as, Τίμµω», Tiveas, Tipoovl- 
δης, Τϊμ-άνωρ, Τιµα-γένης, Τιμό-δηµος etc. 

τϊμή, iis, [τίω, esteem], honor, esteem; price, 
value. 9.. See ἄ-, ἕν-, and φιλό-τῖμος; 
ἆπο-τίνω. 

Τζμησί-θεος, ου, [honoring God, cf. Τεμό- 
θεος, Fimothy], Timesitheus. 5.437-. 

τίμιος, &, ον, [τὶμή], honorable. 1.21: 38. 

τμωρέω, impf. ἐτϊμώρου», how, τῖιόρησα 
etc., avenge, punish ; mid. avenge one- 
self on, punish. 9. From τῖμωρός [τῖμά- 
opos, ὁράω, see, guard], guarding honor, 
avenging, whence 

tiwpla, as, vengeance, punishment. 2.614, 

Τιρίβαζῖος, ου, Tiribazus, satrap gf western 
Armenie, under Orontas, later governor 
of a satrap in Asia Minor. 4.47. 

τὶς, 7), g. τινός [akin to L. quis], incdef, 
pron. encL.: 1. as subs., any one, some 
one, one here and there, anything, some- 
thing ; rt, often adv. acc., somewhat, in 
some (or any) respect, degree; w. neg., 
at all. 2. as adj., some, any, a, a cer- 
tain,a-kind-of, peAavla τις, ἀετός τις, µέ- 
.pos τι; often added to adj. and pron., 
making them more indef., τοιοῦτός τις, 
some such one, πόση τις, about how large ; 
οἱ µέν τινες, stronger form of οἱ nev, 3.319, 
422. 

τίς, τί, g. τίνος, [akin to L. quis], interrog. 
pron., who? which? what? what-sort-of? 
vi often adv. acc., why? 70. 

Tisrcadépyys, ους, (ει, η», η) Tissaphernes, 
Persian noble, satrap of Caria, Ionia, 
and also of Lydia, till 407 B.c., when 
it was made a part of the satrapy of 
Cyrus. Jealous of Cyrus because of the 











τιτρώσκω — Τραπεζούντιος 


~ VOCABULARY. 


565 


revolt of the Tonian cities (1.16), he | τοξεύω [τόξον], edow etc., shoot with the bow, 


watched his movements, reported them 
to the king (1.21), was made commander 
of 300,000 of the king’s forces, harassed 
the Greeks for a time on their retreat, 
was rewarded for his services by the 
addition of the satrapy of Cyrus to his 
own; later was defeated by the Spartan 
Agesilaus, and succeeded by Teuthranes, 
who put him to death, and sent his head 
to the king. 

χιτρώσκω [ /τρω, akin to relpw, distress, 
E. THROE], τρώσω, ἔτρωσα, τέτρωμαι, 
ἐτρώθη», wound. 18. See κατα”; τραῦ- 
pa, Tpwrds. 

Τλήμων, ov, ονος, suffering, wretched. 
[ /rAa, rad, bear, cf. τάλαντο».] 

τό, τόν, see 6, ἡ, τό. . 

vol (orig. eth. dat. of τύ-- σύ], adv., post- 
pos. encl., in truth, truly, verily, doubt- 
less; sometimes best rendered by 
emphasis. 6. 

τοιγαροῦν, particle of inference, stronger 
form of τοι-γἀρ, so then, therefore, accord- 
ingly ; so for example, 1.9%. 5. 

τοί-νυν, much like τοιγάρ, therefore, then, 
now, accordingly ; resumptive, moreover, 
further. 30. 

τοιόσ-δε, τοιᾶ-δε, τοιόν-δε, [to τό as ofos to 
&s|,=rotos (poet.), such, prop. foll. by 
olos, as ; without the latter, such as, such 
like ; τοιάδε, adv. acc, such as the follow- 
ing, as follows. 7. 

τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτο (or -ον), [to τοῖος 
as τοσοῦτος to τόσος],-- foreg., but more 
comm., and usu. refers to what precedes, 
such, such an one, such as; τοιαῦτα, such 
as precedes, as above, thus. 50. 

τοῖχος, ου, [cf. τεῖχος], wall, of a house, 
court, and the like. 7.814. 

τολµάω, how, ἐτόλμησα etc., have the cour- 
age, dare, venture. 12. [réApa, daring, 
ef. τλήμων.] TOA, TAN, in Many proper 
names, e.g. TAnolas, "Α-τλας and 

Τολμίδης, ov, [son of daring], Tolmides. 
2.2%. 3.146, 

τόξευµα, ατος, τό, arrow, — of wood or reed, 
notched, for the bow-string, feathered 
and loaded with metal. 9. 


shoot. 19. See ἆντι-, ἐκ-. 

τοξικός, ή, όν, of or for the bow; ἡ τοξική 
(sc. τέχνη), bowmanship, archery. 1.95. 
τοξικόν (sc. φάρμακο»), toxioum, poison 
for arrows. in-toxicate. 

τόξον, ov, [= τοκσον, akin to τέκτων (for 
τεκσω», akin to τίκτα], bow, — one of the 
oldest of all weapons, the use of which 
Apollo was said to have taught the Cre- 
tans, — another way of saying that they 
excelled in archery. It was commonly 
made of flexible wood, and turned back 
at both ends. 7. 

τοξότης, ov, bowman, archer. Bowmen 
were light-armed troops (γυμνῆτες), car- 
rying only the bow and arrows. 14. 

τόπος, ov, [1], place, region, district. 5. 
topic, topo-graphy, u(= od)-topia. 

τοσόσ-δε, τοσή-δε, τοσόν-δε, [τόσος],-- Téc0s 
(poet.), but w. more demons. force, so 
much, so great; pl. of such a number, 8ο 
many ; = 80 few, 2.48, 6.519, 

τοσοῦτος, τοσαύτη, τοσοῦτο (or -ov), [τόσος], 
Ξ- (and more comm. than), τοσόσ-δε, sea 
much (great, large, tall etc.) ; pl. so many, 
L. tantus; τ. τὸ βάθος, so much in depth, 
3.57; τοσοῦτο(ν) as subs. or adv., 80 
much, so great a distance, so far, thus 
much. 36. See ὅσος. 

τότε [τό --τέ], adv., then, at that time, 
L. tum ; οἱ τότε, the men of that time. 53. 

τοτέ [τό + τέ], adv., at times ; τοτὲ μὲν... 
τοτὲ δέ, at one time...at another. 
6.19. 

τοῦ, τούς, 890 ὁ; τοῦτο, See οὗτος. 

τοὔμπαλιν = τὸ ἔμπαλιν ; τοῦπισθεν = τὰ 
ὄπισθεν. 

τράγηµα, ατος, τό, dainty, sweetmeat, esp. 
dried fruit. 2. [τρώγω, eat, munch, 2 a. 
ἔτραγο», or perh. fr. Ἀτραγάω]. 

TpdéArreus, ews, af, Tralles, prosperous city 
of Lydia. 1.48. 

Τρανίψαι, av, Tranipsae, Thracian tribe. 
7.955, 

τράπεῖα, ης, ἵτρα-- τέτταρα, πέέα, fut}, 
table. 5. See όμο-, συν-τράπεζο. tra 
pezium, trapez-cic. 

Tengatatyrios, ου. a Trapezuntian. 4.8% 


566 


VOCABULARY. 


Ἱραπεζοῦς — τροχάζω 


Πραπεῖοῦς, οὔντος, [table land or town fr. | τριήρης, ους, 4, [τρι-]- γαρ, fit, or 4/ep, row, 


its situation], Zrapezus, mod. Trebizond, 
coast-town of Pontus; its prosperity in 
ancient as in mod. times was due to its 
Situation at the terminus of the most 
direct overland route from central Asia. 
4.822-, 

τραῦμα, aros,7d,[Ion. τρῶμα, see τιτρώσκω], 
wound. 2. 

τράχηλος, ου, [7], neck, throat. 2. 
χή», the vertebrated neck. 

τρᾶχύς, εἴα, ¥, g. έος, elas, [οξ. ταράττω], 
rugged, rough, harsh. 3. trachea, 
Trachis, Trachonitis, trachyte. 

τρεῖς, τρία, g. τριῶν, L. tres, E. THREE. 50. 
See rpidxovra et seq. 

τρέπω [ 4/rpex, τραπ, cf. L. trepidus], τρέψω, 
ἔτρεψα, τέτροφα, τέτραµµαι, 2 a. p. ἑτρά- 
πη», 2. Δ. πι. ἐτραπόμη», turn, turn aside 
or back, put to flight (w. or without 
εἰς φυγή» ; turn, = change, γνώμας, 3.141 ; 
mid., turn oneself to, resort to; turn back, 
turn and flee; ἑτρεψάμη», put to flight, 
5.416; pass. be turned ; of a road, lead, 
3.515, 14. See ἀπο-, προ-απο-, ἐκ-, ém-; 
τρόπαιον et seq.; cf. στρέφω. 

τρέφω [ /τρεφ, τραφ], θρέψω, ἔθρεψα, τέ- 
θραµµαι, ἐτράφη», nourish, rear, support, 
maintain; mid., support oneself, main- 
tain. 14. ' See ἆνα-, δια-, éx-; τροφή. 

τρέχω [ γτρεχ, supplemented by αδραμ], 
δραμοῦμαι, 2 a. ἕδραμον, δεδράµηκα, run. 
9. trochee. See ἁπο-, εἰσ-, éx-, ἔπι-, 
κατα-, παρα-, Wépt-, προσ-, Wpo-, συν-; 
δρόμος, προδροµή. 

τρέω [ 4/rpes, akin to L. terreo], ἔτρεσα, 
flee from, shrink from. 1.99. 

τρία, τριῶ», see Tpeis. 

τριάκοντα [cf. ἑξ-ήκοντα], thirty. 97. 

τριᾶκόντορος, ο», thirty-oared ; ἡ τρ. (sc. 
ναῦς), a thirty-oared ship, fifteen oars on 
each side. 2. 

τριᾶκόσιοι, αι, a, [on -κόσιοι, cf. πεντακό- 
σιοι], three hundred. 10. 

τριβή, js, wearing away; practice. 
See δια-; d-rpiBhs. From 

τρίβω [akin to τείρω, rub hard], τρῖψω ete., 
rub, wear or waste away. See δια-, 
TUy-ENt-, συν». 


Syn. αὖ- 


5.615, 


see ὑπ-ηρέτης], trireme, comm. a war- 
ship, sometimes called, μακρὰ vais, μακρὸν 
πλοῖον ; also a transport. 19. See Introd. 
105. 

tpinptrys, ov, oarsman or soldier, on a 
trireme. 6.67, 


τρί-πηχυς, uv, g. eos, three cubits long. 
4.228, 


τρι-πλάσιος, a, ο», [cf. ἁπλοῦς], threefold, 
thrice as great. 7.471, . 

τρί-πλεθρος, ov, three plethra in extent, of 
three plethra. 5.69. 

τρί-πους, ου», g. -ποδος, three-footed. 7.371, 
tripod. 

τρίς [τρεῖς], adv., THRICE. 9. tri-. 

based aa n, ov, thrice glad, most gladly. 
3.2%, 

τρισ-καί-δεκα, thirteen. 1.5. 

τρισ-μύριοι, αι, a, thirty thousand. 7.8%, 

τρισ-χίλιοι, αι, a, three thousand. 6. 

τριταῖος, a, ο», on the third day. 5 3°. 

τρίτος, η, ο», third; τῇ τρίτῃ, on the third 
day; τὸ τρίτον, adv. acc., the third time. 
12. 

τρίχα [cf. δίχα], 6.216 = τριχῇ, threefold, in 
three divisions. 4.815, 

τρίχινος, η, ov, [θρίξ], of hair, hair-. 4.8%. 
trichina. 

τρι-χοίνικος, ov, [χοῖνιξ], containing three 
quarts. 7.328, 

τρόπαιον, ου, [τροπαῖος, a, ov, fr. τροπή], 
trophy. monument of the enemy’s de- 
feat. Captured weapons were fixed on 
trees or posts set up where the enemy 
turned (τροπή) and dedicated to Zeus. 4. 

τροπή, is, [τρέπω], turning, flight, defeat. 
2. also solstice, whence tropic. 

τρόπος, ov, [τρέπω], turn, direction, way, 
manner; Often as adv. acc., τόνδε τὸν 
τρόπο», in the following manner ; ἐκ παν- 
τὸς τρόπου, by every means, in any man- 
ner, 3.143; one’s turn, disposition, char- 
acter, πρὸς τοῦ τρόπου, in keeping with the 
character of. 1.21. 16. 

τροφή, iis, [τρέφω], nourishment, support, 
sustenance. 3. a-trophy, eu-trophy. 

τροχάζω [τροχός, wheel, tpéxw], dow, run 
like a wheel, run quickly: 7.849. 


τρυπάω — ὑπέρ 


τρυπάω [τρῦπα, hole, τρύω, rub], how, ἑτρύ. 
πησα etc., bore, pierce. 3.151. trepan. 

Tpwas ddos, ἡ, [Τροία], Troas, the Troad, 
the district about Troy in Mysia. 


τρωκτός, %, ov, edible. 5.813. [rpdye, 
gnaw, munch.) Cf. τρώκτης, gnawer 
(trout), τρώγ-λη, hole. troglo-dyte. 


τρωτός, ή, όν, [τιτρώσκω], vulnerable, liable 
to be wounded. 3.1%. 

τυγχάνω [ /τυχ], τεύξοµαι, 2 a. ἔτνχο», 
τετύχηκα, hit (gen.), 9.219, hit upon, meet 
with ; gain, obiain (gen., less often acc., 
Jrom one (gen.)); oftener intrans. w. 
supp. pt., happen, variously rendered, 
by chance, just, just now; παρὼν ἐτυγ- 
xave, happened to be present, was by 
chance present; ἐτύγχανε λέγω», I was 
just saying ; sometimes the context sug- 
gests the pt., 2.2'7; 3.13; τυχό» (2 a. pt.), 
acc. abs., perchance, 6.13). 63. See ἐἑν-, 
ἔπι-, συν-; τύχη. 

Ἡνριάειον, ου, T'yridéum, city of Phrygia, 
exact site uncertain. 1.214. 

τυρός, ov, [3], cheese. 9.435. βού-τυρον. 
bu-t-ter. 

τύρσις, τος, ἡ, later rvppis == L. turris. 
tower, bastion. 7. 

τυχεῖν, -ώ», 2 a. of τυγχάνω. 

τύχη, ns, [τυγχάνα], chance, fortune, luck. 
3. See εὐτυχέω. 

Te = τινί. 

τφῴδε, see ὅδε. 


+t 


Y. 


πβρίζω, low or ιῶ, ὕβρισα etc., be insolent 
toward, insult, abuse, (acc.); be inso- 
lent. 6. 

ὕβρις, ews, ἡ, [? cf. ὑπέρ, L. superbus], in- 
solence, violence, abuse. 4. hybrid ? 

ὕβριστος, η, ον, [prob. an old super. of 
ὕβρις], insolent, abusive ; ο. ὑβριστότερος, 
Β. -ότατος. 5.8%, 22, 

ὑγιαίνω, avd, ὑγίᾶνα, be in health, be sound. 
4.518, From ὑγιής [cf. L. vigor, E. 
WAKE], healthy. hygiene. 


ὑγρότης, ητος, 4, [Sypos, cf. L. uveo], mois- 
ture, softness, pliancy. 5.815. 


VOCABULARY. 


567 


4.5%, 
water-carrier 


ὑδροφορέω, ήσω, carry water. 

ὕδρο-φόρος [idwp, φέρω], 
4.51, 

ὕδωρ, ὕδατος, 1d, [ 1/58, σΕεδ. E. νετ], 
WATER. 15. OTTER, Ir πο, water, 
whence WHISKEY. hydr-. See Internat 
Dict. 

ὐιδοῦς, of, [vids], grandson. 5.631. On end 
cf. ἀδελφιδοῦς, brother’s son. 

vids, od, or έος, |Goth. su-nus], SON. 4. 

ὕλη, ns, [for ovAFa, L. silva], wood, in 8 
broad sense, — Sorest, brush-wood, tim 
ber. 5. 

ὑμεῖς, Sy, (Goth. jus], ΥΕ, you. 318. 

ὑμέτεροφ, a, ov, your, yours; τὰ ὑμέτερα, 
your affairs, property etc. 16. 

br-dyw, lead on slowly or craftily; intr. 
advance slowly ; mid. lead on for one’s 

. advantage, suggest craftily, 2.115; try to 
beguile into. 2.4%. 4. 

ὑπ-αίθριος, ο», [αἰθρία, open air], in the open 
air. 2. 

ὑπ-αίτιος, ο», [αἰτία, blame], under blame, 
censurable ; τὶ πρὸς τῆς πόλεως ὑπαίτιο», 
some ground of censure on the part of the 
state. 3.15, 

ὑπ-ακούω, hear (under =) submissively, 
hearken, obey. 4.19; 7.3°. 

ὑπ-αντάω, fow, ὑπ-ήντησα, 4.3%, ὑπ- 
αντιά(ω, 6.527, go to meet, come up. * 

ὕπ-αρχος, ov, subordinate commanaer or 
officer, lieutenant, rice-satrap. 3. 

ὑπ-άρχω, begin (beneath or) at the very 
foundation, begin ; be from the beginning, 
be originally, exist, be ; helong to (w. dat.), 
hence favor, support (rare), 1.14; 917; 
τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, existing circumstances, 
means at hand, one’s goods. 12. 

ὑπασπιστής οὔ, [ὑπ-ασπίζω, carry a shield], 
shield-bearer, armor-bearer, for officers 
and sometimes for hoplites. 4.2?°. 

ὑπ-είκω, -είξω, -etta, submit to (dat.). 7.751. 

ὕπ-ειμι, impf. -ἢν, be under. 3 47, 

ὑπέρ [for ὑπερι (loc.), L. super, Goth 
ufar], OVER, prep. 

1, With gen., over, above, beyond; 
standing over to protect, hence, for, in 
behalf of, for the sake of, instead, cf. 
πρό, w. gen. 37. 


568 


2. With acc., going ox extending over, 
beyond, above, exceeding. 4. See hyper- 
in Internat. Dict. 

ύπερ-άλλομαι, leap or jump over. 7.4%, 

ύπερ-ανα-τείνω, stretch up over. 7.40. 

ὑπερ-βαίνω, 2 a. -έβη», go over, cross. 8. 

ύπερ-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 a. -έβαλον, -BéBAnKa, 
throw over or beyond ; intr., pass or cross 
over, abs. or w. acc. 7. 

threp-BoAf, ἢς, @ passing-over, passage, 
pass. 8 hyperbole. 

ύπερ-δέξιος, ο», above on the right, lying 
above. 2. 

ὑπ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -Ίλθο», go over or beyond, 
cross. 4.48, 

ύπερ-έχω, be above, 
8.57; 4.74. 

ὕπερ-θεν, adv., from above, above. 1.44. 

ύπερ-κάθηµαι, impf. -εκαθήµη», be seated, 
or posted, above. 5.1%; 2. 

ύπερ-όριος, a, ov, [ὅρος, boundary], over the 
borders, foreign. 7.17". 

ὑπερ-ύψηλος, ov, exceedingly high. 3.57. 

ὑπ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -7jAGov, -ελήλυθα, go under, 
under cover or secretly. 2. 

ὑπ-εσχόμην, 2 a. of ὑπ-ισχνέομαι. 

ὑπ-έχω, 2 a. -έσχον, hold oneself under, 
submit to; w. δίκη», give an account (for, 


project, overhang. 


_ gen.). 4. . 
ὑπ-ήκοος, ov, [ὑπ-ακούω], ὦ οἷοη subs., 
a subject. 5. 


ὑπ-ῆν, see ὕπ-ειμι. 

ὑπ-ηρετέω, ἠσω, -Πρέτησα, Serve as 4 rower, 
but in use = serve, dat., adv. acc. τ); 8c. 
ταῦτα, 3.58. 4 

ὑπ-ηρέτης, ου, [ἐρέττω, row], under rower, 
servant, assistant. 4. 

ὑπ-ισχνέομαι, -oxfooua, 2 a. -erxduny, 
-έσχημαι, [ἴσχω = ἔχω], hold oneself 
under obligation, promise. 43. 

ὕπνος, ου, sleep, 3.111, [for συπ-νος, L. 
sop-or, somnus, for sop-nus]. hypno- 
tic. See ἐν-ύπνιον. 

ὑπό, before a rough vowel, ὑφ, [akin to 
ὑπέρ, L. sub], under, prep. 

1. With gen., from under, less exactly. 
under, comm. w. pass. verbs to denote 
«he agent or cause, by, through, from. 

10. 


VOCABULARY. 


ὑπεράλλομαι — ὑποπτεύω 


2. With dat., of position, under, be- 
neath, at the foot of; under = subject 
to. 9. 

3. With acc., of motion or extension, 
under, beneath, along the foot of. 6. In 
compos., as above, also underhand, se- 
cretly ; somewhat. hyph-en (év), hypo-, 
see Internat. Dict. 

ὑπο-δεής, és, [δέω, want], ο. -έστερος, some- 
what deficient, inferior. 1.95. Used only 
in the comp., see ἐν-δεής. 

ὑπος-δείκνυμι, show πας or secretly, give 
indications. 5.712, ) 

ὑπο-δέχομαι, receive under one’s protection, 
welcome. 1.65; 6.581. 

trro-déw, bind under; ὑποδεδεμένοι, with 
shoes on, 4.514. 

ὑπό-δημα, ατος, τό, [δέω, bind], shoe, san- 
dal. 4.514, 

ὑπο-ζύγιον, ov, [ζνγόν, YOKE], yoke or 
baggage animal. 29. 

trro-xara-Balvw, 2 a. -έβη», go down a little 
or slowly. 7.411. 

ὑπο-λαμβάνω, 2 a. pt. ὑπο-λαβά», take 
under one’s protection, receive; take up 
the discourse (sc. λόγο»), reply ; μεταξὺ 
ὕπο-λαβώ», interrupting. 5. 

ὑπο-λείπω, -λείψω, 2 a. -έλιπον, «λέλειμμαι, 
leave behind ; pass., be left behind, fall 
or remain behind. 6. 

ὑπο-λόχαγος, ου, lieutenant. 5.218, 

ὑπο-λύω, loose beneath, take off one’s shoes 
or sandals, 4.518, 

ὑπο-μαλακίζομαι [μαλακός, soft], be some- 
what softened, yield somewhat. 32.114. 

ὑπο-μένω, -μενῶ, -έμεινα, remain behind ; 
halt; await an attack, stand one’s ground ; 
wait. 10. 

ὑπό-μνημα, ατος, τό, [μιμνήσκω], reminder, 
reminiscence. 1.68. 

ὑπό-πεμπτος, ον, [πέμπω], secretly sent. 
3.34, 

ὑπο-πέμπω, -πέμψω, send secretly or treach- 
erously. 2.472. 

ὑπο-πίνω, -πέπωκα, drink a little; pf. be 
somewhat tipsy. 7.3”. 

ὑπ-οπτεύω [ὔπ-οπτος, ὑφ-οράω], impf. ὑπ- 
ώπτενο», suspect, apprehend, be appre- 
hensive. 11. 








ὑποσ-τῆναι — havends 


ὑπο-σ'τῆναι, 2 a. inf. of ὑφ-ίστημι. 
ὑπο-στρατηγέω, ἠσω, be lieutenant-general. 
5.656, 
ὑπο- στράτηγος, ου, lieutenant-general. 8.133. 
ὑπο-στρέφω, -στρέψω, -έστρεψα, 2 a. p. 
-εστράφη», turn about or back ; turn art- 
Sully, elude, 2.138, 4. 
ὕπο-σχέσθαι, 2 a. inf. of ὑπ-ισχνέομαι. 
ὑπουργός, όν, [ἔργον, work], working under 
another, contributing to (dat.). 5.815. 
ὕπτιο-φαίνω, show a little ; of the day, begin 
to dawn, 3. 
ὑπεο-φείδομαι, spare somewhat. 4.18. 
ὕπο-χείριος, ov, in the hands of, subject to 
(dat.). 3. . 
ὑπο-χωρέω, gow etc., withdraw, recede, 
make way, retire, (for or before one 
(dat.), 1.419. 3. 
ὑπ-οψία, as, [ὑφ-οράω], suspicion ; ὑποψίαν 
παρέχει», create suspicion. 5. 
Ὑρκάνιος, a, ον, | Ὑρκάνοί, Pers., Varka- 
nija, wolf’s land], Hyrcanian, from 
Hyrc@nia, a province southeast of the 
Ἐπχίπο Sea. 7.815, © 
ts, dds, see cis. 5.23, 
ὑστεραῖος, a, ο», following, next; τῇ ὑστε- 
ραίᾳ, on the following day. 35. 
ὑστερέω, ἠσω, be late or too late; be later 
than (gen.), arrive after. 1.713. 
ὑστερίζω, = foreg. 6.138. 
ὕστερος, a, ov, [ὑὗσ-, cf. E. out, uT-most], 
sup., ὕστατος, later, behind ; ὕστερον, 


adv., later, afterward. 14. 

ὑφ', see ὑπό. ' 

ὑφευμένως [1τ. pf. pt. of ὑφ-ίημι], adv., 
submissively. 7.716, 


ὑφ-ηγέοµαι, lead slowly or go just before, 
lead. 4.17; 6.5%, 

ὑφ-ίημι, let go, give up, concede, 3.55; mid. 
-lepat, -ιέµη», -ήσομαι, 2 a. -είμη», give up 
or in, yield, relax. 5. 

ὑφ-ίστημι, ὑπο-στήσω, -έστησα, put or 
station under, post secretly ; 2 a. ὑπ- 
έστην, -έστηκα, and mid., stand under, 
resist, withstand, oppose (dat.) ; under- 
take, promise ; offer oneself; stand aside 
or in covert, 4.114, 8. 

ὐφ-οράω, suspect. 32.410. See ὑποψία, ὑπ- 


οπτεύω. 


VOCABULARY. 


569 


ὑψηλός, ή, όν, high, lofty ; τὸ ὑψηλόν, the 
eminence, 3.4%. 8. See ὑπερ-. 

tipos, ους, τό, height. 6. [From an adj. of 
which the adv. ὄψι, on high, is prob. a 
loc.] 


ϕ. 


ϕ-- L. init. f, mid. b, = Τ9αί. (E.), b. 
Cf. φέρω, φυω, φρατήρ (E. BROTHER), ἀμφί, 
νεφέλη. 


φαγεῖν, 2 a. inf. of ἐσθίω. 

φαιδρός, 4, dv, [akin to φάω, shine], bright, 
radiant, cheerful. 2.641, 

φαίην, pres. opt. of dyul. 

φαίνω | 4/pay, length. fr. «Φα, cf. φάω, 
shine, Φημί], pave, ἔφηνα, πέφαγκα, 
πέφασµαι, ἐφάνην, make to appear, show, 
make known; mid. and pass., show one- 
self, appear, be seen, seem; Φφαΐνομαι w. 
infin. (if εἶναι, often omitted), like δοκέω, 
seem or appear (truly or falsely); with 
pt., of what is true = be clearly or mani- 
festly, οὗ φθονῶν ἐφαίνετο, he plainly did 
not envy, cf. H. 986. 48. phase. See 
dwo-, δια-, éx-, ἐπι-, προ», ὑπο-; Φανερός, 
-Os; ᾱ-, δια-, ἐμ-, κατα- and περιφανής. 
The ga (par, φαν), shine, pw (pdos, 
light), is seen in many proper names; cf. 
Φαέθων, Φαλῖνος; Αριστο-, Ἐενο-φάνης; 
Ἐενο-φῶν, Φανό-θεος, Φανο-κράτης. 

φάλαγξ, αγγος, ἡ, [1], phalanx, composed 
chiefly of heavy-armed soldiers, battle 
array. The phalanx was comm. drawn 
up eight men deep, the ranks being 
three feet apart in close array (πυκνή), 

_ and twice that in marching order. The 
van was called στόµα or μέτωπο», the 
centre µέσο», the wings κέρατα or πλεν- 
pai, the rear οὗρά; ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, in 
line of battle (1. ο. with broad front), 
opp. to κατὰ κέρας, in column. 28. 


Φαλῖνος, ov, Phalinus, a Greek from the 


island Zacynthus, 2.17. 


Φανείς͵ 2a. p. pt. of φαίνω. 
φανερός, ἅ, όν, [palve], visible, plain, mani- 


fest ; often with supp. pt. (like φαίνοµαι, 
δῆλος), ἐπιβουλεύῶν por Φανερός, mani- 
festly plotting against me, 80 πειρώμενος, 


570 VOCABULARY. 


1.911, στέργω», 2.62, ἓν τῷ Φανερῷ-- 
φανερῶς, openly. 23. 

φανερῶς, adv., manifestly, openly. 1.919. 

φανῇῃ. -fvat, 2a. p. of φαίνω. 

φαρέτρα, as, [φέρω], quiver, of leather or 
wicker-work, and holding from twelve 
to twenty arrows. 4.418, 

Φάρµακον, ου, [1], drug, medicine. 6.411. 
pharmacy. 

Φφαρµακο-ποσία, as, [-ποσία, cf. πίνω], tak- 
ing (lit. drinking) medicine. 4.87}. 

Φαρνάβαῖος, ov, Pharnabazus, satrap of 
Bithynia and Lesser Phrygia under 


- Dariusand Artaxerxes. 5.6%, 


φασί, see onul. 

Pacrdvol, av, Phasiani: 1. Inhabitants 
of Armenia 2long the river Phasis, sup- 
posed to be the Araxes, 4.65; 2. Dwell- 
ers along the Phasis in Colchis, 5.6%. 

Φάσις, ios, 6, Phasis, see foreg.; the tra- 
ditional home of the ὄρνις Φασιᾶνός, 
pheasant (t excrescent as in tyrant). 

φάσκω [incept. to φημί], only in pres. pt. 
in the Anab. φάσκω», say, affirm. 4. 

φαῦλος, η, ο», [2], trivial, paltry, mean. 2. 

φείδοµαι [7], spc -e, see ὑπο-; ἀ-φειδῶς, 

φέρω [L. fero, E. BEAR (BIRTH, BASIN)], 
fut. οἴσω, ἤνεγκα, 2 a. ἤνεγκον, ἐνήνοχα, 
ἐνήνεγμαι, ἠνέχθη», bear, carry, bear to, 
bring ; carry off ; of wages, receive ; bring 

forth, produce ; brina (revenue), pay; 

bear up, end:.e; of a road, lead. 50. 
See δια-, εἶσ-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, πρὀσ-, συµ-, Φόρος, 
φορέω, φορτίο», φαρέτρα. 

φεύγω [ ΥΦυνγ, L. fugio], φ«ύξομαι or 
φευξοῦμαι, πέφευγα, 2 a. ἔφυγον, flee, 
Jlee one’s country, be an exile; of φεύ- 
Ύοντες, the exiles. 77. See ava, ἆπο-, 
δια-, ἐκ-, κατα-, φυγάε, φυγή. 

φηµί, impf. ἔφην, fut. φήσω, ἔφησα; other 
parts are wanting ; say, say yes, affirm, 
assert, declare ; of pnt, say no, say that 
2 ο ο not, deny, refuse. phow, ἔφησα, 
εἶπα, are notcommon. 431. [ 4/oa, cf. 
L. fa-ri]° L. & S. give parts thus : fut. ἐρῶ, 
2a. εἶπον, εἴρηκα, -μαι, ἐρρήθην. 4/Fep, Fpe, 
L. verbum, E. worn, εἴρηκα-- FeFpnxa; 
Ψ/Γεπ, εἶπον-- εΓεπον. See ἆπο-, προ- 
συµ-; πρόφασις, φωνή, ἀπόρρητος, ῥήτρᾶ. 


φανερῶς — φίλος 


five, -as, see φαίνω. 

φθάνω [ 96a], φθάσω or POfcopa:, ἔφθακα, 
ἔφθασα, anticipate, be beforehand, come 
Jirst, arrive before; often with a pt., 
which in Eng. becomes the main verb, 
while ¢@dyw is rendered, jirst, sooner, 
before, by surprise etc.; φθάσαι καταλα- 
βόντες, to get possession first ; often with 
aplyandinf. 9. 

φθέγγοµα:, φθέγξομαι, ἐφθεγξάμην, ἔφθεγ- 
μαι, cry oul, shout aloud, scream, sound. 
8. apo-thegm ; di-, mono-phthong. 

φθείρω | 4/Pbep, Φθαρ], POepw, ἔφθειρα, de- 
stroy, ruin, lay waste; corrupt, 4.730. 
See δια-. 

Φθονέω, ow, envy, be envious (dat.). 3. 
From $6dvos, envy, see ἄ-φθονο». 

φιάλη, ης, [1], broad shallow bowl used in 
drinking and pouring libations. 2. vial 

φιλέω, flow etc., love. 3. See dyawde. 

Φιλήσιος, ov, [affectionate], Philésius, suc- 
cessor to Menon. 3.147, 

φιλία, as, friendship ; πρὸς φιλία», in a 
friendly manner. 20. 

φιλικός, ή, dy, befitting a friend, friendly. 2. 

φιλικῶς, adv., in a friendly way, as a 
friend. 2. 

φίλιος, a, ο», friendly, of a friend; Φιλία 
(χώρα), friendly country. 19. 

φίλ-ιππος, ov, fond of horses. 1.95. Phil-ip. 

Φιλό-θηρος, ov, [θήρα, hunt], fond of the 
chase. 1.90. 

φιλο-κερδέω [κέρδος, gain], how, fond, or 
greedy, of gain. 1.918, 

φιλο-κίνδῦνος, ov, fond of danger, adven- 
turous. 2. 

φιλο-μαθής, és, [μανθάνω], ο. -έστερος, 
Β. -έστατος, fond of learning. 1.95. 

φιλονῖκία, or «ψεικία, as, [νεῖκο, strife], 
rivalry, emulation. 4.831. 

Φιλό-ξενος, ov, [loving strangers, hospitable], 
Philorenos, an Achaean. 5.215, 

Φιλο-πόλεμοξ, ov, fond of war. 2. 

φίλος, η, ον, [2], ο. Φίλτερος, 8. Φίλτατος, 
friendly ; subs., friend. 86. Found in 
about eight hundred Greek and fifty 
Eng. words ; also in many Greek proper 
names, 38 @iA-avdpos, Φιλό-δημος, Φιλο: 
κλῆς, Φιλο-κράτης, Φιλό-μαχο» 


Φόρο --ϕνγή VOCABULARY. 57] 


Φνιλό-σοφος, ov, fond of wisdom; subs., 
philosopher. 9.115. 

Φνιλο-στρατιώτης, ov, friend to the soldiers. 
10. 

«εριλοτϊμέομαι [φιλό-τῖμος, fond of honor), 
ήσοµαι, ἐφιλοτίμήθη», be fond of honor, be 
ambitious or jealous. 1.41. 

duro-dpoviopar [-φρων, φρή», mind], ήσο- 
par, ἐφιλοφρονησάμη», be kindly dis- 
posed toward (acc.), treat kindly, greet 
kindly. 5. 

@rrdovos, ov, Phliasian, of Phliiis, a city 
southwest of Corinth. 7.81. 

Φλυάᾶρέω, fow, talk nonsense or folly. 2. 
From φλύᾶρος [φλύω, bubble up; cf. L. 
fluo], whence 

Φλυᾶρία, as, babbling, nonsense; pl. fool- 
errves. 1.318, 

φοβερός, d, όν, ο. -ώτερος, 8. -ώτατος, act., 
Srightful, terrible, cf. δεινός: pass., fear- 
ful, afraid, cf. δειλός. 8. 

φοβέω, how etc., frighten, terrify ; mid. and 
pass., fear, be afraid, be rg Meee: 29. 
See δείδα, 

φόβος, ου, [φέβομαι, flee from fright], fear, 
Jright, terror, punic; τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἝἙλ- 
λήνων eis τοὺς etc., 1.218, the fear which 
the Greeks inspired in the barbarians. 
18. -phobia. 

Φοίνῖκες, wy, the Phoenicians, inventors of 
our alphabet, founders of Carthage, 
famed for their skill in the arts and 
navigation. 

Φοινίκη, ns, Phoenicia, called by the in- 
habitants themselves Canaan, that part 
of Syria lying between the Lebanon 
mountains and the sea. 

φοινῖκιστής, ob, [φοινίκίζω], purple-wearer, 
an officer of high rank at the Persian 
court ; honored by the king with the 
distinction of wearing a purple robe. 
1.22), 

φοινικοῦς, 7, ody, purple-red, purple. 1.218. 
The dye was manufactured extensively 
by the Phoenicians from the purple- 
shell still abundant on the coast about 
Tyre and Beyrut. 

Φοίνιξ, ἴκος, 6, the palm tree, palm; olvos 
dowixwy, palm-wine. 6. 


Φολόη, ns, Pholo#, mountain range be- 
tween Arcadia and Elis. 

φορέω [φορός, φέρω], flow etc., comm. used 
as frequent. to φέρω, bear constantly, 
wear, bring repeatedly. 2. See eic-, 
ἐπι-. 

Φόρος, ου, [φέρω], tribute. 5.57. 

φορτίον, ου, [dim. of φόρτος (φέρω)], bur- 
den, loud. 3. 

ὁράζω, [7], dow, ἔφρασα, tell, bid, direct, 
declare. 8. phrase, peri-phrastic. 
Its mid. sense, think, ponder, appears in 

Φρασίας, ου, Phrasias, 6.5!!. 

φρέαρ, Φρέατος, τό, |cf. L. ferveo], well, 
cistern. 4.525, 

φρονέω [φρή», mind], how: ἐφρόνησα etc., 
think, be thoughtful or sensible ; be 
minded, péya ., be high-minded, be 
proud ; understand. 3. phrensy. See 
dva-, κατα-; ἄ-φρων-, ἀφροσύνη, σωφρονέῳ 
et seq., Φιλο-φρονέοµαι. 

φρόνημα, ατος, τό, one’s mind, thought, 
spirit, resolution. 2. 

φρόνιμος, ov, [φρήν], thoughtful, sensible, 
prudent. 3. 

φροντίζω [φροντίς, thought, care], ow or 
ιῶ, take thought, be careful or anxious ; 
take care, provide. 2.3%; 6.8. 

φρούὐρ-αρχος, ov, [φρουρά, watch], com- 
mander of a garrison. 1.18. 

φρουρέω [φρουρός], how etc., keep guard, 
watch, guard. 1.48; 5.530. 

φρούριον, ου, [pertaining to a φρουρός], 
watch-post, citadel. 1.415. 

φρουρός, οὔ, [πρό, ὁράω], watcher, guard 
7.1%, 


Φρύγανον, ov, [φρύγω, parch], ch. in pl., 
dry-sticks, firewood. 4.311 

Φρυγία, as, Phrygia: 1. A large province 
in the central part of Asia Minor, some- 
times called Phrygia Proper or the 
Great; 2. Lesser Phrygia, a small dis- 
trict in Mysia. 5.624, 

Φρυνίσκος, ov, [dim. of Φρῦνος, brown], 
Phryniscus. 7.2}. 

Φρύξ, Φρυγός, [ freeman ?], Phrygian, in 
habitant of Phrygia. 1.918. 

Φνγάς, άδος, 6, [φεύγω], fugitive, exile. 7. 

Φυγή, fis, | φεύγω], flight, exile... 8. 


572 


Φυγεῖν, -dy, 2 a. of φεύγω. 

φνλακή, fs, [φυλάττα], watch, (act, place, 
time, also collect. of those on guard), 
watch-post, post; garrison; night-watch. 
The night was divided into three 
watches, of which the first lasted till 
midnight, the second till early dawn, 
the third till breaking camp. 19. 

φύλαξ, anos, 5, a watchman, guard ; pl. 
guards, garrison. 8. See προ-, omado-; 
ἀ-φύλακτος. 

᾿φυλάττω [1], άξω, ἐφύλαξα, πεφύλαχα, we 
Φύλαγμαι, ἐφυλάχθη», watch, guard, de- 
Jend ; intr., keep watch, be on guard ; 
φυλακὰς $., keep watch : mid., be on one’s 
guard, guard oneself, take care; be on 
one’s guard against (acc.). 35. phy- 
lactery, pro-phylactic. See ἀντι-. 

diode [φῦσα, bellows], haw, epiahOny, blow 
up, inflate. 3.59%. 

Φύσκος, ov, Physcus,an eastern affluent of 
the Tigris. 2.42. 

φυτεύω [φυτό», plant, φύω], εύσῳ, ἐφυτεύθην, 
plant. 5.322. 

φύω [L. fu-i, E. BE, BEEN], ddow, produce 
1.41, physios-, physi-. See Internat. 
Dict. See δια-φυή. 

Φωκαῖς, (Sos, ἤ, [Φώκαια, city of Ionia], a 
Phocaean woman, a concubine of Cyrus, 
whose name, Milto (rosy), was changed 
by Cyrus to Aspasia after the celebrated 
Athenian beauty of that name. 1.107. 

φωνή, ἢς, [fr. φημί, as βδ-μός fr. βαίνω], 
voice, speech, language. 5. eu, cuco- 
phony; phono.-. Sce Internat. Dict., 
anti-phony (ἀντίφωνα). 

has, φωτός, τό, [fr. φάος, see φαίνω], light, 
daylight. 4. phos-, photo. See 
Internat. Dict. 


X. 


x = Lat.(gh), init. h, med. g, -- Teut. g, Eng.g ory. 
Cf. χαιρω, χέω, χήν, χόρτος, χθές. 


Χαίρω [ 4/xap, L. gri-tus, E. ΥΕΛΕΝ], χαι- 
ρήσω, 2 a. p. ἐχάρη», κεχάρηκα, rejoice, be 
glad ; χαῖρε (on meeting or parting), 
welcome, farewell ; ἐν χαίρειν, permit a 


VOCABULARY. 


φυγεῖν — xaplfopar 


farewell, bid farewell to; xalpwv, rejoic- 
ing, often = with impunity. 5.682; 7.24; 
328, 

Χαλδαῖοι, wy, Chaldaeans, mercenaries in 
the army of Orontas, 4.3; an Armenian 
tribe probably identical with the Chaly- 
bes. 5.517. 

χαλεπαίνω, ava, ἐχαλέπηνα, ἐχαλεπάνθην, 
be hard, harsh, be ee osperaied, be angry 
(at, dat.). 10. 

xarerds, ή, όν, [1], hard, difficult ; harsh, 
cruel, stern, rough; τὸ χαλεπόν, harsh- 
ness, 2.611, 97. 

χαλεπῶς, hardly, with difficulty ; harshly, 
angrily, severely ; x. Exew, be angry; 
x: Φέρει», bear ill, troubled. 5. 

χαλινόω [χαλίνός, bridle], ἐχαλίνωσα etc., 
bridle, 3.4%, See ἐγ-. 

χαλκός, ov, [1], copper, —the first metal 
men learned to work, and with bronze 
(copper alloyed with tin) used by the 
Greeks for a great variety of purposes. 3. 


|χαλκοῦς; 7, ov, [χάλκεος], of copper or 


bronee, brazen. gs 
χάλκωμα, aros, Bg 1 Ee rae χαλκός], 
brazen utensil or vessel. 4.18. 

Χάλος, ου, Chalus, mod. Koeik, a river of 
Syria which loses itself in a morass a 
few miles below Aleppo; it still abounds 
in fish. 1.49. 

Χάλυβες, wy, Chalybes, a tribe of Pontus, 
prob identical with the Chaldaeans; 
famous workers in iron ; whether named 
from the metal (χάλυψ, steel), or the 
metal from the people is uncertain, 
the former if, as some think, ydAvy is 
akin to χαλκός. 4.418. 

χαράδρα, as, (cf. L. grando], torrent; ra- 
vine or gorge, cut by atorrent. 10. 

Xapdkwpa, ατος, τό, a, paling, palisade. 
6.230. [χαρακόω, χάραξ, stake, fr. χα- 
ράττω, sharpen, cf. χαρακτήρ eee 
ter)|. Syn. σταύρωμα. 

xaplas, εσσα, ev, Ρ.-ίεντος, -έσσης, [χάρις], 
graceful, elegant ; clever. 3.513. 

χαρίζομαι, ίσομαι or ιοῦμαι, ἐχαρισάμη», 
κεχάρισµαι, favor, gratify, please (dat.) ; 
grant (τι) as a favor (to one, dat.), grant 
cheerfully. 9. See d-xdpiaros. 








, Χάρις ---χρή 


Χάρις, eros, 4, [cf. L. gratia], grace, favor, 
kindness ; sense of favor received, gratz- 
tude, thanks; χάριν ἔχειν, feel grateful 
to one (dat.) for (gen.); χάριν εἰδέναι 
(οἶδα), recognize a favor, be grateful. 6. 
eu-charist. See d-, ém-. 

Χαρμάνδη, ns, Charmandé, a city on the 
right bank of the Euphrates, the exact 
site of which is uncertain, perh. the 
modern Hit. 1.519, | 

Χαρμῖνος, ov, [ joyful], Charminus, 7.6}. 

χειμών, vos, 6, |L. hiems], winter ; wintry 
weather, storm, cold. 9. 

χείρ, χειρός, ἡ, [cf. Skt. 4/har, take hold of], 
dat. pl. χερσί, hand ; els χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τινι͵ 
come into the power of any one, 1.275, or 
come into a hand to hand conflict with, 
4.715 5 ἐκ χειρός, by hand, with the hand. 
26. See chiro-, chir-ur- in Internat. 
Dict. See éy-, ἐπι-χειρέω; dia-, ἐγ- 
χειρί(ω; ἐγ-χειρίδιο», ἐπι-χείριος; εὖ- 
µετα-χείριστος; ἆχειρο-. 

Χειρί-σοφος, ου, [skilful-handed], Chiriso- 
phus, a Spartan general who joined 
Cyrus at Issus in Cilicia with seven 
hundred hoplites, 1.4%; appointed to 
lead the van, 3.237; chosen sole com- 
mander, 6.182; died of a fever at Calpé, 
6.411, 

χειρο-πληθής, ές, [πλήθω, jill], jfilling the 
hand, of stones. 3.31", 

Χειρο-ποίητος, ov, hand-made, artificial. 
4.35, 

χειρόω, oftener mid. χειροῦμαι, handle, 
master, subdue. 7.311, 

Χείρων, ov, g. ovos, [χέρης, low, base], s. 
χείριστος, irreg. comp. and sup. to κακός, 
worse, inferior. 3. 

Χερρό-νησος, ov, 7, [χέρρος or χέρσος, 
land], Chersonnesus, Thracian penin- 
sula north of the Hellespont. 1.19; | 
2.62. 

Χέω [ xv, xeF, cf. E. αὐβΗ], xed, ἔχεα, 
pour. chyle, chyme. See ἐγ-, ἐπι-. 
χηλή, jis, [= cloven, χάσκω, gape], hoof ; 
break-water, from its hoof-like projec- 

tion at the base. 7.111. 

χήν, χηνός, 6, ἡ, [for χανς, L. (h)anser, 

Ger. gans], GOOSE, GANDER. 1.9%, 


VOCABULARY. 


στα 


χθές [L. heri (for hesi)], adv., resteR-day. 
6.418, 

χίλιοι, αι, a, [for Ἐχεσλιοι, Skt. sa-hdsral, 
thousand. 18. 

χῖλός, od, [for *xeaAds, cf. Skt. ghas, eat], 
green fodder, forage ; ξηρὸς χ., dry grass, 
hay. 7. 

Xb, dow, fodder, let graze. 7.271, 

χίµαιρα, as, [1], she-goat, 3.212: monster’ 
with goat’s body, whence chimera. 

Χῖος, ου, Chius, mod. Scio, an important 
island off the coast of Asia Minor. 2. 
a Chian, 4.135, 6”, 

Χιτών, ὤνος, 6, [cf. Heb. k’thoneth], tunic, 
8 long woollen short-sleeved or sleeve- 
less under-garment worn by the Greeks 
when at work. 6. Cf. ἱμάτιον. 

Χντωνίσκον, ov, [dim. of χιτώ»], short tunic, 
frock. 5.419, 

Χιών, όνος, 4, [for χιομίς), L. hiems, cf. 
χειµώ»], snow. 90. 

Χλαμύς, ύδος, ἡ, [2], military cloak, short 
mantle. 7.44. 

χοῖνιξ, ικος, 7, [2], ολοεπία, dry measure 
=4 xordAa = 1.92 pints or about one 
quart. 1.58, 

χοίρειος, a, ο», of swine, piy’s. 4.581. 

χοῖρος, ου, [2], young pig, pig. 7.8%. 

χορεύω, εύσω etc., dunce a choral dance, 
dance. 4.716; 5.417, 

χορός, od, [2], dance; chorus, choir, 
band of dancers. -2. Perh. akin to 

χόρτος, ου, [cf. L. hortus, E. GARDEN, 
YARD], an enclosed place, esp. for feed- 
ing, then fodder, grass ; x. κοῦφος, dry 
grass, hay. 3. 

Xpaopar [7], ἐχρώμη», xphooua, ἐχρησά- 
µη», use (dat.), variously rendered to 
suit the context, — employ, experience, 
suffer, enjoy, find, treat, deal with, asso- 
ciate with etc.; w. app., ξύλοις, 2.15; 
w. &s or ὥσπερ and app., 1.815; 58; τί 
or εἰς τί χρῆσθαί τινι; for what purpose 
to use one? 1.318; 415; els λοχαγίας, 
for captaincies ; σφόδρα πειθοµένοις x., he 
found them very obedient, 2.618. 465. 
See &-, δύσ-χρηστος; χρῆμα, χρήσιμος. 

χρή,- Ἱπιρί. ἔχρην, subj. χρῇ, opt. χρείη, 
inf. χρῆναι, pt. χρεώ», fut. χρήσει [χράω. 


/ 


| 


514 


deliver an oracle, perh. orig. 5 θεὸς χρή, 
God decrees], it 1s necessary, one must, 
oughd, inf. or acc.+ inf. 22. Syuns., δεῖ, 
ἀνάγκη. 

Χρῄΐω [χρηία or χρεία, need, akin to χράο- 
μαι], in Att. only in pres. sys., want, 
wish, desire, w. inf. 7. 

χρῆμα, ατος, τό, [χράομαι], a thing used, 
ch. in pl., things, yoods, possessions, esp. 
money. 45. C£. παρα». 

χρημ.ατιστικός, ή, dv, [χρηματίζομαι, make 
money], mone.j-making ; purtending gain. 
6.12. 

χρῆναυ, inf. of χρή. 

χρῆσθαι, inf. of χράοµαι. 

χρήσιμος, η, ov, [χρῆσις, using, χράομαι], 
useful, serviceuble. 6. 

Xpipa, aros, τό, oil, unguent. 4.418, chrism. 
χρίω [ef. L. fricare, E. GRIND], χρῖσω, 
ἔχρίσα etc., αποιπί. 4.412. Christ. 
χρονος, ον, [2], time , χρόνον, for a time, 
χρόνφ, in time; πολλοῦ χρόνου, for (= 
within) a long. time. 34. chrono-.. 
See Internat. Dict. Cf. καιρός, Spa. 

χρῦσίον, ov, [dim. of χρῦσός], piece of gold, 
gold coin, money. 3. 

ΧἈρῦσό-πολις, ews, ἡ, [gold-town], Chryso- 
polis, town on the Cosporus opp. Byzan- 
tium. 6,316, 

χρῦσός, of, [1], gold, 3.1% chrysalis. 
chrys-, see Internat. Dict.; in many 
proper names Χρνσό-στομος, Chryso- 
stom, Χρύσ-ανθος. 

χρὺσοῦς, ἢ, οὔ», of gold, golden, gilded. 7. 

χρύσο-χάλίνος, ov, with gold studded bri- 
dle. 1.21. 

χρῶμαι. see χράοµαι. 

χώρα, as, [2], place (larger than τόπος), 
land, country (not fatherland, πατρίς) ; 
one’s place, post, position, rank. 103. 
Cf. xwpéw, χωρίο», χῶρο». 

Χωρέω. ήσω or hooua, ἐχώρησα, κεχώρηκα 
etc., make place for, hence: 1. go for- 
ward, move on, journey ; 2. hold, contain, 
1.56. 7, 
προσ-, προ-, συγ-, ὑπο-. 

Χωρίζω [χωρίς], iow or ιῶ, ἑχώρισα etc. ; 
separate ; 


5.4%; 6.51, See ἀἆνα- κατα... 


J 
9 


VOCABULARY. 


XPTLe— Pixos 


Χωρίον, ου, [dim. of χῶρος], a particular 
place ; post, position, stronghod ; space. 
87. 

χωρίς [xopi+s, cf. ἄχρι(ς)]ν adv., apart, 
separately; prep. W. gen., apart from. 4. 

χῶρος, ου, [7], a place, field, estate, country 
3. See δύσ-, πρόσ-; στενο xwpla. 


Ψ. 


Ψάρος, ου, Psarus, a river of Cilicia. 1.41. 

ψέγω [7], ψέξω. censure, blame. 7.748. 

ψέλιον, ov, [Pers. 1], ch. in pl. bracelet, 
armlet, worn by the Persians and 
indicative of rank. It consisted of 
three or four massive coils of bronze 
or gold. 3. 

Ψευδ-ενέδρα, as, false or feigned ambush 
5.228 

ψευδής, és, g. obs, false, lying ; τὰ ψευδῆ, 
falsehoods. 2. 

ψεύδω [ ud, cf. ψυθί(ω, whisper], comm. 
dep. ψεύσομαι, ἐψευσάμη», ἕψευσμαι, ἐψεύ- 
σθην (as pass.), lie, deceive, cheat ; say 
falsely ; be or prove false; τοῦτο ἑψεύ- 
σθη, in this he was deceived, 1.811, so 
πάντα, 1.910, under, 1.91. 10. peeud( ο)-, 
see Internat. Dict. 

ψηφίζω [ψῆφος], ίσοµαι or ιοῦμαι, ἐψηφισά- 
µη», ἐψήφισμαι, vote (orig. with a pebble), 
vote ( for, acc. ; to, inf.), resolve. 8. See 
πο-, ἐπι-. 

ψήφος, ου, ἡ, [cf. ψάω, rub], pebble; from 
its use, a vote. White pebbles were 
affirm., black neg. 2. 

Ψιλός, ή, ον, [1], bare, (stript-of, uncovered, 
smooth etc.) ; light-armed, of archers and 
slingers as opp. to ὁπλῖται, cf. γυμνῆτες. 
5. e-psilon, u-psilon. 

Wirrdw, dow etc. make bare; pass., be left 
bare, be deserted of (gen.). 2. 

Ψοφέω, few etc., ratile, sound. 4.33. 

ψόφος, ου, [1], noise, sound. 4.24. 


See dva-, dwo-, δια-, ἐπι-, µετα-, | pixh, fis, breath, life, spirit, soul. 4. 


psycho-logy. From ψύχω, breathe, 
blow, make cool, whence 


pass. be separate, different. | Wixos, ους, τό, cold; pl. frosts, cold 


weather. 3. 





ὦ — φχόμην 
ο | 


&, subj. of εἰμί. 

ᾧ, dat. of 8s. 

@, O! oh! in Greek the voc. comm. has 
the interjection. 46 ? 

ὧδε [abl. of ὅδε], adv., thus, as follows, in 
this manner. 23. 

ᾠδή, jis, [43w, sing], song, ode, 4.37’. ep-, 
palin-ode ; com-, trag-edy (for ody) ; 
mel-, mon-, par-, pros-, psalm-ody. 

Gero, ᾠήθην, see οἴομαι. 

ὡθέω [ 4/Fw0], ὥσω (for ὥθσω), ἕωσα, push, 
shove; mid., push from oneself or as 
one’s own act. 3.4%. See εἶσ-. 

ὠθισμός, of, |&Ol(w = ὠθέα], pushing, press- 

"tng. 5.217, 

ᾠκεῖτο, impf. of οἰκέω. 

ᾧκτειρον, see οἰκτείρω. 

dpev, subj. of εἰμί. 
dpo-Bdeos, 4, ov, [Bots], of raw or un- 
tanned ox-hide. 3. 

ὠμός, ή, ό», (Skt. amas], raw; cruel. 3. 

ἆμος, ov, (cf. L. hiimérus], shoulder. 6.5%, 

ὤμοσα, see ὅμνῦμι. 

Sv, pres. pt. of εἰμί. 

ὧν, see ὅς. 

ὠνέομαι [ὠνή, a buying], impf. ἑωνούμην, 
ὠνήσομαι, ἑώνημαι, 2 a. ἐπριάμη», buy; 
ὠνούμενος, buying, by purchase. 14. 

ὥνιος, a, ov, [ὦνος, price], for oe; 3 τὰ 
va, goods, wares. 2. 

. odpny, impf. of οἴομαι. 

*Oms, (δος, 4, Opis, an Assyrian city of un- 
certain site ; on, perhaps near the mouth 
of, the Physcus river. 2.4%, 

Spa, as, [cf. E. YEAR], a (fixed) time, season, 
fit or proper time, cf. καιρό. 16. hour. 

ὡραῖος, a, ov, [ὥρα], seasonable, timely, τὰ 
Gpaia, the fruits of the season ; in the 

. δίοοπι of youth. 4. 

Spparo, see dpudw. ὤρμουν, see ὁρμέω. 
ὡς |8s], adv., conj., procl., as, that, so that. 
1. Adv.: 1. as, just as, as if, ds φίλο», 
asa friend. 2. how, &s ἐγένετο, how it 
took place, 1.65; 2.17; δι. 3. With 
superlatives, ὡς τάχιστα, as soon as, 
4.89, comm. as soon as possible; as 
wAeiorot, as many as possible, 4. With 


VOCABLIRY. 


575 


imerals, as it were, about, ds δέκα, 
out ten; so in the phrase, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ 
Ab, for the most part. 5. With a pt. 
represent its action as (a) pretended, 
sumed ; (b) as thought or asserted by 
me person other than the speaker or 
‘iter; variously rendered, as, as if, as 
ugh, apparently, ostensibly, saying or 
ending that, on the ground that etc., 
ἀποκτενῶ», as if or apparently to put 
2 to death, 1.13; so ds πολεµήσοντες, ὡς 
᾿λόμενος» (c) as causal, as, since, ds 
yo Byres, since they were few; (d) to 
phasize the purpose denoted by the 
2.321, 29, 6. With a prep., ὡς els τὴν 
cnv, as if for battle. Out of this use 
_ omission of the. prep. arose 2. 
. Prep., only before names of per- 
8, = πρός, to. &s βασιλέα, to the king. 
, Conj., as, that, so that; 1. temp. = 
as, when. 2. causal, = ἐπεί, ὅτι, as, 
ο. 8. declar., = ὅτι, that. 4. final, = 
3, ἵνα, that, in order that. 5. result 
of., ὥστε, so as, so that. 444. 
ὥς dem. pron., = οὕτως, thus, so. 38. 
ὦσως, just so, even so, in like manner. 4. 
dabj. of εἰμί. 
éa, adv., just as, even as ; ; just asif. 60. 
donn -re see H. 1041], conj., so as, so 
tthat. 1. Comm. w. inf. to express 
γ΄ actual or intended; sometimes 
Pred, on conditton that, 2.68. 2. With 
il, to emphasize the result as a fact, 
ἃ οὖκ ᾖσθάνετο. 3. With opt. and 
&express a supposed result. 5.67. 
obs. 
ᾧτε;. of ὅστε], in the phrase ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε, ' 
ondition that, for the purpose of. 6.17. 
ὠτειῆς, [cf. οὑτάω, wound], wound, scar. 
1. t 
drive Sorts. 
ὁτίςε, 4, [ods, ὡτός, ear], bustard, with 
lonr feathers, whence the name. 2. 
Sdede ὀφείλω. 
ὠφελῦφελος, benefit], impf. ὠφέλου», 
{σο., aid, assist, help (acc.). 10. See 


συι 
ὠφέλ, ov, aiding, useful, profitable. 2. 
@xdpsce οἴχομαι. 


ampere Ph 


| Vertu endo Gceemtl ew | 
We Wuyfe-2s Sine 

» f : 

a a elena. 

EABE eet 

Nu E 1h 7 
NG We ano ς 

«δε ι κε] 


Ov pr Bacvw. fh atagror 








Ss Gah vga ta 
κ ο 


εν κο hw 


ὃο ο λος την 


“ 
Sane ο 





This book should be returned to 
the Library on or before the last date 
stamped below. 

_A fine of five cents a day is incurred 
by retaining it beyond the specified 
time: 

Please return promptly.
Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Anabasis; seven books"

See other formats
